Donate
   
Select your preferred input and type any Sanskrit or English word. Enclose the word in “” for an EXACT match e.g. “yoga”.
Amarakosha Search
2 results
WordReferenceGenderNumberSynonymsDefinition
svarāḥ1.7.1MasculinePluralṣaḍjaḥ, madhyamaḥ, dhaivataḥ, niṣādaḥ, pañcamaḥ, ṛṣabhaḥ, gāndhāraḥa note of the musical scale or gamut
abhidhyāFeminineSingularcoveting another property
Monier-Williams Search
Results for not
Devanagari
BrahmiEXPERIMENTAL
not(or nod-) ind. (n/a-+ ut-?) almost, nearly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
notpāditamfn. ungenerated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
notpāditatvan. Vp. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
notsekamfn. not proud, humble, modest, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apahnotṛmfn. one who conceals or denies or disowns commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhagnotsāhakriyātmanmfn. one whose energy and labour have been frustrated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhojanottaramf(ā-)n. to be taken after a meal (as pills) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmatattvapraśnottararatnāvalīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
darśanotsukamfn. idem or 'f. "of brilliant aspect", great white jasmine.', View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhanotpattif. income, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ghanottaman. equals na-vara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ghanottaran. idem or 'n. equals na-vara- ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hnotavyamfn. to be secreted or concealed etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jinottamam. equals neśa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jñānotkṛṣṭamfn. utkṛṣṭa
jñānottamam. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kasanotpāṭanam. "cough-relieving", the plant Gendarussa vulgaris View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
locanotsam. or n. (?) Name of a place View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madanotsayam. kāma--deva's festival (equals na-maha-) the holy or vernal festival (see ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madanotsayam. a particular game View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madanotsayāf. a courtezan of svarga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madanotsukamfn. pining or languid with love View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
manotaprob. n. () ( etc.) the hymn (containing the word man/otā- Nominal verb of manotṛ-and used in sacrificing;also tā-sūkta- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
manotāf. the deity to whom the offering during the recitation of that hymn is dedicated (according to to the brāhmaṇa-s = agni- or = vāc- and Go) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
manotāf. ( etc.) the hymn (containing the word man/otā- Nominal verb of manotṛ-and used in sacrificing;also tā-sūkta- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
manotāf. the deity to whom the offering during the recitation of that hymn is dedicated (according to to the brāhmaṇa-s = agni- or = vāc- and Go) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
manotāf. manotṛ
manotāf. manotṛ
manotṛ m. ( man-, manute-) an inventor, discoverer, disposer, manager (in Nominal verb manotā tā-also as f.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
manotṛm. ( man-, manute-) an inventor, discoverer, disposer, manager (in Nominal verb manotā tā-also as f.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mānotsāham. energy arising from self-confidence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mānotsekaparākramavyasaninmfn. possessing intense diligence, prowess, haughtiness and pride View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nayanotsavam. "eye-festival", any lovely sight or object View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nayanotsavam. a lamp View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nidhanottamam. Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paṇḍitapraśnottaran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pavanotkampinmfn. trembling in the wind View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pīnottuṅgastanīf. (a woman) having a large and prominent breast View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pradattanayanotsavamfn. pradatta
pradhanottaman. "best of battles", a great battle or contest View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pradhānottamamfn. best of the eminent, illustrious View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pradhānottamamfn. warlike, brave View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pradyumnottaracaritan. " pradyumna-'s further deeds", Name of a poem. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praśnottaran. question and answer, a verse consisting of question and answer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praśnottaramālāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praśnottaramālikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praśnottaramaṇimālāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praśnottararatnamālāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praśnottaratantran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ratnottamam. Name of a buddha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ratnottamāf. Name of a tantra- deity
rūpayauvanotsāhinmfn. possessing beauty youth and energy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śakrotthānotsavam. śakrotthāna
samānottamamadhyamādhamamfn. one to whom the best and the middle and worst are all the same View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śanotsāham. equals gaṇḍaka- (varia lectio svanotsāha-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvajñānottama n. Name of work
sarvajñānottamatantran. Name of work
sarvajñānottaravṛttif. Name of work
sarvopaniṣatsārapraśnottaran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saumanottarikamfn. knowing the story of sumanottarā- Va1rtt. 1 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
snānottīrṇamfn. emerging from a bath, one who has just completed his ablutions View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrautapraśnottaravyavasthāf. rules for sacrificial rites in the form of question and answer. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanottarīyan. idem or 'n. a breast-cloth ( stanāvaraṇatā -tā- f.) ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sumanottarāf. (fr. su-manas-+ utt-) Name of a woman and the story about her Va1rtt. 1 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svanotsāham. a rhinoceros (equals gaṇḍaka-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvasanotsukam. "eager for (swallowing) air", a serpent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
taḍāgabhavanotsargam. Name of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaidyamanotsavam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vanotsāham. a rhinoceros View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vanotsargam. Name of work (on the dedication of temples, tanks, groves etc.) by viṣṇu-śarman-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vimalapraśnottaramālāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyasanotsavam. a feast for the (evil) passions, an orgy etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
Apte Search
1823 results
a अ The first letter of the alphabet; अक्षंराणामकारो$स्मि Bg.10.33. -अः [अवति, अतति सातत्येन तिष्ठतीति वा; अव्-अत् वा, ड Tv.] 1 N. of Viṣṇu, the first of the three sounds constituting the sacred syllable ओम्; अकारो विष्णुरुद्दिष्ट उकारस्तु महेश्वरः । मकारस्तु स्मृतो ब्रह्मा प्रणवस्तु त्रयात्मकः ॥ For more explanations of the three syllables अ, उ, म् see ओम्. -2 N. of Śiva, Brahmā, Vāyu, or Vaiśvānara.-- [अः कृष्णः शंकरो ब्रह्मा शक्रः सोमो$निलो$नलः । सूर्यः प्राणो यमः कालो वसन्तः प्रणवः सुखी ॥ Enm. अः स्याद् ब्रह्मणि विष्ण्वीशकूर्माणङ्करणेषु च। गौरवे$न्तःपुरे हेतौ भूषणे$ङ्घ्रावुमेज्ययोः ॥ Nm. अः शिखायां सिद्धमन्त्रे प्रग्राहे$र्के रथार्वणि । चक्रे कुक्कुटमूर्ध्नीन्दुबिम्बे ब्रह्मेशविष्णुषु ॥ ibid. Thus अः means Kṛiṣṇa, Śiva, Brahmā, Indra, Soma, Vāyu, Agni, the Sun, the life-breath, Yama, Kāla, Vasanta, Praṇava, a happy man, a tortoise, a courtyard, a battle, greatness, a female apartment in a palace, an object or a cause, an ornament, a foot, Umā, sacrifice, a flame, a particularly efficacious mantra, reins, the horse of chariot, a wheel, the head of a cock, the disc of the moon]; ind. 1 A Prefix corresponding to Latin in, Eng. in or un, Gr. a or an, and joined to nouns, adjectives, indeclinables (or rarely even to verbs) as a substitute for the negative particle ऩञ्, and changed to अन् before vowels (except in the word अ-ऋणिन्). The senses of न usually enumerated are six--(a) सादृश्य 'likeness' or 'resemblance', अब्राह्मणः one like a Brāhmaṇa (wearing the sacred thread &c.), but not a Brāhmaṇa; a Kṣatriya, or a Vaiśya; अनिक्षुः a reed appearing like इक्षु, but not a true इक्षु. (b) अभाव 'absence', 'negation', 'want', 'privation'; अज्ञानम् absence of knowledge, ignorance; अक्रोधः, अनङ्गः, अकण्टकः, अघटः &c. (c) अन्यत्व 'difference' or 'distinction'; अपटः not a cloth, something different from, or other than, a cloth. (d) अल्पता 'smallness', 'diminution', used as a diminutive particle; अनुदरा having a slender waist (कृशोदरी or तनुमध्यमा). (e) अप्राशस्त्य 'badness', 'unfitness', having a depreciative sense; अकालः wrong or improper time; अकार्यम् not fit to be done, improper, unworthy, bad act. (f) विरोध 'opposition', 'contrariety'; अनीतिः the opposite of morality; immorality; असित not white, black; असुर not a god, a demon &c. These senses are put together in the following verse :-- तत्सादृश्यमभावश्च तदन्यत्वं तदल्पता । अप्राशस्त्यं विरोधश्च ऩञर्थाः षट् प्रकीर्तिताः ॥ See न also. With verbal derivatives, such as gerunds, infinitives, participles, it has usually the sense of 'not'; अदग्ध्वा not having burnt; अपश्यन् not seeing; so असकृत् not once; अमृषा, अकस्मात् &c. Sometimes in बहुव्रीहि अ does not affect the sense of the second member : अ-पश्चिम that which has no last, i. e. best, topmost; e. g. विपश्चितामपश्चिमः cf. also R.19.1. अनुत्तम having no superior, unsurpassed, most excellent: (for examples see these words). -2 An interjection of (a) Pity (ah !) अ अवद्यं P.I.1.14 Sk. (b) Reproach, censure (fie, shame); अपचसि त्वं जाल्म P.VI.3.73 Vārt. See अकरणि, अजीवनि also. (c) Used in addressing; अ अनन्त. (d) It is also used as a particle of prohibition. -3 The augment prefixed to the root in the formation of the Imperfect, Aorist and Conditional Tenses. N. B.-- The application of this privative prefix is practically unlimited; to give every possible case would almost amount to a dictionary itself. No attempt will, therefore, be made to give every possible combination of this prefix with a following word; only such words as require a special explanation, or such as most frequently occur in literature and enter into compounds with other words, will be given; others will be found self-explaining when the English 'in', 'un', or 'not', is substituted for अ or अन् before the meaning of the second word, or the sense may be expressed by 'less', 'free from', 'devoid or destitute of' &c; अकथ्य unspeakable; अदर्प without pride, or freedom from pride; अप्रगल्भ not bold; अभग unfortunate; अवित्त destitute of wealth &c. In many cases such compounds will be found explained under the second member. Most compounds beginning with अ or अन् are either Tatpuruṣa or Bahuvrīhi (to be determined by the sense) and should be so dissolved.
aṛṇin अऋणिन् a. (epic) (ऋ being here regarded as a consonant) Not a debtor, free from debt; दिवसस्याष्टमे भागे शाकं पचति यो नरः । अऋणी चाप्रवासी च स वारिचर मोदते ॥ Mb. The normal form अनृणिन् also occurs in this sense.
aṃśaḥ अंशः [अंश्-अच्] 1 A share, part, portion, division; member; सकृदंशो निपतति Ms.9.47; तुर्यांशः a fourth part; षष्ठ˚; ममैवांशो जीवलोके जीवभूतः सनातनः Bg.15.7; भुवमंशाविव धर्मयोर्गतौ R.8.16; अंशेन दर्शितानुकूलता K.159 partly. -2 A share in property, inheritance; स्वतों$शतः Ms.8.48; अनंशौ क्लीबपतितौ 9.21; पत्न्यः कार्याः समांशिकाः Y.2.115. -3 the numerator of a fraction; अन्योन्यहाराभिहतौ हरांशौ Līlā.; sometimes used for fraction itself. -4 A degree of latitude (or longitude); अक्षस्यांशाः समाख्याताः षष्टयुत्तरशतत्रयम्; स च अंशः षष्टिकलात्मकः, कला तु षष्टिविकलात्मिका -5 The shoulder (more correctly written as अंस, q. v.). -6 N. of one of the Ādityas; Mb.1.227.25; cf. also the beginning of T. Ā. The senses of 'party', 'a share of booty', 'earnest money', which are said to occur in the Veda are traceable to 1 above. -7 The vital note in a Rāga. -Comp. - अंशः [ष. त.] a secondary incarnation; part of a portion. -अंशि adv. share by share. -अवतारः -तरणम् [ष. त.] descent (on earth) of parts of deities, partial incarnation; ˚तार इव धर्मस्य Dk.153; ˚रमिव कृतान्तस्य K.31; ˚उच्चैःश्रवसः 79; so अंशावतीर्णमिव 18; N. of a sub-parvan covering Adhyāyas 64-67 of Ādiparvan of Mb. Even without the compound अंश means partial incarnation, अंश, आवेश, and अवतार are the three kinds of Lord's manifestations. -कुण्डली (= नवांशकुण्डली) the horoscope prepared by taking into consideration the nine zodiacal divisions. (1/18th of a राशि = नवांश or नवमांश). -भाज्, -हर, -हारिन् a. [उप. समास] one who takes or has a share, one entitled to a share in the ancestral property, an heir, a co-heir; पिण्डदों?1?1$- शहरश्चैषां पूर्वाभावे परः परः Y.2.132; जातो$पि दास्यां शूद्रेण कामतों$शहरो भवेत् 133. -विवर्तिन् a. [स. त.] slightly turned away, or turned away towards the shoulder; मुखमंशविवर्ति पक्ष्मलाक्ष्याः Ś.3.24. v. l. for अंसविवर्ति. -सवर्णनम् [ष. त.] reduction of fractions to the same denominator (अतुल्यच्छेदयो राश्योः समच्छेदकरणम्) अन्योन्यहाराभिहतौ हरांशौ राश्योः समच्छेदविधानमेवम् Līlā. -स्वरः the keynote.
akathanīya अकथनीय a. Not fit to be mentioned.
akathita अकथित a. 'Not told', not otherwise mentioned by way of any of the other case-relations, such as अपादान &c; a name given to the indirect (गौण) object governed by verbs like दुह्, याच् &c. cf. अनभिहितम् अकथितं कर्म and 'अकथितं च' P.1.4.51. In the sentence 'गां पयः दोग्धि' गाम् is the indirect (गौण) object, and it could have taken the ablative ending.
akathya अकथ्य a. Not fit to be mentioned.
akaniṣṭha अकनिष्ठ a. Not the youngest (such as eldest, middle); elder, superior. -ष्ठः N. of Buddha Gautama; of a deified Buddhist saint (pl. in this latter sense.) cf. बहूनि शत- सहस्राणि यावदकनिष्ठानां संनिपतितान्यभूवन् । Lv. -Comp. -पः (गः also) [अकनिष्ठान् बुद्धान् पातीति; पा-क.] N. of Buddha, lord of Buddhists.
akanyā अकन्या [न. त.] No virgin, a maid who is not so any longer; अकन्येति तु यः कन्यां ब्रूयाद् द्वेषेण मानवः Ms.8.225.
akampana अकम्पन a. [न. त.] Not shaking. -नः N. of a Rākṣasa: Rām.
akampita अकम्पित a. [न. त.] Unshaken, firm, resolute; not tremulous; असंदिग्धान् स्वरान् व्रूयादविकृष्टानकम्पितान् । Rv. Pr. -तः N. of a Jaina, or Buddhist saint, a pupil of the last Tīrthaṅkara (कम्पितं बुद्धिवृत्तेश्चालनं तन्नास्ति यस्य).
akara अकर a. [न. ब.] 1 Handless, maimed. -2 Exempt from tax or duty. -3 [न. त.] Not doing or acting; not disposed to work, ceasing from work. -रा N. of a plant आमलकी, Emblic Myrobalan, Phyllanthus Emblica (Mar. आंवळा) (अकं दुःखं सेवनात् लोकानां राति गृह्णाति नाश- यतीति; रा-क Tv.).
akaraṇam अकरणम् [कृ-भावे ल्युट् न. त.] Not doing, absence of action; अकरणान्मन्दकरणं श्रेयः. -ण a. [न. ब.] 1 Not artificial, natural. -2 Devoid of all organs, (epithet of the Supreme Spirit).
akarṇya अकर्ण्य a. [न. त.] Not fit for the ears; not in the ears.
akartana अकर्तन a. [कृत्-भावे ल्युट्, न. त.] 1 Not cutting. -2 Dwarfish.
akartṛ अकर्तृ m. [न. त] Not an agent; अकर्तरि च कारके P.III. 3.19; actionless; चातुर्वर्ण्यं मया सृष्टं गुणकर्मविभागशः । तस्य कर्तार- मपि मां विद्ध्यकर्तारमव्ययम् ॥ Bg.4.13. पुरुषो$कर्ता भोक्ता Sāṅkhya; a subordinate agent; ˚त्वम्-ता an inferior or subordinate position. -Comp. -भावः the state of non-agent; द्रष्टृत्वमकर्तृ- भावश्च । Sāṅkhya. K.19.
akarman अकर्मन् a. [न. ब] 1 Without work, idle; inefficient. -2 Disqualified for performing the necessary rites, wicked, degraded; अकर्मा दस्युरभि नो Rv.10.22.8. -3 (Gram.) intransitive, generally in this sense अकर्मक. --n. (र्म) [न. त] 1 Absence of work; absence of necessary observances; neglect of essential observances; inaction; अकर्मणश्च बोद्धव्यं गहना कर्मणो गतिः Bg.4.17,18. -2 An improper act; crime, sin. -3 Not doing (= अकरणम्), non-performance; प्रतिषेधादकर्म MS.1.8.1. -4 What should not be done; अकर्म वा कृतदूषा स्यात् । MS.12.1.1 (where शबर explains अकर्म by न वा कर्तव्या दार्शिकी वेदिः ।). -5 Non-act, non-activity: अन्यद्धि कर्म भक्षणं प्रतिषिध्यमानम् अन्यद् अकर्म मानसः संकल्पः । ŚB. on MS.6.2.19. -6 Not doing, violation. तदकर्मणि च दोषः MS.6.3.3. (where तदकर्मणि is explained as प्रधानातिक्रमे by शबर); अकर्मणि चाप्रत्यवायात् । MS 6.3.1. -7 A wrong act, an improper act. अकर्म च दारक्रिया या आधानोत्तरकाले । ŚB. on MS.6.8.14; अकर्म चोर्ध्वमाधानात्˚ । MS.6.8.14. -Comp. -अन्वित a. 1 un-engaged, unoccupied, idle. -2 criminal. -कृत् a. free from action; न हि कश्चित् क्षणमपि जातु तिष्ठत्यकर्मकृत् । Bg.3.5 doing an improper act. -भोगः 1 enjoyment of freedom from the fruits of action. -2 renunciation of self-righteousness. -शील a. lazy, indolent.
akala अकल a. [नास्ति कला अवयवो यस्य] Not in parts, without parts, epithot of the Supreme Spirit.
akalpa अकल्प a. [न. ब.] 1 Uncontrolled, not subject to control or rules, unrestrained, unfettered. -2 Weak, unable. -3 Incomparable. -4 Incapable, unfit. -ल्पः A patient; Nigh.
akalpita अकल्पित a. [न. त.] Not artificial or manufactured; natural, genuine.
akalya अकल्य a. [कलासु साधुः कल्यः निरामयः न. त.] 1 Unwell, ill, indisposed. -2 [कल्यते इति कल्-यत् कल्यं मिथ्याभूतम् न. त] True: (तम्) अनीनयदकल्यसन्धो बन्धनागारं Dk. 31. -शरीर a. not in sound health; Pratimā3.
akava अकव वा a. [न कव्यते वर्ण्यते कव्-आ न. त.] Indescribable (अवर्णनीय); not contemptible, not bad: ˚अरिः = कुत्सिता अरयो यस्य स कवारिः; न कवारिः अ˚; or यस्य शत्रवो$प्यकुत्सिता वृत्रादय:; or अकुत्सितम् इयर्ति ऐश्वर्यं प्राप्नोति.
akāma अकाम a. [नास्ति कामो यस्य] 1 Free from desire, affection, love; अकामस्य क्रिया काचिद् दृश्यते नेह कर्हिचित् Ms.2.4. everything is an act of his will. -2 Reluctant, unwilling; यो$कामां दूषयेत्कन्यां स सद्यो वधमर्हति । Ms.8.364; also नाकामो दातुमर्हति. -3 Uninfluenced by, not subject to, love; भयादकामापि हि दृष्टिविभ्रमं Ś.1.23. -4 Unconscious, unintentional; अकामोपनतेनेव साधोर्हृदयमेनसा R.1.39 unconsciously committed. -5 The Sandhi which causes the dropping of a final र् before a following र्. -Comp. -कर्शन a. Ved. not frustrating desire; शिक्षानरः प्रदिवो अकामकर्शनः Rv.1.53.2. -हत a. not smitten with desire or affection, free from desire, calm.
akāra अकार a. [करोतीति कारः कृ-घञ् अण् वा न. त.] Not doing or acting, void of action (क्रियारहित). -रः The letter अः अक्षराणामकारो$स्मि Bg.1.33.
akārṇaveṣṭakika अकार्णवेष्टकिक a. Face not adapted for ear-rings (Kāś.VI.2.155).
akārya अकार्य a. [न. त] Improper, not fit to be done. -र्यम् An improper, unworthy or bad act, a criminal or sinful action; मा नाम वैक्लव्यादकार्यं कुर्यात् Mk.3. (आत्मघातादिरूपम्). -Comp. -कारिन् a. 1 an evil-doer, one who commits a misdeed; महापातकिनश्चैव शेषाश्चाकार्यकारिणः Ms.11.239 one that neglects one's duty; दानेनाकार्यकारिणः (शुध्यन्ति) 5.17.
akāla> अकाल> a. [नास्ति उचितः कालो यस्य] 1 Untimely, premature, inopportune, unseasonable, out of season; न प्रजासु ˚मृत्युश्चरति U.2; न ह्यकालभवो मृत्युरिक्ष्वाकुपदमस्पृशत् ॥ R.15.44; अकालमृत्युहरणं सर्वव्याधिविनाशनम् । सूर्यपादोदकं तीर्यं जठरे धारया- म्यहम् ॥ (सूर्यनमस्कारसंकल्पः); ˚बातावली Ratn.3. -2 [न कालः] Not black, white. -लः [न. त.] Wrong, inauspicious or unseasonable time, not the proper time (for anything); unholy time in a year calculated and shown in Indian almanacs. ˚लः स्वबलप्रधानविरोधस्य Ve.3; ˚लः कुलजनस्य निवर्तितुं Mu.7; अकाले बोधितो भ्राता R.12.81 (at an improper time); अत्यारूढो हि नारीणामकालज्ञो मनोभवः 12.33 takes no account of proper or improper time; अकाले वीक्षितो विष्णुर्हन्ति पुण्यं पुराकृतम्; नाकाले म्रियते कश्चित् प्राप्ते काले न जीवति; नाकाले म्रियते जन्तुः H.1.17 does not die a premature death; काले प्राप्तस्त्वकाले वा नास्यानश्नन् गृहे वसेत् Ms.3.15 in time or late. -Comp. -कुसुमम्, -पुष्पम् a flower blossoming out of season; ˚कुसुमानीव भयं संजनयन्ति हि H.3.23, (a bad omen boding some evil.) -कूष्माण्डः a pumpkin produced out of season; (fig.) of a useless birth. -ज, -उत्पन्न, -जात a. produced out of season; premature; unseasonable. -जलदः 1 an untimely cloud. 2 N. of the great-grandfather of the poet Rājaśekhara. -जलदोदयः, -मेघोदयः 1 an unseasonable rise or gathering of clouds; बालातपमिवाब्जानामकाल- जलदोदयः R.4.61. -2 mist or fog. -ज्ञ a. taking no account of proper or improper time; अत्यारूढो हि नारीणामकालज्ञो मनोभवः R.12.33. -वेला unseasonable or improper time. -सह a. 1 not enduring delay or loss of time, impatient, not biding one's time. --2 not able to hold out (for a long time), unable to stand a protracted siege (as a दुर्ग); H.3.137.
akiṃcana अकिंचन a. [नास्ति किंचन यस्य] Without anything, quite poor, utterly destitute, indigent, penniless; अकिंचनः सन् प्रभवः स संपदां Ku.5.77; न द्वन्द्वदुःखमिह किंचिदकिंचनोपि Śi. 4.64 disinterested. -नम् That which is worth nothing.
akiṃcijjha अकिंचिज्झ a. Not knowing anything, quite ignorant; यदा$किंचिज्ज्ञो$हं द्विप इव मदान्धः समभवम् Bh.2.7.
akiṃcitkara अकिंचित्कर a. Not productive of anything, useless, immaterial; ˚रो$न्यत्र पञ्चशरो$पि स एव K.242 powerless to do anything; परतन्त्रमिदमकिञ्चित्करं च Ve.3.
akuṇṭha अकुण्ठ a. [न. त.] 1 Not blunted, unobstructed; आशस्त्रग्रहणादकुण्ठपरशोः Ve.2.2. -2 Vigorous, able to work. -3 Fixed; ˚धिष्ण्यम् Heaven.
akuṇṭhita अकुण्ठित a. Not blunted; शास्त्रेष्वकुण्ठिता बुद्धिः R.1.19 penetrating all sciences; बिभ्रतो$स्त्रमचले$प्यकुण्ठितं 11.74 taking effect on, prevailing against even mountains.
akutaḥ अकुतः adv. [न कुतः न. त.] Not from anywhere (in comp. only). -Comp. -चलः N. of Śiva (not movable from any cause). -भय a [नास्ति कुतो$पि भयं यस्य] secure, not threatened from any quarter, free from danger or fear, safe; मादृशानामपि ˚य: संचारो जातः U.2; यानि त्रीण्यकुता- भयानि च पदान्यासन्खरायोधने v. l for अपराङ्मुखाणि 5.34. (अकुत- श्चिद्भय also in the same sense.)
akupyam अकुप्यम् [न _x001F_1कुप्यम् न. त.] 1 Not a base metal, gold or silver; अकुप्यं वसु Ki.1.35 gold or silver. -2 Any base metal.
akulīna अकुलीन a. [न. त.] 1 Low-born, of highof no high descent. -2 Not belonging to the earth, not earthly; दिव्ययोषितमिवा- कुलीनां K.11 (a pun on the word; न कौ पृथ्व्यां लीना स्थिता).
akuśala अकुशल a. [न. त] 1 Inauspicious, evil; unlucky, unfortunate. -2 Not clever or skilful. -3 Unpleasant, unwelcome; न द्वेष्ट्यकुशलं कर्म Bg.1.1. -लम् Evil; स स्निग्धो $कुशलान्निवारयति यः H.2.141 guards from evils.
akuha अकुह a. [न. त.] One who does not cheat, an honest man; अकुहः श्रद्दधानः सन् Rām.2.19.27.
akūrca अकूर्च a. [नास्ति कूर्चं यस्य] 1 Not deceitful. -2 Bald; beardless. -र्चः Buddha; a deified saint.
akṛta अकृत a. [कृ-कर्मणि क्तः, न. त.] 1 Not done, undone, unperformed; सर्वान् बलकृतानर्थानकृतान् मनुरब्रवीत् Ms.8.168; कृतं चाप्यकृतं भवेत् 8.117. -2 Wrongly or differently done; कृताकृतावेक्षणादौ ब्रह्मा ऋत्विङ् नियुज्यते इति याज्ञिकाः. -3 Incomplete, not _x001F_/ready (as food); अकृतं च कृतात्क्षेत्रात् (अदोषवत्) Ms.1.144. not cultivated (अनुप्तशस्यम् Kull.); कृतान्नं चाकृता- न्नेन (निर्मातव्यम्) 1.94 (सिद्धान्नं चामान्नेन Kull.) -4 Uncreated. -5 One who has done no work. -6 Not developed or perfected, unripe, immature. -ता One not legally regarded as a daughter and placed on a level with sons, (पुत्रिकात्वेन अकल्पिता); अकृता वा कृता वापि यं विन्देत्सदृशात्सुतम् Ms.9.136; according to some, a daughter who is not by a formal declaration but only mentally appointed to supply an heir for her father (अभिसंधिमात्रकृता वाग्व्यवहारेण कृता; कृता = यदपत्यं भवेदस्यां तन्मम स्यात्स्वधाकरम् इत्यभिधाय कन्यादानकाले वरानुमत्या या क्रियते Kull.). -तम् An unperformed act; non-performance of an act; an unheard-of deed; अकृतं वै प्रजापतिः करोति Ait. Br. -Comp. -अर्थ a.. unsuccessful. -अस्त्र a. unpractised in arms. -आत्मन् a. 1 ignorant, foolish, having an uncontrolled mind. -2 not identified with Brahma or the Supreme Spirit. -उद्वाह a. unmarried. -एनस् a. not sinful or guilty, innocent. -कारम् adv. as has not been done before; ˚रं करोति Kāś.III.4.36. -ज्ञ a. ungrateful. -धी, --बुद्धि a. ignorant; पश्यत्यकृतबुद्धित्वान्न स पश्यति दुर्मतिः Bg.18.16 through unrefined understanding. -व्रणः -1 N.of a commentator on the Purāṇas; V. P.; of a companion of Rāma Jāmadagnya; Mb. -2 not wounded.
akṛtin अकृतिन् a. [न. त.] Not skilful or clever, clumsy, awkward; unfit for doing anything.
akṛtya अकृत्य a. Unfit to be done. -त्यम् 1 A crime, _x001F_+an improper act. -2 That which cannot be done; न हि वचनस्य किंचिदकृत्यमस्ति ŚB. on MS. 6.1.44.
akṛtrima अकृत्रिम a. [न. त.] 1 Natural, not man-made. -2 Spontaneous. -3 Valid, true.
akṛpaṇa अकृपण a. [न. त.] Not wretched, not miserly.
akṛśa अकृश a. [न. त.] Not slender or weak, full, entire, strong. -Comp. -अश्वः N. of a king of Ayodhyā. -लक्ष्मी a. endowed with full prosperity. -क्ष्मीः great splendour or property; अकृशमकृशलक्ष्मीश्चेतसा शंसितं सः Ki.5.52.
akṛṣṭa अकृष्ट a. [न. त.] Not tilled; not drawn. -Comp. -पच्य a. [अकृष्टे क्षेत्रे पच्यते] growing or ripening in un-ploughed land, growing exuberant or wild; ˚च्या इव सस्य- संपदः Ki.1.17; so ˚च्या ओषधयः; ˚च्यम् अशनं धान्यम्, &c. -पच्या (applied especially to) the earth yielding food grains, fruit etc. without being tilled; very fertile; अकृष्टपच्या पृथिवी विबभौ चैत्यमालिनी Mb. Crit. Ed.12.29.21; 12.216.16. -रोहिन् = ˚पच्य; बीजं च बालेयमकृष्टरोहि R.14.77.
akṛṣṇa अकृष्ण a. [न. त.] Not black, white, pure. -ष्णः [नास्ति कृष्णं मलो यस्य] 1 The spotless moon; चन्द्रमा वै ब्रह्मा $कृष्णः इति श्रुतिः -2 Camphor. -Comp. -कर्मन् a. virtuous, free from black deeds, innocent.
akriya अक्रिय a. [नास्ति क्रिया यस्य न. ब.] 1 Inactive dull, torpid. -2 Without essential works. -3 Abstaining from religious rites. -4 Without action of any kind, epithet of God. -5 Worthless, good-for-nothing. -या [न. त.] Inactivity; neglect of duty; प्रधानस्याक्रिया यत्र साङ्गं तत्क्रियते पुनः । तदङ्गस्याक्रियायां तु नावृत्तिर्न च तत्क्रिया ॥
akrūra अक्रूर a. [न. त.] Not cruel. -रः N. of a Yādava, a friend and uncle of Kṛiṣṇa. [It was he who induced Balarāma and Kṛiṣṇa to go to Mathurā and kill Kaṁsa. He told the two brothers how their father Ānaka-dundubhi, the princess Devakī and even his own father Ugrasena had been insulted by the iniquitous demon Kaṁsa, and told them why he had been despatched to them. Kṛiṣṇa consented to go and promised to slay the demon within 3 nights, which he succeeded in doing.]
aklinna अक्लिन्न a. Not wet or moist; ˚वर्त्मन् a sort of disease of the eyes.
akliṣṭa अक्लिष्ट a. [न. त.] 1 Unwearied, untroubled, not annoyed, undisturbed, indefatigable. -2 Not marred, unimpaired; इदमुपनतमेवं रूपमक्लिष्टकान्ति Ś.5.19 of unimpaired or unblemished beauty; अन्यथा कथमियम् ˚ता लावण्यस्य K.12 unmarred state, perfection. -3 Not laboured or elaborate. -Comp. -कर्मन्, -कारिन् a. unwearied in actions. -वर्ण a. not confused, distinct; ˚र्णां गमनाभ्यनुज्ञां K.293 given in plain, distinct terms; of unfaded colour. -व्रत a. not swerving from religious vows, unwearied in observing them.
akṣaḥ अक्षः [अश्-सः] 1 An axis, axle, pivot; अक्षभङ्गे च यानस्य....न दण्डं मनुरब्रवीत् Ms.8.291,292; दृढधूः अक्षः Kāś. V. 4.74; Śi.12.2, 18.7; ज्योतिश्चक्राक्षदण्डः Dk. 1 Axle-pole. -2 The pole of a cart. -3 A cart, car; also a wheel. -4 The beam of a balance. -5 Terrestrial latitude. -6 A die for playing with; cube; यानाक्षमधिकृत्य ब्रूत इति गम्यते न तु विदेवना- क्षमिति । ŚB. on MS.6.8.35. -7 The seed of which rosaries are made. -8 A weight equal to 16 māṣas and called कर्ष. -9 N. of the plant Terminalia Belerica (बिभीतक- Mar. बेहडा) the seed of which is used as a die; also the nut of this plant; यथा वै द्वे वामलके द्वे वा कोले द्वौ वाक्षौ मुष्टिरनुभवति Chān. Up; so धाराभिरक्षमात्राभिः. -1 A shrub producing the rosary seed, Eleocarpus Ganitrus (रुद्राक्ष); the seed of this plant, as also of another plant (इन्द्राक्ष). -11 A serpent; hence a curve. -12 Garuḍa. -13 N. of a son of Rāvaṇa. -14 The soul. -15 Knowledge (usually, sacred). -16 Law; a lawsuit; legal procedure. -17 A person born blind. -18 the lower part of the temples (कर्ण- नेत्रयोर्मध्ये शङ्खादधोभागः). -19 The base of a column; अथवाक्षं नवांशोच्चं जन्म चैकेन कारयेत् । Māna.14.17. -2 The window-like part of a swing, a hammock, a palanquin, an axle of a chariot; पार्श्वयोर्वारणं कुर्यात् तस्याधो$क्षं सुसंयुतम् । Māna.5.165,166. -21 Gambling (in general). cf. अक्षो द्यूते वरूथाङ्गे नयवादौ बिभीतके । कर्षे व्याप्तौ कृषे (?) चक्रे आधारव्यव- हारयोः । आत्मजे पाशके दैत्यभेदे चेन्द्रियवालयोः । Nm. -क्षम् (अश्नुते व्याप्नोति विषयान् स्ववृत्त्या संयोगेन वा) 1 An organ of sense; निरोधाच्चेतसो$क्षाणि निरुद्धान्यखिलान्यपि Pt.2.154; संयताक्षो विनीतः Mātaṅga L.12.1. (The word संयताक्ष here means 'having control over his senses', but 'having eyes closed' M. W.); m. also (नियच्छेद्विषयेभ्यो$क्षान् Bhāg.; an object of sense. -2 The eye, (only at the end of comp.; जलजाक्ष, कमलाक्ष, &c.) -3 Sachal salt, sea-salt. -4 Blue vitriol (from its crystallized shape) (Mar. मोरचूद) [cf. L. axis; Gr. akshon or axon, old Germ. ahsa; Germ. achse.] -Comp. -अंशः the degree of latitude. -अग्रम् the axle or its end; the anterior end of the axle or its end; the anterior end of the pole of a car. -अग्रकीलः -लकः a linch-pin, a pin which fastens the yoke to the pole. -आवपनम् [अक्षान् पाशान् आवपति क्षिपत्यस्मिन्; आ-वप्-आधारे ल्युट्] a dice-board (अक्षा उप्यन्ते$स्मिन्निति अक्षावपनम् अक्षस्थानावपनपात्रम्, सायण). -आवलिः f. a rosary. -आवापः [अक्षान् आवपति क्षिपति; आवप्-अण्] a gambler, keeper of the dice or gambling table; he is one of the रत्निन्s mentioned in Taitt. Saṁ. I.8.9.1.2 and Śat. Br.5.3.2; also ˚अतिवापः (अक्षावापो नाम अक्षाणां क्षेप्ता अक्षगोप्ता वा द्यूतकारः). -उपकरणम् a piece at chess. -कर्णः hypotenuse, particularly of the triangle formed with the gnomon of a dial and its shadow; (astr.) argument of the latitude. -कुशल, -शौण्ड a. [स. त.] skilful in gambling. -कूटः [ अक्षस्य कूट इव] the pupil of the eye. -कोविद, -ज्ञ a. skilled in dice; so ˚विद्, ˚वेत्तृ &c. -क्षेत्रम् [अक्षनिमित्तं क्षेत्रम्] an astronomical figure (अक्षसाधनार्थं क्षेत्रतया कल्पितानां अक्षभवानामष्टानां क्षेत्राणामेकं). -ग्लहः [तृ. त.] gambling, playing at dice. -चक्रम् the circle of sensual passions. दृढनियमित ˚क्रः K.37 (also axis and wheels). -जम् [अक्षात् जायते; जन्-ड] 1 direct knowledge or cognition. -2 a thunderbolt (वज्रम् अस्थिरूपावयवजातत्वात्तस्य तन्नामत्बम्). -3 a diamond. -4 अक्षक्षेत्रम् q.v. (m. in some of these senses). -जः N. of Viṣṇu. -तत्त्वम्, -विद्या the science of gambling; ˚विद् skilled in the principles of gambling. -दण्डः axle-pole. -दर्शकः, -दृश् [अक्षाणाम् ऋणादानादिव्यवहाराणां दर्शकः दृश्-ण्वुल्, अक्षान् पश्यतीति दृश् -क्विप् कुत्वम्] 1 a judge (one who tries law-suits). -2 a superintendent of gambling. -दृक्कर्मन् n. operation or calculation for latitude. -देविन् m.. [अक्षैर्दीव्यति, दिव्-णिनि], अक्षद्यूः, [दिव्-क्विपू ऊठ् P.VI.4.19.] -द्यूतः [अक्षैर्द्यूतं यस्य] a gambler, dicer. -द्यूतम् dice play, gambling; ˚तादिगणः a class of words mentioned in P.IV.4.19. -द्यूतिकम् [अक्षद्यूत- ठक्] dispute at play. -द्रुग्ध a. [अक्षैः द्रुग्धः] unlucky at dice (opposed to अक्षप्रिय fond of dice, or lucky in gambling). -धरः [अक्षं चक्रं रथावयवं तत्कीलकमिव कण्टकं वा धरतीति धरः धृ-अच् ष. त.] 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 N. of the plant (also called शाखोट); Trophis Aspera. (Mar. हेदि, खरोत). -3 a wheel. -4 any one who bears a wheel, or who holds dice. -धूः (धुर्) the yoke attached to the fore-part of the pole of a car. -धूर्तः [अक्षे तद्देवने धूर्तः] 'dice-rogue,' a gamester, a gambler. -धूर्तिलः [अक्षस्य शकटस्य धूर्तिं भारं लाति, ला-क; or अक्ष-धुर्-तिलप्रत्ययः] a bull or ox yoked to the pole of a cart. -पटलः[ष. त.] 1 a court of law. -2 depository of legal documents. -3 = अक्षि- पटलम्, q. v. -लः [अक्षाणां व्यवहाराणां पटलमस्त्यस्य अच्] a judge. -4 record-office (GI). -5 account-office (RT). -पटलाधिकृतः superintendent of records and accounts. -परि ind [अक्षेण विपरतिम् वृत्तं P.II.1.1 द्यूतव्यवहारे पराजये एवायं समासः Sk.] so as to be a loser (by an unlucky throw of dice) पाशकक्रीडायां यथा गुटिकापाते जयो भवति तद्वि- परीतपातः Tv.) -पाटः = ˚वाटः, q. v. -पाटकः [अक्षे व्यवहारे पाटयति; पट् दीप्तौ-ण्वुल्] one who is well-versed in law, a judge. -पातः [ष. त.] cast of dice. -पादः N. of the sage Gautama, founder of the Nyāya system of philosophy, or a follower of that system (अक्षं नेत्रं दर्शनसाधनतया जातः पादो$स्य; अक्षपादो हि स्वमतदूषकस्य व्यासस्य मुखदर्शनं चक्षुषा न कर्तव्यम् इति प्रतिज्ञाय पश्चाद् व्यासेन प्रसादितः पादे नेत्रं प्रकाश्य तं दृष्टवान् इति प्रसिद्धिः Tv.) -पीडा [ष. त.] 1 an injury to the organs. -2 [अक्षम् इन्द्रियं रसनारूपं पीडयति आस्वादनात्; पीड्-अच्] N. of the plant यवतिक्ता. (Mar. शंखिनी). -भागः (˚अंशः) a degree of latitude. -भारः [ष. त.] 1 a cart-load. -2 the lower part of a chariot. (cf. तत्तद्देशे तु छिद्रं स्यादक्षभारे रथान्तकम् । छिद्रे प्रवेशयेत् कीलं युक्त्या च पट्टयोजितम् ॥ Māna. 42.51-53.) -मदः [च. त.] a mad passion for gambling. -मात्रम् [अक्षो मात्रा यस्य] 1 anything as large as dice; dice. -2 a moment of time (निमिषः) twinkling of an eye. -माला, -सूत्रम् [अक्षाणां माला -सूत्रम्] 1 a rosary, string of beads (अकारादिक्षकारान्तः अक्षः तत्कृता तत्प्रतिनिधिभूता वा माला); कृतो- $क्षसूत्रप्रणयी तया करः Ku.5.11,66; ˚मालामुपयाचितुमागतो$स्मि K.151. (It is made of रुद्राक्ष seeds, corals, crystals, rubies, gems &c.) -2 N. of अरुन्धती (अक्षमाला त्वरुन्धती - Hm.); अक्ष- माला वसिष्ठेन संयुक्ताधमयोनिजा...जगामाभ्यर्हणीयताम् Ms.9.23. मातङ्गयामक्षमालायां गर्हितायां रिरंसया । Bu. ch.4.77. (अक्षस्य नक्षत्रचक्रस्य मालेव भूषणत्वात्; सा ह्युत्तरस्यां दिशि गगने सप्तर्षिमण्डले मालारूपेण वसिष्ठसमीपे वर्तते सर्वेभ्यश्चोज्ज्वलत्वात्तस्या मालारूपेण स्थितत्वाच्च नक्षत्रचक्रभूषणत्वम् Tv). -राजः [अक्षाणां राजेव] one addicted to gambling; also 'the die called Kali'. --वामः [स. त.] an unfair gambler. -वाटः [अक्षाणां पाशकक्रीडानां बाटः वासस्थानम्] 1 a gambling house; the gambling table. -2 [अक्षस्य रथचक्रस्य क्षुण्णस्थानस्य इव वाटः] a place of contest, arena, wrestling ground (तत्र हि रथचक्रक्षुण्णपांशुसदृशपांशुम- त्त्वात् तत्सदृशत्वम् Tv.) -विद a. skilled in gambling. -वृत्त a. [अक्षे वृत्तः व्यापृतः स. त.] engaged in, addicted to, gambling; what has occurred in gambling. -वृत्तम् राशिचक्ररूपं वृत्तक्षेत्रम् the zodiacal circle. -शालिन् (शालिकः) officer in charge of the gambling house; EI 24.173. -स्तुषः Beleric Myrobalan (Mar. बेहडा) -हृदयम् perfect skill in, or conversancy with, gambling (lit. the heart or innermost nature of dice or gambling); वशीकृताक्षहृदयां K.131.
akṣaṇika अक्षणिक a. [न. त.] Steady, firm, not frail or transitory; steadfast (as gaze or look).
akṣata अक्षत a. [न. त.] (a) Uninjured, unhurt; त्वमनङ्गः कथमक्षता रतिः Ku.4.9; ˚विग्रहा वाहाः Dk.3; प़ञ्चाक्षतास्ते वयं Ve.6.45.4.4; Mu.6.8; R.2.56; (b) Unbroken, whole; not crushed, undivided; मम नासिकामक्षतां कुर्वन्तु Pt.1, ˚सक्तूनां नवं कलशं पूरयित्वा Āśvalāyana. -तः 1 Śiva. -2 Thrashed and winnowed rice dried in the sun; (pl.) whole grain, entire unhusked and pounded rice washed with water, and used as an article of worship in all religious and sacred ceremonies; अक्षताः पान्तु पान्त्वक्षता इति श्राद्धमन्त्रः; अक्ष- तैर्नार्चयोद्विष्णुं न तुलस्या विनायकम् इति तन्त्रम्; साक्षतपात्रहस्ता R.2.21; आर्द्राक्षतारोपणमन्वभूतां 7.28. -3 Barley (यवाः); अक्षताश्च यवाः प्रोक्ताः sometimes neuter also (दूर्वाक्षतानि). -तम् 1 Corn, grain of any kind. -2 Absence of loss or ruin; good, wellbeing; अक्षतं चारिष्टं चास्तु इति श्राद्धमन्त्रः. -3 Eunuch (also m.). -ता 1 a virgin, a maiden not deflowered, blemished or enjoyed; अक्षता वा क्षता वापि. -2 N. of a plant कर्कटशृङ्गी (Mar. काकडशिंगी). -Comp. -योनिः a virgin, not yet blemished by sexual intercourse; सा चेदक्षतयोनिः स्यात् Ms.9.176; पत्नीष्वक्षतयोनिषु 1.5.
akṣama अक्षम a. [न. त.] 1 Unfit, incompetent, unable; कार्यं˚, पलायन,˚ उपवास˚ &c. -2 Unable to bear or endure, not forbearing, non-forbearing; impatient; ˚मा कालहरणस्य Ś.3 unable to brook delay, admitting of no delay; मामक्षमं मण्डनकालहानेः R.13.16. -मा [न. त.] 1 Impatience, intolerance; envy, jealousy; धावन्त्यमी मृगजवाक्षमयेव रथ्याः Ś.1.8 as if envying (jealous of) the deer's speed. -2 Anger, passion.
akṣayya अक्षय्य a. [क्षेतुं शक्यम्; क्षि -यत्; न. त.] That which cannot decay, imperishable; तपःषड्भागमक्षय्यं ददत्यारण्यका हि नः Ś.2.13; अस्त्यत्र भोग्यवस्तु वर्षशतेनाप्यक्षय्यम् Dk.19 inexhaustible. -Comp. -उदकम् a libation of water mixed with honey and sesamum, offered in Śrāddha ceremonies after the पिण्डदान (अक्षय्योदकदानं तु अर्घ्यदानव- दिष्यते । षष्ठयैव नित्यं तत्कुर्यान्न चतुर्थ्या कदाचन ॥). -नवमी the 9th day of the bright half of Āśvina. -भुज् m. fire; प्रदहेच्च हि तं राजन् कक्षमक्षय्यभुग्यथा Mb.13.9.21.
akṣara अक्षर a. [न क्षरतीति; क्षर् चलने अच्-न. त.] 1 Imperishable, indestructible, undecaying, epithet of the Supreme as well as the Individual soul; यमक्षरं क्षेत्रविदो विदुस्तमात्मानमात्मन्यवलोकयन्तम् Ku.3.5; द्वाविमौ पुरुषौ लोके क्षरश्चाक्षर एव च । क्षरः सर्वाणि भूतानि कूटस्थो$क्षर उच्यते Bg.15.16. यस्मात्क्षरमतीतो$हमक्षरादपि चोत्तमः । अतो$स्मि लोके वेदे च प्रथितः पुरुषोत्तमः Bg.15.18; the unconcerned (Spirit); अक्षरं ब्रह्म परमभ् Bg.8.3. -2 Fixed, firm, unalterable. -रः 1 Śiva. -2 Viṣṇu. -3 A sword. -रा Sound, word, speech (Ved.). -रम् [अश्-सरः Uṇ.3.7, अशेः सरः; अश्नुते व्याप्नोति वेदादिशास्त्राणि.] 1 (a) A letter of the alphabet; अक्षराणामकारो$स्मि Bg.1.33; मुद्राक्षराणि, मधुर˚, त्र्यक्षर &c. (b) a syllable; एकाक्षरं परं ब्रह्म Ms.2.83 the monosyllable; गिरामस्म्येकमक्षरम् Bg.1.25, Ms. 2.78,84,125 (sacred syllable). Hence (c) a word or words, speech collectively; प्रतिषेधाक्षरविक्लवाभिरामम् Ś.3.24; अहो संदापनान्यक्षराणि U.4; भर्तुरेतानि प्रणयमयान्यक्षराणि M.3 words; ब्राह्मणसंक्रमिताक्षरेण पितामहेन V.3; अक्षंर वर्णनिर्माणं वर्णमप्यक्षरं विदुः । अक्षरं न क्षरं विद्यादश्नोतेर्वा सरो$क्षरम् ॥ -2 A document (letter &c.), sacred writing; writing in general (in pl.); तत्र भुक्तिः प्रमाणं स्यान्न साक्षी नाक्षराणि च Pt.3.93; तत्रभवत्या अक्षराणि विसृष्टानि स्युः V.2. -3 The highest deity or Godhead, the indestructible spirit, Brahman (परमब्रह्मन्, मूलकारणम्); अक्षरं ब्रह्म परमम् Bg.8.3; कर्म ब्रह्मोद्भवं विद्धि ब्रह्माक्षरसमुद्भवम् 3.15; यथा सतः पुरुषात्केशलोमानि तथाक्षरात्संभवतीह विश्वम् Chān. Up. -4 Religious austerity, penance. -5 Sacrifice. -6 Water. ततः क्षरति अक्षरम् Rv. 1.164.42. -7 The sky. -8 Final beatitude, emancipation from further transmigration. -9 Continuance, permanence. -1 Right, justice (Ved. in these two senses). -11 N. of a plant, Achyranthes Aspera. (अपामार्ग Mar. अघाडा.) -12 A measure of time, equal to one-fifth of a Kāṣṭhā. -Comp -अक्षरः a kind of religious meditation; Kāraṇḍavyūha (Metrical recension) -अङ्गम् 1. a part of a syllable. -2. alphabet. -अर्थः [ष. त.] meaning (of words); किं तावत् गीत्या अवगतो$क्षरार्थः Ś.5. -च (ञ्चुं) ञ्चुः -ञ्चणः, -नः [अक्षरेण वर्णविन्यासलिप्या वित्तः अक्षर -चणप् or चु (ञ्चुं) ञ्चुप् तेन वित्तश्चुञ्चुप् चणपौ; P. V. 2.26.] a scribe, writer, copyist; so ˚जीवकः, -जीवी, अक्षरेण जीवति; जीव् णिनि or ण्वुल्; also ˚जीविकः. -च्युतकम् [अक्षरं च्युतं लुप्तं यत्र; ब कप्] getting out a different meaning by the omission of a letter (e. g. कुर्वन् दिवाकरश्लेषं दधच्चरणडम्बरम् । देव यौष्माकसेनयोः करेणुः प्रसरत्यसौ where another meaning may be got by omitting क in करेणुः i. e. by taking रेणुः). -छन्दस् n. -वृत्तम् a metre regulated by the number of syllables it contains; छन्दस्तु द्विविधं प्रोक्तं वृत्तं जातिरिति द्विधा । वृत्तमक्षरसंख्यातं जातिर्मात्राकृता भवेत् ॥ unshaken resolve, resolute (अक्षरं निश्चलं छन्दो$भिप्रायो यस्य); -जननी, -तूलिका [अक्षराणां जननीव; तल्लिपिलेखानां तूलिकेव वा साधनत्वात्] a reed or pen. -जीवकः or -जीविन् m. 'One who lives by writing', a scribe. -(वि) न्यासः [ष. त. भावे घञ्] 1 writing, arrangement of letters; भूर्जपत्रगतो ˚सः V.2. -2 the alphabet. -3 scripture. -4 हृदयाद्याधारस्पर्शपूर्वकं तदक्षराणां स्मरणोच्चारणरूपस्तन्त्रप्रसिद्धो वर्णन्यासः - पङ्क्ति a. 1. having 5 syllables (पङ्क्ति = Gr. pentas-five) सु मत् पद् वग दे इत्येष वै यज्ञो$क्षरपङ्क्तिः Ait. Br. (तान्येतान्यक्षराणि होतृज- पादौ प्रयोक्तव्यानि). -2 N. of a metre of four lines (द्विपदा विराज्) each having five syllables (one dactyl and one spondee). -भाज् a. having a share in the syllables (of a prayer ?). -भूमिका tablet; न्यस्ताक्षरामक्षरभूमिकायाम् R.18. 46. -मुखः [अक्षराणि तन्मयानि शास्त्राणि वा मुखे यस्य] a scholar, student. -खम् [ष. त.] the beginning of the alphabet; the letter अ. -मुष्टिका 'finger-speech', speaking by means of finger-signs. -वर्जित a. unlettered, illiterate, not knowing how to read or write. a. of an epithet of परमात्मन्. -व्यक्तिः f. [ष. त.] distinct articulation of syllables. -शिक्षा [ष. त.] the science of (mystic) syllables; theory of ब्रह्म (ब्रह्मतत्त्व); मह्यं ˚क्षां विधाय Dk.11. -संस्थानम् [अक्षराणां संस्थानं यत्र] arrangement of letters, writing, alphabet.
akṣiyad अक्षियद् a. [न. त.] Ved. Not decreasing in wealth; destitute of a dwelling, unsettled (?); क्षियन्तं त्वमक्षियन्तं कृणोति Rv.4.17.13.
akṣīva अक्षीव -(ब) a [न. त.] Not intoxicated. -वः [न क्षीवते माद्यति, क्षीव्-क क्त वा, न. त.] N. of the tree शोभाञ्जन (Mar. शेवगा, शेगट) Hyperanthera moringa; cf विडङ्गा-क्षीबकुल्माष- माषगोधूमसंस्कृतम् । मोदकार्थं महीपाल पिष्टमाढकमिष्यते ॥ Mātanga. L.21.17. -वम् Sea-salt.
akṣuṇṇa अक्षुण्ण a. [न. त.] 1 Unbroken, uncurtailed. -2 Not conquered or defeated, successful; अक्षुण्णो$नुनयः Ve.1.2. -3 Not trodden or beaten, unusual, strange; अभीक्ष्णम- क्षुण्णतयातिदुर्गमम् Śi.1.32 being not practised or experienced. -4 Inexperienced, not expert.
akṣudra अक्षुद्र a. [न. त.] Not small or insignificant. -द्रः N. of Śiva.
akṣudhya अक्षुध्य a. [अक्षुधे हितं; अक्षुध्-यत्.] Ved. 1 That which tends to cause absence of hunger (क्षुधाभावसाधनं द्रव्यम्). -2 Not liable to hunger.
akṣetra अक्षेत्र a. [न.त.] Destitute of fields; uncultivated. -त्रम् 1 A bad field (अप्रशस्तम् क्षेत्रम्); अक्षेत्रे बीजमुत्सृष्टमन्तरैव विनश्यति Ms.1.71. -2 Not a good geometrical figure. -3 (fig.) A bad pupil, unworthy recipient or receptacle (of anything). Comp. -विद् a. [क्षेत्रं देहतत्त्वं तत्त्वतो न जानाति; विद्-क्विप्] destitute of spiritual knowledge; not knowing the true nature of the क्षेत्र or body (क्षेत्रतत्त्वानभिज्ञः आत्मत्वेन देहाभिमानी जीवः); So अक्षेत्रज्ञ.
akṣetrin अक्षेत्रिन् a. [क्षेत्रं शस्योत्पत्तिस्थानं कलत्रं वा; मत्वर्थे इनि न. त.] Having no field, not the master of a field, ये$क्षेत्रिणो बीजवन्तः परक्षेत्रप्रवापिणः Ms.9.49.
akṣobha अक्षोभ a. [नास्ति क्षोभो यस्य] Not agitated, unmoved. -भः 1 Absence of agitation. -2 The tying post of an elephant.
akhaṇḍana अखण्डन a. [न खण्ड्यते निरवयवत्वात्; खण्ड्-ल्युट्; न. त.] 1 Unbroken, not capable of being broken or divided, epithet of परमात्मन् -2 Full, entire. -नम् [न. त.] 1 Not breaking, leaving entire. -2 Non-refutation. -नः Time.
akharva अखर्व a. [न. त.] Not dwarfish, short or stunted; not small; great; अखर्वेण गर्वेण विराजमानः Dk.3.
akhāta अखात a. [न. त.] Not dug; not buried. अखाते च तडागे च प्रविष्टो मकरः कथम् । Udbhaṭa. -तः-तम् A natural lake or pool of water; a bay; especially a pool before a temple.
akhādya अखाद्य a. [न. त.] Not edible.
akhinna अखिन्न a. [न. त.] 1 Not fatigued or wearied. -2 Not involving fatigue. मखेष्वखिन्नो$नुमतः Ki.1.22.
akhila अखिल a. [नास्ति खिलं अवशिष्टं यस्य Tv.] 1 Whole, entire, complete; oft. with सर्व. एतद्धि मत्तो$धिजगे सर्वमेषो$खिलं मुनिः Ms.1.59; ˚लेन entirely. -2 Not uncultivated or fallow, ploughed (land); ˚आत्मन् the universal spirit.
akhedin अखेदिन् a.. Not wearisome, not fatigued, ˚त्वम् continuous flow of speech regarded as one of the वाग्गुणs of the Jainas.
aga अग a. [न गच्छतीति; गम्-ड. न. त.)] 1 Unable to walk, not going, not in a position to go; अगो वृषलः शीतेन P.VI.3.77 Sk. अगजगदोकसामखिलशक्त्यवबोधक ते Bhāg. 1.87.14. -2 Unapproachable. -गः 1 A tree; सदानतो येन विषाणिना$गः Śi.4.63. -2 A mountain; ध्वनिरगविवरेषु नूपुराणाम् Ki.1.4. also a stone; प्रत्यापगं प्रत्यगम् Mahānāṭaka. -3 A snake. -4 The sun (न गच्छति वक्रगत्या पश्चिमम्, तस्य हि वक्रगत्यभावो ज्योतिषप्रसिद्धः or, 'not going' the earth by its diurnal rotation causing day and night). -5 A water-jar, as in अगस्त्य (कुम्भस्त्यान). -6 The number seven (from the seven कुलाचलs) cf. ... _x001F_+अथ पन्नगे । नगाः अगाः पर्वते$र्के पादपे स्यात्...। Nm. -Comp. -आत्मजा the daughter of the mountain, N. of Pārvatī. -ओकस् m. [अगः पर्वतः ओको यस्य] 1 a mountain-dweller. -2 a bird (वृक्षवासी). -3 the animal शरभ supposed to have 8 legs. -4 a lion. -ज a. (अगात् पर्वतशिलातो जायते; जन्-ड,) produced on a mountain or from a tree; roaming or wandering through mountains, wild (गिरिचर); कचाचितौ विष्वगिवागजौ गजौ Ki.1.36. (-जम्) bitumen. [शिलाजित] -जा Born From the mountain, Pārvatī. अगजाननपद्मार्कं गजाननमहर्निशम् । अनेकदं तं भक्तानामेकदन्तमुपास्महे ॥ Subhā. -जानिः Śiva, सर्वं तद्भगवन् त्वदीयमगजाजाने समस्तार्तिहन् । चोल- चम्पूकाव्य P.9, Verse 12.
agaccha अगच्छ a. [गम् बाहु. श, न. त.] Not going. -च्छः A tree.
agaṇya अगण्य a. 1 Countless, immense; ˚पण्यविस्तारितमणि Dk. 1. -2 Not deserving to be counted (अर्हे यत्); worthless, immaterial
agada अगद a. [नास्ति गदो रोगो यस्य] 1 Healthy, sound, free from disease, in good health नरो$गदः Ms.8.17. -2 (गद् भाषणे-अच्, न. त.) Not speaking or telling. -3 Free from judicial affliction. -दः [नास्ति गदो रोगो यस्मात्] 1 A medicine, a medicinal drug; इति चिन्ताविषघ्नो$यमगदः किं न पीयते H.Pr.29; विषघ्नैरगदैश्चास्य सर्वद्रव्याणि योजयेत् Ms.7. 218. -2 Health, freedom from disease; औषधान्यगदो विद्या देवी च विविधा स्थितिः । तपसैव प्रसिध्यन्ति तपस्तेषां हि साधनम् ॥ Ms. 11.237. (अगदः गदाभावः नैरुज्यमिति यावत् Kull.) -3 The science of antidotes; one of the 8 parts of medical science. -राजः good medicine; श्रेयस्तनोत्यगदराज इवोपयुक्तः Bhāg.1.47.59.
agamya अगम्य a. [न गन्तुमर्हति गम्-यत्; न. त.] 1 Not fit to be walked in or approached, unapproachable, inaccessible (lit. & fig); योगिनामप्यगम्यः &c. -2 Inconceivable, in-comprehensible; मनसो$गम्य ईश्वरः God transcends mind (conception or thought); याः सम्पदस्ता मनसो$प्यगम्याः Śi.3.59. See under गम्य also. -Comp. -रूप a. of unsurpassed or inconceivable nature, form, &c. ˚रूपां पदवीं प्रपित्सुना Ki.1.9.
agamyā अगम्या A woman not deserving to be approached (for cohabitation), one of the low castes; ˚म्यां च स्त्रियं गत्वा, ˚गमनं चैव जातिभ्रंशकराणि वा &c. -Comp. -गमनम् illicit intercourse. -गामिन् a. practising illicit intercourse. -गमनीय a. relating to illicit intercourse; ˚नीये तु (पापम्) व्रतैरेभिरपानुदेत् Ms.11.169.
agasti अगस्ति [विन्ध्याख्यं अगं अस्यति; अस्-क्तिच् शकन्ध्वादि˚, Uṇ.4. 179, or अगं विन्ध्याचलं स्त्यायति _x001F_+स्तभ्नाति, स्त्यै-क; or अगः कुम्भः तत्र स्त्यानः संहतः इत्यगस्त्यः] 1 'Pitcher-born,' N. of a celebrated Ṛiṣi or sage. -2 N. of the star Canopus, of which Agastya is the regent. -3 N. of a plant (बकवृक्ष) Sesbana (or Ӕschynomene) Grandiflora [Mar. रुईमंदार]. [The sage Agastya is a very reputed personage in Hindu mythology. In the Ṛigveda he and Vasiṣṭha are said to be the off-springs of Mitra and Varuṇa, whose seed fell from them at the sight of the lovely nymph Urvaśī at a sacrificial session. Part of the seed fell into a jar and part into water; from the former arose Agastya, who is, therefore, called Kumbhayoni, Kumbhajanman, Ghaṭodbhava, Kalaśayoni &c; from the latter Vasiṣṭha. From his parentage Agastya is also called Maitrāvaruṇi, Aurvaśeya, and, as he was very small when he was born, he is also called Mānya. He is represented to have humbled the Vindhya mountains by making them prostrate themselves before him when they tried to rise higher and higher till they wellnigh occupied the sun's disc and obstructed his path. See Vindhya. (This fable is supposed by some, to typify the progress of the Āryas towards the south in their conquest and civilization of India, the humbling of the mountain standing meta-phorically for the removal of physical obstacles in their way). He is also known by the names of Pītābdhi, Samudra-chuluka &c.; from another fable according to which he drank up the ocean because it had offended him and because he wished to help Indra and the gods in their wars with a class of demons called Kāleyas who had hid themselves in the waters and oppressed the three worlds in various ways. His wife was Lopāmudrā. She was also called Kauṣītakī and Varapradā. She bore him two sons, Dṛḍhāsya and Dṛḍhāsyu. In the Rāmāyaṇa Agastya plays a distinguished part. He dwelt in a hermitage on mount Kunjara to the south of the Vindhya and was chief of the hermits of the south. He kept under control the evil spirits who infested the south and a legend relates how he once ate up a Rākṣasa named Vātāpi, who had assumed the form of a ram, and destroyed by a flash of his eye the Rākṣasa's brother who attempted to avenge him. In the course of his wandering Rāma with his wife and brother came to the hermitge of Agastya who received him with the greatest kindness and became his friend, adviser and protector. He gave Rāma the bow of Viṣṇu and accompanied him to Ayodhyā when he was restored to his kingdom after his exile of 14 years. The superhuman power which the sage possessed, is also represented by another legend, according to which he turned king Nahuṣa into a serpent and afterwards restored him to his proper form. In the south he is usually regarded as the first teacher of science and literature to the primitive Dravidian tribes, and his era is placed by Dr. Caldwell in the 7th or 6th century B.C. The Purāṇas represent Agastya as the son of Pulastya (the sage from whom the Rākṣsas sprang) and Havirbhuvā the daughter of Kardama. Several 'hymn-seers' are mentioned in his family, such as his two sons, Indra-bāhu, Mayobhuva and Mahendra, also others who served to perpetuate the family. The sage is represented as a great philosopher, benevolent and kind-hearted, unsurpassed in the science of archery and to have taken a principal part in the colonization of the south; निर्जितासि मया भद्रे शत्रुहस्तादमर्षिणा । अगस्त्येन दुराधर्षा मुनिना दक्षिणेव _x001F_.दिक् ॥ Rām; अगस्त्याचरितामाशाम् R.4.44; cf. also; अगस्त्यो दक्षिणामाशामाश्रित्य नभसिः स्थितः । वरुणस्यात्मजो योगी विन्ध्यवातापिमर्दनः ॥ and R.6.61; Mv.7.14.] अगस्तितुल्या हि घृताब्धिशोषणे । Udbhaṭa.
agā अगा a. Ved. Not going.
agādha अगाध a. [गाध्-प्रतिष्ठायां घञ्; न. ब.] Unfathomable, very deep, bottomless; अगाधसलिलात्समुद्रात् H.1.52; (fig.) profound, sound, very deep यस्य ज्ञानदयासिन्धोरगाधस्यानघा गुणाः Ak. unfathomable, incomprehensible, inscrutable, Not learned; अगाधाश्चाप्रतिष्ठाश्च गतिमन्तश्च नारद Mb.12. 286.7. Not established, well-known; अगाधजन्मामरणं च राजन् Mb.12.38.39. -धः-धम् a deep hole or chasm. -धः N. of one of the 5 fires at the स्वाहाकार [cf. Gr. agathos]. -Comp. -जलः [अगाधं जलं यत्र] a deep pool or pond, deep lake. -सत्त्व a. possessing profound inherent power. द्विजमुख्यतमः कविर्बभूव प्रथितः शूद्रक इत्यगाधसत्त्वः ॥ Mk.1.3, अगाधसत्त्वो मगधप्रतिष्ठः । R.6.21; so ˚ज्ञानम्, ˚बुद्धिः; great; as ˚भयम्.
agiraḥ अगिरः (नः ?) [न गीर्यते दुःखेन; गॄ. बा. ˚क. न. त. Tv.] 1 Heaven. -2 The sun or fire ? -3 A Rākṣasa. -Comp. -ओकस् a. [अगिरः स्वर्गः ओको वासस्थानं यस्य] dwelling in the heaven (as a god); जीराश्चिदगिरौकसः Rv.1.135.9; not to be stopped by threatening shouts (?)
aguṇa अगुण a. 1 Destitute of attributes (referring to God). -2 Having no good qualities, worthless; अगुणो$ यमकोशः M.3, गुणयुक्तो दरिद्रो$पि नेश्वरैरगुणैः समः ॥ Mk.4. 22. -णः [न. त.] A fault, defect, demerit, vice; तद्वः सर्वं प्रवक्ष्यामि प्रसवे च गुणागुणान् Ms.3.22; गुणागुणज्ञ knowing merit and demerit; लोभश्चेदगुणेन किम् Bh.2.55; अगुणेषु तस्य धियमस्तवतः Ki.6.21. vices; -णम् 1 Absolution (मोक्ष, कैवल्य); धर्मादयः किमगुणेन च काङ्क्षितेन Bhāg. 7.6.25. -2 Supreme Being (परब्रह्म). -Comp. _वादिन् a. fault-finding, censorious, not appreciating merits. -शील a. of a worthless character.
aguru अगुरु a. [न. त.] 1 Not heavy,light. -2 (In prosody) Short. -3 Having no teacher. -4 One different from a teacher. -रु n. (m. also) [न गुरुर्यस्मात्] 1 The fragrant aloe wood and tree; Aquiluria Agallocha. -2 That which yields Bdellium, Amyris Agallocha. -3 The Śiśu tree (शिंशपा). -Comp. -शिंशपा [अगुरुः सारो यस्यास्ताद्दशी शिंशपा; मध्यमपदलो.] the Śiśu tree. -सारः a sort of perfume.
agūḍha अगूढ a. Not hidden, or concealed, manifest, clear: ˚सद्भावम् Real state unconcealed, अगूढसद्भावमितीङ्गितज्ञया निवोदितो नैष्ठिकसुन्दरस्तया Ku.5.62. -Comp. -गन्ध a. having an unconcealed smell. (-न्धः) Asafœtida (the smell of which is not easily concealed). [Mar. हिंग]. -भाव a.. 1 having an open or unreserved disposition. -2 having an obvious meaning or import.
agṛbhīta अगृभीत a. [न. त.] Ved. 1 Not seized or overcome; unsubdued; Rv.8.79.1. ˚शोचिस् of unsubdued splendour, एता न यामे अगृभीतशोचिषः Rv.5.54.5;8.23.1. -2 Inconceivable
agocara अगोचर a. Imperceptible by the senses, not obvious, See गोचर; वाचामगोचरां हर्षावस्थामस्पृशत् Dk.169, beyond the power of words, indescribable. -रम 1 Anything beyond the cognizance of the senses. -2 Not being seen or observed, or known; कथं देवपादानामगोचरेणैवं क्रियते H.2; without the knowledge of; ˚तां गतान् Pt.2. -3 Brahma; अगोचरे वागिव चोपरेमे Ki.17.11.
agorudha अगोरुध a. Ved. Not disdaining praise अगोरुधाय गविषे Rv.8.24.2.
agohya अगोह्य a. Not to be concealed or covered, bright.
agniḥ अग्निः [अङ्गति ऊर्ध्वं गच्छति अङ्ग्-नि,नलोपश्च Uṇ.4.5., or fr. अञ्च् 'to go.'] 1 Fire कोप˚, चिन्ता˚, शोक˚, ज्ञान˚, राज˚, &c. -2 The God of fire. -3 Sacrificial fire of three kinds (गार्हपत्य, आहवनीय and दक्षिण); पिता बै गार्हपत्यो$ ग्निर्माताग्निर्दक्षिणः स्मृतः । गुरुराहवनीयस्तु साग्नित्रेता गरीयसी ॥ Ms. 2.232. -4 The fire of the stomach, digestive faculty, gastric fluid. -5 Bile (नाभेरूर्ध्व हृदयादधस्तादामाशयमाचक्षते तद्गतं सौरं तेजः पित्तम् इत्याचक्षते). -6 Cauterization (अग्नि- कर्मन्). -7 Gold. -8 The number three. शराग्निपरिमाणम् (पञ्चत्रिंशत्) Mb.13.17.26. -9 N. of various plants: (a) चित्रक Plumbago Zeylanica; (b) रक्तचित्रक; (c) भल्लातक Semicarpus Anacardium; (d) निम्बक Citrus Acida. -1 A mystical substitute for the letter र्. In Dvandva comp. as first member with names of deities, and with particular words अग्नि is changed to अग्ना, as ˚विष्णू, ˚मरुतौ, or to अग्नी, ˚पर्जन्यौ, ˚ वरुणौ, ˚षोमौ -11 पिङगला नाडी; यत्र तद् ब्रह्म निर्द्वन्द्वं यत्र सोमः, (इडा) सहाग्निना (अग्निः पिङ्गला) Mb.14.2.1. -12 Sacrificial altar, अग्निकुण्ड cf. Rām. 1.14.28. -13 Sky. अग्निर्मूर्धा Muṇḍ 2.1.4. [cf. L. ignis.] [Agni is the God of Fire, the Ignis of the Latins and Ogni of the Slavonians. He is one of the most prominent deities of the Ṛigveda. He, as an immortal, has taken up his abode among mortals as their guest; he is the domestic priest, the successful accomplisher and protector of all ceremonies; he is also the religious leader and preceptor of the gods, a swift messenger employed to announce to the immortals the hymns and to convey to them the oblations of their worshippers, and to bring them down from the sky to the place of sacrifice. He is sometimes regarded as the mouth and the tongue through which both gods and men participate in the sacrifices. He is the lord, protector and leader of people, monarch of men, the lord of the house, friendly to mankind, and like a father, mother, brother &c. He is represented as being produced by the attrition of two pieces of fuel which are regarded as husband and wife. Sometimes he is considered to have been brought down from heaven or generated by Indra between two clouds or stones, created by Dyau, or fashioned by the gods collectively. In some passages he is represented as having a triple existence, which may mean his three-fold manifestations as the sun in heaven, lightning in the atmosphere, and as ordinary fire on the earth, although the three appearances are also elsewhere otherwise explained. His epithets are numberless and for the most part descriptive of his physical characteristics : धूमकेतु, हुतभुज्, शुचि, रोहिताश्व, सप्तजिह्व, तोमरधर, घृतान्न, चित्रभानु, ऊर्ध्वशोचिस्, शोचिष्केश, हरिकेश, हिरण्यदन्त, अयोदंष्ट्र &c. In a celebrated passage he is said to have 4 horns, 3 feet, 2 heads, and 7 hands. The highest divine functions are ascribed to Agni. He is said to have spread out the two worlds and _x001F_+ produced them, to have supported heaven, formed the mundane regions and luminaries of heaven, to have begotten Mitra and caused the sun to ascend the sky. He is the head and summit of the sky, the centre of the earth. Earth, Heaven and all beings obey his commands. He knows and sees all worlds or creatures and witnesses all their actions. The worshippers of Agni prosper, they are wealthy and live long. He is the protector of that man who takes care to bring him fuel. He gives him riches and no one can overcome him who sacrifices to this god. He confers, and is the guardian of, immortality. He is like a water-trough in a desert and all blessing issue from him. He is therefore constantly supplicated for all kinds of boons, riches, food, deliverance from enemies and demons, poverty, reproach, childlessness, hunger &c. Agni is also associated with Indra in different hymns and the two gods are said to be twin brothers. Such is the Vedic conception of Agni; but in the course of mythological personifications he appears as the eldest son of Brahmā and is called Abhimānī [Viṣṇu Purāṇa]. His wife was Svāhā; by her, he had 3 sons -Pāvaka, Pavamāna and Śuchi; and these had forty-five sons; altogether 49 persons who are considered identical with the 49 fires. He is also represented as a son of Aṅgiras, as a king of the Pitṛs or Manes, as a Marut and as a grandson of Śāṇḍila, and also as a star. The Harivaṁśa describes him as clothed in black, having smoke for his standard and head-piece and carrying a flaming javelin. He is borne in a chariot drawn by red horses and the 7 winds are the wheels of his car. He is accompanied by a ram and sometimes he is represented as riding on that animal. Agni was appointed by Brahamā as the sovereign of the quarter between the south and east, whence the direction is still known as Āgneyī. The Mahābhārata represents Agni as having exhausted his vigour and become dull by devouring many oblations at the several sacrifices made by king Śvetaki, but he recruited his strength by devouring the whole Khāṇḍava forest; for the story see the word खाण्डव]. -Comp. -अ (आ) गारम् -रः, -आलयः, -गृहम् [अग्निकार्याय अगारम् शाक˚ त.] a fire-sanctuary, house or place for keeping the sacred fire; वसंश्चतुर्थो$ग्निरिवाग्न्यगारे R.5.25. रथाग्न्यगारं चापार्चीं शरशक्तिगदे- न्धनम् Mb.11.25.14. -अस्त्रम् fire-missile, a rocket, -आत्मक a. [अग्निरात्मा यस्य] of the nature of fire सोमा- त्मिका स्त्री, ˚कः पुमान्. -आधानम् consecrating the fire; so ˚आहिति. -आधेयः [अग्निराधेयो येन] a Brāhmana who maintains the sacred fire. (-यम्) = ˚आधानम्. -आहितः [अग्निराहितो येन, वा परनिपातः P.II.2.37.] one who maintains the sacred fire; See आहिताग्नि. -इध् m. (अग्नीध्रः) [अग्निम् इन्द्धे स अग्नीध्] the priest who kindles fire (mostly Ved). -इन्धनः [अग्निरिध्यते अनेन] N. of a Mantra. (नम्) kindling the fire; अग्नीन्धनं भैक्षचर्याम् Ms.2.18. -उत्पातः [अग्निना दिव्यानलेन कृतः उत्पातः] a fiery portent, meteor, comet &c. In Bṛ. S.33 it is said to be of five kinds: दिवि भुक्तशुभफलानां पततां रूपाणि यानि तान्युल्काः । धिष्ण्योल्का- शनिविद्युत्तारा इति पञ्चधा भिन्नाः ॥ उल्का पक्षेण फलं तद्वत् धिष्ण्याशनिस्त्रिभिः पक्षैः । विद्युदहोभिः ष़ड्भिस्तद्वत्तारा विपाचयति ॥ Different fruits are said to result from the appearances of these portents, according to the nature of their colour, position &c. -उद्धरणम्, -उद्धारः 1 producing fire by the friction of two araṇis. -2 taking out, before sun-rise, the sacred fire from its cover of ashes previous to a sacrifice. -उपस्थानम् worship of Agni; the Mantra or hymn with which Agni is worshipped (अग्निरुपस्थीयते$नेन) अग्निस्त्रिष्टुभ् उपस्थाने विनियोगः Sandhyā. -एधः [अग्निमेधयति] an incendiary. -कणः; -स्तोकः a spark. -कर्मन् n. [अग्नौ कर्म स. त.] 1 cauterization. -2 action of fire. -3 oblation to Agni, worship of Agni (अग्निहोत्र); so ˚कार्य offering oblations to fire, feeding fire with ghee &c.; निर्वर्तिताग्निकार्यः K.16.; ˚र्यार्धदग्ध 39, Ms.3.69, अग्निकार्यं ततः कुर्यात्सन्ध्ययोरुभयोरपि । Y.1.25. -कला a part (or appearance) of fire; ten varieties are mentioned धूम्रार्चिरुष्मा ज्वलिनी ज्वालिनी विस्फु- लिङ्गिनी । सुश्री: सुरूपा कपिला हव्यकव्यवहे अपि ॥ यादीनां दश- वर्णानां कला धर्मप्रदा अमूः ।). -कारिका [अग्निं करोति आधत्ते करणे कर्तृत्वोपचारात् कर्तरि ण्वुल्] 1 the means of consecrating the sacred fire, the Ṛik called अग्नीध्र which begins with अग्निं दूतं पुरो दधे. 2. = अग्निकार्यम्. -काष्ठम् अग्नेः उद्दीपनं काष्ठं शाक ˚त.] agallochum (अगुरु) -कुक्कुटः [अग्नेः कुक्कुट इव रक्तवर्णस्फुलिङ्गत्वात्] a firebrand, lighted wisp of straw. -कुण्डम [अग्नेराधानार्थं कुण्डम्] an enclosed space for keeping the fire, a fire-vessel. -कुमारः, -तनयः; सुतः 1 N. of Kārttikeya said to be born from fire; Rām.7. See कार्त्तिकेय. -2 a kind of preparation of medicinal drugs. -कृतः Cashew-nut; the plant Anacardium occidentale. [Mar.काजू] -केतुः [अग्नेः केतुरिव] 1 smoke. -2 N. of two Rākṣasas on the side of Rāvaṇa and killed by Rāma. -कोणः -दिक् the south-east corner ruled over by Agni; इन्द्रो वह्निः पितृपतिर्नौर्ऋतो वरुणो मरुत् । कुबेर ईशः पतयः पूर्वादीनां दिशां क्रमात् ॥ -क्रिया [अग्निना निर्वर्तिता क्रिया, शाक. त.] 1 obsequies, funeral ceremonies. -2 branding; भेषजाग्निक्रियासु च Y.3.284. -क्रीडा [तृ. त.] fire-works, illuminations. -गर्भ a. [अग्निर्गर्भे यस्य] pregnant with or containing fire, having fire in the interior; ˚र्भां शमीमिव Ś 4.3. (--र्भः) [अग्निरिव जारको गर्भो यस्य] 1 N. of the plant Agnijāra. -2 the sun stone, name of a crystal supposed to contain and give out fire when touched by the rays of the sun; cf Ś2.7. -3 the sacrificial stick अरणि which when churned, gives out fire. (-र्भा) 1 N. of the Śamī plant as containing fire (the story of how Agni was discovered to exist in the interior of the Śamī plant is told in chap. 35 of अनु- शासनपर्व in Mb.) -2 N. of the earth (अग्नेः सकाशात् गर्भो यस्यां सा; when the Ganges threw the semen of Śiva out on the Meru mountain, whatever on earth &c. was irradiated by its lustre, became gold and the earth was thence called वसुमती) -3 N. of the plant महा- ज्योतिष्मती लता (अग्निरिव गर्भो मध्यभागो यस्याः सा) [Mar. माल- कांगोणी] -ग्रन्थः [अग्निप्रतिपादको ग्रन्थः शाक. त.] the work that treats of the worship of Agni &c. -घृतम् [अग्न्युद्दीपनं घृतं शाक. त.] a kind of medicinal preparation of ghee used to stimulate the digestive power. -चित् m. अग्निं चितवान्; चि-भूतार्थे क्विप् P.III.2.91] one who has kept the sacred fire; यतिभिः सार्धमनग्निमग्निचित् R.8.25; अध्वरे- ष्वग्निचित्वत्सु Bk.5.11. -चयः, -चयनम्, -चित्या. arranging or keeping the sacred fire (अग्न्याधान); चित्याग्निचित्ये च P.III.1.132. -2 (-यः, -यनः) the Mantra used in this operation. -3 a heap of fire -चित्वत् [अग्निचयनम् अस्त्यस्मिन् मतुप्; मस्य वः । तान्तत्वान्न पद- त्वम् Tv.] having अग्निचयन or अग्निचित्. -चूडः A bird having a red tuft. -चर्णम् gunpowder. कार्यासमर्थः कत्यस्ति शस्त्रगोलाग्निचूर्णयुक् Śukranīti 2.93. -ज, -जात a. produced by or from fire, born from fire. (-जः, -जातः) 1 N. of the plant अग्निजार (अग्नये अग्न्युद्दीपनाय जायते सेवनात् प्रभवति). 1 N. of Kārttikeya पराभिनत्क्रौञ्चमिवाद्रिमग्निजः Mb.8.9. 68.3. Viṣṇu. (-जम्, -जातम) gold; so ˚जन्मन्. -जित् m. God; Bhāg.8.14.4. -जिह्व a. 1 having a fiery tongue. -2 one having fire for the tongue, epithet of a God or of Visṇu in the boar incarnation. (-ह्वा) 1 a tongue or flame of fire. -2 one of the 7 tongues of Agni (कराली धूमिनी श्वेता लोहिता नीललोहिता । सुवर्णा पद्मरागा च जिह्वा: सप्त विभावसोः -3 N. of a plant लाङ्गली (अग्नेर्जिह्वेव शिखा यस्याः सा); of another plant (जलपिप्पली) or गजपिप्पली (विषलाङ्गला) (Mar. जल-गज पिंपळी) -ज्वाला 1 the flame or glow of fire. -2 [अग्नेर्ज्वालेव शिखा यस्याः सा] N. of a plant with red blossoms, chiefly used by dyers, Grislea Tomentosa (Mar. धायफूल, धायटी). -तप् a. [अग्निना तप्यते; तप्-क्विप्] having the warmth of fire; practising austerities by means of fire. -तपस् a. [अग्निभिः तप्यते] 1 practising very austere penance, standing in the midst of the five fires. -2 glowing, shining or burning like fire (तपतीति तपाः अग्निरिव तपाः) hot as fire -तेजस् a. having the lustre or power of fire. (अग्नेरिव तेजो यस्य). (-स् n.) the lustre of fire. (-स् m.) N. of one of the 7 Ṛiṣis of the 11th Manvantara. -त्रयम् the three fires, See under अग्नि. -द a. [अग्निं दाहार्थं गृहादौ ददाति; दा. -क.] 1 giving or supplying with fire -2 tonic, stomachic, producing appetite, stimulating digestion. -3 incendiary; अग्निदान् भक्तदांश्चैव Ms.9.278; अग्निदानां च ये लोकाः Y.2.74; so ˚दायक, ˚दायिन्. यदग्निदायके पापं यत्पापं गुरुतल्पगे. Rām.2.75.45. -दग्ध a. 1 burnt on the funeral pile; अग्निदग्धाश्च ये जीवा ये$प्यदग्धाः कुले मम Vāyu. P. -2 burnt with fire. -3 burnt at once without having fire put into the mouth, being destitute of issue (?); (pl.) a class of Manes or Pitṛis who, when alive, kept up the household flame and presented oblations to fire. -दमनी [अग्निर्दम्यते$नया; दम्-णिच् करणे ल्युट] a narcotic plant, Solanum Jacquini. [Mar. रिंगणी] -दातृ [अग्निं विधानेन ददाति] one who performs the last (funeral) ceremonies of a man; यश्चाग्निदाता प्रेतस्य पिण्डं दद्यात्स एव हि. -दीपन a. [अग्निं दीपयति] stimulating digestion, stomachic, tonic. -दीप्त a. [तृ. त्त.] glowing, set on fire, blazing (-प्ता) [अग्निर्जठरानलो दीप्तः सेवनात् यस्याः सा] N. of a plant ज्योतिष्मती लता (Mar. मालकांगोणी), which is said to stimulate digestion. -दीप्तिः f. active state of digestion. -दूत a. अग्निर्दूत इव यस्मिन् यस्य वा] having Agni for a messenger, said of the sacrifice or the deity invoked; यमं ह यज्ञो गच्छत्यग्निदूतो अरंकृतः Rv.1.14.13. -दूषितः a. branded. -देवः [अग्नि- रेव देवः] Agni; a worshipper of Agni. -देवा [अग्निर्देवो यस्याः] the third lunar mansion, the Pleiades (कृत्तिका). -द्वारम् the door on the south-east of a building; पूर्व- द्वारमथैशाने चाग्निद्वारं तु दक्षिणे । Māna.9.294-95. -धानम् [अग्निर्धियते$स्मिन्] the place or receptacle for keeping the sacred fire, the house of अग्निहोतृ; पदं कृणुते अग्निधाने Rv. 1.165.3. -धारणम् maintaining the sacred fire; व्रतिनां ˚णम् K. 55. -नयनम् = ˚प्रणयनम्. -निर्यासः [अग्नेर्ज- ठरानलस्येव दीपको निर्यासो यस्य] N. of the plant अग्निजार. -नेत्र a. [अग्निर्नेता यस्य] having Agni for the leader or conveyer of oblations, an epithet of a god in general. -पदम् 1 the word Agni. -2 fire-place. -3 N. of a plant. -परिक्रि-ष्क्रि-या care of the sacred fire, worship of fire, offering oblations; गृहार्थो$ग्निपरिष्क्रिया Ms.2.67. -परिच्छदः the whole sacrificial apparatus; गृह्यं चाग्निपरिच्छदम् Ms.6. 4. -परिधानम् enclosing the sacrificial fire with a kind of screen. -परीक्षा [तृ. त.] ordeal by fire. -पर्वतः [अग्निसाधनं पर्वतः] a volcano; महता ज्वलता नित्यमग्निमेवाग्नि- पर्वतः Rām.5.35.43. -पुच्छः [अग्नेः अग्न्याधानस्थानस्य पुच्छ इव]. tail or back part of the sacrificial place; the extinction of fire. -पुराणम् [अग्निना प्रोक्तं पुराणम्] one of the 18 Purāṇas ascribed to Vyāsa. It derives its name from its having been communicated originally by Agni to the sage Vasiṣṭha for the purpose of instructing him in the two-fold knowledge of Brahman. Its stanzas are said to be 145. Its contents are varied. It has portions on ritual and mystic worship, cosmical descriptions, chapters on the duties of Kings and the art of war, a chapter on law, some chapters on Medicine and some treatises on Rhetoric, Prosody, Grammar, Yoga, Brahmavidyā &c. &c. -प्रणयनम् bringing out the sacrificial fire and consecrating it according to the proper ritual. -प्रणिधिः Incendiary. Dk.2.8. -प्रतिष्ठा consecration of fire, especially the nuptial fire. -प्रवेशः; -शनम [स. त.] entering the fire, self-immolation of a widow on the funeral pile of her husband. -प्रस्कन्दनम् violation of the duties of a sacrificer (अग्निहोमाकरण); ˚परस्त्वं चाप्येवं भविष्यसि Mb.1.84.26. -प्रस्तरः [अग्निं प्रस्तृणाति अग्नेः प्रस्तरो वा] a flint, a stone producing fire. -बाहुः [अग्ने- र्बाहुरिव दीर्घशिखत्वात्] 1 smoke. -2 N. of a son of the first Manu; Hariv. N. of a son of Priyavrata and Kāmyā. V. P. -बीजम् 1 the seed of Agni; (fig.) gold (रुद्रतेजः समुद्भूतं हेमबीजं विभावसोः) -2 N. of the letter र्. -भम [अग्नि- रिव भाति; भा-क.] 1 'shining like fire,' gold. -2 N. of the constellation कृत्तिका. -भु n. [अग्नेर्भवति; भू-क्विप् ह्रस्वान्तः] 1 water. -2 gold. -भू a. [अग्नेर्भवतिः भू-क्विप्] produced from fire. (भूः) 1 'fire-born,' N. of Kārttikeya. -2 N. of a teacher (काश्यप) who was taught by Agni. -3 (arith.) six. -भूति a. produced from fire. (-तिः) [अग्निरिव भूतिरैश्वर्यं यस्य] N. of a pupil of the last Tīrthaṅkara. (-तिः) f. the lustre or might of fire. -भ्राजस् a. Ved. [अग्निरिव भ्राजते; भ्राज्-असुन्] shining like fire. अग्निभ्राजसो विद्युतः Ṛv.5.54.11. -मणिः [अग्नेरुत्थापको मणिः शाक. त.] the sunstone. -मथ् m. [अग्निं मथ्नाति निष्पादयति; मन्थ्-क्विप्- नलोपः] 1 the sacrificer who churns the fuel-stick. -2 the Mantra used in this operation, on the अरणि itself. -मन्थः, -न्थनम्, producing fire by friction; or the Mantra used in this operation. (-न्थः) [अग्निर्मथ्यते अनेन मन्थ्-करणे घञ्] N. of a tree गणिकारिका (Mar. नरवेल) Premna Spinosa (तत्काष्ठयोर्घर्षणे हि आशु वह्निरुत्पद्यते), -मान्द्यम् slowness of digestion, loss of appetite, dyspepsia. -मारुतिः अग्निश्च मरुच्च तयोरपत्यं इञ् ततो वृद्धिः इत् च; द्विपदवृद्धौ पृषो. पूर्वपदस्य ह्रस्वः Tv.] N. of the sage Agastya. -मित्रः N. of a king of the Śunga dynasty, son of Puṣypamitra who must have flourished before 15 B. C. -the usually accepted date of Patañjali-as the latter mentions पुष्यमित्र by name. -मुखः a. having Agni at the head. (-खः) [अग्निर्मुखमिव यस्य] 1 a deity, god, (for the gods receive oblations through Agni who is, therefore, said to be their mouth; अग्निमुखा वै देवाः; अग्निर्मुखं प्रथमं देवतानाम् &c; or अग्निर्मुखे अग्रे येषाम्, for fire is said to have been created before all other gods.) -2 [अग्निर्मुखं प्रधानमुपास्यो यस्य] one who maintains the sacred fire (अग्निहोतृद्विज) -3 a Brāhmaṇa in general (अग्निर्दाहकत्वात् शापाग्निर्मुखे यस्य for Brāhmaṇas are said to be वाग्वज्राः). -4 N. of two plants चित्रक Plumbago Zeylanica and भल्लातक Semicarpus Anacardium अग्निरिव स्पर्शात् दुःखदायकं मुखमग्रम् यस्य, तन्निर्यासस्पर्शेन हि देहे क्षतोत्पत्तेस्थयोस्तथात्वम्) -5 a sort of powder or चूर्ण prescribed as a tonic by चक्रदत्त -6 'fire-mouthed, sharp-biting, an epithet of a bug. Pt. 1. (-खी) अग्निरिव मुखमग्रं यस्याः; गौरादि-ङीष्] 1 N. of a plant भल्लातक (Mar. बिबवा, भिलावा) and लाङ्गलिका (विषलाङ्गला). -2 N. of the Gāyatri Mantra (अग्निरेव मुखं मुखत्वेन कल्पितं यस्याः सा, or अग्नेरिव मुखं प्रजापतिमुखं उत्पत्ति- द्वारं यस्याः, अग्निना समं प्रजापतिमुखजातत्वात्; कदाचिदपि नो विद्वान् गायत्रीमुदके जपेत् । गायत्र्याग्निमुखी यस्मात्तस्मादुत्थाय तां जपेत् ॥ गोभिल). -3 a kitchen [पाकशाला अग्निरिव उत्तप्तं मुखं यस्याः सा]. -मूढ a. [तृ. त.] Ved. made insane or stupefied by lightning or fire. -यन्त्रम् A gun अग्नियन्त्रधरैश्चक्रधरैश्च पुरुषैर्वृतः Śivabhārata 12.17. -यानम् An aeroplane. व्योमयानं विमानं स्यात् अग्नियानं तदेव हि । अगस्त्यसंहिता. -योगः See पञ्चाग्निसाधन. अग्नियोगवहो ग्रीष्मे विधिदृष्टेन कर्मणा । चीर्त्वा द्वादशवर्षाणि राजा भवति पार्थिवः ॥ Mb.13.14,2.43. -योजनम् causing the sacrificial fire to blaze up. -रक्षणम् 1 con-secrating or preserving the sacred (domestic) fire or अग्निहोत्र. -2 [अग्निः रक्ष्यते अनेन अत्र वा] a Mantra securing for Agni protection from evil spirits &c. -3 the house of an अग्निहोतृ. -रजः, -रजस् m. [अग्निरिव रज्यते दीप्यते; रञ्ज्-असुन् नलोपः] 1 a scarlet insect by name इन्द्रगोप. -2 (अग्नेः रजः) the might or power of Agni. -3 gold. Mb.3. 16.86.7 -रहस्यम् mystery of (worshipping &c.) Agni; N. of the tenth book of Śatapatha Brāhmaṇa. -राशिः a heap of fire, burning pile. -रुहा [अग्निरिव रोहति रुह्-क] N. of the plant मांसादनी or मांसरोहिणी (तदङ्कुरस्य वह्नितुल्य- वर्णतया उत्पन्नत्वात्तथात्वं तस्याः). -रूप a. [अग्नेरिव रूपं वर्णो यस्य] fire-shaped; of the nature of fire. -रूपम् the nature of fire. -रेतस् n. the seed of Agni; (hence) gold. -रोहिणी [अग्निरिव रोहति; रुह्-णिनि] a hard inflammatory swelling in the armpit. -लोकः the world a Agni, which is situated below the summit of Meru; in the Purāṇas it is said to be in the अन्तरिक्ष, while in the Kāśī Khaṇḍa it is said to be to the south of इन्द्रपुरी; एतस्या दक्षिणे भागे येयं पूर्दृश्यते शुभा । इमामर्चिष्मतीं पश्य वीतिहोत्रपुरीं शुभाम् ॥ -वधूः Svāhā, the daughter of Dakṣa and wife of Agni -वर्चस् a. [अग्नेर्वर्च इव वर्चो यस्य] glowing or bright like fire. (n.) the lustre of Agni. (-m.) N. of a teacher of the Purāṇas. -वर्ण a. [अग्नेरिव वर्णो यस्य] of the colour of fire; hot; fiery; सुरां पीत्वा द्विजो मोहादग्निवर्णां सुरां पिबेत् Ms.11.9; गोमूत्रमग्निवर्णं वा पिबेदुदकमेव वा 91. (र्णः) 1 N. of a prince, son of Sudarśana. -2 N. of a King of the solar race, See R.19.1. the colour of fire. (-र्णा) a strong liquor. -वर्धक a. stimulating digestion, tonic. (-कः) 1 a tonic. -2 regimen, diet (पथ्याहार). -वल्लभः [अग्नेर्वल्लभः सुखेन दाह्यत्वात्] 1 the Śāla tree, Shorea Robusta. -2 the resinous juice of it. -वासस् a. [अग्निरिव शुद्धं वासो यस्य] having a red (pure like Agni) garment. (n.) a pure garment. -वाह a. [अग्निं वाहयति अनुमापयति वा] 1 smoke. -2 a goat. -वाहनम् a goat (छाग). -विद् m. 1 one who knows the mystery about Agni. -2 an अग्निहोत्रिन् q. v. -विमोचनम् ceremony of lowering the sacrificial fire. -विसर्पः pain from an inflamed tumour, inflammation. -विहरणम्, -विहारः 1 taking the sacrificial fire from आग्नीध्र to the उत्तरवेदि. -2 offering oblations to fire; प्रत्यासन्ना ˚वेला K.348. -वीर्यम् 1 power or might of Agni. -2 gold. -वेतालः Name of Vetāla (connected with the story of Vikra-māditya). -वेशः [अग्नेर्वेश इव] N. of an ancient medical authority (चरक). -वेश्मन् m. the fourteenth day of the karma-ṃāsa; Sūryaprajñapti. -वेश्यः 1 N. of a teacher, Mbh. -2 Name of the 22nd muhūrta; Sūryapraj-ñapti. धौम्य cf. Mb 14.64.8. -शरणम्, -शाला-लम् a fire-sanctuary; ˚मार्गमादेशय Ś.5; a house or place for keeping the sacred fire; ˚रक्षणाय स्थापितो$हम् V.3. -शर्मन् a. [अग्निरिव शृणाति तीव्रकोपत्वात् शॄ-मनिन्] very passionate. (-m.) N. of a sage. -शिख a. [अग्नेरिव अग्निरिव वा शिखा यस्य] fiery, fire-crested; दहतु ˚खैः सायकैः Rām. (-खः) 1 a lamp. -2 a rocket, fiery arrow. -3 an arrow in general. -4 safflower plant. -5 saffron. -6 जाङ्गलीवृक्ष. (-खम्) 1 saffron. -2 gold. (-खा) 1 a flame; शरैरग्निशिखोपमैः Mb. -2 N. of two plants लाङ्गली (Mar. वागचबका or कळलावी) Gloriosa Superba; of other plants (also Mar. कळलावी) Meni-spermum Cordifolium. -शुश्रूषा careful service or worship of fire. -शेखर a. fire-crested. (-रः) N. of the कुसुम्भ, कुङ्कुम and जाङ्गली trees (-रम्) gold, -शौच a. [अग्नेरिव शौचं यस्य] bright as fire; purified by fire K.252. -श्री a. [अग्नेरिव श्रीर्यस्य] glowing like fire; lighted by Agni -ष्टुत्, -ष्टुभ, -ष्टोम &c. see ˚ स्तुत्, ˚स्तुभ् &c. -ष्ठम् 1 kitchen; अग्निष्ठेष्वग्निशालासु Rām.6.1.16. -2 a fire-pan. -संयोगाः explosives. Kau. A.2.3. -ष्वात्तः see स्वात्तः -संस्कारः 1 consecration of fire. -2 hallowing or con-secrating by means of fire; burning on the funeral pile; यथार्हं ˚रं मालवाय दत्वा Dk.169; नास्य कार्यो$ग्निसंस्कारः Ms.5.69, पितरीवाग्निसंस्कारात्परा ववृतिरे क्रियाः । R.12.56. -सखः; -सहायः 1 the wind. -2 the wild pigeon (smoke-coloured). -3 smoke. -सम्भव a. [प. ब.] sprung or produced from fire. (-वः) 1 wild safflower. -2 lymph, result of digestion. (-वम्) gold. -साक्षिक [अग्निः साक्षी यत्र, कप्] a. or adv. keeping fire for a witness, in the presence of fire; पञ्चबाण˚ M.4.12. ˚मर्यादो भर्ता हि शरणं स्त्रियाः H.1.v. l, R.11.48. -सारम् [अग्नौ सारं यस्य अत्यन्तानलोत्तापनेपि सारांशादहनात् Tv.] रसाञ्जन, a sort of medical preparation for the eyes. (-रः -रम्) power or essence of fire. -सुतः Kārttikeya; त्वामद्य निहनिष्यामि क्रौञ्चमग्निसुतो यथा । Mb.7.156.93. -सूत्रम् a thread of fire. -2 a girdle of sacrificial grass (मौञ्जीमेखला) put upon a young Brāhmaṇa at the time of investiture. -सूनुः (See -सुतः), (सेनानीरग्निभूर्गुहः । Amar.); देव्यङ्कसंविष्ट- मिवाग्निसूनुम् । Bu. ch.1.67. -स्तम्भः 1 stopping the burning power of Agni. -2 N. of a Mantra used in this operation. -3 N. of a medicine so used. -स्तुत् m. (अग्निष्टुत्) [अग्निः स्तूयते$त्र; स्तु-आधारे क्विप् षत्वम्] the first day of the Agniṣṭoma sacrifice; N. of a portion of that sacrifice which extends over one day; यजेत वाश्वमेधेन स्वर्जिता गोसवेन वा । अभिजिद्विश्वजिद्भ्यां वा त्रिवृता- ग्निष्टुतापि वा ॥ Ms.11.74. -स्तुभ् (˚ष्टुभ्) m. [अग्निः स्तुभ्यते$त्र; स्तुभ्-क्विप् षत्वम्] 1 = अग्निष्टोम. -2 N. of a son of the sixth Manu. -रतोमः (˚ष्टोमः) [अग्नेः स्तोमः स्तुतिसाधनं यत्र] 1 N. of a protracted ceremony or sacrificeial rite extending over several days in spring and forming an essential part of the ज्योतिष्टोम. -2 a Mantra or Kalpa with reference to this sacrifice; ˚मे भवो मन्त्रः ˚मः; ˚मस्य व्याख्यानम्, कल्पः ˚मः P.IV.3.66. Vārt. -3 N. of the son of the sixth Manu. -4 a species of the Soma plant; ˚सामन् a part of the Sāma Veda chanted at the conclusion of the Agniṣṭoma sacrifice. -सावर्णिः Name of Manu. -स्थ a. (ष्ठ) [अग्नौ स्थातुमर्हति; स्था-क षत्वम्] placed in, over, or near the fire. (ष्ठः) an iron frying-pan; in the अश्वमेध sacrifice the 11th Yūpa which of all the 21 is nearest the fire. -स्वात्तः (written both as ˚स्वात्त and ˚ष्वात्त) (pl.) [अग्नितः i. e. श्राद्धीयविप्रकर- रूपानलात् सुष्ठु आत्तं ग्रहणं येषां ते] N. of a class of Pitṛs or Manes who, when living on earth, maintained the sacred or domestic fires, but who did not perform the Agniṣṭoma and other sacrifices. They are regarded as Manes of Gods and Brāhmaṇas and also as descendants of Marīchi; Ms.3.195. अग्निष्वात्ताः पितर एह गच्छत Tsy.2.5.12.2. (मनुष्यजन्मन्यग्निष्टोमादियागमकृत्वा स्मार्तकर्मनिष्ठाः सन्तो मृत्वा च पितृत्वं गताः इति सायणः). -हुत्, -होतृ Ved. sacrificing to Agni, having Agni for a priest; Rv.1.66.8. -होत्रम् [अग्नये हूयते$त्र, हु-त्र, च. त.] 1 an oblation to Agni (chiefly of milk, oil and sour gruel.). -2 maintenance of the sacred fire and offering oblation to it; (अग्नये होत्रं होमो$स्मिन् कर्मणीति अग्निहोत्रमिति कर्मनाम); or the sacred fire itself; तपोवनाग्निहोत्रधूमलेखासु K.26. होता स्यात् ˚त्रस्य Ms.11.36. ˚त्रमुपासते 42; स्त्रीं दाहयेत् ˚त्रेण Ms.5.167,6.4, दाहयित्वाग्निहोत्रेण स्त्रियं वृत्तवतीम् Y.1.89. The time of throwing oblations into the fire is, as ordained by the sun himself, evening (अग्नये सायं जुहुयात् सूर्याय प्रातर्जुहुयात्). Agnihotra is of two kinds; नित्य of constant obligation (यावज्जीवमग्निहोत्रं जुहोति) and काम्य occasional or optional (उपसद्भिश्चरित्वा मासमेकमग्निहोत्रं जुहोति). (-त्र) a. Ved. 1 destined for, connected with, Agnihotra. -2 sacrificing to Agni. ˚न्यायः The rule according to which the नित्यकर्मन्s (which are to be performed यावज्जीवम्) are performed at their stipulated or scheduled time only, during one's life time. This is discussed and established by जैमिनि and शबर at Ms.6. 2.23-26. in connection with अग्निहोत्र and other कर्मन्s. ˚हवनी (णी) a ladle used in sacrificial libations, or अग्निहोत्रहविर्ग्रहणी ऋक् Tv.; See हविर्ग्रहणी; ˚हुत् offering the अग्निहोत्र; ˚आहुतिः invocation or oblation connected with अग्निहोत्र. -होत्रिन् a. [अग्निहोत्र-मत्वर्थे इनि] 1 one who practises the Agnihotra, or consecrates and maintains the sacred fire. -2 one who has prepared the sacrificial place. -होत्री Sacrificial cow; तामग्निहोत्रीमृषयो जगृहु- र्ब्रह्मवादिनः Bhāg.8.8.2.
agra अग्र a. [अङ्ग्-रन् नलोपः Uṇ.2.28] 1 First, foremost, chief, best, prominent, principal, pre-eminent; ˚महिषी chief queen; ˚वातमासेवमाना M.1. front (and hence, fresh) breeze; ˚आसनम् chief seat, seat of honour; माम- ग्रासनतो$वकृष्टमवशं ये दृष्टवन्तः पुरा Mu.1.12. -2 Excessive, over and above, surplus; supernumerary, projecting (अधिक). -ग्रः Setting mountain; अग्रसानुषु नितान्तपिशङ्गैः Ki.9.7. -ग्रम् 1 (a) The foremost or topmost point, tip, point (opp. मूलम्, मध्यम्); (fig.) sharpness, keenness; धर्मस्य ब्राह्मणो मूलम् मग्रं राजन्य उच्यते Ms.11.83; दर्व्याम् अग्रं मूलम् मध्यम् &c.; नासिका˚ tip of the nose; सूचि˚ &c.; समस्ता एव विद्या जिह्वाग्रे$भवन् K.346 stood on the tip of the tongue; अमुष्य विद्या रसनाग्रनर्तकी N.1.5. (b) Top, summit, surface; कैलास˚, पर्वत˚, &c. -2 Front, van; अग्रे कृ put in the front or at the head; तामग्रे कृत्वा Pt.4. See अग्रे. -3 The best of any kind; स्यन्दनाग्रेण with the best of chariots; प्रासादाग्रैः Rām. -4 Superiority, excellence (उत्कर्ष); अग्रादग्रं रोहति Tāṇḍya. -5 Goal, aim, resting place (आलम्बनम्); मनुमेकाग्रमासीनम् Ms.1.1, See ˚भूमि also. -6 Beginning, See अग्रे. -7 A multitude, assemblage. -8 Overplus, excess, surplus; साग्रं स्त्रीसहस्रम् Rām. 1 women and more; so साग्रकोटी च रक्षसाम्. -9 A weight = पल q. v. -1 A measure of food given as alms (ब्राह्मणभोजनम् occurring in अग्रहार); प्रयतो ब्राह्मणाग्रे यः श्रद्धया परया युतः । Mb.13.65.13. -11 (Astr.) Amplitude of the sun (˚ग्रा, अग्रका also). cf. ...अग्रमालम्बने$धिके । पुरोपरिप्रान्ताद्येषु न पुंसि प्रमिताशने । Nm. -12 Forepart of time; नैवेह किंचनाग्र आसीत् Bṛi. Up.1.2.1. In compounds as first member meaning 'the forepart', 'front', 'tip' &c.; e. g. ˚अक्चयः First procurement (cf. Daṇḍa-viveka G. O. S.52, p.43). ˚पादः -चरणः the forepart of the foot, toe; so ˚हस्तः, ˚करः, ˚पाणिः &c.; ˚सरोरूहम् the topmost lotus. पद्मानि यस्याग्रसरोरुहाणि Ku.1.16. ˚कर्णम् Tip-ear; top of the ear; Mātaṅga L.5.7. ˚कायः forepart of the body; so ˚नखम्, ˚नासिका tip of the nail, nose &c., -adv. In front, before, ahead. -Comp. -अंशुः [अग्रम् अंशोः] the focal point. -अक्षि n. [कर्म.] sharp or pointed vision, side-look (अपाङ्गवीक्षण); अग्राक्ष्णा वीक्षमाणस्तु तिर्यग् भ्रातरमब्रवीत् Rām. -अद्वन् a. having precedence in eating. -अनी (णी) कः (कम्) vanguard; दीर्घाल्लँघूंश्चैव नरानग्रानीकेषु योधयेत् Ms.7.193; [अग्राणीकं रघुव्याघ्रौ राक्षसानां बभञ्जतुः Rām. -अयणीयम [अग्रं श्रेष्टं अयनं ज्ञानं तत्र साधु छ]. 1 N. of a Buddhistic tenet (उत्पादपूर्वमग्रायणीयमथ वीर्यता प्रवादः स्यात् -हेमचन्द्रः). -2 title of the second of the fourteen oldest Jain books (Pūrvas). -अवलेहितम् [अग्रम् अव- लेहितम् आस्वादितं यस्य] food at a Śrāddha ceremony, the chief part of which has been tested. -आसनम् First seat of honour; मामग्रासनतो$वकृष्टमवशम् Mu.1.12. -उत्सर्गः taking a thing by leaving its first portion in conformity with the rule of laying by nothing for the next day (i. e. the rule of non hoarding); cf. Daṇḍaviveka G. O. S.52, pp.43-44. -उपहरणम् first supply. -उपहरणीय a. [अग्रे उपह्रियते कर्मणि अनीयर्] 1 that which is first offered or supplied. -2 [अग्रम् उपह्रियते यस्मै हृ- संप्रदाने अनीयर्] श्राद्धाद्यर्थमुपकल्पितस्य अन्नादेरग्रे दानोद्देश्यः वास्तु- देवादिः Tv. -करः 1 = अग्रहस्तः q. v. -2 the focal point. -केशः front line of hair; ˚शेषु रेणुः अपहरति K.86. -गः [अग्रे गच्छतीति, गम्-ड] a leader, a guide; taking the lead; marching foremost. -गण्य a. [अग्रे गण्यते$सौ] foremost, to be ranked first; शमनभवनयाने यद्भवानग्रगण्यः Mahān. -गामिन् a. [अग्रे गच्छति] a leader; प्रष्ठो$ग्रगामिनि P.VIII.3.92. -ज a. [अग्रे जायते; जन्-ड.] first born or produced; आनन्देनाग्रजेनेव R.1.78. (-जः) 1 the first born, an elder brother; सुमतिं ममाग्रजमवगच्छ M.5; अस्त्येव मन्युर्भरताग्रजे मे R.14.73. -2 a Brāhmaṇa. (-जा) an elder sister; so ˚जात, ˚जातक, ˚जाति. -जङ्घा the forepart of the calf. -जन्मन् m. [अग्रे जन्म यस्य सः] 1 the first-born, an elder brother; जनकाग्रजन्मनोः शासनमतिक्रम्य Dk.2. -2 a Brāhmaṇa (वर्णेषु मध्ये अग्रजातत्वात्, or अग्रात् प्रधानाङ्गात् मुखात् जातत्वात्, ब्राह्मणो$स्य मुखमासीत्, तस्मात् त्रिवृत् स्तोमानां मुखम... अग्निर्देवतानां ब्राह्मणो मनुष्याणाम्; तस्माद् ब्राह्मणो मुखेन वीर्यं करोति मुखतो हि सृष्टः Tāṇḍya); अतिवयसमग्रजन्मानम् K.12; अवो- चत् ˚न्मा Dk.13.3; N. of Brahmā, as he was the first to be born in the waters. cf. अग्रजन्मा द्विजे ज्येष्ठभ्रातरि ब्रह्मणि स्मृतम् Nm. -जिह्वा the tip of the tongue. -ज्या (astr.) the sign of the amplitude. -दानिन् [अग्रे दानम् अस्य; अग्र- दान-इनि] a (degraded) Brāhmaṇa who takes presents offered in honour of the dead (प्रेतोद्देशेन यद्दानं दीयते तत्प्रति- ग्राही); लोभी विप्रश्च शूद्राणामग्रेदानं गृहीतवान् । ग्रहणे मृतदानानां (ग्रहणात्तिलदानानां Tv.) अग्रदानी बभूव सः ॥ -दानीयः [अग्रे दानमर्हति छ] = अग्रदानिन्. -दूतः a harbinger; कृष्णाक्रोधा- ग्रदूतः Ve.1.22; ˚दूतिका Dk.2; महीपतीनां प्रणयाग्रदूत्यः R.6.12; -देवी the chief queen; समग्रदेवीनिवहाग्र- देवी... । Bu.ch.1.15. -धान्यम a cereal grain. (Mar. जोंधळा), Holcus soraghum or Holcus spicatus. (Mar. बाजरी). -निरूपणम् predestination; prophecy, determining beforehand. -नीः (णीः) [अग्रे नीयते असौ नी-क्विप्, णत्वम्] 1 a leader, foremost, first, chief; ˚णी- र्विरागहेतुः K.195; अप्यग्रणीर्मन्त्रकृतामृषीणाम् R.5.4. chief. -2 fire. -पर्णी [अग्रे पर्णं यस्याः सा-ङीप्] cowage, Carpopogon Pruriens (अजलोमन्). [Mar. कुयली]. -पातिन् a. [अग्रे आदौ पतति; पत्-णिनि] happening beforehand, antecedent; [˚तीनि शुभानि निमित्तानि K.65. -पादः the forepart of the foot; toes; नवकिसलयरागेणाग्रपादेन M.3.12; ˚स्थिता standing on tiptoe. Ś.5. -पाणिः = ˚हस्तः q. v. -पूजा the highest or first mark of reverence or respect; ˚जामिह स्थित्वा गृहाणेदं विषं प्रभो Rām. -पेयम् precedence in drinking. -प्रदायिन् a. giving in advance; तेषामग्र- प्रदायी स्याः कल्पोत्थायी प्रियंवदः Mb.5.135.35. -बीज a. [अग्रं शाखाग्रं बीजमुत्पादकं यस्य] growing by means of the tip or end of branches, growing on the stock or stem of another tree, such as 'कलम' in Mar. (-जः) a viviparous plant. -भागः [कर्म.] 1 the first or best part (श्राद्धादौ प्रथममुद्धृत्य देयं द्रव्यम्) -2 remnant, remainder (शेषभाग). -3 fore-part, tip, point. -4 (astr.) a degree of amplitude. -भागिन् a. [अग्र- भागो$स्यास्ति; अस्त्यर्थे इनि] first to take or claim (the remnant); अलङ्क्रियमाणस्य तस्य अनुलेपनमाल्ये ˚गी भवामि V. 5, claiming the first share of the remnant etc. -भावः precedence. उदारसंख्यैः सचिवैरसंख्यैः कृताग्रभावः स उदाग्रभावः Bu.ch.I.15. -भुज् a. 1 having precedence in eating. स तानग्रभुजस्तात धान्येन च धनेन च Mb.1.178.12. -2 gluttonous, voracious (औदरिक). -भूः [अग्रे भवति भू-क्विप्] = ˚ज. -भूमिः f. 1 goal of ambition or object aimed at; ततो$ग्रभूमिं व्यवसायासिद्धेः Ki.17.55; त्वमग्र- भूमिर्निरपायसंश्रया Śi.1.32 (प्राप्यस्थानम्). -2 the topmost part, pinnacle; विमान˚ Me.71. -महिषी the principal queen. -मांसम् [अग्रं भक्ष्यत्वेन प्रधानं मांसम्] flesh in the heart, the heart itself; ˚सं चानीतं Ve.3.2. morbid protuberance of the liver. -यणम् [अग्रम् अयनात् उत्तरायणात् णत्वं शकं˚ तद्विधानकालो$स्य अच् (?) Tv.] a kind of sacrificial ceremony. See आग्रयण. -यान a. [अग्रे यानं यस्य, या-ल्युट्] taking the lead, foremost. (-नम्) an army that stops in front to defy the enemy. मनो$ग्रयानं वचसा निरुक्तं नमामहे Bhāg.8.5.26. -यायिन् a. [अग्रे यास्यति या-णिनि] taking the lead, leading the van; पुत्रस्य ते रणशिरस्ययमग्रयायी Ś.7.26. मान- धनाग्रयायी R.5.3,5.62.18.1. -योधिन् [अग्रे स्थित्वा युध्यते] the principal hero, champion राक्षसानां वधे तेषां ˚धी भविष्यति Rām.; so ˚वीर; कर्मसु चाग्रवीरः. -रन्ध्रम् opening fore-part; त्रासान्नासाग्ररन्ध्रं विशति Māl.1.1. -लोहिता [अग्रं लोहितं यस्याः सा] a kind of pot-herb (चिल्लीशाक). -संख्या the first place or rank; पुत्रः समारोपयदग्रसंख्याम् R.18.3. -वक्त्रम् N. of a surgical instrument, Suśr. -वातः fresh breeze; अग्रवातमासेवमाना M.1. -शोमा towering beauty or the beauty of the peaks; कैलासशैलस्य यदग्रशोभाम् । Bu. ch.1.3. -संधानी [अग्रे फलोत्पत्तेः प्राक् संधी- यते ज्ञायते $नया कार्यम् Tv.] the register of human actions kept by Yama (यत्र हि प्राणिवर्गस्य प्राग्भवीयकर्मानुसारेण शुभा- शुभसूचकं सर्वं लिख्यते सा यमपञ्जिका). -सन्ध्या early dawn; कर्कन्धूनामुपरि तुहिनं रञ़्जयत्यग्रसन्ध्या Ś.4. v.1. -सर = यायिन् taking the lead; आयोधनाग्रसरतां त्वयि वीर याते R.5.71. -सारा [अग्रं शीर्षमात्रं सारो यस्याः सा] 1 a sprout which has tips without fruits. -2 a short method of counting immense numbers. -हर a. [अग्रे ह्रियते दीयते$सौ; हृ-अच्] 1 that which must be given first. -2 = अग्रहारिन्. -हस्त (˚कर; ˚पाणिः,) the forepart of the hand or arm; अग्रहस्तेन गृहीत्वा प्रसादयैनाम् Ratn.3; forepart of the trunk (of an elephant); often used for a finger or fingers taken collectively; शीतलस्ते ˚स्तः Mk.3; अतिसाध्वसेन वेपते मे ˚स्तः Ratn.1; कुसुमित इव ते ˚स्तः प्रतिभाति M.1.; प्रसारिते ˚स्ते M.4; ˚हस्तात्प्रभ्रष्टं पुष्पभाजनम् Ś.4. slipped from the fingers; also the right hand; अथ ˚हस्ते मुकुलीकृताङ्गुलौ Ku.5.63. (अग्रश्चासौ हस्तश्च Malli.). Ki.5.29. -हायनः (णः) [अग्रः श्रेष्ठः हायनो व्रीहिः अत्र, णत्वम्] the beginning of the year; N. of the month मार्गशीर्ष; (मासानां मार्गशीर्षो$हम् Bg. 1.35.); ˚इष्टिः नवशस्येष्टिर्यागभेदः. -हारः 1 a grant of land given by kings (to Brāhmaṇas) for sustenance (अग्रं ब्राह्मणभोजनं, तदर्थं ह्रियन्ते राजधनात् पृथक् क्रियन्ते ते क्षेत्रादयः- नीलकण्ठ; क्षेत्रोत्पन्नशस्यादुद्धृत्य ब्राह्मणोद्देशेन स्थाप्यं धान्यादि, गुरुकुला- दावृत्तब्रह्मचारिणे देयं क्षेत्रादि, ग्रामभेदश्च Tv.); अग्रहारांश्च दास्यामि ग्रामं नगरसंमितम् Mb.3.64.4. कस्मिंश्चिदग्रहारे Dk.8.9. -2 the first offering in वैश्वदेव Mb.3.234.47.
agrabhaṇa अग्रभण a. Ved. Having nothing acceptable; अनारम्भणे तदवीरयेथामनास्थाने अग्रभणे समुद्रे । Rv.1.116.5.
agrāmya अग्राम्य a. 1 Not rustic or rural, town-made; अग्राम्य- शब्दाभिधानमौदार्यम् Kau. A.2.1. -2 Note tame, wild.
agrāhya अग्राह्य a. Not acceptable, that which ought not to be taken or accepted as a gift, present &c.; ˚ह्यम् शिवनिर्माल्यं पत्रं पुष्पं फलं जलम्; not to be perceived, admitted or trusted; not to be considered or taken into account. -ह्या N. of the clay or मृत्तिका which ought not to be taken for purposes of purification.
agha अघ a. [अघ्-कर्तरि अच्] 1 Bad, sinful, evil, wicked; अघायुरिन्द्रियारामो मोघं पार्थ स जीवति Bg.3.16. -घम् [अघ् भावे अच्] 1 Sin; अघं स केवलं भुङ्क्ते यः पचत्यात्मकारणात् Ms. 3.118, Bg.3.13; अघौघविध्वंसविधौ पटीयसीः Śi.1.18, हरत्यघं सम्प्रति हेतुरेष्यतः 26; ˚मर्षण &c.; misdeed, fault, crime; श्रेयान् द्विजातिरिव हन्तुमघानि दक्षम् Śi.4.37 sins and griefs also. -2 An evil, mishap, misfortune, accident, injury, harm; न वधूष्वघानि विमृशन्ति धियः Ki.6.45. do not think of doing harm or evil; क्रियादघानां मघवा विघातम् 3.52; अघोपघातं मघवा विभूत्यै 11.8; प्रजानां तमघावहम् R.15.51,19.52, See अनघ. -3 Impurity (अशौचम्); अनुरुन्ध्यादघं त्र्यहम् Ms.5.63; न वर्धयेदघाहानि 84. न राज्ञामघदोषो$स्ति 93; -4 Pain, suffering, grief, distress; उपप्लुतमघौघेन नात्मानमवबुद्ध्यसे Rām.2.7.14, Mb.3.237.19. Bhāg 1.14.2. दयालुमनघस्पृष्टम् R.1.19 not subject to grief. -5 Passion. cf. अंहोदुःखव्यसनेष्वघम् Nm. -घः N. of a demon, brother of Baka and Pūtanā and commander-in-chief of Kaṁsa. [Being sent by Kaṁsa to Gokula to kill Kṛiṣṇa and Balarāma he assumed the form of a huge serpent 4 yojanas long, and spread himself on the way of the cowherds, keeping his horrid mouth open. The cowherds mistook it for a mountain cavern and entered it, cows and all. But Kṛiṣṇa saw it, and having entered the mouth so stretched himself that he tore it to pieces and rescued his companions.] -घा The Goddess of sin; (pl.) the constellation usually called Maghā. -Comp. -असुरः See अघ above. -अहः (अहन्) a day of impurity (अशौचदिनम्) -आयुस् a. leading a wicked life. -कृद् a. sinful, wicked, evil-doer. -घ्नः = ˚नाशन. -नाश, -नाशन a. [अघं नाशयति] expiatory, destroying sin (such as gifts, muttering holy prayers &c.). (-नः) destroyer of the demon अघ; N. of Kṛiṣṇa. -भोजिन् a. [अघं पापफलकं भुङ्क्ते] a sinful eater (one who cooks and eats for his own sake and not for Gods, Manes guests &c.) -मर्षण a. [अघं मृष्यते उत्पन्नत्वे$पि नाशनेन कर्माक्षमत्वात् सह्यते अनेन मृष्-ल्युट्] expiatory, removing or destroying sin, usually applied to a prayer (सन्ध्या) repeated by Brāhmaṇas (the 19th hymn of Rv.1.); सर्वैनसामपध्वंसि जप्यं त्रिष्वघमर्षणं Ak.; यथाश्वमेधः क्रतुराट् सर्वपापापनोदनः । तथाघमर्षणं सूक्तं सर्वपापप्रणाशनम् ॥ The most heinous crimes, such as illicit intercourse with a preceptor's wife, one's own mother, sister, daughter-in-law &c. are said to be expiated by repeating this सूक्त thrice in water; पवित्राण्यघमर्षणानि जपन्त्याम् K.179,38. -मार a. [अघं मारयति नाशयति; मृ णिच्-अण्] destroying sin, an epithet of Gods (यमो मृत्युरघमारो निर्ऋतः). -रुद् a. [अघं रोदिति स्वकर्माक्षमतया यस्मात्, रुद्-अपा- दाने क्विप्] 1 'making sin weep and fly', N. of a Mantra which destroys sin; fearfully howling (?). -2 [अघे व्यसने रोदिति न तत्प्रतीकाराय घटते, क्विप्] one who only weeps in times of calamity, but does not try to get over them. -विषः [अघं व्यसनकारि विषं यस्य] a serpent; fearfully venomous (?). -शंसः अघस्य शंसः; शंस् भावे अच्] 1 indication or reporting of sin. -2 [अघं अनिष्टं शंसति इच्छति; शंस्-अण्] a wicked man, such as a thief. -3 wicked; sin-destroying (?). -शंसिन् a. reporting or telling one's sin or guilt. -हारः a noted robber; rumour of guilt (?).
aghana अघन a. Not solid, a hollow moulding; घनं वाप्यघनं वापि कुर्यात्तु शिल्पवित्तमः Māna.62.17. -मानम् Measurement by the interior of a structure; एवं तद् घनमानमुक्तमघनमानं वक्ष्यते$धुना Māna;33.331-35.
aghārin अघारिन् a. [अघं व्यसनं ऋच्छति; ऋ-णिनि] Suffering from evil or calamity (व्यसनयुक्त) not anointing (?)
agharma अघर्म a. Not hot, cold; ˚अंशु, ˚धामन् the moon whose rays are cold.
aghora अघोर a. Not terrific or fearful. -रः [नास्ति घोरो यस्मात्] 1 N. of Śiva or of one of his forms, (ईशानाघोरना- मानौ वामदेवस्ततः परम् । सद्योजात इति प्रोक्तः क्रमशो$र्चनकर्मणि ॥) -2 A worshipper of Śiva and Durgā. -रा [अघोरः शिवः उपास्यत्वेन अस्यां सा, अघोर-अच्] The fourteenth day of the dark half of Bhādra sacred to Śiva (भाद्रमास्यसिते पक्षे ह्यघोराख्या चतुर्दशी । तस्यामाराधितः स्थाणुर्नयोच्छिवपुरं ध्रुवम् ॥). -Comp. -घोररूपः N. of Śiva. -पथः, -मार्गः a follower of Śiva. -प्रमाणम् a terrific oath or ordeal.
aghos अघोस् ind. A vocative particle, another form अघवन् (Ved.) P.VIII.3.1.
aghnya अघ्न्य a. Not to be killed. -ध्न्यः [न हन्ति सृष्टिकर्तृत्वात् न हन्-यक् निपातः Tv.] 1 Brahmā (अघ्न्य प्रजापतिः Uṇ.4. 111.) -2 A Bull. -घ्न्या [न हन्यते स्त्रीहत्यायाः निषिद्धत्वात्] A cow; त्रिः सप्त नामाघ्न्या बिभर्ति Rv.7.87.4; Mb.12.262. 47; अघ्न्यः इति गवां नाम क एतां हन्तुमर्हति cf. SB. on MS.1. 3.49,
aghreya अघ्रेय a. Not fit to be smelt. -यम् Liquor (मद्यम्).
aṅkaḥ अङ्कः [अङ्क् कर्तरि करणे वा अच्] 1 The lap (n. also); अङ्काद्ययावङ्कमुदीरिताशीः Ku.7.5. passed from lap to lap. -2 A mark, sign; अलक्तकाङ्कां पदवीं ततान R.7.7; पदङ्क्तिरलक्ताङ्का Rām.; रतिवलयपदाङ्के कण्ठे Ku.2.64. marked with the signs or traces &c.: मद्गोत्राङ्कं गेयम् Me.86, a stain, spot, stigma, brand; इन्दोः किरणेष्विवाङ्कः Ku.1.3; कट्यां कृताङ्को निर्वास्यः Ms.8.281. -3 A numerical figure; a number; the number 9. -4 A side flank; proximity, reach (connected with 1 above); समुत्सुकेवाङ्कमुपैति सिद्धिः Ki.3. 4; प्रेम्णोपकण्ठं मुहुरङ्कभाजो रत्नावलीरम्बुधिराबबन्ध Śi.3.36; सिंहो जम्बुकमङ्कमागतमपि त्यक्त्वा निहन्ति द्विपम् Bh.2.3; Ki. 17.64, See- ˚आगत below. -5 An act of a drama, for its nature &c., See S. D.278. -6 A hook or curved instrument. -7 A species of dramatic composition, one of the ten varieties of रूपक, See S. D.519. -8 An ornament (भूषा). -9 A sham fight, military show (चित्रयुद्ध). -1 A coefficient. -11 A place; नानाङ्क- चिह्नैर्नवहेमभाण्डैः (तुरङ्गैः) Bu.ch.2.4. -12 A sin, misdeed. -13 A line, curved line; a curve or bend generally, the bend in the arm. -14 The body. -15 A mountain. अङ्कः स्थानान्तिकक्रोडभूषणोत्संगलक्ष्मसु । मन्तो नाटकविच्छेदे चित्रयुद्धे च रूपके ॥ Nm. [cf. L. uncus; Gr. ogkos] -Comp. -अङ्कमू [अङ्के मध्ये अङ्काः शतपत्रादिचिह्नानि यस्य Tv.] water. -अवतारः when an act, hinted by persons at the end of the preceding act, is brought in continuity with the latter, it is called अङ्कावतार (descent of an act), as the sixth act of Śākuntala or second of Mālavikāgnimitra (अङ्कान्ते सूचितः पात्रैस्तदङ्क- स्याविभागतः । यत्राङकोवतरत्येषो$ङ्कावतार इति स्मृतः S. D.311). The Daśarūpa defines it differently; अङ्कावतारस्त्वङ्कान्ते पातो$ङ्कस्याविभागतः । एभिः संसूचयेत्सूच्यं दृश्यमङ्कैः प्रदर्शयेत् 3.56. -आगत, -गत a. [द्वि. त.] come within the grasp; सिंहत्वं ˚सत्त्ववृत्तिः R.2.18; श्रियं युवाप्यङ्कगतामभोक्ता R.13.67. -करणम् marking, branding &c. -तन्त्रम् the science of numbers (arithmetical or algebraical). -धारणम्-णा 1 bearing or having marks, such as those on the body of a Vaiṣṇava. -2 manner of holding the person. -परिवर्तः [स. त] 1 turning on the other side. -2 rolling or dallying in the lap or on the person; अपि कर्णजाहविनिवेशिताननः प्रियया तदङ्कपरिवर्तमाप्नुयाम् Māl.5.8. (an occasion for) embrace (अङ्के क्रोडे सर्वतो- भावेन वर्तनं हृदयालिङ्गनम् इत्यर्थः -Jagaddhara); so ˚परिवर्तिन्; भर्तुः ˚नी भव M.3. -पादव्रतम् N. of a Vrata; title of a chapter in the भविष्योत्तरपुराण. -पालिः -ली [पा-अलि ष. त. वा. ङीप्] 1 the extremity of region of the lap (क्रोडप्रान्त or प्रदेश); a seat in the lap; hence, an embrace; तावद्गाढं वितर सकृदप्यङ्कपालीं प्रसीद Māl.8.2. स्पृश हस्तेन मे हस्तमेहि देह्यङ्कपालिकाम् । Śivabhārata 21.33. -2 [अङ्केन पालयति पाल्-इ. तृ. त.] a nurse. -3 (-ली) a variety of plant, Piring or Medicago Esculenta; (Mar. धोत्रा-निघण्टुरत्नाकर) [वेदिकाख्यगन्धद्रव्यम्] -पाशः [अङ्कः पाश इव बन्धनेनेव पातनहेतुर्यत्र Tv.] an operation in arithmetic by which a peculiar concatenation or chain of numbers is formed by making the figures 1, 2 &c. exchange places (स्थानान्तमेकादिचयाङ्कघातः संख्याविभेदा नियतैः स्युरङ्कैः । भक्तो$ङ्कमित्याङ्कसमासनिघ्नः स्थानेषु युक्तो मितिसंयुतिः स्यात् ॥ See Līlā.24); (न गुणो न हरो न कृतिर्न घनः पृष्टस्तथापि दुष्टानाम् । गर्वितगणकबहूनां स्यात् पातो$वश्यमङ्कपाशे$स्मिन्). -पूरणम् multiplication of number of figures. -बन्धः. forming the lap, bending the thighs into a curve and squatting down. -2 branding with a mark that resembles a headless trunk (अशिरःपुरुषाकरो$ङ्कः). --भाज् [अङ्कं भजते उप. स.] 1 seated in the lap or carried on the hip, as an infant. -2 being within easy reach, drawing near, soon to be obtained; अविरहितमनेकेनाङ्कभाजा फलेन Ki. 5. 52. -3 premature, early ripe, forced fruit. -मुखम् (or आस्यम्) that part of an act, wherein the subject of all the acts is intimated, is called अङ्कमुख, which suggests the germ as well as the end; e. g. in Māl.1 कामन्दकी and अवलोकिता hint the parts to be played by भूरिवसु and others and give the arrangement of the plot in brief (यत्र स्यादङ्क एकस्मिन्नङ्कानां सूचनाखिला । तदङ्क- मुखमित्याहुर्बीजार्थख्यापकं च तत् ॥ S. D.322.) The Daśarūpa defines it thus: अङ्कान्तपौत्ररङ्कास्यं छिन्नाङ्कस्यार्थसूचनात् । i. e. where a character at the end of an act cuts short the story and introduces the beginning of another act; as in the second of Mv. -लोड्यः [अङ्केन लोड्यते असौ] a kind of tree (Mar. चिंचोट), ginger. -लोपः subtraction of numbers. -विद्या the science of numbers, arithmetic.
aṅgam अङ्गम् [अम् गत्यादौ बा˚ -गन्; according to Nir. अङ्ग, अङ्ग- नात् अञ्चनात् वा] 1 The body. -2 A limb or member of the body; शेषाङ्गनिर्माणविधौ विधातुः Ku.1.33; क्लेशस्याङ्गमदत्वा Pt.5. 32 without undergoing troubles; इति स्वप्नोपमान्मत्वा कामान्मा गास्तदङ्गताम् । Ki.11.34 do not be influenced or swayed by them (do not be subject to them) -3 (a.) A division or department (of anything), a part or portion, as of a whole; as सप्ताङ्गम् राज्यम्, चतुरङ्गम् बलम्, चतुःषष्ट्ष्ट्यङ्गम् ज्योतिः- शास्त्रम् see the words; गीताङ्गानाम् Pt.5.56; यज्ञश्चेत्प्रतिरुद्धःस्या- देकेनाङ्गेन यज्वनः Ms.11.11. (Hence) (b.) A supplementary or auxiliary portion, supplement; षडङ्ग or साङ्ग वेदः A peculiar use of the word अङ्ग in masculine gender may here be noted वेदांश्चैव तु वेदाङ्गान् वेदान्तानि तथा स्मृतीः । अधीत्य ब्राह्मणः पूर्वं शक्तितो$न्यांश्च संपठेत् Bṛhadyogiyājñaval-kya Smṛiti 12.34. (c.) A constituent part, essential requisite or component; सर्वैर्बलाङ्गैः R.7.59; तदङ्गमग्ऱ्यं मघवन् महाक्रतो R.3.46. (d.) An attributive or secondary part; secondary, auxiliary or dependent member (serving to help the principal one) (opp. प्रधान or अङ्गिन्); अङ्गी रौद्र- रसस्तत्र सर्वे$ङ्गानि रसाः पुनः S. D.517; अत्र स्वभावोक्तिरुत्प्रेक्षाङ्गम् Malli. on Ki 8.26. (e.) An auxiliary means or expedient (प्रधानोपयोगी उपायः or उपकरणम्); सर्वकार्यशरीरेषु मुक्त्वा- ङ्गस्कन्धपञ्चकम् । मन्त्रो योध इवाधीर सर्वाङ्गैः संवृतैरपि ॥ Śi.2.28-29; See अङ्गाङ्गि, पञ्चाङ्ग also (the angas of the several sciences or departments of knowledge will be given under those words). -4 (Gram.) A name for the base of a word; यस्मात्प्रत्ययविधिस्तदादिप्रत्यये अङ्गम् P.I.4.13; यः प्रत्ययो यस्मात्क्रियते तदादिशब्दस्वरूपं तस्मिन्प्रत्यये परे अङ्गसंज्ञं स्यात् Sk. The अङ्ग terminations are those of the nominative, and accusative singular and dual. -5 (Drama) (a.) One of the sub-divisions of the five joints or sandhis in dramas; the मुख has 12, प्रतिमुख 13, गर्भ 12, विमर्ष 13 and उपसंहार 14, the total number of the angas being thus 64; for details see the words. (b.) The whole body of subordinate characters. -6 (astr.) A name for the position of stars (लग्न), See अङ्गाधीश. -7 A symbolical expression for the number six (derived from the six Vedāngas). -8 The mind; हिरण्यगर्भाङ्गभुवं मुनिं हरिः Śi.1.1, See अङ्गज also. -9 N. of the chief sacred texts of the jainas. -ङ्गः (pl.) N. of a country and the people inhabiting it, the country about the modern Bhāgalpur in Bengal. [It lay on the south of Kauśikī Kachchha and on the right bank of the Ganges. Its capital was Champā, sometimes called Aṅgapurī Lomapādapurī, Karṇapurī or Mālinī. According to Daṇḍin (अङ्गेषु गङ्गातटे बहिश्चम्पायाः) and Hiouen Thsang it stood on the Ganges about 24 miles west of a rocky island. General Cunningham has shown that this description applies to the hill opposite Pātharghāṭā, that it is 24 miles east of Bhāgalpur, and that there are villages called Champanagar and Champapura adjoininng the last. According to Sanskrit poets the country of the Aṅgas lay to the east of Girivraja, the capital of Magadha and to the north-east or south-east of Mithilā. The country was in ancient times ruled by Karṇa] cf. अङ्गं गात्रा- न्तिकोपाय प्रतीकेष्वप्रधानके । देशभेदे तु पुंसि स्यात्...॥ Nm. -a. 1 Contiguous. -2 Having members or divisions. -Comp. -अङ्गि, [अङ्गीभावः -अङगस्य अङ्गिनो भावः] the relation of a limb to the body, of the subordinate to the principal, or of that which is helped or fed to the helper or feeder (गौणमुख्यभावः, उपकार्येपकारकभावश्च); e. g. प्रयाज and other rites are to दर्श as its angas, while दर्श is to them the aṅgi; अङ्गाङ्गिभावमज्ञात्वा कथं सामर्थ्यनिर्णयः । पश्य टिट्टिभमात्रेण समुद्रो व्याकुलीकृतः ॥ H.2.138; अत्र वाक्ये समास- गतयोरुपमयोः साध्यसाधनभावात् ˚वेन सम्बन्धः Malli. on Ki.6.2; अविश्रान्तिजुषामात्मन्यङ्गाङ्गित्वं तु संकरः K.P.1. (अनुग्राह्यानुग्राह- कत्वम्). -अधिपः, -अधीशः 1 lord of the Aṅgas, N. of Karṇa (cf. ˚राजः, ˚पतिः, ˚ईश्वरः, ˚अधीश्वरः). -2 'lord of a लग्न', the planet presiding over it; (अङ्गाधिपे बलिनि सर्वविभूतिसम्पत्; अङ्गाधीशः स्वगेहे बुधगुरुकविभिः संयुतो वीक्षितो वा Jyotiṣa). -अपूर्वम् effect of a secondary sacrificial act. -कर्मन् n. -क्रिया 1 besmearing the body with fragrant cosmetics, rubbing it &c. Dk.39. -2 a supplementary sacrificial act. -क्रमः the order of the performance with reference to the अङ्गs. The rule in this connection is that the अङ्गक्रम must conform to the मुख्यक्रम. cf. MS. 5.1.14. -ग्रहः spasm; seizure of the body with some illness. -ज-जात a. [अङ्गात् जायते जन्-ड] 1 produced from or on the body, being in or on the body, bodily; ˚जं रजः, ˚जाः अलङ्काराः &c. -2 produced by a supplementary rite. -3 beautiful, ornamental. (-जः) -जनुस् also 1 a son. -2 hair of the body (n. also); तवोत्तरीयं करिचर्म साङ्गजम् Ki.18.32. -3 love, cupid (अङ्गं मनः तस्मा- ज्जातः); intoxicating passion; अङ्गजरागदीपनात् Dk.161. -4 drunkenness, intoxication. -5 a disease. (-जा) a daughter. (-जम्) blood, अङ्गजं रुधिरे$नङ्गे केशे पुत्रे मदे पुमान् । नागरे नखरे$पि स्यात्... । Nm. -ज्वरः [अङ्गमङ्गम् अधिकृत्य ज्वरः] the disease called राजयक्ष्मा, a sort of consumption. -दूष- णम् 1 the defects of the limbs; the penalties of a defective construction; Māna. -2 name of the 79th chapter. -द्वीपः one of the six minor Dvīpas. -न्यासः [अङ्गेषु मन्त्र- भेदस्य न्यासः] touching the limbs of the body with the hand accompanied by appropriate Mantras. -पालिः f. [अङ्गं पाल्यते सम्बध्यते$त्र, अङ्ग-पाल्-इ] an embrace (probably a corruption of अङ्कपालि). -पालिका = अङ्कपालि q. v. -प्रत्यङ्गम् [समा. द्वन्द्व] every limb, large and small; ˚गानि पाणिना स्पृष्ट्वा K.167,72. -प्रायश्चित्तम् [अङ्गस्य शुद्ध्यर्थं प्राय- श्चित्तम्] expiation of bodily impurity, such as that caused by the death of a relative, consisting in making presents (पञ्चसूनाजन्यदुरितक्षयार्थं कार्यं दानरूपं प्रायश्चित्तम् Tv.). -भूः a. [अङ्गात् मनसो वा भवति; भू-क्विप्] born from the body or mind. (-भूः) 1 a son. -2 Cupid. -3 [अङ्गानाम् अङ्गमन्त्राणां भूः स्थानम्] one who has touched and purified, and then restrained, his limbs by repeating the Mantras pertaining to those limbs; ब्रह्माङ्गभूर्ब्रह्मणि योजितात्मा Ku.3.15 (सद्योजातादिमन्त्राणाम् अङ्गानां हृदयादिमन्त्राणां भूः स्थानं, कृतमन्त्रन्यासः Malli.). -भङ्गः 1 palsy or paralysis of limbs; ˚विकल इव भूत्वा स्थास्यामि Ś.2. -2 twisting or stretching out of the limbs (as is done by a man just after he rises from sleep); साङ्गभङ्गमुत्थाय Vb.; जृम्भितैः साङ्गभङ्गैः Mu.3.21, K.85. -3 The middle part of the anus and testicles. -मन्त्रः N. of a Mantra. -मर्दः [अङ्ग मर्दयति; मृद्-णिच्] 1 one who shampoos his master's body. -2 [भावे घञ्] act of shampooing; so ˚मर्दका or ˚मर्दिन्, मृद्- णिच् ण्वुल् or णिनि) one who shampoos. -मर्षः [ष. त.] rheumatism; ˚प्रशमनम् the curing of this disease. ˚मेजयत्वम् subtle throbbing of the body; Pātañjala 1.31. -यज्ञः, -यागः [अङ्गीभूतः यज्ञः] a subordinate sacrificial act which is of 5 sorts; समिधो यजति, तनूनपातं यजति, इडो यजति, बर्हिर्यजति, स्वाहाकारं यजति इति पञ्चविधाः । एतेषां सकृदनुष्ठा- नेनैव तन्त्रन्यायेन प्रधानयागानामाग्नेयादीनामुपकारितेति मीमांसा Tv. -रक्तः, -क्तम् [अङ्गे अवयवे रक्तः] N. of a plant गुडारोचनी found in काम्पिल्य country and having red powder (रक्ताङ्गलोचनी). -रक्षकः [अङ्गं रक्षति; रक्ष्-ण्वुल्] a bodyguard, personal attendant Pt.3. -रक्षणी [अङ्ग रक्ष्यते अनया] a coat of mail, or a garment. (-णम्) protection of person. -रागः [अङ्गं रज्यते अनेन करणे घञ्] 1 a scented cosmetic, application of perfumed unguents to the body, fragrant unguent; पुष्पगन्धेन अङ्गरागेण R.12.27, 6.6, स्तनाङ्गरागात् Ku.5.11. -2 [भावे ल्युट्] act of anointing the body with unguents. -रुहम् [अङ्गे रोहति; रुह्-क स. त. P.III.9.135.] hair; मम वर्णो मणिनिभो मृदून्य- ङ्गरुहाणि च Rām.6.48.12. विहङ्गराजाङ्गरुहैरिवायतैः Śi.1.7. -लिपिः f. written character of the Aṅgas. -लेपः [अङ्गं लिप्यते अनेन; लिप्-करणे घञ्] 1 a scented cosmetic. -2 [भावे घञ्] act of anointing. -लोड्यः (लोड ण्यत्) a kind of grass, ginger or its root, Amomum Zingiber. -वस्त्रोत्था f. A louse. -विकल a. [तृ. त.] 1 maimed, paralysed. -2 fainting, swooning. -विकृतिः f. 1 change _x001F_2of bodily appearance; collapse. -2 [अङ्गस्य विकृतिश्चालनादिर्यस्मात् प. ब.] an apoplectic fit, swooning, apoplexy (अपस्मार). -विकारः a bodily defect. -विक्षेपः 1 movement of the limbs; gesticulation. -2 a kind of dance. -विद्या [अङ्गरूपा व्याकरणादिशास्त्ररूपा विद्या ज्ञानसाधनम्] 1 the science of grammar &c. contributing to knowledge. -2 the science of foretelling good or evil by the movements of limbs. Kau. A.1.12; N. of chapter 51 of Bṛhat Saṁhitā which gives full details of this science; न नक्षत्राङ्गविद्यया...भिक्षां लिप्सेत कर्हिचित् Ms.6.5. -विधिः [अङ्गस्य प्रधानोपकारिणः विधिः विधानम् [a subordinate or subsidiary act subservient to a knowledge of the principal one (प्रधान- विधिविधेयकर्मणो$ङ्गबोधकतया अङ्गविधिः). -वीरः chief or principal hero. -वैकृतम् [अङ्गेन अङ्गचेष्टया वैकृतं हृदयभावो ज्ञाप्यते यत्र बहु.] 1 a sign, gesture or expression of the face leading to a knowledge of internal thoughts (आकार) -2 a nod, wink. -3 changed bodily appearance. -वैगुण्यम् a defect or flaw in the performance of some subordinate or subsidiary act which may be expiated by thinking of Viṣṇu); श्राद्धादिपद्धतौ कर्मान्ते यत्किञ्चिदङ्गवैगुण्यं जातं तद्दोषप्रशमनाय विष्णुस्मरणमहं करिष्ये इत्यभिलापवाक्यम् Tv.). -संस्कारः, -संस्क्रिया [अङ्गं संस्क्रियते अनेन; कृ-करणे or भावे- घञ्) 1 embellishment of person, personal decoration, doing whatever secures a fine personal appearance, such as bathing, rubbing the body, perfuming it with cosmetic &c. -2 [कर्त्रर्थे अण्] one who decorates or embellishes the person. -संहतिः f. compactness, symmetry; body; स्थेयसीं दधतमङ्गसंहतिम् Ki.13.5; or strength of the body. -संहिता The phonetic relation between consonants and vowels in the body of a word Ts. Prāt. -सङ्गः bodily contact, union; coition. -सुप्तिः f. Benumbing of the body. -सेवकः a personal attendant, body-guard. -स्कन्धः [कर्मधा.] a subdivision of a science. -स्पर्शः fitness or qualification for bodily contact or being touched by others. -हानिः f. 1. a defect or flaw in the performance of a secondary or subsidiary act (= ˚वैगुण्यम्); दैवाद् भ्रमात् प्रमादाच्चेदङ्गहानिः प्रजायते । स्मरणादेव तद्विष्णोः संपूर्णं स्यादिति श्रुतिः ॥ -हारः [अङ्गं ह्रियते इतस्ततः चाल्यते यत्र, हृ-आधारे or भावे घञ्] gesticulation, movements of the limbs, a dance; अङ्गहारैस्तथैवान्या कोमलै- र्नृत्यशालिनी Rām.5.1.36. संसक्तैरगुरुवनेषु साङ्गहारम् Ki.7.37. Ku.7.91. -हारिः [अङ्गं ह्रियते$त्र; हृ-बा˚णि] 1 gesticulation. -2 stage; dancing hall. -हीन a. [तृ. त.] 1 mutilated, deprived of some defective limb (अङ्गं हीनं यथो- चितप्रमाणात् अल्पं यस्य) according to Suśruta a man is so born, if the mother's दोहद has not been duly fulfilled (सा प्राप्तदौर्हृदा पुत्रं जनयेत गुणान्वितम् । अलब्धदौर्हृदा गर्भे लभेता- त्मनि वा भयम् ॥ येषु येष्विन्द्रियार्थेषु दौर्हृदे वै विमानना । जायते तत्सुतस्यार्तिस्तस्मिंस्तस्मिंस्तथेन्द्रिये ॥).
aṅgadam अङ्गदम् [अङ्गं दायति शोधयति भूषयति, अङ्गं द्यति वा, दै or दो-क.] An ornament, bracelet &c. worn on the upper arm, an armlet; तप्तचामीकराङ्गदः V.1.15. संघट्टयन्नङ्ग- दमङ्गदेन R.6.73. -दा 1 The female elephant of the south (?). -2 A woman who offers her person for use (अङ्गं ददाति अर्पयति). -दः 1 N. of a son of Vāli, monkey-king of Kiṣkindhā. cf. अङ्गदो वालिनन्दने, नपुंसि बाहुवलये... । Nm. [He was born of Tārā, Vālī's wife, and is supposed to have been an incarnation of Bṛhaspati to aid the cause of Rāma (and hence noted for his eloquence). When, after the abduction of Sītā by Rāvaṇa, Rāma sent monkeys in all quarters to search for her, Aṅgada was made chief of a monkey-troop proceeding to the south. For one month he got no information, and, when consequently he determined to cast off his life, he was told by Sampāti that Sītā could be found in Laṅkā. He sent Māruti to the island and, on the latter's return with definite information, they joined Rāma at Kiṣkindhā. Afterwards when the whole host of Rāma went to Laṇkā Aṅgada was despatched to Rāvaṇa as a messenger of peace to give him a chance of saving himself in time. But Rāvaṇa scornfully rejected his advice and met his doom. After Sugrīva Aṇgada became king of Kiṣkindhā. In common parlance a man is said to act the part of Aṅgada when he endeavours to mediate between two contending parties, but without any success.] -2 N. of a son of Lakṣmaṇa by Urmilā (अङ्गदं चन्द्रकेतुं च लक्ष्मणो$प्यात्मसंभवौ । शासनाद्रघुनाथस्य चक्रे कारा- पथेश्वरौ ॥ R.15.9), his capital being called Aṇgadīyā -3 N. of a warrior on the side of Duryodhana. -Comp. -निर्यूहः the crestlike forepart of the Aṅgada ornament.
aṅgāraḥ अङ्गारः रम् [अङ्ग्-आरन् Uṇ.3.134.] 1 Charcoal (whether heated or not); घृतकुम्भसमा नारी तप्ताङ्गारसमः पुमान्; उष्णो दहति चाङ्गारः शीतः कृष्णायते करम् H.1.8; नालास्त्रार्थाग्निचूर्णे तु गन्धाङ्गारौ तु पूर्ववत् Śukra.4.135. त्वया स्वहस्तेनाङ्गाराः कर्षिताः Pt.1 you have ruined yourself with your own hands; cf. "to dig a mine under one's feet." कुरुकुलाङ्गार Ve.6 destroyer or pest of the Kuru family. -2 The planet Mars. -3 A plant हितावली, ˚कुष्टकः- हितावली. -4 N. of a prince who fought with king Māndhātr. -र a. Red, of a red colour. -रम् Red colour. -Comp. -अवक्षेपणम् [अङ्गारा अवक्षिप्यन्ते अनेन करणे ल्युट्] also -अवक्षायणम् (Śat. Br.xiv) a vessel or pincers (Mar. चिमटा) to throw or extinguish coals -कर्करिः (री) f. A thick cake baked on burning coals -कारिन् a. [अङ्गारं करोति कृ-णिनि] one who prepares coal for sale, Mb.2; मालाकार इव ग्राह्यो भागो नाङ्गारकारवत् Śukra.4.223. -कुष्ठकः [अङ्गारवर्णं कुष्ठमिव-कन्] N. of a plant हितावली. -धानी [अङ्गारा धीयन्ते अस्याम्; धा- आधारे ल्युट् ङीप्], -धानिका also -धारिका [स्वार्थे कन्] a portable fire-pan, brazier. -परिपाचितम् [तृ. त.] roasted food or meat. -पर्णम् [अङ्गारमिव पर्णं यस्य] N. of a grove or forest. (-र्णः) [अस्त्यर्थे अच्] N. of Chitraratha, king of the Gandharvas. [On one occasion, while he was sporting with his wife, he saw Kuntī with her five sons proceeding to the capital of Pāñchāla in disguise. He accosted them and asked them to tell him where they were going, or to fight. Arjuna accepted the challenge; but Aṅgāraparṇa finding Arjuna to be a very skilful warrior gave him a secret lore called Chākṣuṣī (enabling one to see the smallest things) and took from him in return a lore called Agniśirāstra and became a friend of the Pāṇḍavas.] -पात्री -शकटी a portable fire-pan. -पुष्पः [अङ्गारमिव लोहितवर्णं पुष्पं यस्य सः] the plant इङ्गुदी. -पूरिका (see अङ्गारकर्करिः) -म़ञ्जरी, -मञ्जी [अङ्गारा रक्तवर्णा मञ़्जरी यस्याः] a shrub Cesalpinia Banducella (रक्तकरंजवृक्ष). -वल्लरी, -वल्ली [अङ्गारा इव रक्तफलत्वात् रक्ता] N. of various plants, करंज, भार्गी, गुञ़्जा. also Guilandina Bonducella (Mar. सागरगोटी). -वृक्षः Balanites Aegiptiaca (Mar. हिंगणबेट). -वेणुः [कर्म.] a sort of bamboo. -सदनम् A portable fire-pan.
aṅgārita अङ्गारित a. [अङ्गारम् अस्य संजातम्; तारका˚ इतच्] Charred, roasted, half-burnt. 'burnt' food is not accepted by Jain ascetics. -तः -तम् [अङ्गारमिव आचरति; अङ्गार-क्विप् ततः कर्तरि क्त] An early bud of the किंशुक tree. -ता 1 = अङ्गारधानी q. v. -2 A bud in general. -3 A creeper. (लतामात्रे). -4 N. of a river.
aṅgiraḥ अङ्गिरः अङ्गिरस् m. [अङ्गति-अङ्ग् गतौ असि इरुट्; Uṇ 4. 235; according to Ait. Br. अङ्गिरस् is from अङ्गार; ये अङ्गारा आसंस्ते$ङ्गिरसो$भवन्; so Nir.; अङ्गारेषु यो बभूव सो$ङ्गिराः] N. of a celebrated sage to whom many hymns of the Rigveda (ix) are ascribed. Etymologically Aṅgira is connected with the word Agni and is often regarded as its synonym (शिवो भव प्रजाभ्यो मानुषीभ्यस्त्व- मङ्गिरः; अङ्गिरोभिः ऋषिभिः संपादितत्वात् अङ्गसौष्ठवाद्वा अङ्गिरा अग्निरूपः) According to Bhārata he was son of Agni. When Agni began to practise penance, Aṅgiras himself became Agni and surpassed him in power and lustre, seeing which Agni came to the sage and said:- निक्षिपाम्यहमग्नित्वं त्वमग्निः प्रथमो भव । भविष्यामि द्वितीयो$हं प्राजा- पत्यक एव च ॥ Aṅgiras said :- कुरु पुण्यं प्रजासर्गं भवाग्निस्तिमि- रापहः । मां च देव कुरुष्वाग्ने प्रथमं पुत्रमञ्जसा ॥ तत्श्रुत्वाङ्गिरसो वाक्यं जातवेदास्तथा$करोत्. He was one of the 1 mind-born sons of Brahmā. His wife was Śraddhā, daughter of Kardama and bore him three sons, Bṛhaspati, Utathya and Saṁvarta, and 4 daughters Kuhū, Sinīvālī, Rākā and Anumati. The Matsya Purāṇa says that Aṅgiras was one of the three sages produced from the sacrifice of Varuṇa and that he was adopted by Agni as his son and acted for some time as his regent. Another account, however, makes him father of Agni. He was one of the seven great sages and also one of the 1 Prajāpatis or progenitors of mankind. In latter times Aṅgiras was one of the inspired lawgivers, and also a writer on Astronomy. As an astronomical personification he is Bṛhaspati, regent of Jupiter or Jupiter itself. शिष्यैरुपेता आजग्मु: कश्यपाङ्गिरसादयः (Bhāg. 1.9.8.) He is also regarded as the priest of the gods and the lord of sacrifices. Besides Śraddhā his wives were Smṛti, two daughters of Maitreya, some daughters of Dakṣa, Svadhā and Satī. He is also regarded as teacher of Brahmavidyā. The Vedic hymns are also said to be his daughters. According to the Bhāgavata Purāṇa, Aṅgiras begot sons possessing Brahmanical glory on the wife of Rāthītara, a Kṣatriya who was childless and these persons were afterwards called descendants of Aṅgiras. The principal authors of vedic hymns in the family of Aṅgi-ras were 33. His family has three distinct branches केवलाङ्गिरस, गौतमाङ्गिरस and भारद्वाजाङ्गिरस each branch having a number of subdivisions. - (pl.) 1 Descendants of Aṅgiras, [Aṅgiras being father of Agni they are considered as descendants of Agni himself who is called the first of the Aṅgirasas. Like Aṅgiras they occur in hymns addressed to luminous objects, and at a later period they became for the most part personifications of light, of luminous bodies, of divisions of time, celestial phenomena and fires adapted to peculiar occasions, as the full moon and change of the moon, or to particular rites, as the अश्वमेध, राजसूय &c.] -2 Hymns of the Atharvaveda. -3 Priests, who, by using magical formulas of the Atharvaveda, protect the sacrifice against the effects of inauspicious accidents.
acakra अचक्र a. 1 Having no wheels. -2 Immovable. -3 Not wavering.
acaṇḍa अचण्ड a. Not hot-tempered, mild, gentle. अचण्डगतिं पवनम् Ki 6.25. -ण्डी A mild or tractable cow.
acatura अचतुर a. [अविद्यमानानि चत्वारि यस्य -निपातः] P.V.4. 77.] 1 Destitute of four. -2 (न. त.) Not skilful.
acarama अचरम a. Not last, middle &c.; वयस्यचरमे P.IV.1. 2. Vārt. त्वां वेदान्तेष्वचरममृषिः सूर्यपुत्रः शशास Mv.3.26.
acita अचित a. Ved. 1 Gone. -2 [न. त.] Not thought of. -3 Not collected.
acitta अचित्त a. 1 Inconceivable. -2 [नास्ति चित्तं यस्य] Destitute of intellect, senseless, stupid. -3 Unnoticed, unexpected, not thought of. -4 Without consciousness, inanimate, nonsentient. P.IV.2.47.
acintita अचिन्तित a. Not thought of, unexpected, sudden; ˚उपनतम् occurring unexpectedly; ˚तो वधो$ज्ञानां मीनानामिव जायते Pt.2.3.
acitvas अचित्वस् a. Ved. lgnorant of, not knowing. अचिकि- त्वाञ् चिकितुषश्चिदत्र Rv.1.164.6.
acira अचिर a. [न. त.] 1 Brief, transitory, of short duration; ˚द्युति, ˚भास्, ˚प्रभा &c. q. v. -2 Recent, late, new; अकरोदचिरेश्वरः क्षितौ R.8.2 the new lord. In compounds अचिर may be rendered by 'recently', 'just', `not long ago'; ˚प्रवृत्तं ग्रीष्मसमयमधिकृत्य Ś.1, just set in. ˚प्रसूता; अचिरप्रसूतया जनन्या विना विवर्धित एव Ś.4; having recently brought forth (who died not long after delivery, said of a doe) or a cow that has recently calved. -रम् adv. (also अचिरेण, अचिराय, अचिरात्, अचिरस्य in the same senses) 1 Not long since, not long ago. -2 Recently, lately. -3 Soon, quickly, not long hence. -Comp. -अंशु, -आभा, -द्युतिः, -प्रभा, -भास्, -रोचिस् f. [अचिराः अंशवः, अचिरा आभा-प्रभा &c. यस्याः सा] lightning; ˚शुविलासचञ्चला लक्ष्मीः Ki.2.19; ˚भासां तेजसा चानुलिप्तैः S.7.7., Ki.4.24, अचिरद्युतितेजसा 5.6. समुत्पफाल गगने मेघादचिरभा इव Parṇāl.5.98. -2 (कर्म.) transitory lustre, short gleam.
acetana अचेतन a. [न. ब.] Inanimate, not sentient, irrational; चेतन ˚नेषु Me.5; ˚नं ब्रह्म inanimate Brahman; ˚नं नाम गुणं न लक्षयेत् Ś.6.13 destitute of life, lifeless (object &c.); ˚नेष्वपि चेतनावदुपचारः Mbh. -2 Not conscious, insensible; senseless; निराशा निहते पुत्रे दत्ता श्राद्ध- मचेतना Rām.6.92.55. बुद्धिशतमचेतने नष्टम् H.2.14.
aceṣṭa अचेष्ट a. [नास्ति चेष्टा यस्य] 1 Effortless, motionless. -2 Not requiring direct effort.
acodas अचोदस् a. Ved. [नास्ति चोदना यस्य] Spontaneous, not influenced by external force or compulsion. अचोदसो न धन्वन्त्विन्दवः Rv.9.79.1.
acchandas अच्छन्दस् a. [न. ब.] 1 Not studying the Vedas (as a boy before the मुञ़्ज ceremony), or not entitled to that study (as a Śūdra). -2 Not metrical, not of the nature of metres, i. e. prose. -3 Without fancy or whim.
acchinna अच्छिन्न [न. त.] 1 Uninterrupted, continuous, constant; ˚शिवसंकल्पमन्तःकरणमस्तु ते Mv.4.36 undisturbed in its holy thoughts, ever cherishing holy thoughts; ˚अमलसन्तानाः सरितः कीर्तयश्च ते Ku.6.69. -2 Not cut or divided, undivided, uninjured; inseparable. -Comp. -पर्णः -पत्रः [अच्छिन्नानि सततानि पर्णानि पत्राणि वा यस्य] N. of trees having constant leaves; particularly of the tree called शाखोटक; (of birds) having uncut or uninjured wings. अच्छेदिक acchēdika अच्छैदिक acchaidika अच्छेदिक अच्छैदिक a. [छेदनं नार्हति ठन्-ठक्च] Not fit to be cut.
acchuptā अच्छुप्ता [न. त.] Not touched by sin; N. of one of the 16 Vidyādevīs of the Jainas.
acyuta अच्युत a. [न. त. स्वरूपसामर्थ्यात् न च्युतः च्यवते वा-काल- सामान्ये कर्तरि क्त] 1 Not fallen, firm, fixed; not giving way, solid; गरुडमूर्तिरिव अच्युतस्थितिरमणीया K.52 (अच्युत meaning 'Viṣṇu' and 'firm', 'fixed'); ˚क्षित् having solid ground. -2 Imperishable, permanent; ˚रुष् inveterate enmity. -3 [न च्योतति क्षरति; च्युत्-क. न. त.] Not melting away or perishing, not leaking or dripping. -तः 1 N. of Viṣṇu; of the Almighty Being; यस्मान्न च्युतपूर्वो$हमच्युत- स्तेन कर्मणा Bhāg. -2 गच्छाम्यच्युतदर्शनेन K.P.5. (where अ˚ also means 'one who is firm, does not yield to passions') -3 N. of a plant, Morinda Tinetoria. (Mar. बारातोंडी, शिर्दोली). -4 A sort of poetical composition containing 12 cantos. -Comp. -अग्रजः [ष. त.] N. of Balarāma or Indra. -अङ्गजः, -पुत्रः, -आत्मजः N. of Cupid, son of Kṛiṣṇa and Rukmiṇī. -आवासः, -वासः the sacred fig-tree. (Mar. पिंपळ). -जः [प. त.] a class of Jaina deities said to have been produced from Viṣṇu. -जल्लकिन् Name of a commentator of the Amarakośa. -स्थलम् N. of a place in the Punjab.
aja अज a. [न जायते; जन्-ड. न. त.] Unborn, existing from all eternity; यो मामजमनादिं च वेत्ति लोकमहेश्वरम् Bg.1. 3; अजस्य गृह्णतो जन्म R.1.24. -जः 1 The 'unborn', epithet of the Almighty Being; न हि जातो न जाये$हं न जनिष्ये कदाचन । क्षेत्रज्ञः सर्वभूतानां तस्मादहमजः स्मृतः ॥ Mb.; also a N. of Viṣṇu, Śiva or Brahmā. -2 The (individual) soul (जीवः) अजो नित्यः शाश्वतो$यं पुराणो न हन्यते हन्यमाने शरीरे Bg.2.2. -3 A ram, he-goat (अजेन ब्रह्मणा दक्षयज्ञभङ्गसमये मेषरूपग्रहणेन पलायमानत्वात् अजाधिष्ठितरूपवत्त्वात् मेषस्य उपचारात् अजत्वम् Tv.] -4 The sign Aries. -5 A sort of corn or grain; अजैर्यष्टव्यं तत्राजा व्रीहयः Pt.3. -6 Mover, leader (Ved.), said of Indra, Maruts, &c.; a drove. -7 N. of a mineral substance (माक्षिकधातु). -8 N. of the Moon or Kāmadeva (आत् विष्णोर्जायते इति; cf. चन्द्रमा मनसो जातः). -9 A vehicle of the sun. -1 N. of the father of Daśaratha and grand-father of Rāma; so called because he was born on the Brāhma Muhūrta. -11 N. of a Ṛiṣi. cf. अजो हरौ हरे कामे विधौ छागे रघोः सुते । Nm. -Comp. -अदः [अजम् अत्तीति; अद्-कर्मण्यण् P.III.2.9.] N. of the ancestor of a warrior tribe, P.IV.1.171. -अदनी [अजैः तृप्त्या अन्यैः दुःखस्पर्शत्वे$पि अद्यते; अद् कर्मणि ल्युट्] a kind of prickly nightshade, दुरालभा (Mar. धमासा). -अन्त्री [अजस्य अन्त्रमिव अन्त्रं तदाकारवती मञ्जरी यस्याः] N. of a pot-herb Convolvulus Argenteus, नीलबुह्ना. (Mar. शंखवेल ?) -अविकम् [अजाश्चावयश्च तेषां समाहारः द्वन्द्व] goats and sheep; small cattle; अजाविके तु संरुद्धे Ms.8.235. खरोष्ट्र- महिषीश्चैव यच्च किञ्चिदजाविकम् Mb.1.113.35. -अश्वम् goats and horses. (-श्वः) the Sun or Pūṣan, who has goats for the horses. -एकपाद्-दः [अजस्य छागस्य एकः पाद इव पादो यस्य] N. of one of the 11 Rudras, or of the asterism पूर्वाभाद्रपदा presided over by that deity. -एडकम् [अजाश्च एडकाश्च तेषां समाहारः] goats and rams. -कर्णः -कर्णकः [अजस्य कर्णं इव पर्णं यस्य-स्वार्थे कन्] N. of the plant असनवृक्ष Terminalia Alata Tomentosa; of another tree साल Shorea Robusta. -गन्धा [अजस्य गन्ध इव गन्धो यस्याः सा] the shrubby basil, वनयामानी. -गन्धिका a kind of वर्वरीशाक (Mar. तिलवणी, कानफोडी). -गन्धिनी = अजशृङ्गी q. v. -गरः [अजं छागं गिरति भक्षयति; गॄ-अच्] a huge serpent (boa-constrictor) who is said to swallow goats. (-री) N. of a plant. -गल See अजागल below. -गल्लिका [अजस्य गल्ल इव] an infantile disease (Mentagra). -जीवः, -जीविकः [अजैस्तच्चारणेन जीवति; अजा एव जीविका यस्य वा] a goat-herd; so -˚पः, -˚पालः. -दण्डी [अजस्य ब्रह्मणो दण्डो यस्याः सा] ब्रह्मदण्डी a kind of plant (ब्रह्मणो यज्ञार्थदण्डस्य तदीयकाष्ठेन करणात् तथात्वम्). -देवता 1 N. of the 25th asterism. पूर्वाभाद्रपदा. -2 fire, the presiding deity of goats (रौद्री धेनुर्विनिर्दिष्टा छाग आग्नेय उच्यते). -नामकः [अजः नाम यस्य सः कप्] a mineral substance. -नाशनः A wolf. -पतिः 1 the best of goats. -2 N. of Mars; lord of the sign Aries. -पथः = अजवीथिः q. v. -पदः, -पाद्-दः N. of a Rudra; See अजैकपाद above. -बन्धुः [अजस्य बन्धुरिव मूर्खत्वात्] a fool (silly like the goat). -भक्षः [अजैर्भक्ष्यते असौ भक्ष्-कर्मणि घञ्] N. of the वर्वरी plant (तिळवण the leaves of which are very dear to goats). -मायु a. Ved. bleating like a goat (a frog) गोमायुरेक अजमायुरेकः Rv.7. 13.6,1. -मारः [अजं मारयति विक्रयार्थं; मृ-णिच्-अण्] 1 a butcher. -2 N. of a country (the modern Ajmeer, which, it is supposed, formerly abounded in butchers). -3 N. of a tribe (गण). -मीढः [अजो मीढो यज्ञे सिक्तो यत्र ब.] 1 N. of the place called Ajmeer. -2 N. of the eldest son of Hasti, born in the family of Puru, son of Yayāti. -3 N. of a son of सुहोत्र and author of some Vedic hyms like Rv.4.43. -4 surname of Yudhisṭhira. -मुख a. goat-faced. (खः) N. of a Prajāpati (Dakṣa). When Dakṣa reviled Śiva at his sacrificial session, Vīrabhadra pulled out his face, and afterwards at the request of Śiva himself he put up a goat's face in place of the original human one. (-खी) N. of a Rākṣasī kept to watch over Sītā in the Aśoka garden at Laṅkā. -मोदा, -मोदिका [अजस्य मोद इव मोदो गन्धो यस्याः, अजं मोदयतीति वा] N. of a very useful medicinal plant, Common Carroway; the species called Apium Involucratum or Ligusticum Ajowan (Mar. ओंवा). अजमोदां च बाह्लीकं जीरकं लोध्रकं तथा । _x001F_+Śiva. B.3.18 -लम्बनम् [अज इव लम्ब्यते गृह्यते कृष्णवर्णत्वात् कर्मणि ल्युट्] antimony. (Mar. सुरमा). -लोमन्, -लोमी -मा [अजस्य लोमेव लोममञ्जरी यस्य-स्याः वा] cowage, Carpopogon Pruriens (Mar. कुहिली). -वस्तिः [अजस्य वस्तिरिव वस्ति- र्यस्य] N. of a sage, or of a tribe sprung from him. -वीथिः -थी f. [अजेन ब्रह्मणा निर्मिता वीथिः शाक त.] 1 one of the three divisions of the southern path comprehending the three asterisms मूल, पूर्वाषाढा and उत्तराषाढा; a sort of heavenly passage (गगनसेतु, यमनाला); पितृयानो$- जवीथ्याश्च यदगस्त्यस्य चान्तरम् Y.3.184. -2 goat's path. -शृङ्गी [अजस्य मेषस्य शृङ्गमिव फलं यस्याः सा] N. of a plant, विषाणी or Odina Wodier, highly medicinal, (Mar. मेंढशिंगी), See मेषशृङ्गी.
ajaḍa अजड a. Not stupid. -डा N. of the plant अजटा, कपिकच्छू (अजडयति स्पर्शमात्रात्).
ajananiḥ अजननिः f. [नञ् जन्-आक्रोशे अनि P.III.3.112] Cessation of existence; तस्याजननिरेवास्तु जननीक्लेशकारिणः Śi. 2.45 may he not be born, may he cease to exist !
ajanya अजन्य a. Not fit to be produced; not favourable to mankind. -न्यम् [लौकिकहेतुभिर्न जन्यते; जन्-णिच्-यत्] A portentous phenomenon, inauspicious to mankind, such as earth-quake.
ajapaḥ अजपः [अस्पष्टं जपति निन्दार्थे नञ्, जप्-अच्] A Brāhmaṇa who does not (properly) repeat his prayers (कुपाठक); अजपा ब्राह्मणास्तात शूद्रा जपपरायणाः । भविष्यन्ति कलौ Mb.; one who reads heretical works. -पा [प्रयत्नेन न जप्या अप्रयत्नो- च्चारितत्वात्; कर्मणि अच्] N. of a Mantra called हंस, which consists of a number of inhalations an exhalations (श्वासप्रश्वासयोः बहिर्गमनागमनाभ्याम् अक्षरनिष्पादनरूपो जपः स च हंसः सो$हम् इत्याकार एव उच्छ्वासैरेव निश्वासैर्हंस इत्यक्षरद्वयम् । तस्मात्प्राणश्च हंसाख्य आत्माकारेण सस्थितः ॥)
ajayya अजय्य a [न. त.] Invincible; सख्युस्ते स किल शतक्रुतो- रजय्यः Ś.6.3. राज्ञामजय्यः R.18.8. -2 Not proper to be win at play; ˚य्यं जिगाय तान्, Bopadeva.
ajara अजर a. [न. ब.] 1 _x001F_2Not subject to old age or decay; ever young अजरं वृद्धत्वम् K.13; cf. वृद्धत्वं जरया विना R.1.23 -2 Undecaying, imperishable; पुराणमजरं विदुः R.1.19; अनन्तमजरं ब्रह्म Bh.3.69, H. Pr.3, Pt.1. 151, Ms.2.146. -रः 1 A god (who is not subject to old age). अजरामरवत्प्राज्ञो विद्यामर्थं च चिन्तयेत् H. -2 N. of a plant वृद्धदारक or जीर्णफंजी (Mar. काळी वरधारा). (˚रा also). -Comp. -द्रुमः The name of Kalpavṛikṣa. Śāhendra.2.13. -रा 1 N. of a plant गृहकन्या or घृतकुमारा Also Perfoliote. (Mar. कोरफड). 2- A house-lizard (गोधालिका). -रम् [जीर्यते क्षीयते जॄ-अच्] The Supreme Spirit.
ajarya अजर्य a. [न जीर्यति; ज कर्तरि यत् P.III 1.15.] 1 Not digestible. -2 Not decaying, imperishable, everlasting perpetual. तेन संगतमार्येण रामाजर्यं कुरु द्रुतम् । Bk.6.53. -र्यम् (with संगतम् expressed or understood) Friendship; मृगैरजर्यं जरसोपदिष्टम् R.18.7.
ajarat अजरत् रयु रस् a. Ved. Not old. अजरयू अयातम् Rv.1.116.2.
ajavas अजवस् a [जु-असुन्] Not quick, inactive.
ajasra अजस्र a. [न जस्-र P.III.2.167; जसिर्नञ्पूर्व: क्रिया- सातत्ये वर्तते Sk.] Not ceasing, constant, perpetual; ˚दीक्षाप्रयतस्य R.3.44. -स्रम् ind. Ever, constantly, perpetually; वृथैव संकल्पशतैरजस्रम् Ś.3.5. तच्च धूनोत्यजस्रम् U.4.26. अजस्रमास्फालित... । Śi.1.9.
ajahatsvārthā अजहत्स्वार्था [न जहत् स्वार्थो$त्र, हा-शतृ न. ब.] A kind of लक्षणा, in which the primary or original sense of a word (which is used elliptically) does not disappear; as कुन्ताः प्रविशन्ति = कुन्तधारिणः पुरुषाः; श्वेतो धावति = श्वेतवर्णो$श्वो धावति; also called उपादानलक्षणा q. v.; स्वसिद्धये पराक्षेपः; कुन्ताः प्रविशन्ति, यष्टयः प्रविशन्ति इत्यादौ कुन्तादिभिरात्मन: प्रवेशसिद्ध्यर्थं स्वसंयोगिनः पुरुषा आक्षिप्यन्ते K.P.2. Adhyātma Rām.7.5.27. अजहत्स्वार्थवृत्ति ajahatsvārthavṛtti अजहत्स्वार्थवृत्ति a. Functioning without entirely surrendering one's own connotation; उत्पलशद्बसंनिधाने तदपेक्षा नीलशब्दस्तेनैकवाक्यतामभ्युपगच्छन्नजहत्स्वार्थवृत्तिरुपलविशे- षाभिधानपर उच्चार्यमाणः समबन्धमभ्युपैति । ŚB. on. MS.3.1.12.
ajahalliṅgama अजहल्लिङ्गम [न जहत् लिङ्गं यं; हा-शतृ] A noun which does not change its original gender, even when used like an adjective; e. g. वेदः or श्रुतिः प्रमाणाम् (not प्रमाणः or ˚णा).
ajāgara अजागर a. [न. ब.] Not wakeful, not requiring keeping up. _x001F_+-रः [जागरयतीति जागरः न जागरो यस्मात्] A plant, Verbesina Prostrata (भृङ्गराजवृक्ष) (सेवनेन निद्राराहित्यकारकः, यदपेक्षया अन्यस्मिन् जागरणकर्तृत्वं नास्ति.) (Mar. माका).
ajāta अजात [न. त.] Unborn; अजातमृतमूर्खेभ्यो मृताजातौ सुतौ वरम् Pt.1; not yet born, produced, or fully developed; ˚ककुद्, ˚पक्ष &c. -Comp. -अरि, शत्रु a. [न जातः शत्रुः अस्य; जातस्य जन्तुमात्रस्य न शत्रुः] having no enemy or adversary, not an enemy of any one. (-रिः-त्रुः) epithet of Yudhiṣṭhira; हन्त जातमजातारेः प्रथमेन त्वयारिणा Śi.2.82; न द्वेक्षि यज्जनमतस्त्वमजातशत्रुः Ve.3.15; also of Śiva and various other persons. -ककुत्-द् m. (ब.) a young bull whose hump is not yet fully developed, P.V.4.146. -दन्त a. [न जाता दन्ता यस्य यस्मिन् वयसि वा] one without teeth, or (a state) in which one has got no teeth. -पक्ष a. having undeveloped or unfledged wings. -व्यञ्जन a.. having no distinctive marks or features (as a beard.) -व्यवहारः a minor (who has not attained his majority).
ajāti अजाति a. [न. त.] 1 Having no caste, race &c. -2 Eternal, not produced. -तिः f. Non-production.
ajāmi अजामि a. Ved. [न. त.] 1 Not of kin or related; यत्र जामयः कृणवन्नजामि Rv.1.1.1 (अजामिकर्माणि भ्रातॄणाम् अजामियोग्यानि मैथुनसम्बधानि कर्माणि करिष्यन्ति Nir.) -2 Not parallel or correct.
ajita अजित a. Invincible, unconquerable, irresistible, ˚तं पुण्यं... महः U.5.27. -2 Not conquered or won (as a country &c.); not restrained, curbed, controlled, ˚आत्मन्; ˚इन्द्रिय of uncontrolled soul or passion. -तः 1 N. of Viṣṇu or Śiva or Buddha. -2 N. of a powerful antidote, or a poisonous sort of rat. -(pl.) A class of deities in the first Manvantara of. परमात्मन्यात्मनि च त्रिषु स्यादस्फुटे$जितः । अपराजितविष्ण्वीशपरमात्मसु कथ्यते ॥ Nm. -Comp. -आपीडः having an invincible crown; N. of a king. -केशकम्बलः Name of one of the six chief heretical teachers. (mentioned in Buddhist texts as contemporaries of Buddha.) -बला N. of a Jain deity who acts under orders from the Arhat Ajita. -विक्रमः 'of unsubdued power', N. of Chandragupta II.
ajīta अजीत a. [न. त.] Not faded or withered, not faint. -Comp. -पुनर्वर्ण्यम् N. of a two-fold rite to be performed by Kṣatriyas (अप्राप्तप्राप्तिकरणार्थो विधिः).
ajīva अजीव a. [न. ब.] Devoid of life; lifeless, as a jar or a dead person. -वः [न. त.] 1 Non-existence, death. -2 (With Jainas) All that is not a living soul, i. e. the whole of जड or inanimate and unsentient substance (opp. जीव).
ajura अजुर र्य a. [अज्-कुरच् न व्यादेशः] Ved. Not subject to decay or old age; strong, very swift or speedy. अवकक्षिणं वृषभं यृथा$जुरम् Rv.8.1.2.
ajeya अजेय a. [न. त.] Not fit to be conquered. -यम् A sort of medicinal preparation of ghee said to serve as an antidote; पिबेत् घृतमजेयाख्यम् Suś.
ajoṣa अजोष a. [न. त.] Not gratified or satisfied.
ajña अज्ञ a. [न जानाति, ज्ञा-क. न. त.] 1 Not knowing, unaware of, unconscious, devoid of knowledge or experience; अज्ञो भवति वै बालः Ms.2.153; ज्ञाज्ञौ (ज्ञः ईश्वरः अज्ञः जीवः) the knowing and unknowing, supreme and individual soul. -2 Ignorant, unwise, foolish, silly, stupid (said of men as well as animals); अज्ञः सुखमाराध्यः Bh.1.3, Pt.2.3. -3 Inanimate; not endowed with the power of understanding (अचेतन.)
ajñātiḥ अज्ञातिः [न. त.] Not a kinsman.
ajñāna अज्ञान a. [न. ब.] Ignorant, unwise. -नम् [न. त.] Ignorance, unconsciousness; especially, spirtual ignorance (अविद्या) which makes one consider his self as distinct from the Supreme spirit and the material world as a reality. According to the Vedāntins, अज्ञान is not merely a negative principle; (ज्ञानस्य अभावः), but a distinct positive principle; oft. identified with माया, प्रकृति &c. See अविद्या aiso In compounds अज्ञान may be translated by 'unawares,' 'inadvertently', 'unconsciously'; ˚आचरित, ˚उच्चारित &c.; ˚नतः, -˚नेन, ˚नात् unawares, inadvertently, unconsciously, unwillingly ˚तः स्वचरितं नृपतिः शशंस R.9.77. committed unintentionally or unconsciously. -परीक्षा See अज्ञातवस्तुशास्त्र.
ajyeṣṭha अज्येष्ठ a. Not the eldest or best, having no elder brothers; ˚वृत्ति not acting like the elder brothers; or acting like one who has no elder brother.
añjanaḥ अञ्जनः 1 A kind of lizard. -2 N. of a tree or mountain. -3 N. of the guardian elephant (of the west or s. w.) तस्य चान्ये$पि दिङ्नागा बभूबुरनुयायिनः । अञ्जनो बामनश्चैव महापद्मश्च सुप्रभः ॥ Mb.6.64.57. -नम् [अज्यते अनेन; अञ्ज् ल्युट्] 1 Anointing, smearing with, दन्तधावनमञ्जनं पूर्वाह्ण एव कुर्वीत Ms.4.152; mixing; unfolding, manifesting. -2 Collyrium or black pigment used to paint the eyelashes; विलोचनं दक्षिणमञ्जनेन संभाव्य R.7.8 salve; अमृत˚ को$यं दृशोरमृताञ्जनम् U.4.18 ambrosial salve; कुर्वन् ˚मेचका इव दिशो मेघः समुत्तिष्ठते Mk.5.8,1.34; (fig. also) अज्ञानान्धस्य लोकस्य ज्ञानाञ्जनशलाकया । चक्षुरुन्मीलितं येन तस्मै पाणिनये नमः ॥ Śik.45; पटुतरविवेकाञ्जनजुषाम् Bh.3.84; cf. also दारिद्य्रं परमाञ्जनम्; (fig.) impurity, as in निरञ्जन, q. v. -3 Paint, a cosmetic ointment. -4 Magic ointment. -5 A special kind of material of the black pigment, such as antimony (used as collyrium, lamp-black &c. सौवीर -6 Ink. -7 Fire. -8 Night. -9 (नम्, ना) (Rhet.) A suggested meaning; also the process by which such meaning is suggested. It is the power of suggestion (founded on अभिधा or लक्षणा denotation or indication), by which something else is understood from a word which, though having more meanings than one, has been restricted to a single meaning by relations of conjunction, disjunction &c. (संयोग, विप्रयोग, साहचर्य, विरो- धिता &c.), or, briefly, the use of a word of several meanings in a special sense determined by the context; e. g. _x001F_/सशङ्खचक्रो हरिः the adjective restricts Hari to mean 'Viṣṇu' alone, and not a 'lion' or 'monkey'; so रामलक्ष्मणौ दाशरथी, रामार्जुनौ भार्गवकार्तवीर्यौ &c.; cf. अनेकार्थस्य शब्दस्य वाच- कत्वे नियन्त्रिते । संयोगाद्यैरवाच्यार्थधीकृद् व्यापृतिरञ्जनम् ॥ K.P.2., S. D.23-6; See व्याञ्जना also. -Comp. -अधिका [अञ्जना- दधिका कृष्णत्वात्] a kind of lizard. -अद्रिः-गिरिः (कर्म.) [अञ्जनमिव कृष्णः गिरिः] N. of a mountain, Seeनीलगिरि. -अम्भस् n. eye-water. -केशी [अञ्जनामिव केशो यस्याः] N. of a vegetable perfume (हट्टविलासिनीनामकं गन्धद्रव्यं यत्संयोगा- त्केशस्यातीव कृष्णत्वम् (Mar. नखला). -त्रितयम् (Āyurveda) पुष्पाञ्जन, रसाञ्जन and कोलाञ्जन. -नामका ष. त.] a swelling of the eye-lid, sty (Mar. रांजणवाडी). -मूलकः A variety of an inferior gem, deep-dark in colour. Kau.A.2.11. -शलाका a stick or pencil for the application of collyrium.
añjanā अञ्जना N. of the female elephant of the north. -2 N. of the mother of Māruti or Han&umarc;mat. [She was the daughter of a monkey named Kuṅnjara and wife of Kesarin, another monkey. She was in a former birth a celestial nymph by name Puñjikasthali and was born on earth owing to a curse. One day while she was seated on the summit of a mountain, her garment was slightly displaced, and the God of Wind being enamoured of her beauty assumed a visible form, and asked her to yield to his desires. She requested him not to violate her chastity, to which he consented; but he told her that she would conceive a son equal to himself in strength and lustre by virtue of his amorous desire fixed on her, and then disappeared. In course of time Añjanā conceived and brought forth a son who was called Māruti being the son of Marut.]
añjaliḥ अञ्जलिः m. [अञ्ज्-अलि Uṇ.4.2.] 1 A cavity formed by folding and joining the open hands together, the hollow of the hands; hence, a cavity. full of anything (changed to अञ्जल or ˚लि after द्वि and त्रि in द्विगु comp., P.V.4.12); न वार्यञ्जलिना पिवेत् Ms.4.63; सुपूरो मूषि- काञ्जलिः Pt.1.25; अरण्यबीजाञ्जलिदानलालिताः Ku.5.15; प्रकीर्णः पुष्पाणां हरिचरणयोरञ्जलिरयम् Ve.1.1. a cavityful of flowers; so जलस्याञ्जलयो दश Y.3.15.1 cavityfuls or libations of water; श्रवणाञ्जलिपुटपेयम् Ve.1.4. to be drunk by the cavity of the ear; अञ्जलिं रच्, बन्ध्, कृ or आधा fold the hands together and raise them to the head in supplication or salutation; बद्धः, कातर्यादरविन्द- कुङ्मलनिभो मुग्धः प्रणामाञ्जलिः U.3.37. -2 Hence a mark of respect or salutation; कः शक्रेण कृतं नेच्छेदधिमूर्धानमञ्जलिम् Bk.8.84; बध्यतामभययाचनाञ्जलिः R.11.78. -3 A measure of corn = कुडव; another measure = प्रसृत, or one-half of a मानिका. -Comp. कर्मन् n. folding the hands, respectful salutation; लुब्धमर्थेन गृह्णीयात् क्रुद्धं चाञ्जलि- कर्मणा Chāṇ.33. -कारिका 1 an earthen doll making the अञ्जलि (?). -2 N. of a plant, Mimosa Pudica (लज्जालु) (Mar. लाजाळू). -पुटः-टम् the cavity formed by joining the hands together; hollowed plams of the hand.
añjasa अञ्जस a. [अञ्ज्-असच्] Not crooked, straight; honest, upright.
añjasā अञ्जसा adv. (instr. अञ्जस्) 1 Straight on. -2 Truly, correctly, accurately, properly, justly; साक्षाद् दृष्टो$सि न पुनर्विद्मस्त्वां वयमञ्जसा Ku.6.22. we do not know you rightly or correctly; विद्म हे शठ पलायनच्छलान्यञ्जसा R. 19.31, न हि कश्चित्प्रियः स्त्रीणामञ्जसा Subhāṣita; सर्वमेवाञ्जसा वद Ms.8.11. -3 Directly (साक्षात्), -4 Soon, quickly, instantly; स गच्छत्यञ्जसा विप्रो ब्रह्मणः सद्म शाश्वतम् Ms.2.244. ...अञ्जसा तत्त्वतूर्णयोः । Nm. वशमानेतुमञ्जसा । Śiva. B.25.1. -Comp. -अयन a. going straight on. -कृत a. [तृ. अलुक्.] done rightly or justly.
aṭaniḥ अटनिः नी f. [अटति मौर्वीम्; अट्-अनि वा ङीप्] The notched extremity of a bow; सुमनसो नमयन्नटनौ धनुः N.4.96; निन्यतुः स्थलनिवेशिताटनी लीलथैव धनुषी अधिज्यताम् R.11.14.
atajjha अतज्झ a. [न तत्-जानाति] Not knowing that (तत् i. e. Brahman).
atathā अतथा ind. Not so; ˚उचित a. not deserving _x001F_/that, not used to such things; क्लेशानामतथोचितः Rām.
atadguṇaḥ अतद्गुणः (Rhet.) The 'non-borrower', N. of a figure of speech in which the thing in question does not assume the quality of another, though there is a reason for it; परगुणाननुहारस्त्वस्य तत्स्यादतद्गुणः; e. g. धवलो$ सि यद्यपि सुन्दर तथापि त्वया मम रञ्जितं हृदयम् । रागपूरिते$पि हृदये सुभग निहितो न रक्तो$सि ॥ _x001F_6K.P.1; _x001F_6or संगतान्यगुणानङ्गीकारमाहुर- तद्गुणम् । चिरं रागिणि मच्चित्ते निहितो$पि न रज्यसि ॥ Kuval. -Comp. -संविज्ञानः N. of a variety of Bahuvrīhi; e. g. दृष्टसमुद्रमानय; अत्र गुणीभूतस्य समुद्रस्य नानयने$न्वयः इति˚ नः बहुव्रीहिः; लम्बकर्णमानय इति तु तद्गुणसंविज्ञानः. Tv.
atantra अतन्त्र a. [न. ब.] 1 Having no ropes or musical strings (as a musical instrument); नातन्त्री वाद्यते वीणा Rām. -2 Unrestrained; not necessarily binding; not being the object of the rule under consideration; ह्रस्वग्रहणमतन्त्रम्, क्लीबत्वं ˚न्त्रम् Sk. Something which is not intended; on which there is no emphasis or stress (वार्त्तिक 2.2.34.1). -3 Without formulas or empirical actions. -4 Not (having the binding force of) a scientific statement; तत्राविज्ञातग्रहणमतन्त्रमिति कल्प्येत । ŚB. on MS.6.1.7. -त्वम् meaninglessness, superfluity, superfluous nature. किं तु इतरस्मिन् पक्षे बाध्यतेतरां श्रुतिः । ऐन्द्रशब्दस्यातन्त्रत्वात् । ŚB. on MS.6.4.29. अतन्द्र atandra न्द्रित ndrita न् n ल l अतन्द्र न्द्रित न् ल a. Alert, unwearied, careful, vigilant; अतन्द्रिता सा स्वयमेव वृक्षकान् Ku.5.14, R.17.39, H. Pr.33.
atapa अतप a. 1 Not excited, cool. -2 unostentatious. -3 Unemployed. -पाः (pl.) N. of a class of deities among Buddhists.
atapta अतप्त a. Not heated &c. -Comp. -तनुa. 1 One whose body is not marked (with red mudrās &c.). -2 who has not fully mortified his body by penance. अतप्ततनूर्न तदामो _x001F_+अश्नुते Rv.9.83.1. -3 whose body or mass is cool (?).
atavyas अतव्यस् a. Ved. Not very strong.
atas अतस् ind. [इदं-तसिल्] 1 Than this; from this (having a comparative force); अतो देवा अवन्तु नो यतो विष्णुर्विचक्रमे Rv.1.22.16; किमु परमतो नर्तयसि माम् Bh.3.6; अतो$न्यथा Ms.5.31. -2 From this or that cause, hence, consequently, so, therefore (corr. to यत्, यस्मात् or हि, expressed or understood); अन्तर्गतं प्राण- भृतां हि वेद सर्वं भवान्भावमतो$भिधास्ये R.2.43,3.5, Ku.2. 5; अथातो ब्रह्मजिज्ञासा Ś. B. now therefore &c. -3 Hence, from this place, henceforth (of time or place); (-परम्, -ऊर्ध्वम्), afterwards. -4 Then (corr. of यदि-यद्). -Comp. -अर्थम्-निमित्तम् on this account, hence, for this reason. -एव for this very reason. -ऊर्ध्वम् henceforth; afterwards. -परम् (a) further on, any longer (with abl.); hereafter; निवसिष्यसि मय्येव अत ऊर्ध्वम् Bg.12.8. (b) beyond this, further than this; भाग्यायत्तमतःपरम् Ś.4.16 more than this; अतःपरं नास्ति ममोत्तरम् V.2 now I have nothing more to say; (c) afterwards.
ati अति ind. [अत्-इ] 1 A prefix used with adjectives and adverbs, meaning 'very', 'too', 'exceedingly', 'excessively', 'very much', and showing उत्कर्ष; Surpassing, superior अत्याश्रमानयं सर्वानू Mb.12.12.6. नातिदूरे not very far from; ˚कृश very lean; ˚भृशम् _x001F_+very much; also with verbs or verbal forms; ˚सिक्तमेव भवता Sk.; स्वभावो ह्यतिरिच्यते &c. -2 (With verbs) Over, beyond; अति-इ go beyond, overstep; so ˚क्रम् ˚चर् ˚वह् &c. In this case अति is regarded as a preposition उपसर्ग. -3 (a) (With nouns or pronouns) Beyond, past, surpassing, superior to, eminent, respectable, distinguished, higher, above, (used with acc. as a कर्मप्रवचनीय, or as first member of Bah. or Tat. Comp. ज्याशब्दस्तावुभौ शब्दावति रामस्य शुश्रुवे Rām. 6.75.37. in which last case it has usually the sense of eminence or higher degree: अतिगो, ˚गार्ग्यः, = प्रशस्ता गौः, शोभनो गार्ग्यः; ˚राजन् an excellent king; or the sense of अतिक्रान्त must be understood with the latter member which will then stand in the accusative case; अतिमर्त्यः = मर्त्यमतिक्रान्तः; ˚मालः, अतिक्रान्तो मालाम्; so अतिकाय, ˚केशर, q. v.):, अत्यादित्यं _x001F_+ हुतवहमुखे संभृतं तद्धि तेजः Me 1.45. Surpassing the sun. अति देवानू कृष्णः Sk.; मानुषानतिगन्धर्वान् सर्वान्गन्धर्व लक्षये _x001F_/Mb; ˚मानुषं कर्म a deed which is beyond human power, i. e. a superhuman action; ˚कशः past the whip (as a horse), unmanageable; ˚त्यद् surpassing that; ˚त्वाम्, ˚त्वान् him or them that surpasses or surpass thee, so ˚मां, ˚यूयं _x001F_+&c. _x001F_+(b) (With nouns derived from roots) Extravagant, exaggerated, inordinate, excessive, extraordinary; e. g. ˚आदरः excessive regard; ˚आशा extravagant hope; so _x001F_+ ˚भयं, ˚तृष्णा, ˚आनन्दः &c. &c.; अतिदानाद् बलिर्बद्धो नष्टो मानात्सुयोधनः । विनष्टो रावणो लौल्यादति सर्वत्र वर्जयेत् ॥ cf. 'extremes are ever bad.' (c) Unfit, idle, improper, in the sense of असंप्रति or क्षेप 'censure'; अतिनिद्रम् = निद्रा सम्प्रति न युज्यते Sk. The गणरत्नमहोदधि gives the following senses of अतिः--विक्रमातिक्रमाबुद्धिभृशार्थातिशयेष्वति । e. g. अतिरथः रथाधिकं विक्रमवान्; ˚मतिः बुद्ध्यतिक्रमः; ˚गहनं वुद्धेरविषयः; ˚तप्तं भृशतप्तं; ˚वेगः अतिशयितो वेगः. Cf. also प्रकर्षे लङ्घने$प्यति Nm.
aticāraḥ अतिचारः 1 Transgression. -2 Excelling. -3 Overtaking &c. -4 Accelerated motion of planets (कुजादि- पञ्चग्रहाणां स्वस्वाक्रान्तराशिषु भोगकालमुल्लङ्घ्य राश्यन्तरगमनम्); passage from one zodiacal sign to another. -5 Violation of justice Kau. A.4.
aticiram अतिचिरम् adv. Very long; ˚रं मया कृतं Ratn.1. I have been very late; नातिचिरं गतायां च तस्याम् K.178 she had not long left when &c. अतिच्छत्रः aticchatrḥ ग्रा grā च्छत्रका cchatrakā अतिच्छत्रः ग्रा च्छत्रका [अतिक्रान्तः छत्रं तुल्याकारेण] A mushroom, anise, principally Anesum or Anethum Sowa (Mar. शोपा) N. of another plant, Barleria Longifolia. (˚त्रः is said by Amara to be जलतृणभेदः) (Mar. शेतगवत); and ˚त्रा = शतपुष्पा (Mar. शोप).
atijana अतिजन a. [अतिक्रान्तो जनम्] Not tenanted or inhabited.
atitṛṣṇā अतितृष्णा Rapacity, excessive greed or desire; ˚ष्णा न कर्तव्या Pt.5 One should not be too greedy. -ष्ण a. Rapacious, very greedy.
atideśaḥ अतिदेशः 1 Transfer, making over, assigning. -2 (Gram.) Extended application, application by analogy, transference of one attribute to another, attraction of one case or rule to another; अतिदेशो नाम इतरधर्मस्य इतरस्मिनू प्रयोगाय आदेशः (मीमांसा); or अन्यत्रैव प्रणीतायाः कृत्स्नाया धर्मसंहतेः । अन्यत्र कार्यतः प्राप्तिरतिदेशः स उच्यते ॥ प्राकृतात् कर्माणो यस्मात्तत्समानेषु कर्मसु । धर्मप्रवेशो येन स्यादतिदेशः स उच्यते ॥ This अतिदेश is of 5 kinds : शास्त्र˚, कार्य˚, निमित्त˚, व्यपदेश˚ & रूप˚. Thus in Grammar प्रकृति- वतू विकृतिः, कर्मणा कर्मवत्तुल्यक्रियः or पुंवत्, णिद्वत्, व्यपदेशिवद्भावः & इण्वदिकः are instances. गोसदृशो गवयः is an instance of रूपातिदेश or analogy; वाक्यार्थस्यातिदेशस्य स्मृतिर्व्यापार उच्यते Bhāṣā. P.8. अतिदेश is generally expressed by words showing likeness or resemblance, such as इव, वत्, सदृश &c. cf. also अतिदेशो नाम ये परत्र विहिता धर्मास्त- मतीत्यांन्यत्र तेषां देशः । ŚB. on MS.7.1.12. अतिदेश forms the subject matter _x001F_2of the 7th and the 8th अध्यायs of जैमिनि's मीमांसासूत्र. For its various divisions and subdivisions read : स च नाम्ना वचनेन वा । तत्र नाम त्रिविधमातिदेशिकं कर्मनाम, संस्कारनाम, यौगिकमिति । वचनं पुनर्द्विविधं प्रत्यक्षश्रुतमानु- मानिकं च । (ŚB. ibid.).
atidūra अतिदूर a. Very far; ˚रे, ˚ रात्, ˚रेण usually with न (gen.) not far from. नातिदूरे तपोवनस्य Ś.1.
atipātaḥ अतिपातः 1 Passing away, lapse (of time); अहो काल˚ तः Mal.2. -2 Neglect, omission; transgression; न चेदन्यकार्यातिपातः Ś.1 if no other duty be neglected thereby, if it should not interfere with (the discharge of) any other duty; deviation from established laws or customs. -3 Befalling, occurrence; दुःखातिपातेन कलुषीक्रियन्ते. K.289; जलधारातिपातः 32 falling. -4 Ill-treatment, or usage. -5 Opposition, contrariety. -6 Destruction; प्राणातिपातनिरतो निरनुक्रोशतां गतः Rām.1.59.21.
atiparokṣa अतिपरोक्ष a. 1 Far out of sight, not discernible; ˚वृत्ति obsolete (words). -2 Not hidden, visible.
atibhūmiḥ अतिभूमिः f. 1 Excess, culmination, highest pitch; ˚मिं गम्-या to go to excess, to reach the climax; ˚मिं तस्या अभिनिवेशो गमिष्यति Māl.2; ˚मिं गतोनुरागः 7; तत्र सर्व- लोकस्य ˚मिं गतः प्रवादः ibid. widely known, become notorious, noised abroad; ˚मिमयं गतो न शक्यते निवर्तयितुम् K.156; सर्वोत्सवानामतिभूमिमिवाधिशयाना 158; सर्वपौरुषातिभूमिः Dk.3; ˚मिं गतेन रणरणकेन U.1, प्रणयातिभूमिमगमन् Śi.9.78, 1.8. -2 Boldness, impropriety, violation of due limits (अमर्यादा); विपदि न दूषितातिभूमिः Śi.3.2. -3 Eminence, superiority. -4 Extensive land.
atimita अतिमित a. 1 Over-measured, excessive. -2 [अ-तिमित] Not wet.
atiric अतिरिच् (Gen. used in pass.) 1 To surpass, excel, be superior to (with abl.); अश्वमेधसहस्रेभ्यः सत्यमेवाति- रिच्यते H.4.131; गृहं तु गृहिणीहीनं कान्तारादतिरिच्यते Pt.4. 81; वाचः कर्मातिरिच्यते 'example is better than precept'; sometimes with acc.; न च नारायणो$त्रभवन्तमतिरिच्यते K. 23; or used by itself in the sense of 'to be supreme', 'prevail' 'triumph', 'predominate', 'be mightier'; अन्योन्यगुणवैशेष्यान्न किञ्चिदतिरिच्यते Ms.9.296 none is supreme or higher than another; 12.25; so दैवमत्रातिरिच्यते, स्वभावो$तिरिच्यते H.1.16; स्वल्पमप्यतिरिच्यते H.2 is of great importance. -2 To be left with a surplus, be redundant or superfluous.
atirikta अतिरिक्त p. p. 1 Surpassed, excelled; सर्वातिरिक्तसारेण R.1.14. strength exceeding that of all creatures; सुत- जन्मातिरिक्तेन महोत्सवेन K.137 surpassing the birth of a son. -2 Redundant, superfluous, remaining over and above; परिपूरितहृदयातिरिक्तहर्षमिव K.66 not contained in the heart. -3 Excessive, exuberant. -4 unequalled, unsurpassed; supreme, elevated समश्नुवानाः सहसा$ तिरिक्तताम् Ki.14.33 being raised up or elevated. -5 Different (generally व्यतिरिक्त in this sense, q. v.). -6 Quite empty. -Comp. -अङ्ग a. having a redundant limb (a finger, toe &c.). (-गम्) a redundant limb or member.
ativah अतिवह् 1 P. To carry over or across. -Caus. 1 To spend, pass (as time); किं वा मयापि न दिनान्यतिवाहितानि Māl.6.13; अतिवाहयां बभूवत्रियामाम् R.9.7; ऋतून् 19.47. -2 To let pass over, get through successfully; गुहा- विसारीण्यतिवाहितानि मया कथंचिद् घनगर्जितानि R.13.28 allowed to pass over my head, endured; स शापस्तेनातिवाहितः Ks. 33.91. -3 To rid oneself of, elude, avoid; अस्मिंस्तमाल- विटपान्धकारे प्रविश्य एनमतिवाहयावः Ratn.2; get out of his way, elude his pursuit (and thus cheat him). -4 To transplant, remove (to another place), bring or carry over; अलकामतिवाह्यैव वसतिं वसुसंपदाम् Ku.6.37. -5 To follow, tread (as a path; लोकातिवाहिते मार्गे Śarva. Ś.
ativṛt अतिवृत् 1 A. (P. in epic poetry) 1 To pass over or by, cross (as a place &c.). उपासते पुरुषं ये ह्यकामास्ते शुक्रमेतदतिवर्तन्ति धीराः Muṇḍ.3.2.1. -2 (a) To go beyond, exceed (fig. also); वाग्विभवातिवृत्तमाचार्यकम् Māl.1. 26 exceeding or transcending the powers of speech, indescribable; मुकुलावस्थामतिवृत्तेषु तण्डुलेषु Dk.132; का ते स्तुतिः स्तुतिपथादतिवृत्तधाम्नः Mv.4.29 transcending praise. (b) To offend, overstep, transgress, violate; यो$स्याः शासनमतिवर्तेत Dk.167; को$तिवर्तते दैवम् 51 who can transgress the decrees of Fate? को$न्यो जीवितुकामो देवस्य शासनमतिवर्तेत Mu.3. न खलु दूरगतो$तिवर्तते Śi.6.19. (c) To neglect, omit, let _x001F_+slip. (d) To have no regard to, disregard, slight; offend (especially by unfaithfulness), injure; शपथशतातिवर्ती Dk.62 disregarding; ऋतुस्नातां सतिं भार्यां ... अतिवर्तेत दुष्टात्मा; यथाहं कर्मणा वाचा शरीरेण च राघवम् । सततं नातिवर्तेय Rām. अपत्यलोभाद् या तु स्त्री भर्तार- मतिवर्तते Ms.5.161. -3 (a) To surpass, excel; मनुष्य-- संख्यामतिवर्तितुं वा Ki.3.4; एष जनतातिवर्तिनो Śi.14.59; बान्धवस्नेहं राज्यलोभो$तिवर्तते Ks.41.4; to outweigh, preponderate. (b) To overcome, subdue, vanquish, get the better of; get over, escape or get loose from; असाध्यानतिवर्तन्ते प्रमेहा रजनीं यथा Suśr.; किमाचारः कथं चैतांस्त्रीन् गुणानतिवर्तते Bg.14.21 transcend these three qualities; दैवं पौरुषेण˚ Mb., Dk.73, Ks.121.67. -4 (Intrans.) To pass away, glide away, elapse (as time); to be late or delay; एवं तयोः प्रत्यहमन्योन्याहारादि दानेन कालो$तिवर्तते H.1; महता स्नेहेन कालो$तिवर्तते H.2; समयो नातिवर्तते Mv.6; आषोड- शाद् ब्राह्मणस्य सावित्री नातिवर्तते Ms.2.38 is not late (नातिक्रान्तकाला भवति). -5 To go away from, leave, abandon (abl.); यथा मे हृदयं नित्यं नातिवर्तति राघवात् Rām. -Caus. 1 To slight, not to heed, disregard सुहृदश्चाति- वर्तिताः Dk.136. -2 To let out, discharge (as excrement).
ativyāptiḥ अतिव्याप्तिः f. 1 An unwarrantable stretch of a rule or principle. -2 Including what is not intended to be included in a proposition; (in Nyāya) including or covering too much, unwarranted extension of a definition to things not intended to be defined by it, so that it includes such things as ought not to fall under it; one of the three faults to which a definition is open; अलक्ष्ये लक्षणगमनम् अतिव्याप्तिः; यथा मनुष्यो ब्राह्मणः इति लक्षणस्य शूद्रे$तिव्याप्तिः, तस्यापि मनुष्यत्वात्.
atisparśa अतिस्पर्श a. Not liberal, niggardly, mean-spirited. -र्शः Slight contact or absence of contact of the tongue and palate in pronunciation; epithet of the semivowels and vowels.
atī अती [अति-इ] 2 P. 1 To go beyond, pass on, over or beyond, cross (time or space); स्तोकमन्तरमतीत्य Ś. 1; जवादतीये हिमवानधोमुखैः Ki.14.54 was gone to or reached; स्थातव्यं ते नयनविषयं यावदत्येति भानुः Me.36 passes out of sight; अतीत्यैकादशाहं तु नामकर्म तथा$करोत् Rām. after 11 days; गृहपङ्क्तयश्चिरमतायिरे जनैः Śi.13.53. -2 To enter, step over; अद्वारेण च नातीयात् ग्रामं वा वेश्म वा वृतम् Ms.4.73. -3 To excel, surpass, outstrip, be more than a match for; त्रिस्रोतसः कान्तिमतीत्य तस्थौ Ku.7.15; सत्यमतीत्य हरितो हरिंश्च वर्तन्ते वाजिनः Ś.1; अग्निस्त्विषा नात्येति पूषणम् Śi.2.23; to exceed, go beyond, transcend; कुसीदवृद्धिर्द्वैगुण्यं नात्येति Ms.8.151 does not exceed; अतीत्य वाचां मनसां च गोचरं स्थिताय Ki.18.41, अपराधशतक्षमं नृपः क्षमयात्येति भवन्तमेकया Śi 16.48. -4 To overcome, subdue, vanquish, get the better of; न प्रदीप इव वायुमत्यगात् R. 19.53 did not overcome, outlive or survive; to overtake, out-do -5 To walk by, walk past, pass by, leave behind; स्रोतोवहां पथि निकामजलामतीत्य Ś.6.16; सो$त्य- गाद् आश्रमम् R.15.37. -6 To omit, neglect, disregard, violate, transgress, overstep; न दिष्टमर्थमत्येतुमीशो मर्त्यः कथंचन Mb. avoid; अतीत्य ही गुणान् सर्वान् स्वभावो मूर्ध्नि वर्तते H.1.18 देशं कालं च यो$तीयात् Y.2.195; अतीयात्सागरो वेलां न प्रतिज्ञामहं पितुः Rām.; भूतान्यत्येति पञ्च वै Ms.12.9 oversteps the five elements (मोक्षं प्राप्नोति Kull.); अत्येति तत्सर्वमिदं विदित्वा Bg.8.28,14.2. -7 (Intrans.) To pass, elapse (time); अत्येति रजनी या तु सा न प्रतिनिवर्तते Rām.; अतीते दक्षिणायने &c. -8 To overflow, be redundant, be in excess. -9 To die.
atunda अतुन्द a. Not bulky, lean, lank.
atura अतुर a. Ved. Not rich or liberal.
atuṣāra अतुषार a. Not cold. -Comp. -करः The Sun; so अतुहिनकर, ˚रश्मि, ˚धामन् ˚रुचि &c.
atūtuji अतूतुजि a. [न तुज्-कि द्वित्वदीर्धे] 1 Not a donor or giver, not liberal (अदातृ) -2 Not quick, slow; अतूतुजिं चित् तूतुजिरशिश्नत् Rv.7.28.3.
atūrta अतूर्त a. [न तूर्यते, तूर्-हिंसायाम्] Ved. Not obstructed or stopped or injured, unhurt. -र्तम् The unlimited space, sky. अतूर्ते बद्धं सविता समुद्रम् Rv.1.149.1. -Comp. - दक्ष a. Ved. whose plans cannot be obstructed or are unhurt. अतूर्तदक्षा वृषणा वृषण्वसु Rv.8.26.1. -पथिन् a. Ved. whose path cannot be obstructed.
atṛṇādaḥ अतृणादः [न तृणम् अत्ति, अद्-अण्] 'Not eating grass', a new-born calf; Śat. Br.14. अथ वत्सं जातमाहुरतृणाद इति Bṛi. Ār. Up.
atṛdila अतृदिल a. [न तृद्यते वध्यते, तृद्-किलच्] Ved. Not assailable, immovable, solid, firm (as a mountain); तृदिला अतृदिलासः Rv.1.94.11.
atejas अतेजस् a. [न. ब.] 1 Not bright, dim. -2 Weak, feeble. -3 Insignificant; so अतेजस्क, अतेजस्विन्, -स् n. Dimness, shadow, darkness; absence of vigour, feebleness, dullness.
atyanta अत्यन्त a. [अतिक्रान्तः अन्तं सीमां नाशम्] 1 Excessive, much, very great or strong; ˚वैरम् great enmity; ˚मैत्री; ˚हिमोत्किरानिलाः Ku.5.26. -2 Complete, perfect, absolute; ˚अभावः absolute non-existence; See below. -3 Endless, perpetual, permanent, everlasting, uninterrupted, unbroken; किं वा तवात्यन्तवियोग- मोघे हतजीविते R.14.65; भवत्यजरमत्यन्तम् Pt.1.151; यो बन्धनवधक्लेशान् प्राणिनां न चिकीर्षति । स सर्वस्य हितप्रेप्सुः सुखम- त्यन्तमश्नुते ॥ Ms.5.46; Bg.6.28; कस्यात्यन्तं सुखमुपनतम् Me.111. नायमत्यन्तसंवासो लभ्यते येन केनचित् H.4.73. -तम् ind. 1 Exceedingly, excessively, very much, to the highest degree; स्थायीभवति चात्यन्तं रङ्गः शुक्लपटे यथा Pt.1.33; स्तनंधयो$त्यन्तशिशुः स्तनादिव Mu.4.14. very young. -2 For ever, to the end (of life), through life; अत्यन्तमात्मसटृशेक्षणवल्लभाभिराहो निवत्स्यति Ś1.26 For all time, in perpetuity; सा चात्यन्तमदर्शनं नयनयोर्याता V.4.9; oft. in comp.; ˚गता See below; प्रियमत्यन्त- विलुप्तदर्शनम् Ku.4.2. For ever lost to view; R.14.3; -3 Absolutely, perfectly, completely. -Comp. -अपह्नवः A flat, categorical or total denial; a denial nipping the accusation in the bud (P. वार्त्तिक III.2.115.). -अभावः absolute or complete nonexistence, absolute non-entity, a thing which does not exist at any one of the three periods of time, or does not exist for all time; त्रैकालिकसंसर्गावच्छिन्नप्रतियोगिकः (This is considered to be नित्य or eternal and different from the other kinds of अभाव). -ग a. going or walking too much or too fast. -गत a. gone or departed forever, gone never to return; कथमत्यन्तगता न मां दहेः R.8.56.2. always applicable, perfectly intimate or pertinent. -गति f. 1 sense of 'completely'; अनत्यन्तगतौ क्तात् P.V. 4.4. completion, accomplishment. -गामिन् a. 1 going or walking very much, going too fast or quickly. -2 excessive, much. -निवृत्तिः f. complete disappearance, absolute cessation. -वासिन् m. [वस्-णिनि] one who constantly stays with his preceptor, as a student. -सहचरित a. going together invariably (P. वार्त्तिक VIII.1. 15.) -संयोगः 1 close proximity, uninterrupted continuity; कालाध्वनोरत्यन्तसंयोगे P.II.1.29. -2 Inseparable co-existence. -संपर्कः excessive sexual intercourse. -सुकुमार a. very tender. (-रः) a kind of grain.
atyantika अत्यन्तिक a. [अत्यन्तं गच्छति; अत्यन्त-ठन्] 1 Going too much or too fast. -2 Very near. -3 Not near, distant. -कम् [अतिशयितम् अन्तिकं नैकठ्यम्] 1 Close proximity, immediate neighbourhood or being in close proximity. -2 [अतिक्रान्तम् अन्तिकम्.] Great distance.
atyācāra अत्याचार a. [आचारमतिक्रान्तः] Deviating from established usages or customs, negligent. -रः Performance of works not sanctioned by usage (अनुचिताचरणम्; irreligious conduct.
atyādhānam अत्याधानम् 1 Laying on, imposition. -2 Transgression. -3 Violation of आधान, not keeping the sacred fire.
atra अत्र a. Ved. Not giving or enjoying protection. Bṛi. Up. -त्रः Ved. [अद्>-त्रन्] An eater, devourer; a demon, Rākṣasa. -त्रम् Food. अत्राण्यस्मै षड्भिः संभरन्ति Rv.1.79.2.
atrapu अत्रपु a. Not tinned. Maitrāyaṇī, Kāṭhaka and Kāpiṣṭhala Saṁhitās.
atravas अत्रवस् ind. The year before last (?) अत्रस्त atrasta अत्रास atrāsa त्रस्नु trasnu अत्रस्त अत्रास त्रस्नु a. [न. त.] Not afraid, fearless; जुगोपात्मानमत्रस्तः R.1.21.
atha अथ (Ved. अथा) ind. [अर्थ्-ड, पृषोद˚ रलोपः Tv.] A particle used at the beginning (of works) mostly as a sign of auspiciousness, and translated by 'here', 'now' (begins) (मङ्गल, आरम्भ, अधिकार) (Properly speaking 'auspiciousness' or मङ्गल is not the sense of अथ, but the very utterance or hearing of the word is considered to be indicative of auspiciousness, as the word is supposed to have emanated from the throat of Brahmā ओंकारश्चाथशब्दश्च द्वावेतौ ब्रह्मणः पुरा । कण्ठं भित्त्वा विनिर्यातौ तेन माङ्गलिकावुभौ ॥ and therefore we find in Śāṅkara Bhāṣya अर्थान्तरप्रयुक्तः अथशब्दः श्रुत्या मङ्गलमारचयति); अथ निर्वचनम्; अथ योगानुशासनम्; अथेदं प्रारभ्यते द्वितीयं तन्त्रम् Pt.2. (usually followed by इति at the end, इति प्रथमो$ङ्कः here ends &c.). -2 Then, afterwards (आनन्तर्य) अथ प्रजानामधिपः प्रभाते R.2.1; often as a correlative of यदि or चेत्; न चेन्मुनिकुमारो$यं अथ को$स्य व्यपदेशः Ś.7; मुहूर्तादुपरि उपाध्याय- श्चेदागच्छेत् अथ त्वं छन्दो$धीष्व P.III.3.9. Sk. -3 If, supposing, now if, in case, but if (पक्षान्तर); अथ कौतुक- मावेदयामि K.144, अथ तु वेत्सि शुचि व्रतमात्मनः पतिकुले तव दास्यमपि क्षमम् ॥ Ś.5.27; अथ मरणमवश्यमेव जन्तोः किमिति मुधा मलिनं यशः कुरुध्वे Ve.3.6. अथ गृह्णाति Ś.7; Ku.5.45; Mu.3.25; Ki.1.44; अथ चास्तमिता त्वमात्मना R.8.51 while, but, on the other hand; oft followed by ततः or तथापि, Bg.2.26;12.9,11; अथ चेत् but if Bg.2. 33;18.58. -4 And, so also, likewise (समुच्चय); गणितमथ कलां वैशिकीम् Mk.1. मातृष्वसा मातुलानि श्वश्रूरथ पितृष्वसा । संपूज्या गुरुपत्नीवत् समास्ता गुरुभार्यया ॥ Ms.2.1.31; भीमो$थार्जुनः G.M. -5 Used in asking or introducing questions (प्रश्न) oft. with the interrogative word itself; अथ सा तत्रभवती किमाख्यम्य राजर्षेः पत्नी Ś.7; अर्थवान् खलु मे राजशब्दः । अथ भगवाँल्लोकानुग्रहाय कुशली काश्यपः Ś.5; अथ शक्नोषि भोक्तुम् G. M.; अथात्रभवति कथमित्थंभूता M.5; अथ केन प्रयुक्तो$यं पापं चरति पूरुषः । Bg.3.36; अथ भवन्तमन्तरेण कीदृशो$स्या दृष्टिरागः Ś.2; अथ माडव्यं प्रति किमेवं प्रयुक्तम् Ś.6 (अथ may in these two sentences mean 'but'). -6 Totality, entirety (कार्त्स्न्य); अथ धर्मं व्याख्यास्यामः G. M. we shall explain the whole धर्म (धर्म in all its details.) Śi;7.75. -7 Doubt, uncertainty (संशय, विकल्प); शब्दो नित्यो $थानित्यः G. M. The senses of अथ usually given by lexicographers are :-अथो$थ स्यातां समुच्चये । मङ्गले संशयारम्भा- धिकारानन्तरेषु च । अन्वादेशे प्रतिज्ञायां प्रश्नसाकल्ययोरपि ॥ Some of these senses are indentical with those in (1), while some are not in general use. -Comp. -अतः -अनन्तरम् now, therefore; अथा$तो धर्मजिज्ञासा Ms.1.1.1. -अपि moreover, and again &c. (= अथ in most cases); ˚च likewise, also. -किम् what else, yes, exactly so, quite so, certainly; सर्वथा अप्सरःसंभवैषा । अथ किम् Ś.1; अपि वृषलमनुरक्ताः प्रकृतयः अथ किम् Mu.1. -किमु how much more, so much more. -तु but, on the contrary. अथ तु वेत्सि शुचि व्रतमात्मनः । Ś.5.27. -वा 1 or (used like the English disjunctive conjunction 'or' and occupying the same place); व्यवहारं परिज्ञाय वध्यः पूज्यो$थवा भवेत् H.1.55; समस्तैरथवा पृथक् Ms.7.198; अथवा-अथवा either-or; वाथ is often used in the same sense with वा; कार्तिके वाथ चैत्रे वा Pt.3.38; साम्ना दानेन भेदेन समस्तैरथवा पृथक् । विजेतुं प्रयतेतारीन्न युद्धेन कदाचन ॥ Ms.7.182; अथापि वा also used in the same sense; एतदेव व्रतं कुर्यु- श्चान्द्रायणमथापि वा 11.117;8.287. -2 or rather, or why, or perhaps, is it not so (correcting or modifying a previous statement); why should there be any thought or hesitation about it, or it is no wonder; अपि नाम कुलपतेरियमसवर्णक्षेत्रसंभवा स्यात् । अथवा कृतं सन्देहेन Ś.1.,1.16; गमिष्याम्युपहास्यताम्...अथवा कृतवाग्द्वारे वंशे$स्मिन् R.1.3-4; अथवा मृदु वस्तु हिंसितुम् R.8.45.; दीर्ये किं न सहस्रधाहमथवा रामेण किं दुष्करम् U.6.4; अधोधो गङ्गेयं पदमुपगता स्तोकमथवा । विवेकभ्रष्टानां भवति विनिपातः शतमुखः Bh.2.1.
atharvan अथर्वन् m. [अथ-ऋ-वनिप् शकन्ध्वादि˚ Tv.; probably connected with some word like athar fire] 1 A priest who has to worship fire and Soma. -2 A Brāhmaṇa. -3 N. of the priest who is said to have first brought down fire from the heaven, offered Soma and recited prayers. [He is represented as the eldest son of Brahmā sprung from his mouth; as a Prajāpati appointed by Brahmā to create and protect sub-ordinate beings, who first learnt from Brahmā and then taught the Brahmavidyā and is considered to be the author of the Veda called after him. His wife was Śānti, daughter of Kardama Prajāpati. He had also another wife called Chitti; he is also considered identical with Aṅgiras and father of Agni.] -4 Epithet of Śiva, Vasiṣṭha. वृतपदपङ्क्तिरथर्वणेव वेदः Kir. 1.1. -(pl.) Descendants of Atharvan; hymns of this Veda; जिष्णुं जैत्रैरथर्वभिः R.17.13. -र्वा-र्व m. n., ˚वेदः The Atharvaveda, regarded as the fourth Veda. [It contains many forms of imprecations for the destruction of enemies and also contains a great number of prayers for safety and averting mishaps, evils, sins or calamities, and a number of hymns, as in the other Vedas, addressed to the gods with prayers to be used at religious and solemn rites; cf. Mv.2.24. मूर्तिमभिरामघोरां बिभ्रदिवाथर्वणो निगमः. It has nine Śākhās and five Kalpas, and is comprised in 2 Kāṇḍas. The most important Brāhmaṇa belonging to this Veda is the Gopatha Brāhmaṇa, and the Upaniṣads pertaining to it are stated to be 52, or, according to another account 31.] [cf. Zend atharvan, Pers. áturbán.] -Comp. -अधिपः N. of बुध Mercury (सामवेदाधिपो भौमः शशिजो$- थर्ववेदराट्). -निधिः, -विढ् m. receptacle of the (knowledge of) Atharvaveda, or conversant with it; गुरुणा- $थर्वविदा कृतक्रियः R.8.4.1.59; (अथर्वविधिपदेन दुरितोपशमन- निमित्तशान्तिकपौष्टिकप्रवीणत्वं पौरोहित्यो चितत्वं द्योत्यते Malli.) -भूताः (pl.) those who have become Atharvans, Names of the 12 Maharṣis. -शिखा, -शिरस् n. (अथर्वणो वेदस्य शिखा शिर इव वा ब्रह्मविद्याप्रतिपादकत्वेन श्रेष्ठत्वात्) N. of an Upaniṣad dealing with Brahmavidyā. अथर्वशिरसो$ध्येता ब्रह्मचारी यतव्रतः Mb.13.9.29. -संहिता A text of collection of hymns of अथर्ववेद. अथर्वसंहितायाजी विदधे विधिवद्धुतम् Bm.1.869.
atharvī अथर्वी a. Ved. [न थुर्व्-अच्, पृषो˚ उलोपः गौरा˚ -ङिष् Tv.] Not injuring or hurting, not destructive; pierced by a lance (?).
adakṣiṇa अदक्षिण _x001F_a. [न. _x001F_त.] 1 Not right, left. -2 _x001F_2[न. ब.] Not bringing in Dakṣiṇā to _x001F_+the priests; without any gifts (as a sacrifice); अदक्षिणास अच्युता दुधुक्षन् Rv.1. 61.1 मृतो यज्ञस्त्वदक्षिणः Pt.2.94. -3 Simple, weakminded, silly; मेने$थ सत्यमेवेति परिहासमदक्षिणा Rām. -4 Not handy, skillful or clever; awkward. -5 Unfavourable Bhāg.1.82.2. अदक्षिणीय adakṣiṇīya दक्षिण्य dakṣiṇya अदक्षिणीय दक्षिण्य a. Not deserving Dakṣiṇā.
adagdha अदग्ध a. Not burnt, not burnt according to the rites.
adaṇḍya अदण़्ड्य a. 1 Not deserving punishment; अदण्ड्यान् दण्डयन् राजा दण्ड्याश्चैवाप्यदण्डयन् Y.2. -2 Exempt or free from punishment; नादण्ड्यो नाम राज्ञो$स्ति यः स्वधर्मे न तिष्ठति Ms.8.335.
adatta अदत्त a. 1 Not given. अदत्तान्युपभुञ्जानः Ms.4.22. -2 Unjustly or improperly given. -3 Not given in marriage. -4 Not having given anything. -त्ता An unmarried girl. -त्तम् A gift which is null and void (having been given under particular circumstances which make it revocable). -Comp. -आदायिन् a. the receiver of such a gift; one who takes what has not been given away, such as a thief; अदत्तादायिनो हस्ताल्लि- प्सेत ब्राह्मणो धनं । याजनाध्यापनेनापि यथा स्तेनस्तथैव सः ॥ -पूर्वा not affianced or betrothed before; अदत्तपूर्वेत्याशङ्क्यते Māl.4.
adanta अदन्त a. [न. ब.] 1 Toothless. -2 Not yet having the teeth formed or grown (said of young ones of men or animals before the teething time). -3 Ending in अत् or अ. P.VIII.4.7. -तः 1 A leech. -2 N. of Pūṣan, one of the 12 Ādityas, he having lost his teeth at the destruction of Dakṣa's sacrifice by Vīrabhadra.
adantya अदन्त्य a. 1 Not dental. -2 Not fit for the teeth; injurious to them.
adabhra अदभ्र a. [दम्भ्-रक्, न. त.] Not scanty, plentiful, copious; अदभ्रदर्भामधिशय्य स स्थलीम् Ki.1.38; ˚अभ्रनिर्घोष Dk.35.
adarśanam अदर्शनम् 1 Not _x001F_3seeing, non-vision; absence, not being _x001F_,seen तमाहितौत्सुक्यमदर्शनेन R.2.73; अन्तर्धौ येनादर्शन- मिच्छति P.I.4.28 the person whose sight one wishes to avoid; ˚नं गतः Pt.2; ˚नीभूतः Pt. 1 become invisible; अस्य ˚नं गत्वा Pt.2 going out of his sight, beyond the reach of vision; सा चात्यन्तमदर्शनं नयनयोर्याता V.4.9. lost to view, become invisible. -2 Neglect, or failure _x001F_+to see; ब्राह्मणादर्शनेन च Ms.1.43. -3 (Gram.) Disappearance, elision, omission; अदर्शनं लोपः P.I.1.6. -4 Non-mention, non-assertion; दर्शनादर्शनयोश्च दर्शनं प्रमाणम् । ŚB. on MS.1.7.36. -5 Ignorance; अदर्शनादापतिताः पुनश्चादर्शनं गताः Mb.11.2.13.
adas अदस् pron. a. [न दस्यते उत्क्षिप्यते अङ्गुलिर्यत्र इदंतया निर्द्धारणाय पुरोवर्तिनि एवाङ्गुलिनिर्देशः संभवति नापुरो- वर्तिनि, न-दस्-क्विप् Tv.] (असौ m. f. अदः n.). That, (referring to a person or thing not present or near the speaker) (विप्रकृष्ट or परोक्ष); इदमस्तु सन्निकृष्टं समीप- तरवर्ति चैतदो रूपम् । अदसस्तु विप्रकृष्टं तदिति परोक्षे विजानीयात् ॥ अमुष्य विद्या रसनाग्रनर्तकी N.1.5; असौ नामा$हमस्मीति स्वनाम परिकीर्तयेत् Ms.2.122. I am that person, so and so (giving the name); असावहमिति ब्रूयात् 13,216; Y. 1.26. अदस् is, however, often used with reference to प्रत्यक्ष or सन्निकृष्ट objects &c. in the sense of 'this here', 'yonder'. असौ सरण्यः सरणोन्मुखानाम् R.6.21. (असाविति पुरोवर्तिनो निर्देशः Malli.); अमी रथ्याः Ś.1.8.; अमी वह्नयः 4.18;7.11. It is often used in the sense of तत् as a correlative of यत्; हिंसारतश्च यो नित्यं नेहासौ सुखमेधते Ms. 4.17. He, who &c. But when it immediately follows the relative pronoun (यो$सौ, ये अमी &c.) it conveys the sense of प्रसिद्ध 'well-known', 'celebrated', 'renowned'; यो$सावतीन्द्रियग्राह्यः सूक्ष्मो$व्यक्तः सनातनः Ms.1.7; यो$सौ कुमार- सेवको नाम Mu.3; यो$सौ चोरः Dk.68; sometimes अदस् used by itself conveys this sense; विधुरपि विधियोगाद् ग्रस्यते राहुणा$सौ that (so well-known to us all) moon too. See the word तद् also and the quotations from K. P. -ind. There, at that time, then, thus, ever; correlative to some pronominal forms; यदादः, यत्रादः whenever, whereever &c. By अदो$नुपदेशे P.1.4.7. अदस् has the force of a (गति) preposition when no direction to another is implied; अदःकृत्य अदःकृतम्; । परं प्रत्युपदेशे तु अदःकृत्वा अदःकुरु । Sk.
adātṛ अदातृ a. 1 Not giving, miserly; आदाननित्याच्चादातुः Ms.11.15. not liberal -2 Not giving (a daughter) in marriage; काले$दाता पिता वाच्यः Ms.9.4. -3 Not liable to payment.
adāna अदान a. [न. ब.] 1 Not giving, miserly. -2 Without rut (or not charitable); सदादानः परिक्षीणः शस्त एव करीश्वरः । अदानः पीनगात्रो$पि निन्द्य एव हि गर्दभः ॥ Pt.2.7. अदान्य, अदायिन्, अदामन्, अदाशु, अदाशुरि, -दाश्वस् a. Ved. Not giving, -दाश्वस् a. Ved. Not giving, miserly, poor; irreligious, impious, जघन्वाँ इन्द्र मित्रेरूञ्चोदप्रवृद्धो हरिवो अदाशून् Rv.1. 174.6. यस्ते देवाँ अदाशुरिः प्रममर्ष मघत्तये Rv.8.45.15.
adāya अदाय a. [नास्ति दायो यस्य] Not entitled to a share.
adāyāda अदायाद a. 1 Not entitled to be an heir; पुमान्दायादो$- दायादा स्त्री Nir; कानीनश्च सहोढश्च क्रीतः पौनर्भवस्तथा । स्वयंदत्तश्च शौद्रश्च षडदायादबान्धवाः ॥ Ms.9.16. -2 Destitute of heirs.
adāyika अदायिक a. (-की f.) [दायमर्हति दाय-ठक् न. ब.] 1 That which is not claimed by an heir; destitute of heirs; अदायिकं धनं राजगामि Kāty. -2 not relating to inheritance.
adāraḥ अदारः [न. ब.] 1 One who has no wife, a widower or bachelor. -2 [न. त.] Not injuring or tearing.
adāhya अदाह्य a. 1 Incombustible. -2 Not fit to be burnt on the funeral fire. -3 Not capable of being burnt, epithet of परमात्मन्.
aditi अदिति a. [न दीयते खण्ड्यते बध्यते बृहत्त्वात्; दो-क्तिच्] Free, not tied. आदित्यासो अदितयः स्याम Rv.7.52.1. boundless, unlimited, inexhaustible; entire, unbroken; happy, pious (mostly Ved. in all these senses). -तिः [अत्ति प्राणिजातम्; अद्इतिच्] 1 Devourer i. e. death; यद्यदेवासृज तत्तदत्तुमध्रियत, सर्वं वा अत्तीति तददितेरदितित्वम् Bṛi. Ār. Up.1.2.5. -2 An epithet of God. -तिः f. [न दातुं शक्तिः] 1 Inability to give, poverty. -2 [दातुं छेत्तुम् अयोग्या] (a) The earth. (b) The goddess Aditi, mother of the Ādityas, in mythology represented as the mother of gods; see further on. (c) Freedom, security; boundlessness, immensity of space (opp. to the earth). (d) Inexhaustible abundance, perfection. (e) The lunar mansion called पुनर्वसु. (f) Speech; या प्राणेन संभवत्यदितिर्देवतामयी (शब्दादीनां अदनात् अदितिः Śaṅkara). (g) A cow. cf. ŚB. on MS. 1-3-49. (h) Milk; wife (?). -ती (dual) Heaven and earth. [अदिति literally means 'unbounded', 'the boundless Heaven', or according to others, 'the visible infinite, the endless expanse beyond the earth, beyond the clouds, beyond the sky'. According to Yāska अदिति- रदीना देवमाता, and the verse beginning with अदितिर्द्यौः &c. Rv.1.89.16. he interprets by taking अदिति to mean अदीन i. e. अनुपक्षीण, न ह्येषां क्षयो$स्ति इति. [In the Ṛigveda Aditi is frequently implored 'for blessing on children and cattle, for protection and for forgiveness'. She is called 'Devamātā' being strangely enough represented both as mother and daughter of Dakṣa. She had 8 sons; she approached the gods with 7 and cast away the 8th (Mārtaṇḍa, the sun.) In another place Aditi is addressed as 'supporter of the sky, sustainer of the earth, sovereign of this world, wife of Viṣṇu', but in the Mahābhārata, Rāmāyaṇa and Purāṇas, Viṣṇu is said to be the son of Aditi, one of the several daughters of Dakṣa and given in marriage of Kaśyapa by whom she was the mother of Viṣṇu in his dwarf incarnation, and also of Indra, and she is called mother of gods and the gods her sons, 'Aditinandanas'; See Dakṣa and Kaśyapa also]. -Comp. -जः, -नन्दनः a god, divine being.
adīna अदीन a. Not low or depressed, high-spirited; mighty, not poor; rich, happy. -Comp. -आत्मन्, -वृत्ति, -सत्त्व a. not depressed in spirit, high-spirited, high-mettled.
adīrgha अदीर्घ a. Not long. -Comp. -सूत्र, -सूत्रिन् a. [न दीर्घं सूत्रं सूत्रवत् विस्तारो यस्य] quick, prompt in action.
adurga अदुर्ग a. 1 Not inaccessible, not difficult of access. -2 Destitute of forts; ˚विषयः an unfortified country.
adū अदू a. Ved. Not zealous, dilatory; not worshipping; आदुवः Rv.7.4.6.
adūra अदूर a. Not distant, near (in time or space); ˚वर्तिनीं सिद्धिं राजन् विगणयात्मनः R.1.87; ˚उज्झितवर्त्मसु मृगद्वन्द्वेषु 1.4; ˚त्रिंशाः Sk. not far from 3, i. e. nearly 3; ˚कोपा हि मुनिजनप्रकृतिः K.142 easily provoked, irascible. -रम् Proximity, vicinity; वसन्नदूरे किल चन्द्रमौलेः R.6.34; त्रिंशतो$दूरे वर्तन्ते इति अदूरात्रिंशाः Sk.; अदूरे, -रम्, -रेण, -रतः, -रात् (with gen. or abl.) not far from, at no great distance from; अदूरे प्रियासमागमं ते प्रेक्षे V.3 not far distant, very near. -Comp. -भव a. not being far off, _x001F_+being near. (P.IV.2.7).
adūṣita अदूषित a. Not vitiated, uncorrupted, unspotted, irreproachable; ˚धी possessing an uncorrupted soul.
adṛpta अदृप्त a. Not proud, _x001F_+not vain; _x001F_+˚क्रतु not proud-minded, sober, calm.
adṛś अदृश् a. [न. ब.] 1 Sightless, blind. -2 Not seeing, not perceiving.
adṛśya अदृश्य a. 1 Invisible; किमपि भूतमदृश्यरूपम Ku.4.45. -2 Not capable of being seen. epithet of परमेश्वर. -Comp. -करणम् rendering invisible, a part of a conjurer's legerdemain.
adṛṣṭa अदृष्ट a. 1 Invisible, not seen; ˚पूर्व not seen before. -2 Not known or experienced, not felt; ˚विरहव्यथम् H.1.125. -3 Unforeseen, not observed or thought of; unknown, unobserved. तस्माददृष्टं त्वां भयमागमिष्यति Mb. 1.3.9. -4 Not-permitted or sanctioned, illegal; न चादृष्टां (वृद्धिं) पुनर्हरेत् Ms.8.153. -ष्टः N. of some venomous substance or vermin. -ष्टम् 1 The invisible one. -2 Destiny, fate, luck (good or bad); दैवमिति यदपि कथयसि पुरुषगुणः सो$यदृष्टाख्यः Pt.5.3. -3 Virtue or vice as the eventual cause of pleasure or pain. (Fate is supposed to be the result of good or bad actions done in one state of existence and experienced in another, the performance of good deeds being rewarded with residence in Heaven, and of bad deeds, visited with condemnation to Hell; धर्माधर्मावदृष्टं स्यात् धर्मः स्वर्गादि- साधन...अधर्मो नरकादीनां हेतुर्निन्दितकर्मजः Bhāṣā P.161-2. The Vedāntins do not recognize अदृष्ट or luck; तैर्हि कर्मणः सूक्ष्मावस्थापन्नसंस्कारविशेष एव अदृष्टस्थानीयत्वेनाङ्गीक्रियते; अदृष्टम् आत्मदर्म इति नैयायिका वैशेषिकादयश्च, सांख्यपातञ्जलास्तु बुद्धिधर्म इत्यम्युपगच्छन्ति Tv.) -4 An unforeseen calamity or danger (such as from fire, water &c.) -Comp. -अर्थ a. [ब.] having a metaphysical or occult meaning, metaphysical; having an object not evident to the senses. -कर्मन् a. one who has had no practice or practical experience, not practical, inexperienced; कर्म- स्वदृष्टकर्मा यः शास्त्रज्ञो$पि विमुह्यति H.3.54. -कल्पना Supposition of an invisible object or idea. दृष्टे सत्यदृष्टकल्पना$- न्याय्या -नरः, -पुरुषः one of the 2 ways of peace-making, in which no third person is seen, said of a treaty concluded by the parties themselves without a mediator यत्र शत्रुः पणं कुर्यात्सो$दृष्टपुरुषः स्मृतः H.4.119. -फल a. [ब.] that of which the consequences are not yet visible. (लम्) the (future) result of good or bad actions; the result or consequence hidden in the future. -हन् a. destroying poisonous vermin (?).
adṛṣṭiḥ अदृष्टिः f. [विरुद्धा दृष्टिः] 1 An evil or malicious eye, evil look, an angry or envious look. -2 Not being seen. -a. [न. ब.] Blind, sightless.
adeya अदेय a. Not to be given; what cannot or ought not to be given away; अदेयमासीत्त्रयमेव भूपतेः R.3.16. -यम् That which it is not right or necessary to give-wife, sons, deposits, and a few other things belong to this class. अन्वाहितं याचितकमाधिः साधारणं च यत् । निक्षेपः पुत्रदाराश्च सर्वस्वं चान्वये सति ॥ आपत्स्वपि च कष्टासु वर्तमानेन देहिना । अदेया- न्याहुराचार्या यच्चान्यस्मै प्रतिश्रुतम् ॥ -Comp. -दानम् an unlawful gift.
adeva अदेव a. [न. ब.] 1 Not god-like or divine, not pertaining to a deity. -2 Godless, impious, irreligious. -वः [न. त.] One who is not a god. -Comp. -त्र a. [न देवाः त्रायन्ते प्रीयन्ते अनेन, त्रै -करणे क] not gratifying the gods, such a food. -मातृक a. [न देवो मेघो माता वृष्टिकारकः यस्य] not rained upon; (lit.) not having the god of rain as mother to suckle or water; hence (artificially) supplied with the water of rivers, canals &c., irrigated; वितन्वति क्षेममदेवमातृकाश्चिराय तस्मिन्कुरवश्चकासते Ki.1.17.
adevayat अदेवयत् यु a. [न देवं याति प्राप्नोति] Not reaching the gods by prayers, impious, irreligious.
adeśaḥ अदेशः [न. त.] 1 A wrong place, not one's proper place or strong position; ˚स्थो हि रिपुणा स्वल्पकेनापि हन्यते H.4.45; स्त्रियं स्पृशेददेशे यः Ms.8.358; नादेशे तर्पणं कुर्यात् &c. -2 A bad country; The Smṛitis mention several places of this description : म्लेच्छ, आनर्तक, अङ्ग, मगध, सुराष्ट्र, दक्षिणापथ, वङ्ग, कलिङ्ग &c. -Comp. -कालः wrong place and time; अदेशकाले यद्दानमपात्रेभ्यश्च दीयते । Bg.17.22. -स्थ a. [स. त.] in the wrong place, out of place; absent from one's country.
adeśya अदेश्य a. [न. त. न देष्टुं योग्यः] 1 Not fit to be ordered, advised, indicated or pointed out; अदेश्यं यश्च दीशति Ms. 8.53. -2 Not on the spot or pertaining to the place or occasion referred to.
adaiva अदैव a. (-वी f.) 1 Not predestined or predetermined (by Gods or by Fate). -2 Not connected with the Gods or their action, not divine; अदैवं भोजयेच्छ्राद्धम् Ms.3. 247 (Kull. वैश्वदेवब्राह्मणभोजनरहितम्). -3 Unfortunate, ill-fated.
adogdhṛ अदोग्धृ a. Not exacting; considerate (as a king.).
adomada अदोमद ध a. Ved. Not causing inconvenience.
adohaḥ अदोहः 1 The time when milking is not practicable. -2 Not milking; अदोहं चादिशद्गवाम् R.17.19.
adoṣa अदोष a. [न. ब.] 1 Free from faults, demerits &c.; innocent; जायामदोषामुत संत्यजामि R.14.34. -2 Free from the faults of composition, such as अश्लीलता, ग्राभ्यता &c., See दोष; अदोषौ शब्दार्थौ K.P.1; अदोषं गुणवत् काव्यम् Sar. K.1. -षः Not a fault; किमित्यदोषेण तिरस्कृता वयम् Ki.14.11. though not at fault.
adbhutaḥ अद्भुतः a. [Uṇ.5.1 अदि भुवो डुतच्; according to Nir. न भूतम् 'the like of which did not take place before.] 1 Wonderful, marvellous; ˚कर्मन् of wonderful deeds; ˚गन्ध having wonderful smell; ˚दर्शन, ˚रूप; prodigious; extraordinary, transcendental, supernatural. -2 Ved. Unobserved, invisible (opp. दृश्य). -तम् 1 A wonder, a wonderful thing or occurrence, a prodigy, miracle; देव अद्भुतं खलु संवृत्तम् Ś.5 a wonderful or unexpected occurrence; आकालिकमनध्यायं विद्यात्सर्वाद्भुतेषु च Ms.4. 118. -2 Surprise, astonishment, wonder (m.) also; ˚उद्भ्रान्तदेवासुराणि विक्रान्तचरितानि U.6 lost in wonder. -3 One of the five proportions of the measurement of height; in this measurement height is twice the breadth; हीनं तु द्वयं तद्द्विगुणं चाद्भुतं कथितम् Māna.11.2. 23. -तः 1 One of the 8 or 9 Rasas, the marvellous sentiment; जगति जनितात्यद्भुतरसः U.3.44. -2 N. of the Indra of the 9th Manvantara. -Comp. -उत्तरकाण्डम् N. of a work, an appendix to or imitation of the Rāmāyaṇa. -एनस् a. Ved. in whom no sin is visible. -धर्मः a system of prodigies. -ब्राह्मणम् N. of a portion of a Brāhmaṇa belonging to the Sāmaveda. -रामायणम् N. of a work ascribed to Vālmīki. -शान्तिः f. N. of the Sixtyseventh Pariśiṣṭa of the Atharvaveda. -संकाश a. resembling a marvel; so ˚उपम. -सारः the wonderful resin (of the खदिर or Catechu plant) (Mar. खैराची राळ); Mimosa Catechu. -स्वन a. having a wonderful sound. (-नः) N. of Śiva.
adya अद्य ind. [अस्मिन्नहनि इदंशद्वस्य निपातः सप्तम्यर्थे; अस्मिन् द्यवि अहनि वा Nir.] 1 Today, this day; अद्य त्वां त्वरयति दारुणः कृतान्तः Māl.5.25; ˚रात्रौ to-night, this night; ˚प्रातरेव this very morning; oft. in comp. with दिन, दिवस &c., ˚दिवसनक्षत्रं of this day, to-day's; अद्यैव this very day; अद्यैव वा मरणमस्तु युगान्तरे वा Bh.2.74. -2 Now; अद्य गच्छ गता रात्रिः Ks.4.68. -3 At present, now-a-days [cf. L. ho-die.]. -Comp. -अपि still, yet, even now, to this day, down to the present time or moment; अद्यापि नूनं हरकोपवह्निः Ś.3.3; अद्यापि ते मन्युविषयः U.3; अद्यापि नोच्छ्वसिति ibid.; ˚न not yet; गुरुः खेदं खिन्ने मयि भजति नाद्यापि कुरुपु Ve.1.11; (every one of the 5 stanzas of Ch. P. begins with अद्यापि). -अवधि 1 from to-day; ˚धि भवद्भयो भिन्नो$हं Ve.1.2. till to-day. -पूर्वम् before now; अद्यपूर्वोच्चरित &c. -प्रभृति ind. from to-day, this day forward, henceforth; अद्यप्रभृत्यवनताङ्गि तवास्मि दासः Ku.5.86. -श्वीन a. [अद्य श्वः परदिने वा जनिष्यते प्रसोष्यते वा, अद्य-श्वस्-ख टिलोपः अद्यश्वानीवष्टब्धे P.V.2.13.] likely to happen to-day or tomorrow, imminent; ˚नम् मरणम्, ˚नः वियोगः Sk. (= आसन्न). (-ना) a female near delivery (आसन्नप्रसवा); अद्य श्वो वा विजायते इति अद्यश्वीना वडवा Sk. -सुत्या extraction and consecration of Soma juice on the same day.
adyatana अद्यतन a. (-नी f. [अद्य भवः; अद्य दयु तुडागमश्च] 1 Pertaining or referring to, extending over, to-day; ˚दिवस, ˚काल &c. आ न्याय्यादुत्थानादा न्याय्याच्च संवेशनात् । एषो$द्यतनः कालः । अपरे पुनराहुरुभयतो$र्द्धरात्रं अद्यतनः कालः । Kāśi., कलोपसर्जनेच तुल्यम्. -2 Current, now-a-days, prevalent at present, modern. -नः The current or this day, period of the current day (Kāśi. on P.I.2.57); See अनद्यतन also. -नी (scil. वृत्तिः) A name given to the Aorist tense, as it denotes an action done to-day or on the same day (= ˚भूतः).
adyu अद्यु a. Ved. Blunt, not sharp or harmful; अद्युं कृणोत शंसं निनित्सोः Rv.7.34.12.
adyut अद्युत् a. Not bright., अद्यं द्योतयदद्युतः Rv.6.39.3.
adyūtya अद्यूत्य a. [न द्यूतलब्धं न. त.] Not obtained by gambling, honestly got. -अद्यूत्यम् 1 Unlucky gambling; -2 The watch just before the dawn (?) अद्यूत्ये$वसे नि ह्वये Rv. 1.112.24.
adrava अद्रव a. [न. त.] Not liquid, not of the nature of a liquid. -वः Not a liquid.
adravyam अद्रव्यम् [न. त.] A worthless thing, an object which is good for nothing; नाद्रव्ये विहिता काचित् क्रिया फलवती भवेत् H. Pr.43; hence, a worthless or bad pupil or recipient of instruction; विनेतुरद्रव्यपरिग्रह एव बुद्धिलाघवं प्रकाशयति M.1; अद्रव्यमेत्य भुवि शुद्धनयो$पि मन्त्री Mu.7.14. क्रिया हि द्रव्यं विन- यति नाद्रव्यम् Kau. A.1.5.
adrogha अद्रोघ a. Ved. [द्रुह्-घुञ् वेदे घत्वं न. ब.] True, not false, free from malice; ˚वाच् speaking the truth; ˚अवित guarding from malice. -घम् ind. Without malice or falsehood.
advaya अद्वय a. [नास्ति द्वयं यस्य] 1 Not two. -2 Without a second, unique; sole; अद्वयं ब्रह्म Ved. Sūtra. -यः [अद्वयं विज्ञानाभेदः पदार्थानाम् अस्त्यस्य वादकत्वेन अस्त्यर्थे अच्] N. of Buddha -यम् [न. त.] Non-duality, unity, identity; especially of Brahman and the universe, or of spirit and matter; the highest truth. -Comp. -आनन्दः = अद्वैतानन्दः q. v. -वादिन् (= अद्वैत˚) one who propounds the identity of spirit and matter or of Brahman _x001F_+and the universe (सर्वमेव वस्तु चित्स्वरूपं नान्यदतो द्वितीयमस्ति इति यः प्रतिपादयति) 2. Buddha; Jina; षडभिज्ञो दशबलो$द्वयवादी विनायकः Ak.
advayāvin अद्वयाविन् a. [अद्वयम् अस्त्यर्थे विनि छन्दसि दीर्घः] Not having two ways (देवपितृयानरूपमार्गद्वयरहित); पुत्रस्य पाथः पदमद्वयाविनः Rv.1.159.3.
advāram अद्वारम् a. Not a door, any passage or entrance which is not intended to serve as a regular door; अद्वारेण न चातीयाद् ग्रामं वा वेश्म वा पुरम् Ms.4.73; नाद्वारेण विशेत् Y.1.14.
adviṣeṇya अद्विषेण्य [न. त.] Not malevolent, not to be disliked.
adveṣas अद्वेषस् a. [द्विष्-असुन्, न. त.] Friendly, not hating.
advaita अद्वैत a. [न. ब.] 1 Not dual; of one or uniform nature, equable, unchanging; ˚तं सुखदुःखयोः U.1.39. -2 Matchless, peerless, sole, only, unique. -तम् [न. त.] 1 Non-duality, identity; especially that of Brahman with the universe or with the soul, or of soul and matter; See अद्वय also. -2 The supreme or highest truth or Brahman itself. -3 N. of an Upaniṣad; अद्वैतेन solely, without any duplicity. -Comp. -आनन्दः (अद्वय˚) 1 the joy arising from a knowledge of the identity of the universe and the Supreme Spirit. -2 N. of an author and Founder of the Vaiṣṇava sect in Bengal, flourished at the close of the 15th century. -वादिन् = अद्वयवादिन् q. v. above; a Vedāntin.
advaidha अद्वैध a. Not divided or disunited; free from malice. यद्यप्येषभवेद्भर्ता अनार्यो वृत्तिवर्जितः । अद्वैधमत्र वर्तव्यम् Rām.2.118.3.
adhana अधन a. [न. ब.] 1 Without wealth, poor. कृत्वा नृशंसं ह्यधने धिगस्त्वधनतामिह Mb.12.8.11. -2 Not entitled or competent to possess independent property (in law); भार्या पुत्रश्च दासश्च त्रय एवाधनाः स्मृताः । यत्ते समधिगच्छन्ति यस्य ते तस्य तद्धनम् ॥ Ms.8.416.
adhama अधम a. 'one who does not blow.' cf. अधमः कुत्सिते न्यूने अधःस्थाध्मानयोरपि Nm.
adhara अधर a. [न ध्रियते; धृ-अच्, न. त.] 1 Lower (opp. उत्तर), (lit. not held up); tending downwards; under, nether, downwards; ˚वासः under garment; असितमधरवासो विभ्रतः Ki.4.38; cf. अम्बर; सुवर्णसूत्राकलिताधराम्बराम् Śi.1.6; ˚ओष्ठ lower or nether lip, see below. (In this sense अधर partakes of the character of a pronoun). -2 Low, mean, vile; ˚उत्तरम् See below; lower in quality, inferior. -3 Silenced, worsted, not able to speak; See हीन, हीनवादिन्. -4 Previous, preceding as in अधरेद्युः q. v. -रः The nether (or sometimes the upper) lip; in general ˚पत्रम्. प्रवेपमानाधरपत्रशोभिना Ku.5.27 leaf-like lower lip; बिम्बाधरालक्तकः M.3.5.; पक्कबिम्बाधरोष्ठी Me.84; पिबसि रतिसर्वस्वमधरम् Ś.1.21;1.23;3.23; cf. अधरं खलु बिम्बनामकं फलमाभ्यामिति भव्यमन्वयम् । लभते$धरबिम्ब इत्यदः पदमस्या रदनच्छदे वदत् ॥ N.2.24. -रा The nadir; (अधोदिश्) or the southern direction. -रम् The lower part (of the body); पृष्ठवंशाधरे त्रिकम् Ak. -2 Pudendum Muliebre (also m.). -3 Address. speech (opp. उत्तर); statement, sometimes used for reply also. -Comp. -उत्तर a. 1 higher and lower, inferior and superior, worse and better; राज्ञः समक्षमेवाक्योः ˚व्यक्तिर्भविष्यति M.1; व्यत्यये कर्मणां साम्यं पूर्ववच्चा- धरोत्तरम् Y.1.96. -2 former; prior and later; sooner and later; यश्चाधरोत्तरानर्थान् विगीतान्नावबुध्यते Ms.8.53. -3 in a contrary way, topsy-turvy, upside down (the natural order of things being inverted); श्रुतं भवद्भिरधरोत्तरम् Ś.5. you have (certainly) learnt in a contrary way, i. e. to consider good as bad and vice versa; (it might perhaps also mean "have you, i. e. the members of the King's court", heard this mean or base reply अधरं च तदुत्तरम्; (यदि न प्रणयेद्राज दण्ड) स्वाम्यं च न स्यात्कस्मिंश्चित् प्रवर्तेताधरोत्तरम् Ms.7.21. (अधरम् = शूद्रादि, उत्तरम् = प्रधानम्); अधर्मेण जितो धर्मः प्रवृत्तमधरोत्तरम् Mb. -4 nearer and further. -5 question and answer; -ओष्ठः, -औष्ठः P. वार्त्तिक ओत्वोष्ठदोःसमासे वा. the lower lip; अङ्गुलिसंवृत˚ Ś.3. 24; Me.84 (-ष्ठम्) the lower and upper lip. -कंटकः a prickly plant; Hedysarum Alhagi (धमासा Mar.). -कंटिका a plant, Asparagus racemosus (Mar. लघुशतावरी). -कण्ठः the lower part of the neck. -कायः [अधरं कायस्य] the lower part of the body. -पानम् kissing, lit. drinking the lower lip. -मधु, -अमृतम् the nectar of the lips. -स्वस्तिकम् the nadir.
adhāraṇaka अधारणक a. [न. त.] Not profitable; ˚कं ममैतत्स्थानं Pt.2.
adhi अधि ind. 1 (As a prefix to verbs) over, above; (अधिकार); ˚स्था to stand over; ˚कृ to place over or at the head of; ˚रुह् to grow over or above; over and above, besides, in addition to (आधिक्य); fully, completely (अतिशय, विशेष), to get something in addition to another; अधिगत्य जगत्यधीश्वरात् having obtained fully, अधि intensifying the meaning of the root; इतो वा सातिमीमहे दिवो वा पार्थिवादधि Rv.1.6.1; (अधीमहे आधिक्येन याचामहे). -2 (As a separable adverb) Over, above, from above (mostly Vedic); षष्टिर्वारासो अधि षट् Rv.7.18.14. -3 (As a preposition) with acc. (a) Above, over, upon, in (उपरि); यं दन्तमधिजायते नाडी तं दन्तमुद्धरेत् Suśr. अध्यधि Just above; लोकानुपर्युपर्यास्ते$धो$धो$ध्यधि च माधवः Bopadeva; with gen. also; ये नाकस्याधि रोचने दिवि Rv. 1.19.6 above the sun; ˚विटपि Śi.7.35; ˚त्वत् 7.41; ˚रजनि at night. अधिरजनि जगाम धाम तस्याः 52. (b) with reference to, concerning, in the case of, on the subject of (अधिकृत्य) (mostly in adverbial compounds in this sense); हरौ इति अधिहरि; so अधिस्त्रि; कृष्णमधिकृत्य प्रवृत्ता कथा अधिकृष्णम्; so ˚ज्योतिषम्, ˚लोकम्, ˚दैवम्, ˚दैवतम् treating of stars &c.; ˚पुरन्ध्रि Śi.6.32 in the case of women. (c) (With abl.) Just over, more than (अधिक); सत्त्वादधि महानात्मा Kath.; अविदितादधि (d) (With loc.) Over, on or upon, above (showing lordship or sovereignty over something) (ऐश्वर्य); अधिरीश्वरे P.1.4.97; अधिभुवि रामः P.II.3.9 Sk. Rāma rules over the earth; the country ruled over may be used with loc. of 'ruler'; अधि रामे भूः ibid; प्रहारवर्म- ण्यधि विदेहा जाताः Dk.77 subject to, under the government of, become the property or possession of (अधि denoting स्वत्वं in this case); under, inferior to (हीन); अधि हरौ सुराः (Bopadeva) the gods are under Hari. -4 (As first member of Tatpuruṣa compounds) (a) Chief, supreme, principal, presiding; ˚देवता presiding deity; ˚राजः supreme or soverign ruler; ˚पतिः supreme lord &c. (b) Redundant, superfluous (growing over another); ˚दन्तः = अध्यारूढः (दन्तस्योपरि जातः) दन्तः P.VI.2. 188. (c) Over, excessive; ˚अधिक्षेपः high censure. According to G. M. अधि has these senses. अधिरध्ययनैश्वर्य- वशित्वस्मरणाधिके । e. g.; उपाध्यायादधीते; इङो$ध्ययनार्थकत्वस्य अधिद्योतकः; अधिपतिः (ऐश्वर्ये); अधीनः (वशित्वे) अधिगतः इनं; मातुरध्येति (स्मरणे); अधिकम् (अधिके). -5 Instead of; इदमग्ने सुधितं दुर्धितादधि प्रियादु चिन्मन्मनः प्रेय अस्तु ते Rv.1.14. 11. In the Veda अधि is supposed by B. and R. to have the senses of 'out of', 'from', 'of', 'among', 'before', 'beforehand', 'for', 'in favour of', 'in', 'at'.
adhika अधिक a. [abbreviation of अध्यारूढ; अध्यारूढशब्दात् कन् उत्तरपदलोपश्च P.V.2.73]. 1 More, additional, greater (opp. ऊन or सम); तदस्मिन्नधिकम् P.V.2.45. (In comp. with numerals) plus, greater by; अष्टाधिकं शतम् 1 plus 8 = 18; चत्वारिंशतो$धिकाः = ˚चत्वारिंशाः more than 4; नवाधिकां नवतिम् R.3.69; एकाधिकं हरेज्जयेष्टः Ms.9.117. -2 (a) Surpassing in quantity, more numerous, copious, excessive, abundant; in comp. or with instr.; श्वासः प्रमाणाधिकः Ś.1.29. more than the usual measure. (b) Inordinate, grown, increased, become greater; abounding in, full of; strong in; ˚क्रोध R.12.9; वयो$धिकः Ms.4.141 senior in years; शिशुरधिकवयाः Ve.3.32. old, advanced in years; भवनेषु रसाधिकेषु v. l. (सुधारितेषु) पूर्वं Ś.7.2; करोति रागं हृदि कौतुकाधिकं K.2.; रसाधिके मनसि Śi.17.48 abounding in. -3 (a) More, greater, stronger, mightier, more violent or intense; अधिकां कुरु देवि गुरुभक्तिम् K.62; ऊनं न सत्त्वेष्वधिको बबाधे R.2.14 the stronger animal did not prey on the weaker; पुमान्पुंसो$धिके शुक्रे स्त्री भवत्यधिके स्त्रियाः Ms.3.49; अधिकं मेनिरे विष्णुम् Rām.; अधिकं मित्रम् Pt.2; यवीयान्गुणतो$धिकः Ms.11.185;9.154. (b) Superior to, better than; higher than [with abl. or in comp.); प्रमाणादधिकस्यापि मत्तदन्तिनः Pt.1.327; सेनाशते- भ्यो$धिका बुद्धिः Mu.1.27 surpassing, more than a match for &c.; विधेरधिकसंभारः R.15.62 more than what was sanctioned by rules; तपस्विभ्यो$धिको योगी Bg.6.46; ब्रह्म प्रदानेभ्यो$धिकम् Y.1.212; अश्वाधिको राजा H.3.77 strong in cavalry; धनधान्याधिको वैश्यः H.4.21 excels in, is superior by reason of; लोकाधिकं तेजः Mu.4.1 superior to; sometimes with gen.; पञ्चदशानां भ्रातणामधिको गुणैः K.136. -4 Later, subsequent, further than (of time); राजन्य- बन्धोर्द्वाविंशे (केशान्तो विधीयते) वैश्यस्य द्वयधिके ततः Ms.2.65.2 years later i. e. in the 24th year; sometimes with gen.; ममाधिका वा तुल्या वा Rām. -5 Eminent, uncommon, special, peculiar (असाधारण); विद्या नाम नरस्य रूपमधिकम् Bh.2.2 superior or uncommon form or beauty; धर्मो हि तेषामधिको विशेषः H. Pr.25; इज्याध्ययनदानानि वैश्यस्य क्षत्रियस्य च । प्रतिग्रहो$धिको विप्रे याजनाध्यनापने तथा ॥ Y.1.118; sometimes used in the comparative in the above senses; क्लेशो$धिकतरस्तेषाम् Bg.12.5; ˚तरमिदानीं राजते राजलक्ष्मीः V. 5.22; स्वर्गादधिकतरं निर्वृत्तिस्थानम् Ś.7. -6 Redundant, superfluous; ˚अङ्ग having a redundant limb; नोद्वहेत्कपिलां कन्यां नाधिकाङ्गीं न रोगिणीम् Ms.3.8. -7 Intercalated, intercalary (as a month &c.) -8 Inferior, secondary. -कम् 1 Surplus, excess, more; लाभो$धिकं फलम् Ak. -2 Abundance, redundancy, superfluity. -3 A figure of speech equivalent to hyperbole; आश्रयाश्रयिणोरेकस्याधिक्ये$धिक- मुच्यते । किमधिकमस्य ब्रूमो महिमानं वारिधेईरिर्यत्र । अज्ञात एव शेते कुक्षौ निक्षिप्य भुवनानि ॥ अत्र आश्रयस्याधिक्यम् । युगान्तकालप्रतिसंहृता- त्मनो जगन्ति यस्यां सविकाशमासत । तनौ ममुस्तत्र न कैटभद्विपस्तपो- धनाभ्यागमसंभृता मुदः ॥ S. D; महतोर्यन्महीयांसावाश्रिताश्रययोः क्रमात् । आश्रयाश्रयिणौ स्यातां तनुत्वे$यधिकं तु तत् ॥ K. P.1. -adv. 1 More, in a greater degree; स राज्यं गुरुणा दत्तं प्रतिपद्याधिकं बभौ R.4.1; shone the more; 3.18; यस्मिन्नैवा- धिकं चक्षुरारोपयति पार्थिवः Pt.1.243; oft. in comp.; इयम- धिकमनोज्ञा Ś.1.2; ˚सुरभि Me.21. -2 Exceedingly, too much. -Comp. -अङ्ग a. (-ङ्गी f.) having a redundant limb. Ms.3.8. (see above -6) (-ङ्गम्) [अधिको$ङ्गात्] a sash, girdle or belt worn over the mail coat. -अधिक a. more and more, out-doing one another. -अर्थ a. exaggerated; ˚वचनम् exaggeration, an exaggerated statement or assertion (whether of praise or of censure); कृत्यैरधिकार्थवचने P.II,1.33; (˚नम् = स्तुति- निन्दाफलकमर्थवादवचनम्; e. g. वातच्छेद्यं तृणम् i. e. so light and weak; काकपेया नदी so deep and full). -ऋद्धि a. abundant, prosperous; ऋद्धिमन्तमधिकर्द्धिरुत्तरः पूर्वमुत्सवमपोहदुत्सवः R.19.5. -तिथिः, f. -दिनं, -दिवसः an intercalated day. -दन्तः = अधिदन्तः -मांसार्मन् = अधिमांस q. v. -वाक्योक्तिः f. exaggeration, hyperbole. -षाष्टिक- साप्ततिक a. containing or costing more than 6 or 7.
adhikṛ अधिकृ 8 U. 1 To authorize, qualify for the discharge of some duty; be entitled to, have a right to; नैवाध्य- कारिष्महि वेदवृत्ते Bk.2.34; गुणाः प्रियत्वेधिकृता न संस्तवः Ki. 4.25 merits are calculated to produce liking, not mere intimacy. -2 To place at the head of, appoint, set; पाण्डवेन ह्यहं तात अश्वेष्वधिकृतः पुरा Mb.; दृप्तविनयाधिकृतः R.9. 62 appointed to humble the proud; शिथिलीकृते$धिकृतकृत्य- विधौ Ki.6.3 set or appointed to duty; देवाः प्रसह्य तमधि- कुर्युः Mv.2 set on, incite or appoint as their chief. -3 To aim at, allude or refer to, make the subject of; अधिकृत्य कृते ग्रन्थे P.IV.3.87; किरातार्जुनौ अधिकृत्य कृतं काव्यं किरातार्जुनीयम् Sk.; नाटकं प्रयोगेण अधिक्रियताम् Ś. 1 should be made the subject of representation, should be represented on the stage. -4 To be used as the head or governing rule; समर्थानां प्रथमाद्वा P.IV.1.82; इदं पदत्रयमधि- क्रियते Sk. -5 To superintend, be at the head. -6 (A.) To bear, endure or overpower, be superior to; शत्रुमधि- कुरुते Sk.; अधिचक्रे न यं हरिः Bk.8.2. -7 To feel, enjoy; भवादृशाश्चेदधिकुर्वते रतिं निराश्रया हन्त हता मनस्विता Ki.1.43. -8 To refrain or desist from.
adhikāraḥ अधिकारः 1 Superintendence, watching over; स्त्रीषु कष्टो$धिकारः V.3.1; यः पौरवेण राज्ञा धर्माधिकारे नियुक्तः Ś.1 superintendence of religious matters. -2 Duty, office, charge; power, post of authority; authority; मन्त्राधि- कारः Kau. A.1 निर्णयाधिकारे ब्रवीमि M.1. I say this in the capacity of a judge; अविश्रमो$यं लोकतन्त्राधिकारः Ś.5; द्वीपिनस्ताम्बूलाधिकारो दत्तः Pt.1, तुल्योद्योगस्तव दिनकृतश्चाधिकारो मतो नः V.2.1.; अर्थ˚ administration of pecuniary matters स्वाधिकारात् प्रमत्तः Me.1; अधिकारे मम पुत्रको नियुक्तः M.5; यः सर्वाधिकारे नियुक्तः प्रधानमन्त्री स करोतु, अनुजीविना पर˚ चर्चा न कर्तव्या H.2; शिल्पाधिकारे योग्येयं दारिका M.1 fit to be initiated in to the fine arts. -3 Sovereignty, government or administration, jurisdiction, rule; स्वाधिकार- भूमौ वर्तिष्यते Ś.7 seat of government or jurisdiction, ˚खेदं निरूप्य Ś.5. -4 Position, dignity, rank; हृताधिकारां मलिनाम् Y.1.7 deprived of the position or rights or privileges of a wife. -5 (a) Right, authority, privilege, claim, title (as to wealth, property &c.); right of ownership or possession; अधिकारः फले स्वाम्यमथिकारी च तत्प्रभुः S. D.296; वत्से$धिकारः स्थितः Mv.4.38 it now belongs to the child. (b) Qualification or authority to perform certain specified duties, civil, sacrificial, religious &c.; as the अधिकार of a king to rule and protect, of a Brāhmaṇa to sacrifice, of a Vaiśya to till or trade &c.; शूद्रो$धिकारहीनो$पि Y.3.262; with loc.; निषेकादिस्मशा- नान्तो मन्त्रैर्यस्योदितो विधिः । तस्य शास्त्रे$धिकारो$स्मिन् ज्ञेयो नान्यस्य कस्यचित् Ms.2.16; श्राद्धाधिकारसम्पदस्तु इति भवन्तो ब्रुवन्तु (repeated in Śrāddha ceremonies). -6 Prerogative of a king. -7 Effort, exertion; कर्मण्येवाधिकारस्ते मा फलेषु कदाचन Bg.2.47 your business is with action alone &c. -8 Relation, reference; स राघवस्तत्र तदा प्रलापाञ् शुश्राव लोकस्य समागतस्य । आत्माधिकारा विविधाश्च वाचः Rām.2.17.43. कथा विचित्राः पृतनाधिकाराः Mb. -9 Place = अधिकरण; महत्खलु पुरुषाधिकारं ज्योतिः M.1. -1 A topic, paragraph or section; प्रायश्चित्त˚ Mit.; See अधिकरण. -11 Counting, enumeration, occasion for counting; संसत्सु जाते पुरुषाधिकारे Ki. 3.51 (गणनाप्रस्तावे). -12 (In gram.) A head or governing rule, which exerts a directing or governing influence over other rules; e. g. सर्वस्य द्वे P.VIII.1.1; समर्थानां प्रथमाद्वा; प्राग्दीव्यतो$ण् IV.1.82-3; तत्पुरुषः II. 1.22; अधिकारो$यं Sk. (This अधिकार is of three kinds; सिंहावलोकितं चैव मण्डूकप्लुतमेव च । गङ्गाप्रवाहवच्चापि अधिकारस्त्रिधा मतः ॥.) अधिकार also means a word or sūtra extending over in the following सूत्रs up to a particular limit. -Comp. -विधिः determination or statement of qualifications to do particular acts; as राजा राजसूयेन यजेत. -स्थ -आढ्य a. possessed of authority, invested with office. अधिकारिन् adhikārin अधिकारवत् adhikāravat अधिकारिन् अधिकारवत् a. [अस्त्यर्थे इनि मतुप् वा] 1 Possessed of authority, having power; निःस्पृहो नाधिकारी स्यात् Pt.1.164; सन्धिविग्रहकार्य˚, कार्य˚ H.3. -2 Entitled to, having a right to; सर्वे स्युरधिकारिणः; so उत्तराधिकारिन् heir; धनग्रहण˚ &c.; तपस्यनधिकारित्वात् R.15.51 not qualified or authorised. -3 Belonging to, owned by. -4 Fit for. -m. (री-वान्) 1 An official, officer; न निष्प्रयोजनम् अधिकारवन्तः प्रभुभिराहूयन्ते Mu.3; a functionary, superintendent, head, director, governor. -2 A rightful claimant, proprietor, master, owner. -3 One qualified to sacrifice or perform sacred works. -4 Man as the lord of creation. -5 One well versed in the Vedānta.
adhigam अधिगम् 1 P. 1 (a) To acquire, obtain, get, attain, secure; आज्ञाकरत्वमधिगम्य V.3.19; अधिगच्छति महिमानं चन्द्रो$पि निशापरिगृहीतः M.1.13; भर्तारमधिगच्छेत् Ms.9.91 marry; श्रेयांसि सर्वाण्यधिजग्मुषस्ते R.5.34. (b) To find, meet with, fall in with, see, discover. (c) To accomplish; अर्थं सप्रतिबन्धं प्रभुरधिगन्तुं सहायवानेव M.1.9; न मे बुद्धिर्निश्चय- मधिगच्छति Mu. 5 is not able to decide; for (a) see also Ms.2.218, Bg.2.64, R.2.66. -2 To approach, reach, go towards or near; गुणालयो$प्यसन्मन्त्री नृपतिर्नाधिगम्यते Pt. 1.384; तस्यान्तं नाधिगच्छति does not reach or go to the end. -3 To study, learn; know; तेभ्यो$धिगन्तुं निगमान्त- विद्याम् U.2.3; श्रुतमप्यधिगम्य Ki.2.41; 6.38; Ms.7.39; धर्मेणाधिगतो यैस्तु 12.19; वेदार्थानधिगच्छेत् Y.1.99, Bk.7. 37. -4 To cohabit with.
adhidantaḥ अधिदन्तः [अध्यारूढो दन्तः] A redundant tooth growing over another. P.VI.2.188. also Suśr.
adhiṣṭhita अधिष्ठित p. p. [अधिष्ठा-क्त] 1 (Used actively) (a) Standing, being; दन्तान्तरमधिष्ठितम् Ms.5.141; (oft. with अ dropped; ज्ञानं ज्ञेयं ज्ञानगम्यं हृदि सर्वस्य धिष्ठितम् Bg.13.17.); वीरलोकमधिष्ठितस्तातः Mv.5 gone to; राजप्रसाद˚ Pt.1 being in or enjoying royal favour. (b) Possessed of, dependent on. (c) Directing, presiding over; धर्माधिकरणाधिष्ठित- पुरुषैः Pt.1. -2 (Passively) (a) Inhabited or resorted to by, occupied, possessed by; दनुकवन्धाधिष्ठितो दण्डकारण्य- भागः U. 1; लोकेशाधिष्ठितो राजा Ms.5.97; अचिराधिष्ठितराज्यः शत्रुः M.1.8 an enemy who has newly (not long ago) ascended the throne, a newly established king; अचिर˚ अधिकारः Dk. 64 newly established; so ग्रहेण possessed by; मयूर˚ K.97; ˚पुरोभागाम् K.1.13,147,152. (b) Full of, seized with, taken possession of, smitten, affected, overpowered; अनेनाधिष्ठितानां कामिनीनां K.236,161, 194; कामाधिष्ठितचेतसा H.1; Śi.13.39; (c) Watched over, guarded, superintended; रक्षापुरुषाधिष्ठिते प्रासादे Pt.1; आर्यारुन्धतीवसिष्ठाधिष्ठितेषु रघुकुलकदम्बकेषु U.2; प्रनष्ठाधिगतं द्रव्यं तिष्ठेद्युक्तैरधिष्ठितम् Ms.8.34. (d) Led, conducted, commanded by, presided over; साङ्ख्यमिव कपिलाधिष्ठितम् K.4; अनेनाधिष्ठितं भुवनतलम् 43,44,228; वसिष्ठाधिष्ठिता देव्यो गता राघवमातरः U.1.3; तव प्रतापाधिष्ठितेन उपायेन H.4 aided or supported; ताताधिष्ठितानामपि बलानाम् Ve.3; स्वामिनाधिष्ठितः श्वापि H.3.129. (e) Ridden, mounted upon; मूषकाधिष्ठितं तमवलोक्य Pt.2 with the mouse seated upon him; विलोक्य वृद्धोक्षमधिष्ठितं त्वया Ku.5.7.
adhī अधी [अधिं-इ] 2 A. 1 To study, learn (by heart), read; (with abl. of person) learn from; आख्यातोपयोगे P.I.4.29. उपाध्यायादधीते Sk.; सो$ध्यैष्ट वेदान् Bk.1.2. -2 (P.) (a) To remember, think of, long or care for, mind, (with regret) with gen.; रामस्य दयमानो$सावध्येति तव लक्ष्मणः Bk.8.119;18.38; ममैवाध्येति नृपतिस्तृप्यन्निव जलाञ्जलेः Ki.11.74 thinks of me only. (b) To know or learn by heart, study, learn; गच्छाधीहि गुरोर्मुखात् Mb. (c) To teach, declare. (d) To notice, observe, understand. (e) To meet with, obtain; तेन दीर्घममरत्वमध्यगुः । Śi.14.31. -Caus. [अध्यापयति] to teach, instruct (in); with acc. of the agent of the verb in the primitive sense; (तौ) साङ्गं च वेदमध्याप्य R.15.33; विद्यामथैनं विजयां जयां च... अध्यापिपद् गाधिसुतो यथावत् Bk.2.21,7.34; अध्यापितस्योशनसापि नीतिम् Ku.3.6.
adhyayanam अध्ययनम् 1 [इ-ल्युट्] Learning, study, reading (especially the Vedas); one of the six duties of a Brāhmaṇa. The study of the Vedas is allowed to the first 3 classes, but not to a Śūdra Ms.1.88.91. अध्ययनं च अक्षरमात्रपाठ इति वैदिकाः, सार्थाक्षरग्रहणमिति मीमांसकाः; the latter view is obviously correct; cf. यथा पशुर्भारवाही न तस्य भजते फलम् । द्विजस्तथार्थानभिज्ञो न वेदफलमश्रुते ॥ or better still Yāska's Nirukta : स्थाणुरयं भारहारः किलाभूदधीत्य वेदं न विजानाति यो$र्थम् । यो$र्थज्ञ इत् (अर्थविद्) सकलं भद्रमश्रुते नाकमेति ज्ञानविधूतपाप्मा ॥ See also under अनग्नि. -2 Muttering प्रणव mantra; वीतरागा महाप्रज्ञा ध्यानाध्ययनसम्पदा Mb. 12.3.49. (अध्ययनं प्रणवजपः इति टीका) -3 Teaching; कृत्वा चाध्ययनं तेषां शिष्याणां शतमुत्तमम् Mb.12.318.17 see अध्यापनम्.
adhyāya अध्याय a. [इ-घञ् P.III.3.21] (At the end of comp.) A reader, student, one who studies; वेदाध्यायः a student of the Vedas; so मन्त्र˚ -यः 1 Reading, learning, study, especially of the Vedas; प्रशान्ताध्यायसत्कथा (नगरी) Rām. -2 Proper time for reading or for a lesson; ˚ज्ञाः प्रचक्षते Ms.4.12, see अनध्याय also. -3 A lesson, lecture; अधीयते$स्मिन् अध्यायः P.III.3.122; so स्वाध्यायो$ध्येतव्यः. -4 A chapter, a large division of a work, such as of the Rāmāyaṇa, Mahābhārata, Manu-smṛiti, Pāṇini's Sūtras &c. The following are some of the names used by Sanskrit writers to denote chapters or divisions of works :--सर्गो वर्गः परिच्छेदोद्घाताध्यायाङ्क- संग्रहाः । उच्छ्वासः परिवर्तश्च पटलः काण्डमाननम् । स्थानं प्रकरणं चैव पर्वोल्लासाह्निकानि च । स्कन्धांशौ तु पुराणादौ प्रायशः परिकीर्तितौ ॥
adhīra अधीर a. 1 Not bold, timid. -2 Confused, lacking self-command, excited, excitable. -3 Fitful, capricious. -4 Unsteady, not fixed, tremulous, rolling; ˚विप्रेक्षित- मायताक्ष्याः Ku.1.46; ˚लोचनः Śi.1.53; ˚तडिन्नयना 6.25. -5 Querulous, foolish, weak-minded. -रा 1 Lightning. -2 A capricious or quarrelsome mistress; see under नायिका.
adhura अधुर a. [नास्ति धूः चिन्ताभारो वा यस्य] Not laden, free from the burden of cares &c. -धूः [न. त.] Absence of burden or cares.
adhṛta अधृत a. Not held or controlled &c. -तः One of the 1 names of Viṣṇu (सर्वेषां धारकत्वेन केनापि न धृतः स्वप्रति- ष्ठितः परमेश्वरः).
adhṛṣṭa अधृष्ट a. 1 Not bold, modest, shy. -2 invincible, irresistible; unhurt; हूतासो वसवो$धृष्टाः Rv.6.5.4.
adhenu अधेनु a. [न. त.] (A cow) not yielding milk. अधेनुं दस्रा स्तर्थं विषक्ताम् Rv.1.117.2; not nourishing अधेन्वा चरति मायया Rv.1.71.5.
adhyavasāyaḥ अध्यवसायः 1 An attempt, effort, exertion; न स्वल्प- मप्यध्यवसायभीरोः करोति विज्ञाननिधिर्गुणं हि H.1.v.l.; ˚सह- चरेषु साहसेषु Dk.161. -2 Determination, resolution; mental effort or apprehension; संभावनं नाम अस्तित्वाध्यव- सायः P.VI.2.21. cf. also प्रतिविषयाध्यवसायो दृष्टम् । Sāṅk-hya K.5. -3 Perseverance, diligence, energy, constancy; तत्को$यं पदे पदे महाननध्यवसायः U.4 absence of energy or resolution, drooping of spirits; (with महानध्यवसायः as the reading, the meaning would be 'why this effort on your part i. e. to determine whether you should go or not, hesitation.')
adhyasthi अध्यस्थि n. [अधिरूढमस्थि] A bone growing over another.
adhyas अध्यस् 4 P. 1 To place upon another, add or append to. -2 (In Phil) To attribute or ascribe falsely, attribute the nature of one thing to another; सर्वो हि पुरो$वस्थिते विषये विषयान्तरमध्यस्यति, बाह्यधर्मानात्मन्यध्यस्यति Ś.B.
adhyāropaḥ अध्यारोपः 1 Raising, elevating &c. -2 (In Vedānta Phil.) Act of attributing falsely or through mistake; erroneously attributing the properties of one thing to another; considering through mistake a rope (which) is not really a serpent) to be serpent, or considering Brahman (which is not really the material world) to be the material world; असर्पभूतरज्जौ सर्पारोपवत्, अजगद्रूपे ब्रह्मणि जगद्रूपारोपवत्, वस्तुनि अवस्त्वारोपो$ध्यारोपः Vedāntasāra. -3 Erroneous knowledge.
adhyūḍha अध्यूढ a. [अधि उपरि ऊढः] 1 Raised, exalted, elevated, hanging over. एतस्यामृच्यध्यूढ साम तस्मादृच्यध्यूढ साम गीयते Ch. Up.1.6.1. -2 Abundant, increased, copious. -3 Rich, affluent. -ढः 1 Śiva. -2 The son of a woman pregnant before marriage; अध्यूढश्च तथा$परः Mb.13.49.4. -ढा A wife whose husband has married another wife and thus superseded her (अधिविन्ना q. v.). अध्यूढायाश्च यद् दुःखं साक्षिभिर्विहितस्य च Mb.2.68.83.
adhri अध्रि a. [न-धृ-कि] Not restrained, irresistible. _Comp. -गु-गू a. [अध्रि-गम्-कू -डित् ऊङादेशो वा] of irresistible motion or course (अधृतगमन), impetuous; यदभ्रिगावो अंध्रिगू इदा चिदह्नो अश्विना Rv.8.22.11 also तुभ्यं श्चोतन्ति अध्रिगो Ait. Br.2.12. (-गुः N. of a heavenly killer of sacrificial victims, or the name formula itself ending with an invocation of Agni. -ज a. [अध्रिं जनयति, जन्-ड] making irresistible. इति चिन्मन्युमध्रिजः Rv.5.7.1. -पुष्पलिका the betelnut plant. (Mar. पानवेल).
adhriyamāṇa अध्रियमाण a. 1 Not held, not to be got hold of; not forthcoming. -2 Not surviving, dead.
adhruva अध्रुव a. Uncertain, doubtful. -2 Unsteady, moving, not fixed or permanent; स्वाङ्गे$ध्रुवे P.III.4.54; separable (which can be severed or detached without fatal or disastrous effects) (येन विना न जीवनं सो$ध्रुवः Sk.) -वम् An uncertainty; यो ध्रुवाणि परित्यज्य अध्रुवाणि निषेवते । ध्रुवाणि तस्य नश्यन्ति अध्रुवं नष्टमेव च H.1.184. cf. the English phrase 'A bird in the hand is worth two in the bush.'
adhvara अध्वर a. [न ध्वरति कुटिलो न भवति ध्वृ-अच्. न. त.; ध्वरतिर्हिंसाकर्मा तत्प्रतिषेधो निपातः अहिंस्रः Nir.] 1 Not crooked, not broken, uninterrupted; इमं यज्ञमवतामध्वरं नः Yv.27. 17 (अध्वरम् = अकुटिलं शास्त्रोक्तम्). -2 Intent, attentive. -3 Durable, sound. -4 Not injuring; ततो$ध्वरजटः स्थाणु- र्वेदाध्वरपतिः शिवः Mb.12.256.19. -रः [अध्वानं सत्पथं राति ददाति फलत्वेन, रा-क] A sacrifice, a religious ceremony; also a Soma sacrifice; तमध्वरे विश्वजिति R.5.1. -रः -रम् 1 Sky or air (आकाश). -2 The second of the 8 Vasus. -Comp. -कल्पा on optional sacrifice (काम्येष्टि). -काण्डम् [ष. त.] part of the शतपथब्राह्मण which treats of sacrifices. -ग [अध्वरं गच्छति] intended for a sacrifice. -दीक्ष- णीया [ष. त.] consecration connected with an Adhvara; so ˚प्रायश्चित्तिः an expiation &c. -मीमांसा [ष. त.] N. of Jaimini's Pūrvamīmāmṁsā. -श्रीः [ष. त.] glory of the Adhvara. -समिष्टयजुः n. N. of an aggregate of libations connected with a sacrifice. -स्थ a. Engaged in a sacrifice; य उदृचि यज्ञे अध्वरेष्ठाः । Rv.1.77.7. अध्वरीयति adhvarīyati अध्वर्यति adhvaryati अध्वरीयति अध्वर्यति Den. P. To desire to have a sacrifice performed; or to perform one.
anaṃśa अनंश a. [न. ब.] 1 Not entitled to a share in the inheritance; ˚शौ क्लीबपतितौ जात्यन्धबधिरौ तथा । उन्मत्तजड- मूकाश्च ये च केचिन्निरिन्द्रियाः ॥ Ms.9.21. Other persons are also mentioned by Devala, Baudhāyana, Kātyāyana and Nārada. -2 Without parts, undivided, portionless; an epithet of the sky or the Supreme Being.
anakasmāt अनकस्मात् ind. [न. त.] Not causelesly, not suddenly or accidentally.
anakṣara अनक्षर a. [न. ब.] 1 Unable to speak, mute, dumb, unlettered; मुखमनक्षरं स्वाकृतेः Bh.2.56. -2 Unfit to be uttered. -रम् [अप्रशस्तान्यक्षराणि यत्र] Abusive language, foul or abusive words, censure. -adv. Without the use of words, not expressed by words, mutely, dumbly; ˚रं पप्रच्छ K.219,143; ˚व्यञ्जितदौर्हृदेन R.14.26.
anagni अनग्नि [न. त.] 1 Non-fire, substance other than fire; यदधीतमविज्ञातं निगदेनैव शब्द्यते । अनग्नाविव शुष्कैधो न तज्ज्वलति कर्हिचित् Nir. -2 Absence of fire. a. 1 Not requiring fire, dispensing with fire, without the use of fire; विदधे विधिमस्य नैष्ठिकं यतिभिः सार्धमनग्निचित् R.8.25; said of a sacrifice also (अग्निचयनरहितो यज्ञः). -2 Not maintaining the sacred fire; अनग्निरनिकेतः स्यान्मुनिर्मूलफलाशनः Ms.6.25, 43; irreligious, impious. -3 Dyspeptic. -4 unmarried. -Comp. -त्र-त्रा a. Ved. not maintaining the sacred fire, sinful, irreligious अग्ने त्वमस्मद् युयोध्यमीवा अनग्नित्रा अभ्यमन्त कृष्टीः Rv.1.189.3. -दग्ध a. Not burnt with fire or on the funeral pile, ये अग्निदग्धा ये अनग्निदग्धा मध्ये दिवः स्वधया मादयन्ते Rv.1.15.14 (श्मशानकर्म न प्राप्ताः); a class of Manes Ms.3.199.
anagha अनघ a. [न. ब.] 1 Sinless, innocent; अवैमि चैनामन- घेति R.14.4. -2 Free from blame, faultless, handsome; अखण्डं पुण्यानां फलमिव च तद् रूपमनघम् Ś.2.1; यस्य ज्ञानदयासिन्धोरगाधस्यानघा गुणाः Ak.; ˚सर्वगात्री Dk.123. -3 Without mishap or accident, free from danger, calamity &c.; safe, unhurt; यास्त्वामनघमद्राक्ष्म Dk.18; कच्चिन्मृगीणामनघा प्रसूतिः R.5.7; मृगवधूर्यदा अनघप्रसवा भवति S.4 safely delivered or brought to bed; ˚प्रसूतेः R.14.75. -4 Without grief or sorrow; दयालुमनघस्पृष्टम् R.1.19. -5 Free from dirt, impurities &c.; pure, spotless; R. 1.8;13.65; Si 3.31. -6 Tireless, not exhausted; Bhāg.2.7.32. -घः 1 White mustard. -2 N. of Viṣṇu; अनघो विजयो जेता; V. Sah.16. also of Śiva and of several other persons, a Gandharva, Sādhya &c. -Comp. -अष्टमी N. of the eighth day (spoken of in the fiftyfifth Adhyāya of Bhaviṣyottara Purā&na)
anaccha अनच्छ a. Not clear, dirty.
anaṇu अनणु a. [न. त.] Not small or minute or fine, coarse. -णुः Coarse grain, peas &c.
anati अनति ind. Not very much; compounds beginning with अनति may be analysed by referring to अति; e. g. अनतिक्रमः moderation; अनतिक्रमणीय not to be transgressed, inviolable, अनतिदृश्य opaque; अनातेद्भुत unsurpassed, real, true, proper, ब्रह्मा त इन्द्र गिर्वणः क्रियन्ते अनतिद्भुता Rv.8.9.3. अनतिव्याध्य invulnerable; अनत्यन्तगति P.V. 4.4 sense of diminutive words; अनत्यय imperishable, undecaying &c.; अनतिप्रश्न not to be asked to excess; अनतिविलम्बिता absence of delay; fluency as a speaker's qualification, one of the 35 Vāgguṇas, q. v.
anaddhā अनद्धा ind. [न. त.] Ved. Not truly or clearly, not certainly or definitely. -Comp. -पुरुषः not a true man; one who is not of use, either to gods, men or the manes.
anadyatana अनद्यतन a. (-नी f.) [न. त.] Not pertaining to this or the current day; a term used by Pāṇini to denote the sense of the Imperfect or the Periphrastic future P.III.2.III,III.3.15; ˚भूते लङ्-अपचत्; ˚ने भविष्यति लुट्-पक्ता; परोक्षानद्यतने लिट्-पपाच. -नः Not the current day; अतीतायाः रात्रेः पश्चार्धेन आगामिन्या रात्रेः पूर्वार्धेन सहितो दिवसो$- द्यतनः Sk., तद्भिन्नः कालः.
anadhika अनधिक a. [न. त.] 1 Not more or excessive. -2 Boundless; perfect. -3 Not capable of being enlarged or surpassed.
anadhikārin अनधिकारिन् a. Not entitled to.
anadhigata अनधिगत a. [न. त.] Not obtained, acquired or studied. -Comp. -मनोरथ a. foiled in one's expectations. -शास्त्र a. who has not learnt the Sāstras.
anadhyakṣa अनध्यक्ष a. [न. त.] 1 Not perceptible or observable, invisible; मनो$पि न तथाज्ञानादनध्यक्षं तदा भवेत् । Bhāṣā P. -2 Without controller or ruler &c.
anadhyāyaḥ अनध्यायः अनध्ययनम् [न. त.] Not studying, intermission of study; the time when there is or ought to be such intermission, a holiday (˚दिवसः); अद्य शिष्टानध्यायः U.4 a holiday (given) in honour of distinguished guests. See Ms.2.15-6;4.13-4;15-8;117-8, 126 &c.
ananubhāṣaṇam अननुभाषणम् 1 Not repeating a statement or proposition. -2 Tacit assent.
ananta अनन्त a. [नास्ति अन्तो यस्य] Endless, infinite, eternal, boundless, inexhaustible; ˚रत्नप्रभवस्य यस्य Ku.1.3. -न्तः 1 N. of Viṣṇu; गन्धर्वाप्सरसः सिद्धाः किन्नरोरगचारणाः । नान्तं गुणानां जानन्ति (नास्यान्तमधिगच्छन्ति) तेनानन्तो$यमुच्यते ॥; also of Viṣṇu's couch, the serpent _x001F_-Śeṣa; of Kṛiṣṇa and his brother; of Siva, the 14th Arhat; Vāsuki, the lord of serpents अनन्तश्चास्मि नागानाम् Bg.1.29. -2 A cloud. -3 Talc. -4 N. of a plant (सिन्दु- वार) Vitex Trifolia (Mar. निरगुडी). -5 The asterism श्रवण. -6 A silken cord with 14 knots tied round the right arm on the अनन्तचतुर्दशी day. -7 The letter आ. -न्ता 1 The earth (the endless). -2 The number one. -3 Names of various females; N. of Pārvatī. -4 Names of various plants; शारिवा, अनन्तमूल (a very medicinal plant) दूर्वा, आमलकी, गुडूची, अग्निमन्थ, कणा, लाङ्गली, दुरालाभा, हरीतकी, अग्निशिखा, श्यामलता, पिप्पली. -न्ती A small silken cord tied round the left arm of a woman. -न्तम् 1 The sky, atmosphere. -2 Infinity, eternity. -3 Absolution, final beatitude; तदनन्ताय कल्पते Pt.2.72. -4 The Supreme Spirit, Brahman (परब्रह्म,); सत्यं ज्ञानमनन्तं ब्रह्मेति श्रुतिः । न व्यापित्वाद्देशतो$न्तो नित्यत्वान्नापि कालतः । न वस्तुतो$पि सर्वात्म्यादानन्त्यं ब्रह्मणि त्रिधा ॥ -5 A sloping and a projecting member of the entablature representing a continued pent-roof; अनन्तं चान्तरिक्षं च प्रस्तरं चाष्टधा लुपाः । Māna.18.174-175. cf. अनन्तः शेषविष्ण्वोश्चानवधौ क्लीबमम्बरे । स्त्रियां स्याच्छारिपादूर्वाविशल्याला- ङ्गलीषु च । हैमवत्यां गळूच्यां च...। Nm. -Comp. -आत्मन् m. the Supreme Spirit; -कर a. magnifying to any extent; P.III.2.21. -ग a. moving forever. -गुण a. possessed of endless merits; of countless or infinite possessed of endless merits; of countless or infinite number; प्लवङ्गानामनन्तगुणतैधते Mv.6.55. -चतुर्दशी, -˚व्रतम् [अनन्तस्य आराधनं यस्यां सा चतुर्दशी] the 14th day of the bright half of Bhādrapada when Ananta is worshipped -चरित्रः N. of a Bodhisattva. -जित् (अनन्तानि भूतानि जितवान्) 1 N. of Vāsudeva, the conqueror of all. -2 N. of an Arhat deity. -तान a. of endless width, extensive. -तीर्थकृत् m. 1 one who visits many places of polgimage. -2 a Jaina deity. -तृतीया the third day of the bright half of भाद्रपद, मार्गशीर्ष or वैशाख; नभस्ये वाथ वैशाखे मार्गशीर्षे$थवा पुनः । शुक्ल- पक्षतृतीयायां... उक्तानन्ततृतीयैषा सुतानन्दफलप्रदा. -दृष्टिः [अनन्ता दृष्टयो नेत्राणि यस्य] N. of Śiva, or of Indra. -देवः [अनन्तो देव इव] 1 the serpent Seṣa. -2 [अनन्ते दीव्यति; दिव्-अच्] N. of Nārayaṇa who sleeps on Seṣa. -3 N. of the king of Kashmir. -नेमिः N. of the king of Mālava, a contemporary of शाक्यमुनि -पार a. of endless width, boundless; ˚रं किल शब्दशास्त्रम् Pt.1. -पालः N. of a warriorchief in Kashmir. -मतिः N. of a Bodhisattva. -मायिन् a. of endless tricks, endlessly deceitful. -मूलः a medicinal plant (शारिवा). -राशिः an infinite quantity. -रूप a. of innumerable forms or shapes; epithet of Visnu. -वातः a disease of the head, resembling tetanus. -विक्रमिन् N. of a Bodhisattva. -विजयः [अनन्तान् विजयते ध्वनिद्वारा अनेन] N. of Yudhiṣṭhira's conchshell. अनन्तविजयं राजा कुन्तीपुत्रो युधिष्ठिरः Bg.1.16. -वीर्यः N. of the 23rd Jaina Arhat of a future age. -व्रतम् 1 See अनन्तचतुर्दशी above. -2 N. of the 12nd Adhyaya of the Bhaviṣyottara-Purāṇa. -शक्ति a. of boundless power, omnipotent, epithet of the Supreme Being. -शयनम् Travancore; Sriraṅgapaṭṭaṇa (because there are temples of Viṣṇu reclining on अनन्त Serpent). -शीर्ष N. of Visnu or the Supreme Being. (-र्षा) N. of the wife of Vāsuki. -शुष्म a. Ved. possessing endless strength; endlessly blowing. -श्री a. of boundless magnificence, an epithet of the Supreme Being.
anantara अनन्तर a. [नास्ति अन्तरं व्यवधानं, मध्यः; अवकाशः &c. यस्य] 1 Having no interior or interior space, limitless; तदेतत् ब्रह्म अपूर्वमनन्तरं अवाह्यम् Br. Up.2.5.19. -2 Having no interval or interstice or pause (of space or time); compact, close; हलो$नन्तराः संयोगः P.I.1.7, See संयोग. -3 (a) Contiguous, neighbouring, adjoining; Rām.4.21. 14; अनयत् प्रभुशक्तिसंपदा वशमेको नृपतीननन्तरान् R.8.19; भारतवर्षा- दुत्तरेण अनन्तरे किंपुरुषनाम्नि वर्षे K.136; immediately adjoining; Ki.2.53. R.7.21; not distant from (with abl.); आत्मनो$नन्तरममात्यपदं ग्राहितः Mu.4; ब्रह्मावर्तादनन्तरः Ms.2.19 (Kull. अनन्तरः किंचिदूनः); अरेः अनन्तरं मित्रम् 7.158; or in comp.; विषयानन्तरो राजा शत्रुः Ak. who is an immediate neighbour. -4 Immediately before or after; Rām.4. 29.31. तदिदं क्रियतामनन्तरं भवता बन्धुजनप्रयोजनम् Ku.4.32 soon after, just afterwards; अनन्तरोदीरितलक्ष्मभाजौ पादौ यदीयावुपजातयस्ताः Chānd. M. having characteristics mentioned just before. -5 Following, coming close upon (in comp.); शङ्खस्वनानन्तरपुष्पवृष्टि Ku.1.23;2.53; ˚कर- णीयम् Ś.4 the next duty, what should be done next. -6 Belonging to the caste immediately following; पुत्रा ये$नन्तरस्त्रीजाः Ms.1.14. -7 Uninterrupted, unbroken, continuous. सुखदुःखावृते लोके नेहास्त्येकमनन्तरम् Mb.12.153. 89. -8 Straight, direct (साक्षात्). अथवा$नन्तरकृतं किंचिदेव निदर्शनम् Mb.12.35.9. -रम् [न. त.] 1 Contiguity, proximity; अनन्तरविहिते चास्यासने K.93. -2 Brahman, the supreme soul (as being of one entire essence). -रम् ind. [Strictly it is acc. of time कालात्यन्तसंयोगः; नास्ति अन्तरं यथा स्या तथा] 1 Immediately after, afterwards. -2 (with a prepositional force) After (with abl.); पुराणपत्त्रापग- मादनन्तरम् R.3.7; त्यागाच्छान्तिरनन्तरम् Bg.12.12; गोदानविधे- रनन्तरम् R.3.33,36.;2.71; स्वामिनो$नन्तरं भृत्याः Pt.1; rarely with gen.; अङ्गदं चाधिरूढस्तु लक्ष्मणो$नन्तरं मम Rām.; or in comp.; घनोदयाः प्राक् तदनन्तरं पयः Ś7.3.; R.4. 2.; Ms.3.252, Y.2.41; वचनानन्तरमेव K.78 immediately after those words. -Comp. -जः or जा [अनन्तरस्या अनन्तरवर्णाया मातुः जायते] 1 the child of a Kṣatriyā or Vaiśyā mother, by a father belonging to the caste imme- diately above the mother's, स्त्रीष्वनन्तरजातासु द्विजैरुत्वादिता- न्सुतान् । सदृशानेव तानाहुर्मातृदोषविगर्हितान् ॥ Ms.1.6. -2 born immediately before or after; a younger or elder brother. Legitimate son (औरसः); आत्मा पत्रश्च विज्ञेयस्तस्या- नन्तरजश्च यः Mb.13.49.3. (-जा) a younger or elder sister; अनुष्ठितानन्तरजाविवाहः R.7.32.; so ˚जात.
anantarayaḥ अनन्तरयः [अन्तरयः दूरीकरणं, न. त.] Not leaving, non-abandonment.
anannam अनन्नम् Not food, that which is undeserving of being eaten. अनद्यमानो यदनन्नमत्ति Ch. Up.
ananya अनन्य a. 1 Not different, identical, same, not other than, self; अनन्या राघवस्याहं भास्करस्य प्रभा यथा । सा हि सत्याभिंसन्धाना तथानन्या च भर्तरि Rām. cf. Rām.5.21.15. -2 Sole, unique, without a second. -3 [नास्ति अन्यः विषयो यस्य] Undivided, undistracted (mind &c.); having no other object or person to think of &c.; अनन्याश्चिन्तयन्तो मां ये जनाः पर्युपासते Bg.9.22. In comp. अनन्य may be translated by 'not by another', 'directed or devoted to no one else', 'having no other object'. -4 unopposed; अनन्यां पृथिवीं भुङ्क्ते सर्वभूतहिते रतः Kau. A. -Comp. -अर्थ a. not subservient to any other object, principal. -आश्रित a. independent, not resorting to another. (-तम्) unencumbered estate (in law). -गतिः f. sole resort or resource. -गतिक a. [न. ब] having no other resource or help, having no other resource left; अनन्यगतिके जने विगतपातके चातके Udb. -गुरु a. than which nothing is greater. अनन्यगुर्वास्तव केन केवलः पुराणमूर्तेर्महिमाव- गम्यते Si.1.35. -चित्त, -चिन्त, -चेतस्, -मनस्, -मानस, -हृदय a. giving one's undivided thought or attention to, with undivided mind; विचिन्तयन्ती यमनन्यमानसा Ś4.1; K.75. -जः, -जन्मन् m. [नान्यस्मात् जन्म यस्य; आत्मभू- चित्तभू इत्यादि तस्य व्यपदेशत्वात् or नास्ति अन्यद्यस्मात्सो$नन्यः, विष्णुः; तस्माज्जातः] Cupid, the god of love; मा मूमुहत्खलु भवन्तमनन्य- जन्मा Māl.1.32. -दृष्टि a. gazing intently or steadfastly at; ˚ष्टिः सवितारमैक्षत Ku.5.2. -देव a. having no other (superior) God, epithet of the Supreme Being. -परता exclusive devotion or attachment; पुरश्चक्षूरागस्तदनु मनसो$नन्यपरता Māl.6.15. -परायण a. devoted to no other (woman); Ś.3.18. -पूर्वः [नान्या पूर्वा यस्य] having no other wife; वरस्यानन्यपूर्वस्य विशोकामकरोद्गुणैः Ku.6.92. (-र्वा) [न अन्यः पूर्वो यस्याः सा] a virgin (who never before belonged to another), a woman having no other husband; मनुप्रभृतिभिर्मान्यैर्भुक्ता यद्यपि राजभिः । तथाप्यनन्यपूर्वेव तस्मिन्नासीद्वसुन्धरा ॥ R.4.7. -भाज् a. [न अन्यम् अन्यां वा भजते] not devoted to any other person; अनन्यभाजं पतिमाप्नुहि Ku.3.63. -विषय a. not applicable or belonging to any one else, exclusively applicable; यस्मिंन्नीश्वर इत्यनंन्यविषयः शब्दः V 1.1; Mv.1.25. -वृत्ति a. 1 of the same nature. -2 having no other means of livelihood. -3 closely attentive. -शासन a. not ruled over by any one else; अनन्यशासना- मुर्वी शशासैकपुरीमिव R.1.3; Dk.2. -सामान्य, -साधारण a. not common to any one else, uncommon, exclusively devoted, applicable or belonging to one; अनन्यनारी- सामान्यो दासस्त्वस्याः पुरूरवाः V.3.18; ˚राजशब्दः R.6.38; M.5;4.1; not capable of being performed by any one else. Ku.3.19. -सदृश a. (-शी f.) having no equal, matchless, peerless यथैताननन्यसदृशान् विदधासि Pt.1.
ananyādṛśa अनन्यादृश a. (-शी f.) Not like others, singular.
ananvita अनन्वित a. [न. त.] Unconnected. -2 Irregular, desultory; irrelevant, incoherent. -3 Not attended with, devoid of; as पुत्र˚, भार्या˚ &c.
anapa अनप a. [न सन्ति आधिक्येन आपो यत्र] Destitute of much water (as a puddle) अनपकरणम् anapakaraṇam कर्मन् karman क्रिया kriyā अनपकरणम् कर्मन् क्रिया 1 Not injuring. -2 Nondelivery. -3 (In law) Non-payment; दत्तस्यानपकर्म च Ms.8.4; दत्तस्य or वेतनस्य ˚क्रिया 214.
anapajayya अनपजय्य a. Ved. Whose victorious character cannot be reversed.
anapatya अनपत्य a. 1 Without issue, childless, without heir; ˚त्यश्च किल तपस्वी Ś.6; K.59,63. -2 Not propitious or favourable to children; causing fall (पतनकारण) युयोत नो अनपत्यानि गन्तोः Rv.3.54.18. ˚ता, -˚त्वम् childlessness; नूनमनपत्यता मां वत्सलयति Ś.7.
anapanihita अनपनिहित a. Ved. Not mutilated or curtailed.
anapabhraṃśaḥ अनपभ्रंशः Not a corrupt word; a properly formed word.
anapavṛkta अनपवृक्त a. Not relinquished or abandoned; न ह्युपेतम- नपवृक्तं सच्छक्यमुपेतुम् । ŚB. on MS.12.1.21.
anapavyayat अनपव्ययत् a. Ved. Not letting go; able.
anapaspṛś अनपस्पृश् a. Not obstinate.
anapasphur अनपस्फुर् र रत् a. (of a cow) Not refusing to be milked. सृजध्वमनपस्फुराम् Rv.6.48.11; तां धेनुम्...अनप- स्फुरन्तीम् Rv.4.42.1.
anapāyin अनपायिन् a. Imperishable, firm, steady, unfailing, constant, durable, not transient; प्रसादाभिमुखे तस्मिञ् श्रीरासीदनपायिनी R.8.17;17.46.; अनपायिनि संश्रयद्रुमे गजभग्ने पतनाय वल्लरी Ku.4.31; चलेष्वर्थेषु लुब्धेन न यशःस्वनपायिषु Mu.5.14; Ki.14.37,2.43; Śi.8.5,14.65,17.26.
anapāvṛt अनपावृत् [न. ब.] Not returning or coming back, non-recurrent (पुनरावृत्तिशून्य); unremitting(?).
anapekṣa अनपेक्ष क्षिन् a. [न. त.] 1 Regardless. -2 Careless, not minding or heeding, indifferent. -3 Independent or irrespective (of another), not requiring any other thing. -4 Impartial. -5 Irrelevant, unconnected, unconcerned. -क्षा Disregard, indifference, carelessness. -क्षम् adv. Without regard to, independently or irrespectively of; carelessly, accidentally; ˚त्वात् since it has no reference to.
anapeta अनपेत a. 1 Not gone off, not past; अनपेतकालं कथयां- बभूवुः Ki.6.3 without loss of time, without delay. -2 Not deviating from, faithful to, not leaving (with abl.); अर्थादनपेतम् अर्थ्यम् Sk.; धर्मपथ्यर्थन्यायादनपेते P.IV. 4.92. See अपेत also. -3 Not devoid of, possessed of; ऐश्वर्यादनपेतमीश्वरमयं लोको$र्थतः सेवते Mu.1.14.
anapta अनप्त a. Ved. [न आप्तः, वेदे पृषो˚ ह्रस्वः] 1 Not seized or overcome by the enemy (शत्रुभिरनाप्त); -2 not watery (?) अनप्तमप्सु दुष्टरं सोमं पवित्रे आ सृज Rv.9.16.3.
anapsaras अनप्सरस् रा f. Not an Apsaras, unworthy of a celestial nymph; अनप्सरेव प्रतिभासि V.2.
anabhidhānam अनभिधानम् 1 Absence of the expression of the desired meaning (वार्त्तिक 2.2.24.16). -2 A word not in standard use though grammatically correct.
anabhimlāta अनभिम्लात a. [न. त.] Not faded. -Comp. -वर्ण a. Ved. of unfaded or undiminished lustre, resplendent. सो अपां नपादनभिम्लातवर्णः Rv.2.35.13.
anabhivādaka अनभिवादक a. Opposed, not agreeing with. न खलु भवान् अस्मत्संकल्पानभिवादकः । Avimāraka I. अनभिशस्त anabhiśasta स्ति sti स्त्य stya अनभिशस्त स्ति स्त्य a. Ved. Blameless, faultless; ˚शस्तेन्य Yv.5.5 leading to perfection or to heaven.
anabhihita अनभिहित a. 1 Not named or asserted; see अभिहित under अभिधा. -2 Not fastened (Ved.). -तः N. of the chief of a Gotra.
anabhyāśa अनभ्याश स a. Not near, distant &c.; ˚समित्य a. to be shunned from afar, Sk.
anamaḥ अनमः [न नमति अन्यान्] A Brāhmaṇa (one who does not bow down to others and returns salutations made to him by others with a blessing).
anamitaṃpaca अनमितंपच (= मितंपच) a. 'Not cooking what has not been first measured.' Miserly, niggardly.
anamra अनम्र a. Not humble, haughty, proud; अनम्राणां समुद्धर्तुः R.4.35.
anarus अनरुस् a. [न. ब.] Ved. Not wounded, healthy, sound.
anartha अनर्थ a. [न. ब.] 1 Useless, worthless; शुनः पुच्छमिवानर्थं पाण्डित्यं धर्मवर्जितम् Pt.3.97. -2 Unfortunate, unhappy. -3 Harmful, disastrous, bad; चित्तज्ञानानुवर्तिनो$नर्था अपि प्रियाः स्युः Dk.16; wicked (opp. दक्षिण). -4 Not having that meaning (but another); having no meaning, nonsensical, meaningless. -5 Poor. -र्थः [न. त.] 1 Nonuse or value. -2 A worthless or useless object. -3 A reverse, evil, calamity, misfortune; R.18.14; रन्ध्रोपनिपातिनो$नर्थाः Ś.6; एकैकमप्यनर्थाय किमु यत्र चतुष्टयम् H.1; cf. छिद्रेष्वनर्था बहुलीभवन्ति &c.; Ms.4.193, H.4.92; harmful object, danger; अर्थमनर्थं भावय नित्यम् Moha. M.2. -4 Nonsense, want of sense. -5 N. of Viṣṇu (आप्तसर्व- कामत्वात्तस्य तथात्वम्). -Comp. -अन्तरम् [न अर्थान्तरम्] sameness or identity. cf. आरम्भो व्यापारः क्रियेत्यनर्थान्तरम् ŚB. on MS.11.1.1. -कर a. (-री f.) 1 doing useless or unprofitable things. -2 mischievous, harmful; unprofitable, productive of evil. -नाशिन् m. N. of Śiva (destroyer of calamities). -भाव a malicious. -लुप्त a. [दृष्टार्थेन अलुप्तः] not devoid of the apparent meaning; free from all that is worthless. -संशयः [अनर्थकारी संशयः शाक. त.] 1 a great evil, hazardous adventure; प्रतिनिवर्त- तामस्मादनर्थसंशयात् Māl.5.2. [न. त.] not a risk of one's money; safety of one's wealth, अनर्थ्य anarthya अनर्थक anarthaka अनर्थ्य अनर्थक a. 1 Useless; meaningless; सर्वमप्ये- तदनर्थकम् Ve.1; ˚आयास K.18; not significant, as a particle used expletively. -2 Nonsensical. -3 Unprofitable. -4 Unfortunate. -कम् Nonsensical or incoherent talk.
anarva अनर्व a. Ved. Not lax or loose (अशिथिल) त्रिनाभिच- क्रमजरमनर्वम् Rv.1.164.2.; free, unobstructed, permanent.
anarvan अनर्वन् a. [अर्व्-हिंसायां कनिन्, अर्वा सपत्नः न. त.] 1 Not inimical, not hostile or to be hated (अद्वेष्य); यो मित्राय वरुणायाविधज्जनो$नर्वाणं तं परिपातो अंहसः Rv.1.136.5. -2 Having no horse.
anarviś अनर्विश् m. [अनसा शकटेन विशति प्राप्नोति; विश्-क्विप्, अहरा˚ रुः] 1 One who sits in a cart to fetch fuel &c. -2 [ऋ-कर्मणि विच्, अरं गन्तव्यं प्रति विशति, विश्-क्विप्, न. त.] One who is not able to reach the destination.
anarśarāti अनर्शराति a. [अनर्शाय अपापिष्ठाय रातिर्दानं यस्य] One who does not give to sinful persons, a sinless donor.
anarha अनर्ह a. 1 Not deserving, not fit, not worthy of (with gen. or in comp.); अनर्हा गृहवासस्य Pt.4.; तान् हव्यकव्ययोर्विप्राननर्हान् मनुरब्रवीत् Ms.3.15. -2 Inadequate, unsuitable. -3 Undeserving of reward or punishment.
analasa अनलस a. 1 Not lazy, active, diligent, watchful, अनलसो$नलसोमसमद्युतिः R.9.15. -2 Unable, incompetent.
analpa अनल्प a. 1 Numerous. -2 Not a little; not small, liberal, noble (as mind &c.); इति क्षमं नैतदनल्पचेतसाम् Ki.14.18; much; जल्पन्त्यनल्पाक्षरम् Pt.1.136 profusely, in many words; विकसितवदनामनल्पजल्पे$पि Bv.1.1;2. 138. -Comp. -घोष a. very clamorous or noisy. -मन्यु a. greatly enraged.
anavacchinna अनवच्छिन्न a. 1 Not bounded or marked off, not separated or cut. -2 Unlimited, immoderate, excessive. -3 Undefined; दिक्कालादि˚ Bh.2.1;3.1; undiscriminated, unmodified. -4 Uninterrupted, continuous.
anavadrāṇa अनवद्राण a. Not sleepy.
anavanāmita अनवनामित a. Not lowered or bent down; ˚वैजयन्तः a Buddhist term for a future universe (lit. having banners unlowered).
anavapṛgṇa अनवपृग्ण a. Ved. Spreading all around, not closely united; अनवपृग्णा वितता वसानम् Rv.1.52.4.
anavabrava अनवब्रव a. [अवब्रू-अच् न वचादेशः न. त.] Irreproachable, not open to censure (अपवादवर्जित); speaking authoritatively; विजेषकृदिन्द्र इवानवब्रवः Rv.1.84.5.
anavama अनवम a. Not low or inferior; high, exalted, superior; सुधर्मानवमां सभाम् R.17.27.9.14,
anavara अनवर a. Not inferior; Mb.3.
anavalamba अनवलम्ब म्बन a. [न. ब.] Having no prop or support; not dependent. -म्बः -म्बनम् Independence.
anavasa अनवस a. [अव्-असच् अवसः भोजनं प्रीतिकरत्वात् न. ब.] Ved. Having no (wholesome) food to eat (पथ्याशनरहित); अनवसो अनभीशू रजस्तूर्वि... Rv.6.66.7; not stopping to eat by the way (?).
anavasita अनवसित a. [न. त.] Not ended or finished; not determined. -ता N. of a kind of Triṣṭubh metre, consisting of four lines with 11 feet in each.
anavastha अनवस्थ a. [नास्ति अवस्था यत्र] Unsteady; ˚स्थो निष्क- रुणश्च Dk.135; unsettled, not fixed; अनवस्थौ हि दृश्येते युद्धे जयपराजयौ Rām.5.37.55; ˚स्थो वायुः Śi.11.28. -स्था [न. त.] 1 Instability, unsettled condition, disorder, confusion. -2 Loose or unsteady conduct, incontinence. -3 (In phil.) Absence of finality or conclusion, an endless series of statements or causes and effects, one of the faults of reasoning (उपपाद्योपपादकयोरविश्रान्तिः); एकमप्यन- वस्था स्याद्या मूलक्षतिकारिणी K. P.2; एवं च ˚प्रसङ्गः &Sacute. B. -4 Not being 1 days old (दशाहाभावः).
anavasthita अनवस्थित a. 1 Unsteady, fickle, unsettled; न कुर्यात्क- र्हिचित्सख्यं मनसि ह्यनवस्थिते Bhāg.5.6.3. ˚स्तिमितमूढघूर्णन्नयनः U.3 with unsteady eyes; दयितास्वनवस्थितं नृणां न खलु प्रेम चलं सुहृज्जने Ku.4.28. -2 Changed, altered; अहो ˚तो भूमिसंनिवेशः U.2. -3 Faithless, loose in morals or moral conduct, dissolute (व्यभिचारिन्); नारीर्हत्वा$- नवस्थिताः Ms.11.138. -4 Unable to stay or remain; प्रस्थितं तमनवस्थितं प्रियाः R.19.31; ˚त्वम्, ˚स्थितिः instability, looseness of conduct. Bhāg.5.14.24. -तम् Unmethodical, not in order; प्रथितं त्रिषु लोकेषु कपित्वमनवस्थितम् Rām.5.55.15.
anavahvara अनवह्वर a. [अवहृ-कौटिल्ये-अच् न. त.] Not crooked, straightforward. ता सम्राजा घृतासुती आदित्या दानुनस्पति । सचेते अनवह्वरम् ॥ Rv.9.41.6.
anavāñc अनवाञ्च् a. Not tending downwards, looking up.
anavrata अनव्रत a. [न. ब.] Not altogether destitute of holy or ascetic performances. -तः A Jaina devotee who is so.
anaśanāya अनशनाय a. Ved. Not hungry.
anaśnat अनश्नत् a. Not eating; अनश्नन्नन्यो अभि चाकशीति Rv. 1.164.2; ˚साङ्गमनः the sacrificial fire in the sabhā which is approached before eating or breakfast.
anaśva अनश्व a. Having no horse or horses. -श्वः Something that is not a horse.
anasūya अनसूय यक a. [न. ब.] Free from malice, not envious, not spiteful; श्रद्दधानो$नसूयश्च Ms.4.158; श्रद्धावाननसूयश्च शृणुयादपि यो नरः । Bg.18.71. -या [न. त.] 1 Absence of envy, charity of disposition, freedom from spite or illwill; न गुणान् गुणिनो हन्ति स्तौति चान्यगुणानपि । न हसेच्चान्यदो- षांश्च सानसूया प्रकीर्तिता. -2 N. of a friend of Śakuntalā. -3 N. of a daughter of Dakṣa. -4 N. of Atri's wife, the highest type of chastity and wifely devotion. [She was very pious and given to austere devotion by virtue of which she had obtained miraculous powers. Several stories are told o illustrate them. When the earth was devastated by a terrible drought which lasted for 1 years, Anasūyā created water, fruits, roots &c. by means of her ascetic powers and saved many lives. On one occasion when the sage Māṇḍavya was about to be impaled, the wife of a sage happened to touch the stake as she passed by, whereupon Māṇḍavya cursed her that she would become a widow at sunrise. She, however, prevented the sun from rising, and all actions of men being consequently stopped, the gods, sages &c. went to Anasūyā, her friend, who, by the force of her penance, made the sun rise without, at the same time, bringing widowhood on her friend. Another legend is also told in which Anasūyā changed Brahmā, Viṣṇu and Maheśa into infants, when, at the instigation of their wives, they attempted to test her chastity, but restored them to their former shapes at the importunities of their humbled consorts. She is also said to have caused the three-streamed Ganges to flow down on the earth near the hermitage of her husband for the ablutions of sages; see R.13.51. In the Rāmāyaṇa she is represented as having been very kind and attentive to Sītā whom she favoured with sound motherly advice on the virtues of chastity, and at the time of her departure gave her an unguent (See R.12.27,14.14) which was to keep her beautiful for ever and to guard her person from the attempts of rapacious beasts, demons &c. She was the mother of the irascible sage Durvāsas]. सा त्वेवमुक्ता वैदेही त्वनसूयानसूयया Rām.2.18.1.
anākālaḥ अनाकालः [न. त. निपातः] 1 Inopportune time. -2 [आ सम्यक् अन्नादिसंपन्नः कालः आकालः न. त. Tv.] Famine (perhaps an irregular form for अन्नाकाल). -Comp. -भृतः one who, to save himself from starvation in a famine, voluntarily becomes a slave of another.
anākāśa अनाकाश a. [न. ब.] 1 Opaque, not transparent. -2 Having no transparent atmosphere; differing from it. अपश्यत्कृतमाकाशमनाकाशं जनार्दनैः Mb.1.6.18. -शः, -शम् Not an atmosphere, one undeserving of its name.
anākula अनाकुल a. 1 Not perplexed or confused, calm, collected, self-possessed. -2 Regular, consistent. अना- कुलान्यब्जसमुद्रतानि (पदानि सप्त) Bu. ch.1.33.
anākṛta अनाकृत a. 1 Not prevented (अनिवारित); unreclaimed रो न वक्वा जरणा अनाकृतः Rv.1.141.7.
anākṣit अनाक्षित् a. Ved. Not staying.
anāgata अनागत a. [न आगतः, न. त.] 1 Not come or arrived; तावद्भयस्य भेतव्यं यावद्भयमनागतम् H.1.54. -2 Not got or obtained; वर्धिष्णुमाश्रयमनागतमभ्युपैति Śi.5.14; so ˚आर्तव. -3 Future, to come; see compounds below. -4 Not learnt or attained, unknown. -तम् The future time, future; ˚तं यः कुरुते स शोभते Pt.3.164 he shines (thrives, prospers) who provides for the future; अनागतवतीं चिन्तामसंभाव्यां करोति यः Pt.5.17. -Comp. -अवेक्षणम् looking to the future, provident thought, foresight. -आबाधः [अनागतः आबाधः दुःखम्] future (physical) trouble or calamities, illness &c. affecting the body in times to come; ˚प्रतिषेधनीयम् N. of chapter 24 of the चिकित्सास्थान in Suśruta. -आर्तवा [स्त्रीपुष्पविकासनम् आर्तवम्, न आगतमार्तवं यस्याः] a maiden who has not yet arrived at puberty. -विधातृ m. [अनागतम् उद्दिश्य विदधाति] one who provides for the future, provident, prudent (used as the name of a fish in Pt.1.138; H.4.6); अनागत- विधाता च प्रत्युत्पन्नमतिस्तथा । द्वावेतौ सुखमेधेते यद्भविष्यो विनश्यति ॥ (where Dr. Peterson translates the three names by 'Mr. Provider-against-a-future-evil', 'Mr. Cool-head', and 'Mr. what-will-be-will-be').
anāgama अनागम a. 1 Not come, not present. -2[न. ब.] (In law) Without the title-deed or document of possession (such as purchase deed &c.), anything possessed from time immemorial and without any documentary proof; ˚उपभोगः enjoyment of property without such a deed. -मः 1 Non-arrival. -2 Non-attainment.
anāgāmin अनागामिन् m. 1 Not coming, not arriving. -2 Not future, not likely to return. -m. An epithet of the third among the 4 Buddhist orders.
anāgāmuka अनागामुक a. Not likely to return.
anāgandhita अनागन्धित a. Not smelt; (fig.) not touched or affected; सर्वदोषानागन्धितं प्रतिवचनमाह Śaṅkara.
anājñāta अनाज्ञात a. 1 Unknown, not properly known. -2 Surpassing all that has yet been known.
anātapa अनातप a. Free from or devoid of heat or the blaze of the sun, not exposed to heat, cool, shady; वाञ्छन्दे- शमनातपं विधिवशात्तालस्य मूलं गतः Bh.2.9. -पः Coolness, shade.
anātura अनातुर a. 1 Not eager, indifferent; अनातुरोत्कण्ठितयोः प्रसिध्यता समागमेनापि रतिर्व मां प्रति । v. l. for अनादर M.3.15. -2 Not fatigued, unwearied; भेजे धर्ममनातुरः R.1.21. -3 Not ill or diseased, well, healthy, in good health; अनातुरः सप्तरात्रमवकीर्णिव्रतं चरेत् Ms.2.187;4.144.
anātman अनात्मन् a. [न. ब.] 1 Destitute of spirit or mind. -2 Not spiritual, corporeal. -3 One who has not restrained his self; अनात्मनस्तु शत्रुत्वे वर्तेतात्मैवशत्रुवत् Bg.6.6. -m. [अप्रशस्तो भिन्नो वा आत्मा न. त.] Not self, another, something different from आत्मन् (spirit or soul) i. e. the perishable body; अप्राप्तः प्राप्यते यो$यमत्यन्तं त्यज्यते$थवा । जानीयात्तमनात्मानं बुद्धयन्तं वपुरादिकम् ॥ अनात्मन्यात्मबुद्धिर्या सा$- विद्या परिकीर्तिता ॥ -Comp. -ज्ञ, वेदिन् a. 1 devoid of spiritual knowledge or true wisdom. -2 not knowing oneself, foolish, silly; मा तावदनात्मज्ञे Ś.6; कथं कार्यविनिमयेन व्यवहरति मयि ˚ज्ञः M.1; स्फुटमापदां पदमनात्मवेदिता Śi.15. 22. -प्रत्यवेक्षा reflection that there is no spirit or soul (with Buddhists). -संपन्न a. foolish, destitute of qualities (of the soul) not self-possessed; न त्वेवानात्मसंपन्नाद् वृत्तिमीहेत पण्डितः Pt.1.49.
anātmanīna अनात्मनीन a. Not adapted to, or for the benefit of, self; disinterested.
anātmavat अनात्मवत् a. [आत्मा वश्यत्वेन नास्त्यस्य] Not self-possessed; having no control over the senses; अनात्मवन्तः पशुवद् भुञ्जते ये$प्रमाणतः Suśr.
anātyantika अनात्यन्तिक a. 1 Not constant or perpetual, not final. -2 Intermittent, recurrent.
anādimat अनादिमत् a. Not produced or effected, having no beginning.
anādṛta अनादृत a. 1 Disrespected, despised; अनादृतास्तु यस्यैते सर्वास्तस्याफलाः क्रियाः Ms.2.234; ˚सत्कार not accepting the hospitality. -2 Not careful, regardless of, indifferent to; अनादृतस्यामरसायकेष्वपि Ki.14.1. -तम् Disrespect, contempt.
anādeya अनादेय a. Not fit to be taken, unacceptable; inadmissible; अनादेयस्य चादानादादेयस्य च वर्जनात् Ms.8.171.
anādeśaḥ अनादेशः Absence of direction or command. -Comp. -कर a. doing what is not commanded; or (अन्-आ-देश- कर) not doing what is ordered.
anādya अनाद्य a. 1 = अनादि q. v. -2 Not eatable; what ought not to be eaten.
anādhṛṣ अनाधृष् a. Ved. Not checking or not being checked. Av.6.21.2.
anānupūrvyam अनानुपूर्व्यम् 1 Separation of the different members of compounds by the intervention of others. -2 Not coming in regular order.
anāpta अनाप्त a. 1 Not obtained. -2 Not reaching or attaining, unsuccessful in the attempt to get. -3 Unfit, not apt, unskilful; युग्यस्थाः प्राजके$नाप्ते सर्वे दण्ड्याः शतं शतम् Ms. 8.294. -प्तः A stranger.
anāptṛ अनाप्तृ a. Not getting &c.; अनाप्तुरेनसाम् Śi.16.38 not touched by sin.
anābhayin अनाभयिन् a. Ved. [आविभेति आभी-उणा-इनि, आभयिन् न. त.] Not at all afraid, fearless, undaunted; अनाभयिन् ररिमा ते Rv.8.2.1.
anābhū अनाभू a. Ved. [आभिमुख्येन भवतीत्याभूः स्तोता न. त.] Not praising or worshipping, irreligious (अस्तोतृ); not coming in front. Neglectful, disobliging; इन्द्रः श्नथयन्नना- भुवः Rv.1.51.9.
anāmaya अनामय a. [नास्ति आमयः रोगो यस्य] Free from disease, healthy, sound; तदन्नमपि भोक्तव्यं जीर्यते यदनामयम् Rām.3. 5.18 not breeding disease; जन्मबन्धविनिर्मुक्ताः पदं गच्छन्त्य- नामयम् Bg.2.51 where there is no unhappiness. -यः, -यम् Good or sound health; health, well-being, welfare; स भवन्तमनामयप्रश्नपूर्वकमाह Ś.5; महाश्वेता कादम्बरीमनामयं पप्रच्छ K.192 inquired about her health; अप्यनामयं राज्ञः Mv.1 how does the king do? ब्राह्मणं कुशलं पृच्छेत्क्षत्रबन्धु- मनामयम् । वैश्यं क्षेमं समागम्य शूद्रमारोग्यमेव च Ms.2.127. -यः [नास्ति आमयः यस्मात्] 1 N. of Viṣṇu (or Śiva according to some); पुण्यकीर्तिरनामयः, विष्णुर्हि बाह्याभ्यन्तरपीडां निवारयति तस्मादनामयः. -2 Final release (= मोक्षः) नियतं यातुमनामयाय कालः Bu. ch.5.7.
anāmayat अनामयत् a. Ved. Not causing pain or hurt, not hurting. -n. Health (?)
anāmayitnu अनामयित्नु a. 1 Not injuring or paining; हस्ताभ्याम- नामयित्नुभ्याम् Rv.1.137.7. -2 Salubrious, curative.
anāyata अनायत a. 1 Unrestrained, unchecked. -2 Not propped or supported. -3 Not long, of short duration; अनायतस्वभावभङ्गुराणि सुखानि K.175. -4 Continuous, close, unseparated.
anāyatta अनायत्त a. Not dependent; ˚त्तो रोषस्य K.45 not swayed by; uncontrolled, independent; एतावज्जन्मसाफल्यं यदनायत्तवृत्तिता H.2.22 freedom, independent livelihood, independence of life.
anāyāsa अनायास a. Not troublesome or difficult, easy; ममाप्येक- स्मिन् ˚से कर्मणि त्वया सहायेन भवितव्यम् Ś.2. -सः 1 Facility, ease, absence of difficulty or exertion; शरीरं पीड्यते येन शुभेनाप्यशुभेन वा । अत्यन्तं तन्न कुर्वित अनायासः स उच्यते ॥ -2 Idleness, neglect; ˚सेन easily, without difficulty, readily. -Comp. -कृत a. done easily or readily. (-तम्) an infusion prepared without effort or exertion (prepared extemporaneously) अनायासकृतं फाण्टं Ak.2.94. See फाण्ट.
anāyuṣya अनायुष्य a. [आयुषे न हितम् न. त.] Not giving long life, fatal to long life (such as excessive food, sexual union &c.); अनारोग्यमनायुष्यमस्वर्ग्यं चातिभोजनम् Ms.2.57 नहीदृश- मनायुष्यं लोके किञ्चन विद्यते । यादृशं पुरुषस्येह परदारोपसेवनम् ॥ 4.134.
anārata अनारत a. 1 Not ceasing or stopping, continuous, uninterrupted. -2 Eternal. -तम् 1 Continuity. -2 Absolute non-entity (अत्यन्ताभाव). -adv. Continuously, always; eternally; अनारतं तेन पदेषु लम्भिताः Ki.1.15,4.
anārabhya अनारभ्य a. Unfit to be commenced or undertaken. -ind. Without commencing; without reference to any particular thing e. g. ˚वादः 1 detached remark (upon sacrifices &c.); किञ्चित्कर्मारभ्य उद्यते उच्यते इत्यारभ्यवादः न आरभ्यवादः -2 A statement without any specific reference to any particular thing or act, न बानारभ्यवादात् । Ms.6. 6.3, A statement having no definite context. -Comp. -अधीत a. [न आसभ्य किञ्चिदधीतः] studied or taught or read without reference to any particular subject (not as part of a regular or authoritative work); learnt as a detached subject; येषां मन्त्राणां कर्मविशेषे विनियोगो नोक्तः तेषां मन्त्राणाम् अनारभ्याधीतत्वात् ब्रह्मयज्ञे एव विनियोग इति मीमांसा.
anārambhaḥ अनारम्भः Non-commencement, not undertaking; विकारं खलु परमार्थतो$ज्ञात्वा ˚म्भः प्रतीकारस्य Ś.3; ˚म्भो हि कार्याणां प्रथमं बुद्धिलक्षणम्
anārogya अनारोग्य a. [नास्ति आरोग्यं यस्मात् न. ब.] Unwholesome, not conducive to good health, fatal to health; अनायुष्य- मनारोग्यमस्वर्ग्यं चातिभोजनम् Ms.2.57. -ग्यम् Sickness, indisposition; ˚कर unhealthy, unwholesome.
anārtava अनार्तव a. (-वी f.) Unseasonable, inopporutne, premature (as a flower blossoming out of season). -वा A girl who has not attained to puberty (the Menstruation period).
anārya अनार्य a. Not respectable (not deserving to be styled आर्य), not polite or decent; vulgar; not belonging to an Arya, unworthy, vile, base, mean, wretched; अनार्यानार्यलिङ्गिनः Ms.9.26; अनार्यायां समुत्पन्नो ब्राह्मणात् 1. 66; H.4.22; कीकटा नाम देशो$नार्यनिवासः Nir. void of Āryas; शकुन्तलायामनार्यमाचरितं तेन राज्ञा Ś.4 the king has behaved basely or unworthily towards Śakuntalā; कदाचिदस्मिन्नप्यनार्यो$नार्यमाचरिष्यति Ve.4. न मां कामेष्वनार्येषु प्रचारयितुमर्हसि । Bu. ch.4.96. -र्यः 1 One who is not an Ārya. -2 A country not inhabited by the Āryas. -3 A Śūdra. -4 A Mlechchha. -5 An ignoble person. -Comp. -कर्मिन् a. doing work unbecoming an Ārya or becoming only a non-Ārya. -ज a. of vile or base origin. (-जम्) [अनार्यदेशे जातम्] agallochum (being produced in the country of the Mlechchhas &c.). -जुष्ट a. discarded by the good, not practised or observed by the Āryas or respectable people. -ता Vilenes, unworthiness; अनार्यता निष्ठुरता क्रूरता निष्क्रियात्मता । पुरुषं व्यञ्जयन्तीह लोके कलुषयोनिजम् ॥ Ms.1.58. -तिक्तः [अनार्यप्रियः तिक्तः शाक. त.] N. of the plant Gentiana Cherayta Rox. (Mar. किराईत). -समाचारः bad conduct; न चानार्यसमाचारः कश्चित् तत्र भविष्यति । Mb.3.239.21.
anārṣa अनार्ष a. 1 Not belonging to the Ṛiṣis, not Vedic; not belonging to the text of a Vedic hymn (as इति used in the Padapāṭ&ha with certain words not followed in the Saṁhitā by इति); सम्बुद्धौ शाकल्यस्येतावनार्षे P.I.1. 16 (= अवैदिके Sk.). -2 Not added to a Ṛiṣi's name (as an affix); P.IV.1.78.
anālocita अनालोचित a. Unseen, unheeded, unconsidered, unexpected, not well considered or examined, rash.
anāvayā अनावया a. Ved. 1 Not yielding or desisting. -2 (अनावयस्) Not having the power of causing conception; Av.7.9.3.
anāvartin अनावर्तिन् a. Not recurring or returning; ˚र्ती कालो व्रजति स वृथा तन्न गणितम् Bh.3.115.
anāvāpa अनावाप a. One who does not acquire anything new; Mb.3.
anāviddha अनाविद्ध a. 1 Not pierced or wounded; unperforated; ˚द्धं रत्नम् Ś.2.1. -2 Unhurt, uninjured.
anāvila अनाविल a. 1 Not turbid or muddy, pure, clear, pleasant (प्रसन्न); व्यकसद्विकसद्विलोचनेभ्यो दददालोकमनाविलं बलेभ्यः Śi.2.38. -2 Not marshy, wholesome, salubrious, as a country Ms.7.69 (रोगोपसर्गाद्यैरनाकुल).
anāvṛtta अनावृत्त a. Not returning, not repeated, being for the first time; मलमासेप्यनावृत्तां तीर्थयात्रां विवर्जयेत्.
anāśaka अनाशक a. [न आ सम्यक् यथेच्छम् आशः अशनं यस्य, न नाशो यस्य वा, न. ब. कप्] Devoid of full enjoyment or indestructible, not hurtful. -कम् Fast, abstaining from eating even to death; यज्ञेन दानेन तपसा$नाशकेनैतमेव विदित्वा मुनिर्भवति Br. Ār. Up.4.4.22; Y.3.154.
anāśasta अनाशस्त a. Not praised. यत् चिद्धि सत्य सोमपा अनाशस्ता इव स्मसि । Rv.1.29.1.
anāśu अनाशु a. [नश् उण् न. त.] 1 Imperishable, indestructible. -2 [अश्, उण्, न. त.] Not pervading or occupying. -3 [न-आशु] Not quick, slow.
anāśramin अनाश्रमिन् m. One who does not belong to, or follow, any of the 4 orders of life (गृहस्थाद्याश्रमशून्य); अनाश्रमी न तिष्ठेत्तु क्षणमेकमपि द्विजः; अनाश्रम-मे-वासः not dwelling in any Āśrama.
anāśrava अनाश्रव a. 1 Not listening to, obstinate, turning a deaf ear to; तथानुशिष्टापि अनाश्रवैवासीत् Dk.57; K.35; भिषजामनाश्रवः R.19.49. -2 Free from worldly torment or pain; सवितर्कविचारमवाप शान्तं प्रथमं ध्यानमनाश्रवप्रकारम् । Bu. ch.5.1.
anāśrita अनाश्रित a. Not connected with, or dependent on, independent, detached; non-inherent.
anāśvas अनाश्वस् a. [अश् भोजने क्वसु निपातः इडभावश्च, न. त. P.III.2.19] Not having eaten or enjoyed, fasting; धृतजयधृतेरनाशुषः Ki.12.2; Śi.14.49.
anāsādita अनासादित a. Not obtained, not found or met with; not encountered or attacked; not occurred or having happened, non-existent. -Comp. -विग्रह a. unused to war, having had no occasion to fight.
anāhata अनाहत a. 1 Unbeaten, unwounded, intact. -2 [आहतं छेदो भोगो वा तन्नास्ति यस्य] New and unbleached (as cloth) (Mar. कोरें). -3 Not produced by beating (as sound). -4 Not multiplied. -तम्, -तः The 4th of the mystical Chakras in the body, (तन्त्रशास्त्रे प्रसिद्धं हृदयस्थितं सुषुम्णा- मध्यस्थं द्वादशदलपद्मम्); शब्दो ब्रह्ममयः शब्दो$नाहतो यत्र दृश्यते । अनाहताख्यं तत् पद्मं मुनिभिः परिकीर्तितम् ॥ -Comp. -नादः Sound ओम्.
anāhārya अनाहार्य a. 1 Not artificial, natural, not producible. -2 Not eatable.
anāhutiḥ अनाहुतिः f. Not sacrificing; a sacrifice not worthy of that name; also an improper oblation; तेनास्मद्विश्वाम- निरामनाहुतिमपामीवामप दुष्वप्न्यं सुव Rv.1.37.4 and अपामी- वामप विश्वामनाहुतिम् 63.12.
anāhūta अनाहूत a. Not called, uninvited. -Comp. -उपजल्पिन् an uncalled for speaker or boaster. -उपविष्ट a. seated as an uninvited guest.
anikṣuḥ अनिक्षुः [न इक्षुः सादृश्ये अप्राशस्त्ये वा नञ्] Not (true) sugarcane, a sort of long grass or reed producing coarse sugar; Saccharum Spontaneum. (Mar. बोरू).
anigīrṇa अनिगीर्ण a. 1 Not swallowed. -2 (In Rhet.) Not hidden or concealed, present, not to be supplied (अन- पह्नुतभेद); e. g. in अश्वः श्वेतो धावति, the श्वेतत्व of the horse is not निगीर्ण or hidden.
anigraha अनिग्रह a. Unrestrained, invincible, unconquerable. -हः 1 Non-restraint. -2 Non-refutation. -3 Not admitting one's defeat in argument; ˚स्थानम् occasion of non-refutation.
aniṅgya अनिङ्ग्य a. Not divisible, a word not divisible. अनिच्छ, -च्छक, -च्छु, -च्छुक, -च्छत् a. Not desirous, unwilling, averse, reluctant; अनिच्छन्तमपि मां against my will.
anita अनित a. [अन्-इत] Not gone with, unattended, destitute of; वनितया$नितया रजनीवधूः R.9.38; पृथु निरन्तरमिष्ट- भुजान्तरं वनितया$नितया न विषेहिरे Si.6.6. ˚भा 1 having no splendour. -2 N. of a river; मा वो रसानितभा कुभा क्रुमुर्मा वः सिन्धुर्निरीरमत् । Rv.5.53.9.
anitya अनित्य a. 1 Not eternal or everlasting, transient, non-eternal, perishable (नश्वर) (opp. नित्य); गन्धवती पृथ्वी सा द्विविधा नित्या$नित्या च T. S.9 (अनित्या = कार्यरूपा); See नित्य; यदि नित्यमनित्येन निर्मलं मलवाहिना । यशः कायेन लभ्येत तन्न लब्धं भवेन्तु किम् ॥ H.1.45. रजस्वलमनित्यं च भूतावासमिमं त्यजेत् Ms.6.77; धर्मो$नित्यः सुखदुःखे$प्यनित्ये जीवो$नित्यो हेतुरस्या- प्यनित्यः Mb. -2 Occasional, temporary, casual; not peremptory or obligatory as a rule &c., special. -3 Unusual, extraordinary; वर्णे चानित्ये P.V.4.31 (लोहितकः कोपेन, अन्यथा तु श्वेतवर्ण इति भावः); आनाय्यो$नित्ये III.1.127 (स हि गार्हपत्यादानीयते$नित्यश्च सततमप्रज्वलनात् Sk.) See VI.1. 147. -4 Unsteady, fickle, not permanent; अनित्यं यौवनं रूपम् H.4.68; ˚हृदया हि ताः Rām. -5 Uncertain, doubtful; अनित्यो विजयो यस्माद् दृश्यते युध्यमानयोः Ms.7.199; विजयस्य ह्यनित्यत्वात् Pt.3.22. -6 (in grammar) A rule or operation which is not invariable or compulsory; optional. -त्यम् adv. Occasionally, not permanently, incidentally, casually; अनित्यं हि स्थितो यस्मात् Ms.3.12. -Comp. -कर्मन्, -क्रिया an occasional act, such as a sacrifice for a special purpose, a voluntary and occasional act. -दत्तः, -दत्तकः, -दत्रिमः a son given by his parents to another temporarily (for temporary or preliminary adoption). -प्रत्यवेक्षा (with Buddhists) the consciousness that everything is perishable and is passing away. -भावः transitoriness, transient state, limited nature or existence; so अनित्यतावम् frailty, instability. -समः a sophism or fallacious reasoning which generalizes what it is exceptional (as अनित्यत्वम्). -समासः a compound which it is not obligatory to form in every case (the sense of which may be equally expressed by resolving it into its constituent members.).
anida अनिद a. That which cannot be seen; इत्यभिष्टूय पुरुषं यद्रूपमनिदं यथा Bhāg.1.2.42.
anindriyam अनिन्द्रियम् 1 Reason (that which is not the senses). -2 Not an organ of sense, the mind.
anipadyamāna अनिपद्यमान a. Not falling down (to sleep), untiring; अपश्यं गोपामनिपद्यमानमा च परा च पथिभिश्चरन्तम् Rv.1. 164.31 and 1.177.3.
anipātaḥ अनिपातः Not a fall, continuance of life.
anibaddha अनिबद्ध a. 1 Not bound अनायतो अनिबद्धः कथातं न्यङ्गु- त्तानो अवपद्यते न Rv.4.13.5. -2 incoherent; ˚प्रलापिन् prattling (talking incoherently).
anibhṛta अनिभृत a. 1 Not private or reserved, public, open, not hidden. -2 Immodest, bold. कामिनामनिभृतान्यपि रम्भास्तम्भकोमलतलेषु नखानि Śi.1.66. -3 Unsteady, not firm, tremulous; ˚करेष्वाक्षिपत्सु प्रियेषु Me.7; ˚वेलावीचिबाहुः Ki.3.6,13.66; असौ सन्ध्याशङ्खध्वनिरनिभृतः खे विचरति Māl. 2.12 not hidden, loud; see निभृत also.
anibhya अनिभ्य a. Not wealthy (इभ्य).
animitta अनिमित्त a, Causeless, groundless; casual, incidental; आलक्ष्यदन्तमुकुलाननिमित्तहासैः &Sacute.7.17; ˚त्तं मित्रम् disinterested, Dk.25; ˚उत्कण्ठा M.3.9. -त्तम् Absence of an adequate cause or occasion, causelessness, groundlessness. -2 A bad omen, ill-omen; चारुदत्तस्यैव दर्शनमनिमित्तं प्रमार्जयिष्यति Mk.6; ममानिमित्तानि हि खेदयन्ति 9.1; शमनार्थम् अनिमित्तस्य Ve.2.3. -3 Not a valid means of knowledge अनिमित्तं विद्यमानोपलम्भनात् MS.1.1.4. -adv., -˚तः Groundlessly, causelessly, without any adequate cause; अनिमित्तमिन्दु- वदने किमत्रभवतः पराङ्मुखीभवसि M.1.18; अनातुरः स्वानि रवानि न स्पृशेदनिमित्ततः Ms.4.144. -Comp. -निराक्रिया averting ill omens. -लिङ्गनाशः a kind of ophthalmic disease ending in total darkness. अनिमिषम् animiṣam षा ṣā मेषम् mēṣam अनिमिषम् षा मेषम् ind. Ved. Without winking, vigilantly; incessantly. नेमा आपो अनिमिषं चरन्तीः Rv.1. 24.6; अनिमेषं रक्षमाणस्तव व्रते Rv.1.31.12 and 164.21.
animi अनिमि (मे) ष a. [न. ब.] 1 Not winking, steadfastly or intently fixed; लोचनं सुचिरमालोक्य K.12; ˚पक्ष्मणा 131; शतैस्तमक्ष्णामनिमेषवृत्तिभिः R.3.43; ˚दर्शनरमणीयैः K.5 (Pun) fish and twinkleless glances. -2 Vigilant, watchful. -3 Open (as eyes, flowers). -षः 1 A god (for the eyes of gods do not twinkle); देवैरिवानिमिषदृष्टि- भिरीक्ष्यमाणः Śi.5.57. -2 A fish. cf. सुरे मत्स्ये चानिमिषः... Nm. यथा चानिमिषाः स्थूला जालं छित्वा पुनर्जलम् Mb.12.3. 12. -3 Viṣṇu Bhāg 1.1.4. -4 N. of Mahākāla. -5 A particular mode of sexual intercourse. -Comp. -आचार्यः Bṛihaspati, the preceptor of the gods. -दृष्टि, -नयन, -लोचन a. looking steadfastly or with a fixed gaze, gazing intently.
aniyata अनियत a. 1 Uncontrolled, unrestricted. -2 Indefinite, uncertain, not fixed; irregular (forms also); ˚वेलं आहारो$श्यते Ś.2 at irregular hours. -3 Causeless, casual, incidental, occasional; ˚रुदितस्मितम् (वदनकमलकम्) U.4.4; Māl.1.2. -Comp. -अङ्कः an indeterminate digit (in Math.) -आत्मन् a. not self-possessed, whose soul is not properly controlled. -पुंस्का a woman loose in conduct, unchaste. -वृत्ति a. 1 having no regular or fixed employment or application (as a word). -2 having no regular income.
aniyukta अनियुक्त a. Not appointed or authoritative. -क्तः An assessor at a court who has not been formally appointed and who is not entitled to vote.
anira अनिर a. [न ईरयितुं शक्यते, ईर्-क पृ˚ ह्रस्वः] That cannot be propelled or driven along; अप त्या अस्थुरनिरा Rv. 8.48.11 (प्रेरयितुमशक्य). -रा 1 Want of food; utter destitution (अन्नरहितदारिद्र्यम्); युयुतमस्मदनिराममीवाम् Rv.7. 71.2. -2 [नास्ति इरा अन्नं यस्याः पं. ब.] A calamity such as अतिवृष्टि, अनावृष्टि (= ईति).
aniravasita अनिरवसित a. [P. P. of निर् + अव + सो 4 P.] Śūdras who are not expelled (from dish), i. e. those Śūdras who are not regarded so low as to defile the plates and vessels permanently in which they might have taken their meal. cf. पात्रादनिरवसितानाम् । यैक्ते पात्रं संस्कारेण शुध्यति ते अनिरवरिताः । यैर्भुक्ते पात्रं संस्कारेणापि न सुध्यति ते निर- वसिताः शूद्राणामनिरवसितानाम्; (P.II.4.1 Sk.).
anirākaraṇam अनिराकरणम् Not obstructing or warding off.
anirukta अनिरुक्त a. 1 Not articulated or clearly spoken. -2 Not clearly stated or explained, vague, not plain or well-defined; ˚क्तप्रातःसवनः प्रथमः Kāty.; एतास्मिन्नदृश्ये$- नात्म्ये$निरुक्ते Ait. Br. -Comp. -गानम् indistinct singing or humming, a particular mode of chanting the सामवेद.
aniruddha अनिरुद्ध a. Unobstructed, free, uncontrolled, self-willed, unruly, ungovernable. -द्धः 1 A spy, secret emissary. -2 N. of a son of Pradyumna. [Aniruddha was the son of Kāma and grandson of Kṛiṣṇa. Uṣā, the daughter of a demon named Bāṇa, fell in love with him and had him brought by magic influence to her apartments in her father's city of Śoṇitapura. Bāṇa sent some guards to seize him, but the brave youth slew his assailants with only an iron club. At last, however, he was secured by means of magic powers. On discovering where Aniruddha had been carried, Kṛiṣṇa, Balarāma and Kāma went to rescue him and a great battle was fought. Bāṇa, though aided by Śiva and Skanda, was vanquished, but his life was spared at the intercession of Śiva, and Aniruddha was carried home to Dvārakā with Uṣā as his wife. He had also another wife Rochanā, grand-daughter of king Rukmin of Vidarbha, who bore him a son named Vajra.]. -3 Also N. of Viṣṇu; and of Śiva; of an Arhat, a contemporary of Buddha. (अनिरुद्धो हि लोकेषु महानात्मेति कथ्यते Mb.12.34.3. -द्धम् A cord or rope (for fastening cattle). -Comp. -पथम् [न निरुद्धः पन्था यत्र ब.] 1 unobstructed path. -2 the sky, atmosphere (तत्र कस्यापि गतिरोधनाभावात्). -भाविनी Aniruddha's wife Uṣā.
anirṇayaḥ अनिर्णयः Uncertainty, indecision. अनिर्दश anirdaśa अनिर्दशाह anirdaśāha अनिर्दश अनिर्दशाह a. [न निर्गतानि दशाहानि यस्य] Within the 1 days of impurity caused either by childbirth or death; विगतं तु विदेशस्थं शृगुयाद्यो ह्यनिर्दशम् Ms.5.75; अनिर्दशाया गोः क्षीरम् 5.8;5.79;4.212,217; not ten days old; अनिर्दशाहां गां सूताम् Ms.8.242.
anirdiṣṭa अनिर्दिष्ट a. Undefined, not specified; क्व ˚कारणं गम्यते V.2 without a definite aim.
anirdhārita अनिर्धारित a. Not determined or ascertained.
anirvacanam अनिर्वचनम् Silence, not uttering (anything) loudly; देवतायास्त्वनिर्वचनम् &c. MS.1.8.52 (where Śabara explains अनिर्वचनम् as तूष्णींभावः).
anirvida अनिर्विद a. Not fatigued or tired; अनिर्विदाया विदधे विधात्रा Śi.3.34.
anirviṇṇa अनिर्विण्ण a. Not depressed or fatigued; an epithet of Viṣṇu.
anirloḍita अनिर्लोडित a. Not well considered; not-examined thoroughly. ˚कार्यस्य वाग्जालं वाग्मिनो वृथा Śi.2.27.
anivartana अनिवर्तन a. 1 Not turning away, firm, steadfast. -2 Right, not fit to be abandoned.
anivartin अनिवर्तिन् a. 1 Brave, not retreating; also an epithet of Viṣṇu and the Almighty God. -2 Not returning; यौवनमनिवर्ति यातं तु K. P.1. -3 Non-recurring (account); आवर्तको$निवर्ती च व्ययायौ तु पृथग् द्विधा Śukra-Nīti.2.339.
aniviśamāna अनिविशमान a. Not sitting down or retiring to rest, ever going, restless; पुनाना यन्त्यनिविशमानाः Rv.7.49.1.
aniviṣṭa अनिविष्ट a. Not married; कलत्रं स्वयमनिविष्टः Avimāraka, I.
aniśita अनिशित a. Ved. Not resting or reposing, incessant; याद्राध्यं वरुणो योनिमप्यमनिशितं निमिषि जर्भुराणः Rv.2.38.8, and 9.96.2. ˚सर्ग incessantly flowing; Rv.1.89.4. अनिषिद्ध aniṣiddha अनिषेध्र aniṣēdhra अनिषिद्ध अनिषेध्र Ved. a. Unforbidden,unchecked, unopposed.
aniṣkṛta अनिष्कृत a. Unfinished, not settled. -Comp. -एनस्, -पाप having the guilt not settled, i. e. unexpiated.
aniṣṭa अनिष्ट a. 1 Unwished, undesirable; unfavourable, disagreeable, ill (with gen.); ध्यायत्यनिष्टं यत्किञ्चित्पाणिग्राहस्य चेतसा Ms.9.21 whatever ill she thinks of her husband. -2 Evil, forbidden. -3 Bad, unlucky, ominous. -4 Not honoured with a sacrifice. -ष्टम् An evil, mishap, misfortune, calamity, disadvantage; a crime, offence, wrong, unwelcome thing; ˚एकबुद्धि Māl.8.12; भवत्यनिष्टादपि नाम दुःसहान्मनस्विनीनां प्रतिपत्तिरीदृशी Ku.5.42; ill-omen; प्रातरेव ˚दर्शनं जातम् H.1. -Comp. -अनुबन्धिन् a. followed by or attended with calamities; विषयोपभोगेषु ˚बन्धिषु यः सुखपुद्धिमारो- पयति K.155. -आपत्तिः f., -आपादनम् getting what is not desired, an undesired occurrence. -आशंसिन् a. (˚सूचक) indicating or boding ill. -ग्रहः an evil or malignant planet. -दुष्टधी a. having an evil and corrupt mind. -प्रसङ्गः 1 an undesired occurrence. -2 connection with a wrong object, argument or rule. -फलम् an evil result. -शङ्का fear of evil. -हेतुः an evil omen.
aniṣṭin अनिष्टिन् a. One who has not sacrificed.
aniṣṭhura अनिष्ठुर a. Not harsh or cruel.
aniṣṇa अनिष्ण a. Not skilled.
aniṣpatram अनिष्पत्रम् ind. [निःसृतं पत्रं पक्षो यत्र तादृशं न भवति] So that the arrow (the feathery portion of it) does not come out on the other side; i. e. not with great force.
anistīrṇa अनिस्तीर्ण a. 1 Not crossed, set aside or got rid of -2 Unanswered, unrefuted (as a charge). -Comp. -अभियोगः a defendant who has not cleared himself of a charge (by refuting it).
anīca अनीच a. 1 Not low or vile, decent, respectable. -2 Not pronounced with the अनुदात्त accent. -Comp. -अनुवर्तिन् a. not associating with low or vile persons. (-m.) a faithful husband.
anītiḥ अनीतिः f. 1 Impropriety, immorality; injustice, wrong act; indiscretion, foolish conduct. -2 (न ईतिः) Freedom from calamity. -Comp. -ज्ञ, -विद् a. impolite, not discreet, not conversant with policy.
anīpsita अनीप्सित a. Not desired (p. p. from the desiderative of आप्) तथायुक्तंचानीप्सितम्; (cf. P.1.4.5).
anīrṣu अनीर्षु a. Not envious, not conceiving malice; भृतपुत्रा भृतामात्या भृतदारा ह्यनीर्षवः Mb.12.221.31 Poona Critical Edition, B. O. R I.
anīla अनील a Not blue, white &c. ˚वाजिन् m. 'whitehorsed'; N. of Arjuna; इतीरिताकूतमनीलवाजिनम् Ki. 14.26,42
anīśa अनीश a. Having no lord or superior, paramount, supreme, without a controller, uncontrolled; सर्वप्रभुरनी- शस्त्वम् R.1.2. -2 Not a master or lord, having no mastery or control over; not master of (with gen.); powerless; गात्राणामनीशो$स्मि संवृत्तः Ś.2; अनीशया शरीरस्य हृदयं स्ववशं मयि न्यस्तम् V.2.19; उर्ध्वं पितुश्च मातुश्च समेत्य भ्रातरः समम् । भजेरन् पैतृकं रिक्थमनीशास्ते हि जीवतोः ॥ Ms.9. 14. -3 Not one's own master, not independent (अस्व- तन्त्र); एको ह्यनीशः सर्वत्र. -शः N. of Viṣṇu (सर्वनियन्ता अन- न्यस्वामिको हि सः). -शा Helplessness (दीनभाव); समाने वृक्षे पुरुषो निमग्नो$नीशया शोचति मुह्यमानः Muṇḍ.3.2.
anīśvara अनीश्वर a. 1 Having no superior, uncontrolled. -2 Unable; शयिता सविधेप्यनीश्वरा सफलीकर्तुमहो मनोरथान् Bv. 2.182. -3 Not relating to God; ध्यानेनानीश्वरान् गुणान् (दहेत्) Ms.6.72. -4 Not acknowledging God, atheistical. -रम् The godless one (with Sāṅkhyas), epithet of the world; जगदाहुरनीश्वरम्. -Comp. -वादः atheism, not acknowledging God as the Supreme Ruler. -वादिन् m. one who maintains the doctrine of no god or atheism, an atheist.
anīha अनीह a. 1 Indifferent, listless. एकान्तेन ह्यनीहो$यं परा- भवति पूरुषः Mb.3.32.39. -2 Not industrious, lazy; ऋणं धारयमाणस्य कुतः सुखमनीहया Mb.5.17.6. -हः N. of a king of Ayodhyā. -हा Disregard, apathy, indifference, disinclination; अनीहया Ki.2.1 carelessly.
anukūla अनुकूल a. [अनुगतः कूलं तटं स्नेहादिबन्धनं वा] 1 Favourable, agreeable (lit. following the bank of slope, according to the current, with the grain;), as wind, fate &c.; मन्दं मन्दं नुदति पवनश्चानुकूलो यथा त्वाम् Me.9; शान्त ˚पवनश्च Ś.4.11; ˚परिणामा संवृत्ता Ś.7; बाणास्त एव मदनस्य ममानुकूलाः V.3.2. -2 Friendly, kind, well or kindly disposed. -3 Conformable to; pleasing, agreeable or favourable to, conducting to, capable of; oft. in comp.; स्पर्शानुकूला इव सूर्यकान्ताः Ś.2.7; अननुकूलो$भिमानस्य K.45 not inclined to pride; दर्शनानुकूलाहमस्य न वेति 197; कुशलविरचितानुकूलवेशः R.5.76 befitting, suitable. -लः 1 A faithful or kind husband, (एकरतिः S. D. or एकनिरतः एकस्यामेव नायिकायाम् आसक्तः), a variety of नायक. -2 'Favourable to all', epithet of Viṣṇu. -ला 1 N. of a tree (दन्ती) Croton Polyandrum. -2 N. of a metre. -लम् 1 Favour, kindness; नारीणामनुकूलमाचरति चेत् K. P.9. -2 (Rhet.) A figure in which unfavourableness turns into kindness; अनुकूलं प्रतिकूल्यमानुकूल्यानुबन्धि चेत् S. D.; कुपितासि यदा तन्वि निधाय करजक्षतम् । बधान भुजपाशाभ्यां कण्ठमस्य दृढं तदा ॥.
anukalpaḥ अनुकल्पः [अनुगतः मुख्यं कल्पम्] 1 A secondary direction or precept, a substitute or alternative to be used in times of necessity when the primary one (प्रथमकल्प) is not possible; as the direction to use गोधूम or तण्डुल in the absence of यव; प्रभुः प्रथमकल्पस्य यो$नुकल्पेन वर्तते Ms. 11.3,3.147. -2 A work connected with Kalpa (one of the six auxiliaries of the Vedas).
anukta अनुक्त a. 1 Unuttered, unsaid (in gram.) = अनभिहित q. v. under अभिधा. -2 Unheard of, extraordinary. -3 Not told; असावनुक्तो$पि सहाय एव Ku.3.21.
anuguṇa अनुगुण a. [अनुकूलो गुणो यस्य] Having similar qualities, of the same nature; कान्तारतापसाविक्षू वंशकानुगुणौ स्मृतौ Susr.; conformable to, favourable or agreeable to, suitable, according to; मनोरथस्यानुगुणं सर्वदा यस्य चेष्टितम् Mv.7.7 obedient to the will 7.38; गुणसम्पदानुगुणतां गमितः Ki.6.33;1.13; congenial, suitable, fit; ˚अन्न- लाभात् Dk.64,94; अननुगुणदाराणाम् Dk.13 not having wives worthy of themselves; (वीणा) उत्कण्ठितस्य हृदयानुगुणा वयस्या Mk.3.3 agreeable or pleasing to the heart, exactly after the heart (Tv. here takes ˚णा mean तन्त्रीयुक्तवीणा itself); अत्र द्वावप्युपध्मानीयावेव न शान्तानुगुणौ R. G.; रसानुगुणतामेति S. D.; ˚णं सर्वास्ववस्थासु यत् U.1.39. -णः A natural peculiarity. -णम् adv. 1 Favourably, conformably to one's desires; चिरेणानुगुणं प्रोक्ता प्रतिपत्तिपराङ्मुखी Bk.8.95. -2 Agreeably or conformably to (in comp.); तदादेशानुगुणं भवदागमनमभूत् Dk. 11. -3 Naturally.
anucchiṣṭa अनुच्छिष्ट a. Not rejected; pure, holy; fresh, unused; ˚ यौवना Dk.112.
anuja अनुज जात p. p. Born after, later, younger; राममनुजातः P.III.4.72; असौ कुमारस्तमजो$नुजातः R.6.78; पुमांसमनुरुध्य जाता पुमनुजा Sk.; so स्त्र्यनुजा. -जः, -जातः 1 A younger brother; दन्तजाते$नुजाते च कृतचूडे च संस्थिते । अशुद्धा बान्धवाः सर्वे सूतके च तथोच्यते ॥ Some interpret the word अनुजात there to mean 'a child which has not, cut teeth.' Ms.5.58. -2 A cadet; born again, after born, younger, later. -3 Taking after. अनुजातो हि मां सर्वैर्गुणैः श्रेष्ठो ममात्मजः Rām.2.2.11. -4 Born again, invested with the sacred thread. -5 Equal, resembling; एकस्त्वमनुजातो$सि पितरं बलवत्तरम् Rām.6.76.72. -जा, -जाता 1 younger sister. -2 N. of a plant (त्रायमाणालता). -जम् N. of a palnt (प्रपौण्डरीक; Mar. पुण्डरीक), -Comp. -अवर a. lower than the younger, youngest.
anutka अनुत्क a. Not over-anxious, not repentant or regretful; self-complacent अपरः कोकिलो$नुत्को यं प्रतिश्रुत्य कूजति । Bu. ch.4.51.
anutta अनुत्त a. Ved. [उन्द्-क्त न. त. P.VIII.2.61] 1 Not moistened or wet; तुभ्यमिद्रिवो$नुत्तम् Rv.1.8.7. -2 Not set, driven forth or urged (अप्रेरित); invincible(?).
anuttama अनुत्तम a. [न उत्तमो यस्मात्] 1 Than which there is nothing better, having no superior or better, unsurpassed, the very best or highest, incomparably or preeminently the best, सर्वद्रव्येषु विद्यैव द्रव्यमाहुरनुत्तमम् H. Pr.4; कान् गतिमनुत्तमाम् Ms.2.242; Y.1.87; अद्रस्त्वया नुन्नमनुत्तमं तमः Śi.1.27 all-pervading; Bg.7.18; Ms.2.9;5.158; 8.81. -2 Not the best. -3 (in gram.) Not used in the उत्तम or first person. -मः N. of Śiva or Viṣṇu. -Comp. -अम्भस्, -अम्भसिकम् a term in Sāṅkhya Philosophy, said to mean 'indifference to and abstinence from sensual enjoyment, as fatiguing or involving injury to external objects.'
anuttaraṅga अनुत्तरङ्ग a. Steady, not ruffled (by waves); अपा- मिवाधारमनुत्तरङ्गम् Ku.3.48.
anuttālaḥ अनुत्तालः A melodious note; Hch.4.
anutpattiḥ अनुत्पत्तिः f. Failure, non-production. -त्तिक a. Not yet produced. -Comp. -धर्मक्षान्तिः preparation for a future state, acquiescence in the state and moral condition which is yet to come. -समः, -मा a method of arguing against a thing by attempting to prove that nothing exists from which it could spring.
anutpanna अनुत्पन्न a. Not produced or born, unborn, unproduced &c.
anutpādaḥ अनुत्पादः Not coming into existence, not taking effect. -Comp. -क्षान्ति see अनुत्पत्तिधर्मक्षान्ति.
anutsuka अनुत्सुक a. Moderate, not overeager, retiring, calm.
anutsūtra अनुत्सूत्र a. Not deviating from the Sūtra (of Pāṇini or of morality); not anomalous or irregular; ˚पदन्यासा सद्वृत्तिः सन्निबन्धना Śi.2.112.
anutsekin अनुत्सेकिन् a. Not puffed up, not proud or arrogant; भाग्येषु ˚नी भव Ś.4.18.
anuda अनुद a. [न नुदति or अनुददाति तुल्यं ददाति, दा-क] Ved. Not urging or driving onward; or, emulating others in giving (तुल्यरूपदातृ); see अनानुद.
anudagra अनुदग्र a. 1 Not lofty, low. -2 Soft, tender; weak, not sharp.
anudātta अनुदात्त a. Grave (accent); not elevated or raised (not pronounced with the Udātta accent); उच्चैरुदात्तः नीचैरनुदात्तः; accentless, having the neutral, general tone; उदात्तश्चानुदात्तश्च स्वरितश्च त्रयः स्वराः uttered with the grave accent (as a vowel); प्रयत्नप्रेरितो वायुर्यदोर्ध्वभागे प्रति- हतो$चं निष्पादयति स उदात्तः; एवमधोनिष्पन्नो$च् अनुदात्तः; ताल्वा- दिषु सभागेषु स्थानेषु नीचभागे निष्पन्नो$च् अनुदात्तः; ˚त्तं पदमेकवर्जम् Sk. (The term अनुदात्त is used by Pāṇini for the grave accent which immediately precedes the Udātta, and also for the general accentless tone neither high nor low, termed एकश्रुति, the one monotonous intonation belonging to the generality of syllables in a word). -त्तः The grave accent. -Comp. -आदिः a nominal base of which the first syllable is अनुदात्त. -इत् a verbal root having for its अनुबन्ध the grave accent (denoting that it takes the Ātm. terminations only). -उदयम् a syllable followed (immediately) by the grave accent. -तर a. more than अनुदात्त; still lower or graver accent, i. e. that which immediately precedes a syllable having the उदात्त or स्वरित accent and is thus more depressed than the ordinary अनुदात्त accent.
anudāra अनुदार a. 1 Not liberal, niggardly; not high or noble. -2 Having none more liberal, very liberal, or great.
anudita अनुदित a. 1 Unsaid, not uttered. -2 Not risen or appeared forth.
anuddhata अनुद्धत a. Not raised or puffed up; ˚ताः सत्पुरुषाः समृद्धिभिः Ś.5.12; humble; modest; unsurpassed.
anuddharaṇam अनुद्धरणम् 1 Not removing or taking away. -2 Not offering, establishing or proving.
anuddhāraḥ अनुद्धारः 1 Non-partition; not taking a share (विंशो- द्धारशून्यो विभागः). -2 Non-removal.
anudbhaṭa अनुद्भट a. 1 Not bold; soft, mild. -2 Not exalted or lofty.
anudya अनुद्य a. unutterable; P.III.1.11.Sk. अनुद्यत anudyata अनुद्यम anudyama अनुद्यत अनुद्यम a. Not diligent, idle, inactive.
anudyoga अनुद्योग a. Lazy, not industrious. -गः Idleness, inactivity.
anudhāv अनुधाव् 1 P. 1 To run after; follow; ऋषीणां पुनराद्यानां वाचमर्यो$नुधावति U.1.1 the sense follows the words (the words being not uttered with a view to a particular sense); स्वरुचिं निश्चयतो$नुधावति Śi.16.44 follows his own will. -2 To run up to, approach. -3 To cleanse, wash.
anunnata अनुन्नत a. Not raised or elevated, not lifted up. -Comp. -आनत a. level (neither raised nor lowered). -गात्र a. having limbs not stout or prominent. अनुन्माद anunmāda अनुन्मत्त anunmatta अनुन्माद अनुन्मत्त a. Not mad or frantic, sober, calm, sane.
anupakārin अनुपकारिन् a. 1 Not obliging, ungrateful, not making a return for benefits received. -2 Worthless, useless.
anupakṣita अनुपक्षित p. p. Not injured or destroyed (अनुपक्षीण). द्युमदग्ने सूवीर्यं वर्षिष्ठमनुपक्षितम् Rv.3.13.7; Av.6.78.2.
anupagīta अनुपगीत a. Not praised. -तम् ind. So that no other person accompanies in singing.
anupajīvanīya अनुपजीवनीय a. Not yielding or granting livelihood, having no livelihood.
anupat अनुपत् 1 P. 1 To fly to or towards. -2 To fly or run after, follow (fig. also); pursue, chase; मुहुरनुपतति स्यन्दने दत्तदृष्टिः Ś.1.7; कथमनुपतत एव मे प्रयत्नप्रेक्षणीयः संवृत्तः Ś.1; न यत्र प्रत्याशामनुपतति नो वा रहयति (चेतः) Māl.9.8. does not run after (cherish), hope or leave it; यस्यैवं भवन्तः कुटुम्बवृत्तिमनुपतिताः Mv.1; अनुपतति रजनीं पूर्वसन्ध्या Śi.11.4. -2 To fall upon, attack; प्राग्वीराननुपत्य Māl 8.9. -Caus. 1 To fly to. -2 To throw another down along with oneself.
anupad अनुपद् 4 A. (P. in epic poetry) 1 To go after, follow, attend. -2 To be fond of, be attached to (as a wife); उतथ्यस्य यवीयास्तु ममतामन्वपद्यत Mb. -3 To enter, go to or into. -4 To fall down, come down (to the earth); वसुधामन्वपद्येतां वातनुन्नाविव द्रुमौ Mb. -5 To enter upon, betake oneself to; जितमित्येव तानक्षान्पुनरेवान्वपद्यत, ध्यानमेवान्वपद्यत Rām.; पुत्रौ दृष्ट्वा सुसंभ्रान्ता नान्वपद्यत किंचन Mb. did not do anything else. -6 To find, discover, see, notice; दीर्घं दध्यौ. ... निमित्तं सो$न्वपद्यत Bhāg. -7 To lose (with abl.) महत्त्वान्नान्वपद्येताम् Mb. -8 to handle. -9 To fall to the share of (Ved.)
anupadhaḥ अनुपधः 'Having no उपधा or penultimate', a letter or syllable not preceded by another.
anupanyāsaḥ अनुपन्यासः 1 Not mentioning; non-statement. -2 Uncertainty, doubt, failure of proof.
anupapattiḥ अनुपपत्तिः f. 1 Failure, failing to be; लक्षणा शक्य- संबन्धस्तात्पर्यानुपपत्तितः Bhāṣā. P.82 (तात्पर्य˚ being the failure of the meaning aimed at, or of any connected meaning). -2 Inapplicability, not being applicable. -3 Inconclusive reasoning; absence of reasonable grounds (युत्तयभाव); -4 Penury, adversity.
anupayukta अनुपयुक्त a. 1 Not used (as food). -2 Unsuited, unfit, improper, useless, unserviceable; सत्क्रियाविशेषादनु- पयुक्तमिवात्मानं समर्थये Ś.7.
anupayoga अनुपयोग a. Useless. -गः Uselessness, not being used (as food).
anuparata अनुपरत a. 1 Not dead. -2 Not stopped, uninterrupted.
anupalabdhi अनुपलब्धि f. Non-recognition, non-perception (प्रत्यक्षाद्यभाव); नास्ति घटो$नुपलब्धेः (the knowledge of घटाभाव is possible because the प्रतियोगी or counter-entity is not found with the non-entity or अभाव, that is, there being no उपलब्धि or knowledge of the घट); one of the instruments of knowledge according to the Mīmāṁsakas, but not according to the Naiyāyikas. -Comp. -समः a fallacy, trying to establish a fact (say, the eternity of sound) from the impossibility of seeing the non-perception of it.
anupavītin अनुपवीतिन् m. One who does not wear the sacred thread (belonging to his caste).
anupasargaḥ अनुपसर्गः 1 A word (particle &c.) that is not, or has not the force of, an Upasarga. -2 That which has no Upasarga. -3 That which needs no additions (as) a divine being).
anupasarjana अनुपसर्जन a. An independent word, i. e. a word which is not relegated to a subordinate position (by entering into a compound formation) P.IV.1.14.
anupaskṛta अनुपस्कृत a. 1 Unpolished (as silver). -2 Genuine, blameless. -3 Not cooked or dressed (as food). -4 Not requiring any evident object. -5 Without any doubt in mind; तस्मात्स्वधर्ममास्थाय सुव्रताः सत्यवादिनः । लोकस्य गुरवो भूत्वा ते भवन्त्यनुपस्कृताः ॥ Mb.12.11.25. -6 Selfless, without greed or motive; देहत्यागो$नुपस्कृतः Ms.1.62.
anupaskāra अनुपस्कार a. Not elliptical (अध्याहारदोषरहित) Ki.11.38.
anupasthānam अनुपस्थानम् Absence, not being at hand.
anupasthāpanam अनुपस्थापनम् Not placing, offering or producing, not having ready or at hand.
anupasthāpita अनुपस्थापित a. Not ready or at hand, not offered or produced.
anupasthāyin अनुपस्थायिन् a. Not present, absent, distant.
anupasthita अनुपस्थित a. Not present, absent, not at hand or near; not current. -तम् A word that is not उपस्थित q. v.
anupahata अनुपहत a. 1 Not injured, unimpaired, unvitiated. -2 Not used, unbleached, new (as cloth); ˚तं दुकूलयुगलम् K.11.229. See अनाहत.
anupākṛta अनुपाकृत a. Not rendered fit for or consecrated for sacrificial purposes. -Comp. -मांसम् flesh of an animal not prepared for sacrifice.
anupākhya अनुपाख्य a. What is not directly perceived, hence something which is only inferable (= अनुमेय Kāśikā); P.VI.3.8.
anupātyayaḥ अनुपात्ययः 1 Not to violate a turn or succession. -2 To do something by turn. -3 Turn, succession. क्रमप्राप्तस्यानतिपातो$नुपात्ययः, परिपाटी । Kāśi. on P.III.3.38.
anupeta अनुपेत a. 1 Not endowed with. -2 Not invested with the sacred thread (अनुपनीत). यं प्रव्रजन्तमनुपेतमपेत- कृत्यम् Bhāg.1.2.2.
anupta अनुप्त a. Not sown (as seed); शस्य fallow, meadow, (ground &c.).
anubandh अनुबन्ध् 9 P. 1 To bind or fasten to, attach, tie, connect; सीमन्तं निजमनुबध्नती कराभ्याम् Śi.8.69 forming, arranging; उभयोरपि राजेन्द्र संबन्धेनानुबेध्यतां (इक्ष्वाकुकुलम्) Rām.; सखीजनानुबद्धां कथाम् Dk.114 connected with. -2 (a) To have in the train (fig. also); न शिष्याननुबध्नीत Bhāg. (b) To bring about, cause, lead to, result in, produce as a consequence; नामुबध्नाति कुशलम् Mb.; हे वृषल ते तथा विक्षेपो$स्तु यथा हिंसामनुबध्नाति -3 To press, importune, urge, request; पुनः पुनश्चानुबध्यमाना K.69, 133,27,233. -4 (a) To attend or follow closely, follow at the heels of, follow; को नु खल्वयमनुबध्यमानस्तप- स्विनीभ्यामबालसत्त्वो बालः Ś.7; मधुकरकुलैरनुबध्यमानम् K.139; दिष्टया तावदयमनङ्गे मामिव तमप्यनुबध्नाति K.158,194,319,347; Ki.6.8; Mv.7.18; Śi.5.26. (b) To chase, pursue; तच्चानुबध्यमानम् K.12; अनुबध्नता तुरगमुखमिथुनम् 132. (c) To adhere or stick to, cling to; धन्या चित्रलेखा यामनुबध्नाति देवीप्रसादः K.221. (d) To continue, take up; तदेवानुबध्यतां तपः 322; तान्येव चिरपरिचितान्यक्षराणि मामनुबध्नन्ति U.3 v.l. for अनुरु- न्धन्ति; वैशम्पायनागमनालापमेवानुबध्य K.262. (e) To follow, succeed, come close upon; सत्यो$यं जनप्रवादो यद्विपद्विपदं संपत्सं- पदमनुबध्नातीति K.73; see अनुबन्धि below. -5 To foster, cherish, entertain, harbour; तेषु किं भवतः स्नेहमनुबध्नाति मानसम् Mārk. P. -6 To bear, endure; अन्येद्युश्चानुबध्नत्या राज्ञ्या राजा स यत्नतः Ks.49.47. -7 Not to burst or break loose, hold or keep together; भङ्गे$पि हि मृणालानामनुबध्नन्ति तन्तवः H.1.91. -pass. To be related to or connected with.
anubandhaḥ अनुबन्धः 1 Binding or fastening on, connection, attachment, tie (lit. & fig.); यस्यां मनश्चक्षुषोरनुबन्धस्तस्या- मृद्धिः Māl.2; एतस्येदृशेन दर्शनेन कीदृशो मे हृदयानुबन्धः इति न जानासि U.3 state of feeling; K.257. -2 Uninterrupted succession, unbroken sequence, continuous flow, continuity; series, chain; बाष्पं कुसु स्थिरतया विरतानुबन्धम् Ś.4. 15; मरण˚ K.236 following up death, desire for dying; अनुबन्धाद्विरमेद्वा K.28; यदा नात्याक्षीदेवानुबन्धम् 39 (persistence in) following me, 317; वैर˚, मत्सर˚, Dk.63,161; मुच्यतां देवि शोकानुबन्धः K.63 continuous sorrow; दुर्लभजन- प्रार्थना˚ Ratn.1; विरम विरम वह्ने मुञ्च धूमानुबन्धम् 4.16; सानु- बन्धाः कथं न स्युः संपदो मे निरापदः R.1.64 continuous, uninterrupted; परिवृद्धरीगमनुबन्धसेवया R.9.69 continuous enjoyment; अयं सो$र्थो$नर्थानुबन्धः संवृत्तः V.5 giving rise to a chain of evils. -3 Descendants, posterity; सानुबन्धा हता ह्यसि Rām. relation, भूमेः सुतां भूमिभृतो$नुबन्धात् Viś. Guṇā.475. -4 Consequence, result (good or bad); आत्मदोषानुबन्धेन K.319 in consequence of; यदग्रे चानुबन्धे च सुखम् Bg.18.39,25; अनुबन्धमजानन्तः कर्मणामविचक्षणाः Rām. 3.51.26; नार्थानां प्रकृतिं वेत्सि नानुबन्धमवेक्षसे Mb.4.49.1. -5 Intention; design, motive, cause; अनुबन्धानपेक्षेत सानु- बन्धेषु कर्मसु Mb.5.34.8. अनुबन्धं परिज्ञाय देशकालौ च तत्त्वतः । सारापराधौ चालोक्य दण्ड दण्डयेषु पातयेत् Ms.8.126; पाप˚ of evil designs. -6 An adjunct of a thing, a secondary member (मुख्यानुयायि, अप्रधानम्); (उल्का) दृश्यते सानुबन्धा च Rām.5.1.63. a secondary symptom, symptomatic affection, attendant on the principal disease (वातपित्तादि- दोषाणामप्राधान्यम्); मूर्छानुबन्धा विषमज्वराः Suśr. -7 Connecting link or adjunct of a subject or topic; theme, matter of discussion; introductory reasons; (विषयप्रयोजनाधिकारि- संबन्धः अनुबन्धः) (an indispensable element of the Vedānta). -8 (Gram.) An indicatory syllable or letter intended to denote some peculiarity in the inflection, accent &c. of the word to which it is attached; as the लृ in गम्लृ, ण् in इण्; रिपुराप पराभवाय मध्यं प्रकृति- प्रत्यययोरिवानुबन्धः Ki.13.19. -9 Offence, fault. -1 An obstacle, impediment; also the clog or encumbrance of a family; domestic ties or attachment. -11 A child or pupil who follows the example set by his parent or teacher (मुख्यानुयायी शिशुः). -12 Beginning, commencement. -13 Repeated application or devotion (पौनःपुन्येन अभिनिवेशः). -14 Course, pursuit. -15 A small bit or part, a trifle. -16 The junction of a fraction (with an integer), as भागानुबन्धपूर्णाङ्कः. -17 Base, stem (प्रकृति). cf. अनुबन्धः प्रकृत्यादौ दोषोत्पादे विनश्वरे । मुख्यानुयायिनि शिशौ प्रकृतस्यानुवर्तने । अनुबन्धे$पि हिक्कायां भ्रष्टायामपि कथ्यते । Nm. -धी [अनुबध्यते अतिश्वासेन व्याप्रियते अनया] 1 Thirst. -2 Hickup. अनुबन्धी तु हिक्कायां तृष्णायामपि योषिति-Medinī.
anubandhin अनुबन्धिन् a. (oft. at the end of comp.) 1 (a) Connected with, attached or related to; अहो सरसरमणी- यानुबन्धिनी स्त्रीजनकथा Māl.1 having for its contents or subject-matter &c.; परिचर्यानुबन्धी Dk.11 continuing. (b) Mixed or blended with; नीलकण्ठकलकेकानुबन्धिना मन्द्र- हुङ्कृतेन मामनुमन्यते Māl.9. -2 Followed by, accompanied with; having in its train, resulting in having as a consequence; तदियमापत्समन्ततो$नर्थानुबन्धिनी Dk.6; अय- मर्थो$र्थानुबन्धी 67; शास्त्रं शास्त्रान्तरानुबन्धि 156; दुःखं दुःखानुबन्धि V.4 one misfortune closely follows another, or misfortunes never come single; K.349; महोदयैस्तस्य हितानु- बन्धिभिः Ki.1.2; कर्मानुबन्धीनि मनुष्यलोके Bg.15.2; गुणा गुणानुबन्धित्वात्तस्य सप्रसवा इव R.1.22 being associated with. -5 Lasting, thriving, prosperous, growing apace, continuous; uninterrupted; अपि त्वदावर्जितवारिसंभृतं प्रवाल- मासामनुबन्धि वीरुधाम् Ku.5.34; ऊर्ध्वं गतं यस्य न चानुबन्धि R.6.77 continuous uninterrupted or all pervading; K.246,33.
anubalam अनुबलम् [अनु पश्चात्स्थितं बलम्] A rearguard, an auxiliary army following another.
anubudh अनुबुध् 4 A. To awake, to recollect; learn, obtain information of, know, be aware of; न सत्यमनुबुध्यते K. 14 does not perceive or recognise. -Caus. 1 To remind, put in mind of; अये सम्यगनुबोधितो$स्मि Ś.1 well reminded. -2 To advise, inform; इति शिष्येण किलान्वबोधयत् R.8.75.
anubhū अनुभू 1 P. 1 To enjoy; taste, experience, feel, have experience or knowledge of, notice, perceive (by the senses &c.); to suffer, bear, undergo (as misery &c.); अन्वभवं च मधुकर इव नवमालिकामार्द्रसुमनसम् Dk. 121; असक्तः सुखमन्वभूत् R.1.21; भुवनालोकनप्रीतिः स्वर्गिभि- र्नानुभूयते Ku.2.45; R.7.28; आत्मकृतानां हि दोषाणामनु- भवितव्यं फलमात्मनैव K.121; अनुभवति हि मूर्ध्ना पादपस्तीव्रमुष्णम् Ś.5.7; Ku.4.41; संवत्सरमात्रं प्रेष्यभावमनुभूय M.5 undergoing the state of a servant; षष्ठमनुभवन् वर्षम् K.77 being in the sixth year, six years old. -2 To learn, hear, understand; वेदान्नानुभवसि Ch. Up. -3 To try, test, put to the test; न त्वं तेनान्वभाविष्ठा नान्वभावि त्वयाप्यसौ । अनुभूता मया चासौ तेन चान्वभविष्यहम् ॥ Bk.5.35. -4 To comprise, include, grasp; द्वे वामलके अनुभवति Ch. Up. -5 To come up with, arrive at, get, obtain (mostly Ved. in these senses). -6 To turn or incline to; यत् त्वा भवतो रोदसी अनु Rv.1.147.1. -7 To act favourably; य एवैतमनुभवति यो वै तमनुभार्यान् बुभूर्षति Bṛi. Up.1.3.18.] -Caus. 1 To cause to enjoy, feel, or experience; अनुभावयितुं मन्ये यत्नः संप्रति मां विधेः Mu.6.15; स्नानभोजना- दिकमनुभावितो$स्मि Dk.125; आमोदो न हि कस्तूर्याः शपथेनानुभाव्यते Bv.1.12. -2 To reflect on, meditate, think of; मनसा तमेव वृत्तान्तमन्वभावयत् K.176,279. -3 To infer, know; तस्मात्परोक्षवृत्तीनां फलैः कर्मानुभाव्यते H.4.11.
anubhavaḥ अनुभवः 1 Direct perception or cognition, knowledge derived from personal observation or experiment, notion, apprehension, the impression on the mind not derived from memory, one of the kinds of knowledge; सर्वव्यवहारहेतुर्ज्ञानं बुद्धिः । सा द्विविधा स्सृतिरनुभवश्च । संस्कारमात्र- जन्यं ज्ञानं स्मृतिः । तद्भिन्नं ज्ञानमनुभवः which again is यथार्थ right & अयथार्थ wrong. See T. S.34. (The Naiyāyikas recognize प्रत्यक्ष, अनुमान, उपमान and शाब्द as the four sources of knowledge; the Vedāntins and Mīmāṁsakas add two more अर्थापत्ति and अनुपलब्धि; the Vaiśeṣikas and Bauddhas admit the first two only, the Sāṅkhyas exclude उपमान, while the Chārvākas admit प्रत्यक्ष only. Other sections of philosophical schools add three more to the six sources of knowledge recognised by the Mīmāṁsakas; -संभव 'equivalence'; ऐतिह्य 'fallible testimony', and चेष्टा 'gesture'.) -2 Experience; अनुभवं वचसा सखि लुम्पसि N.4.15. -3 Understanding. -4 Result, consequence. -Comp. -सिद्ध a. established by experience.
anuman अनुमन् 4 A. 1 To agree or consent to, comply with, approve, sanction, grant; to permit, allow; किं महार्ह- शयनोपेते न वासमनुमन्यसे Rām.5.24.2. तत्र नाहमनुमन्तुमुत्सहे मोघवृत्ति कलभस्य चेष्टितम् R.11.39; राजन्यान् स्वपुरनिवृत्तये$नुमेने R.4.87; कैलासनाथोद्वहनाय पुष्पकमन्वमंस्त 14.2; शुश्रूषमाणां गिरिशोनुमेने Ku.1.59,5.68; कृताभिमर्षामनुमन्यमानः सुताम् Ś 5.2; इमां स्वसारं च यवीयसीं मे कुमुद्वतीं नार्हसि नानुमन्तुम् R. 16.85 be pleased not to reject or refuse; अविनयमनुमन्तुं नोत्सहे दुर्जनानाम् Bh.3.22. -2 To follow, have recourse to; धर्मार्थावभिसन्त्यज्य संरभं योनुमन्यते Mb. -Caus. 1 To ask for leave or permission; ask the consent of; अनुमान्यतां महाराजः V.2 ask for leave to go; take counsel with; भूयो$पि सखीजनमनुमानयिष्यामि Ś.3. -2 To ask for, request or beg; अन्नमादाय तृप्ताः स्थ शेषं चैवानुमान्य च (विकिरत्) Y.1. 241. -3 To honour. -4 To put to account.
anumānam अनुमानम् 1 Inferring as the instrument of an अनुमिति, conclusion; from given premises; an inference, conclusion, one of the four means of obtaining knowledge according to the Nyāya system; (अनुमितिकरणमनुमानं तच्च धूमो वह्निव्याप्य इति व्याप्तिज्ञानम्. It is of two kinds स्वार्था- नुमानम् & परार्थानुमानम्); प्रत्यक्षं चानुमानं च शास्त्रं च विविधागमम् । त्रयं सुविदितं कार्यं धर्मशुद्धिमभीप्सता ॥ Ms.12.15. -2 A guess, conjecture, sign to know; इङ्गितैरनुमानैश्च मया ज्ञैया भविष्यति Rām. -3 Analogy, similarity; आत्मनो हृदयानुमानेन प्रेक्षसे Ś.5 you judge (of others) by the analogy of your own heart; स्वानुमानात्कादम्बरीमुत्प्रेक्ष्य K.35. -4 (In Rhet.) A figure which consists in a notion, expressed in a peculiarly striking manner, of a thing established by proof; S. D.711; यत्र पतत्यबलानां दृष्टिर्निशिताः पतन्ति तत्र शराः । तच्चापरोपितशरो धावत्यासां पुरः स्मरो मन्ये ॥ अनुमानं तदुक्तं यत्साध्यसाधनयोर्वचः K. P.1. -Comp. -उक्ति f. reasoning; logical inference.
anumaraṇam अनुमरणम् Following in death; तन्मरणे चानुमरणं करिष्या- मीति मे निश्चयः H.3; post-cremation of a widow (अनुमरणं हि भर्तर्देशान्तरादिमरणे देहाद्यलाभ एव); देशान्तरमृते पत्यौ साध्वी तत्पादुकाद्वयम् । निधायोरसि संशुद्धा प्रविशेज्जातवेदसम् ॥ This is allowed to Kṣatriya, Vaiṣya and other women, but not to Brāhmaṇa women; पृथक् चितां समारुह्य न विप्रा गन्तुमर्हति. Bāṇa severely condemns this practice; see K.173-4.
anurāga अनुराग a. Become red, reddened. -गः 1 Redness. -2 Devotion, attachment, contentment, loyalty (opp. अपरागः); love, affection, passion (with loc. or in comp.); आविर्भूतानुरागाः Mu.4.21; कण्टकितेन प्रथयति मय्यनुरागं कपोलेन Ś.3.14; R.3.1; बहलानुरागकुरुविन्ददलप्रतिबद्धमध्यमिव दिग्बलयम् Śi.9.8. ˚इङ्गितम् a gesture or external sign expressive of love; प्रसादस्तु शब्दः स्यादनुरागजः Ak. अनुरागिन् anurāgin अनुरागवत् anurāgavat अनुरागिन् अनुरागवत् a. 1 Attached, enamoured, impassioned, inspired with love; स वृद्धस्तस्यामतीवानुरागवान् H.1; सा केनापि वणिक्पुत्रेण सहानुरागवती बभूव ibid. -2 Causing or inspiring love. -णी Personification of a musical note.
anulvaṇa अनुल्वण a. 1 Not excessive, neither more nor less (अनतिरिक्त, अन्यूनाधिक); smoothed, free from disturbing circumstances (?). -2 Not clear or manifest.
anuvādaḥ अनुवादः 1 Repetition (in general); गुण˚ K.26. -2 Repetition by way of explanation, illustration or corroboration; अनुवादे चरणानाम् P.II.4.3. (सिद्धस्योपन्यासे Sk.) -3 Explanatory repetition or reference to what is already mentioned, such as paraphrase or free translation; particularly, any portion of the Brāhmaṇas which comments on, illustrates, or explains a Vidhi or direction previously laid down and which does not itself lay down any directions; a supplementary repetition, opp. to विधि 'authoritative or direct injunction'; विधिविहितस्य अनुवचनमनुवादः । नानुवादपुनरुक्तयोः विशेषः शब्दाभ्या- सोपपत्तेः Nyāya sūtra; cf. also विध्यनुवादयोर्विधिर्ज्यायान्, अपू- र्वार्थप्रकल्पत्वादिति ŚB. on MS.1.6.3. It is of 3 kinds:- भूतार्थ˚ (सदेव सौम्येदमग्र आसीत्); स्तुत्यर्थ˚ (वायुर्वै क्षेपिष्ठा देवता) and गुण˚ (अग्निहोत्रं जुहोति इत्युक्ते दध्ना जुहोति इति गुणविधानात्); see अर्थवाद also. -4 Corroboration, confirmation. -5 Slander, abuse, reviling. -6 Advertisement, notice; report, rumour. -7 Commencement of speech (वाचारम्भणमात्रम्).
anuvādaka अनुवादक वादिन् a. 1 Explanatory, corroborative, repeating with comment, explanation or illustration; आरम्भश्च साहसानुवादी Dk.95 bespeaks. -2 Conformable to, in harmony with, like; युक्तगीतानुवादिना Rām.; तदनु- वादिगुणः कुसुमोद्गमः R.9.33. -न् m. N. of any one of the three notes of the gamut.
anuvaśa अनुवश a. [वशमनुगतः] Subject to the will of another, obedient. -शः Subjection, obedience (to the will of another). भरतानुवशात्सो$पि शत्रुघ्नस्तत्समं गतः Rām.2.8.29.
anuvinaś अनुविनश् 4 P. To disappear, vanish or perish after or along with another. विज्ञानघन एव एतेभ्यो भूतेभ्यः समुत्थाय, तान्येवानुविनश्यति Bri. Ā.2.4.12.
anuvyākhyānam अनुव्याख्यानम् [अनुरूपं व्याख्यानम्] That which comments on and explains Mantras, Sūtras &c. (मन्त्रविवरणम्); especially, that portion of a Brāhmaṇa which explains difficult Sūtras, texts &c. occurring in another place. (मन्त्रादीनामनुरूपार्थप्रकाशकं व्याख्यानम्). अनुव्याहरणम् anuvyāharaṇam व्याहारः vyāhārḥ अनुव्याहरणम् व्याहारः 1 Repetition, repeated utterance; mentioning, along with something else. -2 A curse, imprecation.
anuṣak अनुषक् ट् adv. In continuous or close order, one after another.
anuṣaṅgaḥ अनुषङ्गः 1 Close adherence or attendance; connection, conjunction, association; तस्य वैरानुषङ्गस्य गन्ता$स्म्यन्तं सुदुर्गमम् Mb.5.162.35. सानुषङ्गाणि कल्याणानि U.7. good things closely follow one another (come close upon one another). -2 Coalition, commixture. -3 Connection of word with word. -4 A word or words repeated from the context to supply an ellipsis. cf. अनुषङ्गश्च फलवचनमभविष्यत् ŚB. on MS.6.1.5. -5 Necessary consequence, inevitable result. -6 Connection of a subsequent with a previous act. -7 Incidental mention or relation (प्रसङ्ग). -8 Yearning, eager longing. -9 Compassion, pity, tenderness. -1 (In Nyāya) Connecting together the उपनय or application and निगमन or conclusion by the use of the pronoun इदं (उपनयवाक्य- स्थस्य अयमिति पदस्य निगमनवाक्ये आकर्षणम्). -11 The nasals connected with certain roots ending in consonants; P. VII.1.59. Sk. -12 An ellipsis. A mode of interpreting an incomplete sentence by supplying the required word or words from the immediate context. This mode is admissible only if there is no break (व्यवाय). This corresponds to the principle known as अनुवृत्ति (in grammar) on which a word or expression from a preceding सूत्र is read in the succeeding सूत्र or सूत्रs. नानुषङ्गः प्राप्नुयात् । कुतः । व्यवायात् । ŚB. on. MS.4.4.7.
anuṣṇa अनुष्ण a. 1 Not hot, cold, chilly; अनुष्णैरानन्दाश्रुबिन्दुभिः R.12.62. -2 Apathetic; lazy, sluggish (अलस). -ष्णः Cold touch or sensation. -ष्णा N. of a stream. -ष्णम् A water-lily, blue lotus (उत्पल). -Comp. -अशीत a. Neither hot nor cold. -गुः (-गो ray) having cold rays, the moon, also camphor. -वल्लिका N. of a plant नीलदूर्वा.
anusamayaḥ अनुसमयः 1 Regular or proper connection, as of words. -2 Doing several details with reference to several things or persons. This can be done in more ways than one and hence we have three varieties of अनुसमय (a) पदार्थानुसमय i. e. doing one thing with reference to all, then doing the second in the same way and so on. (b) काण्डानुसमय i. e. doing the whole mass of details with reference to one thing first, then doing the same with the second and so on. This is also known as एकजातीयानुसमय. (c) समुदायानुसमय i. e. doing a group of details forming a composite whole (समुदाय) with reference to one, then doing it with reference to the second and so on. It may be noted that when several details are to be performed with reference to one thing or person, the details are in close proximity with the प्रधान and hence the problem of अङ्गप्रधानप्रत्यासत्ति does not arise in such cases. But when several things are to be performed with respect to several things or persons, this अङ्गप्रधानप्रत्यासत्ति can be achieved by following the पदार्थानुसमय, which, therefore, is to be preferred to the other two words. (This is known as the पदार्थानुसमयन्याय.) But when पदार्थानुसमय is found not practicable, the second mode i. e. the काण़्डानुसमय or एकजातीयानुसमय should be adopted, provided that among the details to be performed, there are none which together form a composite whole. (This is known as काण्डानुसमयन्याय.) If, however, there are among the details to be performed some details which form one or more composite wholes, they should be performed together with the first thing or person, then with the second, and so on. Thus in such cases the समुदायानुसमय should be adopted. (This is known as समुदायानुसमयन्याय.)
anūḍha अनूढ a. 1 Not borne or carried. -2 Unmarried; परिवेत्तानुजो$नूढे ज्येष्ठे दारपरिग्रहात् Ak. -ढा An unmarried woman. -Comp. -मान a. bashful, modest, -गमनम् (˚ढा˚) Fornication. -भ्रातृ m. (˚ढा˚) 1 the brother of an unmarried woman. -2 the brother of the concubine of a king.
anūtiḥ अनूतिः f. [वे-क्तिन्, न. त.] Not coming or going (to aid) (अनागमनम्) अनूती हिरिशिप्रः सत्वा Rv.6.29.6.
anūna अनून a. 1 Not inferior, not less (with abl. expressed or understood); not wanting or lacking in (with instr.); वृन्दावने चैत्ररथादनूने R.6.5; अनूनसारं निषधान्नगेन्द्रात् 18.1; आकृतिप्रत्ययादेनामनूनवस्तुकां संभावयामि M.1 of no inferior stuff; इमामनूनां सुरभेरवेहि R.2.54; गुणैरनूनाम् 6.37; किंचिदूनमनूनर्धेः R.1.1. -2 Full, whole, entire; large; महर्षभस्कन्धमनूनकन्धरम् Ki.14.4; great; Śi.4.11; (before adjectives) very; ˚गुरुर्नितम्बः S. D. excessively big or heavy. -3 Having full power.
anūrjita अनूर्जित a. 1 Not strong, weak, powerless. -2 Free from pride.
anūrdhva अनूर्ध्व a. 1 Not high, low; ˚भास् Ved. whose splendour does not rise, who lights no (sacred) fires.
anūrmi अनूर्मि a. 1 Not waving, unruffled by waves, not fluctuating. -2 Inviolable.
anūṣara अनूषर a. 1 Saline, the same as ऊषर; cf. उत्तम and अनुत्तम. -2 Not saline.
anṛc अनृच् च a. [न. ब.] 1 Without a hymn, not containing a verse from the Ṛigveda; अनृक् साम P.V.4. 74 Sk. -2 [नास्ति ऋक् अभ्यस्ततया यस्य अच् समासः] Not conversant with, not studying the Ṛigveda, one not invested with the sacred thread and hence not yet entitled to study the Vedas (as a boy); द्विवेदाश्चैकवेदाश्चा- प्यनृचश्च तथापरे Mb.3.149.28. यथा चाज्ञे$फलं दानं तथा विप्रो$ नृचो$फलः Ms.2.158; अनृचो माणवकः Mugdha. (In this case the form should properly be अनृच; अनृचबह्वृचावध्ये- तर्येव Sk.; but sometimes अनृच् also in the same sense; cf. तथा$नृचे हविर्दत्वा न दाता लभते फलम् Ms.3.142; सहस्रं हि सहस्राणामनृचां यत्र भुञ्जते 131); अनृक्क also in the same sense.
anṛju अनृजु a. Not straight, crooked; (fig.) unfair, wicked, dishonest; न पाणिपादचपलो न नेत्रचपलो$नृजुः Ms. 4.177; P.V.2.75 Sk.
anṛṇa अनृण a. Free from debt, who has paid off the debt (due to another) with gen. of person or thing; एनामनृणां करोमि Ś.1; तत्रानृणास्मि U.7; प्राणैर्दशरथप्रीतेरनृणम् (गृध्रम्) R.12.54; Mv.5.58; पितॄणामनृणः Ms.9.16; 6.94. Every one that is born has three debts to pay off :-- to Sages, Gods, and the Manes; cf. जायमानो वै ब्राह्मणस्त्रिभिर्ऋणैर्वा जायते ब्रह्मचर्येणर्षिभ्यः, यज्ञेन देवेभ्यः, प्रजया पितृभ्यः; he, therefore, who learns the Vedas, offers sacrifices to Gods, and begets a son, becomes अनृण (free from debt); एष वानृणः यः पुत्री यज्वा ब्रह्मचारीवासी; cf. also ऋषिदेवगणस्वधाभुजां श्रुतयागप्रसवैः स पार्थिवः । अनृणत्व- मुपेयिवान्बभौ परिधेर्मुक्त इवोष्णदीधितिः ॥ R.8.3.
anṛta अनृत a. [न. त.] 1 Not true, false (words); ˚तं धनम् Ms.4.17 wrongly got; प्रियं च नानृतं ब्रूयात् 4.138. -तम् Falsehood, lying, cheating; deception, fraud; सत्यानृते अवपश्यञ्जनानाम् Rv.7.49.3; अनृतं जीवितस्यार्थे वदन्न स्पृश्यते$नृतैः Mb.7.19.47;1.74.15;8.69.65. ऋतानृते Ms.1.29; साक्ष्ये$नृतं वदन् 8.97; oft. in comp.; पशु˚, भूमि˚, गो˚, पुरुष˚ giving false evidence in the matter of &c.; Ms.9.71.; cf. also : पञ्च कन्यानृते हन्ति दश हन्ति गवानृते । शतमश्वानृते हन्ति सहस्रं पुरुषानृते ॥ Pt.3.18. अनृत personified is the son of अधर्म and हिंसा, husband and brother of निकृति, father of भय, नरक, माया and वेदना. Viṣṇu P. -2 Agriculture, 'सेवाश्ववृत्तिरनृतं कृषिः' इति कोशात्; आमिषं यच्च पूर्वेषां राजसं च मलं भृशम् । अनृतं नाम तद् भूतं क्षिप्तेन पृथिवीतले ॥ Rām.7.74.16. (opp. सत्य); Occupation of a Vaiśya (वाणिज्य); सत्यानृतं तु वाणिज्यं तेन चैवापि जीव्यते Ms.4.5. -Comp. -देव a. whose gods are not true (Sāy.); यदि वाहमनृतदेव आस Rv.7.14.14; not playing fairly (?). -वदनम्, -भाषणम्, -आख्यानम् lying, falsehood. -वादिन् -वाच् a. a liar. उद्विजन्ते यथा सर्पान्नरादनृतवादिनः Rām.2.19.12. -व्रत a. false to one's vows or promises. अनृत anṛta (ति ti) क k अनृतिन् anṛtin अनृत (ति) क अनृतिन् a. Lying, a liar. नैवाव्रतो नानृतिको न हिंस्रः Bu. ch.2.11.
aneka अनेक a. 1 Not one; more than one, many; अनेक- पितृकाणां तु पितृतो भागकल्पना Y.2.12, अनेकराजन्यरथाश्वसंकुलम् Ki.1.16; several, various; तथात्मैको$प्यनेकश्च Y.3.144. -2 Separated; divided; oft. in comp.; ˚आकार having many shapes or forms; diverse, multiform; ˚कालम् -वारम् several times, many a time and oft.; ˚भार्य having more wives than one. -Comp. -अक्षर, -अच् a. having more than one vowel or syllable; polysyllabic. -अग्र a. 1 engaged in several pursuits. -2 not concentrated or fixed on one object. -3 Agitated. perplexed; स त्वनेकाग्रहृदयो द्वास्थं प्रत्यर्च्य तं जनम् Rām.2.41.34. -अन्त a. 1 [न. ब] not alone so as to exclude all others, uncertain, doubtful, variable; स्यादित्यव्ययमनेकान्तवाचकम् -2 = अनैकान्तिक q. v. (-न्तः) 1 unsettled condition, absence of permanence. -2 uncertainty, doubtfulness. -3 an unessential part, as the several anubandhas. ˚वादः scepticism. ˚वादिन् m. a sceptic, a Jaina or an Arhat of the Jainas. -अर्थ a. 1 having many (more than one) meanings, homonymous; as the words गो, अमृत, अक्ष &c.; ˚त्वम् Capacity to express more senses than one; अनेकार्थत्वमन्याय्यम् ŚB. on MS.7.3.55. अनेकार्थस्य शब्दस्य K.P.2. -2 having the sense of word अनेक. -3 having many objects or purposes. (-र्थः) multiplicity of objects, topics &c. -अल् a. having more than one अल् (letter) P.I.1.55. -आश्रय, -आश्रित a. (in Vais. Phil.) dwelling or abiding in more than one (such as संयोग, सामान्य); एते$नेकाश्रिता गुणाः Bhāsā. P.; dependence upon more than one. -कृत् m. 'doing much', N. of Śiva. -गुण a. of many kinds, manifold, diverse; विगणय्य कारणमनेकगुणम् Ki.6.37. -गुप्तः N. of a king; ˚अर्चितपादपङ्कजः K.3. -गोत्र a. belonging to two families (such as a boy when adopted) i. e. that of his own, and that of his adoptive father. -चर a. gregarious. -चित्त a. not of one mind, fickle-minded; कच्चिन्नानेकचित्तानां तेषां त्वं वशमागतः Rām. 6.24.26. ˚मन्त्रः not following the counsels of one; H.4.31. -ज a. born more than once. (-जः) a bird (गर्भाण्डाभ्यां जातत्वात्). -पः an elephant (so called because he drinks with his trunk and mouth); cf. द्विप; वन्येतरानेकपदर्शनेन R.5,47.; Śi.5.35,12.75. -2 -पद a. multi-numbered; having many component members (as in a Bahuvrīhi compound). e. g. बृहद् अस्य रथन्तरसाम इति बृहद्रथन्तरसामा ŚB. on MS.1.6.4. -भार्य a. Having more wives than one. -मुख a. (खी f.) a. 1 having many faces, many-faced. -2 scattered, dispersed, going in various directions, taking to various ways; (बलानि) जगाहिरे$नेकमुखानि मार्गान् Bk.2.54. -मूर्तिः 'having many forms', N. of Viṣṇu who assumed various forms to deliver the earth from calamities. -युद्धविजयिन्, -विजयिन् a. victorious in many battles; Pt.3.9,11. -रूप a. 1 of various forms, multiform. -2 of various kinds or sorts. -3 fickle, changeable, of a varying nature; वेश्याङ्गनेव नृपनीतिरनेकरूपा Pt.1.425. (-पः) epithet of the Supreme Being. -लोचनः N. of Śiva; also of Indra, and of the Supreme Being, he being said to be सहस्राक्षः सहस्रपात् &c. -वचनम् the plural number; dual also. -वर्ण a. involving more than one (unknown) quantity (the unknown quantities x. y. z. &c. being represented in Sanskrit by colours नील, काल &c.); ˚समीकरणम् simultaneous equation; ˚गुणनम्, ˚व्यवकलनम्, ˚हारः multiplication, subtraction or division of unknown quantities. -विध a. various, different. -शफ a. cloven-hoofed. -शब्द a. synonymous. -साधारण a. common to many, the common property of many persons Dk.83.
anekākin अनेकाकिन् a. Not alone, accompanied by.
anejat अनेजत् a. [न एजत्] Not moving, immovable; of the same form, epithet of Brahman or the Supreme Soul (सर्वदैकरूपं ब्रह्म) अनेजदेकं मनसो जवीयः Īs. Up.4.
anedya अनेद्य a. Ved. 1 Not to be blamed; praiseworthy, chief (प्रशस्त, प्रधान). -2 Not near; infinite.
anenas अनेनस् a. Sinless, blameless; not liable to error.
anehas अनेहस् a. [न हन्यते, हन्-असि, धातोः एहादेशः नञि हन् एह च Uṇ.4.223] (lit.) Not killed or destroyed or obstructed; Ved. without a rival, incomparable, unattainable, inaccessible; unobstructed, not liable to be hurt or injured; शंभुवं मन्त्रं देवा अनेहसम् Rv.I.4.6,4;6.5.3. -m. (हा-हसौ &c.) Time (not being liable to be destroyed). cf. तस्मादनेहसं कंचित्प्रतीक्षस्व महाभुज Śiva. B. 9.18 also 5.11,59. कुसुमबाणसखेन सुखासितं विपिनमापि न मानमनेहसा Rām. Ch.4.11.
anaikānta अनैकान्त a. Variable, uncertain, unsteady; occasional, casual (as a cause not invariably attended by the same effects.).
anaikāntika अनैकान्तिक a. (की f.) 1 Unsteady, uncertain; not to the point, not very important; भृत्यो$भृत्य इति ˚कमेतत् Pt.1. -2 (in Logic) Name of one of the five main divisions of हेत्वाभास (fallacies,) otherwise called सव्यभिचार. It is of three kinds :- (a) साधारण, where the हेतु is found both in the समक्ष and विपक्ष, the argument being therefore too general. (b) असाधारण where the हेतु is in the पक्ष alone, the argument being not general enough. (c) अनुपसंहारी which embraces every known thing in the पक्ष, the argument being nonconclusive.
ano अनो ind. No, not; अभावे न ह्यनो नापि Ak.
anokaśāyin अनोकशायिन् m. (यी) Not sleeping in house, a beggar.
anokaha अनोकह a. [अन्-ओकस्-हा] Not leaving the house. -हः [अनसः शकटस्य अकं गतिं हन्ति, हन्, -ड] A tree; अनोकहा- कम्पितपुष्पगन्धी R.2.13;5.69.
anoṅkṛta अनोङ्कृत a. 1 Not attended with the sacred syllable ओम् ब्रह्मणः प्रणवं कुर्यादादावन्ते च सर्वदा । स्रवत्यनोङ्कृतं पूर्वं परस्ताच्च विशीर्यति ॥ Ms.2.74. -2 Not accepted.
anaurasa अनौरस a. Not legitimate, not one's own, adopted (as a son).
anta अन्त a. [अम्-तन् Uṇ.3.86] 1 Near. -2 Last. -3 Handsome, lovely; Me.23; दन्तोज्ज्वलासु विमलोपलमे- खलान्ताः Śi.4.4, (where, however, the ordinary sense of 'border' or 'skirt' may do as well, though Malli. renders अन्त by रम्य, quoting the authority of शब्दार्णव - 'मृताववसिते रम्ये समाप्तावन्त इष्यते'). -4 Lowest, worst. -5 Youngest. -तः (n. in some senses) 1 (a) End, limit, boundary (in time or space); final limit, last or extreme point; स सागरान्तां पृथिवीं प्रशास्ति H.4.5 bounded by the ocean, as far as the sea; अपाङ्गौ नेत्रयो- रन्तौ Ak.; उद्युक्तो विद्यान्तमधिगच्छति H.3.114 goes to the end of, masters completely; श्रुतस्य यायादयमन्तमर्भकस्तथा परेषां युधि चेति पार्थिवः (where अन्त also means end or destruction); जीवलोकसुखानामन्तं ययौ K.59 enjoyed all worldly pleasures; आलोकितः खलु रमणीयानामन्तः K.124 end, furthest extremity; दिगन्ते श्रूयन्ते Bv.1.2. -2 Skirt, border, edge, precinct; a place or ground in general; यत्र रम्यो वनान्तः U.2.25 forest ground, skirts of the forest; ओदकान्तात् स्निग्धो जनो$नुगन्तव्यः Ś.4; उपवनान्तलताः R.9.35 as far as the borders or skirts; वृत्तः स नौ संगतयोर्वनान्ते R.2.58,2.19; Me.23. Upper part (शिरोभाग); महा- र्हमुक्तामणिभूषितान्तम् Rām.5.4.3. -3 End of a texture, edge, skirt, fringe or hem of a garment; वस्त्र˚; पवनप्रनर्तितान्तदेशे दुकूले K.9 (by itself in Veda). -4 Vicinity, proximity, neighbourhood, presence; नाधीयीत श्मशानान्ते ग्रामान्ते Ms. 4.116; Y.2.162; जलान्ते छन्दसां कुर्यादुत्सर्गं विधिवद् बहिः 1.143; गङ्गाप्रपातान्तविरूढशष्पम् (गह्वरम्) R.2.26; पुंसो यमान्तं व्रजतः P.2.115 going into the vicinity or presence of Yama; अन्योन्यामन्त्रणं यत्स्याज्जनान्ते तज्जनान्तिकम् S. D.; यां तु कुमारस्यान्ते वाचमभाषथास्तां मे ब्रूहि Śat. Br. (These four senses are allied). -5 End, conclusion, termination (opp. आरम्भ or आदि); सेकान्ते R.1.51; दिनान्ते निहितम् R.4.1; मासान्ते, पक्षान्ते, दशाहान्ते &c.; एकस्य दुःखस्य न यावदन्तं गच्छाम्यहं पारमिवार्णवस्य Pt.2.175; व्यसनानि दुरन्तानि Ms.7.45; दशान्तमुपेयिवान् R.12.1 going to the end of the period of life (end of the wick); व्यसनं वर्धयत्येव तस्यान्तं नाधिगच्छति Pt.2.18; oft. in comp. in this sense, and meaning 'ending in or with', 'ceasing to exist with', 'reaching to the end'; तदन्तं तस्य जीवितम् H.1.91 ends in it; कलहान्तानि हर्म्याणि कुवाक्यान्तं च सौहृदम् । कुराजान्तानि राष्ट्राणि कुकर्मान्तं यशो नृणाम् ॥ Pt.5.76; विशाखान्ता गता मेघा प्रसूत्यन्तं च यौवनम् । प्रणामान्तः सतां कोपो याचनान्तंहि गौरवम् ॥ Subhā. फलोदयान्ताय तपःसमाधये Ku.5.6 ending with (lasting till) the attainment of fruit; यौवनान्तं वयो यस्मिन् Ku.6.44; R.11.62,14.41; विपदन्ता ह्यविनीतसंपदः Ki.2.52; युगसहस्रान्तं ब्राह्मं पुण्यमहर्विदुः Ms.1.73 at the end of 1 Yugas; प्राणान्तं दण़्डम् Ms.8.359 capital punishment (such as would put an end to life). -6 Death, destruction; end or close of life; धरा गच्छत्यन्तं Bh.3.71 goes down to destruction; योगेनान्ते तनुत्यजाम् R.1.8; एका भवेत्स्वस्तिमती त्वदन्ते 2.48;12.75; ममाप्यन्ते Ś.6; अद्य कान्तः कृतान्तो वा दुःखस्यान्तं करिष्यति Udb.; औषध्यः फलपाकान्ताः Ms.1.46; अन्तं या To be destroyed, perish, be ruined. -7 (In gram.) A final syllable or letter of a word; अजन्त ending in a vowel; so हलन्त, सुबन्त, तिडन्त &c. -8 The last word in a compound. -9 Ascertainment, or settlement (of a question); definite or final settlement; pause, final determination, as in सिद्धान्त; न चैव रावणस्यान्तो दृश्यते जीवितक्षये Rām.6.17.58 उभयोरपि दृष्टोन्तस्त्वनयोस्तत्त्वदर्शिभिः Bg.2.16 (सदसतोः इत्यर्थः). -1 The last portion or the remainder (n. also); निशान्तः; वेदान्तः &c. वेदांश्चैव तु वेदाङ्गान् वेदान्तानि तथा स्मृतीः । अधीत्य ब्राह्मणः पूर्वं शक्तितो$न्यांश्च संपठेत् ॥ Bṛihadyogi- yājñavalkya Smṛiti 12.34. -11 Underneath, inside, inner part; युष्मदीयं च जलान्ते गृहम् Pt.4 in water, underneath water; सुप्रयुक्तस्य दम्भस्य ब्रह्माप्यन्तं न गच्छति Pt.1.22 does not penetrate or dive into, sound, fathom; आशङ्कितस्यान्तं गच्छामि M.3 shall dive deep into, fully satisfy, my doubts. -12 Total amount, whole number or quantity. -13 A large number. -14 Nature, condition; sort, species; मम मोक्षस्य को$न्तो वै ब्रह्मन्ध्यायस्व वै प्रभो Mb.12.282.32. एतदन्तास्तु गतयो ब्रह्माद्याः समुदाहृताः Ms.1.5. -15 Disposition; essence; शुद्धान्तः -16 Division (विभाग); ते$नया कात्यायन्या$न्तं करवाणीति Bri. Up.2.4.1. [cf. Goth. andeis, and; Germ. ende and ent; also Gr. anti; L. ante]. cf. अन्तस्तु भागे$- वसिते रचनायां च तत्परे । मृतौ निषेवणे रम्ये समाप्तावग्रमध्ययोः ॥ स्वरूपे च समीपे च पुंलिङ्गे$पि प्रकीर्तितः । Nm. -Comp. -अवशा- यिन् m. [अन्ते पर्यन्तदेशे अवशेते] a chāṇḍāla. -अवसायिन् [नखकेशानामन्तं अवसातुं छेत्तुं शीलमस्य, सो-णिनि] 1 a barber. -2 a chāṇḍāla, low caste. -3 N. of a sage, see अन्त्याव- सायिन् (अन्ते पश्चिमे वयसि अवस्यति तत्त्वं निश्चिनोति). -उदात्त a. having the acute accent on the last syllable. (-त्तः) the acute accent on the last syllable; P.VI,1.199. -ओष्ठः The lower lip (अधरोष्ठ); रुधिरं न व्यतिक्रामदन्तोष्ठादम्ब मा शुचः Mb.11.15.16. -कर, -करण,-कारिन् a. causing death or destruction, fatal, mortal, destructive; क्षत्रिया- न्तकरणो$पि विक्रमः R.11.75 causing the destruction of; राज्यान्तकरणावेतौ द्वौ दोषौ पृथिवीक्षिताम् Ms.9.221; अहमन्तकरो नूनं ध्वान्तस्येव दिवाकरः Bk. -कर्मन् n. death, destruction; षो अन्तकर्मणि Dhātupāṭha. -कालः, -वेला time or hour of death; स्थित्वा स्यामन्तकाले$पि ब्रह्मनिर्वाणमृच्छति Bg.2.72. -कृत् m. death; वर्जयेदन्तकृन्मर्त्यं वर्जयेदनिलो$नलम् Rām. -कृद्दशाः N. of the eighth of the twelve sacred Aṅga texts of the Jainas (containing ten chapters). -ग a. having gone to the end of, thoroughly conversant or familiar with, (in comp.); शाखान्तगमथाध्वर्युम् Ms.3.145. -गति, -गामिन् a. perishing. प्राप्तो$न्तगामी विपरीतबुद्धिः Rām.6.59.94. -गमनम् 1 going to the end, finishing, completing; प्रारब्धस्य ˚नं द्वितीयं बुद्धिलक्षणम् -2 death, perishing, dying. -चक्रम् Reading of omens and augury; Kau. A. -चर a. 1 walking about, going to the borders or frontiers. -2 completing or finishing (as a business &c.). -ज a. last born. -दीपकम् a figure of speech (in Rhetoric). -परिच्छदः a. cover, covering utensil. राजतान्तपरिच्छदां दिव्यपायससंपूर्णां पात्रीम् Rām.1.16.14. -पालः 1 a frontier-guard, guarding the frontiers; विनीतैरन्तपालैश्च रक्षोभिश्च सुरक्षितम् Rām.5.6.9. ˚दुर्गे M.1; त्वदीयेनान्तपाले- नावस्कन्द्य गृहीतः ibid. -2 a door-keeper (rare). सुद्युम्न- स्त्वन्तपालेभ्यः श्रुत्वा लिखितमागतम् Mb.12.23.29. -भव, -भाज् a. being at the end, last. -लीन a. hidden, con- cealed. -लोपः dropping of the final of a word. (न्ते˚) -वासिन् a. dwelling near the frontiers, dwelling close by. -m. [अन्ते गुरुसमीपे वस्तुं शीलं यस्य] 1 a pupil (who always dwells near his master to receive instruction); P.IV.3.14;VI.2.36.; Ms.4.33. -2 a chāṇḍāla (who dwells at the extremity of a village). -वेला = ˚कालः q. v. -व्यापत्तिः f. change of the final syllable, as in मेघ from मिह् Nir. -शय्या 1 a bed on the ground. -2 the last bed, death-bed; hence death itself. -3 a place for burial or burning. -4 a bier or funeral pile. -संश्लेषः union (सन्धि), joint; सुखदुःखान्तसंश्लेषम् (काल- चक्रम्) Mb.14.45.3. -सत्क्रिया last rites, funeral ceremonies, obsequies. -सढ् m. pupil; तमुपासते गुरुमिवा- न्तसदः Ki.6.34. -स्वरितः the svarita accent on the last syllable of a word.
antar अन्तर् ind. [अम्-अरन्-तुडागमश्च Uṇ.5.6, अमेस्तुट् च] 1 (Used as a prefix to verbs and regarded as a preposition or गति) (a) In the middle, between; in, into, inside; ˚हन्, ˚धा, ˚गम्, ˚भू, ˚इ, ˚ली &c. (b) Under. -2 (Used adverbially) (a) Between, betwixt, amongst, within; in the middle or interior, inside (opp. वहिः); अदह्यतान्तः R.2.32 burnt within himself, at heart; अन्तरेव विहरन् दिवानिशम् R.19.6 in the palace, in the harem; so ˚भिन्नं भ्रमति हृदयम् Māl. 5.2; अन्तर्विभेद Dk.13; यदन्तस्तन्न जिह्वायाम् Pt.4.88; अन्तर्यश्च मृग्यते V.1.1 internally, in the mind. (b) By way of seizing or holding; अन्तर्हत्वा गतः (हतं परिगृह्य). -3 (As a separable preposition) (a) In, into, between, in the middle, inside, within, (with loc.); निवसन्नन्तर्दारुणि लङ्घ्यो वह्निः Pt.1.31; अन्तरादित्ये Ch. Up., अन्तर्वेश्मनि Ms.7 223; Y.3.31; अप्स्वन्तरमृतमप्सु Rv.1. 23.19. अप्सु मे सोमो$ब्रवीदन्तर् विश्वानि भेषजा ibid. (b) Between (with acc.) Ved. अन्तर्मही बृहती रोदसीमे Rv. 7.87.2; अन्तर्देवान् मर्त्यांश्च 8.2.4; हिरण्मय्योर्ह कुश्योरन्तर- वहित आस Śat. Br. (c) In, into, inside, in the interior, in the midst (with gen.); प्रतिबलजलधेरन्तरौर्वायमाणे Ve. 3.7; अन्तःकञ्चुकिकञ्चुकस्य Ratn.2.3; बहिरन्तश्च भूतानाम् Bg.13.15; त्वमग्ने सर्वभूतानामन्तश्चरसि साक्षिवत् Y.2.14; लघुवृत्तितया भिदां गतं बहिरन्तश्च नृपस्य मण्डलम् Ki.2.53; अन्तरीपं यदन्तर्वारिणस्तटम् Ak.; oft. in comp. at the end; कूपान्तः पतितः Pt.5; सभान्तः साक्षिणः प्राप्तान् Ms.8.79; दन्तान्तरधि- ष्ठितम् Ms.5.141 between the teeth; उत्पित्सवो$न्तर्नदभर्तुः Śi.3.77; also in compound with a following word; अहं सदा शरीरान्तर्वासिनी ते सरस्वती Ks.4.11. -4 It is frequently used as the first member of compounds in the sense of 'internally', 'inside', 'within', 'in the interior', 'having in the interior', 'filled with', 'having concealed within', or in the sense of 'inward', 'internal', 'secret', 'hidden' &c., forming Adverbial, Bahuvrīhi or Tatpuruṣa compounds; कुन्दमन्तस्तुषारम् (Bah. comp.) Ś.5.19 filled with dew; ˚स्तोयम् (Bah. comp.) Me.66; अन्तर्गिरि (Adv. comp.) Ki.1.34; ज्वलयति तनूमन्तर्दाहः (Tat. comp.) U.3.31; so ˚कोपः, ˚कोणः, ˚आकूतम् &c. -5 It is also supposed to be a particle of assent (स्वीकारार्थक). (Note. In comp. the र् of अन्तर् is changed to a visarga before hard consonants, as अन्तः- करणम्, अन्तःस्थ &c.). [cf. L. inter; Zend antare; Goth. undar; Pers. andar; Gr. entos;]. -Comp. -अंसः the breast (= अंतरा-अंस q. v.). -अग्निः inward fire, the fire which stimulates digestion; दीप्तान्तरग्निपरिशुद्धकोष्ठः Susr. -अंङ्ग a. 1 inward, internal, comprehended, included (with abl.); त्रयमन्तरङ्ग पूर्वेभ्यः Pat Sūtra. -2 proximate, related to, essential to or referring to the essential part of the अङ्ग or base of a word (opp. बहिरङ्ग); धातूपसर्गयोः कार्यमन्तरङ्गम् P.VIII.3.74 Sk. -3 dear, most beloved (अत्यन्तप्रिय); स्वपिति सुखमिदा- नीमन्तरङ्गः कुरङ्गः Ś.4.v.l. (-अङ्गम्) 1 the inmost limb or organ, the heart, mind; सन्तुष्टान्तरङ्गः Dk.11; ˚वृत्ति 21; the interior. -2 an intimate friend, near or confidential person (forming, as it were, part of oneself); मदन्तरङ्गभूताम् Dk.81,93,11; राजान्तरङ्गभावेन 135; अन्तरङ्गेषु राज्यभारं समर्प्य*** 159. -3 an essential or indispensable part, as श्रवण, मनन & निदिध्यासन in realizing Brahman. -4 What is intimately connected or related; अन्तरङ्गबहिरङ्ग- योरन्तरङ्ग बलीयः ŚB. on MS.12.2.29. -अवयव an inner part; P.V.4.62. -आकाशः the ether or Brahman that resides in the heart of man (a term often occurring in the Upaniṣads). -आकूतम् secret or hidden intention. -आगमः an additional augment between two letters, -आगारम् the interior of a house; स्त्रीनक्तमन्तरा- गारबहिःशत्रुकृतांस्तथा Y.2.31. -आत्मन् m. (त्मा) 1 the inmost spirit or soul, the soul or mind; also the internal feelings, the heart, अङ्गुष्ठमात्रपुरुषोन्तरात्मा Śvet.; नास्य प्रत्यक- रोद्वीर्यं विक्लवेनान्तरात्मना Rām.6.13.28. गतिमस्यान्तरात्मनः Ms.6.73; जीवसंज्ञोन्तरात्मान्यः सहजः सर्वदेहिनाम् 12.13; मद्- गतेनान्तरात्मना Bg.6.47 with the heart fixed on me; जातो ममायं विशदः प्रकामं ...... अन्तरात्मा Ś.4.22, U.3.38, प्रायः सर्वो भवति करुणावृत्तिरार्द्रान्तरात्मा Me.95. -2 (In phil.) the inherent supreme spirit or soul (residing in the interior of man); अन्तरात्मासि देहिनाम् Ku.6.21. -आपणः a market in the heart (inside) of a town. -आय, -आल; See s. v. -आराम a. rejoicing in oneself, finding pleasure in his soul or heart; यो$न्तःसुखोन्तरारामस्तथान्तर्जर्यो- तिरेव सः Bg.5.24. -इन्द्रियम् an internal organ or sense. -उष्यम् Ved. a secret abode. -करणम् the internal organ; the heart, soul; the seat of thought and feeling, thinking faculty, mind, conscience; प्रमाणं ˚प्रवृत्तयः Ś.1.22; सबाह्य ˚णः अन्तरात्मा V.4 the soul in all its senses external and internal, the inner and outer man; दयार्द्रभावमाख्यातमन्तःकरणैर्विशङ्कैः R.2.11. According to the Vedānta अन्तःकरण is of four kinds : मनो बुद्धिरहङ्कार- श्चित्तं करणमान्तरम् । संशयो निश्चयो गर्वः स्मरणं विषया इमे ॥ अन्तःकरणं त्रिविधम् Sāṅkhya 33, i. e. बुद्धयहङ्कारमनांसि; सान्तःकरणा बुद्धिः 35, i. e. अहङ्कारमनःसहिता. -कल्पः a certain number of years (with Buddhists). -कुटिल a. inwardly crooked (fig. also); fraudulent. (-लः) a conch-shell. -कृ(क्रि)मिः a disease of worms in the body. -कोटरपुष्पी = अण्ड- कोटरपुष्पी. -कोपः 1 internal disturbance; H.3. -2 inward wrath, secret anger. -कोशम् the interior of a storeroom. -गङ्गा the secret or hidden Ganges (supposed to communicate uuderground with a secret stream in Mysore). -गडु a. [अन्तर्मध्ये गडुरिव] useless, unprofitable, unnecessary, unavailing; किमनेनान्तर्गडुना Sar. S. (ग्रीवाप्रदेश- जातस्य गलमांसपिण्डस्य गडोर्यथा निरर्थकत्वं तद्वत्). -गम् -गत &c. See under अंतर्गम्. -गर्भ a. 1 bearing young, pregnant. -2 having a गर्भ or inside; so ˚गर्भिन्. -गिरम् -रि ind. in mountains. अध्यास्तेन्तर्गिरं यस्मात् करतन्नावैति कारणम् Bk.5.87. -गुडवलयः the sphincter muscle. -गूढ a. concealed inside, being inward; ˚घनव्यथः U.3.1; R.19.57; ˚विषः with poison concealed in the heart. -गृहम्, -गेहम्, -भवनम् [अन्तःस्थं गृहम् &c.] 1 the inner apartment of a house, the interior of a house. -2 N. of a holy place in Benares; पञ्चक्रोश्यां कृतं पापमन्तर्गेहे विनश्यति. -घणः -णम् [अन्तर्हन्यते क्रोडीभवत्यस्मिन्, निपातः] the open space before the house between the entrance-door and the house (= porch or court); तस्मिन्नन्तर्घणे पश्यन् प्रघाणे सौधसद्मनः Bk.7.62 द्वारमतिक्रम्य यः सावकाशप्रदेशः सो$न्तर्घणः). (-नः -णः) N. of a country of Bāhīka (or Bālhīka) (P.III.3.78 बाहीकग्रामविशेषस्य संज्ञेयम् Sk.). -घातः striking in the middle Kāsi. on P.III.3.78. -चर a. pervading the body. internally situated, internal, inward अन्तश्चराणां मरुतां निरोधात् Ku.3.48; U.7. -ज a. born or bred in the interior (as a worm &c.). -जठरम् the stomach. (ind.) in the stomach. -जम्भः the inner part of the jaws (खादनस्थानं जम्भः, दन्तपङ्क्त्यो- रन्तरालम्). -जात a. inborn, innate. -जानु ind. between the knees. -जानुशयः One sleeping with hands between the knees; अन्तर्जानुशयो यस्तु भुञ्जते सक्तभाजनः Mb.3.2.75. -ज्ञानम् inward or secret knowledge. -ज्योतिस् a. enlightened inwardly, with an enlightened soul. यो$न्तःसुखो$न्तरारामस्तथान्तर्ज्योतिरेव यः Bg.5.24. (-स् n.) the inward light, light of Brahman. -ज्वलनम् inflammation. (-नः) inward heat or fire; mental anxiety. -ताप a. burning inwardly (-पः) internal fever or heat Ś.3.13. -दधनम् [अन्तर्दध्यते आधीयते मादकतानेन] distillation of spirituous liquor, or a substance used to produce fermentation. -दशा a term in astrology, the time when a particular planet exercises its influence over man's destiny (ज्योतिषोक्तः महादशान्तर्गतो ग्रहाणां स्वाधिपत्यकालभेदः). -दशाहम् an interval of 1 days; ˚हात् before 1 days. Ms.8.222; ˚हे 5.79. -दहनम् -दाहः 1 inward heat; ज्वलयति तनूमन्तर्दाहः U.3.31; ˚हेन दहनः सन्तापयति राघवम् Rām. -2 inflammation. -दुःख a. sad or afflicted at heart; -दुष्ट a. internally bad, wicked or base at heart. -दृष्टिः f. examining one's own soul, insight into oneself. -देशः an intermediate region of the compass. -द्वारम् private or secret door within the house (प्रकोष्ठद्वारम्). -धा-धि, -हित &c. See. s. v. -नगरम् the palace of a king (being inside the town); cf. ˚पुरम्; दशाननान्तर्नगरं ददर्श Rām. -निवेशनम् inner part of the house; यथा चारोपितो वृक्षो जातश्चान्तर्निवेशने Rām.6.128.6. -निहित a. being concealed within; अङ्गैरन्तर्निहितवचनैः सूचितः सम्यगर्थः M.2.8. -निष्ठ a. engaged in internal meditation. -पटः, -टम् a screen of cloth held between two persons who are to be united (as a bride and bridegroom, or pupil and preceptor) until the acctual time of union arrives. -पथ a. Ved. being on the way. -पदम् ind. in the interior of an inflected word. -पदवी = सुषुम्णामध्यगतः पन्थाः -पिरधानम् the innermost garment. -पर्शव्य a. being between the ribs (as flesh). -पवित्रः the Soma when in the straining vessel. -पशुः [अन्तर्गाममध्ये पशवो यत्र] the time when the cattle are in the village or stables (from sunset to sunrise); अन्तःपशौ पशुकामस्य सायं प्रातः Kāty; (सायं पशुषु ग्राममध्ये आगतेषु प्रातश्च ग्रामादनिःसृतेषु com.). -पातः, पात्यः 1 insertion of a letter (in Gram.). -2 a post fixed in the middle of the sacrificial ground (used in ritual works); अन्तःपूर्वेण यूपं परीत्यान्तःपात्यदेशे स्थापयति Kāty. -पातित, -पातिन् a. 1 inserted. -2 included or comprised in; falling within; दण्डकारण्य˚ ति आश्रमपदम् K.2. -पात्रम् Ved. interior of a vessel. -पालः one who watches over the inner apartments of a palace. -पुरम् [अन्तः अभ्यन्तरं पुरं गृहम्, or पुरस्यान्तःस्थितम्] 1 inner apartment of a palace (set apart for women); female or women's apartments, seraglio, harem (so called from their being situated in the heart of the town, for purposes of safety); व्यायम्याप्लुत्य मध्याह्ने भोक्तुमन्तःपुरं विशेत् Ms.7.216,221,224; कन्यान्तःपुरे कश्चित्प्रविशति Pt.1. -2 inmates of the female apartments, a queen or queens, the ladies taken collectively; अन्तःपुराणि सर्वाणि रुदमानानि सत्वरम् Rām.6.111.111. ˚विरहपर्युत्सुकस्य राजर्षेः Ś.3; K.58; ततो राजा सान्तःपुरः स्वगृह- मानीयाभ्यर्चितः Pt.1; कस्यचिद्राज्ञो$न्तःपुरं जलक्रीडां कुरुते ibid. ˚प्रचारः gossip of the harem Ms.7.153; ˚समागतः Ś.4; also in pl.; कदाचिदस्मत्प्रार्थनामन्तःपुरेभ्यः कथयेत् Ś.2.; न ददाति वाचमुचितामन्तःपुरेभ्यो यदा Ś.6.5. ˚जन women of the palace; inmates of the female apartments; ˚चर, -अध्यक्षः-रक्षकः, -वर्ती guardian or superintendent of the harem, chamberlain; वृद्धः कुलोद्रतः शक्तः पितृपैतामहः शुचिः । राज्ञामन्तःपुरा- ध्यक्षो विनीतश्च तथेष्यते ॥ (of these five sorts are mentioned :- वामनक, जघन्य, कुब्ज, मण्डलक and सामिन् see Bṛi. S.) ˚सहायः one belonging to the harem. -पुरिकः [अन्तःपुरे नियुक्तः, ठक्] a chamberlain = ˚चर. (-कः, -का) a woman in the harem; अस्मत्प्रार्थनामन्तःपुरिके(का) भ्यो निवेदय Chaṇḍ. K. -पुष्पम् [कर्म.] the menstrual matter of women, before it regularly begins to flow every month; वर्षद्वादशकादूर्ध्वं यदि पुष्पं बहिर्न हि । अन्तःपुष्पं भवत्येव पनसोदुम्बरादिवत् Kāśyapa; ˚ष्पम् is therefore the age between 12 and the menstruation period. -पूय a. ulcerous. -पेयम् Ved. drinking up. -प्रकृतिः f. 1 the internal nature or constitution of man. -2 the ministry or body of ministers of a king. -3 heart or soul. ˚प्रकोपः internal dissensions or disaffection; अणुरप्युपहन्ति विग्रहः प्रभुमन्तःप्रकृतिप्रकोपजः Ki.2.51. -प्रको- पनम् sowing internal dissensions, causing internal revolts; अन्तःप्रकोपनं कार्यमभियोक्तुः स्थिरात्मनः H.3.93. -प्रज्ञ a. knowing oneself, with an enlightened soul. -प्रतिष्ठानम् residence in the interior. -बाष्प a. 1 with suppressed tears; अन्तर्बाष्पश्चिरमनुचरो राजराजस्य दध्यौ Me.3. -2 with tears gushing up inside, bedimmed with tears; कोपात्˚ ष्पे स्मरयति मां लोचने तस्याः V.4.15. (-ष्पः) suppressed tears, inward tears; निगृह्य ˚ष्पम् Bh.3.6; Māl.5. -भावः, भावना see under अन्तर्भू separately. -भिन्न a. split or broken inside, perforated, bored (said of a pearl) Pt.4 (also torn by dissensions). -भूमिः f. interior of the earth. -भेदः discord, internal dissensions; ˚जर्जरं राजकुलम् Mk.4 torn by internal dissensions; अन्तर्भेदाकुलं गेहं न चिराद्विनशिष्यति 'a house divided against itself cannot stand long.' -भौम a. subterranean, underground. -मदावस्थ a. having the rutting state concealed within; आसीदनाविष्कृतदानराजि- रन्तर्मदावस्थ इव द्विपेन्द्रः R.2.7. -मनस् a. 1 sad, disconsolate, dejected, distracted. -2 one who has concentrated and turned his mind inward, lost in abstract meditation. -मुख a. (-खी f.) 1 going into the mouth, pointing or turned inward; प्रचण्डपरिपिण्डितः स्तिमितवृत्तिरन्तर्मुखः Mv. 5.26. -2 having an inward entrance of opening (बाह्यवस्तुपरिहारेण परमात्मविषयकतया प्रवेशयुक्तं चित्तादि). -3 an epithet of the soul called प्राज्ञ, when it is enjoying the sweet bliss of sleep (आनन्दभुक् चेतोमुखः प्राज्ञः इति श्रुतेः). -4 Spiritual minded, looking inwardly into the soul; 'अन्तर्मुखाः सततमात्मविदो महान्तः' Viś. Guṇā.139. (-खम्) a sort of surgical scissors (having an opening inside), one of the 2 instruments mentioned by Suśruta in chapter 8 of Sūtrasthāna. -मातृका [अन्तःस्थाः ष़ट्चक्रस्थाः मातृकाः अकारादिवर्णाः] a name given in the Tantras for the letters of the alphabet assigned to the six lotuses (पद्म) of the body; ˚न्यासः a term used in Tantra literature for the mental assignment of the several letters of the alphabet to the different parts of the body. -मुद्र a. sealed inside; N. of a form of devotion. -मृत a. still-born. -यागः mental sacrifice or worship, a mode of worship referred to in the Tantras. -यामः 1 suppression of the breath and voice. -2 ˚पात्रम्, a sacrificial vessel (ग्रहरूपं सामापराख्यं यज्ञियपात्रम्); according to others, a Soma libation made during the suppression of breath and voice; सुहवा सूर्यायान्तर्याममनु- मन्त्रयेत् Ait. Br. -यामिन् m. 1 regulating the soul or internal feelings, soul; Providence, Supreme Spirit as guiding and regulating mankind. Brahman; (according to the Bṛi. Ār. Up. अन्तर्यामिन 'the internal check' is the Supreme Being and not the individual soul; who standing in the earth is other than the earth, whom the earth knows not, whose body the earth is, who internally restrains and governs the earth; the same is thy soul (and mine, the internal check अन्तर्यामिन्, &c. &c.); अन्तराविश्य भूतानि यो बिभर्त्यात्मकेतुभिः । अन्तर्या- मीश्वरः साक्षाद्भवेत् &c. -2 wind; ˚ब्राह्मणम् N. of a Brāhmaṇa included in the Bṛi. Ār. Up. -योगः deep meditation, abstraction -लम्ब a. acute-angular. (-बः) an acute-angled triangle (opp. बहिर्लम्ब) (the perpendicular from the vertex or लम्ब falling within अन्तर् the triangle). -लीन a. 1 latent, hidden, concealed inside; ˚नस्य दुःखाग्नेः U.3.9; ˚भुजङ्गमम् Pt.1. -2 inherent. -लोम a. (P.V.4.117) covered with hair on the inside; (-मम्) [अन्तर्गतमाज्छाद्यं लोम अच्] the hair to be covered. -वंशः = ˚पुरम् q. v. -वंशिकः, -वासिकः [अन्तर्वंशे वासे नियुक्तः ठक्] a superintendent of the women's apartment.; Pt.3, K.93. Ak.2.8.8. -वण (वन) a. situated in a forest; ˚णो देशः P.VI.2.179 Sk. (-णम्) ind. within a forest. P.VIII.4.5. -वत् a. being in the interior; having something in the interior. -वती (वत्नी) Ved. [अन्तरस्त्यस्यां गर्भः] a pregnant woman; अन्तर्वत्नी प्रजावती R.15.13. -वमिः [अन्तः स्थित एव उद्गारशब्दं कारयति, वम्-इन्] indigestion, flatulence; belching. -वर्तिन्, -वासिन् a. being or dwelling inside, included or comprised in -वसुः N. of a Soma sacrifice (for राज्यकाम and पशुकाम). -वस्त्रम्, -वासस् n. an undergarment; गृहीत्वा तत्र तस्यान्तर्वस्त्राण्याभरणानि च । चेलखण्डं तमेकं च दत्वान्तर्वाससः कृते ॥. Ks.4.52. -वा a. [अन्तः अन्तरङ्गभावं अन्तःकरणं वा वाति गच्छति स्निग्धत्वेन, वा-विच् Tv.] forming part of oneself such as children, cattle &c. ˚वत् a. (अस्त्यर्थे मतुप् मस्य वः) having progeny, cattle &c; अन्तर्वावत्क्षयं दधे Rv.1.4.7; abounding with precious things inside. -adv. inwardly. -वाणि a. [अन्तःस्थिता शास्त्रवाक्यात्मिका वाणी यस्य] skilled or versed in scriptures, very learned (शास्त्रविद्). -विगाहः, -हनम् entering within, penetration. -विद्वस् a. Ved. (विदुषी f.) knowing correctly or exactly (knowing the paths between heaven and earth) Rv.1.72.7. -वेगः inward uneasiness or anxiety, inward fever. -वेदि a. pertaining to the inside of the sacrificial ground. -adv. within this ground. (-दिः -दी f.) [अन्तर्गता वेदिर्यत्र देशे] the tract of land (the Doab) between the rivers Gaṅgā and Yamunā, regarded as a sacred region and the principal seat of Āryan Brāhmaṇas; cf. एते भगवत्यौ भूमिदेवानां मूलमायतनमन्तर्वेदिपूर्वेण कलिन्दकन्यामन्दाकिन्यौ संगच्छेते A.R.7; it is supposed to have extended from Prayāga to Haradvāra and is also known by the names of शशस्थली and ब्रह्मावर्त. -m. (pl.) inhabitants of this land. -वेश्मन् n. the inner apartments, interior of a house. -वेश्मिकः n. a chamberlain. -वैशिकः Officer in charge of the harem. समुद्रमुपकरणमन्तर्वैशिकहस्तादादाय परिचरेयुः Kau. A.1.21. -शरः internal arrow or disease. -शरीरम् internal and spiritual part of man; the interior of the body. -शल्य a. having in the interior an arrow, pin or any such extraneous matter; rankling inside. -शीला N. of a river rising from the Vindhya mountain. -श्लेषः, -श्लेषणम् Ved. internal support (scaffolding &c.) एतानि ह वै वेदानामन्तः- श्लेषणानि यदेता व्याहृतयः Ait. Br. -संज्ञ a. inwardly conscious (said of trees &c.); ˚ज्ञा भवन्त्येते सुखदुःखसमन्विताः Ms.1.49. -सत्त्व a. having inward strength &c. (˚त्त्वा) 1 a pregnant woman. -2 the marking nut. -सन्तापः internal pain, sorrow, regret. -सरल a. upright at heart, or having Sarala trees inside; K.51. -सलिल a. with water (flowing) underground; नदीमिवान्तःसलिलां सरस्वतीम् R.3.9. -सार a. having inward strength and vigour, full of strong inside; powerful, strong, heavy or ponderous; ˚रैर्मन्त्रिभिर्घार्यते राज्यं सुस्तम्भैरिव मन्दिरम् Pt.1. 126; साराणि इन्धनानि Dk.132; ˚रं घन तुलयितुं नानिलः शक्ष्यति त्वाम् Me.2. (-रः) internal treasure or store, inner store or contents; वमन्त्युच्चैरन्तःसारम् H.2.13 internal matter or essence (and pus). -सुख a. whose delight is in self, inwardly happy यो$न्तःसुखो$न्तरारामः Bg. 5.24 -सेनम् ind. into the midst of armies. -स्थ a. (also written अन्तःस्थ) being between or in the midst. (-स्थः, -स्था) a term applied to the semivowels, य्, र्, ल्, व् as standing between vowels and consonants and being formed by a slight contact of the vocal organs (ईषत्स्पृष्टं अन्तस्थानाम्); or they are so called because they stand between स्पर्श (क-म) letters and ऊष्मन् (श, ष, स, ह). -स्था 1 a deity of the vital organs. -2 N. of one of the Ṛigveda hymns. ˚मुद्गरः the malleus of the ear. -स्वेदः [अन्तः स्वेदो मदजलस्यन्दनं यस्य] an elephant (in rut). -हणनम् striking in the middle. -हननम् N. of a country बाहीक P.VIII.4.24 Sk. -हस्तम् ind. in the hand, within reach of the hand. -हस्तीन a. being in the hand or within reach of the hand. -हासः laughing inwardly (in the sleeves), a secret or suppressed laugh; सान्तर्हासं कथितम् Me.113 with a suppressed laugh, with a gentle smile. -हृदयम् the interior of the heart.
antara अन्तर a. [अन्तं राति ददाति, रा-क] 1 Being in the inside, interior, inward, internal (opp. बाह्य); योन्तरो यमयति Śat. Br.; ˚र आत्मा Tait. Up.; कश्चनान्तरो धर्मः S. D. अन्तरापणवीथ्यश्च नानापण्योपशोभिताः अनुगच्छन्तु Rām.7.64.3. -2 Near, proximate (आसन्न); कृष्वा युजश्चिदन्तरम् Rv.1. 1.9. -3 Related, intimate, dear, closely connected (आत्मीय) (opp. पर); तदेतत्प्रेयः पुत्रात् ...... प्रेयो$न्यस्मात्सर्व- स्मादन्तरतरं यदयमात्मा Śat. Br.; अयमत्यन्तरो मम Bharata. -4 Similar (also अन्तरतम) (of sounds and words); स्थाने$न्तरतमः P.I.1.5; हकारस्य घकारोन्तरतमः Śabdak.; सर्वस्य पदस्य स्थाने शब्दतो$र्थतश्चान्तरतमे द्वे शब्दस्वरूपे भवतः P. VIII.1.1. Com. -5 (a) Different from, other than (with abl.); यो$प्सु तिष्ठन्नद्भ्यो$न्तरः Bṛi. Ār. Up.; आत्मा स्वभावो$न्तरो$न्यो यस्य स आत्मान्तरः अन्यस्वभावः व्यवसायिनो$न्तरम् P.VI.2.166 Sk. ततो$न्तराणि सत्त्वानि स्वादते स महाबलः Rām.7. 62.5. (b) The other; उदधेरन्तरं पारम् Rām. -6 Exterior, outer, situated outside, or to be worn outside (अन्तरं बहिर्योगोपसंव्यानयोः P.I.1.36) (In this sense it is declined optionally like सर्व in nom. pl. and abl. and loc. sing.) अन्तरे-रा वा गृहाः बाह्या इत्यर्थः (चण्डालादिगृहाः); अन्तरे-रा वा शाटकाः परिधानीया इत्यर्थः Sk.; so अन्तरायां पुरि, अन्तरायै नगर्यै, नमो$न्तरस्मै अमेधसाम् Vop. -रम् 1 (a) The interior, inside; ततान्तरं सान्तरवारिशीकरैः Ki.4.29,5.5; जालान्तरगते भानौ Ms.8.132; विमानान्तरलम्बिनीनाम् R.13.33; Mk.8.5, Ku. 7.62; अपि वनान्तरं श्रयति V.4.24; लीयन्ते मुकुलान्तरेषु Ratn. 1.26, Ki.3.58; अन्तरात् from inside, from out of; प्राकारपरिखान्तरान्निर्ययुः Rām.; अन्तरे in, into; वन˚, कानन˚, प्रविश्यान्तरे &c. (b) Hence, the interior of any thing, contents; purport, tenor; अत्रान्तरं ब्रह्मविदो विदित्वा Śvet. Up. (c) A hole, an opening; तस्य बाणान्तरेभ्यस्तु बहु सुस्राव शोणितम्. -2 Soul, heart; mind; सततमसुतरं वर्णयन्त्यन्तरम् Ki.5.18 the inmost or secret nature (lit. middle space or region); लब्धप्रतिष्ठान्तरैः भृत्यैः Mu.3.13 having entered the heart; सदृशं पुरुषान्तरविदो महेन्द्रस्य V.3. -3 The Supreme Soul. -4 Interval, intermediate time or space, distance; रम्यान्तरः Ś.4.11; किंचिदन्तरमगमम् Dk.6; अल्प- कुचान्तरा V.4.49; क्रोशान्तरेण पथि स्थिताः H.4 at the distance of; बृहद् भुजान्तरम् R.3.54; अन्तरे oft. translated by between, betwixt; गीतान्तरेषु Ku.3.38 in the intervals of singing; मरणजीवितयोरन्तरे वर्ते betwixt life and death; अस्त्रयोगान्तरेषु Rām.; तन्मुहूर्तकं बाष्पसलिलान्तरेषु प्रेक्षे तावदार्यपुत्रम् U.3 in the intervals of weeping; बाष्पविश्रामो$प्यन्तरे कर्तव्य एव U.4 at intervals; स्मर्तव्योस्मि कथान्तरेषु भवता Mk.7.7 in the course of conversation; कालान्तरावर्तिशुभाशुभानि H.1 v. l. See कालान्तरम्; सरस्वतीदृषद्वत्योर्यदन्तरम् Ms.2.17,22; द्यावापृथिव्यो- रिदमन्तरं हि व्याप्तं त्वयैकेन Bg.11.2; न मृणालसूत्रं रचितं स्तनान्तरे Ś.6.18 between the breasts; Bg.5.27; अस्य खलु ते बाणपथवर्तिनः कृष्णसारस्यान्तरे तपस्विन उपस्थिताः Ś.1; तदन्तरे सा विरराज धेनुः R.2.2;12.29. (b) Intervention (व्यवधान) oft. in the sense of 'through'; मेघान्तरालक्ष्यमि- वेन्दुबिम्बम् R.13.38 through the clouds; वस्त्रं अन्तरं व्यवधायकं यस्य स वस्त्रान्तरः P.VI.2.166 Sk.; महानद्यन्तरं यत्र तद्देशान्त- रमुच्यते; जालान्तरप्रेषितदृष्टिः R.7.9 peeping through a window; विटपान्तरेण अवलोकयामि Ś.1; क्षणमपि विलम्बमन्तरीकर्तु- मक्षमा K.36 to allow to come between or intervene; कियच्चिरं वा मैघान्तरेण पूर्णिमाचन्द्रस्य दर्शनम् U.3. -5 Room, place, space in general; मृणालसूत्रान्तरमप्यलभ्यम् Ku.1.4; न ह्यविद्धं तयोर्गात्रे बभूवाङ्गुलमन्तरम् Rām.; मूषिकैः कृते$न्तरे Y.1. 147; गुणाः कृतान्तराः K.4 finding or making room for themselves; न यस्य कस्यचिदन्तरं दातव्यम् K.266; देहि दर्शना- न्तरम् 84. room; पौरुषं श्रय शोकस्य नान्तरं दातुमर्हसि Rām. do not give way to sorrow; तस्यान्तरं मार्गते Mk.7.2 waits till it finds room; अन्तरं अन्तरम् Mk.2 make way, make way. -6 Access, entrance, admission, footing; लेभेन्तरं चेतसि नोपदेशः R.6.66 found no admission into (was not impressed on) the mind; 17.75; लब्धान्तरा सावरणे$पि गेहे 16.7. -7 Period (of time), term; मासान्तरे देयम् Ak.; सप्तैते मनवः । स्वे स्वेन्तरे सर्वमिदमुत्पाद्यापुश्चराचरम् Ms.1.63, see मन्वन्तरम्; इति तौ विरहान्तरक्षमौ R.8.56 the term or period of separation; क्षणान्तरे -रात् within the period of a moment. -8 Opportunity, occasion, time; देवी चित्रलेखामव- लोकयन्ती तिष्ठति । तस्मिन्नन्तरे भर्तोपस्थितः M.1. अत्रान्तरे प्रणम्याग्रे समुपविष्टः; Pt.1 on that occasion, at that time; अस्मिन्नन्तरे Dk.164; केन पुनरुपायेन मरणनिर्वाणस्यान्तरं संभावयिष्ये Māl.6; कृतकृत्यता लब्धान्तरा भेत्स्यति Mu.2.22 getting an opportunity; 9; यावत्त्वामिन्द्रगुरवे निवेदयितुं अन्तरान्वेषी भवामि Ś.7. find a fit or opportune time; शक्तेनापि सता जनेन विदुषा कालान्तरप्रेक्षिणा वस्तव्यम् Pt.3.12; waiting for a suitable opportunity or time; सारणस्यान्तरं दृष्ट्वा शुको रावणमब्रवीत् Rām. -9 Difference (between two things), (with gen. or in comp.) शरीरस्य गुणानां च दूरमत्यन्तमन्तरम् H.1.46; उभयोः पश्यतान्तरम् H.1.64, नारीपुरुषतोयानामन्तरं महदन्तरम् 2.39; तव मम च समुद्रपल्वलयोरिवान्तरम् M.1; Bg.13.34; यदन्तरं सर्षपशैलराजयोर्यदन्तरं वायसवैनतेययोः Rām.; द्रुमसानुमतां किमन्तरम् R.8.9;18.15; rarely with instr.; त्वया समुद्रेण च महदन्तरम् H.2; स्वामिनि गुणान्तरज्ञे Pt.1.11; difference; सैव विशिनष्टि पुनः प्रधानपुरषान्तरं सूक्ष्मम् Sāṅ. K. -1 (Math.) Difference, remainder also subtraction, cf. योगोन्तरेणोनयुतो$र्धितस्तौ राशी स्मृतौ संक्रमणाख्यमेतत् ॥ Līlā. -11 (a) Different, another, other, changed, altered (manner, kind, way &c.); (Note:- that in this sense अन्तर always forms the latter part of a compound and its gender remains unaffected i. e. neuter, whatever be the gender of the noun forming the first part; कन्यान्तरम् (अन्या कन्या), राजान्तरम् (अन्यो राजा), गृहान्तरम् (अन्यद् गृहम्); in most cases it may be rendered by the English word 'another'.); इदमवस्थान्तरमारोपिता Ś.3 changed condition; K.154; Mu.5; शुभाशुभफलं सद्यो नृपाद्देवाद्भवान्तरे Pt.1.121; जननान्तरसौहृदानि &Sacute.5.2 friendships of another (former) existence; नैवं वारान्तरं विधास्यते H.3 I shall not do so again; आमोदान् हरिदन्तराणि नेतुम् Bv.1.15, so दिगन्तराणि; पक्षान्तरे in the other case; देश˚, राज˚, क्रिया˚ &c. (b) Various, different, manifold (used in pl.); लोको नियम्यत इवात्मदशान्तरेषु Ś.4.2; मन्निमित्तान्यवस्थान्तराण्यवर्णयत् Dk.118 various or different states; 16; sometimes used pleonastically with अन्यत् &c.; अन्यत्स्थानान्तरं गत्वा Pt.1. -12 Distance (in space); व्यामो बाह्वोः सकरयोस्ततयोस्ति- र्यगन्तरम् Ak.; प्रयातस्य कथंचिद् दूरमन्तरम् Ks.5.8. -13 Absence; तासामन्तरमासाद्य राक्षरीनां वराङ्गना Rām.; तस्यान्तरं च विदित्वा ibid. -14 Intermediate member, remove, step, gradation (of a generation &c.); एकान्तरम् Ms.1.13; द्वयेकान्तरासु जातानाम् 7; एकान्तरमामन्त्रितम् P.VIII.1.55; तत्स्रष्टुरेकान्तरम् Ś.7.27 separated by one remove, See एकान्तर also. -15 Peculiarity, peculiar or characteristic possession or property; a (peculiar) sort, variety, or kind; व्रीह्यन्तरेप्यणुः Trik.; मीनो राश्यन्तरे, वेणुर्नृपान्तरे ibid.; प्रासङ्गो युगान्तरम् cf. also प्रधानपुरुषान्तरं सूक्ष्मम् Sāṅ. K.37. &c. -16 Weakness, weak or vulnerable point; a failing, defect, or defective point; प्रहरेदन्तरे रिपुम्, Śabdak. सुजयः खलु तादृगन्तरे Ki.2.52; असहद्भिर्माममिमित्रैर्नित्यमन्तरदर्शिभिः Rām; परस्यान्तरदर्शिना ibid.; कीटकेनेवान्तरं मार्गयमाणेन प्राप्तं मया महदन्तरम् Mk.9; अथास्य द्वादशे वर्षे ददर्श कलिरन्तरम् Nala.7.2.; हनूमतो वेत्ति न राक्षसो$न्तरं न मारुतिस्तस्य च राक्षसो$न्तरम् Rām. -17 Surety, guarantee, security; तेन तव विरूपकरणे सुकृतमन्तरे धृतम् Pt.4 he has pledged his honour that he will not harm you; आत्मान- मन्तरे$र्पितवान् K.247; अन्तरे च तयोर्यः स्यात् Y.2.239; भुवः संज्ञान्तरयोः P.III.2.179; धनिकाधमर्णयोरन्तरे यस्तिष्ठति विश्वासार्थं स प्रतिभूः Sk. -18 Regard, reference, account; न चैतदिष्टं माता मे यदवोचन्मदन्तरम् Rām. with reference to me; त्वदन्तरेण ऋणमेतत्. -19 Excellence, as in गुणान्तरं व्रजति शिल्पमाधातुः M.1.6 (this meaning may be deduced from 11). -2 A garment (परिधान). -21 Purpose, object, (तादर्थ्य) तौ वृषाविव नर्दन्तौ बलिनौ वासितान्तरे Mb.1.12.41; (Malli. on R.16.82). -22 Concealment, hiding; पर्व- तान्तरितो रविः (this sense properly belongs to अन्तर्-इ q. v.). -23 Representative, substitution. क्षात्रमाचरतो मार्गमपि बन्धोस्त्वदन्तरे Mb.12.1.3. -24 Destitution, being without (विना) which belongs to अन्तरेण. (अन्तरमवकाशाव- धिपरिधानान्तर्धिभेदतादर्थ्ये । छिद्रात्मीर्यावेनाबहिरवसरमध्येन्तरात्मनि च Ak.) [cf. L. alter] -25 Space (अवकाश); प्रेक्षतामृषि- सङ्घानां बभूव न तदान्तरम् Rām.7.14.19. -26 Separation (वियोग); भार्यापत्योरन्तरम् Mb.5.35.43. -27 A move or skilful play in wrestling; अन्योन्यस्थान्तरप्रेप्सू प्रचक्राते$न्तरं प्रति Mb.9.57.11. -28 A moulding of the pedestal and the base; षडंशं चान्तरे कर्णे उत्तरांशं तदूर्ध्वके । Māna.13.121; cf. स्थानात्मीयान्यतादर्थ्यरन्ध्रान्तर्धिषु चान्तरम् । परिधाने$वधौ मध्ये$- न्तरात्मनि नपुंसके । Nm. -Comp. -अपत्या a pregnant woman. -चक्रम् a technical term in augury Bṛi. S. chap.86. -ज्ञ a. knowing the interior, prudent, wise, foreseeing; नान्तरज्ञाः श्रियो जातु प्रियैरासां न भूयते Ki.11.24 not knowing the difference. -तत् a. spreading havoc. -द a. cutting the interior or heart. -दिशा, अन्तरा दिक् intermediate region or quarter of the compass. -दृश् a. realizing the Supreme Soul (परमात्मानुसंधायिन्). -पु(पू)रुषः the internal man, soul (the deity that resides in man and witnesses all his deeds); तांस्तु देवाः प्रपश्यन्ति स्वस्यैवान्तरपूरुषः; Ms.8.85. -पूजा = अन्तर-पूजा. -प्रभवः [अन्तराभ्यां भिन्नवर्णमातापितृभ्यां प्रभवति] one of a mixed origin or caste. (अम्बष्ठ, क्षत्तृ, करण, इ.); अन्तरप्रभवाणां च धर्मान्नो वक्तुमर्हसि Ms.1.2. -प्रश्नः an inner question, one contained in and arising out of what has been previously mentioned. -शायिन् -स्थ, -स्थायिन् -स्थित a. 1 inward, internal, inherent; ˚स्थैर्गुणैः शुभ्रैर्लक्ष्यते नैव केन चित् Pt. 1.221. -2 interposed, intervening, separate. -3 seated in the heart, an epithet of जीव.
antarā अन्तरा ind. (fr. अन्तर) 1 (Used adverbially) (a) In the interior, inside, within, inwardly; भवद्भिरन्तरा प्रोत्साह्य कोपितो वृषलः Mu.3 inwardly, secretly. (b) In the middle, between; त्रिशङ्कुरिवान्तरा तिष्ठ Ś.2 stay between the two or in the mid-air; मैनमन्तरा प्रतिबध्नीत Ś.6 do not interrupt him (in the middle); अक्षेत्रे बीजमुत्सृ- ष्टमन्तरैव विनश्यति Ms.1.71 therein; पशुमण्डूकमार्जारश्वसर्पन- कुलाखुभिः । अन्तरा गमने 4.126; अन्तरा शकलीकृतः R.15.2; लाटी तु रीतिर्वैदर्भीपाञ्चाल्योरन्तरास्थिता S. D.629; ˚रा स्था to oppose, to stand to oppose; तत्र यद्यन्तरा मृत्युर्यदि सेन्द्रा दिवौकसः । स्थास्यन्ति तानपि रणे काकुत्स्थो विहनिष्यति ॥ Rām. (c) On the way, en route, midway; विलम्बेथां च मान्तरा Mv.7.28; अन्तरा चारणेभ्यस्त्वदीयं जयोदाहरणं श्रुत्वा त्वामिहस्थमु- पागताः V.1; अन्तरा दृष्टा देवी Ś.6; अन्तरोपलभ्य Dk.52; K.267,34-5; कुमारो ममाप्यन्तिकमुपागच्छन्नन्तरा त्वदीयेनान्त- पालेन अवस्कन्द्य गृहीतः M.1, अन्तरा पतिते पिण्डे सन्देहे वा पुनर्हरेत् Y.2.17. (d) In the neighbourhood, near, at hand; approaching, resembling; न द्रक्ष्यामः पुनर्जातु धार्मिकं राममन्तरा Rām. approaching or resembling Rāma. (e) Nearly, almost. f) In the mean time; नाद्याच्चैव तथान्तरा Ms.2. 56; Y.3.2. (g) At intravals, here and there; now and then, for sometime, now-now (when repeated); अन्तरा पितृसक्तमन्तरा मातृसंबद्धमन्तरा शुकनासमयं कुर्वन्नालापम् K.118; अन्तरान्तरा निपतित here and there, at intervals; 121,127; प्रजानुरागहेतोश्चान्तरान्तरा दर्शनं ददौ 58, Dk.49. -2 (Used as a preposition with acc. P.II,3.4.) (a) Between; पञ्चालास्त इमे ...... कलिन्दतनयां त्रिस्रोतसं चान्तरा B. R.1. 86; यन्दतरा पितरं मातरं च Bṛi. Ār. Up.; ते (नामरूपे) यदन्तरा तद् ब्रह्म Ch. Up.; अन्तरा त्वां च मां च कमण्डलुः Mbh.; rarely with loc.; सुमन्त्रस्य बभूवात्मा चक्रयोरिव चान्तरा Rām.; पादयोः शकटं चक्रुरन्तरोरावुलूखलम् Rām. (b) Through; तिरस्कारिणमन्तरा ibid. (c) During; अन्तरा कथाम् S. D. (d) Without, except; न च प्रयोजनमन्तरा चाणक्यः स्वप्ने$पि चेष्टते Mu.3. -Comp. -अंसः the space between the shoulders, breast; अथ ˚से अभिमृश्य जपति Śat. Br. -˚गर्भिणीन्यायः a position similar to the foetus which resides in the womb of a female; a topic within a topic; an अधिकरण within an अधिकरण (which is not a very desirable or acceptable situation in the explanation of a ग्रन्थ); तत्र एवमन्तरागर्भिणीन्यायो भवतीति अन्यथा सूत्रं वर्ण्यते । ŚB. on MS.1.3.62;9.3.2+3. -भवदेहः -भवसत्त्वम् the soul or embodied soul existing between the two stages of death and birth (यो मरणजन- नयोरन्तराले स्थितः प्राणी सो$न्तराभवसत्त्वः). -दिश् see अन्तरदिश्. -भरः Ved. bringing into the midst or procuring स नः शक्रश्चिदा शकद् दानवाँ अन्तराभरः Rv.8.32.12. -वेदिः -दी f. 1 a veranda resting on columns, porch, portico. -2 a kind of wall जयश्रीरन्तरावेदिर्मत्तवारणयोरिव -शृङ्गम् ind. between the horns.
antardhiḥ अन्तर्धिः f. [धा-कि] Disappearance, concealment; hiding oneself from (another); अन्तर्धौ येनादर्शनमिच्छति P.I.4.28; अन्तर्धि द्रुतमिव कर्तुमश्रुवर्षैः Śi.8.42.
andha अन्ध a. 1 Blind (lit. and fig.); devoid of sight, unable to see (at particular times); दिवान्धाः प्राणिनः केचिद्रात्रावन्धास्तथापरे; D. Bhāg. made blind, blinded; स्रजमपि शिरस्यन्धः क्षिप्तां धुनोत्यहिशङ्कया Ś.7.24; मदान्धः blinded by intoxication; so दर्पान्धः, क्रोधान्धः; काम˚ लोभ˚ अज्ञान˚ अज्ञाना- न्धस्य दीपस्य ज्ञानाञ्जनशलाकया । चक्षुरुन्मीलितं येन तस्मै श्रीगुरवे नमः ॥; सहजान्धदृशः स्वदुर्नये Śi.16.29 blind to his own wicked acts. -2 Making blind, preventing the sight; utter, pitchy; complete, thick (darkness) प्रधर्षितायां वैदेह्यां बभूव सचराचरम् । जगत्सर्वममर्यादं तमसान्धेन संवृतम् ॥ Rām 3.52. 9. Ms.8.94; सीदन्नन्धे तमसि U.3.33; Māl.9.8.2; See ˚कूप, ˚तामसम् infra. -3 Afflicted. आर्यः पर्युषितं तु नाभ्य- वहरत्यन्धः क्षुधान्धो$प्यसौ Viś. Guna.11. -4 Soiled, tarnished; निःश्वासान्ध इवादर्शश्चन्द्रमा न प्रकाशते Rām.3.16.13. -न्धम् Darkness. अन्धः स्यादन्धवेलायां बाधिर्यमपि चाश्रयेत् Mb. 1.14.12. -2 Spiritual ignorance; अज्ञान or अविद्या q.v. -3 Water; also, turbid water. -धः 1 A kind of mendicant (परिव्राजक) who has completely controlled his organs; तिष्ठतो व्रजतो वापि यस्य चक्षुर्न दूरगम् । चतुष्पदां भुवं मुक्त्वा परिव्राडन्ध उच्यते ॥ -2 An epithet of the zodiacal signs at particular periods; (नष्टद्रव्यलाभालाभोपयोगयुक्तो राशिभेदः); मेषो वृषा मृगेन्द्रश्च रात्रावन्धाः प्रकीर्तिताः । नृयुक्कर्कटकन्याश्च दिवान्धाः परिकीर्तिताः ॥ -न्धाः (pl.) N. of a people; see अन्ध्र. -Comp. -अलजी a blind boil or abscess in the eyes (one that does not open or suppurate). (Ved. अलजि विसल्पस्य विद्रधस्य वातीकारस्य वालजेः Av.9.8.2.) -अहिः, -अहिकः a blind serpent, i. e. one that is not poisonous. (-हिः, -हिकः) N. of a fish (कुचिका). -कारः [अन्धं करोति] darkness (lit. and fig.); लीनं दिवाभीतमिवान्धकारम् Ku. 1.12; काम˚, मदन˚; अन्धकारतामुपयाति चक्षुः K.36 grows dim; बाष्पजलधारान्धकारितमुखी K.161,286. -कूपः [अन्धयतीत्यन्धः, अन्धः कूपः] 1 a well, the mouth of which is hidden; a well overgrown with plants &c. -2 [अन्धस्य दृष्टयभावस्य कूप इव] mental darkness, infatuation. -3 N. of a hell, to which those who tease and kill harmless creatures are condemned. -तमसम् (P.V.4. 79.) -तामसम्, -न्धातमसम् deep or complete darkness; लोकमन्धतमसात्क्रमोदितौ R.11.24; अन्धतमसमिव प्रविशामि U.7 the gloom of hell; प्रध्वंसितान्धतमसस्तत्रोदाहरणं रविः Śi.2.33. (-सा) night. -तामिस्रः, श्रः (-स्रम् also) 1 complete or deep darkness (especially of the soul); तामिस्रोष्टदशधा तथा भवत्यन्धतामिस्रः Sāṅ K.48 (भयविशेषविषयको$भिनिवेशः); तस्यामन्धतामिस्रमभ्यध्यायत् Mv.1. -2 spiritual ignorance (देहे नष्टे अहमेव नष्टः इति रूपमज्ञानम्); enveloped in utter darkness. (-स्रः, स्रम्) 1 N. of a division of Tartarus or infernal regions, the second of the 21 hells to which those who seduce the wives of others and enjoy them are condemned. According to Bhavabhūti persons committing suicide were condemned to this hell; cf. अन्धतामिस्रा ह्यसूर्या नाम ते लोकास्तेभ्यः प्रतिविधीयन्ते य आत्मघातिन इत्येवमृषयो मन्यन्ते U.4; तामिस्रमन्धतामिस्रं महारौरवरौरवौ । नरकं कालसूत्रं च महानरकमेव च ॥ Ms.4.88,197; Y.3.224; doctrine of annihilation after death. -2 Death मोहो$प्रकाशस्तामिस्रमन्धतामिस्रसंज्ञितम् । मरणं चान्धतामिस्रं तामिस्रं क्रोध उच्यते ॥ Mb.12.313.25. -धी a. mentally blind. -पूतना a demoness supposed to cause diseases in children; यो द्वेष्टि स्तनमतिसारकासहिक्काछर्दीभिर्ज्वर- सहिताभिरर्द्यमानः । दुर्वर्णः सततमधःशयो$म्लगन्धिस्तं ब्रूयुर्वरभिषजोन्ध- पूतनार्तम् Suśr. -मूषा a small covered crucible with a hole in the side. -मूषिका [अन्धं दृष्ट्यभावं मुष्णाति, मुष्-ण्वुल्] N. of a plant or grass देवताड (तत्सेवनेन चक्षुष्मत्ता भवतीति वैद्यकप्रसिद्धिः). -रात्री dark night (Ved). -वर्त्मन् m. [अन्धं सूर्यप्रकाशराहित्याद्वर्त्म यत्र] the seventh skandha or region of wind.
annam अन्नम् [अद्-क्त; अनित्यनेन, अन्-नन्; according to Yāska from अद्, अद्यते अत्ति च भूतानि; or from आ-नम्, आ आभि मुख्येन ह्येतन्नतं प्रह्वीभूतं भवति भोजनाय भूतानाम्] 1 Food (in general); अद्यते$त्ति च भूतानि तस्मादन्नं तदुच्यते Tait. Up.; मदो$सृङ्मांसमज्जास्थि वदन्त्यन्नं मनीषिणः Ms.3.8.182; अहमन्नं भवान् भोक्ता H.1.51. I am your prey &c.; चराणामन्नमचराः Ms.5.29. -2 Food as representing the lowest form in which the Supreme Soul is manifested, being the coarsest and last of the 5 vestures (कोश) in which the soul is clothed and passes from body to body in the long process of metempsychosis - "the nutrimentitious vesture or visible body in the world of sense" (स्थूल- शरीर called अन्नमयकोश). -3 Boiled rice; अन्नेन व्यञ्जनम् P. II.1.34. -4 Corn (bread corn); ता (आपः) अन्नम- सृजन्त तस्माद्यत्र क्व च वर्षति तदेव भूयिष्ठमन्नं भवति Ch. Up. 6.2.4.; आदित्याज्जायते वृष्टिर्वृष्टेरन्नं ततः प्रजाः Ms.3.76; कृत˚ 9.219;1.86,12.65. -5 Water. -6 Earth (पृथिव्या अन्नहेतुत्वादन्नशब्दवाच्यता). -7 N. of Viṣṇu. -न्नः The sun (स हि अन्नहेतुवृष्टिहेतुः). -Comp. -अकालः = अनाकाल q. v. -अत्तृ, -आदिन्, -आहारिन् eating food. -अद a. eating food. -2 having a good appetite (दीप्ताग्नि). (-दः) N. of Viṣṇu. -अद्यम् proper food, food in general; कुर्यादहरहः श्राद्धमन्नाद्येनोदकेन वा Ms.3.82,4.112, 11.144. अन्नाद्येन प्रजापतिः (तृप्तः) Mb.3.2.68. -आच्छा- दनम्, -वस्त्रम् food and clothing, food and raiment, the bare necessaries of life. -आयुः (अन्नायु) consisting of, living by, food; desirous of food (अन्नबन्धनः, अन्नजीवनः). -काम a. desirous of food; स इद्भोजो यो गृहवे ददात्यन्नकामाय Rv.1.117.3. -कालः hour of dinner; meal-time. -किट्टः = ˚मल q. v. -कूटः a large heap of boiled rice. -कोष्ठकः 1 a cupboard; granary. -2 Viṣṇu. -3 the sun. -गतिः f. the passage of food, gullet (cf. बहिः- स्रोतस्). -गन्धिः dysentery, diarrhoea. -ज, जात a. produced from food as the primitive substance. -जम् rice-gruel of three days. -जा f. a hickup. -जलम् food and water, bare subsistence. -तेजस् a. having the vigour caused by food. -द, -दातृ, -दायिन्, -प्रद a. 1 giving food. वारिदस्तृप्तिमाप्नोति सुखमक्षय्यमन्नदः Ms.4.229. -2 epithet of Śiva. -दा N. of Durgā or Annapūrṇā. -दासः [अन्नेन पालितो दासः शाक. त.] a servant who works for food only, one who becomes a servant or slave by getting food only. -देवता the deity supposed to preside over articles of food. -दोषः 1 sin arising from eating prohibited food; Ms.5.4. -2 a defect in the food eaten; derangement of food or the humours of the body; आलस्यादन्नदोषाच्च मृत्युर्विप्राञ् जिघांसति Ms.5.4. -द्वेषः dislike of food, loss of appetite. -पतिः lord or possessor of food, epithet of Savitṛ, Agni, and Śiva. अन्नपते$न्नस्य नो देहि Tait. Saṁ.11.83;34.58. -पाकः cooking of food; digestion of food; (by the fire in the stomach). -पू a. purifying food, epithet of the Sun. -पूर्ण a. filled with, possessed of, food. (-र्णा) a form of Durgā (the goddess of plenty); ˚ईश्वरी N. of Durgā or a form of Bhairavī. -पेयम् = वाज- पेयम् q. v. -प्रलय a. being dissolved into food after death. -प्राशः, प्राशनम् the ceremony of giving a new-born child food to eat for the first time, one of the 16 Saṁskāras performed between the 5th and 8th month (usually in the sixth, Ms.2.34) with preliminary oblations to fire (Mar.उष्टावण); षष्ठे$न्नप्राशन मासि Ms.2.34; Y.1.12. -ब्रह्मन्, -आत्मन् m. Brahman as represented by food. -भक्त a. [अन्नार्थं भक्तः दासः] = अन्नदास q. v. -भुज् a. eating food, epithet of Śiva. -मय a. see below. -मलम् 1 excrement, faeces; P.VI.1.148 Sk. -2 spirituous liquor; सुरा वै मलमन्नानाम् Ms.11.93. -रक्षा precautions as to eating food. -रसः essence of food, chyle; food and drink, nutriment; नानाविधानन्नरसान् वन्यमूलफलाश्रयान् । तेभ्यो ददौ Rām. -वत् a. possessed of food; अन्नवान्त्सन् रफितायोपज- ग्मुषे Rv.1.117.2. -वस्त्रम् = ˚आच्छादनम् q. v. -विकारः. 1 transformation of food, assimilation. -2 disorder of the stomach caused by indigestion. -3 seminal discharge (of man); semen itself; cf. अन्नाद्रेतः संभवति. -विद् a. acquiring food; कार्षीवणा अन्नविदो न विद्यया Av.6.116.1. -व्यवहारः the law or custom relating to food; i. e. the custom of eating together or not with other persons. -शेषः leavings of food, offal. -संस्कारः consecration of food. -होमः a sacrifice (with 1 materials) connected with the Aśvamedha sacrifice.
anya अन्य a. [अन् अध्न्यादि˚ य; अन्यः, न्यस्मै, ˚स्मात्; n. अन्यत् &c.] 1 Another, different, other (भिन्न); another, other (generally); स एव त्वन्यः क्षणेन भवतीति विचित्रमेतत् Bh. 2.4; अन्यदेव भागधेयमेते निर्वपन्ति Ś.2; सर्वमन्यत् everything else; किमुतान्यहिंस्राः R.2.62; changed, altered; संप्रत्यन्ये वयम् Bh.3.66 quite different persons; oft. in comp. अन्यसङ्गात्, अनन्यसाधारण &c. -2 Other than, different from, else than (with abl. or as last member of comp.); नास्ति जीवितादन्यदभिमततरमिह सर्वजन्तूनाम् K.35; को$स्ति धन्यो मदन्यः Bv.4.37; उत्थितं ददृशे$न्यञ्च कबन्धेभ्यो न किंचन R.12.49; किमन्यदस्याः परिषदः श्रुतिप्रसादनतः Ś.1; oft. used in addition to ऋते or विना; ऋते समुद्रादन्यः को विभर्ति वडवानलम् Pt.5.35; किं नु खलु मे प्रियादर्श- नादृते शरणमन्यत् Ś.3. -3 Another person, one different from self (opp. स्व, आत्मीय); वासश्च धृतमन्यैर्न धारयेत् Ms.4.66. -4 Strange, unusual, extraordinary; अन्य एव स प्रकारः K.168; अन्या जगद्धितमयी मनसः प्रवृत्तिः Bv. 1.69; धन्या मृदन्यैव सा S. D. -5 Ordinary, any one; निरातङ्कः कन्यामन्यो$पि याचते Mv.1.31; cf. इतर. -6 Additional, new, more; अन्यान् दशसुवर्णान्प्रयच्छ Mk.2 another ten (coins); अन्यदन्यन्नलिनदलशयनम् K.157 new and new (changing every now and then); अन्यस्मिन् दिवसे another day; one of a number (with gen.); अन्यच्च moreover, besides, and again (used to connect sentences together); एक- अन्य the one-the other; एकः सख्यास्तव सह मया वामपादाभिलाषी । काङ्क्षन्त्यन्यो वदनमदिरां दौहृदच्छद्मनास्याः Me.8; see under एक also; अन्य-अन्य one another; अन्यः करोति अन्यो भुङ्क्ते one does, another suffers; अन्यन्मुखे अन्यन्निर्वहणे Mu.5; अन्यदुग्तं जातमन्यत् Ms.9.4,99; 8.24; कर्णे लगति चान्यस्य प्राणैरन्यो वियुज्यते Pt.1.35; अन्यदुच्छृङ्खलं सत्त्वमन्यच्छास्त्र- नियन्त्रितं Śi.2.62; अन्य-अन्य-अन्य &c. one, another, third, fourth &c., जल्पन्ति सार्धमन्येन पश्यन्त्यन्यं सविभ्रमाः । हृद्गतं चिन्त- यन्त्यन्यं प्रियः को नाम योषिताम् Pt.1.135; मनस्यन्यद्ववचस्यन्यत् कार्यमन्यद् दुरात्मनाम् H.1.97.; (in pl.) केचित्-अन्ये some- others; एके-अन्ये-तथान्ये (बीजमेके प्रशंसन्ति क्षेत्रमन्ये मनीषिणः । बीजक्षेत्रे तथैवान्ये तत्रेयं तु व्यवस्थितिः ॥) Ms.1.7;4.9;12.123. [cf. L. alius; Gr. allos for aljos, Zend anya]. -Comp. -अर्थ a. having a different meaning, sense, or purpose. -असाधारण a. not common to others, peculiar. -आश्र- यण a. going or passing over to another. -उदर्य a. born from another; नहि ग्रभायारणः सुशेवो$न्योदर्यो मनसा मन्तवा उ Rv. 7.4.8. (-र्यः) a step-mother's son, a half brother. (-र्या a half sister. -ऊढा a. married to another; another's wife. -कारुका a worm bred in excrement (शकृत्कीटः). -क्षेत्रम् 1 another field. -2 another or foreign territory. अन्यक्षेत्रे कृतं पापं पुण्यक्षेत्रे विनश्यति । पुण्यक्षेत्रे कृतं पापं वज्रलेपो भविष्यति ॥ -3 another's wife. -ग, -गामिन् a. 1 going to another. -2 adulterous, unchaste; वणिजां तु कुलस्त्रीव स्थिरा लक्ष्मीरन- न्यगा Ks.21.56;19.27. -गोत्र a. of a different family or lineage. -चित्त a. having the mind fixed on something or some one else; see ˚मनस्. -ज, -जात a. of a different origin. -जन्मन् a. another life or existence, regeneration, metempsychosis. -दुर्वह a. difficult to be borne by others. -देवत, -त्य, -दैवत्य a. addressed or referring to another deity (as a Vedic Mantra). -धर्मन् a. having another or different property. (-र्मः) different property or characteristic. -धी a. whose mind is turned away from God. -नाभि a. belonging to another family. -पदार्थः 1 another substance. -2 the sense of another word; ˚प्रधानो बहुव्रीहिः the Bahuvrīhi compound essentially depends on the sense of another word. -पर a. 1 devoted to another or something else. -2 expressing or referring to something else. -पुष्टा, -भृता 'reared by another', epithet of the cuckoo, which is supposed to be reared by the crow (called अन्यभृत्); अप्यन्यपुष्टा प्रतिकूलशब्दा Ku.1.45; कलमन्यभृतासु भाषितम् R.8.59. -पूर्वा [अन्यः पतिः पूर्वो यस्याः] 1 a womon already promised or betrothed to another. -2 a remarried widow (पुनर्भू) see अनन्यपूर्व. -बीज, -बीजसमुद्भव, -समुत्पन्न an adopted son (born from other parents), one who may be adopted as a son for want of legitimate issue. -भृत् m. a crow (rearing another, it being supposed to sit on the eggs of the cuckoo and to rear its young ones), cf. Ś5.22. -मनस्, -मनस्क, -मानस a. 1 having the mind fixed on something else; inattentive. -2 fickle, versatile, unsteady; अन्यमनसः स्त्रियः H.1.111 absentminded; possessed by a demon. -मातृजः a half-brother (born of another mother) असंसृष्ट्यापि बा$$दद्यात्संसृष्टो नान्यमातृजः Y.2.139. -रङ्गः the second court or theatre or a compound; Māna. 21.144. -राजन्, -राष्ट्रीय a. subject to another king or kingdom (Ved.). -रूप a. having another form, changed, altered; पद्मिनीं वान्यरूपाम् Me.85. (-पम्) another or changed form; ˚पेण in another form. -लिङ्ग, -ङ्गक a. following the gender of another word (i. e. the substantive), an adjective; ऊषवानूषरो द्वावप्यन्यलिङ्गौ Ak. -वादिन् a. 1 giving false evidence. -2 a defendant in general. -वापः the cuckoo leaving the eggs in the nests of other birds. -विवर्धित a. = पुष्ट a cuckoo. -व्रत a. following other (than Vedic) observances, devoted to other gods, infidel. -शाखः, -खकः a Bārhmaṇa who has gone over to another school (of religion &c.); an apostate. -संक्रान्त a. fixed on or transferred to another (woman); ˚हृदयः आर्यपुत्रः M.3,4. -संगमः intercourse with another; illicit intercourse. -साधारण a. common to many others. -स्त्री another's wife, a woman not one's own. [In Rhetoric she is considered as one of three chief female characters in a poetical composition, the other two being स्वीया and साधारणी स्त्री. अन्या may be either a damsel or another's wife. The 'damsel' is one not yet married, who is bashful and arrived at the age of puberty. As "another's wife" she is fond of festivals and similar occasions of amusement, who is a disgrace to her family and utterly destitute of modesty, see S. D. 18-11]. ˚गः an adulterer. यस्य स्तेनः पुरे नास्ति नान्यस्त्रीगो न दुष्टवाक्... स राजा शक्रलोकभाक्; Ms.8.386. [Note: Some compounds under अन्य will be found under अनन्य.]
anyaka अन्यक a. Another, other (= अन्य).
anyat अन्यत् a. (अन्य n.) Another &c. नैवास्ति लिखिताद- न्यत् स्मारकं व्यवहारिणाम् Sulhā. -ind. Again, moreover, besides &c. -Comp. -अर्थ 1 having a different meaning. -2 referring to or expressing another sense. (-र्थः) a different meaning. -आशा desire of something else. -आशिस् f. another's blessing. -आस्था devotion or attachment to another. -उत्सुक a. longing for another. -रागः attachment to another.
anyatama अन्यतम a. [अन्य-डतम] (declined like a noun and not a pronoun) One of many, any one out of a large number (with gen. or in comp.); जपन्वान्यतमं वेदम् Ms. 11.75;6.32,4.13; Y.2.22,3.253; अन्यतरान्यतमशब्दौ अव्युत्पन्ने प्रातिपदिके इति कैयटः).
anyataredyuḥ अन्यतरेद्युः adv. [अन्यतररिमन्नहनि-एद्युस्] On either of the two days, on one day or on another, P.V.3.22.
anyataḥ अन्यतः adv. 1 From another; न चान्यतस्तस्य शरीररक्षा R.2.4; तीर्थोदकं च वह्निश्च नान्यतः शुद्धिमर्हतः U.1.13. -2 On one side; अन्यतः-अन्यतः, एकतः-अन्यतः on the one side, on the other side; तपनमण्डल- दीपितमेकतः सततनैशतमोवृतमन्यतः Ki.5.2; एकवस्तु सकलानि निमित्तान्यन्यतो हि मनसः प्रतिपत्तिः Nīti. -3 To another place, towards some other person or direction; गन्तव्यं वा ततो$न्यतः Ms.2.2; अन्यतो$पि नयने प्रेरयन्त्या Ś.2.2; आर्ये व्रजामो$न्यतः R.6.82. -4 From another ground or motive. -5 On the other side; on the contrary. -6 Otherwise; in another place, elsewhere. -Comp. -अरण्यम् Ved. a land which is woody here and there. Vāj.3.19. -एत, -एतस्, -एनी Ved. variegated or spotted on one side. -घातिन् a. striking in one direction. -वात a. suffering occasional wind (rheumatism). (-तः) a sort of eye-disease.
anyatra अन्यत्र adv. [अन्य-त्रल्] (oft. = अन्यस्मिन् with a subst. or adj. force) 1 Elsewhere, in another place (with abl.); अपत्याधिकारादन्यत्र लौकिकमपत्यमात्रं गोत्रम् P.IV.2.39 Com.; sometimes with विना; विना मलयमन्यत्र चन्दनं न प्ररोहति Pt.1.41; (with verbs of motion) to another place. -2 On another occasion, at another time than; oft. (in comp.); मधुपर्के च यज्ञे च पितुर्दैवतकर्मणि । अत्रैव पशवो हिंस्यान्नान्यत्रेत्यब्रवीन्मनुः Ms.5.41. -3 Except, without, other than; यथा फलानां जातानां नान्यत्र पतनाद्भयम् । एवं नरस्य जातस्य नान्यत्र मरणाद्भयम् ॥ Rām.2.15.17; Mv.6.8; R. 14.32; Bg.3.9; Y.1.215; अन्यत्र नैमिषेयसत्रात् V.5, Ms.4.164; oft. with the force of the nom. case; देवा अन्यत्रैवाश्विभ्यां सत्त्रं निषेदुः Kaus. Br. (अन्यत्र = अन्ये). -4 Otherwise, in another way, in the other case, in the other sense; सुराज्ञि देशे राजन्वान् स्यात्ततो$न्यत्र राजवान् Ak.; राजन्वती भूः, राजवान् अन्यत्र; चर्मण्वती नदी चर्मवती अन्यत्र P.VIII. 2.12,14 Sk. -Comp. -मनस्, -चित्त a. whose mind is directed to somthing else, inattentive. Śat. Br.14.
anyathā अन्यथा ind. [अन्य-प्रकारार्थे था] 1 Otherwise, in another way or manner, in a different manner; यदभावि न तद्भावि भावि चेन्न तदन्यथा H. प्रस्ताविका 24; with अतः, इतः or ततः otherwise than, in a manner different from; अतो$न्यथा प्रवृत्तिस्तु राक्षसो विधिरुच्यते Ms.5.31; एतज्ज्ञानमिति प्रोक्तमज्ञानं यदतो$न्यथा Bg.13.11. अन्यथा-अन्यथा in one way, in another (different) way; यो$न्यथा सन्तमा- त्मानमन्यथा भाषते Ms.4.255; सत्त्वभङ्गभयाद्राज्ञां कथयन्त्य- न्यथा पुरः । अन्यथा विवृतार्थेषु स्वैरालापेषु मन्त्रिणः Mu.4.8. अन्यथा कृ (a) to do otherwise, change or alter; न हि दैवं शक्यमन्यथा कर्तुमभियुक्तेनापि K.62; न स्वभावो$त्र मर्त्यानां शक्यते कर्तुमन्यथा Pt.1.258; Ś.6.14; (b) to act otherwise, violate, transgress, go against; त्वया कदाचिदपि मम वचनं नान्यथा कृतम् Pt.4; (c) to destroy, undo, frustrate, baffle, defeat (hope, plan &c.), कर्तुमकर्तुमन्यथाकर्तुं समर्थ ईश्वरः; ममेच्छां मान्यथा कृथाः Ks.22.51; लाभं कुर्याच्च यो$न्यथा Y.2.195; (d) to make false, falsify; ख्यातो लोकप्रवादो$यं भरतेनान्यथा कृतः Rām.; अमात्यः प्राड्विवाको वा यत्कुर्युः कार्यमन्यथा Ms.9.234 to do wrongly; ˚ग्रह्, -मन्, -संभावय्, -समर्थय्, -विकल्पय् &c. to take or think to be otherwise, to misunderstand, understand wrongly; अलमन्यथा गृहीत्वा न खलु मन- स्विनि मया प्रयुक्तमिदम् M.1.2; अलमस्मानन्यथा संभाव्य Ś.1; किं मामन्यथा संभावयसि K.147; Ś.3.19; जनो$न्यथा भर्तृमतीं विशङ्कते Ś.5.17 suspects to be otherwise (than chaste), ˚भू or या to be otherwise, be changed or altered, be falsified; न मे वचनमन्यथा भवितुमर्हति Ś.4; शोकार्तस्य प्रवृत्तो मे श्लोको भवतु नान्यथा Rām.; तयोर्महात्मनोर्वाक्यं नान्यथा याति सांप्रतम् Rām. -2 Otherwise, or else, in the contrary case; व्यक्तं नास्ति कथमन्यथा वासन्त्यपि तां न पश्येत् U.3; स्तेनो$न्यथा भवेत् Ms.8.144; Y.1.86,2.288; on the other hand, on the contrary. -3 Falsely, untruly; किमन्यथा भट्टिनी मया विज्ञापितपूर्वा V.2; किमन्यथा भट्टिन्यै विज्ञापितम् M.4; न खल्वन्यथा ब्राह्मणस्य वचनम् V.3; यो न्यायमन्यथा ब्रूते स याति नरकं नरः Pt.3.17; H.3.15; Ms.8.9. -4 Wrongly, erroneously, badly, as in अन्यथासिद्ध q. v. below; see under (1) also. -5 From another motive, cause, or ground; दुर्वाससः शापादियं त्वया प्रत्यादिष्टा नान्यथा Ś.7. [cf. L. aliuta.]. -Comp. -अनुपपत्तिः f. see अर्थापत्ति. -कारः changing, altering. (-रम्) adv. in a different manner, differently P.III.4.27. -ख्यातिः f. 1 erroneous conception of the Spirit. -2 Name of a philosophical work. -3 wrong conception in general (in phil.). In Sāṅkhya philosophy it means the assertion that something is not really what it appears to be according to sensual perception; title of a philosophical work. -भावः alteration, change, being otherwise, difference; एकस्या व्यक्तेः सर्वावयवावच्छेदेनान्यथाभावः कार्त्स्न्यम् P.V.4.53; Sk. change of view or mind; मयि ˚भावो न कर्तव्यः Ch. Up. -वादिन् a. speaking differently or falsely; speaking falsely or inconsistently; (in law) a prevaricator, prevaricating witness. -वृत्ति a. 1 changed, altered. -2 affected, perturbed; disturbed by strong emotions; मेघालोके भवति सुखिनोप्यन्यथावृत्ति चेतः Me.3. -सिद्ध a. proved or demonstrated wrongly; (in Nyāya) said of a cause (कारण) which is not the true one, but only refers to accidental and remote circumstances (as the ass employed to fetch clay &c. in the case of a घट or jar) which do not invariably contribute to the result, see कारण; this अन्यथा˚ is said to be of 3 kinds in Tarka. K., but 5 are mentioned in Bhāṣā P.19-22. -द्धम्, -सिद्धिः f. wrong demonstration; one in which arguments, not being true causes are advanced; an unessential cause, an accidental or concomitant circumstance. Bhāṣā P.16. -स्तोत्रम् satire, irony; सत्यासत्यान्यथास्तोत्रैर्न्यूनाङ्गेन्द्रियरोगिणाम् (क्षेपं करोति) cf. यत्र विकृताकृतिरेव दर्शनीयस्त्वमसीत्युच्यते तदन्यथास्तोत्रम् । Mitākṣarā. Y.2.24.
anyadā अन्यदा ind. 1 At another time, on another occasion, in any other case; अन्यदा भूषणं पुंसां क्षमा लज्जेव योषिताम् Śi.2.44, R.11.73. -2 Once, one day, at one time, once upon a time. अन्यदा भृशमुद्विग्नमना नष्टद्रविण इव कृपणः कश्मलं महदभिरम्भित इति होवाच Bhāg.5.8.15. -3 Sometimes, now and then.
anyadīya अन्यदीय a. 1 Belonging to another. -2 Being or existing in another.
anyarhi अन्यर्हि ind. At another time (= अन्यदा).
anyādṛkṣ अन्यादृक्ष् श् श a. [अन्य इव पश्यति, अन्यादृश्, कर्मकर्तरि क्स, क्विन्, कञ् वा P.III.2.6] 1 Of another kind, like another. -2 Changed, unusual, strange; यात्राप्रतिनिवृत्तम- न्यादृशं भवन्तमवधारयामि Māl.1; अन्यादृशमेव भगवत्या वचनम् 2; being different or otherwise; न खलु अन्यादृशेषु युष्मादृश्यः पक्षपातिन्यो भवन्ति 4; अन्यादृश्येव क्षणमजनिष्ट Dk.16, K.39; अन्यादृशी रचना कस्यापि वलीमुखस्य Mv.6 strange.
anyonya अन्योन्य a. [अन्य-कर्मव्यतिहारे द्वित्वं, पूर्वपदे सुश्च] One another, each other, mutual (treated like a pronoun). In many cases the use of this word corresponds to the use of the word 'each other' or 'one another' in English; अन्योन्यं ताडयतः Mk.9 they strike each other (अन्यः अन्यं ताडयति). Thus अन्यः may be regarded as the subject and अन्यम् as the object of the verb, as in English. The second अन्य may, therefore, in many cases stand in the instr., gen., or loc. cases; अन्योन्यैराहताः सन्तः सस्वनुर्भीमनिःस्वनाः Rām.; अन्योन्यस्य व्यतिलुनन्ति P.I. 3.16 Sk. But there are several instances, especially when अन्योन्य enters into compound, in which the first अन्य loses all its nominative force and becomes a sort of oblique case, or an irregular compound of अन्य and अन्य, see P.VIII.1.12 Sk.; अन्योन्यस्याव्यभीचारः Ms. 9.11; oft. in comp. and translated by 'mutual', 'reciprocal', 'mutually'; ˚शोभाजननात् Ku.1.42; so ˚कलह, ˚दर्शन, &c. -न्यम् ind. Mutually. -न्यम् (In Rhet.) A figure of speech, the 'Reciprocal', in which two things do the same act to each other; अन्योन्यमुभयो- रेकक्रियायाः करणं मिथः । त्वया सा शोभते तन्वी तया त्वमपि शोभसे ॥ रजन्या शोभते चन्द्रश्चन्द्रेणापि निशीथिनी । S. D.724. -Comp. -अध्यासः reciprocal attribution of identity (अन्योन्य- तादात्म्यारोपः); जलव्योम्ना घटाकाशो यथा सर्वस्तिरोहितः । तथा जीवे च कूटस्थः सो$न्योन्याध्यास उच्यते ॥ -अपहृत a. taken from one another, taken secretly. -अभावः mutual non-existence or negation; one of the two main kinds of अभाव; it is reciprocal negation of identity, essence, or respective peculiarity, and is equivalent to difference (भेद); तादात्म्यसंबन्धावच्छिन्नप्रतियोगिको$न्योन्याभावः, as घटः पटो न भवति; it exists between two notions which have no property in common. -आश्रय a. mutually dependent. (-यः) mutual or reciprocal dependence, support, or connection; reciprocal relation of cause and effect (a term in Nyāya). -उक्तिः f. conversation. -कार्यम् Sexual intercourse (मैथुन); अन्योन्यकार्याणि यथा तथैव न पापमात्रेण कृतं हिनस्ति Mb.12.141.7. -पक्षनयनम् transposition of numbers from one side to another. -भेदः mutual dissension or enmity; so ˚कलह. -मिथुनम् mutual union. -विभागः mutual partition of an inheritance made by the sharers (without the presence of any other party). -वृत्तिः f. mutual effect of one thing upon another. -व्यतिकरः, -संश्रयः reciprocal action or influence; mutual relation of cause and effect.
anyā अन्या a. Ved. Not drying up, inexhaustible; इन्द्रं धेनुं सुदुघामन्याम् Rv.8.1.1.
anyāyya अन्याय्य a. 1 Unjust, unlawful. अन्याय्यः परदारपृच्छा- व्यवहारः Ś.5. -2 Improper, unbecoming, indecorous. -3 Not authoritative.
anyūna अन्यून a. Not defective or deficient, complete, whole, entire; ˚अधिक neither deficient nor superfluous. -Comp. -अङ्ग a. not having a defective limb.
anyokas अन्योकस् a. Not residing in one's own house (dwelling in another's), Av.
anvāsanam अन्वासनम् 1 Service, attendance, waiting upon, worship. -2 Taking a seat after another. -3 Regret, sorrow. -4 A place of industry, manufactory, workshop &c. -5 An oily or cooling enema.
anvayaḥ अन्वयः [इ कर्तरि भावे वा अच्] 1 Going after, following; follower, retinue, attendants; का त्वमेकाकिनी भीरु निरन्वयजने वने Bk.5.66. -2 Association, connection, relation; गन्धः कटुकान्वयः = कटुकान्वितः. -3 The natural order or connection of words in a sentence, construing grammatical order or relation; पदानां परस्पराकाङ्क्षा योग्यता च, or शब्दानां परस्परमर्थानुगमनम्; तात्पर्याख्यां वृत्तिमाहुः पदार्थान्वय- बोधने S. D.; logical connection of words, अत्र (in the ex. तिष्ठतु सर्पिः) सर्पिःशब्दस्य स्थितिक्रियायामन्वयः P. VIII.3.44 Sk; परस्परनिरपेक्षस्यानेकस्य एकस्मिन्नन्वयः समुच्चयः P.II.2.29 Sk. -4 Drift, tenor, purport. -5 Race, family, lineage; रघूणामन्वयं वक्ष्ये R.1.9,12;3.27;12. 33; अन्वयगुणः Mv.4.22 virtue of my race. -6 Descendants, posterity; ताभ्य ऋते अन्वयः Y.2.117; स˚ along with the family or descendants; Ms.2.168; जातस्तु गण्यते सो$त्र यः स्फुरत्यन्वयाधिकम् Pt.1.27. -7 Logical connection of cause and effect, logical continuance; जन्माद्यस्य यतो$न्वयादितरतः Bhāg.1.1.1. -8 Being seen (प्रत्यक्ष); स्यात्साहसं त्वन्वयवत् प्रसभं कर्म यत्कृतम् । निरन्वयं भवेत्स्तेयम्... Ms.8.332. -9 (In Nyāya) Statement of the constant and invariable concomitance of the हेतु (middle term) and the साध्य (major term) of an Indian syllogism (हेतुसाध्ययोर्व्याप्तिरन्वयः). In the familiar instance पर्वतो वह्निमान् धूमवत्त्वात् the relation यत्र यत्र धूमस्तत्र तत्र वह्निः (wherever there is smoke there is fire) is called अन्वय or अन्वयव्याप्ति. अन्वय, in fact, corresponds to the universal A proposition of European logic 'All A is B.' The 'व्यतिरेकव्याप्ति' means an assertion of the concomitance of the absence of साध्य and the absence of हेतु (तदभावयोः हेत्वभावसाध्याभावयोः व्याप्तिः) and corresponds to the converted A proposition 'All not-B is not-A'; or in Sanskrit यत्र यत्र वह्निर्नास्ति तत्र तत्र धूमो$पि नास्ति; and a cause or हेतु is said to be connected with its effect by अन्वयव्यतिरेकव्याप्ति when both the affirmative and negative relations between the thing to be proved and the cause that proves can be equally asserted; such a Hetu alone makes the argument perfectly sound and incapable of refutation. This process of arriving at the Vyāpti or universal proposition corresponds to the methods of Agreement and Difference in Mill's Logic; साध्ये निश्चितमन्वयेन घटितम् Mu.5.1. -Com. -आगत a. hereditary; Pt.1,3; ˚तं वैरम् Pt.3. -ज्ञः a genealogist; अथ स्तुते बन्दिभिरन्वयज्ञैः R.6.8. -व्यतिरेक (˚कौ or ˚कम्) 1 positive and negative assertion; agreement and contrariety or difference; see above. -2 rule and exception. -व्याप्तिः f. affirmative assertion or agreement, affirmative universal.
anvita अन्वित p. p. 1 Followed or attended by, in company with, joined by; अमात्यपुत्रैः सवयोभिरन्वितः R.3.28. -2 Possessed of, having, possessing, endowed with; full of, seized or struck with, overpowered by; with instr. or in compound; कुलान्वितं कुकुलजा निन्दन्ति Pt. 1.415; धैर्य˚; गुण˚, वित्त˚; विस्मय˚ struck with wonder; भय˚, क्रोध˚, लोभ˚ &c. &c. -3 Connected with, linked to, following (as a consequence). -4 Connected grammatically; वर्णाः पदं प्रयोगार्हानन्वितैकार्थबोधकाः S. D.9. -5 Understood, reached by the mind. -6 Suitable, befitting; तपसा चान्वितो वेषस्त्वं राममहिषी ध्रुवम् Rām.5.33. 13. -Comp. -अर्थ a. having a meaning which is easily understood from the context. ˚वादः-अभिधानवादः a doctrine of the Mīmāṁsakas that words in a sentence convey meanings not independently or generally, but as connected with one another in that particular sentence; see अभिहितान्वयवादिन् under अभिधा and K. P.2.
apa अप ind. [न पाति रक्षति पतनात् पा-ड Tv.] 1 (As a prefix to verbs it means) (a) Away, away from, denoting वियोग; अपयाति, अपनयति; (b) deterioration (विकृति); अपकरोति does wrongly or badly; (c) opposition, negation, contradiction (विपरीत); अपकर्षति, अपचिनोति; (d) direction or mention or illustration (निदर्शन); अपदिशति; (e) exclusion (वर्जन); अपवह्, अपसृ Caus. (f) joy, merriment or laughter (आनन्द); अपहसति; (g) concealment or denial (चौर्य); अपलपति, अपवदते. -2 As first member of Tat. or Bahuvrīhi comp. it has all the above senses; अपयानम्, अपकर्म, अपपाठः; अपशब्दः a bad or corrupt word; ˚भी fearless; ˚कल्मष stainless; अपरागः discontent (opp. to अनुराग); ˚मेघोदयं वर्षम् Ku.6.54 &c. In most cases अप may be translated by 'bad', 'inferior', 'corrupt', 'wrong', 'unworthy', &c. It also means 'going downwards' as in अपानः. -3 As a separable preposition (with a noun in the abl.) (a) away from; यत्संप्रत्यप लोकेभ्यो लङ्कायां वसतिर्भयात् Rām; (b) without, on the outside of; अप हरेः संसारः Sk.; (c) with the exception of, excepting; अप त्रिगर्तेभ्यो वृष्टो देवः Sk. on the outside of, with the exception of. In these senses अप may form adverbial compounds also (P.II.1.12); ˚विष्णु संसारः Sk. without Viṣṇu; ˚त्रिगर्तं वृष्टो देवः excepting त्रिगर्त &c. It also implies negation, contradiction &c.; ˚कामम्, ˚शङ्कम्. The senses of this word as given by G. M. may be thus put in verse; वर्जने विकृतौ चौर्ये विपरीतवियोगयोः । अपकृष्टे च निर्देशे हर्षे चापः प्रयुज्यते. [cf. L. ab; Gr. apo; Goth. af. Eng. of or off; Zend apa].
apakāraka अपकारक कारिन् a. Injuring, doing harm or wrong to, mischievous, offending, harmful, hurtful, injurious; मूषिका गृहजातापि हन्तव्या सापकारिणी Pt.1.95, Śi.2.37. -कः, -री An evil-doer (opp. उपकारी), enemy; अपकारिषु यः साधुः स साधुः सद्भिरुच्यते H.1; अन्˚ harmless, not harmful.
apakarṣaḥ अपकर्षः 1 (a) Drawing off or down; diminution, decrease, reduction; मदो$पकर्षात् Dk.16; loss, decay, decline, destruction; तेजो$पकर्षः Ve.1; deterioration, inferiority; उत्कर्षापकर्षविहीनो मध्यः Sk. (b) Dishonour, degradation, lowering (of esteem), infamy, disgrace (opp. उत्कर्ष in all senses); तपोबीजप्रभावैस्तु ते गच्छन्ति युगे युगे । उत्कर्षं चापकर्षं च मनुष्येष्विह जन्मतः ॥ Ms.1.42; मूल्यो- त्कर्ष˚ rise and fall in price, increase and decrease. -2 Anticipated performance of a duty, as of a Śrāddha, anticipation (of some detail or details at a विकृतियाग), i. e. performing them at an earlier stage. (see उत्कर्ष). -3 Anticipation of a word occurring later on (in gram., poetry or Mīmāṁsā &c.). -Comp. -समः a sort of fallacy; e. g. sound has not the quality of shape, as a jar, so sound and a jar have no qualities in common.
apakramin अपक्रमिन् a. Going forth or away; not going fast.
apakṣa अपक्ष a. 1 Without wings or the power of flight. अपेक्षो हि कथं पक्षी कर्म किंचित्समाचरेत् Rām.4.59.23. -2 Not belonging to the same side or party. -3 Having no adherents _x001F_,or friends. -4 Opposed to, adverse. -Comp. -पातः impartiality. -पातिन् a. impartial.
apacaḥ अपचः [पक्तुमशक्तः Sk.] 1 Unable to cook, or one who does not cook for himself. -2 A bad cook, a term of abuse (आक्रोशे); अपचो जाल्मः P.VI.2.157-8 Sk.
apacāyin अपचायिन् a. Not rendering due respect. Mb.13.
apañcīkṛtam अपञ्चीकृतम् A simple elementary substance not made of the five (पञ्च) gross elements; the five subtle elements; पञ्चप्राणमनोबुद्धिदशेन्द्रियसमन्वितम् । अपञ्चीकृतभूतोत्थं सूक्ष्माङ्गं भोगसाधनम् ॥ Vedānta. P.
apaṭāntara अपटान्तर a. 1 Not separated (by a curtain in or screen). -2 Adjoining, contiguous (= अपदान्तर).
apaṭī अपटी [अल्पः पटः पटी, न. त.] 1 A screen or wall of cloth, particularly the screen or kanāt surrounding a tent. -2 A curtain. -Comp. -क्षेपः (अपटक्षेपः) tossing aside the curtain; ˚क्षेपेण (= अकस्मात्) 'with a (hurried) toss of the curtain', frequently occurring as a stage direction and denoting precipitate entrance on the stage which arises from fear, hurry, agitation &c., as when a character tossing up the curtain suddenly enters without the usual introduction ततः प्रविशति &c.
apaṭu अपटु a. 1 Not clever or skilful, slow, dull, awkward, uncouth. -2 Ineloquent (as a speaker). -3 Sick.
apaṭha अपठ a. Unable to read; not reading; a bad reader; cf. अपच
apaṇḍita अपण्डित a. Not learned or wise, foolish, ignorant; आत्मनः कर्मदोषाणि न विजानात्यपण्डितः Mb.3.29.6. विभूषणं मौनमपण्डितानाम् Bh.2.7. -2 Wanting in skill, taste, appreciation &c. cf. अपण्डितास्ते पुरुषा मता मे ये स्त्रीषु च श्रीषु च विश्वसन्ति
apaṇya अपण्य a. Not saleable (the Smrtod;itis name several things which ought not to be sold by particular persons and on particular occasions); जीविकार्थे चापण्ये P.V.3.99.
apati अपति तिक a. Without a master; without a husband, unmarried. -तिः Ved. Not a master or husband; अव भेषज पादय य इमां संविवृत्सत्यपतिः स्वपतिं स्त्रियम् Av.8.6.16.
apatyam अपत्यम् [न पतन्ति पितरो$नेन, पत् बाहु˚ करणे यत् न. त.; some derive it from अप, the termination त्य being added to it, as in तत्रत्य, अत्रत्य, sprung from a stock; Yāska gives two etymologies : अपत्यं कस्मात् अपततं भवति पितुः सकाशादेत्य पृथगिव ततं भवति, अनेन जातेन सता पिता नरके न पततीति चा] Offspring, child, progeny, issue (of animals and men); offspring in general (male or female); sons or grandsons and other later generations of a Gotra; अपत्यं पौत्रप्रभृत्ति गोत्रम् P.IV.1.162; अपत्यैरिव नीवार भागधेयो चितैर्मृमैः R.1.5. (Bhavabhūti calls apatya 'a knot for tying parents together' अन्योन्यसंश्लेषणम् पित्रोः; अन्तः- करणतत्त्वस्य दम्पत्योः स्नेहसंश्रयात् । आनन्दग्रन्थिरेको$यमपत्यमिति वध्यते ॥ U.3.17). -2 A partronymic affix; स्त्रीपुंसयोरपत्यान्ताः Ak.; ˚अधिकारप्रकरणम् Sk.; -Comp. -काम a. desirous of progeny. -जीवः N. of a plant (Mar. पुत्रजीवी). -द a. giving offspring (as a Mantra &c.) -ता State of childhood; शूद्रावेदी पतति......तदपत्यतया भृगोः Ms.3.16. (-दा) N. of a plant (गर्भदात्रीवृक्ष). -पथः the vulva. -प्रत्ययः a patronymic affix. -विक्रयिन् m. a seller of his children, a father who sells his girl for money to a bridegroom. -शत्रुः [अपत्यं शत्रुर्गर्भभेदनेन नाशकं यस्याः सा] 1 'having the child for its enemy', a crab (said to die in producing young). -2 a serpent. -साच् a. Ved. accompanied with offspring.
apatha अपथ a. [नास्ति पन्था यत्र] Pathless, roadless; ˚थो देशः, ˚था नगरी &c. -थम्, -थः (also अपन्थाः P.V.4.72, II.4.3) 1 Not a way, absence of a way or road, pathless state; a bad or wrong road (lit.); अपन्थानं तु गच्छन्तं सोदरो$पि विमुच्चति Rām. (fig.) irregularity, deviation, a moral irregularity or deviation, a wrong road, bad or evil course; अपथे पदमर्पयन्ति हि श्रुत- वन्तो$पि रजोनिमीलिताः R.9.74;17.54; न कश्चिद्वर्णानामपथम- पकृष्टो$पि भजते Ś.5.1 follows evil ways; कारितस्त्वमपथे पदं मया Ki.13.45,64. -2 Heresy, heterodoxy (in opinions). -3 The vulva. -था Name of several plants. -थम् ind. By or in the wrong way, astray; अपथं वर्तते Sk. -Comp. -गामिन् a. pursuing evil courses; heretical. -प्रपन्न a. taking to evil ways (as man); spent or used out of place, misapplied, misspent (as money &c.); यः काकि- नीमप्यपथप्रपन्नां समुद्धरेन्निष्कसहस्रतुल्याम् H.3.116.
apada अपद a. 1 Footless. -2 Having no office or post. -दः A reptile. -दम् No place or abode. -2 A wrong or bad place or abode; wrong timer चिरमपदे शङ्कितो$स्मि M.1 my doubts were out of place, ill-founded; प्रेम पश्यति भयान्यपदे$पि Ki.9.7 unreasonably. -3 A word which is not a pada or an inflected word. -4 Ether. -Comp. -अन्तर a. adjoining, cont iguous, very near. धर्मराजमिदं वाक्यमपदान्तरमब्रवीत् Mb.7.17.38. (-रम्) proximity, contiguity. -रुहा, -रोहिणी N. of a parasitical plant; (Mar. बादांगुळ, बांडगूळ).
apadārthaḥ अपदार्थः 1 Nothing, non-entity. -2 Not the meaning of words actually used in a sentence; अपदार्थो$पि वाक्यार्थः समुल्लसति K. P.2.
apadhyānam अपध्यानम् 1 Evil thoughts, thinking ill of, cursing mentally; तदपध्यानात् पिशाचतामुपगतम् K.29. -2 Meditation upon things which are not to be thought of. (Jain).
apanna अपन्न a. Ved. Not going down, not fallen or sunk, indestructible. अग्नेर्वो$पन्नगृहस्य सदसि सादयामि Vāj.6.24.
apapātritaḥ अपपात्रितः [पात्रभोजनात् वहिष्कृतः] One who has lost his caste through some great sin or offence, and who is, therefore, not allowed by his relatives to eat or drink from a common vessel.
apabarhis अपबर्हिस् a. Not having the use of Barhis (बर्हिर्होम- रहित.)
apabhraṃśaḥ अपभ्रंशः 1 Falling down or away, a fall; अत्यारूढि- र्भवति महतामप्यपभ्रंशनिष्ठा Ś.4 v. l. ending in a (precipitate) fall. -2 A corrupted word, corruption; घर is an अपभ्रंश or corruption of गृह; (hence) an incorrect word whether formed against the rules of grammar or used in a sense not strictly Sanskrit; see अपशब्द. -3 A corrupt language, one of the lowest forms of the Prākṛita dialect used by cow-herds &c. (in kāvyas); (in Śāstras) any language other than Sanskrit; आभीरादिगिरः काव्येष्वपभ्रंश इति स्मृताः । शास्त्रेषु संस्कृतादन्य- दपभ्रंशतयोदितम् ॥ Kāv.1.
apara अपर a. (treated as a pronoun in some senses) 1 Having nothing higher or superior, unrivalled. matchless; without rival or second (नास्ति परो यस्मात्); स्त्रीरत्नसृष्टिर- परा प्रतिभाति सा मे Ś.2.1; cf. अनुत्तम, अनुत्तर. -2 [न पृणाति संतोषयति पृ अच्] (a) Another, other (used as adj. or subst.). वासांसि जीर्णानि यथा विहाय नवानि गृह्णाति नरो$पराणि Bg.2.22. (b) More, additional; कृतदारो$परान् दारान् Ms.11.5. (c) Second, another Pt.4.37; स्वं केशवो$पर इवाक्रमितुं प्रवृत्तः Mk.5.2 like another (rival) Keśava. (d) Different; other; अन्ये कृतयुगे धर्मास्त्रेतायां द्वापरे$परे Ms. 1.85; Ks.26.235; Pt.4.6 (with gen.). (e) Ordinary, of the middle sort (मध्यम); परितप्तो$प्यपरः सुसंवृतिः Śi. 16.23. -3 Belonging to another, not one's own (opp. स्व); यदि स्वाश्चापराश्चैव विन्देरन् योषितो द्विजाः Ms.9.85 of another caste. -4 Hinder, posterior, latter, later, (in time space) (opp. पूर्व); the last; पूर्वां सन्ध्यां जपंस्तिष्ठेत्स्वकाले चापरां चिरम् Ms.4.93; रात्रेरपरः कालः Nir.; oft. used as first member of a genitive Tatpuruṣa comp. meaning 'the hind part,' 'latter part or half'; ˚पक्षः the latter half of a month; ˚हेमन्तः latter half of a winter; ˚कायः hind part of the body &c.; ˚वर्षा, ˚शरद् latter part of the rains, autumn &c. -5 Following, the next. -6 Western; पयसि प्रतित्सुरपराम्बुनिधेः Śi.9.1. पूर्वापरौ तोयनिधी वगाह्य Ku. 1.1; Mu.4.21 -7 Inferior, lower (निकृष्टः); अपरेयमि- तस्त्वन्यां प्रकृतिं विद्धि मे पराम् Bg.7.5. -8 (In Nyāya) Non-extensive, not covering too much, one of the two kinds of सामान्य, see Bhāṣā P.8. (परं = अधिकवृत्ति higher अपरम् = न्यूनवृत्ति lower or अधिकदेशवृत्तित्वं परं, अल्पदेशवृत्तित्वं अपरम् Muktā.) -9 Distant; opposite. When अपर is used in the singular as a correlative to एक the one, former, it means the other, the latter; एको ययौ चैत्ररथप्रदेशान् सौराज्य- रम्यानपरो विदर्भान् R.5.6; when used in pl. it means 'others', 'and others', and the words generally used as its correlatives are एके, केचित्-काश्चित् &c., अपरे, अन्ये; केचिद् रक्तपटीकृताश्च जटिलाः कापालिकाश्चापरे Pt.4.34; एके समूहुर्बलरेणुसंहतिं शिरोभिराज्ञामपरे महीभृतः Śi.12.45 some-others; शाखिनः केचिदध्यष्ठुर्न्यमाङ्क्षुरपरे$म्बुधौ । अन्ये त्वलङ्घिषुः शैलान् गुहास्त्वन्ये न्यलेषत ॥ केचिदासिषत स्तब्धा भयात्केचिदघूर्णिषुः । उदतारिषुरम्भोधिं वानराः सेतुनापरे Bk. 15.31.33. -रः 1 the hind foot of an elephant; बद्धापराणि परितो निगडान्यलावीत् Śi.5.48 (Malli. चरमपादाग्राणि). -2 An enemy (न पृणाति सन्तोषयति). -रा 1 Western direction, the west अपरां च दिशं प्राप्तो वालिना समभिद्रुतः Rām.4.46.18. -2 The hind part of an elephant. -3 Sacred learning, learning the four Vedas with the 6 Aṅgas. -4 The womb; the outer skin of the embryo. -5 Suppressed menstruation in pregnancy. -री Ved. The future, future times; उतापरीभ्यो मघवा विजिग्ये Rv.1.32.13. -रम् 1 The future, any thing to be done in future (कार्य); तदेतद्ब्रह्मापूर्वमपरमनन्तम् Bṛi. Ār. Up. (नास्ति अपरं कार्यं यस्य). -2 The hind quarter of an elephant. -रम् adv. Again, moreover, in future, for the future; अपरं च moreover; अपरेण behind, west of, to the west of (with gen. or acc.). [cf. Goth. afar; Germ. aber, as in aberglauben]. -Comp. -अग्नि (अग्नी dual) 1 the southern and western fires (दक्षिण and गार्हपत्य). -2 the last fire i. e. used at the funeral ceremony (˚ग्निः). -अङ्गम् one of the 8 divisions of गुणीभूतव्यङ्ग्य (the second kind of काव्य) mentioned in K. P.5. In this the व्यङ्ग्य or suggested sense is subordinate to something else; अगूढमपरस्याङ्गम्; अपरस्य रसादेर्वाच्यस्य वा (वाक्यार्थीभूतस्य) अङ्गं रसादि अनुरणनरूपं वा; e. g. अयं स रसनोत्कर्षी पीनस्तनविमर्दनः । नाभ्यूरुजघनस्पर्शी नीवीविस्रंसनः करः ॥ where शृङ्गार is subordinate to करुण. -अन्त a. living at the western borders. (-न्तः) 1 the western border or extremity, the extreme end or term. the western shore. -2 (pl.) the country or inhabitants of the western borders near the Sahya mountain; अपरान्तजयोद्यतैः (अनीकैः) R.4.53 Western people. दशार्णाश्चापरान्ताश्च द्विपानां मध्यमा मताः Kau.A.1.2. -3 the kings of this country. -4 death, Pātañjala Yogadarśana 3.22. ˚ज्ञानम् anticipation of one's end. -5 the hind foot of an elephant; मृदुचलदपरान्तोदीरितान्दूनिनादम् Śi.11.7;18.32. -6 Islander, inhabitant of an island (द्वीपवासिन्) कोट्यापरान्ताः सामुद्रा रत्नान्युपहरन्तु ते Rām.2.82.8. -अन्तकः 1. = ˚अन्तः pl. -2 N. of a song; अपरान्तकमुल्लोप्यं मद्रकं प्रकरीं तथा । औवेणकं सरोबिन्दुमुत्तरं गीतकानि च ॥ Y3.113; ˚अन्तिका N. of a metre consisting of 64 mātrās. -अपराः, -रे, -राणि another and another, several, various. -अपरम् ind. Further and further (उत्तरोत्तरम्); अहं हि वचनं त्वत्तः शुश्रूषुरपरापरम् Mb.5.136.14. -अर्धम् the latter or second half. -अह्न [fr.अहन् changed to अह्न P.II. 4.29, V.4.88.] the latter part of the day, the afternoon, closing or last watch of the day; Ms.3.278; अपराह्णशीतलतरेण शनैरनिलेन Śi.9.4; ˚तन, ˚ह्णेतन belonging to this time; ˚कृतं P.II.1.45. -इतरा the east. -कान्य- कुब्ज a. situated in or belonging to the western part of Kānyakubja. -कालः later period. -गात्रम् a minor limb (hand, foot etc.); कोपप्रसादापरगात्रहस्तः (सुप्तः क्षितौ) रावणगन्धहस्ती) Rām.6.19.1. -गोदानम् (also गोडनि or गोडानि) N. of a country to the west of Mahāmeru (according to Buddhistic ideas). -ज a. born later or at the end of the world. (-जः) the destroying fire. -जनः an inhaditant of the west, the western people. -दक्षिणम् ind. in the south-west (belonging to the तिष्ठद्गु class). -पक्षः 1 the second or dark half of the month. -2 the other or opposite side; a defendant (in law). -पञ्चालाः the western Pañchālas. -पर a. one and the other, several, various; अपरपराः सार्थाः गच्छन्ति P.VI.1.144. Sk. several caravans go; (अपरे च परे च सकृदेव गच्छन्ति). -पाणिनीयाः the pupils of Pāṇini living in the west. -प्रणेय a. easily led or influenced by others, docile, tractable. -भावः 1 being another or different, difference. -2 succession, continuation. -रात्रः [अपरं रात्रेः] the latter or closing part of night, the last watch of night (P.V.4.87); उत्थायापररात्रान्ते प्रयताः सुसमाहिताः Bhāg.8.4.24. ˚कृतम् P.II.1.45. -लोकः the other world, the next world. Paradise. -वक्त्रा, -क्त्रम् N. of a metre. -वैराग्यम् a kind of Vairāgya mentioned by Patañjali (दुष्टानुश्राविकविषयवितृष्णस्य वशीकारसंज्ञं वैराग्यम्). -सक्थम् the hind thigh. -स्वस्तिकम् the western point in the horizon. -हैमन a. belonging to the latter helf of winter (P.VII.3.11).
aparatā अपरता त्वम् 1 Being another or different (one of the 24 Guṇas); difference, opposition, contrariety, relativeness. -2 Nearness. -3 Distance, posteriority (in time or space).
aparatra अपरत्र adv. In another place, elsewhere; एकत्र or क्वचित्-अपरत्र in one place-in another place; in the first casein the second case.
aparathā अपरथा ind. In another manner; जलदकालमबोधकृतं दिशामपरथाप रथावयवायुधः Śi.6.41. ध्रुवं ज्ञाने दोषः कथमपरथा दुर्व्यवहृतिः Mv.3.36.
aparaspara अपरस्पर n. [अपर-पर] 1 One after another, uninterrupted, continued (as applied to an action); अपरस्पराः क्रियासातत्ये P.VI.1.144; सुट् निपात्यते; ˚राः सार्था गच्छन्ति, सततमविच्छेदेन गच्छन्तीत्यर्थः Sk. -2 One another (अन्योन्य); अपरस्परसंभूतं किमन्यत्कामहैतुकम् Bg.16.8.
aparaspara अपरस्पर a. [अ-परस्पर] Not reciprocal, not mutual; असत्यमप्रतिष्ठं ते जगदाहुरनीश्वरम् । अपरस्परसंभूतं किमन्यत्कामहैतुकम् ॥ Bg.16.8 (Mr. Telang renders ˚र by 'produced by union of male and female', caused by lust, where अपरस्पर must be supposed to be connected with अपरस्पर under अपर q. v.)
aparāñc अपराञ्च् a. [˚राङ्, ˚राची, ˚राक्] Not averted, fronting, facing, in front. ind. In front of. -Comp. -मुख a. (-खी f.) 1 not turning away the face; with unaverted face. -2 presenting a bold front.
aparājita अपराजित a. Unconquered, invincible, unsurpassed; ˚ता दिक् the north-east direction, (ऐशानी) so called because the Gods were not defeated there; ते (देवासुराः) उदीच्यां प्राच्यां दिश्ययतन्त ते ततो न पराजयन्त सैषा दिगपराजिता Ait. Br., अपराजितां वास्थाय व्रजेद्दिशमजिह्मगः Ms.6.31. -तः 1 A sort of poisonous insect. -2 N. of Viṣṇu; N. of Śiva. अपराजित -अप्रतिहत -जयन्त -वैजयन्त -कोष्ठकान् ...पुरमध्ये कारयेत् Kau. A.2.4. -3 One of the 11 Rudras. -4 A class of divinities forming a portion of the अनुत्तर divinities of the Jainas. -5 N. of a sage. -ता N. of Durgā, to be worshipped on the Vijayādaśamī or Dasarā day; तिष्ठ देवि शिखाबन्धे चामुण्डे ह्यपराजिते Sandhyā; दशम्यां च नरैः सम्यक् पूजनीया$पराजिता । ...ददाति विजयं देवी पूजिता जयवर्धिनी Skanda P. -2 N. of several plants; दूर्वा, शेफालिका, जयन्ती, असन, शङ्खिनी, हपुषा, असनपर्णी. -3 A kind of plant (or ओषधि) fastened round the wrist and serving as a charm or amulet; see. Ś.7. (In Vikramorvaśīyam Act 2, Kālidāsa uses अपराजिता in the sense of a spell or विद्या; ननु भगवता देवगुरुणा अपराजितां नाम शिखाबन्धनविद्यामुप- दिशता त्रिदशपरिपक्षस्यालङ्घनीये कृते स्वः). -4 The north-east quarter; see under ˚त above. -5 A kind of metre, 4 lines with 14 syllables in each -6 A sort of Yoginī. अपराजिष्णु aparājiṣṇu पराजेय parājēya अपराजिष्णु पराजेय a. Invincible.
aparāddha अपराद्ध p. p. 1 Sinned, offended, having committed an offence, guilty, an offender, criminal (used in an active sense); कृतवत्यसि नावधीरणामपराद्धे$पि यदा चिरं मयि R.8.48; प्रोवाच कोशलपतिः प्रथमापराद्धः 9.79 the first to offend. -2 Missed, not hitting the mark (as an arrow) मृगदेहापराद्धैर्नामेषुमोक्षणैः Dk.163; ˚इषुः or ˚पृषत्कः an archer whose arrows always miss the mark, an unskilful archer; निमित्तादपराद्धेषोर्धानुष्कस्येव वल्गितम् Śi.2.27. -3 Violated, transgressed; अपराद्धा अभिषेकवेलोपाध्यायस्य V.3. -द्धम् [भावे क्तः] An offence, crime, injury; न तु ग्रीष्मस्यैवं सुभग- मपराद्धं युवतिषु Ś.3.8.
aparikrama अपरिक्रम a. 1 Unable to walk round. जानन्नपि च किं कुर्यादशक्तश्चापरिक्रमः Rām.2.63.42. -2 Not diligent.
aparijyāniḥ अपरिज्यानिः f. Not losing; not growing old or decaying; इष्टापूर्तस्य˚ N. of a ceremony.
apariṇāmaḥ अपरिणामः Unchangeableness; ˚दर्शिन् not prudent, improvident.
aparipara अपरिपर a. Ved. Not going by a tortuous course. Av.18.2.46.
apariniṣṭhita अपरिनिष्ठित a. Not properly placed or established; ˚तस्योपदेशस्यान्याय्यं प्रकाशनम् M.1 not properly grounded. अपरिमाण aparimāṇa अपरिमित aparimita अपरिमेय aparimēya अपरिमाण अपरिमित अपरिमेय a. Immeasurable, immense, unbounded.
aparimlāna अपरिम्लान a. Not fading, withering, or decaying. -नः N. of a plant (महासहावृक्ष). Gomphrena Globosa. (Mar. आंबोली, रानउडीद).
apariyāṇi अपरियाणि [अ-परि˚] Not walking about (used in curses only); see अप्रयाणी.
apariviṣṭa अपरिविष्ट a. Ved. Not covered or enclosed (अव्याप्त, वेष्टनशून्य). ऊर्जयन्त्या अपरिविष्टमास्यम् Rv.2.13.8.
aparivṛta अपरिवृत a. Not enclosed or fenced on all sides (as a field).
apariśeṣa अपरिशेष a. Not leaving a remainder; all-surrounding, all-pervading; ˚षं ज्ञानम् Sāṅkhya K. -षः Absence of remainder or limit.
aparisara अपरिसर a. 1 Not near, distant. -2 Not extensive, not current. -रः Absence of extent.
aparisaṃsthita अपरिसंस्थित a. One who is not steady anywhere; काननानि च वेगेन भ्रमत्यपरिसंस्थितः Rām 3.6.37.
apariskanda अपरिस्कन्द a. Motionless. अपरिहरणीय apariharaṇīya अपरिहार्य aparihārya अपरिहरणीय अपरिहार्य a. 1 Inevitable. -2 Not to be abandoned. -3 Not to be degraded.
aparihvṛta अपरिह्वृत a. Ved. Not endangered or afflicted; straightforward. cf. अपरिह्वृताश्च P.VII.2.32.
aparīkṣita अपरीक्षित a. 1 Unexamined एतच्चापरीक्षितक्रयविषयम् Mitā.; untried, untested, unproved. -2 Ill-considered, foolish, thoughtless (of person or thing); ˚कारकं नाम पञ्चमं तन्त्रम् Pt.5 'the inconsiderate doer.' -3 Not clearly proved or established.
aparīta अपरीत a. Ved. 1 Not surrounded or encircled, not approached (अनभिगत). -2 Unobstructed, irresistible. -तः N. of a people.
aparokṣa अपरोक्ष a. 1 Not invisible, perceptible to the senses, visible. -2 Not distant or remote. -क्षम् adv. In the presence of (with gen.) अपरोक्षात् perceptibly, visibly, manifestly, openly. -Comp. -अनुभूतिः f. direct cognition.
apartu अपर्तु a. 1 Untimely. Av.3.28.1; अपर्तावपि भद्रं ते उपा- वर्तेत मे विभो Bhāg.4.18.11. -2 Past menstruation time (निवृत्तरजस्का). -र्तुः Improper time, not the right time or season; प्रविष्टानां महारण्यमपर्तौ सुमहद् द्विज Bhāg.1.8.36.
aparyāpta अपर्याप्त a. 1 Not sufficient or enough, incomplete, insufficient. -2 Unlimited. -3 Unable (to do its work), incompetent; अपर्याप्तं तदस्माकं बलं भीष्माभिरक्षितम् Bg.1.1.
aparyāptavat अपर्याप्तवत् a. Not competent to; तस्य प्रयातस्य वरूथि- नीनां पीडामपर्याप्तवतीव सोढुम् (वसुन्धरा) R.16.28.
aparyuṣita अपर्युषित a. Not standing over-night, fresh, new (as a flower); not standing over till the next day; ˚प्रतिज्ञे मारुतौ Ve.6.
aparvan अपर्वन् a. Without a joint. -n. 1 No joint or point of conjunction. -2 A day which is not a पर्वन् i. e. not the proper time or season (the Parva days being अमा- वास्या, पौर्णिमा, अष्टमी, चतुर्दशी &c.); अपर्वणि ग्रहकलुषेन्दुमण्डला विभावरी कथय कथं भविष्यति M.4.16. -Comp. -दण्डः a sort of sugar-cane.
apalyūlanam अपल्यूलनम् Not cleansing or washing; यदिदं स्नानवस्त्रं विहितमपल्यूलनं कृतं भवति Śat. Br. (क्षारद्रव्यसंयोगादिना$धौतम्); not cleansed or washed by cleaning substances (as by a washerman).
apavah अपवह् 1 P. 1 To carry off or away, bear off or away; अपोवाह च वासो$स्या मारुतः Mb. (प्रद्युम्नं) अपोवाह रणा- त्सूतः Bhāg.1.76.27. -2 To drive away, disperse, dispel, remove, take away; अमी जनस्थानमपोढविघ्नं मत्वा R. 13.22 freed from obstacles; अथानपोढार्गलमप्यगारम् (प्रविष्टाम्) 16.6 the bolts of which were not removed or unchained; तदुच्छिष्टमपोह्य Dk.133. -3 To give up, relinquish, leave, abandon, cast off; शमिततापमपोढमहीरजः Śi.6.33; संभ्रमो$भवदपोढकर्मणाम् (ऋत्विजाम्) R.11.25; तद्भक्त्यपोढपितृराज्य- महाभिषेके (मूर्धनि) 13.7 thrown away; Dk.67; दिव्येन शून्यं वलयेन बाहुमपोढनेपथ्यविधिर्ददर्श R.16.73 before he had commenced his toilet. -4 To deduct, subtract. -Caus. 1 To carry off, remove, carry or draw to a distance, take away; मलयकेतुरपवाहितः Mu.1,3; कलत्रम् 2; इमां मया सार्धमपवाह्य M.5; अपवाह्य च्छलाद् वीरौ किमर्थं मामिहा$हरः Bk. 8.86. -2 To chase or drive away, expel; हृतसर्वस्वतया अपवाहितः Dk.47,59. -3 To reduce to powder, pulverize. -4 To cause to carry the yoke; गामिव नासिकां विद्धूवाप- वाहयति Mk.8.
apavārita अपवारित p. p. Covered, concealed; ˚तं प्रवहणं तिष्ठति Mk.6 covered; vanished, disappeared; -तम्, -अपवारित- कम् Concealed or secret manner. -तम्, अपवारितकेन, अपवार्य ind. Frequently occurring in dramas in the sense of 'apart', 'aside to another' (opp. प्रकाशम्); it is speaking in such a way that only the person addressed may hear it; तद्भवेदपवारितम् । रहस्यं तु यदन्यस्य परावृत्त्य प्रकाश्यते । त्रिपताककरेणान्यमपवार्यान्तरा कथाम् S. D.6.
apavartanam अपवर्तनम् 1 Removal, transferring from one place to another; स्थान˚. -2 Taking away, depriving one of; न त्यागो$स्ति द्विषन्त्याश्च न च दायापवर्तनम् Ms.9.79. -3 Abridging, abbreviation. -4 Reducing a fraction to its lowest terms; division without remainder, or the divisor itself.
apaśabdaḥ अपशब्दः 1 A bad or ungrammatical word, a corrupted word (in form or meaning); त एव शक्तिवैकल्य- प्रमादालसतादिभिः । अन्यथोच्चारिताः शब्दा अपशब्दा इतीरिताः ॥; दूरतश्चापशब्दं त्यक्त्वा Bh.3.134 (where ˚ब्दम् has also sense 4); अपशब्दशतं माघे Subhāṣ. cf. also वैयाकरणकिरातादपशब्द- मृगाः क्व यान्ति संत्रस्ताः । Udb. and Kau. A.2.1. -2 Vulgar speech. -3 A form of language not Sanskrit; ungrammatical language. -4 A reproachful word, offensive expression, censure; प्रापाक्ष्णोर्गलदपशब्दमञ्जनाम्भः Śi.8.43. -5 Words not in standard use.
apaśavya अपशव्य a. Not tending to the growth of cattle. अपशिरस् apaśiras शीर्ष śīrṣa र्षन् rṣan अपशिरस् शीर्ष र्षन् a. Headless.
apaśu अपशु a. Without cattle. -शुः Not cattle; a bad animal; any animal other than a cow and horse; अपशवो वा अन्ये गो$श्वेभ्यः Śat. Br.
apaśūdraḥ अपशूद्रः A man of any of the first three वर्णs; one who is not a शूद्र; अपि वा वेदनिर्देशादपशूद्राणां प्रतीयेत । MS.6.1.33.
apaścima अपश्चिम a. 1 What is not followed by any other, having no other in the rear, last (used much in the same sense as पश्चिम; cf. उत्तम and अनुत्तम, उत्तर and अनुत्तर); अयमत्र ते जन्मन्यपश्चिमः पश्चिमावस्थाप्रार्थितो मकरन्द- बाहुपरिष्वङ्गः Māl.9; अयमपश्चिमस्ते रामस्य शिरसि पादपङ्कजस्पर्शः U.1. (v.1. for पश्चिम); प्रसीदतु महाराजो ममानेनापश्चिमेन प्रणयेन Ve.6; प्रणमापश्चिमस्य पितुः पादयोः Mu.7; तात अम्ब मे$पश्चिमः प्रणामः Nāg.5; हा कथमपश्चिममस्य वचनम् । Nāg.4; अपश्चिमं कुरु वचनम् Ve.141. -2 Not last, first, foremost; श्रुतवतामपश्चिमः R.19.1. cf. also विपश्चितामपश्चिमः । -3 Extreme; अपश्चिमामिमां कष्टामापदं प्राप्तवत्यहम् Rām.
apaśya अपश्य a. Ved. Not seeing.
apasavya अपसव्य सव्यक a. 1 Not on the left, right; मण्डलान्य- पसव्यानि खगाश्चक्रू रथं प्रति Rām.6.57.34 अपसव्येन हस्तेन Ms. 3.214. -2 Contrary, opposite यद्येतदपसव्यं ते वचो मम भविष्यति Mb.5.138.27. -व्यम् ind. To the right, making the sacred thread hang down towards the left part of the body over the right shoulder (opp. सव्यम् when it hangs over the left); a position of the thread in Śrāddha or other religious ceremonies at particular times of those ceremonies (the three positions being सव्य, निवीत & अपसव्य); प्राचीनावीतिना सम्यगपसव्यमतन्द्रिणा । पित्र्यमानिधनात्कार्यं विधिवद्दर्भपाणिना ॥ Ms.3.279; ˚व्यं कृ to go round one so as to keep the right side towards him; to make the sacred thread hang over the right shoulder.
apaspṛś अपस्पृश् a. Ved. Not letting oneself be touched.
apasmaraṇam अपस्मरणम् Reminding (?); सकृद्वचनेन ज्ञातस्य पुनर्वचनेन प्रयोजनमस्तीति । उच्यते । भवति अपस्मरणमपि प्रयोजनमित्युक्तम् । ŚB. on MS.5.1 1. (If the word is अप्रस्मरण it would mean 'absence of forgetting' प्र + स्मृ is used by Śabara in the sense 'to forget'. It is, therefore, likely that the reading here is अप्रस्मरण instead of अपस्मरण which does not appear in शबर's भाष्य elsewhere.)
apasvaraḥ अपस्वरः An unmusical sound or note.
apahṛ अपहृ 1 P. 1 (a) To take off, bear or snatch away, carry off; पश्चात्पुत्रैरपहृतभरः V.3.1 relieved of the burden; तन्त्रादचिरापहृतः पटः brought; तन्त्रादचिरापहृते P.V.2.7 Sk. (b) To avert, turn away; वदनमपहरन्तीम् (गौरीम्) Ku.7.95 averting or turning away her face. (c) To rob, plunder, steal. -2 To sever, separate, cut off; R.15.52. v. l. -3 To overpower, overcome, subdue; attract, ravish, captivate; affect, influence (in a good or bad sense); अपह्रिये खलु परिश्रमजनितया निद्रया U.1 overpowered; उत्सवा- पहृतचेतोभिः Ratn.1; यथा नापह्रियसे सुखेन K.19 seduced, led away, 277; न...प्रियतमा यतमानमपाहरत् R.9.7 did not subdue i. e. did not divert his mind. -4 To remove, take away, destroy, annihilate, deprive (one) of; कीर्तिं˚ R.11.74; प्रिया मे दत्ता वाक् पुनर्मे$पहृता Dk.52. -5 To take back, resume; देयं प्रतिश्रुतं चैव दत्त्वा नापहरेत्पुनः Y.2.176. -6 To subtract, deduct. -Caus. To cause (others) to take away; परैस्त्वदन्यः क इवापहारयेन्मनोरमाम् Ki.1.31.
apahāraḥ अपहारः Taking or carrying away, stealing, plundering, removing, killing, destroying; कर्णनासापहारेण भगिनी मे विरूपिता Rām. by the cutting of ears and nose; निद्रापहार, विष˚. -2 Concealing, dissembling; कथमात्मापहारं करोमि Ś.1 how shall I dissemble myself, conceal my real name and character; see अपहारक below. -3 Spending or using another's property. -4 Loss, damage. -5 Bringing in, obtaining; समिक्तुशकुसुमापहारसंमार्जनलब्धविश्रमाः (वानप्रस्थाः) Mb.12.192.1.
apahnutiḥ अपह्नुतिः f. 1 Concealment of knowledge, denial. -2 (In Rhet.) A figure of speech, in which the real character of the thing in question is denied and that of another (alien or imaginary) object is ascribed to, or superimposed upon, it; प्रकृतं यन्निषिध्यान्यत्साध्यते सा त्वपह्नुतिः K. P.1; (उपमेयमसत्यं कृत्वा उपमानं सत्यतया यत्स्था- प्यते सा$पह्नुतिः) e. g. नेदं नभोमण्डलमम्बुराशिर्नौताश्च तारा नवफेनभङ्गाः । नायं शशी कुण्डलितः फणीन्द्रो नासौ कलङ्कः शयितो मुरारिः ॥ see also K. P.1 and S. D.683-84.
apāka अपाक a. Ved, [fr अञ्च् with अप] 1 (a) Situated aside or behind. (b) Remote, distant. (c) Coming from a distant place. (d) Unequalled, incomparable, very great (अनल्प Sāy.); ˚चक्षुस् of unequalled brightness; ˚कात्-का aside, distant; ˚केस्थ standing behind. -2 Raw, unripe. -3 Not matured, undigested. -4 (पाकः पक्तव्यप्रज्ञः मूर्खः तद्विलक्षणः Of matured intellect, wise) Rv.1.11.2,6.12.2. -कः 1 Indigestion (of food &c.). -2 Immaturity not being ripe or cooked. -Comp. -ज a. 1 not produced by cooking or ripening. -2 natural, original; Bhāṣā P.42,95. -शाकम् ginger.
apākṣa अपाक्ष a. [अपनतः अक्षमिन्द्रियम्] 1 Present, perceptible. -2 [अपगते अपकृष्टे वा अक्षिणी यस्य] Eyeless; having bad eyes. अपाङ्क्त apāṅkta पाङ्क्तेय pāṅktēya पाङ्क्त्य pāṅktya अपाङ्क्त पाङ्क्तेय पाङ्क्त्य a. 'Not in the same row or line'; especially one who is not allowed by his castemen to sit in the same row with them at meals; degraded, excommunicated, excluded from or inadmissible into society, an outcast; ˚उपहत defiled by the presence of excommunicated or impious persons. एतान्वि- गर्हिताचारानपाङ्क्तेयान्द्विजाधमान् (विवर्जयेत्) Ms.3.167.
apāc अपाच् अपाञ्च् (m ङ्, f. ची, n क्) [अपाञ्चति, अञ्च् क्विप्] 1 Going or situated backwards, behind. -2 Not open or clear (अप्रकाश). -3 Western. -4 Southern (opp. उदञ्च्); probably for अवाञ्च्. -क् ind. 1 Behind, backwards. -2 Westward or southward.
apācīna अपाचीन a. [अपाच्यां भवः ख] 1 Situated backwards or behind, turned backwards. -2 Not visible, imperceptible; यो अपाचीने तमसि मदन्तीःप्राचीश्चकार नृ$तमः शचीभिः Rv.7.6.4. -3 Southern. -4 Western. -5 Opposite.
apāṇinīya अपाणिनीय a. 1 Not taught by Pāṇini in his works (as a rule &c.). -2 (पाणिनीयं अष्टाध्यायीरूपं ग्रन्थं यो नाधीते) One who does not (properly) study Pāṇini's grammar; i. e. a superficial scholar, smatterer of Sanskrit.
apādānam अपादानम् 1 Taking away, removal; ablation; a thing from which another is removed. -2 (in gram.) The sense of the ablative case; ध्रुवमपाये$पादानम् P.I.4.24; अपादाने पञ्चमी II.3.28; अपाये यदुदासीनं चलं वा यदि वा$चलम् । ध्रुवमेव तदावेशात्तदपादानमुच्यते ॥ Hari.; अपादान is of three kinds:- निर्दिष्टविषयं किंचिदुपात्तविषयं तथा । अपेक्षितक्रियं चेति त्रिधापादानमिष्यते ॥ e. g. वृक्षात् पत्रं पतति, मेघाद्विद्योतते विद्युत्, & कुतो भवान्.
apāpa अपाप पिन् a. Sinless, guiltless, pure, virtuous; अपापानां कुले जाते मयि पापं न विद्यते । यदि संभाव्यते पापमपापेन च किं मया ॥ Mk.9.37. -Comp. -काशिन् a. 1 not ill-looking. -2 not revealing evil. -वस्यसम् Ved. wellbeing, welfare, sound health, prosperity. -विद्ध a. Not afflicted with evil; शुद्धमपापविद्धम् (ब्रह्मन्) Vāj.4.8.
apārthiva अपार्थिव a. Not earthly.
apāvṛt अपावृत् 1 A. 1 To turn away, return, turn back; to turn away from, abstain or desist from. -2 To come to nothing. -Caus. To send back, turn back; to reject, repulse. अपावर्तनम् apāvartanam वृत्तिः vṛttiḥ अपावर्तनम् वृत्तिः f. Turning away or from, retreating, retiring; repulse, rejection. -2 Revolution.
apāśyā अपाश्या Not a large number of snares, i. e. a few snares; ययतोश्चातदर्थे P.VI.2.156. Sk.
apās अपास् [अप्-अस्] 4 P. 1 (a) To throw or fling away, cast away or off, leave, keep or put aside, reject, discard (opinion also); सारं ततो ग्राह्यमपास्य फल्गु Pt.1.5; किमित्यपांस्याभरणानि यौवने धृतं त्वया वार्धकशोभि वल्कलम् Ku.5.44; निरस्तगाम्भीर्यमपास्तपुष्पकम् Śi.1.55; इत्यादीनामपि काव्यलक्षणत्वम- पास्तम् S. D. rejected, discarded. (b) To leave, abandon, desert, quit, retire or withdraw from; यदि समरमपास्य नास्ति मृत्योर्भयम् Ve.3.5. -2 To scare, disperse, drive away; अपास्य चास्य यन्तारम् Mb. -3 To leave behind, leave in a deserted condition; to disregard, take no notice of, condemn.
api अपि ind. (Sometimes with the अ dropped according to the opinion of Bhāguri; वष्टि भागुरिरल्लोपमवाप्योरुपसर्गयोः; पिधा, पिधान &c.) 1 (Used with roots and nouns in the sense of) Placing near or over, taking towards, uniting with; reaching or going up to, proximity, nearness &c. [cf. Gr. epi, Zend api, Germ. and Eng. be]. (Note :- अपि, as a prefix to roots, occurs mostly in Veda, its place being taken by अभि in classical literature). -2 (As a separable adverb or conjunction) And, also, too, moreover, besides, in addition, having a cumulative force (समुच्चय); अस्ति मे सोदरस्नेहो$प्येतेषु; Ś.1 on one's part, in one's turn; विष्णुशर्मणा$पि राजपुत्राः पाठिताः Pt.1; राजा$पि मुनिवाक्यमङ्गीकृत्यातिष्ठत् Dk.2; अपि-अपि or अपि च as well as, and also; अपि स्तुहि, अपि सिञ्च P.I.4.46 Sk., न नापि-न चैव, न वा$पि, नापि वा चापि neither-nor; न चापि काव्यं नवमित्यवद्यम् M.1.2 nor; वा$पि or; अल्पो$प्येवं महान् वा$पि Ms.3.53 whether small or great. -3 It is often used to express emphasis in the sense of 'too', 'even', 'very'; विधुरपि विधियोगाद् ग्रस्यते राहुणा$सौ H.1.19 the very moon; यूयमप्यनेन कर्मणा परिश्रान्ताः Ś.1 even you, you also; अन्यदपि also another; अद्यापि even, yet, still, even now; इदानीमपि even now; मुहूर्तमपि even for a moment, for one moment at least; नाद्यापि not yet; यद्यपि though, although, even if; तथापि still, यद्यपि बहु नाधीषे तथापि पठ पुत्र व्याकरणम्; nevertheless, notwithstanding, yet; sometimes यद्यपि is understood, तथा$पि only being used; as in भवादृशेषु प्रमदाजनोदितं भवत्यधिक्षेप इवानुशासनम् । तथा$पि वक्तुं व्यवसाययन्ति मां निरस्तनारीसमया दुराधयः Ki 1.28. -4 Though (oft. translatable by 'even', 'even if'); सरसिजमनुविद्धं शैवलेनापि रम्यम् Ś.1.2 though over-spread &c.; इयमधिकमनोज्ञा वल्कलेनापि तन्वी ibid. though in her bark dress; बलवदपि शिक्षितानाम् 1.2 though ever so learned. In this sense अपि is most frequently used by writers to show real or imaginary opposition (विरोध); कृष्णमपि असुदर्शनम्, पुष्पवत्यपि पवित्रा &c. -5 But however. -6 Used at the beginning of sentences अपि introduces a question; अपि सन्निहितो$त्र कुलपतिः Ś.i; अपि क्रियार्थं सुलभं समित्कुशं...अपि स्वशक्त्या तपसि प्रवर्तसे Ku.5.33,34,35; अप्यग्रणीर्मन्त्रकृतामृषीणां कुशाग्रबुद्धे कुशली गुरुस्ते R.5.4. -7 Hope, expectation (usually with the potential mood); कृतं रामसदृशं कर्म । अपि जीवेत्स ब्राह्मणशिशुः U.2 I hope the Brāhmaṇa boy comes to life. Note-- In this sense अपि is frequently used with नाम and has the sense of (a) 'is it likely', 'may it be'; (b) 'perhaps', 'in all probability' or (c) 'would that', 'I wish or hope that'; अपि नाम कुलपतेरियमसवर्णक्षेत्रसंभवा स्यात् Ś.1; Ś.7; तदपि नाम मनागवतीर्णो$सि रतिरमणबाणगोचरम् Māl.1 perhaps, in all probability; अपि नाम तयोः कल्याणिनोः अभिमतः पाणिग्रहः स्यात् ibid.; अपि नाम रामभद्रः पुनरपीदं वनमलङ्कुर्यात् U.2; 'is it likely', 'I wish'; यथा वनज्योत्स्नानुरूपेण पादपेन संगता अपि नाम एवमहमप्यात्मनो$नुरूपं वरं लभेयेति Ś.1 would that; अपि नामाहं पुरूरवा भवेयम् V.2 I wish I were P. -8 Affixed to interrogative words, अपि makes the sense indefinite, 'any', 'some'; को$पि some one; कीमपि something; कुत्रापि somewhere; कदा$पि at any time; कथमपि any how &c. के$पि एते प्रवयसः त्वां दिदृक्षवः U.4 some people. It may often be translated by 'unknown', 'indescribable', 'inexpressible' (अनिर्वाच्य); व्यतिषजति पदार्थानान्तरः को$पि हेतुः U.6.12. तत्तस्य किमपि द्रव्यं यो हि यस्य प्रियो जनः 2.19; Mu.3.22; K.143; को$पि महिमा स्यात् U.6,6.11,7.12; Māl.1.26; R.1.46. -9 After words expressing number, अपि has the sense of 'totality', 'all'; चतुर्णामपि वर्णानाम् of all the 4 castes; सर्वैरपि राज्ञां प्रयोजनम् Pt.1. -1 It sometimes expresses 'doubt' or 'uncertainty', 'fear' (शङ्का); अपि चोरो भवेत् G. M. there is perhaps a thief. -11 (with pot. mood) It has the sense of संभावना 'possibility', 'supposition'; P.I.4.96;III.3.154; अपि स्तुयाद्विष्णुम्, अपि स्तुयाद्राजानम्, अपि गिरिं शिरसा भिन्द्यात् Sk.; सो$यमपि सिञ्चेत्सहस्रं द्राक्षाणां क्षणेनैकेन Dk.127. -12 Contempt, censure, or reproof; P.I.4.96,III.3.142; धिग्देवदत्तमपि स्तुयाद् वृषलम्; धिग्जाल्मं देवदत्तमपि सिञ्चेत् पलाण्डुम्; अपि जायां त्यजसि जातु गणिका- माधत्से गर्हितमेतत् Sk. shame to &c. or fie upon, Devadatta &c. -13 It is also used with the Imperative mood to mark 'indifference on the part of the speaker', where he permits another to do as he likes, (अन्ववसर्ग or काम- चारानुज्ञा, the imperative being softened;) अपि स्तुहि Sk. you may praise (if you like); अपि स्तुह्यपि सेधा$स्मांस्तथ्यमुक्तं नराशन Bk.8.92. -14 अपि is sometimes used as a particle of exclamation, -15 Rarely in the sense of 'therefore', 'hence' (अत एव). -16 Used as a separable preposition with gen. it is said to express the sense of a word understood (पदार्थ), and is treated as a कर्म- प्रवचनीय P.I.4.96; the example usually given is सर्पि- षो$पि स्यात् where some word like बिन्दुरपि 'a drop,' 'a little' &c. has to be understood, 'there may perhaps be a drop of ghee', 'I presume there may be at least a drop' &c. अपि संभावनाप्रश्नशङ्कागर्हासमुच्चये । तथायुक्तपदार्थेषु कामचारक्रियासु च ॥ Viśva.; अपिः पदार्थसंभावनान्ववसर्गगर्हासमुच्चयेषु P.I.4.96. G. M. adds the sense of आशिस् 'blessing' (भद्रमपि), मृति 'death' (मरणमपि) and भूषा 'decoration' (अपि नह्यति हारं). cf. also...अपिः प्रश्नविरोधयोः । संभावनायां गर्हायां समुच्चयवितर्कयोः । Nm.
apicchila अपिच्छिल a. 1 Not muddy, clear, free from sedi- ment. -2 Deep.
apit अपित् a. [आपः इतो गता यस्य, वेदे] 1 Dry, water- less, as a river. -2 Not having the इत् or अनुबन्ध प्. सार्वधातुकमपित् P.I.2.4.
apitṛka अपितृक a. 1 Fatherless. -2 Not ancestral or paternal, not inherited (अपैतृक also in this sense).
apitrya अपित्र्य a. Not ancestral. अविद्यानां तु सर्वेषामीहातश्चेद्धनं भवेत् । समस्तत्र विभागः स्यादपित्र्य इतिधारणा ॥ Ms.9.25.
apidhiḥ अपिधिः f. Concealment, covering; -धिः What is given to another's entire satisfaction तृप्तिपर्यन्तदत्त. प्रियाँ अपि धीर्वनिषीष्ट मेधिर Rv.1.127.7.
apihita अपिहित पिहित p. p. 1 Shut, closed, covered, concealed (fig. also); बाष्पापिहित covered with tears. -2 Not concealed, plain, clear; अर्थो गिरामपिहितः पिहितश्च किंचित्, सत्यं चकास्ति मरहट्टवधूस्तनाभः Subhāṣ. -तम् adv. Visibly, openly; भुजङ्गवृन्दापिहितात्तवातम् Bu. Ch.I.44.
apuṃsa अपुंस m. (˚पुमान्) Not a man, a eunuch; पुमान्पुंसो$- धिके शुक्रे स्त्री भवत्यधिके स्त्रियाः । समे$पुमान्पुंस्त्रियौ वा क्षीणे$ल्पे च विपर्ययः ॥ Ms.3.49.
apuṇya अपुण्य a. Not virtuous or holy, wicked, bad; ˚कृत् one who does not perform meritorious deeds, or who commits unrighteous deeds.
aputraḥ अपुत्रः Not a son. a. -पुत्रकः (˚त्रिका f.) Having no son or heir.
aputrikā अपुत्रिका The daughter of a sonless father, who herself has no male child; one who is not appointed by her father to beget male issue for him on failure of a son; cf. अकृता. -कः The father of such a daughter.
apunar अपुनर् ind. Not again, once for all, forever. -Comp. -अन्वय a. not returning; dead. -आदानम् not taking back or again. -आवृत्तिः f. 1 'non-return', exemption of the soul from further transmigration, final beatitude. -2 Death; नयाम्यपुनरावृत्तिं यदि तिष्ठेर्ममाग्रतः Bhāg. 1.77.18. -प्राप्य a. irrecoverable. -भवः 1 not being born again (of diseases also). -2 final beatitude; तुलयाम लवेनापि न स्वर्गं नापुनर्भवम् Bhāg.1.18.13. -3 knowledge of the Supreme Soul which tends to this step. -1 a person released from metempsychosis.
apurāṇa अपुराण a. Not old; modern, new.
apuruṣa अपुरुष a. Not manlike, unmanly. -Comp. -अर्थ 1 a rite or ceremony which is not in the interests of the doer. -2 not the principal object of the soul.
apuṣkala अपुष्कल a. 1 Not much. -2 Mean, low, base. Ve.4; Hch.
apuṣṭa अपुष्ट a. 1. Not nourished or fed, lean, not fat. -2 Not loud or violent, soft, low (as sound). -3 (In Rhet.) Not feeding or assisting (the meaning), irrelevant (मुख्यानुपकारिन्), regarded as one of the artha-doṣas (faults of the sense or meaning); as in the instance given under S. D.576 विलोक्य वितते व्योम्नि विधुं मुञ्च रुषं प्रिये, the adjective वितत 'expanded', as applied, to the sky, does not in any way help the cessation of anger and is, therefore, irrelevant.
apuṣpa अपुष्प a. Flowerless, not flowering. -ष्पः The glomerous fig-tree. -Comp. -फल, ˚द bearing having neither fruits nor flowers; fruits without flowering. (-लः, --दः) 1 the jack tree (Mar. फणस). Artocarpus Integrifolia. -2 the glomerous fig-tree (उदुम्बर).
apūrṇa अपूर्ण a. Not full or completed, incomplete, deficient, imperfect; अपूर्णमेकेन शतक्रतूनाम् R.3.38; अपूर्ण एव पञ्चरात्रे दोहदस्य M.3. -र्णम् Incomplete number or fraction. -Comp. -काल a. premature, untimely. (-लः) premature or incomplete time; ˚ज abortive.
apūrva अपूर्व a. 1 Not preceded, not having existed before, like of which did not exist before, quite new; ˚र्वं नाटकम् Ś.1; ˚र्वं राजकुलम् M.5; K.191; -2 Strange, extraordinary, wonderful; अपूर्वः को$पि बहुमानहेतुर्गुरुषु U.4; अपूर्वो दृश्यते वह्निः कामिन्याः स्तनमण्डले । दूरतो दहतीवाङ्गं हृदि लग्नस्तु शीतलः ॥ Ś. Til.17; singular, unexampled, unprecedented; अपूर्व एष विरहमार्गः Ś.6; अपूर्वरूपा दारिका M.1; अतो$- पूर्वः खलु वो $ नुग्रहः Ś.7; अपूर्वकर्मचाण्डालमयि मुग्धे विमुञ्च माम् U.1.46 committing an unparalleled atrocity. -3 Unknown, unacquainted, stranger; अपूर्वो$प्यथवा विद्वान् यMb.13.22.8; विदिते$प्यपूर्व इव Ki.6.39. -4 Not first. -5 Preceded by अ or आ. -6 (In phil.) 'That unseen virtue which is a relation superinduced, not before possessed, unseen but efficacious to connect the consequence with its past and remote cause and to bring about at a distant period or in another world the relative effect. -Colebrooke. -र्वम् 1 The remote consequence of an act (as the acquisition of heaven which is the result of good deeds), (Mīmāṁsā). --2 Virtue and vice (पापपुण्यम्) as the eventual cause of future happiness or misery. -र्वः The Supreme Soul (परब्रह्म). -Comp. -कर्मन् n. religious rites the power of which on the future is not seen before. -पतिः f. one who has had no husband before, a virgin; ˚तिः कुमारी Sk. -वादः discussion or talk about the Supreme Soul. -विधिः an authoritative direction or injunction which is quite new; it is of four kinds; कर्मविधि, गूणविधि, विनियोगविधि and प्रयोगविधि.
apūrvatā अपूर्वता त्वम् Not having existed before, incomparableness, unparalleled or extraordinary nature; अपूर्व- त्वात्प्रबन्धस्य Mv.1.
apūrvin अपूर्विन् a. Having not enjoyed the married life with a wife before. अपूर्वी भार्यया चार्थि वरुणः Rām 3.18.4.
apṛkta अपृक्त a. Not united, uncombined. -क्तः 1 (In gram.) An affix (or a word) consisting of a single letter; अपृक्त एकाल्प्रत्ययः P.I.2.41; एकवर्णपदमपृक्तम् Sk. -2 (In the Prātiśākhyas) The preposition आ and the particle उ.
apṛṇat अपृणत् a. Not filling; stingy.
apṛthak अपृथक् ind. Not separately, together with, collectively. -Comp. -धर्मशील of the same religion. -धी a. maintaining the doctrine of pantheism; regarding God in all things.
apṛthaktvin अपृथक्त्विन् a. One who cannot distinguish (between the पुरुष and the प्रकृति). वर्णाश्रमपृथक्त्वे च दृष्टार्थस्यापृथक्त्विनः । नान्यदन्यदिति ज्ञात्वा नान्यदन्यत्प्रवर्तते ॥ Mb.12.38.177 Critical Edition. 'पृथक्त्वं पुंप्रकृत्योर्विवेकः, तदस्यास्तीति पृथक्त्वी, तदन्यस्य' -नीलकण्ठ.
ape अपे [अप-इ] 2 P. 1 To go away, depart, withdraw, retire, run away, escape; अपोहि begone, avaunt, away, hence, get you gone; to disappear, vanish, pass away; die or perish also; धर्मश्चापैति Ms.1.82; हृदयात्प्र- त्यादेशव्यलीकमपैतु ते Ś.7.24; रम्या नवद्युतिरपैति न शाद्वलेभ्यः Ki.5.37 does not leave. -2 To be wanting, be omitted, be deprived of, be free from. -3 To start (Ved.)
apāyaḥ अपायः [इ-अच्] 1 Going away, departure. -2 Separation; ध्रुवमपाये$पादानम् P.I.4.24. (अपायो विश्लेषः Sk.); येन जातं प्रियापाये कद्वदं हंसकोकिलम् Bk.6.75. -3 Disappearance, vanishing, absence; सूर्यापाये Me.82 at the time of sunset; क्षणदापायशशाङ्कदर्शनः R.8.74 close of night; जलापाय- विपाण़्डुराणि Śi.4.5;4.54;18.1. -4 Destruction, loss, death, annihilation; करणापायविभिन्नवर्णया R.8.42 loss, 83; मालत्यपायमधिगम्य Māl.1.9 death or disappearance of M. -5 An evil, ill, misfortune, risk, calamity, danger (oft. opp. उपाय); तदपि मरणापायचकितः Bh.3.9; तदनेन पापबुद्धिनोपायश्चिन्तितो नापायः Pt.1 not the danger (resulting from the plan); उपायं चिन्तयेत्प्राज्ञस्तथापायं च चिन्तयेत् Pt.1.46; अपायसंदर्शनजां विपत्तिमुपायसंदर्शनजां च सिद्धिप् 1.61; बह्वपाये वने Pt.1 exposed to many dangers, dangerous; कायः संनिहितापायः H.4.65 exposed to dangers or calamities; सत्ये$प्यपायमपेक्षते H.4.12; Ki.14.19. -6 Loss, detriment, injury. -7 The end (of a word).
apekṣ अपेक्ष् [अप्-ईक्ष्] 1 A. 1 To look round or about for something, to look or hope for, expect. -2 To wait for, await; सज्जो रथो भर्तुर्विजयप्रस्थानमपेक्षते Ś.2 awaits; क्षणमपे- क्षस्व U.7; K.84; न कालमपेक्षते स्नेहः Mk.7. न स्वयं दैवमा- दत्ते पुरुषार्थमपेक्षते H.Pr.3; पादेन नापैक्षत सुन्दरीणां संपर्कमासि- ञ्जितनूपुरेण Ku.3.26. -3 To require, want, stand in need of; wish or desire for; शब्दार्थौ सत्कविरिव द्वयं विद्वान- पेक्षते Śi.2.86; न शालेः स्तम्बकरिता वप्तुर्गुणमपेक्षते Mu.1.3; प्रभुता रमणेषु योषितां न हि भावस्खलितान्यपेक्षते V.4.26; Ku.3. 18; Pt.2.26. -4 To have regard to, look to, have in view, have an eye to; किमपेक्ष्य फलं पयोधरान् ध्वनतः प्रार्थयते मृगाधिपः Ki.2.21; यतः शब्दो$यं व्यञ्जकत्वे$र्थान्तरमपेक्षते S. D. -5 To take into account or consideration, consider, think of, respect, care for; उपकृतमपि नापेक्षते K.35,197, 257,315; नूनमस्यायमनपेक्षितास्मदवस्थो व्यापारः Māl.9; अनले- ष्विष्टवान् कस्मान्न त्वया$पेक्षितः पिता Bk.6.128; Ś.5.16, Ms. 8.39; with न not to like, not to care for; अनपेक्षितराज- राजम् Mu.3.18; तदानपेक्ष्य स्वशरीरमार्दवम् Ku.5.18.
apekṣā अपेक्षा क्षणम् 1 Expectation, hope, desire. -2 Need, requirement, necessity; निरपेक्ष without hope or need, regardless of; निर्विशङ्का निरुद्विग्ना निरपेक्षा च भैथिली Rām.6. 47.9. द्रोणस्तथोक्तः कर्णेन सापेक्षः फाल्गुनं प्रति (उवाच) Mb.12. 2.12. सापेक्षत्वे$पि गमकत्वात्समासः; अनपेक्षः शुचिर्दक्षः Bg.12.16; or in comp.; स्फुलिङ्गावस्थया वह्निरेधापेक्ष इव स्थितः Ś.7.15 awaiting kindling. -3 Consideration, reference, regard, with the obj. in loc. case; more usually in comp.; मध्यभङ्गानपेक्षम् Ratn.1.15 regardless of; the instr. and sometimes loc. of this word frequently occur in comp. meaning 'with reference to', 'out of regard for', 'with a view to', 'for the sake of'; सा$पि कार्यकरणापेक्षया क्षुरमेकमा- दाय तस्याभिमुखं प्रेषयामास Pt.1; नियमापेक्षया R.1.94; वृषला- पेक्षया Mu.1; पौरजनापेक्षया 2 out of regard for; किमकौश- लादुत प्रयोजनापेक्षया 3 with a view to gain some object; प्रथमसुकृतापेक्षया Me.17; दण़्डं शक्त्यपेक्षम् Y.2.26, in proportion to, in accordance with; अत्र व्यङ्ग्यं गुणीभूतं तदपेक्षया वाच्यस्यैव चमत्कारिकत्वात् K. P.1 as compared with it. -4 Connection, relation, dependence as of cause with effect or of individual with species; शरीरसाधनापेक्षं नित्यं यत्कर्म तद्यमः Ak. -5 Care, attention, heed; देशा$पेक्षास्तथा यूयं यातादायाङ्गुलीयकम् Bk.7.49. -6 respect, reference. -7 (In gram.) = आकाङ्क्षा q. v. -Comp. -बुद्धिः (In Vaiśeṣika Phil.) the distinguishing perception by which we apprehend 'this is one', 'this is one' &c. and which gives rise to the notion of duality; see Sarva. chap. 1 where अपेक्षाबुद्धिः = विनाशकविनाशप्रति- योगिनी बुद्धिः; cf. Bhāshā P. द्वित्वादयः परार्धान्ता अपेक्षाबुद्धिजा मताः । अनेकाश्रयपर्याप्ता एते तु परिकीर्तिताः ॥ अपेक्षाबुद्धिनाशाच्च नाश- स्तेषां निरूपितः । 17-8. अपेक्ष्य apēkṣya क्षितव्य kṣitavya क्षणीय kṣaṇīya अपेक्ष्य क्षितव्य क्षणीय pot. p. To be desired, wanted, hoped for, expected, considered &c.; desirable.
apeya अपेय a. Not fit to be drunk; अपेयेषु तडागेषु बहुतरमुदकं भवति Mk.2.
apehi अपेहि (Imper. 2nd sing.) Used as the first member of some compounds (belonging to the class मयूर- व्यंसकादि P.II.1.72); ˚करा, ˚द्वितीया, ˚प्रकसा, ˚वाणिजा, ˚स्वागता where it has the sense of 'excluding', 'expelling', 'refusing admission to'; e. g. ˚वाणिजा a ceremony where merchants are excluded; so ˚द्वितीया &c. -Comp. -वाता N. of a plant which expels wind. अपोगण्डः apōgaṇḍḥ अपौगण्ड apaugaṇḍa अपोगण्डः अपौगण्ड [अ-पोगण्डः, or अपसि (बैध) कर्मणि गण्डः त्याज्यः Tv.] 1 Having a limb too many or too few (redundant or deficient). -2 Not under 16 years of age; बाल आषोडशाद्वर्षात्पोगण़्डश्चापि संज्ञितः । Nārada; अजडश्चेदपौगण्डो विषये चास्य भुज्यते । Ms.8.148; पोगण्डः पञ्चमा- दब्दादर्वाक् च दशमाब्दतः । -3 A child or infant (किशोर, शिशु). -4 Very timid; -5 Wrinkled, flaccid. -6 One past 16.
apodaka अपोदक a. Ved. 1 Waterless; water-tight (नौः Rv. 1.116.3.). -2 Not watery, not fluid. -कम् [अपकृष्टमुदकं यस्मात्] Poison &c. that removes water (जलापकर्षहेतु विषादि).
apoh अपोह् 1 U. [अप-उह् or ऊह्] To remove, drive or push away, dispel, take away, destroy; स हि विघ्नान- पोहति Ś.3.1; कुसुमानि...प्रभवन्त्यायुरपोहितुं यदि R.8.44,54; पूर्वमुत्सवमपौहदुत्सवः (उत्तरः) 19.5 pushed away, displaced, supplanted; मनसिजरुजं सा वा दिव्या ममालमपोहितुम् V.3.1; अकिञ्चिदपि कुर्वाणः सौख्यैर्दुःखान्यपोहति U.2.19 Removes; Bk.17.83;15.119; Ms.8.414,11.18; कल्पनाया अपोढः कल्पनापोढः P.II.1.38 Sk. removed from, or beyond imagination -2 To heal, cure (as illness). 3 To avoid, give up, leave; सर्वान् रसानपोहेत Ms.1.86; पञ्चवठ्यां ततो रामः...अनपोढस्थितिस्तस्थौ R.12.31 not leaving (the path of) propriety. -4 To deny; स्थाप्यते$पोह्यते वा चेत् S. D.73. -5 To reason, argue by way of opposing a statement.
apohaḥ अपोहः 1 Removing, driving away, healing &c. -2 Removal of doubt by the excercise of the reasoning faculty. -3 Reasoning, arguing; reasoning faculty. -4 Negative reasoning (opp. ऊह) (अपरतर्कनिरासाय कृतो विपरीतस्तर्कः). one of the dhiguṇas q. v. स्वयमूहापोहासमर्थः; इमे मनुष्या दृश्यन्ते ऊहापोहविशारदाः Mb.13. 145.43. ऊहापोहमिमं सरोजनयना यावद्विधत्तेतराम् Bv.2.74; hence ऊहापोह = complete discussion of a question. -5 Excluding all things not coming under the category in point; तद्वानपोहो वा शब्दार्थः (where Maheśvara paraphrases अपोह by अतद्व्यावृत्ति i. e. तद्भिन्नत्यागः), -6 A superfluous member attached to a structure of some construction.
apohya अपोह्य अपोहनीय pot. p. To be removed, taken away; मृत्युर्बुद्धिमतापोह्यो यावद् बुद्धिबलोदयम् Bhāg.1.1.48. expiated (as sin); to be established by reason. अपौरुष apauruṣa पौरुषेय pauruṣēya अपौरुष पौरुषेय a. 1 Unmanly, cowardly, timid. -2 Superhuman, not of the authorship of man, of divine origin; अपौरुषेया वेदाः; अपौरुषेयप्रतिष्ठः सुवर्णबिन्दुरि- त्याख्यायते Māl.9. not set up by (the hand of) man. -षम् -षेयम् 1 Cowardice, pussilanimity. -2 Superhuman power.
aprakara अप्रकर a. Not acting well.
aprakaraṇam अप्रकरणम् Not the main or principal topic, incidental or irrelevant matter.
aprakalpaka अप्रकल्पक a. Not explicitly enjoining, not prescribing as obligatory.
aprakāśa अप्रकाश a. 1 Not shining or bright, dark, wanting in brightness (fig. also); प्रकाशश्चाप्रकाशश्च लोकालोक इवाचलः R.1.68. -2 Self-illuminated. -3 Hidden, secret, concealed; सीमायामप्रकाशानि कारयेत् Ms.8.251;9.256. -शम्, -शे ind. In secret, secretly; अहमप्रकाशे तिष्ठामि M.4; सत्यवत्या हस्ते$प्रकाशं निक्षिप्तः V.5 secretly. -शः Indistinctness, secrecy; a secret.
aprakāśaka अप्रकाशक a. Making dark; not disclosing &c.
aprakāśya अप्रकाश्य a. Not to be disclosed, to be kept secret (one of 9 such things); जन्मर्क्षं मैथुनं मन्त्रो गृहच्छिद्रं च वञ्चनम् । आयुर्धनापमानं स्त्री न प्रकाश्यानि सर्वथा ॥
aprakṛta अप्रकृत a. 1 Not principal or chief, incidental, occasional. -2 Not relevant to the subject under discussion, not to the point, irrelevant; see प्रकृत, प्रस्तुत; अप्रकृतं अनुसन्धा 'to beat about the bush', not to come to the point. -तम् (In Rhet.) उपमान i. e. the standard of comparison (opp. प्रकृत or उपमेय). -तः An insane person (cf. Dānasāgara.)
aprakṛtiḥ अप्रकृतिः f. 1 Not the inherent or natural property, accidental property or nature; an accident (विकृति). -2 Spiritual being; the Puruṣa of the Sāṅkhyas. -3 Not the original word; such as a termination.
aprakṛṣṭa अप्रकृष्ट a. Not excelled, low, vile. -ष्टः A crow.
apragalbha अप्रगल्भ a. Not bold, bashful, modest (opp. धृष्ट); धृष्टः पार्श्वे वसति नियतं दूरतश्चाप्रगल्भः H.2.26. -2 Coward, fearful; (विहगा जलचारिणः) नावगाहन्ति सलिलमप्रगल्भा इवाहवम् Rām.3.16.22.
apracyuta अप्रच्युत a. Unmoved; पर्वते न श्रितान्यप्रच्युतानि Rv.2. 28.8. not swerving from, following, observing (with abl.); अस्मादप्रच्युतो विप्रः प्राप्नोति परमां गतिम् Ms.12.116.
apraja अप्रज a. 1 Without progeny, childless; अप्रजाः सन्तु अत्रिणः Rv.1.21.5 शोच्यं मैथुनमप्रजम् Chāṇ.57. अप्रजः सुप्रजतमो Bhāg.4.23.33. -2 Unborn. -3 Unpeopled. -जा Having no child, not giving birth to children, not prolific.
aprajñāta अप्रज्ञात a. Not known, अतीन्द्रिय; आसीदिदं तमोभूत- मप्रज्ञातमलक्षणम् Ms.1.5.
aprati अप्रति (ती) कार a. Irremediable, helpless, that cannot be remedied or helped; ˚रेयमापदुपस्थिता K.154. -रः Not remedying, non-requital, non-retaliation. यदि मामप्रतीकारम् । Bg.1.46.
apratigṛhya अप्रतिगृह्य a. One from whom one must not accept any thing as a gift &c.
apratigrāhaka अप्रतिग्राहक a. Not accepting.
apratigha अप्रतिघ a. 1 Not to be vanquished, invincible. -2 Not to be warded or kept off; यत्तु दुःखसमायुक्तम- प्रीतिकरमात्मनः । तद्रजो$प्रतिपं (घं) विद्यात् Ms.12.28. -3 Not angry.
apratipad अप्रतिपद् a. Not going (विकल).
apratibandha अप्रतिबन्ध a. 1 Unimpeded, unobstructed. -2 Direct, undisputed; (in law) got by birth without any obstruction, not collateral (as inheritance).
apratibha अप्रतिभ a. 1 Modest, bashful. -2 Not ready-witted, dull. -भा Bashfulness, modesty.
apratirūpa अप्रतिरूप a. 1 Not corresponding with, unfit; वाक्यम- प्रतिरूपं तु न चित्रं स्त्रीषु मैथिलि Rām.3.45.29. -2 Of unequalled form. -3 Incomparable (in a good or bad sense). -Comp. -कथा incomparable talk (संगणिका), उत्तरवाक्यरहिता वाक्. -वीर्यम् irresistible power.
apratiṣṭha अप्रतिष्ठ a. 1 Not stable or firmly fixed, fluctuating, not made permanent; अप्रतिष्ठे रघुज्येष्ठे का प्रतिष्ठा कुलस्य नः U.5.25. -2 Thrown away, unprofitable, useless; अप्रतिष्ठं तु वार्धुषौ Ms.3.18. -3 Disreputable, infamous. -4 Without support, adjustment; असत्यमप्रतिष्ठं ते जगदाहु- रनीश्वरम् Bg.16.8. -ष्ठः N. of a hell. -ष्ठा Instability, ill-fame, ill-repute, dishonour. -ष्ठम् Brahman (स्वधाम- प्रतिष्ठितं ब्रह्म).
apratiṣṭhāna अप्रतिष्ठान a. Ved. Not firm, having no solid ground. Av.11.3.49. -नम् Instability, want of solidity or firmness (fig. also); तर्काप्रतिष्ठानादप्यन्यथानुमेयम् Ś.B.
apratisaṃkhya अप्रतिसंख्य a. Unobserved, unnoticed; ˚आख्य(ख्या)- निरोधः unobserved nullity, annihilation of an object; one of the three topics included by the Buddhas under the category of निरूप, the other two being प्रतिसंख्या- निरोध wilful destruction, as of a jar by a mallet, and आकाश the ethereal element.
apratihata अप्रतिहत a. 1 Not obstructed or impeded, irresistible; ˚हतान् पुत्रान् K.62; अस्मद्गृहे ˚गतिः Pt.1 free to move; तोयस्येवाप्रतिहतरयः U.3.36; जृम्भतामप्रतिहतप्रसरमार्यस्य क्रोध- ज्योतिः Ve.1. -2 Unimpaired, unmarred, unrepulsed, unaffected, at home in every respect; सा बुद्धिरप्रतिहता Bh.2.4; Pt.5.26; so ˚चित्त, ˚ मनस्. -3 Not disappointed. -4. A kind of deity; अपराजित-अप्रतिहत-जयन्त- वैजयन्त-कोष्ठकान्...पुरमध्ये कारयेत् Kau.A.2.4. -Comp. -नेत्र a. of unimpaired eyes. (-त्रः) N. of a Buddhist deity.
apratīta अप्रतीत a. 1 Not pleased or delighted; को न्वनेनाप्रतीतेन (संप्रीयेत) Rām.2.48.2. -2 Unapproached; unassailable. Av.7.25.1. -3 Unopposed. -4 (In Rhet.) Not understood or clearly intelligible (as a word), one of the defects of a word (शब्ददोष); अप्रतीतं यत्केवले शास्त्रे प्रसिद्धम् K. P.7, i. e. a word is said to be अप्रतीत if it be used in a sense which it has in particular classes of works only (and not in general or popular use); e. g. सम्यग्ज्ञानमहाज्योतिर्दलिताशयताजुषः (where आशय = वासना occurs in Yogaśāstra only).
apratta अप्रत्त (˚प्रदत्त) Not given away, -त्ता A girl, one not given away in marriage.
apratyakṣa अप्रत्यक्ष a. 1 Invisible, imperceptible. -2 Unknown. -3 Absent. -Comp. -शिष्ट a. not distinctly taught.
apratyaya अप्रत्यय a. 1 Diffident, distrustful (with loc.); बलवदपि शिक्षितानामात्मन्यप्रत्ययं चेतः Ś.1.2. -2 Having no knowledge. -3 (In gram.) Having no affix. -यः 1 Diffidence, distrust, disbelief, doubt; क्षेत्रमप्रत्ययानाम् Pt. 1.191. -2 Not being understood. -3 Not an affix; अर्थवदधातुरप्रत्ययः प्रातिपदिकम् ॥ P.I.2.45. -Comp. -स्थ a. (in gram.) not pertaining to an affix.
apratyṛta अप्रत्यृत a. Not attacked.
apradugdha अप्रदुग्ध a. Ved. Not milked completely. आ धेनवो अप्रदुग्धाः Rv.3.55.16.
aprabhu अप्रभु a. 1 Wanting power, not powerful. -2 Having no power or control over, unable, incompetent; with gen. or loc.; आशता$त्राकर्तमव पदात्यप्रभुः Rv.9.73.9.
apramatta अप्रमत्त a. Not careless or inattentive, careful, attentive, vigilant, watchful; अप्रमत्तो बले कोशे दुर्गे जनपदे तथा (भवेथाः) Rām.2.52.72;3.33.2; युक्तश्चैवाप्रमत्तश्च परि- रक्षेदिमाः प्रजाः Ms.7.142.
apramāṇa अप्रमाण a. 1 Unlimited, immeasurable, boundless. -2 Without authority, proof or weight, unauthorized. -3 Not regarded as an authority, not trustworthy; आजन्मनः शाठ्यमशिक्षितो यस्तस्याप्रमाणं वचनं जनस्य Ś.5.25. -णम् 1 That which cannot be taken as authority in actions; i. e. a rule, direction &c. which cannot be accepted as obligatory. -2 Irrelevancy. -Comp. -आभः, -शुभः (pl.) 'of unlimited lustre', N. of a class of deities (with Buddhists). -विद् a. not conversant with evidence, or incapable of weighing evidence.
apramāyuka अप्रमायुक a. [प्र-मि-उण् आत्त्वे युच्, स्वार्थे कन् Tv.] Not dying suddenly, very long.
apramita अप्रमित a. 1 Not measured, unlimited. -2 Not proved or established by authority.
apramūra अप्रमूर Ved. -अप्रमूर्च्छित a. Not foolish, prudent, wise; ते अप्रमूरा महोभिः Rv.1.9.2.
aprameya अप्रमेय a. 1 Immeasurable, unbounded, boundless; ˚महिमा; येषां वेद इवाप्रमेयमहिमा धर्मे वसिष्ठो गुरुः Mv.4.3. -2 That which cannot be properly ascertained, understood &c.; inscrutable, unfathomable (of person or thing); अचिन्त्यस्याप्रमेयस्य कार्यतत्त्वार्थवित्प्रभुः Ms.1.3;12.94. -3 Not to be proved or demonstrated (as Brahman). -यम् Brahman. -Comp. -अनुभाव a. of unlimited might. -आत्मन् 'of inscrutable spirit' epithet of Śiva.
aprayatna अप्रयत्न a. Not energetic or diligent, indifferent, apathetic, not zealously devoted to (with loc.); ˚त्नः सुखार्थेषु Ms.6.26. -त्नः Absence of effort or exertion, indifference, apathy, laziness.
aprayāṇiḥ अप्रयाणिः f. [अ-प्रया-अनि P.III.3.112, न changed to ण by P.VIII.4.29] Not going or progressing (used only in uttering imprecations); अप्रयाणिस्ते शठ भूयात् Sk. mayest thou not move onward or progress ! See अजीवनि.
aprayāpaṇi अप्रयापणि निः f. Not allowing to go on or progress आक्रोशे नत्र्यनिः (P.III.3.112;VIII.4.3).
aprayāvam अप्रयावम् adv. Without interruption, attentively. अप्रयुच्चत् aprayuccat अप्रयुत aprayuta अप्रयुत्वन् aprayutvan अप्रयुच्चत् अप्रयुत अप्रयुत्वन् a. Ved. Unceasing, continual, not separated (अपृथग्भूत); careful, attentive.
aprayukta अप्रयुक्त a. 1 Not used or employed, not applied. -2 Wrongly used, as a word. -3 (In Rhet.) Rare, unusual (as a word when used in a particular sense or gender though that sense or gender be sanctioned by lexicographers); अप्रयुक्तं तथाम्नातमपि कविभिर्नादृतम्; तथा मन्ये दैवतो$स्य पिशाचो राक्षसो$थवा । where the mas. gender of दैवत, though sanctioned (by Amara), is not used by poets and is, therefore, अप्रयुक्त. सन्त्यप्रयुक्ताः Mbh.
apralamba अप्रलम्ब a. Prompt, quick. अप्रवर्तक apravartaka अप्रवर्तिन् apravartin अप्रवर्तक अप्रवर्तिन् a. 1 Not exciting or stimulating to action, inert, abstaining from action; पूर्णमप्रवर्तीति वा अहमेतमुपास इति Bṛi. Up.2.1.5. -2 Continuous, unbroken, uninterrupted.
apravartanam अप्रवर्तनम् Not engaging in, not exciting to any action.
apravṛtta अप्रवृत्त a. 1 Not acting, not engaged in. -2 Not instigated. -3 Not proper; अप्रवृत्तं सुदुर्बुद्धे यस्मादेतत्त्वया कृतम् Mb.5.192.47.
apravṛttiḥ अप्रवृत्तिः f. 1 Not engaging in action or proceeding, not taking place. -2 Inertia, inactively, non-excitement, absence of incentive or stimulus. -3 (In medic.) Suppression of the natural evacuations, constipation ischuria &c.
apravīta अप्रवीत a. Ved. Not approached; यदप्रवीता दधते ह गर्भम् Rv.4.7.9. -ता 1 Not loved (अकामिता). -2 Not impregnated.
apraśasta अप्रशस्त a. 1 Not praiseworthy, worthless, contemptible. -2 Not approved, forbidden. -3 (Ved.) Disobedient. -4 Less, deficient, decayed (क्षीण).
aprasakta अप्रसक्त a. 1 Not attached or addicted, moderate, temperate. -2 Unconnected. -3 unobstructed; विवेश गां तोयमिवाप्रसक्ता Mb.9.17.5.
aprasanna अप्रसन्न a. 1 Not pleased. -2 Turbid, muddy. -न्नम् The milk of a cow milked after the 7the day of delivery. Nigh.
aprasava अप्रसव a. Not being prolific. -वः Not being born.
aprasāha अप्रसाह a. Not being affected by evils or ill omens; Ch. Up.
aprastāvika अप्रस्ताविक a. (-की f.) Not belonging to the subjectmatter, irrelevant (= अप्रास्ताविक q . v.); Māl.
aprastuta अप्रस्तुत a. 1 Unsuitable to the time or subject, not to the point, irrelevant. -2 Absurd, nonsensical; रे गोरम्भ किमप्रस्तुतं लपसि Pt.1. -3 Accidental or extraneous. -4 Not ready. -Comp. -प्रशंसा a figure of speech which, by describing the अप्रस्तुत (what is not the subject-matter) conveys a reference to the प्रस्तुत or subject-matter; अप्रस्तुतप्रशंसा सा या सैव प्रस्तुताश्रया K. P. 1. It is of 5 kinds:- कार्ये निमित्ते सामान्ये विशेषे प्रस्तुते सति । तदन्यस्य वचस्तुल्ये तुल्यस्येति च पञ्चधा ॥ i. e. when the subject-matter is viewed (a) as an effect, information of which is conveyed by stating the cause; (b) when viewed as a cause by stating the effect; (c) when viewed as a general assertion by stating a particular instance; (d) when viewed as a particular instance by stating a general assertion; and (e) when viewed as similar by stating what is similar to it, See K. P. 1 and S. D.76 for examples.
aprahan अप्रहन् a. Not destroying, favouring, aiding (अनुग्राहक) त्यमूं वो अप्रहनं गृणीषे Rv.6.44.4.
aprahita अप्रहित a. 1 Not sent out; Av.6.29.2. -2 Unattacked by foes. -3 Not stirred up, इत ऊती वो अजरं प्रहेतारमप्रहितम् Rv.8.99.7.
aprākaraṇika अप्राकरणिक a. (-की f.) Not belonging to the subject-matter; अप्राकरणिकस्याभिधानेन प्राकरणिकस्याक्षेपो$ प्रस्तुतप्रशंसा K. P.1.
aprākṛta अप्राकृत a. 1 Not vulgar. -2 Not original. -3 Not ordinary, extraordinary; ˚आकृतीनाम् K.174, अप्राकृतेषु पात्रेषु यत्र वीरः स्थितो रसः Mv.1.3. -4 Special. -5 Not belonging to प्राकृत language.
aprācīna अप्राचीन a. 1 Modern. -2 Not eastern, western.
aprādeśika अप्रादेशिक a. 1 Not pointing to, or suggestive of; Nir.1.13. -2 Non-provincial.
aprāpta अप्राप्त a. 1 Not obtained or got; अप्राप्तयोस्तु या प्राप्तिः सैव संयोग ईरितः । Bhāshā P. -2 Not arrived or come, unaccomplished; अप्राप्तव्यवहारम् Y.2.243. -3 Not authorised or following, as a rule. -4 Not come to or reached; राघवो रथमप्राप्तां तामाशां च सुरद्विषाम् (चिच्छेद) R.12.96. -5 Not of a marriageable age; Ms.9.88. -Comp. -काल 1 inopportune, ill-timed, unseasonable; ˚लं वचनं बृहस्पतिरपि व्रुवन् । लभते बुद्धयवज्ञानमपमानं च पुष्कलम् Pt.1.63. -2 under age. (-लम्) an irregular discussion (of any subject). -प्रापक a. 1 conveying (the sense of) what is not otherwise specified, such as the use of the Potential mood in स्वर्गकामो यजेत. -2 not yet tamed (as a young calf) -यौवन a. not arrived at puberty or who has not reached his youth; शिशुम- प्राप्तयौवनम् R.15.42. -ब्यवहार, -वयस् a. (in law) under age, not old enough to engage in public business on his own responsibility, a minor (a boy before he reaches his 16th year); अप्राप्तव्यवहारो$सौ यावत् षोडशवार्षिकः Dakṣa.
aprāptiḥ अप्राप्तिः f. 1 Non-acquisition; तदप्राप्तिमहादुःखविलीनाशेष- पातका K. P.4. -2 Not being proved or established by a rule before; विधिरत्यन्तमप्राप्तौ नियमः पाक्षिके सति Mīm. -3 Not taking place or occurring. -4 Not being applicable = अनुपपत्ति q. v.
aprāyu अप्रायु a. Ved. Not going forth (अगन्तृ); अप्रायुवो रक्षितारो दिवेदिवे Rv.1.89.1; unceasing.
aprokṣita अप्रोक्षित a. Not sprinkled, not consecrated.
aprauḍha अप्रौढ a. 1 Not arrogant. -2 Timid, gentle, not bold. -3 Not full-grown. -ढा 1 An unmarried girl. -2 A girl very recently married and not arrived at puberty or womanhood.
aplava अप्लव a. 1 Without a ship, Av.19.5.31. -2 Not swimming.
apluta अप्लुत a. Not protracted (as a vowel).
apsaḥ अप्सः प्सा m. (-प्साः) Ved. [अपःसनोति, सन्-ड] 1 Giving or yielding water; forming the essential portion of water (अपां सारभूतो रसः). -2 not destroying. -प्सम् Form, see अप्सस्.
apsu अप्सु a. [नास्ति प्सु रूपं यस्य Nir.] 1 Formless, shapeless. -2 Not beautiful. Note : -अप्सु forms the first member of several compounds. -क्षित् a god (dwelling within the clouds); अप्सुक्षितो महिनैकादश स्थ Rv.1.139.11. -चर a. aquatic; moving in waters. P.IV.3.1. -ज, जा a. born in the waters or in the atmosphere; यदग्ने दिविजा अस्यप्सुजा वा सहस्कृत Rv.8.43.28. (-जाः) -योनिः 1 a horse. -2 a cane or reed. -जित् vanquishing the aerial Asuras. -मत् a. possessed of what is in water; not losing one's nature in water (as lightning); getting sufficient water. -योनि a. born from the waters.
aphala अफल a. [न. ब.] 1 Unfruitful, fruitless, barren (lit. & fig.); याः फलिनीर्या अफलाः Rv.1.97.15. ˚ला ओषधयः, ˚लं कार्यम् &c. -2 Unproductive, useless, vain; यथा षण्ढो$- फलः स्त्रीषु यथा गौर्गवि चाफला । यथा चाज्ञे$फलं दानं तथा विप्रो$- नृचो$फलः Ms.2.158. -3 Deprived of virility, castrated; emasculated; अफलो$हं कृतस्तेन क्रोधात्सा च निराकृता Rām.1. 49.3. -लः 1 N. of a plant (Mar. झाबुक) Tamarix Indica -2 A goat. -ला The Aloe plant (Mar. घृतकुमारी कोरफड); another plant (Mar. भूम्यामलकी). -Comp. -आकाङ्क्षिन्, -प्रेप्सु a. one who desires no reward (for his labours), disinterested; अफलाकाङ्क्षिभिर्यज्ञः क्रियते ब्रह्मवादिभिः Mb.
abaddha अबद्ध द्धक a. 1 At liberty; not bound or restrained. -2 Unmeaning, nonsensical, absurd, contradictory; e. g. यावज्जीवमहं मौनी ब्रह्मचारी च मे पिता । माता तु मम वन्ध्यासीदपुत्रश्च पितामहः ॥ (contradictory); जरद्गवः कम्बल- पादुकाभ्यां द्वारि स्थितो गायति मङ्गलानि (v. l. मत्तकानि) । तं ब्राह्मणी पृच्छति पुत्रकामा राजनगर्यां लवणस्य को$र्घः ॥ Rāyamukuta on Ak. -द्धः Improper, impossible thing; नापध्यायेन्न स्पृहयेन्नाबद्धंचिन्तयेदसत् Mb.12.215.9. -Comp. -मुख a. foulmouthed, abusive, scurrilous.
abandhaka अबन्धक a. 1 Not binding. -2 Without any pledge.
abandhu अबन्धु बान्धव a. 1 Friendless, lonely. त्वमेताञ्जनराज्ञो द्विर्दशा$बन्धुना सुश्रवसोपजम्मुषः Rv.1.53.9. -2 Unowned. -Comp. -कृत् a. causing want of companions. -कृत a. not brought about by relatives, growing spontaneously; त्वय्यस्याः कथमप्यबान्धवकृतां स्नेहप्रवृत्तिं च ताम् Ś.4.16.
abalāsa अबलास a. Not consumptive; Av.8.2.18.
abāla अबाल अबालिश a. 1 Not childish, youth; Nir. IX.1. -2 Not young, full (as the moon).
abāhya अबाह्य a. 1 Not exterior, internal; राज्ञः शिवं सावरजस्य भूयादित्याशशंसे करणैरबाह्यैः R.14.5; -2 (fig.) Familiar or intimately acquainted with, conversant with; गीतनृत्यवाद्यादिष्वबाह्यः Dk.155. -3 Without an exterior; तदेतद् ब्रह्मापूर्वमनपरमनन्तरमबाह्यम् Bṛi. Up.2.5.19.
abuddhiḥ अबुद्धिः f. 1 Want of understanding (अविद्या); अबुद्धिरज्ञानकृता प्रबुद्धया कृष्यते मनः Mb.12.24.4. -2 Ignorance, stupidity; ˚मत् foolish, ignorant. a. Ignorant, dull-witted, stupid. -Comp. -पूर्व, -पूर्वक a. 1 not preceded by knowledge or consciousness; not wanton or intentional. -2 beginning with non-intelligence. (-र्वम् -र्वकम्) adv. unconsciously, ignorantly.
abudhya अबुध्य a. Ved. Not to be perceived or awakened.
abodha अबोध a. 1 Ignorant, foolish, stupid. -2 Perplexed. puzzled. -धः 1 Ignorance, stupidity, want of understanding; ˚धोपहताश्चान्ये Bh.3.2; निसर्गदुर्बोधमबोधविक्लवाः क्व भूपतीनां चरितं क्व जन्तवः Ki.1.6. -2 Not knowing or being aware of. जलदकालमबोधकृतं दिशामप रथाप रथावयवायुधः Śi. 6.41 -Comp. -गम्य a. incomprehensible, inconceivable. अबोध्य abōdhya अबोधनीय abōdhanīya अबोध्य अबोधनीय a. 1 Unintelligible. -2 Not to be awakened.
abrahmaṇya अब्रह्मण्य a. 1 Not fit for a Brāhmaṇa; अब्रह्मण्यमवर्णं स्यात् ब्रह्मण्यं ब्रह्मणो हितम् Halāy. -2 Inimical to Brāhmaṇas, -ण्यम् An act not befitting a Brāhmaṇa; an un-Brahmanical act. In dramas usually found as an exclamation uttered by a Brāhmaṇa in the sense of 'to the rescue', 'help', 'help', 'a horrible or disgraceful deed has been committed'. अहो ˚ण्यं˚ ण्यम् Pt.1.; Ś.6; U.1; अत्रान्तरे ब्राह्मणेन मृतपुत्रमारोप्य राजद्वारि सोरस्ताडनम- ब्रह्मण्यमुद्घोषितम् U.2 a cry of help, or distress; अथैत्य योगनन्दस्य व्याडिना क्रन्दितं पुरः । अब्रह्मण्यमनुत्क्रान्तजीवो योगस्थितो द्विजः Bṛi. Kath.
abrahman अब्रह्मन् a. 1 Not accompanied by devotion; wanting in sacred or divine knowledge. -2 Separated from or devoid of Brāhmaṇas; नाब्रह्म क्षत्रमृध्नोति Ms.9.322. -Comp. -विद् a. not knowing Brahman or the Supreme Spirit.
abrāhmaṇa अब्राह्मण a. Devoid of or without Brāhmaṇas. -णः Not a Brāhmaṇa; अब्राह्मणादध्ययनमापत्काले विधीयते । ... नाब्राह्मणे गुरौ शिष्ये । वासमात्यन्तिकं वसेत् Ms.2.241-2; (= शूद्र) six kinds are usually mentioned.
abhakta अभक्त a. 1 Not devoted or attached. -2 Nto connected with, detached. -3 Not worshipping. -4 Unaccepted. -5 Not eaten. -6 Not received as a share; यस्मै धायुरदधा मर्त्यायाभक्तम् Rv.3.3.7. -क्तम् Not food; ˚छन्दस्, ˚रुच् want of appetite.
abhakṣaḥ अभक्षः भक्षणम् Not eating anything; fasting.
abhakṣya अभक्ष्य a. 1 Not to be eaten. -2 Prohibited from eating. -क्ष्यम् A prohibited article of food.
abhaṅga अभङ्ग a. Not broken &c. -ङ्गः 1 Absence of fracture or defeat. -2 (In Rhet.) A variety of श्लेष where another meaning is obtained without dividing the words (this corresponds to अर्थश्लेष); S. D.644.
abhaya अभय a. [न. ब.] Free from fear or danger, secure, safe; वैराग्यमेवाभयम् Bh.3.35. -यः [न भयं यस्मात्] 1 An epithet of the Supreme Being, or knowledge concerning that being. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 One devoid of all worldly possessions. -4 One who fearlessly executes scriptural commandments. -5 N. of a Yoga (conjunture or time) favourable to a march or expedition. -6 A refugeoffering pose of the hand of an image; Māna.12. 12-21. See अभयमुद्रा. -या 1 N. of a plant (हरीतकी), Mar. हिरडा). -2 A form of the goddess Durgā. -यम् 1 Absence or removal of fear. -2 Security, safety, protection from fear or danger. मया तस्याभयं दत्तम् Pt.1; अभयस्य हि यो दाता Ms.8.33; Ś.2.17. -2 N. of a sacrificial hymn. -3 The root of a fragrant grass (वीरणमूलम्, उशीरम्). -Comp. -कृत् a. 1. not terrific, mild. -2. giving safety. -गिरिवासिन् m. one dwelling on the mountain of safety, N. of a class of Kātyāyana's pupils. -गिरिविहारः Buddhist monastery on the Abhayagiri. -डिण्डिमः 1 proclamation of assurance of safety. -2 a military or war-drum. -द, -दायिन्, -प्रद a. giving a guarantee or promise of safety; भयेष्वभयदः Rām.; ˚प्रद; ऐश्वर्यमभयप्रदः Ms.4.232. (-दः) an Arhat of the Jainas; N. of Viṣṇu. -दक्षिणा, -दानम्, -प्रदानम् giving a promise, assurance, or guarantee of safety or protection (from danger); सर्वप्रदानेष्वभयप्रदानम् (प्रधानम्) Pt.1.29; सर्वतः प्रतिगृह्णीयान्मध्वथाभयदक्षिणाम् Ms.4.247. -पत्रम् a written document or paper granting assurance of safety; cf. the modern 'safe-conduct'. -मुद्रा a variety of mudrā in Tantra literature. -याचना asking for protection; ˚अञ्जलिः; बध्यतामभययाचनाञ्जलिः R.11.78. -वचनम्, -वाच् f. an assurance or promise of safety. -सनि a. Ved. giving safety.
abhaṃyakara अभंयकर कृत् a. [अ-भय-कृ with the insertion of खच् मेघर्तिभयेषु कृञः P.III.2.43]. 1 Not dreadful. -2 Causing security. यत इन्द्र भयामहे ततो नो अभयं कृधि । Rv.8.61.13 सोमपा अभयंकरः Rv.1.152.2.
abhavat अभवत् a. Not existing. -Comp. -अभवन्मतयोगः, -संयोगः (in Rhet.) a defect in composition; अभवन् असंभवन्नपि मतः इष्टः योगः सम्बन्धः यत्र K. P.7; the 'failure of an intended connection', or want of harmony between the ideas to be expressed and the words expressing them; e. g. ईक्षसे यत्कटाक्षेण तदा धन्वी मनोभवः, here the word यत् can have no Correlation with तदा though intended by the poet. The proper reading would be ईक्षसे चेत् &c.; for other examples see S. D.575 ad. loc.
abhavya अभव्य a. 1 Not to be, not predestined; -2 Improper. -3 unfortunate; उपगतमवधीरयन्त्यभव्याः Ki.1. 51. -4 uncivil, rude; अभव्यो भव्यरूपेण Rām.4.17.28. अभस्त्रका abhastrakā अभस्त्रिका abhastrikā अभस्त्रका अभस्त्रिका also अभस्त्राका [अ-भस्त्रा P. VII.3.47.] 1 A badly made or inferior pair of bellows. -2 A young woman who has no bellows.
abhāva अभाव a. [न. ब.] Without love or affection. कच्चिन्ना- भिहतो$भावैः शब्दादिभिरमङ्गलैः Bhāg.1.14.4. -2 Nonexistent. -वः 1 Not being or existing, non-existence; गतो भावो$भावम् Mk.1 has disappeared. -2 Absence, want, failure; सर्वेषामप्यभावे तु ब्राह्मणा रिक्थभागिनः Ms.9.188; mostly in comp.; सर्वाभावे हरेन्नृपः 189 in the absence of all, failing all; तोय˚, अन्न˚, आहार˚ &c. -3 Annihilation, death, destruction; (वचो...पथ्यमुक्तम्) राक्षसानामभावाय त्वं वा न प्रतिपद्यसे Rām.5.21.1. non-entity; नाभाव उपलब्धेः Ś B.; क्षणमात्रभवामभावकाले Śi.2.64; Ki.18.1. -4 (In phil.) Privation, non-existence, nullity or negation, supposed to be the seventh category or पदार्थ in the system of Kaṇāda. (Strictly speaking अभाव is not a separate predicament, like द्रव्य, गुण, but is only a negative arrangement of those predicaments; all nameable things being divided into positive (भाव) and negative (अभाव), the first division including द्रव्य, गुण, कर्म, सामान्य, विशेष and समवाय; and the second only one अभाव; cf. अत्र सप्तमस्याभावकथनादेव षण्णां भावत्वं प्राप्तं तेन भावत्वेन पृथगुपन्यासो न कृतः Muktā.) अभाव is defined as भावभिन्नो$भावः (प्रतियोगिज्ञानाधीनविषयत्वम्) that whose knowledge is dependent on the knowledge of its प्रतियोगी. It is of two principal kinds संसर्गाभाव and अन्योन्याभाव; the first comprising three varieties प्रागभाव, प्रध्वंसाभाव, and अत्यन्ताभाव. -Comp. -संपत्तिः f. false attribution (= अध्यास q. v.)
abhāvayitṛ अभावयितृ a. Not perceiving, comprehending or inferring.
abhāvin अभाविन् अभाव्य a. What is not destined to be or take place; यदभावि न तद्भावि H.1.
abhāṣaṇam अभाषणम् Not speaking, silence.
abhāṣita अभाषित a. Not told. -Comp. -पुंस्कः a word which cannot become mas. or neuter. i. e. always feminine.
abhi अभि ind. 1 (As a prefix to verbs and nouns) It means (a) 'to', 'towards', 'in the direction of'; अभिगम् to go towards; अभिया, ˚गमनम्, ˚यानम् &c.; (b) 'for' 'against'; ˚लष्, ˚पत् &c.; (c) 'on', 'upon'; ˚सिञ्च् to sprinkle on &c.; (d) 'over', 'above', 'across'; ˚भू to overpower, ˚तन्; (e) 'greatly'; 'excessively'; ˚कम्प्. -2 (As a prefix to nouns not derived from verbs, and to adjectives) It expresses (a) intensity or superiority; ˚धर्मः 'supreme duty'; ˚ताम्र 'very red'; R.15.49; ˚नव 'very new'; (b) 'towards', 'in the direction of', forming adv. compounds; ˚चैद्यम्, ˚मुखम्, ˚दूति &c. -3 (As a separable adverb) It means towards, in the direction or vicinity of (opp. अप); in, above, aloft, on the top, (mostly Ved.) -4 (As a preposition with acc.) (a) To, towards, in the direction of, aginst; (with acc. or in comp. in this sense); अभ्यग्नि or अग्निमभि शलभाः पतन्ति; वृक्षमभि द्योतते विद्युत् Sk.; Śi.9.56,4; अभ्यर्कबिम्बं स्थितः Ś.7.11. (b) Near, before, in front or presence of; प्रियमभि कुसुमोद्यतस्य बाहोः Śi.7.32;15.58. (c) On, upon, with regard or reference to; सायमण्डलमभि त्वरयन्त्यः Ki.9.6; साधुर्देवदत्तो मातरमभि Sk. (d) Severally, one after another (in a distributive sense); वृक्षं वृक्षमभि सिञ्चति Sk.; भूतभूतमभि प्रभुः Bop. By अभिरभाग P.I.4.91. अभि has all the senses of अनु given in I. P.4.9 except that of भाग; e. g. (लक्षणे) हरिमभि वर्तते; (इन्थंभूताख्याने) भक्तो हरिमभि; (वीप्सायाम्), देवं देवमभि सिञ्चति; but यदत्र ममाभिष्यात् तद्दीयताम्; प्राज्ञो गोविन्द- मभितिष्ठति Bop. (e) In, into, to; Śi.8.6. (f.) For, for the sake of, on account of (Ved.). According to G. M. अभि has these senses :- अभि पूजाभृशार्थेच्छासौम्याभि- मुख्यसौरूप्यवचनाहारस्वाध्यायेषु; e. g. पूजायाम्, अभिवन्दते; भृशे, अभिनिवेशः; इच्छायाम्; अभिलाषः, अभिकः; सौम्ये or माधुर्ये, अभिजातः; आभिमुख्ये, अभिमुखम्, अभ्यग्नि; सौरूप्ये, अभिरूपम्; वचने, अभिधत्ते; आहारे, अभ्यवहरति; स्वाध्याये, अभ्यस्यति. [cf. L. ob; Gr. amphi; Zend aibi or aiwi, Goth. bi; also umbi um].
abhikhyā अभिख्या a. [कर्तरि क्विप्] Going towards; well-known, celebrated. -ख्या [ख्या-अङ्] 1 (a) Splendour, beauty, lustre; काप्यभिख्या तयोरासीद् व्रजतोः शुद्धवेषयोः R.1.46; सूर्यापाये न खलु कमलं पुष्यति स्वामभिख्याम् Me.82; Ku.1.43; 7.18. (b) A gracious look; अभिख्यानो मघवन्नाधमानान् Rv.1.112.1. (c) Look, view, appearance, aspect (Ved.). -2 Telling, declaring. -3 Calling, addressing. -4 A name, appellation. -5 A word, synonym. -6 Fame, glory; notoriety (in a bad sense); greatness (माहात्म्यम्). -7 Intellect (Nir.). अभिख्या-कीर्ति-माहा- त्म्यनामशोभास्वपि स्त्रियाम् Nm.
abhighrā अभिघ्रा 1 P. To smell at, snuffle; to bring the nose close to another's forehead (as in caressing, kissing &c. as a token of affection.
abhijñā अभिज्ञा 9 U. 1 To recognize, discern; (सा) नाभ्य- जानान्नलं नृपम् Mb. -2 To know, understand, be acquainted with, be aware of, perceive; अहं हि नाभिजानाभि भवेदेवं न वेति वा Mb.; Bg.18.55,4.14;7.13; भवदभिज्ञातं कथयतु Dk.3,78. -3 To look upon, consider or regard as, know to be. -4 To admit, own, acknowledge; न पुत्रम- भिजानामि त्वयि जातम् Mb. -5 To remember, recollect; used with the Future instead of the Imperfect. Imperfect with यत्, or both when interdependence of two actions is denoted, P.III.2.112,114; cf. Bk.6.138,139.
abhidhā अभिधा 3 U. 1 (a) To say, speak, tell (with acc. rarely with dat.); सा तथ्यमेवाभिहिता भवेन Ku.3.63; Ms.1.42; Bk.7.78. य इदं परमं गुह्यं मद्भक्तेष्वभिधास्यति Bg.18.68. (b) To denote, express or convey directly or primarily (as sense &c.); state, mention, set forth; साक्षात्संकेतितं यो$र्थमभिधत्ते स वाचकः K. P.2; तन्नाम येनाभि- दधाति सत्त्वम्. (c) To speak or say to, address. -2 To name, call, designate; usually in pass. (-धीयते); इदं शरीरं कौन्तेय क्षेत्रमित्यभिधीयते Bg.13.1. -3 To lay or put on, fasten, bind; to overlay, load; assail; receive, comprehend, include; to draw oneself towards, hold, support (mostly Ved. in these senses.)
abhidhā अभिधा a. Ved. Naming; praised, invoked. अभिधा असि भुवनमसि यन्तासि धर्ता Vāj.22.3. n. 1 A name, appellation; oft. in comp.; कुसुमवसन्ताद्यभिधः S. D. -2 A word, sound. -3 The literal power or sense of a word, denotation, one of the three powers of a word; वाच्यो$र्थो$ भिधया बोध्यः S. D.2. "the expressed meaning is that which is conveyed to the understanding by the word's denotation", for it is this अभिधा that conveys to the understanding the meaning which belongs to the word by common consent or convention (संकेत) (which primarily made it a word at all); स मुख्यो$र्थस्तत्र मुख्यो यो व्यापारो$स्याभिधोच्यते K. P.2. -Comp. -ध्वंसिन् a. losing one's name. -मूल a. founded on a word's denotation or literal meaning.
abhidhānam अभिधानम् 1 Telling, mentioning, speaking, naming, denotation; एतावतामर्थानामिदमभिधानम् Nir.; गोशब्दस्य वाही- कार्थाभिधानम् S. D. -2 (In gram.) Asserting or predicating something of another, as the subject of an assertion, (which then can be put in the nom. case only); predication, assertion; See P.II.3.2 Sk. -3 A name, appellation, title, designation; अभिधानं तु पश्चात्तस्याहमश्रौषम् K.32; तवाभिधानाद् व्यथते नताननः Ki.1.24; (at the end of comp.) called, named; ऋणाभिधानाद् बन्धनात् R.3.2. -4 An expression, word. -5 Speech, discourse महत्तमा- नामभिधानयोगः Bhāg.1.18.18. -6 A dictionary, vocabulary (of words), lexicon (in these last 4 senses said to be also m.) -7 A song, षट्पादतन्त्रीमधुराभिधानम् Rām.4.28,36. -Comp. -चिन्तामणिः N. of a celebrated vocabulary of synonyms by Hemachandra. -माला a dictionary. -रत्नमाला N. of a vocabulary of words by Halāyudha. -विप्रतिपत्तिः Incongruence of the word and the sense intended to be conveyed thereby; केयमभिधान- विप्रतिपत्तिर्नाम । यदन्यथाभिधानमन्यथाभिधेयम् । ŚB. on MS. 9.3.13.
abhidhāyaka अभिधायक (-यिका f.), अभिधायिन् a. 1 Naming, expressing, denoting; एतेषामभिधायकानि क्लीबे स्युः Sk.; कर्षूः कुल्याभिधायिनी Ak. denotes, means, has the sense of. -2 Saying, speaking, telling; तेनाहमुक्तः प्रेक्ष्यैवं घोरशापाभि- धायिना Rām.3.71.4; लक्ष्मीमित्यभिधायिनि प्रियतमे Amaru. 27; वाच्याभिधायी पुरुषः पृष्ठमांसाद उच्यते Trik.
abhihita अभिहित p. p. 1 (a) Said, declared, spoken, mentioned; मयाभिहितम्, तेनाभिहितम् &c. (b) Predicated, asserted; अनभिहिते कर्मणि द्वितीया P.II.3.1-2. (c) Spoken to, addressed, called, named. (d) Whispered, promoted to say; determined. -2 Fastened, placed upon. -तम् A name, expression, word; हरन्ति स्मरतश्चित्तं गोविन्दाभिहितानि च Bhāg.1.15.27. ˚त्वम् being said or spoken to, a declaration; authority, test. -Comp. -अन्वयवादः, -वादिन् m. a particular doctrine (or the follower of that doctrine) on the import of words, as opposed to अन्विताभिधानवाद, -वादिन्. The anvitābhidhānavādins (the Mīmāṁsakas, the followers of Prabhākara) hold that words only express a meaning (अभिधान) as parts of a sentence and grammatically connected with one another (अन्वित); that they, in fact, only imply an action or something connected with an action; e. g. घटम् in घटम् आनय means not merely 'jar', but 'jar' as connected with the action of 'bringing' expressed by the verb. The abhihitānvayavādins (the Bhāṭṭas or the followers of Kumārilabhaṭṭa who hold the doctrine) on the other hand hold that words by themselves can express their own independent meanings which are afterwards combined into a sentence expressing one connected idea; that, in other words, it is the logical connection between the words of a sentence, and not the sense of the words themselves, that suggests the import or purport of that sentence; they thus believe in a tātparyārtha as distinguished from vāchyārtha; see K. P.2 and Maheśvara's commentary ad hoc. ˚तिः f. Naming, speaking &c.
abhidhyā अभिध्या [ध्यै-अङ्] 1 Coveting another's property. न चाचिकीर्षीत् परवस्त्वभिध्याम् Bu. Ch.2.44. -2 Longing, wish; desire in general; अभिध्योपदेशात् Br. Sūt. -3 Desire of taking (in general).
abhinand अभिनन्द् 1 P. (rarely A.) 1 (a) To rejoice at or in, exult over, be glad or satisfied; आत्मविडम्बनामभि- नन्दन्ति K.18; Dk.75. (b) To celebrate (with rejocings &c.); महोत्सवेन मज्जन्माभिनन्दितवान् K.137; नाभिनन्दति न द्वेष्टि Bg.2.57. -2 To congratulate, hail with joy, welcome; greet; एनां परिष्वज्य तातकाश्यपेनैवं अभिनन्दितम् Ś.4; तापसीभिरभि- नन्द्यमाना शकुन्तला तिष्ठति ibid 5,6,7; अभिनन्दितागमनेषु समीरेषु K.49,63; अभिनन्द्य ब्रवीति Mv.2 says (writes) after compliments; प्रविश्य पौरैरभिनन्द्यमानः R.2.74,3.68,7.69, 71;11.3;16.64;17.15,6; आशीर्भिरभिनन्दितः Y.1.332. -3 To rejoice at, approve, praise, applaud, commend; यो रत्नराशीनपि विहाय अभिनन्द्यते Ś.2; अतस्ते वचो नाभिनन्दामि ibid. do not approve; तद्युक्तमस्या अभिलाषो$भिनन्दितुम् Ś.3; श्रूयन्ते परिणीतास्ताः (कन्यकाः) पितृभिश्चाभिनन्दिताः 3.22; नाम यस्याभिनन्दन्ति द्विषो$पि स पुमान्पुमान् Ki.11.73;4.4; with न reject; R.12.35. -4 To care for, like, desire or wish for, respect, delight in (usually with न in this sense); नाभिनन्दन्ति केलिकलाः Māl.3; नाहारमभिनन्दति K.61.; Dk. 159; आर्यपुत्रस्यैव मनोरथसंपत्तिमभिनन्दामि Ve.2 wish or desire नाभिनन्देत मरणं नाभिनन्देत जीवितम् Ms.6.45, H.4.4. -5 To bless, grant success to, त्वां मैत्रावरुणो$भिनन्दतु U.5.27. -Caus. To gladden, delight.
abhinava अभिनव a. [आधिक्येन नवः, भृशार्थे अभिरत्र] 1 (a) Quite new or fresh (in all senses); पदपङ्क्तिर्दृश्यते$भिनवा Ś3.7;5.1; ˚कण्ठशोणित 6.27; Me.1; R.9.29; ˚वा वधूः K.2 newly married. (b) Quite young or fresh, blooming, youthful (as body, age &c.); वपुर- भिनवमस्याः पुष्यति स्वां न शोभाम् Ś.1.19; U.5.12; the younger; ˚शाकटायनः; ˚भोजः &c. (c) Fresh, recent. -2 Very young, not having experience. -वः [अभिनु अप्] Praise to win over, flattery. -Comp. -उद्भिद् -दः a new shoot or bud. -कालिदासः The modern Kālidāsa, i. e. Mādhavāchārya. -गुप्तः N. of a well-known author. -चन्द्रार्घविधिः 1 a ceremony performed at the time of the new moon. -2 N. of the 114th chapter in the Bhaviṣya Purāṇa. -तामरसम् 1 a fresh-blown lotus. -2 a kind of metre. -यौवन, -वयस्क a. youthful, very young. -वैयाकरणः one who has newly begun his study of grammar.
abhinirmukta अभिनिर्मुक्त a. 1 Left or quitted (by the sun when it sets). -2 One asleep at sunset and thus not doing the duties to be then performed. सूर्येणाभ्युदितो यश्च ब्रह्मचारी भवत्युत । तथा सूर्याभिनिर्मुक्तः कुनखी श्यावदन्नपि ॥ Mb.12.34.3.
abhiniviṣṭatā अभिनिविष्टता Resoluteness, determination of purpose; निन्दाक्षेपापमानादेरमर्षो$भिनिविष्टता S. D. i. e. adhering to one's purpose; not minding censure, abuse, dishonour &c.
abhinna अभिन्न a. 1 Not broken or cut, unbroken; not split; अभिन्नपुटोत्तरान् R.17.12. -2 Unaffected; क्लेशलेशैर- भिन्नम् Ś.2.4. -3 Not changed or altered, unchanged; ˚गतयः Ś.1.14 with their gait unchanged. -4 Not different from, the same, identical (with abl.); जगन्मिथोभिन्नमभिन्नमीश्वरात् Prab. -5 Undivided, whole, one (as number). -6 Holding together, continuous. -7 Uninterrupted; अभिन्ने खिल्ये निदधाति देवयुम् Rv.6.28.2.
abhipūrvam अभिपूर्वम् ind. One after another, successively.
abhibhavaḥ अभिभवः 1 Defeat, subjugation, subjection, overpowering; इतरेतरानभिभवेन मृगास्तमुपासते गुरुमिवान्तसदः Ki.6.34 (cf. K.45 and the Bible "The wolf shall also dwell with the lamb" &c.); 8.28; स्पर्शानुकूला इव सूर्यकान्तास्तद- न्यतेजोभिभवाद्वमन्ति Ś.2.7 when assailed, opposed, overpowered by another energy; अभिभवः कुत एव सपत्नजः R. 9.4.4.21. -2 Being overpowered जराभिभवविच्छायम् K. 346; being attacked or affected, stupefied (by fever &c.); न रोगशान्तिर्न चाभिभवः Suśr. -3 Contempt, disrespect; निरभिभवसाराः परकथाः Bh.2.64. -4 Humiliation, mortification (of pride); अलभ्यशोकाभिभवेयमाकृतिः Ku.5. 43; K.195. -5 Predominance, prevalence, rise, spread; अधर्माभिभवात्कृष्ण प्रदुष्यन्ति कुलस्त्रियः Bg.1.41; Ki.2.37.
abhimānaḥ अभिमानः 1 Pride (in a good sense), self-respect, honourable or worthy feeling; सदाभिमानैकधना हि मानिनः Śi.1.67; त्यक्त्वा जातिकुलाभिमानमुचितम् Bh.3.5. अभिमानधनस्य गत्वरैः Ki.2.19; संकल्पयोनेरभिमानभूतम् Ku.3.24. -2 Self-conceit, pride, arrogance, haughtiness, egotism, highopinion of oneself; शिथिल˚ नाः संवृत्ताः M.2, Bh.3.46, Bg.16.4.; (अतिमानः is another reading) ˚वत् proud, conceited. -3 Referring all objects to self, the act of अहंकार, personality, misconception (मित्याज्ञानम्), see अहंकार. -4 Conceit, conception; supposition, belief, opinion; मुनिरस्मि निरागसः कुतो मे भयमित्येष न भूतये$भिमानः Ki.13.7. -5 Knowledge, consciousness (बुद्धि, ज्ञान); साधारण्याभिमानतः S. D. -6 Affection, love. -7 Desire, wishing for. -8 Laying claim to. -9 Injury, Killing, seeking to injure. -1 A sort of state occasioned by love. -नम् Authority (प्रमाण); ये चरन्त्यभिमानानि सृष्टार्थ- मनुषङ्गिणः Mb.12.168.23. -Comp. -शालिन् a. proud. -शून्य a. void of pride or arrogance, humble.
abhimanyuḥ अभिमन्युः 1 N. of a son of Arjuna by his wife Subhadrā, sister of Kṛiṣṇa and Balarāma; also known by the metronymic Saubhadra. [He was called Abhimanyu because at his very birth he appeared to be heroic, long-armed and very fiery (अभिवृद्धः मन्युर्यस्य). When the Kauravas at the advice of Droṇa formed the peculiar battle-array called 'Chakravyuha' hoping that, as Arjuna was away, none of the Paṇḍavas would be able to break through it, Abhimanyu assured his uncles that he was ready to try, if they only assisted him. He accordingly entered the Vyūha, killed many warriors on the Kaurava side, and was for a time more than a match even for such veteran and elderly heroes as Droṇa, Karṇa, Duryodhana &c. He could not, however, hold out long against fearful odds, and was at last overpowered and slain. He was very handsome. He had two wives, Vatsalā daughter of Balarāma and Uttarā daughter of the king of Virāṭa. Uttarā was pregnant when he was slain and gave birth to a son named Parīkṣita who succeeded to the throne of Hastināpura.] -2 Name of a son of Manu Chākṣuṣa. -3 Name of two kings of Kāshmir; Rāj. T. -पुरम् - Name of a town. Raj. T.
abhiyojanam अभियोजनम् Ved. Harnessing (one horse) on to another, re-fastening to make firm or tight (Sāy. युक्ते पुनर्योजनम्).
abhilakṣya अभिलक्ष्य a. To be marked or noted. हरिस्तस्याभिलक्ष्यस्य मोक्षयंल्लक्ष्यसंग्रहम् Rām.5.48.3. -क्ष्यम् ind. Towards a mark or aim.
abhivandanam अभिवन्दनम् Respectful salutation; पाद˚ holding the feet (of another) as an humble obeisance; see अभिवादनम् above.
abhiṣic अभिषिच् 6 U. [˚सिच्, स् changed to ष् by P.VIII. 3.65] 1 To sprinkle, pour down upon, water, wet, shower upon (fig. also); स्नान्तीहाभ्यषिचज्वलैः Bk.6.21; 15.3;6.23; सङ्गे पुनर्बहुतराममृताभिषिक्ताम् Ch. P.29 v. l. अथ वपुरभिषेक्तुं तास्तदाम्भोभिरीषुः Śi.7.75. -2 To anoint, consecrate, appoint &c. (by sprinkling water on the head); to crown, install, inaugurate (with loc. of the post of authority); अग्निवर्णमभिषिच्य राघवः स्वे पदे R.19. 1,17.13; सो$टवीराज्ये$भिषिक्तः H.2; V.5.23. -Caus. 1 To have another consecrated, inaugurated &c. -2 To let oneself be crowned.
abhiṣeṇayati अभिषेणयति Den. P. [अभिसेना-णिच् P.III.1.25, VIII.3.65] To march against (with an army), to attack, to face or encounter (another) with an army; कः सिन्धुराजमभिषेणयितुं समर्थः Ve.2.26; Śi.6.64.
abhisārin अभिसारिन् a. Going to meet, visiting; attacking, rushing out, going forth; युद्धाभिसारिणः U.5. -णी 1 = अभिसारिका see above. -2 N. of a species of the त्रिष्टुभ् metre in which the Pādas contain 12 instead of 11 syllables, and which is, therefore, said to approach (अभिसरति) another metre called जगती.
abhīta अभीत ति a. Not afraid, fearless. -तिः f. 1 Fearlessness. -2 Approach, attack, assault; विश्वा अभीतीरपसो युयोधि Rv.2.33.3. -3 Nearness.
abhīma अभीम a. Not causing fear, not terrific. -मः N. of Viṣṇu.
abhukta अभुक्त a. 1 Uneaten, unenjoyed, unused; अभुक्तायां यस्यां क्षणमपि न यातं नृपशतैः Bh.3.25. -2 (Actively used) One who has not eaten, enjoyed, used &c.; cf. पति. -Comp. -मूलम् the interval between the closing part of Jyeṣṭhā and the beginging of Mūla.
abhuj अभुज् a. Ved. 1 One who has not experienced or enjoyed न म आशृणोः किमभुग्वदासि Rv.1.95.11. -2 one who does not keep a promise.
abhuñjat अभुञ्जत् a. Not eating. -2 Not allowing to enjoy, stingy; अध स्वप्नस्य निर्विदे$भुञ्जतश्च रेवतः Rv.1.12.12. -3 Not protecting.
abhugna अभुग्न a. 1 Not bent or crooked, straight, 2 Well, free from disease.
abhujiṣyā अभुजिष्या Not a slave or servant, an independent woman; एष स जन एतामिच्छत्यभुजिष्यां कर्तुम् Mk.4.
abhūta अभूत a. Non-existent, what is not or has not been; not true or real, false; स्तुवन्ति श्रान्तास्याः क्षितिपतिमभूतैरपि गुणैः Mu.3.16, Ki.14.19; Rām. 5.14.34. -Comp. -आहरणम् 'utterance of an unreality', a covert expression, a speech founded on fraud, one of the members of garbha S. D.365. -तद्भावः the becoming or being changed into, or making, that which it is not before; कृभ्वस्तियोगे संपद्येकर्तरि च्विः P.V.4.5; अभूततद्भावे इति वक्तव्यम्; अकृष्णः कृष्णः संपद्यते तं करोति कृष्णीकरोति Sk.; cf. पयोधरीभूतचतुःसमुद्राम् R.2.3. -पूर्व a. unprecedented, unsurpassed; अभूत् ˚र्वो राजा चिन्तामणिर्नाम Vās.1, कुतो$द्यसमरोदधेरयमभूतपूर्वः पुरः Ve. 3.2. Śi.3.3. -प्रादुर्भावः becoming manifest of what has not been before. -शत्रु a. having no enemy.
abhūmiḥ अभूमिः f. 1 Non-earth, anything but earth, -2 An unfit place or object, no proper object for, beyond the reach or scope of; अभूमिरियं मालविकायाः M.3; अभूमिरियमविनयस्य Ś7; स खलु मनोरथानामप्यभूमिर्वि- सर्जनावसरसत्कारः ibid. far exceeded or transcended my (highest) expectations; Śi.1.42; Śānti.4.22. K. 45,196,24. -Comp. -ज 1 produced in a bad or improper place. -2 not produced in earth. अभूयःसंनिवृत्तिः abhūyḥsannivṛttiḥ अभूयःसंनिवृत्तिः f. No return any more i. e. absolution; त्वय्यावेशितचित्तानां त्वत्समर्पितकर्मणाम् । गतिस्त्वं वीत- रागाणामभूयःसंनिवृत्तये ॥ R.1.27.
abhṛta अभृत अभृत्रिम a. Not hired or paid; कर्म कारयितुं चैव भृतानप्यभृतास्तथा Mb.5.165.8. सा स्यात्पाले$भृते भृतिः Ms.8.231. -2 Not supported.
abhṛśa अभृश a. Not much, little, few.
abhedya अभेद्य अभैदिक a. Not to be divided, broken or pierced through, impenetrable. -2 Indivisible -द्यम् A diamond. अभोक्तृ, ˚भोगिन् a. Not using or enjoying, abstemious.
abhoj अभोज् a. Ved. Not sacrificing; not giving food to the gods.
abhojanam अभोजनम् Not eating, fasting, abstinence; त्रिरात्रं स्यादभोजनम् Ms.11.166.23.215.
abhojin अभोजिन् a. Not eating, fasting.
abhojya अभोज्य a. Not to be eaten, prohibited as food, impure, unholy; ˚अन्न a. one whose food is prohibited from being eaten by others; य एते$न्ये त्वभोज्यान्नाः क्रमशः परिकीर्तिताः Ms.4.221.
abhautika अभौतिक a. (-की f.) Not material, not elemental, not produced by the gross elements; mental.
abhyavadānya अभ्यवदान्य Ved. Not liberal.
abhyavahṛ अभ्यवहृ 1 P. 1 To throw, fling, cast. -2 To collect, draw in, procure, obtain. -3 To use as food or drink, eat; सक्तून् पिब धानाः खादेत्यभ्यवहरति P.III.4.5. Sk. -Caus. 1 To cause to throw down (in water). -2 To cause to take or eat (as food), feed (one with something); शक्नोषि किमनेन शालिप्रस्थेन संपन्नमन्नमस्मानभ्यवहारयितुम् Dk. 131,72,132; to take or eat (oneself). -3 To lay or put on (snares &c.). -4 To attack; get one to oppose another.
abhyas अभ्यस् 4 P. 1 To practise, exercise; धन्यो वन्यमतङ्गजः परिचयप्रागल्भ्यमभ्यस्यति Māl.9.32; अभ्यस्यतीव व्रतमासिधारम् R.13.67; Ms.11.16. -2 To repeat, perform repeatedly; मृगकुलं रोमन्थमभ्यस्यतु Ś.2.6; अभ्यस्यन्ति तटाघातम् Ku.2.5; K.183. -3 To learn, study, acquire or learn by practice, recite, read; वेदमेव सदाभ्यस्येत् Ms.2. 166; 4.147,149; Y.3.24; K.79. -4 To throw down upon, heap one upon another, accumulate, lay on (Ved.). -5 To throw or fling at, shoot or aim at (as arrows).
abhyasta अभ्यस्त p. p. 1 Repeated, frequently practised, exercised; नयनयोरभ्यस्तमामीलनम् Amaru.97; used or accustomed to; अनभ्यस्तरथचर्याः U.5; not accustomed to the use of the chariot; ˚गुणा च वाणी Māl.3.11. -2 Learnt, studied; शैशवे$भ्यस्तविद्यानाम् R.1.8; Bh.3. 89. -3 (In Math.) Multiplied; अयुतं दशकृत्वो$भ्यस्तं नियुतमुच्यते Nir. -4 (In gram.) Reduplicated. -स्तम् Reduplicated base of a root.
abhyasūyati अभ्यसूयति Den. P. 1 To be angry with, bear malice against, envy, be jealous of (with acc.); न च मां यो$भ्यसूयति Bg.18.67; प्रहसन्ति स्म तां केचिदभ्यसूयन्ति चापरे Mb. -2 Not to like, detract from, calumniate; ये त्वेतदभ्यसूयन्तो नानुतिष्ठन्ति मे मतम् Bg.3.32.
abhyādā अभ्यादा 3 A. 1 To take, seize, snatch. न हीनतः परमभ्याददीत Mb.1.88.8. -2 To put on, wear (garland &c.). -3 To take up (the conversation), to commence speaking (after another).
abhyārūḍha अभ्यारूढ p. p. 1 Ascended, gone up to. -2 Surpassed, excelled. अभ्यारोहः abhyārōhḥ रोहणम् rōhaṇam अभ्यारोहः रोहणम् 1 Ascending, mounting, going up to. -2 Ascending in prayer or devotion, muttering holy prayers; अथातः पवमानानामेवाभ्यारोहः Bṛi. Up.1.3. 28. -3 Transition from one place or state to another. -4 Progress.
abhyutthā अभ्युत्था 1 P. To rise for another, rise in honour of, rise to greet; नाभ्युत्तिष्ठन्ति गुरून् K.18; Ś.3; मामियमभ्यु- त्तिष्ठति देवी M.5.6; Śi.4.68.
abhyupetya अभ्युपेत्य ind. Having approached; having aggreed or promised. -Comp. -अशुश्रूषा one of the 18 titles of Hindu law, breach of contract or engagement between master and servant (where the servant does not work having agreed to do so). अभ्युषः abhyuṣḥ अभ्यूषः abhyūṣḥ अभ्योषः abhyōṣḥ अभ्युषः अभ्यूषः अभ्योषः [अभितः उ-ऊ-ष्यते अग्निना दह्यते, उ ऊ-ष् बाहु˚ क] 1 A sort of cake or bread (Mar. पोळी or रोटी) (अर्धस्विन्नयवादेर्घृतादिना भर्जितयवादेर्वा घृतपक्वान्नस्य 'पोळी' इति ख्यातस्य नाम). -2 Half parched food (in general). अभ्यु (-भ्यू) ष्य, -षीय, अभ्योष्य, अभ्योषीय a. Belonging to, consisting of, or fit for, the above cake.
abhram अभ्रम् [अभ्र्-अच्; but more correctly अप्-भृ; अपो बिभर्ति भृ-क; अभ्रम् अब्भरणात् Nir. being filled with water] 1 A cloud; अग्निर्वै धूमो जायते धूमादभ्रमभ्राद् वृष्टिः Śat. Br.; अभ्रं वा अपां भस्म; धूमो भूत्वा अभ्रं भवति अभ्रं भूत्वा मेघो भवति मेघो भूत्वा प्रवर्षति Ch. Up.V.1.5.6. (these quotations show the conception of the ancient Ṛiṣis about the formation of clouds). -2 Atmosphere, sky; परितो विपाण्डु दधदभ्रशिरः Śi.9.3. See अभ्रंलिह &c. -3 Talc, mica. (Mar. अभ्रक) -4 Gold. -5 Camphor. 6- A kind of reed; Calamus Rotang (वेतस्, वेत्र). -7 Cyperus Rotundus (मुरता). (Mar. नागरमोथा) -8 (In arith.) A zero or cypher. [cf. L. imber, Gr. ombros, appros; Zend awra, Pers. abr] -Comp. -अवकाशः clouds as the only shelter; fall of rain. -अवकाशिक, -काशिन् a. exposed to the rain (and so practising penance), not seeking shelter from the rain; अभ्रावकाशा वर्षासु हेमन्ते जलसंश्रयाः Mb.12. 244.1; ग्रीष्मे पञ्चतपास्तु स्याद्वर्षास्वभ्रावकाशिकः Ms.6.23. -उत्थः 'sky born', the thunderbolt of Indra. -कूटम् a peak of a (mountain-like) cloud. -गङ्गा the heavenly river; K.5. -घनः a mass of clouds; वर्षात्ययेन रुचमभ्र- घनादिवेन्दोः R.13.77. -जा a. Ved. born from clouds, caused by vapours, यो अभ्रजा वातजा यश्च शुष्मो वनस्पतीन्त्सचतां पर्वतांश्च Av.1.12.3. -नागः one of the elephants supporting the globe; N. of Airāvata. -पथः 1 atmosphere. -2 balloon. -पिशाचः, -चकः 'sky-demon', epithet of Rāhu. -पुष्पः N. of a cane (Mar. वेत) Calamus Rotang. See अभ्र (6). (-ष्पम्) 1 water. -2 'a sky flower', anything impossible, a castle in the air. -प्रुष् (ट्) f. sprinkling of clouds, rain. -अभ्रप्रुषो न वाचा प्रुषा वसु Rv.1.77.1. -मांसी N. of a plant (जटामांसी). -मातङ्गः Indra's elephant, Airāvata. -माला, -वृन्दम् a line, succession, or mass of clouds; मयूरकेकाभिरिवाभ्रवृन्दम् R.7.69.13.76,16.25; मुक्ताजालग्रथितमलकं कामिनीवाभ्रवृन्दम् Me.65. -रोहम् the lapis lazuli (लाजवर्त, आकाशमणि) -लिप्ती 1 sky covered with a few clouds. -2 a woman smeared with mustā grass. -वर्ष a. Ved. rained upon, sprinkled with water. (-र्षः) down-pour of rain. -वाटिकः, -का N. of a tree (आभ्रातक; Mar. अंबाडा). -विलायम् ind. just as clouds melt away; विच्छिन्नाभ्रविलायं वा विलीये नगमूर्धनि Ki.11.79.
abhrama अभ्रम a. Not mistaking, steady, clear. -मः Composure, steadiness.
amata अमत a. 1 Not felt, not perceptible by the mind, unknown. -2 Disliked, not agreed to, see under अम् also. -Comp. -परार्थता 'an unaccepted second sense', one of the faults of a word (शब्ददोष); अमतः प्रकृतविरुद्धः परार्थो यत्र; e. g. in राममन्मथशरेण ताडिता &c. (R.11.2) the second sense suggestive of शृङ्गाररस is opposed to the proper rasa of the passage which is either वीर or बीभत्स; K. P.7.
amadhavya अमधव्य a. Not sweet, not worthy of the sweetness of Soma.
amanas अमनस् अमनस्क a. 1 Without the organ of desire, thought &c. -2 Devoid of intellect (as a child). -3 Inattentive, careless. -4 Having no control over the mind. -5 Devoid of affection. n. (-नः) 1 Not the organ of desire, non-perception. -2 Inattention. m. The Supreme Being. -Comp. -गत a. Unknown, unthought of. -नीत, -ज्ञ a. Disapproved, condemned; reprobate. -योगः Absence of concentration of mind, inattention. -हर a. displeasing, disagreeable.
amanāk अमनाक् ind. Not a little, greatly, very much.
amanuṣya अमनुष्य a. 1 Not human, not manly. -2 Not frequented by man. -ष्यः 1 Not a man; नामनुष्ये भवत्यग्निः Rām.2.93.22. -2 A demon, fiend (= रक्षःपिशाचादि Sk. on P.II.4.23). -ता Unmanliness.
amantra अमन्त्र न्त्रक a. 1 Not accompanied by Vedic verses, not requiring the repetition of Vedic texts, as a ceremony &c.; सायं त्वन्नस्य सिद्धस्य पत्न्यमन्त्रं बलिं हरेत् Ms.3. 121,2.66. -2 Not entitled to Vedic verses, such as a Śūdra, a female &c.; निरिन्द्रिया ह्यमन्त्राश्च स्त्रियो$नृतमिति स्थितिः Ms.9.18. -3 Not knowing Vedic texts; अव्रतानाममन्त्राणाम् Ms.12.114. -4 Not accompanied by the use of spells or incantations, as a cure &c.; अनया कथमन्यथावलीढा न हि जीवन्ति जना मनागमन्त्राः Bv.1.111. -Comp. -ज्ञ a. Not knowing Vedic texts or hymns; Ms.3.129. -तन्त्र a. Without the use of spells or the magical feats attendant on them, without the use of magical arts; अमन्त्रतन्त्रं वशी- करणम् Pt.1.7. -विद् a. Not knowing Vedic hymns.
amanda अमन्द a. Not slow or dull, active, intelligent; मन्दो$- प्यमन्दतामेति संसर्गेण विपश्चितः M.2.8. -2 Sharp, strong, violent (wind &c.). -3 Not little, much, excessive, great, violent; अमन्दमददुर्दिन U.5.5; अमन्दमिलदिन्दिरे निखिल- माधुरी मन्दिरे Bv.4.1; ˚दष्टौष्ठकरावधूननम् Ki.8.6 violently bit. -न्दः N. of a tree.
amanyamāna अमन्यमान a. Ved. 1 Not understanding; offering no homage; अमन्यमानाँ अभि मन्यमानैः Rv.1.33.9. -2 Not being aware of; अमन्यमानाञ्छर्वा जघान Rv.2.12.1.
amanyuta अमन्युत a. Ved. Not bearing ill-will towards another; अमन्युता नो वीरुधो भवन्तु Av.12.3.31.
amaraṇam अमरणम् Not dying, immortality.
amarman अमर्मन् a. Ved. Not a vital organ or part of the body, having no joint or vital part. येभिर्वृत्रस्येषितो विवेदा- मर्मणो मन्यमानस्य मर्म Rv.3.32.4. -Comp. -जात a. not produced in a vital organ. -वेधिन् a. not injuring the vital parts; mild, soft. -वेधिता f. The state of not inflicting severe injury on others, absence of acrimony (one of the thirtyfive Vāg-guṇas of a Tīrthaṅkara).
amarṣa अमर्ष a. Not enduring or bearing. -र्षः 1 Nonendurance, tolerance, impatience; अमर्षप्रभवो रोषः सफलो मे भविष्यति Rām.5.62.33. अमर्षशून्येन जनस्य जन्तुना न जातहार्देन न विद्विषादरः Ki.1.33; jealousy, jealous anger; किं नु भवतस्तातप्रतापोत्कर्षे$प्यमर्षः U.5. In Rhet. अमर्ष is one of the 33 minor feelings or व्यभिचारिभाव. See S. D.; R. G. thus defines it : परकृतावज्ञादिनानापराध- जन्यो मौनवाक्पारुष्यादिकारणभूतश्चित्तवृत्तिविशेषो$मर्षः. -2 Anger, passion, wrath; पुत्रवधामर्षोद्दीपितेन गाण्डीविना Ve.2; हर्षामर्ष- भयोद्वेगैः Bg.12.15. सामर्ष angry, indignant; सामर्षम् angrily. -3 Impetuosity, violence. -4 Determination of purpose. -र्षा Intolerance; यत्र सङ्गीतसन्नादैर्नदद्गुहममर्षया Bhāg.8.2.6. -Comp. -ज a. arising from anger or impatience. -हासः an angry laugh, sarcastic sneer. अमर्षण amarṣaṇa र्षित rṣita र्षिन् rṣin र्षवत् rṣavat अमर्षण र्षित र्षिन् र्षवत् a. 1 Impatient, intolerant, unforgiving; विशेषात्परिपूर्णस्य याति शत्रोरमर्षणः आभि- मुख्यम् Pt.1.326. -2 Angry, indignant, passionate; हृदि क्षतो गोत्रभिदप्यमर्षणः R.3.53; अभिमन्युवधामर्षितैः पाण्डुपुत्रैः Ve.4. -3 Impetuous, determined.
amasṛṇa अमसृण a. Not soft or bland, harsh, violent strong, intense.
amāṃsa अमांस a. 1 Without flesh, not containing flesh. -2 Lean, thin, weak, enfeebled. -सम् Not flesh, anything but flesh. -Comp. -ओदनिक a. (-की f.) Not relating to a preparation of rice with meat.
amāt अमात् ind. Ved. 1 From near, at hand. a. Not measuring, boundless; प्रमदादमानिव पुरे महीयसि Śi.13.2.
amātṛbhogīṇa अमातृभोगीण a. Not fit for the use of a mother.
amātyaḥ अमात्यः [अमा सह वसति, अमा-त्यप्, अव्ययात्त्यप् P. IV. 2.14. Vārt. अमेहक्वतसित्रेभ्य एव] 1 One living with or near another, an inmate of the same house or family (Ved.). -2 A companion or follower of a king, minister; तस्यामात्या गुणैरासन्निक्ष्वाकोः सुमहात्मनः Rām.1.7.1; अमात्याः सर्व एवैते कार्याः स्युर्न तु मन्त्रिणः Kau. A.1.8. -अमात्यिका f. M. Bh. on P.VII.3.1. -Comp. -उत्पत्तिः f. Creation of ministers Kau. A.1.8. अमात्य- पुत्रैः सवयोभिरन्वितः R.3.28.
amātra अमात्र a. [नास्ति मात्रा इयत्ता यस्य] 1 Boundless, immeasurable; अमात्रं त्वा धिषणा तित्विषे Rv.1.12.7. -2 Not whole or entire. -3 Not elementary. -4 Having the measure or quantity of the letter अ. -त्रम् 1 Non-measure. -2 Not a measure or quantity. -त्रः The Supreme Spirit.
amānava अमानव a. 1 Not human; animal. -2 Superhuman.
amānuṣa अमानुष a. (-षी f.) 1 Not human, not belonging to man, supernatural, unearthly, superhuman; आकृतिरेवा- नुमापयत्यमानुषताम् K.132, ˚आकृतिः K.131,132,258; ˚शक्तित्वम् 13; ˚गीतध्वनिम् 126 an unearthly melody. -2 Inhuman, monster-like; ill-disposed towards man. -3 Tenantless, desolate; ˚षं वनम् 135. -षः, -षी One not a man, an irrational animal; Ms.9.284, स्त्रीणामशिक्षित- पटुत्वममानुषीषु संदृश्यते Ś.5.22.
amānuṣya अमानुष्य a. Not human, superhuman &c. -˚ष्यम् Inhuman state; अमानुष्यं समापन्नान् दासकर्मण्यवस्थितान् Mb. 5.16.113.
amāya अमाय a. 1 Not cunning or sagacious, guileless, sincere, honest. -2 Immeasurable. -या 1 Absence of fraud or deceit, honesty, sincerity. -2 (In Vedānta Phil.) Absence of delusion or error, knowledge of the supreme truth. -यम् The Supreme Spirit (ब्रह्म).
amāraḥ अमारः Not dying.
amārga अमार्ग a. Pathless, -र्गः Not a road, absence of road; a bad road.
amita अमित a. 1 Unmeasured, boundless, unlimited, infinite, great, immense; मितं ददाति हि पिता मितं भ्राता मितं सुतः । अमितस्य हि दातारं भर्तारं का न पूजयेत् Rām.2.37.3. -2 Neglected, disregarded. -3 Unknown. -4 Unpolished. -Comp. -अक्षर a. not having a fixed number of syllables; prosaic. -अशनः Powerful devourer, epithet of परमेश्वर; of Viṣṇu. -आभ a. Of great lustre, of unbounded splendour. (-भः) a class of divinities mentioned in V. P. -आयुः N. of a Dhyānibuddha. -ओजस् a. of unbounded energy, all-powerful, Almighty; स तैः पृष्टस्तथा सम्यगमितौजा महात्मभिः Ms.1.4. -क्रतु a. of unbounded wisdom or energy. -गतिः N. of a Vidyādhara, Ks. N. of a Jaina author. -तेजस्, -द्युति a. of unbounded lustre or glory. -ध्वजः N. of a son of Dharmadhvaja; V. P. -रुचिः N. of a deity (Buddhistic). -विक्रमः 1 of unbounded valour; अनन्तवीर्यामितविक्रमस्त्वम् Bg.11.4. -2 a name of Viṣṇu. -वीर्य a. of immense strength.
amitraḥ अमित्रः [न मित्रम्; by Uṇ.4.173 fr. अम् to go against; अमेर्द्विषति चित्; अमित्रः शत्रुः] Not a friend, an enemy, adversary, a foe, rival, opponent; स्याताममित्रौ मित्रे च सहजप्राकृतावपि Śi.2.36; तस्य मित्राण्यमित्रास्ते 11; Dk. 19,171; M.1; प्रकृत्यमित्रा हि सतामसाधवः Ki.14.21; Ms.7. 83;12.79;2.239. -त्रा An enemy; ˚युध् Ved. subduing one's enemies. -Comp. -खाद् a. Devouring one's enemies, epithet of Indra. -घात, -घातिन्, -घ्न, -हन् Killing enemies. -जित् a. Conquering one's enemies; अमित्रजिन्मित्रजिदोजसा यत् N.1.13; N. of a son of Suvarṇa. -दम्भन a. Ved. hurting one's enemies. बृहस्पते भीमममित्रदम्भनम् Rv.2.23.3. -स (सा) ह a. enduring or overpowering one's enemies, epithet of Indra; शास इत्था महाँ अस्यमित्रसाहो अस्तृतः Av.1.2.4. -सेना a hostile army; अमित्रसेनामभिजञ्जभानो Av.5.2.6.
amithita अमिथित a. Ved. Not reviled, not provoked; को नु मर्या अमिथितः सखा सखायमब्रवीत् Rv.8.45.37.
amithyā अमिथ्या adv. Not falsely, truly, तामूचेतुस्त प्रियमप्य- मिथ्या R.14.6.
aminat अमिनत् a. Ved. 1 Not hurting; unhurt. -2 Unalterable; यजत्रैरमिनती तस्थतुरुक्षमाणे Rv.4.56.2.
amiśra अमिश्र श्रित a. Unmixed, unblended; not shared by others.
amukta अमुक्त a. 1 Not loosened, not let go. -2 Not liberated from recurring birth and death, not having got final beatitude. -क्तम् A weapon (a knife, sword &c.) that is always grasped and not thrown. चतुर्विधमायुधम् । मुक्तममुक्तं मुक्तामुक्तं यन्त्रमुक्तं चेति Dhanur. V.4. -Comp. -हस्त a. one whose hand is not open or free (to give), sparing, stingy (in a bad sense); frugal, economical, prudent (in a good sense); सदा प्रहृष्टया भाव्यं व्यये चामुक्तहस्तया Ms.5.15.
amucī अमुची f. Ved. Not unbinding, not setting at liberty (said of an evil spirit).
amūra अमूर a. Ved. Not perplexed or bewildered, not ignorant, infallible. अर्धमर्धेन पयसा पृणक्ष्यर्धेन शुष्म वर्धसे अमूर Av.5.1.9.
amūla अमूल लक a. 1 Rootless (lit.); पशवो$मूला ओषधयो$ मूलिन्यः Śat. Br.; (fig.); without basis or support, baseless, groundless. -2 without authority; not being in the original; इहान्वयमुखेनैव सर्वं व्याख्यायते मया । नामूलं लिख्यते किंचित् Malli. Introduction of Ṭīkā on R. -3 without material cause, as the Pradhāna of the Sāṅkhyas; मूलं मूलाभावादमूलम्. -4 Not fixed in the earth, moving. -ला N. of a plant (अग्निशिखा, Mar. कळलावी).
amṛta अमृत a. 1 Not dead; अमृते जारजः कुण्डः Ak. -2 Immortal; अपाम सोममृता अभूम Rv.8.48.3; U.1.1. ब्रह्मणो हि प्रतिष्ठाहममृतस्याव्ययस्य च Bg.14.27. -3 Imperishable, Indestructible, eternal. -4 Causing immortality. -5 Beautiful, agreeable, desired. पाञ्चजन्याभिषिक्तश्च राजा$- मृतमुखो$भवत् Mb.12.4.17. -तः 1 A god, an immortal, deity. आरुरोह यथा देवः सोमो$मृतमयं रथम् Mb.12.37.44. -2 N. of Dhanvantari, physician of the gods; also N. of Indra, of the sun, of Prajāpati, of the soul, Viṣṇu and Śiva. -3 N. of a plant (वनमुद्ग, Mar. मटकी) -4 N. of the root of a plant (वाराहीकन्द, Mar. डुकरकंद). -ता 1 Spirituous liquor. -2 N. of various plants; e. g. आमलकी, हरीतकी, गुडूची, मागधी, तुलसी, इन्द्रवारुणी, ज्योतिष्मती, गोरक्षदुग्धा, अतिविषा, रक्तत्रिवृत्, दूर्वा, स्थूलमांसहरीतकी. -3 N. of one of the Nāḍīs in the body; नाडीनामुदयक्रमेण जगतः पञ्चामृताकर्षणात् Māl.5.2. -5 One of the rays of the sun; सौरीभिरिव नाडीभिरमृताख्याभिरम्मयः R.1.58. -तम् 1 (a) Immortality, imperishable state; न मृत्युरासीदमृतं न तर्हि Rv.1.129.2; Ms.22.85. (b) Final beatitude, absolution; तपसा किल्विषं हन्ति विद्ययामृतमश्रुते Ms.12.14; स श्रिये चामृताय चAk. -2 The collective body of immortals. -3 (a) The world of immortality, Paradise, Heaven; the power of eternity, immortal light, eternity. -4 Nectar of immortality, ambrosia, beverage of the gods (opp. विष) supposed to be churned out of the ocean; देवासुरैरमृतमम्बुनिधिर्ममन्थे Ki.5.3; विषादप्यमृतं ग्राह्यम् Ms.2.239; विषमप्यमृतं क्वचिद्भवेदमृतं वा विषमीश्वरेच्छया R.8.46; oft. used in combination with words like वाच्, वचनम्, वाणी &c; कुमारजन्मामृतसंमिताक्षरम् R.3.16; आप्यायितो$सौ वचनामृतेन Mb.; अमृतं शिशिरे वह्निरमृतं क्षीरभोजनम् Pt.1.128 the height of pleasure or gratification. -5 The Soma juice. -6 Antidote against poison. -7 The residue or leavings of a sacrifice (यज्ञशेष); विघसाशी भवेन्नित्यं नित्यं वा$मृतभोजनः Ms.3.285. -8 Unsolicited alms, alms got without solicitation; मृतं स्याद्याचितं भैक्षम- मृतं स्यादयाचितम् Ms.4.4-5. -9 Water; मथितामृतफेनाभमरजो- वस्त्रमुत्तमम् Rām.5.18.24. अमृताध्मातजीमूत U.6.21; अमृता- दुन्मथ्यमानात् K.136; cf. also the formulas अमृतोपस्तरणमसि स्वाहा and अमृतापिधानमसि स्वाहा; Mahānār. Up.7 and 1; repeated by Brāhmaṇas at the time of sipping water before the commencement and at the end of meals. -1 A drug. -11 Clarified butter; अमृतं नाम यत् सन्तो मन्त्रजिह्वेषु जुह्वति Śi.2.17. -12 Milk; अमृतं च सुधा चैव सुधा चैवामृतं तथा Mb.13.67.12. -13 Food in general. -14 Boiled rice. -15 Anything sweet, anything lovely or charming; a sweetmeat. यथामृतघटं दंशा मकरा इव चार्णवम् Rām.7.7.3. -16 Property. -17 Gold. -18 Quicksilver. -19 Poison. -2 The poison called वत्सनाभ. -21 The Supreme Spirit (ब्रह्मन्). -22 N. of sacred place. -23 N. of particular conjunctions of Nakṣatras (lunar asterisms) with week days (वारनक्षत्रयोग) or of lunar days with week days (तिथि- वारयोग). -24 The number four. -25 splendour, light. [cf. Gr. ambrotos, ambrosia; L. immortalis]. cf. अमृतं वारि सुरयोर्निर्वाणे चातिसुन्दरे । अयाचिते यज्ञशेषे पुंसि धन्वन्तरे$पि च । पीयूषे च धृते दीप्तावाचार्ये विबुधे$पि च । हरीतक्यामाम- लक्यां गलूच्यामपि तत्स्त्रियाम् । Nm. -Comp. -अंशुः, -करः, -दीधितिः, -द्युतिः, -रश्मिः &c. epithets of the moon; अमृतदीधितिरेष विदर्भजे N.4.14; अमृतांशूद्भव born from the moon; from whom was born the moon, N. of Viṣṇu. -अंशुकः An interior variety of gems having white rays, Kau. A.2.11. -अक्षर a. immortal and imperishable; क्षरं प्रधानममृताक्षरं हरः Śvet. Up. -अग्रभूः N. of the horse of Indra (उच्चैःश्रवस्); अमृताग्रभुवः पुरेव पुच्छम् Śi. 2.43. -अन्धस्, -अशनः, -आशिन् m. 'one whose food is nectar'; a god, an immortal. -अपिधानम् Water sipped after eating nectar-like food so as to overlay it like a cover. -असु a. whose soul is immortal; अमृतासुर्वर्धमानः सुजन्मा Av.5.1.1. -आशः 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 a god; इदं कार्यममृताशाः शृणोमि Mb.12.299.7. -आसङ्गः a sort of collyrium. -आहरणः N. of Garuḍa who once stole Amṛita. -इष्टका a kind of sacrificial brick shaped like the golden head of men, beasts &c. (पशुशीर्षाणि). -ईशः, ईश्वरः N. of Śiva. -उत्पन्ना a fly. (-न्नम्), -उद्भवम् 1 A kind of collyrium (खर्परीतुत्थम्). -2 Potassium permanganate -उपस्तरणम् Water sipped as a substratum for the nectar-like food. (-वः) N. of the Bilva tree. -ओदनः Name of a son of Siṁhahanu, and uncle of Śākyamuni. -करः, -किरणः 'nectar-rayed', the moon. -कुण्डम् a vessel containing nectar. -क्षारम् sal ammoniac. (Mar. नवसागर). -गतिः N. of a metre consisting of 4 syllables. -गर्भ a. filled with water or nectar; ambrosial. (-र्भः) 1 the individual soul. -2 the Supreme Soul. -3 child of immortality (said of sleep); देवानाममृतगर्भो$सि स्वप्न Av.6.46.1. -चितिः f. an arrangement or accumulation of sacrificial bricks conferring immortality. -ज a. produced by or from nectar. (-जः) a sort of plant, Yellow Myrobalan (Mar. हिरडा). -जटा N. of a plant (जटामासी). -तरङ्गिणी moonlight. -तिलका N. of a metre of 4 lines, also called त्वरितगति. -द्रव a. shedding nectar. (-वः) flow of nectar. -धार a. shedding nectar. (-रा) 1 N. of a metre. -2 flow of nectar. -नन्दनः A pavilion with 58 pillars (Matsya P.27.8.). -नादोपनिषद् f. 'The sound of immortality', Name of an Upaniṣad. -पः 1 a drinker of nectar' a god or deity. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -3 one who drinks wine; ध्रुवममृतपनामवाञ्छयासावधरममुं मधुपस्तवा- जिहीते Śi.7.42. (where अ˚ has sense 1 also). -पक्षः 1 having golden or immortal wings, a sort of hawk. -2 the immortal or golden wings of sacrificial fire. -3 fire itself. -फलः N. of two trees पटोल and पारावत. (-ला) 1 a bunch of grapes, vine plant, a grape (द्राक्षा) -2 = आमलकी. (-लम्) a sort of fruit (रुचिफल) found in the country of the Mudgalas according to Bhāva P. -बन्धुः Ved. 1 a god or deity in general. -2 a horse or the moon. -3 A friend or keeper of immortality; तां देवा अन्वजायन्त भद्रा अमृतबन्धवः Rv.1.72.5. -बिन्दू- पनिषद् f. 'drop of nectar', :N. of an Upaniṣad of the Atharvaveda. -भल्लातकी a sort of medicinal preparation of ghee mentioned by Chakradatta. -भवनम् N. of a monastery (built by Amṛitaprabha); Raj. T. -भुज् m. an immortal, a god, deity; one who tastes the sacrificial residues. -भू a. free from birth and death. -मति = ˚गति q. v. -मन्थनम् 1 churning (of the ocean) for nectar. -2 N. of the chapters 17 to 19 of Mb.1. -मालिनी N. of Durgā. -मूर्तिः The moon; आप्याययत्यसौ लोकं वदनामृतमूर्तिना Bhāg.4.16.9. -योगः see under अमृत. -रसः 1 nectar, ambrosia; काव्यामृतरसास्वादः H.1; विविधकाव्यामृतरसान् पिवामः Bh.3.4. -2 the Supreme Spirit. (-सा) 1 dark-coloured grapes. -2 a sort of cake (Mar. अनर्सा). -लता, -लतिका a nectar-giving creeping plant (गुडूची). -वाक a. producing nectar like sweet words. -संयावम् a sort of dish mentioned in Bhāva P. -सार a. ambrosial; ˚राणि प्रज्ञानानि U.7. (-रः) 1 clarified butter. -2 a sort of अयःपाक. ˚जः raw sugar, molasses (गुड). -सूः, -सूतिः 1 the moon (distilling nectar). -2 mother of the gods. -सोदरः 1 'brother of nectar', the horse called उच्चैःश्रवस्. -2 a horse in general. -स्रवः flow of nectar. (-वा) N. of a plant and tree (रुदन्ती-रुद्रवन्ती; Mar. रानहरभरा). -स्त्रुत् a. shedding or distilling nectar; स्वरेण तस्याममृतस्रुतेव Ku.1.45.
amṛtyu अमृत्यु a. Immortal; causing immortality. तन्म ऋतवो$ मृत्यव आभरध्वम् Kauś.1.2. -त्युः Not death, immortality. -2 N. of Viṣṇu.
amṛṣā अमृषा ind. Not falsely, truly.
amṛṣṭa अमृष्ट a. Unrubbed. -Comp. -भोजिन् a. Not eating delicate food or dainties; R&amcar;m.1.6.11. -मृज a. of unimpaired purity.
amedhya अमेध्य a. 1 Not able or allowed to sacrifice. -2 Unfit for a sacrifice; नामेध्यं प्रक्षिपेदग्नौ Ms.4.53,56; 5.5,132. -2 Unholy, filthy, foul, dirty, impure; उच्छिष्टमपि चामेध्यं भोजनं तामसप्रियम् Bg.17.1.; Bh.3.16. -ध्यम् 1 Excrement, ordure; सुमुत्सृजेद्राजमार्गे यस्त्वमेध्यम- नापदि Ms.9.282;5.126,128;12.71. -2 An unlucky or inauspicious omen, अमेध्यं दृष्ट्वा सूर्यमुपतिष्ठेत Kāty. -Comp. -कुणपाशिन् a. feeding on carrion. -युक्त, -लिप्त a. smeared with ordure, foul, defiled, dirty; Ms.4.56. -लेपः smearing with ordure.
amena अमेन Ved. 1 Having no wife, a widower. न हि त्वदिन्द्र वस्यो अन्यदस्त्यमेनाँश्चिज्जनिवतश्चकर्थ Rv.5.31.2. -2 Not injuring or hurting.
amokya अमोक्य a. Ved. Not to be unloosened; सिनात्वेनान्नि- र्ऋतिर्मृत्योः पाशैरमोक्यैः Av.3.6.5.
amocanam अमोचनम् Not loosening or letting go, nonliberation.
amocanīya अमोचनीय अमोच्य a. Not to be liberated; अमोच्यमश्वं यदि मन्यसे प्रभो R.3.65.
amokṣa अमोक्ष a. Not liberated, unloosed. -क्षः 1 Bondage, confinement. -2 Non-liberation from worldly existence.
amokṣayat अमोक्षयत् a. Not liberating; शक्तो$प्यमोक्षयन्स्वामी Y.2.3.
amogha अमोघ a. 1 Unfailing, reaching the mark; धनुष्यमोघं समधत्त बाणम् Ku.3.66; R.3.53;12.97; कामिलभ्येष्वमोघैः Me.75. -2 Unerring, infallible (words, boon &c.); अमोघाः प्रतिगृह्णन्तावर्ध्यानुपदमाशिषः R.1.44; युतममोघतया Ki. 6.4. -3 Not vain or useless, efficacious, fruitful, productive; यदमोघमपामन्तरुप्तं बीजमज त्वया Ku.2.5; so ˚बलम्, ˚शक्ति, ˚वीर्य, ˚क्रोध &c. -घः 1 Not failing or erring, unerringness. -2 N. of Viṣṇu (or of Śiva according to some). -3 N. of a river. -घा 1 N. of the plant पाटली (Mar. पाडळी) (the trumpet flower). 2 N. of another plant विडङ्ग (Mar. वावडिंग) the seed of which is used as a vermifuge, and hence also called कृमिघ्न. -3 = पथ्या. -4 N. of a spear or शक्ति. -5 N. of Śiva's wife. -6 Mystical name of the conjunct consonant क्ष. -Comp. -अक्षी f. N. of Dākṣāyaṇī, Matsya P. -दण्डः urerring in punishment, N. of Śiva. -दर्शिन्, -दृष्टि a. of unerring mind or view, N. of a Bodhisattva. -नन्दिनी N. of a Śikṣā-text. -पाशः N. of a Loke-Śvara (Buddhistic). -बल a. of never-failing strength of vigour. (उच्चैःश्रवस्). -भूतिः N. of a king of the Punjab. -राजः N. of a Bhikṣu; L. V. -वर्षः N. of a Chālukya prince. -वाच् f. words not vain or idle, that are sure to be fulfilled or realized. a. one whose words are not vain. -वाञ्छित a. never disappointed. -विक्रमः of neverfailing valour; N. of Siva. -सिद्धिः N. of the fifth Dhyānibuddha.
amota अमोत a. [अमा-उत] Ved. The hems or skirts of which are not cut; woven at home, taken care of or protected at home; ˚पुत्रका a maiden protected at home. cf. Av 2.127.5.
ambaṣṭhaḥ अम्बष्ठः 1 The offspring of a man of the Brāhmaṇa and a woman of the Vaiśya tribe; ब्राह्मणाद् वैश्यकन्यायामम्बष्ठो नाम जायते Ms.1.8,13.15; Y.1.91. cf. also अम्बष्ठानां दार्विहोमिको ब्राह्मणः । ŚB. on MS.8.4.2. (According to Ms.1.47 the duty of an अम्बष्ठ is the curing of diseases; अम्बष्ठानां चिकित्सितम्). -2 An elephant-driver. अपश्यत्कुवलयापीडं कृष्णो$म्बष्ठप्रचोदितम् Bhāg.1.43.2. (pl.) -3 N. of a country and its inhabitants (they seem to have occupied the country to the east of Tākṣaśilā, comprising the modern district of Lahore.) -ष्ठा N. of several plants:-- (a) गणिका, यूथिका (Mar. जुई); (b) पाठा (Mar. पाहाडमूळ). (c) चुक्रिका (Mar. चुका); (d) another plant (Mar. अम्बाडा). -ष्ठा, -ष्ठी An Ambaṣṭha woman.
ambā अम्बा [अम्ब्-घञ्] (Voc. अम्बे Ved.; अम्ब in later Sanskṛit) 1 A mother; also used as an affectionate or respectful mode of address; 'good woman', 'good mother'; किमम्बाभिः प्रेषितः; अम्बानां कार्यं निर्वर्तय Ś.2; कृताञ्जलिस्तत्र यदम्ब सत्यात् R.14.16. -2 N. of a plant (अम्बष्ठा d.). -3 N. of Durgā, wife of Śiva. -4 N. of an Apsaras; of a sister of Pāṇḍu's mother, a daughter of Kāśīrāja. [She and her two sisters were carried off by Bhīṣma to be the wives of Vichitravīrya who had no issue. Ambā, however, had been previously betrothed to a king of Śālva and Bhīṣma sent her to him; but the latter rejected her because she had been in another man's house. So she came back to Bhīṣma and prayed him to accept her; but he could not break his vow of life-long celibacy, and being enraged she returned to the forest and practised austere penance to revenge herself on Bhīṣma. Śiva favoured her and promised her the desired vengeance in another birth. Afterwards she was born as Śikhaṇḍinī, daughter of Drupada, who came to be called Śikhaḍin and became the cause of Bhīṣma's death.] -5 A term in astrology to denote the fourth condition. [cf. Dravid Amma; Germ. Amme; old Germ. Amma].
ambikā अम्बिका 1 A mother, good woman, also used like अम्बा as a term of respect or endearment; अत्तिके अम्बिके शृणु मम विज्ञप्तिम् Mk.1. -2 N. of a plant (अम्बा 2); N. of another plant कटुकी. -3 N. of Pārvatī, wife of Śiva; आशीर्भिरेधयामासुः पुरः पाकाभिरम्बिकाम् Ku.6.9. -4 N. of the middle daughter of Kāśīrāja and the eldest wife of Vichitravīrya. Like her youngest sister she had no progeny, and Vyāsa begot on her a son named धृतराष्ट्र. -5 Name of a Jaina deity. -Comp. -पतिः, -भर्ता N. of Śiva. -पुत्रः, -सुतः N. of धृतराष्ट्र.
amlāna अम्लान a. 1 Not withered or faded (flowers &c.). -2 Clean, clear, bright (face); pure, unclouded; परार्थन्यायवादेषु काणो$प्यम्लानदर्शनः. -नः Globe-amaranth (Mar. आंबोली). -नम् A lotus.
amlāni अम्लानि a. Vigorous, not fading. -निः f. 1 Vigour. -2 Freshness; verdure.
ayana अयन a. [अय्-ल्युट्] Going (at the end of comp.); यथेमा नद्यः स्यन्दमानाः समुद्रायणाः Praśn. Up. 1 Going, moving, walking; as in रामायणम्. -2 A walk, path, way, road; आयन्नापो$यनमिच्छमानाः Rv.3.33.7. अगस्त्य- चिह्नादयनात् R.16.44. -3 A place, site, abode, place of resort; Bṛi. Up.2.4.11. ता यदस्यायनं पूर्वम् Ms. 1.1 (occurring in the derivation of the word नारायण). -4 A way of entrance, an entrance (to an array of troops or व्यूह); अयनेषु च सर्वेषु यथाभागमव- स्थिताः Bg.1.11. -5 Rotation, circulation period; अङ्गिरसां अयनम्; इष्टि˚, पशु˚. -6 A particular period in the year for the performance of particular sacrificial or other religious works; N. of certain sacrificial performances; as गवामयनम्. -7 The sun's passage, north and south of the equator. -8 (Hence) The period of this passage, half year, the time from one solstice to another; see उत्तरायण and दक्षिणायन; cf. also सायन and निरयण. -9 the equinoctial and solstitial points; दक्षिणम् अयनम् winter solstice; उत्तरम् अयनम् summer solstice; -1 Method, manner, way. -11 A Śāstra, scripture or inspired writing. -12 Final emancipation; नान्यः पन्था विद्यते$यनाय Śvet. Up. -13 A commentary; treatise. -14 The deities presiding over the ayanas. -Comp. -अंशः, -भागः the arc between the vernal equinoctial point and beginning of the fixed zodiac or first point of Aries. -कलाः The correction (in minutes) for ecliptic deviation. Sūryasiddhānta. -कालः the interval between the solstices. -ग्रहः A planet's longitude as corrected for ecliptic deviation; ibid. -जः a month caused by ayanāṁśa. -परिवृत्तिः Change of the अयन; sun's passage from one side of the equator to the other; अयनपरिवृत्ति- र्व्यस्तशब्देनोच्यते । ŚB. on MS.6.5.37. -संक्रमः, -संक्रान्तिः f. passage through the zodiac. -वृत्तम् the ecliptic.
ayakṣma अयक्ष्म a. Ved. 1 Not consumptive, healthy. -2 Causing health; अयक्ष्मा बृहतीरिषः Rv.9.49.1. -क्ष्मम् Healthiness, freedom from disease. -Comp. -करण a. causing health, making healthy and sound; Av.19. 2.5. -तातिः f. health; अयक्ष्मतातिं मह इह धत्तम् Av. 4.25.5.
ayajña अयज्ञ a. Not offering sacrifice. नायं लोको$स्त्ययज्ञस्य Bg.4.31. -ज्ञः No sacrifice; a bad sacrifice; Ms.3.12. -Comp. -साच् a. not performing a sacrifice; अयज्ञसाचो अप्यो न पुत्राः Rv.6.67.9.
ayajñiya अयज्ञिय a. 1 Not fit for sacrifice (as माष). -2 Not fit to perform a sacrifice (as a boy not invested with the sacred thread). -3 Profane, vulgar, common; अयज्ञियो हतवर्चा भवति Av.12.2.37.
ayajvan अयज्वन् a. Not sacrificing according to the rites; godless, impious; अयज्वा च सहस्रगुः Ms.11.14.2.
ayat अयत् a. Not attempting. Bk.
ayati अयति a. Not attempting; अयतिः श्रद्धयोपेतः Bg.6.37.
ayatna अयत्न a. Not requiring any effort; तद्योधवारणानामयत्न- पटवासताम् R.4.55. cf. also अयत्नशीतलं वारि सुखं च स्वेद- वर्जितम् Udb. -त्नः Absence of effort or exertion; -अयत्नेन, -त्नात्, -त्नतः without effort or exertion, easily, readily. -Comp. -कारिन् a. making no effort or exertion, indifferent; idle. -कृत, -ज a. easily produced, spontaneous. -लभ्य a. easily obtainable; हिंसाशून्यमयत्न- लभ्यमशनम् Bh.3.1.
ayathā अयथा ind. Not as it should be or is intended to be, unfitly, improperly, wrongly. -थम Ved. Without effort; गोधा तस्मा अयथं कर्षदेतत् Rv.1.28.1. -Comp. -अर्थ a. 1 not true to the sense, unmeaning, nonsensical; परित्यक्तस्वार्थो नियतमयथार्थः क्षितिपतिः Mu.3.4. -2 incongruous, unfit, false, द्वयमिदमयथार्थं दृश्यते मद्विधेषु Ś.3.2; incorrect, wrong; अनुभवो द्विविधो यथार्थो$यथार्थश्च T. S.; ˚अनुभवः incorrect or untrue knowledge, wrong notion; तदभाववति तत्प्रकारको$नुभवो$यथार्थानुभवः । यथा शुक्तौ रजतमिदमिति ज्ञानं सैव अप्रमेत्युच्यते. -अभिप्रेताख्यानम् Communicating a news in an undesired manner, i. e. to tell a good news in a whispering tone, and to declare a bad news loudly. P.III.4.59. अयथाभिप्रेताख्यानं नामाप्रियस्योच्चैः, प्रियस्य च नीचैः कथनम् Sk. -इष्ट a. 1 not as wished or desired, disliked. -2 not enough or sufficient. -उचित a. unfit, unworthy. (-तम्) unfitly. -तथ a. 1) not as it should be, unfit, unsuitable, unworthy; इदमयथातथं स्वामिचेष्टितम् Ve.2. -2 vain, useless, profitless. (-थम्) 1 unfitly, unsuitably. -2 in vain, uselessly; तद् गच्छति अ˚ Ms.3.24. -3 wrongly; Ve.5. -तथ्यम् unsuitableness, incongruity, uselessness. -द्योतनम् intimation or occurrence of something or act which is not expected. -पुर, -पूर्व a. unprecedented, unparalleled, unusual; ददृशे सो$यथापूर्वो R.12.88. -मुखीन a. having the face turned away -वृत्त a. acting wrongly. -शास्त्रकारिन् a. not acting according to the Sāstras, irreligious; अयथाशास्त्रकारी च न विभागे पिता प्रभुः Nārada.
ayācaka अयाचक a. One who does not ask or solicit.
ayājya अयाज्य a. 1 (A person) for whom one must not perform sacrifices, not competent to offer sacrifices (as a Śūdra &c.). -2 (Hence), Out-cast; degraded, not admissible to or incapable of religious ceremonies. -3 Not fit for sacrificial offerings. -Comp. याजनम्, -संयाज्यम् sacrificing for a person for whom one must not perform sacrifices; अयाज्ययाजनैश्चैव नास्तिक्येन च कर्मणाम् Ms.3.65; गोवधो$याज्यसंयाज्यपारदार्यात्मविक्रयाः Ms.11.59.
ayāta अयात a. Not gone. अयातमस्य ददृशे न यातम् Av.1.8.8. -Comp. -पूर्व a. following, succeeding, subsequent to. -याम a. not old or weakened, not stale, fresh, not worn out by use; अयातयामं सर्वेभ्यो भागेभ्यो भागमुत्तमम् Mb.3.114.11. ˚मं च यौवनम् Dk.123 fresh, blooming; ˚मं वयः 158; छन्दांस्ययातयामानि Bhāg.1.8.42. (where Śrīdhara says अ˚ = विगतदोषाणि free from faults, faultless, pure. (-मम्) N. of certain texts of the Yajurveda revealed to Yājñavalkya. ˚यामता freshness, unimpaired nature, strength, or vigour, purity.) -Comp. -यामन् a. Ved. not weak, fresh.
ayātu अयातु a. Ved. Not demoniacal; free from evil spirits. -तुः Not a demon, not an evil spirit, not destructive. ह्वयामि देवाँ अयातुरग्ने Rv.7.34.8.
ayātrā अयात्रा The state of not being passable; Rām.4.
ayāthārthika अयाथार्थिक a. (-की f.) 1 Not true, wrong, unjust, improper. -2 Not real or genuine, incongruous, absurd.
ayānam अयानम् 1 Not going or moving, stopping, halt. -2 Natural disposition, nature.
ayānayam अयानयम् [अयश्च अनयश्च तयोः समाहारः] Good or bad luck. -यः A particular position of the pieces on a chess-board. A place on a chess-board, which the pieces of the opponents cannot occupy. (आनीयन्ते शारा अस्मिन् इत्यानयः; अयेन दक्षिणावर्तेन अपसव्यगमनेन आनयः अयानयः शीर्षस्थानम् Saralā).
ayāvanam अयावनम् Not causing to unite.
ayukta अयुक्त a. 1 Not yoked or harnessed; अरश्मानो ये$रथा अयुक्ता Rv.9.97.2. -2 Not joined, united or connected. -3 Not devout or pious, inattentive, negligent. नास्तिबुद्धिरयुक्तस्य Bg.2.66; अयुक्तासो अब्रह्मता यदसन् Rv.5.33.3. -4 Unpractised, unused, unemployed; ˚बुद्धि, ˚चार. -5 Unfit, improper, unsuitable; अयुक्तो$यं निर्देशः P.IV.2.64 Mbh. -6 Untrue, wrong. -7 Unmarried. -8 Opening externally. -9 Reduced to straits, miserable. -Comp. -कर्मन् m. an official (perhaps for आयुक्त˚). -कृत् a. doing improper or wrong acts. -पदार्थः the sense of a word to be supplied, as the sense of अपि q. v. -रूप a. incongruous, unsuitable; ˚पं किमतःपरं वद Ku.5.69.
ayugapad अयुगपद् ind. Not all together, gradually, seriatim; अयुगपदुन्नमितभ्रु वीक्षितम् Ki.1.61. -Comp. -ग्रहणम् apprehending gradually. -भावः successive order, successiveness.
ayugma अयुग्म a. 1 Not in pairs or couples; single, separate. -2 Odd, uneven (as a number) अयुग्मासु रात्रिषु Ms. 3.48 कमनीयविग्रहमयुग्मलोचनम् (पुरुषं) ददृशुः Ki.12.19. -Comp. -छदः, -पत्रः having an odd (i. e. 7) number of leaves; the सप्तपर्ण tree; (Mar. सातवीण); नयत्ययुग्मच्छद- गन्धिरार्द्रताम् Ki.1.16. -नयनः, -नेत्रः, -लोचनः having odd (3) eyes, N. of Śiva; अर्धेन्द्रियक्षोभमयुग्मनेत्रः Ku.3.51.69. -बाणः, -शरः &c. having odd (5) arrows; N. of Cupid. -वाहः, -सप्तिः having seven horses, the sun.
ayuṅga अयुङ्ग a. Ved. Not existing in couples, odd, uneven. See अयुग्म. Śat. Br.3.13.
ayuj अयुज् a. Not being in couples, odd, uneven (opp. युज् even); अयुजि नयुगरेफतो यकारो युजि तु नजौ जरगाश्च पुष्पिताग्रा V. Ratn. -Comp. -इषुः, -बाणः, -शरः N. of Cupid (having 5 arrows). -छदः, = सप्तवर्ण (Mar. सातवण); ववुरयुक्छदगुच्छसुगन्धयः Śi.6,5. -पलाशः = सप्तपलाश. -पादयमकम् a kind of alliteration having the same syllables (in a different sense) in the first and third pādas -नेत्र, -लोचन, -अक्ष, -शक्तिः N. of Śiva.
ayuta अयुत a. 1 Disjoined, detached, not connected. -2 Uninterrupted, undisturbed. Av.19.51.1. -तम् Ten thousand, a myriad. सूर्याब्धिसंख्यया द्वित्रिसागरैरयुताहतैः Sūrya. शाखानामयुतम् -Comp. -अध्यापकः a good teacher. -ता, -जित् Name of a king (son of Sindhudvīpa and father of Ṛituparṇa) Bṛi. Up. N. of another king (son of Bhajamāna;) V. P. -नायिन् N. of a king in the Mb. -सिद्ध a. (in Vaiś. Phil.) proved to be inseparable and inherent. -सिद्धिः f. proof that certain things or notions are inseparable and inherent. -होम a kind of sacrifice. B. P.
ayuddha अयुद्ध a. Ved. 1 Not fighting. -2 Unconquered, irresistible. अयुद्ध इद् युधा वृतम् Rv.8.45.3. -द्धम Absence of fighting or war. -Comp. -सेन a. of unconquerable armies (or arrows), irresistible. अयुद्धसेनो विभ्वा विभिन्दता Rv.1.138.5.
ayogya अयोग्य a. 1 Unfit, improper, unsuitable, useless. -2 Not ascertainable by senses.
ayoddhṛ अयोद्धृ m. 1 Not warrior, a bad warrior. -2 One who is not equalled by other warriors.
ayodhya अयोध्य a. Not to be warred against, unassailable; irresistible; अद्यायोध्या महावाहो अयोध्या प्रतिभाति नः Rām. -ध्या The capital of solar kings, born of the line of Raghu, (the modern Oudh) situated on the river Śarayu. अलमुपहितशोभां तूर्णमायादयोध्याम् । Bk. [It is said to have extended 48 miles in length and 12 miles in breadth. It was also called Sāketa, and one of its suburbs was Nandi-grāma, where Bharata lived governing the kingdom during the absence of Rāma. The town plays an important part in the story of the Rāmāyaṇa; the second book (अयोध्याकाण्ड) dealing mostly with events that took place in that city during the youthful days of Rāma.]
ayoni अयोनि a. 1 Without origin or source, eternal; जगद्योनिरयोनिस्त्वम् Ku.2.9. -2 Not born from the womb; born in a manner not approved by law or religion. -3 Of unknown family; अयोनिं च वियोनिं च न गच्छैत विचक्षणः Mb.13.14.33. -निः f. 1 Not the womb; अयोनौ गच्छतो योषां पुरुषम् Y.2.293; Ms.11.174. -2 Not a particular verse of the Sāmaveda. -निः 1 N. of Brahmā and Śiva. -2 A pestle. -Comp. -ज, -जन्मन् a. not born from the womb, not produced in the ordinary course of generation; शरीरं द्विविधं योनिजमयोनिजं चेति T. S; तनयाम् अयोनिजाम् R.11.47,48; कन्यारत्नमयोनि- जन्म भवतामास्ते Mv.1.3. (-जः) N. of Viṣṇu. ˚ईशः; ईश्वरः N. of Śiva. (-जा), -संभवा N. of Sītā, daughter of Janaka, who was born from a furrow in a field; राघवाय तनयामयोनिजां पार्थिवः श्रियमिव न्यवेदयत् R.11.47; Mv.1.3.
ayaugika अयौगिक (-की f.) Not etymologically derived (as a word).
arakṣas अरक्षस् a. 1 Not disturbed by evil spirits. -2 Harmless, honest.
araṅgin अरङ्गिन् a. Passionless; ˚सत्त्वः a passionless being; a class of divinities with Buddhists. अरजस् arajas अरज araja अरजस्क arajaska अरजस् अरज अरजस्क a. 1 Dustless, clean, pure (fig also); मथितामृतफेनाभमरजोवस्त्रमुत्तमम् Rā.5.18.24. -2 Free from passion (रजस्). -3 Not having the monthly courses. f. (-जाः) A young girl who has not reached the age of puberty; a girl before menstruation.
arajju अरज्जु a. Not consisting of or furnished with cords; अरज्जौ दस्यून् Rv.2.13.9. n. A prison house.
araṇa अरण a. (-णी f.) Ved. 1 Departed, gone away; belonging to others, strange, unusual, foreign; distant, remote (opp. स्व, नित्य or अमा); (Sāy. grieved, sorry दुःखित, अरममाण); inimical, hostile, (with whom one is not on speaking terms). -2 Not fighting. -णम् 1 Moving, going. -2 Entering into, being inserted. -3 A refuge; विभेति यस्मादरणं ततो नः Bhāg.6.9.21.
araṇyam अरण्यम् (sometimes) m. also, [अर्यते गम्यते शेषे वयसि ऋ-अर्तेर्निच्च Uṇ.3.12] A land neither cultivated nor grazed, a wilderness, forest, desert; प्रियानाशे कृत्स्नं किल जगदरण्यं हि भवति U.6.3; माता यस्य गृहे नास्ति भार्या चाप्रियवादिनी । अरण्यं तेन गन्तव्यं यथारण्यं तथा गृहम् ॥ Chāṇ. 44; तपःश्रद्धे ये ह्युपवसन्त्यरण्ये Muṇd.1.2.11. oft. used at first member of comp. in the sense of 'wild', 'grown or produced in forest'; ˚बीजम् wild seed; ˚कार्पासि, ˚कुलत्थिका; ˚कुसुम्भः &c; so ˚मार्जारः, ˚मूषकः. -2 A foreign or distant land; अरण्येषु जर्भुराणा चरन्ति Rv.1.163.11. -ण्यः N. of a plant कट्फल (Mar. कायफळ) -Comp. -अध्यक्षः headman or superintendent of a forest district; forest keeper or ranger. -अयनम्, -यानम् going into the forest, becoming a hermit; अथ यदरण्यायनमित्या- चक्षते ब्रह्मचर्यमेव तद् Ch. Up.8.5.3. -ओकस्, -सद् a. 1 dwelling in woods, being in a forest; किंतु ˚सदोवयं अनभ्यस्त रथचर्याः U.5; वैक्लव्यं मम तावदीदृशमपि स्नेहादरण्यौकसः Ś. 4.6. -2 especially, one who has left his family and become an anchorite, forest-dweller. -कणा wild cumin seed (Mar. जिरें) -कदली wild plantain. -काण्डम् N. of the third book of the Rāmāyaṇa which embodies Rāmā's exploits in the course of his journey through the forests in company with Viśvāmitra. -गजः a wild elephant (not tamed). -गानम् N. of one of the four hymn-books of the Sāmaveda (to be chanted in the forest). -चटकः a wild sparrow. -चन्द्रिका (lit.) moonlight in a forest; (fig.) an ornament or decoration which is useless, or does not serve its purpose; just as moonlight in a forest is useless there being no human beings to view, enjoy and appreciate it, so is decoration when not viewed and appreciated by those for whom it is intended; thus Malli. on स्त्रीणां प्रियालोक- फलो हि वेषः Ku.7.22 remarks अन्यथा$रण्यचन्द्रिका स्यादिति भावः. -चर (˚ण्येचर also), -जीव a. wild, living in woods. -ज a. wild; ˚आर्द्रका wild ginger. -जीरम् wild cumin. (Mar. कडू जिरें). -दमनः N. of a plant. -द्वादशी, -व्रतम् N. of a ceremony performed on the 12th day of Mārgaśīrṣa. -धर्मः 1 wild state or usage, wild nature; तथारण्यधर्माद्वियोज्य ग्राम्यधर्मे नियोजितः Pt.1 -2 the duties of a Vānaprastha or anchorite. -धान्यम्, -शालिः wild rice (नीवार). -नृपतिः, -राज् (ट्), -राजः 'lord of the woods', epithet of a lion or a tiger; so अरण्यानां पतिः. -पण्डितः [अरण्ये एव पण्डितः, न तु नगरादिषु जनसमाजेषु] 'wise in a forest'; (fig.) a foolish person (who can display his learning only in a forest where no one will hear him and correct his errors). -पर्वन् N. of the first section of the Mb. -भव a. growing in a forest, wild; यथा˚ वास्तिलाः Pt.2.86. -मक्षिका a gadfly (Mar. घोडमाशी) -मुद्रकः a kind of wild bean. -यानम् retiring to the woods. -रक्षकः conservator of forests, forest-keeper. -राज्यम् sovereignty of the woods. -रुदितम् (˚ण्ये˚) 'weeping in a forest', a cry in the wilderness; (fig.) a vain or useless speech, or a cry with no one to heed it, or anything done to no purpose; अरण्ये मया रुदितम् Ś.2; प्रोक्तं श्रद्धाविहीनस्य अरण्यरुदितोपमम् Pt.1.393; तदलमधुनारण्यरुदितैः Amaru.76. -वायसः a wild crow, raven. -वासः, -समाश्रयः 1 retiring into woods, residence in a forest; ˚योन्मुखं पितरम् R.12.8. -2 a hermitage, forest habitation. -वासिन् a. living in a forest, wild; m. a forest-dweller, an anchorite. (-नी) N. of a plant अत्यम्लपर्णी. -वास्तु (-स्तू)कः N. of a plant वनवेतः. -विलपितम्, -विलापः (˚ण्ये) = ˚रुदितम् above. -श्वन् m. 'a wild hound', wolf. -षष्ठी N. of a festival celebrated on the 6th day of the bright half of Jyeṣṭha. -सभा a forest-court.
araṇyetilakaḥ अरण्येतिलकः [P.II.1.44] Wild sesamum yielding no oil; (fig. anything which does not answer to one's expectation.)
arata अरत a. 1 Dull, languid, apathetic. -2 Dissatisfied, discontented, averse to. -तम् Non-copulation. -Comp. -त्रप a. not ashamed of copulation. (-प) a dog (as copulating even in the streets without shame.
arathin अरथिन् a. One who does not fight in a car.
arathīḥ अरथीः Ved. Not a charioteer; यमजत्यरथीः Rv.6.66.7.
aradhra अरध्र a. 1 Not lazy, not to be subdued, invincible; अरध्रस्य रध्रतुरो बभूव Rv.6.18.4. -2 Prosperous (समृद्ध).
arapas अरपस् a. Ved. 1 Unhurt, safe. (also अरप); विश्वहारप$- एधते गृहे Vāj.8.5; sinless, pure. -2 Not hurting, sound; salutary, beneficial, शं वातो वात्वरपा अपस्रिधः Rv.8.18.9.
aramati अरमति a. 1 Not resting, active, going everywhere. -2 Patient; महीमरमतिं दधन्विरे Rv.1.92.5; अरमतिः सविता देव आगात् Rv. -तिः f. 1 Splendour. -2 Readiness to serve, obedience; devotion to God, hence personified in the Vedas as a Goddess protecting the worshippers of the gods and pious works in general.
aramaṇa अरमण अरममाण a. 1 Not pleasing or gratifying, disagreeable, unpleasant. -2 Unceasing, incessant.
ararivas अररिवस् m., f. 1 Not giving or offering. -2 Hard, unfriendly, envious, inimical.
arasa अरस a. 1 Sapless, not juicy, tasteless, insipid; अरसं नित्यमगन्धवच्च यत् Kaṭh.3.15. -2 Dull, flat. -3 Weak, having no strength, inefficacious. वृश्चिकस्यारसं विषमरसं वृश्चिक ते विषम् Rv.1.191.16. -4 One who has no sense of appreciation. किमस्या नाम स्यादरसपुरुषानादरशतैः । N. -5 Unhappy. कृपणं वत यज्जनः स्वयं सन्नरसो व्याधिजरा- विनाशधर्मा Bu. ch.5.12. -सः No juice, absence of juice. -Comp. -आशः 1 eating sapless food. -2 maceration of the body. -आशिन् a. 1 eating sapless food. -2 macerating the body.
arājan अराजन् m. Not a king. -Comp. -भोगीन a. not fit for the use of a king. -स्थापित a. not established by a king, illegal.
arāti अराति (ति) यति Den. P. Ved. To desire not to offer; to act like an enemy, act maliciously; अथो यो नो अरातियात् Av.4.36.1.
arātīyat अरातीयत् a. Not offering, unfriendly, malicious, acting like an enemy.
arātīyu अरातीयु a. Ved. Not accustomed to offer; inimical; अरातीयोर्भ्रातृव्यस्य दुर्हार्दो द्विषतः शिरः Av.1.6.1.
arātīvan अरातीवन् a. Not offering; unfriendly, malicious, hostile, inimical.
arādhas अराधस् a. [राधः; धनम्- Nir. न. ब.] Poor, not able to perform sacrifices, stingy; hard.
arāvan अरावन् a. Ved. Not offering, malignant, epithet of evil spirits. अपघ्नन्तो अराव्णः Rv.9.13.9. यो अस्मभ्यमरावा Rv.9.21.5.
ari अरि a. [ऋ-इन्] Moving, going, reaching; obtaining, aspiring, devoted to, zealous (Ved.). -रिः 1 An enemy, foe (cf. Uṇ.4.138); (used in the Veda like an adjective in the sense of 'ungenerous', 'malicious', 'not worshipping or devoted', 'hostile'); विजितारिपुरःसरः R.1.59,61; 4.4. -2 An enemy of mankind (said of the six feelings which disturb man's mind); कामः क्रोध- स्तथा लोभो मदमोहौ च मत्सरः; कृतारिषड्वर्गजयेन Ki.1.9. -3 A species of खदिर or Mimosa (विट्खदिर; Mar. शेण्या खैर). -4 N. of the number six (from the six enemies). -5 N. of a condition in astronomy. -6 Any part of a carriage. -7 A wheel, also a disk, अन्यो$न्यहस्तकलितैः कति मूर्तिभेदाः, शम्भोर्हरेरिव गदारिसरोजशङ्खैः Līlā. -8 A lord, master. -9 The wind. -1 A pious or religious man. -Comp. -कर्षण a. tamer or subduer of enemies. -कुलम् 1 a host of enemies. -2 an enemy, -केलिः Sport of a foe, sexual enjoyment cf. अरिकेलिः शत्रुलीला स्त्रीरत्योश्चापि कीर्तितः Nm. -गूर्त a. Ved. ready for the destruction of enemies; praised by devoted men or worshippers. -घ्नः destroyer of enemies. -चिन्तनम्, -चिन्ता schemes directed against enemies; administration of foreign affairs. -त्र a. protecting from enemies. -धायस् a. possessed by lords only (i. e. very precious) -नन्दन a. "an enemy's joy", affording triumph to an enemy. -निपातः invasion made by enemies. -भद्रः the foremost or most powerful enemy; पप्रच्छ भद्रं विजितारिभद्रः R.14.31. -मर्दः 'curshing enemies, N. of a plant (काममर्द; Mar. कासविंदा). -मर्दन a. crushing or trampling foes, destroying enemies. -मेदः N. of a tree (विट्खदिर; Mar. शेण्या खरै); N. of a country; Bṛi. S. 14.2. -मेदकः N. of an insect bred in excrement. -स्थानकम् consternation, defeat. -सूदनः, -हन्, -हिंसकः destroyer of enemies; पूजार्हावरिसूदन Bg.2.4. हरिहयो$रिह- योगविचक्षणः R.9.18.
arikta अरिक्त a. Not empty, abundant; तूणावरिक्तौ कवचं च दिव्यम् Bhāg.8.15.6. अरिक्थभाज् arikthabhāj अरिक्थीय arikthīya अरिक्थभाज् अरिक्थीय a. Not entitled to a share in the aneestral property (as an heir incapacitated by impotence &c.).
ariphita अरिफित a. Not changed to र् (said of the Visarga) Prātiśākhya.
ariṣaṇya अरिषण्य a. Ved. Not harming or injuring, inoffensive.
ariṣaṇyat अरिषण्यत् a. Ved. Not being hurt or injured.
ariṣṭa अरिष्ट a. 1 Unhurt; perfect, complete; imperishable, undecaying, secure, safe; अरिष्टं गज्छ पन्थानम् Rām.1.24. 3; अरिष्टं मार्गमातिष्ठत् पुण्यं वा तु निषेवितम् Rām. -2 Auspicious, अक्षताभ्यामरिष्टाभ्यां हतः कर्णो महारथः Mb.8.66.2. -3 unauspicious; अरिष्टमैन्द्रं निशितम् Rām.6.67.164. -ष्टः 1 A heron (कङ्क). -2 A raven, crow. -3 An enemy; अरिष्टस्त्वाष्ट्रस्य Mv.4.18. -4 N. of various plants :-- (a) the soap-berry tree (Mar. रिठा); कुतपानामरिष्टकैः (शुद्धिः) Ms. 5.12. (b) another plant (Mar. निंब) Rām.2.94.9. Bhāg.8.2.12. -5 Garlic. -6 A distilled mixture. -7 N. of a demon killed by Kṛiṣṇa; a son of Bali. -ष्टा 1 A bandage. -2 N. of a medical plant (कटुका). -3 N. of a daughter of Dakṣa and one of the wives of Kaśyapa, and mother of महाश्वेता. -ष्टम् 1 Bad or ill luck, evil, misfortune, calamity. -2 A portentous phenomenon foreboding misfortune, unlucky omen (such as earth-quake). -3 Unfavourable symptom, especially of approaching death; रोगिणो मरणं यस्मादवश्यं भावि लभ्यते । तल्लक्षणमरिष्टं स्याद्रिष्टमप्यमिधीयते ॥ cf. also Pātañjala Yogadarśana 3.22. -4 Good fortune or luck, happiness. -5 The lying-in-chamber, delivery-room, women's apartments; कर्मारारिष्टशालासु ज्वलेदग्निः सुरक्षितः Mb.12.69.49; (अन्तःपुरम्); अपस्नात इवारिष्ठं प्रविवेश गृहोत्तमम् Rām. -6 Butter-milk. -7 Spirituous liquor; ग्लानिच्छेदी क्षुत्प्रबोधाय पीत्वा रक्तारिष्टम् Śi. 18.77. cf.... अरिष्टं सूतिकागृहे । अशुभे निम्बवृक्षे च शुभे तक्राङ्कयोः पुमान् । काके च फेनिले नीचे व्यसने$नर्थलम्बयोः । भग्यहीने... Nm. -Comp. -असु a. Ved. having one's life unhurt. अरिष्टासु सचेवहि बृहते वाजसातये Av.14.2.72. -गातु a. Ved. dwelling securely चा$रिष्टगातुः स होता सहोभरिः Rv.5.44.3. -गृहम the lying-in-chamber. -ग्राम a. Ved. of undivided group, having a complete troop; अरिष्टग्रामाः सुमतिं पिपर्तन Rv.1.166.6. -ताति a. Ved. making fortune or happy, auspicious. (-तिः f.) safeness, security, succession of good fortune, continuous happiness (अरिष्टं करोतीति ˚तातिः; अरिष्टस्य भावो वा शिवशमरिष्टस्य करे P.IV.4.143-4 Sk.); तदत्रभवता निष्पन्नाशिषां काममरिष्टतातिमाशास्महे Mv. 1. -दुष्टधी a. apprehensive of death, alarmed at the approach of death. -नेमिः N. of the 22nd तीर्थंकर of the Jainas; N. of the brother of Garuḍa. -पुरम् N. of a place; cf. अरिष्टाश्रितपुरम् P. VI.2.1. -भर्मन् a. granting security; देवेभिर्देव्यदिते$- रिष्टभर्मन्ना गहि Rv.8.18.4. -मथनः N. of Śiva or Viṣṇu. -शय्या a lying in couch; अरिष्टशय्यां परितो विसारिणा R. 3.15. -सूदनः, -हन् m. killer of Ariṣṭa, epithet of Viṣṇu.
ariṣyat अरिष्यत् a. Not hurt.
arīळ्ha अरीळ्ह a. (= अरीढ) Ved. Not licked; अरीळ्हं वत्सं चरथाय माता Rv.4.18.1.
aruj अरुज् a. 1 Free from disease, sound, healthy. को$- रुक् को$रुक् को$रुक् घृतभुङ् मितभुगशाकभुक्सो$रुक् Udb. -2 Not fostering (as a boil).
arugṇa अरुग्ण a. Not broken, not diseased, sound. रुजदरुग्णं वि वलस्य सानुम् Rv.6.39.2.
aruja अरुज a. 1 Sound, healthy; यावत्स्वस्थमिदं शरीरमरुजम् Bh.3.88. v. l. -2 Not breaking, not suppurating. -3 That which destroys a disease. विषेभ्यः खलु सर्वेभ्यः कर्णिका- मरुजां स्थिराम् । Suśr. -4 Painless. -5 Brisk, gay; त्वत्कृते न हि सर्वं स्यात्प्रशान्तमरुजं जगत् Rām.7.84.16. -जः N. of a plant (आरग्वध; Mar. बाहवा).
aruddha अरुद्ध a. Not hindered.
aruta अरुत a. Ved. Not to be broken.
arundhatī अरुन्धती [न रुन्धती प्रतिरोधकारिणी] 1 A medicinal climbing plant. -2 N. of the wife of Vasiṣṭha; अन्वासितमरुन्धत्या स्वाहयेव हविर्भुजम् R.1.56. -3 The morning star personified as the wife of Vasiṣṭha; one of the Pleiades. -4 N. of the daughter of प्राचेतसदक्ष, one of the 1 wives of Dharma. [In mythology Arundhatī is represented as the wife of the sage Vasiṣṭha, one of the 7 sages. She was one of the 9 daughters of Kardama Prajāpati by Devahūti. She is regarded as the highest pattern of conjugal excellence and wifely devotion and is so invoked by the bridegroom at nuptial ceremonies. Though a woman she was regarded with the same, even more, veneration as the Saptarṣis; cf. Ku.6.12; तामगौरवभेदेन मुनींश्चापश्यदीश्वरः । स्त्री पुमानि- त्यनास्थैषा वृत्तं हि महितं सताम् ॥ cf. also Janaka's remarks in U.4.1. She, like her husband, was the guide and controller of Raghu's line in her own department and acted as guardian angel to Sitā after she had been abandoned by Rāma. It is said that Arundhatī (the star) is not seen by persons whose end has approached. cf. Suśruta. न पश्यति सनक्षत्रां यस्तु देवीमरुन्धतीम् । ध्रुवमाकाशगङ्गां च तं वदन्ति गतायुषम् ॥; See H.1.66. also]. -5 The tongue (personified). -Comp. -जानिः, -नाथः -पतिः N. of Vasiṣṭha one of the seven Ṛiṣis or stars in the Ursa Major. -दर्शनन्यायः see under न्याय.
aruṣ अरुष् ष्ट a. Not angry, calm.
aruṣa अरुष a. 1 Not angry. -2 Shining, bright; reddish. -3 Unhurt. -4 Moving, going about (as a horse). -षः 1 The red horse of Agni; a flame. -2 The Sun; the day as presided over by the Sun. अरुषस्य दुहितरा विरूपे Rv.6.49.3. -3 The red storm-cloud. -षी 1 The dawn. -2 A flame. -3 N. of the wife of Bhṛigu and mother of Aurva.
arūkṣa अरूक्ष a. Not hard, soft; bland. अरूक्षित arūkṣita अरूक्ष्ण arūkṣṇa अरूक्षित अरूक्ष्ण a. Ved. Soft, tender, supple; अरूक्षितं दृश आ रूपे अन्नम् Rv.4.11.1; संस्पर्शेद्रूक्ष्णमस्तु ते Av.8.2.16.
arūpa अरूप a. 1 Formless, shapeless. -2 Ugly, deformed. -3 Dissimilar, unlike. -पम् 1 A bad or ugly figure. तामरूपामसतीं भक्षयिष्यामि मानुषीम् Rām -2 The Pradhāna of the Sāṅkhyas and Brahman of the Vedāntins. -4 Not possessed of द्रव्य and देवता; अरूपः शब्दः श्रूयमाणः &c. ŚB. on MS.4.4.1. (It may be observed that द्रव्य and देवता form the रूप or form of a sacrifice). -Comp. -हार्य a. not to be attracted or won over by beauty; अरूपहार्यं मदनस्य निग्रहात् Ku.5.53.
arūpaka अरूपक a. Without any figure or metaphor, not figurative, literal.
areṇu अरेणु a. 1 Not dusty; not soiled with dust, not touching the dust (of the earth). -2 Not earthly, celestial; स तुर्वर्णिर्महाँ अरेणु पास्ये Rv.1.56.3. n. (णु) What is not dust, the ether. -णुः (pl.) The gods; त्यं चिदश्वं न वाजिनमरेणवो यमत्नत Rv.1.143.2.
arocaka अरोचक a. (-चिका f.) 1 Not shining or bright. -2 Causing loss of appetite, producing loathing or disgust. -कः Loss of appetite; disgust, loathing.
arocamāna अरोचमान a. Not shining. -2 Not attached; तस्यां त्वरोचमानायां सर्वमेव न रोचते Ms.3.62.
arociṣṇu अरोचिष्णु a. Not shining, dark. -2 Disagreeable, ugly.
araudra अरौद्र a. Not terrible or fierce; an epithet of Viṣṇu.
arka अर्क a. [अर्च्-घञ्-कुत्वम् Uṇ.3.4.]. Fit to be worshipped (अर्चनीय). -र्कः 1 A ray of light, a flash of lightning (Ved.). -2 The sun; आविष्कृतारुणपुरःसर एकतो$र्कः Ś.4.2. -3 Fire. य एवमेतदर्कस्यार्कत्वं वेद Bṛi. Up. 1.2.1. -4 A crystal; पुष्पार्ककेतकाभाश्च Rām.2.94.6. -5 Copper. -6 Sunday. -7 Membrum virile. एवा ते शेपः सहसायमर्को$ङ्गेनाङ्गं संसमकं कृणोतु Av.6.72.1. -8 N. of the sun-plant, Calatropis Gigantea (Mar. रुई), a small tree with medicinal sap and rind; अर्कस्योपरि शिथिलं च्युतमिव नवमल्लिकाकुसुमम् Ś.2.9; यमाश्रित्य न विश्रामं क्षुधार्ता यान्ति सेवकाः । सो$र्कवन्नृपतिस्त्याज्यः सदापुष्पफलो$पि सन् Pt.1.51. अर्के चेन्मधु विन्देत ŚB. on MS. -9 N. of Indra. -1 A sort of religious ceremony. -11 Praise, hymn; praising, extolling, song of praise. -12 A singer (Ved. in these two senses). -13 A learned man. -14 An elder brother. -15 Food (अर्कम् also). -16 N. of Viṣṇu. -17 A kind of decoction. -18 The seventh day of a month. -19 The उत्तरा- फल्गुनी asterism. -2 The number 12. -21 The sunstone (सूर्यकान्त); मसारगल्वर्कमयैर्विभङ्गैर्विभूषितं हेमनिबद्धचक्रम् Mb.12.46.33. cf. अर्को$र्कपर्णे स्फटिके ताम्रे सूर्ये दिवस्पतौ । ज्येष्ठभ्रातरि शुक्ले$र्कपादपे च पुमान् भवेत् ॥ Nm. -Comp. -अंशः, -कला a digit or 12th part of the sun's disc. -अश्मन् m. -उपलः 1 the sun-stone, heliotrope, girasol. -2 a sort of crystal or ruby. -आह्वः the swallow wort. -इन्दुसंगमः the time of conjunction of the sun and moon (दर्श or अमावास्या). -कान्तः A class of eleven storeyed buildings; Māna.29.25-34. -कान्ता 1 N. of a plant commonly called हुड्हुडिया. -2 sun's wife. -3 sun's shadow. -कुण्डतीर्थम् N. of a Tīrtha; Skanda P. -क्षेत्रम् 1 the field of the sun; the sign Leo, presided over by the sun. -2 N. of a holy place in Orissa. -ग्रहः The eclipse of the sun; Bṛi. S. -ग्रीवः N. of the Sāman. -चन्दनः a kind of red sandal (रक्तचन्दन). -चिकित्सा Arka's work on medical science. -जः epithet of Karṇa, Yama, Sugrīva. (-जौ) the two Aśvins regarded as the physicians of Heaven. -तनयः 'a son of the sun', an epithet of Karṇa, Yama, Manu Vaivasvata, Manu Sāvarṇi and Saturn; see अरुणात्मज. (-या) N. of the rivers Yamunā and Tāpti. -त्विष् f. light of the sun. -दिनम्, -वासरः Sunday. -दुग्धम् milky sap or exudation of Arka. -नन्दनः, -पुत्रः, -सुतः, -सूनुः N. of Saturn, Karṇa or Yama. -नयन a. one whose eyes are difficult to be gazed at. (-नः) an epithet of Virat Puruṣa. -नामन् m. the red arka tree. -पत्रः, -पर्णः N. of the plant अर्क. (-त्रा) a kind of birthwort (सुनन्दा, अर्कमूला) with wedge-shaped leaves. (-त्रम्, -र्णम्) the leaf of the अर्क plant. -पादपः N. of a plant (निम्ब); another tree (आकन्द). -पुष्पम् a flower of arka -पुष्पाद्यम् N. of a Sāman. (-ष्पी), -पुष्पिका N. of a plant (कुटुम्बिनी) -पुष्पोत्तरम् N. of a Sāman. -प्रकाश a. Bright like the sun; Mb. -प्रिया N. of a plant (जव). -बन्धुः, -बान्धवः 1 N. of Buddha Śākyamuni, meaning सूर्यवंश्यः, cf. शुद्धोदनो नाम नृपो$र्कबन्धुः Bu. Ch.9.9. -2 a lotus (the sun-lotus). -भम् 1 an asterism influenced by the sun. -2 the sign Leo. -3 उत्तराफल्गुनीनक्षत्र. -भक्ता = ˚कान्ता q. v. -मण्डलम् disc of the sun. -मूलः, -ला = ˚पत्रा; विलिखति वसुधामर्कमूलस्य हेतोः Bh.2.1. -रेतोजः Revanta, the son of Sūrya. -लपणम् Saltpetre. -वर्षः a solar year. -वल्लभः 1 N. of a plant (बन्धूक; Mar. दुपारी). -2 a lotus. -विवाहः marriage with the arka plant (enjoined to be performed before a man marries a third wife, who thus becomes his fourth); चतुर्थादिविवाहार्थं तृतीयो$र्कं समुद्वहेत् Kāśyapa. -वेधः N. of a tree (तालीशपत्र). -व्रतः, -तम् 1 a vow performed on माघशुक्लसप्तमी. -2 the law or manner of the sun; when a king exacts taxes from his subjects only to add to their material comforts and happiness, just as the sun draws up water during 8 months of the year, only to give it back increased a thousandfold, he is said to follow अर्कव्रत, अष्टौ मासान् यथादित्यस्तोयं हरति रश्मिभिः । तथा हरेत्करं राष्ट्रान्नित्यमर्कव्रतं हि तत् ॥ Ms.9.35; cf. R.1.18 (the point of comparison may also be the imperceptible way in which the sun absorbs water, see Pt.1.221). -शोकः Ved. brilliancy of rays. -सातिः f. 1 finding of rays. -2 poetical inspiration; finding out hymns; रपत् कविरिन्द्रार्कसातौ Rv.1. 174.7. -सोदरः 'brother of the sun', an epithet of Airāvata. -हिता = ˚कान्ता q. v.
arthaḥ अर्थः [In some of its senses from अर्थ्; in others from ऋ-थन् Uṇ.2.4; अर्थते ह्यसौ अर्थिभिः Nir.] 1 Object, purpose, end and aim; wish, desire; ज्ञातार्थो ज्ञातसंबन्धः श्रोतुं श्रोता प्रवर्तते, सिद्ध˚, ˚परिपन्थी Mu.5; ˚वशात् 5.8; स्मर्तव्यो$स्मि सत्यर्थे Dk.117 if it be necessary; Y.2.46; M.4.6; oft. used in this sense as the last member of compounds and translated by 'for', 'intended for', 'for the sake of', 'on account of', 'on behalf of', and used like an adj. to qualify nouns; अर्थेन तु नित्य- समासो विशेष्यनिघ्रता च Vārt.; सन्तानार्थाय विधये R.1.34; तां देवतापित्रतिथिक्रियार्थाम् (धेनुम्) 2.16; द्विजार्था यवागूः Sk.; यज्ञार्थात्कर्मणो$न्यत्र Bg.3.9. It mostly occurs in this sense as अर्थम्, अर्थे or अर्थाय and has an adverbial force; (a) किमर्थम् for what purpose, why; यदर्थम् for whom or which; वेलोपलक्षणार्थम् Ś.4; तद्दर्शनादभूच्छम्भोर्भूयान्दारार्थ- मादरः Ku.6.13; (b) परार्थे प्राज्ञ उत्सृजेत् H.1.41; गवार्थे ब्राह्मणार्थे च Pt.1.42; मदर्थे त्यक्तजीविताः Bg.1.9; (c) सुखार्थाय Pt.4.18; प्रत्याख्याता मया तत्र नलस्यार्थाय देवताः Nala.13.19; ऋतुपर्णस्य चार्थाय 23.9. -2 Cause, motive, reason, ground, means; अलुप्तश्च मुनेः क्रियार्थः R. 2.55 means or cause; अतो$र्थात् Ms.2.213. -3 Meaning, sense, signification, import; अर्थ is of 3 kinds:-- वाच्य or expressed, लक्ष्य or indicated (secondary), and व्यङ्ग्य or suggested; तददोषौ शब्दार्थौ K. P.1; अर्थो वाच्यश्च लक्ष्यश्च व्यङ्ग्यश्चेति त्रिधा मतः S. D.2; वागर्थाविव R.1.1; अवेक्ष्य धातोर्गमनार्थमर्थवित् 3.21. -4 A thing, object, substance; लक्ष्मणो$र्थं ततः श्रुत्वा Rām.7.46.18; अर्थो हि कन्या परकीय एव Ś.4.22; that which can be perceived by the senses, an object of sense; इन्द्रिय˚ H.1.146; Ku.7.71; R.2.51; न निर्बद्धा उपसर्गा अर्थान्निराहुः Nir.; इन्द्रियेभ्यः परा ह्यर्था अर्थेभ्यश्च परं मनः Kaṭh. (the objects of sense are five : रूप, रस, गन्ध, स्पर्श and शब्द); शब्दः स्पर्शो रसो गन्धो रूपं चेत्यर्थजातयः Bhāg.11.22.16. -5 (a) An affair, business, matter, work; प्राक् प्रतिपन्नो$यमर्थो$- ङ्गराजाय Ve.3; अर्थो$यमर्थान्तरभाव्य एव Ku.3.18; अर्थो$र्था- नुबन्धी Dk.67; सङ्गीतार्थः Me.66 business of singing i. e. musical concert (apparatus of singing); सन्देशार्थाः Me. 5 matters of message, i. e. messages; (b) Interest, object; स्वार्थसाधनतत्परः Ms.4.196; द्वयमेवार्थसाधनम् R.1. 19;2.21; दुरापे$र्थे 1.72; सर्वार्थचिन्तकः Ms.7.121; माल- विकायां न मे कश्चिदर्थः M.3 I have no interest in M. (c) Subject-matter, contents (as of letters &c.); त्वामव- गतार्थं करिष्यति Mu.1 will acquaint you with the matter; उत्तरो$यं लेखार्थः ibid.; तेन हि अस्य गृहीतार्था भवामि V.2 if so I should know its contents; ननु परिगृहीतार्थो$- स्मि कृतो भवता V.5; तया भवतो$विनयमन्तरेण परिगृहीतार्था कृता देवी M.4 made acquainted with; त्वया गृहीतार्थया अत्रभवती कथं न वारिता 3; अगृहीतार्थे आवाम् Ś.6; इति पौरान् गृहीतार्थान् कृत्वा ibid. -6 Wealth, riches, property, money (said to be of 3 kinds : शुक्ल honestly got; शबल got by more or less doubtful means, and कृष्ण dishonestly got;) त्यागाय संभृतार्थानाम् R.1.7; धिगर्थाः कष्टसंश्रयाः Pt.1.163; अर्थानामर्जने दुःखम् ibid.; सस्यार्थास्तस्य मित्राणि1.3; तेषामर्थे नियुञ्जीत शूरान् दक्षान् कुलोद्गतान् Ms.7.62. -7 Attainment of riches or worldly prosperity, regarded as one of the four ends of human existence, the other three being धर्म, काम and मोक्ष; with अर्थ and काम, धर्म forms the well-known triad; cf. Ku.5.38; अप्यर्थकामौ तस्यास्तां धर्म एव मनीषिणः R.1.25. -8 (a) Use, advantage, profit, good; तथा हि सर्वे तस्यासन् परार्थैकफला गुणाः R.1.29 for the good of others; अर्थान- र्थावुभौ बुद्ध्वा Ms.8.24 good and evil; क्षेत्रिणामर्थः 9.52; यावानर्थ उदपाने सर्वतः सांप्लुतोदके Bg.2.46; also व्यर्थ, निरर्थक q. v. (b) Use, want, need, concern, with instr.; को$र्थः पुत्रेण जातेन Pt.1 what is the use of a son being born; कश्च तेनार्थः Dk.59; को$र्थस्तिरश्चां गुणैः Pt.2.33 what do brutes care for merits; Bh.2.48; योग्येनार्थः कस्य न स्याज्ज- नेन Ś.18.66; नैव तस्य कृतेनार्थो नाकृतेनेह कश्चन Bg.3.18; यदि प्राणैरिहार्थो वो निवर्तध्वम् Rām. को नु मे जीवितेनार्थः Nala.12. 65. -9 Asking, begging; request, suit, petition. -1 Action, plaint (in law); अर्थ विरागाः पश्यन्ति Rām.2.1. 58; असाक्षिकेषु त्वर्थेषु Ms.8.19. -11 The actual state, fact of the matter; as in यथार्थ, अर्थतः, ˚तत्वविद्, यदर्थेन विनामुष्य पुंस आत्मविपर्ययः Bhāg.3.7.1. -12 Manner, kind, sort. -13 Prevention, warding off; मशकार्थो धूमः; prohibition, abolition (this meaning may also be derived from 1 above). -14 Price (perhaps an incorrect form for अर्घ). -15 Fruit, result (फलम्). तस्य नानुभवेदर्थं यस्य हेतोः स रोपितः Rām.6.128.7; Mb.12.175.5. -16 N. of a son of धर्म. -17 The second place from the लग्न (in astr.). -18 N. of Viṣṇu. -19 The category called अपूर्व (in पूर्वमीमांसा); अर्थ इति अपूर्वं ब्रूमः । ŚB. on MS.7.1.2. -2 Force (of a statement or an expression); अर्थाच्च सामर्थ्याच्च क्रमो विधीयते । ŚB. on MS.5.1.2. [अर्थात् = by implication]. -21 The need, purpose, sense; व्यवधानादर्थो बलीयान् । ŚB. on MS.6.4.23. -22 Capacity, power; अर्थाद्वा कल्पनैकदेशत्वात् । Ms.1.4.3 (where Śabara paraphrases अर्थात् by सामर्थ्यात् and states the rule: आख्यातानामर्थं ब्रुवतां शक्तिः सहकारिणी ।), cf. अर्थो$भिधेयरैवस्तुप्रयोजननिवृत्तिषु । मोक्षकारणयोश्च...... Nm. -Comp. -अतिदेशः Extension (of gender, number &e.) to the objects (as against words), i. e. to treat a single object as though it were many, a female as though it were male. (तन्त्रवार्त्तिक 1.2.58.3;6.3.34.7). -अधिकारः charge of money, office of treasurer ˚रे न नियोक्तव्यौ H.2. -अधिकारिन् m. a treasurer, one charged with financial duties, finance minister. -अनुपपत्तिः f. The difficulty of accounting for or explaining satisfactorily a particular meaning; incongruity of a particular meaning (तन्त्रवार्त्तिक 4.3.42.2). -अनुयायिन् a. Following the rules (शास्त्र); तत्त्रिकालहितं वाक्यं धर्म्यमर्थानुयायि च Rām.5.51.21. -अन्वेषणम् inquiry after a matter. -अन्तरम् 1 another or different meaning. -2 another cause or motive; अर्थो$यम- र्थान्तरभाव्य एव Ku.3.18. -3 A new matter or circumstance, new affair. -4 opposite or antithetical meaning, difference of meaning. ˚न्यासः a figure of speech in which a general proposition is adduced to support a particular instance, or a particular instance, to support a general proposition; it is an inference from particular to general and vice versa; उक्तिरर्थान्तरन्यासः स्यात् सामान्यविशेषयोः । (1) हनूमानब्धिमतरद् दुष्करं किं महात्मनाम् ॥ (2) गुणवद्वस्तुसंसर्गाद्याति नीचो$पि गौरवम् । पुष्पमालानुषङ्गेण सूत्रं शिरसि धार्यते Kuval.; cf. also K. P.1 and S. D.79. (Instances of this figure abound in Sanskrit literature, especially in the works of Kālidāsa, Māgha and Bhāravi). -अन्वित a. 1 rich, wealthy. -2 significant. -अभिधान a. 1 That whose name is connected with the purpose to be served by it; अर्थाभिधानं प्रयोजनसम्बद्धमभिधानं यस्य, यथा पुरोडाश- कपालमिति पुरोडाशार्थं कपालं पुरोडाशकपालम् । ŚB. on MS.4.1. 26. -2 Expression or denotation of the desired meaning (वार्त्तिक 3.1.2.5.). -अर्थिन् a. one who longs for or strives to get wealth or gain any object. अर्थार्थी जीवलोको$यम् । आर्तो जिज्ञासुरर्थार्थी Bg.7.16. -अलंकरः a figure of speech determined by and dependent on the sense, and not on sound (opp. शब्दालंकार). अलंकारशेखर of केशवमिश्र mentions (verse 29) fourteen types of अर्थालंकारs as follows:- उपमारूपकोत्प्रेक्षाः समासोक्तिरपह्नुतिः । समाहितं स्वभावश्च विरोधः सारदीपकौ ॥ सहोक्तिरन्यदेशत्वं विशेषोक्तिर्विभावना । एवं स्युरर्थालकारा- श्चतुर्दश न चापरे ॥ -आगमः 1 acquisition of wealth, income; ˚गमाय स्यात् Pt.1. cf. also अर्थागमो नित्यमरोगिता च H. -2 collection of property. -3 conveying of sense; S. D.737. -आपत्तिः f. [अर्थस्य अनुक्तार्थस्य आपत्तिः सिद्धिः] 1 an inference from circumstances, presumption, implication, one of the five sources of knowledge or modes of proof, according to the Mīmāṁsakas. It is 'deduction of a matter from that which could not else be'; it is 'assumption of a thing, not itself perceived but necessarily implied by another which is seen, heard, or proved'; it is an inference used to account for an apparent inconsistency; as in the familiar instance पीनो देवदत्तो दिवा न भुङ्क्ते the apparent inconsistency between 'fatness' and 'not eating by day' is accounted for by the inference of his 'eating by night'. पीनत्वविशि- ष्टस्य देवदत्तस्य रात्रिभोजित्वरूपार्थस्य शब्दानुक्तस्यापि आपत्तिः. It is defined by Śabara as दृष्टः श्रुतो वार्थो$न्यथा नोपपद्यते इत्यर्थ- कल्पना । यथा जीवति देवदत्ते गृहाभावदर्शनेन बहिर्भावस्यादृष्टस्य कल्पना ॥ Ms.1.1.5. It may be seen from the words दृष्टः and श्रुतः in the above definition, that Śabara has suggested two varieties of अर्थापत्ति viz. दृष्टार्थापत्ति and श्रुता- र्थापत्ति. The illustration given by him, however, is of दृष्टार्थापत्ति only. The former i. e. दृष्टार्थापत्ति consists in the presumption of some अदृष्ट अर्थ to account for some दृष्ट अर्थ (or अर्थs) which otherwise becomes inexplicable. The latter, on the other hand, consists in the presumption of some अर्थ through अश्रुत शब्द to account for some श्रुत अर्थ (i. e. some statement). This peculiarity of श्रुतार्थापत्ति is clearly stated in the following couplet; यत्र त्वपरिपूर्णस्य वाक्यस्यान्वयसिद्धये । शब्दो$ध्याह्रियते तत्र श्रुतार्थापत्ति- रिष्यते ॥ Mānameyodaya p.129 (ed. by K. Raja, Adyar, 1933). Strictly speaking it is no separate mode of proof; it is only a case of अनुमान and can be proved by a व्यतिरेकव्याप्ति; cf. Tarka. K.17 and S. D.46. -2 a figure of speech (according to some rhetoricians) in which a relevant assertion suggests an inference not actually connected with the the subject in hand, or vice versa; it corresponds to what is popularly called कैमुतिकन्याय or दण्डापूपन्याय; e. g. हारो$यं हरिणाक्षीणां लुण्ठति स्तनमण्डले । मुक्तानामप्यवस्थेयं के वयं स्मरकिङ्कराः Amaru.1; अभितप्तमयो$पि मार्दवं भजते कैव कथा शरीरिषु R.8.43.; S. D. thus defines the figure:- दण्डापूपिकन्यायार्थागमो$र्थापत्तिरिष्यते. -उत्पत्तिः f. acquisition of wealth; so ˚उपार्जनम्. -उपक्षेपकः an introductory scene (in dramas); अर्थोपक्षेपकाः पञ्च S. D.38. They are विष्कम्भ, चूलिका, अङ्कास्य, अङ्कावतार, प्रवेशक. -उपमा a simile dependent on sense and not on sound; see under उपमा. -उपार्जनम् Acquiring wealth. -उष्मन् m. the glow or warmth of wealth; अर्थोष्मणा विरहितः पुरुषः स एव Bh.2.4. -ओघः, -राशिः treasure, hoard of money. -कर (-री f.), -कृत a. 1 bringing in wealth, enriching; अर्थकरी च विद्या H. Pr.3. -2 useful, advantageous. -कर्मन् n. 1 a principal action (opp. गुणकर्मन्). -2 (as opposed to प्रतिपत्तिकर्मन्), A fruitful act (as opposed to mere disposal or प्रतिपत्ति); अर्थकर्म वा कर्तृ- संयोगात् स्रग्वत् । MS.4.2.17. -काम a. desirous of wealth. (-˚मौ dual), wealth and (sensual) desire or pleasure; अप्यर्थकामौ तस्यास्तां धर्म एव मनीषिणः R.1.25. ह्रत्वार्थकामास्तु गुरूनिहैव Bg.2.5. -कार्ष्यम् Poverty. निर्बन्धसंजातरुषार्थकार्घ्यमचिन्तयित्वा गुरुणाहमुक्तः R.5.21. -काशिन् a. Only apparently of utility (not really). -किल्बिषिन् a. dishonest in money-matters. -कृच्छ्रम् 1 a difficult matter. -2 pecuniary difficulty; व्यसनं वार्थकृच्छ्रे वा Rām.4.7.9; Mb.3.2.19; cf. also Kau. A.1.15 न मुह्येदर्थकृच्छ्रेषु Nīti. -कृत्यम् doing or execution of a business; अभ्युपेतार्थकृत्याः Me.4. -कोविद a. Expert in a matter, experienced. उवाच रामो धर्मात्मा पुनरप्यर्थकोविदः Rām.6.4.8. -क्रमः due order or sequence of purpose. -क्रिया (a) An implied act, an act which is to be performed as a matter of course (as opposed to शब्दोक्तक्रिया); असति शब्दोक्ते अर्थक्रिया भवति ŚB. on MS.12.1.12. (b) A purposeful action. (see अर्थकर्मन्). -गत a. 1 based on the sense (as a दोष). -2 devoid of sense. -गतिः understanding the sense. -गुणाः cf. भाविकत्वं सुशब्दत्वं पर्यायोक्तिः सुधर्मिता । चत्वारो$र्थगुणाः प्रोक्ताः परे त्वत्रैव संगताः ॥ अलंकारशेखर 21. -गृहम् A treasury. Hariv. -गौरवम् depth of meaning; भारवेरर्थगौरवम् Udb., Ki.2.27. -घ्न a. (घ्नी f.) extravagant, wasteful, prodigal; सुरापी व्याधिता धूर्ता वन्ध्यार्थघ्न्य- प्रियंवदा Y.1.73; व्याधिता वाधिवेत्तव्या हिंस्रार्थघ्नी च सर्वदा Ms.9.8. -चित्रम् 'variety in sense', a pun, Kāvya-prakāśa. -चिन्तक a. 1 thinking of profit. -2 having charge of affairs; सर्वार्थचिन्तकः Ms.7.121. -चिन्ता, -चिन्तनम् charge or administration of (royal) affairs; मन्त्री स्यादर्थचिन्तायाम् S. D. -जात a. 1 full of meaning. -2 wealthy (जातधन). (-तम्) 1 a collection of things. -2 large amount of wealth, considerable property; Dk.63, Ś.6; ददाति च नित्यमर्थजातम् Mk.2.7. -3 all matters; कवय इव महीपाश्चिन्तयन्त्यर्थजातम् Śi.11.6. -4 its own meaning; वहन्द्वयीं यद्यफले$र्थजाते Ki.3.48. -ज्ञ a. knowing the sense or purpose; अर्थज्ञ इत्सकलं भद्रमश्नुते Nir. -तत्त्वम् 1 the real truth, the fact of the matter; यो$र्थतत्त्वमविज्ञाय क्रोधस्यैव वशं गतः H.4.94. -2 the real nature or cause of anything. -द a. 1 yielding wealth; Dk.41. -2 advantageous, productive of good, useful. -3 liberal, munificent Ms.2.19. -4 favourable, compliant. (-दः) N. of Kubera. -दर्शकः 'one who sees law-suits'; a judge. -दर्शनम् perception of objects; कुरुते दीप इवार्थदर्शनम् Ki.2.33; Dk.155. -दूषणम् 1 extravagance, waste; H.3.18; Ms.7.48. -2 unjust seizure of property or withholding what is due. -3 finding fault with the meaning. -4 spoiling of another's property. -दृश् f. Consideration of truth; क्षेमं त्रिलोकगुरुरर्थदृशं च यच्छन् Bhāg.1.86.21. -दृष्टिः Seeing profit; Bhāg. -दोषः a literary fault or blemish with regard to the sense, one of the four doṣas or blemishes of literary composition, the other three being परदोष, पदांशदोष, वाक्यदोष; for definitions &c. see K. P.7. अलंकारशेखर of केशवमिश्र who mentions eight types of doṣas as follows: अष्टार्थदोषाः विरस, -ग्राम्य, -व्याहत, -खिन्नताः । -हीना, -धिका, सदृक्साम्यं देशादीनां विरोधि च ॥ 17 -द्वयविधानम् Injunction of two ideas or senses; विधाने चार्थद्वयविधानं दोषः ŚB. on MS.1.8.7. -नित्य a. = अर्थ- प्रधान Nir. -निबन्धन a. dependent on wealth. -निश्चयः determination, decision. -प्रतिः 1 'the lord of riches', a a king; किंचिद् विहस्यार्थपतिं बभाषे R.2.46;1.59;9.3;18.1; Pt.1.74. -2 an epithet of Kubera. -पदम् N. of the Vārt. on Pāṇini; ससूत्रवृत्त्यर्थपदं महार्थं ससंग्रहं सिद्ध्यति वै कपीन्द्रः Rām.7.36.45. -पर, -लुब्ध a. 1 intent on gaining wealth, greedy of wealth, covetous. -2 niggardly, parsimonious; हिंस्रा दयालुरपि चार्थपरा वदान्या Bh.2.47; Pt.1.425. -प्रकृतिः f. the leading source or occasion of the grand object in a drama; (the number of these 'sources' is five :-- बीजं बिन्दुः पताका च प्रकरी कार्यमेव च । अर्थप्रकृतयः पञ्च ज्ञात्वा योज्या यथाविधि S. D.317.) -प्रयोगः 1 usury. -2 administration of the affairs (of a state) -प्राप्त a. derived or understood from the sense included as a matter of course, implied; परिसमाप्तिः शब्दार्थः । परिसमाप्त्यामर्थप्राप्तत्वादारम्भस्य । ŚB. on MS.6.2.13. -˚त्वम् Inplication. -बन्धः 1 arrangement of words, composition, text; stanza, verse; संचिन्त्य गीतक्षममर्थबन्धम् Ś.7.5; ललितार्थबन्धम् V.2.14 put or expressed in elegant words. -2. connection (of the soul) with the objects of sense. -बुद्धि a. selfish. -बोधः indication of the (real) import. -भाज् a. entitled to a share in the division of property. -भावनम् Deliberation over a subject (Pātañjala Yogadarśana 1.28). -भृत् a. receiving high wages (as a servant). -भेदः distinction or difference of meaning; अर्थभेदेन शब्दभेदः. -मात्रम्, -त्रा 1 property, wealth; Pt.2. -2 the whole sense or object. -युक्त a. significant, full of यस्यार्थयुक्तं meaning; गिरिराजशब्दं कुर्वन्ति Ku.1.13. -लक्षण a. As determined by the purpose or need (as opposed to शब्दलक्षण); लोके कर्मार्थलक्षणम् Ms.11.1.26. -लाभः acquisition of wealth. -लोभः avarice. -वशः power in the form of discrimination and knowledge. अर्थवशात् सप्तरूपविनिवृत्ताम् Sāvk.65. -वादः 1 declaration of any purpose. -2 affirmation, declaratory assertion, an explanatory remark, exegesis; speech or assertion having a certain object; a sentence. (It usually recommends a विधि or precept by stating the good arising from its proper observance, and the evils arising from its omission, and also by adducing historical instances in its support; स्तुतिर्निन्दा परकृतिः पुराकल्प इत्यर्थवादः Gaut. Sūt.; said by Laugākṣi to be of 3 kinds :- गुणवादो विरोधे स्यादनु वादो$वधारिते । भूतार्थवादस्तद्धानादर्थ- वादस्त्रिधा मतः; the last kind includes many varieties.) -3 one of the six means of finding out the tātparya (real aim and object) of any work. -4 praise, eulogy; अर्थवाद एषः । दोषं तु मे कंचित्कथय U.1. -विकरणम् = अर्थ- विक्रिया change of meaning. -विकल्पः 1 deviation from truth, perversion of fact. -2 prevarication; also ˚वैकल्प्यम् -विज्ञानम् comprehending the sense, one of the six exercises of the understanding (धीगुण). -विद् a. sensible, wise, sagacious. भुङ्क्ते तदपि तच्चान्यो मधुहेवार्थविन्मधु Bhāg.11.18.15. विवक्षतामर्थविदस्तत्क्षणप्रतिसंहृताम् Śi. -विद्या knowledge of practical life; Mb.7. -विपत्तिः Failing of an aim; समीक्ष्यतां चार्थविपत्तिमार्गताम् Rām.2.19.4. -विभावक a. money-giver; विप्रेभ्यो$र्थविभावकः Mb.3.33. 84. -विप्रकर्षः difficulty in the comprehension of the sense. -विशेषणम् a reprehensive repetition of something uttered by another; S. D.49. -वृद्धिः f. accumulation of wealth. -व्ययः expenditure; ˚ज्ञ a. conversant with money-matters. -शब्दौ Word and sense. -शालिन् a. Wealthy. -शास्त्रम् 1 the science of wealth (political economy). -2 science of polity, political science, politics; अर्थशास्त्रविशारदं सुधन्वानमुपाध्यायम् Rām.2.1.14. Dk.12; इह खलु अर्थशास्त्रकारास्त्रिविधां सिद्धिमुपवर्णयन्ति Mu.3; ˚व्यवहारिन् one dealing with politics, a politician; Mu.5. -3 science giving precepts on general conduct, the science of practical life; Pt.1. -शौचम् purity or honesty in money-matters; सर्वेषां चैव शौचानामर्थशौचं परं स्मृतं Ms. 5.16. -श्री Great wealth. -संस्थानम् 1 accumulation of wealth. -2 treasury. -संग्रहः, -संचयः accumulation or acquisition of wealth, treasure, property. कोशेनाश्रयणी- यत्वमिति तस्यार्थसंग्रहः R.17.6. कुदेशमासाद्य कुतो$र्थसंचयः H. -संग्रहः a book on Mīmāṁsā by Laugākṣi Bhāskara. -सतत्त्वम् truth; किं पुनरत्रार्थसतत्त्वम् । देवा ज्ञातुमर्हन्ति MBh. or P.VIII.3.72. -समाजः aggregate of causes. -समाहारः 1 treasure. -2 acquisition of wealth. -संपद् f. accomplishment of a desired object; उपेत्य संघर्ष- मिवार्थसंपदः Ki.1.15. -संपादनम् Carrying out of an affair; Ms.7.168. -संबन्धः connection of the sense with the word or sentence. -संबन्धिन् a. Concerned or interested in an affair; Ms.8.64. -साधक a. 1 accomplishing any object. -2 bringing any matter to a conclusion. -सारः considerable wealth; Pt.2.42. -सिद्ध a. understood from the very context (though not expressed in words), inferable from the connection of words. -सिद्धिः f. fulfilment of a desired object, success. द्वारमिवार्थसिद्धेः R.2.21. -हानिः Loss of wealth -हारिन् a. stealing money Ks. -हर a. inheriting wealth. -हीन a. 1 deprived of wealth, poor. -2 unmeaning, nonsensical. -3 failing.
arthya अर्थ्य a. [अर्थ्-कर्मणि ण्यत्] 1 Fit to be asked or sought for. -2 [अर्थादनपेतः, अर्थ-यत्] Fit, proper, suitable; अर्थ्यो विरोधः Mv.2.7. -3 Appropriate, not deviating from the sense, significant; स्तुत्यं स्तुतिभिरर्थ्या- भिरुपतस्थे सरस्वती R.4.6,1.59; Ku.2.3. -4 Rich, wealthy. -5 Wise, intelligent. -6 True, real; अर्थ्यं विज्ञापयन्नेव भरतं सत्यविक्रमम् Rām.6.127.25. -7 Expert in getting money (अर्थसंपादनचतुर); अर्थी येनार्थकृत्येन संव्रजत्यविचारयन् । तमर्थमर्थशास्त्रज्ञाः प्राहुरर्थ्याः सुलक्ष्मण ॥ Rām. 3.43.34. -र्थ्यम् Red chalk.
ardha अर्ध (Written also as अर्द्ध) a. [ऋध्-णिच्-अच्; according to Nir. from धृ, or ऋध्] Half, forming a half (divided into 2 parts); अर्ध-अर्ध the one half-the other half. -र्धः [ऋध्-घञ्] 1 A place, region, country; house, habitation (Ved.). -2 Increase (वृद्धि). -3 Wind. -4 A part, portion, side. -र्धम्, -र्धः 1 A half, half portion; पचाति नेमो न हि पक्षदर्धः Rv.1.27.18. सर्वनाशे समुत्पन्ने अर्धं त्यजति पण्डितः, गतमर्धं दिवसस्य V.2; पूर्वार्धः first half; so उत्तर˚ latter half; दक्षिण˚ southern half (half on the right side); so अवर˚, जघन˚, पर˚, ग्राम˚ &c.; यदर्धे विच्छिन्नम् Ś.1.9 divided in half; ऋज्वायतार्धम् M.27; R.3.59; 12.99; रात्रौ तदर्धं गतम् Bh.3.17; one part of two, apart, partly (Ved.); -2 Nearness, proximity; see अर्धदेव. (अर्ध may be compounded with almost every noun and adjective; as first member of compound with nouns it means 'a half of' and forms an एकदेशिसमास or तत्पुरुष; ˚कायः = अर्धं कायस्य; ˚पिप्पली, ˚मार्गः; ˚पुरुषः &c.; with adjectives, it has an adverbial force; ˚श्याम half dark; ˚भुक्त half eaten; so ˚पिष्ट, ˚पूर्ण &c.; with numeral adjectives it may mean either 'a half of' or 'with an additional half'; ˚शतम् half of 1 i. e. 5; or अर्धेन सहितं शतम् i. e. 15; with ordinal numerals 'with a half or that number'; ˚तृतीयम् containing two and the third only half; i. e. two and a half; so ˚चतुर्थ three and a half. cf. अर्धं खण्डे समांशके Nm. -Comp. -अक्षि n. side-look, wink. नगरस्त्रीशङ्कितार्धाक्षिदृष्टम् Mk.8.42. -अङ्गम् half the body. -अन्तरम् half the distance; ˚एकपदता a fault in composition; see S. D. 575. -अंशः a half, the half. -अंशिन् a. sharing a half. -अर्धः, -र्धम् 1 half of a half, quarter; चरर्धार्धभागाभ्यां तामयोजयतामुभे R.1.56. -3 half and half. -अवभेदकः 1 pain in half the head, hemicrania (Mar. अर्धशिशी). (-कम्) dividing in equal parts. -अवशेष a. having only a half left. -अकारः 1 half the letter अ. -2 N. of अवग्रह q. v. -असिः A sword with one edge, a small sword; अर्धासिभिस्तथा खङ्गैः Mb.7.137.15. -आसनम् 1 half a seat; अर्धासनं गोत्रभिदो$धितष्ठौ R.6.73; मम हि दिवौकसां समक्षमर्धासनोपवेशितस्य Ś.7 (it being considered a mark of a very great respect to make room for a guest &c. on the same seat with oneself). -2 greeting kindly or with great respect. -3 exemption from censure. -इन्दुः 1 the half or crescent moon. -2 semicircular impresion of a finger-nail, crescent-shaped nail-print; कुचयोर्नखाङ्कैरर्धेन्दुलीलैः N.6.25. -3 an arrow with a crescent-shaped head (= अर्धचन्द्र below.); ˚मौलि N. of Śiva तत्र व्यक्तं दृषदि चरणन्यासमर्धेन्दुमौलेः Me.57. -इन्द्र a. that of which a half belongs to Indra. -उक्त a. half said or uttered; रामभद्र इति अर्धोक्ते महाराज U.1. -उक्तिः f. a broken speech; an interrupted speech. -उदकम् water reaching half the body. -उदयः 1 the rising of the half moon. -2 partial rise. -3 a kind of parvan; ˚आसनम् a sort of posture in meditatiou. -उदित a. 1 half risen. -2 half uttered. -ऊरुक a. [अर्धमूरोः अर्धोरु तत्र काशते] reaching to the middle of the thighs. (-कम्) 1 a short petti-coat (Mar. परकर); see चण्डातक. -2 mantle, veil. -कर्णः Radius, half the diameter. -कृत a. half done, incomplete. -केतुः N. of Rudra. -कोशः a moiety of one's treasure. -कौडविक a. measuring half a kuḍava. -खारम्, -री a kind of measure, half a Khāri; P.V.4.11. -गङ्गा N. of the river Kāverī; (स्नानादौ गङ्गास्नानार्धफलदायिनी); so ˚जाह्नवी -गर्भ a. Ved. 1 in the middle of the womb; सप्तार्धगर्भा भुवनस्य रेतो Rv. 1.164.36. -2 N. of the rays of the Sun. -गुच्छः a necklace of 24 strings. -गुञ्जा half a gunja. -गोलः a hemisphere. -चक्रवर्तिन्, -चक्रिन् m. N. of the nine black Vasudevas and the nine enemies of Viṣṇu. -चन्द्र a. crescent-shaped. (-न्द्रः) 1 the half moon, crescent moon; सार्धचन्द्रं बिभर्ति यः Ku.6.75. -2 the semicircular marks on a peacock's tail. -3 an arrow with a crescent-shaped head; अर्धचन्द्रमुखैर्बाणैश्चिच्छेद कदलीसुखम् R.12.96. cf. अर्धचन्द्रस्तदाकारे बाणे बर्हे शिखण्डिनः Nm. -4 crescent-shaped nail-print. -5 the hand bent into a semicircle, as for the purpose of seizing or clutching anything; ˚न्द्र दा to seize by the neck and turn out; दीयतामेतस्यार्धचन्द्रः Pt.1. (-द्रा) N. of a plant (कर्णस्फोट). -चन्द्राकार, -चन्द्राकृति a. half-moonshaped. -चन्द्रकम् A semi-circular pearl. Kau. (-रः, -ति f.) meniscus. -चन्द्रिका N. of a climbing plant. (Mar. तिळवण). -चित्र a. Half-transparent; A kind of marble; अर्धाङ्गदृश्यमानं च तदर्धचित्रमिति स्मृतम् Māna.51.1. -चोलकः a short bodice. -जरतीयन्यायः a kind of न्याय, न चेदानीमर्धजरतीयं लभ्यं वृद्धिर्मे भविष्यति स्वरो नेति MBh.4.1. 78. See under न्याय. -जीविका, -ज्या The sine of an arc. -तनुः f. half the body. -तिक्तः N. of a plant (नेपालनिम्ब Mar. चिराईत). -तूरः a kind of musical instrument. -दिनम्, दिवसः 1 half a day, mid-day. -2 a day of 12 hours. -देवः 1 demi-god. इन्द्रं न वृत्रतुरमर्धदेवम् Rv. 4.42.8-9. -2 Ved. being near the gods; (देवानां समीपे बर्तमानः Sāy.). -द्रौणिक a. measuring a half droṇa. -धारः a knife or lancet with a single edge (one of the 2 surgical instruments mentioned by Suśruta). -नाराचः a crescent-shaped iron-pointed arrow; नाराचानर्धनाराचाञ्शस्त्राणि विविधानि च Mbh.2.51.35; गृध- लक्षवेधी अर्धनाराचः V.5. -नारायणः a form of Viṣṇu. -नारीशः, -नारीश्वरः, -नारी, -नटेश्वरः a form of Śiva, (half male and half female) cf.... पतिरपि जगता- मर्धनारीश्वरो$भूत् Sūkti.5.99. -नावम् half a boat. -निशा midnight. -पञ्चम a. Four and half; युक्तश्छन्दांस्य- धीयीत मासान्विप्रो$र्धपञ्चमान् Ms.4.95. -पञ्चशत् f. twenty five Ms.8.268. -पणः a measure containing half paṇa Ms.8.44. -पथम् half way. (-पथे) midway भृतिमर्ध- पथे सर्वान्प्रदाप्य Y.2.198. -पादः half a pāda or foot; अर्धपादं किष्कुविष्कम्भमुद्धृत्य Dk.19. -पादा The plant भूम्यामलकी (Mar. भूईआवळी). -पादिक a. having half a foot; सद्यः कार्यो$र्धपादिकः Ms.8.325. -पाञ्चालिक a. born or produced in the ardhapanchāla. -पारावतः a kind of pigeon (अर्धेनाङ्गेन पारावत इव). The francolin partridge. -पुलायितः a half gallop, canter; चित्रं चकार पदमर्धपुलायितेन Śi.5.1. -प्रहर half a watch, one hour and a half. -प्राणम् A kind of joinery resembling the shape of a bisected heart; मूलाग्रे कीलकं युक्तमर्धप्राणमिति स्मृतम् । Māna.17.99. -भागः a half, half a share or part; तदर्धभागेन लभस्व काङ्क्षितम् Ku.5.5; R.7.45. -भागिक a. sharing a half; मृते पितरि कुर्युस्तं भ्रातरस्त्वर्धभागिकम्म् Y.2.134. -भाज् a. sharing entitled to a half; अर्धभाग्रक्षणाद्राजा Ms.8.39. -2 a companion, sharer; देवानामर्धभागासि Av.6.86.3. -भास्करः mid-day. -भेदः Hemiplegia (अर्धाङ्गवायुः); Suś. -भोटिका a kind of cake. -भ्रमः -मकः a kind of artificial composition; for instances see Ki.15.27; Śi.19.72. The Sar. K. describes it as a figure of speech thus :-- आहुरर्धभ्रमं नाम श्लोकार्धभ्रमणं यदि. -मागधी N. of a dialect in which many of Jaina Canonical books are written. It is so named perhaps because many of the characteristics of Māgadhi are found in it. -माणवकः, -माणवः a necklace of 12 strings (माणवक consisting of 24.) -मात्रा 1 half a (short) syllable. अर्धमात्रालाघवेन पुत्रोत्सवं मन्यन्ते वैयाकरणाः Pari Sik. -2 a term for a consonant (व्यञ्जनं चार्धमात्रकम्). -मार्गे ind. mid-way; बन्दीकृता विबुधशत्रुभिरर्धमार्गे V.1.3. -मासः half a month, a fortnight. -मासतम = ˚मासिक see P.V.2.57. -मासिक a. 1 happening every fortnight. -2 lasting for a fortnight; ये$र्धमासाश्च च मासाश्च Mahānārā. 25. Y.2.177. -मुष्टिः f. a half-clenched hand. -यामः half a watch. -रथः [अर्धः असंपूर्णः रथः रथी] a warrior who fights on a car with another (who is not so skilled as a रथी); रणे रणे$भिमानी च विमुखश्चापि दृश्यते । घृणी कर्णः प्रमादी च तेन मे$र्धरथो मतः Mb. -रात्रः [अर्ध रात्रेः] 1 midnight; अथार्धरात्रे स्तिमितप्रदीपे R.16.4; स्थिते$र्धरात्रे Dk.19. -2 a night containing half a whole day of 24 hours. -रात्रार्धदिवसः equinox. -लभ्मीहरिः Hari having a form half like Lakṣmī. -विसर्गः, -विसर्ज- नीयः the Visarga sound before क्, ख्, प्, and फ्, so called because its sign () is the half of a Visarga (). -वीक्षणम् a side-look, glance, leer. -वृद्ध a. middle-aged. -वृद्धिः The half of the interest or rent; Ms.8.15. -वैनाशिकः N. of the followers of Kaṇāda (arguing half perishableness). -वैशसम् half or incomplete murder; विधिना कृतमर्धवैशसं ननु मां कामवधे विमुञ्चता Ku.4.31. -व्यासः the radius of a circle. -शतम् 1 fifty. -2 One hundred and fifty; Ms.8.267. -शनम् [अर्धमशनस्य शकन्ध्वा˚] half a meal. -शफरः a kind of fish. -शब्द a. having a low voice. -शेष a. having only a half left. -श्याम a. half clouded. -श्लोकः half a śloka or verse. -सम a. equal to a half. (-मम्) N. of a class of metres in which the 1st and 3rd and 2nd and 4th lines have the same syllables and Gaṇas; such as पुष्पिताग्रा. -सस्य a. half the crops, half grown. -सहः An owl. -सीरिन् m. 1 a cultivator, ploughman who takes half the crop for his labour; शूद्रेषु दासगोपालकुलमित्रार्धसीरिणः Y.1.166. -2 = अर्धिक q. v. -हर, -हारिन् a. occupying the half (of the body); Ku.1.5; एको रागिषु राजते प्रियतमादेहार्ध- हारी हरः Bh.3.121. -हारः a necklace of 64 strings. A half chain, a kind of ornament; नक्षत्रमालामपि चार्धहारं सुवर्णसूत्रं परितः स्तनाभ्याम् Māna.5.297-98. cf. also Kau. A.2.11. -ह्रस्वः half a (short) syllable.
arvāc अर्वाच् a. [अवरे काले देशे वा अञ्चति पृषो˚ अर्वादेशः] 1 Coming hitherward (opp. पराञ्च). -2 Turned towards, coming to meet anyone. -3 Being on this side (as the bank of a river); (opp. पर). -4 Being below or behind (in time or place). -5 Following, subsequent. -क् ind. 1 Hitherward, on this side. -2 From a certain point. -3 Before (in time or place); यत्सृष्टेरर्वाक् सलिलमयं ब्रह्माण्डमभूत् K.125; अर्वाक् संवत्सरात्स्वामी हरेत परतो नृपः Y.2.173;113;1.254; Ms.8.3;5.59. -4 On the lower side, behind, downwards (opp. ऊर्ध्वम्. -5 Afterwards, subsequently. -6 (With loc.) Within, near; एते चार्वागुपवनभुवि छिन्नदर्भाङ्कुरायाम् Ś.1.15. -Comp. -कालः posterior time. -कालिक a. belonging to proximate time, modern; ˚ता modernness, posterity of time; तान्यर्वाक्कालिकतया निष्फलान्यनृतानि च Ms.12.96. -कूलम् the near bank of a river. -तन a. Being on this side of, not reaching up to, posterior; प्रकृतिपुरुषयोरर्वाक्त- नाभिर्नामरूपाकृतिभी रूपनिरूपणम् Bhāg.5.3.4. -बिल a. Ved. having the hole or mouth hitherward; अर्वाग्बिलश्चमस ऊध्वर्बुध्नः Bṛi. Up.2.2.3. -वसु a. offering riches. Vāj.15.19. (-सुः) 1 rain. -2 a cloud. -सामन् n. Ved. epithet of three days during which the Soma sacrifice is performed. -स्रोतस् m. N. of a creation of beings in which the current of nutriment tends downwards, or where the men are addicted to sensual enjoyments.
arh अर्ह् 1 P. [अर्हति, अर्हितुम्, अर्हित] (epic A. as रावणो नार्हते पूजाम् Rām.) 1 To deserve, merit, be worthy of (with acc. or inf.); किमिव नायुष्मानमरेश्वरान्नार्हति Ś.7; so दण्डम्, प्रायश्चित्तम्, वधम् &c. -2 To have a right to, be entitled to, be allowed to do anything (with acc.); ननु गर्भः पित्र्यं रिक्थमर्हति Ś.6; न स्त्री स्वातन्त्र्यमर्हति Ms.9.3; also with inf. न स तल्लब्धुमर्हति Ms.8.147;11.7,18. -3 To be obliged or required to do a thing, oft. implying duty or obligation; नान्यत्स्त्री दातुमर्हति Y.2.49; इमां प्रसादयितुमर्हसि R.1.88. -4 To be fit or deserve to be done; अर्थना मयि भवद्भिः कर्तुमर्हति N.5.112; Dk.137. -5 To be equal to, be worth, न ते गात्राण्युपचारमर्हन्ति Ś.3. 17 are not equal to; सर्वे ते जपयज्ञस्य कलां नार्हन्ति षोडशीम् Ms.2.86;3.131. -6 To be able, translatable by, 'can'; न मे वचनमन्यथा भवितुमर्हति Ś.4; विनाशमव्ययस्यास्य न कश्चित्कर्तुमर्हति Bg.2.17; अनुद्योगेन तैलानि तिलेभ्यो नाप्तुमर्हति H. Pr.3 cannot get. -7 To worship, honour; see caus. below. -8 (Used with inf. in the second pers. and sometimes in the third) अर्ह् represents a mild form of command, advice or courteous request, and may be translated by 'pray', 'deign', 'be pleased to', will be pleased to'; द्वित्राण्यहान्यर्हसि सोढुमर्हन् R.5.25 pray wait &c. नार्हसि मे प्रणयं विहन्तुम् 2.58; तं सन्तः श्रोतुमर्हन्ति 1. 1 will be pleased or be good enough to listen to it; Ku.6.32; Ms.1.2; Bg.1.16,2.17; R.1.72; 1.88;3.46. -Caus. or 1 P. To honour, worship. राजार्जिहत्तं मधुपर्कपाणिः Bk.1.17; Ms.3.3.119.
āt आत् The letter आ. ind. Ved. 1 Afterwards, then; generally used antithetically to यद्, यदा, यदि and then sometimes strengthened by the particles अह, उ, इद् &c. -2 Then, further, also, and (अपि च). -3 Some-times it only strengthens the meaning of another word or gives emphasis to an interrogative pronoun like उ, अङ्ग, नु added to किम् (possibly, at all).
ātatāyin आततायिन् a. or s. [आततेन विस्तीर्णेन शस्त्रादिना अयितुं शीलमस्य Tv.] 1 'One whose bow is stretched to take another's life', endeavouring to kill some one; a desperado; गुरुं वा बालवृद्धौ वा ब्राह्मणं वा बहुश्रुतम् । आततायिन- मायान्तं हन्यादेवाविचारयन् ॥ Ms.8.35-51; Mb.3.36.1, Bg.1.36. -2 Anyone who commits a heinous crime; such as a thief, ravisher, murderer, incendiary, a felon &c.; अग्निदो गरदश्चैव शस्त्रोन्मत्तो धनापहः । क्षेत्रदारहरश्चै- तान् षड् विद्यादाततायिनः ॥ Śukra. ˚-ता -त्वम् murdering, stealing, destroying &c.
ātyayika आत्ययिक a. (-की f.) [अत्ययः नाशः प्रयोजनमस्य ठक्] 1 Destructive, disastrous. -2 Painful, unpropitious, ill-omened, distressing. -3 Pressing, urgent, emergent, ending quickly, not suffering delay; किंचिदात्ययिकं कार्यं तेषां त्वं दर्शनं कुरु Rām 6.32.37; Ms.7.165; H.3; K.294; अशिश्रयन्नात्ययिकं समेत्य Bk. कार्यगौरवादात्ययिकवशेन वा Kau. A.1.19; सर्वमात्ययिकं कार्यं शृणुयान्नातिपातयेत् ibid. extraordinary, special. -4 Delayed, already late; तां हत्वा पुनरेवाहं कृत्यमात्ययिकं स्मरन् Rām.5.58.46. -कम् 1 Difficulty, calamity; अगमन्नो मनः कर्णं बन्धुमात्ययिकेष्विव Mb.7.1.46. -2 Essential duty; Hch.4.
ādāpanam आदापनम् Inviting or causing another to receive something.
ādi आदि a. 1 First, primary, primitive; निदानं त्वादिकारणम् Ak. -2 Chief, first, principal, pre-eminent; oft. at the end of comp. in this sense; see below. -3 First in time existing before. -दीः 1 Beginning, commencement (opp. अन्त); अप एव ससर्जादौ तासु बीजमवासृजत् Ms.1.8; Bg.3.41; अनादि &c.; जगदादिरनादिस्त्वम् Ku.2.9; oft. at the end of comp. and translated by 'beginning with', 'et cætera', 'and others', 'and so on' (of the same nature or kind), 'such like'; इन्द्रादयो देवाः the gods Indra and others (इन्द्रः आदिर्येषां ते); एवमादि this and the like; भ्वादयो धातवः भू and others, or words beginning with भू, are called roots; oft. used by Pāṇini to denote classes or groups of grammatical words; अदादि, दिवादि, स्वादि &c. -2 First part of portion. -3 A firstling, first-fruits. -4 Prime cause. -5 Nearness. -6 One of the seven parts of Sāma; अथ सप्तविधस्य वाचि सप्तविधं सामोपासीत यत्किंच वाचो हुमिति स हिंकारो यत्प्रेति स प्रस्तावो यदेति स आदिः Ch. Up.2.8.1. -Comp. -अन्त a. 1 having beginning and end. -2 first and last. (-तम्) beginning and end. -˚यमकम् N. of a figure in poetry. cf. Bk.1.21. ˚वत् having beginning and end, finite. ˚अन्तर्वर्तिन् a. having a beginning, end and middle; being all-in-all. -उदात्त a. having the acute accent on the first syllable. -उपान्तम् ind. from first to last. -करः, -कर्तृ, -कृत् m. the creator, an epithet of Brahmā or Viṣnu; गरीयसे ब्रह्मणो$प्यादिकर्त्रे Bg.11.37; विशेषणे द्वे य इहादिकर्तुर्वदेदधीती स हि कैयटीयः Śab. Kau. -कर्मन् n. the beginning of an action. -कविः 'the first poet', an epithet of Brahmā and of Vālmīki; the former is so called because he first produced and promulgated the Vedas; (तेने ब्रह्म हृदा य आदिकवये मुह्यन्ति यत्सूरयः Bhāg.1.1.1.) and the latter, because he was the first to show to others 'the path of poets'; when he beheld one of a pair of Krauñcha birds being killed by a fowler, he cursed the wretch, and his grief unconsciously took the form of a verse (श्लोकत्वमापद्यत यस्य शोकः); he was subsequently told by Brahmā to compose the life of Rāma, and he thus gave to the world the first poem in Sanskrit, the Rāmāyaṇa; cf. U.2. Viṣkambhaka. -काण्डम् the first book of the Rāmāyaṇa. -कारणम् the first or primary cause (of the universe), which, according to the Vedāntins, is Brahman; while, according to the Naiyāyikas and particalarly the Vaiśeṣikas, atoms are the first or material cause of the universe, and not God. -2 analysis. -3 algebra. -काव्यम् the first poem; i. e. the Rāmāyaṇa; see आदिकवि. -केशवः N. of Viṣṇu. -जिनः N. of Ṛiṣabha, the first तीर्थंकर. -तालः a sort of musical time or ताल; एक एव लघुर्यत्र आदितालः स कथ्यते. -दीपकम् N. of a figure in rhetoric (the verb standing at the beginning of the sentence). cf. Bk.1.23. -देवः 1 the first or Supreme God; पुरुषं शाश्वतं दिव्यं आदिदेव- मजं विभुम् Bg.1.12,11.38. -2 Nārāyaṇa or Viṣṇu. -3 Śiva. -4 Brahmā; Mb.12.188.2. -5 the sun. -दैत्यः an epithet of Hiraṇyakaśipu. -नाथः N. of Ādibuddha. -पर्वन् n. 'the first section or chapter', N. of the first book of the Mahābhārata. -पुराणम् the first Purāṇa, N. of the Brahma-Purāṇa. N. of a Jaina religious book. -पु (पू) रुषः 1 the first or primeval being, the lord of the creation. -2 Viṣṇu, Kṛiṣṇa, or Nārāyaṇa; ते च प्रापुरुदन्वन्तं बुबुधे चादिपूरुषः R.1.6; तमर्घ्यमर्घ्यादिकयादिपूरुषः Śi.1.14. -बलम् generative power; first vigour. -बुद्ध a. perceived in the beginning. (-द्धः) the primitive Buddha. -भव, -भूत a. produced at first. (-वः, -तः) 1 'the first-born', primeval being, an epithet of Brahmā; इत्युक्त्वादिभवो देवः Bhāg.7.3.22. -2 also N. of Viṣṇu; रसातलादादि. भवेन पुंसा R.13.8. -3 an elder brother. (-तम्) minute five elements (पञ्चमहाभूतानि); नष्टे लोके द्विपरार्धावसाने महा- भूतेष्वादिभूतं गतेषु Bhāg.1.3.25. -मूलम् first foundation, primeval cause. -योगाचार्यः 'the first teacher of devotion', an epithet of Śiva. -रसः the first of he 8 Rasas, i. e. शृङ्गार or love. -राजः the first king पृथु; an epithet of Manu. -रूपम् Symptom (of disease). -वंशः primeval race, primitive family. -वराहः 'the first boar', an epithet of Visṇu, alluding to his third or boar-incarnation. -विद्वस् m. the first learned man; कपिल. -विपुला f. N. of an Āryā metre. -वृक्षः N. of a plant (Mar. आपटा). -शक्तिः f. 1 the power of माया or illusion. -2 an epithet of Durgā. -शरीरम् 1. the primitive body. -2 ignorance. -3 the subtle body. -सर्गः the first creation.
ādṛ आदृ 6 A. (द्रियते) 1 To respect, honour, reverence; सीतां रघूत्तम भवत्स्थितिमाद्रियस्व Mv.7.3 receive respectfully; take or receive respectfully; द्वितीयाद्रियते सदा H. Pr.7; सर्वे तस्यादृता धर्मा यस्यैते त्रय आदृताः Ms.2.234; Bk.6.55. -2 To heed or care for, mind, take notice of; usually with न; न त्यागमाद्रियते K.14,167; वाक्यं नाद्रियते च बान्धवजनः Bh.3.111; अनादृत्य disregarding; मम वचनमनादृत्य in spite of or notwithstanding my words. -3 to feel timid from a feeling of respect, be awed. -4 To apply or devote oneself closely to, have regard for; भूरि श्रुतं शाश्वतमाद्रियन्ते Māl.1.5. -5 To desire, be eager for; यत्किंचिद् दुर्मदाः स्वैरमाद्रियन्ते निरर्गलम् Mv.6.3. -6 To enjoy honour, be honoured.
ādaraḥ आदरः [आ-दृ-कप्] 1 Respect, reverence, honour; निर्माणमेव हि तदादरलालनीयम् Māl.9.5; न जातहार्देन न विद्धि- षादरः Ki.1.33; Ku.6.2. -2 Attention, care, notice, close application; आदरप्रयत्न Māl.7 careful efforts; तां प्रणामादरस्रस्तजाम्बूनदवतंसकाम् Ku.6.91. -3 (a) Eagerness, desire, regard; भूयान्दारार्थमादरः Ku.6.13; आदरादुपसर्पित- तुरंङ्गः K.119 eagerly; यत्किंचनकारितायामादरः 12; अन्वेष्टु- मादरमकरवम् 152 made up my mind; Ki.8.26,41; 13.58. (b) Earnest desire, request; Ś.6. -4 Effort, endeavour; गृहयन्त्रपताकाश्रीरपौरादरनिर्मिता Ku.6.41. -5 Commencement, beginning. -6 Love, attachment. -7 Acceptance; तस्मादेषां व्यर्थहिंसानिवृत्त्यै स्यादुत्कृष्टः पिष्टपश्वा- दरो$पि Viś. Guṇā.182.
ādaraṇam आदरणम् Notice, respect. आदरणीय ādaraṇīya आदर्तव्य ādartavya आदरणीय आदर्तव्य pot. p. Venerable, respectful.
ādāraḥ आदारः Ved. 1 Allurement, attraction, an instigator (Sāy.). -2 N. of a plant used instead of Soma (when it is not available).
āhita आहित p. p. 1 Placed, set, deposited; मनस्याहितकर्तव्याः Ku.2.62 bearing in mind what they had to do; भारती- माहितभराम् Śi.2.69 full of deep meaning. -2 Given, imparted. -3 Entertained, felt. -4 Comprising, containing. -5 Performed, done. -Comp. -अग्नि a. 1 one who keeps or places the fire on the altar, sacrificer; cf. अगन्याहित. -2 a Brāhmaṇa who maintains and consecrates sacred fire in his house perpetually. -अङ्क a. marked, spotted. -औत्सुक्य a. one who creates anxiety; तमाहितौत्सुक्यमदर्शनेन R.2.73. -क्लम a. exhausted, tired. -लक्षण a. bearing a characteristic epithet; ककुत्स्थ इत्याहितलक्षणो$भूत R.6.71; (according to Malli. = प्रख्यातगुण noted or well-known for good qualities). -व्यथ a. pained, grieved. -स्वन a. making a sound, noisy.
ādhāraḥ आधारः [आ-धृ घञ्; आध्रियन्ते$स्मिन्क्रियाः इति Kāśi.) 1 Support, prop, stay; इत्याधारानुरोधात्त्रिपुरविजयिनः पातु वो दुःखनृत्तम् (Some annotators explain आधार as local conditions); Mu.1.2. -2 (Hence) Power of sustaining, aid, patronage, assistance; त्वमेव चातकाधारः Bh.2.5. -3 A receptacle, reservoir; तिष्ठन्त्याप इवाधारे Pt.1.67; चराचराणां भूतानां कुक्षिराधारतां गतः Ku.6.67; अपामिवाधारमनु- त्तरङ्गम् Ku.3.48; तोयाधारपथाश्च वल्कलशिखानिष्यन्दरेखाङ्किताः Ś.1.14; आधारः क्षमाम्भसाम् K.44; Y.3.144,165. -4 That which holds or contains, a vessel, recipient. -5 A part, character (in dramas); भेदैः सूक्ष्मैरभिव्यक्तैः प्रत्याधारं विभज्यते Mv.1.3. -6 A basin round the foot of a tree; आधारबन्धप्रमुखैः प्रयत्नैः R.5.6. -7 A dike, dam, embankment. -8 A canal. -9 The sense of the locative case, location, comprehension; आधारो$धिकरणम्; (आधार is of 3 kinds. -- औपश्लेषिक, वैषयिक, and अभिव्यापक see Sk. on P.I.4.45). -1 Relation. -11 A ray. cf. आधार आलवाले$म्बुबन्धे च किरणे$पि च Nm. -Comp. -आधेयभावः the influence, relation, or action of the support or recipient upon the thing received or supported; H.3.12. -चक्रम् N. of a mystical circle on the posterior part of the body; Rasikaramaṇa. -शक्तिः f. 1 Māyā or illusion. -2 the Supreme goddess.
ādhyāsika आध्यासिक a. (-की f.) [अध्यासेन कल्पितः ठक्] Caused by adhyāsa i. e. by attributing the nature and properties of one thing to another (in Vedānta Phil.).
ānandaḥ आनन्दः [आनन्द्-घञ्] 1 Happiness, joy, delight, pleasure; आनन्दं ब्रह्मणो विद्वान्न बिभेति कदाचन T. Up. supreme bliss of felicity; आनन्द एवास्य विज्ञानमात्मानन्दात्मनो हैवं सर्वे देवाः Śat. Br. -2 God, Supreme Spirit (ब्रह्मन्) (said to be n. also in this sense; cf. विज्ञानमानन्दं ब्रह्म Bṛi. Up.3.9.28.). -3 N. of the forty-eighth year of the cycle of Jupiter. -4 N. of Śiva. -5 N. of Viṣṇu. -6 N. of Balarāma (according to Jaina doctrines). -7 N. of a cousin and follower and favourite disciple of Buddha Śākyamuni, compiler of the Sūtras. -8 A variety of the Daṇḍaka metre. -दा, -दी N. of two plants (Mar. भाङ्ग, रानमोगरी). -दम् 1 Wine, liquor. -2 A kind of house. -Comp. -अर्णवः the delight of Brahman. -काननम्, -वनम् N. of Kāśi. -गिरिः, -ज्ञानः, -ज्ञानगिरिः N of a celebrated annotator on Śaṅkarāchārya. -ज a. caused by joy (as tears). -तीर्थः N. of Madhva, the founder of a Vaiśṇava school of philosophy. -द, -कर a. exhilarating, delighting. -करः The moon; दधार सर्वात्मकमात्मभूतं काष्ठा यथानन्दकरं मनस्तः Bhāg. 1.2.18. -दत्तः [आनन्दो दत्तो येन] the membrum virile. -पटः [आनन्दजनको पटः] a bridal garment. -पूर्ण a. delighted supremely, full of bliss. (-र्णः) the Supreme Spirit. -प्रभवः semen. -भैरव a. causing both joy and fear. (-वः) N. of Śiva. -लहरिः, -री f. 'wave of enjoyment', title of a small hymn by Śaṅkarāchārya addressed to Pārvatī.
ānupadika आनुपदिक a. (-की f.) [अनुपदं धावति ठक् P.IV.4.37; IV.2.59. वेद अधीते वा] Following, pursuing, tracking, studying. आनुपूर्वम् ānupūrvam र्व्यम् rvyam र्वी rvī आनुपूर्वम् र्व्यम् र्वी [अनुपूर्वस्य भावः ष्यञ् ततो वा ङीषि यलोपः] 1 Order, succession, series; देव्या चाख्यातं सर्वमेवानु- पूर्व्याद्वाचा संपूर्णं वायुपुत्रः शशंस Rām.5.65.28 वसीरन्नानुपूर्व्येण शाणक्षौमाविकानि च Ms.2.41. -2 (In law) The regular order of the castes; षडानुपूर्व्या विप्रस्य क्षत्रस्य चतुरो$वरान् Ms.3.23. -3 (In logic) Conclusion regularly or syllogistically drawn. -वत् Having a (definite) order; आनुपूर्व्यवतामेकदेशग्रहणेषु आगमवदन्त्यलोपः स्यात् । Ms.1.5.1. आनुपूर्वे ānupūrvē र्व्ये rvyē ण ṇ अनुपूर्व्या anupūrvyā आनुपूर्वे र्व्ये ण अनुपूर्व्या ind. One after another, in due order; आनुपूर्व्येणोत्थितराजलोकः K.95.
ānuṣaṅgika आनुषङ्गिक a. (-की f.) [अनुषङ्गात् आगतः ठक् स्त्रियां ङीप्] 1 Connected with, concomitant. -2 Implied, inherent. -3 Necessarily following, inevitable, necessary. -4 Of secondary importance, secondary; असुभिः स्नु यशश्चि- चीषतः ...ननु लक्ष्मीः फलमानुषङ्गिकम् Ki.2.19; अन्यतरस्यानुषङ्गिक- त्वे$न्वाचयः Sk.; see अन्वाचय. -5 Attached to, fond of, frequenting; तत्र˚ Pt.1. -6 Like, analogous. -7 Relative, proportionate. -8 (In gram.) Elliptical, including words not included in the sentence. -9 Incidental; यस्यैव प्रधानकर्मफलं तस्यैवानुषङ्गिकमपि भवितुमर्हति ŚB. on MS. 6.2.1. -1 Lasting, enduring; Rāj. T.
ānyatareya आन्यतरेय a. Belonging to the school of another teacher. -यः N. of a grammarian.
ānyabhāvyam आन्यभाव्यम् Another form. Mbh.1.1.1.
āpad आपद् f. [आ-पद्-क्विप्] A calamity, misfortune, danger, distress, adversity; दैवीनां मानुषीणां च प्रतिहर्ता त्वमापदाम् R.1.6; अविवेकः परमापदां पदम् Ki.2.3,14; प्रायो गच्छति यत्र भाग्यरहितस्तत्रैव यान्त्यापदः Bh.2.9; आपदि स्था, आपदं प्राप् to fall into difficulty. -Comp. -कल्पः an alternative to be used in times of difficulty; -कालः days of adversity, time of distress, hour of danger; अब्राह्मणादध्ययनमापत्काले विधीयते Ms.2.241,11.28. -कालिक a. (-का, -की f.) occurring in time of difficulty. -गत, -ग्रस्त, -प्राप्त 1 fallen into misfortune, involved in difficulties. -2 unfortunate, unhappy, distressed. -धर्मः [आपदि कर्तव्यो धर्मः] a practice, profession, or course of procedure, not usually proper for a caste, but allowable in times of extreme distress or calamity; Ms.1.116, एते चतुर्णां वर्णानामापद्धर्माः प्रकीर्तिताः 1.13. (-मम्) 1 N. of a पर्व in Bhārata. -2 A series of calamities; पीडा चापदकालश्च Mb.12.59.47.
āpartuka आपर्तुक a. (-की f.) Not restricted to particular times or seasons.
ābudh आबुध् 1 P. To perceive, notice, understand (Ved.); Rv.7.22.3.
āmantrita आमन्त्रित p. p. 1 Invited, called. -2 Appointed to do a thing which is not obligatory. आमन्त्रणं कामचारानुज्ञा Sk. -3 Consecrated with a मन्त्र; शरणामामन्त्रितानाम् Mb.3.2.26. -Comp. -विभक्ति f. Vocative case; तत्र आमन्त्रितविभक्तिवचनं स्तुतये । ŚB. on MS.9.1.9. ˚वचनम् The employment of an expression in the vocative case; तत्र आमन्त्रितविभक्तिवचनं स्तुतये । ŚB. on MS.9.1.9. -तम् 1 Addressing. -2 Talk, conversation; V.2. -3 The vocative case; संबोधने या प्रथमा सामन्त्रितसंज्ञा स्यात् Sk.
āmalakaḥ आमलकः की 1 The tree, Emblic Myrobalan, Emblica Officinalis Gaertn (Mar. आंवळा). -2 N. of another tree (वासक). -कम् Fruit of the Emblic Myrobalan; बदरामलकाम्रदाडिमानाम् Bv.2.8.
āyathātathyam आयथातथ्यम् Unfitness, unsuitableness, impropriety; गुणानामायथातथ्यादर्थं विप्लावयन्ति ये Śi.2.56. आयथापुर्यम् āyathāpuryam पूर्व्यम् pūrvyam आयथापुर्यम् पूर्व्यम् The state of being not as formerly.
āyatiḥ आयतिः f. 1 Length, extension; Mb.5.166.3; stretching, extending; तेषां देवेष्वायतिरस्माकं तेषु नाभयः Rv.1.139.9. -2 Future time, the future; आयतिप्रदर्शनम्; Kau. A.2.1, ˚भङ्ग K.55 (length also), 58; Dk.29; भूयसी तव यदायता- यतिः Śi.14.5; रहयत्यापदुपेतमायतिः Ki.2.14; Ms.7.169; अनायतिक्षमं वचः Pt.3.111 imprudent, not good for the future; ˚ग्लानिभीतः Mu.4.12; स्थिर˚ Ki.1.23 permanent. -3 Future consequence or result; आयतिं सर्वकार्याणां तदात्वं च विवारयेत् Ms.7.178; Ki.1.15,2.43,3.43; Ki.4.21; fruit-yielding season. -4 Majesty, dignity; आयतीमिव विध्वस्ताम् Rām.5.19.12. -5 Stretching the hand, accepting, obtaining. -6 Work (कर्मन्); यथा मित्रं ध्रुवं लब्ध्वा कृशमप्यायतिक्षमम् Ms.7.28 (कर्मक्षमम् Kull.). -7 Connection, junction. -8 Meeting, union. -9 Source, descent; यदायतिः Dk.154 descended from him. -1 Restraint (of mind). -11 Arrival; उत्पत्तिमायतिं स्थानं विभुत्वं चैव पञ्चधा Praśna. Up.3.12. -12 A long line, succession; द्रक्ष्यन्ति समरे योधाः शलभानामिवायतिः Mb.7.159.71.
āropaḥ आरोपः 1 Attributing the nature or properties of one thing to another; वस्तुन्यवस्त्वारोपो$ध्यारोपः Vedānta S.; attributing or assigning to, imputation; दोषारोपो गुणेष्वपि Ak. -2 Considering as equal; identification (as in सारोपा लक्षणा). -3 Superimposition. -4 Imposing (as a burden), burdening or charging with. -5 Placing in or upon. -6 Relating to. -7 Superior position.
ārdra आर्द्र a. [आ-अर्द्-रक् दीर्घश्च Uṇ.2.18] 1 Wet, moist, damp; तन्त्रीमार्द्रां नयनसलिलैः Me.88.45; आर्द्राक्षतारोपणमन्वभूताम् R.7.28. -2 Succulent, living, not dry, green, juicy; आर्द्रं द्रव्यं द्विधा प्रोक्तं सरसं नीरसं तथा -3 Fresh, new; कामी- वार्द्रापराधः Amaru.2; कान्तमार्दापराधम् M.3.12; R.14.4. आर्द्रमञ्जरी a cluster of fresh blossoms. -4 Soft, tender; oft. used with words like स्नेह, दया, करुणा in the sense of 'flowing with', 'moved', 'melted'; स्नेहार्द्रं हृदयम् a heart wet or melted with pity; करुणा˚, दया˚; प्रेमार्द्राः चेष्टाः Māl. 5.7. -5 Full of feeling, warm. -6 Loose, flaccid. -र्द्रा N. of a constellation or the sixth lunar mansion so called (consisting of one star). [cf. Gr. ardo]. -Comp. -एधाग्निः a fire maintained by wet wood; यथैवार्द्रैधाग्नेः पृथग्धूमा विनिश्चरन्ति Śat Br.; Bṛi. Up.2.4.1. -कपोलितः The designation of an elephant in the second stage of rut. (cf. Mātaṇga L.9.13). -काष्ठम् green wood. -दानु a. Ved. giving moisture. -नयन a. weeping. -पटिन् An exorciser clad in red cloth. -पत्रकः Bamboo. -पदी a woman with wet feet. -पवित्र a. Ved. having a wet strainer, epithet of the soma; सर्वदा वा एप युक्तग्रावार्द्रपवित्रः Av.9.6.27. -पृष्ठ a. watered, refreshed; आर्द्रपृष्ठाः क्रियन्तां वाजिनः Ś.1. -भावः 1 wetness, dampness. -2 Tenderness of heart; धनुर्भृतो$प्यस्य दयार्द्रभावम् R.2.11. -माषा a. leguminous shrub (माषपर्णी; Mar. रानउडीद). -शाकम् fresh ginger. -लुब्धकः (˚र्द्रा˚ the dragon's tail or descending node, N. of Ketu.
ālāpaḥ आलापः 1 Talking, speaking to, speech, conversation; अये दक्षिणेन वृक्षवाटिकामालाप इव श्रूयते Ś.1; प्रवसनालाप Amaru. 54; ललितालापे Śrut.36. -2 Narration, mention. -3 The seven notes in music (Mar. सा, रि, ग, म, प, ध, नि). -4 Statement of a question in an arithmetical or algebraical sum. -5 A question. -पा A particular मूर्च्छना or melody in music.
ālamb आलम्ब् 1 Ā. 1 To rest or lean upon, support oneself on; शाखामालम्ब्य Rām. -2 To lay hold of, seize, take; अथालम्ब्य धनू रामः Bk.6.35,14.95. -3 To support, hold or take up; आथोरणालम्बितम् R.18.39. -4 To win, conquer, overcome; तस्य कविता मच्चित्तमालम्बते Dhūrtas -5 To resort to, have recourse to, take, assume; अमुमेवार्थमालम्ब्य Mu.2.2; स्वातन्त्र्यमालम्ब्य K.181; Ki.13.14; यशः शरीरं नवमाललम्बे Mv.7.18 obtained; Ki.17.34; so ध्यानम्, धैर्यम्, क्रोधम्, औदास्यम्, दक्षिणाम् दिशम् &c. -6 To hang from, be suspended; मुखालम्बित- हेमसूत्रम् V.5.2. -7 To depend upon; तमालम्ब्य रसोद्गमात् S. D 63. -8 To stretch forth; V.4.62. -9 To strike up (a tune or note).
ālekhya आलेख्य pot. p. To be written, painted &c. -ख्यम् A painting, picture; इति संरम्भिणो वाणीर्बलस्यालेख्यदेवताः Śi.2.67; R.3.15; V.2.1. -2 A writing. -Comp. -लेखा a painting. -शेष a. having nothing left but a painting, i. e. deceased, dead; आलेख्यशेषस्य पितुः R.14.15. समर्पित a. Fixed on a picture, painted; निशीथदीपाः सहसा हतत्विषो बभूबुरालेख्यसमर्पिता इव R.3.15.
āluḥ आलुः 1 An owl. -2 An esculent root (not applied to potato &c.). -3 Ebony; black ebony. -लुः f. A pitcher, waterjar. -लु n. A raft, float.
āvāpa आवाप a. [आवप्-घञ्] Throwing, scattering. (as in अक्षावाप q. v.). -पः 1 Sowing seed. -2 Scattering, throwing in general; casting, directing. -3 Mixing, inserting. -4 Especially, throwing additional ingredients into a compound in course of preparation. -5 A basin for water round the root of a tree (आलवाल). -6 A vessel, jar for corn. -7 Setting out or arranging vessels. -8 Hostile purpose, intention of fighting (with another); foreign affairs; 'तन्त्रः स्वराङ्कचिन्तायामा- वापः परचिन्तने इति वैजयन्ती; तन्त्रावापविद् Śi.2.88. -9 A principal sacrifice or oblation to fire. -1 A kind of drink. -11 A bracelet (आवापक). -12 Uneven ground. -13 Decentralisation, a matter which serves several persons or things only if repeated with each one of them (opp. तन्त्र q. v.) यस्तु आवृत्त्या उपकरोति स आवापः । यथा तेषामेव ब्राह्मणानामनुलेपनम् । ŚB. on MS.11.1.1.
āvah आवह् 1 P. 1 To bring; अग्ने पत्नीरिहावह Rv.1.22.9. -2 To bring home (as a bride). -3 To conduce, lead or tend to, produce, bring on; क्रीडमावहति मे स संप्रति R.11.73 shames me; मनसो रुजमावहन् &Sacute.3.4 tending to mental anguish; न मे सौख्यमावहति does not tend to my happiness Pt.1; संगमम् K.174; Ms.3.82. -4 To pay; गृहीतवेतनः कर्म त्यजन्द्विगुणमावहेत् Y.2.193. -5 To lead forth, conduct away. -6 To flow (as blood &c.). -7 To bear, support, wear; मण्डनमावहन्तीम् Ch. P.18. -8 To apply, use, employ; मा रोदीर्धैर्यमावह Mārk. P. -Caus. 1 To send for, cause to be brought. -2 To invoke a deity (by means of Mantras); गायत्रीमावाहयामि, गणपतिमा- वाहयामि &c.
āviddha आविद्ध p. p. 1 Pierced, bored, rent, splintered, broken down; उत्पाताविद्धमूर्तिः Mv.5.44 rent or contracted; R.12.73. -2 Curved, crooked, uneven; V.4.52; हर्षाविद्धमभ्युत्थितः Dk.37. -3 Cast with force; दूरनिक्षेप˚ Māl.8 cast forth in taking long strides; Mv.2; Ms.9.4; thrown, put in motion. -4 Disappointed. -5 Fallacious, false. -6 Stupid, foolish. -7 Thrown, placed closely near one another; स पाण्डुराविद्धविमानमालिनीम् Rām.5.2.53. -द्धम् A particular manner of fencing; Hariv. -Comp. -कर्णी, -कर्णिका N. of a plant (पाठा).
āśāsya आशास्य pot. p. 1 To be obtained by a boon. -2 To be blessed; अस्माभिरप्यनाशास्यो रामस्य महिमान्वयः Mv.4.13. -3 To be wished for, desirable; अनाशास्यजयो ययौ R.4.44 (who had not to wish for victory, to whom victory came unsought). -स्यम् 1 A thing to be wished for, wish, desire; संपन्नास्ते सर्वाशिषः Mu.7; आशास्यमीतिविगमप्रभृति प्रजानाम् M.5.2. -2 A blessing, benediction; आशास्यचिन्तास्तिमितो बभूव Ku.7.87; आशा- स्यमन्यत् पुनरुक्तभूतम् R.5.34.
āśis आशिस् f. (˚शीः, ˚शीर्भ्याम् &c.) [आशास्-क्विप्, अत इत्वम्] A blessing, benediction. (It is thus defined:- वात्सल्याद्यत्र मान्येन कनिष्ठस्याभिधीयते । इष्टावधारकं वाक्यमाशीः सा परिकीर्तिता.) आशिस् is sometimes distinguished from वर, the former being taken to be merely an expression of one's good wishes which may or may not be realised; while a वर is a boon which is more permanent in character and surer of fulfilment; cf. वरः खल्वेष नाशीः Ś.4; आशिषो गुरुजन- वितीर्णा वरतामापद्यन्ते K.291; अमोघाः प्रतिगृह्णन्तावर्ध्यानुपदमाशिषः R.1.44,11.6; Ku.5.76,7.47. -2 Act of bestowing a blessing upon others. -3 A prayer, wish, desire; जगच्छरण्यस्य निराशिषः सतः Ku.5.76, Bg.4.21,6.1. -4 A serpent's fang (cf. आशी). -5 One of the eight chief medicaments (वृद्धि). -Comp. -उक्तिः, -वादः, -वचनम् (आशीर्वादः &c.) a blessing, benediction, expression of a prayer or wish; आशीर्वचनसंयुक्तां नित्यं यस्मात् प्रकुर्वते S. D.6; Ms.2.33. -विषः (आशीर्विषः) 'having poison in its fangs', a snake.
āśrayaḥ आश्रयः [आश्रि-अच्] 1 A resting-place, seat, substratum; सौहृदादपृथगाश्रयामिमाम् U.1.45. so आश्रयासिद्ध q. v. below. -2 That on which anything depends or rests or with which it is closely connected. -3 Recipient, receptacle, a person or thing in which any quality is present or retained &c.; तमाश्रयं दुष्प्रसहस्य तेजसः R.3.58. -4 (a) A place of refuge, asylum; shelter; भर्ता वै ह्याश्रयः स्त्रीणाम् Vet.; तदहमाश्रयोन्मूलनेनैव त्वामकामां करोमि Mu.2. (b) A dwelling, house. -5 Having recourse or resort to, resort; oft. in comp. साभूद्रामाश्रया भूयः R.12.35; नानाश्रया प्रकृतिः &c. -6 Following, practising; यो$वमन्येत ते मूले हेतुशास्त्राश्रयाद् द्विजः Ms.2.11. -7 Choosing, taking, attaching oneself to. -8 Dependence on; oft. in comp.; मम सर्वे विषयास्त्वदाश्रयाः R.8.69. -9 Patron, supporter; विनाश्रयं न तिष्ठन्ति पण्डिता वनिता लताः Udb. -1 A prop, support; वृक्षेषु विद्धमिषुभिर्जघनाश्रयेषु R.9.6. -11 Help, assistance, protection. -12 A quiver; बाणमाश्रयमुखात् समुद्धरन् R.11.26. -13 Authority, sanction, warrant. -14 Connection, relation, association. राघवाश्रयसत्कथाः Rām. 6.9.93. -15 Union, attachment. -16 A plea, an excuse. -17 Contiguity, vicinity. -18 Seeking shelter or protection with another (= संश्रय), one of the six guṇas, q. v. -19 An appropriate act, or one consistent with character. -2 Source, origin. -21 (In gram.) The subject, or that to which the predicate is attached. -22 (With Buddhists) The five organs of sense with Manas or mind. -Comp. -असिद्धः, -द्धिः f. a kind of fallacy, one of the three sub-divisions of असिद्ध; (that whose substratum is false or fictitious); e. g. गगनारविन्दं सुरभि अरविन्दत्वात्सरोजारविन्दवत्, -आशः, -भुज् a. consuming everything with which it comes in contact. (-आशः, -क) 1 fire; दुर्वृत्तः क्रियते धूर्तैः श्रीमानात्म- विवृद्धये । किं नाम खलसंसर्गः कुरुते नाश्रयाशवत् ॥ Udb. -2 a. forfeiter of asylum. -3 the constellation कृत्तिका. -भूत a. one who is the refuge or support (of another person). -लिङ्गम् an adjective (a word which must agree in gender with the word which it qualifies or refers to).
ās आस् I. 2 Ā. (आस्ते, आसांचक्रे, आसिष्ट; आसितुम्, आसित) 1 To sit, lie, rest; Bg.2.45; एतदासनमास्यताम् V.5; आस्यता- मिति चोक्तः सन्नासीताभिमुखं गुरोः Ms.2.193. -2 To live, dwell; तावद्वर्षाण्यासते देवलोके Mb.; यत्रास्मै रोचते तत्रायमास्ताम् K.196; कुरूनास्ते Sk.; यत्रामृतास आसते Rv.9.15.2; Bk.4.6,8.79. -3 To sit quietly, take no hostile measures, remain idle; आसीनं त्वामुत्थापयति द्वयम् Śi.2.57. -4 To be, exist. -5 To be contained in; जगन्ति यस्यां सविकाशमासत Śi.1.23. -6 To abide, remain, continue or be in any state, be doing anything, last; oft. used with present participles to denote a continuous or uninterrupted action; विदारयन्प्रगर्जंश्चास्ते Pt.1 kept on, continued, tearing up and bellowing; used in this sense also with an adj., subst., indeclinable, past part., an adverb (तूष्णीम् &c.), or with the instr. of a noun; सुखेनास्ते &c. -7 To lead to, result in (with dat.); आस्तां मानसतुष्टये सुकृतिनां नीतिर्नवोढेव वः H.1.185 -8 To cease, have an end. -9 To solemnize, celebrate. -1 To let go, lay or put aside; आस्तां तावत् let it aside, let it go, to say nothing of, not to mention; K.18. -11 To be indifferent; ननु आस्ते इत्युपवेशने भवति । नावश्यमुपवेशने एव, औदासीन्ये$पि दृश्यते । ŚB. on MS.3.6.24. -Caus. To cause to sit, seat, fix; आसयत्सलिले पृथ्वीम् Sk. Desid. आसिसिषते To wish to sit &c. -II.4. P. [आस्यति, आसितुम्] 1 To enclose; border. -2 To admit (as water) into.
āseddhṛ आसेद्धृ m. One who arrests another.
āsura आसुर a. (-री f.) [असुरस्येदं अण् opp. दैव] 1 Belonging to Asuras. -2 Belonging to evil spirits; आसुरी माया, आसुरी रात्रिः &c. -3 Infernal, demoniacal; आसुरं भावमाश्रितः Bg.7.15 (for a full exposition of what constitutes आसुर conduct, see Bg.16.7-24). -4 Not performing sacrifices. -5 Divine, spiritual. -रः 1 A demon [स्वार्थे अण्]. -2 One of the eight forms of marriage, in which the bridegroom purchases the bride from her father or other paternal kinsmen; (see उद्वाह); आसुरो द्रविणादानात् Y.1.61; Ms.3.31. -3 (pl.) The stars of the southern hemisphere. -4 A prince of the warrior-tribe Asura. -री 1 Surgery, curing by cutting by instruments. -2 A female demon, demoness; संभ्रमादासुरीभिः Ve.1.3. -3 N. of a plant Sinapis Ramosa Roxb. (Mar. मोहरी; राई) -रम् 1 Blood. -2 Black salt.
āstika आस्तिक a. (-की f.) [अस्ति परलोकः इति मतिर्यस्य, ठक्] 1 One who believes in God and another world; यन्नास्त्येव तदस्ति वस्त्विति मृषा जल्पद्भिरेवास्तिकैः Prab.2 -2 A believer in sacred tradition. -3 Pious, faithful, believing; आस्तिकः श्रद्दधानश्च Y.1.268. -कः or आस्तीकः N. of a Muni. cf. अगस्त्यो माधवश्चैव मुचकुन्दो महामुनिः । कपिलो मुनिरास्तीकः पञ्चैते सुखशायिनः ॥ आस्तिकता āstikatā त्व tva आस्तिक्यम् āstikyam आस्तिकता त्व आस्तिक्यम् 1 Belief in God and another world; आस्तिक्यशुद्धमवतः प्रियधर्म धर्मम् Ki.18.43. -2 Piety, faith, belief; ज्ञानं विज्ञानमास्तिक्यम् Bg.18.42; आस्तिक्यं श्रद्दधानता परमार्थेष्वागमार्थेषु Śaṅkara.
āhārya आहार्य pot. p. 1 To be taken or seized. अनीहया गताहार्यनिर्वर्तितनिजक्रियः Bhāg.1.86.14. -2 To be fetched or brought near. -3 To be extracted or removed. -4 To be pervaded (व्याप्य). -5 Artificial, adventitious, incidental, external, accessary; आहार्यशोभारहितैरमायैः Bk. 2.14; न रम्यमाहार्यमपेक्षते गुणम् Ki.4.23; निसर्गसुभगस्य किमा- हार्यकाडम्बरेण Malli. on Ku.7.2. -6 Purposed, intended (as for instance, the identification or आरोप of उपमान or उपमेय in रूपक of which the speaker is fully cognisant); अयं चन्द्रो मुखमित्यादौ चन्द्रभिन्ने मुखे चन्द्राभेदज्ञानं तच्चाहार्यमेव Tv. -7 Conveyed or effected by decoration or ornamentation, one of the 4 kinds of अभिनय q. v. -8 To be eaten. -9 To be worshipped (as Agni). -र्यः A kind of bandage (बन्ध). -र्यम् 1 Any disease to be treated by means of extracting. -2 Extraction. -3 A vessel. -4 The ornamentative part of the drama, such as dress, decoration &c. -शोभा Adventitious beauty (not natural).
āhūta आहूत p. p. 1 Called, invoked, invited; यियक्षमाणेनाहूतः पार्थेनाथ द्विषन्मुरम् Śi.2.1. -2 Named, called. -तम् Calling. -Comp. -प्रपलायिन् m. a defendant or witness not appearing when summoned. -संप्लवः the time of universal destruction.
ikṣuḥ इक्षुः [इष्यते$सौ माधुर्यात्, इष्-क्सु Uṇ.3.157] 1 Sugarcane; परि त्वा परितत्नुनेक्षुणागामविद्विषे Av.1.34.5. -2 N. of another tree कोफिला. -3 Wish, desire. -Comp. -कन्दा A pumpion gourd, Cucurbita Pepo. (Mar. कोहाळें). -काण्डः, -ण्डम् N. of two different species of sugarcane (काश and मुञ्जतृण). -कान्तः A class of the six storeyed buildings (Mānasāra 24.55). -कुट्टकः a gatherer of sugar-cane. -गन्धः Saccharum Spontaneum (Mar. लघु- गोखरू). -गन्धिका Convolvulus paniculatus (भूमिकूष्माण्ड). -ज a. produced from sugar-cane. -तुल्या = अनिक्षुः. -दण्डः, -यष्टिः f. the stem or cane of Saccharum Officinale. -दर्भा a kind of grass. -दा N. of a river. -नेत्रम् 1 a kind of sugar-cane. -2 the eye of sugarcane. (Mar. पेरावरील डोळा). -पत्रः a kind of grain (Mar. जोंधळे). -पाकः molasses. -प्रः N. of a tree (शरवृक्ष). -बालिका a kind of grass (काश). -भक्षिका 1 a meal of sugar and molasses. -2 A machine for crushing sugarcane. -भक्षिती a woman who eats a sugar-cane. -मती, -मालिनी, मालवी N. of a river. -मूलम् the root of sugar-cane; a kind of sugar-cane. -मेहः diabetes or diabetes mellitus (cf. मधुमेह). -मेहिन् a. diabetic. -यन्त्रम् a sugar-mill. -योनिः [इक्षोरिव योनिः यस्य] Saccharum Officinarum (पुण्ड्रकइक्षु). -रसः 1 the juice of sugar-cane. -2 molasses, unrefined sugar. -3 a kind of काश grass; -रसोदः One of the seas. ˚क्वाथः raw or unrefined sugar, molasses. -वणम् a sugar-cane wood. -वल्लरी, -वल्ली the common yellow cane. -वारि n., -समुद्रः the sea of syrup, one of the seven seas. -वालिका (also इक्ष्वालिका) [इक्षुरिव वलति वल्- ण्वुल्] 1 N. of a tree (Mar. तालिमखाना.). -2 the काश grass. -वाटिका, -वाटी 1 a kind of sugar-cane (पुण्ड्रक). -2 a garden of sugar-canes. -विकारः 1 sugar, molasses. -2 any sweetmeat. -शाकटम्, -शाकिनम् a field fit for planting the sugar-cane. -सारः molasses, raw or unrefined sugar.
iṅganam इङ्गनम् [इङ्ग्-ल्युट्] -1 Moving, shaking, causing to move. -2 Knowledge. -3 The operation of separating one member of a compound from another, as by an Avagraha.
itara इतर pron. a. (-रा f., -रत् n.) 1 Another, the other (of two), the remaining one of the two; इतरो दहने स्वकर्मणाम् R.8.2 v. l. -2 The rest or other (pl.). what is left. इतरदधिकार्थे˚ । MS.7.1.16 (on which शबर writes इतरदधिकार्थे समानमितरत् समानमधिकमित्यर्थः ।). -3 Other than, different fr om (with abl.); इतरताप- शतानि यथेच्छया वितर तानि सहे चतुरानन Udb.; इतरो रावणादेष राघवानुचरो यदि Bk.8.16. -4 Opposite of, either used by itself as an adj. or at the end of comp.; जङ्गमानीत- राणि च Rām.; विजयायेतराय वा Mb.; सुलभेतरसंप्रयोगाम् M.5.3 opposite of, other than easy, difficult; so दक्षिण˚ left; वाम˚ right &c. -5 Low, mean, vulgar, ordinary; इतर इव परिभूय ज्ञानं मन्मथेन जडीकृतः K.154,16,23,273. इतर-इतर the one-the other, this-that. -Comp. -इतर pron. a. respective, reciprocal, one with another (chiefly in oblique cases or in comp.); वियुक्तावितरेतरम् Ms.9.12; ˚काम्यया 3.35; R.7.54. ˚आश्रयः mutual dependence, inter-connection. ˚योगः 1 mutual connection or union, मोदितालिरितरेतरयोगात् Śi.1.24. -2 a variety of the Dvandva compound (opp. समाहारद्वन्द्व) where each member of the compound is viewed separately; as प्लक्षन्यग्रोधौ छिनत्ति. -जनाः (pl.) 1 other men. -2 euphemistically said of certain beings considered as spirits of darkness of which Kubera is one. -जातीय a. Ordinary, common-place.
itarathā इतरथा ind. 1 In another manner, in a contrary manner. -2 Perversely. -3 On the other hand. यदि वा इतरथा ब्रह्मचर्यादेव प्रव्रजेत् Jābāla Up.4.
itaredyuḥ इतरेद्युः ind. P.V.3.22. On another day, the other day.
itas इतस् ind. [इतम्-तसिल् इशादेशः Tv.] 1 Hence, from here or hence. -2 From this person, from me; इतः स दैत्यः प्राप्तश्रीर्नेत एवार्हति क्षयम् Ku.2.55. -3 In this direction towards me, here; इतो निषीदेति विसृष्टभूमिः Ku.3.2; प्रयुक्तमप्य- स्त्रमितो वृथा स्यात् R.2.34; इतः स्वपिति केशवः &c. Bh.2.76; इतो गतमनुरागम् V.2; ˚गतवृत्तान्तं न स्मरति Ś.4 news of this place; इत इतो देवः this way, this way, my lord (in dramas). -4 Hence, for this reason, on this ground; इतश्च परमात्मैवेहात्ता भवितुमर्हति S. B.1.2.1. -5 From this world. -6 From this time. -इतः -इतः (a) on the one hand-on the other hand; इतस्तपस्विकार्यमितो गुरुजनाज्ञा Ś.2; (b) in one place-in another place, here-there; K.27; इतश्चेतश्च hither and thither; hence and thence, here and there, to and fro; इतश्चेतश्च धावताम्; now, therefore; इतस्ततः here and there, hither and thither, to and fro; लाङ्गूलविक्षेपविसर्पिशोभैरितस्ततश्चन्द्रमरीचिगौरैः Ku.1.13.
iti इति ind. 1 this particle is most generally used to report the very words spoken or supposed to be spoken by some one, as represented by quotation marks in English. The speech reported may be (1) a single word used merely to express what the form of the word is, when it is used as it is (शब्दस्वरूपद्योतक); कूजन्तं रामरामेति मधुरं मधुराक्षरम् Rāmarakṣā. अत एव गवित्याह Bhartṛi.; (2) or a substantive, which must be put in the nominative case when its meaning is to be indicated (प्रतिपदिकार्थद्योतक); चयस्त्विषामित्यवधारितं पुरा ... क्रमादमुं नारद इत्यबोधि सः Śi.1.3.; अवैमि चैनामनघेति R.14.4; दिलीप इति राजेन्दुः R.1.12; sometimes with acc. कैवर्तमिति यं प्राहुः Ms.1.34.; Bg.6.2; (3) or a whole sentence when इति is merely used at the end of that sentence; (वाक्यार्थद्योतक); ज्ञास्यसि कियद् भुजो मे रक्षति भौंर्वीकिणाङ्क इति Ś.1.13; तयोर्मुनिकुमारयोरन्यतरः कथयति अक्षमालामुपयचितुमागतो- स्मीति K.151. -2 Besides this general sense इति has the following senses:-(a) Cause, as expressed by 'because', 'since', 'on the ground that', in English; वैदेशिको$स्मीति पृच्छामि U.; पुराणमित्येव न साधु सर्वम् M.1.2, oft. with किम् q. v. (b) Purpose or motive, as expressed by 'that', 'in order that' शरीरस्य विनाशो मा भूदिति मयेदमु- त्क्षिप्य समानीतम् K.32; R.1.37. (c) Thus, to mark the conclusion (opp. अथ); इति प्रथमो$ङ्कः thus or here ends the first Act. (d) It is often used to include under one head a number of separate objects grouped together; पृथिव्यापस्तेजो वायुराकाशं कालो दिगात्मा मन इति द्रव्याणि T. S. (e) So, thus, in this manner; इत्युक्तवन्तं परिरभ्य दोर्भ्याम् Ki.11.8. (f) Of this nature or description; गौरश्वः पुरुषो हस्तीति जातिः. (g) As follows, to the following effect; रामाभिधानो हरिरित्युवाच R.13.1. (h) As for, in the capacity of, as regards, showing capacity or relation; पितेति स पूज्यः, अध्यापक इति निन्द्यः, शीघ्रमिति सुकरं, निभृतमिति चिन्तनीयं भवेत् Ś.3. (i) It is often used with the name of an author to form an Avyayibhāva comp. इतिपाणिनि thus according to Pāṇini. (j) Illustration (usually with आदि); इन्दुरिन्दुरिव श्रीमानित्यादौ तदनन्वयः Chandr.; गौः शुश्चलो डित्थ इत्यादौ K. P.2. (k) A quotation or an opinion accepted; इति पाणिनिः, इत्यापिशलिः, इत्यमरः, विश्वः &c. (l) It is often used by commentators after quoting a rule in the sense of 'according to such a rule'; शकि लिङ् च (P.III.3.172) इति शक्यार्थे लिङ् Malli. Other senses mentioned are:- (m) Manifestation. (n) Order. (o) Arrangement. (p) Identity. (q) Proximity. (r) Visibility. (s) Excess or superiority. (t) Requiring. (इति स्वरूपे सान्निध्ये विवक्षानियमे मते । हेतौ प्रकार- प्रत्यक्षप्रकाशेप्यवधारणे, एकमर्थे समाप्तौ च ॥ Hem.). -Comp. -अर्थः sum and substance, meaning in short (often) used by commentators). -अर्थम् ind. for this purpose, hence. -आदि a. having such a thing or things at the beginning, so forth, et cætera (&c.). इत्यादिप्रचुराः पुरातन- कथाः सर्वेभ्य एवं श्रुताः Udb. -उक्तम् information, report. -कथ a. 1 not fit to be believed, untrustworthy. -2 wicked, lost. (-था) a meaningless or nonsensical talk. -कर्तव्य, -करणीय, -कार्य, -कृत्य a. proper or necessary to be done according to certain rules. (-कर्तव्यम्, -णीयम्) duty, obligation; श्रूयतामितिकर्तव्यं सर्वानेव ब्रवीमि वः Rām.2.68.5. एवं सर्वं विधायेदमितिकर्तव्यमात्मनः Ms.7.14 2. संसिद्धावितिकरणीयसंनिबद्धैरालापैः Ki.7.17. ˚ता, -कार्यता, -कृत्यता any proper or necessary duty, obligation; स मुहूर्तमिव घ्यात्वा विनिश्चित्येतिकृत्यताम् Mb.3.36.4. इति- कर्तव्यतामूढः wholly at a loss what to do, embarrassed, perplexed. -पाणिनि ind. Thus according to Pāṇini's very words. -मात्र a. of such extent or quality. -वृत्तम् 1 occurrence, event. -2 a tale, story.
indraḥ इन्द्रः [इन्द्-रन्; इन्दतीति इन्द्रः; इदि ऐश्वर्ये Malli.] 1 The lord of gods. -2 The god of rain, rain; cloud; इन्द्रो वरुणः सोमो रुद्रः । शं न इन्द्रो बृहस्पतिः Tait. Vp.1.1.1. Bṛi. Up.1.4.11. -3 A lord or ruler (as of men &c.). इन्द्रो- मायाभिः पुरुरूप ईयते Bṛi. Up.2.5.19. first or best (of any class of objects), always as the last member of comp.; नरेन्द्रः a lord of men i. e. a king; so मृगेन्द्रः a lion; गजेन्द्रः the lord or chief of elephants; so योगीन्द्रः, कपीन्द्रः. -4 A prince, king. -5 The pupil of the right eye. -6 N. of the plant कुटज. -7 Night. -8 One of the divisions of भारतवर्ष. -9 N. of the 26th Yoga. -1 The human or animal soul. -11 A vegetable poison. -12 The Yoga star in the 26th Nakṣatra. -13 Greatness. -14 The five objects of senses. -द्रा 1 The wife of Indra, Indrāṇī. -2 N. of a plant (मरुबक Mar. मरवा) [Indra, the god of the firmament, is the Jupiter Pluvius of the Indian Āryans. In the Vedas he is placed in the first rank among the gods; yet he is not regarded as an uncreated being, being distinctly spoken of in various passages of the Vedas as being born, and as having a father and a mother. He is sometimes represented as having been produced by the gods as a destroyer of enemies, as the son of Ekāṣṭakā, and in Rv.1.9.13 he is said to have sprung from the mouth of Puruṣa. He is of a ruddy or golden colour, and can assume any form at will. He rides in a bright golden chariot drawn by two tawny horses. His most famous weapon is the thunderbolt which he uses with deadly effect in his warfare with the demons of darkness, drought and inclement weather, variously called Ahi, Vṛitra, Śambar, Namuchi &c. He storms and breaks through their castles, and sends down fertilizing showers of rain to the great delight of his worshippers. He is thus the lord of the atmosphere, the dispenser of rain, and governor of the weather. He is represented as being assisted by the Maruts or storm-gods in his warfare. Besides the thunderbolt he uses arrows, a large hook, and a net. The Soma juice is his most favourite food, and under its exhilarating influence he performs great achievements (cf. Rv.1.119), and pleases his devout worshippers, who are said to invite the god to drink the juice. He is their friend and even their brother; a father, and the most fatherly of fathers; the helper of the poor, and the deliverer and comforter of his servants. He is a wall of defence; his friend is never slain or defeated. He richly rewards his adorers, particularly those who bring him libations of Soma, and he is supplicated for all sorts of temporal blessings as cows, horses, chariots, health, intelligence, prosperous days, long life, and victory in war. In the Vedas Indra's wife is Indrānī, who is invoked among the goddesses. Such is the Vedic conception of Indra. But in later mythology he falls in the second rank. He is said to be one of the sons of Kaśyapa and Dākṣāyaṇī or Aditi. He is inferior to the triad Brahmā, Viṣṇu and Maheśa (though in some places Viṣṇu is regarded as his younger brother, cf. R.14.59,15.4), but he is the chief of all the other gods, and is commonly styled Sureśa, Devendra &c. As in the Vedas so in later mythology, he is the regent of the atmosphere, and of the east quarter, and his world is called Svarga. He sends the lightning, uses the thunderbolt and sends down rain. He is frequently at war with Asuras, whom he constantly dreads, and by whom he is sometimes defeated. The Indra of mythology is famous for his incontinence and adultery, one prominent instance of which is his seduction of Ahalyā, the wife of Gautama (see Ahalyā), and for which he is often spoken of as Ahalyā-jāra. The curse of the sage impressed upon him a 1 marks resembling the female organ, and he was therefore called Sayoni; but these marks were afterwards changed into eyes, and he is hence called Netra-yoni and Sahasrākṣa. In the Rāmāyana Indra is represented as having been defeated and carried off to Laṅkā by Ravaṇa's son called Meghanāda, who for this exploit received the title of 'Indrajit'. It was only at the intercession of Brahmā and the gods that Indra was released, and this humiliation was regarded as a punishment for his seduction of Ahalyā. He is also represented as being in constant dread of sages practising potent penances, and as sending down nymphs to beguile their minds (see Apsaras). In the Purāṇas he is said to have destroyed the offspring of Diti in her womb, and to have cut off the wings of mountains when they grew troublesome. Other stories are also told in which Indra was once worsted by Raja, grandson of Purūravas, owing to the curse of Durvāsas, and other accounts show that he and Kṛiṣna were at war with each other for the Pārijāta tree which the latter wanted to remove from Svarga, and which he succeeded in doing in spite of Indra's resistance. His wife is Indrāṇī, the daughter of the demon Puloman, and his son is named Jayanta. He is also said to be father of Arjuna. His epithets are numerous; mostly descriptive of his achievements, e. g. वृत्रहन्, बलभिद्, पाकशासन, गोत्रभिद्, पुरंदर, शतक्रतु, जिष्णु, नमुचिसूदन &c. (see Ak.I.1.44.47). The Heaven of Indra is Svarga; its capital, Amarāvatī; his garden, Nandana; his elephant, Airāvata; his horse, Uchchaiśravas; his bow, the rain-bow, and his sword, Paranja.]. -Comp. -अग्निः the fire produced from the contact of clouds; ˚धूमः frost, snow; ˚देवता the 16th lunar mansion. -अनुजः, -अवरजः an epithet of Viṣṇu and of Nārāyaṇa (उपेन्द्र); तस्थौ भ्रातृसमीपस्थः शक्रस्येन्द्रानुजो यथा Rām.6.91.4. -अरिः an Asura or demon. -अवसानः a desert. -अशनः 1 hemp (dried and chewed). -2 the shrub which bears the seed used in jeweller's weight, (गुंजावृक्ष). -आयुधम् Indra's weapon, the rainbow; इन्द्रा- युधद्योतिततोरणाङ्कम् R.7.4,12.79; K.127. (-ध) 1 N. of the horse in Kādambarī (i. e. Kapiñjala changed into a horse). -2 a horse marked with black about the eyes. -3 a diamond. (-धा) a kind of leech. -आसनम् 1 the throne of Indra. -2 a throne in general. -3 a foot of five short syllables. -इज्यः N. of बृहस्पति the preceptor of gods. -ईश्वरः one of the forms of Śiva-liṅga. -उत्सवः a festival honouring Indra. -ऋषभ a. having Indra as a bull, or impregnated by Indra, an epithet of the earth. इन्द्रऋषभा द्रविणे नो दधातु Av.12.1.6. -कर्मन् m. an epithet of Viṣṇu (performing Indra's deeds). -कान्तः A class of the four-storeyed buildings. (Mānasāra 21.6-68). -कीलः 1 N. of the mountain मन्दर. -2 a rock. (-लम्) 1 the banner of Indra. -2 A pin, nail, bolt फालका भाजनोर्ध्वे तु तदूर्ध्वे चेन्द्रकीलकम् (Mānasāra 12.126). cf. also Kau. A.2.3. -कुञ्जरः Indra's elephant, Airāvata. -कूटः N. of a mountain -कृष्ट a. 'ploughed by Indra', growing exuberantly or in a wild state. (-ष्टः) a kind of corn produced by rain-water. -केतुः Indra's banner. -कोशः, -षः, -षकः, -ष्ठः 1 a couch, sofa, which is generally made up of covering pieces of perforated wooden planks; cf. अट्टालक- प्रतोलीमध्ये त्रिधानुष्काधिष्ठानं-इन्द्रकोशं कारयेत् Kau. A.2.3. -2 a platform. -3 a projection of the roof of a house. -4 A pin or bracket projecting from the wall (नागदन्त). A projection of the roof of a house forming a kind of balcony; Kau. A.24. -गिरिः the महेन्द्र mountain. -गुरुः, -आचार्यः the teacher of Indra; i. e. बृहस्पति. -गोपः, -गोपकः [इन्द्रो गोपो रक्षको$स्य, वर्षाभवत्वात्तस्य] a kind of insect of red or white colour; Śukra.4.157; K.1. -चन्दनम् the white sandal wood. -चापम्, -धनुस् n. 1 a rainbow; विद्युत्वन्तं ललितवनिताः सेन्द्रचापं सचित्राः Me.64; Śi.7.4. -2 the bow of Indra -चिर्भटा A mild variety of Colocynth. The leaf is tripartite, rough and wrinkled. (Mar. कंवडळ, applied often as इन्द्रावण in the sense of vile, malignant, dark and hateful.) -च्छदः A necklace of pearls having 18 strings. -च्छन्दस् n. [इन्द्र इव सहस्रनेत्रेण सहस्रगुच्छेन च्छाद्यते] a necklace consisting of 1 strings. -जः N. of Vālī. -जतु n. Bitumen (Mar. शिलाजित). -जननम् Indra's birth. -जननीय a. treating of Indra's birth (as a work). -जा a. Ved. born or arising from Indra. Av.4.3.7. -जालम् [इन्द्रस्य परमेश्वरस्य जालं मायेव] 1 the net of Indra. तेनाह- मिन्द्रजालेनामूंस्तमसाभि दधामि सर्वान् Av.8.8.8. -2 a weapon used by Arjuna; a stratagem or trick in war. -3 deception, cheating. -4 conjuring, jugglery, magical tricks; इन्द्रजालं च मायां वै कुहका वा$पि भीषणा Mb.5.16.55. स्वप्नेन्द्रजालसदृशः खलु जीवलोकः Śānti.2.2; K.15. -जालिक a. [इन्द्रजाल-ठन्] deceptive, unreal, delusive. (-कः) a juggler, conjurer. -जित् m. 'conqueror of Indra', N. of a son of Rāvaṇa who was killed by Lakṣmaṇa. [Indrajit is another name of Meghanāda a son of Rāvaṇa. When Rāvaṇa warred against Indra in his own heaven, his son Meghanāda was with him, and fought most valiantly. During the combat, Meghanāda, by virtue of the magical power of becoming invisible which he had obtained from Śiva, bound Indra, and bore him off in triumph to Laṅkā. Brahmā and the other gods hurried thither to obtain his release, and gave to Meghanāda the title of Indrajit, 'conqueror of Indra'; but the victor refused to release his prisoners unless he were promised immortality. Brahmā refused to grant this extravagant demand, but he strenuously persisted, and achieved his object. In the Rāmāyaṇa he is represented to have been decapitated by Lakṣmaṇa while he was engaged in a sacrifice]. ˚हन्तृ or विजयिन् m. N. of Lakṣmaṇa. -ज्येष्ठ a. Ved. led by Indra. -तापनः the thundering of clouds. -तूलम्, -तूलकम् a flock of cotton. -दमनः the son of Bāṇāsura. -दारुः the tree Pinus Devadāru. -द्युति Sandal -द्रुः, -द्रुमः 1 the plant Terminalia Arjuna (अर्जुन). -2 The plant कुटज. -द्वीपः, -पम् one of the 9 Dvīpas or Divisions of the continent (of India). -धनुः N. of Indra's bow, the rainbow; स एकव्रा- त्यो$भवत्स धनुरादत्त तदेवेन्द्रधनुः Av.15.1.6. -ध्वजः 1 a flag raised on the 12th day of the bright half of Bhādra. -2 Indra's weapon; विस्रस्ताकल्पकेशस्रगिन्द्रध्वज इवापतत् Bhāg.1.44.22. -नक्षत्रम् Indra's lunar mansion फल्गुनी. -नेत्रम् 1 the eye of Indra. -2 the number one thousand. -नीलः [इन्द्र इव नीलः श्यामः] a sapphire; परीक्षाप्रत्ययैर्यैश्च पद्मरागः परीक्ष्यते । त एव प्रत्यया दृष्टा इन्द्रनीलमणेरपि ॥ Garuḍa. P.; R.13.54;16.69; Me.48,79. -नीलकः an emerald. -पत्नी 1 Indra's wife, शची. -पर्णी, -पुष्पा N. of a medicinal plant (Mar. कळलावी). -पर्वतः 1 the महेन्द्र mountain. -2 a blue mountain. -पुत्रा N. of अदिति. -पुरोगम, -पुरःसर, -श्रेष्ठ a. led or preceded by Indra, having Indra at the head. -पुरोहितः N. of बृहस्पति. (-ता) the asterism Puṣya. -प्रमतिः N. of the pupil of Paila and the author of some ṛiks of the Rv. -प्रस्थम् N. of a city on the Yamunā, the residence of the Paṇḍavas (identified with the modern Delhi); इन्द्रप्रस्थगमस्तावत्कारि मा सन्तु चेदयः Śi.2.63. -प्रहरणम् Indra's weapon, the thunderbolt. -भगिनी N. of Pārvatī. -भेषजम् dried ginger. -मखः a sacrifice in honour of Indra. -महः 1 a festival in honour of Indra. -2 the rainy season; ˚कामुकः a dog. -मादन a. animating or delighting Indra; ये वायव इन्द्रमादनासः Rv.7.92.4. -मेदिन् a. Ved. whose friend or ally is Indra; इन्द्रमेदी सत्वनो नि ह्वयस्व Av.5.2-.8. -यज्ञः (See इन्द्रमह and इन्द्रमख) श्वो$स्माकं घोषस्योचित इन्द्रयज्ञो नामोत्सवः भविष्यति Bālacharita I. -यवः, -वम् seed of the Kutaja tree. -लुप्तः, -प्तम्, -लुप्तकम् 1 excessive baldness of the head. -2 loss of beard. -लोकः Indra's world, Svarga or Paradise. -लोकेशः 1 lord of Indra's world, i. e. Indra. -2 a guest (who, if hospitably received, confers paradise on his host). -वंशा, -वज्रा N. of two metres, see Appendix. -वल्लरी, -वल्ली N. of a plant (पारिजात) or of इन्द्रवारुणी. -वस्तिः [इन्द्रस्य आत्मनः वस्तिरिव] the calf (of the leg). -वाततम a. Ved. desired by Indra. अस्मे ऊतीरिन्द्रवाततमाः Rv.1.6.6. -वानकम् A variety of diamonds. Kau. A.2.11. -वायू (du.) Indra and Vāyu. इन्द्रवायू उभाविह सुहवेह हवामहे Av.3.2.6. -वारुणी, -वारुणिका Colocynth, a wild bitter gourd cucumis colocynthis. (Mar. मोठी कंवडळ) किमिन्द्रवारुणी राम सितया कटुकीयते Laghu Yoga-vāsiṣṭha-sāra X. सौवर्चलं हरिद्रा च पिप्पली चेन्द्रवारुणिः । मूत्र- कृच्छ्रे प्रशंसन्ति पिण्डो$यं वाजिनां हितः ॥ शालिहोत्र of भोज 33. -वाह् a. carrying Indra. -वृक्षः the Devadāru tree. -वृद्धा a kind of abscess. -वैडूर्यम् a kind of precious stone. -व्रतम् Indra's rule of conduct; one of the duties of a king (who is said to follow इन्द्रव्रत when he distributes benefits as Indra pours down rain); वार्षिकांश्चतुरो मासान् यथेन्द्रो$प्यभिवर्षति । तथाभिवर्षेत्स्वं राष्ट्रं कामैरिन्द्रव्रतं चरन् ॥ Ms.9.34. -शक्तिः f. Indrāṇī, the wife of Indra, or his energy personified. -शत्रुः 1 an enemy or destroyer of Indra (when the accent is on the last syllable), an epithet of प्रह्लाद; इन्द्रशत्रो विवर्धस्व मा चिरं जहि विद्विषम् Bhāg.6.9.12. बलिप्रदिष्टां श्रियमाददानं त्रैविक्रमं पादमिवेन्द्रशत्रुः R.7.35. -2 [इन्द्रः शत्रुः यस्य] one whose enemy is Indra, an epithet of वृत्र (when the accent is on the first syllable). (This refers to a legend in the Śat. Br., where it is said that Vṛitra's father intended his son to become the destroyer of Indra, and asked him to say इन्द्रशत्रुर्वधस्व &c. but who, through mistake, accented the word on the first syllable, and was killed by Indra; cf. Śik.52; मन्त्रो हीनः स्वरतो वर्णतो वा मिथ्याप्रयुक्तो न तमर्थमाह । स वाग्वज्रो यजमानं हिनस्ति यथेन्द्रशत्रुः स्वरतो$पराधात् ॥ -शलभः a kind of insect (इन्द्रगोप). -संजयम् N. of a sāman. Arṣeya Br. -संधा connection or alliance with Indra. तयाहमिन्द्रसंधया सर्वान् देवानिह हुव Av.11.1.9. -सारथिः 1 N. of Mātali. -2 an epithet of Vāyu, driving in the same carriage with Indra; Rv.4.46.2. -सावर्णिः N. of the fourteenth Manu. -सुतः, -सूनुः 1 N. of (a) Jayanta; (b) Arjuna; (c) Vāli, the king of monkeys. -2 N. of the अर्जुन tree. -सुरसः, -सुरा a shrub the leaves of which are used in discutient applications (निर्गुंडी). -सेनः N. of several men; of Bali; of a mountain; Bhāg.8.2.23. -सेना 1 Indra's missile or host. -2 Indra's army; Rv.1.12.2. -सेनानीः the leader of Indra's armies, epithet of Kārtikeya. -स्तुत् m. -स्तोमः 1 praise of Indra; N. of a particular hymn addressed to Indra in certain ceremonies. -2 a sacrifice in honour of Indra. -हवः invocation of Indra; भद्रान् कृण्वन्निन्द्रहवान्त्सखिभ्य Rv.9.96.1. -हस्तः a kind of medicament.
indriya इन्द्रिय a. Fit for or belonging to or agreeable to, Indra. -यः A friend or companion of Indra. -यम् [इन्द्र-घ; इन्द्रेण दुर्जयम्; by P.V.2.93 इन्द्रियमिन्द्रलिङ्गमिन्द्रदृष्ट मिन्द्रसृष्टमिन्द्रजुष्टमिन्द्रदत्तमिति वा] 1 Power, force, the quality which belongs to Indra. -2 An organ of sense, sense, or faculty of sense. (Indriyas are often compared to restive horses, which, if not properly checked, will lead one astray; cf. मा भूवन्नपथवरास्तवेन्द्रियाश्वाः Ki.5.5). There are two kinds of Indriyas:- (a) ज्ञानेन्द्रियाणि or बुद्धीन्द्रियाणि; श्रोत्रं त्वक्चक्षुणी जिह्वा नासिका चैव पञ्चमी (also मनः according to some); and (b) कर्मेन्द्रियाणिः -पायूपस्थं हस्तपादं वाक् चैव दशमी स्मृता Ms.2.9. Ms. further adds एकादशं मनो ज्ञेयं स्वगुणेनोभयात्मकम् । यस्मिञ् जिते जितावेतौ भवतः पञ्चकौ गणौ ॥ In the Vedanta मनः, बुद्धि, अहंकार and चित्त are said to be the four internal organs, the total number of organs being, therefore, 14, each presided over by its own ruler or नियन्तृ. In Nyāya each organ is connected with its own peculiar element; the eye, ear, tongue, nose, and skin being connected respectively with Light or fire, Ether, Water, Earth and Air. -3 Bodily or virile power, power of the sense. -4 Semen; गणिकान्नमथेन्द्रियम् Mb.12.36.28. -5 Symbolical expression for the number '5'. -Comp. -अगोचर a. imperceptible. -अर्थः 1 an object of sense; these objects are:- रूपं शब्दो गन्धरसस्पर्शाश्च विषया अमी Ak.; इन्द्रियस्येन्द्रियस्यार्थे रागद्वैषौ व्यवस्थितौ Bg.3.34; Bh.3.5.8; R.14.25. -2 anything exciting these senses. -असङ्गः non-attachment to sensual objects, stoicism. -आत्मन् m. 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -2 an organ of sense. -आदिः the principle called ahaṅkāra (in Sāṅ. Phil.). -आयतनम् 1 the abode of the senses, i. e. the body. -2 the soul. -आराम a. given to enjoying the objects of sense; अघायुरिन्द्रियारामो मोघं पार्थ स जीवति Bg.3.16. -ईशः the soul. -गोचर a. perceptible to the senses. (-रः) an object of sense; पञ्च चेन्द्रियगोचराः Bg.13.5. -ग्रामः, -वर्गः the assemblage or collection of organs, the five organs of sense taken collectively; बलवानिन्द्रियग्रामो विद्वांसमपि कर्षति Ms.2.215, 1,175; निर्ववार मधुनीन्द्रियवर्गः Śi.1.3. -ज a. in one's presence, visible. -ज्ञानम् consciousness, the faculty of perception. -धारणा restraint of senses; स्थिरामिन्द्रिय- धारणाम् Kaṭh.2.6.11. -निग्रहः restraint of senses. -प्रसङ्गः sensuality. -बुद्धिः f. perception by the senses, exercise of any organ of sense. -बोधन a. exciting power; stimulating or sharpening the senses. (-नम्) any excitement of senses, a stimulus. -वधः insensibility. -विप्रतिपत्तिः f. perversion of the organs, wrong preception. -वृत्तिः f. function of the organs. -संप्रयोगः Functioning of senses with reference to objects. -सुख sensual pleasures; एवमिन्द्रियसुखानि निर्विशन्नन्यकार्यविमुखः स पार्थिवः R.19.47. -सन्निकर्षः the contact of an organ of sense (either with its object or with the mind). -स्वापः insensibility, unconsciousness, stupor.
il इल् 6 P. (इलति, इयेल, ऐलीत्, एलितुम्, इलित) or 1 U. (इलयति or एलयति, ऐलयीत् or ऐलिलत्) 1 To go, to move. -2 To sleep. -3 To throw, send, cast. -4 To keep still, not to move. -5 To become quiet. [cf. Germ. Eile, Gr. elao].
iva इव ind. 1 Like, as (showing उपमा or comparison); वागर्थाविव संपृक्तौ R.1.1; वैनतेय इव विनतानन्दनः K.5. -2 As if, as it were (denoting उत्प्रेक्षा); पश्यामीव पिनाकिनम् Ś.1.6. लिम्पतीव तमोङ्गानि वर्षतीवाञ्जनं नभः Mk.1.34. -3 Little, somewhat, perhaps; कडार इवायम् G. M. -4 (Added to interrogative words), 'Possibly', 'I should like to know', 'indeed'; विना सीतादेव्या किमिव हि न दुःखं रघुपतेः U.6.3; क इव of what sort, what like; क इव कालः Māl.2; what a long time has elapsed. -5 इव is frequently used with adverbs, especially with such as involve restriction, by way of emphasis in the sense of even or just so, just, exactly, quite, indeed, very; मुहूर्तमिव but for a moment; किंचिदिव just a little bit; so ईषदिव, नाचिरादिव, &c.; (इव is considered by grammarians as forming compounds with the word after which it stands; इवेन समासो विभक्त्यलोपश्च Vārt. on P.II.4.71. Sk.). -Comp. -उपमा f. A simile in which इव is used. Bk.1.41 is given as an illustration of इवोपमा.
iṣi इषि (षी) का [इष् गत्यादौ क्वुन् अत इत्वम्] 1 Reed, rush, stalk of grass; कुशकाशशरेषिकाः Rām.; Kaṭh.2.6.17. ˚अस्त्रम् R.12.23. -2 An arrow. -3 A sort of sugar-cane; Saccharum Spontaneum. -4 A small stick of wood or iron used to see whether gold in a crucible is melted or not. -5 A brush. -6 The eye-ball of an elephant. -7 A thorny plant; संनिकर्षादिषीकाभिर्मोचितः परमाद्भयात् Rām.2.8.3. -Comp. -तूलम् also इषीकतूलम् the point or upper part of a reed; इष्टकेषीकामालानां चिततूलभारिषु P.VI.3.35; यथेषीकातूलग्नौ प्रोतम् Ch. Up.5.24.3.
īrṣyā ईर्ष्या र्षा [ईर्ष्य्-अप्] Envy, jealousy, envy of another's success, spite, malice. ईर्ष्या (र्षा) लु, ईर्ष्यु (र्षु) a. Envious, impatient. ईर्ष्योर्मृतं मनः Av.6.18.2.
īṣat ईषत् ind. [ईष्-अति] 1 Slightly, to some extent, a little; ईषत् चुम्बितानि Ś.1.4; ईषच्च कुरुते सेवाम् Pt.1.141. Easily done, with very little exertion; ईषत्कार्यमिदं कार्यं कृतमासीन्न संशयः Rām.5.55.1. -Comp. -उष्ण a. tepid, slightly warm. -ऊन a. not quite complete, a little less than; ईषदूनार्धे कल्पप्. -कर a. 1 doing little. -2 easy to be accomplished; Mv.4. (-रम्) very little. -कार्य a. very easy, connected with slight effort; ईषत्कार्यो वधस्तस्य Mb.5.74.26. -गुण a. of little merit. -जलम् shallow water, a little water. -दर्शनम् a glance, sight, view, glimpse. -दीर्घः An almond. -नाद a. slightly sounding (a term applied to unaspirated soft consonants). -निमय a. exchanged for a little. -पाण्डु a. a little white or pale, whitish. (-ण्डुः) a pale or light-brown colour. -पान a. that of which a little is drunk. ईषत्पानः सोमो भवता Sk. आनोयुच् P.III.3.128. (-नम्) a small draught. -पुरुषः a mean or contemptible person. -बीजा Quince-seed, Dyrus Cydonia (Mar. वेदाणा). -रक्त a. pale red. (-क्तः) 1 pale-red colour. -2 undistinguishable colour. -लभ, -प्रलम्भ a. to be got for little. -विवृत a. slightly open. -वीर्यः Almond tree. -श्वास a. slightly resounding. -स्पृष्ट a. slightly touched (applied to the semivowels) ईषत्स्पृष्टमन्तस्थानम् Sk. -हासः slight laughter, a smile.
uccaghanam उच्चघनम् A secret smile, a laughter in the mind not expressed in the countenance.
uccāraḥ उच्चारः 1 Utterance, pronunciation, declaration; वर्ण˚, काम˚. -2 Excrement, dung, fæces; मातुरुच्चार एव सः H. Pr.16; मूत्रोच्चारसमुत्सर्गम् Ms.4.5. -3 Discharge (in general). -4 Passage (of heavenly bodies) to another zodiacal sign or asterism. -Comp. -प्रस्रवणम् Excrement (Jaina). -प्रस्रावस्थानम् A privy.
uccayaḥ उच्चयः 1 A collection, heap, multitude; रूपोच्चयेन Ś.2.1; पदोच्चयः S. D.2; cf. शिलोच्चय also. -2 Gathering, collecting (flowers &c); पुष्पोच्चयम् नाटयति Ś.4; Ku.3.61. -3 The knot of a woman's (wearing) garment (नीर्वाबन्ध); 'नारीकट्यंशुकग्रन्थौ नीवी स्यादुच्चयो$प्यथ' इति मार्तण्डः Ki.8.15, सखीव काञ्ची पयसा घनीकृता बभार वीतोच्चयबन्धमंशुकम् 51. -4 Nīvāra rice (collected by winnowing). -5 Prosperity, rise; उच्चयापचयौ H.3.126. -6 The opposite side of a triangle. -Comp. -अपचयौ Prosperity and decline, rise and fall.
ucchāsana उच्छासन a. [उत्क्रान्तः शासनम्] Not amenable to rule or command, ungovernable, unruly. उच्छास्त्र, °reeवर्तिन् a. 1 Contrary or opposed to शास्त्र (civil or religious law-books). -2 Deviating from or transgressing the law-books; न राज्ञः प्रतिगृह्णीयाल्लुब्धस्योच्छास्त्र- वर्तिनः Y.1.14; Ms.4.87.
ucchiṣṭa उच्छिष्ट p. p. 1 Left as a remainder -2 Rejected, abandoned; अन्˚ R.12.15. -3 Stale; ˚कल्पना stale idea or invention. -4 Unholy, impure; उच्छिष्टं तु यवक्रीतम- पकृष्टकमण्डलुम् Mb.3.136.14. -5 (Used actively). One who has not washed his mouth and hands after meals, and hence considered impure; न चोच्छिष्टः क्वचिद् व्रजेत् Ms.2.56; -ष्टम् 1 Leaving, fragments remainder, (especially of food or sacrifice); उच्छिष्टमपि चामेध्यम् Bg.17.1; नोच्छिष्टं कस्यचिद्दद्यात् Ms.2.56.; so द्विज˚, गृध्र˚. -2 Honey. -Comp. -अन्नम् leavings, offal. -गणपतिः (or गणेशः) (opposed to शुद्ध गणपति) Gaṇesa as worshipped by the उच्छिष्टs (or men who leave the remains of their food in their mouth during prayer). -चाण्डालिनी a form of the goddess मातङ्गी. -भोजन, -भोजिन्, -भोक्तृ a. one who eats the leavings of another or eats the leavings of offerings to gods (as an attendant upon an idol). चिकित्सिकस्य क्रूरस्योच्छिष्टभोजिनः Ms.4.212. -भोजनम् eating the leavings of another. -मोदनम् Wax.
utkram उत्क्रम् 1 U., 4 P. 1 To go up, step up, ascend; उत्क्रामन्तं स्थितं वापि Bg.15.1. -2 To step beyond; उत्क्रान्तशैशवौ R.15.33; past childhood. -3 To step out, go out or away, depart; ऊर्ध्वं प्राणा ह्युत्क्रामन्ति Ms.2.12; Mv.1. -4 To pass away, die; यच्चाप्युत्क्रामतीश्वरः Bg.15.8. -5 To go or pass over, omit. -6 To disregard, not to notice, neglect; आर्ष प्रमाणमुत्क्रम्य, धर्ममुत्क्रम्य Mb. -7 To transgress, violate; उत्क्रान्तसीमा Dk.11,97. -Caus. (क्रामयति) To cause to go up or ascend.
utkhāta उत्खात p. p. 1 Excavated, dug up. उत्खातं निधिशङ्कया क्षितितलं ध्माता गिरेर्धातवः Bh.3.4. -2 Extracted, drawn out; उत्खातं परित्यागशल्यम् U.3. -3 Uprooted, plucked up by the roots (lit.); लीला˚ uprooted in sport U.3. 16; Māl.9.34. -4 (fig.) (a) Eradicated, totally destroyed, annihilated; किमुत्खातं नन्दवंशस्य Mu.1; ˚लवणो मधुरेश्वरः प्राप्तः U.7. (b) Deposed, deprived of power or authority; फलैः संवर्धयामासुरुत्खातप्रतिरोपिताः R.4.37 (where उत्खात means 'uprooted' also). -तम् A hole, cavity, hollow, uneven ground; अनुत्खातस्तिमित not stopped by uneven ground; Ś.7.33. -Comp. -केलिः f. digging out earth in sport (by means of horns, tusks &c.); उत्खात- केलिः शृङ्गाद्यैर्वप्रक्रीडा निगद्यते.
uttama उत्तम a. [उद्-तमप्] 1 Best, excellent (oft. in comp.); उत्तमे शिखरे देवी Mahānār. Up.15.5. स उत्तमः पुरुषः Ch. Up.8.12.3. उत्तमः पुरुषस्त्वन्यः Bg.15.17. द्विजोत्तमः the best of Brāhmaṇas; so सुर˚, नर˚ &c.; प्रायेणाधममध्यमोत्तमगुणः संसर्गतो जायते Bh.2.67. -2 Foremost, uppermost, highest (opp. हीन, जघन्य). -3 Most elevated, chief, principal. -4 Greatest, first; स गच्छत्युत्तमस्थानम् Ms.2.249. -मः 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 The third person (= first person according to English phraseology). (pl.) N. of a people; Mb. -मा 1 An excellent woman. -2 A kind of pustule or pimple. -3 The plant Asclepias Rosea Roxb. (दुग्धिका; Mar. भुई- आंवळी, अळिता). -Comp. -उङ्गम् 'the best limb of the body', the head; कश्चिद् द्विषत्खङ्गहृतोत्तमाङ्गः R.7.51; Ms.1.93,8.3; Ku.7.41; Bg.11.27. the back; तान् क्षिप्रं व्रज सतताग्निहोत्रयाजिन् । मत्तुल्यो भव गरुडोत्तमाङ्गयानः ॥ Mb.7.143.48. -अधम a. high and low; ˚मध्यम good, middling, and bad; high, low, and middling; (the order is often reversed); cf. भक्षयित्वा बहून्मत्स्यानुत्तमाधम- मध्यमान् Pt.1.21. -अम्भस् n. a sort of satisfaction (acquiescence) one of the nine kinds of तुष्टि in Sāṅ. Phil. -अरणी the plant Asparagus Racemosus (इन्दीवरी शतावरी). -अर्धः 1 the best half. -2 the last half or part. -अर्ध्य a. pertaining to the best half. -अहः the last or latest day; a fine or lucky day. -उपपद a. one to whom the best term is applicable, best, excellent. ऋणः, ऋणिकः (उत्तमर्णः) a creditor (opp. अधमर्णः) धारेरुत्तमर्णः P.I.4.35; अधमर्णार्थसिद्धयर्थमुत्तमर्णेन चोदितः Ms.8.47,5; Y.2.42. Śukra.4.831. (pl.) N. of a people; V. P., Mārk. P. -ओजस् a. of excellent valour, N. of one of the warriors of the Mahābhārata; उत्तमौजाश्च वीर्यवान् Bg.1.6. -गन्धाढ्य a. possessing copiously the most delicious fragrance. -गुण a. of the best qualities, best, highest; विघ्नैः पुनः पुनरपि प्रतिहन्यमानाः प्रारब्धमुत्तमगुणा न परित्यजन्ति Mu.2.17. (v. l.) -दशतालम् A sculptural measurement in which the whole height of an image is generally divided into 12 equal parts. The same measurement in 112 equal parts is called उत्तमनवताल. -पदम् a high office. -पु (पू)- रुषः 1 the third person in verbal conjugation; (= first person according to English phraseology; in Sanskrit, verbs are conjugated by putting the English I st person last and 3 rd person first). -2 the Supreme Spirit. -3 an excellent man. -फलिनी f. The plant Oxystelma Esculentum (Mar. दुधी, दुधाणी). -लाभः an excellent profit. -वयसम् The last period of life; Śat. Br.12.9.1.8. -व्रता A wife devoted to the husband; हृदयस्येव शोकाग्निसंतप्तस्योत्तमव्रताम् Bk.9.87. -वेशः N. of Śiva. -शाखः 1 a tree having excellent branches. -2 N. of a region. -श्रुत a. Possessing the utmost learning. Rām. -श्लोक a. of excellent fame, illustrious, glorious, well-known, famous. -कः N. of Vi&stoa;ṇu, क उत्तमश्लोक- गुणानुवादात् पुमान् विरज्येत विना पशुघ्नात् Bhāg.1.1.4. -संग्रहः (˚स्त्री˚) intriguing with another man's wife, i. e. speaking with her privately, looking amorously at her &c. -साहसः, -सम् 1 the highest (of the fixed) pecuniary punishments; a fine of 1 (or according to some 8,) paṇas; Ms.9.24; Y.1.366; पणानां द्वे शते सार्धे प्रथमः साहसः स्मृतः । मध्यमः पञ्च विज्ञेयः सहस्रं त्वेष चोत्तमः ॥ Capital punishment, banishment, confiscation, and mutilation are also regarded as forms of this punishment.
uttara उत्तर a. [उद्-तरप्] 1 Being or produced in the north, northern (declined like a pronoun). -2 Upper, higher P.I.1.34 (opp. अधर); उत्तरे-अधरे दन्ताः Śat. Br.; अवनतोत्तरकायम् R.9.6; P.II.2.1. -3 (a) Later-latter, following, subsequent (opp. पूर्व); पूर्वमेघः, उत्तरमेघः, ˚मीमांसा; उत्तरार्धः &c. ˚रामचरितम् later adventures of Rāma U.1.2; पूर्वः उत्तरः former-latter H.1.9; एतानि मान्यस्थानानि गरीयो यद्यदुत्तरम् Ms.2.136. (b) Future; concluding; ˚कालः subsequent time; ˚फलम्; ˚वचनम् a reply. -4 Left (opp. दक्षिण). -5 Superior, chief, excellent; dominant, power- ful. आनयेङ्गुदिपिण्याकं चीरमाहर चोत्तरम् Rām.2.13.2; वाद्यमानेषु तूर्येषु मल्लतारोत्तरेषु च Bhāg.1.42.36. -6 Exceeding, transgressing, beyond; तर्कोत्तराम् Mv.2.6. -7 More, more than (generally as the last member of a comp. with numerals); षडुत्तरा विंशतिः 26; अष्टोत्तरं शतं 18; दशनागबलाः केचित् केचिद्दशगुणोत्तराः Rām.5.43.22. -8 Accompanied or attended with, full of, consisting chiefly of, followed by (at the end of comp.); राज्ञां तु चरितार्थता दुःखोत्तरैव Ś.5; चषकोत्तरा R.7.49; अस्रोत्तर- मीक्षिताम् Ku.5.61; उत्सवोत्तरो मङ्गलविधिः Dk.39,166; K.311; H.1.15; प्रवाल ˚पुष्पशय्ये R.6.5 over spread with; धर्मोत्तरम् 13.7 rich in; 18.7; कम्प ˚ 13.28;17.12; 19.23. -9 To be crossed over. -रः 1 Future time, futurity. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -3 N. of Śiva. -रा 1 The north; अस्त्युत्तरस्यां दिशि देवतात्मा Ku.1.1. -2 A lunar mansion. -3 N. of the daughter of Virāṭa and wife of Abhimanyu. -4 N. of a plant (Mar. पिंपरी). -रम् 1 An answer, reply; प्रचक्रमे च प्रतिवक्तुमुत्तरम् R.3.47; उत्तरादुत्तरं वाक्यं वदतां संप्रजायते Pt.1.6; a reply is suggested to a reply वचस्तस्य सपदि क्रिया केवलमुत्तरम् Śi. -2 (In law) Defence, a rejoinder. -3 The last part or following member of a compound. -4 (In Mīm.) The fourth member of an अधिकरण q. v. the answer. -5 The upper surface or cover. -6 Conclusion. -7 Remainder, rest, what followed or took place next; शान्तमथवा किमिहोत्तरेण U.3.26. -8 Superiority, excellence. -9 Result, the chief or prevalent result or characteristic. -1 Excess, over and above; see above (उत्तर a. 8). -11 Remainder, difference (in arith.). -12 A rectangular moulding (Mānasāra 13.67.) -13 The next step, further action; उत्तरं चिन्तयामास वानरो मरुतात्मजः Rām.5.13.59. -14 A cover (आच्छादन); सूस्करं सोत्तरबन्धुरेषम् Mb.6.6.9. -रम् ind. 1 Above. -2 Afterwards, after; तत उत्तरम्, इत उत्तरम् &c. शापं तं ते$भिविज्ञाय कृतवन्तः किमुत्तरम् Mb.1.36.1. -Comp. -अगारम् An upper room, garet. -अधर a. higher and lower (fig. also). (-रौ du.) the upper and under lip, the two lips; पुनर्विवक्षुःस्फुरितोत्तराधरः Ku.5.83 (स्फुरण- भूयिष्ठो$धरो यस्य Malli.). -अधिकारः, -रिता, -त्वम् right to property, heirship, inheritance. -अधिकारिन् m. an heir or claimant (subsequent to the death of the original owner). -अपरा north-west. -अभिमुख a. Turned towards the north. -अयनम् (˚यणं. न being changed to ण) 1 the progress of the sun to the north (of the equator); अग्निर्ज्योतिरहः शुक्लः षण्मासा उत्तरायणम् Bg.8.24. cf. भानोर्मकरसंक्रान्तेः षण्मासा उत्तरायणम् । कर्कादेस्तु तथैव स्यात् षण्मासा दक्षिणायनम् ॥ -2 the period or time of the summer solstice. -अरणिः, -णी f. the upper अरणि (which by cutting becomes the प्रमन्थ or churner); दारुपात्राणि सर्वाणि अरणिं चोत्तरारणिम् (दत्त्वा) Rām.6.111.116. -अर्थ a. for the sake of what follows. -अर्धम् 1 the upper part of the body. -2 the northern part. -3 the latter half (opp. पूर्वार्ध). -4 the further end. -अर्ध्य a. being on the northern side. -अहः the following day. -आभासः a false reply, an indirect, evasive, or prevaricating reply. ˚ता, -त्वम् the semblance of a reply without reality. -आशा the northern direction. ˚अधिपतिः, -पतिः the regent of the northern direction, an epithet of Kubera. -आषाढा 1 the 21st lunar mansion consisting of three stars. -2 N. of bread-fruit or Jak tree (Mar. फणस). -आसङ्गः 1 an upper garment; कृतोत्तरासङ्गम् K.43; Śi.2.19; Ku.5.16. -2 contact with the north. -इतर a. other than उत्तर i. e. southern. (-रा) the southern direction. -उत्तर a. [उत्तरस्मादुत्तरः] 1 more and more, higher and higher, further and further. -2 successive, ever increasing; ˚स्नेहेन दृष्टः Pt. 1; Y.2.136. (-रम्) 1 a reply to an answer, reply on reply; अलमुत्तरोत्तरेण Mu.3. -2 conversation, a rejoinder. -3 excess, exceeding quantity or degree. -4 succession, gradation, sequence. -5 descending. (-रम्) ind. higher and higher, in constant continuation, more and more. उत्तरोत्तरमुत्कर्षः K. P.1; उत्तरोत्तरं वर्धते H.1. -उत्तरिन् a. 1 ever-increasing. -2 one following the other. -ओष्ठः the upper lip (उत्तरो-रौ-ष्ठः). Vārt. on P.VI.1.94. ओत्वोष्ठयोस्समासे वा -काण्डम् the seventh book of the Rāmāyaṇa. -कायः the upper part of the body; तं वाहनादवनतोत्तरकायमीषत् R.9.6. -कालः 1 future time. -2 time calculated from one full moon to another. -कुरु (m. pl.) one of the nine divisions of the world, the country of the northern Kurus (said to be a country of eternal beatitude). -कोसलाः (m. pl.) the northern Kosalas; पितुरनन्तरमुत्तरकोसलान् R.9.1. -कोशला the city of Ayodhyā; यदुपतेः क्व गता मथुरा पुरी रघुपतेः क्व गतोत्तरकोशला ॥ Udb. -क्रिया funeral rites, obsequies. -खण्डम् the last section of book. -खण्डनम् refutation. -गीता N. of a section of the sixth book of the Mahābhārata. -ग्रन्थः supplement to a work. -च्छदः a bed-covering, covering (in general); शय्योत्तरच्छदविमर्द- कृशाङ्गरागम् R.5.65,17.21; नागचर्मोत्तरच्छदः Mb. -ज a. born subsequently or afterwards; चतुर्दश प्रथमजः पुनात्युत्तरजश्च षट् Y.1.59. -ज्या the versed sine of an arc (Wilson); the second half of the chord halved by the versed sine (B. and R.). -ज्योतिषाः (m. pl.) the northern Jyotiṣas. -ततिः f. Ectype (lit. subequent proceedings) उत्तरस्यां ततौ तत्प्रकृतित्वात् MS.1.4.25. शबर explains उत्तरस्यां ततौ as विकृतौ), -तन्त्रम् N. of a supplementary section in the medical work of Suśruta. -तापनीयम् N. of the second part of the नृसिंहतापनीयो- पनिषद्. -दायक a. replying, disobedient, pert, impertinent; दुष्टा भार्या शठं मित्रं भृत्याश्चोत्तरदायकाः H.2.11. -दिश् f. the north. ˚ईशः, -पालः 1 Kubera, the regent of the north. -2 the planet बुध. ˚बलिन् 1 the planet Venus. -2 the moon. -देशः the country towards the north. -धेय a. to be done subsequently. -नारायणः the second part of the नारायणसूक्त or पुरुषसूक्त (Rv.1.9.). -पक्षः 1 the northern wing or side. -2 the dark half of a lunar month. -3 the second part of an argument, i. e. a reply, the reason pro. (opp. पूर्वपक्ष); प्रापयन् पवनव्याधेर्गिरमुत्तरपक्षताम् Śi.2.15. -4 a demonstrated truth or conclusion. -5 the minor proposition in a syllogism. -6 (in Mīm.) the fifth member of an Adhikaraṇa, q. v. -पटः 1 an upper garment. -2 a bed-covering (उत्तरच्छदः). -पथः the northern way, way leading to the north; the northern country; P.V.1 77. उत्तरपथेनाहृतं च. -पथिक a. travelling in the northern country. -पदम् 1 the last member of a compound. -2 a word that can be compounded with another. -पदिक, -पदकीय a. relating to, studying, or knowing the last word or term. -पर्वतकम् A variety of hides. Kāu. A.2.11. -पश्चार्धः the northwestern half. -पश्चिम a. northwestern. (-मः) the north-western country. (-मा) [उत्तरस्याः पश्चिमायाश्च दिशोन्तरालम्] the north-west; आलोकयन्नुत्तरपश्चिमेन Mb.12.335.8. -पादः the second division of a legal plaint, that part which relates to the reply or defence; पूर्वपक्षः स्मृतः पादो द्वितीयश्चोत्तरः स्मृतः । क्रियापादस्तृतीयः स्याच्चतुर्थो निर्णयः स्मृतः ॥ -पुरस्तात् ind. north-eastward (with gen.). -पुराणम् N. of a Jaina work. -पुरुषः = उत्तमपुरुषः q. v. -पूर्व a. north-eastern. (-र्वा) the north-east. -प्रच्छदः a cover lid, quilt. -प्रत्युत्तरम् 1 a dispute, debate, a rejoinder, retort. -2 the pleadings in a law-suit. -फ (फा) ल्गुनी the twelfth lunar mansion consisting of two stars (having the figure of a bed). -भागः The second part. -भाद्रपद्, -दा 1 the 26 th lunar mansion consisting of two stars (figured by a couch). -2 N. of a plant (Mar. कडुनिंब). -मन्द्रा a loud but slow manner of singing. ˚मन्द्राद्या a. particular मूर्च्छना in music. -मात्रम् a mere reply. -मीमांसा the later Mīmāmsā, the Vedānta Philosophy, an inquiry into the nature of Brahman or Jñāna Kāṇḍa (distinguished from मीमांसा proper which is usually called पूर्वमीमांसा). -युगम् A particular measure (= 13 Aṅgulas). -रहित a. without a reply. -रामचरितम् -त्रम् N. of a celebrated drama by Bhavabhūti, which describes the later life of Rāma. -रूपम् The second of two combined vowels or consonants. -लक्षणम् the indication of an actual reply. -लोमन् a. having the hair turned upwards. -वयसम्, -स् n. old age, the declining period of life. -वरितः a kind of small syringe. -वल्ली f. N. of the second section of the काठकोपनिषद् when divided into two अध्यायs. -वस्त्रम्, -वासस् n. an upper garment, mantle, cloak; जग्राह तामुत्तरवस्त्रदेशे Mb.3.268. 24. -वादिन् m. 1 a defendant, respondent; (Opp. पूर्ववादिन्.) साक्षिषूभयतः सत्मु साक्षिणः पूर्ववादिनः । पूर्वपक्षे$धरीभूते भवन्त्युत्तरवादिनः ॥ Y.2.17. -2 one whose claims are of later date than another's. -विद् -वेदन or वेदिन् An elephant sensitive to slight stimuli (Mātaṅga L.1.29; 9.39). -वीथिः f. The northern orbit; Bṛi. S. -वेदिः 1 the northern altar made for the sacred fire. -2 N. of a Tīrtha near the कुरुक्षेत्र. -सक्थम् the left thigh. -संझित a. denoted or named in reply (as a witness). (-तः) hearsay-witness. -साक्षिन् m. 1 a witness for the defence. -2 a witness deposing to facts from the reports of others. -साधक a. 1 finishing what remains or follows, assisting at a ceremony. -2 who or what proves a reply. (-कः) an assistant, helper -हनुः Ved. the upper jaw-bone.
utprekṣā उत्प्रेक्षा 1 Conjecture, guess. -2 Disregarding, carelessness, indifference. -3 (In Rhet.) A figure of speech, 'Poetical fancy', which consists in supposing उपमेय and उपमान as similar to each other in some respects and in indicating, expressly or by implication, a probability of their identity based on such similarity; it is the imagining of one object under the character of another; संभावनमथोत्प्रेक्षा प्रकृतस्य परेण यत् K. P.1; e. g. लिम्पतीव तमो$ङ्गानि वर्षतीवाञ्जनं नभः Mk.1.34; स्थितः पृथिव्या इव मानदण्डः Ku.1.1. It is usually expressed by इव, or by words like मन्ये, शङ्के, ध्रुवम्, प्रायः, नूनम् &c. (see Kāv.2.234); cf. S. D.686-692 and R. G. under उत्प्रेक्षा also. -4 A parable. -5 An ironical comparison. -अवयवः A kind of simile -Comp. -वल्लभः N. of a poet.
utsah उत्सह् 1 Ā. 1 To be able, have power or energy; (expressed by 'can'); dare, venture (with inf.); तवानुवृत्तिं न च कर्तुमुत्सहे Ku.5.65; Ś.5; Mu.4.14; Śi.14.83; Bk.3.54,5.59,14.89, sometimes with acc. and dat. also; Pt.1. -2 To attempt, be prompted or incited; Ki.1.36; to cheer up, not to sink or give way; अज्ञवन्नोत्सहेथास्त्वम् Bk.19.16. -3 To feel at ease, enjoy pleasure; क्षणमप्युत्सहते न मां विना Ku.4.36. -4 To go forward, march on; K.249. -Caus. To encourage, excite, instigate, incite; वरुणोत्साहितेन वेधसा K.22; Bk.9.69.
utsāhaḥ उत्साहः [उद्-सह्-घञ्] 1 Effort, exertion; धृत्युत्साह- समन्वितः Bg.18.26. -2 Energy, inclination, desire; त्वद्दर्शनकृतोत्साहौ Rām.5.67.28. मन्दोत्साहः कृतो$स्मि मृगया- पवादिना माठव्येन Ś.2; ममोत्साहभङ्गं मा कृथाः H.3. do not damp my energy. -3 Perseverance, strenuous effort, energy, one of the three Śaktis or powers of a ruler (the other two being मन्त्र and प्रभाव); नीताविवोत्साहगुणेन सम्पद् Ku.1.22. -4 Determination, resolution; हसितेन भाविमरणोत्साहस्तया सूचितः Amaru.1. -5 Power, ability; सौरान्मन्त्रान् यथोत्साहम् (जपेत्) Ms.5.86. -6 Firmness, fortitude, strength. -7 (In Rhet.) Firmness or fortitude, regarded as the feeling which gives rise to the वीर or heroic sentiment; कार्यारम्भेषु संरम्भः स्थेयानुत्साह उच्यते S. D.3; परपराक्रमदानादिस्मृतिजन्मा औन्नत्याख्य उत्साहः R. G. -8 Happiness. -9 A thread. -1 Rudeness. -Comp. -योगः Bestowing one's energy, exercising one's strength; चारेणोत्साहयोगेन (विद्यान्महीपतिः) Ms.9.298. -वर्धनः the heroic sentiment (वीररस). (-नम्) increase of energy, heroism. -वृत्तान्तः plan or scheme of encouraging or exciting; Ś.2. -शक्तिः f. firmness, energy; see (3) above. -सम्पन्न a. active, energetic, persevering. -हेतुक a. one who encourages or excites to exertion; अपेहि रे उत्साहहेतुक Ś.2.
udās उदास् 2 Ā. [उद्-आस्] To be indifferent or unconcerned, be careless or apathetic; to be passive or inactive; तत्किमित्युदासते भरताः Māl.1; विधाय वैरं सामर्षे नरो$रौ य उदासते Śi.2.42; Bg.9.9; Sāṅ. K.2; not to share in; show no interest in; Mu.1.
udāsīna उदासीन pres. p. 1 Indifferent, unconcerned, apathetic, passive; उदासीनवदासीनम् Bg.9.9. तद्दर्शिनमुदासीनं त्वामेव पुरुषं विदुः Ku.2.13. (taking no part in the creation of the material universe); see साङ्ख्य; Pt.1. -2 (In law) Not involved in any dispute. -3 Neutral, (as a king or nation). -नः 1 A stranger. -2 A neutral, an indifferent person; अरिमित्रोदासीनव्यवस्था Mu.5; Ms.7.158; Y.1.345; Bg.6.9. -3 A common acquaintance.
udgrath उद्ग्रथ् 1, 9. U. 1 To bind up, tie into bundles. -2 To tie up, put or sew together (as garlands &c.); इयमुद्ग्रथते स्रजो विचित्राः Mu.1.4; tie or fasten, intertwine; लताप्रतानोद्ग्रथितैः स केशैः R.2.8. -3 To unbind, loosen (as a knot &c.). -Caus कर्माशयं ग्रथितमुद्ग्रथयन्ति सन्तः Bhāg.4.22.39; ग्रन्थिमुद्ग्रथयितुं हृदयेशे वाससः स्पृशति मानधनायाः Śi.1.63.
uddiś उद्दिश् 6 U. 1 To point out, signify, declare, denote, mention, tell; प्रथमोद्दिष्टमास्पदम् Ku.6.35; Ms.8.52, 3.182; Me.3; यथोद्दिष्टव्यापारा Ś3; अनेडमूक उद्दिष्टः शठे Med. denotes or signifies. -2 To enunciate, prophesy; त्वं साधुभिरुद्दिष्टः Ś.5. -3 To refer or allude to, have reference to; स्मरमुद्दिश्य Ku.4.38; Ś.6, see उद्दिश्य below. -4 To mean, intend, aim at, direct towards, destine for, assign to, dedicate to; K.4; उद्दिष्टामुपनिहितां भजस्व पूजाम् Māl.5.25; फलमुद्दिश्य Bg.17.21. -5 To explain, teach, advise; सतां केनोद्दिष्टं विषममसिधाराव्रतमिदम् Bh.2.28.
udvṛtta उद्वृत्त p. p. 1 Raised, elevated (स्तन, दन्त, मेघ &c.). गर्जन्तमुद्वृत्तशिताग्रदंष्ट्रम् Rām.6.59.95. -2 Flowing out, not contained in, swollen, overflowing; हृदयभरितोद्वृत्त- विस्मय Māl.4; अपामुद्वृत्तानाम् Mu.3.8 overflowing; उद्वृतः क इव सुखावहः परेषाम् Śi.8.18. (where उ˚ means also 'gone astray, ill-behaved'). -3 Grown, increased. -4 Exalted, prosperous. -5 Proud, furious, haughty; परिधत्त किमुद्वृत्ता राजद्रव्याण्यभीप्सथ Bhāg.1.41.35. ˚मृगपति K.9. -6 Vomited up. -7 Left as a remainder. -8 Ill-conducted, ill-mannered, rude. -9 Agitated; उद्वृत्तनक्रात् सहसोन्ममज्च R.16.79. -1 Turned up, opened wide (as eyes). -त्तः A particular position of the hands in dancing. -त्तम् (in astronomy) The east and west hour circle or six o'clock line.
unmatta उन्मत्त p. p. 1 drunk, intoxicated. -2 Insane, frantic, mad; द्वावत्रोन्मत्तौ V.2; अहो उन्मत्तास्मि संवृत्ता U. 3,5.3; Ś.6; Ms.9.79. -3 (a) Puffed, elevated. (b) Furious, wild; मदोन्मत्तस्य भूपस्य कुञ्जरस्य च गच्छतः Pt.1. 161; U.2; Śi.6.31. -4 Possessed by a ghost or an evil-spirit; Y.2.32; Ms.3.161 (वातपित्तश्लेष्मसंनिपातग्रह- संभवेनोपसृष्टः Mitā.). -5 Very great, abnormal. उन्मत्तवेगाः प्लवगा मधुमत्ताश्च हृष्टवत् Rām.5.62.12. -त्तः 1 the thorn apple (धत्तूर); N. of another tree (मुचकुन्द). -2 N. of one of the eight forms of Bhairava. -Comp. -कीर्तिः, -वेशः N. of Śiva. -गङ्गम् N. of a country (where the Gaṅgā roars furiously along). -दर्शन, -रूप a. maniac-like, mad in appearance. -प्रलपित a. spoken in drunkenness or madness. (-तम्) the words of a madman. -भैरवः A form of Bhairava. ˚वी A form of Durgā. -लिङ्गिन् a. pretending to be mad.
upakāraḥ उपकारः 1 Service, help, assistance, favour, kindness, obligation (opp. अपकार); अशक्यो द्रव्यपदार्थिकेन द्रव्यस्य गुणकृत उपकारः प्रतिज्ञातुम् Mbh. on P.II.1.1. उपकारापकारौ हि लक्ष्यं लक्षणमेतयोः Śi.2.37; शाम्येत्प्रत्यपकारेण नोपकारेण दुर्जनः Ku.2.4,3.73; Y.3.284; Pt.1.22; उपकारे वृत् to be of service or useful (to another); -2 Preparation. -3 Ornament, decoration. -4 Particularly, flowers, garlands &c. suspended at gate-ways as embellishments on festive occasions. -री 1 A royal tent, palace. -2 Caravansera.
upacarya उपचर्य pot. p. [P.III.1.1] 1 To be served or waited upon; to be honoured or worshipped; उपचर्यः स्त्रिया साध्व्या सततं देववत्पतिः Ms.5.154; अनुपचर्ये (भृत्ये) Pt.1.11 not requiring flattery, unassuming; दुःख˚ Mu.3.5 difficult to serve. -र्या 1 Service, attendance. -2 Physicking, treating, curing.
upacāraḥ उपचारः 1 Service, attendance; honouring worshipping, entertaining; Mk.4; अस्खलितोपचाराम् R.5.2; K.344. -2 Civility, politeness, courtesy, polite behaviour, (external display of courtesy); ˚परिभ्रष्टः H.1.114. devoid of civility, uncourteous; ˚विधिर्मनस्विनीनाम् M.3.3; उपचारैरुपाचरत् Ks.16.29; मिथ्योपचारैश्च वशीकृतानाम् H.1.75; नोपचारेण ब्रूयाः Rām.; ˚पदं न चेदिदम् Ku.4.9. a merely complimentary saying, a flattering compliment; ˚मात्रमधुरम् K.222,27; M.4; ˚क्रिया Ms. 8.357 showing marks of favour, courting, (sending perfumes &c.). -3 Salutation, usual or customary obeisance, homage; नोपचारमर्हन्ति Ś.3.17; ˚यन्त्रणया M.4; ˚अतिक्रमम् 4,5; ˚अञ्जलिः R.3.11 folding the hands in salutation. -4 A form or mode of address or salutation; तेन वाक्योपचारेण विस्मिताः राजसत्तमाः Mb.5.162. 45; रामभद्र इत्येव मां प्रत्युपचारः शोभते तातपरिजनस्य U.1; यथा गुरुस्तथोपचारेण 6; V.5; Śi.9.78. -5 External show or form, ceremony; प्रावृषेण्यैरेव लिङ्गैर्मम राजोपचारः V.4 royal service, pomp or state of royalty; भूषणाद्युप- चारेण Mu.3.23. v. l. -6 A remedy, physicking, application of cure, of remedy; शिशिर˚ Dk.15; शीत˚ Pt.1; Dk.23; K.12. -7 Practice, performance, art, conduct, management, procedure; व्रतचर्या˚ Ms.1. III; प्रसाधन˚ 1.32,9.259; कामोपचारेषु Dk.81 in the conduct of love-affairs; समन्त्रं सोपचारम् (अस्त्रम्) Mb.; अवेशसदृशप्रणयोपचाराम् Mk.8.23 course of love &c.; वाक्यो- पचारे कुशला Rām.2.44.3 skilled in the employment of words; use, usage; यत्र लौकिकानामुपचारः v. l. for व्याहारः in U.6. -8 Means of doing homage or showing respect; प्रकीर्णाभिनवोपचारम् (राजमार्गम्) R.7.4 (hanging garlands &c.); 5.41. -9 Hence, any necessary or requisite article (of worship, ceremony, decoration, furniture &c.); presenting flowers, perfumes &c.; सन्मङ्गलोपचाराणाम् R.1.77; क्लृप्तोपचारां चतुरस्रवेदीम् Ku.7.88; कुसुमैः कृतोपचारः V.2; so ˚रमणीयतया Ś.6; ˚वत्सु मञ्चेषु R.6.1 the necessary decorations (canopy &c.); (the Upachāras or articles of worship are variously numbered, being 5, 1, 16, 18 or 64). -1 Behaviour, conduct, demeanour; वैश्यशूद्रोपचारं च Ms.1.116; (religious) conduct in life; साधूनामुपचारज्ञः Rām.; परिजन˚ Mk.1. -11 Use, employment; K.183. -12 Any religious performance, a ceremony; प्रयुक्तपाणिग्रहणोपचारौ Ku.7.86; Mv.1.24. -13 (a) Figurative or metaphorical use, secondary application (opp. मुख्य or primary sense); अचेतने$पि चेतनवदुपचारदर्शनात् Ś. B; कूलं पिपतिषतीत्यचेतने$पि कूले चेतनवदुपचारो दृश्यते Mbh. on P.IV. 3.86 personification; so छत्रिणो गच्छन्तीत्येकेनापि छत्रिणा बहूनां छत्रित्वोपचारदर्शनात् Ś. B.; करणे कर्तृत्वोपचारात् ibid.; न चास्य करधृतत्वं तत्त्वतो$स्तीति मुख्ये$पि उपचार एव शरणं स्यात् K. P.1. (b) Supposed or fancied identification founded on resemblance; उभयरूपा चेयं शुद्धा उपचारेणामिश्रि- तत्वात् K. P.2. (S. D. explains उपचार by अत्यन्तं विशकलितयोः सादृश्यातिशयमहिम्ना भेदप्रतीतिस्थगनमात्रम्). -14 A bribe. -15 A pretext; Śi.1.2. -16 A request, solicitation. -17 Occurrence of स् and ष् in the place of Visarga. -18 N. of a परिशिष्ट of the Sāmaveda. -Comp. -च्छलम् A kind of fallacious inference to be refuted by reference to the real sense of a word used metaphorically, e. g. if any one from the sentence मञ्चाः क्रोशन्ति were to conclude that the मञ्च (platform) really cries and not persons on the platform. Nyāyadarśana. -पदम् A courteous or polite word, a mere compliment. उपचारपदं न चेदिदं त्वमनङ्गः कथमक्षता रतिः । Ku.4.9.
upajap उपजप् 1 P. 1 To whisper into the ears of (another), win over to one's party by secretly suggesting anything in the ear; अङ्गारवर्षं राजवधायोपजप्य Dk.14; क्षत्तारं कुरुराजस्तु शनैः कर्णमुपाजपत् Mb. -2 (Hence) to instigate to rebellion or treachery, conspire with; उपजप्यानुपजपेत् Ms.7.197. -3 To commit mischief.
upajñā उपज्ञा [उपज्ञायते इत्युपज्ञा कर्मण्यङ्] 1 Knowledge acquired by oneself and not handed down by tradition, invention, primitive or untaught knowledge; usually in comp. which is treated as a neuter noun (P.II.4.21); पाणिनेरुपज्ञा पाणिन्युपज्ञं ग्रन्थः Sk.; प्राचेतसोपज्ञं रामायणम् R. 15.63. -2 Undertaking or commencing a thing not done before; लोके$भूद्यदुपज्ञमेव विदुषां सौजन्यजन्यं यशः Malli. on Raghuvaṁśa.
upatiṣyam उपतिष्यम् 1 N. of the lunar mansion or asterism called आश्लेषा. -2 N. of another asterism called पनर्वसु.
upadaṃśaḥ उपदंशः 1 Anything which excites thirst or appetite, a relish, condiment &c.; मूलकेनोपदंशं भुङ्क्ते Mbh. on P. IV.1.48; cf. P.III.4.47. द्वित्रानुपदंशानुपपाद्य Dk.133; अग्रमांसोपदंशं पिव नवशोणितासवम् Ve.3. -2 Biting, stinging. -3 The venereal disease, chancre. -4 (a) A tree the root of which is used for horse-radish (शिग्रु). (b) N. of another plant (समष्ठिल). -नम् Context; छागोपकरण- मस्योपदंशितं यदुपदंशने पशुशब्दच्छागाभिप्राय इति गम्यते । ŚB. on MS.6.8.35.
upadravaḥ उपद्रवः 1 An unhappy accident, misfortune, calamity. -2 Injury, trouble, harm; पुंसामसमर्थानामुपद्रवाया- त्मनो भवेत्कोपः Pt.1.324; निरुपद्रवं स्थानम् Pt.1. -3 Outrage, violence. -4 A national distress (whether caused by the king or famine, seasons &c.). -5 A national disturbance, rebellion. -6 A symptom, a supervenient disease (one brought on whilst a person is suffering from another). -7 The sixth part of a Vedi sāman consisting of seven limbs. अथ सप्तविधस्य वाचि सप्तविधं सामोपासीत ...... यदुपेति स उपद्रवः Ch. Up.2.8.2. -8 A servant; अनृय्यजुरसामा च प्राजापत्य उपद्रवः Mb.12.6.44. -9 Loss, waste; अष्टकापितृदेवत्यमित्ययं प्रसृतो जनः । अन्नस्योपद्रवं पश्य मृतो हि किमशिष्यति ॥ Rām.2.18.14.
upadhā उपधा 3 U. 1 To place or lay upon, place under or in; अधिजानु बाहुमुपधाय Śi.9.54; उपहितं शिशिरापगमश्रिया मुकुलजालमशोभत किंशुके R.9.31; Bk.15.47; Ku.1.44; हृदि चैनामुपधातुमर्हसि R.8.77 treasure up-lay to heart; Ms.4.54; उपहितसूक्ष्मग्रन्थिना Ś.1.19. -2 To place, lay; वामहस्तोपहितवदना Ś.4 resting on. -3 (a) To place near; अक्ष्णोर्मुखेन्दुमुपधेहि Mv.4.56. (b) To put to or yoke (as a horse to a carriage &c.); उप त्मनि दधानो धुर्याशून्. -4 To cause, bring on or produce; नरः कृतान्तोपहितां (दशां) प्रपद्यते Mk.1.53. -5 To impose, entrust with, charge with (as a duty); तदुपहितकुटुम्बः R.7.71. -6 To lay a command upon, enjoin, instruct in (with acc.); स्त्रीषु नृत्यमुपधाय शिक्षयन् R.19.36. -7 To lie down upon, use as a pillow; उपधाय वामभुजमशयिषि Dk.111. -8 To apply, employ, lay or bestow upon, क्रिया हि वस्तूपहिता प्रसीदति R.3.29. -9 To place over, cover, conceal. -1 To add, place in addition. -11 To communicate, impart, give, bestow; उपहितशोभा Bk.2.55. -12 To locate; एतदुपहितं चैतन्यम् Vedānta S. -13 (In gram.) To precede without the intervention of another syllable. -14 To deceive (वञ्च्); स्वयं चापहृता भृत्या ये चाप्युपहिताः परैः Mb.12.111.77.
upanikṣepaḥ उपनिक्षेपः 1 The act of depositing or placing down. -2 An open deposit, any article given in another's charge by letting him know its form, quantity &c. Y. 2.25; (on which Mitā. says:- उपनिक्षेपो नाम रूपसंख्या- प्रदर्शनेन रक्षणार्थं परस्य हस्ते निहितं द्रव्यम्). -3 A deposit sealed or covered up (?).
upanidhiḥ उपनिधिः 1 A deposit, pledge, property entrusted to another. प्रादायोपनिधिं राजा पाण्डुः स्वर्गमितो गतः Mb.1. 126.3. -2 (In law) A sealed deposit; Y.2.25; आधिश्चोपनिधिश्चोभौ न कालात्ययमर्हतः Ms.8.145,149; cf. Medhātithi:- यत् प्रदर्शितरूपं सचिह्नवस्त्रादिना पिहितं निक्षिप्यते; also cf. Y.2.65 and Nārada quoted in Mit. -3 Pretext, guise; उपनिधिभिरसुखकृत्स परमनिरयगो भृशमसुखम- नुभवति दुष्कृतकर्मा Mb.12.321.31.
upaniṣādin उपनिषादिन् a. 1 Sitting at the feet (of another, such as a preceptor). -2 Subjected.
upapattiḥ उपपत्तिः f. 1 Happening, occurring, becoming visible, appearance, production, birth; अथोपपत्तिं छलनापरो$- पराम् Śi.1.69 (जन्म); इष्टानिष्टोपपत्तिषु Bg.13.9. -2 Cause, reason, ground; प्रियेषु यैः पार्थ विनोपपत्तेः Ki.3.52. -3 Reasoning, argument; उपपत्तिमदूर्जितं वचः Ki.2.1; देवि सोपपत्तिकमभिहितम् । Nāg.5 argumentative; giving a reason for the establishment of a matter; S. D.482. -4 Fitness, propriety. -5 Termination, end. -6 Association, connection. -7 Acceptance, adoption; Mv.5. -8 Ascertainment, demonstration, demonstrated conclusion; उपपत्तिरुदाहृता बलात् Ki.2.28. -9 (In Arith. or Geom.) Proof, demonstration. -1 A means, an expedient. -11 Assistance, support, help; ततः प्रजह्रे सममेव तत्र तैरपेक्षितान्योन्यबलोपपत्तिभिः Ki.14.44. -12 Doing, effecting, gaining; accomplishment; स्वार्थोपपत्तिं दुर्बलाशः R.5.12; तात्पर्यानुपपत्तितः Bhāṣā P.; H.3.111; see अनुपपत्ति. -13 Attainment, getting; असंशयं प्राक् तनयोपपत्तेः R.14.78; Ki.3.1. -14 Religious abstraction (समाधि). -15 Accident, chance; उपपत्त्योपलब्धेषु लोकेषु च समो भव Mb.12.288.11. -16 Suitability, expediency; उपपत्ति- मदूर्जिताश्रयं नृपमूचे वचनं वृकोदरः Ki.2.1; Bhag.4.28.68. -Comp. -समः (in logic) a kind of contradiction in which both the contradictory ascertions are supposed to be demonstrable (e. g. sound is eternal because it is produced; it is eternal because it is not tangible). Nyāyadarśana. -परित्यक्त a. Unproved, unreasonable, destitute of argument or proof; Raj. T.
upameya उपमेय pot. p. Fit to be likened or compared, comparable with; (with instr. or in comp.); भूयिष्ठ- मासीदुपमेयकान्तिः गुहेन R.6.4;18.34,37; अन्तःपुरं चैककुलो- पमेयम् Ku.7.2; Ch. P.29 v. l. -यम् The subject of comparison, that which is compared उपमानोपमेयत्वं यदेकस्यैव वस्तुनः Chandr.5.7,9. -Comp. -उपमा a figure of speech in which the उपमान and उपमेय are compared to each other with a view to imply that the like of them does not exist; reciprocal comparison; विपर्यास उपमेयोपमानयोः K. P.1; e. g. कमलेव मतिर्मतिरिव कमला तनुरिव विभा विभेव तनुः । &c.
upayuj उपयुज् 7 Ā. 1 To use, employ, apply; षाड्गुण्यमुपयुञ्जीत Śi.2.93; षडुपायुङ्क्त समीक्ष्य तत्फलम् R.8.21; M.5.12; अनुपयुज्यमान useless, good for nothing, Ś.7; U.4. -2 To enjoy, taste; पय उपयुज्य Me.13 v. l.; फलान्युपायुङ्क्त स दण्डनीतेः R.18.46; Bk.8.39; -3 To devote or attach oneself to; न मृगैरुपयुज्यते is not loved Pt.2.23; न वै प्राज्ञा गतश्रीकं भर्तारमुपयुञ्जते Subhāṣ. -4 To yoke or harness (as horses to a carriage); यामन्यामन्नुपयुक्तं वहिष्ठम् Av.4.23.3. -5 To appropriate, consume, eat; राजा तत् (धनम्) उपयु- ञ्जानश्चौरस्याप्नोति किल्बिषम् Ms.8.4. -pass. 1 To be used or applied. -2 To be fit or proper; तस्येयमुपयुज्यते Bhāg. -3 To be of use, be taken into account; तेजसा सह जातानां वयः कुत्रोपयुज्यते Pt.1.328.
uparata उपरत p. p. 1 Stopped, ceased; उपरतान्यस्मिन् कुले व्रतानि Mbh. on P.I.4.11; रजस्युपरते Ms.5.66. -2 Dead; अद्य दशमो मासस्तातस्योपरतस्य Mu.4. -3 Withdrawn or retired from; रणात्, कलहात् &c. भयाद्रणादुपरतम् Bg.2.34. -4 One who is disgusted with the world and has retired from it. -Comp. -अरि a. having no foe. -कर्मन् a. ceasing from works, not relying on worldly acts. -विषयामिलाष a. one who has renounced all desire for worldly things. -शोणिता (a woman) whose menses have ceased. -स्पृह a. void of desire, indifferent to worldly attachments or possessions.
upalakṣ उपलक्ष् 1 P. 1 To look at, observe, behold, mark; आसन्नवर्तिजन उपलक्षयति K.197; सम्यगुपलक्षितं भवत्या Ś.1. -2 To regard or consider; लोकप्रवादः सत्यो$यं पण्डितैरुपलक्षितः Rām. -3 To mark, put a sign upon; आदिमध्यावसानेषु भवच्छब्दोपलक्षिता Y.1.3;2.151; Kām.7.47. -4 To denote, designate, describe. -5 To imply in addition; नक्षत्रशब्देन ज्योतिःशास्त्रमुपलक्ष्यते Kull. on Ms.3.162. -6 To mind, have in view; Kām.16.4.
upalakṣaṇam उपलक्षणम् 1 Looking at, beholding, observing, marking, ascertainment; वेलोपलक्षणार्थम् Ś.4. -2 A mark, characteristic or distinctive feature; उपलब्धमुपलक्षणम् V.4,4.33; उपलक्षणे तृतीया Sk. -3 Designation; प्राद्युपल- क्षणम् Sk. -4 Implying something that has not been actually expressed, implication of something in addition or any similar object where only one is mentioned; synecdoche of a part for the whole, of an individual for the species, or of a quality for that in which the quality exists (स्वप्रतिपादकत्वे सति स्वेतरप्रतिपादकत्वं); मन्त्रग्रहणं ब्राह्मणस्याप्युपलक्षणम् P.II.4.8 Sk.; so अस्ति नास्तेरुपल- क्षणम् &c.
upavartanam उपवर्तनम् 1 A place for exercise. -2 A place whether inhabited or not. -3 A district or Pargaṇā. -4 A kingdom (राज्य) उपवर्तनमाहर्तुमुद्यतो$स्म्यहमञ्जसा Śiva. B.31.11. -5 A bog, marshy place.
upaśāyaḥ उपशायः Sleeping in turn, rotation for sleeping with (another who keeps watch at night). 'उपशायोपशायश्च पर्यायशयनार्थकाः'; cf. निशोपशायः कर्तव्यः फलोच्चायश्च संहतैः Bk.7.41.
upasaṃhārin उपसंहारिन् a. 1 Comprehending. -2 Exclusive. -m. A hetu (हेतु) which is not exclusive; see अनुप- संहारिन्.
upabhuj उपभुज् 7 U. 1 To enjoy, taste (in all senses); तपसामुपभुञ्जानाः फलानि Ku.6.1; नोपभुज्यते is not enjoyed, Pt.2.142; Ms.12.8. -2 To eat, drink; पयः R.2.65, 1.67; Bk.8.4; अर्धोपभुक्तेन Ku.3.37; Y.3.325. -3 To possess; स्त्रीरत्नमुपभुङ्क्ष्व Hariv. -4 To use, make use of, receive; मानसं मनसैवायमुपभुङ्क्ते शुभाशुभम् Ms.12.8. -5 To be useful; उप वयं तं भुङ्जामः Ch. Up.4.11.2.
upasargaḥ उपसर्गः 1 Sickness, disease, change occasioned by a disease; also a disease superinduced on another; क्षीणं हन्युश्चोपसर्गाः प्रभूताः Suśr. -2 Misfortune, trouble, calamity, injury, harm; प्रशमिताशेषोपसर्गाः प्रजाः Ratn.1.1; सोपसर्गं वो नक्षत्रम् M.4. sorrow; आपेदे उपसर्गस्तं तमः सूर्यमिवासुरम् Rām.2.63.2. -3 Portent, natural phenomenon foreboding evil. -4 An eclipse. -5 An indication or symptom of death. -6 Addition. -7 Possession by an evil spirit. -8 A preposition prefixed to roots; निपाताश्चादयो ज्ञेयाः प्रादयस्तूपसर्गकाः । द्योतकत्वात् क्रियायोगे लोकादवगता इमे ॥ उपसर्गास्तु विज्ञेयाः क्रियायोगेन विंशतिः । विवेचयन्ति ते ह्यर्थं नामाख्यातविभक्तिषु ॥ बृहद्देवता; आख्यातमुपगृह्यार्थविशेषमिमे तस्यैव सृजन्तीत्युपसर्गाः । Durga under Nirukta 1.3. उपेत्य नामाख्यातयोरर्थस्य विशेषं सृजन्त्युत्पादयन्ती- त्युपसर्गाः । Skanda. The नाट्यशास्त्र defines उपसर्ग thus: प्रातिपदिकार्थयुक्तं धात्वर्थमुपसृजन्ति ये स्वार्थैः । उपसर्गा उपदिष्टास्तस्मात् संस्कारशास्त्रे$स्मिन् ॥ A poetaster has framed the following समस्यापूरण stanza with the rule उपसर्गाः क्रियायोगे (Pāṇini I.4.59); उपसर्गाः क्रियायोगे पाणिनेरपि संमयम् । निष्क्रियो$पि तवारातिः सोपसर्गः सदा कथम् ॥ Upasargas are 2 in number:- प्र, परा, अप, सम्, अनु, अव, निस् or निर्, दुस् or दुर्, वि, आ (ङ्), नि, अधि, अपि, अति, सु, उत्, अभि, प्रति, परि, उप; or 22 if निस्-निर् and दुस्-दुर् be taken as separate words. There are two theories as to the character of these prepositions. According to one theory roots have various meanings in themselves (अनेकार्था हि धातवः); when prepositions are prefixed to them they simply bring to light those meanings already existent but hidden in them, but they do not express them, being meaningless themselves; cf. Śi.1.15:- सन्तमेव चिरमप्रकृतत्वादप्रकाशितमदिद्युतदङ्गे । विभ्रमं मधुमदः प्रमदानां धातुलीनमुपसर्ग इवार्थम् ॥ According to the other theory prepositions express their own independent meanings; they modify, intensify, and sometimes entirely alter, the senses of roots; cf. Sk.:- उपसर्गेण धात्वर्थो बलादन्यत्र नीयते । प्रहाराहारसंहारविहारपरिहारवत् ॥ cf. also धात्वर्थं बाधते कश्चित्कश्चित्तमनुवर्तते । तमेव विशिनष्टयन्य उपसर्गगतिस्त्रिधा ॥ (The latter theory appears to be more correct. For a fuller exposition see Nirukta). -9 An obstacle; ते समाधावुपसर्गा व्युत्थाने सिद्धयः । योगसूत्रs 3.39.
upasarjanam उपसर्जनम् 1 Pouring on. -2 A misfortune, calamity (as an eclipse), portent; ज्योतिषां चोपसर्जने (अनध्यायान्) Ms.4.15. -3 Leaving. -4 Eclipsing. -5 Any person or thing subordinate to another, a substitute. -6 (In gram.) A word which either by composition or derivation loses its original independent character, while it also determines the sense of another word (opp. प्रधान); e. g. in पाणिनीयः a pupil of पाणिनि, पाणिनि becomes उपसर्जन; or in राजपुरुषः, राजन् is उपसर्जन, having lost its independent character; P.I.2.43,48,57; II.2.3; IV.1.14,54; VI.3.82; आचार्योपसर्जनश्चान्तेवासी. -7 A kind of war-manoeuvre; तथा प्राग्भवनं चापसरणं तूपसर्जनम् Śuka.4.115.
upastṛ उपस्तृ स्तॄ 5, 9 U. 1 To spread out (for another); spread under; उप स्तृणीतमत्रये हिमेन धर्ममश्विना Rv.8.73.3. -2 To strew or cover with. -3 To arrange, set in order.
upasthātṛ उपस्थातृ a. 1 Dependent on, humbled (उपनत). -2 Not late, come in time. m. 1 An attendant, a servant. -2 A sacrificial priest.
upākṛ उपाकृ 8 U. 1 To fetch, bring near; तेभ्य इमं बलिमुपा- करोति Āśval. -2 To summon, invite. -3 To deliver, offer, grant, bestow, give (to another); गोसहस्रमुपाकुरु Rām. -4 To acquire, obtain (as fame) -5 To bring about, make preparations for a sacred rite; perform a rite; श्रावण्यां प्रौष्ठपद्यां वा$प्युपाकृत्य यथाविधि Ms.4.95,5.7; Y.1.171. -6 To undertake, begin, enter upon. -7 To learn, teach; उपाकृत्य तु वै विद्यामाचार्येभ्यो नरर्षभाः Mb.7.147.21,24.
upākaraṇam उपाकरणम् 1 An invitation to begin, bringing near; पवमान˚, प्रातरनुवाक˚ &c. -2 A term given to certain sentences called Praiṣas (with which one priest calls another to perform a sacrifice). -3 Immolation, sacrifice of an animal consecrated according to rites. -4 Preparation, beginning, commencement. -5 Commencement of reading the Veda after the performance of the preparatory rite; cf. उपाकर्मन्; वेदोपाकरणाख्यं कर्म करिष्ये Srāvaṇī-mantra.
upādānam उपादानम् 1 Taking, receiving, acquisition, obtaining; विश्रब्धं ब्राह्मणः शूद्राद् द्रव्योपादानमाचरेत् Ms.8.417; 12.7; विद्या˚ K.75. -2 Taking away, appropriating to oneself. -3 Employment, using; becoming familiar with. -4 Mention, enumeration; किमास्योपादाने प्रयोजनम् Mbh.I.1.9. -5 Saying, speaking. -6 Including, containing. -7 Withdrawing the organs of sense and perception from the external world and its objects. -8 A cause; motive, natural or immediate cause; पाटवोपादानः भ्रमः U.3. v. l.; प्रकृष्टपुण्य- परिपाकोपादानो महिमा स्यात् U.6. -9 The material out of which anything is made, the material cause; निमित्तमेव ब्रह्म स्यादुपादानं च वेक्षणात् adhikaraṇamālā. -1 A mode of expression in which a word used elliptically, besides retaining its own primary sense, conveys another (in addition to that which is actually expressed); स्वसिद्धये पराक्षेपः ... उपादानम् K. P.2. -11 (With Buddhists) conception; grasping at or clinging to existence (caused by तृष्णा and causing भव). (With Rāmānujas) preparation (of perfumes, flowers &c. as one of the five elements of worship). -12 Effort of body or speech. -13 N. of the four contentments mentioned in सांख्यकारिका as प्रकृत्युपादानकालभागाख्याः Sāṅ. K.5. -Comp. -कारणम् a material cause; प्रकृतिश्चोपादान- कारणं च ब्रह्माभ्युपगन्तव्यम् Ś. B. -लक्षणा = अजहत्स्वार्था q. v.; see K. P.2; S. D.14.
upādhiḥ उपाधिः 1 Fraud, deceit, trick. -2 Deception, disguise (in Vedānta). -3 Discriminative or distinguishing property, attribute, peculiarity; तदुपाधावेव संकेतः K. P.2. It is of four kinds :-जाति, गुण, क्रिया, संज्ञा. -4 A title, nick-name; (भट्टाचार्य, महामहोपाध्याय, पण्डित &c.); बी. ए. इत्युपाधिधारिणः (modern use). -5 Limitation, condition (as of time, space &c.); न ह्युपाधेरुपाधिर्भवति विशेषणस्य वा विशेषणम् Mbh.I.3.2 अनुपाधिरमणीयो देशः Prob. a country altogether (or naturally) beautiful; (oft. occurring in Vedānta Phil.); देहाद्युपाधिरचितो भेदः Ś. B.; न खलु बहिरुपाधीन्प्रीतयः संश्रयन्ते U.6.12; Māl.1.24. -6 A trace, mark; भौमा उपाधयः Mv.7.22. -7 A purpose, occasion, object. -8 (In logic) A special cause for a general effect; साध्यव्यापकत्वे सति साधनाव्यापक उपाधिः; as आर्द्रेन्धनम् (wet fuel) is the उपाधि of the hetu वह्निमत्त्व in the inference पर्वतो धूमवान् वह्नेः. -9 Reflection on duty or a virtuous reflection. -1 A man who is careful to support his family. -11 An incidental purpose, an additional adjunct (which does not modify the original idea to which it is added). काष्ठाहरणे शाकाहरण- मुपाधिः क्रियते इति । किमिदमुपाधिः क्रियत इति । काष्ठाहरणाधिकार- समीपे द्वितीयं कर्मोपाधीयते । सति काष्ठाहरणे इदमपरं कर्तव्यमिति । ŚB. on MS.4.3.2; also ŚB. on MS.12.4.13. -Comp. -कर a. That which comes only incidentally adding another adjunct or उपाधि. उपाधिकरः एषः । यथा काष्ठान्याहर्तुं प्रस्थित उच्यते भवता शाकमप्याहर्तव्यमिति । ŚB. on MS.4.3.2. -12 A substitute, substitution; उपाधिर्न मया कार्यो वनवासे जुगुप्सितः Rām.2.111.29.
upānah उपानह् f. [उप-नह्-क्विप् उपसर्गदीर्घः] A sandal, shoe; उपानद्गूढपादस्य सर्वा चर्मावृतेव भूः H.1.122; Ms.2.246; श्वा यदि क्रियते राजा स किं नाश्नात्युपानहम् H.3.51; cf. 'What is bred in the bones cannot go out of flesh', or 'Habit is second nature'.
upekṣ उपेक्ष् 1 Ā. 1 To neglect, overlook, disregard, connive at; किमात्मनिर्वादकथामुपेक्षे R.14.34; उपेक्षते यः श्लघ- लम्बिनीर्जटाः Ku.5.47. -2 To let escape or let go; नोपेक्षेत क्षणमपि राजा साहसिकं नरम् Ms.8.344. -3 To quit, abandon. -4 To despise, slight. -5 To notice, consider, have regard to; एवमुच्चावचानर्थान् प्राहुः ते उपेक्षितव्याः Nir. -6 To look at, regard, perceive; प्रासादस्था हपुपैक्षत Nala.22.5.
umā उमा [ओः शिवस्य मा लक्ष्मीरिव, उं शिवं माति मन्यते पतित्वेन मा-क वा Tv.] 1 N. of the daughter of Himavat and Menā, and wife of Śiva; Kālidāsa thus derives the name :- उ मेति (oh do not, scil. practise penance) मात्रा तपसो निषिद्धा पश्चादुमाख्यां सुमुखी जगाम Ku.1.26; उमावृषाङ्कौ R.3.23. -2 Light, splendour. -3 Fame, reputation. -4 Tranquility, calmness. -5 Night. -6 Turmeric (हरिद्रा). -7 Flax (अतसी). -Comp. कटः, -टम् उमा + कटच् P. V.2.29 Vārt. 1 the pollen of flax. -कान्तः N. of Śiva; Mb.13. -गुरुः, -जनकः N. of the Himālaya (as the father of उमा). -चतुर्थी f. The fourth day in the light half of the month of Jyeṣṭha. -पतिः N. of Śiva; मुहु- रनुस्मरयन्तमनुक्षपं त्रिपुरदाहमुमापतिसेविनः Ki.5.14; so ˚ईशः, ˚वल्लभः, ˚सहायः &c. -महेश्वरव्रतम् N.of a particular observance. -वनम् N. of the town Vanapura or Devi-koṭa (शोणितपुर). -सुतः N. of Kārttikeya or of Gaṇesa.
urarī उररी ind. [ऊर्यादिच्विडाचश्च P.I.4.61] A particle implying (1) assent, admission or acceptance. (In this sense it is usually used with the roots कृ, भू, or अस् and it has the force of a गति or preposition; उररीकृत्य not उररी- कृत्वा. Other forms of the word are उरी, उरुरी, ऊरी and ऊरुरी.); (2) Extension.
ullāsaḥ उल्लासः 1 Joy, delight; सोल्लासम् U.6; सकौतुकोल्लासम् U. 2; उल्लासः फुल्लपङ्केरुहपटलपतन्मत्तपुष्पंधयानाम् S. D. -2 Light, splendour. -3 (In Rhet.) A figure of speech in which a reference is made to the merits or demerits of one thing by comparing or contrasting the merits or demerits of another; अन्यदीयगुणदोषप्रयुक्तमन्यस्य गुणदोषयोराधान- मुल्लासः R. G. for example see R. G. ad. loc.; cf. Chandr.5.131.133. -4 A division of a book, such as chapter, section &c.; as the ten Ullāsas of the Kāvya-prakāśa. -5 Beginning, commencement. -6 Growth, increase; न तेषां युगपद्राजन् ह्लास उल्लास एव वा Bhāg.7.1.7. -a. Pleasing, delightful; मुक्ताफलैश्चिदुल्लासैः Bhāg.9.11.33.
uśanas उशनस् m. [वश्-कनसि संप्र˚ Uṇ.4.238] (Nom. sing. उशना; Voc. sing. उशनन्, उशन, उशनः) N. of Śukra, regent of the planet Venus, son of Bhṛigu and preceptor of the Asuras. In the Vedas he has the epithet (or patronymic name) Kāvya given to him, probably because he was noted for his wisdom; मित्रावरुणावुशनां काव्यम् (अवथः) Av.4.29.6. cf. कवीनामुशना कविः Bg. 1.37; He is also known as a writer on civil and religious law (Y.1.4). and as an authority on civil polity; शास्त्रमुशनसा प्रणीतम् Pt.5; अध्यापितस्योशनसापि नीतिम् Ku.3.6. -Comp. -प्रियम् A kind of gem Called गोमेद (वैडूर्य ?)
uṣṇālu उष्णालु a. [उष्णं न सहते, आलु Vārt. on P.V. 2.122.] Not being able to bear heat, scorched by, suffering from, heat; उष्णालुः शिशिरे निषीदति तरोर्मूलालवाले शिखी V.2.23.
ūrdhva ऊर्ध्व a. Erect, upright, above; ˚केश &c.; rising or tending upwards. -2 Raised, elevated, erected; हस्तः, ˚पादः &c. -3 High, superior, upper. -4 Not sitting (opp. आसीन). -5 Torn (as hair). -6 Thrown up. -र्ध्वम् Elevation, height. -र्ध्वम् -ind. 1 Upwards, aloft, above. अधश्चोर्ध्वं च प्रसृतम् Muṇḍ. Up.2.2.11; अधश्चोर्ध्वं प्रसृतास्तस्य शाखाः Bg.15.1. -2 In the sequel (= उपरिष्टात्). -3 In a high tone, aloud. -4 Afterwards, subsequent to (with abl.); शरीरभेदादूर्ध्वमुत्क्रम्य पुनः Ait. Up.4.6. ते त्र्यहादूर्ध्वमाख्याय Ku.6.93; ऊर्ध्वं संवत्सरात् Ms.9.77; Y.1.53; R.14.66; Bk.18.36; पितुरूर्ध्वम् Ms.9.14 after the father's death; अत ऊर्ध्वम् hence forward, hereafter. -Comp. -अङ्गुलि a. with uplifted finger. -अयन a. going upwards. (-नम्) motion above. -आवर्तः rearing of a horse. -आसितः the plant Momordica Charantia (कारवेल्ल; Mar. कारलें) -ईहः motion or tendency upwards. -कच, -केश a. 1 having the hair erect. -2 one whose hair is torn. -कचः 1 The descending node. -2 N. of Ketu. -केशी N. of a goddess; ऊर्ध्वकेशी विरूपाक्षी मांसशोणितभोजने Sandhyā. -कण्ठ a. with the neck upraised. (-ण्ठी) N. of a plant (महाशतावरी). -कर्ण a. with the ears pricked up or erect; निभृतोर्ध्वकर्णाः Ś.1.8. -कर्मन् n. -क्रिया 1 motion upwards. -2 action for attaining a high place. -m. N. of Viṣṇu. -कायः, -यम् the upper part of the body. -कृशन a. having the sharp qualities stirred up (Soma) effervescing (?); अयं बिभर्त्यूर्ध्वकृशनं मदम् Rv.1.144.2. -ग, -गामिन् a. 1 going upwards, ascended, rising; भुवा सहोष्माणममुञ्चदूर्ध्वगम् Ku.5.23. -2 being on high. -3 virtuous, pious. (-गः) 1 a kind of disease. -2 N. of of Viṣṇu; ˚पुरम् the city of Hariśchandra. -गत a. gone up, risen, ascended. -गति a. going upwards. (-तिः f.) -गमः, -गमनम् 1 ascent, elevation. -2 going to heaven. -3 going above (as life). -4 Fire. -चरण, -पाद a. having the feet upwards. (-णः) 1 A kind of ascetic or devotee. -2 a fabulous animal called Śarabha. (-पादम्) A kind of dance; Dk.2.8. -चित् a. Ved. collecting, piling or heaping up. -जानु, -ज्ञ, -ज्ञु a. [ऊर्ध्वमुच्चं जानु यस्य] 1 raising the knees, sitting on the hams; क्षणमयमनुभूय स्वप्नमूर्ध्वज्ञुरेव Śi.11.11. -2 long-shanked. -तालः A kind of time (ताल in music). -तिलकिन् a. having a sectarian mark on the forehead. -दंष्ट्र (ष्ट्रा) केश N. of Śiva (whose teeth and hair are erect). -दृश् m. A Crab. -दृष्टि, -नेत्र a. 1 looking upwards. -2 (fig.) aspiring, ambitious. (-ष्टिः f.) concentrating the sight on the spot between the eyebrows (in Yoga Phil.) -द्वारम् The gate opening into heaven. -देवः a superior deity, i. e. Viṣṇu. -देहः a funeral ceremony; ˚निमित्तार्थमहं दातुं जला- ञ्जलिम् Rām. -नभस् a. being above in the clouds. -पथः the upper region, the ether. -पातनम् causing to ascend, sublimation (as of mercury), -पात्रम् a sacrificial vessel; सौवर्णराजताब्जानामूर्ध्वपात्रग्रहाश्मनाम् Y.1.182. -पुण्ड्रः, -ण्ड्रकः a perpendicular sign of sandal on the forehead of a Brāhmaṇa. -पूरम् ind. full to the brim, full to overflowing; ˚रं पूर्यते Sk. -पृश्नि a. Ved. spotted above. (-श्निः) a sacrificial beast. -प्रमाणम् Height altitude. -बर्हिस् a. Ved. being above the sacrificial grass. -m. a kind of manes called सोमप. -बाहुः a devotee who constantly holds his arms above his head till they are fixed in that position. ऊर्ध्वबाहुर्विरौम्येष न च कश्चित् शृणोति माम् Mb. -बुध्न a. Ved. upsidedown, topsy-turvy; अर्वाग्विलश्चमस ऊर्ध्वबुध्नः Bṛi. Up. 2.2.3. -भागः 1 the upper part. -2 any part of a word coming after another part. -भाज् a. 1 being upwards. -2 enjoying the upper part. (-m.) the submarine fire. -मन्थिन् a. living in perpetual chastity, a Brahmachārin; वाताशना य ऋषयः श्रमणा ऊर्ध्व- मन्थिनः Bhāg.11.6.48. -मानम् an instrument for measuring altitudes; ऊर्ध्वमानं किलोन्मानं परिमाणं तु सर्वतः Mbh. on P.V.1.19. -मायु a. sending forth a loud noise. -मारुतम् pressure of the wind (of the body) upwards. -मुख a. having the mouth or opening upwards; cast or directed upwards; प्रबोधयत्यूर्ध्वमुखैर्मुयूखैः Ku.1.16; R.3.57. (-खम्) the upper part of the mouth. -मूल a. having the roots upwards. ऊर्ध्वमूलमधः शाखमश्वत्थं प्राहुरव्यम् । छन्दांसि यस्य पर्णानि यस्तं वेद स वेदवित् ॥ Bg.15.1.9. -मौहूर्तिक a. happening after a short time. -रेत, -रेतस् a. [ऊर्ध्वमूर्ध्वगं नाधः पतत् रेतो यस्य] one who lives in perpetual celibacy or abstains from sexual intercourse; यतीनामूर्ध्वरेतसाम् Mb.3.233.44. (-m.) 1 N. of Śiva. -2 Bhīṣma. -लिङ्गः, -लिङ्गिन् N. of Śiva. (Having the membrum virile above, i. e. chaste) -लोकः the upper world, heaven. -वक्त्रः (pl.) N. of a class of deities. -वर्त्मन् m. the atmosphere. -वातः, -वायुः the wind in the upper part of the body (उदान). -वालम् Yak-tail (चमरीपुच्छ); परिधायोर्ध्ववालं तु Mb.12.165.72. -वृत a. put on above, put over the head or shoulder (as the sacred thread of a Brāhmaṇa); कार्पासमुपवीतं स्याद्विप्रस्योर्ध्ववृतं त्रिवृत् Ms.2.44. -शायिन् a. sleeping with the face upwards (as a child). (-m.) N. of Śiva. -शोधनम् vomiting. -शोधनः Soap-nut tree and fruit, Sapindus Emarginatus (Mar. रिठा). -शोषम् ind. so as to dry (anything) above; यद्वोर्ध्वशोषं तृणवद् विशुल्कः Bk.3.14. -श्वासः expiration; a kind of asthma. -सानु a. rising higher and higher; surpassing; कनिक्रदत् पतयदूर्ध्वसानुः Rv.1.152.5. (-m., -n.) the top of a mountain. -स्थ a. being above, superior. -स्थितिः f. 1 the rearing of a horse. -2 a horse's back. -3 elevation, superiority. -स्रोतस् m. 1 an ascetic who abstains from sexual intercourse; cf. ऊर्ध्वरेतस्. -2 N. of a creation of beings whose stream of life or current of nutriment tends upwards. -3 a plant. ऊर्ध्व ūrdhva (र्द्ध rddha) कः kḥ ऊर्ध्व (र्द्ध) कः A kind of drum (Mar. तबला).
ūh ऊह् I. 1 U. [ऊहति-ते, ऊहाञ्चकार-चक्रे, ऊहितुम्, ऊहित] 1 To note, mark, observe; Av.2.131.1. -2 To guess, conjecture, infer; अनुक्तमप्यूहति पण्डितो जनः Pt.1.43. द्रुतधृतलिपिविद्यं वीक्ष्य वैलक्ष्यमूहे Śiva. B.9.74. -3 To comprehend, conceive, perceive, expect; ऊहांचक्रे जयं न च Bk.14.72,3.48,15.123. -4 To reason, deliberate about. -5 To reckon upon (with loc.) -6 To wait for. -7. To be regarded as. -II. 1 P. 1 To change or modify. -2 To push, thrust, remove (with a perp.). -Caus. To cause to reason, think, infer, conjecture; प्रच्छन्नमप्यूहयते हि चेष्टा Ki.16.19.
ṛc ऋच् f. [ऋच्यते स्तूयते$नया, ऋच् करणे क्विप्] 1 A hymn (in general). -2 A single verse, stanza, or text; a verse of the Ṛigveda (opp. यजुस् and सामन्); त्रेधा विहिता वागृचो यजूंषि सामानि Śat. Br. -3 The collective body of the Ṛigveda (pl.), ऋचः सामानि जज्ञिरे Rv.1.9.9. ऋक्साम यजुरेव च Bg.9.17. -4 Splendour (for रुच्). -5 Praise. -6 worship. -Comp. -अयनम् [ऋचामयनम्] N. of a book; ऋक्पारायण, ˚आदि N. of a collection of words in Pāṇini. -आवानम् the time for reciting the Vedas. -गाथा N. of a certain song consisting of riklike stanzas; ऋग्गाथा पाणिका दक्षविहिता ब्रह्मगीतिका Y.3.114. -तन्त्रम्, -व्याकरणम् N. of the Pariśiṣtas of the Sāma Veda. -ब्राह्मणम् The Aitareya Brāhmaṇa. -भाज् a. partaking of a Ṛik. (as a deity who is addressed with it). -विधानम् the performance of certain rites, by reciting verses of the Ṛigveda. -वेदः the oldest of the four Vedas, and the most ancient sacred book of the Hindus. [The Ṛigveda is said to have been produced from fire; cf. M.1.23. This Veda is divided, according to one arrangement, into 8 Aṣṭakas, each of which is divided into as many Adhyāyas; according to another arrangement into 1 Maṇḍalas, which are again subdivided into 1 Anuvākas, and comprises 1 sūktas. The total number of verses or Ṛiks is above 1]. -संहिता the arranged collection of the hymns of Ṛigveda. -साम (˚मे dual) the verses Ṛik and Sāman. ˚शृङ्गः N. of Viṣṇu.
ṛṇa ऋण a. [ऋ-क्त] 1 Going. -2 Guilty. -णम् 1 Debt; (as to the three kinds of debt, see अनृण; cf. जायमानो ह वै ब्राह्मणस्त्रिभिर्ऋणवान् जायते, यज्ञेन देवेभ्यः ब्रह्मचर्येण ऋषिभ्यः प्रजया पितृभ्यः इति । स वै तर्हि अनृणो भवति यदा यज्वा, ब्रह्मचारी, प्रजावानिति । ŚB. on MS.6.2.31. ऋणानि त्रिण्यपाकृत्य मनो मोक्षे निवेशयेत् Ms.6.35. देवानां च पितॄणां च ऋषीणां च तथा नरः । ऋणवाञ् जायते यस्मात्तन्मोक्षे प्रयतेत् (त ?) सदा ॥ देवानामनृणो जन्तुर्यज्ञैर्भवति मानवः । अल्पवित्तश्च पूजाभिरुपवासव्रतैस्तथा ॥ श्राद्धेन प्रजया चैव पितॄणामनृणो भवेत् । ऋषीणां ब्रह्मचर्येण श्रुतेन तपसा तथा ॥ (विष्णुधर्मोत्तरम्); ऋणं कृ to incur debt; ऋणं दा to pay off or discharge debt; अन्त्यं ऋणं (पितॄणम्) the last debt to be paid to the manes, i. e. creation of a son. -2 An obligation in general. cf. ऋणसंस्तवो हि अवश्यकर्तव्यानां भवति । ŚB on MS.6.2.31. -3 (In alg.) The negative sign or quantity, minus (opp. धन). -4 A fort, strong-hold. -5 Water. -6 Land. -Comp. -अन्तकः the planet Mars. -अपनयनम् -अपनोदनम्, -अपाकरणम्, -दानम्, -मुक्तिः, -मोक्षः, -शोधनम् paying off debt, discharge or liquidation of debt. -आदानम् 'recovery of debt' Kau. A.3; receipt of money lent &c. (one of the 18 titles or subjects of litigation). -उद्ग्रहणम् recovering a debt in any way from the creditor (by friendly or legal proceedings). -ऋणम् (ऋणार्णम्) debt for a debt, debt incurred to liquidate another debt. ऋणस्य अपनयनाय यदन्यदृणं क्रियते तत् ऋणार्णम् Sk.73; Vārt. on P.VI.1.89. -कर्तृ a. one who gets into debt; Mb.13.23.21. -काति a. one to whom praise is due as a debt; or one who receives praise as a debt to be repaid in benefits (Sāy.) -ग्रस्त a. indebted, involved in debt. -ग्रहः 1 borrowing (money). -2 a borrower. -ग्राहिन् a. borrowing. -m. a debtor, borrower. -चित् a. acknowledging (praise) as a debt to be paid for. N. of ब्रह्मणस्पति; Rv.2.27. 17. -च्छेदः Payment of a debt. -(णम्)चयः N. of a king; Rv.5.3.12,14. -दातृ, -दायिन् a. one who pays a debt. -दासः [ऋणात् मोचनेन कृतो दासः] one who is bought as a slave by paying off his debts; ऋणमोचनेन दास्य- त्वमभ्युपगतः ऋणदासः Mitā. -निर्णयपत्रकम्, -पत्रम् A note of acknowledgement of debt; Sūkra.1.33. -निर्मोक्षः Discharge or acquittance of debt (to ancestors &c.); न चोपलेभे पूर्वेषामृणनिर्मोक्षसाधनम् R.1.2. -प्रदातृ moneylender. -मत्कुणः, -मार्गणः security, bail. -मुक्तः released from debt. -मुक्तिः &c. see ऋणापनयनम्. -लेख्यम् 'debtbond' a bond acknowledging a debt (in law; Mar. कर्जरोखा).
ṛṇin ऋणिन् a. A debtor, one indebted to another (on any account).
ṛta ऋत a. [ऋ-क्त] 1 Proper, right. -2 Honest, true; सर्वमेतदृतं मन्ये यन्मां वदसि केशव Bg.1.14; Ms.8.82. -3 Worshipped, respected. -4 Bright, luminous (दीप्त) -5 Gone, risen, moved, affected by; सुखेन ऋतः = सुखार्तः ऋते च तृतीयासमासे Vārt. on P.VI.1.89; so दुःखः˚, काम˚. -तम् ind. Rightly, properly. -तः 1 A sacrifice. -2 The sun (n. also). -तम् (Not usually found in classical literature) 1 A fixed or settled rule, law (religious). -2 Sacred custom, pious action. यस्तनोति सतां सेतुमृतेनामृतयोनिना Mb.12.47.49. -3 Divine law, divine truth. -4 Absolution. मर्त्यानामृतमिच्छताम् Bhāg.1.16.7. -5 Water; सत्यं त्वा ऋतेन परिषिञ्चामि. -6 Truth (in general), right; ऋतं वदिष्यामि T. Up.1.1.1. ऋतानृते Ms.1.29, 2.52,8.61,14. -7 Truth (personified as an object of worship; in later Sanskrit regarded as a child of Dharma). -8 Livelihood by picking or gleaning grains in a field (as opposed to the cultivation of ground); ऋतमुञ्च्छशिलं वृत्तम् Ms.4.4. -9 The fruit of an action; एकं चक्रं वर्तते द्वादशारं षण्णाभिमेकाक्षमृतस्य धारणम् Mb.1.3. 62. -1 Agreeable speech; ऋतं च सूनृता वाणी कविभिः परिकीर्तिता Bhāg.11.19.38. -11 N. of an Āditya. -12 The Supreme Spirit. (In the Vedas ऋत is usually interpreted by Sāyaṇa to mean 'water', 'sun' or 'sacrifice', where European scholars take it in the sense of 'divine truth', 'faith' &c.). -Comp. -जा, -जात a. Ved. 1 of a true nature, sprung from sacred truth; अब्जा गोजा ऋतजा अद्रिजा ऋतम् Rv.4.4.5. -2 Well-made, excellent; Rv.3.58.8. -जातसत्य a. (Sāy.) born for the sake of sacrifice and having true result. -जित् a. Ved. gaining the right; Vāj.17.83. -ज्ञा a. (Sāy.) knowing the sacrifice, familiar with the sacred law. -द्युम्न a. shining with truth; Rv.9. 113.4. -धामन् a. 1 of a true or pure nature. -2 having an imperishable place. -m. N. of Viṣṇu. -धीति a. Ved. of true disposition; or receiving true praise. -ध्वजः N. of Śiva. -नी a. leading in the right way; Rv.2.27.12. -पर्णः = ऋतुपर्णः q. v. -पेयः a sacrifice lasting one day. -पेशस् a. Ved. having a perfect shape; Rv.5.66.1. -m. one whose form consits of water; i. e. Varuṇa. -प्सुः 1 a god who consumes sacrificial food; Rv.1.18.3. -2 one whose form is truth. -युक्तिः f. true application of a hymn; Rv.1.61.1. -युज् a. going to sacrifice. -वाकः Ved. true speech; Rv.9.113.2. -सद् a. dwelling in the sacrifice or truth; Rv.4.4.5. -m. fire, -सदनम् -नी the right or usual alter. -साप् a. pervading truth; steady in religious belief. -सामन् n. N. of a Sāman; Ārṣeya Br. -स्था a. standing right; स हि दिवः स पृथिव्या ऋतस्था. Av.4.1.4.
ṛṣabhaḥ ऋषभः [ऋष्-अभक्; Uṇ 3.123] 1 A bull. -2 (With names of other animals) the male animal, as अजर्षभः a goat. -3 The best or most excellent (as the last member of a comp.); as पुरुषर्षभः, भरतर्षभः &c. -4 The second of the seven notes of the gamut; (said to be uttered by cows; गावस्त्वृषभभाषिणः); श्रुतिसमधिकमुच्चैः पञ्चमं पीडयन्तः सततमृषभहीनं भिन्नकीकृत्य षड्जम् Śi.11.1; ऋषभो$त्र गीयत इति Āryā S.141. -5 The hollow of the ear. -6 A boar's tail. -7 A crocodile's tail. -8 A dried plant, one of the 8 principal medicaments. (Mar. बैलघाटी, काकडशिंगी) -9 N. of an antidote. -1 An incarnation of Viṣṇu; नाभेरसावृषभ आस सुदेविसूनुः Bhāg. 2.7.1. -11 A sacrifice (to be performed by kings). -भाः m. The inhabitants of क्रौञ्चद्वीप; Bhāg.5.2.22. -भी 1 A woman with masculine features (as a beard &c.). -2 A cow. -3 A widow. -4 The plant Carpopogon Pruriens (शूकशिंबी); also another plant (शिराला) (Mar. कुयली) -Comp. -कूटः N. of a mountain. -दीपः, पम् N. of a country. -ध्वजः N. of Śiva.
eka एक pron. a. [इ-कन्] 1 One, single, alone, only; वायुर्यथैको भुवनं प्रविष्टो ... एकस्तथा ... Kaṭh. Up.2.5.1. Mb.4.49.5,6; बलिभिर्मुखमाक्रान्तं पलितैरङ्कितं शिरः । गात्राणि शिथिलायन्ते तृष्णैका तरुणायते ॥ Bh.3.14. -2 Not accompanied by anyone; एकः संप्रति नाशितप्रियतमस्तामद्य रामः कथम् U.2.28. -3 The same, one and the same, identical; (adopted by him, her real father being Daśaratha) in marriage to him, who being greatly pleased caused copious showers of rain to fall in his kingdom. It was this sage that performed for king Daśaratha the sacrifice which brought about the birth or Rāma and his three brothers].
lṝ लॄ f. A mother, a divine female. -m. Śiva. -f. = लृ. cf. लॄर्महात्मा सुरो बालो भूपः स्तोमः कथानकः (वक्ता) । मूर्खो शिश्नो गुदः कक्षा केशः पापरतो नरः ॥ Enm. एकान्वयो मम Ś.7; मनस्येकं वचस्येकं कर्मण्येकं महात्मनाम् H.1.197. -4 Firm, unchanged; एको ग्रहस्तु Pt.1.26. -5 Single of its kind, unique, singular. -6 Chief, supreme, prominent, sole; ब्राह्मण्यास्तद्धरेत्पुत्र एकांशं वै पितुर्धनात् Mb.13.47.11. ˚पार्थिव, ˚धनुर्धरः, ˚ऐश्वर्य M.1.1 sole sovereignty; एको रागिषु राजते Bh.3.121. -7 Peerless, matchless. -8 One of two or many; Me.3. एकः सख्यास्तव सह मया वामपादाभिलाषी Me.8. -9 Oft. used like the English indefinite article 'a', or 'an'; ज्योतिरेकम् Ś.5.3. -1 True. -11 Little. Oft. used in the middle of comp. in the sense of 'only', with an adjectival or adverbial force; दोषैकदृक् looking only to faults; त्वदेकेषु Ku.3.15 your arrow only; so भोगैकबद्धस्पृहः. एकः-अन्यः, or अपरः the onethe other; अजामेकां लोहित ... नमामः । अजो ह्येको ... अजोन्यः Śvet. Up.4.5; it is used in the plural in the sense of some, its correlative being अन्ये or अपरे (others); एके समूहुर्बलरेणुसंहतिं शिरोभिराज्ञामपरे महीभृतः ॥ Śi.12.45; see अन्य, अपर also. -कः N. of Viṣṇu. the ऴSupreme Being or Prajāpati; एक इति च प्रजापतेरभिधानमिति । ŚB. on MS. 1.3.13. (-कम्) 1 The mind; एकं विनिन्ये स जुगोप सप्त सप्तैव तत्याज ररक्ष पञ्च Bu. Ch.2.41. -2 unity, a unit; Hch. -का N. of Durgā. [cf. Persian yak; L. aequus]. -Comp. -अंशः a separate part, part in general. विष्टभ्याह- मिदं कृत्स्नमेकांशेन स्थितो जगत् Bg.1.42. एकांशश्च प्रधानतः Ms. 9.15. -अक्ष a. 1 having only one axle. द्विचक्रमेकाक्षम् (रथम्) Bhāg.4.26.1. -2 having one eye. -3 having an excellent eye. (-क्षः) 1 a crow. -2 N. of Śiva. -अक्षर a. monosyllabic. ओमित्येकाक्षरं ब्रह्म Bg.8.13. (-रम्) 1 a monosyllable. -2 the sacred syllable; ओम्; एकाक्षरं परं ब्रह्म Ms.2.83. -3 The sole imperishable thing; एका- क्षरमभिसंभूय Av.5.28.8. -4 N. of an Upaniṣad. ˚कोशः a vocabulary of monosyllabic words by Puruṣottama-deva. ˚रीभावः the production of only one syllable, contraction. -अग्नि a. Keeping only one fire; Āpastamba Dharma Sūtra 2.21.21. (-कः) One and the same fire. -अग्र a. 1 fixed on one object or point only. -2 closely attentive, concentrated, intent; तद्गीतश्रवणैकाग्रा R.15.66; K.49; कच्चिदेतच्छ्रुतं पार्थ त्वयैकाग्रेण चेतसा Bg.18.72; मनुमे- काग्रमासीनम् Ms.1.1. -3 unperplexed. -4 known, celebrated. -5 single-pointed. (-ग्रः) (in Math.) the whole of the long side of a figure which is subdivided. ˚चित्त, ˚मनस् a. with a concentrated mind, with undivided attention. ˚चित्तम्, ˚चित्तता intentness of purpose, concentration of mind; तत्रैकाग्रं मनःकृत्वा Bg.6.12;18.72. °reeदृष्टि a. fixing one's eye on one spot. -अग्ऱ्य = ˚अग्र. (-ग्ऱ्यम्) concentration. -अङ्गः 1 a body-guard. -2 the planet Mercury or Mars. -3 N. of Viṣṇu. ˚वधः Mutilation of a limb; Kau. A.4. -4 Having a unique or beautiful shape. (-अङ्गम्) 1 a single member or part. -2 sandal wood. -3 the head. (-ङ्गौ) a married couple. (-ङ्गी) Incomplete; ˚रूपक incomplete, simile. -अञ्जलिः A handful. -अङ्गिका preparation made with sandal-wood. -अण्डः a kind of horse. -अधिपतिः a sole monarch or sovereign. -अनंशा the only (day) receiving no part of the moon, an epithet of Kuhū or day of new moon (born together with Kṛiṣṇa and worshipped with Kṛiṣ&na and Bala-deva and identified with Durgā). -अनुदिष्ट a. 1 left as a funeral feast or one who has recently partaken in it. (-ष्टम्) a funeral ceremony performed for only one ancestor (recently dead); see एकोद्दिष्ट; यावदेकानुदिष्टस्य गन्धो लेपश्च तिष्ठति Ms.4.111. -अन्त a. 1 solitary, retired. -2 aside, apart. -3 directed towards one point or object only. -4 excessive, great; ˚शैत्यात्- कदलीविशेषाः Ku.1.36. -5 worshipping only one; devoted to only one (एकनिष्ठ); एकान्तजनप्रियः Bhāg.8.24.31. -6 absolute, invariable, perpetual; स्वायत्तमेकान्तगुणम् Bh.2.7; कस्यैकान्तं सुखमुपगतम् Me.111. (-तः) 1 a lonely or retired place, solitude; तासामेकान्तविन्यस्ते शयानां शयने द्युमे Rām.5.1.5. व्योम˚ विहारिणः Pt.2.2; H.1.49. -2 exclusiveness. -3 an invariable rule or course of conduct or action; तस्मादेकान्तमासाद्य Pt.3.7. -4 exclusive aim or boundary. (-तम्) an exclusive recourse, a settled rule or principle; तेजः क्षमा वा नैकान्तं काल- ज्ञस्य महीपतेः Śi.2.83. (-तम्, -तेन, -ततः, -ते) ind. 1 solely, exclusively, invariably, always, absolutely, युद्धे नैकान्तेन भवेज्जयः Mb.5.64.27. -2 exceeding, quite, wholly, very much; वयमप्येकान्ततो निःस्पृहाः Bh.3.24; दुःखमेकान्ततो वा Me.111; oft. in comp.; ˚विध्वंसिन् sure or destined to perish; R.2.57; ˚भीरु Mu. 3.5 always timid; so एकान्तकरुण very weak &c. -3 alone, apart, privately. ˚भूत being alone or solitary; विलोक्यैकान्तभूतानि भूतान्यादौ प्रजापतिः Bhāg.6.18.3. ˚मति a. devoted to one object only. ˚विहारिन् a. a solitary wanderer. ˚सुषमा 'containing exclusively good years', a division of time with Jainas. ˚स्थित a. staying or remaining apart. -अन्तर a. next but one, separated by one remove; द्वन्द्वं दक्षमरीचिसंभवमिदं तत्स्रष्टुरेकान्तरम् Ś.7.27; V.1. (-रः) a kind of fever. -अन्तिक a. final, conclusive. -अन्तित्वम् devotion to one object. -अन्तिन् a. devoted to one object only; अहो अत्यद्भुतं ह्येतद् दुर्लभैकान्ति- नामपि Bhāg.7.1.15. -m. a worshipper of Viṣṇu. -अन्नम् one and the same food. (-न्नः), -˚आदिन् 1 a mess-mate. -2 One who lives on the alms from only one house; नैकान्नादी भवेद् व्रती Ms.2.188. -अपचयः, अपायः Diminution by one. -अब्दा a heifer one year old. -अयन a. 1 passable for only one (as a foot-path) Mb.3. -2 fixing one's thoughts on one object, closely attentive, intent; see एकाग्र. (-नम्) 1 a lonely or retired place; एकायनगतः पथि Mb.1.176.5; Rām. 3.67.23. -2 a meeting-place, rendezvous. सर्वासामपां समुद्र एकायनम् Bṛi. Up.2.4.11. -3 union of thoughts. -4 monotheism. -5 the sole object; सा स्नेहस्य एकायनीभूता M.2.14; एकायनीभूय Mv.4 with one accord, unanimously. -6 One and the same way, similarity; एकमेवायनगताः प्लवमाना गिरेर्गिरम् Rām.4.2.9. -7 Worldly wisdom (नीतिशास्त्र); नाम वै एकायनम् Ch. Up.7.1.2. ˚गत = एकायन q. v. तरुणः सुकृतैर्युक्त एकायनगतश्च ह Mb.7.12.22. ˚स्थः With only one resource open, driven to extremity; शूरश्चैकायनस्थश्च किमन्यत्प्रतिपद्यते Pratijñā.1.7. -अर्णवः general flood, universal deluge; अयं ह्युत्सहते क्रुद्धः कर्तुमे- कार्णवं जगत् Rām.5.49.2. -अर्थ a. 1 having one and the same meaning, having the same object in view; राजन्यकान्युपायज्ञैरेकार्थानि चरैस्तव Śi.2.114. -2 (Rhet.) Tautological (as a sentence); Kāvyālaṅkāravṛitti. 2.1.11. (-र्थः) 1 the same thing, object, or intention. -2 the same meaning. -3 N. of a glossary (of synonymous words); cf. एकार्थनाममाला. -अवम a. inferior or less by one. -अवयव a. made up of the same components. -अशीत or ˚तितम a. eighty-first. -अशीतिः f. eighty-one. -अष्टका 1 the first or chief Aṣṭakā after the full moon; एकाष्टके सुप्रजसः सुवीरा Av.3.1.5. -2 the eighth day of the dark fortnight in the month of Māgha (on which a श्राद्ध is to be performed). -अष्ठीका (ला) The root of the trumpet-flower (Mar. पहाडमूळ). -अष्ठील a. having one kernel. (-लः) N. of a plant (बकवृक्ष); A white variety of Gigantic swallowwort (Mar. रुईमांदार). -अहन् (ह) 1 the period of one day. -2 a sacrifice lasting for one day. ˚गमः, ˚अध्वा a day's journey. -आतपत्र a. characterized by only one umbrella (showing universal sovereignty); एकातपत्रं जगतः प्रभुत्वम् R.2.47. ˚त्रां भुवम् 18.4; K.26; Śi.12. 33; V.3.19. -आत्मन् a. depending solely on one-self, solitary. -आदेशः cf. Sk. on P.VI.1.11. one substitute for two or more letters (got by either dropping one vowel, or by the blending of both); as the आ in एकायन. -आयु a. 1 providing the most excellent food. -2 the first living being. एकायुरग्रे विश आविवाससि Rv.1.31.5. -आवलिः, -ली f. 1 a single string of pearls, beads &c.; सूत्रमेकावली शुद्धा Kau. A.2.11. एका- वली कण्ठविभूषणं वः Vikr.1.3; लताविटपे एकावली लग्ना V.1. -2 (in Rhetoric) Necklace-a series of statements in which there is a regular transition from a predicate to a subject, or from a subject to a predicate; स्थाप्यते$पोह्यते वापि यथापूर्वं परस्परम् । विशेषणतया यत्र वस्तु सैकावली द्विधा ॥ K. P.1; cf. Chandr.5.13-4; नेत्रे कर्णान्तविश्रान्ते कर्णो दोःस्तम्भदोलितौ &c. and Bk.2.19. -आहार्य a. having the same food; making no difference between allowed and forbidden food; एकहार्यं युगं सर्वम् Mb.3.19.41. -उक्तिः f. a single expression or word. -उत्तर a. greater or increasing by one. -उदकः (a relative) connected by the offering of funeral libations of water to the same deceased ancestor; जन्मन्येकोदकानां तु त्रिरात्राच्छुद्धिरिष्यते Ms.5.71. -उदरः, -रा uterine, (brother or sister). -उदात्त a. having one Udātta accent. -उद्दिष्टम् a Śrāddha or funeral rite performed for one definite individual deceased, not including other ancestors; see एकानुदिष्ट. -ऊन a. less by one, minus one. -ऋच् a. consisting of one verse (ऋच्). (-चम्) A Sūkta of one verse only; Av.19.23.2. -एक a. one by one, one taken singly, a single one; एकैकमप्यनर्थाय किमु यत्र चतुष्टयम् H. Pr.11; R.17.43. (-कम्), -एकैकशः, ind. one by one, singly, severally एकैकमत्र दिवसे दिवसे Ś.6.11; ˚कं निर्दिशन् Ś.7 pointing to each severally. -श्यम् (एककश्यम्) Single state, severally एकैकश्येनानुपूर्वं भूत्वा भूत्वेह जायते Bhāg.7.15.51. -˚श्येन (instrumental used as an adv.) individually, singly, one by one. ते यदि एकैकश्येनापि कुर्वन्ति तथापि सत्रक्रियामभिसमीक्ष्य बहव एव कुर्वन्तीति बहुवचनं भविष्यति । ŚB on MS.1.6.45. -ओघः 1 a continuous current. -2 A single flight (of arrows); एकौघेन स्वर्णपुङ्खैर्द्विषन्तः (आकिरन्ति स्म) Śi. 18.55. -कपाल a. consisting of or contained in one cup. -कर a. (-री f.) 1 doing only one thing. -2 (-रा) one-handed. -3 one-rayed. -कार्य a. 1 acting in concert with, co-operating, having made common cause with; co-worker; अस्माभिः सहैककार्याणाम् Mu.2; R.1.4. -2 answering the same end. -3 having the same occupation. (-र्यम्) sole or same business. -कालः 1 one time. -2 the same time, (-लम्, -ले) ind. at one time, at one and the same time; एककालं चरेद्भैक्षम् Ms.6.55. ˚भोजनम् eating but one meal in any given time. -कालिकम् Once a day; तेभ्यो लब्धेन भैक्ष्येण वर्तयन्नेककालिकम् Ms.11.123. -कालीन a. 1 happening once only; -2 Contemporary, coeval. -कुण्डलः (लिन्) N. of Kubera; of Balabhadra and Śeṣa; गर्गस्रोतो महातीर्थमाजगामैककुण्डली Mb.9.37.14. cf. एककुण्डल आख्यातो बलरामे धनाधिपे Medini. -कुष्ठम् a kind of leprosy; कृष्णारुणं येन भवे- च्छरीरं तदेककुष्ठं प्रवदन्त्यसाध्यम् Suśr. -क्षीरम् the milk of one (nurse &c.). -गम्यः the supreme spirit. -गुरु, गुरुक a. having the same preceptor. (-रुः, -रुकः) a spiritual brother (pupil of the same preceptor). -ग्राम a. living in the same village. (-मः) the same village. -ग्रामीण a. Inhabiting the same village; नैकग्रामीणमतिथिम् Ms.3.13. -चक्र a. 1 having only one wheel. (said of the sun's chariot); सप्त युञ्जन्ति रथमेक- चक्रम् Rv.1.164.2. -2 governed by one king only. (-क्रः) the chariot of the sun. ˚वर्तिन् m. sole master of the whole universe, universal monarch. (-क्रा) N. of the town Kīchakas. -चत्वारिंशत् f. forty-one. -चर a. 1 wandering or living alone, alone; अयमेकचरो$ भिवर्तते माम् Ki.13.3;3.53. Kau. A.1.18. स्वच्छन्दमेकचरं Mudrā. -2 having one attendant. -3 living unassisted. -4 going together or at the same time. -5 gregarious. -6 (Said of certain animals); न भक्षयेदेकचरान् Ms.5.17; Bhāg.5.8.18. (-रः) 1 a rhinoceros. -2 An ascetic (यति); नाराजके जनपदे चरत्येकचरो वशी Rām.2.67.23. -चरण a. having only one foot. -चारिन् a. 1 living alone, solitary. -2 going alone or with one follower only. -3 An attendant of Buddha. (-णी) a loyal wife. -चित्त a. thinking of one thing only, absorbed in one object. (-त्तम्) 1 fixedness of thought upon one object. -2 unanimity एकचित्तीभूय H.1 unanimously; ˚ता fixedness of mind, agreement, unanimity. -चिन्तनम् thinking of only one object. -चिन्मय a. Consisting of intelligence; Rāmt. Up. -चेतस्, -मनस् a. unanimous; see ˚चित्त. -चोदन a. Resting upon one rule. (-नम्) referring to in the singular number. -च्छत्र a. Ruled by one king solely. -च्छायाश्रित a. Involved in similarity (of debt) with one debtor (said of a surety); Y.2.56. -ज a. 1 born alone or single. -2 growing alone (a tree); महानप्येकजो वृक्षो बलवान्सुप्रतिष्ठितः Pt.3.54. -3 alone of its kind. -4 uniform, unchanging. -जः, -जा a brother or sister of the same parents. -जटा N. of a goddess उग्रतारा. -जन्मन् m. 1 a king. -2 a Śūdra; see ˚जाति below. -जात a. born of the same parents; Ms.9.148. -जाति a. 1 once born. -2 belonging to the same family or caste. (-तिः) a Śūdra (opp. द्विजन्मन्); ब्राह्मणः क्षत्रियो वैश्यस्त्रयो वर्णा द्विजातयः । चतुर्थ एकजातिस्तु शूद्रो नास्ति तु पञ्चमः ॥ Ms.1.4;8.27. -जातीय a. of the same kind, species or family. ˚अनुसमयः performance of one detail with reference to all things or persons, then doing the second, then the third and so on (see पदार्थानुसमय) Ms.5.2.1-2. -जीववादः (in phil.) the assertion of a living soul only. -ज्या the chord of an arc; sine of 3˚. -ज्योतिस् m. N. of Śiva. -तान a. concentrated or fixed on one object only, closely attentive; ब्रह्मैकतानमनसो हि वसिष्ठमिश्राः Mv.3.11. (-नः) 1 attention fixed on one object only; A. Rām.6.2.2. -2 musical harmony, = ˚तालः -ताल a. Having a single palm tree; एकताल एवोत्पातपवनप्रेरितो गिरिः R.15.23. -तालः harmony, accurate adjustment of song, dance, and instrumental music (cf. तौर्यत्रिकम्). -लम् A kind of sculptural measurement. (-ली) an instrument for beating time, any instrument having but one note. -तीर्थिन् a. 1 bathing in the same holy water. -2 belonging to the same religious order; क्रमेणाचार्यसच्छिष्य- धर्मभ्रात्रेकतीर्थिनः Y.2.137. -m. a fellow student, spiritual brother. -तेजन a. Ved. having only one shaft (an arrow). -त्रिंशत् f. thirty-one; ˚त्रिंश 31st. -त्रिकः a kind of sacrifice performed in or lasting for a day. -दंष्ट्रः, -दन्तः "one-tusked", epithets of Gaṇeśa (एकदंष्ट्रः) A kind of fever. -दण्डिन् m. 1 N. of a class of Sannyāsins or beggars (otherwise called हंस). They are divided into four orders :-कुटीचको बहूदको हंसश्चैव तृतीयकः । चतुर्थः परहंसश्च यो यः पश्चात्स उत्तमः ॥ Hārita. -2 N. of a Vedantic school. -दलः, -पत्रः N. of a plant (चन्डालकन्द). -दिश् a. living in the same region or quarter. -दुःखसुख a. sympathising, having the same joys and sorrows. -दृश्, -दृष्टि a. one-eyed. -m. 1 a crow. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 a philosopher. -दृश्य a. the sole object of vision, alone being worthy of being seen. तमेकदृश्यं नयनैः पिबन्त्यो Ku.7.64. -दृष्टिः f. fixed or steady look. -देवः the Supreme god. -देवत, -दे(दै)वत्य a. devoted, directed or offered to one deity. -देश a. occupying the same place. (-शः) 1 one spot or place. -2 a part or portion (of the whole), one side; ˚अवतीर्णा K.22; तस्यैकदेशः U.4; Mv.2; विभावितैकदेशेन देयं यदभियुज्यते V.4.33 'what is claimed should be given by one who is proved to have got a part of it'; (this is sometimes called एकदेशविभावितन्याय) ˚क्षाण a. partly burnt. एकदेशक्षाणमपि क्षाणमेव । ŚB. on MS.6.4.18. -देशिन् a. consisting of parts or portions divided into parts. -m. A disputant knowing only part of the true state of the case. -देह, -देहिन् a. 1 having only one body. -2 elegantly formed. (-हः) 1 the planet Mercury. -2 (du.) Husband and wife. -धनः a kind of jug with which water is taken up at certain religious ceremonies. (-नम्) 1 an excellent gift. -2 honorific offering. -धनिन् a. obtaining an honorific offering, -धर्मन्, -धर्मिन् a. 1 possessing the same properties of the same kind. -2 professing the same religion. -धुर, -धुरावह, -धुरीण a. 1 fit for but one kind of labour. -2 fit for but one yoke (as cattle for special burden; P.IV.4.79). -धुरा a particular load or conveyance. -नक्षत्रम् a lunar mansion consisting of only one star. -नटः the principal actor in a drama, the manager (सूत्रधार) who recites the prologue. -नयनः The planet Venus. -नवतः ninety-first. -नवतिः f. ninety-one. -नाथ a. having one master. (-थः) 1 sole master or lord. -2 N. of an author. -नायकः N. of Śiva. -निश्चय a. come to the same conclusion or resolution, having the same aim. (-यः) general agreement or conclusion, unanimity. -निपातः A particle which is a single word. -निष्ठ a. 1 intently devoted or loyal (to one thing). -2 intently fixed on one object. -नेत्रः 1 N. of Śiva; (one-eyed). -2 (With Śaivas) One of the eight forms of Vidyeśvara. -पक्ष a. 1 of the same side or party, an associate. -2 partial. (-क्षः) one side or party; ˚आश्रयविक्लवत्वात् R.14.34; ˚क्षे in one point of view, in one case. -पक्षीभावः The state of being the one alternative. -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-one. -पतिक a. having the same husband. -पत्नी 1 a faithful wife (perfectly chaste); तां चावश्यं दिवसगणनातत्परामेकपत्नीम् Me.1. -2 the wife of a man who has no other wives; यो धर्म एकपत्नीनां काङ्क्षन्ती तमनुत्तमम् Ms.5.158. -3 the wife of the same man; a co-wife; सर्वासामेकपत्नीनामेका चेत्पुत्रिणी भवेत् Ms.9. 183. ˚व्रतम् a vow of perfect chastity; कामेकपत्नीव्रतदुःख- शीलाम् Ku.3.7. -पत्रिका the plant Ocimum Gratissimum (गन्धपत्रा; Mar. नागदवणी) -पद्, -पाद् a. 1 one-footed, limping, lame. -2 incomplete. (-पाद्) m. N. of Śiva or Viṣṇu. (-पदी) a foot-path (for a single man to walk on). एकपद्या तया यान्ती नलिकायन्त्रतुल्यया Śiva. B.28.66 -पद a. 1 one-footed. -2 consisting of or named in one word. (-दम्) 1 a single step. -2 single or simple word. -3 the time required to pronounce a single word. -4 present time, same time; (-दः) 1 a man having one foot. -2 a kind of coitus (रतिबन्ध). (-दे) ind. suddenly, all at once, abruptly; निहन्त्यरीनेकपदे य उदात्तः स्वरानिव Śi.2.95; R.8.48; K.45; V.4.3. (-दा) a verse consisting of only one Pāda or quarter stanza. (-दी) 1 a woman having one foot. -2 a Gāyatrī consisting of one Pāda. गायत्र्यस्येकपदी Bṛi. Up.5.14.7. -3 Foot-path (Mar. पाऊलवाट); इयमेकपदी राजन्यतो मे पितुराश्रमः Rām. 2.63.44. -पर a. Ved. an epithet of the dice in which one is decisive or of pre-eminent importance. -परि ind. one over or under, (a term at dice; cf. अक्षपरि). अक्षस्याह- मेकहरस्य हेतोः Rv.1.34.2. -पर्णा 1 N. of a younger sister of Durgā. -2 N. of Durgā. -3 a plant having one leaf only. -पलाशः a. a single Butea Frondosa. -पाटला N. of a younger sister of Durgā; N. of Durgā. -पाणः a single wager. -पात a. happening at once, sudden. -तः The first word of a Mantra (प्रतीक). -पतिन् a. 1 sudden. -2 standing alone or solitary. (-नी) i. e. ऋक् a verse to be taken by itself or independently of the hymn to which it belongs. -पाद a. 1 having only one foot; तत्र शिश्रिये$ज एकपादः Av.13.1.6. -2 using only one foot. (-दः) 1 one or single foot. -2 one and the same Pāda. -3 N. of Viṣṇu and Śiva. -पादिका a kind of posture of birds. -पार्थिवः Sole ruler or king; न केवलं तद्गुरुरेक- पार्थिवः R.3.31. -पिङ्गः, -पिङ्गलः N. of Kubera; having a yellow mark in place of one eye; (his eye was so made on account of a curse uttered by Pārvatī when he cast an evil eye at her;) Dk.2.4. -पिण्ड a. united by the offering of the funeral rice-ball; ˚ता, -त्वम् consanguinity. -पुत्र a. having only one son. -पुरुषः 1 the Supreme Being; वेदान्तेषु यमाहुरेकपुरुषम् V.1.1; -2 the chief person. a. Consisting of only one man. तथैकपुरुषं राष्ट्रम् Bhāg.6.5.7. -पुष्कलः (रः) N. of a musical instrument (Mar. काहल); ततः प्रयाते दाशार्हे प्रावाद्यन्तैकपुष्कराः Mb.5.94.21. -प्रकार a. of the same kind. -प्रख्य a. singularly like. -प्रभुत्वम् sole sovereignty. -प्रयत्नः one effort (of the voice). -प्रस्थः a measure. -प्रहारिक a. killed by one blow. Mk.8. -प्राणयोगः union in one breath. -बुद्धि a. having only one thought. -भक्त a. 1 serving one master only. -2 worshipping one deity. -3 eating together. (-भूक्तम्) N. of a religious ceremony; eating but one meal (a day) Mb.3; Y.3.318. ˚व्रतम् eating but once a day as a religious observance. -भक्ति a. 1 believing in one deity. -2 firmly devoted; तेषां ज्ञानी नित्ययुक्त एकभक्तिर्विशिष्यते Bg.7. 17. -f. eating but one meal a day. -भार्या a faithful or chaste wife. तामेकभार्यां परिवादभीरोः R.14.86 (-र्यः) one having one wife only. -भाव a. of the same or one nature. -2 sincerely devoted. -3 honest, sincerely disposed. (-वः) 1 one feeling, the same or unchanged devotion; दुर्ग्राह्यत्वान्नृपतिमनसां नैकभावाश्रयाणां सेवाधर्मः परमगहनः Pt.1.285;3.65. स्वतेजसा सत्त्वगुणप्रवाहमात्मैकभावेन भजध्वमद्धा Bhāg. -2 oneness, agreement. cf. एको भावः सदा शस्तो यतीनां भवितात्मनाम् -भूत a. 1 being one, undivided -2 concentrated, closely attentive. -भूमः a palace having one floor. -भोजन, -भुक्त a. 1 eating but one meal. -2 eating in common. -मति a. 1 fixed on one object. -2 unanimous, thinking in the same way. -मनस् a. thinking with another, of one thought; ते निर्यान्तु मया सहैकमनसो येषामभीष्टं यशः Mu.2.13. -2 fixing the mind upon one object, closely attentive; गच्छन्तमेकमनसम् Mb.1.42.36. एकमनाः श्रोतुमर्हति देवः M.2. -मात्र a. of one syllable. -मुख a. 1 having the face directed towards one place, direction of object; सहस्रं स एकमुखो ददाति Av.9.4.9. -2 having the same aim. -3 having one chief or head; द्यूतमेकमुखं कार्यम् Y.2.23. -4 having one door or entrance (as a मण्डप). (-खम्) 1 gambling. -2 a kind of fruit (रुद्राक्षफल). -मूर्धन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.8.9.15. -मूला = अतसी q. v. -यष्टिः, -यष्टिका a single string of pearls. -योनि a. 1 uterine. -2 of the same family or caste; एतद्विधानं विज्ञेयं विभाग- स्यैकयोनिषु Ms.9.148. -रजः the plant भृङ्गराज (Mar. माका). -रथः An eminent warrior; Mb.3. -रश्मि a. Lustrous Mb.4. -रस a. 1 finding pleasure only in one thing, of one flavour; रसान्तराण्येकरसं यथा दिव्यं पयो$श्नुते R.1.17. -2 of one feeling or sentiment only; साहस˚ U.5.21 influenced only by rashness; विक्रम˚ K.7; भावैकरसं मनः Ku.5.82; M.3.1; Bv.2.155; Śi.6.26; V.1.9. -3 of one tenor, stable, equable; Māl.4.7; U.4.15. -4 solely or exclusively devoted (to one); अबलैकरसाः R.9.43,8.65. (-सः) 1 oneness of aim or feeling. -2 the only flavour or pleasure. (-सम्) a drama of one sentiment. -राज्, -राजः m. an absolute king; प्राङ् विशाम्पतिरेकराट् त्वं वि राज Av.3.4.1. a. Shining alone, alone visible; स वा एष तदा द्रष्टा नाप- श्यद् दृश्यमेकराट् Bhāg.3.5.24. -रात्रः a ceremony lasting one night. (-त्रम्) one night; एकरात्रं तु निवसन्नतिथिर्ब्राह्मणः स्मृतः Ms.3.12. -रात्रिक a. lasting or sufficient for one night only. -राशिः 1 a heap, crowd. -2 a sign of the zodiac. ˚भूत a. collected or heaped together. -रिक्थिन् m. a coheir; यद्येकरिक्थिनौ स्यातामौरसक्षेत्रजौ सुतौ Ms.9.162. -रूप a. 1 of one form or kind, like, similar; आसवः प्रतिपदं प्रमदानां नैकरूपरसतामिव भेजे Ki.9.55. -2 uniform, one-coloured; Rv.1.169.2. (-पम्) 1 one form or kind; -2 The knowledge of reality. विमोचयत्येकरूपेण Sāṅ. K.63. ˚ता uniformity, invariableness; क्षणद्युतीनां दधुरेकरूपताम् Ki.8.2. -रूप्य a. formed or arising from one. -लिङ्गः 1 a word having one gender only. -2 N. of Kubera. (-ङ्गम्) a place in which for five krośas there is but one लिङ्ग (Phallus); पञ्चक्रोशान्तरे यत्र न लिङ्गान्तरमीक्ष्यते । तदेकलिङ्गमाख्यातं तत्र सिद्धिरनुत्तमा ॥ Śabdak. -वचनम् the singular number. -वर्ण a. 1 of one colour. -2 identical, same. -3 of one tribe or caste. -4 involving the use of one letter (˚समीकरण). (-र्णः) 1 one form. -2 a Brāhmaṇa. -3 a word of one syllable. -4 a superior caste. (-र्णी) beating time, the instrument (castanet); ˚समीकरणम् an equation involving one unknown quantity. -वर्णिक a. 1 of one colour. -2 of one caste. -वर्षिका a heifer one year old. -वस्त्र, -वसन a. having only one garment, in one dress (without उत्तरीय). (-स्त्रम्) a single garment. -वाक्यम् one or unanimous opinion; एकवाक्यं विवव्रः R.6.85 raised a unanimous cry; ˚ता consistency in meaning, unanimity, reconciling different statements, syntactical unity; प्रकरणाच्च ज्योतिष्टोमेनैकवाक्यता स्यात् । ŚB. on MS.1. 5.37. -वाक्यकृ 8 U. To effect syntactical unity, to construe as one sentence. तस्मात् प्रकृतानां ... देवतानामन्यतमया देवतया प्रकृतत्वादेकवाक्यतां कृत्वा देवतामवगमिष्यामः । ŚB. on MS.1. 8.5. -वाक्यया 2 P. (with instrumental) To form one sentence with, to be syntactically connected with; न वै कृतं कर्म प्राकृतैरङ्गपदार्थैः सहैकवाक्यतां याति । ŚB. on MS.1. 1.2. ˚त्वम् syntactical unity. The state of forming or being one sentence; एकवाक्यत्वाच्च । Ms.1.1.8. -वाचक a. Synonymous. -वादः 1 a kind of drum or tabor (Mar. डफ). -2 the unitarian doctrine, monotheism. -वारम्, -वारे ind. 1 only once. -2 at once, suddenly. -3 at one time. -वासस् a. Clothed in only one garment. -वासा A woman; Nigh. -विंश a. twenty-first; consisting of twentyone. (-शः) the Ekaviṁśa-ṣ&tod;oma; Av.8.9.2. -विंशक a. The twentyfirst; दश पूर्वान्परान् वंश्यानात्मानं चैकविंशकम् । ब्राह्मीपुत्रः सुकृतकृन्मोचयेदेनसः पितॄन् ॥ Ms.3.37. -कम् The number twentyone; Y.3.224. -विंशतिः f. twentyone. -विजयः Complete victory; Kau. A.12. -विध a. of one kind; simple. -विलोचन a. one-eyed; see एकदृष्टि. -विषयिन् m. a rival (having a common object or end in view). -वीरः a pre-eminent warrior or hero; धर्म˚ Mv.5.48. -रा N. of a daughter of Śiva, a deity. -वृक्षः 1 one tree. -2 a district in which but one tree is seen for 4 Krośas. -वृत f. heaven. -वृन्दम 1 a peculiar disease of the throat. -2 one heap or collection. -वृषः Ved. the chief bull; the best or most excellent of a number. -वेणिः, -णी f. a single braid of hair (worn by a woman as a mark of her separation from her husband &c.); गण्डाभोगात्कठिनविषमामेकवेणीं करेण Me.93; ˚धरा Ś.7; धृत˚ Ś.7.21. -वेश्मन् n. a solitary house or room; विप्रदुष्टां स्त्रियं भर्ता निरुन्ध्यादेकवेश्मनि Ms.11.176. -व्यवसायिन् a. following the same profession. -व्याव- हारिकाः N. of a Buddhist school. -शत a. 11 st. (-तम्) 11; अत्रैतदेकशतं नाडीनां Prasna. Up.3.6. -शक a. whole-hoofed. (-फः) an animal whose hoof is not cloven (as a horse, ass &c.); अजाविकं सैकशफं न जातु विषमं भजेत् Ms.9.119. -शरणम् the sole recourse or refuge (especially applied to a deity). -शरीर a. of one body or blood, consanguineous. ˚अन्वयः consanguineous descent. ˚अवयवः a descendant in a right line, blood-kinsman. ˚आरम्भः commencement of consanguinity by the union of father and mother. -शल्यः A kind of fish; Rām.5.11.17. -शाख a. having one branch. (-खः) a Brāhmaṇa of the same branch or school. -शायिन् a. Sleeping alone, chaste; Mb.13. -शाला A single hall or room; (-लम् A house consisting of one hall; Matsya P. -शीर्षन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.13.4.6. -शुङ्ग a. having one sheath. (-ङ्गा) N. of a medicinal plant. -शुल्कम् One and the same purchase money (given to the parents of a bride); अन्यां चेद्दर्शयित्वा$न्या वोढुः कन्या प्रदीयते । उभे ते एकशुल्केन वहेदित्यब्रवीन्मनुः ॥ Ms.8.24. -शृङ्ग a. having only one horn. (-ङ्गः) 1 a unicorn; rhinoceros. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -3 a class of Pitṛis. -4 a mountain having one top. -शेपः a tree having one root. -शेषः 'the remainder of one', a species of Dvandva compound in which one of two or more words only is retained; e. g. पितरौ father and mother, parents, (= मातापितरौ); so श्वशुरौः, भ्रातरः &c. -श्रुत a. once heard. ˚धर a. keeping in mind what one has heard once. -श्रुतिः f. 1 monotony. -2 the neutral accentless tone. (-ति) ind. in a monotonous manner. -श्रुष्टि a. Ved. obedient to one command. -षष्ट a. sixty-first. -षष्टिः f. sixty-one. ˚तम a. sixty first. -संस्थ a. dwelling in one place; R.6.29. -सप्तत, ˚तितम् a. seventy-first. -सप्ततिः f. seventy-one. -सभम् a common place of meeting. -सर्ग a. closely attentive. (-र्गः) concentration. -सहस्रम् 11 or one thousand; वृषभैकसहस्रा गा दद्यात्सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.127. -साक्षिक a. witnessed by one. -सार्थम् ind. together, in one company. -सूत्रम् N. of a small double drum played by a string and ball attached to the body of it (Mar. डमरू). -स्तोमः N. of Soma ceremony. -स्थ a. 1 being or centred in one place; in one man; ज्ञानमेकस्थमाचार्ये ...... शौर्यमेकस्थमाचार्ये Mb.7.188.45. Ku. 1.49; हन्तैकस्थं क्वचिदपि न ते चण्डि सादृश्यमस्ति Me.16. -2 close-standing, standing side by side. -3 collected, combined. -स्थानम् one or the same place; एकस्थाने प्रसूते वाक् Pt.4.5. -2 Standing closely; विपक्षेणापि मरुता यथैकस्थानवीरुधः Pt.3.53. -हंसः the chief or highest Haṁsa (an allegorical designation of the soul). हिरण्मयः पुरुष एकहंसः Bṛi. Up.4.3.11. -हायन a. one year old; त्रस्तैकहायनकुरङ्गविलोलदृष्टिः Māl.4.8; U.3.28. (-नी) a heifer one year old. (-नम्) the period of one year.
etad एतद् pron. a. (m. एषः, f. एषा, n. एतद्) 1 This, this here, yonder (referring to what is nearest to the speaker (समीपतरवर्ति चैतदो रूपम्); एते वयममी दाराः कन्येयं कुलजीवितम् K.; the Nom. forms are used like those of इदम् the sense of 'here'; एष पृच्छामि, एष कथयामि Mu.3. here I ask &c.; कदा गमिष्यसि-एष गच्छामि Sk.; एषो$स्मि कामन्दकी संवृत्तः Māl.1; एते नवीकृताः स्मः Ś.5. In this sense एतद् is sometimes used to give emphasis to the personal pronouns; एषो$हं कार्यवशादायोध्यिकस्तदानींतनश्च संवृत्तः U.1. -2 As the subject of a sentence it agrees in gender and number with the predicate without reference to the noun to which it refers; एतद् (शवला) मे धनम्; but may sometimes remain in the neuter; एतदेव गुरुषु वृत्तिः Ms.2.26. -3 It often refers to what precedes, especially when it is joined with इदम् or any other pronoun; एष वै प्रथमः कल्पः Ms.3.147; इति यदुक्तं तदेतच्चिन्त्यम्; एतानीमानि, एते ते &c. -4 It is used in connection with a relative clause, in which case the relative generally follows; प्रच्छन्नवञ्चकास्त्वेते ये स्तेनाटविकादयः Ms.9.257. ind. In this manner, thus, so, here, at this time, now. Note:- एतद् appears as the first member of compounds which are mostly self-explaining; e. g. ˚अतिरिक्त Besides this. ˚अनन्तर immediately after this; ˚अन्त ending thus; ˚अर्थः this matter; ˚अर्थे on this account, therefore; ˚अवधि to this limit, so far; ˚अवस्थ a. of such a state or condition. -Comp. -कालः the present time. -कालीन a. belonging to the present time. -क्षणात् ind. hence-forth. -द्वितीय a. one who does anything for the second time. -पर a. Intent on or absorbed in this. -प्रथम a. one who does anything for the first time. -योनिन् a. having one's origin in that. एतद्योनीनि भूतानि Bg.7.6.
edidhiṣuḥ एदिधिषुः पतिः The husband of a younger sister whose elder sister has not been married; cf. अग्रेदिधिषुः Vāj.3.9.
elukam एलुकम् 1 A kind of perfume. -2 A medicinal substance or plant. 1. एव a. Ved. 1 Going, moving. -2 Speedy, quick; एवो गन्ता; ये च एवा मरुतः Uṇ.1.15. -वः 1 A course, way; or a courser, a fleet horse; स्वेभिरेवैश्चरतः Rv.1.62.8; (pl.) mode of proceeding, custom, habit; or according to Sāyaṇa a desire or hymn. -Comp. -या a. granting protection; or going in ways or courses. -यावन् a. going with horses or granting desires, going quickly. -m. N. of Viṣṇu. 2. एव ind. This particle is most frequently used to strengthen and emphasize the idea expressed by a word :-- (1) Just, quite, exactly; एवमेव quite so, just so; (2) same, very, identical; अर्थोष्मणा विरहितः पुरुषः स एव Bh.2.4 that very man; (3) only, alone, merely, (implying exclusion); सा तथ्यमेवाभिहिता भवेन Ku.3.63 only the truth, nothing but the truth; so नाम्नैव, स एव वीरः he alone (and not others); (4) already; गत एव न ते निवर्तते Ku.4.3; (5) scarcely, the moment, as soon as; chiefly with participles; उपस्थि- तेयं कल्याणी नाम्नि कीर्तित एव यत् R.1.87 as soon as the name was uttered; इति चिन्तयन्नेव while just thinking &c; (6) also, likewise; तथैव so also; (7) like, as (showing similarity); श्रीस्त एव मेस्तु G. M. (= तव इव); and (8) generally to emphasize a statement; भवितव्यमेव तेन U.4 it will (surely) take place. It is also said to imply the senses of (9) detraction; (1) diminution (11) command; (12) restraint; or (13) used merely as an expletive. (This particle is used in the Vedas in the senses of so, just so, like, indeed, truly, really) (14) Again; एवशब्दश्च पुनरित्यस्मिन्नर्थे भविष्यति । यथा क्षीरेण भुक्त्त्वा देवदत्तः क्षीरेणैव भुञ्जीतेति । भुञ्जीतैवेति पुनरिति गम्यते । ŚB. on MS.1.8.36.
evam एवम् ind. 1 Thus, so, in this manner or way; (referring to what precedes as well as to what follows); अस्त्येवम् Pt. 1 it is so; एवंवादिनि देवर्षौ Ku.6.84; ब्रूया एवम् Me.13 (what follows); एवमस्तु be it so, amen; यद्येवम् so; ।कमेवम् why so; मैवम्, मा मैवम् oh, not so, (do not do so) एवम् has sometimes an adjectival force; एवं वचनम् such words. -2 Yes, quite so (implying assent); सीता-अहो जाने तस्मिन्नेव काले वर्ते । राम- एवम् U.1; एवं यदात्थ भगवन् Ku.2.31. It is also said to have the senses of. -3 likeness. -4 sameness of manner; -5 affirmation or determination; -6 command; or it is often used merely as an expletive. (In the Vedas एवम् occurs very rarely; its place being usually taken up by एव). -Comp. -अवस्थ a. so situated or circumstanced. -आदि, -आद्य a. of such qualities or kind, such and the like; एवमादिभिः Ś.5; Ku.5.29. -कान्तम् A column connected with one, two or three minor pillars and having a lotus-shaped base; एकोपपादसंयुक्तं द्वित्र्युपपादेन संयुतम् । एवंकान्तमिति प्रोक्तं मूले पद्मासनान्वितम् ॥ Mānasāra 15.242-3. -कारम् ind. in this manner. -काल a. containing so many syllabic instants. -क्रतु a. Ved. thus minded. -गत a. being in this condition or so circumstanced; एवं गते under these circumstances. -गुण a. possessing such virtues; पुत्रमेवंगुणोपेतं चक्रवर्तिनमाप्नुहि Ś.1.12. -नामन् a. so called, bearing this name. -प्रकार, -प्राय a. of such a kind; वयमपि न खल्वेवंप्रायाः क्रतुप्रतिघातिनः U.5.29; Ś.7.24. -भत a. of such quality or description, so, such. -रूप a. of such a kind or form. -वादः such an expression. एवंवादिनि देवर्षौ पार्श्वे पितुरधोमुखी K. -विद्, -विद्वस् a. knowing so or such, well-informed. -विध a. of such a kind, such. -वीर्य a. possessing such a power. -वृत्त, -वृत्ति a. behaving such; of such a kind.
aikaśabdyam ऐकशब्द्यम् 1 The state of having the same term (to express them), the state of being expressed or referred to by the same term; सर्वस्य वैकशब्द्यात् । MS.7.1.18. -2 Sameness or identity of words (Jaina.). ऐकश्रुत्यम् aikaśrutyam ऐकस्वर्यम् aikasvaryam ऐकश्रुत्यम् ऐकस्वर्यम् The one accentless-monotonous tone, monotony.
oḍaka ओडक डवः A musical mode which omits two of the notes of the scale (रि and प).
odanaḥ ओदनः नम् [उन्द्-युच् Uṇ.2.76] 1 Food, boiled rice; e. g. दध्योदनः, घृत˚, गुड˚, मांस˚ &c. -2 Grain mashed and cooked with milk. -3 A cloud. (Sometimes ओदन is prefixed to the names of pupils to denote that the pupil's object is more to be fed by his master than be taught; e. g. ओदनपाणिनीयाः P.VI.2.69 Sk. Mbh. on P.I.1.73. -नी The plant (बला) Sida Cordifolia (Mar. चिकणा). -Comp. -आह्वया, -आह्वा, -ओदनिका N. of a medicinal plant (महासमंगा).
omaḥ ओमः Ved. 1 A protector; ओमासश्चर्षणीधृतो Rv.1.3.7. -2 One who is favourably disposed (towards another) -3 Any one fit to be protected or favoured.
ohas ओहस् n. 1 Praise; idea, true notion (?). -2 A vehicle, means; न ये देवास ओहसा न मर्ताः Rv.6.67.9.
autsargika औत्सर्गिक a. (-की f.) [उत्सर्ग-ठञ्] 1 That which is liable to be abolished in exceptional cases, though generally valid (as a rule of grammar). -2 General (opp. to particular), not restricted -3 Terminating, concluding. -4 Leaving, quitting. -5 Natural, inherent. -6 Produced naturally or directly. -7 Derivative.
aupaniṣada औपनिषद a. (-दी f.) [उपनिषद्-अण्] 1 Contained or taught in an Upaniṣad; scriptural, theological. तं त्वौपनिषदं पुरुषं पृच्छामि Bṛi. Up.3.9.26. -2 Based or founded on, derived from, the Upaniṣads; धनुर्गृही- त्वौपनिषदं महास्त्रम् Muṇḍ. Up.2.2.3. औपनिषदं दर्शनम् (another name for Vedānta Phil.). -दः 1 The supreme soul, Brahman. -2 A follower of the doctrines of the Upaniṣads.
aupanīvika औपनीविक a. (-की f.) [P.IV.3.4; IV.1.15. उपनीवि-ठक्] Being or placed near नीवि (the knot of the wearing garment of males or females); बद्धो दुर्बलरक्षार्थमसिर्येनौपनीविकः Bk.4.26; औपनीविकमरुन्द्ध किल स्त्री (करम्) Śi.1.6.
aurva और्व a. (-र्वी f.) [ऊरु-अण्] 1 Relating to Aurva. -2 Produced from the thigh. -3 Relating to the earth. -र्वः 1 N. of a celebrated Ṛiṣi. [He was a descendant of Bhṛigu, (the son of Chyavana by his wife Āruṣī, and grandson of Bhṛigu). The Mahābhārata relates that the sons of Kārtavīrya, with the desire of destroying the descendants of Bhṛigu, killed even the children in the womb. One of the women of the family, in order to preserve her embryo, secreted it in her thigh (ūru), whence the child at its birth was called Aurva. Beholding him, the sons of Kārtavirya were struck with blindness, and his wrath gave rise to a flame which threatened to consume the whole world, had he not, at the desire of his Pitṛis, the Bhārgavas, cast it into the ocean, where it remained concealed with the face of a horse; cf. Vaḍavāgni. Aurva was afterwards preceptor to king Sagara of Ayodhyā]. ऊरोर्यथौर्वस्य पृथोश्च हस्तान् मान्धातुरिन्द्रप्रतिमस्य मूर्ध्नः Bu. ch. 1.29. -2 Submarine fire; त्वयि ज्वलत्यौर्व इवाम्बुराशौ Ś.3.3; Ve.3.7. so ˚अनलः -र्वम् Fossil salt.
k क् Jivhāmūlīya letter occurring before the guttural क् or ख् and written as ( क्, ख्). प् Upadhmānīya letter occurring before the labial प् or फ् and written also ( प्, फ्); These are called अर्धविसर्ग. of dry medicinal billets चूर्ण. (3) Decoction of medicinal herbs (कषाय). (4) Decoction mixed with medicinal powder (अवलेह). (5) A medicine to be pounded like condiment (कल्क). -पञ्चामृतं गुडूची, गोक्षुर, मुसली, मुण्डी, शतावरी. -प्रतिनिधिः A substitute for a herb which cannot be secured.
kaḥ कः 1 Brahman. प्रजाः सिसृक्षुः क इवादिकाले Ch.2.51. यावद्गमं रुद्रभयाद्यथा कः Bhāg.1.7.18. -2 Viṣṇu. -3 Kāmadeva. -4 Fire. -5 Wind or air. -6 Yama. -7 The sun. -8 The soul. -9 A king or prince. -1 Knot or joint. -11 A peacock. -12 The king of birds. -13 A bird. -14 The mind. -15 Body. -16 Time. -17 A cloud. -18 A word, sound. -19 Hair. -2 Light, splendour. -21 Wealth, property. -22 Dakṣa Prajāpati. -कम् 1 Happiness, joy, pleasure (as in नाक which is explained thus; न कं (सुखम्) = अकं न अकं दुःखं यत्र) नुतपदकमला कमला कलधृतकमला करोतु मे कमलम् (कम् + अलम्) Subhāṣ.; Ch. Up.4.1.5. -2 Water; सत्येन माभिरक्ष त्वं वरुणेत्यभिशाप्य कम् Y.2.18; के शवं पतितं दृष्ट्वा पाण्डवा हर्ष- निर्भराः Subhāṣ. (where a pun is intended on केशव, the apparent meaning being Keśava.) -3 The head; as in -कन्धरा (= कं शिरो धारयतीति). वलीपलित एजत्क इत्यहं प्रत्युदाहृतः Bhāg.9.6.41. -4 Hair. -5 An act of a woman. -6 Flock of hair. -7 A collection of woman's acts (कं केशे कं च नारीणां करणे च तयोर्गणे). -8 milk. -9 Misery. -1 Poison. -11 Fear; cf. कं शिरः कं सुखं तोयं पयो दुःखं विषं भयम् Enm. -Comp. -ज a. watery, aquatic. -जम् A lotus. -दः a cloud (giving water).
kacaḥ कचः [कच्यन्ते बध्यन्ते इति कचः, कच्-अच्] 1 Hair (especially of the head); कचेषु च निगृह्यैतान् Mb.; see ˚ग्रह below; अलिनीजिष्णुः कचानां चयः Bh.1.5. -2 A dry or healed sore, scar. -3 A binding, band. -4 The hem of a garment. -5 A cloud. -6 N. of a son of Brihaspati. [In their long warfare with the demons, the gods were often times defeated, and rendered quite helpless. But such of the demons as would be slain in battle were restored to life by Śukrāchārya, their preceptor, by means of a mystic charm which he alone possessed. The gods resolved to secure, if possible, this charm for themselves, and induced Kacha to go to Śukrāchārya and learn it from him by becoming his disciple. So Kacha went to the preceptor, but the demons killed Kacha twice lest he should succeed in mastering the lore; but on both occasions he was restored to life by the sage at the intercession of Devayānī, his daughter, who had fallen in love with the youth. Thus discomfited the Asuras killed him a third time, burnt his body, and mixed his ashes with Śukra's wine; but Devayānī again begged her father to restore to life the youth. Not being able to resist his daughter's importunities, Śukra once more performed the charm, and, to his surprise, heard the voice of Kacha issuing from his own belly. To save his own life the sage taught him the muchcoveted charm, and, on the belly of Śukra being ripped open, Kacha performed the charm and restored his master to life. Devayānī thence forward began to make stronger advances of love to him, but he steadily resisted her proposals, telling her that she was to him as a younger sister. She thereupon cursed him that the great charm he had learnt would be powerless; he, in return, cursed her that she should be sought by no Brāhmaṇa, but would become a Kṣatriya's wife.] -चा 1 A female elephant; करिण्यां तु कचा स्त्रियाम् । मेदिनी. -2 Beauty, splendour. -Comp. -अग्रम् curls, end of hair. -आचित a. having dishevelled hair; कचाचितौ विष्वगिवागजौ गजौ Ki.1.36. -आमोदः a. fragrant ointment of the hair (वाळा). -ग्रहः seizing the hair, seizing (one) by the hair; Mb.5.155.5; R.1.47, पलायनच्छलान्यञ्जसेति रुरुधुः कचग्रहैः R.19.31. -पः 1 'cloud drinker', grass. -2 a leaf. (-पम्) a vessel for vegetables. -पक्षः, -पाशः, -हस्तः thick or ornamented hair; (according to Ak. these three words denote a collection; पाशः, पक्षश्च हस्तश्च कलापार्थाः कचात्परे). -मालः smoke.
kacchaḥ कच्छः च्छम् 1 Bank, margin, skirt, bordering region (whether near water or not); यमुनाकच्छमवतीर्णः Pt.1; गन्धमादनकच्छो$ध्यासितः V.5; Śi.3.8; Māl.9.16. -2 A marsh, morass, fen. 'जलप्रायमनूपं स्यात्पुंसि कच्छस्तथाविधः' Nm. -3 The hem of the lower garment tucked into the waistband; see कक्षा. -4 A part of boat. -5 A particular part of a tortoise (in कच्छप). -6 A tree, the timber of which is used for making furniture of (तुन्न, Mar. नांदुरकी); Mb.1.7.21. -7 A populous region. -च्छा 1 A cricket. -2 The plant Lycopodium Imbricatum (वाराही). -Comp. -अन्तः the border of a lake or stream; marshy place; Ki.7.39; कच्छान्ते सुरसरितो निधाय सेनाम् 12.54. -देशः N. of a place in the South. -पः (-पी f.) 1 a turtle, tortoise; केशव धृतकच्छपरूप जय जगदीश हरे Gīt.1; Ms.1.44,12.42 (thus explained by Durga; कच्छं आत्मनो मुखसंपुटं पाति स हि किंचित् दृष्ट्वा शरीर एव मुखसंपुटं प्रवेशयति). -2 a tumour on the palate. -3 an apparatus used in the distillation of spirituous liquor. -4 an attitude in wrestling. -5 the tree Cedrela Toona (Mar. नांदुरकी) -6 one of the nine treasures of Kubera. (-पी) 1 a female tortoise. -2 a cutaneous disease, wart or blotch. -3 a kind of lute; also the lute of Sarasvatī. -भूः f. marshy ground, morass. -रुहा a kind of grass (दूर्वा). कच्छ kaccha (च्छा cchā) टिका ṭikā कच्छाटी kacchāṭī कच्छ (च्छा) टिका कच्छाटी The end or hem of a lower garment which, after being carried round the body, is gathered up behind and tucked into the waist-band.
kacchuḥ कच्छुः कच्छू f. Itch, scab. -Comp. -घ्नी the plant (पटोल; Mar. कडू पडवळ); another plant (हपुषाभेद).
kaṭu कटु a. (टु or ट्वी f.) 1 Pungent, acrid; (said of a rasa or flavour; the rasas are six; मधुर, कटु, अम्ल, तिक्त, कषाय, and लवण); कट्वम्ललवणात्युष्णतीक्ष्णरूक्षविदाहिनः । आहारा राजसस्येष्टा दुःखशोकाभयप्रदाः ॥ Bg.17.9. -2 Fragrant, exhaling strong odour; सप्तच्छदक्षीरकटुप्रवाहम् R.5.48. -3 Ill-smelling, having a bad smell. -4 (a) Bitter. This sense is found qiven to the words कटु and कटुक in Prākrit and later sanskrit works; cf. अतिकटुः कारवेल्लादिः अतितीक्ष्णो मरिचादिः; अमृततरङ्गिणी on Bg.17.9,-नीलकण्ठ gives the same sense. -5 caustic (words); Y.3.142. (b) Disagreeable, unpleasant; श्रवणकटु नृपाणामेकवाक्यं विवव्रुः R.6.85. -6 Envious. -7 Hot, impetuous. -टुः 1 Pungency, acerbity (one of the six flavours). -2 N. of several plants. -टुः f. A medical plant (कटुरोहिणी). -टु n. 1 An improper action. -2 Blaming, reviling, scandal. -Comp. -अङ्गः 1 the श्योनाक tree (Mar. टेटृ). -2 N. of the king Dilīpa. -उत्कटम् ginger. -उदरी N. of a plant (Mar. वाघांटी). -कन्दः, -दम् 1 ginger, the fresh root or the plant. -2 garlic. -कीटः, -कीटकः a gnat, mosquito. -क्वाणः the टिट्टिभ bird. -ग्रन्थिः, -थि n. dried ginger; so ˚भङ्गः, ˚भद्रम् dried ginger or ginger. -चातुर्जातकम् an aggregate of four pungent substances, as of cardamoms, the bark and leaves of Laurus Cassia and of black pepper. -छदः the तगर tree. -ज a. prepared from acid substances. -तिक्तकः 1 the भूनिंब tree. -2 the शण tree. -तिक्ता = कटुतुम्बी. -तुम्बी a kind of bitter gourd. -तैलः White mustard; अभ्यङ्गः कटु तैलेन निर्वातस्थानबन्धनम् । Śālihotra of Bhoja 26. -त्रयम् a compound substance of ginger, black and long pepper. -दला = कर्कटी plant. -निष्प्लावः grain not inundated. (Mar. कडवा वाल). -पत्रः 1 N. of a medicinal plant (Mar. पित्तपापडा). -2 सितार्जक tree. -पत्रिका N. of a tree कारी. -पाक, -पाकिन् a. producing acid humors in digestion. -फलः a sort of cucumber. (-ला) N. of two plants, पटोल and श्रीवल्ली -बीजा long pepper. -भङ्गः, -भद्रः Dry ginger. -मञ्जरिका the अपामार्ग tree. -मोदम् a certain perfume. -ख a. having a harsh sound. (-वः) 1 a frog. -2 a harsh word or sound. -रोहिणी the कट्की plant. -विपाक a. producing acid humors in digestion -स्नेहः the mustard seed plant.
kaṭhaḥ कठः 1 N. of a sage, pupil of Vaiśampāyana, teacher of that branch of Yajurveda which is called after him. -2 A Brāhmaṇa. -3 A note or simple sound. -4 A kind of ṛik. -ठाः The follower of that sage. के सव्रह्यचारिणोस्येति । कठाः । Mbh. on P.II.2.24. -ठी 1 A female follower of Kaṭha. कठी वृन्दारिका कठवृन्दारिका Mbh. on P.VI.3.42. -2 The wife of a Brāhmaṇa. -Comp. -अध्यापकः a teacher of the Kaṭha branch of the Yajurveda. -उपनिषद् N. of an Upaniṣad (generally said to belong to अथर्ववेद). -कालापाः P.II. 4.3. Schools of कठ and कालाप; नन्दन्तु कठकालापाः वर्धन्तां कठकौथुमाः Mbh. on II.4.3. ये च मे कठकालापा बहवो दण्ड- माणवाः Rām.2.32.18. -धूर्तः a Brāhmaṇa well-versed in the कठ branch of the Yajurveda. -श्रोत्रियः P.V. 2.84. a Brāhmaṇa who has mastered the कठ branch of the Yajurveda.
katama कतम pron. a. [किम्-डतम्] (˚मत् n.) P.II.1.63. Who or which of many; अपि ज्ञायते कतमेन दिग्भागेन गतः स जाल्म इति V.1; अथ कतमं पुनर्ऋतुमधिकृत्य गास्यामि Ś.1; कतमे ते गुणास्तत्र यानुदाहरन्त्यार्यमिश्राः Māl.1; G. L.22; Ki.6.4. (sometimes it is used merely as a strengthened substitute for किम्). When followed by च and preceded by यतम it means 'any whosoever', 'whatsoever'. In negative sentences कतम with चन or अपि means 'not even one', 'none at all'. It also means 'best or excessively goodlooking.'
kathā कथा [कथ् नि˚ अ] A tale, story; ˚प्रावीण्यम् U.4. historical knowledge. -2 A fable, feigned story; कथाच्छलेन बालानां नीतिस्तदिह कथ्यते H. Pr.8. -3 An account, allusion, mention; कथापि खलु पापानामलमश्रेयसे यतः Śi.2. 4. -4 Talk, conversation, speech; प्रथमं कृतां कथाम् Ś. 4.1. -5 A variety of prose composition, often distinguished from आख्यायिका; (प्रबन्धकल्पनां स्तोकसत्यां प्राज्ञाः कथां विदुः । परंपराश्रया या स्यात् सा मताख्यायिका बुधैः ॥); see under आख्यायिका also. -6 (In phil.) Disputation. का कथा or कथा with प्रति (what mention) is often used in the sense of 'what need one say of', 'not to mention', 'to say nothing of', 'how much more', or 'how much less'; का कथा बाणसंधाने ज्याशब्देनैव दूरतः । हुंकारेणेव धनुषः स हि विघ्नानपोहति Ś.3.1; अभितप्तमयो$पि मार्दवं भजते कैव कथा शरीरिषु R.8.43; आप्तवागनुमानाभ्भ्यां साध्यं त्वां प्रति का कथा 1.28; Ve.2.25. -Comp. -अनुरागः taking pleasure in conversation; स्मर्तव्यो$स्मि कथान्तरेषु भवता Mk.7.7. -2 another tale. -अवशेष or कथाशेष a. one of whom only the narrative remains, i. e. deceased, dead. -आक्रमः the commencement of a conversation. -आरम्भः commencement of a tale. -आरामः garden of fable. -आलापः speech, conversation. -उदयः the beginning of a tale. -उद्धातः 1 the second of the five kinds of प्रस्तावना, where the first character enters the stage after overhearing and repeating either the words of the manager (सूत्रधार) or their sense; see S. D.29; e. g. in Ratn., Ve. or Mudrārākṣasa. -2 commencement of a tale or narration; आकुमारकथोद्धातं शालिगोप्यो जगुर्यशः R.4.2. -उपकथनम्, -उपाख्यानम् narration, relation, telling a story. -छलम् 1 the guise of a fable. -2 giving a false account. -नायकः, -पुरुषः the hero or leading character of a story; रामायण˚ U.4,6. -पीठम् 1 the introductory part of a tale or story. -2 N. of the first लम्बक or book of the कथासरित्सागर. -प्रबन्धः a tale, fiction, fable. -प्रसङ्ग a. 1 talkative, talking much and foolishly. -2 mad, foolish. (-ङ्गः) 1 conversation, talk or course of conversation; नानाकथाप्रसङ्गावस्थितः H.1; कथाप्रसङ्गेन विवादं किल चक्रतुः Ks.22.181; N.1.35. -2 a curer of poisons (विषवैद्य); कथाप्रसङ्गो वार्तायां विषवैद्ये$पि वाच्यवत् Viśvakoṣa. कथाप्रसंगेन जनैरुदाहृताम् Ki.1.24 (where the word is used in sense 1 also). -प्राणः an actor. -2 a professional story-teller. -मात्र a. One of whom nothing but the narrative is left; deceased, dead. कालेन ते कृताः सर्वे कथामात्राः कथासु च Bhāg.12.2.44. -मुखम् the introductory portion of a story; Pt.1 -योगः course of conversation, talk, discourse. -विपर्यासः changing the course of a story. -विरक्त a. reserved, taciturn, disliking conversation. -शेष a. see कथावशेष.
kadā कदा ind. When, at what time; कदा गमिष्यसि-एष गच्छामि; कदा कथयिष्यसि &c.; when connected with a following अपि it means 'now and then', 'at times', 'sometimes', 'at some time'; न कदापि never; with a following चन it means 'at some time', 'one day', 'at one time or another', 'once'; आनन्दं ब्रह्मणो विद्वान्न विभेति कदाचन; Ms.2.54,144;3.25,11; with a following चित् it means 'at one time', 'once upon a time', 'at some time or other'; अथ कदाचित् once upon a time; R.2.37,12.21; नाक्षैः क्रीडेत्कदाचित्तु Ms.4.74,65,169; कदाचित्-कदाचित् 'now-now'; कदाचित् काननं जगाहे कदाचित् कमलवनेषु रेमे K.58 et seq. [cf. L. quando].
kaniṣṭha कनिष्ठ a. (Superl. of अल्प or युवन्) 1 The smallest, least. -2 The youngest; पुत्र एषामुतैषां ज्येष्ठ उत वा कनिष्ठः Rv.1.8.28. -3 Lower. -4 Having the feet downwards. -ष्ठः N. of Śiva. -ष्ठा 1 The little finger. -2 A kind of heroine. -3 The wife of a younger brother. -4 A younger wife, one married later (than another); पुत्रः कनिष्ठो ज्येष्ठायां कनिष्ठायां च पूर्वजः Ms.9.122. -Comp. -पदम्, -मूलम् the least or first root. -प्रथम a. Having the youngest as the first.
kandaḥ कन्दः दम् 1 A bulbous root. -2 A bulb; किं कन्दाः कन्दरेभ्यः प्रलयमुपगताः Bh.3.69; (fig. also); ज्ञानकन्द. -3 Garlic. -4 A knot, swelling. -5 An affection of the male or female organ. -दः 1 A cloud. -2 Comphor. -Comp. -अशः An ascetic subsisting on roots; कन्दाशैस्त्रि- दशैश्च यत्पदरजो वन्द्यं मुकुन्दादिभिः । Chola Champu ed. by Dr. V. Raghavan (V.1, p.1). -मूलम् a radish. -संज्ञम् prolapsus uteri. -सारम् the garden of Indra.
karabhaḥ करभः [कॄ-अभच् Uṇ.3.122; करे-भाति भा-क Tv.] 1 The back of the hand from the wrist to the root of the fingers; metacarpus, as in करभोपमोरूः R.6.83; see करभोरू below. -2 The trunk of an elephant. -3 A young elephant. -4 A young camel; उष्ट्री च करभश्चेति Mbh. on P.I.2.66. पृथ्वीरजः करभकण्ठकडारमाशाः (संविव्युः) Śi.5.3. -5 A camel in general. -6 A kind of perfume. -7 The hip. -भी A she camel. -Comp. -ऊरूः f. a lady whose thighs resemble the back of the fore-arm; अङ्के निधाय करभोरु यथासुखं ते Ś.3.2; Śi.1.69; Amaru.71; or (according to another explanation), whose thighs resemble the trunk of an elephant; cf. Ku.1.36.
karṇa कर्ण a. Ved. 1 Having long ears. -2 Furnished with chaff (as grain). -र्णः 1 The ear; अहो खलभुजङ्गस्य विपरीतवधक्रमः । कर्णे लगति चान्यस्य प्राणैरन्यो वियुज्यते ॥ Pt.1. 35, 34 also; -कर्णे दा to listen; कर्णमागम् to come to the ear, become known; तद्गुणैः कर्णमागत्य R.1.9; कर्णे कृ to put round the ear; Ch. P.1; कर्णे कथयति whispers in the ear; cf. षट्कर्ण, चतुष्कर्ण &c. also. -2 The handle or ear of a vessel; उभा कर्णा हिरण्यया Rv.8.72.12. -3 The helm or rudder of a ship; सेना भ्रमति संख्येषु हत- कर्णेव नौर्जले Rām.6.48.26. -4 The hypotenuse of a triangle. -5 The diameter of a circle; Sūrya. -6 An intermediate region or quarter (उपदिग्भाग); Mb.6. 6.1. -7 (In prosody) A spondee. -8 N. of a tree (Mar. बाहवा, रुइमांदार) Rām.5.56.34. -2 N. of a celebrated warrior on the side of the Kauravas mentioned in the Mahābhārata. भवान् भीष्मश्च कर्णश्च Bg.1.8;11.34. [He was the son of Kuntī begotten on her by the god Sun while she was yet a virgin residing at her father's house (see Kuntī). When the child was born, Kuntī, afraid of the censure of her relatives and also of public scandal, threw the boy into the river where he was found by Adhiratha, charioteer of Dhṛitrāṣṭra, and given over to his wife Rādhā, who brought him up like her own child; whence Karṇa is often called Sūtaputra, Rādheya &c. Karṇa, when grown up, was made king of Aṇga by Duryodhana, and became by virtue of his many generous acts a type of charity. On one occasion Indra (whose care it was to favour his son Arjuna) disguised himself as a Brāhmaṇa and cajoled him out of his divine armour and ear-rings, and gave him in return a charmed javelin. With a desire to make himself proficient in the science of war, he, calling himself a Brāhmaṇa went to Parasurāma and learnt that art from him. But his secret did not long remain concealed. On one occasion when Parasurāma had fallen asleep with his head resting on Karṇa's lap, a worm (supposed by some to be the form assumed by Indra himself to defeat Karṇa's object) began to eat into his lap and made a deep rent in it; but as Karṇa showed not the least sign of pain, his real character was discovered by his preceptor who cursed him that the art he had learnt would avail him not in times of need. On another occasion he was curse by a Brāhmaṇa (whose cow he had unwittingly slain in chase) that the earth would eat up the wheel of his chariot in the hour of trial. Even with such disadvantages as these, he acquitted himself most valiantly in the great war between the Paṇḍavas and Kauravas, while acting as generalissimo of the Kaurava forces after Bhīṣma and Droṇa had fallen. He maintained the field against the Paṇḍavas for three days, but on the last day he was slain by Arjuna while the wheel of his chariot had sunk down into the earth. Karṇa was the most intimate friend of Duryodhana, and with Śakuni joined him in all the various schemes and plots that were devised from time to time for the destruction of the Paṇ&dvas.] -Comp. -अञ्चलः (लम्) Ear-lobe; (Mātaṅga L.5.12.) -अञ्जलिः 1 The auditory passage of the outer ear. -2 The ears pricked up; आपीय कर्णाञ्जलिभिर्भवापहाम् Bhāg.3.13.5. -अनुजः Yudhiṣṭhira. -अन्तिक a. close to the ear; स्वनसि मृदु कर्णान्तिकचरः Ś.1.23. -अन्दुः, -न्दू f. an ornament for the ear, ear-ring. -अर्पणम् giving ear, listening. -आरा (= -वेधनी). -आस्फालः the flapping of the elephant's ears. -इन्दुः f. a semicircular ear-ring. -उत्तंसः an ear-ornament or merely an ornament (according to some authorities). (Mammaṭa says that here कर्ण means कर्णंस्थितत्व; cf. also his remark ad hoc:- कर्णावतंसादिपदे कर्णादिध्वनिनिर्मितः । सन्निधानार्थबोधार्थं स्थितेष्वेत- त्समर्थनम् ॥ K. P.7). -उपकर्णिका rumour; (lit. 'from ear to ear'). प्रागेव कर्णोपकर्णिकया श्रुतापवादक्षुभितहृदयः Pt. -ऊर्णः a kind of deer; कर्णोर्णैकपदं चास्मै निर्जुष्टं वृकनाभिभिः Bhāg. -कषायः Dirt in the ears; आपीयतां कर्णकषायशोषाननुक्रमिष्ये न इमान्सुपेशान् Bhāg.2.6.46. -कीटा, -टी 1 a worm with many feet and of a reddish colour, -2 a small centipede. -कुमारी N. of Bhavānī. -कूटः The tower at the corner of the roof; Māna.19.54-55. -क्ष्वेडः (in Medic.) a constant noise in the ear. -गूथम् earwax. (-थः) -गूथकः hardening of the wax of the ear. -गोचर a. audible. -ग्राहः a helmsman. -चूलिका f. An ear-ring; उत्कृत्तकर्णचूलिकेन मुखेन ...... Svapna.2. -जप a. (also कर्णेजप) a secret traducer, talebearer, informer. कर्णेजपः सूचकः Mbh. on P.III.2.13. -जपः, -जापः slandering, tale-bearing, calumniating. -जलूका a small centipede. (also -जलौकस्, -जलौका) -जाहम् the root of the ear; cf. तस्य पाकमूले पील्वादिकर्णादिभ्यः कुणब्जाह चौ Pān. V.2.24. अपि कर्णजाहविनिवेशिताननः Māl.5.8. -जित् m. 'conqueror of Karṇa', epithet of Arjuna, the third Pāṇḍava prince. -ज्वरः pain to the ear; U.5.6. -तालः the flapping of the elephant's ears, the noise made by it; विस्तारितः कुञ्जरकर्ण- तालैः R.7.39,9.71; Śi.17.37. -दर्पणः an ear-ring. -दुन्दुभिः = कर्णकीटा. -धारः a helmsman, a pilot; अकर्णधारा जलधौ विप्लवेतेह नौरिव H.3.2; अविनयनदीकर्णधार- कर्ण Ve.4. -धारिणी a female elephant. -पत्रकः The lobe of the ear; Y.3.96. -पथः the range of hearing. -परम्परा from ear to ear, hearsay; इति कर्णपरंपरया श्रुतम् Ratn.1. -पर्वन् n. the eighth (i. e. Karṇa) section of the Mahābhārata. -पाकः inflammation of the outer ear. -पालिः, -ली f. 1 the lobe of the ear. -2 the outer edge of the ear. (-ली) an ornament of the ear. -पाशः a beautiful ear; U.6.27. -पिशाची f. a type of goddess. -पुटम् the auditory passage of the ear. -पूरः 1 an ornament (of flowers &c.) worn round the ear, an ear-ring; इदं च करतलं किमिति कर्णपूरतामारोपितम् K.6. प्रचुरसमरशोभासुभ्रुवः कर्णपूरः Śiva. B.3.46. -2 the Aśoka tree. -3 the Śirīṣa tree. -4 the blue lotus. -पूरकः 1 an ear-ring. -2 the Kadamba tree. -3 the Aṣoka tree. -4 the blue lotus. -प्रणादः, -प्रतिनाहः a disease of the ear. -प्रान्तः the lobe of the ear. -फलः a kind of fish. -भूषणम्, -भूषा an ear-ornament. -मुकुरः an ear-ornament. -मूलम् the root of the ear; तं कर्णमूलमागत्य रामे श्रीर्न्यस्यतामिति R.12.2. -मोटी a form of Durgā. -योनि a. having the ear as a source. तस्य साध्वीरिषवो याभिरस्यति नृचक्षसो दृशये कर्णयोनयः Rv.2.24.8. -लता, -लतिका the lobe of the ear; मन्ये$मुना कर्णलतामयेन N.7.64. -वंशः a raised platform or dais of bamboo. -वर्जित a. earless. (-तः) a snake. -विवरम्, -छिद्रम्, -पुरम्, -रन्ध्रम् the auditory passage of the ear. -विष् f. ear-wax; Ms.5.135. -विषम् 'poisoning the ear', slandering, backbiting. -वेधः piercing the ears to put ear-rings on; a religious ceremony (संस्कार). -वेधनी, -वेधनिका an instrument for piercing the ear. -वेष्टः, -वेष्टनम् an ear-ring; सुकृतौ कर्णवेष्टौ च Rām.5.15.42. -शष्कुली the outer part of the ear (leading to the auditory passage); AV.9.8.1. अवलम्बितकर्णशष्कुलीकलसीकं रचयन्नवोचत N.2.8. -शूलः, -लम् ear-ache. -श्रव a. audible, loud; कर्णश्रवे$- निले Ms.4.12. -श्रावः, -संश्रवः 'running of the ear', discharge of pus or ichorous matter from the ear. -सूः f. Kuntī, mother of Karṇa. -स्रोतस् n. excretion of the ear (कर्णमल) कर्णस्रोतोभवं चापि मधुं नाम महासुरम् Mb.6. 67.14. -हर्म्यम् a tower, a side-tower. -हीन a. earless. (-नः) a snake.
karṇika कर्णिक a. 1 Having ears. -2 Having a helm. -कः A steersman. -का 1 An ear-ring; रत्नरञ्जितकर्णिकाम् Śiva. B.2.5; वदनेनाकुलकर्णिकोज्जवलेन Bu. Ch.5.55. -2 A knot, round protuberance. -3 Pericarp of a lotus. -4 A small brush or pen. -5 The middle finger. -6 A fruit-stalk. -7 The tip of an elephant's trunk. -8 Chalk. -9 A trowel. -1 A bawd. -Comp. -अचलः N. of the mountain सुमेरु.
karṇin कर्णिन् a. 1 Having ears; Av.1.1.2. -2 Longeared. -3 Barbed (as an arrow). -m. 1 An ass. -2 A helmsman. -3 An arrow furnished with knots &c. -4 A disease of the uterus.
karṇikāraḥ कर्णिकारः 1 N. of a tree; Cassia fistula. The golden yellow flower of this tree has its petals bending inwards so that the flower looks like a saucer. Its stamens and style are longer than the petals and looks like so many wicks juttling out of an oil lamp. cf. Vikra.3.3. निर्भिद्योपरि कर्णिकारमुकुलान्यालीयते षट्पदः V.2.23; Ṛs.6.6, 2. -2 The pericarp of a lotus. -रम् A flower of the Karṇikāra tree. (This flower, though it has an excellent colour, has no smell and hence it is not liked; cf. Ku.3.28. :-- वर्णप्रकर्षे सति कर्णिकारं दुनोति निर्गन्धतया स्म चेतः । प्रायेण सामग्र्यविधौ गुणानां पराङ्मुखी विश्वसृजः प्रवृत्तिः ॥). -Comp. -प्रियः An epithet of Śiva.
karman कर्मन् -m. Viśvakarmā; शक्रस्य नु सभा दिव्या भास्वरा कर्मनिर्मिता Mb.2.7.1. -n. [कृ-मनिन् Uṇ.4.144] 1 Action, work, deed. -2 Execution, performance; प्रीतो$स्मि सो$हं यद् भुक्तं वनं तैः कृतकर्मभिः Rām.5.63.3. -3 Business, office, duty; संप्रति विषवैद्यानां कर्म M.4. -4 A religious rite (it may be either नित्य, नैमित्तिक or काम्य). -5 A specific action, moral duty. -6 (a) Performance of religious rites as opposed to speculative religion or knowledge of Brahman (opp. ज्ञान); अपरो दहृने स्वकर्मणां ववृते R.8.2. (b) Labour, work. -7 Product, result. -8 A natural or active property (as support of the earth). -9 Fate, the certain consequence of acts done in a former life; कर्मायत्तं फलं पुंसां बुद्धिः कर्मानुसारिणी Bh.2.89,94. -1 (In gram.) The object of of an action; कर्तुरीप्सिततमं कर्म P.I.4.49. -11 (In Vaiś. Phil.) Motion considered as one of the seven categories of things; (thus defined:-- एकद्रव्यमगुणं संयोगविभागेष्वनपेक्षकारणं कर्म Vaiś. Sūtra. (It is five-fold:-- उत्क्षेपणं ततो$वक्षेपणमाकुञ्चनं तथा । प्रसारणं च गमनं कर्माण्येतानि पञ्च च ॥ Bhāṣā P.6.) -12 Organ of sense. प्रजापतिर्ह कर्माणि ससृजे Bṛi. Up.1.5.21. -13 Organ of action; कर्माणि कर्मभिः कुर्वन् Bhāg.11.3.6. -14 (In Astr.) The tenth lunar mansion. -15 Practice, training; सर्वेषां कर्मणा वीर्यं जवस्तेजश्च वर्धते Kau. A.2.2. -Comp. -अक्षम a. incapable of doing anything. -अङ्गम् part of any act; part of a sacrificial rite (as प्रयाज of the Darśa sacrifice). -अधिकारः the right of performing religious rites. -अनुरूप a. 1 according to action or any particular office. -2 according to actions done in a previous existence. -अनुष्ठानम् practising one's duties. -अनुसारः consequence of, or conformity to, acts. -अन्तः 1 the end of any business or task. -2 a work, business, execution of business. -3 a barn, a store of grain &c. Ms.7.62 (कर्मान्तः इक्षुधान्यादिसंग्रहस्थानम् Kull.) -4 cultivated ground. -5 a worker; कच्चिन्न सर्वे कर्मान्ताः Rām.2.1.52. -अन्तरम् 1 difference or contrariety of action. -2 penance, expiation. -3 suspension of a religious action. -4 another work or action; कर्मान्तर- नियुक्तासु निर्ममन्थ स्वयं दधि Bhāg.1.9.1. -अन्तिक a. final. (-कः) a servant, workman, Rām.1.13.7. -अपनुत्तिः f. removing, sending away of कर्म; जन्मकर्माप- नुत्तये Bhāg.12.2.17. -अर्ह a. fit or suitable to an act or the rite. (-र्हः) a man. -आख्या f. Name received from the act performed; तस्मात् छिन्नगमनो$श्वो$पि छाग इति कर्माख्या भविष्यति । ŚB. on MS.6.8.37. -आजीवः one who maintains himself by some profession (as that of an artisan &c.) -आत्मन् a. endowed with the principles of action, active; कर्मात्मनां च देवानां सो$सृजत्प्राणिनां प्रभुः Ms.1.22. (-m.) the soul. -आयतनम् see कर्मेन्द्रियम्; शव्दः स्पर्शो रसो गन्धो रूपं चेत्यर्थजातयः । गत्युक्त्युत्सर्गशिल्पानि कर्मायतनसिद्धयः Bhāg.11.22.16. -आशयः receptacle or accumulation of (good and evil) acts; निर्हृत्य कर्माशयमाशु याति परां गतिम् Bhāg.1.46.32. -इन्द्रियम् an organ of action, as distinguished from ज्ञानेन्द्रिय; (they are :- वाक्पाणिपादपायूपस्थानि; Ms.2.99; see under इन्द्रिय also) कर्मेन्द्रियाणि संयम्य Bg.3.6,7. -उदारम् any valiant or noble act, magnanimity, prowess. -उद्युक्त a. busy, engaged, active, zealous. -करः 1 a hired labourer (a servant who is not a slave); आ तस्य गोः प्रतिदानात् कर्मकारी आगबीनः कर्मकरः Mbh. on P.V.2.14. कर्मकराः स्थपत्यादयः Pt.1; Śi.14.16. -2 Yama. -कर्तृ m. (in gram.) an agent who is at the same time the object of the action; e. g. पच्यते ओदनः, it is thus defined:- क्रियमाणं तु यत्कर्म स्वयमेव प्रसिध्यति । सुकरैः स्वैर्गुणैः कर्तुः कर्मकर्तेति तद्विदुः ॥ न चान्तरेण कर्मकर्तारं सकर्मका अकर्मका भवन्ति Mbh. on P.I.3.27 -काण्डः, -ण्डम् that department of the Veda which relates to ceremonial acts and sacrificial rites and the merit arising from a due performance thereof. -कारः 1 one who does any business, a mechanic, artisan (technically a worker not hired). -2 any labourer in general (whether hired or not). -3 a black-smith; हरिणाक्षि कटाक्षेण आत्मानमवलोकय । न हि खङ्गो विजानाति कर्मकारं स्वकारणम् ॥ Udb. -4 a bull. -कारिन् m. a labourer, artisan, workman. -कार्मुकः, -कम् a strong bow. -कीलकः a washerman. -कृत्यम् activity, the state of active exertion; यः प्रथमः कर्मकृत्याय जज्ञे Av.4.24.6. -क्षम a. able to perform any work or duty; आत्मकर्मक्षमं देहं क्षात्रो धर्म इवाश्रितः R.1.13. -क्षेत्रम् the land of religious acts, i. e. भरतवर्ष; Bhāg.5.17.11. cf. कर्मभूमि. -गतिः f. the course of fate; अथ कर्मगतिं चित्रां दृष्ट्वा$स्य हसितं मया Ks.59.159. -गृहीत a. caught in the very act (as a thief.). -ग्रन्थिः f. a term in Jaina metaphysics connoting 'weakness in the form of वासनाs produced by अज्ञान'. -घातः leaving off or suspending work. -च(चा)ण्डालः 1 'base in deed', a man of very low acts or deeds; Vasiṣṭha mentions these kinds :-- असूयकः पिशुनश्च कृतघ्नो दीर्घरोषकः । चत्वारः कर्मचाण्डाला जन्मतश्चापि पञ्चमः ॥ -2 one who commits an atrocious deed; अपूर्वकर्मचण्डालमयि मुग्धे विमुच्च माम् U.1.46. -3 N. of Rāhu. -चेष्टा active exertion, action. कर्मचेष्टास्वहः Ms.1.66. -चोदना 1 The motive impelling one to ritual acts. ज्ञानं ज्ञेयं परिज्ञाता त्रिविधा कर्मचोदना Bg.18.18. -2 any positive rule enjoining a religious act. -च्छेदः The loss caused by absence on duty; Kau. A.2.7. -जः a. resulting from an act; सिद्धिर्भवति कर्मजा Bg.4.12. कर्मजा गतयो नॄणामुत्तमाधममध्यमाः Ms.12.3. (-जः) 1 the holy fig-tree. -2 the Kali age. -3 the banian tree. -4 the effect arising from human acts :-- संयोग, विभाग &c. -5 heaven. -6 hell. -ज्ञ a. one acquainted with religious rites. -त्यागः renunciation of worldly duties or ceremonial acts. -दुष्ट a. corrupt in action, wicked, immoral, disrespectable. -देवः a god through religious action; ये शतं गन्धर्वलोक आनन्दाः स एकः कर्मदेवानामानन्दः Bṛi. Up.4.3.33. -दोषः 1 sin, vice; अवेक्षेत गतीर्नॄणां कर्मदोष- समुद्भवाः Ms.6.61,95. -2 an error, defect, or blunder (in doing an act); कर्मदोषैर्न लिप्यते Ms.1,14. -3 evil consequence of human acts. -4 discreditable conduct. -धारयः N. of a compound, a subdivision of Tatpuruṣa, (in which the members of the compound are in apposition) तत्पुरुषः समानाधिकरणः कर्मधारयः P.I. 2.42. तत्पुरुष कर्म धारय येनाहं स्यां बहुव्रीहिः Udb. -ध्वंसः 1 loss of fruit arising from religious acts. -2 disappointment. -नामन् (in gram.) a participal noun. -नामधेयम् N. of an act or sacrifice. These names are not arbitrary or technical such as गुण and वृद्धि but are always significant; सर्वेष्वेव कर्मनामधेयेषु अर्थसमन्वयेनानुवाद- भूतो नामशद्बो वर्तते, न लौकिकार्थतिरस्कारेण परिभाषामात्रेण वृद्धिगुणवत् ŚB. on MS.1.6.41. -नाशा N. of a river between Kaśi and Bihar. -निश्चयः a decision of action; न लेमे कर्मनिश्चयम् Bm.1.648. -निषद्या a manufactory; Kau. A.2.4. -निष्ठ a. devoted to the performance of religious acts; अग्निर्वीरं श्रुत्यं कर्मनिष्ठाम् Rv.1.8.1; Ms.3.134. -न्यासः renunciation of the result of religious acts. -पथः 1 the direction or source of an action. -2 the path of religious rites (opp. ज्ञानमार्ग). -पाकः ripening of actions, reward of actions done in a former life; Pt.1.372. -प्रवचनीयः a term for certain prepositions, particles, or adverbs when they are not connected with verbs and govern a noun in some case; literally-the term means, 'Concerned with the setting forth of an action'. According to Indian grammarians it means 'that which spoke of an action (क्रियां प्रोक्तवन्तः)' e. g. आ in आ मुक्तेः संसारः is a कर्मप्रवचनीय; so अनु in जपमनु प्रावर्षत् &c; कर्म प्रोक्तवन्तः कर्मप्रवचनीया इति Mbh. on P.I.4.83. cf. उपसर्ग, गति and निपात also. -फलम् 1 fruit or reward of actions done in a former life; (pain, pleasure); न मे कर्मफले स्पृहा Bg.4.14;5.12;6.1; ˚फलत्याग Bg.12.11,18.2; ˚फलत्यागिन् Bg.18.11; ˚फलप्रेप्सुः Bg.18.27; ˚फलसंयोग Bg.5.14; ˚फलहेतु Bg.2.47. एवं संचिन्त्य मनसा प्रेत्य कर्मफलोदयम् Ms.11.231. -2 the fruit of Averrhoa Carambola (Mar. कर्मर); also कर्मरङ्ग. -बन्धः, -बन्धनम् confinement to repeated birth, as the consequence of religious acts, good or bad (by which the soul is attached to worldly pleasures &c.); बुद्ध्या युक्तो यथा पार्थ कर्मबन्धं प्रहास्यति Bg.2.39. -भूः, -भूमिः f. 1 the land of religious rites, i. e. भरतवर्ष, this world (a place for man's probation); प्राप्येमां कर्मभूमिम् Bh.2.1; K.174,319. -2 ploughed ground. -मासः the Calendar month of thirty days. -मीमांसा the Mīmāṁsā of ceremonial acts; see मीमांसा. -मूलम् a kind of sacred grass called कुश. -युगम् the fourth (the present) age of the world, i. e. the Kaliyuga. -योगः 1 performance of actions, worldly and religious rites; कर्मयोगेन योगिनाम् Bg.3.3;3.7;5.2;13.24. -2 active exertion, industry; Ms.1.115. -वचनम् (with Buddhists) the ritual. -वज्रः an epithet of a Śūdra. -वशः fate considered as the inevitable result of actions done in a former life. -वाटी a lunar day (तिथि). -विपाक = कर्मपाक. -शाला a work-shop. -शील, -शूर a. assiduous, active, laborious; cf. कर्म- शीलस्तु कर्मठे । Nm. -शौचम् humility. -श्रुतिः f. The word expressive of the act; कर्मश्रुतेः परार्थत्वात् MS.11. 2.6. (read या अत्र कर्मश्रुतिः दर्शपूर्णमासाभ्यामिति सा परार्था तृतीया-योगात् &c. शबर). -सङ्गः attachment to worldly duties and their results. तन्निबध्नाति ... कर्मसङ्गेन Bg.14.7. -सचिवः a minister. -संन्यासिकः, -संन्यासिन् m. 1 a religious person who has withdrawn from every kind of worldly act. -2 an ascetic who performs religious deeds without looking to their reward. -साक्षिन् m. 1 an eyewitness; वह्निर्विवाहं प्रति कर्मसाक्षी Ku.7.83. -2 one who witnesses the good or bad actions of man; आदित्य भो लोककृताकृतज्ञ लोकस्य सत्यानृप- कर्मसाक्षिन् Rām.3.63.16. (There are nine divinities which are said to witness and watch over all human actions; सूर्यः सोमो यमः कालो महाभूतानि पञ्च च । एते शुभाशुभ- स्येह कर्मणो नव साक्षिणः ॥) -सिद्धिः f. accomplishment of any business or desired object; success. स्वकर्मसिद्धिं पुनरा- शशंसे Ku. -स्थानम् a public office, a place of business.
kal कल् I. 1 Ā. (कलते, कलित) 1 To count. -2 To sound. -II. 1 U. (कलयति-ते, कलित) 1 To hold, bear, carry, wield, have, put on; करालकरकन्दलीकलितशस्त्रजालैर्बलैः U.5.5; म्लेच्छनिवहनिधने कलयसि करवालम् Gīt.1; कलित- ललितवनमालः; हलं कलयते ibid.; कलय वलयश्रेणीं पाणौ पदे कुरु नूपुरौ 12; Mb.12.4.18. -2 (a) To count, reckon; कालः कलयतामहम् Bg.1.3. (b) To measure; सदा पान्थः पूषा गगनपरिमाणं कलयति Bh.2.114. -3 To assume, take, have, possess; कलयति हि हिमांशोर्निष्कलङ्कस्य लक्ष्मीम् Māl.1.22. Śi.4.36,9.59. -4 To know, understand, observe, take notice of, think of; कलयन्नपि सव्यथोवतस्थे Śi.9.83; कोपितं विरहखेदितचित्ता कान्तमेव कलयन्त्यनुनिन्ये 1.29; N.2.65, 3.12, Māl.2.9. -5 To think, regard, consider; कलये- दमानमनसं सखि माम् Śi.9.58,6.54,15.55,16.64; Mb.12.4.15; व्यालनिलयमिलनेन गरलमिव कलयति मलयसमीरम् Gīt.4,7; cf. कलयति स कथं ते पाशमुद्बन्धनाय Nag.2.11. -6 To undergo, be influenced by; मदलीलाकलितकामपाल Māl.8; धन्यः को$पि न विक्रियां कलयति प्राप्ते नवे यौवने Bh.1.72. -7 To do, perform. -8 To go. -9 To attach to, tie on; furnish with. -1 To urge on, impel, incite; कलय शिखिनः केकोत्कण्ठान् Māl.9.42. -11 To utter a sound, murmur. -12 To take hold of the die called Kali. -III. 1 P. (कालयति, कालित) 1 To push on, urge, drive forward; गावो न काल्यन्त इदं कुतो रजो Bhāg. 4.5.8. -2 To carry off. -3 To collect. -4 To throw, cast. -5 To proclaim the time.
kala कल a. [ कल्- घञ्] 1 Sweet and indistinct (अस्पष्टमधुर); कर्णे कलं किमपि रौति H.1.78; सारसैः कलनिर्ह्रादैः R.1.41,8. 59; M.5.1. वाग्भिः कलाभिर्ललितैश्च हावैः Bu. Ch.2.3. (Hence -2 Low, soft, sweet (note &c.); melodious, pleasing, निशासु भास्वत्कलनूपुराणाम् R.16.12. -3 Making noise, jingling, tinkling &c.; भास्वत्कलनूपुराणाम् R.16.12; कल- किङ्किणीरवम् Śi.9.74,82; कलमेखलाकलकलः 6.14,4.57; -4 Weak. -5 Crude; undigested. -6 Vigorous. -7 Full. दीनस्य ताम्राश्रुकलस्य राज्ञः Rām.2.13.24. -ला 1 A low or soft and inarticulate tone. -2 (In poetry) Time equal to four Mātrās. -3 (-m. pl.) A class of manes. -लम् Semen. -Comp. अङ्कुरः the Sārasa bird. -अनु- वादिन् m. 1 a sparrow. -2 a bee. -3 the Chātaka bird. -अविकलः a sparrow. -आलापः 1 a sweet humming sound. -2 sweet and agreeable discourse; स्फुरत्- कलालापविलासकोमला करोति रागं हृदि कौतुकधिकम् K.2. -3 a bee. -उत्ताल a. high, sharp. -कण्ठ a. having a sweet voice. (-ण्ठः) (ण्ठी f.) 1 the (Indian) cuckoo. -2 a goose, swan. -3 a pigeon. -कलः 1 murmuring or hum of a crowd. -2 indistinct or confused noise; चलितया विदधे कलमेखलाकलकलो$लकलोलदृशान्यया Śi.6.14; नेपथ्ये कलकलः (in dramas); Bh.1.27,37; Amaru.31. -3 N. of Śiva. -4 resin, pitch. -कूजिका, -कूणिका a wanton woman. -घोषः the (Indian) cuckoo. -चु(चू)रिः N. of a royal family; B. R. -तूलिका a wanton or lascivious woman. -धूतम् silver. -धौतम् 1 silver; कलधौतधौत- शिलवेश्मनां रुचौ Śi.13.21,4.41. -2 gold; विमलकलधौत- त्सरुणा खड्गेन Ve.3. कन्येयं कलधौतकोमलरुचिः कीर्तिस्तु नातः परा Mahār. -3 a low or pleasing tone. ˚लिपि f. 1 illumination of a manuscript with gold. -2 characters written in gold; मरकतशकलकलितकलधौतलिपेरिव रतिजय- लेखम् Gīt.8. -ध्वनिः 1 a low sweet tone. -2 a pigeon. -3 a peacock. -4 the (Indian) cuckoo. -नाद a. having a low and sweet tone. (-दः) a swan; see कलध्वनि. -भाषणम् lisping, the prattle of childhood. -रवः 1 a low sweet tone. -2 a dove. -3 the (Indian) cuckoo. -विशुद्ध a. soft and clear; Ś.5. -व्याघ्रः a mongrel breed between a tigress and panther. -हंसः 1 a gander, a swan; वधूदुकूलं कलहंस- लक्षणम् Ku.5.67. -2 a duck, drake; Bk.2.18; कलमन्य- भृतासु भाषितं कलहंसीषु मदालसं गतम् R.8.59. -3 the supreme soul. -4 an excellent king.
kalaviṅkaḥ कलविङ्कः गः 1 A sparrow; Ms.5.12; Y.1.174. कलविङ्कस्वर उत्तरं बभाषे Bu. Ch.5.34. -2 A spot, stain. कलशः, -सः (-शम्, -सम्) [केन जलेन लश-स-ति Tv.] 1 A pitcher, water-pot, a jar, dish; हिरण्मयं कलशं विभर्षि Mbh. on P.VI.4.174; Śi.11; स्तनौ मांसग्रन्थी कनककलशा- वित्युपमितौ Bh.3.2,1.97; Amaru 54. ˚जन्मन्, ˚उद्भवः N. of Agastya. -2 A churn. -3 A kind of measure. -4 A rounded pinnacle on the top of a temple -5 The ocean; क्षोभ्यतां कलशः सर्वैर्मन्दरः परिवर्त्यताम् Mb.1.18.32. -Comp. (स) -अम्भोधिः, -अर्णवः, -उदधि 1 the ocean. -2 Kṣīrasāgara (Note on शाहेन्द्रविलास 2.68.). ककुस्थकुल- पर्यायकलशार्णवकौस्तुभः Viś. Guṇā.5. कलशी, -शिः (-सी, -सिः f.) 1 A pitcher, a jar. -2 A churn; कलशिमुदधिगुर्वीं बल्लवा लोडयन्ति; Śi.11.8. -3 Hemionitis Cordifolia (Mar. रिंगणी); -Comp. -सुतः N. of Agastya.
kalā कला [कल्-कच्] A small part of anything; स एष संवत्सरः प्रजापतिः षोडशकलास्तस्य Bṛi. Up.1.5.14; विन्देम देवतां वाचममृतामात्मनः कलाम् U.1.1; a bit, jot; कलामप्यकृतपरि- लम्बः K.34; सर्वे ते मित्रगात्रस्य कलां नार्हन्ति षोडशीम् Pt.2. 59; Ms.2.86,8.36; a sixteenth part; यथा कलं यथा शफं यथा ऋणं संनयामसि Rv.8.47,17; a symbolic expression of the number sixteen; Hch. -2 A digit of the moon (these are sixteen); जगति जयिनस्ते ते भावा नवेन्दु- कलादयः Māl.1.36; Ku.5.71; Me.91. -3 Interest on capital (consideration paid for the use of money); घनवीथिवीथिमवतीर्णवतो निधिरम्भसामुपचयाय कलाः Śi.9.32. (where कला means 'digits' also). -4 A division of time variously computed; one minute, 48 seconds, or 8 seconds. Mb.1.25.14;12.137.21. -5 The 6th part of one thirtieth part of a zodiacal sign, a minute of a degree. -6 Any practical art (mechanical or fine); there are 64 such arts, as music, dancing &c. मातृवदस्याः कलाः Mbh. on P.IV.1.9. (See कामधेनु टीका on काव्यालङ्कारसूत्र 7.) -7 Skill, ingenuity. -8 Fraud, deceit. -9 (In Prosody) A syllabic instant. -1 A boat. -11 The menstrual discharge. -12 A term for the seven substrata of the elements of the human body; (they are :- आद्या मांसधरा प्रोक्ता द्वितीया रक्तधारिणी । मेदोधरा तृतीया तु चतुर्थीं श्लेष्मधारिणी ॥ पञ्चमी च मलं धत्ते षष्टी पित्तधरा मता । रेतोधरा सप्तमी स्यात् इति सप्त कलाः स्मृताः ॥ -13 An atom. -14 A term for the embryo. -15 A fleshy part near the tail of the elephant (also कलाभागः); Mātaṅga L.3.2. -16 Enumeration. -17 A form (स्वरूप); लीलया दधतः कलाः Bhāg. 1.1.17. -18 Prowess (शक्ति); संहृत्य कालकलया कल्पान्त इदमीश्वरः Bhāg.11.9.16. -Comp. -अन्तरम् 1 another digit. -2 interest, profit; मासे शतस्य यदि पञ्च कलान्तरं स्यात् Līlā. -अयनः a tumbler, a dancer (as on the sharp edge of a sword). -आकुलम् deadly poison. -केलि a. gay, wanton. (-लिः) an epithet of Kāma. -क्षयः waning (of the moon); R.5.16. -धरः, -निधिः, -पूर्णः the moon; अहो महत्त्वं महतामपूर्वं विपत्तिकाले$पि परो- पकारः । यथास्यमध्ये पतितो$पि राहोः कलानिधिः पुण्यचयं ददाति ॥ Udb. -न्यासः a tattooing person's body with particular mystical marks. -भृत् m. 1 the moon. कला च सा कान्तिमती कलाभृतः Ku.5.71. -2 an artist &c.
kalāpaḥ कलापः 1 A band, bundle; समित्कलापमादाय प्रविवेश स्वमाश्रमम् Mb.3.137.1. मुक्ताकलापस्य च निस्तलस्य Ku.1. 42 a round necklace of pearls; रशनाकलापः a zone of several strings. -2 A group or whole collection of things; अखिलकलाकलापालोचन K.7. -3 A peacock's tail; तं मे जातकलापं प्रेषय मणिकण्ठकं शिखिनम् V.5.13; Pt.2.8. Ṛs.1.16,2.14. -4 A woman's zone or girdle; (oft. with काञ्ची or रशना &c.) जघनमरुणरत्नग्रन्थिकाञ्चीकलापं कुवलय- नयनाना को विहातुं समर्थः Bh.1.11. श्रोणीतटं सुविपुलं रशना- कलापैः Ṛs.3.2; Mk.1.27. -5 An ornament in general; Mb.8.19.29. 'कलापः संहते बर्हे तूणीरे भूषणे हरे' इति विश्वः -6 The rope round an elephant's neck. -7 A quiver. -8 An arrow. -9 The moon. -1 A shrewed and intelligent man. -11 A poem written in one metre. -12 A tuft (जटा˚) or knot of braided hair. -पी A bundle of grass.
kalpa कल्प a. [क्लृप्-घञ्] 1 Practicable, feasible, possible, -2 Proper, fit, right. -3 Strong, vigorous; चरन्तं ब्राह्मणं कञ्चित्कल्पचित्तमनामयम् Mb.12.179.3. -4 Able, competent (with a gen., loc.; inf. or at the end of comp.); धर्मस्य, यशसः, कल्पः Bhāg. able to do his duty &c.; स्वक्रियायामकल्पः ibid. not competent to do one's duty; अकल्प एषामधिरोढुमञ्जसा पद्म्द्म् ibid., so स्वभरणाकल्प &c. -ल्पः 1 A sacred precept or rule, law, ordinance. -2 A prescribed rule, a prescribed alternative, optional rule; प्रभुः प्रथमकल्पस्य यो$नुकल्पेन वर्तते Ms.11.3 'able to follow the prescribed rule to be observed in preference to all others'; प्रथमः कल्पः M.1; cf. also Pratimā 4, and Abhiṣekanāṭakam 6 and Ś.4. a very good (or best) alternative; एष वै प्रथमः कल्पः प्रदाने हव्यकव्ययोः Ms. 3.147. -3 (Hence) A proposal, suggestion, resolve, determination; एष मे प्रथमः कल्पः Rām.2.52.63; उदारः कल्पः Ś.7. -4 Manner of acting, procedure, form, way, method (in religious rites); श्रूयते हि पुराकल्पे Mb. 6.43.23; क्षात्रेण कल्पेनोपनीय U.2; कल्पवित्कल्पयामास वन्यामे- वास्य संविधाम् R.1.94; Ms.7.185. -5 End of the world, universal destruction. -6 A day of Brahmā or 1, Yugas, being a period of 432 million years of mortals and measuring the duration of the world; cf. Bhāg.3.11; श्रीश्वेतवाराहकल्पे [the one in which we now live]; कल्पं स्थितं तनुभृतां तनु- भिस्ततः किम् Śānti.4.2. Hence कल्पिक means 'born in the primeval age' Bu. Ch.2.48. -7 Medical treatment of the sick. -8 One of the six Vedāṅgas, i. e. that which lays down the ritual and prescribes rules for ceremonial and sacrificial acts; शिक्षा कल्पो व्याकरणम् Muṇdtod; 1.1.5 see under वेदाङ्ग. -9 A termination added to nouns and adjectives in the sense of 'a little less than', 'almost like', 'nearly equal to', P.V.3.67 [denoting similarity with a degree of inferiority]; कुमारकल्पं सुषुवे कुमारम् R.5.36; उपपन्नमेतदस्मिन्नृषि- कल्पे राजनि Ś.2; प्रभातकल्पा शशिनेव शर्वरी R.3.2; so मृतकल्पः, प्रतिपन्नकल्पः &c. -1 The doctrine of poisons and antidotes. -11 One of the trees of paradise; cf. कल्पद्रुम. -12 Vigour, strength; लौकिके समयाचारे कृतकल्पो विशारदः Rām.2.1.22. -ल्पा, -ल्पम् A kind of intoxicating liquor. -Comp. -अन्तः end of the world, universal destruction; कल्पान्तेष्वपि न प्रयाति निधनं विद्याख्यमन्तर्धनम् Bh.2.16. कल्पान्तक्रूरकेलिः क्रतुक्रदनकरः कुन्दकर्पूरकान्तिः Udb. ˚स्थायिन् a. lasting to the end of a कल्प; शरीरं क्षणविध्वंसि कल्पान्तस्थायिनो गुणाः H.1.46. -आदिः renovation of all things in the creation; कल्पक्षये पुनस्तानि कल्पादौ विसृजाम्यहम् Bg.9.7; -उपनिषद् pharmacology; Charak 1.4. -कारः 1 author of Kalpasūtra, q. v. -2 a barber. -क्षयः end of the world, universal destruction; e. g. कल्पक्षये पुनस्तानि Bg.9.7. पुरा कल्पक्षये वृत्ते जातं जलमयं जगत् Ks.2.1. -तरुः, -द्रुमः, -पादपः, -वृक्षः 1 one of the trees of heaven or Indra's praradise, fabled to fulfill all desires; आसीत्कल्पतरुच्छायामाश्रिता सुरभिः पथि R.1.75; 17.26; Ku.2.39;6.41. -2 a tree supposed to grant all desires; 'wish-yielding tree'; नाबुद्ध कल्पद्रुमतां विहाय जातं तमात्मन्यसिपत्रवृक्षम् R.14.48; मृषा न चक्रे$- ल्पितकल्पपादपः N.1.15. -3 any productive or bountiful source; निगमकल्पतरोर्गलितं फलम् Bhāg.1.1.3. -4 (fig.) a very generous person; सकलार्थिसार्थकल्पद्रुमः Pt.1. -नृत्यम् a particular kind of dance. -पालः 1 a protector of order. -2 a seller of spirituous liquors. -लता, -लतिका 1 a creeper of Indra's paradise; Bh. 1.9. -2 a creeper supposed to grant all desires; नानाफलैः फलति कल्पलतेव भूमिः Bh.2.46; cf. कल्पतरु above. -वल्ली see कल्पलता; Ks.1.66; कल्पवल्लीगृहेषु 52.21. -विद् a. conversant with sacred precepts; कल्पवित्कल्पया- मास वन्यामेवास्य संविधाम् R.1.94. -स्थानम् 1 the art of preparing drugs; Charak 7. -2 the science of poisons and antidotes; Suśr. -सूत्रम् a manual of ritual in the form of Sūtras. Mb.14.54.9. N. of a sacred Jaina book written by भद्रबाहु sketching the life of महावीर.
kalpanam कल्पनम् [क्लृप्-ल्युट्] 1 Forming, fashioning, arranging. -2 Performing, doing, effecting. -3 Clipping, cutting. -4 Fixing. -5 Anything placed upon another for decoration. -ना 1 Fixing, settlement; अनेकपितृकाणां तु पितृतो भागकल्पना Y.2.12;247; Ms.9.116. -2 Making, performing, doing. -3 Forming, arranging; विषमासु च कल्पनासु Mk.3.14; केश˚ Mk.4. -4 Decorating, ornamenting. -5 Composition. -6 Invention. -7 Imagination, thought; कल्पनापोढः Sk. P.II.1.38 = कल्पनाया अपोढः. -8 An idea, fancy or image (conceived in the mind); Śānti.2.8. -9 Fabrication. -1 Forgery. -11 A contrivance, device. -12 (In Mīm. phil.) = अर्थापत्ति q. v. -13 Decorating an elephant. -Comp. -शक्तिः f. the power of forming ideas; MW.
kākaḥ काकः [कै शब्दकरणे-कन् Uṇ.3.43] 1 A crow; काको$पि जीवति चिराय बलिं च भुङ्क्ते Pt.1.24. -2 (Fig.) A contemptible fellow, base or impudent person. -3 A lame man. -4 Bathing by dipping the head only into water (as crows do). -5 A sectarial mark (तिलक). -6 A kind of measure. -7 N. of a Dvīpa. -का N. of several plants काकनासा, काकोली &c. -की 1 A female crow. -काकी see Mbh. on IV.1.63. -कम् 1 A multitude of crows. -2 A modus coeundi. -Comp. -अक्षिगोलकन्याय see under न्याय. -अञ्ची = काकजङ्घा q. v. -अदनी The Gunja plant. -अरिः an owl. -इक्षुः A reed. -उडुम्वरः, (-रिका) The fig-tree. -उदरः a snake; काकोदरो येन विनीतदर्पः Kavirāja; काकोदरसोदरः खलो जगति Bv.1.76. -उलूकिका, -उलूकीयम् the natural enmity of the owl and the crow; Mbh. on IV.2.14; Vārt.2. (काकोलूकीयम् is the name of the third Tantra in the Pañchatantra). -कङ्गुः -कङ्गुनी f. A kind of corn. -Comp. -कला N. of a plant. -चिञ्चा, -जङ्घा the Gunja plant. -चरित्रम् A part of the science of Omens based on the sound of crows. -च्छदः, -च्छदिः 1 a wag-tail. -2 a side-lock of hair; see काकपक्ष below. -जम्बुः A kind of rose-apple tree. -जातः the (Indian) cuckoo. -तालीय a. [काकताल-छ Mbh. on V.3.16] (anything) taking place quite unexpectedly and accidentally, an accident; अहो नु खलु भोः तदेतत् काकतालीयं नाम Māl.5; काक- तालीयवत्प्राप्तं दृष्ट्वा$पि निधिमग्रतः H. Pr.3; sometimes used adverbially in the sense of 'accidentally'; फलन्ति काक- तालीयं तेभ्यः प्राज्ञा न बिभ्यति Ve.2.15. ˚न्याय see under न्याय. -तालुकिन a. contemptible, vile. -तिक्रा, -तिन्दुका, -तुण्डिका different kinds of trees. -तुण्डम् A kind of head of an arrow (see फलम्). काकतुण्डेन वेध्यानां वेधं कुर्यात् Dhanur.66. -दन्तः (lit.) the tooth of a crow; (fig.) anything impossible or not existing; ˚गवेषणम् searching after impossibilities (said of any useless and unprofitable task). -ध्वजः the submarine fire; cf. और्व. -नासा, -नासिका, -नासिकी different kinds of trees. -निद्रा a light slumber (easily broken). -पक्षः, -पक्षकः side-locks of hair on the temples of boys and young men (especially of the Kṣatriya caste]; काकपक्षधरमेत्य याचितः R.11.1,31,42;3.28; U.3. -पदम् 1 the sign (^) in Mss. denoting that something has been left out. -2 an incision in the skin. (-दः) a particular mode of sexual intercourse. -पुच्छः, -पुष्टः the [Indian] cuckoo. -पेय a shallow; काकपेया नदी Sk. -भीरुः an owl. -मद्गुः a gallinule water-hen, घृतं हृत्वा तु दुर्बुद्धिः काकमद्गुः प्रजायते Mb.13.111.22. -मर्दः, -मर्दकः a kind of gourd [Mar. कवंडळ]. -माची, -चिका a kind of tree (Mar. कावळी) -मृगगोचरित a. following the manner of the crow in drinking, of the deer in eating and of the cow in making water; एवं गोमृगकाकचर्यया व्रजंस्तिष्ठन्नासीनः शयानः काकमृगगोचरितः पिबति खादत्यवमेहति स्म Bhāg.5.5.34. -यवः barren corn (the ear of which has no grain); यथा काकयवाः प्रोक्ता यथारण्यभवास्तिलाः । नाममात्रा न सिद्धौ हि धनहीनास्तथा नराः ॥ Pt.2.9. तथैव पाण्डवाः सर्वे यथा काकयवा इव Mb; (काकयवाः = निष्फलतृणधान्यम्). -रुतम् the shrill sound of a crow (considered as a sign of future good or evil under different circumstances); -रुहा a. kind of tree (Mar. बांडगूळ). -वन्ध्या a woman that bears only one child. -स्नानम् Bathing like a crow. -स्पर्शः 1 The touching of a crow. -2 A ceremony performed on the tenth day after a death, consisting in the offering of rice to crows. -स्वरः a shrill tone (as that of a crow).
kākaliḥ काकलिः ली f. 1 A low and sweet tone; अनुबद्ध- मुग्धकाकलीसहितम् U.3; Ṛs.1.8. प्रमदकोकिलकोमलकाकली Rām. Ch.4.2. काकलीप्रधानं च गीयते, तथा तर्कयामि Nāg.1. क्रीडत्कोकिलकाकलीकलकलैरुद्गीर्णकर्णज्वराः S. D. -2 A musical instrument with a low tone used by thieves to ascertain whether a person is asleep or not; फणिमुखकाकली- संदंशक ... प्रभृत्यनेकोपकरणयुक्तः Dk.49. छेदात्समासु सकृदर्पितकाकलीषु Chārudattam 3.1. -2 Scissors. -4 the Gunjā plant. -Comp. -रवः the (Indian) cuckoo.
kāṇḍaḥ काण्डः ण्डम् 1 A section, a part in general. -2 The portion of a plant from one knot to another. काण्डात्काण्ड- त्प्ररोहन्ती Mahānār.4.3. -3 A stem, stock, branch; लीलोत्खातमृणालकाण्डकवलच्छेदे U.3.16; Amaru.95; Ms. 1.46,48, Māl.3.34. -4 Any division of a work, such as a chapter of a book; as the seven Kāṇḍas of the Rām. -5 A separate department or subject; e. g. कर्म˚ &c. -6 A cluster, bundle, multitude. -7 An arrow. मनो दृष्टिगतं कृत्वा ततः काण्डं विसर्जयेत् Dhanur.3; Mb.5.155.7. -8 A long bone, a bone of the arms or legs. -9 cane, reed. -1 A stick, staff. -11 Water. निवृत्ताः काण्डचित्राणि क्रियन्ते दाशबन्धुभिः Rām.2.89.18. -12 Opportunity, occasion. -13 Private place. -14 A kind of measure. -15 Praise, flattery. -16 A horse. -17 Vile, bad, sinful (at the end of comp. only). -ण्डी A little stock or stem; Rāj. T.7.117. -Comp. -अनुसमयः Performance of all the details with reference to one thing or person first, then doing them with reference to the second, and so on (see अनुसमय). -ऋषिः A class of sages including Jaimini. -कारः (-रिन्) a maker of arrows कुसीदवृत्तयः काण्डकारिणश्चाहि- तुण्डिकाः Śiva. B.31.22. (-रम्) the betel-nut. -गोचरः an iron arrow. -तिक्तः, -तिक्तकः N. of a tree (Mar. काडेचिराईत). -पटः, -पटकः a screen surrounding a tent, curtain (Mar. कनात); उत्क्षिप्तकाण्डपटकान्तरलीयमानः Śi.5.22; उल्लोचैः काण्डपटकैः अनेकैः पटमण्डपैः Śiva. B. 22.61. ततः स्वमेवागारमानीय काण्डपटपरिक्षिप्ते विविक्तोद्देशे Dk. 'अपटः काण्डपटी स्यात्' इति वैजयन्ती. -पातः an arrow's flight, range of an arrow. -पुष्पम् The कुन्द flower. -पृष्ठः 1 one of the military profession, a soldier; cf. काण्डस्पृष्टः. -2 the husband of a Vaiśya woman. -3 an adopted son, any other than one's own son. -4 (as a term of reproach) a base-born fellow, one who is faithless to his family, caste, religion, profession &c. In Mv.3 Jāmadagnya is styled by शतानन्द as काण्डपृष्ठ. (स्वकुलं पृष्ठतः कृत्वा यो वै परकुलं व्रजेत् । तेन दुश्चरितेनासौ काण्डपृष्ठ इति स्मृतः ॥). -ष्ठम् the bow of Karṇa & Kāma. -भङ्गः, -भग्नम् a fracture of the bone or limbs. -वीणा the lute of a Chāṇḍāla. -सन्धिः a knot, joint (as of a plant). -स्पृष्टः one who lives by arms, a warrior, soldier. -हीनम् a kind of grass.
kāpota कापोत a. (ती f.) [कपोत-अण्] 1 grey, of a dirty white colour. -2 Not hoarding much, very frugal; स्तुवन्वृत्तिं च कापोतीं दुहित्रा स ययौ पुरात् Bhāg.9.18.25. -तम् 1 A flock of pigeons. -2 Antimony. -3 Natron. -4 Fossil. -तः The grey colour. -Comp. -अञ्जनम् antimony applied to the eyes as collyrium.
kām काम् ind. An interjection used in calling out to another.
kāmodā कामोदा A musical note. काम्पिलः kāmpilḥ काम्पिल्लः kāmpillḥ काम्पिल्लकः kāmpillakḥ काम्पिलः काम्पिल्लः काम्पिल्लकः 1 N. of a tree; काम्पिल्लकप्रसवपाटवगण्डपालि Māl.9.31. -2 A perfume (शुण्डारोचनी).
kāyaka कायक (-यिका f.), कायिक (-की f.) a. [काय-ठक्] Relating to the body, bodily, corporeal; कायिकतपः Ms.12.8. -का Interest (whatever is given for the use of money); Ms.8.153. -Comp. -वृद्धिः f. 1 interest consisting in the use of any animal or capital stock pawned. -2 interest of which the payment does not affect the principal, or the use of the body of an animal pledged by the person to whom it is pledged.
kāra कार a. (-री f.) [कृ-घञ्] (At the end of comp.) Making, doing, performing, working, maker, doer, author; ग्रन्थकारः author; कुम्भकारः, सुवर्णकारः &c. &c. -रः 1 Act, action; as in पुरुषकार. -2 A term denoting a sound or a word which is not inflected; as अकार Ms.2.76,125; ककार, फूत्कार &c. -3 Effort, exertion; 'कारौ वधे निश्चये च बले यत्ने रतावपि' इति विश्वः. Śi.19.27. -4 Religious austerity. -5 A husband, lord; master. -6 Determination. -7 Power, strength. -8 A tax or toll. -9 A heap of snow. -1 The Himālaya mountain. -11 Water produced by hail. -12 Killing, slaughter. -Comp. -अवरः a man of a mixed and low caste, born from a Niṣāda father and Vaidehi mother; a shoemaker; कारावरो निषाद्यां तु चर्मकारः प्रसूयते Mb.13.48.26; cf. Ms.1.36. -कर a. working, acting as agent. -भूः a toll-station.
kāraṇam कारणम् [कृ-णिच् ल्युट्] 1 A cause, reason; कारणकोपाः कुटुम्बिन्यः M.1.18; R.1.74; Bg.13.21; oft. with loc. of the effect; Bh.2.84. -2 Ground, motive, object; प्रव्राज्य चीरवसनं किं नु पश्यसि कारणम् Rām.2.73. 12. किं पुनः कारणम् Mbh.; Y.2.23; Ms.8.347; कारण- मानुषीं तनुम् R.16.22. -3 An instrument, means; गर्भस्रावे मासतुल्या निशाः शुद्धेस्तु कारणम् Y.3.2,65. -4 (In Nyāya phil.) A cause, that which is invariably antecedent to some product and is not otherwise constituted; or, according to Mill, 'the antecedent or concurrence of antecedents on which the effect is invariably and unconditionally consequent'; according to Naiyāyikas it is of three kinds; (1) समवायि (intimate or inherent); as threads in the case of cloth; (2) असमवायि (non-intimate or non-inherent), as the conjunction of the threads in the case of cloth; (3) निमित्त (instrumental) as the weaver's loom. -5 The generative cause, creator, father; Ku.5.81. -6 An element, elementary matter; Y.3.148; Bg.18. 13. -7 The origin or plot of a play, poem &c. -8 An organ of sense; हित्वा तनुं कारणमानुषीं ताम्. -9 The body. -1 A sign, document, proof or authority; प्रमाणं चैव लोकस्य ब्रह्मात्रैव हि कारणम् Ms.11.84. -11 That on which any opinion or judgment is based. -12 Action; आत्मना कारणैश्चैव समस्येह महीक्षितः Mb.12.59.13. -13 A legal instrument or document. -14 Agency, instrumentality. -15 A deity (as the proximate or remote cause of creation) -16 Killing, injuring. -17 A desire (वासना) created formerly (as पूर्ववासना); पूर्वं नित्यं सर्वगतं मनोहेतुम- लक्षणम् । अज्ञानकर्मनिर्दिष्टमेतत्कारणलक्षणम् ॥ Mb.12.211.6. -णा 1 Pain, agony. -2 Casting into hell. -3 Urging, instigation. (-कारणात् for the reason that; द्वेष˚ on account of hatred; मत्कारणात् for my sake; Pt.1.22.) -4 Action; निमित्ते कारणात्मके Mb.12.289.7. -Comp. -अन्तरम् 1 a particular reason; प्रविष्टो$स्मि दुराधर्षं वालिनः कारणान्तरे Rām.4.1.28; -2 instrumental cause; येन वैश्रवणो भ्राता वैमात्राः कारणान्तरे Rām.3.48.4. -अन्वित a. having a cause or reason. -आख्या a. N. of the organ of perception and action, of बुद्धि, अहंकार and मनस्. -उत्तरम् a special plea, denial of the cause of complaint; admission of the charge generally, but denial of the actual issue (in law). -कारणम् an elementary or primary cause; an atom; त्वं कारणं कारणकारणानाम् Ki.18. 35. -कारितम् ind. in consequence of; यदि प्रव्राजितो रामो लोभकारणकारितम् Rām.2.58.28. -गत a. referred to its cause, resolved into its principles. -गुणः a quality of the cause; Sāṅ. K.14. -बलवत् a. strong by motives; Pt.5.29. -भूत a. 1 caused. -2 forming the cause. -माला a figure of speech, 'a chain of causes'; यथोत्तरं चेत् पूर्वस्य पूर्वस्यार्थस्य हेतुता । तदा कारणमाला स्यात् K. P.1; e. g. Bg.2.62,63; also S. D.728. -मूलम् (in Rhet.) a law of causation. -वादिन् m. a complainant, plaintiff. -वारि n. the original water produced at the beginning of the creation. -विहीन a. without a cause. -शरीरम् (in Vedānta phil.) the inner rudiment of the body, causal frame.
kārtikeyaḥ कार्तिकेयः [कृत्तिकानामपत्यं ढक्] N. of Skanda (so called because he was reared by the six Kṛittikās). [Kārtikeya is the Mars or the god of war of the Indian mythology. He is the son of Śiva (but born without the direct intervention of a woman). Most of his epithets have reference to the circumstances of his birth. Śiva cast his seed into Agni (who had gone to the god in the form of a dove, while he was enjoying Pārvatī's company), who being unable to bear it cast it into the Ganges; (hence Skanda is called Agnibhū, Gaṅgāputra). It was then transferred to the six Kṛittikās (when they went to bathe in the Ganges), each of whom therefore conceived and brought forth a son. But these six sons were afterwards mysteriously combined into one of extraordinary form with six heads and twelve hands and eyes, (hence he is called Kārtikeya, Ṣadānana, Ṣaṇmukha &c.). According to another account the seed of Śiva was cast by the Ganges into a thickest of reeds (Śara); whence the boy was called Śaravaṇabhava, or Śarajanman. He is said to have pierced the mountain Krauñcha, whence his name Krauñchadāraṇa. He was the commander of the army of the gods in their war with Tāraka, a powerful demon (q. v.) whom he vanquished and slew; and hence his names Senānī and Tārakajit. He is represented as riding a peacock.] -Comp. -प्रसूः f. Pārvatī, mother of Kārtikeya.
kārya कार्य pot. p. [कृ-कर्मणि ण्यत्] What ought to be done, made, performed, effected &c. कार्या सैकतलीनहंसमिथुना स्रोतोवहा मालिनी Ś.6.17; साक्षिणः कार्याः Ms.8.61; so दण्डः, विचारः &c. -र्यम् 1 (a) Work, action, act, affair, business; कार्यं त्वया नः प्रतिपन्नकल्पम् Ku.3.14; Ms.5.15. (b) A matter, thing. -2 Duty; अभिचैद्यं प्रतिष्ठासुरासी- त्कार्यद्वयाकुलः Śi.2.1. -3 Occupation, enterprize, emergent business. -4 A religious rite or performance. -5 A motive, object, purpose; कार्यमत्र भविष्यति Pt.2.7 (v. l.); 116; Śi.2.36; H.4.61. -6 Want, need, occasion, business (with instr.); किं कार्यं भवतो हृतेन दयिता- स्नेहस्वहस्तेन मे V.2.2; तृणेन कार्यं भवतीश्वराणाम् Pt.1.71, 4.27; Amaru.73. -7 Conduct, deportment. -8 A law-suit, legal business, dispute &c.; बहिर्निष्क्रम्य ज्ञायतां कः कः कार्यार्थीति Mk.9; Ms.8.43. -9 An effect, the necessary result of a cause (opp. कारण). -1 (In Gram.) Operation; विभक्तिकार्यम् declension. -11 The denouement of a drama; कार्योपक्षेपमादौ तनुमपि रचयन् Mu.4.3. -12 Healthiness (in medicine). -13 Origin. -14 A body; कार्याश्रयिणश्च कललाद्याः (कार्यं शरीरम्) Sāṅ. K.43. [cf. Germ. kāra; Pers. kār; Prāk. kajja; Mar. kāja] -Comp. -अक्षम a. unable to do one's duty, incompetent. -अकार्यम् to be done and not to be done, right and wrong (action); कार्याकार्यमजानतः गुरोः (परित्यागो विधीयते) Pt.1.36. -अकार्यविचारः discussion as to the propriety or otherwise of anything, deliberation on the arguments for and against any proceeding. -अधिपः 1 the superintendent of a work or affair. -2 the planet that decides any question in astrology. -अपेक्षिन् pursuing a particular object; कुर्वन्त्यकाले$भिव्यक्तिं न कार्या- पेक्षिणो बुधाः Ks.56.133. -अर्थः 1 the object of any undertaking, a purpose; बलस्य स्वामिनश्चैव स्थितिः कार्यार्थ- सिद्धये Ms.7.167. -2 an application for employment. -3 any object or purpose. -अर्थिन् a. 1 making a request. -2 seeking to gain one's object or purpose; मनस्वी कार्यार्थी गणयति न दुःखं न च सुखम् Bh.2.81. -3 seeking an employment. -4 pleading a cause in court, going to law; Mk.9. -आश्रयिन् a. Resorting to the body; कार्याश्रयिणश्च कललाद्याः Sāṅ. K.43. -आसनम् seat of transacting business. -ईक्षणम् superintendence of public affairs; स्थापयेदासने तस्मिन् खिन्नः कार्येक्षणे नृणाम् Ms.7.141. -उद्धारः discharge of a duty. -उद्योगः active engagement in any business. -कर a. efficacious. -कर्तृ m. 1 an agent, a workman. -2 a friend, benefactor; नृपतिजनपदानां दुर्लभः कार्यकर्ता Pt.1.131. -कारणे (dual) 1 cause and effect; object and motive; ˚वर्जितः Pt.1.413. -2 some special cause of an act; न भक्त्या कस्यचित्को$पि प्रियं प्रकुरुते नरः । मुक्त्वा भयं प्रलोभं वा कार्यकारणमेव वा ॥ Pt.1.412 ˚भावः the relation of cause and effect. ˚संबन्धः The relation of cause and effect. In मीमांसा this is established by the rule of अन्वयव्यतिरेक (i. e. तद्भावे भावः तदभावे अभावः) The earliest exposition of this expression is found in the शाबरभाष्य on MS.4.3.2; cf. कार्यकारणसम्बन्धो नाम स भवति, यस्मिन् सति यद् भवति यस्मिंश्चासति यन्न भवति, तत्रैव कार्य- कारणसंबन्धः । This should be contrasted with the नैयायिक view of अन्वय-व्यतिरेक which they use for establishing व्याप्ति. -कालः time for action, season, fit time or opportunity; Rām.1. (-n.) कार्यकालं संज्ञापरिभाषम् परिभाषेन्दुशेखर pari. 2 and 3. -गौरवम् importance of the act, deed, or occasion; respect for the performance; U.7. कार्य- गौरवादात्ययिकवशेन वा Kau. A.1.19. -चिन्तक a. 1 prudent, cautious, considerate. (-कः) manager of a business, executive officer; धर्मज्ञाः शुचयो$लुब्धा भवेयुः कार्य- चिन्तकाः Y.2.191. -च्युत a. out of work, out of employ, dismissed from an office. -जातम्, -दर्शनम् 1 inspection of a work; Ms.8.9,23. -2 inquiry into public affairs. -निर्णयः settlement of an affair; उभयः प्रतिभूर्ग्राह्यः समर्थः कार्यनिर्णये Y.2.1. -पदवी line of conduct, course of action; पुरावृत्तोद्गारैरपि च कथिता कार्यपदवी Māl.2.13. -पुटः 1 a man who does any useless thing. -2 a mad, eccentric or crazy man. -3 an idler. -प्रद्वेषः dislike to work, idleness, laziness. -प्रेष्यः an agent, a messenger. -भाजनम्, -पात्रम् any one engaged in active life. -वस्तु n. an aim or object. -विपत्तिः f. a failure, reverse, misfortune. -व्यसनम् failure of an affair. -शेषः 1 the remainder of a business; Ms.7.153. -2 completion of an affair. -3 part of a business. -सिद्धिः f. success, fulfilment of an object. -स्थानम् a place of business, office. -हन्तृ 1 obstructing or marring another's work; H.1.77. -2 opposed to another's interests.
kāla काल a. (-ली f.) 1 Black, of a dark or dark-blue colour; Rām.5.17.9. Mb.8.49.48. -2 Injuring, hurting. -लः 1 The black or dark-blue colour. -2 Time (in general); विलम्बितफलैः कालं निनाय स मनोरथैः R.1.33; तस्मिन्काले at that time; काव्यशास्त्रविनोदेन कालो गच्छति धीमताम् H.1.1 the wise pass their time &c. -3 Fit or opportune time (to do a thing), proper time or occasion; (with gen., loc., dat., or inf.); R.3.12,4.6,12.69; पर्जन्यः कालवर्षी Mk.1.6; काले वर्षतु पर्जन्यः &c. -4 A period or portion of time (as the hours or watches of a day); षष्ठे काले दिवसस्य V.2.1. Ms.5.153. -5 The weather. -6 Time considered as one of the nine dravyas by the Vaiśeṣikas. -7 The Supreme Spirit regarded as the destroyer of the Universe, being a personification of the destructive principle; कालः काल्या भुवनफलके क्रीडति प्राणिशारैः Bh.3.39. -8 (a) Yama, the god of death; कः कालस्य न गोचरान्तरगतः Pt.1.146. (b) Death, time of death; स हि कालो$स्य दुर्मतेः Rām.7.64.1. -9 Fate, destiny. -1 The black part of the eye. -11 The (Indian) cuckoo. -12 The planet Saturn. -13 N. of Śiva; N. of Rudra; उग्ररेता भवः कालो वामदेवो धृतव्रतः Bhāg.3.12.12. -14 A measure of time (in music or prosody). -15 A person who distils and sells spirituous liquor. -16 A section, or part. -17 A red kind of plumbago. -18 Resin, pitch. -19 N. of an enemy of Śiva. -2 (with the Jainas) One of the nine treasures. -21 A mystical name for the letter म्. -22 N. of the one of four contentments mentioned in साङ्ख्यकारिका; प्रकृत्युपादानकालभागाख्याः Śāṅ. K.5. -ला 1 N. of several plants. -2 N. of a daughter of Dakṣa. -3 An epithet of Durgā. -ली 1 Blackness. -2 Ink, black ink. -3 An epithet of Pārvatī, Śiva's wife. -4 A row of black clouds. -5 A woman with a dark complexion. -6 N. of Satyavatī, mother of Vyāsa. जनयामास यं काली शक्तेः पुत्रात्पराशरात् Mb.1.6.2; Bu. ch.4.76. -7 Night. -8 Censure, blame. -9 One of the seven tongues of Fire : काली कराली च मनोजवा च सुलोहिता या च सुधूम्रवर्णा । स्फुलिङ्गिनी विश्वरुची च देवी लेलायमाना इति सप्तजिह्वाः ॥ Muṇḍ.1.2.4. -1 A form of Durgā कालि कालि महा- कालि सीधुमांसपशुंप्रिये Mb.4.6.17. कालीतनयः a buffalo. -11 One of the Mātṛis or divine mothers. -12 N. of a wife of Bhīma. -13 A sister of Yama. -14 A kind of learning (महाविद्या) -15 A small shrub used as a purgative. -16 A kind of insect. -लम् 1 Iron. क्षुरो भूत्वा हरेत्प्राणान्निशितः कालसाधनः Mb.1.14.89. -2 A kind of perfume. -Comp. -अयसम् iron. -अक्षरिकः a scholar, one who can read and decipher. -अगरु n. a kind of sandal tree, black kind of aloe; कालागुरुर्दहनमध्यगतः सम- न्ताल्लोकोत्तरं परिमलं प्रकटीकरोति Bv.1.7, R.4.81. (-n.) the wood of that tree. शिरांसि कालागुरुधूपितानि Ṛs.4.5;5.5. -अग्निः, -अनलः 1 the destructive fire at the end of the world. -2 an epithet of Rudra. -3. a kind of bead (रुद्राक्ष). -अङ्ग a. having a dark-blue body (as a sword with a dark-blue edge) Mb.4.8.1.; -अजिनम् the hide of a black antelope. -अञ्जनम् a sort of collyrium; न चक्षुषोः कान्तिविशेषबुद्ध्या कालाञ्जनं मङ्गलमित्युपात्तम् Ku.7.2,82. (-नी) a small shrub used as a purgative (Mar. काळी कापशी). -अण्डजः the (Indian) cuckoo. -अतिक्रमः, -क्रमणम् delay, being late; कालातिक्रमणं वृत्तेर्यो न कुर्वति भूपतिः Pt.1.154. -अतिपातः, -अतिरेकः loss of time, delay; Māl.2. -अतीत a. elapsed, passed by. -अत्ययः 1 delay, lapse of time. -2 loss by lapse of time. -अध्यक्षः 1 'presiding over time', epithet of the sun. -2 the Supreme Soul. -अनुनादिन् m. 1 a bee. -2 a sparrow. -3 the Chātaka bird. -अनुसारकः 1 Tagara tree. -2 yellow sandal. -अनुसारिः, -अनु- सारिन्, -अनुसारिवा, -अनुसार्यः, -र्यकः benzoin or benjamin. (-र्यम्) 1 a yellow fragrant wood (पीतचन्दन). -2 Sissoo wood. -अन्तकः time, regarded as the god of death, and the destroyer of every thing. -अन्तरम् 1 an interval. -2 a period of time. -3 another time or opportunity. ˚आवृत a. hidden or concealed in the womb of time. ˚क्षम a. able to bear delay; अकालक्षमा देव्याः शरीरावस्था K.263; Ś.4. ˚प्रेक्षिन् Pt.3.172. ˚विषः an animal venomous only when enraged, as a rat. -अभ्रः a dark, watery cloud. -अयनम् See कालचक्र Bhāg.5.22.11. -अवधिः appointed time. -अवबोधः knowledge of time and circumstances; Māl.3.11. -अशुद्धिः f. -अशौचम् period of mourning, ceremonial impurity caused by the birth of a child or death of a relation in the family; see अशौच. -अष्टकम् 1 first to eighth days of the dark half of the month आषाढ (festival period of कालभैरव) -2 a stotra of कालभैरव by Śhaṅkarāchārya. -आकृष्ट a. 1 led to death. -2 produced or brought by time. -आत्मक a. depending on time or destiny. -आत्मन् m. the Supreme Spirit. -आदिकः The month चैत्र. -आम्रः 1 a mango-kind; कालाम्ररसपीतास्ते नित्यं संस्थित- यौवनाः Mb.6.7.18. -2 N. of a Dvīpa; Hariv. -आयसम् iron. -a. made of iron; ततः कालायसं शूलं कण्टकैर्बहुभिश्च तम् Rām.7.8.15. -उप्त a. sown in due season. -कञ्जम् a blue lotus. -कटम्, -कटः an epithet of Śiva; Mb.13. -कण्ठः 1 a peacock. -2 a sparrow. -3 a wagtail. -4 a gallinule. -5 an epithet of Śiva; कालिन्दीकालकण्ठः कलयतु कुशलं को$पि कापालिको नः Udb.; U.6. -कण्ठी Pārvatī, the wife of कालकण्ठ i. e. शिव. नृत्यन्तीमिव रजनी नटीं प्रतीमो गानश्री- र्विलसति नाथ कालकण्ठी Rām Ch.7.23. -कण्टक, -कण्ठकः a gallinule. -कण़्डकः a water-snake. -करणम् appointing or fixing time. -कर्णिका, -कर्णी misfortune. -कर्मन् n. 1 death. -2 destruction; त्रैलोक्यं तु करिष्यामि संयुक्तं काल- कर्मणा Rām.3.64.62. -कलायः dark pulse. -कल्प a fatal, deadly. -कल्लकः A water-snake. -कालः Supreme Being. -कीलः noise. -कुण्ठः Yama. -कुष्ठः a myrrh. -कूटः, -टम् (a) a deadly poison; अहो बकी यं स्तनकाल- कूटं अपाययत् Bhāg.3.2.23; Ś.6. (b) the poison churned out of the ocean and drunk by Śiva; अद्यापि नोज्झति हरः किल कालकूटम् Ch. P.5. कालकूटस्य जननीं तां स्तुवे वामलोचनाम् Vb. -कूटकः a poison; Mb.1. -कृत् m. 1 the sun. -2 a peacock. -3 Supreme Spirit. -कृत 1 produced by time. -2 fixed, appointed. -3 lent or deposited, -4 done for a long time. (-तः) the sun. -क्रमः lapse of time, course of time; कालक्रमेण in course or process of time; Ku.1.19. -क्रिया 1 fixing a time. -2 death. -क्षेपः 1 delay, loss of time; कालक्षेप ककुभसुरभौ पर्वते पर्वते ते (उत्पश्यामि) Me.22; मरणे कालक्षेपं मा कुरु Pt.1. -2 passing the time. -खञ्जम्, -खञ्जनम् -खण्डम् the liver; स्वादुकारं कालखण्डोपदंशम् Śi.18.77. -गङ्गा the river Yamunā. -ग्रन्थिः a year. -घातिन् a. killing by degrees or slowly (as a poison). -चक्रम् 1 the wheel of time (time being represented as a wheel always moving). -2 a cycle. -3 (hence fig.) the wheel of fortune, the vicissitudes of life. (-क्रः) an epithet of the sun. -चिह्नम् a symptom of approaching death. -चोदित a. summoned by the angel of death. -जोषकः One who is satisfied with sparse food at the proper time. -ज्येष्ठः a. senior in years, grown up; U.5.12. -ज्ञ a. knowing the proper time or occasion (of any action); अत्यारूढो हि नारीणामकालज्ञो मनोभवः R.12.33; Śi.2.83. (-ज्ञः) 1 an astrologer. -2 a cock. -ज्ञानिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -तिन्दुकः a kind of ebony. -त्रयम् the three times; the past, the present, and the future; ˚दर्शी K.46. -दण्डः death; श्रेयस्त्रैविक्रमस्ते वितरतु विबुधद्वेषिणां कालदण्डः Dk. -दमनी an epithet of Durgā. -दष्ट a. doomed to death; कालदष्टं नृपं ज्ञात्वा Bm.1.18. -धर्मः, -धर्मन् m. 1 the line of conduct suitable to any particular time. -2 the law or rule of time. -3 effects proper to the time. -4 fated time, death; कालधर्मं गते सगरे Rām.1.42.1. न पुनर्जीवितः कश्चित्कालधर्ममुपागतः Mb.; परीताः काल- धर्मणा &c. -धारणा prolongation of time. -नरः (in astrology) the figure of a man's body. -नाथः; -निधिः Śiva. -नियोगः decree of fate or destiny; लङ्घ्यते न खलु काल- नियोगः Ki.9.13. -निरूपणम् determination of time, chronology. -निर्यासः Bdellium (Mar. गुग्गुळ). -नेमिः 1 the rim of the wheel of time. -2 N. of a demon, uncle of Rāvaṇa, deputed by him to kill Hanūmat. -3 N. of a demon with 1 hands killed by Viṣṇu. ˚अरिः, रिपुः, हरः, हन् m. epithets of Kṛiṣṇa. -पक्व a. ripened by time; i. e. spontaneously; Ms.6.17,21; Y.3.49. -परिवासः standing for a time so as to become stale. -पर्णः the flower plant (Mar. नगर). -पर्ययः a delay (कालातिक्रम); वक्तुमर्हसि सुग्रीवं व्यतीतं कालपर्यये Rām.4.31.8. -पर्यायः the revolution or course of time; मन्ये लोकविनाशो$यं कालपर्यायनोदितः Mb.11.15.41. -पाशः the noose of Yama or death. -पाशिकः a hangman. -पु (पू) रुषः an attendant of Yama. -पृष्ठम् 1 a species of antelope. -2 a heron. (-कम्) 1 N. of the bow of Karṇa; Ve.4. -2 a bow in general. -प्रभातम् autumn or Śarad; (the two months following the rainy season considered as the best time). -बन्धन a. being under control of death (काल); प्रत्यक्षं मन्यसे कालं मर्त्यः सन् कालबन्धनः Mb.3.35.2. -भक्षः an epithet of Śiva. -भृत् m. the sun. -भैरवः an epithet of Śiva. -मल्लिका, -मान (लः) the plant ocimum (Mar. तुळस). -मालम् a measure of time. -मुखः a species of ape; Mb.3.292.12. -मेषी, -मेशिका, -मेषिका f. the Manjiṣṭha plant. -यवनः a kind of yavanas and enemy of Kṛiṣṇa and an invincible foe of the Yādavas. Kṛiṣṇa, finding it impossible to vanquish him on the field of battle, cunningly decoyed him to the cave where Muchakunda was sleeping who burnt him down. -यापः, -यापनम् procrastination, delay, putting off. -योगः fate, destiny. -योगतः according to the requirements of the time; Pt.1.184. -योगिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -रात्रिः, -रात्री f. 1 a dark night. -2 a sister of Yama. -3 the Amāvasyā on which lamps are lighted (in the Divali holidays). -4 the night of destruction at the end of the world (identified with Durgā); कालरात्रीति तां (सीतां) विद्धि सर्वलङ्का- विनाशिनीम् Rām.5.51.34. -5 a particular night in the life of man, on the 7th day of the 7th month of the 77th year. -रुद्रः Rudra regarded as the fire that is to destroy the world. -लवणम् the बिड salt. (Mar. संचळखार) -लोहक्, -लौहम् steel. -वलनम् the armour. -विप्रकर्षः prolongation of time. विषयबाहुल्यं कालविप्रकर्षश्च स्मृतिं प्रमुष्णाति Mv.5.9. -विभक्तिः f. a section or part of time; Ms.1.24. -वृद्धिः f. periodical interest (payable monthly, quarterly, or at stated times); Ms.8.153. -वृन्तः a kind of pulse (कुलत्थ). -वेला the time of Saturn, i. e. a particular time of the day (half a watch every day) at which any religious act is improper. -संकर्षा a girl nine years old personating Durgā at a festival. -संकर्षिन् a. shortening time (as a mantra); कालसंकर्षिणीं विद्यां दीक्षापूर्वमुपादिशत् Ks.68.65. -संगः a. delay; जानामि कार्यस्य च कालसंगम् Rām.4.33.53. -संरोधः 1 keeping back for a long time; Ms.8.143. -2 lapse of a long period of time; Ms.8.143. -सदृश a. opportune, timely. -समन्वित, -समायुक्त a. dead; Rām.2.65.16. -संपन्न a. dated, bearing a date. -सर्पः the black and most poisonous variety of the snake; Gīt.1.12. -सारः the black antelope. (-रम्) a yellow sort of sandal wood. a. having a black centre or pupil; न कालसारं हरिणं तदक्षिद्वयं प्रभुर्बुद्धुमभून्मनोभूः N.6.19. -सूत्रम्, -सूत्रकम् 1 thread of time or death. -2 N. of a particular hell; Y.3.222; Ms.4.88. -स्कन्दः the Tamāla tree. -स्वरूप a. terrible as death, (deathlike in form). -हरः an epithet of Śiva. -हरणम् loss of time, delay; Ś.3; U.5; यात्वन्येन (वरेण) विहाय कालहरणं रामो वनं दण्डकाम् Mv.4.41. -हानिः f. delay; मामक्षमं मण्डनकालहानेर्वेत्तीव बिम्बाधरबद्धतृष्णम् R.13.16.
kāvya काव्य a. [कवि-यण्] 1 Possessed of the qualities of a sage or a poet. -2 Praiseworthy, fit to be described -3 Prophetic, inspired, poetical; अशंसीत् काव्यः कविः Rv.8.8.11. -व्यः N. of Śukra, preceptor of the Asuras; Mb.1.76.6; दानवेन्द्रैर्हतं दूरात् काव्यः कचमजीवयत् Bm.1.289. -व्या 1 Intelligence. -2 A female fiend; -व्याः m. (pl.) A class of manes; Ms.3.199. -व्यम् 1 A poem; महाकाव्यम्; मेघदूतं नाम काव्यम् &c. -2 Poetics, poetry, a poetical composition. (काव्य is defined by writers on Poetics in different ways; तददोषौ शब्दार्थौ सगुणावनलङ्कृती पुनः क्वापि K. P.1; वाक्यं रसात्मकं काव्यम् S. D.1; रमणीयार्थप्रतिपादकः शब्दः काव्यम् R. G.; शरीरं तावदिष्टार्थव्यवच्छिन्ना पदावली Kāv.1.1; निर्दोषा लक्षणवती सरीतिर्गुणभूषिता । सालङ्काररसा$नेकवृत्तिर्वाक् काव्यनामभाक् ॥ Chandr.1.7.) -3 Happiness, welfare. -4 Wisdom; काव्यानि वदतां तेषां संयच्छामि वहामि च Mb.12.124.34. -5 Inspiration. (The purposes of a Kāvya as mentioned by Mammaṭa are :-- काव्यं यशसे$र्थकृते व्यवहारविदे शिवेतरक्ष- तये । सद्यःपरनिर्वृतये कान्तासंमिततयोपदेशयुजे ॥ K. P.1.) -Comp. -अर्थः a poetical thought or idea. ˚आपत्तिः Necessary conclusion; a figure of speech; Kuval.59. ˚चौरः a robber of the ideas of another poet, a plagiarist; यदस्य दैत्या इव लुण्ठनाय काव्यार्थचौराः प्रगुणीभवन्ति Vikr.1.11. -अलङ्कारः N. of a work on poetics by Vāmana. -आदर्शः N. of a work on poetics by Daṇḍin. -चौरः a stealer of other men's poems. -प्रकाशः N. of a work on Rhetorics by Mammaṭa. -मीमांसकः a rhetorician, critic. -मीमांसा N. of a work on Rhetorics by Rāja-śekhara. -रसिक a. one who has a taste for and can appreciate the beauties of poetry. -लिङ्गम् Poetic Reason, a figure of speech; thus defined:- काव्यलिङ्गं हेतो- र्वाक्यपदार्थता K. P.1; e. g. जितो$सि मन्द कन्दर्प मच्चित्ते$स्ति त्रिलोचनः Chandr.5.119. -हास्यम् a farce.
kāṣāya काषाय (-यी f.) [कषायेण रक्तं अण् तेव रक्तं रागात् P.IV.2.1.] Red, dyed of a reddish colour; काषाय- वसनाधवा Ak. -यम् A red cloth or garment; सीता काषायवासिनी Rām.7.97.13. इमे काषाये गृहीते M.5; R.15.77; न काषायैर्भवेद्यतिः 'it is not the hood that makes a monk.' -Comp. -वसना a widow.
kinnara किन्नर See under किम्. 1 किम् ind. Used for कु only at the beginning of comp. to convey the senses of 'badness', 'deterioration', 'defect', 'blame' or 'censure'; e. g. किंसखा a bad friend; किन्नरः a bad or deformed man &c.; see comp. below. -Comp. -ज a. born somewhere (not in a noble family) मन्ये किंजमहं घ्नन्तं त्वामक्षत्रियजे रणे Bk.6.133. -दासः a bad slave, or servant. -नरः a bad or deformed man; a mythical being with a human figure and the head of a horse (अश्वमुख); चयोदाहरणं बाह्वोर्गापयामास किन्नरान् R.4.78; उद्गास्य- तामिच्छति किन्नराणां तानप्रदायित्वमिवोपगन्तुम् Ku.1.8. ˚ईशः, ˚ईश्वरः 1 an epithet of Kubera. -2 a kind of musical instrument. (-री f.) 1 a female Kinnara; Me.58. -2 a kind of lute. -पुरुषः 'a low or despicable man', a mythical being with a human head and the form of a horse; Ku.1.14; किंपुरुषाणां हनुमान् Bhāg.11.16.29. ˚ईश्वरः an epithet of Kubera. -प्रभुः a bad master or king; हितान्न यः संशृणुते स किंप्रभुः Ki.1.5. -राजन् a. having a bad king. (-m.) a bad king. -विवक्षा Slandering; Rām.5. -सखि m. (nom. sing. किंसखा) a bad friend; स किंसखा साधु न शास्ति यो$धिपम् Ki.1.5. 2 किम् pron. a. (nom. sing. कः m., का f., किम् n.) 1 Who, what, which used interrogatively); प्रजासु कः केन पथा प्रयातीत्यशेषतो वेदितुमस्ति शक्तिः Ś.6.26; करुणाविमुखेन मृत्युना हरता त्वां वद किं न मे हृतम् R.8.67; का खल्वनेन प्रार्थ्यमानात्मना विकत्थते V.2; कः को$त्र भोः. कः कौ के कं कौ कान् हसति च हसतो हसन्ति हरणाक्ष्यः Udb. The pronoun is often used to imply 'power or authority to do a thing'; i. e. के आवां परित्रातुं दुष्यन्तमाक्रन्द Ś.1; 'who are we &c.', i. e. what power have we &c.; नृपसद्मनि नाम के वयम् Bh.3.27; who are we, i. e. what position have we &c. Sometimes किम् means 'long' as applied to time especially in combination with खलु or अपि or इव; का खलु वेला पत्रभवत्याः प्राप्तायाः Ve.1; 'what a time' i. e. a long time has elapsed, &c.; so को$पि कालस्तस्या आगत्य गतायाः Ratn 3; or क इव कालः Māl.3. -2 The neuter (किम्) is frequently used with instr. of nouns in the sense of 'what is the use of'; किं स्वामिचेष्टानिरूपणेन H.1; लोभश्चेदगुणेन किम् &c. Bh.2.55; किं तया दृष्ट्या Ś.3; किं कुलेनोपदिष्टेन शीलमेवात्र कारणम् Mk.9.7. अपि, चित्, चन, चिदपि or स्वित् are often added to किम् to give it an indefinite sense; विवेश कश्चिज्जटिलस्तपोवनम् Ku.5.3. a certain ascetic; दमघोषसुतेन कश्चन प्रतिशिष्टः प्रतिभानवानथ Śi.16.1; कश्चित्कान्ताविरहगुरुणा स्वाधिकारात्प्रमत्तः Me.1. &c.; का$पि तत एवागतवती Māl.1; a certain lady; कस्या$पि को$पिति निवेदितं च 1.33; किमपि, किमपि ... जल्पतोरक्रमेण U.1.27; कस्मिंश्चिदपि महाभागधेयजन्मनि मन्मथ- विकारमुपलक्षितवानस्मि Māl.1; किमपि, किंचित् 'a little', वस्तु- सिद्धिर्विचारेण न किंचित् कर्मकोटिभिः Vivekachūdamaṇi; 'somewhat' Y.2.116; U.6.35. किमपि also means 'indeseribable'; see अपि. इव is sometimes added to किम् in the sense of 'possibly', 'I should like to know'; (mostly adding force and elegance to the period); विना सीतादेव्या किमिव हि न दुःखं रघुपतेः U.6.3; किमिच हि मधुराणां मण्डनं नाकृतीनाम् Ś.1.2; see इव also. -ind. 1 A particle of interrogation; जातिमात्रेण किं कश्चिद्धन्यते पूज्यते क्वचित् H.1.55 'is any one killed or worshipped' &c.; ततः किम् what then. -2 A particle meaning 'why', 'wherefore'; किमकारणमेव दर्शनं बिलपन्त्यै रतये न दीयते Ku.4.7. -3 Whether (its correlatives in the sense of 'or' being किं, उत, उताहो, आहोस्वित्, वा, किंवा, अथवा; see these words). -Comp. -अपि ind. 1 to some extent, somewhat, to a considerable extent. -2 inexpressibly, indescribably (as to quality, quantity, nature &c.). -3 very much, by far; किमपि कमनीयं वपुरिदम् Ś.3; किमपि भीषणम्, किमपि करालम् &c. -अर्थ a. having what motive or aim; किमर्थोयं यत्नः. -अर्थम् ind. why, wherefore. -आख्य a. having what name; किमाख्यस्य राजर्षेः सा पत्नी. Ś.7. -इति ind. why, indeed, why to be sure, for what purpose (emphasizing the question); तत्किमित्युदासते भरताः Māl.1; किमित्यपास्याभरणानि यौवने धृतं त्वया वार्धकशोभि वल्कलम् Ku.5.44. -उ, -उत 1 whether-or (showing doubt or uncertainty); किमु विष- विसर्पः किमु मदः U.1.35; Amaru.12. -2 why (indeed) कं च ते परमं कामं करोमि किमु हर्षितः Rām.1.18.52. प्रियसुहृ- त्सार्थः किमु त्यज्यते. -3 how much more, how much less; यौवनं धनसंपत्तिः प्रभुत्वमविवेकिता । एकैकम यनर्थाय किमु यत्र चतुष्टयम् ॥ .II Pr.11; सर्वाविनयानामेकैकमप्येषामायतनं किमुत समवायः K.13; R.14.35; Ku.7.65. -कथिका f. A doubt or hesitation; यत्र कर्मणि क्रियमाणे किंकथिका न भवति तत्कर्तव्यम् । यत्र तु हृदयं न तुष्यति तद्वर्जनीयम् ॥ Medhātithi's gloss on Ms.4.161. -करः a servant, slave; अवेहि मां किंकरमष्टमूर्तेः R.2.35. (-रा) a female servant. (-री) the wife of a servant. -कर्तव्यता, -कार्यता any situation in which one asks oneself what should be done; यथा किंकार्यतामूढा वयस्यास्तस्य जज्ञिरे Ks.1.11. किंकर्तव्यतामूढः 'being at a loss or perplexed what to do'. -कारण a. having what reason or cause, -किल ind. what a pity (expressing displeasure or dissatisfaction न संभावयामि न मर्षयामि तत्रभवान् किंकिल वृषलं याजयिष्यति Kāshika on P.III.3.146. -कृते ind. what for ? कामस्य किंकृते पुष्पकार्मुकारोपणग्रहः Ks.71.79. -क्षण a. one who says 'what is a moment', a lazy fellow who does not value moments; H.2.89. -गोत्र a. belonging to what family; किंगोत्रो नु सोम्यासि Ch. Up.4.4.4. -च ind. moreover, and again, further. -चन ind. to a certain degree, a little; -चित् ind. to a certain degree, somewhat, a little; किंचिदुत्क्रान्तशैशवौ R.15.33, 2.46,12.21. ˚ज्ञ a. 'knowing little', a smatterer. ˚कर a. doing something useful. ˚कालः sometime, a little time. ˚प्राण a. having a little life. ˚मात्र a. only a little. -छन्दस् a. conversant with which Veda. -स्तनुः a species of spider. -तर्हि ind. how then, but, however. -तु ind. but, yet, however, nevertheless; अवैमि चैनामनघेति किंतु लोकापवादो बलवान्मतो मे R.14.43,1.65. -तुघ्नः one of the eleven periods called Karaṇa. -दवः an inferior god, demi-god; किंदेवाः किन्नराः नागाः किम्पुरुषादयः Bhāg.11.14.6. -देवत a. having what deity. -नामधेय, -नामन् a. having what name. -निमित्त a. having what cause or reason, for what purpose. -निमित्तम् ind. why, wherefore, -नु ind. 1 whether; किं नु मे मरणं श्रेयो परित्यागो जनस्य वा Nala.1.1. -2 much more, much less; अपि त्रैलोक्यराज्यस्य हेतोः किं नु महीकृते Bg.1.35. -3 what indeed; किं नु मे राज्येनार्थः -4 but, however; किं नु चित्तं मनुष्याणामनित्यमिति मे मतम् Rām.2.4.27. -नु खलु ind. 1 how possibly, how is it that, why indeed, why to be sure; किं नु खलु गीतार्थमाकर्ण्य इष्टजनविरहा- दृते$पि बलवदुत्कण्ठितो$स्मि Ś.5. -2 may it be that; किं नु खलु यथा वयमस्यामेवमियमप्यस्मान् प्रति स्यात् Ś.1. -पच, -पचान a. miserly, niggardly. -पराक्रम a. of what power or energy. -पाक a. not mature, ignorant, stupid. -कः a. medical plant, Strychnos nux vomica (Mar. कुचला); न लुब्धो बुध्यते दोषान्किंपाकमिव भक्षयन् Rām.2.66.6. -पुनर् ind. how much more, how much less; स्वयं रोपितेषु तरुषूत्पद्यते स्नेहः किं पुनरङ्गसंभवेष्वपत्येषु K.291; Me.3.17; Ve.3. -पुरुषः an inferior man, Bhāg.11.14.6. -प्रकारम् ind. in what manner. -प्रभाव a. possessing what power. -भूत a. of what sort of nature. -रूप a. of what form or shape. -वदन्ति, -न्ती f. rumour, report; स किंवदन्तीं वदतां पुरोगः (पप्रच्छ) R.14.31. मत्संबन्धात्कश्मला किंवदन्ती U.1.42; U.1.4. -वराटकः an extravagant man. -वा ind. 1 a particle of interrogation; किं वा शकुन्तलेत्यस्य मातुराख्या Ś.7. -2 or (corr. of किं 'whether'); राजपुत्रि सुप्ता किं वा जागर्षि Pt.1; तत्किं मारयामि किं वा विषं प्रयच्छामि किं वा पशुधर्मेण व्यापादयामि ibid.; Ś. Til.7. -विद a. knowing what. -व्यापार a. following what occupation. -शील a. of what habits, -स्वित् ind. whether, how; अद्रेः शृङ्गं हरति पवनः किंस्विदित्युन्मुखीभिः Me.14.
kīkaṭa कीकट a. (-टी f.) 1 Poor, indigent. -2 Miserly. -टाः (pl.) N. of a country (Behar). N. of a people not belonging to the Aryan race; किं ते कृण्वन्ति कीकटेषु गावो नाशिरं दुह्रे न तपन्ति धर्मम् Rv.3.53.14. -टः A horse. -a. 1 Poor. -2 Avaricious. See कोटक.
kīrtiḥ कीर्तिः f. [कॄत्-क्तिन्] 1 Fame, renown, glory; इह कीर्तिमवाप्नोति Ms.2.9; वंशस्य कर्तारमनन्तकीर्तिम् R.2.64; स्रोतोमूर्त्या भुवि परिणतां रन्तिदेवस्य कीर्तिम् Me.47. For an interesting distinction between कीर्तिः and यशस् cf. खङ्गादिप्रभवा कीर्तिर्विद्यादिप्रभवं यशः -2 Favour, approbation. -3 Dirt, mud. -4 Extension, expansion. -5 Light, lustre, splendour. -6 Sound. -7 Mention, speech, report. -Comp. -भाज् a. famous, celebrated, renowned. (-m.) an epithet of Droṇa, the military preceptor of the Kauravas and Pāṇḍavas. -शेषः survival or remaining behind only in fame, leaving nothing behind but fame i. e. death; cf. नामशेष, आलेख्यशेष; सरसीव कीर्तिशेषं गतवति भुवि विक्रमादित्ये Vās. -स्तम्भः a column of fame; B. R.
kīrtita कीर्तित p. p. 1 Said, asserted. -2 Mentioned, told. -3 Known; notorious. -4 Praised, celebrated.
ku कु ind. A prefix implying 'badness', 'deterioration', 'depreciation', 'sin', 'reproach', 'littleness', 'want', 'deficiency', &c. Its various substitutes are कद् (कदश्व), कव (कवोष्ण), का (कोष्ण), किं (किंप्रभुः); cf. Pt.5.17. -Comp. -कर्मन् n. a bad deed, a mean act. -a. wicked, Bhāg.1.16.22. -कु-वाच् m. jackal. -कूलम् A hole filled with stakes. ˚लः A fire made of chaff; कुकूलं शङ्कुभिः कीर्णे श्वभ्रे ना तु तुषानले Nm. -ग्रहः an unpropitious planet. -ग्रामः a petty village or hamlet (without a king's officer, an agnihotrin, a physician, or a river.) -चन्दनम् Red sandal-wood. -चर a. of bad conduct, a thief; दृष्ट्वा त्वादित्यमुद्यन्तं कुचराणां भयं भवेत् Mb.14.39.13. -चेल a. wearing bad or ragged garments; कपालं वृक्ष- मूलानि कुचेलमसहायता । समता चैव सर्वस्मिन्नेतन्मुक्तस्य लक्षणम् ॥ Ms.6.44. -चरित्रम्, -चर्या wickedness, evil conduct, impropriety; Ms.9.17. -चोद्यम् an unsuitable question. -जन्मन् a. low born. -तनु a. deformed, ugly. (-नुः) an epithet of Kubera. -तन्त्री a bad lute. -तपः 1 a sort of blanket (made of the hair of the mountain goat). -2 the eighth Muhūrta or portion of the day. -3 a daughter's or sister's son. -4 the sun. -तर्कः 1 sophistical or fallacious argument. -2 a heterodox doctrine, free thinking; कुतर्केष्वभ्यासः सततपरपैशुन्यमननम् G. L.31. ˚पथः a sophistical mode of arguing. -तीर्थम् a bad teacher. -दिनम् an evil or unpropitious day. -दृष्टिः f. 1 weak sight. -2 an evil eye, sinister eye (fig.). -3 an opinion or doctrine opposed to the Vedas, heterodox doctrines; या वेदबाह्याः स्मृतयो याश्च काश्च कुदृष्टयः Ms.12.95. -देशः 1 a bad place or country. -2 a country where the necessaries of life are not available or which is subject to oppression. -देह a. ugly, deformed; कुदेहमानाहिविदष्टदृष्टेर्ब्रह्मन्वचस्ते$मृतमौषधं मे Bhāg.5.12.2. (-हः) an epithet of Kubera. -द्वारम् back door. -धी a. foolish, silly, stupid. -2 wicked. -नखम् a disease of the nails; Mb.3. -नटः 1 a bad actor. -2 a sort of trumpet flower. -3 red arsenic. -नदिका a small river, rill; सुपूरा स्यात्कुनदिका Pt.1.25. -नाथः a bad master; हतास्म्यहं कुनाथेन न पुंसा वीरमानिना Bhāg.9.14.28. -नामन् m. a miser. -नीतः bad counsel, leading; तृणैश्छन्ना भूमिर्मतिरिव कुनीतैव विदुषः Mu.6.11. -पटः, -टम् a miserable garment; कुपटावृतकटिः Bhāg.5.9.1. -पथः 1 a wrong road, bad way (fig. also). -2 a heterodox doctrine. -पथ्य a. unwholesome, improper. -परीक्षक a. examining badly, not valuing rightly; कुत्स्याः स्युः कुपरीक्षका न मणयो यैरर्घतः पातिताः Bh.2.15. -पात्रम् an unfit recipient. -पुत्रः a bad or wicked son: यादृशं फल- माप्नोति कुप्लवैः संतरन् जलम् । तादृशं फलमाप्नोति कुपुत्रैः संतरंस्तमः ॥ Ms.9.161. कुपुत्रो जायेत क्वचिदपि कुमाता न भवति, देव्यपराध- क्षमापनस्तोत्र (ascribed to a later शङ्कराचार्य). -पुरुषः 1 a low or wicked man. -2 a spiritless coward. -पूय a. low, vile, contemptible. -प्रिय a. disagreeable, contemptible, low, mean. -प्लवः a bad boat; कुप्लवैः संतरन् जलम् Ms.9.161. -बन्धः a disgraceful stigma; अन्त्याभिगमने त्वङ्क्यः कुबन्धेन प्रवासयेत् Y.2.294. -ब्रह्मः, -ब्रह्मन् m. a bad or degraded Brāhmaṇa. -मन्त्रः 1 bad advice. -2 a charm used to secure success in a bad cause. -मुद्विन् a. Unfriendly; उदहृष्यन्वारिजानि सूर्योत्थाने कुमुद्विना । राज्ञा तु निर्भया लोकाः Bhāg.1.21.47. -मेरुः The southern hemisphere or pole. -योगः an inauspicious conjunction (of planets). -योगिन् m. a false devotee, impostor. -रस a. having bad juice or flavour. (-सः) a kind of spirituous liquor. -रूप a. ugly, deformed; कुपुत्रो$पि भवेत्पुंसां हृदयानन्दकारकः । दुर्विनीतः कुरूपो$पि मूर्खो$पि व्यसनी खलः ॥ Pt.5.19. -रूप्यम् tin. -लक्षण a. having fatal marks on the body. कुलक्षणेत्यहं राज्ञा त्यक्तेत्यात्तविमानना Ks.91.19. -वङ्गः lead. -वचस्, -वाच्, -वाक्य a. abusive, bad, scurrilous; using abusive or foul language; संस्मारितो मर्मभिदः कुवाग्रिपून् Bhāg.4.3.15. (-n.) abuse, bad language. -वज्रकम् crystal; a stone resembling a diamond. -वर्षः a sudden or violent shower; Rām.6. -विक्रमः bravery exhibited in a wrong place; धिगीदृशं ते नृपते कुविक्रमं कृपाश्रये यः कृपणे पतत्त्रिणि N.1.132. -विवाहः a degraded or improper form of marriage; Ms.3.63. -वृत्तिः f. bad bebaviour. -वेधस् m. bad fate; हृतरत्नेन मुषितो दत्त्वा काचं कुवेधसा Ks. 71.232. -वैद्यः a bad physician, quack. -शील a. rude, wicked, unmannerly, ill tempered, of bad character; कुतो गम्यमगम्यं वा कुशीलोन्मादिनः प्रभोः Ks.32.152. -ष्ठलम् 1 a bad place. -2 the earth; शयानां कुष्ठले Bk.9.84. -सरित् f. a small river, rill; उच्छिद्यन्ते क्रियाः सर्वा ग्रीष्मे कुसरितो यथा Pt.2.89. -सृतिः f. 1 evil conduct, wickedness; कस्माद्वयं कुसृतयः खलयोनयस्ते Bhāg.8.23.7. -2 conjuring, magic. -3 roguery. -स्त्री a bad woman.
kuñjaḥ कुञ्जः जम् 1 A place overgrown with plants or creepers, a bower, an arbour; चल सखि कुञ्जं सतिमिरपुञ्जं शीलय नीलनिचोलम् Gīt.5; वञ्जुललताकुञ्जे 12; Me.19; R.9.64. -2 The lower jaw. -3 A cave, Māl.1.3. (foot note). -4 A tooth. -5 The tusk of an elephant. -Comp. -कुटीरः a bower; a place overgrown with plants and creepers; गुञ्जत्कुञ्जकुटीरकौशिकघटा U.2.29; Māl.5.19; कोकिलकूजितकुञ्जकुटीरे Gīt.1.
kuṭī कुटी 1 A curve. -2 A cottage, hut; प्रासादीयति कुट्याम् Sk.; Ms.11.73; पर्ण˚, अश्व˚ &c. -3 A vessel with openings used for fumigation. -4 A nosegay -5 A kind of perfume (मुरा). -6 Spirituous liquor. -7 A bawd, procuress. -8 A bower (लतागृह); कुटीषु गोपीरुचि- रासु यो$र्कभूतटीषु गोपाल इति श्रुतो$चरत् Viś. Guṇā.461. -Comp. -चकः a religious mendicant of a particular order; चतुर्विधाभिक्षवस्ते कुटीचकबहूदकौ । हंसः परमहंसश्च यो यः पश्चात् स उत्तमः ॥ Mb.; Bhāg.3.12.42. -चरः a kind of ascetic who entrusts the care of his family to his son and devotes himself solely to religious penance and austerities. कुटीरः kuṭīrḥ रम् ram कुटीरकः kuṭīrakḥ कुटीरः रम् कुटीरकः [कुटीशमीशुण्डाभ्यो रः P.V.3.88] A hut, cottage; U.2.29; Amaru.56 (प्रक्षिप्तश्लोक in the note). -रम् 1 Sexual intercourse. -2 Exclusiveness.
kuṇṭhita कुण्ठित p. p. 1 Blunted, dulled; (fig. also); बिभ्रता$ स्रमचलेप्यकुण्ठितम् R.11.74; Bv.2.78; Ku.2.2; शास्त्रे- ष्वकुण्ठिता बुद्धिः R.1.19 not hampered or impeded; cf. also दशवदनभुजानां कुण्ठिता यत्र शक्तिः Mahān. -2 Stupid. -3 Mutilated. -4 Grasped, held. -5 Encircled.
kuṇḍalanā कुण्डलना Encircling (as a word) to denote that it is to be left out or not considered; तदोजसस्तद्यशसः स्थिताविमौ वृथेति चित्ते कुरुते यदा यदा । तनोति भानोः परिवेषकैत- वात्तदा विधिः कुण्डलनां विधोरपि ॥ N. 1.14; cf. 2.95 also.
kutra कुत्र ind. 1 Where, in which place; कुत्र मे शिशुः Pt.1. प्रवृत्तिः कुत्र कर्तव्या H.1. -2 In which case; तेजसा सह जातानां वयः कुत्रोपयुज्यते Pt.1.328. -3 How little consistent with, or different from; कुत्राशिषः श्रुतिसुखा मृगतृष्णिरूपाः Bhāg.79.25. (कुत्र is sometimes used for the loc. sing. किम्). When connected with the particles चिद्, चन or अपि, कुत्र becomes indefinite in sense. कुत्रापि, कुत्रचित् कुत्रचन somewhere, anywhere; न कुत्रापि nowhere; कुत्रचित् कुत्रचित् in one place-in another place, here-here; विशिष्टं कुत्रचिद्बीजम् Ms.9.34.
kopaḥ कोपः [कुप्-भावे घञ्] 1 Anger, wrath, passion; कोपं न गच्छति नितान्तबलो$पि नागः Pt.1.123; न त्वया कोपः कार्यः do not be angry. -2 (In medicine) Morbid irritation or disorder of the humours of the body; i. e. पित्तकोप, वातकोप. &c. -Comp. -आकुल, -आविष्ट a. enraged, furious. -क्रमः 1 an angry or passionate man. -2 the course of anger. -जन्मन् produced by wrath or anger; बलवानपि कोपजन्मनः Ki.2.37. -दीप्त, -ज्वलित a. inflamed with anger. -पदम् 1 cause of anger. -2 pretended anger. -वशः subjection to anger. -वेगः violence, fury of anger.
kuśaḥ कुशः a. 1 Wicked, vile, depraved. -2 Mad. -शः 1 A kind of grass considered holy and forming an essential requisite of several religious ceremonies; पवित्रार्थे इमे कुशाः Śrāddha Mantra; कुशपूतं प्रवयास्तु विष्टरम् R.8.18, 1.49,95. -2 N. of the elder son of Rāma. [He was one of the twin sons of Rāma, born after Sītā had been ruthlessly abandoned in the forest; yet he was the elder of the two in point of first seeing the light of this world. He, with Lava was brought up by the sage Vālmīki, and the two boys were taught to repeat the Rāmāyaṇa, the epic of the poet. Kuśa was made by Rāma king of Kuśāvatī, and he lived there for some time after his father's death. But the presiding deity of the old capital Ayodhyā presented herself to him in his dream and besought him not to slight her. Kuśa then returned to Ayodhya; see R.16.3-42.] -3 A rope of Kuśa grass for connecting the yoke of a plough with the pole. -4 One of the great Dvīpas; Bhāg.5.1.32. -शा 1 A plank for covering anything. -2 A piece of wood. -3 A horse's bridle. -शी A sort of ladle. -2 Wrought iron. -3 Ploughshare. -4 A pod of cotton. -5 A piece of Udumbara wood used for counting the number of Sāmans in a Stotra; औदुम्बरे स्त्रियाम् । छन्दोगस्तोत्रगणनाशङ्कासु ...... Nm. -शम् Water; as in कुशेशय q. v. ह्रदश्च कुशवानेष यत्र पद्मं कुशेशयम् Mb.3.13.18. -Comp. -अक्षः a monkey. -अग्रम् the sharp point of a blade of the Kuśa grass; hence often used in comp. in the sense of 'sharp', 'shrewd', 'penetrating' as intellect. ˚बुद्धि a. having a penetrating intellect, sharp, shrewd; (अपि) कुशाग्रबुद्धे कशली गुरुस्ते R.5.4. -अग्रीय a. penetrating, sharp; कुरु बुद्धिं कुशाग्रीयां ... ... Bk.5.15. -अङ्गुली, -रीयम् a ring of Kuśa grass worn at religious ceremonies. -अरणिः N. of Durvāsas. -आकरः the sacrificial fire. -आसनम् a seat or mat of Kuśa grass; अक्षमालापवृत्तिज्ञा कुशासनपरिग्रहा । शांभवीव तनुः कस्य न वन्द्या दौर्जनी सभा ॥ Udb. -उदकम् water in which Kuśa grass has been infused; Ms.11.212. -कण्डिका f. a type of संस्कार of the Vedic sacrificial fire. -चीरम् a garment of Kuśa grass; (प्रगृह्य) कैकेय्याः कुशचिरे ते जानकी शुभलक्षणा Rām.2.37.1. -ध्वजः the younger brother of Janaka; तौ कुशध्वजसुते सुमध्यमे R.11.54. -मुष्टिः f. a handful of Kuśa grass कुशमुष्टिमुपादाय लवं चैव तु स द्विजः Rām.7.66.6. -स्थलम् N. of a place in the North of India; perhaps Kanoj; Ve.1. (-ली) N. of the town Dvārakā. रथं समारोप्य ययुः कुशस्थलीम् Bhāg.1. 61.41. -2 N. of the town उज्जयिनी.
kūṭ कूट् I. 1 Ā. (कूटयते, कूटित) 1 To abstain from giving, not to give. -2 To censure. -II. 1 U. 1 To burn. -2 To call, invite. -3 To render confused, to muddle. -4 To be distressed. -5 To despair. -6 To counsel, advise.
kūṭa कूट a. 1 False; as in कूटाः स्युः पूर्वसाक्षिणः Y.2.8; दुस्तोषः कूटयोगिनाम् Bhāg.2.9.19. -2 Immovable, steady. -3 Despised. -टः, -टम् 1 Fraud, illusion, deception. -2 A trick, fraudulent or roguish scheme; अक्षकूटमधि- ष्ठाय हृतं दुर्योधनेन वै Mb.3.33.3. -3 A puzzling question, knotty or intricate point, as in कूटश्लोक, कूटान्योक्ति; वाचः कूटं तु देवर्षेः स्वयं विभमृशुर्धिया Bhāg.6.5.1. -4 Falsehood, untruth; oft. used in comp. with the force of an adjective; ˚वचनम् false or deceitful words; ˚तुला, ˚मानम् &c. -5 A summit or peak of a mountain; वर्धयन्निव तत्कूटानु- द्धतैर्धातुरेणुभिः R.4.71, Me.115; Māl.5.32. -6 Any projection or prominence. -7 The bone of the forehead with its projections, the crown of the head. -8 A horn, सम्परेतमयःकूटैश्छिन्दन्त्युत्थितमन्यवः Bhāg.4.25.8. -9 End, corner; Y.3.96. -1 Head, chief. -11 A heap, mass, multitude; अभ्रकूटम् 'a heap of clouds'; so अन्नकूटम् 'a heap of food'; Mv.6.32. -12 A hammer, an iron mallet. -13 A plough-share, the body of a plough. -14 A trap for catching deer; नश्येदभिमृशन्सद्यो मृगः कूट- मिव स्पृशन् Mb.12.68.52. -15 A concealed weapon, as a dagger in a woollen case or a sword in a stick. -16 A water-jar. -17 The door of a city; निर्ययुर्भवनात्त- स्मात्कूटमुद्गरपाणयः Rām.5.42.25. -18 A false coin; कूटं हि निषादानामेवोपकारकं न आर्याणाम् ŚB. on MS.6.1.52. -टः 1 A house, dwelling. -2 An ox whose horns are broken. -3 An epithet of Agastya. -Comp. -अक्षः a false or loaded die; कूटाक्षोपधिदेविनः Y.2.22. -अगारम् an apartment on the top of a house; कूटागारैश्च संपूर्णामि- न्द्रस्येवामरावतीम् Rām.1.5.15. -अर्थः ambiguity of meaning. ˚भाषिता a tale, fiction. -उपायः a fraudulent plan, trick, stratagem. -कारः, -कारकः a rogue, a false witness; Ms.3.158. -कृत् a. 1 cheating, deceiving. -2 forging a document; Y.2.7. -3 bribing. (-m.) 1 a man of the writer caste (कायस्थ). -2 an epithet of Śiva. -कार्षापणः a false कार्षापण q. v. -कोष्ठम् a. compartment on the top of a building (Kāmikāgama 55.123-3); (कूटशाला and कूटागार are synonyms). -खङ्गः a sword-stick. -च्छद्मन् m. a cheat; पीड्यमानाः प्रजा रक्ष्याः कूटच्छद्मादिभिस्तथा Pt.1.343. -तुला a false pair of scales. -धर्म a. where falsehood is considered a duty (as a place, house, country, &c.). -पाकलः, -पर्वः -पूर्वः bilious fever to which elephants are subject (हस्तिवातज्वर); अचिरेण वैकृतविवर्तदारुणः कलभं कठोर इव कूट- पाकलः (अभिहन्ति Māl.1.39); (also sometimes written as कूटपालक). -पालकः a potter; a potter's kiln. -पाशः, -बन्धः a trap, snare, समाधिभीतेन किलोपनीतः पञ्चाप्सरोयौवन- कूटबन्धम् R.13.39. -मानम् false measure or weight. -मोहनः an epithet of Skanda. -यन्त्रम् a trap, a snare for deer, birds &c. -युद्धम् treacherous or unfair warfare; कूटयुद्धविधिज्ञे$पि तस्मिन्सन्मार्गयोधिनि R.17.69. -रचना 1 a trap laid; Pt.2.85. -2 artifice, trick; अतर्क्या कुट्टनीकूटरचना हि विधेरपि Ks.57.115. -लेखः a falsified document; कृत्वाथ कूटलेखं सा विदग्धा मह्यमर्पयत् Ks.124.197. -शाल्मलिः f., m. 1 a species of the Śālmali tree. -2 a kind of tree with sharp thorns (regarded as one of the several instruments-perhaps a club-with which the wicked are tortured in the world of Yama); see R.12.95 and Malli. thereon. -शासनम् a forged grant or decree; Ms.9.232. -संक्रान्तिः the passing of the sun into another zodiac when half the night is over. -साक्षिन् m. a false witness. -स्थ a. 1 standing at the top, occupying the highest place (said of a person who stands at the head in a geneological table). -2 silent; not at all moving or working; Mb.12.179.6. (-स्थः) the Supreme Soul (immovable, unchangeable, and perpetually the same); क्षरः सर्वाणि भूतानि कूटस्थो$क्षर उच्यते Bg.6.8;12.3. (-स्थः, -स्थम्) a kind of perfume (Mar. नखला). -स्वर्णम् counterfeit gold; Y.2.297. -हेमन् (as above); रज्यत्तुषारद्युतिकूटहेम तत्पाण्डु जातं रजतं क्षणेन N.22.52.
kṛ कृ I. 5 U. (कृणोति-कृणुते) To hurt, injure, kill. -II. 8 U. (करोति-कुरुते, चकार-चक्रे, अकार्षीत्-अकृत; कर्तुम्, करिष्यति-ते कृत) 1 To do (in general); तात किं करवाण्यहम् -2 To make; गणिकामवरोधमकरोत् Dk; नृपेण चक्रे युवराजशब्दभाक् R.3.35; युवराजः कृतः &c. -3 To manufacture, shape, prepare; कुम्भकारो घटं करोति; कटं करोति &c. -4 To build, create; गृहं कुरु; सभां कुरु मदर्थे भोः. -5 To produce, cause, engender; रतिमुभयप्रार्थना कुरुते Ś.2.1. -6 To form, arrange; अञ्जलिं करोति; कपोतहस्तकं कृत्वा. -7 To write, compose; चकार सुमनोहरं शास्त्रम् Pt.1. -8 To perform, be engaged in; पूजां करोति. -9 To tell, narrate; इति बहुविधाः कथाः कुर्वन् &c. -1 To carry out, execute, obey; एवं क्रियते युष्मदादेशः Māl.1; or करिष्यामि वचस्तव or शासनं मे कुरुष्व &c. -11 To bring about, accomplish, effect; सत्सं- गतिः कथय किं न करोति पुंसाम् Bh.2.23. -12 To throw or let out, discharge, emit; मूत्रं कृ to discharge urine, make water; so पुरीषं कृ to void excrement. -13 To assume, put on, take; स्त्रीरूपं कृत्वा; नानारूपाणि कुर्वाणः Y.3. 162. -14 To send forth, utter; मानुषीं गिरं कृत्वा, कलरवं कृत्वा &c. -15 To place or put on (with loc.); कण्ठे हारम- करोत् K.212; पाणिमुरसि कृत्वा &c. -16 To entrust (with some duty), appoint; अध्यक्षान् विविधान्कुर्यात्तत्र तत्र विपश्चितः Ms.7.81. -17 To cook (as food) as in कृतान्नम्. -18 To think, regard, consider; दृष्टिस्तृणीकृतजगत्त्रयसत्त्वसारा U.6. 19. -19 To take (as in the hand); कुरु करे गुरुमेकमयोघनं N.4.59. -2 To make a sound, as in खात्कृत्य, फूत्कृत्य भुङ्क्ते; so वषट्कृ, स्वाहाकृ &c. -21 To pass, spend (time); वर्षाणि दश चक्रुः spent; क्षणं कुरु wait a moment. -22 To direct towards, turn the attention to, resolve on; (with loc. or dat.); नाधर्मे कुरुते मनः Ms.12.118; नगरगमनाय मतिं न करोति Ś.2. -23 To do a thing for another (either for his advantage or injury); प्राप्ताग्निनिर्वापणगर्वमम्बु रत्नाङ्- कुरज्योतिषि किं करोति Vikr.1.18; यदनेन कृतं मयि, असौ किं मे करिष्यति &c. -24 To use, employ, make use of; किं तया क्रियते धेन्वा Pt.1. -25 To divide, break into parts (with adverbs ending in धा); द्विधा कृ to divide into two parts; शतधा कृ, सहस्रधा कृ &c. -26 To cause to become subject to, reduce completely to (a particular condition, with adverbs ending in सात्); आत्मसात् कृ to subject or appropriate to oneself; दुरितैरपि कर्तुमात्मसात्प्रयतन्ते नृपसूनवो हि यत् R.8.2; भस्मसात् कृ to reduce to ashes. -27 To appropriate, secure for oneself. -28 To help, give aid. -29 To make liable. -3 To violate or outrage (as a girl). -31 To begin. -32 To order. -33 To free from. -34 To proceed with, put in practice. -35 To worship, sacrifice. -36 To make like, consider equal to, cf. तृणीकृ (said to be Ātm. only in the last 1 senses). -37 To take up, gather; आदाने करोतिशब्दः Ms.4.2.6; यथा काष्ठानि करोति गोमयानि करोति इति आदाने करोतिशब्दो भवति एवमिहापि द्रष्टव्यम् ŚB. on MS.4.2.6. This root is often used with nouns, adjectives, and indeclinables to form verbs from them, somewhat like the English affixes 'en' or '(i) fy', in the sense of 'making a person or thing to be what it previously is not'; e. g. कृष्णीकृ to make that which is not already black, black, i. e. blacken; so श्वेतीकृ to whiten; घनीकृ to solidify; विरलीकृ to rarefy &c. &c. Sometimes these formations take place in other senses also; e. g. क्रोडीकृ 'to clasp to the bosom', embrace; भस्मीकृ to reduce to ashes; प्रवणीकृ to incline, bend; तृणीकृ to value as little as straw; मन्दीकृ to slacken, make slow; so शूलीकृ to roast on the end of pointed lances; सुखीकृ to please' समयाकृ to spend time &c. N. B.- This root by itself admits of either Pada; but it is Ātm. generally with prepositions in the following senses :--(1) doing injury to; (2) censure, blame; (3) serving; (4) outraging, acting violently or rashly; (5) preparing, changing the condition of, turning into; (6) reciting; (7) employing, using; see P.I.3.32 and गन्धनावक्षेपणसेवनसाहसिक्यप्रतियत्नप्रकथनोपयोगेषु कृञः ''Students' Guide to Sanskrit Composition" 338. Note. The root कृ is of the most frequent application in Sanskrit literature, and its senses are variously modified, or almost infinitely extended, according to the noun with which the root is connected; e. g. पदं कृ to set foot (fig. also); आश्रमे पदं करिष्यसि Ś.4.19; क्रमेण कृतं मम वपुषि नव- यौवनेन पदम् K.141; मनसा कृ to think of, meditate; मनसि कृ to think; दृष्ट्वा मनस्येवमकरोत् K.136; or to resolve or determine; सख्यम्, मैत्रीं कृ to form friendship with; अस्त्राणि कृ to practise the use of weapons; दण्डं कृ to inflict punishment; हृदये कृ to pay heed to; कालं कृ to die; मतिं-बुद्धिं कृ to think of, intend, mean; उदकं कृ to offer libations of water to manes; चिरं कृ to delay; दर्दुरं कृ to play on the lute; नखानि कृ to clean the nails; कन्यां कृ to outrage or violate a maiden; विना कृ to separate from, to be abandoned by, as in मदनेन विनाकृता रतिः Ku.4.21; मध्ये कृ to place in the middle, to have reference to; मध्येकृत्य स्थितं क्रथकौशिकान् M.5.2; वेशे कृ to win over, place in subjection, subdue; चमत्कृ to cause surprise; make an exhibition or a show; सत्कृ to honour, treat with respect; तिर्यक्कृ to place aside. -Caus. (कारयति-ते) To cause to do, perform, make, execute &c.; आज्ञां कारय रक्षोभिः Bk.8.84; भृत्यं भृत्येन वा कटं कारयति Sk. -Desid. (चिकीर्षति- ते) To wish to do &c.; Śi.14.41.
kṛta कृत p. p. [कृ-क्त] 1 Done, performed, made, effected accomplished, manufactured &c.; (p. p. of कृ 8. U. q. v.) ते करान् संप्रयच्छन्तु सुवर्णं च कृताकृतम् Mb.3.255.17; दिव्याः प्रसन्ना विविधाः सुराः कृतसुरा अपि Rām.5.11.22; natural and manufactured wines. -2 Wounded, hurt; सिद्ध्येत ते कृतमनोभवधर्षितायाः Bhāg.3.23.11. -3 Acquired, bought (a kind of son); Mb.13.49.4. -4 Cultivated; अकृतं च कृतात्क्षेत्राद् गौरजाविकमेव च Ms.1.114. -5 Appointed (as a duty); सो$पि यत्नेन संरक्ष्यो धर्मो राजकृतश्च यः Y.2.186. -6 Relating to, referring to; पतनीयकृते क्षेपे Y.2.21. -तम् 1 Work, deed, action; कृतं न वेत्ति Pt.1.424; ungrateful; Ms.7.197. -2 Service, benefit. -3 Consequence, result. -4 Aim, object. -5 N. of that side of a die which is marked with four points; this is lucky; cf. Vāj.3.18. -6 N. of the first of the four Yugas of the world extending over 1728 years of men (see Ms.1.69 and Kull. thereon). -7 The number '4'. -8 A stake at a game. -9 Prize or booty gained in a battle. -1 An offering. -11 Magic sorcery. -Comp. -अकृत a. done and not done; i. e. done in part but not completed; कृताकृतस्यैव च काञ्चनस्य Bu. Ch.2.2; that which is done and that which is not done (Dvandva Comp.) मा त्वा ताप्तां कृताकृते Mbh. on P.II.2.29; कृताकृतप्रसङ्गि नित्यम्. (-तः) the Supreme Being. -अङ्क a. 1 marked, branded; कठ्यां कृताङ्को निर्वास्यः Ms.8.281. -2 numbered. (ङ्कः) that side of a die which is marked with four points. -अञ्जलि a. folding the hands in supplication; प्रणम्य शिरसा देवं कृताञ्जलिरभाषत Bg.11.14,35; Ms.4.154. -अनुकर a. following another's example, subservient. -अनुसारः custom, usage. -अन्त a. bringing to an end, terminating. (-तः) 1 Yama, the god of death; कृतान्त आसीत्समरो देवानां सह दानवैः Bhāg.9.6.13; द्वितीयं कृतान्त- मिवाटन्तं व्याधमपश्यत् H.1. -2 fate, destiny; कृतान्त एव सौमित्रे द्रष्टव्यो मत्प्रवासने Rām.2.22.15; क्रूरस्तस्मिन्नपि न सहते संगमं नौ कृतान्तः Me.17. -3 a demonstrated conclusion, dogma, a proved doctrine; दैवं पुरुषकारश्च कृतान्ते- नोपपद्यते Mb.12.153.5; यथा लौकिकेषु वैदिकेषु च कृतान्तेषु Mbh. on P.I.1.1,56; साङ्ख्ये कृतान्ते प्रोक्तानि Bg.18.13. -4 a sinful or inauspicious action. -5 an epithet of Saturn. -6 Saturday. -7 the inevitable result of former actions. -8 the second lunar mansion. -9 the number 'two'. ˚कुशल an astrologer; आधिराज्ये$भिषेको मे ब्राह्मणैः पतिना सह । कृतान्त- कुशलैरुक्तं तत्सर्वं वितथीकृतम् Rām.6.48.14. ˚जनकः the sun. -अन्नम् 1 cooked food. कृतान्नमुदकं स्त्रियः Ms.9.219;11.3. -2 digested food. -3 excrement. -अपराध a. guilty, offender, criminal. -अभय a. saved from fear or danger. -अभिषेक a. crowned, inaugurated. (-कः) a prince. -अभ्यास a. practised. -अयः the die called कृत marked with four points. -अर्थ a. 1 having gained one's object, successful; एकः कृतार्थो भवते वीतशोकः Śwet. Up.2.14. -2 satisfied; happy, contented; वयं कृतार्था इत्यभिमन्यन्ति बालाः Muṇḍ.1.2.9; कृतः कृतार्थो$स्मि निबर्हितांहसा Śi.1.29; R.8.3; Ki.4.9; Ś.2.1; Pt.1.194. -3 clever. -4 that which has served its purpose (and hence incapable of yielding any further sense or serving any other purpose); पुरुषे यागं श्रावयित्वा कृतार्थः शब्द एकस्य द्वयोर्बहूनां वा यागं न वारयति । ŚB. on MS.6.2.3. सकृत् कृत्वा कृतार्थः शब्दः न नियमः पौनःपुन्ये । ŚB. on MS.6.2.27; सा चाकाङ्क्षा एकेनापि कृतार्था भवतीत्युक्तम् । ŚB. on MS.11.1.13. (कृतार्थीकृ 1 to render fruitful or successful; कृतार्थीकृत्य तं विप्रम् Ks.74.125. -2 to make good; कान्तं प्रत्युपचारतश्चतुरया कोपः कृतार्थीकृतः Amaru.15; so कृतार्थयति to make fruitful; Māl.3.6.) -अवधान a. careful, attentive. -अवधि a. 1 fixed, appointed. -2 bounded, limited. -अवमर्ष a. 1 effacing from recollection. -2 intolerant. -अवस्थ a. 1 summoned, caused to be present; Ms.8.6. -2 fixed, settled. -अस्त्र a. 1 armed. -2 trained in the science of arms or missiles; पित्रा संवर्धितो नित्यं कृतास्त्रः सांपरा- यिकः R.17.62. -अहक a. having performed the daily ceremonies. -आगम a. advanced, proficient, skilled. (-m.) the Supreme soul. -आगस् a. guilty, offending, criminal, sinful; अध्ने प्र शिरो जहि ब्रह्मजस्य कृतागसः Av.12.5.6; कृतागाः कौटिल्यो मुजग इव निर्याय नगरात् Mu.3.11. -आत्मन् a. 1 having control over oneself, self-possessed, of a selfgoverned spirit; कृतात्मा ब्रह्मलोकमभिसंभवामि Ch. Up.8.13.1; कृतात्मानो वीतरागाः प्रशान्ताः Muṇḍ. Up.3.2.5; Rām.5.61.6; ऐहिष्ट तं कारयितुं कृतात्मा Bk.1.11. -2 purified in mind; magnanimous; तमरिघ्रं कृतात्मानं क्षिप्रं द्रक्ष्यसि राघवम् Rām.5.39.48. -आभरण a. adorned. -आयास a. labouring, suffering. -आलय a. one who has taken up his abode in any place; यत्र ते दयिता भार्या तनयाश्च कृतालयाः Rām. (-यः) a frog; dog ? M. W. -आवास a lodging. -आस्पद a. 1 governed; ruled. -2 supporting, resting on. -3 residing in. -आहार a. having taken one's meals. -आह्वान a. challenged. -उत्साह a. diligent, making effort, striving. -उदक a. one who had performed his ablutions; Mb.3. -उद्वाह a. 1 married. -2 practising penance by standing with up-lifted hands. -उपकार a. 1 favoured, befriended, assisted; अज्ञातभर्तृव्यसना मुहूर्तं कृतोपकारेव रतिर्बभूव Ku.3.73. -2 friendly. -उपभोग a. used, enjoyed. -कर, -कारिन् a. Enjoining what is already known or done; कृतकरो हि विधिरनर्थकः स्यात् ŚB. on MS.1.5.58; कृतकरं शास्त्रमनर्थकं स्यात् ŚB. on MS.1.7.25; कृतकारि खलु शास्त्रं पर्जन्यवत् Mbh. on P.I.2.9. -कर्मन् a. 1 one who has done his work; R.9.3. -2 skilful, clever. (-m.) 1 the Supreme spirit. -2 a Saṁnyāsin. -काम a. one whose desires are fulfilled. -कार्य a. 1 one who has done his work or obtained his object. -2 having no need of another's aid. -काल a. 1 fixed or settled as to time. -2 who has waited a certain time. (-लः) appointed time; कृतशिल्पो$पि निवसेत्कृतकालं गुरोर्गृहे Y.2.184. -कृत्य, -क्रिय a. 1 who has accomplished his object; Bg.15.2. -2 satisfied, contented; Śānti.3.19; Māl.4.3. -3 clever. -4 having done his duty; कृतकृत्यो विधिर्मन्ये न वर्धयति तस्य ताम् Śi.2.32. -क्रयः a purchaser. -क्रियः 1 one who has accomplished any act. -2 one who has fulfilled his duty. -3 one who has performed a religious ceremony; Ms.5.99. -क्षण a. 1 waiting impatiently for the exact moment; कृतक्षणाहं भद्रं ते गमनं प्रति राघव Rām.2.29.15; वयं सर्वे सोत्सुकाः कृतक्षणास्तिष्ठामः Pt.1. -2 one who has got an opportunity. -घ्न a. 1 ungrateful; Ms.4.214;8.89. -2 defeating all previous measures. -चूडः a boy on whom the ceremony of tonsure has been performed; Ms.5.58,67; नृणामकृतचूडानां विशुद्धिर्नौशिकी स्मृता. -जन्मन् a. planted; Ku.5.6. -ज्ञ a. 1 grateful; Ms.7.29,21; Y.1.38. -2 correct in conduct; कृतज्ञतामस्य वदन्ति सम्पदः Ki. (-ज्ञः) 1 a dog. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -तीर्थ a. 1 one who has visited or frequented holy places. -2 one who studies with a professional teacher. -3 fertile in means or expedients. -4 a guide. -5 rendered accessible or easy; Ki.2.3. -दार a. married. -दासः a servant hired for a stated period, a hired servant. -दूषणम् spoiling what is done; उद्धतायाः पुनरुद्धनने न हि किञ्चित्कार्यमस्ति । केवलं कृतदूषणं भवेत् । ृŚB. on MS.12.2.16. (see कृतदूषा) -दूषा f. a blemish or vitiating factor for what is done; अकर्म वा कृतदूषा स्यात् MS.12.1.1. (कृतायाः दूषणम् ŚB). -धी a. 1 prudent, considerate. -2 learned, educated, wise; पुत्रेभ्यः कृतवेदिनां कृतधियां येषां न भिन्ना वयम् Mu.5.2; Bg.2.54; Śi.2.79. -नामधेय a. named, called as; Ś6. -निर्णेजनः a penitent. -a. one who has performed penance; कृतनिर्णेजनांश्चैव न जुगुप्सेत कर्हिचित् Ms.11.189. -निश्चय a. 1 resolute, resolved; युद्धाय कृतनिश्चयः Bg.2.37. -2 confident, sure. -पुङ्ख a. skilled in archery. -पूर्व a. done formerly. -प्रतिकृतम् assault and counter-assault, attack and resistance; R.12.94. -प्रतिज्ञ a. 1 one who has made an agreement or engagement. -2 one who has fulfilled his promise. -प्रयोजन a. one who has attained his object; Ks.13.158. -फल n. successful. (-लम्) result, consequence. -बुद्धि a. 1 learned, educated, wise; विद्वत्सु कृतबुद्धयः (श्रेष्ठाः) Ms.1.97, 7.3. -2 a man of resolute character. -3 informed of one's duty. -ब्रह्मन् a. Ved. one who has performed his devotions; कृतब्रह्मा शूशुवद् रातहव्य इत् Rv.2. 25.1. -मङ्गल a. blessed, consecrated. -मति a. firm, resolute. -मन्यु a. indignant. -मालः, -लकः 1 a kind of cassia. -2 the spotted antelope. -मुख a. learned, clever, wise. -युगम् the first (golden) of the four ages. -रूप one who knows the customary rites (कृतकल्प); Rām.2.1.2. -लक्षण a. 1 stamped, marked. -2 branded; ज्ञातिसम्बन्धिभिस्त्वेतास्त्यक्तव्याः कृत- लक्षणाः Ms.9.239. -3 excellent, amiable. -4 defined, discriminated. -वर्मन् m. N. of a warrior on the side of the Kauravas who with Kṛipa and Aśvatthāman survived the general havoc of the great Bhārata war. He was afterwards slain by Sātyaki. -वापः a penitent who has shaven his head and chin; Ms.11.18. -विद् a. grateful; तस्यापवर्ग्यशरणं तव पादमूलं विस्मर्यते कृतविदा कथमार्तबन्धो Bhāg.4.9.8. -विद्य a. learned, educated; शूरो$सि कृत- विद्यो$सि Pt.4.43; सुवर्णपुष्पितां पृथ्वीं विचिन्वन्ति त्रयो जनाः । शूरश्च कृतविद्यश्च यश्च जानाति सेवितुम् ॥ Pt.1.45. -वीर्य a. being strong or powerful; Av.17.1.27. (-र्यः) N. of the father of Sahasrārjuna. -वेतन a. hired, paid (as a servant); प्रमादमृतनष्टांश्च प्रदाप्यः कृतवेतनः Y.2.164. -वेदिन् a. 1 grateful; न तथा कृतवेदिनां करिष्यन्प्रियतामेति यथा कृता- वदानः Ki.13.32; see कृतज्ञ. -2 observant of propriety. -वेश a. attired, decorated; गतवति कृतवेशे केशवे कुञ्जशय्याम् Gīt.11. -व्यावृत्ति a. dislodged or dismissed from office, set aside; Ku.2.27. -शिल्प a. skilled in art or trade; कृतशिल्पो$पि निवसेत्कृतकालं गुरोर्गृहे Y.2.184. -शोभ a. 1 splendid. -2 beautiful. -3 handy, dexterous. -शौच a. purified; पुण़्डरीकमवाप्नोति कृतशौचो भवेच्च सः Mb.3.83.21. -श्मश्रुः one who is shaven; न हि कृतश्मश्रुः पुनः श्मश्रूणि कार- यति Mbh. on P.I.2.9. -श्रमः, -परिश्रमः one who has studied; कृतपरिश्रमो$स्मि ज्योतिःशास्त्रे Mu.1; I have devoted my time to (spent my labours on) the science of astronomy. -संकल्प a. resolved, determined. -संकेत a. making an appointment; नामसमेतं कृतसंकेतं वादयते मृदु वेणुम् Gīt.5. -संज्ञ a. 1 having presence of mind ... स्थापयेद् दासान् कृत- संज्ञान् समन्ततः Ms. -2 restored to consciousness or senses. -3 aroused. -4 one to whom sign has been given; Rāj. T.4.221. -संनाह a. clad in armour, accoutred. -संस्कार a. 1 one who has performed all purificatory rites, initiated; वैश्यस्तु कृतसंस्कारः Ms.9.326; R.1.78. -2 Prepared, adorned. -सापत्निका, -सापत्नी, सापत्नीका, -सापत्नका, सपत्निका a woman whose husband has married another wife, a married woman having a co-wife or a superseded wife. -हस्त, -हस्तक a. 1 dexterous, clever, skilful, handy. -2 skilled in archery. -हस्तता 1 skill, dexterity; ... संनिपाते । सुमहति कृतहस्ताः सैनिकास्तं ररक्षुः ॥ Śiva. B.13.3.47. -2 skill in archery or generally in handling arms; कौरव्ये कृतहस्तता पुनरियं देवे यथा सीरिणि Ve.6.13; Mv.6.41.
kṛtya कृत्य a. [कृ-क्यप्; cf. P.III.1.12] 1 What should or ought to be done, right, proper, fit; साधु पर्याप्तमेता- वत्कृत्यश्चारित्रसंग्रहः Rām.7.13.18. -2 Feasible, practicable. -3 One who may be seduced from allegiance, treacherous; Rāj. T.5.247. -त्यम् 1 What ought to be done, duty, (इतिकृत्य) function; Ms.2.237;7.67. -2 Work, business, deed, commission; बन्धुकृत्यम् Me.116; अन्योन्यकृत्यैः Ś.7.34. -3 Purpose, object, end; कूजद्भि- रापादितवंशकृत्यम् R.2.12; Ku.4.15. -4 Motive, cause; किमागमनकृत्यं ते देवगन्धर्वसेवित Rām.7.21.4. -त्यः A class of affixes used to form potential (future) passive participle; these are तव्य, अनीय, य and also एलिम. -त्या 1 Action, deed. -2 Magic. -3 A female deity to whom sacrifices are offered for destructive and magical purposes; परं यत्नमकरोद्यो मे पापकृत्यां शमयेदिति Mb.1.31.11. -Comp. -अकृत्यरक्षणम् protection of parties for or against one's cause; Kau. A.1.13. -विधिः m. the rule, precept. -शेष a. One who has not finished his task; व्रज- स्त्रियो दृग्भिरनुप्रवृत्तधियो$वतस्थुः किल कृत्यशेषाः Bhāg.3.2.14.
kṛtrima कृत्रिम a. [कृत्या निर्मितम्; cf. P.IV.4.2] 1 Artificial, fictitious, not spontaneous, acquired; ˚मित्रम्, ˚शत्रुः &c.; न स्यन्दनैस्तुलितकृत्रिमभक्तिशोभाः R.13.75;14.17. -2 Adopted (as a child); see below. -3 Adorned, ornamented; तदप्रमेयप्रतिकारकृत्रिमं कृतं स्वयं साध्विति विश्वकर्मणा Rām.5.8.2. -मः, ˚पुत्रः an artificial or adopted son; one of the 12 kinds of sons recognised by the Hindu law; he is a grown up son adopted without the consent of his natural parents; ˚पुत्रिका adopted daughter; अद्यैव नर्मणा सा हि कृतकृत्रिमपुत्रिका Ks.24.29; cf. कृत्रिमः स्यात्स्वयं कृतः Y.2.131; cf. also Ms.9.169. -2 Incense. olibanum. -3 Benzoin. -मम् 1 A kind of salt. -2 A kind of perfume. -Comp. -धूपः, -धूपकः incense, a kind of perfume. -पुत्रः see कृत्रिमः, -पुत्रकः a doll, puppet; मन्दाकिनीसैकतवेदिकाभिः सा कन्दुकैः कृत्रिमपुत्रकैश्च (रेमे) Ku.1.29 -भूमिः f. an artificial floor. -वनम् a park, garden.
kṛtvas कृत्वस् ind. An affix added to numerals to denote 'fold' or 'times'; e. g. अष्टकृत्वः eight times, eight-fold; so दश˚, पञ्च˚ &c.
kevala केवल a. [केव् सेवने वृषा˚ कल] 1 Peculiar, exclusive, uncommon; किं तया क्रियते लक्ष्म्या या वधूरिव केवला Pt.2.134. -2 Alone, mere, sole, only, isolated; स हि तस्य न केवलां श्रियं प्रतिपेदे सकलान् गुणानपि R.8.5; न केवलानां पयसां प्रसूति- मवेहि मां कामदुघां प्रसन्नाम् 2.63;15.1; Ku.2.34. -3 Whole, entire, absolute, perfect. -4 Bare, uncovered (as ground); निषेदुषी स्थण्डिल एव केवले Ku.5.12. -5 Pure, simple, unmingled, unattended (by anything else); कातर्यं केवला नीतिः R.17.47. -6 Selfish, envious. -ली, -लम् 1 The doctrine of absolute unity of spirit and matter. -2 One of the five types of knowledge according to the Jainas; (श्रुतज्ञान, मतिज्ञान, अवधिज्ञान, मनःपर्ययज्ञान and केवलज्ञान). -ली Astronomical science. -लम् ind. Only, merely, solely, entirely, absolutely, wholly; केवलमिदमेव पृच्छामि K.155; न केवलं--अपि not only-but;. वसु तस्य विभोर्न केवलं गुणवत्तापि परप्रयोजना R.8.31; cf. also 3.19;2,31. -2 Silently, quietly; न हि मे$व्याहृतं कुर्यात्सर्वलोको$पि केवलम् Mb.12.2.28. -Comp. -अद्वैतम् a particular doctrine of अद्वैत. -अन्वयिन् see under अन्वय. -आत्मन् a. one whose essence is absolute unity; नमस्त्रिमूर्तये तुभ्यं प्राक्सृष्टेः केवलात्मने Ku.2.4. -ज्ञानम् the highest possible knowledge, (Jaina Phil.). -ज्ञानिन् m. one who has obtained the highest possible knowledge. -द्रव्यम् 1 black pepper. -2 mere mattar or substance. -ज्ञानम् highest Knowledge; जयन्ति ते जिना येषां केवलज्ञानशालिनाम् Pt.5.12. -नैयायिकः a mere logician (not proficient in any other branch of learning); so ˚वैयाकरण. -व्यतिरेकिन् m. pertaining to only one of the varieties of inference according to न्यायशास्त्र.
keśaḥ केशः [क्लिश्यते क्लिश्नाति वा क्लिश्-अन् लो लोपश्च Uṇ 5.33] 1 Hair in general; विकीर्णकेशासु परेतभूमिषु Ku.5.68. -2 Especially, the hair of the head; केशेषु गृहीत्वा or केश- ग्राहं युध्यन्ते Sk.; मुक्तकेशा Ms.7.91; केशव्यपरोपणादिव R.3.56;2.8. -3 The mane of a horse or lion. -4 A ray of light. -5 An epithet of Varuṇa. -6 A kind of perfume. -7 An epithet of Viṣṇu. -शी 1 A lock of hair (on the crown of the head.) -2 An epithet of Durgā. -Comp. -अन्तः 1 the tip of the hair. -2 long hair hanging down, a lock of tuft of hair. -3 cutting of the hair as a religious ceremony; केशान्तः षोडशे वर्षे ब्राह्मणस्य विधीयते । राजन्यबन्धोर्द्वाविंशे वैश्यस्य द्वयधिके ततः ॥ Ms.2.65. -अन्तिक a. 1 extending to the end of the hair as far as the forehead. -2 relating to the ceremony of final tonsure. -अरिः m. N. of a plant (Mar. नागकेशर). -अर्हा f. N. of a plant (Mar. थोरनीली). -उच्चयः much or handsome hair. -कर्मन् n. dressing or arranging the hair (of the head) -कलापः a mass or quantity of hair. -कारम् a sort of sugar-cane. -कारिन् a. dressing or arranging the hair of the head; निहीनवर्णां सैरन्ध्रीं बीभत्सां केशकारिणीम् Mb.4.14.34. -कीटः a louse. -गर्भः 1 a braid of hair. -2 an epithet of Varuṇa. -गृहीत a. seized by the hair. -ग्रन्थिः m. a tie of hair; Bhāg.1.39.14. -ग्रहः, -ग्रहणम् pulling the hair, seizing (one) by the hair (both in amorous sports and in fighting); केशग्रहः खलु तदा द्रुपदात्मजायाः Ve.3.11, 29; Me.52; so यत्र रतेषु केशग्रहाः K.8 (that is, not in battles). -घ्न morbid baldness. -छिद् m. a hair-dresser, barber. -जाहम् the root of the hair. -धारणम् keeping (not cutting) the hair; दूरेवार्ययनं तीर्थं लावण्यं केशधारणम् Bhāg.12.2.6. -प्रसारः cleaning the hair; Bhāg.1. 59.46. -पक्षः, -पाशः, -हस्तः much (or ornamented) तं केशपाशं प्रसमीक्ष्य कुर्युर्बालप्रियत्वं शिथिलं चमर्यः Ku.1.48;7. 57; Śi.8.27. 'the hair for a hand' (केशहस्तः) is another interpretation; cf. कचपक्ष, कचहस्त &c. -बन्धः 1 a hair-band; (विराजसे) मुकुटेन विचित्रेण केशबन्धेन शोभिना Mb. 4.6.12. -12 a particular position of hands in dancing. -भूः, -भूमिः f. the head or any other part of the body on which hair grows. -प्रसाधनी, -मार्जकम्, -मार्जनम् a comb. -रचना dressing the hair; कुर्वन्ति केशरचनामपरा- स्तरुण्यः Ṛs.4.15. -लुञ्चकः a Jaina ascetic. -वपनम् shaving or cutting the hair. -वेशः a tress of fillet of hair. -वेष्टः the parting of the hair. -व्यपरोपणम् putting the hair; चुकोप तस्मै स भृशं सुरश्रियः प्रसह्य केशव्यपरोपणादिव R.3.56. -शूला a harlot (वेश्या); केशशूलाः स्त्रियश्चापि भविष्यन्ति युगक्षये Mb.3.19.52. -शूलम् disease of the hair; Mb.3; hair on the head and face केशश्मश्रु वपति Mbh. on I.3.1. -संवाहनम् dressing of hair; cf. पादसंवाहने वज्री केशसंवाहने फणी । अहो भाग्यं पुरन्ध्रीणां दधिसंमथने रविः ॥ Subh. Ratn. (स्त्रीप्रशंसा 17).
keśin केशिन् m. [केश-इनि] 1 A lion. -2 N. of a Rākṣasa slain by Kṛiṣṇa. -3 N. of another Rākṣasa who carried Devasenā and who was slain by Inrda. -4 An epithet of Kṛiṣṇa. -5 One having fine hair. -Comp. -निषूदनः, -मथनः epithets of Kṛiṣṇa; Bg.18.1.
kaikeyaḥ कैकेयः [केकयानां राजा, अण्] A prince or ruler of the Kekayas. -यी a. A descendant of Kekaya; अश्वपतिर्वै कैकेयः Ch. Up.5.11.4; कैकेयी सुमना नाम शाण्डिलीं पर्यपृच्छत Mb.13.123.2. f. A daughter of the prince of the Kekayas and one (the youngest) of the three wives of king Daśaratha and mother of Bharata. [When Rāma was about to be installed as heir-apparent, she was not less rejoiced than Kausalyā. But she had a very wicked nurse called Mantharā who long owed Rāma a grudge. Finding this to be an excellent opportunity for her revenge, Mantharā so completely perverted the mind of Kaikeyī that she became ready to ask the king, as suggested by her nurse, to grant her the two boons which he had formerly promised to her. By one of these boons she asked for the installation of her son Bharata, and by the other for the banishment of Rāma for fourteen years. Daśaratha, blinded by passion as he was, severely scolded her for her wicked demands, but was at last obliged to yield. On account of this wicked act her name has become proverbial for 'a shrew', or 'Xanthippe']
korakaḥ कोरकः कम् [Uṇ.5.35] 1 A bud, an unblown flower; संनद्धं यदपि स्थितं कुरबकं तत्कोरकावस्थया Ś.6.4. -2 (fig.) Anything resembling a bud, i. e. partially opened but not fully developed; राधायाः स्तनकोरकोपरि चलन्नेत्रो हरिः पातु वः Gīt.12. -3 The fibres of the stalk of a lotus. -4 A kind of perfume.
kauṭa कौट a. (-टी f.) [कूट-अञ्] 1 Living in one's own house; hence, independent, free. -2 Domestic, homely, home-bred. -3 Fraudulent, dishonest. -4 Snared. -टः 1 Fraud, falsehood. -2 Giving false evidence. -3 A variety of gems; Kau. A.2.11. -Comp. -जः the Kutaja tree. -तक्षः (opp. ग्रामतक्षः) an independent carpenter, one who works at home on his own account and not for the village. -साक्षिन् m. a false witness. -साक्ष्यम् false evidence, perjury; Ms.8.117,122-23;11.56.
kaumāra कौमार a. (-री f.) [कुमार-अण्] 1 Juvenile, youthful, virgin, maidenly (of men and women); कौमारः पतिः a man who marries a virgin; कौमारी भार्या a virgin wife; cf. Mbh. on P.IV.2.13. -2 Soft, tender. -3 Belonging to the god of war; Māl.1.1. -4 Of principal incarnation; स एव प्रथमं देवः कौमारं सर्गमास्थितः Bhāg.1.3.6. -री 1 The wife of one who has not married another wife. -2 The Śakti (power) of Kārtikeya. -रम् 1 Childhood (to the age of five). -2 Maidenhood (to the age of sixteen), virginity; पीता रक्षति कौमारे भर्ता रक्षति यौवने Ms.9.3; देहिनो$- स्मिन् यथा देहे कौमारं यौवनं जरा Bg.2.13. -Comp. -(ब्रह्म) चारिन् a. abstinent, chaste; Ks.66.155. -तन्त्रम् the section of a medical work, treating of the rearing or education of children. -बन्धकी a harlot; Māl.7. -भृत्यम् the rearing and general treatment of children. -राज्यम् the position of an heir-apparent; कौमार (v. l. कुमार) राज्ये जीवस्व Rām.2.58.23. -व्रतः (तम्) a vow of abstinence. -हर a. 1 marrying or gaining a woman as a girl. -2 devirginating; यः कौमारहरः स एव हि वरः K. P.1.
kramaḥ क्रमः [क्रम-भावकरणादौ घञ्] 1 A step, pace; त्रिविक्रमः; सागरः प्लवगेन्द्रेण क्रमेणैकेन लङ्घितः Mb.; Śi.12.18. -2 A foot; (अपनेष्यति) असुरेभ्यः श्रियं दीप्तां विष्णुस्त्रिभिरिव क्रमैः Rām. 5.21.28. -3 Going, proceeding, course; क्रमात् or क्रमेण in course of, gradually; कालक्रमेण gradually, in course of time; कालक्रमेण जगतः परिवर्तमाना Svapna., भाग्यक्रमः course or turn of fate; R.3.7,3,32. -4 Performance, commencement; अविचार्य क्रमं न करिष्यति । इत्थमत्र विततक्रमे क्रतौ Śi.14.53. -5 (a) Regular course, order, series, succession; निमित्तनैमित्तक- योरयं क्रमः &Sacute.7.3; Ms.7.24,.9.85,2.173,3.69. (b) Traditional order; U.6. (c) Order of propriety; लोका- न्तरगतेनापि नोज्झितो विनयक्रमः Nāg.5.11. आत्मीयः पर इत्ययं खलु कुतः सत्यं कृपाया क्रमः । ibid. 5.2; Ku.5.32; प्रियवचन- निवेदनत्वरया क्रमविशेषो नावेक्षितः Pratijñā. -6 Method, manner; वर्तस्व च सतां क्रमे Rām.2.25.2; नेत्रक्रमेणोपरुरोध सूर्यम् R.7.39. -7 Grasp, hold; क्रमगता पशोः कन्यका Māl.3.13. -8 A position of attack (assumed by an animal before making a spring); न मया क्रमः सज्जीकृत आसीत् Pt.4. -9 Preparation, readiness; Bk.2.9. -1 An undertaking, enterprize. -11 An act or deed, manner of proceeding; कोप्येष कान्तः क्रमः Amaru.48,33. -12 Particular manner of reciting Vedic texts, leaving at each time one word and taking up another; वेदैः साङ्गपदक्रमोपनिषदैर्गायन्ति यं सामगाः Bhāg.12.13.1. चर्चागुणान् क्रमगुणांश्चापेक्ष्य भवति Mbh. on P.V.1.119. -13 Power, strength; स ईश्वरः काल उरुक्रमो$सौ Bhāg.7.8.9. -14 N. of Viṣṇu. -Comp. -अनुसारः, अन्वयः regular order, due arrangement. -आगत, -आयात a. descended or inherited lineally, hereditary; क्रमायातो$पि भूपतिः Pt.1.73,84;3.167... त्यक्त्वैश्वर्यं क्रमागतम् Nāg.1.4. -उद्वेगः an ox. -ज्यका, -ज्या the sine of a planet declination. -पाठः the Karma reading. -भङ्गः irregularity, -भाविन् successive. -माला -रथः -लेखा -शठः -शिखा various kinds of क्रमपाठ. -योगः succession, order; Ms.1.42. -योगेन ind. in regular manner; तेनैव क्रमयोगेन जिज्ञासुः पर्यपृच्छत Mb.1.132.78.
kva क्व ind. 1 Whither, where; क्व ते$न्योन्यं यत्नाः क्व च नु गहनाः कौतुकरसाः U.6.33; क्व-क्व when repeated in co-ordinate sentences imply 'great difference' or 'incougruity'; क्व रुजा हृदयप्रमाथिनी क्व च ते विश्वसनीयमायुधम् M.3.2; क्व सूर्य- प्रभवो वंशः क्व चाल्पविषया मतिः R.1.2; Ki.1.6; Ś.2.19. -2 Sometimes क्व is used in the sense of the loc. of किम्; क्व प्रदेशे i. e. कस्मिन्प्रदेशे. क्वचन Somewhere; क्वचन पतनयोग्यं देशमन्विष्यताधः N.; यत्र क्वचन वत्स्यामि Bhāg.1.17.36. न-क्व-च Nowhere, never; नानुभूतं क्व चानेन देहेनादृष्टमश्रुतम् Bhāg.4. 29.65. न क्वचन Nowhere; Mb.14. (a) With a following अपि it means (1) somewhere, anywhere; (2) sometimes. (b) With a following चित् it means (1) in some places; प्रस्निग्धाः क्वचिदिङ्गुदीफलभिदः सूच्यन्त एवोपलाः Ś.1.14; Ṛs.1.2. R.1.41; (2) in some cases; क्वचिद् गोचरः क्वचिन्न गोचरो$र्थः. क्वचित्-क्वचित् (a) in one place-in another place, here-here; क्वचिद्वीणावाद्यं क्वचिदपि च हाहेति रुदितम् Bh.3.125,1.4. (b) now-now (referring to time); क्वचित् पथा संचरते सुराणां क्वचित् घनानां पततां क्वचिच्च R.13.19.
kṣātriḥ क्षात्रिः The son of a Kṣatriya by a woman of another caste; P.IV.1.138 Kāśi.
kṣayaḥ क्षयः [क्षि-अच्] 1 A house, residence, abode; यातनाश्च यमक्षये Ms.6.61; निर्जगाम पुनस्तस्मात्क्षयान्नारायणस्य ह Mb. -2 Loss, decline, waste, wane, decay, diminution; आयुषः क्षयः R.3.69; धनक्षये वर्धति जाठराग्निः Pt.2.186; so चन्द्रक्षयः, क्षयपक्षः &c. -3 Destruction, end, termination; निशाक्षये याति ह्रियैव पाण्डुताम् Ṛs.1.9; Amaru.6. -4 Pecuniary loss; Ms.8.41. -5 Fall (as of prices.) -6 Removal. -7 Universal destruction (प्रलय). -8 Consumption. -9 A disease in general. -1 The negative sign or quantity, minus (in algebra). -11 Family, race. -12 The house of Yama. -13 A part of the elephant's knee (गजजानुभागविशेषः); Mātaṅga L.5.15. -14 Power (क्षी क्षयैश्वर्ययोरित्यैश्वर्यार्थस्य क्षिधातो रूपम् -Com. on Mb.12.33.2); उपपद्यति संयोगाद् गुणैः सह गुणक्षयात् ibid. -यम् N. of the last year in the sixty years cycle. -Comp. -उपशमः complete annihilation of the desire of being active (Jaina). -कर (also क्षयंकर) a. causing decay or destruction, ruinous. -कालः 1 time of universal destruction. -2 the period of decline. -कासः consumptive cough. -तिथिः, f. -क्षयाहः the lunar day not beginning with the sun-rise, hence omitted in the calendar. -पक्षः the dark fortnight. क्षयपक्ष इवैन्दवीः कलाः सकला हन्ति स शक्तिसंपदः Ki.2.37. -2 a fortnight of 13 days. -मासः the month in which two संक्रान्तिs occur and which is omitted in the adjustment of the lunar-solar calender. -युक्तिः f., -योगः an opportunity of destroying; Ki.2.9. -रोगः consumption. -वायुः the wind that is to blow at the destruction of the world. -संपद् f. total loss, ruin.
kṣīṇa क्षीण p. p. [क्षि-क्त] 1 Thin, emaciated, waned, become lean, diminished, worn away, expended; भार्यां क्षीणेषु वित्तेषु (जानीयात्) H.1.7; so क्षीणः क्षीणो$पि शशी; K. P. क्षीणे पुण्ये मर्त्यलोकं विशन्ति Bg.9.21. -2 Slender, delicate; क्षीणेन मध्ये$पि सतोदरेण N.7.81. -3 Small, little. -4 Poor, miserable; यो वै प्रियसुखे क्षीणः Mb.12.295.13. -5 Powerless, weak. -6 Wasted away, decreased, lost, diminished. -7 Dead, destroyed; अक्षीणभक्तिः क्षीणे$पि नन्दे Mu.2.21. -8 Injured, broken, torn; -Comp. -कोश a. One whose wealth is exhausted; आरब्धै- र्व्यसनैंर्भूम्ना क्षीणकोशः क्षणे क्षणे Rāj. T.5.166. -चन्द्रः the moon on the wane. -धन a. reduced to poverty, impoverished. -पाप a. one who is purified after having suffered the consequence of sin. -पुण्य a. one who has enjoyed all his stock of merit, and must work to acquire more in another birth. -मध्य a. slender-waisted. -वासिन् a. inhabiting a dilapidated house. (-m.) a dove or pigeon. -विक्रान्त a. destitute of courage or prowess -वृत्ति a. deprived of the means of support, out of employ; Ms.8.341. -शक्ति, -बल a. weakened in strength, subsided (as a disease); उपेक्षितः क्षीणबलो$पि शत्रुः Pt.1.235.
kṣipta क्षिप्त p. p. [क्षिप्-क्त] 1 Thrown, scattered, hurled, cast; क्षिप्ता जूर्णिर्न वक्षति Rv.1.129.8. -2 Abandoned. -3 Disregarded, neglected, disrespected. -4 Placed. -5 Distracted, mad (see क्षिप्). -प्ता Night. -प्तम् A wound caused by shooting; अथो क्षिप्तस्य भेषजीम् Av.6. 19.3. -Comp. -उत्तरम् unanswerable speech. -कुक्करः a mad dog. -चित्त a. distracted in mind, absent-minded. -देह a. prostrating the body, lying down. -योनि a. of despicable descent (not fit to act as ऋत्विज्).
kṣetram क्षेत्रम् [क्षि-ष्ट्रन्] A fiield, ground, soil; चीयते बालिश- स्यापि सत्क्षेत्रपतिता कृषिः Mu.1.3. -2 Landed property, land. -3 Place, abode, region, repository; कपटशतमयं क्षेत्रमप्रत्ययानाम् Pt.1.191; Bh.1.77; Me.16. -4 A sacred spot, a place of pilgrimage; क्षेत्रं क्षत्रप्रधनपिशुनं कौरवं तद्भजेथाः Me.5; Bg.1.1. -5 An enclosed spot of ground, portion or space, superficies, circuit. -6 Fertile soil. -7 Place of origin; Bhāg.2.6.1. -8 A wife; अपि नाम कुलपतेरियमसवर्णक्षेत्रसंभवा स्यात् Ś.1; Ms.3.175; वृद्धस्तु व्याधितो वा राजा ... क्षेत्रे बीजमुत्पादयेत् Kau. A.1.17. -9 The sphere of action, the body (regarded as the field of the working of the soul); योगिनो यं विचिन्वन्ति क्षेत्राभ्यन्तर- वर्तिनम् Ku.6.77; Bg.13.1,2,3. -1 The mind. -11 A house; a town. -12 A plane figure, as a triangle. -13 A diagram. -14 A sign of the zodiac. -15 (in chiromancy) A certain portion marked out on the palm; क्षेत्रं मृजां च विधिवत्कुशलो$वलोक्य सामुद्रविद्वदति यातमनागतं च Bṛi. S.68.1. -Comp. -अंशः a degree of the ecliptic. -अधिदेवता the tutelary deity of any sacred piece of ground. -आजीवः, -करः, -कृत m. a cultivator, peasant. -इक्षुः N. of a corn (यवनाल- Mar. जोंधळा). -गणितम् geometry. -गत a. geometrical. ˚उपपत्तिः f. geometrical proof. -ज a. 1 produced in a field. -2 born from the body. (-जः) 1 one of the 12 kinds of sons allowed by the old Hindu Law, the offspring of a wife by a kinsman duly appointed to raise up issue to the husband; Ms.9.167,18; Y.1.69,2.128. -जात a. begotten on the wife of another. -ज्ञ a. 1 knowing places. -2 clever, dexterous; क्षेत्रज्ञवद्भाषसे त्वं हि धर्मान् Mb.1.89.14. (-ज्ञः) 1 the soul; cf. क्षेत्रज्ञं चापि मां विद्धि सर्वक्षेत्रेषु भारत Bg. 13.1,3; Ms.12.12. -2 the Supreme Soul. -3 a libertine. -4 a husbandman. -5 a form of Śiva. -6 a witness. (-ज्ञा) a girl fifteen years old personating Durgā at a festival. -देवता the deity of the fields; N. of a serpant. -पतिः a land-owner, a landlord. -पदम् a place sacred to a deity; पादौ हरेः क्षेत्रपदानुसर्पणे Bhāg. 9.4.2. -पालः 1 a man employed to guard a field. -2 a deity protecting fields. -3 an epithet of Śiva. -फलम् the area or superficial contents of a figure (in math.) -भक्तिः f. the division of a field. -भूमिः f. cultivated land. -राशिः quantity represented by geometrical figures. -लिप्ता a minute of the ecliptic. -विद् a. = क्षेत्रज्ञ q. v. (-m.) 1 a husbandman. -2 a sage, one who has spiritual knowledge; यमक्षरं क्षेत्रविदो विदुः Ku.3.5. -3 the soul; यः क्षेत्रवित्तपतया हृदि विष्वगाविः Bhāg.4.22.37. -व्यवहारः 1 drawing a figure in geometry. -2 geometrical demonstration. -स्थ a. residing at a sacred place.
kṣetrīyati क्षेत्रीयति Den. P. To desire another's wife.
kha खः The sun. -खम् 1 The sky; खं केशवो$पर इवाक्रमितुं प्रवृत्तः Mk.5.2; यावद्गिरः खे मरुतां चरन्ति Ku.3.72; Me.9. -2 Heaven. -3 Organ of sense; पराञ्चि खानि व्यतृणत्स्वयंभूस्तमात्पराङ् पश्यति नान्तरात्मन् Kaṭh.2.1.1. -4 A city. -5 A field. -6 A cypher. -7 A dot, an anusvāra. -8 A cavity, an aperture, hollow, hole; नश्यतीषुर्यथा विद्धः खे विद्धमनुविध्यतः Ms.9.43. -9 An aperture of the human body; (of which there are 9, i. e. the mouth, the two ears, the two eyes, the two nostrils, and the organs of excretion and generation); खानि चैव स्पृशेदद्भिः Ms.2.6,53;4.144; Y.1.2; cf. Ku.3.5. -1 A wound. -11 Happiness, pleasure. -12 Tale. -13 Action. -14 Knowledge. -15 Brahman. -16 The glottis (in anatomy). -17 The tenth mansion from any given constellation or the sun's entrance into it. -खा 1 A well, fountain. -2 A river. -3 Pārvatī. -4 The earth. -5 Lakṣmi. -6 The speech; cf. खोमा क्ष्मा कमला च गीः Enm. -Comp. -अटः (खे$टः) 1 a planet. -2 Rāhu, the ascending node. -आपगा an epithet of the Ganges. -उल्कः, -खोल्कः 1 a meteor. -2 a planet. -3 N. of the sun. ˚आदित्यः a form of the sun. -उल्मुकः the planet Mars. -कामिनी N. of Durgā. -कुन्तलः N. of Śiva. -ग a. [खे आकाशे गच्छति गम्-ड] moving in the air; आरुह्यतामयं शीघ्रं खगो रत्नविभूषितः Rām.3.42.7. (-गः) 1 a bird; अधुनीत खगः स नैकधा तनुम् N.2.2; Ms.12.63. -2 air, wind; तमांसीव यथा सूर्यो वृक्षानग्निर्घनान्खगः Mb. -3 the sun. -4 a planet; e. g. आपोक्लिमे यदि खगाः स किलेन्दुवारः Tv. -5 a grass-hopper. -6 a deity. -7 an arrow; आशीविषाभान् खगमान् प्रमुञ्चन् Mb.8.67.2. ˚अधिपः an epithet of Garuḍa; हर्षयन्विबुधानीकमारुरोह खगाधिपम् Bhāg.8. 4.26. ˚अन्तकः a hawk, falcon. ˚अभिरामः an epithet of Śiva. ˚आसनः 1 the eastern mountain on which the sun rises. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu. ˚इन्द्रः, ˚ईश्वरः, ˚पतिः epithets of Garuḍa ज्ञानेन वैयासकिशद्वितेन भेजे खगेन्द्रध्वजपादमूलम् Bhāg. ˚वती f. the earth. ˚स्थानम् 1 the hollow of a tree. -2 a bird's nest. -गङ्गा celestial Gaṅgā. -गतिः f. 1 flight in the air. -2 the motion of a planet. -3 a metre of 4 x 16 syllables. -गम a. moving in the air, flying (as the Gandharvas or missile weapons). (-मः) a bird. -(खे)गमनः a kind of gallinule. -गुण a. having a cypher as a multiplier. -गोलः the celestial sphere. ˚विद्या astronomy. -चमसः the moon. -चर a. flying, moving in the air. (-रः) or खेचरः 1 a bird. -2 a cloud. -3 the sun. -4 the wind. -5 a demon. -6 an aerial spirit. -7 a Gandharva or Vidyādhara खचरनगरकल्पं कल्पितं शास्त्रदृष्ट्या Mb.7.7.54; दिव्यस्रग्वस्त्रसन्नाहाः कलत्रैः खेचरा इव Bhāg.1.82.9. -8 a planet. (hence the number 'nine'). -9 mercury or quicksilver. -1 a sign of the zodiac. (-री i. e. खेचरी) 1 a semi-divine female able to fly. -2 an epithet of Durgā. -3 The magical power of flying (सिद्धि); एवं सखीभिरुक्ताहं खेचरी- सिद्धिलोलुभा Ks.2.15. -4 a particular मुद्रा or position of fingers. -चारिन् a. moving in the air. (-m.) an epithet of Skanda. -जलम् 'sky-water', dew, rain, frost &c. -ज्योतिस् m. a firefly. -तमालः 1 a cloud. -2 smoke. -तिलकः the sun, -द्योतः 1 a firefly; खद्योतालीविलसितनिभां विद्युदुन्मेषदृष्टिम् Me.83. -2 the sun. -द्योतनः the sun. -धूपः a rocket; मुमुचुः खधूपान् Bk.3.5. -परागः darkness. -पुष्पम् 'sky-flower', used figuratively to denote anything impossible, an impossibility; cf. the four impossibilities stated in this verse :-- मृगतृष्णाम्भसि स्नातः शशशृङ्गधनुर्धरः । एष वन्ध्यासुतो याति खपुष्पकृतशेखरः Subhāṣ. -बाष्पः dew, frost. -भ्रमः a planet. -भ्रान्तिः a falcon. -मणिः 'the jewel of the sky', the sun. -मीलनम् sleepiness, lassitude. -मूर्तिः an epithet of Śiva; a celestial body or person; Ms.2.82. -वारि n. rain-water, dew &c. -बाष्पः snow, hoar-frost. -शय (also खेशय) a. resting or dwelling in the air. -शरीरम् a celestial body. -श्वासः wind, air. -समुत्थ, -संभव a. produced in the sky, ethereal. -सिन्धुः the moon. -सूचि See under that word. -स्तनी the earth. -स्फटिकम् the sun or moon gem. -हर a. having a cypher for its denominator.
khaṇḍa खण्ड a. [खण्ड्-घञ्] 1 Broken, divided, torn asunder; ˚देवकुलम् Pt.2 a temple in ruins. -2 Having chasms, gaps or breaks. -3 Defective, deficient. -ण़्डः, -ण्डम् 1 A break, chasm, gap, fissure, fracture. -2 A piece, part, fragment, portion; दिवः कान्तिमत्खण्डमेकम् Me.3; काष्ठ˚, मांस˚ &c. -3 A section of a work, chapter. -4 A multitude, an assemblage, group; छित्त्वा कर्पूरखण्डान्वृतिमिह कुरुते कोद्रवाणां समन्तात् Bh.2.1; तरुखण्डस्य K.23; Māl.5.23, 8.1. -5 A term in an equation. -6 A continent. -ण्डः 1 Candied sugar. -2 A flaw in a jewel. -ण्डम् 1 A kind of salt. -2 A sort of sugar-cane. (In comp. -खण्ड means 'partial', 'incomplete'). -Comp. -अभ्रम् 1 scattered clouds. -2 the impression of the teeth in amorous sports; खण्डाभ्रमभ्रवेशे स्यात् तथा दन्तक्षतान्तरे Medinī. -आलिः 1 a measure of oil. -2 a pond or lake. -3 a woman whose husband has been guilty of infidelity. -इन्दुः the crescent moon. ˚मण्डनः the god Śiva; खण्डे- न्दुमण्डनाचार्यां मण्डनत्वमखण्डितम् Rāj. T. 1.28. -कथा a short tale. -कर्णः 1 a kind of bulbous plant. -2 sweet potato. -काव्यम् a small poem, such as the मेघदूत; it is thus defined : खण्डकाव्यं भवेत् काव्यस्यैकदेशानुसारि च S. D. 564. -जः a kind of sugar. -तालः (in music) a kind of measure. -धारा scissors. -परशुः 1 an epithet of Śiva. महश्वर्यं लीलाजनितजगतः खण्डपरशोः G. L.1; येनानेन जगत्सु खण्डपरशुर्देवो हरः ख्याप्यते Mv.2.33. -2 an epithet of Parasurāma, son of Jamadagni. -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पशुः 1 N. of Śiva. -2 of Parasurāma. -3 of Rāhu. -4 an elephant with a broken tusk. -पालः a confectioner. -प्रलयः 1 a partial destruction of the universe in which all the spheres beneath Svarga are dissolved in one common ruin. -2 a quarrel. -फलम् canned fruit; Gaṇeśa. P.1.147-57. -मण्डल a. gibbous, not full or round. (-लम्) the segment of a circle. -मोदकः a kind of sugar. -लवणम् a kind of salt. -विकारः sugar. -शर्करा candied sugar; दधिमण्डोदका दिव्याः खण्डशर्करवालुकाः Mb. 12.284.44. -शीला a loose woman, an unchaste wife.
kharī खरी A she-ass; वनं स्वर्गसुखं यत्र खरीभिः सह वर्धसे Ks. 63.134. -Comp. -जङ्घः an epithet of Śiva. -वात्सल्यम् motherliness not wanted; Mb.5. -विषाणम् anything not existing. -वृषः a jackass.
kharv खर्व् (खर्वति, खर्वित) 1 To go, move, go towards. -2 To be proud. खर्व (-र्ब) a. [खर्व्-अच्] 1 Mutilated, crippled, imperfect; Yv. Ts.2.5.1.7. -2 Dwarfish, low, short in stature. -र्वः, -र्वम् A large number (1,,,). -3 N. of one of the treasures of Kubera. -Comp. -इतर a. not small, great; प्रमुदितहृदः सर्वे खर्वेतरस्मयसंगताः Śiva. B.22.71. -शाख a. dwarfish, small, short.
khyāta ख्यात p. p. [ख्या-क्त] 1 Known; ख्यातं नभःशब्दमयेन नाम्ना R.18.6. -2 Named, called. -3 Told. -4 Celebrated, famous, well-known. -5 Notorious; ख्यातः शक्रो भगाङ्गो विधुरपि मलिनो माधवो गोपजातः Udb. -6 Made known, betrayed, discovered; (ख्यापित p. p. Caus.) प्रमादालस्य- जाड्यानि ख्यापितानि Pt.1.39. -तम् 1 Communication, mention. -2 Proclamation. -Comp. -गर्हण a. notoriously vile, infamous.
gaṅgā गङ्गा [गम्-गन्; Uṇ.1.12] 1 The river Ganges, the most sacred river in India; अधोधो गङ्गेयं पदमुपगता स्तोकमथवा Bh.2.1; R.2.26;13.57; (mentioned in Rv.1.75.5, along with other rivers considered sacred in India). -2 The Ganges personified as a goddess. [Gaṅgā is the eldest daughter of Himavat. It is said that a curse of Brahmā made her come down upon earth, where she became the first wife of King Śantanu. She bore him eight sons, of whom Bhīṣma, the youngest, became a well-known personage, renowned for his valour and life-long celibacy. According to another account she came down on earth being propitiated by Bhagīratha; see भगीरथ and जह्नु also; and cf. Bh.2. 1]. इमं मे गङ्गे यमुने सरस्वति Mahānār. Up.5.4. -Comp. -अम्बु, -अम्भस् n. 1 water of the Ganges. -2 pure rain-water (such as falls in the month of आश्विन). -अवतारः 1 the descent of the Ganges on the earth; भगीरथ इव दृष्टगङ्गावतारः K.32 (where गङ्गा˚ also means 'descent into the Ganges' for ablution). -2 N. of a sacred place. -अष्टकम् a collection of eight verses addressed to the Ganges; गङ्गाष्टकं पठति यः प्रयतः प्रभाते वाल्मीकिना विरचितं शुभदं मनुष्यः । -उद्भेदः the source of the Ganges. -क्षेत्रम् the river Ganges and the district two Koss on either of its banks. -चिल्ली Gangetic kite. -जः, -सुतः 1 N. of Bhīṣma. -2 of Kārtikeya; गङ्गासुतस्त्वं स्वमतेन देव स्वाहामहीकृत्तिकानां तथैव Mb.3.232.15. -जलम् the holy water (by which it is customary to administer oaths). -दत्तः an epithet of Bhīsma. -द्वारम् the place where the Ganges enters the plains (also called हरिद्वार); गङ्गाद्वारं प्रति महान्बभूव भगवानृषिः Mb.1.13.33. -धरः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 the ocean. ˚पुरम् N. of a town. -पुत्रः 1 N. of Bhīṣma. -2 of Kārtikeya. -3 a man of a mixed and vile caste whose business is to remove dead bodies. -4 a Brāhmaṇa who conducts pilgrims to the Ganges. -भृत् m. 1 N. of Śiva. -2 the ocean. -मध्यम् the bed of the Ganges. -यात्रा 1 a pilgrimage to the Ganges. -2 carrying a sick person to the river-side to die there. -लहरी N. of poem by Jagannātha Paṇḍita. -सप्तमी the 7th day in the light half of वैशाख. -सागरः the place where the Ganges enters the ocean. -सुप्तः 1 an epithet of Bhīsma. -2 of Kartikya. -ह्रदः N. of a तीर्थ. गङ्गाका gaṅgākā गङ्गका gaṅgakā गङ्गिका gaṅgikā गङ्गाका गङ्गका गङ्गिका The Ganges.
gajaḥ गजः [गज्-मदे अच्] 1 An elephant; कचाचितौ विश्वगिवा- गजौ गजौ Ki.1.36. -2 The number 'eight'. -3 A measure of length, a Gaja or yard, (thus defined :-- साधारणनराङ्गुल्या त्रिंशदङ्गुलको गजः). -4 A demon killed by Śiva. -5 One of the eight elephants of the quarters. -जी A female elephant; वितृषो$पि पिबन्त्यम्भः पाययन्तो गजा गजीः Bhāg.4.6.26. -Comp. -अग्रणी m. 1 the most excellent among elephants. -2 An epithet of ऐरावत, the elephant of Indra. -अधिपतिः lord of elephants, a noble elephant. -अध्यक्षः superintendent of elephants; Bri. S.86.34. -अपसदः a vile or wretched elephant, a common or low-born elephant. -अशनः the religious fig tree (अश्वत्थ). (-नम्) the root of a lotus. -अरिः 1 a lion. -2 N. of Śiva who killed the demon गज. -आजीवः 'one who gets his livelihood by elephants', an elephant-driver. -आननः, -आस्यः epithets of Ganeśa. -आयुर्वेदः science of the treatment of elephants. -आरोहः an elephantdriver. -आह्वम्, -आह्वयम् N. of Hastināpura; Bhāg.1. 15.38. -इन्द्रः 1 an excellent elephant, a lordly elephant; किं रुष्टासि गजेन्द्रमन्दगमने Ś. Til.7; ऐरावतं गजेन्द्राणां Bg.1.27. -2 Airāvata, Indra's elephant. -3 N. of a tree; गजेन्द्र- कुसुमाकीर्णम् Mb.13.132.12. ˚कर्णः an epithet of Śiva. -कन्दः a large esculent root. -कूर्माशिन् m. N. of Garuḍa. -गतिः f. 1 a stately, majestic gait like that of an elephant. -2 a woman with such a gait. -गामिनी a woman having a stately elephant-like gait; याता सुदूरमधुना गजगामिनी सा Ratn.4.3. -गौरीव्रतम् a vow to be observed by ladies in the month of Bhādrapada. -छाया a portion of time proper for a Śrāddha, time at the eclipse of the sun; [सैंहिकेयो यदा भानुं ग्रसते पर्वसंधिषु । गजच्छाया तु सा प्रोक्ता श्राद्धं तत्र प्रकल्पयेत् ॥; गजच्छायायां पूर्वस्यां कुतपे दक्षिणामुखः । यदा भाद्रपदे मासि भवते बहुले मघा ॥ Mb.13.126.36 Y.1.218. -ढक्का a kettle-drum carried on an elephant. -तुरङ्गविलसितम् N. of a metre. -दघ्न, -द्वयस a. as high or tall as an elephant. -दन्तः 1 an elephant's tusk, ivory; कार्योलङ्कार- विधिर्गजदन्तेन प्रशस्तेन Bṛi. S.79.19. -2 an epithet of Gaṇeśa. -3 ivory. -4 a peg, pin, or bracket projecting from a wall. ˚मय a. made of ivory. -दानम् 1 the fluid (ichor) exuding from the temples of an elephant. -2 the gift of an elephant. -नासा the trunk of an elephant; धर्मस्तु गजनासोरु सद्भिराचरितः पुरा Rām.2.3.3. -निमीलिका, -निमीलितम् feigning not to look at anything, inattention; देवीः कामयमानस्य चक्रे गजनिमीलिका Rāj. T.6.73. -पतिः 1 the lord or keeper of elephants. -2 a very tall and stately elephant; Śi.6.55. -3 an excellent elephant. -पिप्पली N. of a plant (Scindapsus Officinalis; Mar. गजपिंपळी, मिरवेल). -पुङ्गवः a large and excellent elephant; गजपुङ्गवस्तु धीरं विलोकयति चाटुशतैश्च भुङ्क्ते Bh.2.31. -पुटः a small hole in the ground for fire. -पुरम् N. of Hastināpura. -पुष्पी N. of a flower; गजपुष्पीमिमां फुल्लामुत्पाठ्य शुभलक्षणाम् Rām.4.12.39. -बन्धः 1 a particular posture in sexual intercourse. -2 a post to which the elephant is tied. -3 the process of catching an elephant; गजबन्धस्तु सुरते आलाने ग्रहणे$पि च Nm. -बन्धनी, -बन्धिनी a stable for elephants. -भक्षकः the sacred fig-tree. -भक्षा the gum Olibanum tree. -मण्डनम् the ornaments with which an elephant is decorated, particularly the coloured lines on his head. -मण्डलिका, -मण्डली a ring or circle of elephants. -माचलः a lion. -मुक्ता, -मौक्तिकम् a pearl supposed to be found in the kumbhas or projections on the forehead of an elephant; घर्मजनितपुलकेन लसद्भजमौक्तिकावलिगुणेन वक्षसा Ki.12.4. -मुखः, -वक्त्रः, -वदनः epithets of Gaṇeśa; Bṛi. S.58.58; Ks.1.44. -मोटनः a lion. -यूथम् a herd of elephants; उषसि स गजयूथकर्णतालैः पटुपटहध्वनिभिर्विनीतनिद्रः R.9.71. -योधिन् a. fighting on an elephant. -राजः a lordly or noble elephant. -वीथिः, -थी f. the three lunar mansions रोहिणी, आर्द्रा and मृगशिरस्; रोहिण्यार्दा मृगशिरो गजवीथ्यभिधी- यते. -व्रजः a troop of elephants. -शास्त्रम्, -शिक्षा the science of elephants. -साह्वयम् N. of Hastināpura; निर्ययुर्गजसाह्वयात् Mb.3.1.9; Ks.15.6. -स्थानम् elephant's stall; Y.1.279. -स्नानम् (lit.) bathing of an elephant; (fig.) useless or unproductive efforts resembling the ablution of elephants which, after pouring water over their bodies, end by throwing dirt, rubbish and other foul matter; cf. अवशेन्द्रियचित्तानां हस्तिस्नानमिव क्रिया H.1.17.
gaṇ गण् 1 U. (गणयति-ते, गणयाञ्चकार, अजीगणत्-त, अजगणत्- त, गणयितुम्, गणित) 1 To count, number; enumerate; लीला- कमलपत्राणि गणयामास पार्वती Ku.6.84; नामाक्षरं गणय गच्छसि यावदन्तम् Ś.6.12. -2 To calculate, compute; अजगण- न्गणशः प्रियमग्रतः Śi.6.15;15.61. -3 To sum or add up, reckon. -4 To estimate, value at (with instr.); न तं तृणेनापि गणयामि. -5 To class with or among, reckon among; अगण्यतामरेषु Dk.154. -6 To take into account, give consideration to; वाणीं काणभुजीमजीगणत् Malli. -7 To regard, consider, think or take to be; त्वया विना सुखमेतावदजस्य गण्यताम् R.8.69,5.2; पावकस्य महिमा स गण्यते 11.75; जातस्तु गण्यते सो$त्र यः स्फुरत्यन्वयाधिकम् Pt.1.27; किसलयतल्पं गणयति विहितहुताशविकल्पम् Gīt.4. -8 To ascribe or impute to, attribute to (with loc.); जाड्यं ह्रीमति गण्यते Bh.2.54. -9 To attend to, take notice of, mind; प्रणयमगणयित्वा यन्ममापद्गतस्य V.4.27. -1 (With a negative particle) not to care for, not to mind; न महान्तमपि क्लेशमजीगणत् K.64; मनस्वी कार्यार्थी न गणयति दुःखं न च सुखम् Bh.2.81,9; Śānti.1.1; Bk. 2.53;15.5,45; H.2.131; Ś.7.1,4.19. -With अधि 1 to praise; महानुभावाभ्युदयो$धिगण्यताम् Bhāg.1.5.21. -2 to enumerate, count.
gaṇḍaḥ गण्डः 1 The cheek, the whole side of the face including the temples; गण्डाभोगे पुलकपटलम् Māl.2.5; तदीष- दार्द्रारुणगण्डलेखम् Ku.7.82; Me.26,93; Amaru.83; Ṛs.4.6;6.1; Ś.6.18; Śi.12.54. -2 An elephant's temple; गण्डोड्डीनालिमाला˚ Māl.1.1. -3 A bubble. -4 A boil, tumour, swelling, pimple; अयमपरो गण्डस्योपरि विस्फोटः Mu.5; तदा गण्डस्योपरि पिटिका संवृत्ता Ś.2. -5 Goitre and other excrescences of the neck. -6 A joint, knot. -7 A mark, spot; गण्डोज्ज्वलामुज्ज्वलनाभिचक्रया Śi.12.8. -8 A rhinoceros. -9 The bladder. -1 A hero, warrior. -11 Part of a horse's trappings, a stud or button fixed as an ornament upon the harness. -12 An unexpected combination of words consisting in putting one speech immediately after another, so as to be syntactically connected; see वीथि; e. g. राक्षसः- अपि नाम दुरात्मा चाणक्यबटुः । दौवारिकः -- जयतु । -रा˚ -अति- संधातुं शक्यः स्यात् । --दौ˚ -अमात्यः । Mu.4; so किमस्या न प्रेयो यदि पुनरसह्यस्तु विरहः. --दौ˚ -देव उपस्थितः U.1. -13 The tenth yoga or one of the twenty-seven portions of a circle on the plane of the ecliptic. -14 An astronomical period. -Comp. -अङ्गः a rhinoceros. -उपधानम् a pillow; मृदुगण्डोपधानानि शयनानि सुखानि च Suśr. -कुसुमम् the juice that exudes from the elephant's temples during rut, ichor. -कूपः 1 a well on the peak or summit of a mountain. -2 Upper region or table-land of a mountain. -ग्रामः any large or considerable village. -देशः, -प्रदेशः, -स्थलम्, -पाली, -पिण्डः 1 the cheek, the temples of an elephant. -2 temple-region (in general); कण्डूलद्विपगण्डपिण्डकषणम् U.2.9; Māl.9.31. -फलकम् a broad cheek; धृतमुग्धगण्डफलकैर्विबभुर्विकसद्भिरास्यकमलैः प्रमदाः Śi.9.47. -भित्तिः f. 1 the opening in the temples of an elephant from which ichor exudes during rut. -2 'a wall-like cheek', an excellent i. e. broad and expansive cheek; निर्धौतदानामलगण्डभित्तिः (गजः) R.5.43 (where Malli. says प्रशस्तौ गण्डौ गण्डभित्ति, see et seq.); 12.12. -भेदः a thief; गण़्डभेददास्याः शीलं जानन्नापि आत्मनो भोजनविस्रम्भेण छलितो$स्मि Avimāraka 2. -मालः, -माला inflammation of the glands of the neck. -मूर्ख a. exceedingly foolish, very stupid. -शिला any large rock; दृष्टो$ङ्गुष्ठशिरोमात्रः क्षणाद्गण्डशिलासमः Bhāg.3.13.22. -शैलः 1 a huge rock thrown down by an earthquake or storm; Ki.7.37; cf. also गण्डशैलैः कारवेल्लैर्लोहकण्टकवेष्टितैः । (अचलः परिपूर्णो$यम् ...) Parṇāl 4.75. -2 the forehead; गण्डशैलः कपोले च द्रोणपाषा- णभेदयोः । Nm.; किं पुत्रि गण्डशैलभ्रमेण नवनीरदेषु निद्रासि । Āryā Saptaśatī. -साह्वया N. of a river, also called गण्डकी. -स्थलम्, -स्थली 1 the cheek; गण्डस्थलेषु मदवारिषु Pt.1.123; Ś. Til.7; गण्डस्थलीः प्रोषितपत्रलेखाः R.6.72; Amaru.82. -2 temples of an elephant.
gaṇḍakaḥ गण्डकः [गण्ड स्वार्थे क] 1 A rhinoceros. -2 An impediment, obstacle. -3 A joint, knot. -4 A mark, spot. -5 A boil, tumour, pimple. -6 Disjunction, separation. -7 A coin of the value of four cowries. -8 A mode of reckoning by fours. -9 Astrological science. -Comp. -वती see गण्डकी q. v.
gaṇḍīraḥ गण्डीरः A hero, champion. गण्डुः (-ण्डूः) m. f. 1 A pillow. -2 A joint, knot.
gaṇḍūḥ गण्डूः f. 1 A joint, knot. -2 A bone. -3 A pillow. -4 Oil. -Comp. -पदः a kind of worm. ˚भवम् lead. -पदी a small गण्डूपद.
gadya गद्य pot. p. [गद्-यत्] To be spoken or uttered; गद्य- मेतत्त्वया मम Bk.6.47. -द्यम् Prose, elaborate prose composition, composition not metrical yet framed with due regard to harmony; one of the three classes into which all compositions may be divided; see Kāv.1.11.
gandhaḥ गन्धः [गन्ध्-पचाद्यच्] 1 Smell, odour; गन्धमाघ्राय चोर्व्याः Me.21; अपघ्नन्तो दुरितं हव्यगन्धैः Ś.4.8; R.12.27. (गन्ध is changed to गन्धि when as the last member of a Bah. comp. it is preceded by उद्, पूति, सु, सुरभि, or when the compound implies comparison; सुगन्धि, सुरभिगन्धि, कमलगन्धि मुखम्; शालिनिर्यासगन्धिभिः R.1.38; आहुति˚ 1.53; also when गन्ध is used in the sense of 'a little'). -2 Smell considered as one of the 24 properties or guṇas of the Vaiśeṣikas; it is a property characteristic of पृथिवी or earth which is defined as गन्धवती पृथ्वी T. S. -3 The mere smell of anything, a little, a very small quantity; घृतगन्धि भोजनम् Sk. -4 A perfume, any fragrant substance; एषा मया सेविता गन्धयुक्तिः Mk.8; Y.1. 231; Mu.1.4. -5 Sulphur. -6 Pounded sandal wood. -7 Connection, relationship. -8 A neighbour. -9 Pride, arrogance; as in आत्तगन्ध humbled or mortified. -1 An epithet of Śiva. -11 A sectarial mark on the forehead. -12 Similarity (सादृश्य); डुण्डुभानहिगन्धेन न त्वं हिंसितुमर्हसि Mb.1.1.3. -न्धम् 1 Smell. -2 Black aloewood. -Comp. -अधिकम् a kind of perfume. -अपकर्ष- णम् removing smells. -अम्बु n. fragrant water. -अम्ला the wild lemon tree. -अश्मन् m. sulphur. ...... गन्धा- श्मानं मनःशिलाम् । Śiva. B.3.19. -अष्टकम् a mixture of 8 fragrant substances offered to deities, varying in kind according to the nature of the deity to whom they are offered. Generally sandal, camphor, saffron, उशीर, cyperus pertenuis (Mar. नागरमोथा), गोरोचन, देवदार and a flower are used in the mixture. -आखुः the musk-rat. -आजीवः a vendor of perfumes. -आढ्य a. rich in odour, very fragrant; स्रजश्चोत्तमगन्धाढ्याः Mb. (-ढ्यः) the orange tree. (-ढ्यम्) sandal-wood. -इन्द्रियम् the organ of smell. -इभः, -गजः, -द्विपः, -हस्तिन् m. 'the scentelephant', an elephant of the best kind; यस्य गन्धं समाघ्राय न तिष्ठन्ति प्रतिद्विपाः । स वै गन्धगजो नाम नृपतेर्विजयावहः ॥ Pālakāpyam; शमयति गजानन्यान्गन्धद्विपः कलभो$पि सन् V.5. 18; R.6.7;17.7; गन्धेन जेतुः प्रमुखागतस्य गन्धद्विपस्येव मतङ्गजौघः । Ki.17.17. -उत्तमा spirituous liquor. -उदम् scented water; Bhāg.9.11.26. -उपजीविन् m. one who lives by perfumes, a perfumer. -ओतुः (forming गन्धोतु वार्तिक or गन्धौतु) the civet cat. -कारिका 1 a female servant whose business is to prepare perfumes. -2 a female artisan living in the house of another, but not altogether subject to another's control. -कालिका, -काली f. N. of Satyavatī, mother of Vyāsa; Mb.1. -काष्ठम् aloe-wood. -कुटी 1 a kind of perfume. (-टिः, -टी) -2 The Buddhist temple, any chamber used by Buddha; पुण्योद्देशवशाच्चकार रुचिरां शौद्धोदनेः श्रद्धया । श्रीमद्गन्धकुटीमिमामिव कुटीं मोक्षस्य सौख्यस्य च ॥ (An inscription at Gayā V.9. Ind. Ant. Vol.X). -केलिका, -चेलिका musk. -ग a. 1 taking a scent, smelling. -2 redolent. -गजः see गन्धेभ. -गुण a. having the property of odour. -घ्राणम् the smelling of any odour. -चरा f. The fourth stage of must of an elephant; Mātaṅga L.9.15. -जलम् fragrant water; सिक्तां गन्धजलैः Bhāg.1.11.14. -ज्ञा the nose. -तूर्यम् a musical instrument of a loud sound used in battle (as a drum or trumpet). -तैलम् 1 a fragrant oil, a kind of oil prepared with fragrant substances. -2 sulphur-butter. -दारु n. aloe-wood. -द्रव्यम् a fragrant substance. -द्वार a. perceptible through the odour. -धारिन् a. bearing fragrance. (-m.) an epithet of Śiva. -धूलिः f. musk. -नकुलः the musk-rat. -नालिका, -नाली the nose. -निलया a kind of jasmine. -पः N. of a class of manes. -पत्रा, -पलाशी a species of zedoary. -पलाशिका turmeric. -पालिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -पाषाणः sulphur. -पिशाचिका the smoke of burnt fragrant resin (so called from its dark colour or cloudy nature, or perhaps from its attracting demons by fragrance). -पुष्पः 1 the Vetasa plant. -2 The Ketaka plant. (-ष्पम्) 1 a fragrant flower. -2 flowers and sandal offered to deities at the time of worship. -पुष्पा an indigo plant. -पूतना a kind of imp or goblin. -फली 1 the Priyañgu creeper. -2 a bud of the Champaka tree. -बन्धुः the mango tree. -मातृ f. the earth. -मादन a. intoxicating with fragrance. (-नः) 1 a large black bee. -2 sulphur. -3 an epithet of Rāvaṇa. (-नः, -नम्) N. of a particular mountain to the east of Meru, renowned for its fragrant forests (-नम्) the forest on this mountain. -मादनी spirituous liquor. -मादिनी lac. -मार्जारः the civet cat. -मुखा, -मूषिकः, -मूषी f. the musk rat. -मृगः 1 the civet cat. -2 the musk-deer. -मैथुनः a bull. -मोदनः sulphur. -मोहिनी a bud of the Champaka tree. -युक्तिः f. preparation of perfumes. -रसः myrrh (Mar. रक्त्याबोळ); लाक्षां गन्धरसं चापि ...... Śiva. B.3.2. ˚अङ्गकः turpentine. -राजः a kind of jasmine. (-जम्) 1 a sort of perfume. -2 sandal-wood. -लता the Priyañgu creeper. -लोलुपा 1 a bee. -2 a fly or gnat. -वहः the wind; रात्रिंदिवं गन्धवहः प्रयाति Ś.5.4; दिग्दक्षिणा गन्धवहं मुखेन Ku.3.25. -वहा the nose. -वाहः 1 the wind; देहं दहन्ति दहना इव गन्धवाहाः Bv.1.14. -2 the musk-deer. -वाही the nose. -विह्वलः wheat. -वृक्षकः, -वृक्ष the Śāla tree. -व्याकुलम् a kind of fragrant berry (कक्कोल.) -शुण़्डिनी the musk-rat. -शेखरः musk. -सारः 1 sandal. -2 a kind of jasmine. -सुखी, -सूयी the musk shrew. -सोमम् the white water-lily. -हस्तिन् m. a scent-elephant; यस्य गन्धं समाघ्राय न तिष्ठन्ति प्रतिद्विपाः । तं गन्धहस्तिनं प्राहुर्नृपतोर्विजयावहम् ॥ Pālakāpyam. -हारिका a female servant whose business is to prepare perfumes; cf. गन्धकारिका.
gandhāraḥ गन्धारः (pl.) 1 N. of a country and its rulers; पुरुषं गन्धारेभ्यो$भिनद्धाक्षमानीय Ch. Up.6.14.1. -2 The third note (in music). -3 A particular Rāga.
gam गम् 1 P. (गच्छति, जगाम, अगमत्, गमिष्यति, गन्तुम्, गत desid.; जिगमिषति, जिगांसते Ātm.; freq. जङ्गम्यते; जङ्गमीति or जङ्गन्ति) 1 To go, move in general; गच्छत्वार्या पुनर्दर्शनाय V.5; गच्छति पुरः शरीरं धावति पश्चादसंस्तुतं चेतः Ś.1.33; क्वाधुना गम्यते 'where art thou going'. -2 To depart, go forth, go away, set forth or out; उत्क्षिप्यैनां ज्योतिरेकं जगाम Ś.5.3. -3 To go to, reach, resort to, arrive at, approach; यदगम्यो$पि गम्यते Pt.1.7; एनो गच्छति कर्तारम् Ms.8.19 the sin goes to (recoils on) the doer; 4.199; so धरणिं मूर्ध्ना गम् &c. -4 To pass, pass away, elapse (as time); दिनेषु गच्छत्सु R.3.8 as days rolled on, in course of time; Me.85; काव्यशास्त्रविनोदेन कालो गच्छति धीमताम् H.1.1; गच्छता कालेन in the long run. -5 To go to the state or condition of, become, undergo, suffer, partake of &c. (usually joined with nouns ending in. -ता, -त्व &c, or any noun in the acc.); गमिष्या- म्युपहास्यताम् R.1.3; पश्चादुमाख्यां सुमुखी जगाम Ku.1.26 went by or received the name of Umā; so तृप्तिं गच्छति becomes satisfied; विषादं गतः became dejected; कोपं न गच्छति does not become angry; आनृण्यं गतः became released from debt; मनसा गम् to think of, remember; Ku.2.63; वृषेण गच्छतः riding a bull; Ku.5.8. -6 To cohabit, have sexual intercourse with; गुरोः सुतां ... यो गच्छति पुमान् Pt.2.17; Y.1.8. -Caus. (गमयति-ते) 1 To cause to go, lead or reduce to (as a state); गमितः गतिम् Ku.4.24; Bh.3.38; Ki.2.7. -2 To spend, pass (as time). -3 To make clear, explain, expound. -4 To signify, denote, convey an idea or sense of; द्वौ नञौ प्रकृतार्थ गमयतः 'two negatives make one affirmative'. -5 To send to. -6 To bring to a place (acc.). -7 To impart, grant, bestow. -8 To intend, mean.
gatiḥ गतिः f. [गम्-भावे क्तिन्] 1 Motion, going, moving, gait; गतिर्विगलिता Pt.4.78; अभिन्नगतयः Ś.1.14; (न) भिन्दन्ति मन्दां गतिमश्वमुख्यः Ku.1.11 do not mend their slow gait (do not mend their pace); so गगनगतिः Pt.1; लघुगतिः Me.16; U.6.23. -2 Access, entrance; मणौ वज्रसमुत्कीर्णे सूत्रस्येवा- स्ति मे गतिः R.1.4. -3 Scope, room; अस्त्रगतिः Ku.3.19; मनोरथानामगतिर्न विद्यते Ku.5.64; नास्त्यगतिर्मनोरथानाम् V.2. -4 Turn, course; दैवगतिर्हि चित्रा, Mu.7.16. -5 Going to, reaching, obtaining; वैकुण्ठीया गतिः Pt.1 obtaining Heaven. -6 Fate, issue; भर्तुर्गतिर्गन्तव्या Dk.13. -7 State, condition; दानं भोगो नाशस्तिस्रो गतयो भवन्ति वित्तस्य Bh.2.43; Pt.1.16. -8 Position, station, situation, mode of existence; परार्ध्यगतेः पितुः R.8.27; कुसुमस्तबकस्येव द्वे गती स्तो मनस्विनाम् Bh.2.14; Pt.1.41,42. -9 A means, expedient, course, alternative; अनुपेक्षणे द्वयी गतिः Mu.3; का गतिः what help is there, can't help (often used in dramas) Pt.1.319; अन्या गतिर्नास्ति K.158; cf. also अगतिका हि एषा गतिः यत् कृत्स्नसंयोगे सति विकल्पसमुच्चयौ स्याताम् ŚB. on MS.1.5.47. -1 Recourse, shelter, refuge, asylum, resort; विद्यमानां गतिर्येषाम् Pt.1.32,322; आसयत् सलिले पृथ्वीं यः स मे श्रीहरिर्गतिः Sk. -11 Source, origin, acquisition; क्रियाविशेषबहुलां भोगैश्वर्यगतिं प्रति Bg.2.43; Ms.1.5. -12 a way, path. -13 A march, procession. -14 An event, issue, result. -15 The course of events, fate, fortune. -16 Course of asterisms. -17 The diurnal motion of a planet in its orbit. -18 A running wound or sore, fistula. -19 Knowing; अपेन पूर्वं न मयेति का गतिः Ki.14.15; knowledge, wisdom. -2 Transmigration, metempsychosis; Ms.6.73;12.3,23,4-45; त्यज बुद्धिमिमां गतिप्रवृत्ताम् Bu. Ch.5.36; Bhāg.1.17.1. -21 A stage or period of life, (as शैशव, यौवन, वार्धक). -22 (In gram.) A term for preposition and some other adverbial prefixes (such as अलम्, तिरस् &c.) when immediately connected with the tenses of a verb or verbal derivatives. -23 Position of a child at birth. -Comp. -अनुसरः following the course of another. -ऊन a. impassable, desert. -भङ्गः stoppage. -हीन a. without refuge, helpless, forlorn.
gamaka गमक a. (-मिका f.) [गम्-ण्वुल्] 1 Indicative or suggestive, a proof or index of; तदेव गमकं पाण्डित्यवैद- ग्ध्ययोः Māl.1.7. -2 Convincing. -कः A kind of musical note (of which there are seven cf. स्वरोत्थान- प्रकारस्तु गमकः परिकीर्तितः । स कम्पितादिभेदेन स्मृतः सप्तविधो बुधैः ॥ स्थानप्राप्त्या दधानं प्रकटितगमकां मन्द्रतारव्यवस्थाम् Nāg.1.12).
gambhīra गम्भीर a. [गच्छति जलमत्र; गम्-ईरन् नि˚ भुगागमः] = गभीर q. v.; स्निग्धगम्भीरनिर्घोषमेकं स्यन्दनमास्थितौ R.1.36; Me. 66.68. -रः 1 A lotus, -2 A citron. -Comp. -वेदिन् a. restive (as an elephant); not minding the goad; sensitive only to harsh stimuli. cf. Mātaṅga. L.8.21. अङ्कुशं द्विरदस्येव यन्ता गम्भीरवेदिनः R.4.39; Śi.5.49 (see Malli. ad. loc.); गम्भीरवेदिभिर्भद्रकरिभिर्गिरिसंनिभैः Śiva. B. 25.58; cf. also चिरकालेन यो वेत्ति शिक्षां परिचितामपि । गम्भीर- वेदी विज्ञेयः स गजो गजवेदिभिः ॥ also त्वग्भेदाच्छोणितस्रावान्मांसस्य कथनादपि । आत्मानं यो न जानाति तस्य गम्भीरवेदिता ॥
garuḍaḥ गरुडः [गरुद्भयां डयते, डी-ड पृषो˚ तलोपः, गॄ-उडच् Uṇ 4. 166.] 1 N. of the king of birds. [He is a son of Kaśyapa by his wife Vinatā. He is the chief of the feathered race, an implacable enemy of serpents, and elder brother of Aruṇa. In a dispute between his mother and Kadrū, her rival, about the colour of उचैःश्रवस् Kadrū defeated Vinatā, and, in accordance with the conditions of the wager, made her her slave. Garuḍa brought down the heavenly beverage (Amṛita) to purchase her freedom, not, however, without a hard struggle with Indra for the same. Vinatā was then released; but the Amṛita was taken away by Indra from the serpents. Garuḍa is represented as the vehicle of Visnu, and as having a white face, an aquiline nose, red wings and a golden body.] -2 A building or architecture (such as चिति) shaped like Garuḍa; गरुडो रुक्मपक्षो वै त्रिगुणो$ष्टादशात्मकः Rām.1.14. 29. -3 N. of a particular military array. -Comp. -अग्रजः an epithet of Aruṇa, the charioteer of the sun; विभिन्नवर्णा गरुडाग्रजेन Śi.4.14. -अङ्कः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -अङ्कितम्, -अश्मन् m. -उत्तीर्णम् an emerald. -ध्वजः an epithet of Viṣṇu; समाहितमतिश्चैव तुष्टाव गरुडध्वजम् V. P. -व्यूहः a particular military array.
gardabhaḥ गर्दभः (-भी f.) [गर्द्-अभच् Uṇ.3.122] 1 An ass; न गर्दभा वाजिधुरं वहन्ति Mk.4.17; प्राप्ते तु षोडशे वर्षे गर्दभी ह्यप्सरा भवेत् Subhāṣ. The ass is noted for three remarkable qualities :-- अविश्रान्तं वहेद्भारं शीतोष्णं च न विन्दति । ससंतोषस्तथा नित्यं त्रीणि शिक्षेत गर्दभात् ॥ Chāṇ.7. -2 Smell, odour. -भम् The white water-lily. -भी 1 A she-ass. -2 An insect generated in cow-dung. -Comp. -अण्डः, -ण्डकः N. of two trees प्लक्ष & पिप्पली. -आह्वयम् a white lotus. -गदः a particular disease of the skin.
garbhita गर्भित a. Pregnant, filled with. -तम् A defect in poetical composition. -ता (in Rhet.) Insertion of one phrase within another.
gādha गाध a. [गाध्-भवादौ घञ्] Fordable, not very deep, shallow; सरितः कुर्वती गाधाः पथश्चाश्यानकर्दमान् R.4.24; cf. अगाध. -धम् 1 A shallow place, ford. -2 A place, site. -3 Desire of gain, cupidity. -4 Bottom; अनासादितगाधं च पातालतलमव्ययम् Mb.1.21.13. -5 Consequence, result; स वै व्यसनमासाद्य गाधमार्तो न विन्दति Mb.12.93.32.
gāndhāraḥ गान्धारः 1 The third of the seven primary notes of the Indian Gamut; (commonly denoted by ग in musical notation). -2 Red lead. -3 N. of a country between India and Persia, the modern Kandahāra. -5 A native or a ruler of that country. -रम् Gum myrrh.
gil गिल् 6 P. (गिलति, गिलित) To swallow; (properly speaking, this is not a separate root, but is connected with गॄ).
guṇaḥ गुणः [गुण्-अच्] 1 A quality (good or bad); सुगुण, दुर्गुण; यदङ्गनारूपसरूपतायाः कञ्चिद्गुणं भेदकमिच्छतीभिः Śi.3.42. -2 (a) A good quality, merit, virtue, excellence; कतमे ते गुणाः Māl.1; वसन्ति हि प्रेम्णि गुणा न वस्तुनि Ki.8.37; R.1.9,22; साधुत्वे तस्य को गुणः Pt.4.18. (b) Eminence. -3 Use, advantage, good (with instr. usually), Pt. 5.; कः स्थानलाभे गुणः 2.21; H.1.49; Mu.1.15. -4 Effect, result, efficacy, good result; संभावनागुणमवेहि तमीश्वराणाम् Ś.7.4; गुणमहतां महते गुणाय योगः Ki.1.25;6. 7. -5 (a) A single thread or string. (b) Thread, string, rope, cord, मेखलागुणैः Ku.4.8;5.1; तृणैर्गुणत्व- मापन्नैर्वध्यन्ते मत्तदन्तिनः H.1.32; यतः परेषां गुणग्रहीतासि Bv.1. 9 (where गुण also means 'a merit'). -6 The bow- string; गुणकृत्ये धनुषो नियोजिता Ku.4.15,29; कनकपिङ्गतडिद्- गुणसंयुतम् R.9.54. -7 The string of a musical instrument; कलवल्लकीगुणस्वानमानम् Śi.4.57. -8 A sinew. -9 A quality, attribute, property in general; यादृग्गुणेन भर्त्रा स्त्री संयुज्येत यथाविधि Ms.9.22. -1 A quality, characteristic or property of all substances, one of the seven categories of padārthas of the Vaiśeṣikas, (the number of these properties is 24). -11 An ingredient or constituent of nature, any one of the three properties belonging to all created things; (these are स्त्व, रजस् and तमस्); गुणत्रयविभागाय Ku.2.4; सत्त्वं रजस्तम इति गुणाः प्रकृतिसंभवाः Bg.14.5; R.3.27. -12 A wick, cotton thread; नृपदीपो धनस्नेहं प्रजाभ्यः संहरन्नपि । अन्तर- स्थैर्गुणैः शुभ्रैर्लक्ष्यते नैव केनचित् ॥ Pt.1.221. -13 An object of sense, (these are five रूप, रस, गन्ध, स्पर्श, and शब्द); गुणैर्गुणान्स भुञ्जान आत्मप्रद्योतितैः प्रभुः Bhāg.11.3.5. -14 Repetition, multiplication, denoting 'folds' or 'times', usually at the end of comp. after numerals; आहारो द्विगुणः स्त्रीणां बुद्धिस्तासां चतुर्गुणा । ष़ड्गुणो व्यवसायश्च कामश्चाष्टगुणः स्मृतः ॥ Chāṇ.78; so त्रिणुण; शतगुणीभवति becomes a hundred-fold, अध्यर्धगुणमाहुर्यं बले शौर्ये च केशव Mb.11.2.1. -15 A secondary element, a subordinate part (opp. मुख्य); न च गुणानुग्रहार्थं प्रधानस्यावृत्तिर्युक्ता ŚB. on MS.12.1.4. -16 Excess, abundance, superfluity; पराङ्मुखवधं कृत्वा को$त्र प्राप्तस्त्वया गुणः Rām.4.17.16. -17 An adjective, a word subordinate to another in a sentence. -18 The substitution of ए, ओ, अर् and अल् for इ, उ, ऋ (short or long) and लृ, or the vowels अ, ए, ओ and अर् and अल्. -19 (In Rhet.) Quality considered as an inherent property of a Rasa or sentiment. Mammaṭa thus defines गुण. --ये रहस्याङ्गिनो धर्माः शौर्यादय इवात्मनः । उत्कर्ष- हेतवस्ते स्युरचलस्थितयो गुणाः ॥ K. P.8. (Some writers on rhetoric, such as Vāmana, Jagannātha Paṇḍita, Daṇḍin and others, consider Guṇas to be properties both of शब्द and अर्थ, and mention ten varieties under each head. Mammaṭa, however, recognises only three, and, after discussing and criticizing the views of others, says : माधुर्यौजःप्रसादाख्यास्त्रयस्ते न पुनर्दश K. P.8); Ki.17.6. -2 (In gram. and Mīm.) Property considered as the meaning of a class of words; e. g. grammarians recognise four kinds of the meaning of words; जाति, गुण, किया and द्रव्य, and give गौः, शुक्लः, चलः and डित्थः as instances to illustrate these meanings. -21 (In politics) A proper course of action, an expedient. (The expedients to be used by a king in foreign politics are six :-- 1 सन्धि peace or alliance; 2 विग्रह war; 3 यान march or expedition; 4 स्थान or आसन halt; 5 संश्रय seeking shelter; 6 द्वैध or द्वैधीभाव duplicity; सन्धिर्ना विग्रहो यानमासनं द्वैधमाश्रयः Ak.) see Y.1.346; Ms.7.16; Śi.2.26; R.8.21. -22 The number 'three' (derived from the three qualities). -23 The chord of an arc (in geom.). -24 An organ of sense. -25 A subordinate dish; Ms. 3.226,233. -26 A cook. -27 An epithet of Bhīma as in युधिष्टिरो$पि गुणप्रियः Vas. -28 Leaving, abandonment. -29 A multiplier, coefficient (in math.) -3 Division, subdivision, species, kind. -31 The peculiar property of letters which are pronounced with external utterance (बाह्यप्रयत्न); they are eleven. -Comp. -अग्ऱ्यम् a principal quality; ˚वर्तिन्; स्वमूर्तिभेदेन गुणाग्ऱ्यवर्तिना पतिः प्रजानामिव सर्गमात्मनः R.3.27. -अगुणः merit and demerit Ms.3.22;9.331; अनपेक्ष्य गुणागुणौ जनः स्वरुचिं निश्चयतो$नु- धावति Si.16.44. -अतीत a. freed from all properties, being beyond them; सर्वारम्भपरित्यागी गुणातीतः स उच्यते Bg.14.25. (-तः) the Supreme Being. -अधिष्ठानकम् the region of the breast where the girdle is fastened. -अनुबन्धित्वम् connection or association with virtues; गुणा गुणानुबन्धित्वात्तस्य सप्रसवा इव R.1.22. -अनुरागः love or appreciation of the good qualities of others; गुणा- नुरागादिव सख्यमीयिवान्न बाधते$स्य त्रिगणः परस्परम् Ki.1.11. -अनुरोधः conformity or suitableness to good qualities. -अन्तरम् a different (higher) quality; गुणान्तरं व्रजति शिल्पमाधातुः M.1.6. -अन्वित, -उपपन्न, -युक्त, -संपन्न a. endowed with good qualities, meritorious, worthy, good, excellent. -अपवादः, -निन्दा disparagement, detraction. -अभिधानम् A subsidiary injunction; द्रव्योपदेशाद्वा गुणा- भिधानं स्यात् M.8.4.5. -आकरः 1 'a mine of merits', one endowed with all virtues; सृजति तावदशेषगुणाकरं पुरुषरत्न- मलङ्करणं मुवः Bh.2.92. -2 N. of Śiva. -आढ्य a. rich in virtues. -आत्मन् a. having qualities. -आधारः 'a receptacle of virtues', a virtuous or meritorious person. -आश्रय a. virtuous, excellent. -ईश्वरः 1 the Supreme Being. -2 the Chitrakūṭa mountain. -उत्कर्षः excellence of merit, possession of superior qualities. -उत्कीर्तनम् panegyric, eulogium. -उत्कृष्ट a. superior in merit; Ms.8.73. -उपेत a. endowed with good qualities; पुत्रमेवङ्गुणोपेतं चक्रवर्तिनमाप्नुहि Ś.1.12. -ओघः, -घम् superior or abundant merits. -कथनम् extolling, praising. -2 a condition or state of mind of the hero of a drama to which he is reduced by Cupid. -कर्तृत्वम् the state of an agent of properties; गुणकर्तृत्वे$पि तथा कर्तेव भवत्युदासीनः Sāṅ. K.2. -कर्मन् n. 1 an unessential or secondary action. -2 (in gram.) the secondary or less immediate (i. e. indirect) object of an action; e. g. in the example नेता$श्वस्य स्रुघ्नं स्रुघ्नस्य वा, स्रुघ्नम् is a गुणकर्मन्. ˚विभाग a. distinguishing an action and an attribute. -कल्पना f. imputing a figurative meaning, one of the modes of interpreting a sentence. According to it an expression may be understood as conveying not what is actually expressed by it but the quality or qualities thereof. e. g. सिंहो देवदत्तः means प्रसह्यकरी देवदत्तः; ŚB. on MS.1.2.1. -काण्डः a series of subsidiary (details); एवमेक उत्कृष्यमाणः सर्वं गुणकाण्डमुत्कर्षति ŚB. on MS.5. 1.24. -कार a. productive of good qualities, profitable, salutary. (-रः) 1 a cook who prepares sidedishes or any secondary articles of food. -2 an epithet of Bhīma. -3 (in math.) the multiplier. -कीर्तनम्, -श्लाघा, -स्तुतिः f. praise, extolling. -कृत्यम् the function of a bow-string; गुणकृत्ये धनुषो नियोजिता Ku.4.15. -गणः a number or series of good qualities; Bhāg.5.3.11. -गानम् singing of merits, panegyric, praise. -गृध्नु a. 1 desiring good qualities; ये चान्ये गुणगृध्नवः Bhāg.3.14.2. -2 possessing enviable or good qualities. -गृह्य a. appreciating or admiring merits (wherever they may be), attached to merits; appreciative; ननु वक्तृविशेषनिःस्पृहा गुणगृह्या वचने विपश्चितः Ki.2.5. -गौरी a woman chaste by virtuous conduct; अनृतगिरं गुणगौरि मा कृथा माम् Śi. -ग्रहणम् appreciating merits. -ग्रहीतृ, -ग्राहक, -ग्राहिन् a. appreciating the merits (of others); श्रीहर्षो निपुणः कविः परिषदप्येषा गुणग्राहिणी Ratn.1.4; Śi.2.82; Bv.1.9. -ग्रामः a collection of virtues or merits; गुरुतरगुणग्रामांभोजस्फुटोज्ज्वलचन्द्रिका Bh.3.116; गणयति गुणग्रामम् Gīt.2; Bv.1.13. -घातिन् a. detractor, envious, censorious. -ज्ञ a. knowing how to admire or appreciate merits, appreciative; भगवति कमलालये भृशमगुणज्ञासि Mu.2; गुणा गुणज्ञेषु गुणा भवन्ति H. Pr.47. -त्रयम्, -त्रितयम् the three constituent properties of nature; i. e. सत्त्व, रजस् and तमस्. ˚आभासः life. -दोषौ (du.) virtue and vice; ˚कथा; Pt.2.67. -धर्मः the virtue or duty incidental to the possession of certain qualities. -निधिः a store of virtues. -पदी a woman having feet as thin as cords. -पूगम् great merits; भवद्गुणपूगपूरितम् (श्रवणम्) Śi.9.64. -प्रकर्षः excellence of merits, great merit; गुणप्रकर्षादुडुपेन शम्भोरलङ्- घ्यमुल्लङ्घितमुत्तमाङ्गम् Mk.4.23. -भावः being subsidiary to something else; परार्थता हि गुणभावः । ŚB. on MS.4.3.1. -भोक्तृ a. perceiving the properties of things; निर्गुणं गुणभोक्तृ च Bg.13.14. -महत् a superior quality. -मुष्टिः f. a particular method of stringing the bow; cf. पताका वज्रमुष्टिश्च सिंहकर्णस्तथैव च । मत्सरी काकतुण्डी च योजनीया यथा- क्रमम् ॥ Dhanur.84. -रागः delighting in the merits of others; गुणरागगतां तस्य रूपिणीमिव दुर्गतिम् Ks.2.51. -राशिः an epithet of Śiva -लक्षणम् mark or indication of an internal property. -लयनिका, -लयनी a tent. -लुब्ध a. 1 desirous of merits. -2 attached to merits. -वचनम्, -वाचकः a word which connotes an attribute or quality, an adjective, or substantive used attributively; as श्वेत in श्वेतो$श्वः. -वादः 1 pointing out good merits. -2 a statement in a secondary sense; गुणवादस्तु MS. 1.2.1 (Śabara explains this as : गौण एष वादो भवति यत् सम्बन्धिनि स्तोतव्ये सम्बन्ध्यन्तरं स्तूयते । ŚB. on ibid.). -3 a statement contradictory to other arguments; Madhusūdana. -विवेचना discrimination in appreciating the merits of others, a just sense of merit. -विशेषाः external organs, mind and spiritual ignorance; परस्पर- विलक्षणा गुणविशेषाः (बाह्येन्द्रियमनो$हङ्काराश्च) Sāṅ. K.36. -षः a different property. -वृक्षः, -वृक्षकः a mast or a post to which a ship or boat is fastened. -वृत्तिः f. 1 a secondary or unessential condition or relation (opp. मुख्यवृत्ति). -2 the character or style of merits. -वैशेष्यम् pre-eminence of merit; अन्योन्यगुणवैशेष्यान्न किंचिदतिरिच्यते Ms.9.296. -शब्दः an adjective. -संख्यानम् 'enumeration of the three essential qualities', a term applied to the Sāṅkhya (including the Yoga) system of philosophy; ज्ञानं कर्म च कर्ता च त्रिधैव गुणभेदतः प्रोच्यते गुणसंख्याने Bg.18.19. -संगः 1 association with qualities or merits. -2 attachment to objects of sense or worldly pleasures. -संग्रहः a collection of merits or properties; कथं गुणज्ञो विरमेद्विना पशुं श्रीर्यत्प्रवव्रे गुणसंग्रहेच्छया Bhāg.4.2.26. -संपद् f. excellence or richness of merits, great merit, perfection; गुणसंपदा समधिगम्य Ki.5.24. -सागरः 1 'an ocean of merit, a very meritorious man. -2 an epithet of Brahmā. -हीन a. 1 void of merit', meritless; काममामरणात्तिष्ठेद्- गृहे कन्यर्तुमत्यपि । न चैवैनां प्रयच्छेत्तु गुणहीनाय कर्हिचित् Ms.9. 89. -2 poor (as food).
guṇanikā गुणनिका [गुण् भावे युच् स्वार्थे क] 1 Study, repeated reading, repetition; विशेषविदुषः शास्त्रं यत्तवोद्ग्राह्यते पुरः । हेतुः परिचयस्थैर्ये वक्तुर्गुणनिकैव सा ॥ Śi.2.75 (आम्रेडितम् Malli.); श्रुतेर्गुणनिकानिकामपरिपूतवक्त्राम्बुजान् Viś. Guṇā.159. -2 Dancing, the science or profession of dancing. -3 The prologue or introduction to a drama. -4 A garland, necklace; दरिद्राणां चिन्तामणिगुणनिका A. L.3. -5 Determining the value of the various readings of a manuscript. -6 A cipher, the character in arithmetic which expresses nothing.
guṇībhūta गुणीभूत a. 1 Deprived of the original meaning or importance. -2 Made secondary or subordinate; गुणी- भूताः स्म ते राजन् Mb.14.71.24. -3 Invested with attributes. -4 Made or having become a merit or ornament. -5 Varied according to qualities. -6 Having a certain force or application (as a word &c.). -Comp. -व्यङ्ग्यम् (in Rhet.) the second of the three divisions of Kāvya (poetry), in which the charm of the suggested sense is not more striking than that of the expressed one. S. D. thus defines it :-- अपरं तु गुणीभूतव्यङ्ग्यं वाच्यादनुत्तमे व्यङ्ग्ये । 265. This division of Kāvya is further subdivided into 8 classes; see S. D.266 and K. P.5.
gupta गुप्त p. p. [गुप् कर्मणि क्त] 1 Protected, preserved, guarded; गुप्तं ददृशुरात्मानं सर्वाः स्वप्नेषु वामनैः R.1.6. -2 Hidden, concealed, kept secret; Ms.2.16;7.76; 8.374. -3 Secret, private. -4 Invisible, withdrawn from sight. -5 Joined. -प्तः 1 An appellation usually (though not necessarily) added to the name of a Vaiśya; as जन्द्रगुप्तः, समुद्रगुप्तः &c. (Usually शर्मन् or देव is added to the name of a Brāhmaṇa; गुप्त, भूति or दत्त to that of a Vaiśya; and दास to that of a Śūdra; cf. शर्मा देवश्च विप्रस्य वर्मा त्राता च भूभुजः । भूतिर्दत्तश्च वैश्यस्य दासः शूद्रस्य कारयेत्). -2 An epithet of Viṣṇu. -प्तम् ind. Secretly, privately, apart. -प्ता One of the principal female characters in a poetical composition, a lady married to another (परकीया) who conceals her lover's caresses and endearments past, present and future; वृत्तसुरतगोपना, वर्तिष्यमाणसुरतगोपना and वर्तमानसुरतगोपना; see Rasamañjarī 24. -Comp. -कथा a secret or confidential communication, a secret. -गतिः a spy, an emissary. -गृहम् bed-room. -चर a. going secretly. (-रः) 1 an epithet of Balarāma. -2 a spy, an emissary. -दानम् a secret gift or present. -धनम् money kept secret. -वेशः a disguise. -स्नेहा N. of the plant Alangium Hexapetalum (Mar. पिस्ता ?).
gṛhayāyyaḥ गृहयाय्यः A householder; (according to Tv. the form गृहयाप्य given in शब्दकल्पद्रुम is not correct).
gṛhya गृह्य a. [गृह् क्यप्] 1 To be attracted or pleased, as in गुणगृह्य q. v. -2 Domestic; गृह्याणां चैव देवानां नित्यपुष्पबलि- क्रिया Mb.13.141.43. -3 Not master of oneself, dependent. -4 Tame, domesticated. -5 Situated out-side of; ग्रामगृह्या सेना 'an army out-side a village.' -6 Adhering to the party of, being in close relation to; तमार्यगृह्यम् R.2.33. -7 Perceptible; Śvet. Up.1.13. -ह्यः 1 The inmate of a house. -2 A tame animal or bird. -3 The domestic fire. -ह्यम् 1 The anus. -2 A suburb; L. D. B. -3 A domestic affair; गृह्याणि कर्तुमपि Bhāg.1.8.25. -Comp. -अग्निः a sacred fire which every Brāhmaṇa is enjoined to maintain.
gāthā गाथा 1 Verse. -2 A religious verse, but not belonging to any one of the Vedas. -3 A stanza. -4 A song; कदा वाहेयिका गाथाः पुनर्गास्यामि शाकले Mb.8.44.26. -5 A Prākṛita dialect. -6 N. of the Aryā metre. -7 Legend, history (आख्यान); द्विजोपसृष्टः कुहकस्तक्षको वा दशत्वलं गायत विष्णुगाथाः Bhāg.1.19.15. -Comp. -कारः a writer of Prākṛita verses. -नाराशंसी epic songs and particularly those in praise of men or heroes.
go गो m. f. (Nom. गौः) [गच्छत्यनेन, गम् करणे डो Tv.] 1 Cattle, kine (pl.) -2 Anything coming from a cow; such as milk, flesh, leather &c. -3 The stars; वि रश्मिभिः ससृजे सूर्यो गाः Rv.7.36.1. -4 The sky. -5 The thunderbolt of Indra; Ki.8.1. -6 A ray of light; नान्यस्तप्ता विद्यते गोषु देव Mb.1.232.11; बालो$यं गिरिशिखरेषु चारयन् गाः त्रैलोक्यं तिमिरभरेण दुष्टमेतत् (रविः नैर्मल्यं नयति) । Rām. Ch. 7.6. -7 A diamond. -8 Heaven. -9 An arrow. -f. 1 A cow; जुगोप गोरूपधरामिवोर्वीम् R.2.3; क्षीरिण्यः सन्तु गावः Mk.1.6. -2 The earth; दुदोह गां स यज्ञाय R.1.26; गामात्तसारां रघुरप्यवेक्ष्य 5.26;11.36; Bg.15.13; सेको$- नुगृह्णातु गाम् Mu.3.2; Me.3; cf. also the quotation for (-6). -3 Speech, words; कुलानि समुपेतानि गोभिः पुरुषतो$- र्थतः Mb.5.28; रघोरुदारामपि गां निशम्य R.5.12;2.59; Ki.4.2. -4 The goddess of speech, Sarasvatī. -5 A mother. -6 A quarter of the compass. -7 Water; सायं भेजे दिशं पश्चाद्गविष्ठो गां गतस्तदा Bhāg.1.1.36; also pl.; Bhāg.11.7.5. -8 The eye; गोकर्णा सुमुखी कृतेन इषुणा गोपुत्रसंप्रेषिता Mb.8.9.42. -9 A region of the sky. -m. A bull, an ox; असंजातकिणस्कन्धः सुखं स्वपिति गौर्गडिः K. P.1; Ms.4.72; cf. चरद्गव. -2 The hair of the body. -3 An organ of sense; अदान्तगोभिर्विशतां तमिस्रं पुनः पुनश्चर्वितचर्वणानाम् Bhāg..7.5.3. -4 The sign Taurus of the zodiac; Bṛi. S.49. -5 The sun. -6 The number 'nine' (in math.). -7 The moon. -8 A singer. -9 A billion. -1 A cow-sacrifice -11 A house; cf. गौर्वज्रं गौः प्रभा भूमिर्वाणी तोयं त्रिविष्टपम् । धेनुर्बस्तो वृषो दिग्गौर्नेत्रं लज्जा गुरू रमा ॥ इन्द्रियं श्रीरुमा ... Enm. -Comp. -कण्टकः, -कम् 1 a road or spot trodden down by oxen and thus made impassable. -2 the cow's hoof. -3 the print of a cow's hoof. -कर्ण a. having cow's ears. (-र्णः) 1 a cow's ear; गोकर्णसदृशौ कृत्वा करावाबद्धसारणौ Ks.6.57. -2 a mule. -3 a snake; Mb.8.9.42. -4 a span (from the tip of the thumb to that of the ring-finger); गोकर्णशिथिल- श्चरन् Mb.2.68.75; तालः स्मृतो मध्यमया गोकर्णश्चाप्यनामया Brahmāṇḍa P. -5 N. of a place of pilgrimage in the south, sacred to Śiva. श्रितगोकर्णनिकेतमीश्वरम् R.8.33. -6 a kind of deer. -7 a kind of arrow; Mb.8.9.42. -किराटा -किराटिका the Sārikā bird. -किलः, -कीलः 1 a plough -2 a pestle. -कुलम् 1 a herd of kine; वृष्टिव्याकुलगोकुलावनरसादुद्धृत्य गोवर्धनम् Gīt.4; गोकुलस्य तृषा- र्तस्य Mb. -2 a cow-house. -3 N. of a village (where Kṛiṣṇa was brought up). -कुलिक a. 1 one who does not help a cow in the mud. -2 squint-eyed. -कुलोद्भवा an epithet of Durgā. -कृतम् cow-dung. -क्षीरम् cow's milk. -क्षुरम्, -रकम् a cow's hoof. -खरः a beast (पशु); यत्तीर्थबुद्धिः सलिले न कर्हिचिज्जनेष्वभिज्ञेषु स एव गोखरः Bhāg.1.84.13. -खा a nail. -गृष्टिः a young cow which has had only one calf. -गोयुगम् a pair of oxen. -गोष्ठम् a cow-pen, cattle-shed. -ग्रन्थिः 1 dried cowdung. -2 a cow-house. -ग्रहः capture of cattle (गवालम्भ); Mb.12.265.2. -ग्रासः the ceremony of offering a morsel (of grass) to a cow when performing an expiatory rite. -घातः, -घातकः, -घातिन् m. a cow-killer. -घृतम् 1 rain-water. -2 clarified butter coming from a cow. -घ्न a. 1 destructive to cows. -2 one who has killed a cow. -3 one for whom a cow is killed, a guest. -चन्दनम् a kind of sandal-wood. -चर a. 1 grazed over by cattle. -2 frequenting, dwelling, resorting to, haunting पितृसद्मगोचरः Ku.5.77. -3 within the scope, power, or range of; अवाङ्मनसगोचरम् R.1.15; so बुद्धि˚, दृष्टि˚, श्रवण˚ स्वगोचरे दीप्ततरा बभूव Bu. Ch.1.13. -4 moving on earth. -5 accessible to, attainable; त्याग- सूक्ष्मानुगः क्षेम्यः शौचगो ध्यागोचरः Mb.12.236.12. -6 circulating, having a particular meaning, prevalent. (-रः) 1 the range of cattle, pasturage; उपारताः पश्चिम- रात्रिगोचरात् Ki.4.1. -2 (a) a district, department, province, sphere. (b) an abode, dwelling-place, a place of resort; Śi.1.21; Ms.1.39. -3 range of the organs of sense, an object of sense; श्रवणगोचरे तिष्ठ be within ear-shot; नयनगोचरं या to become visible. -4 scope, range, in general; हर्तुर्याति न गोचरम् Bh.2.16. -5 (fig.) grip, hold, power, influence, control; कः कालस्य न गोचरा- न्तरगतः Pt.1.146; गोचरीभूतमक्ष्णोः U.6.26; Māl.5.24; अपि नाम मनागवतीर्णो$सि रतिरमणबाणगोचरम् Māl.1. -6 horizon. -7 field for action, scope; इन्द्रियाणि हयानाहुर्विषयांस्तेषु गोचरान् Kaṭh.3.4. -8 the range of the planets from the Lagna or from each other. ˚पीडा inauspicious position of stars within the ecliptic; गोचर- पीडायामपि राशिर्बलिभिः शुभग्रहैर्दृष्टः (पीडां न करोति) Bṛi.S.41.13. (गोचरीकृ to place within the range (of sight), make current). -चर्मन् n. 1 a cow's hide. -2 a particular measure of surface thus defined by Vasiṣṭha :-- दशहस्तेन वंशेन दशवंशान् समन्ततः । पञ्च चाभ्यधिकान् दद्यादेतद्गोचर्म चोच्यते ॥ ˚वसनः an epithet of Śiva. -चर्या seeking food like a cow; गोचर्यां नैगमश्चरेत् Bhāg.11.18.29. -चारकः cowherd. -चरणम् the tending or feeding of cows; Bhāg.1.38.8. -ज a. 1 born in the earth (rice &c.). -2 produced by milk; अब्जा गोजा ...... Kaṭh.5.2. -जरः an old ox or bull; नाद्रियन्ते यथापूर्वं कीनाशा इव गोजरम् Bhāg.3.3.13. -जलम् the urine of a bull or cow. -जागरिकम् auspiciousness, happiness. (-कः) a preparer of food, baker. -जात a. born in the heaven (gods); गोजाता अप्या मृळता च देवाः Rv.6.5.11. -जिह्वा N. of a plant (Mar. पाथरी). -जिह्विका the uvula. -जीव a. living on cattle (milkman); Hch.1.7. -तल्लजः an excellent bull or cow. -तीर्थम् a cowhouse. -त्रम् [गां भूमिं त्रायते त्रै-क] 1 a cow-pen. -2 a stable in general. -3 a family, race, lineage; गोत्रेण माठरो$स्मि Sk.; so कौशिकगोत्राः, वसिष्ठगोत्राः &c.; Ms.3.19,9.141. -4 a name, appellation; जगाद गोत्र- स्खलिते च का न तम् N.1.3; Ś.6.5; see ˚स्खलित below; मद्गोत्राङ्कं विरचितपदं गेयमुद्गातुकामा Me.88. -5 a multitude. -6 increase. -7 a forest. -8 a field. -9 a road. -1 possessions, wealth. -11 an umbrella, a parasol. -12 knowledge of futurity. -13 a genus, class, species. -14 a caste, tribe, caste according to families. (-त्रः) a mountain; 'गोत्रं नाम्नि कुले$प्यद्रौ' इति यादवः; Śi.9.8. Hence गोत्रोद्दलनः means Indra; cf. इन्द्रे तु गोत्रोद्दलनः कुलघ्ने गिरिदारणे Nm. (-त्रा) 1 a multitude of cows. -2 the earth. ˚उच्चारः recitation of family pedigree. ˚कर्तृ, -कारिन् m. the founder of a family. ˚कीला the earth. ˚ज a. born in the same family, gentile, a relation; Bhāg.3.7.24; Y.2.135. ˚पटः a genealogical table, pedigree. ˚प्रवरः the oldest member or founder of a family. -भिद् m. an epithet of Indra; हृदि क्षतो गोत्रभिदप्यमर्षणः R.3.53;6.73; Ku.2.52. ˚स्खलनम्, ˚स्खलितम् blundering or mistaking in calling (one) by his name, calling by a wrong name; स्मरसि स्मर मेखलागुणैरुत गौत्रस्खलितेषु बन्धनम् Ku.4.8. -द a. giving cows; Ms.4.231. (-दः) brain. (-दा) N. of the river Godāvarī. -दत्र a. Ved. giving cows. (-त्रः) an epithet of Indra. (-त्रम्) a crown (protecting the head). -दन्त a. armed with a coat of mail. (-तम्) 1 yellow orpiment. -2 a white fossil substance. -दानम् 1 the gift of a cow. -2 the ceremony of tonsure or cutting the hair; रामलक्ष्मणयो राजन् गोदानं कारयस्व ह Rām.1.71.23; अथास्य गोदानविधेरनन्तरम् R.3. 33; (see Mallinātha's explanation of the word); कृत- गोदानमङ्गलाः U.1; अतोनं गोदानं दारकर्म च Kau. A.1.5; (Rām. explains the word differently). -3 the part of the head close to the right ear. -दाय a. intending to give cows. -दारणम् 1 a plough. -2 a spade, hoe. -दा, -दावरी N. of a river in the south. -दुह् m., -दुहः 'cow-milker', a cowherd; सुदुघामिव गोदुहे R.1.4.1; चिरं निदध्यौ दुहतः स गोदुहः Śi. -दोहः 1 the milking of cows. -2 the milk of cows. -3 the time of milking cows. -दोहनम् 1 the time of milking cows. -2 the milking of cows; न लक्ष्यते ह्यवस्थानमपि गोदोहनं क्वचित् Bhāg.1.19. 4. -दोहनी a milk-pail. -द्रवः the urine of a bull or cow. -धनम् 1 a herd or multitude of cows, cattle. -2 possession of cows. (-नः) a broad-pointed arrow. -धरः a mountain. -धर्मः the law of cattle, rules relating to cattle; (open and unconcealed intercourse of the sexes); गोधर्मं सौरभेयाच्च सो$धीत्य निखिलं मुनिः । प्रावर्तत तदा कर्तुं श्रद्धावांस्तमशङ्कया ॥ Mb.1.14.26. -धुमः, -धूमः 1 wheat; Bṛi. Up.6.3.13. -2 the orange. ˚चूर्णम् wheat flour; -सम्भवम् a sour paste. -धूलिः 'dust of the cows', the time of sunset or evening twilight (so called because cows, which generally return home at about sunset, raise up clouds of dust by their treading on the earth). -धेनुः a milch-cow with a calf. -भ्रः a mountain. -नन्दा an epithet of the wife of Śiva. -नन्दी the female of the Sārasa bird. -नर्दः 1 the (Indian) crane. -2 an epithet of Śiva (bellowing like a bull). -3 N. of a country. -नर्दीयः an epithet of Patañjali, author of the Mahābhāṣya. -नसः, -नासः 1 a kind of snake. -2 a kind of gem. -नसा the mouth of a cow. -नाथः 1 a bull. -2 an owner of land. -3 a herdsman. -4 an owner of kine. -नायः a cowherd; तद्यथा गोनायो$श्वनायः पुरुषनाय इत्येवं तदप आचक्षते$शनायेति Ch. Up.6.8.3. -नाशनः a wolf. -नासा the projecting snout of a cow or ox. -नासम् a kind of gem. -निष्यन्दः cow's urine. -पः 1 a cowherd (considered as belonging to a mixed tribe); गोपवेशस्य विष्णोः Me.15. -2 the chief of a cowpen. -3 the superintendent of a village. -4 a king. -5 a protector, guardian; Rv.1.61.1. ˚अनसी the wood of a thatch; गोपानसीषु क्षणमास्थितानाम् Śi.3.49. ˚अष्टमी the eighth day of the bright fortnight of Kārttika when Kṛiṣṇa is said to have worn the dress of a cowherd. ˚आटविका a cowherd. ˚कन्या 1 the daughter of a cowherd. -2 a nymph of Vṛindāvana. ˚अध्यक्षः, ˚इन्द्रः, ˚ईशः the chief of herdsmen, an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa. ˚चापः the rainbow. ˚दलः the betel-nut tree. ˚भद्रम् the fibrous root of a water-lily. ˚रसः gum myrrh. ˚राष्ट्राः (pl.) N. of a people. ˚वधूः f. a cowherd's wife; Bhāg.1.9.4. ˚वधूटी a young cowherdess, a young wife of a cowherd; गोपवधूटीदुकूलचौराय Bhāṣā P.1. (-पकः) 1 the superintendent of a district. -2 myrrh. (-पिका) 1 a cowherdess; Bhāg.1.9.14-15. -2 protectress. (-पी) a cowherd's wife (especially applied to the cowherdesses of Vṛindāvana, the companions of Kṛiṣṇa in his juvenile sports). -2 a milk-maid. -3 a protectress. -4 Nature, elementary nature. -पतिः 1 an owner of cows. -2 a bull. -3 a leader, chief. -4 the sun; नीहारमिव गोपतिः Bhāg.1.12.1; Mb.1.173.32. -5 Indra; सुराङ्गना गोपतिचापगोपुरं पुरम् (जहुः) Ki.8.1. -6 N. of Kṛiṣṇa. -7 N. of Śiva. -8 N. of Varuṇa; एष पुत्रो महाप्रज्ञो वरुणस्येह गोपतेः Mb.5.98.11. -9 a king; नासतो विद्यते राजन् स ह्यरण्येषु गोपतिः Mb.12.135.26. -पथः N. of a Brāhmaṇa of Av. -पर्वतम् the name of the place where Pāṇini is said to have performed penance and propitiated Śiva; गोपर्वतमिति स्थानं शम्भोः प्रख्यापितं मया । यत्र पाणिनिना लेभे वैयाकरणिकाग्ऱ्यता ॥ अरुणाचलमाहात्म्यम्- उत्तरार्धः 2 अ. 68 श्लो. -पशुः a sacrificial cow. -पाः m. Ved. 1 a herdsman. -2 protector, or guardian; मन्द्राग्रे- त्वरी भुवनस्य गोपा Av.2.1.57. -पानसी a curved beam which supports a thatch; गोपानसी तु वलभिच्छादने वक्रदारुणि Ak.2.2.15. -पालः 1 a cowherd; Ms.4.253. -2 a king. -3 an epithet of Śiva. -4 an epithet of Kṛ&iṣṇa. ˚धानी a cow-pen, cow-shed. -पालकः 1 a cowherd. -2 a king. -3 an epithet of Śiva; also of Kṛiṣṇa. -पालिः an epithet of Śiva. -पालिका, -पाली the wife of a cowherd; पार्थः प्रस्थापयामास कृत्वा गोपालिकावपुः Mb.1.221.19. -पालितः N. of a lexicographer. -पित्तम् bile of cows, ox-bile (from which the yellow pigment गोरोचना is prepared; गोपित्ततो रोचना Pt.1.94.). -पीतः a species of wagtail. -पीथः protection; अस्माकमृषीणां गोपीथे न उरुष्यतम् Rv.5.65.6. (-थम्) a holy place, a place of pilgrimage. -पुच्छम् a cow's tail. -2 a particular point of an arrow. (-च्छः) 1 a sort of monkey; Bhāg.8.2.22. -2 a sort of necklace consisting of two or four or thirty-four strings. -3 a kind of drum. -पुटिकम् the head of Śiva's bull. -पुत्रः 1 a young bull. -2 an epithet of Karṇa. -पुरम् 1 a town-gate; उत्तुङ्गसौधसुरमन्दिरगोपुरम् Māl.9.1. -2 a principal gate; दधतमुच्चशिलान्तरगोपुराः Ki.5.5. -3 the ornamental gateway of a temple. -पुरीषम् cowdung. -प्रकाण्डम् an excellent cow or bull. -प्रचारः pasture-ground, pasturage for cattle; ग्राम्येच्छया गोप्रचारो भूमी राजवशेन वा Y.2.166. -प्रत (ता) रः 1 a ford for cattle. -2 a place of pilgrimage on the Śarayū; यद्गोप्रतरकल्पो$भूत्संमर्दस्तत्र मज्जताम् । अतस्तदाख्यया तीर्थं पावनं भुवि पप्रथे ॥ R.15.11. -प्रदानम् same as गोदान. -प्रवेशः the time when cows return home, sunset or evening-twilight; गोप्रवेशसमये Bṛi. S.24.35. -फणा 1 a bandage hollowed out so as to fit the chin or nose &c. -2 a sling. -बालः the hair of cows. -भुज् m. a king; गोभुजां वल्लभा लक्ष्मीः Rāj. T.5.6. -भृत् m. 1 a mountain. -2 a king. -मक्षिका a gadfly. -मघ a. granting cattle or cows कदा गोमघा हवनानि गच्छाः Rv.6.35.3. -मंडलम् 1 the globe. -2 a multitude of cows. -मण़्डीरः a kind of an aquatic bird; L. D. B. -मतम् = गव्यूति q. v. -मतल्लिका a tractable cow, an excellent cow; अरिर्मधोरैक्षत गोमतल्लिकाम् Śi.12.41. -मथः a cowherd. -मध्यमध्य a. slender in the waist. -महिषदा N. of one of the Mātṛis attending on कार्तिकेय. -मांसम् beef. -मायु 1 a kind of frog. -2 a jackal; अनुहंकुरुते घनध्वनिं न हि गोमायुरुतानि केसरी Śi.16. 25. -3 bile of a cow. -4 N. of a Gandharva. -मीनः a kind of fish. -मुखः, -मुखम् [गोर्मुखमिव मुखमस्य] a kind of musical instrument; Bg.1.13; गोमुखानां च शृङ्गाणाम- नीकद्वयवर्तिनाम् Śiva. B.24.55. (-खः) 1 a crocodile, shark. -2 a hole of a particular shape in a wall made by thieves. (-खम्) 1 a house built unevenly. -2 spreading unguents, smearing; 'गोमुखं कुटिलाकारे वाद्यभाण्डे विलेपने' इति विश्वः; यस्यामलिन्देषु न चक्रुरेव मुग्धाङ्गना गोमयगो- मुखानि Śi.3.48. (-खम्, -खी) a cloth-bag of the shape of a gnomon containing a rosary, the beads of which are counted by the hand thrust inside. -2 a house built unevenly. -3 a particular method of sitting (a योगासन) (-खी) the chasm in the Himālaya mountains through which the Ganges flows. -मूढ a. stupid as a bull. -मूत्रम् cow's urine. -मूत्रकः a variety of lapis lazuli (बैदूर्य); Kau. A.2.11. -कम् a particular attitude (मण्डल) in गदायुद्ध; दक्षिणं मण्डलं सव्यं गोमूत्रकमथापि च । व्यचर- त्पाण्डवो राजन्नरिं संमोहयन्निव ॥ Mb.9.58.23. -a. zigzagging, going unevenly. -मूत्रिका 1 an artificial verse, the second of which repeats nearly all the syllables of the first. (Malli. thus defines it :-- वर्णानामेकरूपत्वं यद्येकान्तरमर्धयोः गोमूत्रिकेति तत्प्राहुर्दुष्करं तद्विदो विदुः ॥ see Śi.19.46.) -2 a form of calculation. -मृगः a kind of ox (गवय). -मेदः a gem brought from the Himālaya and Indus, described as of four different colours:-- white, pale-yellow, red, and dark-blue. -मेदकः 1 see गोमेद. -2 a kind of poison (काकोल). -3 smearing the body with unguents. -मेधः, -यज्ञः a cow-sacrifice; Rām.7.25.8. -यानम्, -रथः a carriage drawn by oxen; Rām.2.82.26; Ms. 11.174. -युक्त a. drawn by oxen. -युतम् 1 a cattle station. -2 a measure of two Krośas (गव्यूत); गोयुते गोयुते चैव न्यवसत्पुरुषर्षभः Mb.14.65.22. -रक्षः 1 a cowherd. -2 keeping or tending cattle. -3 the orange. -4 an epithet of Śiva. ˚जम्बू f. wheat. -रक्षणम् tending cattle (with religious faith). -रङ्कुः 1 a water-fowl -2 a prisoner. -3 a naked man, a mendicant wandering about without clothes. -4 a chanter. -रवम् saffron. -रसः cow's milk. -2 curds. -3 buttermilk. -4 the flavour of a sentence; को रसो गोरसं विना Udb. ˚जम् buttermilk. -राजः an excellent bull. -राटिका, -राटी the Sārikā bird. -रुतम् a measure of distance equal to two Krośas. -रूपम् the form of a cow. (-पः) N. of Śiva. -रोचम् yellow orpiment. -रोचना a bright yellow pigment prepared from the urine or bile of a cow, or found in the head of a cow. -लवणम् a measure of salt given to a cow. -लाङ्गु- (गू) लः a kind of monkey with a dark body, red cheeks and a tail like that of a cow; गोलाङ्गूलः कपोलं छुरयति रजसा कौसुमेन प्रियायाः Māl.9.3. -लोकः a part of heaven, cow-world. -लोभिका, -लोभी 1 a prostitute. -2 white Dūrvā grass. -3 Zedoary. -4 N. of a shrub. -वत्सः a calf. ˚आदिन m. a wolf. -वधः the killing of a cow; Ms.11.59. -वर्धनः a celebrated hill in वृन्दावन the country about Mathurā. ('This hill was lifted up and supported by Kṛiṣṇa upon one finger for seven days to shelter the cowherds from a storm of rain sent by Indra to test Kṛiṣṇa's divinity.') ˚धरः, ˚धरिन् m. an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa. -वरम् pounded cowdung. -वशा a barren cow. -वाटम्, -वासः a cow-pen. -वासन a. covered with an ox-hide. -विकर्तः, -विकर्तृ m. 1 the killer of a cow; Mb.4.2.9. -2 a husbandman. -विततः a horse-sacrifice having many cows. -विन्दः 1 a cowkeeper, a chief herdsman. -2 N. of Kṛiṣṇa. -3 Bṛihaspati. ˚द्वादशी the twelfth day in the light half of the month of फाल्गुन -विष् f., -विष्ठा cowdung. -विषाणिकः a kind of musical instrument; Mb.6.44.4. -विसर्गः day-break (when cows are let loose to graze in forests); Rām.7.111.9. -वीथिः f. N. of that portion of the moon's path which contains the asterisms भाद्रपदा, रेवती and अश्विनी, or according to some, हस्त, चित्रा and स्वाती Bṛi. S.9.2. -वीर्यम् the price received for milk. -वृन्दम् a drove of cattle. -वृन्दारकः an excellent bull or cow. -वृषः, -वृषभः an excellent bull; न तां शेकुर्नृपा वोढुमजित्वा सप्त गोवृषान् Bhāg 1.58.33. ˚ध्वजः an epithet of Śiva. -वैद्यः a quack docter. -व्रजः 1 a cow-pen. -2 a herd of cows. -3 a place where cattle graze. -व्रत, -व्रतिन् a. one who imitates a cow in frugality; ...अत्र गोव्रतिनो विप्राः ... ॥ यत्रपत्रशयो नित्यं येन केन- चिदाशितः । येन केनचिदाच्छन्नः स गोव्रत इहोच्यते ॥ Mb.5.99. 13-14. -शकृत् n. cowdung; Ms.2.182. -शतम् a present of a hundred cows to a Brāhmaṇa. -शालम्, -ला a cow-stall. -शीर्षः, -र्षम् a kind of sandal; Kau. A.2.11. -2 a kind of weapon (arrow ?); Mb.7.178. 23. -षड्गवम् three pairs of kine. -षन्, -षा a. Ved. acquiring or bestowing cows. -षा (सा) तिः 1 acquiring cattle; or fighting for cattle. गोषाता यस्य ते गिरः Rv.8.84.7. -2 giving cattle. -ष्टोमः a kind of sacrifice fasting for one day. -संख्यः a cowherd. -सदृक्षः a species of ox (गवय). -सर्गः the time at which cows are usually let loose, day-break; see गोविसर्ग. -सवः a kind of cow-sacrifice (not performed in the Kali age); Mb.3.3.17. -सहस्रम् a kind of present (महादान). (-स्त्री) N. of two holidays on the fifteenth day of the dark half of कार्तिक and ज्येष्ठ. -सावित्री N. of a hymn (cf. गायत्री). -सूत्रिका a rope fastened at both ends having separate halters for each ox or cow. -स्तनः 1 the udder of a cow. -2 a cluster of blossoms, nosegay &c. -3 a pearl-necklace of four strings. -4 a kind of fort. -स्तना, -नी a bunch of grapes. -स्थानम्, -क्रम् a cow-pen. -स्वामिन् m. 1 an owner of cows. -2 a religious mendicant. -3 an honorary title affixed to proper names; (e. g. वोपदेवगोस्वामिन्). -हत्या cow-slaughter. -हल्लम् (sometimes written हन्नम्) cow-dung. -हरः, -हरणम् stealing of cows; गोष्ठमुत्किरति गोहरं वदेत् Bṛi. S.89.9. (v. l.) -हित a. cherishing or protecting kine. (-तः) N. of Viṣṇu.
gauḍaḥ गौडः 1 N. of a country; the स्कन्दपुराण thus describes its position :-- वङ्गदेशं समारभ्य भुवनेशान्तगः शिवे । गौडदेशः समाख्यातः सर्वविद्याविशारदः ॥ -2 A particular subdivision of Brāhmaṇas. -3 see गोण्डः above. L. D. B. -डाः (pl.) The inhabitants of Gauḍa. -डी 1 Spirit distilled from molasses; गौडी पैष्ठी च माध्वी च विज्ञेया त्रिविधा सुरा Ms. 11.95. -2 One of the Rāgiṇis. -3 (In rhet.) One of the Ritis or Vrittis or styles of poetic composition; S. D. mentions four Ritis, while K. P. only three, गौडी being another name for पुरुषा वृत्ति; ओजःप्रकाशकैस्तैः (वर्णैः) तु परुषा (i. e. गौडी) M. P.7; ओजःप्रकाशकैर्वर्णैर्बन्ध आडम्बरः पुनः समासबहुला गौडी S. D.627. Here is an illustration : उन्मीलन्मधुगन्धलुब्धमधुपव्याधूतचूताङ्कुरः क्रीडत्कोकिलकाकंलीकलकलैरु- द्गीर्णकर्णज्वराः । नीयन्ते पथिकैः कथं कथमपि ध्यानावधानक्षणप्राप्त- प्राणसमासमागमरसोल्लासैरमी वासराः ॥ अलंकारशेखर 6. -डम् Sweet- meats; भोजनानि सुपूर्णानि गौडानि च सहस्रशः Rām.1.53.4. -a. Relating to or prepared from molasses; विविधानि च गौडानि खाण्डवानि तथैव च Rām.7.92.12. -Comp. -पादः N. of a commentator. -मालवः N. of a Rāga.
grathanam ग्रथनम् 1 Coagulation, thickening, becoming obstructed or clogged with knotty lumps. -2 Stringing together. -3 Composing, writing; (ना also in these senses).
grathita ग्रथित p. p. [ग्रन्थ् संदर्भे क्त नलोपः] 1 Strung or tied together. -2 Composed; कालिदासग्रथितवस्तुना नाटकेन Ś.1; वर्णैः कतिपयैरेव ग्रथितस्य स्वरैरिव Śi.2.72. -3 Arranged, classed. -4 Thickened, coagulated. -5 Knotty. -6 Hardened. -7 Hurt, injured. -8 Seized, taken possession of. -9 Overcome. -तम् A tumor with hard knots.
granthiḥ ग्रन्थिः 1 A knot, bunch, protuberance in general; स्तनौ मांसग्रन्थी कनककलशावित्युपमितौ Bh.3.2; so मेदोग्रन्थि. -2 A tie or knot of a cord, garment &c; इदमुपहितसूक्ष्म- ग्रन्थिना स्कन्धदेशे Ś.1.19; Mk.1.1; Ms.2.4; Bh.1. 57. -3 A knot tied in the end of a garment for keeping money; hence, purse, money, property; कुसीदाद् दारिद्य्रं परकरगतग्नन्थिशमनात् Pt.1.11. -4 The joint or knot of a reed, cane &c. Mv.3.32. -5 A joint of the body. -6 Crookedness, distortion, falsehood, perversion of truth. -7 Swelling and hardening of the vessels of the body. -8 A difficult portion; ग्रन्थग्रन्थिं तदा चक्रे मुनिर्गूढं कुतूहलात् Mb.1.1.8. -9 A bell, gong; गृहीत्वा ग्रन्थिमुसलं मूढो भिक्षुरवादयत् Ks.65.135. -Comp. -छेदकः, -भेदः, -मोचकः a cut-purse, a pick pocket; अङ्गुलीग्रन्थिभेदस्य छेदयेत् प्रथमे ग्रहे Ms.9.277; Y.2.274; Ś.6. -पर्णः, -र्णम् 1 N. of a fragrant tree; न ग्रन्थिपर्णप्रणयाश्चरन्ति कस्तूरिकागन्धमृगा- स्तृणेषु Vikr.1.17. -2 a kind of perfume. -बन्धनम् 1 tying together the garments of the bride and the bridegroom at the marriage ceremony. -2 tying a knot. -3 a ligament. -मूलम् garlic. -वज्रकः a kind of steel. -हरः a minister.
granthimat ग्रन्थिमत् a. Knotty, tied by a knot; कृष्णत्वचं ग्रन्थिमतीं दधानम् Ku.3.46.
granthila ग्रन्थिल a. [ग्रन्थिर्विद्यते$स्य सिध्मा˚लच्] Knotted, knotty. -लम् 1 The root of long pepper. -2 Undried ginger.
grahaḥ ग्रहः [ग्रह्-अच्] 1 Seizing, grasping, laying hold of, seizure, रुरुधुः कचग्रहैः R.19.31. -2 A grip, grasp, hold; विक्रम्य कौशिकं खड्गं मोक्षयित्वा ग्रहं रिपोः Mb.3.157.11; कर्कटक- ग्रहात् Pt.1.26. -3 Taking, receiving, accepting; receipt. -4 Stealing, robbing; अङ्गुलीग्रन्थिभेदस्य छेदयेत्प्रथमे ग्रहे Ms.9.277; so गोग्रहः. -5 Booty, spoil. -6 Eclipse; see ग्रहण. -7 A planet, (sometimes more particularly 'Rāhu'; वध्यमाने ग्रहेणाथ आदित्ये मन्युराविशत् Mb.1.24.7.) (the planets are nine :-- सूर्यश्चन्द्रो मङ्गलश्च बुधश्चापि बृहस्पतिः । शुक्रः शनैश्चरो राहुः केतुश्चेति ग्रहा नव ॥); नक्षत्रताराग्रहसंकुलापि (रात्रिः) R.6.22;3.13;12.28; गुरुणा स्तनभारेण मुखचन्द्रेण भास्वता । शनैश्चराभ्यां पादाभ्यां रेजे ग्रहमयीव सा ॥ Bh.1.17. -8 Mentioning; utterance, repeating (as of a name) नामजातिग्रहं त्वेषामभिद्रोहेण कुर्वतः Ms.8.271; Amaru.85. -9 A shark, crocodile. -1 An imp in general. -11 A particular class of evil demons supposed to seize upon children and produce convulsions &c. cf. Mb. Crit. ed. 3.219.26; कृष्णग्रहगृहीतात्मा न वेद जगदीदृशम् Bhāg.7.4.38. -12 Apprehension, perception; ज्योतिश्चक्षुर्गुणग्रहः. ...... श्रोत्रं गुणग्रहः Bhāg.2.1.21-22. -13 An organ or instrument of apprehension; Bṛi. Up.3.2.1. -14 Tenacity, perseverance, persistence; नृणां स्वत्वग्रहो यतः Bhāg.7.14.11. -15 Purpose, design. -16 Favour, patronage. -17 The place of a planet in the fixed zodiac. -18 The number 'nine'. -19 Any state of mind which proceeds from magical influences. -2 A house. -21 A spoonful, ladleful; ग्रहान्त्सोमस्य मिमते द्वादश Rv.1.114.5. -22 A ladle or vessel; चमसानां ग्रहाणां च शुद्धिः प्रक्षालनेन तु Ms.5.116. -23 The middle of a bow. -24 A movable point in the heavens. -25 Keeping back, obstructing. -26 Taking away, depriving; प्राण˚ Pt.1.295. -27 Preparation for war; ग्रहो$वग्रहनिर्बन्धग्रहणेषु रणोद्यमे । सूर्यादौ पूतनादौ च सैंहिकेये$पि तत् त्रिषु । Nm. -28 A guest (अतिथि); यथा सिद्धस्य चान्नस्य ग्रहायाग्रं प्रदीयते Mb.13.1.6. -29 Imprisoning, imprisonment; Mb.13.136.11. -Comp. -अग्रेसरः the moon; Dk.8.1. -अधीन a. subject to planetary influence. -अवमर्दनः an epithet of Rāhu. (-नम्) friction of the planets. -अधीशः the sun. -आधारः, -आश्रयः polar star (as the fixed centre of the planets). -आमयः 1 epilepsy. -2 demoniacal possession. -आलुञ्चनम् pouncing on one's prey, tearing it to pieces; श्येनो ग्रहालुञ्चने Mk.3.2. -आवर्तः horoscope. -ईशः the sun. -एकत्वन्यायः the rule according to which the gender and number of उद्देशपद is not necessarily combined along with the action laid down in the विधेयपद. This is discussed by जैमिनि and शबर at MS. III.1.13-15 (opp. of अरुणान्याय or पश्वेकत्वन्याय). -कल्लोलः an epithet of Rāhu. -कुण्डलिका the mutual relation of planets and prophecy derived from it. -गणितम् the astronomical part of a ज्योतिःशास्त्र. -गतिः the motion of the planets. -ग्रामणी the sun. -चिन्तकः an astrologer. -दशा the aspect of a planet, the time during which it continues to exercise its influence. -देवता the deity that presides over a planet. -नायकः 1 the sun. -2 an epithet of Saturn. -निग्रहौ (du.) reward and punishment. -नेमिः 1 the moon. -2 the section of the moon's course between the asterisms मूल and मृगशीर्ष. -पतिः 1 the sun. -2 the moon; तस्य विस्तीर्यते राज्यं ज्योत्स्ना ग्रहपतेरिव Mb.12.118.15. -पीडनम्, -पीडा 1 oppression caused by a planet. -2 an eclipse; शशिदिवाकरयोर्ग्रहपीडनम् Bh.2.91; H.1.51; Pt.2.19. -पुषः the sun. -भक्तिः f. division of countries &c. with respect to the presiding planets. -भोजनः 1 oblation offered to the planets. -2 a horse. -मण्डलम्, -ली the circle of the planets. -यज्ञः, -यागः worship or sacrifice offered to the planets. -युतिः, -योगः conjunction of planets. -युद्ध opposition of planets. -राजः 1 the sun. -2 the moon. -3 Jupiter. -लाघवम् N. of an astronomical work of the 16th century. -वर्षः the planetary year. -विप्रः an astrologer. -शान्तिः f. propitiation of planets by sacrifices &c. -शृङ्गाटकम् triangular position of the planets with reference to one another. -सङ्गमः conjunction of planets. -स्वरः the Ist note of a musical piece.
grāmaḥ ग्रामः [ग्रस्-मन् आदन्तादेशः] 1 A village, hamlet; पत्तने विद्यमाने$पि ग्रामे रत्नपरीक्षा M.1; त्यजेदेकं कुलस्यार्थे ग्रामस्यार्थे कुलं त्यजेत् । ग्रामं जनपदस्यार्थे स्वात्मार्थे पृथिवीं त्यजेत् ॥ H.1.129; R.1.44; Me.3. -2 A race, community; कथा ग्रामं न पृच्छसि Rv.1.146.1. -3 A multitude, collection (of anything); e. g. गुणग्राम, इन्द्रियग्राम; Bg.8.19;9.8. शस्त्रास्त्र- ग्रामकोविदः Bm.1.611,613. -4 A gamut, scale in music; स्फुटीभवद्ग्रामविशेषमूर्च्छनाम् Śi.1.1. -Comp. -अक्षपटलिकः a village archioist; Hch.7.23. -अधिकृतः, -अधिपः, -अधिपतिः, -अध्यक्षः, -ईशः, -ईश्वरः superintendent, head, chief of a village; ग्रामाधिपस्य तरुणीमहं भार्यां सदा भजे Ks.64.115; Ms.7.115. -अन्तः the border of a village, space near a village; Ms.4.116;11.78. -अन्तरम् another village. -अन्तिकम् the neighbourhood of a village. -अन्तीय a. situated in the neighbourhood of a village; Ms.8.24. -यम् space near a village. -आचारः a village custom. -आधानम् hunting. -उपाध्यायः the village priest. -कण्टकः 1 'the village-pest', one who is a source of trouble to the village. -2 a tale-bearer. -काम a. 1 one wishing to take possession of a village. -2 fond of living in villages. -कायस्थ a village scribe. -कुक्कुटः a domestic cock; Ms.5.12,19. -कुमारः 1 one beautiful in a village. -2 a village-boy. -कूटः 1 the noblest man in a village. -2 a Śūdra. -गृह्य a. being outside a village. -गृह्यकः a village-carpenter. -गोदुहः the herdsman of a village. -घातः plundering a village; Ms.9.274. -घोषिन् a. sounding among men or armies (as a drum); प्रवेदकृद् बहुधा ग्रामघोषी Av. 5.2.9. -m. an epithet of Indra. -चर्या sexual intercourse; (स्त्रीसंभोग). -चैत्यः a sacred fig-tree of a village; नीडारम्भैर्गृहबलिभुजामाकुलग्रामचैत्याः Me.23. -ज, -जात a. 1 village-born, rustic. -2 grown in cultivated ground; Ms.6.16. -जालम् a number of villages, a district. -णीः 1 the leader or chief of a village or community; तयोर्युद्धं समभवद्रक्षोग्रामणिमुख्ययोः Mb.7.19.3. -2 a leader or chief in general. -3 a barber. -4 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -5 a libidinous man. -6 a yakṣa; उन्नह्यन्ति रथं नागा ग्रामण्यो रथयोजकाः Mb.12.11.48. (-f.) 1 a whore, harlot. -2 the indigo plant. ˚पुत्रः a bastard, the son of a harlot. -तक्षः a village-carpenter; P.V.4.95. -देवता the tutelary deity of a village. -द्रुमः a sacred tree in a village. -धर्मः 1 the observances or customs of a village. -2 sexual intercourse. -धान्यम् a cultivated grain (like rice); ग्रामधान्यं यथा शून्यं यथा कूपश्च निर्जलः Mb.12.36.48. See ग्राम्यधान्यम्. -पालः 1 the guardian of a village. -2 army for the protection of a village. -पुरुषः the chief of a village. -प्रेष्यः the messenger or servant of a community or village. -मद्गुरिका 1 a riot, fray, village tumult. -2 N. of a fish (or a plant) -मुखम् a market. -मृगः a dog. -याजकः, -याजिन् m. 1 'the village priest,' a priest who conducts the religious ceremonies for all classes and is consequently considered as a degraded Brāhmaṇa; Ms.4.25. -2 the attendant of an idol. -युद्धम् a riot, fray. -लुण्ठनम् plundering a village. -वासः (ग्रामेवासः also) 1 a villager. -2 residence in a village. -विशेषः a variety of scales in music; स्फुटीभवद्ग्रामविशेषमूर्च्छना Śi. -वृद्धः an old villager; प्राप्यावन्तीनुदयनकथाकोविदग्रामवृद्धान् Me.3. -षण्डः an impotent man (क्लीब). -संकरः the common sewer or drain of a village. -संघः a villagecorporation. -सिंहः a dog; व्यमुञ्चन्विविधा वाचो ग्रामसिंहास्त- तस्ततः Bhāg.3.17.1. -स्थः a. 1 a villager. -2 a covillager. -हासकः a sister's husband.
ghaṭ घट् I. 1 Ā. (घटते, जघटे, अघटिष्ट, घटितुम्, घटित) 1 To be busy with, strive after, exert oneself for, be intently occupied with anything (with inf. loc., or dat.); घटस्व ज्ञातिभिः सह Bhāg.8.71.6; दयितां त्रातुमलं घटस्व Bk.1.4; अङ्गदेन समं योद्धुमघटिष्ट 15.77,12.26,16.23;2.24;22.31. -2 To happen, take place, be possible; प्राणैस्तपोभि- रथवा$भिमतं मदीयैः कृत्यं घटेत सुहृदो यदि तत्कृतं स्यात् Māl.1.9 if it can be effected; कस्यापरस्योडुमयैः प्रसूनैर्वादित्रसृष्टि- र्घटते भटस्य N.22.22; उभयथापि घटते Ve.3; प्रसीदेति ब्रूयामिदमसति कोपे न घटते Ratn.2.19 is not proper &c. -3 To be united with; दुर्दर्शनेन घटतामियमप्यनेन Māl.2.8. -4 To come to, reach. -Caus. (घटयति) 1 To unite, join, bring together; इत्थं नारीर्घटयितुमलं कामिभिः Śi.9.87; अनेन भैमीं घटयिष्यतस्तथा N.1.46; क्रुधा संधिं भीमो विघटयति यूयं घटयत Ve.1.1; Bk.11.11. -2 To bring or place near to, bring in contact with, put on; घटयति घनं कण्ठाश्लेषे रसान्न पयोधरौ Ratn.3.9; घटय जघने काञ्चीम् Gīt.12. -3 To accomplish, bring about, effect; तटस्थः स्वानर्थान् घटयति च मौनं च भजते Māl.1.14; (अभिमतं) आनीय झटिति घटयति Ratn.1.7; Bh.2.12. -4 To form, fashion, shape, work out, make; एवमभिधाय वैनतेयं ... अघटयत् Pt.1; कान्ते कथं घटितवानुपलेन चेतः Ś Til.3; घटय भुजबन्धनम् Gīt.1. -5 To prompt, impel; स्नेहौघो घटयति मां तथापि वक्तुम् Bk. 1.73. -6 To rub, touch. -7 To exert oneself for. -8 To move, agitate. -II. 1 U. (घाटयति, घाटित) 1 To hurt, injure, kill. -2 To unite, join, bring or collect together. -3 To shine.
ghargharā घर्घरा री 1 A bell used as an ornament. -2 A girdle of small bells. -3 The Ganges. -4 A kind of lute. -5 A bell hanging on the neck of a horse. -6 One of the notes in music (n. also).
ṅu ङु 1 Ā. (ङवते) To sound. together; (in this sense it is used with each of the words or assertions which it joins together; or it is used after the last of the words or assertions so joined but it never stands first in a sentence); मनो निष्ठाशून्यं भ्रमति च किमप्यालिखति च Māl.1.31; तौ गुरुर्गुरुपत्नी च प्रीत्या प्रतिननन्दतुः R.1.57; Ms.1.64;3.5; कुलेन कान्त्या वयसा नवेन गुणैश्च तैस्तैर्विनयप्रधानैः R.6.79; Ms.1.15;3.116. -2 Disjunction (but, still, yet); शान्तमिदमाश्रमपदं स्फुरति च बाहुः Ś.1.14. -3 Certainly, determination, (indeed certainly, exactly, quite, having the force of एव); अतीतः पन्थानं तव च महिमा वाङ्मनसयोः G. M.; ते तु यावन्त एवाजौ तावांश्च ददृशे स तैः R.12.45. -4 Condition (if = चेत्); जीवितुं चेच्छसे (= इच्छसे चेद्) मूढ हेतुं मे गदतः शृणु Mb; लोभ- श्चास्ति (अस्ति चेद्) गुणेन किम् Bh.2.45 v. l. -5 It is often used expletively (पादपूरणार्थे); भीमः पार्थस्तथैव च G. M. (Lexicographers give, besides the above, the following senses of च which are included in the general idea of copulation; 1 अन्वाचय joining a subordinate fact with a principal one; भो भिक्षामट गां चानय; see अन्वाचय. -2 समा- हार collective combination; as पाणी च पादौ च पाणिपादम् -3 इतरेतरयोग or mutual connection; as प्लक्षश्च न्यग्रोधश्च प्लक्ष- न्यग्रोधौ. -4 समुच्चय aggregation; as पचति च पठति च). च is frequently repeated with two assertions (1) in the sense of 'on the one hand-on the other hand', 'though-yet', to denote antithesis; न सुलभा सफलेन्दुमुखी च सा किमपि चेद- मनङ्गविचेष्टितम् V.2.9;4.3; R.16.7; or (2) to express simultaneous or undelayed occurrence of two events (no sooner than, as soon as); ते च प्रापुरुदन्वन्तं बुबुधे चादि- पूरुषः R.1.6;3.4;11.5,81; Ku.3.58,66; Ś 6.7; Māl.9.39. -Comp. -आदि a Gaṇa of Pāṇini (including the indeclinable particles, P.I.4.57). -कारः the particle च; P.II.3.72, Kāśi. -समासः a Dvandva compound; Vop.
cana चन ind. Not, not also, even not; आपश्चन प्र मिनाति व्रतं वाम् Rv.2.24.12; (not used by itself, but found used in combination with the pronoun किम् or its derivatives, such as कद्, कथं, क्व, कदा, कुतः to which it imparts an indefinite sense; see under किम्). Note:-- Some regard चन to be not a separate word, but a combination of च and न.
candra चन्द्र a. [चन्द् णिच् रक्] Ved. 1 Glittering, bright, shining (as gold). -2 Lovely, beautiful. -न्द्रः 1 The moon; यथा प्रह्लादनाच्चन्द्रः R.4.12; हृतचन्द्रा तमसेव कौमुदी 8. 37; न हि संहरते ज्योत्स्नां चन्द्रश्चाण्डालवेश्मनि H.1.61; मुख˚, वदन˚ &e.; पर्याप्तचन्द्रेव शरत्त्रियामा Ku.7.26 (for mythological account see सोम). -2 The moon, as a planet. -3 Camphor; विलेपनस्याधिकचन्द्रभागताविभावनाच्चापललाप पाण्डुताम् N.1.51. -4 The eye in a peacock's tail. -5 Water. -6 Gold (n. also). -7 A lovely or agreeable phenomenon -8 A spot similar to the moon. -9 The symbol or mark of a Visarga. -1 A reddish kind of pearl. -11 The fifth lunar mansion. -12 The number 'one' (used at the end of comp. चन्द्र means 'excellent', 'eminent' or 'illustrious'; as पुरुषचन्द्रः 'a moon of men', an excellent or illustrious man). -न्द्रा 1 Small cardamoms. -2 An open hall only furnished with a roof. -3 An awning, a canopy. -Comp. -अंशुः 1 Viṣṇu. -2 a moon-beam. -अर्धः the half moon; Pt.4. ˚चूडामणिः, ˚मौलिः, ˚शेखरः epithet of Śiva. -आतपः 1 moon-light. -2 awning. -3 an open hall only furnished with a roof. -आत्मजः, -औरसः, -जः, -जातः, -तनयः, -नन्दनः, -पुत्रः the planet Mercury. -आतपः the moon-light; चन्द्रातपमिव रसतामुपेतम् K. -आदित्यौ 1 The moon and the sun. -2 N. of curls on the forehead of a horse; चन्द्रादित्यौ ललाटस्थौ नृपाणां जयवर्धनौ Śālihotra of Bhoja 25. -आनन a. moon-faced. (-नः) an epithet of Kārtikeya. -आपीडः an epithet of Śiva. -आभासः 'false moon', an appearance in the sky reembling the real moon. -आह्वयः camphor. -इष्टा a lotus plant, or a collection of lotuses, blossoming during the night. -उदयः 1 moon-rise. -2 awning. -3 a mercurial preparation used in medicine. (-या) a kind of medicine for the eyes. -उपलः the moon stone. -कला 1 a digit of the moon; राहोश्चन्द्रकलामिवाननचरीं दैवात्समासाद्य मे Māl.5.28. -2 the crescent before or after the new moon. -3 A cattle-drum. -4 A kind of fish; L. D. B. -कान्तः, -मणिः the moon-stone (supposed to ooze away under the influence of the moon); द्रवति च हिमश्मावुद्गते चन्द्रकान्तः U.6.12; Śi.4.58; Amaru.57; Bh.1.21; Māl.1.24. (-तः, -तम्) the white eatable water-lily blossoming during the night. (-तम्) sandal-wood. -कान्ता 1 a night. -2 the wife of the moon. -3 moonlight. -कान्तिः f. moon-light. -n. silver. -कुल्या N. of a river in Kashmir; अवतारयतस्तस्य चन्द्रकुल्याभिधां नदीम् Rāj. T.1.318. -क्षयः the new-moon-day or the last day of a lunar month (अमा) when the moon is not visible. -गृहम् the fourth sign of the zodiac, Cancer. -गोलः the world of the moon, lunar sphere. ˚रथः a deceased progenitor, the manes. -गोलिका moon-light. -ग्रहणम् an eclipse of the moon. -चन्चला a small fish. -चूडः, -मौलिः, -शेखरः, -चूडामणिः epithets of Śiva; ('having the moon for his crest', 'moon-crested'); रहस्युपालभ्यत चन्द्र- शेखरः Ku.5.58,86; R.6.34; नखेन कस्य धन्यस्य चन्द्रचूडो भविष्यति Udb. -दाराः (m. pl.) 'the wives of the moon', the 27 lunar mansions mythologically regarded as so many daughters of Dakṣa and married to the moon. -द्युतिः sandal-wood. -f. moon-light. -नामन् m. camphor. -निभ a. bright, handsome. -निर्णिज् a. having a brilliant garment; पतरेव चचरा चन्द्रनिर्णिक् Rv.1.16.8. -पञ्चागम् the luni-solar calendar. -पादः a moon-beam; नियमितपरिखेदा तच्छिरश्चन्द्रपादैः Me. 7; Māl.3.12. -प्रज्ञप्तिः f. N. of the sixth Upāṅga of the Jainas. -प्रभा moon-light. -प्रासादः An apartment at the house-top; Ks. -बाला 1 large cardamoms. -2 moon-light. -बिन्दु the sign for the nasal () -बुध्न a. having a bright standing ground; चन्द्रबुध्नो मदवृद्धो मनीषिभिः Rv.1.52.3. -भस्मन् n. camphor. -भागा N. of a river in the south. -भासः a sword; see चन्द्रहास. -भूति n. silver. -मणिः the moon-stone -मण्डलम् 1 the orb or disc of the moon. -2 the lunar sphere. -3 a halo round the moon. -मुखी a moon-faced (i. e. lovely) woman. -रेखा, -लेखा the digit or streak of the moon; अथवा रत्नाकराद् ऋते कुतश्चन्द्रलेखायाः प्रसूतिः Nāg.2. -रेणुः a plagiarist. -लोकः the world of the moon. -लोहकम्, -लौहम्, -लौहकम् silver. -वंशः the lunar race of kings, the second great line of royal dynasties in India. -वदन a. a moon-faced. -वल्ली, -वल्लरी The soma plant; L. D. B. -व्रतम् 1 a kind of vow or penance = चान्द्रायण q. v. -2 a regal property or virtue. -विहंगमः A kind of bird; L. D. B. -शाला 1 a room on the top (of a house &c.); चन्द्रशाला शिरोगृहम् Amar.; वियद्गतः पुष्पकचन्द्रशालाः क्षणं प्रतिश्रुन्मुखराः करोति R.13.4. -2 moonlight. -शालिका a room on the top of a house. -शिला the moon-stone; प्रह्लादिता चन्द्रशिलेव तूर्णम् Bk.11.15; ननु भणामि एषा सा चन्द्रमणिशिलेति Nāg.2. -संज्ञः camphor. -संभव N. of Budha or Mercury. (-वा) small cardamoms. -सालोक्य attainment of the lunar heaven. -हन् m. an epithet of Rāhu. -हासः 1 a glittering sword. -2 the sword of Rāvaṇa; हे पाणयः किमिति वाञ्छथ चन्द्रहासम् B. R.1.56,61. -3 N. of a king of Kerala, son of Sudhārmika. [He was born under the Mūla asterism and his left foot had a redundant toe; for this his father was killed by his enemies, and the boy was left an orphan in a state of destitution. After much exertion he was restored to his kingdom. He became a friend of Krisna and Arjuna when they came to the South in the course of their wanderings with the sacrificial horse.] (-सम्) silver.
caraṇaḥ चरणः णम् [चर्-करणे ल्युट्] 1 A foot; शिरसि चरण एष न्यस्यते वारयैनम् Ve.3.38; जात्या काममवध्यो$सि चरणं त्विदमुद्धृतम् 39. -2 A support, pillar, prop. -3 The root of a tree. -4 The single line of a stanza. -5 A quarter. -6 A school or branch of any of the Vedas; e. g. चरणगुरवः Mv.1; Māl.1; Pt.4.3. -7 A race. -8 (In prosody) A dactyl. -णः A foot-soldier. -2 A ray of light. -णम् 1 Moving, roaming, wandering. -2 Performance, practising; Ms.6.75. -3 Conduct of life, behaviour (moral). -4 Accomplishment. -5 Eating, consuming. -6 Course. -7 Acting, dealing, managing, conduct. -8 Fixed observance of any class, age (as priesthood &c.); -9 studying under strict rules of ब्रह्मचर्य; विशुद्धवीर्याश्चरणोपपन्नाः Mb.5.3.7. -Comp. -अचलः The setting mountain; यातो$स्तमेष चरमाचलचूड- चुम्बी Murāri. -अमृतम्, -उदकम् water in which the feet of a (revered) Brāhmaṇa or spiritual guide have been washed. -अरविन्दम्, -कमलम्, -पद्मम् a lotuslike foot. -आयुधः a cock; आकर्ण्य संप्रति रुतं चरणायुधानाम् S. D. -आस्कन्दनम् trampling, treading under foot. -उपधानम् A foot-rest; कृष्णा च तेषां चरणोपधाने Mb. 1.193.1. -गत a. fallen at the feet, prostrate. -ग्रन्थिः m., -पर्वन् n. the ankle. -न्यासः a footstep. -पः a tree. -पतनम् falling down or prostration (at the feet of another); Amaru.17. -पतित a. prostrate at the feet; Me.15. -पातः 1 tread, trampling. -2 footfall. -3 prostration. -योधिन् m. (= -आयुधः) विहिता वृक्षमूले तु वृत्तिश्चरणयोधिनाम् Rām.4.58.31. -व्यूहः A book dealing with the śākhās of the vedas. -शुश्रूषा, -सेवा 1 prostration. -2 service, devotion.
cit चित् 1 P., 1 Ā. (चेतति, चेतयते, चेतित) 1 To perceive, see, notice, observe; नेषूनचेतन्नस्यन्तम् Bk.17.16; चिचेत सामस्तत्कृच्छ्रम् 14.62;15.38;2.29. -2 To know, understand, be aware or conscious of; परैरध्यारुह्य- माणमात्मनं न चेतयते Dk.154; कादम्बरीरसभरेण समस्त एव मत्तो न किंचिदपि चेतयते जनो$यम् K.24. -3 To regain consciousness. -4 To aim at, intend, design (with dat.). -5 To desire or long for. -6 To be anxious about, care for, be intent upon, be engaged in. -7 To resolve upon. -8 To appear, shine. -9 To be regarded as. -1 To make attentive, remind of. -11 To teach, instruct. -12 To form an idea, be conscious of, understand, comprehend think, reflect upon. -13 To be awake; जगत्येकः स चेतति L. D. B.
citta चित्त p. p. [चित्-क्त] 1 Observed, perceived. -2 Considered, reflected or meditated upon. -3 Resolved -4 Intended, wished, desired. -5 Visible, perceptible. -त्तम् 1 Observing, attending. -2 (a) Thought, thinking, attention; (b) desire, intention, aim; मच्चित्तः सततं भव Bg.18.57; अनेकचित्तविभ्रान्त 16.16. -3 The mind; यदासौ दुर्वारः प्रसरति मदश्चित्तकरिणः Śānti.1.22; so चलचित्त and comps. below. -4 The heart (considered as the seat of intellect). -5 Reason, intellect, reasoning faculty. -6 Knowledge; चित्तं चित्तादुपागम्य मुनिरासीत संयतः । यच्चित्तं तन्मयो वश्यं गुह्यमेतत्सनातनम् ॥ Mb.14.51.27. -Comp. -अनुवर्तिन् a. acting according to one's will, humouring. -अपहारक, -अपहारिन्, -आकर्षिन्, -हारिन् a. 1 'heart-stealing', attractive, captivating. -2 pleasing, agreeable, beautiful. -अर्पित a. preserved in the heart; चित्तार्पितनैषधेश्वरा N.9.31. -आभोगः attention of the mind to its own feelings, exclusive attachment to one thing. -आसङ्गः attachment, love. -उद्रेकः pride, arrogance. -ऐक्यम् agreement, unanimity. -उन्नतिः, -समुन्नतिः f. 1 noble-mindedness. -2 pride, arrogance. -कलित a. anticipated, expected, calculated. -खेदः grief -चारिन् a. acting according to the will of another. -जः, -जन्मन् m., -भूः, -योनिः 1 love, passion. -2 Cupid, the god of love; चित्तयोनिरभवत्पुनर्नवः R.19.46; सो$यं प्रसिद्धविभवः खलु चित्तजन्मा Māl.1.2. -ज्ञ a. knowing the mind of another; ते बहुज्ञस्य चित्तज्ञे पत्न्यै, पत्नौ पत्युर्महीक्षितः R.1.56. -नाथः lord of the heart; चित्तनाथमभिशङ्कितवत्या Śi.1.28. -नाशः loss of conscience. -निर्वृत्तिः f. contentment, happiness. -प्रमाथिन् a. moving or touching the heart, exciting passion or love. -प्रशम a. composed, tranquil. (-मः) tranquility of heart. -प्रसन्नता joy, pleasure. -भेदः 1 difference of view. -2 inconsistency, inconstancy. -मोहः infatuation of the mind. -रक्षिन् a. (= -चारिन्); शुश्रूषुर्निरभीमाना पतीनां चित्तरक्षिणी Mb.3.233.2. -रागः affection, passion, desire. -विकारः change of thought or feeling -विक्षेपः distraction of the mind. -विप्लवः, -विभ्रंशः, -विभ्रमः aberration, disturbance or derangement of mind, madness, insanity; स्वप्नो$यं चित्तविभ्रंश उताहो सत्यमेव तु Mb.13.54.15. -विश्लेषः breach of friendship. -वृत्तिः f. 1 disposition or state of the mind, inclination, feeling; एवमात्माभिप्रायसंभावितेष्टजन- चित्तवृत्तिः प्रार्थयिता विडम्ब्यते Ś.2. -2 thinking, imagining. -3 inward purpose, emotion. -4 (in Yoga phil.) inward working of the mind, mental vision; योगश्चित्तवृत्ति- निरोधः Yoga S. -वेदना affliction, anxiety. -वैकल्यम् bewilderment of the mind, distraction. -सङ्ख्य a. pervading the heart, penetrating the soul. -हारिन् a. fascinating, attractive, agreeable.
cira चिर a. [चि-रक्] Long, lasting a long time, existing from a long time, old; चिरविरहः चिरकालः चिरमित्रम् &c. -रम् A long time. Note. --The singular of any of the oblique cases of चिर may be used adverbially in the sense of 'long', 'for a long time', 'after a long time', 'long since', 'at last', 'finally'; न चिरं पर्वते वसेत् Ms. 4.6; ततः प्रजानां चिरमात्मना धृताम् R.3.35,62; Amaru.79; कियच्चिरेणार्यपुत्रः प्रत्तिपत्तिं दास्यति Ś6; R.5.64; प्रीतास्मि ते सौम्य चिराय जीव R.14.59; Ku.5.47; Amaru. 3; चिरात्सुतस्पर्शरसज्ञतां ययौ R.3.26;11.63;12.87; चिरस्य वाच्यं न गतः प्रजापतिः Ś.5.15; चिरे कुर्यात् Śat. Br. -Comp. -आयुस् a. long-lived. (-m.) a god. -आरोधः a protracted siege, blockade. -उत्थ a. existing for a long time. -कार, -कारिक, -कारिन्, -क्रिय a. acting slowly, delaying, tarrying, dilatory. -कालः a long time. -कालिक, -कालीन a. 1 of long standing, old, long-continued. -2 chronic (as a disease). -जात a. born long ago, old. -जीविन् a. long-lived (-m.) 1 an epithet of seven persons who are considered to be 'deathless'; अश्वत्थामा बलिर्व्यासो हनुमांश्च विभीषणः । कृपः परशुरामश्च सप्तैते चिरजीविनः ॥ -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -3 N. of Mārkaṇḍeya; वर्जयित्वा महात्मानं चिरजीविनमुत्तमम् Mb. 13.125.35. -4 a crow. -5 N. of two plants जीवक and शाल्मलि. -पाकिन् a. ripening late. -पुष्पः the Bakula tree. -मित्रम् an old friend. -मेहिन् m. an ass. -रात्रम्, -रात्राय a period of many nights, a long time; प्रयाते तु महारण्यं चिररात्राय राघवे Rām.2.4.18; चिररात्राय पित्रेव येनायं परिपालितः Śiva. B.15.8. ˚उषित a. having lodged for a long time. -विप्रोषित a. long banished, a long sojourner. -सूता, -सूतिका a cow that has borne many calves. -सेवकः an old servant. -स्थ, -स्थायिन्, -स्थित a. lasting, long, enduring, continuing, durable; तटिनि तटद्रुमपातनपातकमेकं चिरस्थायि Udb.
cil चिल् 6 P. (चिलति) To put on clothes. चिलमी (-मि) -लिका 1 A kind of necklace. -2 A fire-fly. -3 Lightning. चिलि(ली)चि(ची)मः, -मिः, चिलीमः, चेलचीमः A kind of fish. Charak advises that this fish should not be eaten with milk (Mar. 'वेगसा' मासा.)
cullī चुल्ली 1 A fire-place; पञ्च सूना गृहस्थस्य चुल्ली पेषण्युपस्करः Ms.3.68. -2 A funeral pile. -3 A large apartment or hall composed of three divisions, one looking north, another east, and the third west; याम्याहीनं चुल्ली त्रिशालाकं वित्तनाशकरमेतत् Bṛi. S.53.38.
cūrṇakaḥ चूर्णकः [चूर्ण स्वार्थे क] 1 Grain fried and pounded. -2 A species of silk-cotton tree (शाल्मलीविशेष); अङ्कोलाश्च कुरण्टाश्च चूर्णकाः पारिभद्रकाः Rām.4.1.8. -कम् 1 A fragrant powder. -2 A style of prose-composition which is easy, does not contain hard letters, and has very few compounds; अकठोराक्षरं स्वल्पसमासं चूर्णकं विदुः Chand. M.6. -3 Explaining in prose the purport of a foregoing verse.
cūrṇiḥ चूर्णिः र्णी f. 1 Pounding, powder. -2 A sum of hundred cowries. -3 N. of Patañjali's Mahābhāṣya on the Sūtras of Pāṇini. -4 A selection of an unanswerable argument. -Comp. -कृत् m. 1 an epithet of Patañjali. -2 an annotator, commentator.
ced चेद् ind. If, provided that, although (never used at the beginning of a sentence); अयि रोषमुरीकरोषि नो चेत्किमपि त्वां प्रति वारिधे वदामः Bv.1.44; Ku.4.9; इति चेद् -न 'if it be urged that ......(we reply) not so' (frequently used in controversial works); सन्निधानमात्रेण राजप्रभृतीनां दृष्टं कर्तृत्वमिति चेन्न Ś. B; अथ चेद् but if.
chambaṭkāraḥ छम्बट्कारः Ruin, destruction. -रम् ind. (only neg.) as अच्छम्बट्कारम् so as not to make a failure; Ts.5.4.7.4.
chalaḥ छलः लम् [छल्-अच्] 1 Fraud, trick, deceit, deception; विद्महे शठ पलायनच्छलानि R.19.31; छलमत्र न गृह्यते Mk. 9.18; Y.1.61; Ms.8.49,187; Amaru.16; Śi.13.11. -2 Roguery, knavery. -3 A plea, pretext, guise, semblance (often used in this sense to denote an उत्प्रेक्षा); असुरक्षाहि बहुच्छलाः श्रियः Ki.2.39; परिखावलयच्छलेन या न परेषां ग्रहणस्य गोचरा N.2.95; प्रत्यर्प्य पूजामुपदाच्छलेन R.7.3; 6.54;16.28; Bk.1.1; Amaru.15; Māl.9.1. -4 Intention. -5 Wickedness. -6 A family. -7 Design, device. -8 Fiction, circumvention. -9 Deceitful disputation, perverting the sense of words; विधर्मः परधर्मश्च आभास उपमा छलः । अधर्मशाखाः पञ्चेमा धर्मज्ञो$धर्मवत् त्यजेत् Bhāg.7.15.12. -1 Difficult subject; ब्रह्म हि प्रचुरच्छलम् Mb.12.328.6.
chid छिद् 7 U. (छिनत्ति, छिन्ते, चिच्छेद, अच्छिदत्, अच्छैत्सीत्, अच्छित्त, छेत्तुम्, छिन्न) 1 To cut, cut or lop off, hew, mow, tear, pierce, break asunder, rend, split, divide; नैनं छिन्दन्ति शस्त्राणि Bg.2.23; R.12.8; Ms.4.69,7;9. 276; Y.2.32. -2 To disturb, interrupt (as sleep). -3 To remove, drive off, destroy, quell, annihilate; तृष्णां छिन्द्धि Bh.2.77; एतन्मे संशयं छिन्द्धि मतिर्मे संप्रमुह्यति Mb; राघवो रथमप्राप्तां तामाशां च सुरद्विषाम् । अर्धचन्द्रमुखैर्बाणैश्चि- च्छेद कदलीमुखम् ॥ R.12.96; Ku.7.16. -4 To take away, remove, deprive of; न नः किंचिद् छिद्यते Ś. B. we do not lose anything [cf. L. scindo].
chidra छिद्र a. [छिद्-रक्, छिद्र-अच् वा] Pierced, containing holes. -द्रम् 1 A hole, slit, cleft, fissure, rent, pit, opening, crack; नव छिद्राणि तान्येव प्राणस्यायतनानि तु Y.3.99; Ms.8.239; अयं पटश्छिद्रशतैरलङ्कृतः Mk.2.9; so काष्ठ˚, भूमि˚ &c. -2 A defect, flaw, blemish; त्वं हि सर्षपमात्राणि परच्छिद्राणि पश्यसि । आत्मनो बिल्वमात्राणि पश्यन्नपि न पश्यसि ॥ Mb; सुग्रीवेण समं त्वस्य अद्वैधं छिद्रवर्जितम् Rām.7.36.39. -3 A vulnerable or weak point, weak side, imperfection, foible; नास्य छिद्रं परो विद्याद्विद्याच्छिद्रं परस्य तु । गूहेत् कूर्म इवाङ्गानि रक्षेद्विवरमात्मनः ॥ Ms.7.15,12; छिद्रं निरूप्य सहसा प्रविशत्यशङ्कः H.1.81. (where छिद्र means a hole also); Pt.3.39; Pt.2.38; Proverb: छिद्रेष्वनर्था बहुली- भवन्ति 'misfortunes never come single'. -4 (Astr.) N. of the eighth house. -5 Division; भूमिच्छिद्रविधानम् Kau. A.2.2; -6 Space; भूतानां छिद्रदातृत्वं बहिरन्तरमेव च Bhāg.3.26.34. -7 Sky; नानात्वं छिद्रयोर्यद्वज्ज्योतिषोर्वातयोरिव Bhāg.12.4.3. -Comp. -अनुजीविन्, -अनुसंधानिन्, -अनुसारिन्, अन्वेषिन् a. 1 looking out for faults or flaws. -2 seeking the weak points of another, picking holes, censorious; सर्पाणां दुर्जनानां च परच्छिद्रानुजीविनाम् Pt.1. -अन्तर् m. a cane, reed. -आत्मन् a. one who exposes his weak points to the attack of others. -कर्ण a. having the ear pierced. -दर्शन a. 1 exhibiting faults. -2 seeking the weak points. -दर्शिन् a. observing faults, a captious critic.
janaḥ जनः [जन्-अच्] 1 A creature, living being, man. -2 An individual or person (whether male or female); क्व वयं क्व परोक्षमन्मथो मृगशावैः सममेधितो जनः Ś.2.18; तत्तस्य किमपि द्रव्यं यो हि यस्य प्रियो जनः U.2.19; so सखीजनः a female friend; दासजनः a slave, अबलाजनः &c. (In this sense जनः or अयं जनः is often used by the speakerwhether male or female, in the sing. or pl. --instead of the first personal pronoun to speak of himself in the third person); अयं जनः प्रष्टुमनास्तपोधने Ku.5.4 (male); भगवन् परवानयं जनः प्रतिकूलाचरितं क्षमख मे R.8.81 (female); पश्यानङ्गशरातुरं जनमिमं त्रातापि नो रक्षसि Nag.1.1. (female and pl.). -3 Men collectively, the people, the world (in sing. or pl.); एवं जनो गृह्णाति M.1; सतीमपि ज्ञातिकुलैक- संश्रयां जनो$न्यथा भर्तृमतीं विशङ्कते Ś.5.17. -4 Race, nation, tribe. -5 The world beyond Maharloka, the heaven of deified mortals. -6 A low man, the mob; L. D. B. -ना Birth, production. -Comp. -अतिग a. extraordinary, uncommon, superhuman. -अधिपः, -अधिनाथः 1 a king -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -अन्तः 1 a place removed from men, an uninhabited place. -2 a region. -3 an epithet of Yama. -4 personal proximity. -अन्तिकम् secret communication, whispering or speaking aside (to another). (-ind.) aside to another (in dramas); the S. D. thus defines this stage direction:-- त्रिपताककरेणान्यानप- वार्यान्तरा कथाम् । अन्योन्यामन्त्रणं यत् स्याज्जनान्ते तज्जनान्तिकम् ॥ 425. -अर्णवः a large concourse of people, caravan. -अर्थशब्दः a family appellation. -अर्दनः an epithet of Visnu or Krisna. -अशनः a. wolf. -आकीर्ण a. thronged or crowded with people; Ś.5.1. -आचारः 1 a popular usage or custom. -2 propriety, decorum. -आश्रमः an asylum for people, an inn, caravansary. -आश्रयः a pavilion. -इन्द्रः, -ईशः, -ईश्वरः a king. -इष्ट a. desired or liked by the people. (-ष्टः) a kind of jasmine. (-ष्टा) turmeric. -उदाहरणम् glory, fame. -ओघः a concourse of people, crowd, mob. -कारिन् m. lac. -चक्षुस् n. 'the people's eye', the sun. -जन्मादिः the the Supreme Being. -जल्पः A rumour. -त्रा an umbrella, a parasol. -देवः a king. -पदः 1 a community, race, nation; Y.1.361 v. l. -2 A kingdom, an empire, an inhabited country; जनपदे न गदः पदभादधौ R.9.4; दाक्षि- णात्ये जनपदे Pt.1; Me.48. -3 the country (opp. the town पुर, नगर); जनपदवधूलोचनैः पीयमानः Me.16. -4 the people, subjects (opp. the sovereign); जनपदहितकर्ता त्यज्यते पार्थिवेन Pt.1.131. -5 mankind. -6 a. considering his subjects as authority; आपौरप्रकृतिजनपदो राजा Bhāg.5.4.5. -पदिन् m. the ruler of a country or community. -प्रवादः 1 rumour, report. -2 scandal, calumny. -प्रिय a. 1 philanthropic. -2 liked by the people, popular. (-यः) 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 coriander-seed. -मरकः an epidemic disease. -मर्यादा established custom or usage, popular custom. -मारः an epidemic; Av. Pariś.72.84. -योपन a. perplexing or vexing men; कमगञ्जनयोपनः Rv.1.86.22. -रञ्जनम् gratifying the people, courting popular favour. -रवः 1 rumour. -2 calumny, scandal. -लोकः one (i. e. the fifth) of the seven divisions of the universe situated above Maharloka; यो ब्रह्मवादः पूर्वेषां जनलोकनिवासिनाम् Bhāg.1.87.8. -वादः (also जनेवादः) 1 news, rumour. -2 a scandal; द्यूतं च जनवादं च Ms.2.179. -व्यवहारः popular usage. -श्चुत a. well-known among people, famous -श्रुतिः f. a rumour, report; अभिचारं चकारास्येत्य- विगाना जनश्रुतिः Rāj. T.7.133. (-नं) सह a. subduing men; सत्रासाहो जनभक्षो जनंसहः Rv.2.21.3. -संबाध a. densely crowded with people. -स्थानम् N. of a part of the Daṇḍakā forest; R.12.42;13.22; U.1.28;2.17.
janman जन्मन् n. [जन् भावे मनिन्] 1 Birth; तां जन्मने शैलवधूं प्रपेदे Ku.1.21. -2 Origin, rise, production, creation; आकरे पद्मरागाणां जन्म काचमणेः कुतः H. Pr.44; Ku.5.6; (at the end of comp.) arising or born from; सरलस्कन्धसंघट्ठजन्मा दवाग्निः Me.53. -3 Life, existence; पूर्वेष्वपि हि जन्मसु Ms.9.1;5.38; Bg.4.5. -4 Birthplace. -5 Nativity. -6 A father, giver of birth, progenitor; Ś.7.18. -7 Natal star. -8 (In astr.) N. of the first mansion or Nakṣatra. -9 A creature, being. -1 People. -11 The people of a household. -12 Kind, race. -13 Nature; property, quality. -14 Custom, manner. -अधिपः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 the regent of a constellation under which a person is born (in astrology); होराजन्माधिपयोर्जन्मर्क्षे वाशुभो राज्ञः Bṛi. S.34.11. -अन्तरम् 1 another life. -2 the preceding life, former birth; मनो हि जन्मान्तरसंगतिज्ञम् R.7.15. -3 regeneration. -4 the other world. -अन्तरीय a. belonging to or done in another life; जन्मान्तरीयैः साम्राज्यं मया प्रापीति चिन्तयन् Rāj. T.6.85. -अन्धः a. born blind. -अष्टमी the eighth day of the dark fortnight of Srāvaṇa, the birth-day of Kṛisna. -आस्पदम् birthplace. -ईशः = 2 जन्माधिप; -कीलः an epithet of Vi&snu. -कुण्डली a diagram in a horoscope in which the positions of different planets at the time of one's birth are marked. -कृत् m. a father. -क्षेत्रम् birth-place. -तिथिः m., f., -दिनम्, -दिवसः birth-day; सुखाय तज्जन्मदिनं बभूव Ku.1.23. -दः a father. -नक्षत्रम्, -भम् the natal star. -नामन् n. the name received on the 12th day after birth. -पः the regent of a planet under which a person is born. -पत्रम्, -पत्रिका a horoscope. -पादपः a family-tree; उत्तराः कुरवो$विक्षंस्तद्भयाज्जन्मपादपान् Rāj. T.4.175. -प्रतिष्ठा 1 a birth-place. -2 a mother; Ś.6 (between verses 9th and 1th). -भाज्, भृत् m. a creature, living being; मोदन्तां जन्मभाजः सततम् Mk.1.6. -a. one whose life is fruitful; अहो भोजपते यूयं जन्मभाजो नृणामिह Bhāg.1.82. 29. -भाषा a mother-tongue; यत्र स्त्रीणामपि किमपरं जन्मभाषा- वदेव प्रत्यावासं विलसति वचः संस्कृतं प्राकृतं च Vikr.18.6. -भूमिः f. birth-place, native country. -योगः a horoscope. -रोगिन् a. sickly from birth. -लग्नम्, -राशिः the sign of the zodiac under which a person is born. -वर्त्मन् n. the vulva. -वसुधा native country; पश्यद्भिर्जन्मवसुधाम् Rāj. T.4.147. -शोधनम् discharging the obligations derived from birth. -साफल्यम् attainment of the ends of existence; एतद्धि जन्मसाफल्यं ब्राह्मणस्य विशेषतः Ms.12.93. Pt.1.28. -स्थानम् 1 birth-place, native country, home. -2 the womb. -हेतुः cause of birth, author of one's being; पितरस्तासां केवलं जन्महेतवः R.1.24.
jamadagniḥ जमदग्निः A Brāhmaṇa and descendant of Bhṛigu and father of Paraśurāma. [Jamadagni was the son of Ṛichika and Satyavatī. He was a pious sage, deeply engaged in study, and is said to have obtained entire possession of the Vedas. His wife was Reṇukā who bore him five sons. One day when she had gone out to bathe, she beheld a loving pair of Gandharvas (according to some Chitraratha and his queen) sporting and playing in the water. The lovely sight made her feel envious of their pleasure, and she returned defiled by unworthy thoughts, 'wetted but not purified by the stream' Her husband, who was anger incarnate, seeing her shorn of the lustre of her sanctity, furiously scolded her, and ordered his sons, as they came in, to cut off her head. But the first four sons shrank from that cruel deed. It was only Paraśurāma, the youngest, that with characteristic obedience to his father's command, struck off her head with his axe. The deed pacified the father's anger, and he desired Paraśurāma to ask a boon. The kind-hearted son begged that his mother might be restored to life which the father readily granted.]
jala जल a. [जल् अच् डस्य लो वा] 1 Dull, cold, frigid = जड q. v. -2 Stupid, idiotic. -लम् 1 Water; तातस्य कूपो$- यमिति ब्रुवाणाः क्षारं जलं कापुरुषाः पिबन्ति । Pt.1.322. -2 A kind of fragrant medicinal plant or perfume (ह्रीवेर). -3 The embryo or uterus of a cow. -5 The constellation called पूर्वाषाढा. -Comp. -अञ्चलम् 1 a spring. -2 a natural water-course. -3 moss. -अञ्जलिः 1 a handful of water. -2 a libation of water presented to the manes of a deceased person; कुपुत्रमासाद्य कुतो जलाञ्जलिः Chāṇ 69; मानस्यापि जलाञ्जलिः सरभसं लोके न दत्तो यथा Amaru. 97 (where, जलाञ्जलिं दा means 'to leave or give up'). -अटनः a heron. -अटनी a leech. -अणुकम्, -अण्डकम् the fry of fish. -अण्टकः a shark. -अत्ययः autumn (शरद्); पृष्ठतो$नुप्रयातानि मेघानिव जलात्यये Rām.2.45.22. -अधिदैवतः, -तम् an epithet of Varuṇa. (-तम्) the constellation called पूर्वाषाढा. -अधिपः an epithet of Varuṇa. -अम्बिका a well. -अर्कः the image of the sun reflected in water. -अर्णवः 1 the rainy season. -2 the ocean of sweet water. -अर्थिन् a. thirsty. -अवतारः a landing-place at a river-side. -अष्ठीला a large square pond. -असुका a leech. -आकरः a spring, fountain, well. -आकाङ्क्षः, -काङ्क्षः, -काङ्क्षिन् m. an elephant. -आखुः an otter. -आगमः rain; तपति प्रावृषि सुतरामभ्यर्ण- जलागमो दिवसः Ratn.3.1. -आढ्य a. watery, marshy. -आत्मिका a leech. -आधारः a pond, lake, reservoir of water. -आयुका a leech. -आर्द्र a. wet. (-र्द्रम्) wet garment or clothes. (-र्द्रा) a fan wetted with water. -आलोका a leech. -आवर्तः eddy, whirl-pool. -आशय a. 1 resting or lying in water. -2 stupid, dull, apathetic. (-यः) 1 a pond, lake, reservoir. -2 a fish. -3 the ocean. -4 the fragrant root of a plant (उशीर). -आश्रयः 1 a pond. -2 water-house. -आह्वयम् a lotus. -इन्द्रः 1 an epithet of Varuṇa. -2 N. of Mahādeva. -3 the ocean; जलेन्द्रः पुंसि वरुणे जम्भले च महोदधौ Medinī. -इन्धनः the submarine fire. -इभः a water-elephant. -ईशः, -ईश्वरः 1 an epithet of Varuṇa; भीमोद्भवां प्रति नले च जलेश्वरे च N. -2 the ocean. -उच्छ्वासः 1 a channel made for carrying off excess of water, drain, (cf. परीवाह). -2 overflow of a river. -उदरम् dropsy. -उद्भव a. aquatic. (-वा) benzoin. -उरगा, -ओकस् m., -ओकसः a leech. -कण्टकः a crocodile. -कपिः the Gangetic porpoise. -कपोतः a water-pigeon. -कर a. making or pouring forth water. (-रः) tax for water. -करङ्कः 1 a shell. -2 a cocoa-nut. -3 a cloud. -4 a wave. -5 a lotus. -कल्कः mud. -कल्मषः the poison produced at the churning of the ocean; तस्यापि दर्शयामास स्ववीर्यं जलकल्मषः Bhāg.8. 7.44. -काकः the diver-bird. -कान्तः the wind. -कान्तारः an epithet of Varuṇa. -किराटः a shark. -कुक्कुटः a water-fowl; जलकुक्कुटकोयष्टिदात्यूहकुलकूजितम् Bhāg.8.2.16. (-टी) the black-headed gull. -कुन्तलः, -कोशः moss. -कूपी 1 a spring, well. -2 a pond. -3 a whirlpool; जलकूपी कूपगर्ते पुष्करिण्यां च योषिति Medinī. -कूर्मः the porpoise. -कृत् a. Causing rain; दिवसकृतः प्रतिसूर्यो जलकृत् (मेघः) Bṛi. S. -केलिः, m. or f., -क्रीडा playing in water, splashing one another with water. -केशः moss. -क्रिया presenting libations of water to the manes of the deceased. -गुल्मः 1 a turtle. -2 a quadrangular tank. -3 a whirlpool. -चर a. (also जलेचर) aquatic. (-रः) 1 an aquatic animal. -2 a fish. -3 any kind of water-fowl. ˚आजीवः, ˚जीवः a fisherman. -चत्वरम् a square tank. -चारिन् m. 1 an aquatic animal. -2 a fish. -ज a. born or produced in water. (-जः) 1 an aquatic animal. -2 a fish; स्वयमेव हतः पित्रा जलजेनात्मजो यथा Rām.2.61.22. -3 sea-salt. -4 a collective name for several signs of the zodiac. -5 moss. -6 the moon. (-जः, जम्) 1 a shell. -2 the conch-shell; अधरोष्ठे निवेश्य दघ्मौ जलजं कुमारः R.7. 63,1.6; इत्यादिश्य हृषीकेशः प्रध्माय जलजोत्तमम् Bhāg.8.4. 26. -3 (-जः) The Kaustubha gem; जलजः कौस्तुभे मीने तत् क्लीबे शङ्खपद्मयोः । Nm. (जः) -4 A kind of horse born in water; वाजिनो जलजाः केचिद् वह्निजातास्तथापरे । शालिहोत्र of भोज, Appendix II,12. (-जम्) a lotus. ˚आजीवः a fisherman. ˚आसनः an epithet of Brahmā; वाचस्पतिरुवाचेदं प्राञ्जलिर्जलजासनम् Ku.2.3. ˚कुसुमम् the lotus. ˚द्रव्यम् a pearl, shell or any other thing produced from the sea. -जन्तुः 1 a fish, -2 any aquatic animal. -जन्तुका a leech. -जन्मन् a lotus. -जिह्वः a crocodile. -जीविन् m. a fisherman. -डिम्बः a bivalve shell. -तरङ्गः 1 a wave. -2 a metal cup filled with water producing harmonic notes like a musical glass. -ताडनम् (lit.) 'beating water'; (fig.) any useless occupation. -तापिकः, -तापिन्, -तालः The Hilsa fish; L. D. B. -त्रा an umbrella. -त्रासः hydrophobia. -दः 1 a cloud; जायन्ते विरला लोके जलदा इव सज्जनाः Pt.1.29. -2 camphor. ˚अशनः the Śāla tree. -आगमः the rainy season; सरस्तदा मानसं तु ववृधे जलदागमे Rām.7.12.26. ˚आभ a. black, dark. ˚कालः the rainy season. ˚क्षयः autumn. -दर्दुरः a kind of musical instrument. -देवः the constellation पूर्वाषाढा. -देवता a naiad, water-nymph. -द्रोणी a bucket. -द्वारम् A gutter, a drain, Māna.31.99. -धरः 1 a cloud. -2 the ocean. -धारा a stream of water. -धिः 1 the ocean. -2 a hundred billions. -3 the number 'four'. ˚गा a river. ˚जः the moon. ˚जा Lakṣmī, the goddess of wealth. ˚रशना the earth. -नकुलः an otter. -नरः a merman. -नाडी, -ली a water-course. -निधिः 1 the ocean. -2 the number 'four'. -निर्गमः 1 a drain, water-course. -2 a water-fall, descent of a spring &c. into a river below. -नीलिः moss. -पक्षिन् m. a water-fowl. -पटलम् a cloud. -पतिः 1 the ocean. -2 an epithet of Varuṇa. -पथः a sea voyage; R.17.81. -पद्धतिः f. a gutter, drain. -पात्रम् 'a water-pot', drinking-vessel. -पारावतः a water-pigeon. -पित्तम् fire. -पुष्पम् an aquatic flower. -पूरः 1 a flood of water. -2 a full stream of water. -पृष्ठजा moss. -प्रदानम् presenting libations of water to the manes of the deceased. -प्रपातः 1 a water-fall. -2 rainy season; शरत्प्रतीक्षः क्षमतामिमं भवाञ्जलप्रपातं रिपुनिग्रहे धृतः Rām.4.27.47. -प्रलयः destruction by water. -प्रान्तः the bank of a river. -प्रायम् a country abounding with water; जलप्रायमनूपं स्यात् Ak. -प्रियः 1 the Chātaka bird. -2 a fish. (-या) an epithet of Dākṣāyaṇī. -प्लवः an otter. -प्लावनम् a deluge, an inundation. -बन्धः, बन्धकः a dam, dike, rocks or stones impeding a current. -बन्धुः a fish. -बालकः, -वालकः the Vindhya mountain. -बालिका lightning. -बिडालः an otter. -बिम्बः, -म्बम् a bubble. -बिल्वः 1 a (quadrangular) pond, lake. -2 a tortoise. -3 a crab. -भीतिः f. hydrophobia. -भू a. produced in water. -भूः m. 1 a cloud. -2 a place for holding water. -3 a kind of camphor. -भूषणः wind. -भृत् m. 1 a cloud. -2 a jar. -3 camphor. -मक्षिका a water-insect. -मण़्डूकम् a kind of musical instrument; (= जलदर्दुर). -मद्गुः a king-fisher. -मसिः 1 a cloud. -2 camphor. -मार्गः a drain, canal. -मार्जारः an otter. -मुच् m. 1 a cloud; Me.69. -2 a kind of camphor. -मूर्तिः an epithet of Śiva. -मूर्तिका hail. -मोदम् a fragrant root (उशीर). -यन्त्रम् 1 a machine for raising water (Mar. रहाट). -2 a waterclock, clepsydra. -3 a fountain. ˚गृहम्, ˚निकेतनम्, ˚मन्दिरम् a house erected in the midst of water (a summerhouse) or one supplied with artificial fountains; क्वचिद् विचित्रं जलयन्त्रमन्दिरम् Ṛs.1.2. -यात्रा a sea-voyage. -यानम् a ship. -रङ्कुः a kind of gallinule. -रण्डः, रुण्डः 1 a whirlpool. -2 a drop of water, drizzle, thin sprinkling. -3 a snake. -रसः sea-salt. -राशिः the ocean. -रुह्, -हम् a lotus. -रूपः a crocodile. -लता a wave, billow. -वरण्टः a watery pustule. -वाद्यम् a kind of musical instrument. -वायसः a diver-bird. -वासः residence in water. (-सम्) = उशीर q. v. -वाहः 1 a cloud; साद्रिजलधिजलवाहपथम् Ki.12.21. -2 a waterbearer. -3 a kind of camphor. -वाहकः, -नः a watercarrier. -वाहनी an aqueduct. -विषुवम् the autumnal equinox. -वृश्चिकः a prawn. -वैकृतम् any change in the waters of rivers indicating a bad omen. -व्यधः A kind of fish; L. D. B. -व्यालः 1 a water-snake. -2 a marine monster. -शयः, -शयनः, -शायिन् m. an epithet of Viṣṇu; -शय्या lying in water (a kind of religious rite); द्वादशं हि गतं वर्षं जलशय्यां समासतः Rām.7. 76.17. -शर्करा A hailstone; तीव्रैर्मरुद्गणैर्नुन्ना ववृषुर्जलशर्कराः Bhāg.1.25.9. -शुक्तिः f. a bivalve shell. -शुचि a. bathed, washed. -शूकम् moss. -शूकरः a crocodile. -शोषः drought. -समुद्रः the ocean of fresh water. -संपर्कः mixture or dilution with water. -सर्पिणी a leech. -सूचिः f. 1 the Gangetic porpoise. -2 a kind of fish. -3 a crow. -4 a water-nut. -5 a leech. -स्थानम्, -स्थायः a pond, lake, reservoir; कदचित्तं जलस्थायं मत्स्य- बन्धाः समन्ततः Rām.12.137.5. -स्रावः A kind of eyedisease. -हम् a small water-house (rather summerhouse) furnished with artificial fountains. -हस्तिन् m. a water-elephant. -हारिणी a drain. -हासः 1 foam. -2 cuttle-fish-bone considered as the foam of the sea.
jalp जल्प् 1 P. (जल्पति, जल्पित) 1 To speak, talk, speak or converse (with another); अविरलितकपोलं जल्पतोरक्रमेण U.1.27; एकेन जल्पन्त्यनल्पाक्षरम् Pt.1.136; Bh.1.82. -2 To murmur, speak inarticulately. -3 To chatter, prattle, babble. -4 To praise.
jāta जात p. p. [जन् कर्तरि क्त] 1 Brought into existence, engendered, produced. -2 Grown, arisen. -3 Caused, occasioned. -4 Felt, affected by, oft. in comp.; ˚दुःख &c. -5 Apparent, clear. -6 Become, present. -7 Happened. -8 Ready at hand, collected; see जन्. -तः 1 A son, male offspring (in dramas often used as a term of endearment; अयि जात कथयितव्यं कथय U.4 'dear boy', 'oh my darling &c.'). -2 A living being. -ता A daughter, mostly used in addressing; जाते 'dear child' -तम् 1 A creature, living being. -2 Production, origin; धन्यः कुन्तीसुतो राजा सुजातं चास्य धीमतः Mb. 7.12.12. -3 Kind, sort, class, species. -4 A collection of things forming a class; निःशेषविश्राणितकोशजातम् R.5.1 all that goes to form wealth, i. e. every kind of property; so कर्मजातम् the whole aggregate of actions; सुख˚ everything included under the name of सुख or pleasure; अपत्यजातम् 'the brood of young ones'; Ś.5.22. -5 A child, a young one. -6 Individuality, specific condition. -Comp. -अपत्या a mother. -अमर्ष a. vexed, enraged. -अश्रु a. shedding tears. -इष्टिः f. a sacrifice performed at the birth of a child. ˚न्यायः A rule of interpretation according to which the fruit of an act shall accrue to some one else than the performer if it is so directly declared by श्रुति (even against the general rule viz. शास्त्रफलं प्रयोक्तरि). From this it follows that such an act must be performed so as not to cause destruction of one to whom the fruit is to accrue. This is discussed by जैमिनि and शबर in connection with the वैश्वानरेष्टि, whose fruit accrues to the son and which has to be performed only after the performance of the birth-rite to avoid the son's starvation to death. Read MS.4.3.38-39 and शबरs भाष्य thereon. -अक्षः a young bullock. -कर्मन् n. a ceremony performed at the birth of a child; Ms.2.27,29; R.3.18. -कलाप a. having a tail (as a peacock). -काम a. enamoured. -कौतूहल a. being eagerly desirous. -दन्त a. having teeth growing; जातदन्तस्य वा कुर्युर्नाम्नि वापि कृते सति Ms.5. 7. -पक्ष a. having wings; अजातपक्ष unfledged. -पाश a. fettered. -पुत्रा a woman who has borne a son or sons. -प्रत्यय a. inspired with confidence. -प्रेत a. born and dead, Pt.1. -मन्मथ a. fallen in love. -मात्र a. just born. -रूप a. beautiful, brilliant. (-पम्) 1 gold; पुनश्च याचमानाय जातरूपमदात् प्रभुः Bhāg.1.17.39; अप्याकरसमुत्पन्ना मणिजातिरसंस्कृता । जातरूपेण कल्याणि न हि सं- योगमर्हति ॥ M.5.18; N.1.129. -2 the form in which a person is born, i. e. nakedness. -3 the thorn apple. ˚धर a. naked. -विद्या Ved. knowledge of the origin and nature of all things. -विभ्रम a. 1 confounded. -2 precipitate. -वेदस् m. an epithet of fire (or of the sun); विप्रेभिरस्तोष्ट जातवेदाः Rv.1.77.5; Ku.2.46; Śi.2.51; R.12.14;15.72; Ki.13.11; the word is variously explained; cf. Nir. --जातवेदाः कस्मात् जातानि वेद, जातानि वै नं विदुः, जाते जाते विद्यते इति वा, जातवित्तो वा जातधनो, जातविद्यो वा जातप्रज्ञानो यत्तज्जातः पशूनविन्दतेति तज्जात- वेदसो जातवेदस्त्वमिति ब्राह्मणम्. -वेदसी an epithet of Durgā. -वासगृहम्, -वेश्मन् m. the lying-in-chamber.
jātiḥ जातिः f. [जन्-क्तिन्] 1 Birth, production, सङ्कुलं जल- जातिभिः Rām.3.11.6; Pt.1.38; Ms.2.148; also 'the time of birth'; cf. जातौ बाल्ये च कौमारे यौवने चापि मानवाः Mb.12.158.11. -2 The form of existence fixed by birth. -3 Race, family, lineage, rank. -4 A caste, tribe or class (of men); अरे मूढ जात्या चेदवध्यो$हं एषा सा जातिः परित्यक्ता Ve.3; (the primary castes of the Hindus are only four :-- ब्राह्मण, क्षत्रिय, वैश्य and शूद्र). -5 A class, genus, kind, species; पशुजातिः, पुष्पजातिः &c. -6 The properties which are peculiar to a class and distinguish it from all others, the essential characteristics of a species; as गोत्व, अश्वत्व of cows, horses &c; see गुण, क्रिया and द्रव्य; जातिक्रियागुणैः Śi.2.47; and cf. K. P.2. -7 A fire-place. -8 Nutmeg. -9 The Jasmine plant or its flower; नागपुन्नागजातिभिः Bhāg.8.2.18; पुष्पाणां प्रकरः स्मितेन रचितो नो कुन्दजात्यादिभिः Amaru.4 (written also as जाती in the last two senses). -1 (In Nyāya) Futile answer. -11 (In music) The seven primary notes of the Indian gamut; जातिभिः सप्तभिर्युक्तं तन्त्रीलयसमन्वितम् Rām.1.4.8. -12 Reduction of fractions to a common denominator. -13 False generalization. -14 A figure of speech (in rhetoric) which consists in so arranging words that they may read the same in Sanskṛit as well as in Prākṛita (संस्कृतप्राकृतयोः समा जातिः); cf. Vb.1.3. -15 A class of metres; see App. -Comp. -अन्ध a. born blind; Bh.1.9. -कोशः, -षः, -षम् nutmeg. -कोशी, -षी the outer skin of the nutmeg. -क्षयः (= जन्मोच्छेदः) the end of birth, spiritual release. जातिक्षयस्यासुलभस्य बोद्धा Bu. Ch.1.74. -गृद्धिः f. to take birth; जातिगृद्धयाभिपन्नाः Mb.5.6.9. -जानपद a. belonging to the castes and to the country; जातिजानपदान् धर्मान् Ms.8.41. -धर्मः 1 the duties of a caste. -2 a generic property. -ध्वंसः loss of caste or its privileges. -पत्री the outer skin of the nutmeg. -फलम् (sometimes जातीफलम् also) a nutmeg; जातीफलं मातुलानीमहिफेनं च पत्रकम् Śiva. B.3.15. -ब्राह्मणः a Brāhmaṇa only by birth, but not by knowledge or religious austerities, an ignorant Brāhmaṇa; (तपः श्रुतं च योनिश्च त्रयं ब्राह्मण्यकारणम् । तपःश्रुताभ्यां यो हीनो जातिब्राह्मण एव सः ॥ --शब्दार्थचिन्तामणि) -भ्रंशः loss of caste; Ms.11.67. -भ्रष्ट a. outcaste. -महः birth-day festival. -मात्रम् 1 'mere birth', position in life obtained by mere birth. -2 caste only (but not the performance of duties pertaining to it); Ms.8.2; 12.114. -3 species, genus. -लक्षणम् generic distinction, a characteristic of a class. -वाचक a. expressing a genus, generic (as a word); गौरश्वः पुरुषो हस्ती. -वैरम् instinctive or natural hostility. -वैरिन् m. a born enemy. -वैलक्षण्यम् inconsistency, incompatibility in kind. -शब्दः a name conveying the idea of a genus, a generic word, common noun; गौः, अश्वः, पुरुषः, हस्ती &c. -संकरः admixture of castes; mixed blood. -संपन्न a. belonging to a noble family. -सारम् nutmeg. -स्मर a. remembering one's condition in a former life; जातिस्मरो मुनिरस्मि जात्या K.355. -स्वभावः generic character or nature. -हीन a. of low birth, outcaste; रूपद्रव्यविहीनांश्च जातिहीनांश्च नाक्षिपेत् Ms.4.141;1.35.
jātu जातु ind. A particle meaning :-- 1 At all, ever, at any time, possibly; नान्तरज्ञाः श्रियो जातुः प्रियैरासां न भूयते Ki.11.24; किं तेन जातु जातेन मातुर्यौवनहारिणा Pt.1.26; न जातु कामः कामानामुपभोगेन शाम्यति Ms.2.94; Ku.5.55. -2 Perhaps, sometimes; गौरवाद्यदपि जातु मन्त्रिणां दर्शनं ... ददौ R.19.7. -3 Once, once upon a time, sometime, at some day. -4 Used with the potential mood जातु has the sense of 'not allowing or putting up with'; जातु तत्रभवान् वृषलं याजयेन्नावकल्पयामि (न मर्षयामि) Sk. -5 Used with a present indicative it denotes censure (गर्हा); जातु तत्रभवान् वृषलं याजयति ibid.
jāmitram जामित्रम् The seventh zodiacal sign from the natal sign (लग्न); तिथौ च जामित्रगुणान्वितायाम् Ku.7.1 (जामित्रं लग्नात् सप्तमं स्थानम् Malli.). Note--Some derive the word from जाया, because in astrology, the जामित्र sign indicates the future good-luck of one's wife (जायामित्रम् ?); but the word is obviously connected with the Greek diametron. -Comp. -वेधः A variety of योग (Astronomical) when the moon is in the 7th house.
jāmbavat जाम्बवत् m. N. of a king of bears who was of signal service to Rāma at the siege of Laṅkā. He was also noted for his medical skill. [This same Jāmbavat appears to have lived up to the time of Kṛisna, or perhaps he was another being of that time; for there was a fight between Kṛiṣṇa and Jāmbavat for the Syamantaka jewel which the latter had got from Prasena, brother of Satrājit. Kṛiṣṇa vanquished Jāmbavat, who placed the jewel, along with his daughter Jāmbavatī, at his entire disposal.] जाम्बीरम् (-लम्) A citron. -लम् Ved. The knee-pan.
jita जित p. p. [जि-कर्मणि क्त] 1 Conquered, subdued, curbed, restrained, (as enemies, passions &c.). -2 Won, got, obtained (by conquest). -3 Surpassed, excelled. -4 Subject to, enslaved or influenced by; कामजित; स्त्रीजित &c. -तम् Victory. -Comp. -अक्षर a. reading well or readily. -अमित्र a. one who has conquered his foes, triumphant, victorious. -2 one who has subdued his passions. (-त्रः) N. of Viṣṇu. -अरि a. one who has conquered his enemies or passions. (-रिः) an epithet of Buddha. -आत्मन् a. self-subdued, void of passion; जितात्मनः प्रशान्तस्य Bg.6.7. -आहव a. victorious. -इन्द्रिय a. one who has conquered his passions or subdued the senses (रूप, रस, गन्ध, स्पर्श & शब्द); श्रुत्वा स्पृष्ट्वा$थ दृष्ट्वा च भुक्त्वा घ्रात्वा च यो नरः । न हृष्यति ग्लायति वा स विज्ञेयो चितेन्द्रियः Ms.2.98. -काशिः the fist doubled. -काशिन् a. appearing victorious, proud of victory, assuming the airs of a victor; जितकाशिनश्च खचराः Mb. 3.244.6; भीष्मः पुरुषमानी च जितकाशी तथैव च ibid. 5.177.12; चाणक्यो$पि जितकाशितया Mu.2; जितकाशी राजसेवकः ibid. -कोप, -क्रोध, -मन्यु a. imperturbable, not excitable. (-धः) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -नेमिः a staff made of the Aśvattha tree. -लोक a. 'one who has won heaven' (epithet of a class of manes). -शत्रु a. victorious. -शिश्नोदर a. One who has overcome lust and appetite. -श्रम a. inured to fatigue, hardy; कृतहस्तो जितश्रमः Mb. 7.16.24. -स्वर्ग n. one who has won heaven. -हस्त a. one who has exercised his hand.
jihma जिह्म a. [जहाति सरलमार्गम्; हा-मन् सन्वत् आलोपश्च Uṇ. 1.138] 1 Sloping, athwart, oblique. -2 Crooked, awry, squint; Ṛs.1.12. -3 Tortuous, curved, going irregularly. -4 Curved, bent. -5 Morally crooked, deceitful, dishonest, wicked, unfair; धृतहेतिरप्यधृतजिह्ममतिः Ki.6.24; सुहृदर्थमीहितमजिह्मधियाम् Śi.9.62. -5 Dim, dark, pale-coloured; विधिसमयनियोगाद्दीप्तिसंहारजिह्मम् Ki.1.46. -6 Slow, lazy. -ह्मम् 1 Dishonesty; falsehood; जिह्माप्रायं व्यवहृतम् Bhāg.1.14.4; समर्थस्त्वं रणे हन्तुं विक्रमे जिह्मकारिणम् Rām.4.27.36. -2 The Tagara tree. -Comp. -अक्ष a. crooked-eyed, squinting. -इतर a. 'other than lazy', not dull; जिह्मेतरैर्ब्रह्म तदप्यवाप्यम् N.3.63. -ग a. moving slowly. (-गः) a snake. -गति a. meandering, going tortuously; Ṛs.1.13; निहन्ति यो जिह्मगतीन् परान् पतगराडिव Śiva. B.19.36. -मेहनः a frog. -योधिन् a. fighting unfairly. -m. an epithet of Bhīma. -शल्यः the Khadira tree.
jīva जीव a. [जीव्-कर्तरि क] Living, existing; जीवपुत्रे निवर्तस्व Rām.4.19.11; असच्च सज्जीवमजीवमन्यत् Bhāg.5.1.12. -वः 1 The principle of life, the vital breath, life, soul; गतजीव, जीवत्याग, जीवाशा &c. -2 The individual or personal soul enshrined in the human body and imparting to it life, motion and sensation (called जीवात्मन् as opposed to परमात्मन् the Supreme Soul); Y.3.131; Ms.12.22-23; सम्पद्यते गुणैर्मुक्तो जीवो जीवं विहाय माम् । जीवो जीवविनिर्मुक्तो गुणैश्चाशयसंभवैः ॥ Bhāg.11.25.36. (here जीव = लिङ्गशरीर). -3 Life, existence. -4 A creature, living being. -5 Livelihood, profession. -6 N. of Karṇa. -7 N. of one of the Maruts. -8 The constellation पुष्य. -9 N. of Bṛihaspati. -1 The third lustrum in the cycle of Jupiter. -11 Association of cause and effect. -12 N. of Viṣṇu. -Comp. -अन्तकः 1 a birdcatcher, fowler. -2 a murderer, slayer. -अजीवाधारः the world of organic and inorganic creation. -आत्मन् m. the individual soul enshrined in the human body (as opposed to परमात्मन् 'the Supreme Soul'). -आदानम् abstracting healthy blood, bleeding (in medic.). -आधानम् preservation of life. -आधारः the heart. -इन्धनम् glowing fire-wood, burning wood. -उत्सर्गः 'casting off life,' voluntary death, suicide. -उपाधिः the three states, i. e. waking, dreaming and sleeping. -ऊर्णा the wool of a living animal. -कोशः The subtle body (लिङ्गशरीर);. तदनुस्मर<णध्वस्तजीवकोशास्तमध्ययन् Bhāg. 1.82.48. -गृहम्, -मन्दिरम् 'the abode of the soul', the body. -ग्राहः a prisoner taken alive; -ग्राहम् ind. in an alive condition; जीवग्राहं निगृह्णीमो वयमेनं नराधिपाः Mb.6.77.1. -घनः Brahmā. -ज a. born alive. -जीवः, -जीवकः (also जीवंजीवः) the Chakora bird; रक्तानि हृत्वा वासांसि जायते जीवजीवकः Ms.12.66. According to Arthaśāstra, however, it means a pheasant; विषाभ्याशे ग्लायति जीवंजीवकः । चकोरस्याक्षिणी विरज्येते Kau. A.1.2.17. -तोका a woman whose children are living. -दः 1 a physician. -2 an enemy. -दशा mortal existence. -धनम् 'living wealth', property in the shape of living creatures, live-stock. -धानी the earth. -निकायः a being endowed with life. -पतिः f., -पत्नी a woman whose husband is alive. -पत्रम् a fresh leaf. -पितृ, -पितृक a. (a son or daughter) whose father is still alive. -पुत्रा, -वत्सा a woman whose son is living; जीवपुत्रे निवर्तस्व पुत्रं रक्षस्व चाङ्गदम् Rām.4.19.11. -मन्दिरम् The body; L. D. B. -मरणम् Death in life; जीवन्मरण- मेतद् इति कौटिल्यः Kau. A.1.17. -मातृका the seven mothers or female divinities; (कुमारी धनदा नन्दा विमला मङ्गला बला । पद्मा चेति च विख्याताः सप्तैता जीवमातृकाः ॥). -योनिः a sentient being. -रक्तम् menstrual blood. -लोकः 1 the world of living beings, the world of mortals, the world or worldly existence; आलोकमर्कादिव जीवलोकः R.5.35; त्वत्प्रयाणे शान्तालोकः सर्वतो जीवलोकः Māl. 9.37; जीवलोकतिलकः प्रलीयते 21; so स्वप्नेन्द्रजालसदृशः खलु जीवलोकः Śānti.2.2; Bg.11.7; U.4.17. -2 living beings; दिवस इवाभ्रश्यामस्तपात्यये जीवलोकस्य Ś.3.12; or आलोकमर्कादिव जीवलोकः R.5.35. -वृत्तिः f. breeding or keeping cattle. -शेष a. one to whom only life is left, escaping only with life and nothing more. -शोणितम् living, i. e. healthy blood. -संक्रमणम् transmigration of the soul. -साधनम् grain, corn. -साफल्यम् realization or attainment of the chief end of human existence. -सूः 'the mother of living beings', a woman whose children are living. -स्थानम् 1 a joint, an articulation. -2 the vital parts, heart.
jñā ज्ञा 9 U. (जानाति, जानीते, जज्ञौ, जज्ञे, अज्ञासीत्-अज्ञास्त, ज्ञातुम्, ज्ञात) 1 To know (in all senses), to learn, become acquainted with; मा ज्ञासीस्त्वं सुखी रामो यदकार्षीत् स रक्षसाम् Bk.15.9. -2 To know, be aware of, be familiar or conversant with; जाने तपसो वीर्यम् Ś.3.1; जानन्नपि हि मेधावी जडवल्लोक आचरेत् Ms.2.11,123;7.148. -3 To find out, ascertain, investigate; ज्ञायतां कः कः कार्यार्थीति Mk.9. -4 To comprehend, apprehend, understand, feel, experience; as in दुःखज्ञ, सुखज्ञ &c. -5 To test, try, know the true character of; आपत्सु मित्रं जानीयात् H.1.72; Chāṇ.21. -6 To recognise; न त्वं दृष्ट्वा न पुनरलकां ज्ञास्यसे कामचारिन् Me.63. -7 To regard, consider, know to be; जानामि त्वां प्रकृतिपुरुषं कामरूपं मघोनः Me.6. -8 To act, engage in (with gen. of the instrument); सर्पिषो जानीते Sk. 'he engages in sacrifice with clarified butter (सर्पिषः = सर्पिषा). -9 Ved. To acknowledge, approve, allow. -1 To recognise as one's own, take possession of. -Caus. (ज्ञापयति, ज्ञपयति) 1 To announce, inform, make acquainted with, make known, notify. -2 To request, ask (Ātm.). -3 To sharpen. -4 To satisfy. -5 To praise. -6 To immolate, kill (as an animal). -Desid. (जिज्ञासते) 1 To desire to know, investigate, ascertain; R.2.26; Bk.8.33;14.91. -2 To conjecture, suppose, guess.
jñātiḥ ज्ञातिः [ज्ञा-क्तिच्] 1 A paternal relation, a father, brother &c.; agnate relatives collectively. -2 A kinsman or kindred in general. -3 A distant kinsman who is not entitled to the oblations offered to deceased ancestors. -4 A father. -Comp. -कर्मन् n., -कार्यम् the duty of a kinsman. -चेलम् A low-born person; विभिन्न- कर्माशयवाक् कुले नो मा ज्ञातिचेलं भुवि कस्यचिद् भूत् । Bk.12.78. -प्रायः A meal for kinsmen (Mar. जातिभोजन); प्रक्षाल्य हस्ता- वाचम्य ज्ञातिप्रायं प्रकल्पयेत् Ms.3.264. -भावः kin, relationship. -भेदः dissension among relatives. -विद् a. one who has or makes near relatives.
jyāyas ज्यायस् a. (-सी f.; Compar. of प्रशस्य, वृद्ध) 1 Elder, senior; प्रसवक्रमेण स किल ज्यायान् U.6. -2 Superior, more excellent or worthy; Ms.4.8;3.137; Bg.3.1,8. -3 Larger, greater. -4 (In law) One not a minor, i. e. come of age and responsible for his own action. -5 Aged, old. -6 Decayed, worn out. -7 Better, stronger, preferable; यद्यप्यपूर्वत्वादन्यत्र विधिर्ज्यायान् अनुवादात् तथाप्यत्रानुवाद एव बहुत्वस्य भवितुमर्हति । ŚB. on MS.1.2.43.
ṭaṅkāraḥ टङ्कारः 1 The twang of a bow-string. -2 A howl, cry, shout; सृगालोलूकटङ्कारैः प्रणेदुरशिवं शिवाः Bhāg 3.17.9. -3 Fame; (Notoriety; M. W.) -4 Surprise, wonder. 'ten'; ञश्चाग्निर्ञा जरा राशिरेव च and ञं सर्पिः परं ब्रह्म निगद्यते । Enm.
ḍuṇḍubhaḥ डुण्डुभः मः A kind of snake not poisonous (निर्विषा डुण्डुभाः स्मृताः); शयानं तत्र चापश्यत् डुण्डुभं वयसान्वितम् Mb.1.9.21.
takṣan तक्षन् m. [तक्ष्-कनिन्] 1 A carpenter, wood-cutter (whether by caste or profession); तक्षा रिष्टं रुतं भिषग् Rv.9.112.1; तक्षाणः पलगण्डाश्च ... Śiva. B.31.18; अताक्षा तक्षा K. P. 'one not a तक्षन् by caste is called तक्षन् when he acts like or follows the profession of a तक्षन् (carpenter); Śi.12.25. -2 N. of the architect of the gods.
taṇḍulaḥ तण्डुलः [तण्ड् उलच्] Grain after threshing, unhusking and winnowing; (especially rice); शस्य, धान्य, तण्डुल and अन्न are thus distinguished from one another --शस्यं क्षेत्रगतं प्रोक्तं सतुषं धान्यमुच्यते । निस्तुषस्तण्डुलः प्रोक्तः स्विन्नमन्नमुदा- हृतम् ॥). -Comp. -अम्बु n. gruel. -उत्थम् -कम् rice-gruel. -ओघः 1 a prickly sort of bamboo. -2 a heap of grain. -कणः a rice-grain. -कण्डनम् bran. -फला long pepper.
tatprakhyanyāyaḥ तत्प्रख्यन्यायः A मीमांसा rule of interpretaiton according to which an expression is to be considered as नामधेय (name of the याग) if the गुण implied or stated by that expression is found to be stated by another statement. This rule is discussed by जैमिनि and शबर at MS.I.4.4.
tatra तत्र ind. 1 In that place, there, yonder, thither. -2 On that occasion, under those circumstances, then, in that case; दातुं दुहितरं तस्मै रोचयामास तत्र वै Rām. 7.12.17. -3 For that, in that; निरीतयः । यन्मदीयाः प्रजास्तत्र हेतुस्त्वद्ब्रह्मवर्चसम् R.1.63. -4 Often used for the loc. case of तद्; Ms.2.112;3.6;4.186; Y.1.263. तत्रापि 'even then', 'nevertheless' (corr. of यद्यपि). तत्र तत्र 'in various places or cases, 'here and there,' 'to every place'; अध्यक्षान्विविधान्कुर्यात् तत्र तत्र विपश्चितः Ms. 7.81. -Comp. -चक्षुर्मनस् a. directing one's eyes and mind on him. -भवत् a. (-ती f.) his honour, his reverence, revered, respectable, worthy, a respectful title given in dramas to persons not near the speaker; (पूज्ये तत्रभवानत्रभवांश्च भगवानपि); आदिष्टो$स्मि तत्रभवता काश्यपेन Ś.4; तत्रभवान् काश्यपः Ś.1. &c. -स्थ a. standing or being there, belonging to that place.
tad तद् pron., a. (Nom. sing. सः m., सा f., तत् n.) 1 That referring to something not present; (तदिति परोक्षे विजानी- यात्) -2 He, she, it; (oft. as corr. of यद्); यस्य बुद्धिर्बलं तस्य Pt.1. -3 That i. e. well-known; सा रम्या नगरी महान्स नृपतिः सामन्तचक्रं च तत् Bh.3.37; Ku.5.71. -4 That (referring to something seen or experienced before, अनुभूतार्थः; उत्कम्पिनी भयपरिस्खलितांशुकान्ता ते लोचने प्रतिदिशं विधुरे क्षिपन्ती K. P.7; Bv.2.5. -5 The same, identical, that, very; usually with एव; तानीन्द्रियाणि सकलानि तदेव नाम Bh.2.4. Sometimes the forms of तद् are used with the first and second personal pronouns, as well as with demonstratives and relatives, for the sake of emphasis; (often translatable by 'therefore', 'then'); सो$हमिज्याविशुद्धात्मा R.1.69; 'I that very person', 'I therefore'; (I who am so and so); स त्वं निवर्तस्व विहाय लज्जाम् 2.4 'thou, therefore, shouldst return', &c. When repeated तद् has the sense of 'several', 'various'; तेषु तेषु स्थानेषु K.369; Bg.7.2; Māl.1.36; ते ते भावाः 1.17. तेन the instr. of तद् is often used with adverbial force in the sense of 'therefore', 'on that account', 'in that case', 'for that reason.' तेन हि if so, well then. -ind. 1 There, thither. -2 Then, in that case, at that time. -3 For that reason, therefore, consequently; तदेहि विमर्दक्षमां भूमिमवतरावः U.5; Me.7,19; R.3.46. -4 Then (corr. of यदि); तथापि यदि महत्कुतूहलं तत्कथयामि K.136; Bg.1.46. -n. 1 The Supreme Spirit or Brahman; तद्भावभावी तद्बुद्धिः Mb.12. 323.29; Bg.17.23. -2 This world. -Comp. -अतिपात a. going beyond the bounds. -अनन्तर a. next to that. (-ind.) immediately after that, thereupon. -अनु ind. after that, afterwards; संदेशं मे तदनु जलद श्रोष्यसि श्रोत्र- पेयम् Me.13; R.16.87; Māl.9.26. -अनुसरणम् going after that. -अन्त a. perishing in that, ending thus. -अन्य a. other than that. -अपेक्ष a. having regard to that. -अर्थ, -अर्थीय a. 1 intended for that. -2 having that meaning. -अर्थम् on that account, with that object, therefore; स्वस्रीयं मम राजेन्द्र द्रष्टुकामो महीपतिः । तदर्थ- मुपयातो$हमयोध्यां रघुनन्दन ॥ Rām.1.73.4. -अर्ह a. meriting that. -अवधि ind. 1 so far; upto that period, till then; तदवधि कुशली पुराणशास्त्रस्मृतिशतचारुविचारजो विवेकः Bv. 2.14. -2 from that time, since then; श्वासो दीर्घस्तदवधि मुखे पाण्डिमा Bv.2.79. -अवस्थ a. so circumstanced. -एकचित्त a. having the mind solely fixed on that; H. -कर a. serving, obeying as servant. -काल 1 the current moment, present time. -2 that time. ˚धी a. having presence of mind. -कालम् ind. 1 instantly, immediately. -2 at that time, at a certain time. -कालीन a. simultaneous; ब्रह्मन्कालान्तरकृतं तत्कालीनं कथं भवेत् Bhāg.1.12.41. -क्षणः 1 present, time being, present or current moment; R.1.51. -2 the same moment. -3 a measure of time. -क्षणम्, -क्षणात् ind. immediately, directly, instantly; सेकान्ते मुनिकन्याभिस्तत्- क्षणोज्झितवृक्षकम् R.3.14; Śi.9.5; Y.2.14; Amaru. 83. -क्रिय a. working without wages. -गत a. gone or directed to that, intent on that, devoted to that, belonging to that; तद्गतेनैव चेतसा Ks.3.68. (-तः) the continued multiplication of four or more like quantities. -गुण a. possessing those qualities. (-णः) 1 the quality or virtue of anything; R.1.9. -2 a figure of speech (in Rhet.); स्वमुत्सृज्य गुणं योगादत्युज्ज्वलगुणस्य यत् । वस्तु तद्गुण- तामेति भण्यते स तु तद्गुणः ॥ K. P.1.137; see Chandr.5.141. ˚संविज्ञानः a term applied to those Bahuvrīhi compounds in which the qualities denoted by the name are perceived along with the thing itself; as लंबकर्ण; cf. अतद्गुणसंविज्ञान also. -ज a. immediate, instantaneous. -ज्ञः a knowing or intelligent man, wise man, philosopher. -तृतीय a. doing that for the third time. -देश्य a. coming from the same country. -देश्यः a fellow countryman. -धन a. miserly, niggardly. -धर्मिन् a. obeying his laws; तद्धर्मिणां निवसतां विषमः स्वभावः Bhāg.3.15.32. -धर्म्य a. of that kind; Bhāg.5.14.2. -पदार्थः the Supreme Being. -पर a. 1 following that, coming after that, inferior. -2 having that as the highest object, closely intent on, exclusively devoted to, eagerly engaged in (usually in comp.); सम्राट् समाराधनतत्परो$भूत् R.2.5;1.66; Me.1; Y.1.83; Ms.3.262. -3 diligent. (-रः) the thirtieth part of a twinkling of the eye. (-रा) one sixtieth of a second of a circle. ˚ता, ˚त्वम् 1 intentness, entire devotion or addiction to a thing. -2 inferiority. -परायण a. solely devoted or attached to anything. -पुरुषः 1 the original or Supreme Spirit. -2 N. of a class of compounds in which the first member determines the sense of the other member, or in which the last member is defined or qualified by the first, without losing its original independence; as तत्पुरुषः; तत्पुरुष कर्मधारय येनाहं स्यां बहुव्रीहिः Udb. उत्तरपदप्रधानस्तत्पुरुषः -पूर्व a. 1 happening or occurring for the first time; अकारि तत्पूर्वनिबद्धया तया Ku.5.1;7.3; R.2.42;14.38. -2 prior, former. -पूर्वम् ind. that for the first time; Ki.7.11. -प्रथम a. doing that for the first time; Ku.5.66. -फल a. having that as a fruit or result. (-लः) 1 the white water-lily. -2 a kind of perfume. -बलः a kind of arrow. -भव a. sprung from Sanskṛit &c. (as Prākṛit or other words). -भावः becoming that. -मात्रम् 1 merely that, only a trifle, a very small quantity; तन्मात्रादेव कुपितो राजा Ks.6.15. -2 (in phil.) a subtle and primary element (such as शब्द, स्पर्श, रूप, रस and गन्ध) तन्मात्राण्यविशेषाः Sān. K.38; गणस्तन्मात्रपञ्चकश्चैव Sān. K.24; Bhāg.11.24.7. -मात्रिक a. consisting of rudimentary atoms; अर्थस्तन्मात्रिकाज्जज्ञे Bhāg.11.24.8. -राजः an affix added to some proper names to form from them the names of the 'king' or 'chief'; as from अङ्ग is formed आङ्ग 'king of the Aṅgas' by the affix अण्. -रूप a. thus shaped, so formed; of the same quality. -वाचक a. denoting or signifying that. -विद् a. 1 knowing that. -2 knowing the truth. -विद्य a. a Connoisseur, expert. -विध a. of that kind or sort; भक्त्योपपन्नेषु हि तद्विधानां प्रसादचिह्नानि पुरः फलानि R.2.22; Ku.5.73; Ms.2.112. -संख्याक a. of that number; Y.2.6. com. -समनन्तरम् ind. immediately upon that; Ks.4.24. -स्थ a. being on or in that, connected with it. (-स्थः) a particular mode of multiplication. -हित a. good for that. -(तः) 1 an affix added to primary bases to form derivative or secondary bases from them. -2 a noun formed by a Taddhita affix, a derivative noun.
tadātvam तदात्वम् The time being, present time; आयत्यां च तदात्वे च Mb.12.16.6. तदादितदन्तन्यायः tadāditadantanyāyḥ तदादितदन्तन्यायः The rule according to which when an उत्कर्ष of a detail is laid down what is meant is that one should have उत्कर्ष not of that particular detail alone but of all the details beginning with that detail. In the case of अपकर्ष, however, there will be अपकर्ष not of that particular detail alone, but of all the details ending with it; तदादि उत्कर्षे तदन्तमपकर्षे गम्येत । SB. on MS.5.1.24.
taruṇa तरुण a. [तॄ-उनन् Uṇ.3.54] 1 Young, youthful, juvenile (as a man). -2 (a) Young, newly-born or produced, tender, soft; वितीर्णे सर्वस्वे तरुणकरुणापूर्णहृदयाः Bh.3.49. (b) Newly risen, not high in the sky (as the sun); वासो वसाना तरुणार्करागम् Ku.3.54. -3 New, fresh; तरुणं दधि Chāṇ.64; तरुणं सर्षपशाकं नवौदनं पिच्छिलानि च दधीनि । अल्पव्ययेन सुन्दरि ग्राम्यजनो मिष्टमश्नाति ॥ Chand. M.1. -4 Lively, vivid. -णः A young man, youth; गतवयसामपि पुंसां येषामर्था भवन्ति ते तरुणाः Pt.1.11; Bv.2.62. -2 The castor-oil plant. -3 Large cumin-seed (Mar. जिरें). -4 Newly produced liquor; तरुणस्तु नवे यूनि मद्ये प्रथम उत्कटे Nm. -णी 1 A young or youthful woman; वृद्धस्य तरुणी विषम् Chān.78. -2 N. of some plants such as Aloe Perfoliata (Mar. कोरफड), Rosa Glandulifera (Mar. पांढरा गुलाब) etc. -णम् 1 Cartilage. -2 A sprout. -Comp. -अस्थि n. cartilage. -ज्वरः fever lasting for a week. -दधि n. coagulated milk five days old. -पीतिका red arsenic.
tācchīlikaḥ ताच्छीलिकः N. of an affix used to denote a particular inclination; tendency, or habit.
tānaḥ तानः [तन्-घञ्] 1 A thread, fibre. -2 (In music) A protracted tone, a key-note; यथा तानं बिना रागः Bv. 1.119; तानप्रदायित्वमिवोपगन्तुम् Ku.1.8. (the number of tānas is said to be 49). -3 A monotonous tone. -नम् 1 Expanse, extension. -2 An object of sense. -Comp. -कर्मन् n. 1 tuning the voice as a preparatory step to singing. -2 running over the notes to catch the key.
tāra तार a. [तॄ-णिच् भावे अच्] 1 High (as a note.) -2 Loud, shrill (as a sound); नादस्तावद्विकलकुररीकूजितस्निग्ध- तारः Māl.5.2. -3 Shining, radiant, clear; हारांस्तारां- स्तरलगुटिकान् (regarded as an interpolation in Me. by Malli.); उरसि निहितस्तारो हारः Amaru.31; R.5.52. -4 Good, excellent, well-flavoured. -5 Clear, clean; 'तारो मुक्तादिसंशुद्धौ' इति विश्वः; Śi.18.44. -रः 1 The bank of a river. -2 The clearness of a pearl. -3 A beautiful or big pearl; हारममलतरतारमुरसि दधतम् Gīt.11. -4 An epithet of (1) Visnu, (2) Śiva. -5 The mystical syllable ओम् (प्रणव). -6 Protection. -7 A high tone or note; दध्मौ शङ्खं च तारेण सिंहनादं ननाद च Mb.7.156.9. -8 Crossing, passing over. -9 A thread, wire (तन्तु); यदा गतोद्वाहमकूजनाक्षं सुवर्णतारं रथमाततायी Mb.5.48.28. -रः, -रम् 1 A star or planet; (said to be f. also). -2 The pupil of the eye; (said to be -m. also). -3 A pearl (said to be f. also). -रम् 1 Silver; तारहेममहारत्नविमानशतसङ्- कुलम् Bhāg.4.6.27. -2 A seed-vessel (esp. of the lotus); शुक्लैः सतारैर्मुकुलीकृतैः स्थुलैः कुमुद्वतीनां कुमुदाकरैरिव Śi.12.4. -Comp. -अभ्रः camphor. -अरिः a pyritic ore of iron. -पतनम् the falling of a star or meteor. -पुष्पः the Kunda or jasmine creeper -माक्षिकम् a kind of inferior metal. -वायुः loud-sounding wind, a whistling breeze. -विमला a kind of mineral substance. -शुद्धि- करम् lead. -स्वर a. having a loud or shrill sound; तारस्वरं तथा साम गायति स्म जडाशयः Ks.6.58. -हारः 1 a necklace of big or beautiful pearls. -2 a shining necklace. -हेमाभम् N. of a metal.
tārakaḥ तारकः N. of a demon killed by Kārtikeya. [He was the son of Vajrāṅga and Varāṅgī. He propitiated the god Brahmadeva by means of his penance on the Pāriyātra mountain, and asked as a boon that he should not be killed by any one except a child seven days old. On the strength of this boon be began to oppress the gods who were obliged to go to Brahmā and ask his assistance in the destruction of the demon (see Ku.2). But they were told that the offspring of Śiva could alone vanquish him. Afterwards Kārtikeya was born, and he slew the demon on the seventh day of his birth]. -Comp. -अरिः, -जित्, -रिपुः, -वैरिन्, -सूदन m. an epithet of Kārtikeya; जेयस्तारकसूदनो युधि करक्रीडत्कुठारस्य च P. R.4.16. (For other senses, see under तॄ).
tārā तारा 1 A star or planet in general; हंसश्रेणीषु तारासु R.4.19; Bh.1 15. -2 A fixed star; Y.3.172; R. 6.22. -3 The pupil of the eye, the eye-ball; कान्तामन्तः- प्रमोदादभिसरति मदभ्रान्ततारश्चकोरः Māl.9.3; विस्मयस्मेरतारैः 1.28; Ku.3.47. -4 A pearl. -5 (in Sāṅkhya Phil.) One of the 8 Siddhis. -6 (in music) N. of a Rāga of six notes. -7 A kind of perfume. -8 (a) N. of the wife of Vāli, king of the monkeys, and mother of Aṅgada. She in vain tried to dissuade her husband Vāli from fighting with Rāma and Sugrīva, and married Sugrīva after Vāli had been killed by Rāma. (b) N. of the wife of Bṛihaspati, the preceptor of the gods. She was on one occasion carried off by Soma (the moon) who refused to deliver her up to her husband when demanded. A fierce contest then ensued, and Brahmā had at last to compel Soma to restore her to her husband. Tārā gave birth to a son named Budha who became the ancestor of the Lunar race of kings (see Bhāg.9.14). (c) N. of the wife of Hariśchandra and mother of Rohidāsa (also called Tārāmatī). (d) N. of a Buddha goddess. (e) N. of a Śakti; Jaina. -Comp. -अधिपः 1 the moon; Ku.7.48; Bh.1.71. -2 Śiva. -3 Bṛihaspati. -4 Vāli. -5 Sugrīva. -आपीडः the moon. -आभः quicksilver. -ग्रहः one of the 5 lesser planets exclusive of the sun and moon; Bṛi.S.69.1. -पतिः 1 the moon R.13.76. -2 Vāli. -3 Bṛihaspati. -4 Śiva. -पथः the atmosphere, firmament, sky. -प्रमाणम् sidereal measure, sidereal time. -भूषा the night. -मण्डलम् 1 the starry region, the zodiac. -2 the pupil of the eye. -3 (लः) A kind of Śiva temple. -मृगः the constellation मृगशिरस् -मैत्रकम् 'the friendship of the stars', spontaneous or unaccountable love; Māl.7.4; U.5. -वर्षम् falling stars.
tilaḥ तिलः [तिल्-क्] 1 The seasamum plant; नासाभ्येति तिल- प्रसूनपदवीम् Gīt.1. -2 The seed of this plant; नाकस्मा- च्छाण्डिलीमाता विक्रीणाति तिलैस्तिलान् । लुञ्चितानितरैर्येन कार्यमत्र भविष्यति ॥ Pt.2.7. -3 A mole, spot. -5 A small particle, as much as a sesamum-seed; तिले तालं पश्यति 'makes mountains of molehills.' -Comp. -अन्नम् rice with sesamum seed. -अप्, -अम्बु, -उदकम् water with sesamum seed offered to the dead as a libation; एते यदा मत्सुहृदोस्तिलापः Bhāg.1.12.15; श्राद्धानि नो$धिभुजे प्रसभं तनूजैर्दत्तानि तीर्थसमये$प्यपिबत्तिलाम्बु Bhāg.7.8.45; Ś.3; तेषो दत्त्वा तु हस्तेषु सपवित्रं तिलोकदम् Ms.3.223. -उत्तमा N. of an Apsaras. -ओदनः, -नम् a dish of milk, rice and sesamum. -कठः sesamum powder (Mar. तिळकूट). -कल्कः dough made of ground sesamum. ˚जः oil-cake made of the sediment of ground sesamum. -कालकः 1 a mole, a dark spot under the skin. -2 a disease of the penis, in which the fleshy parts become black and die off. -किट्टम्, -खलिः f., -खली, -चूर्णम् the caky sediment of sesamum after the oil is extracted; स्थाल्यां वैदूर्यमय्यां पचति तिलखलीमिन्धनैश्चन्दनाद्यैः Bh.2.1. -चतुर्थी The 4th day of the dark-half of Māgha. -तण्डुलकम् an embrace (so called because in it the two bodies are united together like rice mixed up with sesamum-seed). -तैलम् sesamum-oil; -द्वादशी The 12th day of a particular month (kept as a festival); तां रणस्वामिनं द्रष्टुं तिलद्वादश्यहे गताम् Rāj. T.5.395. -धेनुः f. sesamum made up in the form of a cow and offered as a present to a Brāhmaṇa. 'यावता वस्त्रेण कृत्स्ना धेनुराच्छादिता भवति तद्वस्त्र- पूरिततिलाः' is the another meaning given in the com.; भरणीषु द्विजातिभ्यस्तिलधेनुं प्रदाय वै Mb.13.64.35. -पर्णः turpentine. (-र्णम्) sandal-wood. -पर्णी 1 the sandal tree. -2 frankincense. -3 turpentine. -पर्णिका, -पर्णि (र्ण)कम् sandal-wood. -पिच्चटम् Sweetmeat of sesamum powder and sugar; L. D. B. -पिञ्जः, -पेजः barren sesamum. -पीडः an oilman; स्नेहेन तिलवत्सर्वं सर्गचक्रे निपीड्यते । तिलपीडैरिव Mb.12.174.24. -भाविनी jasmine. -मयूरः a species of peacock. -रसः, -स्नेहः sesamum oil. -होमः a burnt offering of sesamum.
tilakaḥ तिलकः [तिल्-क्वुन्, तिल इवार्थे स्वल्पे वा कन् वा] 1 A species of tree with beautiful flowers; Rām.2.94.9; आक्रान्ता तिलकक्रियापि तिलकैर्लीनद्विरेफाञ्जनैः M.3,5; न खलु शोभयति स्म वनस्थलीं न तिलकस्तिलकः प्रमदामिव R.9.41. Kālidāsa describes the beauty of this tree as being akin to that of the saffron-mark on the forehead of a woman. The name suggests a relation to tila. the sesame plant, Sesamum indicum Linn. Now this plant has got flowers that have got a very pretty appearance. It is a shrub and not a tree. It grows four to five feet in height. Its flower has five petals. The lower petal is the longest. In wild variety there is a promiment spot on the longest petal which is highly suggestive of the saffron-mark on the forehead of a woman. -2 A freckle or natural mark under the skin. -3 The sesamum tree. -कः, -कम् 1 A mark made with sandalwood or unguents &c.; मुखे मधुश्री- स्तिलकं प्रकाश्य Ku.3.3; कस्तूरिकातिलकमालि विधाय सायम् Bv.2.4;1.121. -2 The ornament of anything (used at the end of comp. in the sense of 'best', 'chief' or 'distinguished'); कुल˚; जीवलोक˚ Māl.9.21; यस्य न विपदि विषादः संपदि हर्षो रणे न भीरुत्वम् । तं भुवनत्रयतिलकं जनयति जननी सुतं विरलम् ॥ Pt.1.15. -3 The burden of a song (ध्रुवक). -का A kind of necklace. -कम् 1 The bladder. -2 The right lung. -3 A kind of salt. -4 A kind of disease, the appearance of dark spots on the skin without any inflammation. -5 Alliteration. -Comp. -आश्रयः the forehead.
tulya तुल्य a. [तुलया संमितं यत्] 1 Of the same kind or class, well-matched, similar, like, equal, resembling (with gen., instr. or in comp.); Ms.4.86; Y.2.77; R.2.35 (v. l.); 12.8; लोकेन भावी पितुरेव तुल्यः संभावितो मालिपरिग्रहात् सः 18.38. -2 Fit for. -3 Identical, same. -4 Indifferent. -ल्यम् ind. 1 Simultaneously; ययोर्मृत्यु- र्विवासश्च त्वकृते तुल्यमागतौ Rām.2.74.3. -2 Equally, in a like manner. -Comp. -कक्ष a. equal to; यदि तत्तुल्य- कक्षो$त्र भवान् धुरि न युज्यते Ve.3.26. -दर्शन a. regarding with the same or indifferent eyes; चक्रुः कृपां यद्यपि तुल्य- दर्शनाः Bhāg.1.5.24. -नक्तंदिन a. 1 having equal days and nights. -2 not distinguishing between day and night; ताप्यमानः स बभ्राम तुल्यनक्तंदिनश्चिरम् Ks.11.28. -निन्दास्तुति a. indifferent to blame or praise; Bg. 12.19. -न्याय a. that to which the same principle or rule is applicable, a similar (case); तदेतद् न्यायपूर्वकं लिङ्गमेकत्रापि दृश्यमानं तुल्यन्यायानां सर्वेषां धर्मवक्तां ज्ञापयति । ŚB. on MS.7.4.12. -पाक a. Having equal heat, being equally heated; यथा स्थाल्यां तुल्यपाकानामेकमुपमृद्यमन्येषामपि सिद्धतां जानाति । ŚB. on MS.7.4.12. -पानम् drinking together, compotation. -भावना (in arith.) combination of like sets of magnitude. -मूल्य a. of equal value. -योगिता (in Rhet.) Equal Pairing, a figure of speech, a combination of several objects having the same attribute, the objects being either all relevant or all irrelevant; नियतानां सकृद्धर्मः सा पुनस्तुल्ययोगिता K. P.1; cf. Chandr.5.41. -रूप a. like, similar, analogous. -शुद्धि f. equal substraction. -शोधनम् reducing an equation by removing the like terms on both sides.
tṛtīya तृतीय a. The third. -यः 1 The 3rd consonant of a Varga. -2 (in music) N. of measure. -यम् A third part; वनेषु च विहृत्यैवं तृतीयं भागमायुषः Ms.6.33. ind. For the 3rd time, thirdly; तृतीयमप्सु नृमणा अजस्रम् Rv.1.45.1. -Comp. -करणी the side of a square 3 times smaller than another. -प्रकृतिः m. or f. 1 a eunuch. -2 the neuter gender.
tāraka तारक a. (-रिका f.) [तॄ-णिच् ण्वुल्] 1 Carrying over. -2 Protecting, preserving, rescuing. -3 Helping another through a difficulty. -कः 1 A pilot, helmsman. -2 A deliverer, saviour. -3 N. of Śiva. -कः, -कम् A boat, raft. -कम् (also f.) 1 The pupil of the eye; संदधे दृशमुदग्रतारकाम् R.11.69. -2 The eye. -3 A star; शान्तर्क्ष- ग्रहतारकम् Bhāg.1.3.1; see तारका.
tejas तेजस् n. [तिज्-भावे करुणादै असुन्] 1 Sharpness. -2 The sharp edge (of a knife &c.). -3 The point or top of a flame. -4 Heat, glow. glare. -5 Lustre, light, brilliance, splendour; दिनान्ते निहितं तेजः R.4.1; तेजश्चास्मि विभावसौ Bg.7.9,1. -6 Heat or light considered as the third of the five elements of creation (the other four being पृथिवी, अप्, वायु and आकाश). -7 The bright appearance of the human body, beauty; अरिष्टशय्यां परितो विसारिणा सुजन्मनस्तस्य निजेन तेजसा R.3.15. -8 Fire of energy; शतप्रधानेषु तपोधनेषु गूढं हि दाहात्मकमस्ति तेजः Ś. 2.7; U.6.14. -9 Might, prowess, strength, courage, valour; martial or heroic lustre; तेजस्तेजसि शाम्यतु U. 5.7; Ś.7.15. -1 One possessed of heroic lustre; तेजसां हि न वयः समीक्ष्यते R.11.1; Pt.1.328;3.33. -11 Spirit, energy. -12 Strength of character, not bearing insult or ill-treatment with impunity. -13 Majestic lustre, majesty, dignity, authority, consequence; तेजोविशेषानुमितां (राजलक्ष्मीं) दधानः R.2.7. -14 Semen, seed, semen virile; स्याद्रक्षणीयं यदि मे न तेजः R.14.65; 2.75; दुष्यन्तेनाहितं तेजो दधानां भूतये भुवः Ś.4.3. -15 The essential nature of anything. -16 Essence, quintessence. -17 Spiritual, moral, or magical power. -18 Fire; यज्ञसेनस्य दुहिता तेज एव तु केवलम् Mb.3.239.9. -19 Marrow. -2 Bile. -21 The speed of a horse. -22 Fresh butter. -23 Gold. -24 Clearness of the eyes. -25 A shining or luminous body, light; ऋते कृशानोर्न हि मन्त्रपूतमर्हन्ति तेजांस्यपराणि हव्यम् Ku.1.51; Ś.4.2. -26 The heating and strengthening faculty of the human frame seated in the bile (पित्त). -27 The brain. -28 Violence, fierceness. -29 Impatience. -3 Anger; मित्रैः सह विरोधं च प्राप्नुते तेजसा वृतः Md.3.28.18. -31 The sun; उपप्लवांस्तथा घोरान् शशिनस्तेजसस्तथा Mb.12. 31.36. -Comp. -कर a. 1 illuminating. -2 granting vital power or strength. -पदम् a mark of dignity; तेजःपदं मणिमयं च हृतं शिरोभ्यः Bhāg.1.15.14. -बीजम् marrow. -भङ्गः 1 disgrace, destruction of dignity. -2 depression, discouragement. -भीरः f. shadow. -मण्डलम् a halo of light; सर्वा एतस्मिंस्तेजोमण्डल एकीभवन्ति Praśna. Up.4.2. -मात्रा sense-organ; स एतास्तेजोमात्राः समभ्याददानो हृदयमेवान्ववक्रामति Bṛi. Up.4.4.1. -मूर्तिः the sun; Ms.3.93. -रूपम् 1 the Supreme Spirit, Brahman. -2 the nature of light. -वृत्तम् 1 noble behaviour; Ms.9.33. -2 superior power or lustre. तेजस्वत् tējasvat तेजोवत् tējōvat तेजस्वत् तेजोवत् a. 1 Bright, brilliant, splendid. -2 Sharp, pungent. -3 Brave, heroic. -4 Energetic.
tena तेन A note introductory to a song.
toyam तोयम् 1 Water; Ś.7.12. -2 The constellation पूर्वाषाढा or its regent. -Comp. -अग्निः submarine fire; Mb.12. -अञ्जलिः see तोयकर्मन्. -अधिवासिनी trumpetflower. -आत्मन् m. the Supreme Being. -आधारः, -आशयः a lake, well, any reservoir of water; तोयाधार- पथाश्च वल्कलशिखानिष्यन्दरेखाङ्किताः Ś.1.14. -आलयः the ocean, sea. -ईशः 'lord of waters', an epithet of Varuṇa. (-शम्) the constellation called पूर्वाषाढा. -उत्सर्गः discharge of water, raining; तोयोत्सर्गस्तनितमुखरो मा च भूर्विक्लवास्ताः Me.39. -कर्मन् n. 1 ablutions of various parts of the body performed with water. -2 libations of water to the deceased; तोयकर्मणि तं कुन्ती कथयामास सूर्यजम् Mb.12.1.22. -काम a. 1 fond of water. -2 thirsty. (-मः) a sort of crane. -कृच्छ्रः, -च्छ्रम् a kind of penance, drinking nothing but water for a fixed period. -क्रीडा sporting in water; Me.35. -गर्भः the cocoanut. -चरः an aquatic animal. -डिम्बः, -डिम्भः hail. -दः a cloud; R.6.65; V.1.14. ˚अत्ययः the autumn. -दम् ghee; 'तोयदो मुस्तके मेघे पुमानाज्ये नपुंसकम्' Medinī. -धरः a cloud. -धारः 1 a cloud. -2 raining. -धिः, -निधिः 1 the ocean. -2 the number 'four'. ˚प्रियम् cloves. -नीवी the earth. -पाषाणजमलम् oxide of zinc. -पुष्पी, -प्रष्ठा trumpet-flower. -प्रसादनम् the clearingnut tree or its nut, see अम्बुप्रसादन or कतक. -मलम् seafoam. -मुच् m. a cloud. -यन्त्रम् 1 a water-clock. -2 an artificial jet or fountain of water. -रसः moisture. -राज् m. 1 the ocean. -2Varuṇa, the regent of waters. -राशिः 1 the ocean. -2 a pond, lake, Rām.2. -वेला the edge of water, shore. -व्यतिकरः confluence (as of rivers); तीर्थे तोयव्यतिकरभवे जह्नुकन्यासरय्वोः R.8.95. -शुक्तिका an oyster. -सर्पिका, -सूचकः a frog.
tyāgin त्यागिन् a. 1 Leaving, abandoning, giving up &c. -2 Giving away, a donor. -3 Heroic, brave. -4 Liberal. -5 Sacrificing. -6 One who does not look to any reward or result from the performance of ceremonial rites; यस्तु कर्मफलत्यागी स त्यागीत्यमभिधीयते Bg.18.11.
tri त्रि num. a. [Uṇ.5.66] (declined in pl. only, nom. त्रयः m., तिस्त्रः f., त्रीणि n.) Three; त एव हि त्रयो लोकास्त एव त्रय आश्रमाः &c. Ms.2.229; प्रियतमाभिरसौ तिसृभिर्बभौ R.9.18; त्रीणि वर्षाण्युदीक्षेत कुमार्यृतुमती सती Ms.9.9 [cf. L. tres; Gr. treis; A. S., Zend thri; Eng. three]. -Comp. -अंशः 1 a three-fold share; त्र्यंशं दायाद्धरेद्विप्रः Ms.9.151. -2 a third part. -3 three-fourths. -अक्ष a. triocular. -अक्षः, -अक्षकः an epithet of Śiva; शुष्कस्नायु- स्वराह्लादात्त्र्यक्षं जग्राह रावणः Pt.5.57. -अक्षरः 1 the mystic syllable ओम् consisting of three letters; see under अ. आद्यं यत्त्र्यक्षरं ब्रह्म Ms.11.265. -2 a matchmaker or घटक (that word consisting of three syllables). -3 a genealogist. (-री) knowledge, learning; see विद्या. -अङ्कटम्, -अङ्गटम् 1 three strings suspended to either end of a pole for carrying burdens. -2 a sort of collyrium. (-टः) N. of Śiva. -अङ्गम् (pl.) a tripartite army (chariots, cavalry and infantry). -अङ्गुलम् three fingers' breadth. -अञ्जनम् the three kinds of collyrium; i. e. कालाञ्जन, रसाञ्जन and पुष्पाञ्जन. -अञ्जलम्, -लिः three handfuls taken collectively. -अधिपतिः (the lord of the 3 guṇas or worlds), an epithet of Viṣṇu; Bhāg.3.16.24. -अधिष्ठानः the soul. (नम्) spirit, life (चैतन्य). -a. having three stations; Ms.12.4. -अध्वगा, -मार्गगा, -वर्त्मगा epithets of the river Ganges (flowing through the three worlds). -अनीक a. having the three properties of heat, rain and cold; त्यनीकः पत्यते माहिनावान् Rv.3.56.3. (-का) an army consisting of horses, elephants and chariots. -अब्द a. three years old. -ब्दम् three years taken collectively. -अम्बकः (also त्रियम्बक in the same sense though rarely used in classical literature) 'having three eyes', N. of Śiva.; त्रियम्बकं संयमिनं ददर्श Ku.3.44; जडीकृतस्त्र्यम्बकवीक्षणेन R.2. 42;3.49. ˚सखः an epithet of Kubera; कुबेरस्त्र्यम्बकसखः Ak. -अम्बका an epithet of Pārvatī -अशीत a. eighty-third. -अशीतिः f. eighty-three. -अष्टन् a. twenty-four. -अश्र, -अस्र a. triangular. (-स्रम्) a triangle. -अहः 1 a period of three days. -2 a festival lasting three days. -आर्षेयाः deaf, dumb and blind persons. -आहिक a. 1 performed or produced in three days. -2 recurring after the third day, tertian (as fever). -3 having provision for three days कुशूलकुम्भीधान्यो वा त्र्याहिको$श्वस्तनो$पि वा Y.1.128. -ऋचम् (तृचम् also) three Riks taken collectively; Ms.8.16. -ऐहिक a. having provision for three days. -ककुद् m. 1 N. of the mountain Trikūṭa. -2 N. of Viṣnu or Kṛiṣṇa. -3 the highest, chief. -4 a sacrifice lasting for ten nights. -ककुभ् m. Ved. 1 Indra. -2 Indra's thunderbolt. -कटु dry ginger, black pepper and long pepper taken together as a drug; शिरामोक्षं विधायास्य दद्यात् त्रिकटुकं गुडम् Śālihotra 62. -कण्टः, -कण्टकः a kind of fish. -करणी the side of a square 3 times as great as another. -कर्मन् n. the chief three duties of a Brāhmaṇa i. e. sacrifice, study of the Vedas, and making gifts or charity. (-m.) one who engages in these three duties (as a Brāhmaṇa). -काण्डम् N. of Amarsiṁha's dictionary. -कायः N. of Buddha. -कालम् 1 the three times; the past, the present, and the future; or morning, noon and evening. -2 the three tenses (the past, present, and future) of a verb. (-लम् ind. three times, thrice; ˚ज्ञ, ˚दर्शिन् a. omniscient (m.) 1 a divine sage, seer. -2 a deity. -3 N. of Buddha. ˚विद् m. 1 a Buddha. -2 an Arhat (with the Jainas). -कूटः N. of a mountain in Ceylon on the top of which was situated Laṅkā, the capital of Rāvaṇa.; Śi.2.5. -कूटम् sea-salt. कूर्चकम् a knife with three edges. -कोण a. triangular, forming a triangle. (-णः) 1 a triangle. -2 the vulva. -खम् 1 tin. -2 a cucumber. -खट्वम्, -खट्वी three bedsteads taken collectively. -क्षाराणि n. (pl.) salt-petre, natron and borax. -गणः an aggregate of the three objects of worldly existence; i. e. धर्म, अर्थ and काम; न बाधते$स्य त्रिगणः परस्परम् Ki.1.11; see त्रिवर्ग below. -गत a. 1 tripled. -2 done in three days. -गर्ताः (pl.) 1 N. of a country, also called जलन्धर, in the northwest of India. -2 the people or rulers of that country. -3 a particular mode of calculation. -गर्ता 1 a lascivious woman, wanton. -2 a woman in general. -3 a pearl. -4 a kind of cricket. -गुण a. 1 consisting of three threads; व्रताय मौञ्जीं त्रिगुणां बभार याम् Ku.5.1. -2 three-times repeated, thrice, treble, threefold, triple; सप्त व्यतीयुस्त्रिगुणानि तस्य (दिनानि) R.2. 25. -3 containing the three Guṇas सत्त्व, रजस् and तमस्. (-णम्) the Pradhāna (in Sāṅ. phil.); (-ind.) three times; in three ways. -णाः m. (pl.) the three qualities or constituents of nature; त्रयीमयाय त्रिगुणात्मने नमः K.1. (-णा) 1 Māyā or illusion (in Vedānta phil.). -2 an epithet of Durgā. -गुणाकृतम् ploughed thrice. -चक्षुस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -चतुर a. (pl.) three or four; गत्वा जवात्त्रिचतुराणि पदानि सीता B.R.6.34. -चत्वा- रिंश a. forty-third. -चत्वारिंशत् f, forty-three. -जगत् n. -जगती the three worlds, (1) the heaven, the atmosphere and the earth; or (2) the heaven, the earth, and the lower world; त्वत्कीर्तिः ...... त्रिजगति विहरत्येवमुर्वीश गुर्वी Sūkti.5.59. -जटः an epithet of Śiva. -जटा N. of a female demon, one of the Rākṣasa attendants kept by Rāvaṇa to watch over Sītā, when she was retained as a captive in the Aśoka-vanikā. She acted very kindly towards Sītā and induced her companions to do the same; सीतां मायेति शंसन्ति त्रिजटा समजीवयत् R.12.74. -जातम्, जातकम् The three spices (mace, cardamoms, cinnamon). -जीवा, -ज्या the sine of three signs or 9˚, a radius. -णता a bow; कामुकानिव नालीकांस्त्रिणताः सहसामुचन् Śi.19.61. -णव, -णवन् a. (pl.) three times nine; i. e. 27. -णाकः the heaven; तावत्त्रिणाकं नहुषः शशास Bhāg.6.13.16. -णाचिकेतः 1 a part of the Adhvaryu-sacrifice or Yajurveda, or one who performs a vow connected therewith (according to Kull. on Ms.3.185); Mb.13.9.26. -2 one who has thrice kindled the Nāchiketa fire or studied the Nāchiketa section of Kāṭhaka; त्रिणाचिकेत- स्त्रिभिरेत्य सन्धिम् Kaṭh.1.17. -णीता a wife ('thrice married'; it being supposed that a girl belongs to Soma, Gandharva and Agni before she obtains a human husband). -णेमि a. with three fellies; विचिन्वतो$भूत् सुमहांस्त्रिणेमिः Bhāg.3.8.2. -तक्षम्, तक्षी three carpenters taken collectively. -दण्डम् 1 the three staves of a Saṁnyāsin (who has resigned the world) tied togethar so as to form one. -2 the triple subjection of thought, word, and deed. (-ण्डः) the state of a religious ascetic; ज्ञानवैराग्यरहितस्त्रिदण्डमुपजीवति Bhāg.11.18.4. -दण्डिन् m. 1 a religious mendicant or Saṁnyāsin who has renounced all worldly attachments, and who carries three long staves tied together so as to form one in his right hand; तल्लिप्सुः स यतिर्भूत्वा त्रिदण्डी द्वारका- मगात् Bhāg.1.86.3. -2 one who has obtained command over his mind, speech, and body (or thought, word, and deed); cf. वाग्दण्डो$थ मनोदण्डः कायदण्डस्तथैव च । यस्यैते निहिता बुद्धौ त्रिदण्डीति स उच्यते ॥ Ms.12.1. -दशाः (pl.) 1 thirty. -2 the thirty-three gods:-- 12 Ādityas, 8 Vasus, 11 Rudras and 2 Aśvins. (-शः) a god, an immortal; तस्मिन्मघोनस्त्रिदशान्विहाय सहस्रमक्ष्णां युगपत्पपात Ku.3.1. ˚अङ्कुशः (-शम्) the heaven. ˚आयुधम् Indra's thunderbolt; R.9.54. ˚आयुधम् rainbow; अथ नभस्य इव त्रिदशायुधम् R.9.54. ˚अधिपः, ˚ईश्वरः, ˚पतिः epithets of Indra. ˚अधिपतिः N. of Śiva. ˚अध्यक्षः, ˚अयनः an epithet of Viṣṇu. ˚अरिः a demon. ˚आचार्यः an epithet of Bṛihaspati. ˚आधार Nectar. ˚आलयः, ˚आवासः 1 heaven. -2 the mountain Meru. -3 a god. ˚आहारः 'the food of the gods', nectar. ˚इन्द्रः 1 Indra. -2 Śiva. -3 Brahman. ˚गुरुः an epithet of Bṛihaspati, ˚गोपः a kind of insect; (cf. इन्द्रगोप) श्रद्दधे त्रिदशगोपमात्रके दाहशक्तिमिव कृष्णवर्त्मनि R.11.42. ˚दीर्घिका an epithet of the Ganges. ˚पतिः Indra; एषो$प्यैरावतस्थस्त्रिदशपतिः Ratn.4.11. ˚पुङ्गवः Viṣṇu; Rām.1. ˚मञ्जरी the holy basil. ˚वधू, ˚वनिता, an Apsaras or heavenly damsel; कैलासस्य त्रिदशवनितादर्पणस्यातिथिः स्याः Me.6. ˚वर्त्मन् the sky. ˚श्रेष्ठः 1 Agni. -2 Brahman. ˚दशीभूत Become divine; त्रिदशीभूतपौराणां स्वर्गान्तरमकल्पयत् R.15.12. -दिनम् three days collectively. ˚स्पृश् m. concurrence of three lunations with one solar day. -दिवम् 1 the heaven; त्रिमार्गयेव त्रिदिवस्य मार्गः Ku.1.28; Ś.7.3. -2 sky, atmosphere. -3 paradise. -4 happiness. (-वा) cardamoms. ˚अधीशः, ˚ईशः 1 an epithet of Indra. -2 a god. ˚आलयः the heaven; अश्वमेधजिताँल्लोका- नाप्नोति त्रिदिवालये Mb.13.141.53. ˚उद्भवा 1 the Ganges. -2 small cardamoms. ˚ओकस् m. a god; वपुषि त्रिदिवौकसां परं सह पुष्पैरपतत्र्छिलीमुखाः Vikr.15.72. ˚गत dead; त्रिदिवगतः किमु वक्ष्यते पिता मे Vikr.6.62. -दृश् m. an epithet of Śiva. -दोषम् vitiation or derangement of the three humours of the body, i. e. वात, पित्त and कफ. -धा ind. in 3 parts, ways or places; triply, ˚त्वम् tripartition; Ch. Up. -धातुः an epithet of Gaṇeśa; -तुम् 1 the triple world. -2 the aggregate of the 3 minerals or humours. -धामन् m. 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 of Vyāsa; -3 of Śiva. -4 of Agni. -5 death. -n. the heaven; हंसो हंसेन यानेन त्रिधाम परमं ययौ Bhāg.3.24.2. -धारा the Ganges. -नयन, -नेत्रः, -लोचनः epithets of Śiva; R.3. 66; Ku.3.66;5.72. -नवत a. ninety-third. -नवतिः f. ninety three. -नयना Pārvat&imacr. -नाभः Viṣṇu; Bhāg.8. 17.26. -नेत्रचूडामणिः the moon. -नेत्रफलः the cocoa-nut tree. -पञ्च a. three-fold five, i. e. fifteen. -पञ्चाश a. fiftythird. -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-three. -पुटः glass (काच). -पताकः 1 the hand with three fingers stretched out or erect. -2 the forehead marked naturally with three horizontal lines. -पत्रकः the Palāśa tree. -पथम् 1 the three paths taken collectively, i. e. the sky, atmosphere, and the earth, or the sky, earth and the lower world. -2 a place where three roads meet. (-था) an epithet of Mathura. ˚गा, ˚गामिनी an epithet of the Ganges; गङ्गा त्रिपथगामिनी; धृतसत्पथस्त्रिपथगामभितः स तमारुरोह पुरुहूतसुतः Ki.6.1; Amaru.99. -पद्, -पाद्, -पात् m. Ved. 1 Viṣṇu. -2 fever (personified). -पद a. three-footed. (-दम्) a tripod; त्रिपदैः करकैः स्थालैः ...... Śiva. B.22. 62. -पदिका 1 a tripod. -2 a stand with three feet. -पदी 1 the girth of an elephant; नास्रसत्करिणां ग्रैवं त्रिपदी- च्छेदिनामपि R.4.48. -2 the Gāyatrī metre. -3 a tripod. -4 the plant गोधापदी. -परिक्रान्त a. one who walks thrice round a sacred fire. -पर्णः Kiṁśuka tree. -पाटः 1 intersection of a prolonged side and perpendicular (in a quadrangular figure). -2 the figure formed by such intersection. -पाटिका a beak. पाठिन् a. 1 familiar with Saṁhitā, Pada, and Krama. -2 one who learns a thing after three repetitions. -पादः 1 the Supreme Being. -2 fever. -पाद् a. 1 having three feet. -2 consisting of three parts, having three fourths; राघवः शिथिलं तस्थौ भुवि धर्मस्त्रिपादिव R.15.96. -3 trinomial. (-m.) 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu in his dwarf incarnation. -2 the Supreme Being. -पिटकम् the 3 collections of Buddhistic sacred writings (सुत्त, विनय and अभिधम्म). -पुट a. triangular. (-टः) 1 an arrow. -2 the palm of the hand. -3 a cubit. -4 a bank or shore. -पुटकः a triangle. -पुटा an epithet of Durgā. -पुटिन् m. the castor-oil plant. -पुण्ड्रम्, -पुण्ड्रक a mark on the forehead consisting of three lines made with cowdung ashes. -पुरम् 1 a collection of three cities. -2 the three cities of gold, silver, and iron in the sky, air and earth built for demons by Maya; (these cities were burnt down, along the demons inhabiting them, by Śiva at the request of the gods); Ku.7.48; Amaru.2; संरक्ताभिस्त्रिपुरविजयो गीयते किन्नरीभिः Me.56; Bh.3.123; (-रः) N. of a demon or demons presiding over these cities. ˚अधिपतिः N. of Maya, ˚अन्तकः, ˚अरिः, ˚घ्नः, ˚दहनः, ˚द्विष् m., हरः &c. epithets of Śiva; अये गौरीनाथ त्रिपुरहर शम्भो त्रिनयन Bh.3.123; R.17.14. ˚दाहः burning of the three cities; मुहुरनुस्मरयन्तमनुक्षपं त्रिपुरदाहमुमापतिसेविनः Ki.5.14. ˚सुन्दरी Durgā. (-री) 1 N. of a place near Jabalpura, formerly capital of the kings of Chedi. -2 N. of a country. -पुरुष a 1 having the length of three men. -2 having three assistants. (-षम्) the three ancestorsfather, grand-father and great-grand-father. -पृष्ठम् the highest heaven; Bhāg.1.19.23. (ष्ठः) Viṣṇu. -पौरुष a. 1 belonging to, or extending over, three generations of men. 2 offered to three (as oblations). -3 inherited from three (as an estate). -प्रस्रुतः an elephant in rut. -फला (1) the three myrobalans taken collectively, namely, Terminalia Chebula, T. Bellerica, and Phyllanthus (Mar. हिरडा, बेहडा and आंवळकाठी). Also (2) the three sweet fruits (grape, pomegranate, and date); (3) the three fragrant fruits (nutmeg, arecanut, and cloves). -बन्धनः the individual soul. -बलिः, बली, -वलिः, -वली f. 1 the three folds or wrinkles of skin above the navel of a woman (regarded as a mark of beauty); क्षामोदरोपरिलसत्त्रिवलीलतानाम् Bh.1.93,81; cf. Ku.1.39. -2 the anus. -बलीकम् the anus. -बाहुः a kind of fighting with swords. -ब्रह्मन् a. with ब्रह्मा, विष्णु and महेश. -भम् three signs of the zodiac, or ninety degrees. -भङ्गम् a pose in which the image is bent at three parts of the body. -भद्रम् copulation, sexual union, cohabitation. -भागः 1 the third part; त्रिभागं ब्रह्महत्यायाः कन्या प्राप्नोति दुष्यती Mb.12.165.42. -2 the third part of a sign of the zodiac. -भुक्ल a. one possessed of learning, good conduct and good family-descent (Dānasāgara, Bibliotheca Indica,274, Fasc.1, p.29). -भुजम् a triangle. -भुवनम् the three worlds; पुण्यं यायास्त्रिभुवन- गुरोर्धाम चण्डीश्वरस्य Me.35; Bh.1.99. ˚गुरु Śiva. ˚कीर्तिरसः a patent medicine in Āyurveda. ˚पतिः Viṣṇu. -भूमः a palace with three floors. -मद the three narcotic plants; the three-fold haughtiness; Bhāg.3.1.43. -मधु n. -मधुरम् 1 sugar, honey, and ghee. -2 three verses of the Ṛigveda (1.9.6-8; मधु वाता ऋतायते˚). -3 a ceremony based on the same; L. D. B. -4 threefold utterance of a vedic stanza ˚मधु वाता -m. a reciter and performer of the above ceremony; L. D. B. -मार्गा the Ganges; त्रिमार्गयेव त्रिदिवस्य मार्गः Ku.1.28. -मुकुटः the Trikūṭa mountain. -मुखः an epithet of Buddha. -मुनि ind. having the three sages पाणिनि, कात्यायन and पतञ्जलि; त्रिमुनि व्याकरणम्. -मूर्तिः 1 the united form of Brahmā, Viṣṇu, and Maheśa, the Hindu triad; नमस्त्रिमूर्तये तुभ्यं प्रांक्सृष्टेः केवलात्मने । गुणत्रयविभायाय पश्चाद्भेदमुपेयुषे ॥ Ku.2.4. -2 Buddha, or Jina. -मूर्धन् m. 1 a demon; त्रयश्च दूषण- खरस्त्रिमूर्धानो रणे हताः U.2.15. -2 a world called महर्लोक; G&imac;rvāṇa; cf. अमृतं क्षेममभयं त्रिमूर्ध्नो$धायि मूर्धसु Bhāg.2.6.19. -यव a. weighing 3 barley corns; Ms.8.134. -यष्टिः a necklace of three strings. -यामकम् sin. -यामा 1 night (consisting of 3 watches of praharas, the first and last half prahara being excluded); संक्षिप्येत क्षण इव कथं दीर्घयामा त्रियामा Me.11, Ku.7.21,26; R.9.7; V.3. 22. -2 turmeric. -3 the Indigo plant. -4 the river Yamuṇā. -युगः an epithet of Viṣṇu; धर्मं महापुरुष पासि युगानुवृत्तं छन्नः कलौ यदभवस्त्रियुगो$थ सत्त्वम् Bhāg.7.9.38; the god in the form of यज्ञपुरुष; Bhāg.5.18.35. -योनिः a law-suit (in which a person engages from anger, covetousness, or infatuation). -रसकम् spirituous liquor; see त्रिसरकम्. -रात्र a. lasting for three nights. (-त्रः) a festival lasting for three nights. (-त्रम्) a period of three nights. -रेखः a conch-shell. -लिङ्ग a. having three genders, i. e. an adjective. -2 possessing the three Guṇas. (-गाः) the country called Telaṅga. (-गी) the three genders taken collectively. -लोकम् the three worlds. (-कः) an inhabitant of the three worlds; यद्धर्मसूनोर्बत राजसूये निरीक्ष्य दृक्स्वस्त्ययनं त्रिलोकः Bhāg.3. 2.13. ˚आत्मन् m. the Supreme Being. ˚ईशः the sun. ˚नाथः 'lord of the three worlds', an epithet of 1 Indra; त्रिलोकनाथेन सदा मखद्विषस्त्वया नियम्या ननु दिव्यचक्षुषा R.3.45. -2 of Śiva; Ku.5.77. ˚रक्षिन् a. protecting the 3 worlds; त्रिलोकरक्षी महिमा हि वज्रिणः V.1.6. -लोकी the three worlds taken collectively, the universe; सत्यामेव त्रिलोकीसरिति हरशिरश्चुम्बिनीविच्छटायाम् Bh.3.95; Śānti.4.22. -लोचनः Śiva. (-ना) 1 an unchaste woman. -2 an epithet of Durgā. -लोहकम् the three metals:-- gold, silver, and copper. -वर्गः 1 the three objects of wordly existence, i. e. धर्म, अर्थ, and काम; अनेन धर्मः सविशेषमद्य मे त्रिवर्गसारः प्रतिभाति भाविनि Ku.5.38; अन्योन्यानुबन्धम् (त्रिवर्गम्) Kau. A.1.7; प्राप त्रिवर्गं बुबुधे$त्रिवर्गम् (मोक्षम्) Bu. Ch.2.41. -2 the three states of loss, stability, and increase; क्षयः स्थानं च वृद्धिश्च त्रिवर्गो नीतिवेदिनाम् Ak. -3 the three qualities of nature, i. e. सत्त्व, रजस्, and तमस्. -4 the three higher castes. -5 the three myrobalans. -6 propriety, decorum. -वर्णकम् the first three of the four castes of Hindus taken collectively. -वर्ष a. three years old; Ms.5.7. -वलिः, -ली f. (in comp.) three folds over a woman's navel (regarded as a mark of beauty) -वली the anus. -वारम् ind. three times, thrice. -विक्रमः Viṣṇu in his fifth or dwarf incarnation. ˚रसः a patent medicine in Āyurveda. -विद्यः a Brāhmaṇa versed in the three Vedas. -विध a. of three kinds, three-fold. -विष्टपम्, -पिष्टपम् 1 the world of Indra, heaven; त्रिविष्टपस्येव पतिं जयन्तः R.6.78. -2 the three worlds. ˚सद् m. a god. -वृत् a. 1 threefold; मौञ्जी त्रिवृत्समा श्लक्ष्णा कार्या विप्रस्य मेखला Ms.2.42. -2 consisting of three parts (as three गुणs, विद्याs); Bhāg.3.24.33;1.23.39; (consisting of three letters- ओङ्कार); हिरण्यगर्भो वेदानां मन्त्राणां प्रणवस्त्रिवृत् Bhāg.11.16.12. (-m.) 1 a sacrifice. -2 a girdle of three strings; Mb.12.47.44. -3 an amulet of three strings. (-f.) a plant possessing valuable purgative properties. ˚करण combining three things, i. e. earth, water, and fire. -वृत्तिः livelihood through 3 things (sacrifice, study and alms). -वेणिः, -णी f. the place near Prayāga where the Ganges joins the Yamunā and receives under ground the Sarasvatī; the place called दक्षिणप्रयाग where the three sacred rivers separate. -वेणुः 1 The staff (त्रिदण्ड) of a Saṁnyāsin; केचित् त्रिवेणुं जगृहुरेके पात्रं कमण्डलुम् Bhāg.11.23.34. -2 The pole of a chariot; अथ त्रिवेणुसंपन्नं ...... बभञ्ज च महारथम् Rām.3. 51.16; Mb.7.156.83; a three bannered (chariot); Bhāg.4.26.1. -वेदः a Brāhmaṇa versed in the three Vedas. -शक्तिः a deity (त्रिकला), Māyā; Bhāg.2.6.31. -शङ्कुः 1 N. of a celebrated king of the Solar race, king of Ayodhyā and father of Hariśchandra. [He was a wise, pious, and just king, but his chief fault was that he loved his person to an inordinate degree. Desiring to celebrate a sacrifice by virtue of which he could go up to heaven in his mortal body, he requested his family-priest Vasiṣṭha to officiate for him; but being refused he next requested his hundred sons who also rejected his absurd proposal. He, therefore, called them cowardly and impotent, and was, in return for these insults, cursed and degraded by them to be a Chāṇḍāla. While he was in this wretched condition, Viśvāmitra, whose family Triśaṅku had in times of famine laid under deep obligations, undertook to celebrate the sacrifice, and invited all the gods to be present. They, however, declined; whereupon the enraged Viśvāmitra. by his own power lifted up Triśaṅku to the skies with his cherished mortal body. He began to soar higher and higher till his head struck against the vault of the heaven, when he was hurled down head-foremost by Indra and the other gods. The mighty Viśvāmitra, however, arrested him in his downward course, saying 'Stay Triśaṅku', and the unfortunate monarch remained suspended with his head towards the earth as a constellation in the southern hemisphere. Hence the wellknown proverb:-- त्रिशङ्कुरिवान्तरा तिष्ठ Ś.2.] -2 the Chātaka bird. -3 a cat. -4 a grass-hopper. -5 a firefly. ˚जः an epithet of Hariśchandra. ˚याजिन् m. an epithet of Viśvāmitra. -शत a. three hundred. (-तम्) 1 one hundred and three. -2 three hundred. -शरणः a Buddha. -शर्करा three kinds of sugar (गुडोत्पन्ना, हिमोत्था, and मधुरा). -शाख a. three-wrinkled; भ्रुकुट्या भीषणमुखः प्रकृत्यैव त्रिशाखया Ks.12.72. -शालम् a house with three halls or chambers. -शिखम् 1 a trident; तदापतद्वै त्रिशिखं गरुत्मते Bhāg.1.59.9. -2 a crown or crest (with three points). -शिरस् m. 1 N. of a demon killed by Rāma. -2 an epithet of Kubera. -3 fever. त्रिशिरस्ते प्रसन्नो$स्मि व्येतु ते मज्ज्वराद्भयम् Bhāg.1.63.29. -शीर्षः Śiva. -शीर्षकम्, -शूलम् a trident. ˚अङ्कः, ˚धारिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -शुक्लम् the holy combination of 'three days' viz. Uttarāyaṇa (day of the gods), the bright half of the moon (day of the manes) and daytime; त्रिशुक्ले मरणं यस्य, L. D. B. -शूलिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -शृङ्गः 1 the Trikūṭa mountain. -2 a triangle. -शोकः the soul. -षष्टिः f. sixty-three. -ष्टुभ् f. a metre of 4 x 11 syllables. -संध्यम्, -संध्यी the three periods of the day, i. e. dawn, noon, and sunset; also -त्रिसवनम् (-षवणम्); Ms.11.216. -संध्यम् ind. at the time of the three Sandhyas; सान्निध्यं पुष्करे येषां त्रिसन्ध्यं कुरुनन्दन Mb. -सप्तत a. seventy-third. -सप्ततिः f. seventy-three. -सप्तन्, -सप्त a. (pl.) three times 7, i. e. 21. -सम a. (in geom.) having three equal sides, equilateral. -सरः milk, sesamum and rice boiled together. -सरकम् drinking wine thrice ('सरकं शीधुपात्रे स्यात् शीधुपाने च शीधुनि' इति विश्वः); प्रातिभं त्रिसरकेण गतानाम् Śi.1.12. -सर्गः the creation of the 3 Guṇas; Bhāg.1.1.1. -साधन a. having a threefold causality; R.3.13. -सामन् a. singing 3 Sāmans (an उद्गातृ); उद्गाता तत्र संग्रामे त्रिसामा दुन्दुभिर्नृप Mb.12.98.27. -साम्यम् an equilibrium of the three (qualities); Bhāg.2.7.4. -सुपर्णः, -र्णम् 1 N. of the three Ṛigvedic verses (Rv.1.114.3-5). -2 N. of T. Ār.1.48-5; -a. familiar with or reciting these verses; Ms.3.185. -स्थली the three sacred places : काशी, प्रयाग, and गया. -स्थानम् the head, neck and chest together; तन्त्रीलयसमायुक्तं त्रिस्थानकरणान्वितम् Rām.7.71.15. -a. 1 having 3 dwelling places. -2 extending through the 3 worlds. -स्रोतस् f. an epithet of the Ganges; त्रिस्रोतसं वहति यो गगनप्रतिष्ठाम् Ś.7.6; R.1.63; Ku.7.15. -सीत्य, -हल्य a. ploughed thrice (as a field). -हायण a. three years old.
dakṣ दक्ष् 1 Ā. (दक्षते) 1 To grow, increase. -2 To do, go or act quickly. -3 To hurt, kill. -4 To act conformably to another (P.). -5 To be competent or able; सुशंसो यश्च दक्षते Rv.7.16.6. -6 To go, move. -Caus. 1 To gladden; किंनु चित्रमधिवेदि भूपतिर्दक्षयन्द्विजगणान- पूयत Śi.14.35. -2 To make able or strong.
dakṣa दक्ष a. [दक्ष्-कर्तरि अच्] 1 Able, competent, expert, clever, skilful; नाट्ये च दक्षा वयम् Ratn.1.6; मेरौ स्थिते दोग्धरि दोहदक्षे Ku.1.2; R.12.11. -2 Fit, suitable; दक्षेण सूत्रेण ससर्जिथाध्वरम् Bhāg.4.6.44. -3 Ready, careful, attentive, prompt; Y.1.76; रन्ध्रान्वेषणदक्षाणां द्विषामामिषतां ययौ R.12.11. -4 Honest, upright. -क्षः 1 N. of a celebrated Prajāpti. [He was one of the ten sons of Brahman, being born from his right thumb, and was the chief of the patriarchs of mankind. He is said to have had many daughters, 27 of whom became the wives of the moon, thus forming the 27 lunar mansions, and 13 the wives of Kaśyapa, becoming by him the mothers of gods, demons, men, and animals; see कश्यप. At one time Daksa celebrated a great sacrifice, but did not invite his daughter Satī, nor her husband Śiva, the chief of the gods. Satī, however, went to the sacrifice, but being greatly insulted threw herself into fire and perished; cf. Ku.1.21. When Śiva heard this he was very much provoked, and according to one account, himself went to the sacrifice, completely destroyed it and pursued Dakṣa who assumed the form of a deer, and at last decapitated him. But Śiva is said to have afterwards restored him to life, and he thenceforward acknowledged the god's supremacy. According to another account, Śiva, when provoked, tore off a hair from his matted hair, and dashed it with great force against the ground when lo ! a powerful demon started up and awaited his orders. He was told to go and destroy Dakṣa's sacrifice; whereupon the mighty demon, attended by several demigods, went to the sacrifice, routed the gods and priests, and, according to one account, beheaded Dakṣa himself; Ms.9.128-29.] -2 A cock. -3 Fire. -4 The bull of Śiva. -5 A lover attached to many mistresses. -6 An epithet of Śiva. -7 Mental power, ability, capacity. -8 An epithet of Viṣṇu. -9 The right side or part; वामतो जानकी यस्य दक्षभागे च लक्ष्मणः -1 Ability, power, fitness. -11 Strength of will, energy, resoluteness. -12 Strength, power. -13 Bad disposition, wickedness; मा सख्युर्दक्षं रिपोर्भुजेम Rv.4.3.13. -क्षा 1 The earth. -2 An epithet of the Ganges. -क्षम् Strength, vigour. -Comp. -अध्वरध्वंसकः, क्रतु- ध्वंसिन्, -मथनः, -विध्वंसः Śiva; Hch.3. -m. epithets of Śiva. -कन्या, -जा, तनया, -यज्ञविनाशिनी 1 an epithet of Durgā. -2 a lunar mansion. -जापतिः 1 the moon -2 Śiva. -सावर्णः (र्णिः) N. of the 9th Manu; नवमो दक्षसावर्णिर्मनुर्वरुणसंभवः Bhāg.8.13.18. -सुतः a god. (-ता) a lunar mansion. नरेन्द्रकन्यास्तमवाप्य सत्पतिं तमोनुदं दक्षसुता इवाबभुः R.3.33.
dakṣiṇa दक्षिण a. [दक्ष्-इनन् Uṇ 2.5.] 1 Able, skilful, dexterous, competent, clever; इत्यम्बरीषं नाभागिमन्वमोदन्त दक्षिणाः Mb.12.29.12. -2 Right (opp. वाम). -3 Situated on the right side. दक्षिणं परि, दक्षिणं कृ to place any one on the right side as a mark of respect; ग्रहर्क्षताराः परियन्ति दक्षिणम् Bhāg.4.12.25. -4 South, southern; as in दक्षिणवायु, दक्षिणदिक्; आददे नातिशीतोष्णो नभस्वानिव दक्षिणः R. 4.8. -5 Situated to the south. -6 Sincere, straightforward, honest, impartial. -7 Pleasing, amiable. -8 Courteous, civil. -9 Compliant, submissive. -1 Dependent. -11 Favourable; 'दक्षिणः सरलावामपरच्छन्दानुवर्तिषु' इति विश्वः; Ki.18.27. -णः 1 The right hand or arm. -2 A civil or courteous person, applied in poetic compositions to a lover who professes attachment to one mistress, while his heart has been entirely taken up by another. -3 An epithet of Śiva or Viṣṇu. -4 The right-hand horse of a carriage; इन्द्रस्येव दक्षिणः श्रियैधि Vāj.9.8. -5 The southern sacred fire. -णः, णम् 1 The right side. -2 The south; Nala.9.23. -3 The Deccan. -णम् The highest doctrine of the Śāktas -Comp. -अग्निः the southern fire, the sacred fire placed southwards; also called अन्वाहार्यपचन q. v. -अग्र a. pointing to the south. -अचलः the southern mountain. i. e. Malaya. -अत्ययः a dweller in the south. -अपर a. south-western. -अभिमुख a. facing the south, directed towards the south; Ms.4.5. -अयनम् the sun's progress south of the equator, the half year in which the sun moves from the north to the south, the winter solstice; सर्वे$श्वमेधैरीजानास्ते$ न्वयुर्दक्षिणायनम् Mb. 12.29.13. रात्रिः स्याद्दक्षिणायनम् Ms.1.67; Bhāg.5.21.3. -अरण्यम् Dandakāraṇya. -अर्धः 1 the right hand. -2 the right or southern side. -आचार a. 1 honest, well-behaved. -2 a worshipper of Śakti according to the right hand (or purer) ritual. -आम्नायः the southern sacred text (of the Tāntrikas). -आवर्त a. turning to the right (from the left), (a conch-shell). -आशा the south. ˚पतिः 1 an epithet of Yama. -2 the planet Mars. -इतर a. 1 left (as hand or foot); तमिमं कुरु दक्षिणेतरं चरणं निर्मितरागमेहि मे Ku.4.19. -2 northern. (-रा) the north. -ईर्मन् a. (a deer) wounded on the right side मृगयुमिव मृगो$थ दक्षिणेर्मा. -उत्तर a. turned or lying to the south and the north. ˚वृत्तम् the meridian line. -कालिका f. 1 A Tāntrika Deity. -2 Durgā. -पश्चात् ind. to the south-west. -पश्चिम a. south-western. (-मा) the south-west; जग्मुर्भरतशार्दूल दिशं दक्षिणपश्चिमाम् Mb.17.1.44. -पूर्व, -प्राच् a. south-east. -पूर्वा, -प्राची the south-eastern quarter. -भागः the southern hemisphere. -समुद्रः, -सागरः the southern ocean. -स्थः a charioteer.
dantādanti दन्तादन्ति ind. Tooth against tooth, biting one another; Mb.8. दन्तावलः dantāvalḥ दन्तिन् dantin दन्तावलः दन्तिन् m. An elephant; Bv.1.6; तृणैर्गुणत्वमापन्नेर्बध्यन्ते मत्तदन्तिनः H.1.35; R.1.71; Ku. 16.2; दृष्ट्यैवाङ्कुशमुद्रया निगडितो दारिद्र्यदन्तावलः Sūktisundara 5.3. The Nm. adds: दन्ती तु वारणे, क्रोडे, श्वाने, व्याघ्रे, मृगा- धिपे । ओषधीनागहेरम्बसोमेष्वप्यथ...... ॥ -Comp. -दन्तः ivory. -मदः the juice exuding from the temples of an elephant in rut. -वक्त्रः Gaṇeśa.
dantura दन्तुर a. [दन्त-उरच्] 1 Having long or projecting teeth; शूकरे निहते चैव दन्तुरो जायते नरः Tv.; Śi.6.54. -2 Jagged, dentated, notched, serrated, uneven (fig. also); अखर्वगर्वस्मितदन्तुरेण Vikr.1.5. -3 Undulatory. -4 Rising, bristling (as hair). -5 Overspread, covered with; U.6.27. -Comp. -छदः the lime tree.
danturita दन्तुरित a. 1 Having long or projecting teeth. -2 Notched, serrated, bristling; केतकिदन्तुरिताशे Gīt.1; पुलक- भर˚ 11; K.216. -3 Besmeared, covered with; Māl.3.
dabhra दभ्र a. Little, small; अदभ्रदर्भामधिशय्य स स्थलीम् Ki. 1.38; see अदभ्र. -2 Dull, not sharp; अहो बत मया$साधु कृतं वै दभ्रबुद्धिना Bhāg.6.7.11. -भ्रः The ocean. -भ्रम् Distress; रिपुः स्तेनः स्तेयकृद् दभ्रमेतु Rv.7.14.1 -भ्रम् ind. A little, slightly, to some extent; दभ्रं पश्यद्भ्य उर्विया विचक्ष Rv.1.113.5.
damayantī दमयन्ती 1 N. of the daughter of Bhīma, king of the Vidarbhas. [She was so called because by her matchless beauty she subdued the pride of all lovely women; cf. N.2.18 :-- भुवनत्रयसुभ्रुवामसौ दमयन्ती कमनीयतामदम् । उदियाय यतस्तनुश्रिया दमयन्तीति ततो$भिधां दधौ ॥ A golden swan first described to her the beauty and virtues of king Nala, and through him she communicated her love to Nala. Afterwards at the Svayaṁvara she chose Nala for her husband from out of a host of competitors among whom were the four gods Indra, Agni, Yama, and Varuṇa themselves, and the lovely pair spent some years very happily. But their happiness was not destined to last long. Kali, envious of the good fortune of Nala, entered his body, and induced him to play at dice with his brother Puskara. In the heat of the play the infatuated monarch staked and lost everything except himself and his wife. Nala and Damayantī were, therefore, driven out of the kingdom, 'clad in a single garment'. While wandering through the wilderness, Damayantī had to pass through several trying adventures, but her devotion to her husband remained entirely unshaken. One day while she was asleep, Nala in the frenzy of despair abandoned her, and she was obliged to go to her father's house. After some time she was united with her husband, and they passed the rest of their lives in the undisturbed enjoyment of happiness. See Nala and Ṛituparna also.] -2 N. of a flowering plant (Mar. मोगरी).
dān दान् 1 U. (दानति-ते) To cut, divide. -Desid. (दीदांसति- ते) To make straight; (desid. in form, but not in sense).
didhi दिधि (धी) षूः f. 1 A woman twice married. -2 An unmarried elder sister whose younger sister is married; ज्येष्ठायां यद्यनूढायां कन्यायामुह्यते$नुजा । सा चाग्रेदिधिषूर्ज्ञेया पूर्वा च दिधिषूः स्मृता ॥ -Comp. -पतिः a man who has a sexual intercourse with the widow of his brother (not as a sacred duty but for carnal gratification); भ्रातुर्मृतस्य भार्यायां यो$नुरज्येत कामतः । धर्मेणापि नियुक्तायां स ज्ञेयो दिधिषूपतिः Ms.3.173.
diś दिश् f. [दिशति ददात्यवकाशं दिश्-क्विप्] (Nom. sing. दिक्- ग्) 1 A direction, cardinal point, point of the compass, quarter of the sky; दिशः प्रसेदुर्मरुतो वबुः सुखाः R.3.14; दिशि दिशि किरति सजलकणजालम् Gīt.4. -2 (a) The mere direction of a thing, hint, indication (of the general lines); इति दिक् (often used by commentators &c.); इत्थं लौकिक- शब्दानां दिङ्मात्रमिह दर्शितम् Sk. (b) (Hence) Mode, manner, method; मुनेः पाठोक्तदिशा S. D.; दिगियं सूत्रकृता प्रदर्शिता; दासीसभं नृपसभं रक्षःसभमिमा दिशः Ak. -3 Region, space, place in general. -4 A foreign or distant region. -5 A point of view, manner of considering a subject. -6 A precept, order. -7 The number 'ten'. -8 A side or party. -9 The mark of a bite. 'दिग्दष्टे वर्तुलाकारे करिका नखरेखिका' इति वैजयन्ती; परिणतदिक्करिकास्तटीर्बिभर्ति Śi.4.29. [N. B. In comp. दिश् becomes दिग् before words beginning with vowels and soft consonants, and दिक् before words beginning with hard consonants; e. g. दिगम्बर, दिग्गज, दिक्पथ, दिक्करिन्, &c.] -Comp. -अन्तः end of the direction or horizon, remote distance, remote place; दिगन्ते श्रूयन्ते मदमलिनगण्डाः करटिनः Bv.1.2; Māl.2.9; R.3.4;5.67; 16.87. नानादिगन्तागता राजानः &c. -अन्तरम् 1 another direction. -2 the intermediate space, atmosphere, space. -3 a distant quarter, another or foreign country; संचारपूतानि दिगन्तराणि कृत्वा दिनान्ते निलयाय गन्तुम् R.2.15. -अम्बर, -वासस् a. having only the directions for his clothing, stark naked, unclothed; दिगम्बरत्वेन निवेदितं वसु Ku.5.72; एकाकी गृहसंत्यक्तः पाणिपात्रो दिगम्बरः Pt.5.15; Ms.11.21. (-रः) 1 a naked mendicant (of the Jaina or Buddha sect.) -2 a mendicant, an ascetic. -3 an epithet of (1) Śiva; (2) Skanda. -4 darkness. (-री) an epithet of Durgā. -अम्बरकः a naked mendicant (of the Jaina sect). -अवस्थानम् the air -आगत a. Come from a distance; Y.2.254. -इभः See दिक्करिन् &c. दिगिभाः पूर्णकलशैः Bhāg.8.8.14;5.14.4. -ईशः -ईश्वरः regent of a quarter; चतुर्दिगीशानवमत्य मानिनी Ku.5.53; see अष्टदिक्पाल. -कन्या, -कान्ता, -कामिनी, -वधू a region of the sky (considered as a virgin). -करः 1 a youth, youthful man. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -करिका, -करी a young girl or woman. -करिन्, -गज, -दन्तिन्, -वारणः m. one of the eight elephants said to guard and preside over the eight cardinal points; (see अष्टदिग्गज); दिग्दन्तिशेषाः ककुभश्चकार Vikr.7.1. -ग्रहणम्, -बन्धः observation of the quarters of the compass; Bṛi. S.24.9. संपूज्य शारिकांदेवीं दिग्बन्धादिपुरःसरम् Ks.73.116. -चक्रम् 1 the horizon; Ratn.3.5. -2 the whole world. -जयः, -विजयः 'conquest of the directions, the conquest of various countries in all directions, conquest of the world; सुनिश्चितपुरं चक्रे दिग्जये कृतनिश्चयः Rāj. T. 4.183; स दिग्विजयमव्याजवीरः स्मरः इवाकरोत् Vikr.4.1. -तटम् the horizon. -दर्शनम् 1 showing merely the direction, pointing out only the general mode or manner. -2 a general outline or survey. -3 a compass. -दर्शिन् a. looking on all sides, having a general view. -दाहः preternatural redness of the horizon; दैग्दाहः 'a conflagration of the regions of the sky' (regarded as an evil omen) N.12.92; cf. Ms.4.115. -देशः 1 a distant region or country; दृश्यन्ते कुलनिम्नगा अपि परं दिग्देशकालाविमौ Rāj. T.4.38,417. -2 region, country; H.1. -नागः 1 an elephant of the quarter of the compass; see दिग्गज. -2 N. of a poet said to be a contemporary of Kālidāsa. (This interpretation is based on Mallinātha's gloss on दिङ्नागानां पथि परिहरन् स्थूल- हस्तावलेपान् Me.14; which is, however, very doubtful.) -पतिः, -पालः the regent or guardian of a quarter; Rāj. T.4.225 (for the names of the several regents, see अष्टदिक्पालः cf. Ms.5.96;7.33 also); सूर्यः शुक्रः क्षमापुत्रः सैंहिकेयः शनिः शशी । सौम्यस्त्रिदशमन्त्री च प्राच्यादिदिगधीश्वराः ॥ -Jyotistattvam. -पथः the surrounding region; सैन्यैर्नाना- पथायातैर्नदद्भिर्व्याप्तदिक्पथः Rāj. T.5.342. -भागः a point of the compass, direction. -भ्रमः perplexity about points of the compass, mistaking the way or direction; Vikr.5.66. -मण्डलम् = दिक्चक्रम् q.v. -मात्रम् the mere direction or indication. -मुखम् any quarter or part of the sky; हरति मे हरिवाहनदिङ्मुखम् V.3.6; Amaru.5. -मोहः mistaking the way or direction. -यात्रा a procession in different directions. -वसन, -वस्त्र a. stark naked, unclothed. (-स्त्रः) 1 a Jaina or Buddhist mendicant of the दिगम्बर class. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -विभा- वित a. renowned or celebrated in all quarters. -शूलम् a bad yoga in Astronomy; cf. शुक्रादित्यदिने न वारुणदिशं न ज्ञे कुजे चोत्तरां मन्देन्दोश्च दिने न शक्रककुभं याम्यां गुरौ न व्रजेत् । शूलानीति विलङ्घ्य यान्ति मनुजा ये वित्तलाभाशया भ्रष्टाशाः पुनरापतन्ति यदि ते शुक्रेण तुल्या अपि ॥ Jyotissārasaṅgraha. -साधनम् a means to make the journey in various quarters successful.
dur दुर् ind. (A prefix substituted for दुस् before words beginning with vowels or soft consonants in the sense of 'bad'. 'hard' or 'difficult to do a certain thing'; for compounds with दुस् as first member see दुस् s. v.). -Comp. -अक्ष a. 1 weak-eyed. -2 evileyed. (-क्षः) 1 a loaded or false die. -2 dishonest gambling. -अक्षरम् an evil word; श्रुतिं ममाविश्य भवद्दुरक्षरं सृजत्यदः कीटकवदुत्कटा रुजः N.9.63. -अतिक्रम a. difficult to be overcome or conquered, unconquerable; सर्वं तु तपसा साध्यं तपो हि दुरति- क्रमम् Ms.11.2.38; स्वभावो दुरतिक्रमः 'nature cannot be changed'; स्वजातिर्दुरतिक्रमा Pt.1. -2 insurmountable, impassable; B. R.6.18-19. -3 inevitable. (-मः) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -अत्यय a. 1 difficult to be overcome; स्वर्गमार्गपरिघो दुरत्ययः R.11.88. -2 hard to be attained or fathomed; स एष आत्मा स्वपरेत्यबुद्धिभिर्दुरत्यया- नुक्रमणो निरूप्यते Bhāg.7.5.13. -अदृष्टम् ill-luck, misfortune. -अधिग, -अधिगम a. 1 hard to reach or attain, unattainable; Bhāg.3.23.8; दुरधिगमः परभागो यावत्पुरुषेण पौरुषं न कृतम् Pt.1.33. -2 insurmountable. -3 hard to be studied or understood; इह दुरधिगमैः किञ्चि- देवागमैः Ki.5.18. -अधिष्ठित a. badly performed, managed, or executed. (-तम्) improper stay at a place. -अधीत a. badly learnt or read. -अध्यय a. 1 difficult of attainment; सहस्रवर्त्मा चपलैर्दुरध्ययः Śi.12.11. -2 hard to be studied. -अध्यवसायः a foolish undertaking. -अध्वः a bad road; स्वयं दुरध्वार्णवनाविकाः कथं स्पृशन्तु विज्ञाय हृदापि तादृशीम् N.9.33. -अन्त a. 1 whose end is difficult to be reached, endless, infinite; संकर्षणाय सूक्ष्माय दुरन्तायान्तकाय च Bhāg. -2 ending ill or in misery, unhappy; अहो दुरन्ता बलवद्विरोधिता Ki.1.23; नृत्यति युवति- जनेन समं सखि विरहिजनस्य दुरन्ते (वसन्ते) Gīt.1; इयमुदरदरी- दुरन्तधारा यदि न भवेदभिमानभङ्गभूमिः Udb. -3 hard to be understood or known. -4 insurmountable. -अन्तक a. = दुरन्त q. v. (-कः) an epithet of Śiva. -अन्वय a. 1 difficult to be passed along; Mb.14.51.17. -2 hard to be carried out or followed. -3 difficult to be attained. or understood; बुद्धिश्च ते महाप्राज्ञ देवैरपि दुरन्वया Rām.3. 66.18. -4 not suitable, improper; वचो दुरन्वयं विप्रास्तूष्णी- मासन्भ्रमद्धियः Bhāg.1.84.14. (-यः) 1 a wrong conclusion, one wrongly inferred from given premisses. -2 (in gram.) a false agreement. -अपवादः ill report. slander. -अभिग्रह a. difficult to be caught. -अभि- मानिन् a. vain-glorious, disagreeably proud. -अवगम a. incomprehensible; Bhāg.5.13.26. -अवग्रह a. 1 difficult to be restrained or subjugated; भक्ता भजस्व दुरवग्रह मा त्यजास्मान् Bhāg.1.29.31. -2 disagreeable. -अवग्राह a. difficult to be attained; Bhāg.7.1.19. -अवच्छद a. difficult to be hidden; हेतुभिर्लक्षयांचक्रुराप्रीतां दुरवच्छदैः Bhāg.1.62.28. -अवबोध a. unintelligible. Bhāg.1.49.29. -अवसित a. unfathomed, difficult to be ascertained, द्युपतिभिरजशक्रशंकराद्यैर्दुरवसितस्तवमच्युतं नतो$स्मि Bhāg.12.12.67. -अवस्थ a. ill off, badly or poorly circumstanced. -अवस्था, -स्थानम् a wretched or miserable state; Bhāg.5.3.12. -अवाप a. difficult to be gained or fulfilled; Ś.1. -अवेक्षितम् an improper look. -अह्नः a bad day. -आकृति a. ugly, mis-shaped. -आक्रन्द a. crying bitterly or miserably; किं क्रन्दसि दुराक्रन्द स्वपक्ष- क्षयकारक Pt.4.29. -आक्रम a. 1 invincible, unconquerable. -2 difficult to be passed. -आक्रमणम् 1 unfair attack. -2 difficult approach. -आगमः improper or illegal acquisition. -आग्रहः foolish obstinacy, headstrongness, pertinacity; ममाहमित्यूढदुराग्रहाणां पुंसाम् Bhāg.3. 5.43. -आचर a. 1 hard to be performed. -2 incurable (as a disease). -आचार a. 1 ill-conducted, badly behaved. -2 following bad practices, wicked, depraved; अपि चेत्सुदुराचारो भजते मामनन्यभाक् Bg.9.3. (-रः) bad practice, ill-conduct, wikedness. -आढ्य a. not rich, poor. -आत्मता vileness, baseness, wickedness. -आत्मन् a. evil-natured, low, wicked, vile, base, mean; ये च प्राहुर्दुरात्मानो दुराराध्या महीभुजः Pt.1.39. (-m.) a rascal, villain, scoundrel. -आधर a. difficult to be withstood or overpowered, irresistible. -आधर्ष a. hard to be approached or assailed, unassailable जगन्नाथो दुराधर्षो गङ्गां भागीरथीं प्रति Mb. -2 not to be attacked with impunity. -3 haughty. (-र्षः) white mustard. -आधारः an epithet of Śiva. -आधिः (m.) 1 distress or anxiety of mind; निरस्तनारीसमया दुराधयः Ki.1.28. -2 indignation. -आधी a. Ved. malignant, thinking ill of. -आनम a. difficult to bend or draw; स विचिन्त्य धनुर्दुरानमम् R.11.38. -आप a. 1 difficult to be obtained; श्रिया दुरापः कथमीप्सितो भवेत् Ś.3.13; R.1.72;6.62. -2 difficult to be approached; Pt.1.67. -3 hard to be overcome. -आपादन a. difficult to be brought about; किं दुरापादनं तेषाम् Bhāg.3.23.42. -आपूर a. difficult to be filled or satisfied; Bhāg.7.6.8. -आबाध a. hard to be molested. (-धः) N. of Śiva. -आमोदः bad scent, stench; शवधूमदुरामोदः शालिभक्ते$त्र विद्यते Ks.82.22. -आराध्य a. difficult to be propitiated, hard to be won over or conciliated; दुराराध्याः श्रियो राज्ञां दुरापा दुष्परिग्रहाः Pt.1.38. -आरुह a. difficult to be mounted. (-हः) 1 the Bilva tree. -2 the cocoanut tree. -3 the date tree. -आरोप a. difficult to be strung (bow); दुरारोपमैन्दुशेखरं धनुर्दुर्निवारा रावणभुजदण्डाः B. R.1.46-47. -आरोह a. difficult of ascent. (-हः) 1 The cocoanut tree. -2 the palm tree. -3 the date tree. -आलापः 1 a curse, imprecation. -2 foul of abusive language. -आलोक a. 1 difficult to be seen or perceived. -2 painfully bright, dazzling; दुरालोकः स समरे निदाघाम्बररत्नवत् K. P.1. (-कः) dazzling splendour. -आव(वा)र a. 1 difficult to be covered or filled up; दुरावरं त्वदन्येन राज्यखण्डमिदं महत् Rām.2.15.5. -2 difficult to be restrained, shut in, kept back or stopped. -आवर्त a. difficult to be convinced or set up; भवन्ति सुदुरावर्ता हेतुमन्तो$पि पण्डिताः Mb.12.19.23. -आशय a. 1 evil-minded, wicked, malicious, स्फुटनिर्भिन्नो दुराशयो$धमः Śi. उपेयिवान् मूलमशेषमूलं दुराशयः कामदुघाङ्घ्रिपस्य Bhāg.3.21.15. -2 having a bad place or rest. (-m.) the subtle body which is not destroyed by death (लिङ्गदेह); एतन्मे जन्म लोके$स्मिन्मुमुक्षूणां दुराशयात् Bhāg.3.24. 36. -आशा 1 a bad or wicked desire. -2 hoping against hope. -आस a. difficult to be abided or associated with; संघर्षिणा सह गुणाभ्यधिकैर्दुरासम् Śi.5.19. -आसद a. 1 difficult to be approached or overtaken; स सभूव दुरासदः परैः R.3.66; 8.4; Mv.2.5; 4.15. -2 difficult to be found or met with. -3 unequalled, unparalleled. -4 hard to be borne, insupportable. -5 difficult to be conquered, unassailable, unconquerable; जहि शत्रुं महाबाहो कामरूपं दुरासदम् Bg.3.43. (-दः) an epithet of Śiva. -इत a. 1 difficult. -2 sinful. (-तम्) 1 a bad course, evil, sin; दरिद्राणां दैन्यं दुरितमथ दुर्वासनहृदां द्रुतं दूरीकुर्वन् G. L.2; R.8.2; Amaru.2; Mv.3.43. -2 a difficulty, danger. -3 a calamity, evil; अपत्ये यत्तादृग्- दुरितमभवत् U.4.3. -इतिः f. Ved. 1 a bad course. -2 difficulty. -इष्टम् 1 a curse, imprecation. -2 a spell or sacrificial rite performed to injure another person. -ईशः a bad lord or master. -ईषणा, -एषणा 1 a curse, an imprecation. -2 an evil eye. -उक्त a. harshly uttered; Pt.1.89. -उक्तम्, -उक्तिः f. offensive speech, reproach, abuse, censure; लक्ष्मि क्षमस्व वचनीयमिदं दुरुक्तम् Udb. -उच्छेद a. difficult to be destroyed. -उत्तर a. 1 unanswerable. -2 difficult to be crossed; दुरुत्तरे पङ्क इवान्धकारे Bk.11.2; प्राप्तः पङ्को दुरुत्तरः Ki.15.17. -उदय a. appearing with difficulty, not easily manifested; यो$ नात्मनां दुरुदयो भगवान्प्रतीतः Bhāg.3.16.5. -उदर्क a. having bad or no consequences; N.5.41. -उदाहर a. difficult to be pronounced or composed; अनुज्झितार्थसंबन्धः प्रबन्धो दुरुदाहरः Śi.2.73. -उद्वह a. burdensome, unbearable. -उपसद a. difficult of approach; Ki.7.9. -उपसर्पिन् a. approaching incautiously; एकमेव दहत्यग्निर्नरं दुरुपसर्पिणम् Ms.7.9. -ऊह a. abstruse; जानीते जयदेव एव शरणः श्लाघ्ये दुरूहद्रुते Gīt. -एव a. Ved. 1 having evil ways. -2 irresistible, unassailable. (-वः) a wicked person. -ओषस् a. Ved. slow, lazy. -ग 1 difficult of access, inaccessible, impervious, impassable; दुर्गस्त्वेष महापन्थाः Mb.12.3. 5; दुर्गं पथस्तत्कवयो वदन्ति Kaṭh.1.3.14. -2 unattainable. -3 incomprehensible. -4 following wicked path, vicious; Rām.2.39.22. (-गः, -गम्) 1 a difficult or narrow passage through a wood or over a stream, mountain &c., a defile, narrow pass. -2 a citadel. fortress, castle; न दुर्गं दुर्गमित्येव दुर्गमं मन्यते जनः । तस्य दुर्गमता सैव यत्प्रभुस्तस्य दुर्गमः ॥ Śiva. B.16.61. -3 rough ground. -4 difficulty, adversity, calamity, distress, danger; निस्तारयतिं दुर्गाच्च Ms.3.98;11.43; मच्चित्तः सर्व- दुर्गाणि मत्प्रसादात्तरिष्यसि; Bg.18.58. (-गः) 1 bdellium. -2 the Supreme Being. -3 N. of an Asura slain by Durgā (thus receiving her name from him). ˚अध्यक्षः, ˚पतिः, ˚पालः the commandant or governor of a castle. ˚अन्तः The suburb of a fort; दुर्गान्ते सिद्धतापसाः Kau. A. 1.12. ˚कर्मन् n. fortification. ˚कारक a. making difficult. (-कः) the birch tree. ˚घ्नी N. of Durgā. ˚तरणी an epithet of Sāvitrī. सावित्री दुर्गतरणी वीणा सप्तविधा तथा Mb. ˚मार्गः a defile, gorge. ˚लङ्घनम् surmounting difficulties. (-नः) a camel. ˚संचरः 1 a difficult passage as to a fort &c., a bridge &c. over a defile. ˚संस्कारः Repairs to the old forts; अतो दुर्गसंस्कार आरब्धव्ये किं कौमुदीमहोत्सवेन Mu. ˚सिंहः N. of the author of कलापपरिशिष्ट. ˚व्यसनम् a defect or weak point in a fortress. (-र्गा) an epithet of Pārvatī, wife of Śiva. -2 the female cuckoo -3 N. of several plants. ˚नवमी the 9th day of the bright half of कार्तिक. ˚पूजा the chief festival in honour of दुर्गा in Bengal in the month of Āśvina. -गत a. 1 unfortunate, in bad circumstances; समाश्वसिमि केनाहं कथं प्राणिमि दुर्गतः Bk.18.1. -2 indigent, poor. -3 distressed, in trouble. -गतता ill-luck, poverty, misery; तावज्जन्मातिदुःखाय ततो दुर्गतता सदा Pt.1.265. -गतिः f. 1 misfortune, poverty, want, trouble, indigence; न हि कल्याणकृत्कश्चिद् दुर्गतिं तात गच्छति Bg.6.4. -2 a difficult situation or path. -3 hell. -गन्ध a. ill-smelling. (-न्धः) 1 bad odour, stink -2 any ill-smelling substance. -3 an onion. -4 the mango tree. (-न्धम्) sochal salt. -गन्धि, -गन्धिन् a. ill-smelling. -गम a. 1 impassable, inaccessible, impervious; कामिनीकायकान्तारे कुचपर्वतदुर्गमे Bh.1.86; Śi. 12.49. -2 unattainable, difficult of attainment. -3 hard to be understood. (-मम्) a difficult place like hill etc; भ्राम्यन्ते दुर्गमेष्वपि Pt.5.81. -गाढ, -गाध, -गाह्य a. difficult to be fathomed or investigated, unfathomable. -गुणितम् not properly studied; चिराम्यस्तपथं याति शास्त्रं दुर्गुणितं यथा Avimārakam.2.4. -गोष्ठी evil association; conspiracy. वृद्धो रक्कः कम्पनेशो दुर्गोष्ठीमध्यगो$भवत् Rāj. T.6. 17. -ग्रह a. 1 difficult to be gained or accomplished. -2 difficult to be conquered or subjugated; दुर्गाणि दुर्ग्रहाण्यासन् तस्य रोद्धुरपि द्विषाम् R.17.52. -3 hard to be understood. (-हः) 1 a cramp, spasm. -2 obstinacy. -3 whim, monomania; कथं न वा दुर्ग्रहदोष एष ते हितेन सम्य- ग्गुरुणापि शम्यते N.9.41. -घट a. 1 difficult. कार्याणि घटयन्नासीद् दुर्घटान्यपि हेलया Rāj. T.4.364. -2 impossible. -घण a. 1 closely packed together, very compact. -घुरुटः An unbeliever; L. D. B. -घोषः 1 a harsh cry. -2 a bear. -जन a. 1 wicked, bad, vile. -2 slanderous, malicious, mischievous; यथा स्त्रीणां तथा वाचां साधुत्वे दुर्जनो जनः U.1.6. (-नः) a bad or wicked person, a malicious or mischievous man, villain; दुर्जनः प्रियवादी च नैतद्विश्वास- कारणम् Chāṇ.24,25; शाम्येत्प्रत्यपकारेण नोपकारेण दुर्जनः Ku.2.4. (दुर्जनायते Den. Ā. to become wicked; स्वजनो$पि दरिद्राणां तत्क्षणाद् दुर्जनायते Pt.1.5.). (दुर्जनीकृ [च्वि] to make blameworthy; दुर्जनीकृतास्मि अनेन मां चित्रगतां दर्शयता Nāg.2). -जय a. invincible. (-यः) N. of Viṣṇu. -जर a. 1 ever youthful; तस्मिन्स्तनं दुर्जरवीर्यमुल्बणं घोराङ्कमादाय शिशोर्दधावथ Bhāg.1.6.1. -2 hard (as food), indigestible. -3 difficult to be enjoyed; राजश्रीर्दुर्जरा तस्य नवत्वे भूभुजो$भवत् Rāj. T.5.19. -जात a. 1 unhappy, wretched. -2 bad-tempered, bad, wicked; Rāj. T.3. 142. -3 false, not genuine. ˚जीयिन् a. one who is born in vain; यो न यातयते वैरमल्पसत्त्वोद्यमः पुमान् । अफलं जन्म तस्याहं मन्ये दुर्जातजायिनः ॥ Mb. (-तम्) 1 a misfortune, calamity, difficulty; त्वं तावद् दुर्जाते मे$त्यन्तसाहाय्यकारिणी भव M.3; दुर्जातबन्धुः R.13.72. 'a friend in need or adversity.' -2 impropriety. -जाति a. 1 bad natured, vile, wicked; रुदितशरणा दुर्जातीनां सहस्व रुषां फलम् Amaru.96. -2 outcast. (-तिः f.) misfortune, ill condition. -ज्ञान, -ज्ञेय a. difficult to be known, incomprehensible. उच्चावचेषु भुतेषु दुर्ज्ञेयामकृतात्मभिः Ms.6.73. (-यः) N. of Śiva. -णयः, -नयः, -नीतिः 1 bad conduct. -2 impropriety -3 injustice. -णामन्, -नामन् a. having a bad name. -णीत a. 1 ill-behaved. -2 impolitic. -3 forward. (-तम्) misconduct; दुर्णीतं किमिहास्ति किं सुचरितं कः स्थानलाभे गुणः H. -दम, -दमन, -दम्य a. difficult to be subdued, untamable, indomitable. -दर्श a. 1 difficult to be seen. -2 dazzling; सुदुर्दर्शमिदं रूपं दृष्टवानसि यन्मन Bg.11.52. -दर्शन a. ugly, ill-looking; दुर्दर्शनेन घटतामियमप्यनेन Māl.2.8. -दशा a misfortune, calamity. -दान्त a. 1 hard to be tamed or subdued, untamable; Śi.12.22. -2 intractable, proud, insolent; दुर्दान्तानां दमनविधयः क्षत्रियेष्वायतन्ते Mv.3.34. (-तः) 1 a calf. -2 a strife, quarrel. -3 N. of Śiva. -दिन a. cloudy, rainy. (-नम्) 1 a bad day in general; तद्दिनं दुर्दिनं मन्ये यत्र मित्रागमो हि न Subhāṣ. -2 a rainy or cloudy day, stormy or rainy weather; उन्नमत्यकालदुर्दिनम् Mk.5; Ku.6 43; Mv.4.57. -3 a shower (of anything); द्विषां विषह्य काकुत्स्थस्तत्र नाराचदुर्दिनम् ॥ सन्मङ्गलस्नात इव R.4.41,82;5.47; U.5.5. -4 thick darkness; जीमूतैश्च दिशः सर्वाश्चक्रे तिमिरदुर्दिनाः Mb. (दुर्दिनायते Den. Ā. to become cloudy.) -दिवसः a dark or rainy day; Pt.1.173. -दुरूटः, -ढः 1 an unbeliever -2 an abusive word. -दृश a. 1 disagreeable to the sight, disgusting; दुर्दृशं तत्र राक्षसं घोररूपमपश्यत्सः Mb.1.2.298. -2 difficult to be seen; पादचारमिवादित्यं निष्पतन्तं सुदुर्दृशम् Rām.7.33.5. -दृष्ट a. illjudged or seen, wrongly decided; Y.2.35. -दैवम् ill-luck, misfortune. -द्यूतम् an unfair game. -द्रुमः onion (green). -धर a. 1 irresistible, difficult to be stopped. -2 difficult to be borne or suffered; दुर्धरेण मदनेन साद्यते Ghat.11; Ms.7.28. -3 difficult to be accomplished. -4 difficult to be kept in memory. (-रः) quicksilver. -धर्ष a. 1 inviolable, unassailable. -2 inaccessible; संयोजयति विद्यैव नीचगापि नरं सरित् । समुद्रमिव दुर्धर्षं नृपं भाग्य- मतः परम् ॥ H. Pr.5. -3 fearful, dreadful. -4 haughty. -धी a. stupid, silly. -नयः 1 arrogance. -2 immorality. -3 evil strategy; उन्मूलयितुमीशो$हं त्रिवर्गमिव दुर्नयः Mu.5.22. -नामकः piles. ˚अरिः a kind of bulbous root (Mar. सुरण). -नामन् m. f. a cockle. (-n.) piles. -निग्रह a. irrepressible, unruly; मनो दुर्निग्रहं चलम् Bg.6.35. -निमित a. carelessly put or placed on the ground; पदे पदे दुर्निमिते गलन्ती R.7.1. -निमित्तम् 1 a bad omen; R.14.5. -2 a bad pretext. -निवार, -निवार्य a. difficult to be checked or warded off, irresistible, invincible. -नीतम् 1 misconduct, bad policy, demerit, misbehaviour; दुर्णीतं किमि- हास्ति Pt.2.21; H.1.49. -2 ill-luck. -नीतिः f. maladministration; दुर्नीतिं तव वीक्ष्य कोपदहनज्वालाजटालो$पि सन्; Bv.4.36. -नृपः a bad king; आसीत् पितृकुलं तस्य भक्ष्यं दुर्नृप- रक्षसः Rāj. T.5.417. -न्यस्त a. badly arranged; दुर्न्यस्त- पुष्परचितो$पि Māl.9.44. -बल a. 1 weak, feeble. -2 enfeebled, spiritless; दुर्बलान्यङ्गकानि U.1.24. -3 thin, lean, emaciated; U.3. -4 small, scanty, little; स्वार्थोप- पत्तिं प्रति दुर्बलाशः R.5.12. -बाध a. Unrestrained (अनिवार); दुर्बाधो जनिदिवसान्मम प्रवृद्धः (आधिः); Mv.6.28. -बाल a. 1 bald-headed. -2 void of prepuce. -3 having crooked hair. -बुद्धि a. 1 silly, foolish, stupid. -2 perverse, evil-minded, wicked; धार्तराष्ट्रस्य दुर्बुद्धेर्युद्धे प्रियचिकीर्षवः (समा- गताः) Bg.1.23 -बुध a. wicked-minded, silly; Mb. 11.4.18. -बोध a. unintelligible, unfathomable, inscrutable; निसर्गदुर्बोधमबोधविक्लवाः क्व भूपतीनां चरितं क्व जन्तवः Ki. 1.6. -भग a. 1 unfortunate, unlucky; श्रीवल्लभं दुर्भगाः (निन्दन्ति) Pt.1.415. -2 not possessed of good features, ill-looking. -भगा 1 a wife disliked by her husband; दुर्भगाभरणप्रायो ज्ञानं भारः क्रियां विना H.1.17. -2 an ill-tempered woman, a shrew. -3 a widow; -भर a. insupportable, burdensome, heavily laden with (comp.); ततो राजाब्रवीदेतं बहुव्यसनदुर्भरः Ks.112.156. -भाग्य a. unfortunate, unlucky. (ग्यम्) ill-luck. -भावना 1 an evil thought. -2 a bad tendency. -भिक्षम् 1 scarcity of provisions, dearth, famine; Y.2.147; Ms.8.22; उत्सवे व्यसने चैव दुर्भिक्षे... यस्तिष्ठति स बान्धवः H.1.71; Pt.2. -2 want in general. -भिद, -भेद, -भेद्य a. firm; सुजनस्तु कनकघटवद् दुर्भेद्यश्चाशु संध्येयः Subhāṣ. -भृत्यः a bad servant. -भिषज्यम् incurability; Bṛi. Up.4.3.14. -भ्रातृ m. a bad brother. -मङ्कु a. obstinate, disobedient. -मति a. 1 silly, stupid, foolish, ignorant. -2 wicked, evilminded; न सांपरायिकं तस्य दुर्मतेर्विद्यते फलम् Ms.11.3. -मद a. drunken, ferocious, maddened, infatuated; Bhāg.1.15.7. -दः foolish pride, arrogance. -दम् the generative organ; ग्रामकं नाम विषयं दुर्मदेन समन्वितः Bhāg.4.25.52. -मनस् a. troubled in mind, discouraged, disspirited, sad, malancholy; अद्य बार्हस्पतः श्रीमान् युक्तः पुष्येण राघवः । प्रोच्यतै ब्राह्मणैः प्राज्ञैः केन त्वमसि दुर्मनाः ॥ Rām. [दुर्मनायते Den. Ā. to be troubled in mind, be sad, meditate sorrowfully, to be disconsolate, become vexed or fretted; Māl.3]. -मनुष्यः a bad or wicked man. -मन्त्रः, -मन्त्रितम्, -मन्त्रणा evil advice, bad counsel; दुर्मन्त्रान्नृपतिर्विनश्यति; Pt.1.169. -मरम् a hard or difficult death; Mb.14.61.9. -मरी a kind of दूर्वा grass. -मरणम् violent or unnatural death. -मर्ष a. 1 unbearable; Bhāg.6.5.42. -2 obstinate, hostile. -मर्षणः N. of Viṣṇu. -मर्षित a. provocated, encouraged; एवं दुर्मर्षितो राजा स मात्रा बभ्रुवाहनः Mb.14. 79.13, -मर्याद a. immodest, wicked. -मल्लिका, -मल्ली a minor drama, comedy, farce; S. D.553. -मित्रः 1 a bad friend. -2 an enemy. -मुख a. 1 having a bad face, hideous, ugly; Bh.1.9. -2 foul-mouthed, abusive, scurrilous; Bh.2.69. (-खः) 1 a horse. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 N. of a serpent king (Nm.) -4 N. of a monkey (Nm.) -5 N. of a year (29th year out of 6 years cycle). -मूल्य a. highly priced, dear. -मेधस् a. silly, foolish, dull-headed, dull; Pt.1. (-m.) a dunce, dull-headed man, blockhead; ग्रन्थानधीत्य व्याकर्तु- मिति दुर्मेधसो$प्यलम् Śi.2.26. -मैत्र a. unfriendly, hostile; Bhāg.7.5.27. -यशस् n. ill-repute, dishonour. -योगः 1 bad or clumsy contrivance. -2 a bad combination. -योध, -योधन a. invincible, unconquerable. (-नः) the eldest of the 11 sons of Dhṛitarāṣṭra and Gāndhārī. [From his early years he conceived a deep hatred for his cousins the Pāṇḍavas, but particularly Bhīma, and made every effort he could to compass their destruction. When his father proposed to make Yudhiṣṭhira heir-apparent, Duryodhana did not like the idea, as his father was the reigning sovereign, and prevailed upon his blind father to send the Pāṇḍavas away into exile. Vāraṇāvata was fixed upon as their abode, and under pretext of constructing a palatial building for their residence, Duryodhana caused a palace to be built mostly of lac, resin and other combustible materials, thereby hoping to see them all destroyed when they should enter it. But the Paṇḍavas were forewarned and they safely escaped. They then lived at Indraprastha, and Yudhiṣṭhira performed the Rājasuya sacrifice with great pomp and splendour. This event further excited the anger and jealousy of Duryodhana, who was already vexed to find that his plot for burning them up had signally failed, and he induced his father to invite the Pāṇḍavas to Hastināpura to play with dice (of which Yudhiṣṭhira was particularly fond). In that gambling-match, Duryodhana, who was ably assisted by his maternal uncle Śakuni, won from Yudhiṣṭhira everything that he staked, till the infatuated gambler staked himself, his brothers, and Draupadī herself, all of whom shared the same fate. Yudhiṣṭhira, as a condition of the wager, was forced to go to the forest with his wife and brothers, and to remain there for twelve years and to pass one additional year incognito. But even this period, long as it was, expired, and after their return from exile both the Pāṇḍavas and Kauravas made great preparations for the inevitable struggle and the great Bhāratī war commenced. It lasted for eighteen days during which all the Kauravas, with most of their allies, were slain. It was on the last day of the war that Bhīma fought a duel with Duryodhana and smashed his thigh with his club.] मोघं तवेदं भुवि नामधेयं दुर्योधनेतीह कृतं पुरस्तात् न हीह दुर्योधनता तवास्ति पलायमानस्य रणं विहाय Mb.4.65.17. -योनि a. of a low birth, न कथंचन दुर्योनिः प्रकृतिं स्वां नियच्छति Ms.1.59. -लक्ष्य a. difficult to be seen or perceived, hardly visible. -क्ष्यम् bad aim; मनः प्रकृत्यैव चलं दुर्लक्ष्यं च तथापि मे Ratn.3.2. -लभ a. 1 difficult to be attained, or accomplished; R.1.67;17.7; Ku.4.4;5.46,61; दुर्लभं भारते जन्म मानुष्यं तत्र दुर्लभम् Subhāṣ. -2 difficult to be found or met with, scarce, rare; शुद्धान्तदुर्लभम् Ś.1.17. -3 best, excellent, eminent. -ग्रामः a village situated close to a large village and inhabited by the free-holders (अग्र- हारोपजीविनः); Māna.1.79-8. -4 dear, beloved. -5 costly. -ललित a. 1 spoilt by fondling, fondled too much, hard to please; हा मदङ्कदुर्ललित Ve.4; V.2.8; Māl.9. -2 (hence) wayward, naughty, illbred, unruly; स्पृहयामि खलु दुर्ललितायास्मै Ś.7. (-तम्) waywardness, rudeness. -लेख्यम् a forged document. Y.2.91. -वच a. 1 difficult to be described, indescribable. अपि वागधिपस्य दुर्वचं वचनं तद् विदधीत विस्मयम् Ki.2.2. -2 not to be talked about. -3 speaking improperly, abusing. (-चम्) abuse, censure, foul language. -वचस् n. abuse, censure; असह्यं दुर्वचो ज्ञातेर्मेघा- न्तरितरौद्रवत् Udb. -वर्ण a. bad-coloured. -र्णः 1 bad colour. -2 impurity; यथा हेम्नि स्थितो वह्निर्दुवर्णं हन्ति धातु- जम् Bhāg.12.3.47. (-र्णम्) 1 silver. दुर्वर्णभित्तिरिह सान्द्रसुधासुवर्णा Śi.4.28. -2 a kind of leprosy. -वस a. difficult to be resided in. -वसतिः f. painful residence; R.8.94. -वह a. heavy, difficult to be borne; दुर्वहगर्भखिन्नसीता U.2.1; Ku.1.11. -वाच् a. speaking ill. (-f.) 1 evil words, abuse. -2 inelegant language or speech. -वाच्य a. 1 difficult to be spoken or uttered. -2 abusive, scurrilous. -3 harsh, cruel (as words). (-च्यम्) 1 censure, abuse. -2 scandal, ill-repute. -वातः a fart. ˚वातय Den. P. to break wind or fart; इत्येके विहसन्त्येनमेके दुर्वातयन्ति च Bhāg.11.23.4. -वादः slander, defamation, calumny. -वार, -वारण a. irresistible, unbearable; R.14.87; किं चायमरिदुर्वारः पाणौ पाशः प्रचेतसः Ku.2.21. -वासना 1 evil propensity, wicked desire; कः शत्रुर्वद खेददानकुशलो दुर्वासनासंचयः Bv. 1.86. -2 a chimera. -वासस् a. 1 ill-dressed. -2 naked. (-m.) N. of a very irascible saint or Ṛiṣi, son of Atri and Anasūyā. (He was very hard to please, and he cursed many a male and female to suffer misery and degradation. His anger, like that of Jamadagni, has become almost proverbial.) -वाहितम् a heavy burden; उरोजपूर्णकुम्भाङ्का सदुर्वाहितविभ्रमा Rāj. T.4.18. -विगाह, -विगाह्य a. difficult to be penetrated or fathomed, unfathomable. -विचिन्त्य inconceivable, inscrutable -विद a. difficult to be known or discovered; नूनं गतिः कृतान्तस्य प्राज्ञैरपि सुदुर्विदा Mb.7.78. 2. -विदग्ध 1 unskilled, raw, foolish, stupid, silly. -2 wholly ignorant. -3 foolishly puffed up, elated. vainly proud; वृथाशस्त्रग्रहणदुर्विदग्ध Ve.3; ज्ञानलवदुर्विदग्धं ब्रह्मापि नरं न रञ्जयति Bh.2.3. -विद्ध a. Badly perforated (a pearl); Kau. A.2.11. -विद्य a. uneducated; Rāj. T.1.354. -विध a. 1 mean, base, low. -2 wicked, vile. -3 poor, indigent; विदधाते रुचिगर्वदुर्विधम् N.2.23. -4 stupid, foolish, silly; विविनक्ति न बुद्धिदुर्विधः Śi.16.39. -विनयः misconduct, imprudence. -विनीत a. 1 (a) badly educated, ill-mannered; ill-behaved, wicked; शासितरि दुर्विनीतानाम् Ś.1.24. (b) rude, naughty, mischievous. -2 stubborn, obstinate. (-तः) 1 a restive or untrained horse. -2 a wayward person, reprobate. -विपाक a. producing bad fruit; श्रितासि चन्दनभ्रान्त्या दुर्विपाकं विषद्रुमम् U.1.46. (-कः) 1 bad result or consequence; U.1.4; किं नो विधिरिह वचने$प्यक्षमो दुर्विपाकः Mv. 6.7. -2 evil consequences of acts done either in this or in a former birth. -विभाव्य a. inconceivable; also दुर्विभाव; असद्वृत्तेरहो वृत्तं दुर्विभावं विधेरिव Ki.11.56. -विमर्श a. difficult to be tried or examined; यो दुर्विमर्शपथया निजमाययेदं सृष्ट्वा गुणान्विभजते तदनुप्रविष्टः Bhāg.1.49.29. -विलसितम् a wayward act, rudeness, naughtiness; डिम्भस्य दुर्विलसितानि मुदे गुरूणाम् B. R.4.6. -विलासः a bad or evil turn of fate; U.1. -विवाहः a censurable marriage; इतरेषु तु शिष्टेषु नृशंसानृतवादिनः । जायन्ते दुर्विवाहेषु ब्रह्मधर्मद्विषः सुताः ॥ Ms.3.41. -विष a. ill-natured, malignant. (-षः) N. of Śiva. -विषह a. unbearable, intolerable, irresistible. (-हः) N. of Śiva. -वृत्त a. 1 vile, wicked, ill-behaved. -2 roguish. (-त्तम्) misconduct, ill-behaviour. दुर्वृत्तवृत्तशमनं तव देवि शीलम् Devīmāhātmya. -वृत्तिः f. 1 misconduct. -2 misery, want, distress. -3 fraud. -वृष्टिः f. insufficient rain, drought. -वेद a. difficult to be known or ascertained. -व्यवहारः a wrong judgment in law. -व्यवहृतिः f. ill-report or rumour. -व्यसनम् 1 a fond pursuit or resolve; Mu.3. -2 bad propensity, vice; तेन दुर्व्यसनेनासीद्भोजने$पि कदर्थना Ks.73.73. -व्रत a. not conforming to rules, disobedient. -हुतम् a badly offered sacrifice. -हृद् a. wicked-hearted, ill-disposed, inimical; अकुर्वतोर्वां शुश्रूषां क्लिष्टयोर्दुर्हृदा भृशम् Bhāg.1.45.9. (-m.) an enemy. -हृदय a. evil-minded, evil-intentioned, wicked. -हृषीक a. having defective organs of sense.
duṣ दुष् 4 P. (दुष्यति, दुष्ट) 1 To be bad or corrupted, be spoiled or suffer damage. -2 To be defiled or violated (as a woman &c.), be stained, be or become impure or contaminated; स्वल्पेनाप्यपकारेण ब्राह्मण्यमिव दुष्यति Pt.1. 66; Ms.7.24;9.318;1.12. -3 To sin, commit a mistake, be wrong. -4 To be unchaste or faithless. -Caus. (दूषयति-ते, but दूषयति-ते or दोषयति-ते in the sense of 'making depraved' or 'corrupting') 1 To corrupt, spoil, cause to perish, hurt, destroy, defile, taint, contaminate, vitiate, pollute (lit. and fig.); न भीतो मरणादस्मि केवलं दूषितं यशः Mk.1.27; पूरा दूषयति स्थलीम् R.12.3;8.68;1.47;12.4; Ms.5.1,14;7.195; Y.1.189; Amaru.72; न त्वेवं दूषयिष्यामि शस्त्रग्रहमहाव्रतम् Mv.3.8. 'shall not sully, violate or break &c.' -2 To corrupt the morals, demoralize. -3 To violate or dishonour (as a girl or another's wife); यो$कामां दूषयेत्कन्यां स सद्यो बधमर्हति Ms.8.364,368. -4 To abrogate, rescind, annul. -5 To blame, censure, find fault with, speak ill of, accuse; दूषितः सर्वलोकेषु निषादत्वं गमिष्यति Rām.; Y.1.66. -6 To adulterate. -7 To falsify. -8 To refute, disprove.
doṣaḥ दोषः [दुष् भावे करणे वा घञ्] 1 (a) A fault, blame, censure, defect, blemish, weak point; पत्रं नैव यदा करीर- विटपे दोषो वसन्तस्य किम् Bh.2.93; Pt.1.242; नात्र कुलपति- र्दोषं ग्रहीष्यति Ś.3. 'will not find fault or take exception'; so पुनरुक्तदोषा R.14.9. विसृज्य शूर्पवद्दोषान् गुणान् गृह्णन्ति साधवः । दोषग्राही गुणत्यागी चालनीव हि दुर्जनः ॥ Udb. (b) An error, a mistake. -2 A crime, sin guilt, offence; जायामदोषामुत संत्यजामि R.14.34; Ms.8.25; Y.3.79; also अधर्मदोष; cf. Rām.3.66.16. -3 Noxious quality, badness, injurious nature or quality; as in आहारदोष; cf. Ms.1.14. -4 Harm, evil, danger, injury; बहुदोषा हि शर्वरी Mk.1.58; अनुसरति हि शशाङ्कं राहु-दोषे$पि तारा Pratimā1.25. को दोषः 'what harm is there'. -5 Bad or injurious consequence, detrimental effect; तत्किमयमातपदोषः स्यात् Ś.3; अदाता वंशदोषेण कर्मदोषाद्दरिद्रता Chāṇ.49; Ms.1.14. -6 Morbid affection, disease. -7 Disorder of the three humours of the body, or the three humours when in a disordered state, -8 (In Nyāya. &c.) A fault of a definition : (i. e. अव्याप्ति, अतिव्याप्ति and असंभव). -9 (In Rhet.) A fault or defect of composition (such as परदोष, पदांशदोष, वाक्यदोष, रसदोष, and अर्थदोष which are defined and illustrated in the 7th Ullāsa of K. P.). -1 A calf. -11 Refutation. -12 Evening, dusk; cf. दोषा; दोषे हृषीकेश उतार्धरात्रे निशीथ एको$वतु पद्मनाभः Bhāg.6.8.21. -Comp. -अक्षरम् accusation. -आकर a. faulty. -आरोपः charge, accusation. -एकदृश् a. fault-finding, censorious, picking holes. -कर, -कारिन्, -कृत् a. causing evil, hurtful. -गुणम् bad and good qualities; बीजानामुप्तिविच्च स्यात्क्षेत्रदोषगुणस्य च (जानीयात्) Ms.9.33. -ग्रस्त a. 1 convicted, guilty. -2 full of faults or defects. -ग्राहिन् a. 1 malicious, malignant. -2 censorious. -ज्ञ a. knowing faults &c. (-ज्ञः) 1 a wise or learned man; R.1.93. -2 a physician. -3 a teacher. -त्रयम् disorder or vitiation of the three humours of the body; (i. e. वात, पित्त and कफ). -दृष्टि a. looking at faults, censorious, -प्रसंगः attaching blame, condemnation, censure. -भक्तिः f. tendency to a disease. -भाज् a. faulty, guilty, wrong, a villain. -भेदः a peculiar modification of the vitiation of three humours. -स्थानम् the seat of disorder of the humours.
dus दुस् A prefix to nouns and sometimes to verbs meaning 'bad, evil, wicked, inferior, hard or difficult, &c.' (N. B. The स् of दुस् is changed to र् before vowels and soft consonants, see दुर्; to a Visarga before sibilants, to श् before च् and छ्, and to ष् before क् and प्.) -Comp. -उपस्थान a. difficult to be approached; यो रणे दुरुपस्थानो हस्तरोधं दधद् धनुः Bk.5.32. -कर a. 1 wicked, acting badly; काँल्लोकांस्तु गमिष्यामि कृत्वा कर्म सुदुष्करम् Mb.12. 27.18. -2 hard to be done or accomplished, arduous, difficult; वक्तुं सुकरं कर्तुं दुष्करम् 'sooner said than done'; Amaru.46; Mk.3.1.; Ms.7.55. (-रम्) 1 a difficult or painful task or act, difficulty. -2 atmosphere, ether. -कर्मन् n. 1 any bad act, sin, crime. -2 any difficult or painful act. -3 A wicked man; ततो वसति दुष्कर्मा नरके शाश्वतीः समाः Mb. -कालः 1 bad times; दुष्काले$पि कलाव- सज्जनरुचौ प्राणैः परं रक्षता Mu.7.5. -2 the time of universal destruction. -3 an epithet of Śiva. -कुलम् a bad or low family; (आददीत) स्त्रीरत्नं दुष्कुलादपि Ms.2.238. -कुलीन a. low-born. -कुह a. hypocritical; अतीन्द्रियेणात्मनि दुष्कुहो$यं मया जनो योजयितुं न शक्यः Bu. Ch.1.18. -कृत्, -कृतिन् m. a wicked person; विनाशाय च दुष्कृताम् Bg.4.8; पुनः पुनर्दुष्कृतिनं निनिन्द R.14.57. -कृतम्, -कृतिः f. a sin, misdeed; उभे सुकृतदुष्कृते Bg.2.5; (ददर्श) ततस्तान् भिद्यमानांश्च कर्मभिः दुष्कृतैः स्वकैः Rām.7.21.21. -क्रम a. ill-arranged, unmethodical, unsystematic. -क्रिया a misdemeanour, bad act. -क्रीत a. not properly purchased; क्रीत्वा मूल्येन यो द्रव्यं दुष्क्रीतं मन्यते क्रयी Nārada Smṛiti. -चर a. 1 hard to be performed or accomplished, arduous, difficult; चरतः किल दुश्चरं तपस्तृण- बिन्दोः परिशङ्कितः पुरा R.8.79; Ku.7.65. -2 inaccessible, unapproachable. -3 acting ill, behaving wickedly. (-रः) 1 a bear. -2 a bi-valve shell. ˚चारिन् a. practising very austere penance. -चरित a. wicked, ill-behaved, abandoned. (-तम्) misbehaviour, ill-conduct; तथा दुश्चरितं सर्वं वेदे त्रिवृति मज्जति Ms.11.263. -चर्मन् a. affected with a disease of the skin, leprous. (-m.) 1 a circumcised man, or one whose prepuce is naturally wanting. -चिकित्स्य a. difficult to be cured, incurable. सुदुश्चिकि- त्स्यस्य भवस्य मृत्योर्भिषक्तमं त्वाद्य गतिं गताः स्म Bhāg.4.3.38. -चिक्यम् the third लग्नराशि; दुश्चिक्यं स्यात्तृतीयकम् Jyotistattvam. -चित्त a. melancholy, sad. -चेष्टितम् misconduct, error. -च्यवनः an epithet of Indra; अत्तुं महेन्द्रियं भागमेति दुश्च्यवनो$धुना Bk.5.11. -च्यावः an epithet of Śiva. -च्छद a difficult to be clothed, tattered. -तर a. (दुष्टर or दुस्तर) 1 difficult to be crossed; तितीर्षुर्दुस्तरं मोहादुडुपेनास्मि सागरम् R.1.2; Ms;4.242; प्रविशेन्मुखमाहेयं दुस्तरं वा महार्णवम् Pt.1.111. -2 difficult to be subdued, insuperable, invincible. -3 not to be surpassed or excelled. -4 difficult to be borne or endured. -तर्कः false reasoning. -पच (दुष्पच) a. difficult to be digested. -पतनम् 1 falling badly. -2 a word of abuse, abusive epithet (अपशब्द). -परिग्रह a. difficult to be seized, taken, or kept; Pt.1.67. लोकाधाराः श्रियो राज्ञां दुरापा दुष्परिग्रहाः Kām. (-हः) a bad wife. -पान a. difficult to be drunk. -पार a. 1 difficult to be crossed. -2 difficult to be accomplished. -पूर a. difficult to be filled or satisfied; दुष्पूरो- दरपूरणाय पिबति स्रोतःपतिं वाडवः Bh.; Bg.3.39. -प्रकाश a. obscure, dark, dim. -प्रक्रिया little authority; Rāj. T.8.4. -प्रकृति a. ill-tempered. evilnatured. -प्रजस् a. having bad progeny. -प्रज्ञ (दुष्प्रज्ञ) a. weakminded, stupid. -प्रज्ञानम् bad intellect. -प्रणीत a. ill-arranged or managed. (-तम्) impolitic conduct; Mb.8.5.2. -प्रतर a. difficult to be overcome or understood; धर्मं सूक्ष्मतरं वाच्यं तत्र दुष्प्रतरं त्वया Mb.12.19.7. -प्रतीक a. difficult to know or recognise; दुष्प्रतीकमरण्ये$स्मिन्किं तात वनमागतः Rām.2.1.5. -प्रद a. causing pain or sorrow; अद्य भीताः पलायन्तु दुष्प्रदास्ते दिशो दश Rām.2.16.29. -प्रधर्ष, -प्रधृष्य 1 un assailable; see दुर्धर्ष; सा दुष्प्रधर्षा मनसापि हिंस्रैः R.2.27. -2 secure from assault, intangible. -प्रमेय a. immeasurable. -प्रवादः slander, calumnious report, scandal. -प्रवृत्तिः f. bad news, evil report; तेषां शूर्पणखैवैका दुष्प्रवृत्तिहराभवत् R.12.51. -प्रसह (दुष्प्रसह) a. 1 irresistible, terrible. -2 hard to bear or endure; M.5.1; R.3.58. -प्राप, -प्रापण a. unattainable, hard to get; R.1.48; असंयता- त्मना योगो दुष्प्राप इति मे मतिः Bg.6.36. -प्रीति f. displeasure. -मरम् a sad demise; अकाले दुर्मरमहो यज्जीवामस्तया विना Bk.6.14. -शंस a. Ved. evil-minded, malevolent, wicked. -शक, -शक्त a.powerless, weak. -शकुनम् a bad omen. -शला N. of the only daughter of धृतराष्ट्र given in marriage to Jayadratha. -शासन a. difficult to be managed or governed, intractable. (-नः) N. of one of the 1 sons of धृतराष्ट्र. [He was brave and warlike, but wicked and intractable. When Yudhiṣṭhira staked and lost even Draupadī, Duhśāsana dragged her into the assembly by her hair and began to strip her of every clothing; but Krisna, ever ready to help the distressed, covered her from shame and ignominy. Bhīma was so much exasperated at this dastardly act of Duhśāsana that he vowed in the assembly that he would not rest till he had drunk the villain's blood. On the 16th day of the great war Bhīma encountered Duhśāsana in a single combat, killed him with ease, and drank, according to his resolution, his blood to his heart's content.] -शील (दुश्शील) a. ill-mannered or ill behaved, reprobate. -शृङ्गी a disloyal wife. -ष्ठु see दुस्थ a. unsettled, in calamity; कथं दुष्ठुः स्वयं धर्मे प्रजास्त्वं पालयिष्यसि Bk.6.132. -संचार a. difficult to be passed; दुःसंचारासु नगरवीथीषु; Pt.1.173. -षम (दुःषम or दुष्षम), -सम (दुःसम or दुस्सम) a. 1 uneven, unlike, unequal. -2 adverse, unfortunate, -3 evil, improper, bad. -षमम्, -समम् ind. ill, wickedly. -सत्त्वम् an evil being. -सथः 1 a dog. -2 a cock; L. D. B. -संधान, -संधेय a. difficult to be united or reconciled. -मृद्धटवत् सुखभेद्यो दुःसन्धानश्च दुर्जनो भवति Subhāṣ. -संस्थित a. very sinful or ugly to look at; Rām.2.9.4. -सह (दुस्सह) a. unbearable, irresistible, insupportable. भवत्यनिष्टादपि नाम दुःसहात् Ku. -साक्षिन् m. a false witness. -साध, -साध्य a. 1 difficult to be accomplished or managed. -2 difficult to be cured. -3 difficult to be conquered. -साधिन् m. door-keeper; L. D. B. -सुप्त a. having bad dreams (in one's sleep). -स्थ, -स्थित a. (written also दुस्थ and दुस्थित) 1 ill-conditioned, poor, miserable. -2 suffering pain, unhappy, distressed; कल्पान्तदुःस्था वसुधा तथोहे Bk. -3 unwell, ill. -4 unsteady, disquieted. -5 foolish, unwise, ignorant. -स्थम् ind. badly, ill, unwell; दुःस्थं तिष्ठसि यच्च पथ्यमधुना कर्तास्मि तच्छ्रो- ष्यसि; Amaru. -स्थितिः f. 1 bad condition or situation, unhappiness, misery. -2 instability. -स्पृष्टम् (दुः-दुस्पृ- ष्टम्) 1 slight touch or contact. -2 slight touch or action of the tongue which produces the sounds य्, र्, ल् and व्; दुस्पृष्टश्चेति विज्ञेयो लृकारः प्लुत एव च. -स्फाटः a kind of weapon; L. D. B. -स्मर a. hard or painful to remember; U.6.34. -स्वप्नः a bad dream.
duh दुह् I. 2 U. (दोग्धि, दुग्धे, दुदोह-दुदुहे. अधुक्षत्-त or अदुग्ध, धोक्ष्यति-ते, दोग्धुम्, दुग्ध) 1 To milk or squeeze out, extract (with two acc.); भास्वन्ति रत्नानि महौषधीश्च पृथूपदिष्टां दुदुहुर्धरित्रीम् Ku.1.2; यः पयो दोग्धि पाषाणं स रामाद्भूतिमाप्नुयात् Bk.8.82; पयो घटोघ्नीरपि गा दुहन्ति 12.73; R.5.33. -2 To draw anything out of another (with two acc.); प्राणान्दुहन्निवात्मानं शोकं चित्तमवारुधत् Bk.6.9. -3 To drain a thing of its contents, to make profit out of; दुदोह गां स यज्ञाय शस्याय मघवा दिवम् R.1.26. -4 To yield or grant (any desired object); कामान्दुग्धे विप्रकर्षत्यलक्ष्मीम् U.5.31. -5 To enjoy. -Caus. (दोहयति-ते) To cause to milk. -Desid. (दुधुक्षति-ते) To wish to milk; राजन् दुधुक्षसि यदि क्षितिधेनुमेताम् Bh.2.46. -II. 1 P. (दोहति) To hurt. pain, distress.
darśa दर्श a. [दृश्-भावे घञ्] Seeing, looking -र्शः 1 Sight, view, appearance (usually in comp.); दुर्दर्शः, प्रियदर्शः &c. दुर्दर्शा केचिदाभान्ति नराः काष्ठमया इव । प्रियदर्शास्तथा चान्ये दर्शनादेव मानवाः ॥ Mb.13.144.45. -2 Ocular evidence or proof. -3 The day of the new moon (अमावास्या); एकत्र- स्थितचन्दार्कदर्शनाद् दर्श उच्यते; शक्यते च चन्द्रस्यादर्शनेन अमावास्या दर्श इति लक्षयितुम् । यथा चक्षुषोरभावे सति चक्षुष्मान् इति चक्षुर्भ्यां लक्ष्यते । ŚB. on MS.4.4.36. -4 The new moon. -5 The half-monthly sacrifice, a sacrificial rite performed on the day of the new moon. It comprises of the आग्नेय, ऐन्द्राग्न and सांनाय्य यागs. -दर्शे-दर्शम् ind. At every sight; Ks. -Comp. -पः a god. -पूर्णमासन्यायः The rule according to which the same act can be said to yield all desired objects but only one at a time (and not simultaneously). This is established by जैमिनि and शबर in MS.4.3. 25-28 (see योगसिद्धिन्याय). -यामिनी the night of the new moon. -विपद् m. the moon.
dṛṣṭiḥ दृष्टिः f. [दृश्-भावे-क्तिन्] 1 Seeing, viewing. -2 Seeing with the mental eye. -3 Knowing, knowledge; सम्यग्- दृष्टिस्तस्य परं पश्यति यस्त्वाम् Ki.18.28. -4 The eye, the faculty of seeing, sight; केनेदानीं दृष्टिं विलोभयामि V.2; चलापाङ्गं दृष्टिं स्पृशसि &Sacute.1.23.; दृष्टिस्तृणीकृतजगत्त्रयसत्त्वसारा U.6.19; R.2.28; Ś.4.2; देव दृष्टिप्रसादं कुरु H.1. -5 A look, glance. -6 View, notion; क्षुद्रदृष्टिरेषा K.173; एतां दृष्टिमवष्टभ्य Bg. 16.9. -7 Consideration, regard. -8 Intellect, wisdom; तुभ्यं नमस्ते$स्त्वविषक्तदृष्टये Bhāg.1.4.12. -9 (In Astrol.) Aspect of the stars. -1 Light (प्रकाश). -11 A theory, doctrine, notion; याश्च काश्च कृदृष्टयः (सर्वास्ता निष्फलाः) Ms. 12.95. -Comp. -कृत् n., -कृतम् a kind of lily (स्थलपद्म). -क्षम worth-seeing; V.4.21. -क्षेपः a glance, look. -गतम् a theory, doctrine. -गुणः a mark for archers, butt, target. -गोचर a. within the range of sight, in sight, visible. (-रः) the range of sight. -दानम् appearance. -दोषः the evil influence of the human eye. -पातः 1 a look, glance; मार्गे मृगप्रेक्षिणि दृष्टिपातं कुरुष्व R.13.18; Bh.1.11,94;3.66. -2 act of seeing, function of the eye; रजःकणैर्विघ्नितदृष्टिपाताः Ku.3.31 (Malli. interprets-unnecessarily in our opinion-- पात by प्रभा). -पथः the range of sight. -पूत a. 'kept pure by the sight', watched that no impurity is contracted; दृष्टिपूतं न्यसेत्पादम् Ms.6.46. -प्रसादः the favour of a look. -बन्धुः a firefly. -मण्डलम् 1 the pupil of the eye. -2 the circle of sight. -रागः the expression of the eyes; भवन्तमन्तरेण कीदृशो$स्या दृष्टिरागः Ś.2.11-12. -वादः 1 a Buddhist canon dealing with discussion on other religious views; दृष्टिवादो द्वादशाङ्गी स्याद्गणिपिटकाह्वया । प्रतिकर्मसूत्रपूर्वानुयोगो पूर्व- गतचूलिकाः । पञ्च स्युर्द्दष्टिवादभेदाः पूर्वाणि चतुर्दशापि पूर्वगते । Hem. -2 N. of the 12th Aṅga of the Jainas. -विक्षेपः a side-glance, leer, oblique look. -विद्या optics. -विभ्रमः an amorous glance, a coquettish look; Ś.1.23. -विषः a serpent. -संभेदः mutual glance; त्वयापि न निरूपिता अनयोर्द्दष्टिसंभेदाः Māl.7.
dṝ दॄ I. 4, 9 P. (दीर्यति, दॄणाति, दीर्ण) 1 To burst or break asunder, split open. -2 To cause to burst, tear, divide, rend, sunder, pull to pieces. -Pass. (दीर्यते) 1 To burst, break open, be sundered; कथमेवं प्रलपतां वः सहस्रधा न दीर्ण- मनया जिह्वया Ve.3. -2 To separate. -3 To be afraid, to fear. -Caus. (दा-दा-रयति-ते) 1 To split, tear asunder, divide by digging. -2 To disperse, scatter. -II. 1 P. (दरति) To fear, be afraid of. (With prepositions like अव, आ, प्र, &c. the root does not change its meaning.)
deva देव a. (-वी f.) [दिव्-अच्] 1 Divine, celestial; Bg.11. 11; Ms.12.117. -2 Shining; यज्ञस्य देवमृत्विजम् Rv.1.1.1. -3 Fit to be worshipped or honoured. -वः 1 A god, deity; एको देवः केशवो वा शिवो वा Bh.3.12. -2 (a) The god of rain, an epithet of Indra; as in द्वादश वर्षाणि देवो न ववर्ष; अवर्षयद्देवः Rām.1.9.18; काले च देशे च प्रववर्ष देवः Bu. Ch.2.7. (b) A cloud. -3 A divine man, Brāhmaṇa, as in भूदेव. -4 A king, ruler, as in मनुष्यदेव; तां देवसमितिं (अभ्या- गच्छत्) Mb.3.13.22. -5 A title affixed to the names of Bārhmaṇas; as in गोविन्ददेव, पुरुषोत्तमदेव &c. -6 (In dramas) A title of honour used in addressing a king, ('My lord', 'Your majesty'); ततश्च देव Ve.4; यथाज्ञापयति देवः &c. -7 Quicksilver. -8 The Supreme Spirit; हित्वा च देहं प्रविशन्ति देवं दिवौकसो द्यामिव पार्थ सांख्याः Mb.12.31.112. -9 A fool -1 A child. -11 A man following any particular business. -12 A lover. -13 Emulation. -14 Sport, play. -15 A husband's brother (cf. देवृ, देवर). -16 A lancer. -वम् An organ of sense; देवानां प्रभवो देवो मनसश्च त्रिलोककृत् Mb.14.41.3. [cf. L. deus; Gr. deos.]. -Comp. -अंशः a partial incarnation of god. -अगारः, -रम् a temple. -अङ्गना a celestial damsel, an apsaras. -अतिदेवः, -अधिदेवः 1 the highest god. -2 an epithet of (1) Śiva. (2) Buddha. (3) Viṣṇu. देवातिदेवो भगवान् प्रसूतिरंशे हरिर्यस्य जगत्प्रणेता Hariv. -अधिपः 1 an epithet of Indra. -2 the supreme god. -अनीकम् an army of celestials. -अनुचरः, -अनुयायिन् m. an attendant or follower of a god; निशम्य देवानुचरस्य वाचं मनुष्यदेवः पुनरप्युवाच R.2.52. -अन्धस् n., अन्नम् 1 the food of gods, divine food, ambrosia. -2 food that has been first offered to an idol; see Ms.5.7 and Kull. thereon. -अभीष्ट a. 1 liked by or dear to gods. -2 sacred or dedicated to a deity. (-ष्टा) piper betel. -अरण्यम् the garden of gods, the Nandana garden; अलमुद्द्योतयामासुर्देवारण्यमिवर्तवः R.1.8. -अरिः a demon. -अर्चनम्, -ना 1 the worship of gods. -2 idolatry. -अर्पणम् 1 an offering to the god. -2 the Veda; पृथग्- भूतानि चान्यानि यानि देवार्पणानि च Mb.13.86.17 (see com.). -आवसथः a temple. -अश्वः an epithet of उच्चैःश्रवस्, the horse of Indra. -आक्रीडः 'the garden of the gods', Nandana garden. -आजीवः, -आजीविन् m. an attendant upon an idol. -2 a low Brāhmaṇa subsisting by attendance upon an idol and upon the offerings made to it. -आत्मन् a. 1 consecrated, holy, sacred. -2 of a divine nature. (-m.) 1 the divine soul; ते ध्यानयोगानुगता$ पश्यन् देवात्मशक्तिं स्वगुणैर्निगूढाम् Śvet. Up.1.3. -2 the holy fig-tree. -आयतनम् a temple; Ms.4.46; न देवा- यतनं गच्छेत् कदाचिद् वा$प्रदक्षिणम् । न पीडयेद् वा वस्त्राणि न देवा- यतनेष्वपि ॥ Kūrma P. -आयुधम् 1 a divine weapon. -2 rainbow. -आयुष्म् the life-time of a god. -आलयः 1 heaven. -2 a temple. -आवासः 1 heaven. -2 the holy fig-tree (अश्वत्थ). -3 a temple. -4 the Sumeru mountain. -आहारः nectar, ambrosia. -इज् a. (nom. sing. देवेट्-ड्) worshipping the gods. -इज्यः an epithet of Bṛihaspati, preceptor of the gods. -इज्जः 1 an epithet of Indra. -2 of Śiva. -इष्ट a. dear to gods. (-ष्टः) bdellium. (-ष्टा) the wild lime tree. -ईशः an epithet of (1) Indra. (2) Śiva. (3) Viṣṇu. (4) Brahman. (-शी) N. of Durgā also of Devakī mother of Kṛiṣṇa. -ईश्वरः N. of (1) Śiva. (2) Indra. -उद्यानम् 1 divine garden. -2 The Nandana garden. -3 a garden near a temple. -ऋषिः (देवर्षिः) 1 a deified saint, divine sage such as अत्रि, भृगु, पुलस्त्य, अङ्गिरस् &c.; एवंवादिनि देवर्षौ Ku.6.84 (i. e. अङ्गिरस्); अथ देवऋषी राजन् संपरेतं नृपात्मजम् Bhāg.; आब्रह्मभुवनाल्लोका देवर्षिपितृमानवाः । तृप्यन्तु पितरः सर्वे मातृमातामहा- दयाः Tarpaṇamantra. -2 an epithet of Narada; देवर्षीणां च नारदः Bg.1.13.26. -ओकस् n. the mountain Meru or Sumeru. -कन्या a celestial damsel, a nymph; also देवकन्यका. -कर्दमाः sandal, aloe wood, camphor, saffron pounded together and made into a paste. -कर्मन् n., -कार्यम् 1 a religious act or rite, divine command; अनुष्ठितदेवकार्यम् R.12.13. -2 the worship of gods. -काष्ठम् the Devadāru tree. -किरी N. of a Rāgiṇī; ललिता मालती गौरी नाटी देवकिरी तथा । मेघरागस्य रागिण्यो भवन्तीमाः सुमध्यमाः ॥ -कुटम् a temple. -कुण़्डम् a natural spring. -कुलम् 1 a temple. -2 a race of gods. -3 a group of gods. -कुल्या the celestial Ganges. -कुसुमम् cloves; एलां च देवकुसुमं त्वक्पत्रं देवदारु च Śiva. B.3.14. -खातम्, -खातकम् 1 a natural hollow among mountains. -2 a natural pond or reservoir; Ms.4.23. -3 a pond near a temple. ˚बिल a cavern, chasm. -गणः a class of gods. -गणिका an apsaras; q. v. -गतिः the path of देवलोक; अनुज्ञातश्च रामेण ययौ देवगतिं मुनिः A. Rām. 2.1.4. -गन्धर्वः an epithet of Nārada. (-र्वम्) a particular mode of singing. -गर्जनम् thunder. -गर्भः see हिरण्यगर्भ; Rām.2.4.23. -गायनः a celestial chorister, a Gandharva. -गान्धारी N. of a Rāgiṇī गान्धारी देवगान्धारी मालवी श्रीश्च सारवी । रामकीर्यपि रागिण्यः श्रीरागस्य प्रिया इमाः ॥ -गिरिः 1 N. of a mountain; cf. Me.44. -2 N. of a town (Daulatabad). -गिरी f. N. of a Rāgiṇī. -गुरुः 1 an epithet of Kaśyapa (the father of gods). -2 of Bṛihaspati (the preceptor of gods). -गुही an epithet of Sarasvatī or of a place situated on it. -गुह्यम् 1 a secret only known by gods. -2 death. -गृहम् 1 a temple. -2 the place of a king. -3 a planetary sphere. -ग्रहः a class of demons who causes harmless madness. -चरितम् the course of action or practices of the gods; न देवचरितं चरेत्. -चर्या the worship or service of gods. -चिकित्सकौ (du.) Aśvins, the twin physicians of gods. -छन्दः a pearl-necklace having 81, 1 or 18 strings; शतमष्टयुतं हारो देवच्छन्दो ह्यशीतिरेकयुता Bṛi. S.81.32. -जनः the gods collectively. ˚विद्या the science of music, dance, other arts &c.; Ch. Up.7.1.2. -जातम् a class of gods. -जामिः f. a sister of the gods; देवजामीनां पुत्रो$सि Av. 6.46.1. -तरुः 1 the holy fig-tree. -2 one of the trees of paradise. (i. e. मन्दार, पारिजात, सन्तान, कल्प and हरि- चन्दन); पञ्चैते देवतरवो मन्दारः पारिजातकः । सन्तानः कल्पवृक्षश्च पुंसि वा हरिचन्दनम् ॥ Ak. -3 the tree in a village (चैत्यवृक्ष) where the villagers usually meet (Mar. पार). -तर्पणम् offerings of water, part of the सन्ध्या ceremony. -ताडः 1 fire. -2 an epithet of Rāhu. -तातः 1 a sacrifice. -2 N. of Kaśyapa. -तातिः 1 a god. -2 divine service; स नो यक्षद् देवताता यजीयान् Rv.3.19.1. -तीर्थम् 1 the right moment for the worship of gods. -2 the tips of the fingers sacred to gods. -दत्त a. 1 god-given, granted by the gods. -2 given to the gods (as a village, &c.). (-त्तः) 1 N. of the conch-shell of Arjuna; देवदत्तं धनञ्जयः (दध्मौ) Bg.1.15. -2 a certain person (used in speaking of men indefinitely); मुक्तस्ततो यदि बन्धाद्देवदत्त उपाच्छिनत्ति Bhāg.5.14.24; देवदत्तः पचति, पिनो देवदत्तो दिवा न भुङ्क्ते &c. -3 one of the vital airs exhaled in yawning; देवदत्तो विजृम्भणे. ˚अग्रजः N. of Buddha. -दर्शन a. visiting the gods. (-नः) N. of Nārada; यथा प्राह नारदो देवदर्शनः Bhāg.2.8.1. -दारु m., n. a species of pine; गङ्गाप्रवाहोक्षित- देवदारु Ku.1.54; R.2.36. -दासः a servant or attendant upon a temple. (-सी) 1 a female in the service of gods or a temple. -2 a courtezan (employed as a dancer in a temple). -3 the wild citron tree. -दीपः the eye. -दुन्दुभिः 1 divine drum; देवदुन्दुभिनिर्घोषो पुष्पवृष्टिश्च खात् पतन् Rām. -2 the holy basil with red flowers. -3 an epithet of Indra. -दूतः a divine envoy or messenger, an angel. -देवः 1 an epithet of Brahman; Rām.1.43.1. -2 of Śiva; अयाचितारं न हि देवदेवमद्रिः सुतां ग्राहयितुं शशाक Ku.1.52. -3 of Viṣṇu; Bg.1.15. -4 of Gaṇeśa; दृष्टप्रभावो वरदो देवदेवो विनायकः Ks.2.55. -दैवत्य a. destined for the god; Ms.2.189. -द्रोणी a procession with idols. -धर्मः a religious duty or office. -धानी the city of Indra; तां देवधानीं स वरुथिनीपतिर्बहिः समन्ताद्रुरुधे पृतन्यया Bhāg. 8.15.23. -धान्यम् a kind of grass-grain (Mar. देवभात). -धिष्ण्यम् a chariot of the gods (विमान); Bhāg.1. 82.7. -नक्षत्रम् N. of the first 14 नक्षत्रs in the southern quarter (opp. to यमनक्षत्रम्). -नदी 1 the Ganges. -2 any holy river; Ms.2.17. -नन्दिन् m. N. of the doorkeeper of Indra. -2 N. of a grammarian. -नागरी N. of the character in which Sanskrit is usually written. -नाथः Śiva. -निकायः 1 'residence of gods', paradise, heaven; तं तुष्टुवुर्देवनिकायकेतवः Bhāg.1.27.25. -2 a host or assembly of gods; Ms.1.36. -निन्दकः a blasphemer, unbeliever, heretic, atheist. -निन्दा heresy, atheism. -निर्माल्यम् 1 a garland remaining from a sacrifice. -निर्मित a. 'god-created', natural. -पतिः an epithet of Indra. -पादाः 'the royal feet or presence', an honorific term for a king; देवपादाः प्रमाणम्. -पथः 1 'heavenly passage', heaven, firmament दिव्यो देवपथो ह्येष नात्र गच्छन्ति मानुषाः Mb. -2 the milky way. -पशुः any animal consecrated to a deity. -पात्रम् an epithet of Agni. -पुर्, -पुरी f. an epithet of Amarāvatī, the city of Indra. -पुरोहितः 1 a domestic priest of the gods. -2 the planet Jupiter (बृहस्पति). -पुष्पम् cloves. -पूज्यः an epithet of Bṛihaspati. -प्रतिकृतिः f., -प्रतिमा an idol, the image of a deity. -प्रश्नः 'consulting deities', astrology, fortune-telling. -प्रसूत a. good-produced (water); Av.6. 1.2. -प्रियः 'dear to the gods', an epithet of Śiva; (देवानांप्रियः an irreg. comp. meaning1 a goat. -2 a fool, idiot like a brute breast, as in ते$प्यतात्पर्यज्ञा देवानांप्रियाः K. P. -3 an ascetic, who renounces the world). -बलिः an oblation to the gods. -बाहुः 1 N. of a king in the Yadu race. -2 N. of a sage; देवबाहुः शतधनुः कृतवर्मेति तत्सुताः Bhāg. -ब्रह्मन् m. an epithet of Nārada. -ब्राह्मणः 1 a Brāhmaṇa who lives on the proceeds of a temple. -2 a venerable Brāhmaṇa. -भक्तिः worship or service of the gods. -भवनम् 1 the heaven. -2> a temple. -3 the holy fig-tree. -भागः the northern hemisphere. -भ m. a god; (-f.) heaven. -भूमिः f. heaven; पितुः प्रदेशा- स्तव देवभूमयः Ku.5.45. -भूतिः f. an epithet of the Ganges. -भूयम् divinity, godhead; विदितमेव भवतां ...... परां निर्वृतिमुपेत्य देवभूयं गताः सर्वे न पूर्वपुरुषा इति Rām. Champū. -भृत् m. an epithet of 1 Viṣṇu. -2 of Indra. -भोगः Pleasure of the gods, heavenly joy; अन्नन्ति दिव्यान् दिवि देवभोगान् Bg.9.2. -भोज्यम् nectar. -मणिः 1 the jewel of Viṣṇu called कौस्तुभ. -2 the sun. -3 a curl of hair on a horse's neck; आवर्तिनः शुभफल- प्रदशुक्तियुक्ताः संपन्नदेवमणयो भृतरन्ध्रभागाः (अश्वाः) Śi.5.4; N.1.58. -मधु n. divine honey; असौ वा आदित्यो देवमधु Ch. Up.3.1.1. -मातृ f. N. of Aditi, mother of gods. -मातृक a. 'having the god of rain or clouds as foster-mother', watered only by the clouds, depending on rain-water and not on irrigation, deprived of every other kind of water (as a country); देशो नद्यम्बुवृष्ट्यम्बु- संपन्नव्रीहिपालितः । स्यान्नदीमातृको देवमातृकश्च यथाक्रमम् ॥ Ak.; cf. also वितन्वति क्षेममदेवमातृकाः (i. e. नदीमातृकाः) चिराय तस्मिन् कुरवश्चकासते Ki.1. 17. -मानकः the jewel of Viṣṇu called कौस्तुभ. -माया the Māyā of gods; ते दुस्तराम- तितरन्ति च देवमायाम् Bhāg. -मार्गः the air or sky. -मासः the eighth month of pregnancy. -मुनिः a divine sage. -यजनम् 1 a sacrificial place, a place where a sacrifice is performed; ततस्ते देवयजनं ब्राह्मणाः स्वर्णलाङ्गलैः (कृष्ट्वा) Bhāg.1.74.12. देवयजनसंभवे सीते U.4. -2 a place of worship; मण्डलं देवयजनं दीक्षासंस्कार आत्मनः Bhāg.12.11.17. -यजि a. making oblations to gods. -यज्ञः a sacrifice to the superior gods made by oblations to fire, or through fire to the gods; (one of the five daily sacrifices of a Brāhmaṇa; see Ms.3.81,85 and पञ्चयज्ञ also). -यज्यम्, -यज्या a sacrifice. -यात्रा 'an idolprocession,' any sacred festival when the idols are carried in procession; केनापि देवयात्रागतेन सिद्धादेशेन साधुना मत्समक्षमादिष्टा M.5.12-13. -यान bestowing मोक्ष; यज्ञस्य देवयानस्य मेध्याय हविषे नृप Bhāg.8.8.2. -नः the path leading to मोक्ष; सत्येन पन्था विततो देवयानः Muṇḍ.3.1.6. -यानम् a celestial car. -युगम् 1 the first of the four ages of the world; also called कृतयुग, सनत्कुमारो भगवान् पुरा देवयुगे प्रभुः Rām.1.11.11. -2 an age of the gods comprising four ages of men. -योनिः 1 a superhuman being, a demigod; विद्याधरो$प्सरोयक्षरक्षोगन्धर्वकिन्नराः । पिशाचो गुह्यकः सिद्धो भूतो$मी देवयोनयः ॥ Ak. -2 a being of divine origin. -3 fuel used in kindling fire (f. also). -योषा an apsaras. -रथः a car for carrying the image of god in procession. -थम् a day's journey for the sun's chariot. -रहस्यम् a divine mystery. -राज्, -राजः 1 an epithet of Indra; Rām.7.6.6. -2 a king. -3 N. of Buddha. -रातः 1 an epithet of Parīkṣit. -2 a kind of swan or crane. -राष्ट्रम् N. of an empire in the Deccan. -लक्ष्मम् the Brāhmanical cord. -लता the Navamallikā or double jasmine plant. -लिङ्गम् the image or statue of a deity; Bhāg.3.17.13. -लोकः heaven, paradise; देवलोकस्य चर्त्विजः (प्रभुः) Ms.4.182. -वक्त्रम् an epithet of fire. -वर्त्मन् n. the sky or atmosphere. -वर्धकिः, -शिल्पिन् m. Viśvakarman, the architect of gods. -वाणी 'divine voice', a voice from heaven. -वाहनः an epithet of Agni. -विद्या 1 divine science; Ch. Up.7.1.2. -2 the science of Nirukta or etymology; ibid. -विभागः the northern hemisphere. -विश् f., -विशा a deity. -वीतिः food of the gods. -वृक्षः the Mandāra tree. -व्यचस् a. Ved. occupied by the gods. -व्रतम् 1 a religious observance, any religious vow. -2 the favourite food of the gods. (-तः) an epithet of 1 Bhīṣma; ततो विनशनं प्रागाद्यत्र देवव्रतो$पतत् Bhāg.1.9.1. -2 Kārtikeya. -व्रतत्वम् celibacy (ब्रह्मचारिव्रत); देवव्रतत्वं विज्ञाप्य Mb.5.172.19. -शत्रुः a demon; स देवशत्रूनिव देवराजः Mb. -शुनी an epithet of Saramā, the bitch of the gods. -शेखर the damanaka tree (Mar. दवणा). -शेषम् the remnants of a sacrifice offered to gods. -श्रीः m. a sacrifice. (f.) Lakṣmī. -श्रुतः an epithet of 1 Viṣṇu. -2 Nārada. -3 a sacred treatise. -4 a god in general. -संसद् f. देवसभा q. v. -सत्यम् divine truth, established order of the gods. -संध a. divine. -सभा 1 an assembly of the gods (सुधर्मन्). -2 a council of a king, council-chamber. -3 a gambling-house. -सभ्यः 1 a gambler. -2 a frequenter of gaming-houses. -3 an attendant on a deity. -4 the keeper of a gambling-house. -सहा 1 rules of begging alms (? भिक्षासूत्र); L. D. B. -2 N. of a plant. -सायुज्यम् identification or unification with a deity, conjunction with the gods, deification. -सिंह an epithet of Śiva. -सुषिः a tube or cavity (in the heart) leading to the gods; cf. उदान, तस्य ह वा एतस्य हृदयस्य पञ्च देवसुषयः Ch. Up.3.13.1. -सू N. of 8 deities (अग्नि, सोम, सवितृ, रुद्र, बृहस्पति, इन्द्र, मित्र and वरुण). -सृष्टा an intoxicating drink. -सेना 1 the army of gods. -2 N. of the wife of Skanda; स्कन्देन साक्षादिव देवसेनाम् R.7.1. (Malli.:-- देवसेना = स्कन्दपत्नी perhaps it merely means 'the army of the gods' personified as Skanda's wife). ˚पतिः, ˚प्रियः an epithet of Kārtikeya. -स्वम् 'property of gods', property applicable to religious purposes or endowments; यद्धनं यज्ञशीलानां देवस्वं तद्विदु- र्बुधाः Ms.11.2,26. ˚अपहरणम् sacrilege. -सावर्णिः the 13th Manu; मनुस्त्रयोदशो भाव्यो देवसावर्णिरात्मवान् Bhāg. 8.13.3. -हविस् n. an animal offered to gods at a sacrifice. -हिंसकः an enemy of gods. -हूः the left ear; Bhāg.4.25.51. -हूतिः f. 1 invocation of the gods. -2 N. of a daughter of Manu Svāyambhuva and wife of Kardama. -हेडनम् an offence against the gods. -हेतिः a divine weapon.
deśaḥ देशः [दिश्-अच्] 1 A place or spot in general; देशः को नु जलावसेकशिथिलः Mk.3.12 (often used after words like कपोल, स्कन्ध, अंस, नितम्ब &c., without any meaning; स्कन्धदेशे Ś.1.19 'on the shoulder'). -2 A region, country, province, land, territory; यं देशं श्रयते तमेव कुरुते बाहुप्रतापार्जितम् H.1.15. -3 A department, part, side, portion (as of a whole); as in एकदेश, एकदेशीय q. v. -4 An institute, an ordinance. -5 Range, compass; दृष्टिदेशः Pt.2. -Comp. -अटनम् roaming through a country, travelling. -अतिथिः a foreigner. -अन्तरम् 1 another country, foreign parts; Ms.5.78. -2 longitude. -अन्तरिन् m. a foreigner. -आचारः, -धर्मः a local law or custom, the usage or custom of any country; देश- धर्मान् जातिधर्मान् कुलधर्मांश्च शाश्वतान् Ms.1.118. -कष्टकः a public calamity. -कारी N. of a Rāgiṇī. -कालौ m. (du.) time and place; न देशकालौ हि यथार्थधर्माववेक्षते कामरतिर्मनुष्यः Rām.4.33.55. (-लम्) ind. according to time and place; सत्पात्रं महती श्रद्धा देशकालं यथोचितम् Pt.2.72. -कालज्ञ a. knowing the proper place and time. -च्युतिः banishment or flight from one's country. -ज, -जात a. 1 native, indigenous. -2 produced in the right country. -3 genuine, of genuine descent. -दृष्ट a. 1 seen in a country. -2 customary in a place; Ms.8.3. -भाषा the dialect of a country; आलोच्य लक्ष्यमधिगम्य च देशभाषाः Kāvyāl.4.35. -रूपम् propriety, fitness; Mb.12. -विद्ध a. properly perforated (pearl); Kau. A.2.11. -वृत्तम् a circle depending upon its relative position to the place of the observer. -व्यवहारः a local usage, custom of the country.
deśīya देशीय a. [देशे भवः-छ] 1 Belonging to a province, provincial. -2 Native, local. -3 Inhabiting any country (at the end of comp.); as in मगधदेशीय, तद्देशीय, वङ्गदेशीय &c. -4 Not far or distant from, almost, bordering on (used as affix at the end of words); अष्टादशवर्षदेशीयां कन्यां ददर्श K.131; 'a girl about 18 years old (whose age bordered on 18); षड्वर्षदेशीयमपि प्रभुत्वात् प्रैक्षन्त पौराः पितृगौरवेण R.18.39; so पटुदेशीय &c.
deśya देश्य a. [दिश्-कर्मणि ण्यत् देश-यत् वा] 1 To be pointed out or proved. -2 Local, provincial. -3 Born in a country, native. -4 Genuine, of genuine descent. -5 Being on the spot or place (where anything is due). -6 Not far from, almost; see देशीय above. -श्यः 1 An eyewitness of anything अभियोक्ता दिशेद्देश्यम् Ms.8.52-53. -2 The inhabitant of a country. -श्यम् The statement of a question or argument, the thing to be proved or substantiated (पूर्वपक्ष).
dehaḥ देहः हम् [दिह्-घञ्] 1 The body; देहं दहन्ति दहना इव गन्धवाहाः Bv.1.14. -2 A form, shape, bulk, mass, -3 A person, an individual. -4 An appearance, a manifestation. -हः Anointing, smearing. -ही A rampart, wall, mound. -Comp. -अन्तरम् another body; किं नु तद् दुष्कृतं कर्म पुरा देहान्तरे कृतम् Rām.7.24.15. ˚प्राप्तिः f. transmigration. -आत्मवादः materialism, the doctrines of Chārvāka. -आत्मवादिन् m. a materialist, a Chārvāka. -आवरणम् armour, dress. -आसवः urine. -ईश्वरः the soul. -उद्भव, -उद्भूत a. born in the body, inborn, innate. -करः a father. -कर्तृ m. 1 the sun. -2 the Supreme Soul. -3 father. -कृत् 1 the five elements. -2 the God; देहकृत् देहभृत् देही Mb. -3 father; त्रसदस्युः पौरुकुत्सो यो$नरण्यस्य देहकृत् Bhāg.9.7.4. -कोषः 1 the covering of the body. -2 a feather, wing &c. -3 skin. -क्षयः 1 decay of the body. -2 sickness, disease. -गत a. incarnate, embodied. -जः 1 son. -2 a. Belonging to the body; मनोवाग्देहजैर्नित्यं कर्मदोषैर्न लिप्यते Ms.1.14. -जा a daughter. -तन्त्र a. whose chief kind of existence is corporeal; त्वं देहतन्त्रः प्रशमाय पाप्मनां निदेशभाजां च विभो विभूतये Bhāg.3.33. 5. -त्यागः 1 death (in general). -2 voluntary death; resigning the body; तीर्थे तोयव्यतिकरभवे जह्नुकन्यासरष्वोर्देह- त्यागात् R.8.95; Ms.1.62. -दः quick-silver. -दीपः the eye. -धर्मः the function of the body (आहारनिद्रामैथु- नादि); Rām.4.35.9. -धारकम् a bone. -धारणम् living, life. -धिः a wing. -धृष् m. air, wind. -पातः death. -बद्ध a. embodied, incarnate; देहबद्धमिव धर्ममभ्यगात् R. 11.35; Ku.2.47. -बन्ध bodily frame; ध्वंसते देहबन्धः U.3.38; Māl.9.2. -भाज् a. embodied, corporeal. (-m) any being possessed of a body or life, especially a man; नायं देवो देहभाजां नृलोके Bhāg.5.5.1. -भुज् m. 1 the soul. -2 the sun. -भृत् m. 1 living being, especially a man; धिगिमां देहभृतामसारताम् R.8.51; देहभ्रतां वर Bg.8.4; 14.14. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -3 life, vitality. -भेदः death. -मध्यम् waist. -यात्रा 1 dying, death. -2 nourishment, food. -यापनम् fostering the body (शरीरपोषण); देवतातिथिशेषेण कुरुते देहयापनम् Mb.3.26.6. -लक्षणम् a mole, a black or dark spot upon the skin. -वर्मन् n. the skin. -वायुः one of the five vital airs of lifewinds; see प्राण. -विसर्जनम् death. -वृन्तम् the navel. -संचारिणी a daughter. -सारः marrow. -स्वभावः bodily temperament.
daivata दैवत a. (-ती f.) [देवता-अण्] 1 Divine. -2 (At the end of an adj. comp.) Honouring or worshipping as one's deity, as in सूर्यदैवता जनाः -तम् A god, deity, divinity; मृदं गां दैवतं विप्रं घृतं मधु चतुष्पथं प्रदक्षिणानि कुर्वीत Ms.4.39, 153; U.4.4.; Amaru.3; हन्त प्रिया दैवतमस्य देवी Bhāg. 4.4.28. -2 A number of gods, the whole class of gods; Ve.2. -3 An idol. (The word is said to be m. also, but is rarely used in that gender. Mammata notices it as a fault called अप्रयुक्तत्व; see अप्रयुक्त). -4 N. of the third Kāṇḍa of Yāskas Nirukta. -Comp. -पतिः N. of Indra. -सरित् f. the Ganges.
dohadaḥ दोहदः दम् [दोहमाकर्ष ददाति दा-क] 1 (a) The longing of a pregnant woman; प्रजावती दोहदशंसिनी ते R.14. 45; उपेत्य सा दोहददुःखशीलतां यदेव वव्रे तदपश्यदाहृतम् 3.6,7. (b) The desired object itself. -2 Pregnancy. -3 The desire of plants at budding time (as, for instance, of the Aśoka to be kicked by young ladies, of the Bakula to be sprinkled by mouthfuls of liquor &c.); महीरुहा दोहदसेकशक्तेराकालिकं कोरकमुद्गिरन्ति N.3.21;R.8.63; Me.78; see अशोक. -4 Vehement desire; प्रवर्तितमहासमर- दोहदा नरपतयः Ve.4. -5 Wish or desire in general. -Comp. -दुःखशीलता pregnancy; उपेत्य सा दोहददुःख- शीलताम् R.3.6. -धूपः a kind of fragrant substance used as manure; दाडिमे दोहदधूपिनि द्रुमे N.1.82. -लक्षणम् 1 the fœtus, the embryo (= दौर्हृदलक्षण q. v.). -2 the period of passing from one stage of life to another.
draupadī द्रौपदी [द्रुपदस्यापत्यं स्त्री-अण् ङीप्] N. of the daughter of Drupada, king of the Pāñchālas. [She was won by Arjuna at her Svayaṁvara ceremony, and when he and his brothers returned home they told their mother that they had that day made a great acquisition. Whereupon the mother said, "Well, then, my dear children, divide it amongst yourselves." As her words once uttered could not be changed, she became the common wife of the five brothers. When Yudhiṣṭhira lost his kingdom and even himself and Draupadī in gambling, she was grossly insulted by Duhśāsana (q. v.) and by Duryodhana's wife. But these and the like insults she bore with uncommon patience and endurance, and on several occasions, when she and her husbands were put to the test, she saved their credit (as on the occasion of Durvāsas begging food at night for his 6, pupils). At last, however, her patience was exhausted, and she taunted her husbands for the very tame way in which they put up with the insults and injuries inflicted upon them by their enemies (see. Ki.1.29-46). It was then that the Pāṇḍavas resolved to enter upon the great Bhāratī war. She is one of the five very chaste women whose names one is recommended to repeat; see अहल्या.)
dvandvam द्वन्द्वम् [द्वौ द्वौ सहाभिव्यक्तौ; cf. P.VIII.1.15. Sk.] 1 pair, couple. -2 A couple of animals (including even men) of different sexes, i. e. male and female; द्वन्द्वानि भावं क्रियया बिवव्रुः Ku.3.35; Me.45; न चेदिदं द्वन्द्वम- योजयिष्यत् Ku.7.66; R.1.4; Ś.2.15;7.27; अल्पं तुल्य- शीलानि द्वन्द्वानि सृज्यन्ते Pratimā 1. -3 A couple of opposite conditions or qualities, (such as सुख and दुःख; शीत and उष्ण); बलवती हि द्वन्द्वानां प्रवृत्तिः K.135; द्वन्द्वैरयोजयच्चेमाः सुख- दुःखादिभिः प्रजाः Ms. 1.26;6.81; सर्वर्तुनिर्वृतिकरे निवसन्नुपैति न द्वन्द्वदुःखमिह किंचिदकिंचनो$पि Śi.4.64. -4 A strife, contention, quarrel, dispute, fight. -5 A duel; Rām.6. 43.15. -6 Doubt, uncertainty. -7 A fortress, stronghold. -8 A secret. -9 A secret, or lonely place; द्वन्द्वे ह्येतत् प्रवक्तव्यं हितं वै यद्यवेक्षसे Rām.7.13.11. -न्द्वः 1 (In gram.) One of the four principal kinds of compounds, in which two or more words are joined together which, if not compounded, would stand in the same case and be connected by the copulative conjunction `and'; चार्थे द्वन्द्वः P.II.2.29; द्वन्द्वः सामासिकस्य च Bg.1.33; उभय- पदप्रधानो द्वन्द्वः Kāśikā 38. -2 A kind of disease. 3 (in music) A kind of measure. -4 The sign Gemini of the zodiac. -Comp. -आलापः a dialogue between two persons. -गर्भ a. (A बहुव्रीहि compound) having a द्वन्द्व compound within it. e. g. बृहद्रथन्तरे सामनी यस्य इति बृहद्रथन्तरसामा, where बृहद्रथन्तरे is a द्वन्द्व compound; ŚB. on MS.1.6.4. (opp. अनेकपदबहुव्रीहि). -चर, -चारिन् a. living in couples. (-m.) the ruddy goose; दयिता द्वन्द्वचरं पतत्त्रिणम् R.8.56;16.63. -ज, -दोषोत्थ a. 1 produced from morbid affection of two humours. -2 arising from a quarrel. -3 arising from a couple. -दुःखम् pain arising from opposite alternations (as heat and cold &c.); सर्वर्तु- निर्वृतिकरे निवसन्नुपैति न द्वन्द्वदुःखमिह किंचिदकिंचनो$पि Śi.4.64. -भावः antagonism, discord. -भिन्नम् separation of the sexes. -भूत a. 1 forming a couple. -2 doubtful, uncertain. -मोहः trouble caused by doubt. -युद्धम् a duel, a single combat.
dvandvin द्वन्द्विन् a. 1 Forming a couple. -2 Opposed to one another (as सुख and दुःख), contradictory. -3 Quarrelsome, contentious.
dvi द्वि num. a. (Nom. du. द्वौ m., द्वे f., द्वे n.) Two, both; सद्यः परस्परतुलामधिरोहतां द्वे R.5.68. (N. B. In comp. द्वा is substituted for द्वि necessarily before दशन्, विंशति and त्रिंशत् and optionally before चत्वारिंशत्, पञ्चाशत्, षष्टि, सप्तति and नवति, द्वि remaining unchanged before अशीति.) [cf. L. duo, bis or bi in comp.; Gr. duo, dis; Zend dva; A. S. twi.] -Comp. -अक्ष a. two-eyed, binocular. द्व्यक्षीं त्र्यक्षीं ललाटाक्षीम् Mb. -अक्षर a. dissyllabic. (-रः) a word of two syllables. -अङ्गुल a. two fingers long. (-लम्) two fingers' length. -अणुकम् an aggregate or molecule of two atoms, a diad. विषयो द्व्यणुकादिस्तु ब्रह्माण्डान्त उदाहृतः Bhāṣāparichchheda. -अन्तर a. separated by two intermediate links. -अर्थ a. 1 having two senses. -2 ambiguous, equivocal. -3 having two objects in view. ˚कर a. accomplishing two objects; आम्रश्च सिक्तः पितरश्च तृप्ता एका क्रिया द्व्यर्थकरीह लोके Vāyu P. ˚त्वम् the state of having to convey two senses; द्व्यर्थत्वं विप्रतिषिद्धम् MS.7.1.6. -अर्ध a. 1. -अवर a. at least two; द्व्यवरान् भोजयेद् विप्रान् पायसेन यथोचितम् Bhāg.8.16.43. -अशीत a. eighty-second. -अशीतिः f. eighty-two. -अष्टम् copper. ˚सहस्रम् 16. -अहः a period of two days. -आत्मक a. 1 having a double nature. -2 being two. -आत्मकाः m. (pl.) the signs of the zodiac Gemini, Virgo, Sagittarius and Pisces. -आमुष्यायणः 'a son of two persons or fathers', an adopted son who remains heir to his natural father though adopted by another. -आम्नात a. twice mentioned. -आहिक a. recurring every day (fever). -ऋचम् (द्वृचम् or द्व्यर्चम्) a collection of two verses or riks. -एकान्तर a. separated by two or by one (degree); द्व्येकान्तरासु जातानां धर्म्यं विद्यादिमं विधिम् Ms.1.7. कः, -ककारः 1 crow (there being two 'Ka's in the word काक). -2 the ruddy goose (there being two 'Ka's in the word कोक). -ककुद् m. a camel. -कर a. Yielding two senses, serving two purposes; तत्र द्विकरः शब्दः स्यात् । न च सकृदुच्चरितः शक्तो ŚB. on MS.12.1.4. -कार्षापणिक a. worth two कार्षापणs -कौडविक a. containing or worth two कुडवs. -गत a ambiguous. -गु a. exchanged or bartered for two cows. (-गुः) a subdivision of the Tatpuruṣa compound in which the first member is a numeral; द्वन्द्वो द्विगुरपि चाहम् Udb. -गुण a. double, twofold; पितुर्वधव्यसनमिदं हि येन मे चिरादपि द्विगुणमिवाद्य वर्धते Mu.5.6 (द्रिगुणाकृ to plough twice; द्विगुणीकृ to double, increase; द्विगुणीभूत a. double, augmented). -गुणित a. 1 doubled, multiplied by two; वैरोचनैर्द्विगुणिताः सहसा मयूखैः Ki.5.46. -2 folded double. -3 enveloped. -4 doubly increased, doubled. -चरण a. having two legs, two-legged; द्विचरणपशूनां क्षितिभुजाम् Śānti.4.15. -चत्वारिंश a. (द्वि-द्वा-चत्वारिंश) fortysecond. -चत्वारिंशत् f. (द्वि-द्वा चत्वारिंशत्) forty-two. -चन्द्रधी, -मतिः The illusion of seeing two moons due to an eye disease called Timira; N.13.42. -जः 'twice-born' 1 a man of any of the first three castes of the Hindus (a Brāhmaṇa, Kṣatriya or Vaiśya); मातुर्यदग्रे जायन्ते द्वितीयं मौञ्जिबन्धनात् । ब्राह्मणक्षत्रियविशस्तस्मादेते द्विजाः स्मृताः Y.1.39. -2 Brāhmaṇa (over whom the Saṁskāras or purificatory rites are performed); जन्मना ब्राह्मणो ज्ञेयः संस्कारै- र्द्विज उच्यते. -3 any oviparous animal, such as a bird, snake, fish &c.; Mb.12.361.5. (द्विजश्रेष्ठ = द्विजाना- मण्डजानां सर्पाणां श्रेष्ठ); स तमानन्दमविन्दत द्विजः N.2.1; Ś.5.22; R.12.22; Mu.1.11; Ms.5.17. -4 a tooth; कीर्णं द्विजानां गणैः Bh.1.13. (where द्विज means 'a Brāhmaṇa' also). -5 A star; L. D. B. -6 A kind of horse; जलोद्भवा द्विजा ज्ञेयाः Aśvachikitsā. -7 A Brahmachārī; Bhāg.11.18.42. ˚अग्ऱ्य a Brāhmaṇa. ˚अयनी the sacred thread worn by the first three castes of the Hindus. ˚आलयः 1 the house of a dvija. -2 a nest. ˚इन्द्रः, ˚ईशः 1 the moon; द्विजेन्द्रकान्तं श्रितवक्षसं श्रिया Śi.12.3. -2 an epithet of Garuḍa. -3 camphor. ˚दासः a Sūdra. ˚देवः 1 a Brāhmaṇa; Bhāg.8.15.37. -2 a sage; Bhāg.3.1.23. -3 N. of Brahmadeva; Bhāg. 5.2.16. ˚पतिः, ˚राजः an epithet of 1 the moon; इत्थं द्विजेन द्विजराजकान्तिः R.5.23. -2 Garuḍa. -3 camphor. ˚प्रपा 1 a trench or basin round the root of a tree for holding water. -2 a trough near a well for watering birds, cattle &c. ˚प्रियः kind of khadira. ˚प्रिया the Soma plant. ˚बन्धुः, ˚ब्रुवः 1 a man who pretends to be a Brāhmaṇa. -2 one who is 'twice-born' or a Brāhmaṇa by name and birth only and not by acts; cf. ब्रह्मबन्धु. ˚मुख्यः a Brāhmaṇa. ˚लिङ्गिन् m. 1 a Kṣatriya. -2 a pseudo-Brāhmaṇa, one disguised as a Brāhmaṇa. ˚वाहनः an epithet of Viṣṇu (having Garuḍa for his vehicle). ˚सेवकः a Sūdra. -जन्मन् a. 1 having two natures. -2 regenerated. -3 oviparous (-m.). -जातिः m. 1 a man of any of the first three castes of the Hindus; एतान् द्विजातयो देशान् संश्रयेरन् प्रयत्नतः Ms.2.24. -2 a Brāhmaṇa. Ki.1.39; Ku.5.4. गुरुरग्निर्द्विजातीनां वर्णानां ब्राह्मणो गुरुः H. -3 a bird. -4 a tooth. -5 A kind of horse; लक्षणद्वयसम्बन्धाद् द्विजातिः स्यात् तुरङ्गमः Yuktikalpataru. -जातीय a. 1 belonging to the first three castes of the Hindus. -2 of a twofold nature. -3 of mixed origin, mongrel. (-यः) a mule. -जानि a having two wives. -जिह्व a. double-tongued (fig. also). -2 insincere. (-ह्वः) 1 a snake; परस्य मर्माविधमुज्झतां निजं द्विजिह्वतादोषमजिह्मगामिभिः Śi.1.63; R.11.64;14.41; Bv.1.2. -2 an informer, a slanderer, tale-bearer. -3 an insincere person -4 a thief. -5 particular disease of the tongue. -ज्या the sine of an arc. -ठः 1 the sign visarga consisting of two dots. -2 N. of Svāhā, wife of Agni. -त्र a. (pl.) two or three; द्वित्राण्यहान्यर्हसि सोढुमर्हन् R.5.25; सूक्ष्मा एव पतन्ति चातकमुखे द्वित्राः पयोबिन्दवः Bh.2.121. -त्रिंश (द्वात्रिंश) a. 1 thirty second. -2 consisting of thirty two. -त्रिंशत् (द्वात्रिंशत्) f. thirty-two. ˚लक्षण a. having thirty-two auspicious marks upon the body. -दण्डि ind. stick against stick. -दत् a. having two teeth (as a mark of age). -दन्तः an elephant. -दल a. having two parts, two-leafed. -दश a. (pl.) twenty. -दश a. (द्वादश) 1 twelfth; गर्भात् तु द्वादशे विशः Ms.2.36. -2 consisting of twelve. -दशन् (द्वादशन्) a. (pl.) twelve. ˚अंशुः, ˚अर्चिस् m. an epithet of 1 the planet Jupiter. -2 Bṛihaspati, the preceptor of the gods. ˚अक्षः, ˚करः, ˚लोचनः epithets of Kārtikeya ˚अक्षरमन्त्रः- विद्या the mantra ऊँ नमो भगवते वासुदेवाय; गन्धधूपादिभिश्चार्चेद्वाद- शाक्षरविद्यया Bhāg.8.16.39. ˚अङ्गुल a measure of twelve fingers. ˚अध्यायी N. of Jaimini's Mimāṁsā in twelve Adhyāyas. ˚अन्यिक a. committing twelve mistakes in reading. ˚अस्र a dodecagon. ˚अहः 1 a period of twelve days; शुध्येद् विप्रो दशाहेन द्वादशाहेन भूमिपः Ms.5.83;11.168. -2 a sacrifice lasting for or completed in twelve days. ˚अक्षः, ˚आख्यः a Buddha. ˚आत्मन् m. the sun; N.1.52. ˚आदित्याः (pl.) the twelve suns; see आदित्य. ˚आयुस् m. a dog. ˚लक्षणी f. the मीमांसासूत्र of जैमिनि (so called because it comprises twelve chapters); धर्मो द्वादशलक्षण्या व्युत्पाद्यः ŚB. on MS. ˚वार्षिक a. 1 twelve years old, lasting for twelve years; Pt.1. ˚विध a. twelve-fold. ˚सहस्र a. consisting of 12. -दशी (द्वादशी) the twelfth day of a lunar fortnight. -द्वादशान्यिक (द्वादशापपाठा यस्य जाताः द्वादशान्यिकः). -दशम् (द्वादशम्)) a collection of twelve, ˚आदित्याः Twelve Ādityas:- विवस्वान्, अर्यमा, पूषन्, त्वष्टा, सविता, _x001F_3भग, धाता, विधाता, वरुण, मित्र, रुद्र, विष्णु. ˚पुत्रा Twelve types of sons according to Dharmaśāstra:-- औरस, क्षेत्रज, दत्तक, कृत्रिम, गूढोत्पन्न, अपविद्ध, कानीन, सहोढ, क्रीत, पौनर्भव, स्वयंदत्त, पारशव. -दाम्नी a cow tied with two ropes. -दिवः a ceremony lasting for two days. -देवतम् the constellation विशाखा. -देहः an epithet of Gaṇesa. -धातुः an epithet of Gaṇeśa. -नग्नकः a circumcised man. -नवत (द्वि-द्वा-नवत) a. ninety-second. -नवतिः(द्वि-द्वा-नवतिः) f. ninety-two. -पः an elephant; यदा किञ्चिज्ज्ञो$हं द्विप इव मदान्धः समभवम् Bh.3.31; विपूर्यमाणश्रवणोदरं द्विपाः Śi. ˚अधिपः Indra's elephant. ˚आस्य an epithet of Gaṇesa. -पक्षः 1 a bird. -2 a month. -पञ्चाश (द्वि-द्वा-पञ्चाश) a. fifty-second. -पञ्चाशत् f. (द्वि-द्वा-पञ्चाशत्) fifty-two. -पथम् 1 two ways. -2 a cross-way, a place where two roads meet. -पद् see द्विपाद् below. -पद a. having two feet (as a verse). -पदः a biped man. -पदिका, -पदी a kind of Prākṛita metre. -पाद्, a. two footed; द्विपाद बहुपादानि तिर्यग् गतिमतीनि च Mb.14.37. -पादः 1 a biped, man. -2 a bird. -3 a god. -पाद्यः, -द्यम् a double penalty. -पायिन् m. an elephant. -फालबद्धः hair parted in two; N.1.16. -बाहुः man; Ks.53.94. -बिन्दुः a Visarga (:). -भातम् twilight. -भुजः an angle. -भूम a. having two floors (as a palace). -भौतिकः a horse possessing two elements out of the five; द्वयोर्लक्षणसंबन्धात् तुरगः स्याद् द्विभौतिकः Yuktikalpataru. -मातृ, -मातृजः an epithet of 1 Gaṇesa. -2 king Jarāsandha. -मात्रः a long vowel (having two syllabic instants); एकमात्रो भवेद् ह्रस्वो द्विमात्रो दीर्घ उच्यते Śikṣā. -मार्गी a cross-away. -मुखा 1 a leech. -2 kind of water-vessel; ˚अहिः, ˚उरगः a doublemouthed snake. -रः 1 a bee; cf. द्विरेफ. -2 = बर्बर q. v. -मुनि ind. the two Munis, Pāṇini and Kātyāyana; द्विमुनि व्याकरणस्य, विद्याविद्यावतारभेदाद् द्विमुनिव्याकरणमित्यपि साधु Sk. -मूर्वा N. of a plant, presumably some hemp. Mātaṅga. L.9.2. -यामी Two night-watches = 6 hours. -रदः an elephant; सममेव समाक्रान्तं द्वयं द्विरदगामिना R.4.4; Me.61. ˚अन्तकः, ˚अराति, ˚अशनः 1 a lion. -2 the Śarabha. -रसनः a snake. -रात्रम् two nights. -रूप a. 1 biform. -2 written in two ways. -3 having a different shape. -4 bi-colour, bipartite. (-पः) 1 a variety of interpretation or reading. -2 a word correctly written in two ways. -रेतस् m. a mule. -रेफः a large black bee (there being two 'Ra's in the word भ्रमर); अनन्तपुष्पस्य मधोर्हि चूते द्विरेफमाला सविशेषसङ्गा Ku.1.27;3.27,36. -लयः (in music) double time (?); साम्य of two things (like गीत and वाद्य); द्विलयान्ते चर्चरी V.4.35/36. -वक्त्रः 1 a double-mouthed serpent. -2 a kind of demon; एकवक्त्रो महावक्त्रो द्विवक्त्रो कालसंनिभः Hariv. -वचनम् the dual number in grammar. -वज्रकः a kind of house or structure with 16 angles (sides). -वर्गः The pair of प्रकृति and पुरुष, or of काम and क्रोध; जज्ञे द्विवर्गं प्रजहौ द्विवर्गम् Bu. Ch.2.41. -वाहिका a wing. -विंश (द्वाविंश) a. twenty-second. -विंशतिः f. (द्वाविंशति) twenty-two. -विध a. of two kinds or sorts; द्विविधः संश्रयः स्मृतः Ms.7.162. -वेश(स)रा a kind of light carriage drawn by mules. -व्याम, -व्यायाम a. two fathoms long. -शतम् 1 two hundred. -2 one hundred and two. -शत्य a. worth or bought for two hundred. -शफ a. clovenfooted. (-फः) any cloven-footed animal. -शीर्षः an epithet of Agni; also द्विशीर्षकः; सप्तहस्तः चतुःशृङ्गः सप्तजिह्वो द्विशीर्षकः Vaiśvadeva. -श्रुति a. comprehending two intervals. -षष् a. (pl.) twice six, twelve. -षष्ट (द्विषष्ट, द्वाषष्ट) a. sixty-second. -षष्टिः f. (-द्विषष्टिः, द्वाषष्टिः) sixty-two. -सन्ध्य a. having a morning and evening twi-light. -सप्तत (द्वि-द्वा-सप्तत) a. seventy-second. -सप्ततिः f. (द्वि-द्वा सप्ततिः) seventy two. -सप्ताहः a fortnight. -सम a. having two equal sides. -समत्रिभुजः an isosceles triangle. -सहस्राक्षः the great serpent Śeṣa. -सहस्र, -साहस्र a. consisting of 2. (-स्रम्) 2. -सीत्य, -हल्य a. ploughed in two ways, i. e. first length-wise and then breadth-wise. -सुवर्ण a. worth or bought for two golden coins. -स्थ (ष्ठ) a. conveying two senses; भवन्ति चद्विष्ठानि वाक्यानि यथा श्वेतो धावति अलम्बुसानां यातेति ŚB. on MS.4.3.4. -हन् m. an elephant. -हायन, -वर्ष a. two years old; शुके द्विहायनं कत्सं क्रौञ्चं हत्वा त्रिहायनम् Ms.11.134. -हीन a. of the neuter gender. -हृदया a pregnant woman. -होतृ m. an epithet of Agni.
dha ध a. (At the end of comp.) Placing, holding, containing, causing &c. -धः 1 An epithet of Brahmā. -2 N. of Kubera. -3 Virtue, moral merit. -4 (in music) The 6th note of the gamut. -धम् Wealth, property. tiger, made of or covered with a tiger's skin. -पः A car covered with a tiger's skin. -पम् The skin of a tiger.
dharmaḥ धर्मः [ध्रियते लोको$नेन, धरति लोकं वा धृ-मन्; cf. Uṇ 1. 137] 1 Religion; the customary observances of a caste, sect, &c. -2 Law, usage, practice, custom, ordinance, statue. -3 Religious or moral merit, virtue, righteousness, good works (regarded as one of the four ends of human existence); अनेन धर्मः सविशेषमद्य मे त्रिवर्ग- सारः प्रतिभाति भाविनि Ku.5.38, and see त्रिवर्ग also; एक एव सुहृद्धर्मो निधने$प्यनुयाति यः H.1.63. -4 Duty, prescribed course of conduct; षष्ठांशवृत्तेरपि धर्म एषः Ś.5.4; Ms.1.114. -5 Right, justice, equity, impartiality. -6 Piety, propriety, decorum. -7 Morality, ethics -8 Nature. disposition, character; उत्पत्स्यते$स्ति मम को$पि समानधर्मा Māl.1.6; प्राणि˚, जीव˚. -9 An essential quality, peculiarity, characteristic property, (peculiar) attribute; वदन्ति वर्ण्यावर्ण्यानां धर्मैक्यं दीपकं बुधाः Chandr.5.45; Pt.1.34. -1 Manner, resemblance, likeness. -11 A sacrifice. -12 Good company, associating with the virtuous -13> Devotion, religious abstraction. -14 Manner, mode. -15 An Upaniṣad q. v. -16 N. of Yudhiṣṭhira, the eldest Pāṇḍava. -17 N. of Yama, the god of death. -18 A bow. -19 A drinker of Soma juice. -2 (In astrol.) N. of the ninth lunar mansion. -21 An Arhat of the Jainas. -22 The soul. -23 Mastery, great skill; दिव्यास्त्रगुणसंपन्नः परं धर्मं गतो युधि Rām.3.31.15. -र्मम् A virtuous deed. -Comp. -अक्षरम् (pl.) holy mantras; a formula of faith; धर्माक्षराण्युदाहरामि Mk.8.45-46. -अङ्गः (-ङ्गा f.) the Indian crane. -अधर्मौ m. (du.) right and wrong, religion and irreligion; धर्माधर्मौ सपदि गलितौ पुण्यपापे विशीर्णे. ˚विद् m. a Mīmāṁsaka who knows the right and wrong course of action. -अधिकरणम् 1 administration of the laws. 1 a court of justice. (-णः) a judge. -अधिकरणिकः, -अधिकारिन् m. a judge, magistrate, any judicial functionary. -अधिकरणिन् m. a judge, magistrate. -अधिकारः 1 superintendence of religious affairs; Ś1. -2 administration of justice. -3 the office of a judge. -अधि- ष्ठानम् a court of justice. -अध्यक्षः 1 a judge. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -अनुष्ठानम् acting according to religion, virtuous or moral conduct. -अनुसारः conformity to virtue or justice. -अपेत a. deviating from virtue, wicked, immoral, irreligious. (-तम्) vice, immorality, injustice. -अयनम् course of law, law-suit. -अरण्यम् a sacred or penance grove, a wood inhabited by ascetics; धर्मारण्यं प्रविशति गजः Śi.1.32. -अर्थौः religious merit and wealth; धर्मार्थौ यत्र न स्याताम् Ms.2.112. -अर्थम् ind. 1 for religious purposes. -2 justly, according to justice or right. -अलीक a. having a false character. -अस्तिकायः (with Jainas) the category or predicament of virtue; cf. अस्तिकाय. -अहन् Yesterday. -आगमः a religious statute, lawbook. -आचार्यः 1 a religious teacher. -2 a teacher of law or customs. -आत्मजः an epithet of Yudhiṣṭhira q. v. -आत्मता religiousmindedness; justice, virtue. -आत्मन् a. just righteous, pious, virtuous. (-m.) a saint, a pious man. -आश्रय, -आश्रित a. righteous, virtuous; धर्माश्रयं पापिनः (निन्दन्ति) Pt.1.415. -आसनम् the throne of justice, judgmentseat, tribunal; न संभावितमद्य धर्मासनमध्यासितुम् Ś.6; धर्मासनाद्विशति वासगृहं नरेन्द्रः U.1.7. -इन्द्रः, -ईशः an epithet of Yama; पितॄणामिव धर्मेन्द्रः Mb.7.6.6. -ईप्सु a. wishing to gain religious merit; Ms.1.127. -उत्तर a. 'rich in virtue,' chiefly characterized by justice, eminently just and impartial; धर्मोत्तरं मध्यममाश्रयन्ते R.13.7. -उपचायिन् a. religious; यच्च वः प्रेक्षमाणानां सर्व- धर्मोपचायिनाम् Mb.5.137.16. -उपदेशः 1 instruction in law or duty, religious or moral instruction. आर्षं धर्मोपदेशं च वेदशास्त्राविरोधिना । यस्तर्केणानुसंधत्ते स धर्मं वेद नेतरः ॥ Ms.12.16. -2 the collective body of laws. -उपदेशकः 1 a teacher of the law. -2 a spiritual teacher, a Guru. -कथकः an expounder of law. -कर्मन् n., -कार्यम्, -क्रिया 1 any act of duty or religion, any moral or religious observance, a religious act or rite. -2 virtuous conduct. -कथादरिद्रः the Kali age. -काम a. 1 devoted to virtue. -2 observing duty or right. -कायः 1 an epithet of Buddha. -2 a Jaina saint. -कारणम् Cause of virtue. -कीलः 1 a grant, royal edict or decree. -2 husband. -कृत् a. observing duty, acting justly. (-m.) 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 a pious man. धर्मा- धर्मविहीनो$पि धर्ममर्यादास्थापनार्थं धर्ममेव करोतीति धर्मकृत् Bhāg. -केतुः an epithet of Buddha. -कोशः, -षः the collective body of laws or duties; धर्मकोषस्य गुप्तये Ms.1.99. -क्रिया, -कृत्यम् any act of religion, any moral or religious rite. -क्षेत्रम् 1 Bhāratavarṣa (the land of religion). -2 N. of a plain near Delhi, the scene of the great battle between the Kauravas and Pāṇḍavas; धर्मक्षेत्रे कुरुक्षेत्रे समवेता युयुत्सवः Bg.1.1. (-त्रः) a virtuous or pious man. -गुप्त a. observing and protecting religion. (-प्तः) N. of Viṣṇu. -ग्रन्थः a sacred work or scripture. -घटः a jar of fragrant water offered daily (to a Brāhmaṇa) in the month of Vaiśākha; एष धर्मघटो दत्तो ब्रह्माविष्णुशिवात्मकः । अस्य प्रदानात् सफला मम सन्तु मनोरथाः ॥ -घ्न a. immoral, unlawful. -चक्रः 1 The wheel or range of the law; Bhddh. Jain. -2 a Buddha. ˚मृत् m. a Buddha or Jaina. -चरणम्, -चर्या observance of the law, performance of religious duties; शिवेन भर्त्रा सह धर्मचर्या कार्या त्वया मुक्तविचारयेति Ku.7.83; वयसि प्रथमे, मतौ चलायां बहुदोषां हि वदन्ति धर्मचर्याम् Bu. Ch.5.3. चारिन् a. practising virtue, observing the law, virtuous, righteous; स चेत्स्वयं कर्मसु धर्मचारिणां त्वमन्त- रायो भवसि R.3.45. (-m.) an ascetic. चारिणी 1 a wife. -2 a chaste or virtuous wife. cf. सह˚; इयं चोर्वशी यावदायुस्तव सहधर्मचारिणी भवत्विति V.5.19/2. -चिन्तक a. 1 studying or familiar with duty. -2 reflecting on the law. -चिन्तनम्, चिन्ता study of virtue, consideration of moral duties, moral reflection. -च्छलः fraudulent transgression of law or duty. -जः 1 'duly or lawfully born', a legitimate son; cf. Ms.9.17. -2 N. of युधिष्ठिर; Mb.15.1.44. -जन्मन् m. N. of युधिष्ठिर. -जिज्ञासा inquiry into religion or the proper course of conduct; अथातो धर्मजिज्ञासा Jaimini's Sūtra. -जीवन a. one who acts according to the rules of his caste or fulfils prescribed duties. (-नः) a Brāhmaṇa who maintains himself by assisting other men in the performance of their religious rites; यश्चापि धर्मसमयात्प्रच्युतो धर्मजीवनः Ms.9.273. -ज्ञ a. 1 knowing what is right, conversant with civil or religious law; Ms.7.141;8.179;1.127. -2 just, righteous, pious. -त्यागः abandoning one's religion, apostacy. -दक्षिणा a fee for instruction in the law. -दानम् a charitable gift (made without any self-interest.) पात्रेभ्यो दीयते नित्यमनपेक्ष्य प्रयोजनम् । केवलं धर्मबुद्ध्या यद् धर्मदानं प्रचक्षते ॥ Ms.3.262. -दुघा a cow milked for religious purposes only. -द्रवी N. of the Ganges. -दारा m. (pl.) a lawful wife; स्त्रीणां भर्ता धर्मदाराश्च पुंसाम् Māl. 6.18. -द्रुह् a. voilating the law or right; निसर्गेण स धर्मस्य गोप्ता धर्मद्रुहो वयम् Mv.2.7. -द्रोहिन् m. a demon. -धातुः an epithet of Buddha. -ध्वजः -ध्वजिन् m. a religious hypocrite, an impostor; Bhāg.3.32.39. -नन्दनः an epithet of युधिष्ठिर. -नाथः a legal protector, rightful master. -नाभः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -निबन्धिन् a. pious, holy. -निवेशः religious devotion. -निष्ठ a. devoted to religion or virtue; श्रीमन्तः पान्तु पृथ्वीं प्रशमित- रिपवो धर्मनिष्ठाश्च भूपाः Mk.1.61. -निष्पत्तिः f. 1 discharge or fulfilment of duty. -2 moral or religious observance; -पत्नी a lawful wife; R.2.2,2,72;8.7; Y.2.128. -पथः the way of virtue, a virtuous course of conduct. -पर a. religious-minded, pious, righteous. -परिणामः rise of righteous conduct in the heart (Jainism); cf. also एतेन भूतेन्द्रियेषु धर्मलक्षणावस्थापरिणामा व्याख्याताः Yoga-darśana. -पाठकः a teacher of civil or religious law; Ms.12.111. -पालः 'protector of the law', said metaphorically of (दण्ड) 'punishment or chastisement', or 'sword'. -पाडा transgressing the law, an offence against law. -पुत्रः 1 a lawful son, a son begotten from a sense of duty and not from mere lust or sensual pleasure. -2 an epithet of युधिष्ठिर. -3 any one regarded as a son for religious purposes, a spiritual son. -प्रचारः (fig.) sword. -प्रतिरूपकः a counterfeit of virtue; Ms.11.9. -प्रधान a. eminent in piety; धर्मप्रधानं पुरुषं तपसा हतकिल्बिषम् Ms.4.243. -प्रवक्तृ m. 1 an expounder of the law, a legal adviser. -2 a religious teacher, preacher. -प्रवचनम् 1 the science of duty; U.5.23. -2 expounding the law. (-नः) an epithet of Buddha. -प्रेक्ष्य a. religious or virtuous (धर्मदृष्टि); Rām.2.85.16. -बाणिजिकः, -वाणिजिकः 1 one who tries to make profit out of his virtue like a merchant. -2 one who performs religious rites with a view to reward, like a merchant dealing in transactions for profit. -बाह्यः a. contrary to religion or what is right. -भगिनी 1 a lawful sister. -2 a daughter of the spiritual preceptor. -3 a spiritual sister, any one regarded as a sister or discharging the same religious duties एतस्मिन्विहारे मम धर्मभगिनी तिष्ठति Mk.8.46/47. -भागिनी a virtuous wife. -भाणकः a lecturer or public reader who reads and explains to audiences sacred books like the Bhārata, Bhāgavata, &c. -भिक्षुकः a mendicant from virtuous motives; Ms. 11.2. -भृत् m. 1 'a preserver or defender of justice,' a king. -2 a virtuous person. -भ्रातृ m. 1 a fellow religious student, a spiritual brother. -2 any one regarded as a brother from discharging the same religious duties. वानप्रस्थयतिब्रह्मचारिणां रिक्थभागिनः । क्रमेणाचार्यसच्छिष्य- धर्मभ्रात्रेकतीर्थिनः ॥ Y.2.137. -महामात्रः a minister of religion, a minister in charge of religious affairs. -मूलम् the foundation of civil or religious law, the Vedas. -मेघः a particular Samādhi. -युगम् the Kṛita age; अथ धर्मयुगे तस्मिन्योगधर्ममनुष्ठिता । महीमनुचचारैका सुलभा नाम भिक्षुकी Mb.12.32.7. -यूपः, -योनिः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -रति a. 'delighting in virtue or justice', righteous, pious, just; तस्य धर्मरतेरासीद् वृद्धत्वं जरसा विना R.1.23. -रत्नम् N. of a Jaina स्मृतिग्रन्थ prepared by Jīmūtavāhana. -राज् -m. an epithet of Yama. -राज a. धर्मशील q. v.; धर्मराजेन जनकेन महात्मना (विदेहान् रक्षितान्) Mb.12.325 19. -राजः an epithet of 1 Yama. -2 Jina. -3 युधिष्ठिर. -4 a king. -राजन् m. N. of युधिष्ठिर. -राजिका a monument, a stūpa (Sārnāth Inscrip. of Mahīpāla; Ind. Ant. Vol.14, p.14.) -रोधिन् a. 1 opposed to law, illegal, unlawful. -2 immoral. -लक्षणम् 1 the essential mark of law. -2 the Vedas. (-णा) the Mīmāṁsā philosophy. -लोपः 1 irreligion, immorality. -2 violation of duty; धर्मलोपभयाद्राज्ञीमृतुस्नातामिमां स्मरन् R. 1.76. -वत्सल a. loving piety or duty. -वर्तिन् a. just, virtuous. -वर्धनः an epithet of Śiva. -वादः discussion about law or duty, religious controversy; अनुकल्पः परो धर्मो धर्मवादैस्तु केवलम् Mb.12.165.15. -वासरः 1 the day of full moon. -2 yesterday. -वाहनः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 a buffalo (being the vehicle of Yama). -विद् a. familiar with the law (civil or religious). ˚उत्तमः N. of Viṣṇu. -विद्या knowledge of the law or right. -विधिः a legal precept or injunction; एष धर्मविधिः कृत्स्नश्चातुर्वर्ण्यस्य कीर्तितः Ms.1.131. -विप्लवः violation of duty, immorality. -विवेचनम् 1 judicial investigation; यस्य शूद्रस्तु कुरुते राज्ञो धर्मविवेचनम् । तस्य सीदति तद्राष्ट्रं पङ्के गौरिव पश्यतः ॥ Ms.8.21. -2 dissertation on duty. -वीरः (in Rhet.) the sentiment of heroism arising out of virtue or piety, the sentiment of chivalrous piety; the following instance is given in R. G.:-- सपदि विलयमेतु राज्यलक्ष्मीरुपरि पतन्त्वथवा कृपाणधाराः । अपहरतुतरां शिरः कृतान्तो मम तु मतिर्न मनागपैतु धर्मात् ॥ स च दानधर्मयुद्धैर्दयया च समन्वितश्चतुर्धा स्यात् S. D. -वृद्ध a. advanced in virtue or piety; न धर्मवृद्धेषु वयः समीक्ष्यते Ku.5.16. -वैतंसिकः one who gives away money unlawfully acquired in the hope of appearing generous. -व्यवस्था m. judicial decision, decisive sentence. -शाला 1 a court of justice, tribunal. -2 any charitabla institution. -शासनम्, शास्त्रम् a code of laws, jurisprudence; न धर्मशास्त्रं पठतीति कारणम् H.1.17; Y.1.5. [मनुर्यमो वसिष्ठो$त्रिः दक्षो विष्णुस्तथाङ्गिराः । उशना वाक्पतिर्व्यास आपस्तम्बो$ थ गौतमः ॥ कात्यायनो नारदश्च याज्ञवल्क्यः पराशरः । संवर्तश्चैव शङ्खश्च हारीतो लिखितस्तथा ॥ एतैर्यानि प्रणीतानि धर्मशास्त्राणि वै पुरा । तान्येवातिप्रमाणानि न हन्तव्यानि हेतुभिः ॥] -शील a. just, pious, virtuous. -शुद्धिः a correct knowledge of the law; प्रत्यक्षं चानुमानं च शास्त्रं च विविधागमम् । त्रयं सुविदितं कार्यं धर्मशुद्धिमभीप्सता ॥ Ms.12.15. -संहिता a code of laws (especially compiled by sages like Manu, Yājñavalkya, &c.). -संगः 1 attachmet to justice or virtue. -2 hypocrisy. -संगीतिः 1 discussion about law. -2 (with Buddhists) a council. -सभा a court of justice. -समयः a legal obligation; यश्चापि धर्मसमयात्प्रच्युतो धर्मजीवनः Ms.9.273. -सहायः a partner or companion in the discharge of religious duties. -सूः m. the fork-tailed shrike. -सूत्रम् a book on पूर्वमीमांसा written by Jaimini. -सेतुः an epithet of Śiva. -सेवनम् fulfilment of duties. -स्थः a judge; धर्मस्थः कारणैरेतैर्हीनं तमिति निर्दिशेत् Ms.8.57. -स्थीय a. Concerning law; धर्मस्थीयं तृतीयं प्रकरणम् Kau. A.3. -स्वामिन् m. an epithet of Buddha.
dhītiḥ धीतिः f. 1 Drinking, sucking. -2 Thirst. -3 Ved. The fingers. -4 Thought, notion. -5 Devotion. -6 Disrespect, disregard.
dhaivataḥ धैवतः The sixth of the seven primary notes of the Indian gamut. गत्वा नाभेरधो भागं वस्तिं प्राप्योर्ध्वगः पुनः । धावन्निव च यो याति कण्ठदेशं स धैवतः ॥ Saṅgītadāmodara.
dhruva ध्रुव a. 1 (a) Fixed, firm, immovable, stable, permanent, constant, unchangeable; इति ध्रुवेच्छाम- नुशासती सुताम् Ku.5.5. (b) Perpetual, everlasting, eternal; ध्रुवेण भर्त्रा Ku.7.85; Ms.7.28. -2 Fixed (in astrology). -3 Certain, sure, inevitable; जातस्य हि ध्रुवो मृत्युर्ध्रुवं जन्म मृतस्य च Bg.2.27; यो ध्रुवाणि परित्यज्य अध्रुवं परिषेवते Chāṇ.63; Pt.1.419. -4 Retentive, tenacious; as in ध्रुवा स्मृति Ch. Up.7.26.2. -5 Strong, fixed, settled (as a day). -वः 1 The polar star; शरत्प्रसन्नैर्ज्योतिर्भिर्विभावर्य इव ध्रुवम् (अन्वयुः) R.17.35; 18.34; ध्रुवेण भर्त्रा ध्रुवदर्शनाय प्रयुज्यमाना प्रियदर्शनेन (सा दृष्टा) Ku.7.85. -2 The pole of any great circle. -3 The distance of a planet from the beginning of the sidereal zodiac, polar longitude. -4 The Indian figtree. -5 A post, stake. -6 The stem or trunk (of a tree lopped off). -7 The introductory stanza of a song (repeated as a kind of chorus; see Gīt.). -8 Time, epoch, era. -9 An epithet of Brahmā. -1 Of Viṣṇu. -11 Of Śiva. -12 A constant arc. -13 The tip of the nose. -14 A sacrificial vessel. -15 N. of the son of Uttānapāda and grandson of Manu. [Dhruva is the polar star, but personified in mythology as the son of Uttānapāda. The account of the elevation of an ordinary mortal to the position of the polar star runs thus: Uttānapāda had two wives, Suruchi and Sunīti, but the latter was disliked by him. Suruchi had a son named Uttama, and Sunīti gave birth to Dhruva. One day the boy tried, like his elder brother, to take a seat in his father's lap, but he was contemptuously treated both by the King and his favourite wife. The poor child went sobbing to its mother who told him in consolatory terms that fortune and favour were not attainable without hard exertions. At these words the youth left the paternal roof, retired to the woods, and, though quite a lad, performed such rigorous austerities that he was at last raised by Viṣṇu to the position of the Polar Star.] -16 Peg Nm. -17 N. of an astrological yoga (Nm.). -वम् 1 The sky, atmosphere. -2 Heaven. -3 The fixed point (from which a departure takes place); P.I.4.24. -4 A certain Yoga (अमृतसिद्धि); सेनामाज्ञापयामासुर्नक्षत्रे$हनि च ध्रुवे Mb.14.63.18. (Com. रोहिण्यामुत्तररात्रये च अहनि वारे ध्रुवे रविवारे उत्तरार्के$मृतसिद्धि- योगे). -वा 1 A sacrificial ladle (made of wood); साधारण्यान्न ध्रुवायां स्यात् Jaiminisūtras. -2 A virtuous woman. -3 A cow who stands still when being milked; सहस्रं धारा द्रविणस्य मे दुहां ध्रुवेव धेनुरनपस्फुरन्ती Av.12.1.45. -4 A bow-string. -5 clapping the hands together to show a particular measure of time in music; स्रुचि मौर्व्यां तालभेदे स्त्रियाम् Nm. -6 The upper quarter (ऊर्ध्व); किंदेवतो$स्यां ध्रुवायां दिशि Bṛi. Up.3.9.24. (MW's meaning is अधर- दिशा?) -वम् ind. Certainly, surely, verily; R.8.49; ध्रुवं स नीलोत्पलपत्रधारया समिल्लतां छेत्तुमृषिर्व्यवस्यति Ś.1.18. -Comp. -अक्षरः an epithet of Viṣṇu (ओम्). -आयर्तः the point on the crown of the head from which the hair radiate. -केतुः a kind of meteor. -गतिः a firm position. -तारा, -तारकम् the Polar star. -भागः the unchangeable longitude of fixed stars. -मण्डलम् the polar region. -यष्टिः the axis of the poles. -योनि a. having a firm resting place. -रत्ना N. of one of the मातृकाs (attending on Skanda). -शीलः a. having a fixed residence.
dhvaniḥ ध्वनिः [ध्वन्-इन्] 1 Sound, echo, noise in general; मृदङ्गधीरध्वनिमन्वगच्छत् R.16.13;2.72;4.72; U.6.17. शब्दो ध्वनिश्च वर्णश्च मृदङ्गादिभवो ध्वनिः Bhāṣa. P.; स्फोटस्य ग्रहणे हेतुः प्राकृतो ध्वनिरिष्यते Vāk. P. -2 Tune, note, tone; Śi.6.48. -3 The sound of a musical instrument;
na न a. Thin, spare. -2 Vacant, empty. -3 Same, identical. -4 Unwearied. -5 Praised. -6 Undivided. -नः 1 A pearl. -2 N. of Gaṇeśa. -3 Wealth, prosperity. -4 A band, tie. -5 War. -6 N. of Buddha. -7 A gift. -ind. (a) A particle of negation equivalent to 'not', 'no', 'nor', 'neither', and used in wishing, पटुपटहध्वनिभिर्विनीतनिद्रः R.9.71. -4 The roar or thunder of a cloud. -5 A mere empty sound. -6 A word. -7 Hint, implied meaning. -8 (In Rhet.) The first and best of the three main divisions of काव्य or poetry, in which the implied or suggested sense of a passage is more striking than the expressed sense; or where the expressed sense is made subordinate to the suggested sense; इदमुत्तममतिशयिनि व्यङ्ग्ये वाच्याद् ध्वनिर्बुधैः कथितः K. P.1. (R. G. gives 5 kinds of ध्वनि; see under ध्वनि). -Comp. -ग्रहः 1 the ear. -2 hearing. -3 a fife, pipe. -नाला 1 A lute. -2 a flute. -3 a kind of drum; L. D. B. -विकारः a change of voice caused by fear, grief &c.; see काकु.
dhvṛ ध्वृ 1 P. (ध्वरति) 1 to bend. -2 To kill [ध्वृ हूर्च्छने । हूच्छी कौटिल्ये]; ध्वृषीष्ठा युधि मायाभिः ...... Bk.9.27. requesting, or commanding, but not in prohibition before the imperative mood. (b) Used with the potential mood न may sometimes have the force of 'lest', 'for fear lest', 'that not'; क्षत्रियैर्धार्यते शस्त्रं नार्तशब्दो भवेदिति Rām. (c) In agrumentative writings न often comes after इति चेत् and means 'not so.' (d) When a negative has to be repeated in successive clauses of the same sentence or in different sentences, न may be simply repeated or may be used with particles like उत, च, अपि, चापि, वा &c.; नाधीयीताश्वमारूढो न वृक्षं न च हस्तिनम् । न नावं न खरं नोष्ट्रं नेरिणत्थो न यानगः ॥ Ms.4.12; प्रविशन्तं न मां कश्चिदपश्यन्नाप्यवारयत् Mb.; Ms.2.195; 3.8,9;4.15; न वा शरच्चन्द्रमरीचिकोमलं मृणालसूत्रं रचितं स्तनान्तरे Ś.16.17. Sometimes न may not be expressed in the second and other clauses, but represented only by च, वा, अपि वा; संपदि यस्य न हर्षो विपदि विषादो रणे च धीरत्वम् Pt.2.175. (c) न is frequently joined with a second न or any other negative particle to intensify or emphasize an assertion; प्रत्युवाच तमृषिर्न तत्त्वतस्त्वां न वेद्मि पुरुषं पुरातनम् R. 11.85; न च न परिचितो न चाप्यगम्यः M.1.11; न पुनरलंकार- श्रियं न पुष्यति Ś1.19/2; नादण्ड्यो नाम राज्ञो$स्ति Ms.8.335; Me.65,18; नासो न काम्यो न च वेद सम्यग् द्रष्टुं न सा R. 6.3; Śi.1.55; Ve.2.1. (f) In a few cases न is retained at the beginning of a negative Tatpuruṣa compound; as नाक, नासत्य, नकुल; see P.VI.3.75. (g) न is often joined with other particles; नच, नवा, नैव, नतु, न चेद्, न खलु &c. (h) It is also used, especially in early Vedic literature, in the sense of 'like', 'as', 'as it were'; यद्वां नरा सनये दंस उग्रमाविष्कृणोमि तन्यतुर्न वृष्टिम् Bṛi. Up.2.5.16; गावो न गव्यूतीरनु; Śi.2.4. (v. l.) -Comp. -अधीत a. unread. -अनुरक्त a. unkind, not loving; Pt.2.46 (v. l.). -आदरः disrespect. -एकः a. 1 'not one', more than one, several, various; नैकः सुप्तेषु जागृयात् Viduranīti. -2 Not anyone, nobody; नैको मुनिर्यस्य वचः प्रमाणम् Pt. (-कः) an epithet of Viṣṇu. ˚आत्मन् a. of a manifold or diverse nature. (-m.) N. of the Supreme Being. ˚चर a. 'not living alone', gregarious, living in society. ˚जः the Supreme Being. ˚धा ind. in many ways, diversely. ˚भेद, ˚रूप a. various, multiform. -माय a. using many artifices or stratagems. ˚शस् ind. repeatedly, often. -किंचन a. very poor, beggarly. सर्वकामरसैर्हीनाः स्थानभ्रष्टा नकिंचनाः Mb.
nakṣatriya नक्षत्रिय a. 1 Belonging to the stars in general. -2 Twenty-seven. -3 Not a Ksatriya.
naṭ नट् I. 1 P. (नटति, the न not changed to ण after प्र in the sense of 'hurting'.) 1 To dance; यदि मनसा नटनीयम् Gīt.4. -2 To act. -3 To injure (by a deceptive trick). -Caus. (नाटयति-ते) 1 To act, gesticulate, represent dramatically (in dramas); शरसंधानं नाटयति Ś.1. &c. -2 To imitate, copy; स्फटिककटकभूमिर्नाटयत्येष शैलः ... अधिगतधवलिम्नः शूलपाणेरभिख्याम् Śi.4.65. (N. B. नट् forms नटयति in the sense of 'causing to dance'; नाट्येन केन नटयिष्यति दीर्घमायुः Bh.3.126.) -II. 1. U. (नाटयति-ते) -1 To drop or fall. -2 To shine. -3 To injure.
naddha नद्ध p. p. 1 Tied, bound, fastened, bound round, put on; खर्जरास्कन्धनद्धानाम् R.4.57; Māl.5.14. -2 Covered, inlaid, interwoven. -3 Joined, connected; see नह्. -द्धम् A tie, band, bond, knot.
nanu ननु ind. (Originally a combination of न and नु, now used as a separate word) A particle implying:-- 1 Inquiry or interrogation; ननु समाप्तकृत्यो गौतमः M.4. -2 Surely, certainly, indeed, is it not indeed (with an interrogative force); यदा$मेधाविनी शिष्योपदेशं मलिनयति तदाचार्यस्य दोषो ननु M.1. -3 Of course, indeed, certainly (अवधारणम्); उपपन्नं ननु शिवं सप्तस्वङ्गेषु R.1.6; त्रिलोकनाथेन सदा मखद्विषस्त्वया नियम्या ननु दिव्यचक्षुषा 3.45. -4 It is used as a vocative particle meaning 'O', 'Oh',; ननु मानव Dk.; ननु मूर्खाः पठितमेव युष्माभिस्तत्काण्डे U.4. -5 It is used in propitiatory expressions in the sense of 'pray', 'be pleased'; ननु मां प्रापय पत्युरन्तिकम् Ku.4.32. -6 It is sometimes used as a corrective word like the English 'why' or 'I say'; ननु पदे परिवृत्य भण Mk.5; ननु भणामि चिन्तित उपाय इति V.2.; ननु भवानग्रतो मे वर्तते Ś.2; ननु विचिनोतु भवान् V.2. -7 In argumentative discussions ननु is frequently used to head an objection or advance a contrary proposition (generally followed by उच्यते); नन्वचेतनान्येव वृश्चिकादिशरीराणि अचेतनानां च गोमयादीनां कार्याणीति उच्यते Ś.B.
napuṃs नपुंस् m., -नपुंसः Not a man, a eunuch; हतास्म्यहं कुनाथेन नपुंसा वीरमानिना Bhāg.9.14.28.
namuciḥ नमुचिः [न मुञ्चति] 1 N. of a demon slain by Indra; वनमुचे नमुचेररये शिरः R.9.22. [When Indra conquered the Asuras, there was only one called Namuchi who strongly resisted and at last captured him. He offered to let Indra go provided he promised 'not to kill by day or by night, with wet or dry'. Indra promised to do so and was released, but he cut off Namuchi's head at twilight and with foam of water (which is neither wet nor dry). According to another version Namuchi was a friend of Indra, and once drank up his strength and made him quite imbecile. The Aśvins (and Sarasvatī also, as the story goes) then supplied Indra with a Vajra with which he cut off the demon's head]. -2 N. of the god of love. -Comp. -सूदनः, -द्विष्, -हन् m. epithets of Indra; विगृह्य चक्रे नमुचिद्विषा बली य इत्थमस्वास्थ्यमहर्निशं दिवः Śi.1.51.
narakaḥ नरकः कम् 1 Hell, infernal regions (corresponding to the realm of Pluto; there are said to be 21 different parts of these regions where different kinds of tortures are inflicted upon sinners तामिस्र, अन्धतामिस्र, महारौरव, रौरव, नरक, कालसूत्र, महानरक, संजीवन, माहवीचि, तपन, संप्रतापन, संहात, काकोल, कुड्मल, प्रतिमूर्तिक, लोहशङ्कु, ऋजीष, पन्था, शाल्मली, असितपत्रवन, लोहदारक are the 21 Narakas; cf. Ms.4. 88-9). -2 A liquor-vessel; नरकं मद्यभाजने Nm. -कः N. of a demon, king of Prāgjyotiṣa. [According to one account he carried off Aditi's ear-rings and Kṛiṣna at the request of the gods killed him in a single combat and recovered the jewels. According to another account, Naraka assumed the form of an elephant and carried off the daughter of Viśvakarman and outraged her. He also seized the daughters of Gandharvas, gods, men and the nymphs themselves, and collected more than 16 damsels in his harem. These, it is related, were transferred by Kṛiṣṇa to his own harem after he had slain Naraka. The demon was born of earth, and hence called 'Bhauma'] -Comp. -अन्तकः, -अरिः, -जित्, -रिपुः m. epithets of Kṛiṣṇa; नरकरिपुणा सार्धं तेषां सभीमकिरीटिनाम् Ve.3.24. -आमयः 1 the soul after death. -2 a ghost, spirit. -आवासः an inhabitant of hell. -कुण्डम् a pit in hell where the wicked are tormented (86 such places are enumerated). -देवता 'the deity of hell', Nirṛiti (निर्ऋति). -रूपिन् a. hellish. -वासः the abode in hell. -स्या the Vaitariṇī river.
nava नव a. 1 New, fresh, young, recent; चित्तयोनिरभवत्पुनर्नवः R.19.46; एते वयं पुनर्नवीकृताः स्मः Ś.5; क्लेशः फलेन हि पुनर्नवतां विधत्ते Ku.5.86; U.1.19; R.1.83;2.47;3.53; 4.3,11; Śi.1.4; नववयसि Mu.3.3.; Śi.3.31; Ki.9.43. -2 Modern. -वः 1 A crow. -2 Praise. -3 A young monk, novice; Buddha. -वम् ind. Recently, newly, lately, not long ago. -Comp. -अङ्गी a woman. नवाङ्गी कुरङ्गी दृगङ्गीकरोतु Jagannātha. -अन्नम् 1 new rice or grain. -2 a ceremony performed on first eating the new rice. -अम्बु n. fresh water. -अहः the first day of a fortnight. -इतर a. old; न च योगविधेर्नवेतरः स्थिरधीरा परमात्म- दर्शनात् (विरराम); R.8.22. -उद्धृतम् fresh butter. -ऊढा, -पाणिग्रहणा 1 a newly married woman, a bride; आस्तां मानसतुष्टये सुकृतिनां नीतिर्नवोढेव वः H.1.185. Bh.1.4; नवपाणि- ग्रहणां वधूमिव (सदयं बुभुजे) R.8,7. -2 a kind of heroine (in dramas); "लज्जाभरपराधीनरतिर्नवोढा"; बलान्नीता पार्श्वं मुख- मनुमुखं नैव कुरुते, धुनाना मूर्धानं क्षिपति वदनं चुम्बनविधौ । हृदिन्यस्तं हस्तं क्षिपति गमनारोपितमना, नवोढा वोढारं रमयति च सन्तापयति च ॥ Ras. M. -कारिका, -कालिका, -फलिका 1 a woman newly married. -2 a woman in whom menstruation has recently commenced. -छात्रः a fresh student, novice, tyro. -द्वीपः N. of a place (modern Nuddea, at the confluence of भागीरथी and जलङ्गी). -नी f. -नीतम् fresh butter; अहो नवनीतकल्पहृदय आर्यपुत्रः M.3. दुग्धोत्थं नवनीतं तु चक्षुष्यं रक्तपित्तनुत् Āyurveda. ˚धेनुः A cow made of butter, fit to be offered to a Brahmaṇa. -नीतकम्, -नीतजम् 1 clarified butter. -2 fresh butter. -पाठकः a new teacher. -प्रसूता a woman who has lately brought forth (a child). -प्राशनम् eating of new rice. -मल्लिका, -मालिका a kind of jasmine. -यज्ञः an offering of the first fruits of the harvest. -यौवनम् fresh youth, bloom or prime of youth. (-ना) a young woman. -राजस् f. a girl who has recently menstruated. -वधूः, -वरिका 1 a newly-married girl. -2 a daughter-in-law. -वल्लभम् a kind of sandal. -वस्त्रम् new cloth. -शस्यम् the first fruits of the year's harvest. -शशिभृत् m. an epithet of Śiva; रक्षाहेतोर्नवशशिभृता वासवीनां चमूनामत्यादित्यं हुतवहमुखे संभृतं तद्धि तेजः Me.45. -श्राद्धम् a श्राद्ध performed on odd days after death i. e. on the third, fifth, seventh, ninth, eleventh. -सारः a kind of Āyurvedic decoction; नवसारो भवेच्छुद्धश्चूर्णतोयैर्विपाचितः । दोलायन्त्रेण यत्नेन भिषग्भिर्योगसिद्धये ॥ Vaidyachandrikā. -सूतिः f., -सूतिका 1 a milch-cow. -2 a woman recently delivered.
nahi नहि ind. Surely or certainly not, by no means, not at all; आशंसा नहि नः प्रेते जीवेम दशमूर्धनि Bk.19.5.
nā ना No, not. (= न q. v.).
nāticira नातिचिर a. Of no long duration, not very long.
nātidūra नातिदूर a. Not very far or distant.
nāpitaḥ नापितः A barber, shaver. -Comp. -उच्छिष्टता the act of not bathing after the shave; पारदार्यमनायुष्यं नापितो- च्छिष्टता तथा Mb.13.14.4. -गृहम्, -शाला a barber's shop, shaving-house.
nāma नाम ind. A particle used in the following senses:-1 Named, called, by name; हिमालयो नाम नगाधिराजः Ku. 1.1; तन्नन्दिनीं सुवृत्तां नाम Dk.7. -2 Indeed, certainly, truly, forsooth, verily, to be sure; मया नाम जितम् V.2. 17.; विनीतवेषेण प्रवेष्टव्यानि तपोवनानि नाम Ś.1; आश्वासितस्य मम नाम V.5.16 'when I was just consoled'; तन्नाम निष्ठुराः पुरुषाः Mk.5.32 'that means men are cruel'. -3 Probably, perhaps; oft. with मा' अये पदशब्द इव मा नाम रक्षिणः Mk.3 'herhaps (but I hope not) that of guards'; मा नाम अकार्यं कुर्यात् Mk.4. -4 possibility; तवैव नामास्त्रगतिः Ku.3.19; त्वया नाम मुनिर्विमान्यः Ś.5.2 'is it possible &c.' (implying censure); frequently used with अपि in the sense of 'I wish', 'would that', 'is it likely that &c.'; see under अपि -5 A feigned or pretended action, pretence (अलीक); कार्न्तान्तिको नाम भूत्वा Dk.13; so भीतो नामावप्लुत्य 14 'as if afraid', परिश्रमं नाम विनीय च क्षणम् Ku.5.32. -6 (With imperatives) Granted, though, it may be, well, it may be; तद् भवतु नाम शोकावेगाय K.328; अतनुषु विभवेषु ज्ञातयः सन्तु नाम &Sacute.5.8; Bh.1.16; एवं नामास्तु 'be it so, if you like'; करोतु नाम नीतिज्ञो व्यवसायमितस्ततः H.2.14 'though he may exert himself'; Māl.1.7. -7 Anger or censure; ममापि नाम दशाननस्य परैः परिभवः G. M.; (the sentence may imply 'censure' also किं नाम विस्फुरन्ति शस्त्राणि U.4; ममापि नाम सत्त्वैरभिभूयन्ते गृहाः Ś.6. -8 Wonder; आश्चर्यमन्धो नाम पुत्रं द्रक्ष्यति Sk. -9 Recollection. नाम is often used with the interrogative pronoun and its derivatives कथम्, कदा &c. in the sense of 'possibly', 'indeed', 'I should like to know'; अयि कथं नामैतत् U.6; R.16.82; Bh.2.44; H.1.14; को नाम राज्ञां प्रियः Pt.1.146; को नाम पाकाभिमुखस्य जन्तुर्द्वाराणि दैवस्य पिधातुमीष्टे U.7.4.
nāman नामन् n. [म्नायते अभ्यस्यते नम्यते अभिधीयते अर्थो$ नेन वा] 1 A name, appellation, personal name (opp. गोत्र); किं नु नामैतदस्याः Mu.1.1; नाम ग्रह् 'to address or call upon by name,' नामग्राहमरोदीत् सा Bk.5,5; नाम कृ or दा, नाम्ना or नामतः कृ 'to give a name, call, name'; चकार नाम्ना रघु- मात्मसंभवम् R.3.31;5.36; तौ कुशलवौ चकार किल नामतः 15.32; चन्द्रापीड इति नाम चक्रे K.74; मातरं नामतः पृच्छेयम् Ś.7. -2 The mere name; संतप्तायसि संस्थितस्य पयसो नामापि न ज्ञायते Bh.2.67 'not even the name, i. e. no trace or mark is seen' &c.; Pt.1.25. -3 (In gram.) A noun, substantive (opp. आख्यात); तन्नाम येनाभिदधाति सत्त्वम्; सत्त्व- प्रधानानि नामानि Nir. -4 A word, name, synonymous word; इति वृक्षनामानि. -5 Substance (opp. गुण). -6 Water. -7 Ved. Mark, sign, token. -8 Form, mode, manner. -Comp. -अङ्क a. marked with a name; नामाङ्करावणशराङ्कितकेतुयष्टिम् (रथम्) R.12.13. -अनुशास- -नम्, -अभिधानम् 1 declaring one's name. -2 a dictionary, lexicon. -अपराधः abusing (a respectable man) by name, calling names. -आख्यातिक a. relating to nouns and verbs. -आवली a list of names (of a god). -करणम्, -कर्मन् n. 1 the ceremony of naming a child after birth. -2 a nominal affix. -ग्रहः, -ग्रहणम् addressing or mentioning by name, utterance of the name, calling to mind the name; पुण्यानि नामग्रहणान्यपि महामुनी- नाम् K.43; Ms.8.271; R.7.41;6.67. -ग्राहम् ind. by naming, by mentioning the name; नामग्राहमरोदीत् सा भ्रातरौ रावणान्तिके Bk.5.5. -त्यागः abandonment of name; स्वनामत्यागं करोमि Pt.1 'I shall forego my name'. -द्वादशी a kind of religious ceremony, the worship of Durgā daily under one of her 12 names, i. e. गौरी, काली, उमा, भद्रा, दुर्गा, कान्ति, सरस्वती, मङ्गला, वैष्णवी, लक्ष्मी, शिवा and नारायणी. -धातुः a nominal verb, denominative base (as पार्थायते, वृषस्यति &c.). -धारक, -धारिन् a. bearing only the name, in name only, nominal; (तथा) अर्थेन विहीनो$त्र पुरुषो नामधारकः Pt.2.84. -धेयम् 1 a name, appellation; वनज्योत्स्नेति कृतनामधेया Ś.1; किं नामधेया सा M.4; R.1.45;1.67;11.8; नामधेयस्य ये केचिदभिवादं न जानते Ms.2.123. -2 the ceremony of naming a child. ˚शब्दः a word or an expression which forms the name of a thing or an act; चोदकाच्च नामधेयशब्दो बलवत्तरः । ŚB. on MS.12.1.14. -नाभिकः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -निर्देशः indication by name. -मात्र a. having only the name, nominal, in name; काचे मणिर्मणौ काचो येषां बुद्धिः प्रवर्तते । न तेषां सन्निधौ भृत्यो नाममात्रो$पि तिष्ठति ॥ Pt.1.77;2.86. (-त्रम्) the mere name or mention (of a thing); नाममात्रप्रस्तावो मे विषादाय कल्पते Ś.7; Pt.3.81; H.1.128; नाममात्रावशेषिताः शत्रवः Rām. -माला, -संग्रहः a list of names, glossary (of nouns). -मुद्रा a seal-ring, signetring; उभे नाममुद्राक्षराण्यनुवाच्य परस्परमवलोकयतः Ś.1. -लिङ्गम् gender of nouns. ˚अनुशासनम् rules on the gender of nouns. -वर्जित a. 1 nameless. -2 stupid, foolish. -वाचक a. expressing a name. (-कम्) a proper name. -शेष a. having only the name left, remaining in name only, dead, deceased; त्वां नामशेषामपि दृश्यमानः U.2.6. -षः death.
nāsti नास्ति ind. 'It is not', non-existence, as in नास्तिक्षीरा &c. -Comp. -वादः assertion of the non-existence of God or a Supreme Ruler, atheism, infidelity; बौद्धेनेव सर्वदा नास्तिवादशूरेण K.
niḥśiṣ निःशिष् Caus. 1 To reduce to nothing, annihilate, destroy completely. -2 To leave no remainder.
niḥspṛha निःस्पृह a. 1 Free from desire, not longing for. -2 Satisfied, content. -3 Indifferent; ननु वक्तृविशेषनिःस्पृहा गुणगृह्या वचने विपश्चितः Ki.2.5.
nikāma निकाम a. [नि कम् घञ्] 1 Plentiful, copious, abundant; निकामजलां स्रोतोवहाम् Ś.6.16. -2 Desirous of. -मः, मम् Wish, desire; हातुं प्रचक्रमे राजां तां पुरीमनिकामतः Bhāg. 4.28.1. -मम् ind. 1 According to one's wish or desire, agreeably to desire. -2 To one's satisfaction, to the heart's content; रात्रौ निकामं शयितव्यमपि नास्ति Ś.2 'I cannot even sleep at ease or comfortably at night'. -3 Very much, exceedingly; निकामं क्षामाङ्गी Māl.2.3; often used as the first member of comp. when it loses its final म्; निकामनिरङ्कुशः Gīt.7; Ku.5.23; Śi.4.54.
nitya नित्य a. [नियमेन नियतं वा भवं नि-त्य-प्; cf. P.IV.2.14. Vārt.] 1 (a.) Continual, perpetual, constant, everlasting, eternal, uninterrupted; यथा त्वमसि दुर्धर्षो धर्मनित्यः प्रजाहितः Rām.7.37.8; यदि नित्यमनित्येन लभ्यते H.1.48; नित्यज्योत्स्नाः प्रतिहततमोवृत्तिरम्याः प्रदोषाः Me. (regarded by Malli. as an interpolation); Ms.2.26. (b) Imperishable, indestructible; पृथिवी द्विविधा नित्या$नित्या च Tarka K. -2 Invariable, regular, fixed, not optional, regularly prescribed (opp. काम्य). -3 Necessary, obligatory, essential. -4 Ordinary, usual (opp. नौमित्तिक). -5 (At the end of comp.) Constantly dwelling in, perpetually engaged in or busy with; जाह्नवीतीर˚, अरण्य˚, आदान˚, ध्यान˚ &c. -त्यः The ocean. -स्या 1 An epithet of the goddess Durgā. -2 A plough-share. -त्यम् An indispensable or inevitable act. -त्यम् ind. Daily, constantly, always, ever, perpetually, enternally. -Comp. -अनध्यायः invariable suspension of Vedic studies; नित्यानध्याय एव स्याद् ग्रामेषु नगरेषु च Ms.4.17. -अनित्य a. eternal and perishable. -अनुबद्ध a. always approached or resorted to. -अनुवादः a bare statement of fact; स्याज्जुह्वप्रतिषेधान्नित्यानुवादः MS.4.1.45. -अभियुक्त a. One who is completely absorbed in yogic practices. -ऋतु a. regularly recurring at the seasons. -कर्मन् n., -कृत्यम्, क्रिया any daily and necessary rite, a constant act or duty, as the five daily Yajñas. -कालम् ind. always, at all times; ब्राह्मेण विप्रस्तीर्थेन नित्यकालमुपस्पृशेत् Ms.2.58,73. -गतिः air, wind. -जात a. constantly born; अथ चैनं नित्यजातं नित्यं वा मन्यसे मृतम् Bg.2.26. -दानम् daily alms-giving. -नियमः an invariable rule. -नैमित्तिकम् an occasional act regularly recurring, or any ceremony constantly performed to accomplish a particular object, e. g. (a पर्वश्राद्ध). -पुष्ट a. always well-supplied. -प्रलयः 1 the constant dissolution of living beings. -2 sleep. -बुद्धिः a. considering anything as constant or eternal. -भावः eternity. -मुक्तः the Supreme Spirit. -युक्त a. always busy or intent upon. -युज् a. having the mind always fixed upon one object; दृग्भिर्हृदीकृतमलं परिरभ्य सर्वास्तद्भावमापुरपि नित्ययुजां दुरापम् Bhāg.1.82.4. -यौवना (ever youthful) an epithet of Draupadī. -व्रतम् a perpetual observance (lasting for life). -शङ्कित a. perpetually alarmed, ever suspicious. -समः the assertion that all things remain the same; Sarva. S. -समासः 'a necessary compound', a compund the meaning of which cannot be expressed by its constituent members used separately (the separate ideas having merged in one); e. g. जमदग्नि, जयद्रथ &c.; इवेन नित्यसमासः &c.
ninard निनर्द् 1 P. 1 To sound. -2 To prolong a note (in chanting).
ninardaḥ निनर्दः Prolonging a note in chanting.
nibhṛta निभृत a. 1 Placed down, deposited, lowered. -2 Filled with, full of; चिन्तया निभृतः Bhāg.1.32.2. -3 Concealed, hidden, out of sight, unperceived, unobserved; निभृतो भूत्वा Pt.1; नभसा निभृतेन्दुना R.8.15 'with the moon become invisible, about to set or go down'; Ve.6.2; Śi.6.2. -4 Secret, covert; अणुदीर्णवर्णनिभृतार्थमाह्वयत् Si.13.42. -5 (a) Still, silent; निभृतद्विरेफम् (काननम्) Ku.3.42;6.2. (b) Steady, fixed, immovable, motionless; निष्कम्पचामरशिखा निभृतोर्ध्वकर्णाः Ś.1.8. -6 Mild, gentle; अनिभृता वायवः Ki.13.66 'not gentle, violent or strong'; Māl.2.12; Mv.3.14; स्वजननिभृतः सर्वो$प्येवं मृदुः परिभूयते Pratimā 1.18. -7 Modest, humble; अनिभृत- करेषु प्रियेषु Me.7, प्रणामनिभृता कुलवधूरिव Mu.1; वधनिभृत- सिंहाश्च गिरयः Pañch.1.3; अद्यप्रमृति निभृता भवन्ति 2; युक्तं चतुर्भिर्निभृतैस्तुरङ्गैः (रथम्) Bu. Ch.3.8. -8 Firm, resolute. -9 Lonely, solitary; (निभृतनिकुञ्जगृहं गतया Gīt.2. -1 Shut, closed (as a door). -11 True, faithful, firmly attached. -12 Inactive (निष्क्रिय, त्यक्तोद्योग); निभृता नरेन्द्राः Rām. 4.28.43. -ता A kind of riddle; Kāv. -तम् Modesty, humility. -तम् ind. 1 Secretly, covertly, privately, unperceived; Ś.3. Śi.3.74; Ms.9.263. -2 Silently, quietly; K.134. -3 Out of sight, in a corner. -Comp. -आचार a. of resolute conduct, firm. -आत्मन् a. firm, resolute. -स्थित a. standing unperceived.
nimantraṇam निमन्त्रणम् 1 Invitation. -2 Summoning, calling; निमन्त्रणार्थं दूतांश्च प्रेषयामास शीघ्रगान् Mb.3.256.6. -2 A summons. -Comp. -पत्रम् 1 an invitation card or note. -2 a summons.
nimagna निमग्न p. p. 1 Plunged, dipped into, immersed, submerged, sunk (fig. also); वल्मीकार्धनिमग्नमूर्तिः Ś.7.11; निमग्नस्य पयोराशौ, चिन्तानिमग्न &c. -2 Gone down, set (as the sun). -3 Overwhelmed, covered. -4 Depressed, not prominent. -Comp. -नाभिः, -मध्या (a woman) having a depressed navel or a slender waist.
niyam नियम् 1 P. 1 To restain, curb, check, control, govern; प्रकृत्या नियताः स्वया Bg.7.2; (सुतां) शशाक मेना न नियन्तुमुद्यमात् Ku.5.5; 'could not dissuade her', &c. -2 To suppress, suspend, hold in (as breath, &c.); Ms. 2.192; न कथंचन दुर्योनिः प्रकृतिं स्वां नियच्छति Ms.1.59 'does not suppress or conceal', &c. -3 To offer, give; को नः कुले निवपनानि नियच्छतीति Ś.6.25. -4 To punish, chastise; नियन्तव्यश्च राजभिः Ms.9.213. -5 To regulate or direct in general; लोको नियम्यत इवात्मदशान्तरेषु Ś.4.2. -6 To attain, obtain; तालज्ञश्चाप्रयासेन मोक्षमार्गं नियच्छति Y.3.115; Ms.2.93. -7 To put on, assume. -8 To place upon. -Caus. (नियमयति) 1 To restrain, control, regulate, check, punish; नियमयसि विमार्गप्रस्थितानात्तदण्डः Ś.5.8. -2 To bind, fasten; Śi.7.56; R.5.73. -2 To moderate, lessen, mitigate, relieve; छायाद्रुमैर्नियमितार्कमयूखतापः Ś.4.11; Ku.1.6.
niyamaḥ नियमः 1 Restraining, checking. -2 Taming, subduing. -3 Confining, preventing. -4 A restraint, check; वाचि नियमः U.2.2; अधर्मानियमः Ms.8.122. -5 Restriction, limitation; Mb.14.13.11. -6 A rule or precept, law (in general), usage; नायमेकान्ततो नियमः Ś. B. -7 Regularity; कुसुमसुकुमारमूर्तिर्दधती नियमेन तनुतरं मध्यम् Ratn. 1.2. -8 Certainty, ascertainment. -9 An agreement, promise, vow, engagement. -1 Necessity, obligation. -11 Any voluntary or self-imposed religious observance (dependent on external conditions); [The earliest explanation of this expression is the one found in the ŚB. on MS.4.2.24. cf. को$यं नियमः । अनियतस्य नियतता । प्रयोगाङ्गतया सर्वे देशाः प्राप्नुवन्ति, न तु समच्चयेन । यदा समो न तदा विषमः । यदा विषमो न तदा समः । स एष समः प्राप्तश्चाप्राप्तश्च । यदा न प्राप्तः स पक्षो विधिं प्रयोजयति. This is very nicely stated in the Vārttika--'नियमः पाक्षिके सति']; R.1.94; Ki.5.4; (see Malli. on Śi.13.23). -12 Any minor observance or lesser vow, a duty prescribed to be done, but which is not so obligatory as a यम q. v. शौचमिज्या तपो दानं स्वाध्यायोपस्थनिग्रहः । व्रतमौनोपवासं च स्नानं च नियमा दशा ॥ Atri. -13 Penance, devotion, religious austerities; नियमविघ्न- कारिणी Ś.1; R.15.74. -14 (In Mīm. phil.) A rule or precept which lays down or specifies something which, in the absence of that rule, would be optional; विधिरत्यन्तमप्राप्तौ नियमः पाक्षिके सति. -15 (In Yoga phil.) Restraint of the mind, the second of the 8 principal steps of meditation in Yoga; दशैते नियमाः प्रोक्ता योगशास्त्र- विशारदैः Tantrasāra. -16 (In Rhet.) A poetical commonp lace or convention, as the description of the cuckoo in spring, peacocks in the rains &c. -17 Defining, definition. -18 Keeping down, lowering (as the voice). -19 Keeping secret; मन्त्रस्य नियमं कुर्याः Mb.5. 141.2. -2 Effort (यत्न); यथैते नियमं पौराः कुर्वन्त्यस्मिन्निवर्तने Mb.2.46.2. (नियमेन as a rule, invariably). -Comp. -उपमा a simile which expressly states that something can be compared only with something else. -धर्मः a law prescribing restraints. -निष्ठा rigid observance of prescribed rites. -पत्रम् a written agreement. -विधिः a religious rite, daily ritual; नियमविधिजलानां बर्हिषां चोप- नेत्री Ku.1.6. -स्थ a. observing penance; Ku.5.13. -स्थितिः f. steady observance of religious obligations, asceticism. -हेतुः a regulating cause.
nir निर् ind. A substitute for निस् before vowels and soft consonants conveying the senses of 'out of', 'away from'. 'without', 'free from', and be frequently expressed by 'less', 'un', used with the noun; see the compounds given below; see निस् and cf. अ also. -Comp. -अंश a. 1 whole, entire. -2 not entitled to any share of the ancestral property. -अक्षः the place of no latitute; i. e. the terrestrial equator (in astronomy). ˚देशः 1 a first meridian, as Laṅkā. -2 a place where the sun is always vertical and the days and nights are equal. -3 the equatorial region. -अक्षर a. Not knowing the letters, illiterate. -अग्नि a. having lost or neglected the consecrated fire; स संन्यासी च योगी च न निरग्निर्न चाक्रियः Bg.6.1. -अग्र (क) a. divisible without remainder. -अङ्कुश a. 'not curbed by a hook', unchecked, uncontrolled; unruly, independent, completely free, unfettered; निरङ्कुश इव द्विपः Bhāg.; कामो निकामनिरङ्कुशः Gīt.7; निरङ्कुशाः कवयः Sk.; Bh.3.15; Mv.3.39; विनयरुचयः सदैव निरङ्कुशाः Mu.3.6. ˚ता self-will, independence. -अघ a. sinless, blameless. -अङ्ग a. 1 having no parts. -2 deprived of expedients or resources. -अजिन a. skinless. -अञ्जन a. 1 without collyrium; निरञ्जने साचिविलोलिकं दृशौ Ki.8.52. -2 unstained, untinged. -3 free from falsehood; तदा विद्वान् पुण्यपापे विधूय निरञ्जनं परमं साम्यमुपैति Munda 3.1.3. -4 simple, artless. (-नः) 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 N. of the Supreme Being. (-ना) 1 the day of full moon. -2 an epithet of Durgā. -अतिशय a. unsurpassed, matchless, unrivalled; निरतिशयं गरिमाणं तेन जनन्याः स्मरन्ति विद्वांसः Pt.1.3. (-यः) the Supreme Being. -अत्यय a. 1 free from danger, secure, safe; तद्भवान् वृत्तसंपन्नः स्थितः पथि निरत्यये Rām.4.29.12; R.17.53. -2 free from fault, unblamable, faultless, disinterested; Ki.1.12, शक्तिरर्थपतिषु स्वयंग्रहं प्रेम कारयति वा निरत्ययम् 13.61. -3 completely successful. -अधिष्ठान a. 1 supportless. -2 independent. -अध्व a. one who has lost one's way. -अनुक्रोश a. pitiless, merciless, hard-hearted. (-शः) mercilessness, hard-heartedness. -अनुग a. having no followers. -अनुग्रह a. Ungracious, unkind; Bhāg.5. 12.7. -अनुनासिक a. not nasal. -अनुमान a. not bound to conclusions or consequences. -अनुयोज्य a. unblamable, faultless. -अनुरोध a. 1 unfavourable, unfriendly. -2 unkind, unamiable; Māl.1. -अन्तर a. -1 constant, perpetual, uninterrupted, incessant; निरन्त- राधिपटलैः Bv.1.16; निरन्तरास्वन्तरवातवृष्टिषु Ku.5.25. -2 having no intervening or intermediate space, having no interval, close, closely contiguous, in close contact; मूढे निरन्तरपयोधरया मयैव Mk.5.15; हृदयं निरन्तरबृहत्कठिनस्तन- मण्डलावरणमप्यभिदन् Śi.9.66. -3 compact, dense; परितो रुद्धनिरन्तराम्बराः Śi.16.76. -4 coarse, gross. -5 faithful, true (as a friend). -6 not hidden from view. -7 not different, similar, identical. -8 sincere, sympathetic; सुहृदि निरन्तरचित्ते (निवेद्य दुःखं सुखीभवति) Pt.1.341. -9 abounding in, full of; निपात्यमानैर्ददृशे निरन्तरम् Rām.7.7. 54; गुणैश्च निरन्तराणि Mv.4.12. (-रम्) ind. 1 without interruption, constantly, continually, incessantly. -2 without intervening space or interval. -3 closely, tightly, firmly; (परिष्वजस्व) कान्तैरिदं मम निरन्तरमङ्गमङ्गैः Ve.3.27; परिष्वजेते शयने निरन्तरम् Ṛs.2.11. -4 immediately. ˚अभ्यासः constant study, diligent exercise or practice. -अन्तराल a. 1 without an intervening space, close. -2 narrow. -अन्धस् a. foodless, hungry. -अन्वय a. 1 having no progeny, childless. -2 unconnected, unrelated; Ms.8.198. -3 not agreeing with the context (as a word in a sentence). -4 without logical connection or regular sequence, unmethodical. -5 without being seen, out of sight; निरन्वयं भवेत् स्तेयम् Ms.8. 332. -6 without retinue, unaccompanied, see अन्वय. -7 sudden, unexpected; U.7. -8 exterminatory, without leaving any species or trace; प्रागाधारनिरन्वयप्रमथनादुच्छेदमे- वाकरोः... Mv.3.13; (com. नाशो द्विविधः--स्वान्वयविनाशः, निरन्वयविनाशश्चेति......निर्वापणादिना सजातीयज्वालोदयानर्हविनाशस्तु निरन्वयविनाशः ।). -अपत्रप a. 1 shameless, impudent. -2 bold. -अपराध a. guiltless, innocent, faultless, blameless. (-धः) innocence. -अपवर्त a. 1 not turning back. -2 (in arith.) leaving no common divisor, reduced to the lowest terms. -अपवाद a. 1 blameless. -2 not admitting of any exception. -अपाय a. 1 free from harm or evil. -2 free from decay, imperishable. -3 infallible; उपायो निरपायो$यमस्माभिरभिचिन्तितः Rām.1.1.2. -अपेक्ष a. 1 not depending on, irrespective or independent of, having no need of (with loc.); न्यायनिर्णीतसारत्वा- न्निरपेक्षमिवागमे Ki.11.39. -2 disregarding, taking no notice of. -3 free from desire, secure; निरपेक्षो न कर्तव्यो भृत्यैः स्वामी कदाचन H.2.82. -4 careless, negligent, indifferent -5 indifferent to worldly attachments or pursuits; समुपोढेषु कामेषु निरपेक्षः परिव्रजेत् Ms.6.41. -6 disinterested, not expecting any reward from another; दिशि दिशि निरपेक्ष- स्तावकीनं विवृण्वन् Bv.1.5. -7 without purpose. (-क्षा) indifference, disregard. -अपेक्षित a. 1 disregarded. -2 regardless. -अपेक्षिन् a. disregarding, indifferent. -अभिभव a. 1 not subject to humiliation or disgrace. -2 not to be surpassed, unrivalled. -अभिमान a. 1 free from self-conceit, devoid of pride or egotism. -2 void of self-respect. -3 unconscious. -अभिलाष a. not caring for, indifferent to; स्वसुखनिरभिलाषः खिद्यसे लोकहेतोः Ś.5.7. -अभिसंधानम् absence of design. -अभ्र a. cloudless. -अमर्ष a. 1 void of anger, patient. -2 apathetic. -अम्बर a. naked. -अम्बु a. 1 abstaining from water. -2 waterless, destitute of water. -अर्गल a. without a bolt, unbarred, unobstructed, unrestrained, unimpeded, completely free; M.5; मरणसमये त्यक्त्वा शङ्कां प्रलापनिरर्गलम् Māl.5.26. (-लम्) ind. freely. -अर्थ a. 1 void of wealth, poor, indigent; स्त्रियः कृतार्थाः पुरुषं निरर्थं निष्पीडितालक्तकवत्त्यजन्ति Pt.1.194. -2 meaningless, unmeaning (as a word or sentence). -3 non-sensical. -4 vain, useless, purposeless. (-र्थः) 1 loss, detriment. -2 nonsense. -अर्थक a. 1 useless, vain, unprofitable. -2 unmeaning, nonsensical, conveying no reasonable meaning; इत्थं जन्म निरर्थकं क्षितितले$रण्ये यथा मालती S. D. -3 (a consonant) not followed by a vowel. (-कम्) an expletive; निरर्थकं तु हीत्यादि पूरणैकप्रयोजनम् Chandr.2.6. -अलंकृतिः (in Rhet.) want of ornament, simplicity. -अवकाश a. 1 without free space. -2 without leisure. -अवग्रह a. 1 'free from restraint', unrestrained, unchecked, uncontrolled, irresistible. -2 free, independent. -3 self-willed, head-strong. (-हम्) ind. 1 uninterruptedly. -2 intensely, strongly. -अवद्य a. 1 blameless, faultless, unblameable, unobjectionable; हृद्य- निरवद्यरूपो भूपो बभूव Dk.1. -2 an epithet of the Supreme Being (having no passions). -अवधि a. having no end, unlimited; कथं तूष्णीं सह्यो निरवधिरयं त्वप्रतिविधः U. 3.44;6.3; Māl.1.6. -2 continuous; महानाधिव्याधि- र्निरवधिरिदानीं प्रसरतु Māl.4.3. -अवयव a. 1 without parts. -2 indivisible. -3 without limbs. -अवलम्ब a. 1 unsupported, without support; Ś.6. -2 not affording support. -3 not depending or relying on. -अवशेष a. whole, complete, entire, (निरवशेषेण ind. completely, entirely, fully, totally). -अवसाद a. cheerful; Gīt. -अव्यय a. eternal, immutable. -अशन a. abstaining from food. (-नम्) fasting. -अश्रि a. even; Kau. A.2.11. -अष्ट a. Ved. driven away, scattered. (-ष्टः) a horse twentyfour years old. -अस्त्र a. weaponless, unarmed. -अस्थि a. boneless. -अहंकार, -अहंकृति a. free from egotism or pride, humble, lowly; Bg.12.13. -अहंकृत a. 1 having no egotism or self-consciousness. -2 without individuality. -3 unselfish. -अहम् a. free from egotism or self-conceit; ह्यनामरूपं निरहं प्रपद्ये Bhāg. 5.19.4. -आकाङ्क्ष a. 1 wishing nothing, free from desire. -2 wanting nothing to fill up or complete (as the sense of a word or sentence). -आकार a. 1 devoid of form, formless, without form. -2 ugly, deformed. -3 disguised. -4 unassuming, modest. (-रः) 1 the universal spirit, Almighty. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -3 of Viṣṇu. ˚ज्ञानवादः the doctrine that the perception of the outer world does not arise from images impressed on the mind; Sarva. S. -आकृति a. 1 formless, shapeless. -2 deformed. (-तिः) 1 a religious student who has not duly gone through a course of study, or who has not properly read the Vedas. -2 especially, a Brāhmaṇa who has neglected the duties of his caste by not going through a regular course of study; a fool; ग्रामधान्यं यथा शून्यं यथा कूपश्च निर्जलः । यथा हुतमनग्नौ च तथैव स्यान्निराकृतौ ॥ Mb.12.36.48. -3 one who neglects the five great religious duties or yajñas; Ms.3.154. -आकाश a. leaving no free space, completely filled or occupied, -आकुल a. 1 unconfused, unperplexed, unbewildered; Ki.11.38. -2 steady, calm; सुपात्रनिक्षेपनिरा- कुलात्मना (प्रजासृजा) Śi.1.28. -3 clear. -4 perspicuous; अलिकुलसङ्कुलकुसुमसमूहनिराकुलबकुलकलापे Gīt.1. (-लम्) 1 calmness serenity. -2 perspicuity, clearness. -आक्रन्द a. not crying or complaining. (-दः) a place where no sound can be heard. -आक्रोश a. unaccused, unreviled. -आगम a. not founded on revelation or scripture, not derived from the Vedas. -आगस् a. faultless, innocent, sinless; कथमेकपदे निरागसं जनमाभाष्यमिमं न मन्यसे R.8.48. -आचार a. without approved customs or usages, lawless, barbarian. -आडम्बर a. 1 without drums. -2 without show, unostentatious. -आतङ्क a. 1 free from fear; R.1.63; निरातङ्को रङ्को विहरति चिरं कोटिकनकैः Śaṅkara (देव्यपराधक्षमापनस्तोत्रम् 6). -2 without ailment, comfortable, healthy. -3 not causing pain. -4 unchecked, unhampered; निरातङ्कः पङ्केष्विव पिशितपिण्डेषु विलसन् Māl. 5.34. (-कः) an epithet of Śiva. -आतप a. sheltered from heat, shady, not penetrated by the sun's rays. (-पा) the night. -आदर a. disrespectful. -आदान a. 1 taking or receiving nothing; Mb.3. -2 an epithet of Buddha. -आधार a. 1 without a receptacle. -2 without support, supportless (fig. also); निराधारो हा रोदिमि कथय केषामिह पुरः G. L.4.39. -आधि a. secure, free from anxiety. -आनन्द a. cheerless, sad, sorrowful. -आन्त्र a. 1 disembowelled. -2 having the entrails hanging out. -आपद् a. free from misfortune or calamity. (-f.) prosperity. -आबाध a. 1 unvexed, unmolested, undisturbed, free from disturbance. -2 unobstructed. -3 not molesting or disturbing. -4 (in law) frivolously vexatious (as a suit or cause of complaint); e. g. अस्मद्- गृहप्रदीपप्रकाशेनायं स्वगृहे व्यवहरति Mitā. -आमय a. 1 free from disease or illness, sound, healthy, hale. -2 untainted, pure. -3 guileless. -4 free from defects or blemishes. -5 full, complete. -6 infallible. -7 not liable to failure or miscarriage. (-यः, यम्) freedom from disease or illness, health, well-being, welfare, happiness; कुरूणां पाण्डवानां च प्रतिपत्स्व निरामयम् Mb.5.78.8. (-यः) 1 a wild goat. -2 a hog or boar. -आमिष a. 1 fleshless; निरुपमरसप्रीत्या खादन्नरास्थि निरामिषम् Bh. -2 having no sensual desires or covetousness; Ms.6.49. -3 receiving no wages or remuneration. -आय a. yielding no income or revenue, profitless. -यः an idler living from hand to mouth. -आयत a. 1 full-stretched or extended; निरायतपूर्वकायाः Ś.1.8. -2 contracted, compact. -आय- -तत्वम् shortness, compactness; निरायतत्वादुदरेण ताम्यता Ki.8.17. -आयति a. one whose end is at hand; नियता लघुता निरायतेः Ki.2.14. -आयास a. not fatiguing, easy. -आयुध a. unarmed, weaponless. -आरम्भ a. abstaining from all work (in good sense); Mb.3.82.11. -आलम्ब a. 1 having no prop or support (fig. also); ऊर्ध्वबाहुं निरालम्बं तं राजा प्रत्यभाषत Rām.7.89.1; निरालम्बो लोकः कुलमयशसा नः परिवृतम् Mv.4.53. -2 not depending on another, independent. -3 self-supported, friendless, alone; निरालम्बो लम्बोदरजननि कं यामि शरणम् Jag. (-म्बा) spikenard. (-म्बम्) Brahman. -आलोक a. 1 not looking about or seeing. -2 deprived of sight. -3 deprived of light, dark; निरालोकं लोकम् Māl.5.3; Bhāg.8.24.35. -5 invisible. (-कः) an epithet of Śiva. -आवर्ण a. manifest, evident. -आश a. 1 devoid of hope, despairing or despondent of; मनो बभूवेन्दुमतीनिराशम् R.6.2. -2 depriving (one) of all hope. -आशक, -आशिन् a. hopeless; अद्य दुर्योधनो राज्याज्जीविताच्च निराशकः (भविष्यति) Mb.8.74.13. -आशङ्क a. fearless. -आशा hopelessness, despair. -आशिस् a. 1 without a boon or blessing, without virtues; आश्रमा विहिताः सर्वे वर्जयित्वा निराशिषम् Mb.12.63.13. -2 without any desire, wish or hope, indifferent; निराशीर्यतचित्तात्मा Bg.4.21; जगच्छ- रण्यस्य निराशिषः सतः Ku.5.76. -आश्रय a. 1 without a prop or support, supportless, unsupported; न तिष्ठति निराश्रयं लिङ्गम् Sāṅ. K.41. -2 friendless, destitute, alone, without shelter or refuge; निराश्रयाधुना वत्सलता. -3 not deep (as a wound). -आस्वाद a. tasteless, insipid, unsavoury. -आहार a. 'foodless', fasting, abstaining from food. (-रः) fasting; कालो$ग्निः कर्म मृद् वायुर्मनो ज्ञानं तपो जलम् । पश्चात्तापो निराहारः सर्वे$मी शुद्धिहेतवः ॥ Y.3.31. -इङ्ग a. immovable, stationary; यथा दीपो निवातस्थो निरिङ्गो ज्वलते पुनः Mb.12.46.6. -इच्छ a. without wish or desire, indifferent. -इन्द्रिय a. 1 having lost a limb or the use of it. -2 mutilated, maimed. -3 weak, infirm, frail; Kaṭh.1.1.3. -4 barren. -5 without प्रमाण or means of certain knowledge; निरिन्द्रिया ह्यमन्त्राश्च स्त्रियो$नृत- मिति स्थितिः Ms.9.18. -6 destitute of manly vigour, impotent (Ved.). -इन्धन a. destitute of fuel. -ईति a. free from the calamities of the season; निरातङ्का निरीतयः R.1.63; see ईति. -ईश्वर a. godless, atheistic. -˚वाद atheistic doctrine. -ईषम् the body of a plough. -ईह a. 1 desireless, indifferent; निरीहाणामीशस्तृणमिव तिरस्कारविषयः Mu.3.16. -2 inactive; निरीहस्य हतद्विषः R.1.24. (-हा), -निरीहता, -त्वम् 1 inactivity. -2 indifference. -उच्छ्वास a. 1 breathless, without breathing; निरुच्छ्वासं हरिं चक्रुः Rām.7.7.6. -2 narrow, contracted; उपेयुषो वर्त्म निरन्तराभिरसौ निरुच्छ्वासमनीकिनीभिः Śi.3.32. -3 dead; निरुच्छ्वासाः पुनः केचित् पतिता जगतीतले Rām.6.58.13. (-सः) absence of breath; लोका निरुच्छ्वासनिपीडिता भृशम् Bhāg.4. 8.8. -उत्तर a. 1 answerless, without a reply. -2 unable to answer, silenced. -3 having no superior. -उत्थ a. irrecoverable. -उद्धति a. not jolting (a chariot); अभूतल- स्पर्शतया निरुद्धतिः Ś.7.1. (v. l.) -उत्सव a. without festivities; विरतं गेयमृतुर्निरुत्सवः R.8.66. -उत्साह a. 1 inactive, indolent. -2 devoid of energy. (-हः) 1 absence of energy. -2 indolence. -उत्सुक a. 1 indifferent. -2 calm, tranquil. -उदक a. waterless. -उदर a. 1 having no belly or trunk. -2 thin (अतुन्दिल); श्रीमान्निरुदरो महान् Rām.3.16.31. -उद्यम, -उद्योग a. effortless, inactive, lazy, idle. उद्विग्न, -उद्वेग a. free from excitement or perturbation, sedate, calm. -उपक्रम a. 1 without a commencement. -2 incurable. -उपद्रव a. 1 free from calamity or affliction, not visited by danger or adversity, lucky, happy, undisturbed, unmolested, free from hostile attacks. -2 free from national distress or tyranny. -3 causing no affliction. -4 auspicious (as a star). -5 secure, peaceful. -उपधि a. guileless, honest; U.2.2. ˚जीवन a. leading an honest life. (v. l.). -उपपत्ति a. unsuitable. -उपपद a. 1 without any title or designation; अरे आर्यचारुदत्तं निरुपपदेन नाम्नालपसि Mk.1.18/19. -2 unconnected with a subordinate word. -उपप्लव a. 1 free from disturbance, obstacle or calamity, unharmed; निरुपप्लवानि नः कर्माणि संवृत्तानि Ś3. -2 not causing any affliction or misery. -3 an epithet of Śiva. -उपभोग a. without enjoyment; संसरति निरुपभोगं भावैरधिवासितं लिङ्गम् Sāṅ. K.4. -उपम a. peerless, matchless, incomparable. -उपसर्ग free from portents. -उपस्कृत a. not corrupted, pure; of self-denying temperament; शमेन तपसा चैव भक्त्या च निरुपस्कृतः । शुद्धात्मा ब्राह्मणो रात्रौ निदर्शनमपश्यत ॥ Mb.12.271.14. -उपहत a. 1 not injured, unhurt. -2 auspicious, lucky. -उपाख्य a. 1 unreal, false, non-existent (as वन्ध्यापुत्र). -2 immaterial. -3 invisible. (-ख्यम्) the supreme Brahman. -उपाधि (क) a. without qualities, absolute. -उपाय a. 1 without expedients, helpless. -2 unsuccessful. -उपेक्ष a. 1 free from trick or fraud. -2 not neglectful. -उष्मन् a. devoid of heat, cold. -गन्ध a. void of smell, scentless, unfragrant, inodorous; निर्गन्धा इव किंशुकाः. ˚पुष्पी f. the Śālmali tree. -गर्व a. free from pride. -गवाक्ष a. windowless. -गुण a. 1 stringless (as a bow). -2 devoid of all properties. -3 devoid of good qualities, bad, worthless; निर्गुणः शोभते नैव विपुलाड- म्बरो$पि ना Bv.1.115. -4 without attributes; साकारं च निराकारं सगुणं निर्गुणं विभुम् Brahmavai. P. -5 having no epithet. (-णः) the Supreme Spirit. ˚आत्मक a. having no qualities. -गृहः a. houseless, homeless; सुगृही निर्गृही- कृता Pt.39. -गौरव a. 1 without dignity, undignified. -2 devoid of respect. -ग्रन्थ a. 1 freed from all ties or hindrances; आत्मारामाश्च मुनयो निर्ग्रन्था अप्युरुक्रमे । कुर्वन्त्यहैतुकीं भक्तिम् Bhāg.1.7.1. -2 poor, possessionless, beggarly. -3 alone, unassisted. (-न्थः) 1 an idiot, a fool. -2 a gambler. -3 a saint or devotee who has renounced all worldly attachments and wanders about naked and lives as a hermit. -4 A Buddha Muni. -ग्रन्थक a. 1 clever, expert. -2 unaccompanied, alone. -3 deserted, abandoned. -4 fruitless. (-कः 1 a religious mendicant. -2 a naked devotee. -3 a gambler. -ग्रन्थिक a. clever. (-कः) a naked mendicant, a Jaina mendicant of the Digambara class. -घटम् 1 a free market. -2 a crowded market. -घण्टः See निघण्टः. -घृण a. 1 cruel, merciless, pitiless. -2 shameless, immodest. -घृणा cruelty. -घोष a. noiseless, still, calm. -जन a. 1 tenantless, uninhabited, unfrequented, lonely, desolate. -2 without any retinue or attendants; भूयश्चैवाभिरक्षन्तु निर्धनान्निर्जना इव Mb.12.151.7. (-नम्) a desert, solitude, lonely place. -जन्तु a. free from living germs; H. Yoga. -जर a. 1 young, fresh. -2 imperishable, immortal. (-रः) a deity, god; (nom. pl. निर्जराः -निर्जरसः) (-रम्) ambrosia, nectar. -जरायु a. Ved. skinless. -जल a. 1 waterless, desert, destitute of water. -2 not mixed with water. (-लः) a waste, desert. ˚एकादशी N. of the eleventh day in the bright half of Jyeṣṭha. -जाड्य free from coldness. -जिह्वः a frog. -जीव a. 1 lifeless. -2 dead; चिता दहति निर्जीवं चिन्ता दहति जीवितम्. -ज्ञाति a. having no kinsmen, alone. -ज्वर a. feverless, healthy. -दण्डः a Śūdra. -दय a. 1 merciless, cruel, pitiless, unmerciful, unkind. -2 passionate. -3 very close, firm or fast, strong, excessive, violent; मुग्धे विधेहि मयि निर्दयदन्तदंशम् Gīt.1; निर्दयरति- श्रमालसाः R.19.32; निर्दयाश्लेषहेतोः Me.18. -4 unpitied by any; निर्दया निर्नमस्कारास्तन्मनोरनुशासनम् Ms.9.239. -दयम् ind. 1 unmercifully, cruelly. -2 violently, excessively; न प्रहर्तुमलमस्मि निर्दयम् R.11.84. -दश a. more than ten days old; यदा पशुर्निर्दशः स्यादथ मेध्यो भवे- दिति Bhāg.9.7.11. -दशन a. toothless. -दाक्षिण्य a. uncourteous. -दुःख a. 1 free from pain, painless. -2 not causing pain. -दैन्य a. happy, comfortable. -दोष a. 1 faultless, defectless; न निर्दोषं न निर्गुणम् -2 guiltless, innocent. -द्रव्य a. 1 immaterial. -2 without property, poor. -द्रोह a. not hostile, friendly, well-disposed, not malicious. -द्वन्द्व a. 1 indifferent in regard to opposite pairs of feelings (pleasure or pain), neither glad nor sorry; निर्द्वन्द्वो निर्ममो भूत्वा चरिष्यामि मृगैः सह Mb.1.85.16; निर्द्वन्द्वो नित्यसत्त्वस्थो निर्योगक्षेम आत्मवान् Bg.2.45. -2 not dependent upon another, independent. -3 free from jealousy or envy. -4 not double. -5 not contested, undisputed. -6 not acknowledging two principles. -धन a. without property, poor, indigent; शशिनस्तुल्यवंशो$पि निर्धनः परिभूयते Chāṇ.82. (-नः) an old ox. ˚ता, ˚त्वम् poverty, indigence. -धर्म a. unrighteous, impious, unholy. -धूम a. smokeless. -धौत a. cleansed, rendered clean; निर्धौत- दानामलगण्डभित्तिर्वन्यः सरित्तो गज उन्ममज्ज R.5.43. -नमस्कार a. 1 not courteous or civil, not respecting any one. -2 disrespected, despised. -नर a. abandoned by men, deserted. -नाणक a. coinless, penniless; Mk.2. -नाथ a. without a guardian or master. ˚ता 1 want of protection. -2 widowhood. -3 orphanage. -नाभि a. going or reaching beyond the navel; निर्नाभि कौशेयमुपात्तबाणम् Ku.7.7. -नायक a. having no leader or ruler, anarchic. -नाशन, -नाशिन् a. expelling, banishing. -निद्र a. sleepless, wakeful. -निमित्त a. 1 causeless. -2 disinterested. -निमेष a. not twinkling. -बन्धु a. without kindred or relation, friendless. -बल n. powerless, weak, feeble. -बाध a. 1 unobstructed. -2 unfrequented, lonely, solitary. -3 unmolested. (-धः) 1 a part of the marrow. -2 a knob. -बीज a. seedless, impotent. (-जा) a sort of grape (Mar. बेदाणा). -बुद्धि a. stupid, ignorant, foolish. -बुष, -बुस a. unhusked, freed from chaff. -भक्त a. taken without eating (as a medicine). -भय a. 1 fearless, undaunted. -2 free from danger, safe, secure; निर्भयं तु भवेद्यस्य राष्ट्रं बाहुबलाश्रितम् Ms.9.255. -भर a. 1 excessive, vehement, violent, much, strong; त्रपाभरनिर्भर- स्मरशर &c. Gīt.12; तन्व्यास्तिष्ठतु निर्भरप्रणयिता मानो$पि रम्यो- दयः Amaru.47. -2 ardent. -3 fast, close (as embrace); कुचकुम्भनिर्भरपरीरम्भामृतं वाञ्छति Gīt.; परिरभ्य निर्भरम् Gīt.1. -4 sound, deep (as sleep). -5 full of, filled with (at the end of comp.); आनन्द˚, गर्व˚ &c. (-रः) a servant receiving no wages. (-रम्) excess. (-रम् ind.) 1 excessively, exceedingly, intensely. -2 soundly. -भाग्य a. unfortunate, unlucky. -भाज्य a. to be separated; स निर्भाज्यः स्वकादंशात् किंचिद्दत्वोपजीवनम् Ms.9.27. -भृतिः a. without wages, hireless. -भोगः a. not fond of pleasures. -मक्षिक a. 'free from flies', undisturbed, private, lonely. (-कम्) ind. without flies, i. e. lonely, private; कृतं भवतेदानीं निर्मक्षिकम् Ś.2,6. -मज्ज a. fatless, meagre. -मत्सर a. free from envy, unenvious; निर्मत्सरे मत्समे वत्स... वसुन्धराभारमारोप्य Rāmāyaṇachampū. -मत्स्य a. fishless. -मद a. 1 not intoxicated, sober, quiet. -2 not proud, humble. -3 sad, sorry. -4 not in rut (as an elephant). -मनुज, -मनुष्य a. tenantless, uninhabited, deserted by men. -मन्तु a. faultless, innocent. -मन्त्र a. 1 a ceremony, unaccompanied by holy texts. -2 not familiar with holy texts; Mb.12.36.43. -मन्यु, -मन्युक a. free from anger; Mb.5.133.4. -मम a. 1 free from all connections with the outer world, who has renounced all worldly ties; संसारमिव निर्ममः (ततार) R.12.6; Bg.2.71; निराशीर्निर्ममो भूत्वा युध्यस्व विगतज्वरः 3.3. -2 unselfish, disinterested. -3 indifferent to (with loc.); निर्ममे निर्ममो$र्थेषु मथुरां मधुराकृतिः R.15.28; प्राप्तेष्वर्थेषु निर्ममाः Mb. -4 an epithet of Śiva. -मर्याद a. 1 boundless, immeasurable. -2 transgressing the limits of right or propriety, unrestrained, unruly, sinful, criminal; मनुजपशुभिर्निर्मर्यादैर्भवद्भिरुदायुधैः Ve.3.22. -3 confused. -4 insolent, immodest. (-दम्) ind. confusedly, topsyturvy. (-दम्) confusion, disorder. -मल a. 1 free from dirt or impurities, clear, pure, stainless, unsullied (fig. also); नीरान्निर्मलतो जनिः Bv.1.63. -2 resplendent, bright; Bh.1.56. -3 sinless, virtuous; निर्मलाः स्वर्गमायान्ति सन्तः सुकृतिनो यथा Ms.8.318. (-लम्) 1 talc. -2 the remainings of an offering made to a deity. ˚उपलः a crystal. -मशक a. free from gnats. -मांस a. fleshless; स्वल्प- स्नायुवसावशेषमलिनं निर्मांसमप्यस्थिकम् Bh.2.3. -मान a. 1 without self-confidence. -2 free from pride. -मानुष a. uninhabited, desolate. -मार्ग a. roadless, pathless. -मिथ्य a. not false, true; H. Yoga. -मुटः 1 a tree bearing large blossoms. -2 the sun. -3 a rogue. (-टम्) a large free market or fair. -मूल a. 1 rootless (as a tree). -2 baseless, unfounded (statement, charge &c.). -3 eradicated. -मेघ a. cloudless. -मेध a. without understanding, stupid, foolish, dull. -मोह a. free from illusion. (-हः) an epithet of Śiva. -यत्न a. inactive, lazy, dull. -यन्त्रण a. 1 unrestrained, unobstructed, uncontrolled, unrestricted. -2 unruly, self-willed, independent. (-णम्) 1 squeezing out. -2 absence of restraint, independence. -यशस्क a. without fame, discreditable, inglorious. -युक्त a. 1 constructed, built. -2 directed. -3 (in music) limited to metre and measure. -युक्ति f. 1 disunion. -2 absence of connection or government. -3 unfitness, impropriety. -युक्तिक a. 1 disjoined, unconnected. -2 illogical, unmeaning. -3 unfit, improper. -यूथ a. separated from the herd, strayed from the flock (as an elephant). -यूष = निर्यास. -योगक्षेम a. free from care (about acquisition); Bg.2. 45. -रक्त a. (-नीरक्त) colourless, faded. -रज, -रजस्क a. (-नीरज, नीरजस्क) 1 free from dust. -2 devoid of passion or darkness. (-जः) an epithet of Śiva. -रजस् (नरिजस्) a. see नीरज. (-f.) a woman not menstruating. ˚तमसा absence of passion or darkness. -रत (नीरत) a. not attached to, indifferent. -रन्ध्र a. (नीरन्ध्र) 1 without holes or interstices, very close or contiguous, thickly situated; नीरन्ध्रनीरनिचुलानि सरित्तटानि U.2.23. -2 thick, dense. -3 coarse, gross. -रव a. (-नीरव) not making any noise, noiseless; गतिविभ्रमसाद- नीरवा (रसना) R.8.58. -रस a. (नीरस) 1 tasteless, unsavoury, flavourless. -2 (fig.) insipid, without any poetic charm; नीरसानां पद्मानाम् S. D.1. -3 sapless, without juice, withered or dried up; Ś. Til.9. -4 vain, useless, fruitless; अलब्धफलनीरसान् मम विधाय तस्मिन् जने V.2.11. -5 disagreeable. -6 cruel, merciless. (-सः) the pomegranate. -रसन a. (नीरसन) having no girdle (रसना); Ki.5.11. -रुच् a. (नीरुच्) without lustre, faded, dim; परिमलरुचिराभिर्न्यक्कृतास्तु प्रभाते युवतिभिरुप- भोगान्नीरुचः पुष्पमालाः Śi.11.27. -रुज्, -रुज a. (नीरुज्, नीरुज) free from sickness, healthy, sound; नीरुजस्य किमौषधैः H.1. -रूप a. (नीरूप) formless, shapeless. (-पः) 1 air, wind. -2 a god. (-पम्) ether. -रोग a. (नीरोग) free from sickness or disease, healthy, sound; यथा नेच्छति नीरोगः कदाचित् सुचिकित्सकम् Pt.1.118. -लक्षण a. 1 having no auspicious marks, ill-featured. -2 undistinguished. -3 unimportant, insignificant. -4 unspotted. -5 having a white back. -लक्ष्य a. invisible. -लज्ज a. shameless, impudent. -लाञ्छनम् the marking of domestic animals (by perforating the nose &c.). -लिङ्ग a. having no distinguishing or characteristic marks. -लिप्त a. 1 unanointed. -2 undefiled, unsullied. -3 indifferent to. (-प्तः) 1 N. of Kṛiṣṇa. -2 a sage. -लून a. cut through or off. -लेप a. 1 unsmeared, unanointed; निर्लेपं काञ्चनं भाण्डमद्भिरेव विशुध्यति Ms.5.112. -2 stainless, sinless. (-पः) a sage. -लोभ a. free from desire or avarice, unavaricious. -लोमन् a. devoid of hair, hairless. -वंश a. without posterity, childless. -वचन a. 1 not speaking, silent. -2 unobjectionable, blameless; (for other senses see the word separately). -नम् ind. silently; माल्येन तां निर्वचनं जघान Ku.7.19. -वण, -वन a. 1 being out of a wood. -2 free from woods. -3 bare, open. -वत्सल a. not loving or fondling (esp. children); निर्वत्सले सुतशतस्य विपत्तिमेतां त्वं नानुचिन्तयसि Ve.5.3. -वर = निर्दरम् q. v. -वसु a. destitute of wealth, poor. -वाच्य a. 1 not fit to be said. -2 blameless, unobjectionable; सखीषु निर्वाच्य- मधार्ष्ट्यदूषितं प्रियाङ्गसंश्लेषमवाप मानिनी Ki.8.48. -वात a. free or sheltered from wind, calm, still; हिमनिष्यन्दिनी प्रातर्निर्वातेव वनस्थली R.15.66. (-तः) a place sheltered from or not exposed to wind; निर्वाते व्यजनम् H.2.124. -वानर a. free from monkeys. -वायस a. free from crows. -वार्य a. 1 irresistible. -2 acting fearlessly or boldly. -विकल्प, -विकल्पक a. 1 not admitting an alternative. -2 being without determination or resolution. -3 not capable of mutual relation. -4 conditioned. -5 undeliberative. -6 recognizing no such distinction as that of subject and object, or of the knower and the known; as applied to समाधि or contemplation, it is 'an exclusive concentration upon the one entity without distinct and separate consciousness of the knower, the known, and the knowing, and without even self-consciousness'; निर्विकल्पकः ज्ञातृज्ञानादिविकल्पभेद- लयापेक्षः; नो चेत् चेतः प्रविश सहसा निर्विकल्पे समाधौ Bh.3.61; आत्मारामा विहितरतयो निर्विकल्पे समाधौ Ve.1.23. -7 (in phil.) not arising from the relation of the qualifier and the qualified, (विशेषणविशेष्यसंबन्धानवगाहि प्रत्यक्षं ज्ञानम्) said of knowledge not derived from the senses, as घटत्व. (-ल्पम्) ind. without hesitation or wavering. -विकार a. 1 unchanged, unchangeable, immutable. -2 not disposed; तौ स्थास्यतस्ते नृपती निदेशे परस्परावग्रहनिर्विकारौ M.5.14. -3 disinterested; तरुविटपलतानां बान्धवो निर्विकारः Ṛs.2.28. (-रः) the Supreme deity. -विकास a. unblown. -विघ्न a. uninterrupted, unobstructed, free from impediments; निर्विघ्नं कुरु मे देव सर्वकार्येषु सर्वदा. (-घ्नम्) absence of impediment. -विचार a. not reflecting, thoughtless, inconsiderate; रे रे स्वैरिणि निर्विचारकविते मास्मत्प्रकाशीभव Chandr. 1.2. (-रम्) ind. thoughtlessly, unhesitatingly. -वि- चिकित्स a. free from doubt or reflection. -विचेष्ट a. motionless, insensible; यो हि दिष्टमुपासीनो निर्विचेष्टः सुखं शयेत् Mb.3.32.14. -वितर्क a. unreflecting. -विनोद a. without amusement, void of pastime, diversion or solace; शङ्के रात्रौ गुरुतरशुचं निर्विनोदां सखीं ते Me.9. -विन्ध्या N. of a river in the Vindhya hills; निर्विन्ध्यायाः पथि भव रसाभ्यन्तरः सन्निपत्य Me.28. -विमर्श a. 1 void of reflection, thoughtless. -2 not having विमर्श Sandhi. -विवर a. 1 having no opening or cavity. 2 without interstices or interval, close, compact; घटते हि संहततया जनितामिदमेव निर्विवरतां दधतोः Śi.9.44. -विवाद a. 1 not contending or disagreeing. -2 undisputed, not contradicted or disputed, universally acknowledged. -विवेक a. indiscreet, void of judgment, wanting in discrimination, foolish. -विशङ्क a. fearless, undaunted, confident; Ms.7.176; यस्मिन्कृत्यं समावेश्य निर्विशङ्केन चेतसा । आस्यते सेवकः स स्यात् कलत्रमिव चापरम् ॥ Pt.1.85. -विशेष a. showing or making no difference, indiscriminating, without distinction; निर्विशेषा वयं त्वयि Mb.; निर्विशेषो विशेषः Bh.3.5. 'a difference without distinction'. -2 having no difference, same, like, not differing from (oft. in comp.); निर्विशेषाकृति 'having the same form'; प्रवातनीलो- त्पलनिर्विशेषम् Ku.1.46; स निर्विशेषप्रतिपत्तिरासीत् R.14.22. -3 indiscriminate, promiscuous. (-षः) absence of difference. (निर्विशेषम् and निर्विशेषेण are used adverbially in the sense of 'without difference', 'equally', indiscriminately'; क्रुद्धेन विप्रमुक्तो$यं निर्विशेषं प्रियाप्रिये Rām.7.22.41. स्वगृहनिर्विशेषमत्र स्थीयताम् H.1; R.5.6.). -विशेषण a. without attributes. -विष a. poisonless (as a snake); निर्विषा डुण्डुभाः स्मृताः. -विषङ्ग a. not attached, indifferent. -विषय a. 1 expelled or driven away from one's home, residence or proper place; मनोनिर्विषयार्थकामया Ku.5.38; R.9.32; also -निर्विषयीकृत; वने प्राक्कलनं तीर्थं ये ते निर्विषयी- कृताः Rām.2.14.4. -2 having no scope or sphere of action; किंच एवं काव्यं प्रविरलविषयं निर्विषयं वा स्यात् S. D.1. -3 not attached to sensual objects (as mind). -विषाण a. destitute of horns. -विहार a. having no pleasure. -वीज, -बीज a. 1 seedless. -2 impotent. -3 causeless. -वीर a. 1 deprived of heroes; निर्वीरमुर्वीतलम् P. R.1.31. -2 cowardly. -वीरा a woman whose husband and children are dead. -वीर्य a. powerless, feeble, unmanly, impotent; निर्वीर्यं गुरुशापभाषितवशात् किं मे तवेवायुधम् Ve.3.34. -वीरुध, -वृक्ष a. treeless. -वृत्ति f. accomplishment, achievement; अत आसां निर्वृत्त्या अपवर्गः स्यात् । आतण्डुलनिर्वृत्तेः आ च पिष्टनिर्वृत्तेरभ्यास इति ॥ ŚB. on MS.11.1.27. -a. having no occupation, destitute. See निर्वृति. -वृष a. deprived of bulls. -वेग a. not moving, quiet, calm. -वेतन a honorary, unsalaried. -वेद a. not acknowledging the Vedas, an atheist, infidel. -वेष्टनम् a. a weaver's shuttle. -वैर a. free from enmity, amicable, peaceable. (-रम्) absence of enmity. -वैलक्ष्य a. shameless. -व्यञ्जन a. 1 straight-forward. -2 without condiment. (-नम् ind.) plainly, in a straight-forward or honest manner. -व्यथ, -न a. 1 free from pain. -2 quiet, calm. -व्यथनम् a hole; छिद्रं निर्व्यथनम् Ak. -व्यपेक्ष a. indifferent to, regardless of; मृग्यश्च दर्भाङ्कुरनिर्व्यपेक्षास्तवागतिज्ञं समबोधयन् माम् R.13.25;14.39. -व्यलीक a. 1 not hurting or offending. -2 without pain. -3 pleased, doing anything willingly. -4 sincere, genuine, undissembling. -व्यवधान a. (ground) uncovered, bare. -व्यवश्थ a. moving hither and thither. -व्यसन a. free from bad inclination. -व्याकुल a. calm. -व्याघ्र a. not haunted or infested by tigers. -व्याज a. 1 candid, upright, honest, plain. -2 without fraud, true, genuine. -3 got by heroism or daring deeds (not by fraud or cowardly conduct); अशस्त्रपूतनिर्व्याजम् (महामांसम्) Māl.5.12. (v. l.) -4 not hypocritical; धर्मस्य निर्व्याजता (विभूषणम्) Bh.2.82. (-जम् ind.) plainly, honestly, candidly; निर्व्याजमालिङ्गितः Amaru.85. -व्याजीकृत a. made plain, freed from deceit. -व्यापार a. 1 without employment or business, free from occupation; तं दधन्मैथिलीकण्ठनिर्व्यापारेण बाहुना R.15.56. -2 motionless; U.6. -व्यावृत्ति a. not involving any return (to worldly existence). -व्रण a. 1 unhurt, without wounds. -2 without rents. -व्रत a. not observing vows. -व्रीड a. shameless, impudent. -हिमम् cessation of winter. -हेति a. weaponless. -हेतु a. causeless, having no cause or reason. -ह्रीक a. 1 shameless, impudent. -2 bold, daring.
nirūḍha निरूढ a. 1 Conventional, become current in popular usage, accepted (as the meaning of a word, as opposed to its यौगिक or etymological sense); द्यौर्न काचिदथवास्ति निरूढा सैव सा चलति यत्र हि चित्तम् N.5.57. -2 Unmarried. -3 Drawn out, purged. -ढः 1 Inherence (as of 'redness' in the word 'red'). -2 (In Rhet.) The accepted and popular meaning of a word. -Comp. -लक्षणा a Lakṣaṇā or secondary use of a word which is based not on the Vivakṣā or particular intention of the speaker but on its accepted and popular sense.
nirūpya निरूप्य a. 1 To be seen, defined or ascertained. -2 Not yet certain, questionable.
nirūhaḥ निरूहः 1 An enema, not of an oily kind. -2 Logic, disputation. -3 Certainty, ascertainment. -4 A purging clyster. -5 A sentence having no ellipsis, a complete sentence.
nirūhaṇam निरूहणम् 1 Ascertainment. -2 Administering enemas not of an oily kind. -3 Causing to purge with a clyster.
nirbhedya निर्भेद्य a. 1 Having no rent. -2 Not to be pierced through. -3 Disappointed.
nirmāṇam निर्माणम् 1 Measuring, meting out; यतश्चाध्वकालनिर्माणम् P.I.4.31 Vārt. -2 Measure, reach, extent; अयमप्राप्त- निर्माणः (बालः) Rām. 'not having reached the full measure of growth'. -3 Producing, forming, making, creation, formation, manufacture; त्रैलोक्यनिर्माणकरं जनित्रम् Mb.5.71.7; ईदृशो निर्माणभागः परिणतः U.4. -4 A creation, created thing or object, form; निर्माणमेव हि तदादर- लालनीयम् Māl.9.49. -5 A shape, make, figure; शरीर- निर्माणसदृशो नन्वस्यानुभावः Mv.1. -6 Composition, work. -7 A building. -8 A part, portion. -9 Essence, pith, marrow. -1 (With Buddhists) Transformation. -11 Happening, birth; पूर्वनिर्माणबद्धा हि कालस्य गतिरीदृशी Rām. 7.16.2. -णा Fitness, propriety, decorum.
nirvṛt निर्वृत् 1 A. 1 To cease, come to an end; निरवर्त्स्यन् न चेद्वार्ता सीताया वितथैव नः Bk.8.69. -2 To be got or accomplished; निर्वर्तेतास्य यावद्भिरितिकर्तव्यता नृभिः Ms.7.61. -3 To be with-held, not to happen; निर्वर्त्स्यत्यृतुसंघातः Bk. 16.6. -Caus. 1 To perform; accomplish, finish, complete; आहारं निर्वर्तयामास K.16; R.2.45;3.33;11.3.
nirvṛttiḥ निर्वृत्तिः f. (See also under निर्) 1 Accomplishment, fulfilment; यस्येयं फलनिर्वृत्तिः Mb.1.18.1; कर्मणां फल- निर्वृत्तिं शंस नस्तत्त्वतः पराम् Ms.12.1. -2 Completion, end. -3 (In gram.) Discontinuance of the influence of one rule over another (opp. अनुवृत्ति). -4 Result, fruit. -5 Ceasing, desisting, abstaining from. -6 Inactivity. -7 Impropriety. -8 Final beatitude.
nivacane निवचने ind. Not speaking, ceasing to speak, holding the tongue (regarded as a गति or preposition, or a separate word, when used with कृ; e. g. निवचनेकृत्य, निवचने कृत्वा; P.I.4.76; Kāśi.).
nivāta निवात a. [निवृतो निरुद्धो वा वातो$स्मात्] 1 Sheltered from the wind, not windy, calm; निवातपद्मस्तिमितेन चक्षुषा नृपस्य कान्तं पिबतः सुताननम् R.3.17;19.42. -2 Unhurt, uninjured, unobstructed. -3 Safe, secure. -4 Well-armed, accoutred in strong mail; निवातकवचैर्युद्धं पर्व चाजगरं ततः Mb.1.2.53. -5 Closely woven, without holes; निवातो दृढसंनाहे निर्वाते चाश्रये$पि च Viśva; उपाहितैर्वपुषि निवातवर्मभिः Śi.17.51. -तः 1 A refuge, dwelling, an asylum -2 An impenetrable coat of mail. -तम् 1 A place sheltered from the wind; निवातनिष्कम्पमिव प्रदीपम् Ku.3.48; Ki.14.37; R.13.52;3.17; यथा दीपो निवातस्थो नेङ्गते Bg.6.19. -2 Absence of wind, calm, stillness; निवात- स्तिमितां वेलां चन्द्रोदय इवोदधेः (संरम्भं निनाय) R.12.36. -3 A secure spot. -4 A strong armour. -Comp. -कवचाः m. (pl.) N. of a tribe.
nivāku निवाकु a. Not speaking, silent.
nivānyā निवान्या A cow whose calf is dead and who is milked by means of another calf.
niviśeṣa निविशेष a. Not different, alike. -षः Want of difference, sameness.
nivartana निवर्तन a. 1 Causing to return. -2 Turning back, ceasing. -नम् 1 Returning, turning or coming back, return; इह हि पततां नास्त्यालम्बो न चापि निवर्तनम् Śānti.3.2. -2 Not happening, ceasing. -3 Desisting or abstaining from (with abl.) -4 Desisting from work, inactivity (opp. प्रवर्तन); Kām.1.28. -5 Bringing back; Amaru. 84. -6 Repenting, a desire to improve. -7 A measure of land (2 rods). -8 Averting, keeping back from (with abl.) विनिपातनिवर्तनक्षमम् Ki.2.13.
nivṛtta निवृत्त p. p. 1 Returned, turned back. -2 Gone, departed, vanished, disappeared. -3 Ceased, refrained or abstained from, stopped, desisted; तस्थौ निवृत्तान्यवरा- भिलाषः Ku.1.51. -4 Abstaining from worldly acts, abstracted from this world, quiet; प्रवृत्तं च निवृत्तं च द्विविधं कर्म वैदिकम् Ms.12.88. -5 Repenting of improper conduct. -6 Finished, completed, whole; -7 Set (as the sun); see वृत् with नि. -त्तम् 1 Return. -2 A mind free from the influence of passions. -Comp. -आत्मन् m. 1 a sage. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -इन्द्रिय a. one whose senses or desires are averted from. -कारण a. without further cause or motive. (-णः ) a virtuous man, a man uninfluenced by worldly desires. -मांस a. one who abstains from eating meat; निवृत्तमांसस्तु जनकः U.4. -यौवन a. one whose youth has returned, restored to youth. -राग a. of subdued passions. -लौल्य a. not desirous. -वृत्ति a. quitting any practice or occupation. -हृदय a. with relenting heart.
niśabda निशब्द a. Silent, not speaking.
niṣadha निषध a. Hard, solid. -धाः m. (pl.) N. of a people and their country governed by Nala. -धः 1 A ruler of the Niṣadhas. -2 N. of a mountain. -3 A musical note; cf. निषाद. -धा N. of Nala's capital.
niṣādaḥ निषादः 1 N. of one of the wild aboriginal tribes in India, such as hunters, fishermen &c.; a mountaineer; मा निषाद प्रतिष्ठां त्वमगमः शाश्वतीः समा Rām.1.2.15; R.14. 52,7; U.2.5. -2 A man of a degraded tribe in general, an outcast, a Chāṇḍāla. -3 Especially, the son of a Brāhmaṇa by a Sūdra woman. cf. ब्राह्मणाद्वैश्य- कन्यायामम्बष्ठो नाम जायते । निषादः शूद्रकन्यायां यः पारशव उच्यते ॥ Ms.1.8. -4 (In music) The first (more properly the last or seventh) note of the Hindu gamut; गीतकला- विन्यासमिव निषादानुगतम् K.31 (where it has sense 1 also). -5 N. of a Kalpa. -Comp. -वत् m. the निषाद note; Mb.12 184.39. -स्थपतिन्यायः The rule according to which when a compound expression is capable of being dissolved as a कर्मधारय or a तत्पुरुष, the former is to be preferred to the latter. This is discussed and established by जैमिनि and शबर in MS.6.1.51-52 in connection with the expression निषादस्थपति.
niṣkāsinī निष्कासिनी A female slave not restrained by her master.
niṣkram निष्क्रम् 1 U. 1 To go away or from, leave, depart. -2 To issue from, come out of; निष्क्रम्य शिक्षया तस्या- स्त्रपान्वतो रसातलात् Bk.7.71. -3 To make an exit from the stage; इति निष्क्रान्ताः सर्वे-- -4 To stop, cease; नैतावतापि पीडा निष्क्रामति Ś.2; 'the evil does not stop here.'
nis निस् ind. 1 As a prefix to verbs it implies separation (away from, outside of), certainty, completeness or fulness, enjoyment, crossing over, transgressing &c.; (for examples see under (निर्). -2 As a prefix to nouns, not directly derived from verbs, it forms nouns or adjectives, and has the sense of (a) 'out of', 'away from'; as in निर्वन, निष्कौशाम्बि; or (b) more usually, 'not', 'without', 'devoid of' (having a privative force); निःशेष 'without a remainder'; निष्फल, निर्जल, &c. N. B. In compound the स् of निस् is changed to र् before vowels and soft consonants (see निर्), to a visarga before sibilants, to श् before च् and छ्, and to ष् before क् and प्; cf. दुस्. -Comp. -कण्टक (निष्कण्टक) a. 1 thornless. -2 free from thorns or enemies, free from danger or nuisance. (-कः) N. of Śiva. -कन्द (निष्कन्द) a. without edible roots. -कपट (निष्कपट) a. guileless, sincere. -कम्प (निष्कम्प) a. motionless, steady, immovable; निष्कम्पचामरशिखाः Ś.1.8; Ku.3.48. -करुण (निष्करुण) a. merciless, pitiless, cruel. -करूष (निष्क रूष) a. free from dirt. -कर्मन् (निष्कर्मन्) a. inactive. -कल (निष्कल) a. 1 without parts, undivided, whole. -2 waned, decayed, diminished. -3 impotent, barren. -4 maimed. -5 inarticulate (a musical term); N.21.16. -6 Without attributes, or qualities; निष्कलं निष्क्रियं शान्तं निरवद्यं निरञ्जनम् Śvet. Up; Bhāg.1.9.44; तद् ब्रह्म निष्कलमहं (स्मरामि). -(लः) 1 a receptacle. -2 the pudendum muliebre. -3 N. of Brahmā. (-ला, -ली) an elderly woman, one who is past child-bearing, or one in whom menstruation has ceased. -कलङ्क, (निष्कलङ्क) -कल्मष a. stainless, spotless. -कषाय (निष्कषाय) a. free from dirt or impure passions. -कान्त (निष्कान्त) a. not lovely, ugly. -काम (निष्काम) a. 1 free from wish or desire, desireless, disinterested, unselfish. -2 free from all worldly desires; विशिष्टफलदाः पुंसां निष्कामाणां विमुक्तिदाः Viṣṇu. P. (-मम् ind.) 1 without wish or desire. -2 unwillingly. -कारण (निष्कारण) a. 1 causeless, unnecessary. -2 disinterested, free from any motive; निष्कारणो बन्धुः. -3 groundless, not proceeding from any cause. (-णम् ind.) without any cause or reason, causelessly, needlessly. -कालकः (निष्कालकः) a penitent shaven and smeared with clarified butter. -कालिक (निष्कालिक) a. 1 one whose term of life is over or elapsed, whose days are numbered. -2 one who has no conqueror, invincible (अजय्य). -किञ्चन (निष्किञ्चन) a. penniless, poor, indigent; प्रज्ञानं शौचमेवात्र शरीरस्य विशेषतः । तथा निष्कि- ञ्चनत्वं च मनसश्च प्रसन्नता ॥ Mb. -किल्विष (निष्किल्विष) a. sinless, faultless. -कुल (निष्कुल) a. having no kindred, left alone in the world. (निष्कुलं कृ 'to cut off completely, exterminate'; निष्कुला कृ 1 to exterminate one's family -2 to shell, strip off the husk; निष्कुलाकरोति दाडिमम् Sk.; N.22.15.) -कुलीन (निष्कुलीन) a. of low family. -कूज (निष्कूज) a. still, silent; U.2.16. -कूट (निष्कूट) a. pitiless, merciless, cruel. -कैवल्य (निष्कैवल्य) a. 1 mere, pure, absolute. -2 deprived of final beatitude (मोक्षहीन). -कोश (निष्कोश) a. unsheathed. -कौशाम्बि (निष्कौशाम्बि) a. who has gone out of Kauśāmbī. -क्रिय (निष्क्रिय) a. 1 inactive. -2 not performing ceremonial rites; Ms.1.58. -3 knowing higher knowledge as a sage, Saṁnyāsin; न्यासे कुटीचकः पूर्वं बह्वोदो हंस- निष्क्रियौ Bhāg.3.12.43. -यम् the Supreme Spirit (ब्रह्म). -क्षत्र (निःक्षत्र), -क्षत्रिय (निःक्षत्रिय) a. destitute of the military tribe. -क्षेपः (निःक्षेपः) = निक्षेप q. v. -चक्रम् (निश्चक्रम्) ind. completely; निश्चक्रं हतराक्षसः पुनरगाद्ब्रह्मत्व- माद्यं स्थिराम् A. Rām.1.1.1. -चक्रिक (निश्चक्रिक) a. without tricks, honest. -चक्षुस् (निश्चक्षुस्) a. blind, eyeless. -चत्वारिंशः (निश्चत्वारिंश) a. past forty. -चिन्त (निश्चिन्त) a. 1 free from anxiety, unconcerned, secure. -2 thoughtless, unthinking. -चेतन (निश्चेतन) a. unconscious. -चेतस् (निश्चेतस्) a. not in one's right senses, mad. -चेष्ट (निश्चेष्ट) a. motionless, powerless. -चेष्टाकरण (निश्चेष्टाकरण) a. depriving (one) of motion, causing motionlessness (said of one the arrows of Cuhid). -छन्दस् (निश्छन्दस्) a. not studying the Vedas (छन्दस्) Ms.3,7. -छिद्र (निश्छिद्र) a. 1 without holes. -2 without defects or weak points. -3 uninterrupted, unhurt. -तन्तु a. 1 having no offspring, childless. -2 a Brahmachārin; मुण्डा निस्तन्तवश्चापि वस- त्यर्थार्थिनः पृथक् Mb.12.167.16. -तन्द्र, -तन्द्रि a. not lazy, fresh, healthy. -तमस्क -तिमिर a. 1 free from darkness, bright; तस्य द्वितीयहरिविक्रमनिस्तमस्कं वायोरिमं परि- वहस्य वदन्ति मार्गम् Ś.7.6. -2 freed from sin or moral impurities. -तर्क्य a. unimaginable, inconceivable. -तल a. 1 round, globular; मुक्ताकलापस्य च निस्तलस्य Ku.1.42. Kau. A.2.9. -2 moving, trembling, shaking. -3 bottomless. -4 down, below. (-ला) a pill, round ball. -तुल a. matchless, incomparable. -तुष a. 1 freed from chaff. -2 purified, cleansed. -3 simplified. ˚क्षीरः wheat. ˚रत्नम् a crystal. -4 faultless, pure; शशंस गुणैररीणैरुदयास्तनिस्तुषम् N.15.8. -तुषत्वम् faultlessness; कवेः पुष्यति निस्तुषत्वम् Maṅkhaka.2.7. -तुषित a. 1 husked. -2 made thin. -3 abandoned. -तेजस् a. destitute of fire, heat or energy, powerless, impotent; न भेतव्यं भृशं चैते मात्रा निस्ते- जसः कृताः Mārk. P. -2 spiritless, dull. -3 obscure. -त्रप a. impudent, shameless. -त्रिंश a. 1 more than thirty; निस्त्रिंशानि वर्षाणि चैत्रस्य P.V.4.73; Sk. -2 pitiless, merciless, cruel; हे निस्त्रिंश विमुक्तकण्ठकरुणं तावत् सखी रोदितु Amaru.6. (-शः) a sword; निजध्नुः शरनिस्त्रिंशकुन्ततोमरशक्तिभिः Śiva B.3.19; शूरौर्निस्त्रिंशपाणिभिः Parnāl 1.5. ˚भृत् m. a sword-bearer. -त्रैगुण्य a. destitute of the three qualities (सत्त्व, रजस् and तमस्); निस्त्रैगुण्यो भवार्जुन Bg.2.45. -पक्व (निष्पक्व) well cooked, boiled. -पङ्क (निष्पङ्क) a. free from mud, clear, pure. -पताक (निष्पताक) a. having no flag or banner. -पतिसुता (निष्पतिसुता) a woman having no husband and no sons. -पत्र (निष्पत्र) a. 1 leafless. -2 unfeathered, featherless. [निष्पत्राकृ 'to pierce with an arrow so that the feathers come through on the other side'; to cause excessive bodily pain (fig.); निष्पत्राकरोति मृगं व्याधः (सपुङ्खस्य शरस्य अपर- पार्श्वे निर्गमनान्निष्पत्रं करोति Sk.); एकश्च मृगः सपत्राकृतो$न्यश्च निष्पत्राकृतो$पतत् Dk.165; so यान्ती गुरुजनैः साकं स्मयमानानना- म्बुजा । तिर्यग्ग्रीवं यदद्राक्षीत्तन्निष्पत्राकरोज्जगत् Bv.2.132.] -पथ्य (निष्पथ्य) a. unwell, ill -पद (निष्पद) a. having no foot. (-दम्) a vehicle moving without feet (as a ship). -पराक्रम (निष्पराक्रम) a. weak, powerless. -परामर्श (निष्परामर्श) a. without advice, helpless; M.4.2/3 -परिकर (निष्परिकर) a. without preparations. -परिग्रह (निष्परिग्रह) a. having no property or possessions; Mu.2. (-हः) an ascetic without family, dependents, or other belongings. -परिच्छद (निष्परिच्छद) a. having no retinue or train. -परिदाह (निष्परिदाह) a. incombustible. -परिहार्य (निष्परिहार्य) a. To be applied by all means. -परीक्ष (निष्परीक्ष) a. not examining or testing accurately. -परीहार (निष्परीहार) a. 1 not avoiding. -2 not observing caution. -परुष (निष्परुष) a. (in music) soft. -पर्यन्त (निष्पर्यन्त), -पार (निष्पार) a. boundless, unbounded. -पर्याय (निष्पर्याय) a. out of order. -पाप (निष्पाप) sinless, guiltless, pure. -पुत्र (निष्पुत्र) a. sonless, childless. -पुराण (निष्पुराण) a. not existing before, unheard of, new. -पुरुष (निष्पुरुष) 1 unpeopled, tenantless, desolate. -2 without male issue; Ms.3.7. -2 not male, feminine, neuter. -षः 1 a eunuch. -2 a coward. -पुलाक (निष्पुलाक) a. freed from chaff. -पौरुष (निष्पौरुष) a. unmanly. -प्रकम्प (निष्प्रकम्प) a. steady, immovable, motionless. -प्रकारक (निष्प्रकारक) 1 a. without ditinction of species, without specification, absolute. -2 without the relation of the qualifier and the qualified, see निर्विकल्प (7); निष्प्रकारकं ज्ञानं निर्विकल्पकम् T. S. -प्रकाश (निष्प्रकाश) a. not transparent, not clear, dark. -प्रचार (निष्प्रचार) a. 1 not moving away, remaining in one place. -2 concentrated, intently fixed; निष्प्रचारेण मनसा परं तदधिगच्छति Mb.12.215.17. -प्रज्ञ (निष्प्रज्ञ) a. ignorant, stupid. -प्रणय (निष्प्रणय) a. cold. -प्रताप (निष्प्रताप) a. destitute of glory, mean, base; शङ्क- नीया हि सर्वत्र निष्प्रतापा दरिद्रता Pt.2.94. -प्रति(ती)कार (निष्प्रति(ती)कार), -प्रतिक्रिय (निष्प्रतिक्रिय) a. 1 incurable, irremediable; सर्वथा निष्प्रतीकारेयमापदुपस्थिता K. 151. -2 unobstructed, uninterrupted. (-रम्) ind. uninterruptedly. -प्रतिग्रह (निष्प्रतिग्रह) a. not accepting gifts. -प्रतिघ (निष्प्रतिघ) a. unhindered, unobstructed, unimpeded; स हि निष्प्रतिघेन चक्षुषा त्रितयं ज्ञानमयेन पश्यति R.8.78. -प्रतिद्वन्द्व (निष्प्रतिद्वन्द्व) a. without enemies, unopposed. -2 matchless, unrivalled, unequal- led. -प्रतिभ (निष्प्रतिभ) a. 1 devoid of splendour. -2 having no intelligence, not ready-witted, dull, stupid. -3 apathetic. -प्रतिभान (निष्प्रतिभान) a. cowardly, timid. -प्रतीप (निष्प्रतीप) a. 1 looking straightforward, not turned backwards. -2 unconcerned (as a look). -प्रत्याश (निष्प्रत्याश) a. hopeless, despondent. -प्रत्यूह (निष्प्रत्यूह) a. unobstructed, unimpeded; निष्प्रत्यूहाः प्रियसखि यदा दुःसहाः संबभूवुः Māl.9.45; निष्प्र- त्यूहमुपास्महे भगवतः कौमोदकीलक्ष्मणः Murārināṭakam. -प्रपञ्च (निष्प्रपञ्च) a. 1 without extension. -2 without deceit, honest. -प्रभ (निःप्रभ or -निष्प्रभ) a. 1 lustreless, pale-looking; निष्प्रभश्च रिपुरास भूभृताम् R.11.81. -2 powerless. 3 gloomy, obscure, dim, dark. -प्रमाणक (निष्प्रमाणक) a. without authority. -प्रयत्न (निष्प्र- यत्न) a. inactive, dull. -प्रयोजन (निष्प्रयोजन) a. 1 without motive, not influenced by any motive. -2 causeless, groundless, -3 useless. -4 needless, unnecessary. (-नम्) ind. causelessly, without reason, without any object; Mu.3. -प्रवणि, प्रवाण, प्रवाणि (निष्प्रवणि, -ष्प्रवाण, -ष्प्रवाणि) a. fresh from loom, quite new (cloth, &c.) -प्राण (निष्पाण) a. 1 lifeless, dead. -2 Weak (निर्बल); निष्प्राणो नामिहन्तव्यः Mb.12.95.12. -फल (निष्फल) a. 1 bearing no fruit, fruitless (fig. also), unsuccessful, futile; निष्फलारम्भयत्नाः Me.56. -2 useless, profitless, vain; Ku.4.13. -3 barren (as a tree). -4 meaningless (as a word). -5 seedless, impotent. (-ला, -ली) a woman past child-bearing. -फेन (निष्फेन) a. foamless. n. opium. -शङ्क (निःशङ्क) a. free from fear or risk, secure, fearless. (-निःशङ्कः) (in music) a kind of dance. -f. (निःशङ्का) absence of fear. -ind. fearlessly, securely, easily. -शब्द (निःशब्द) a. not expressed in words, inaudible; निःशब्दं रोदितुमारेभे K.135. (-ब्दः, ब्दम्) silence, a calm. -शमः (निःशमः) uneasiness, anxiety. -शरण a. (-निःशरण) helpless, forlorn. -शर्कर (-निःशर्कर) a. free from pebbles (as a bathing place). -शलाक (निःशलाक) a. lonely, solitary, retired. (-कम्) a retired place, solitude; अरण्ये निःशलाके वा मन्त्रयेदविभावितः Ms.7.147. -शल्य a. 1 free from arrows. -2 free from thorns or darts. -शूक (निःशूक) a. merciless, cruel. (-कः) beardless rice. -शेष (निःशेष) a. without remainder (either finished or passed away). -शोध्य (निःशोध्य) a. washed, pure, clean. -श्रीकः a. 1 deprived of lustre, beauty. -2 unhappy. -श्रेयस a. the best, most excellent. (-सः) an epithet of Śiva. (-सम्) final beatitude, absolution; यः करोति वधोदर्का निःश्रेयसकरीः क्रियाः Ki.11.19; see निःश्रेयस also. -2 devotion, faith, belief. -3 apprehension, conception. -4 happiness (in general), welfare; इदं निःश्रेयसं परम् Ms. 1.16. -संशय (निःसंशय) a. 1 undoubted, certain. -2 not doubtful, not suspecting or doubting; कुरु निः- संशयं वत्से स्ववृत्ते लोकमित्यशात् R.15.79. (-यम्) ind. doubtlessly, undoubtedly, surely, certainly. -संस्कार (निःसंस्कार) a. uneducated, ill-mannered. -संख्य (निःसंख्य) a. innumerable. -संग (निःसंग) a. 1 not attached or devoted to, regardless of, indifferent to; यन्निःसंगस्त्वं फलस्यानतेभ्यः Ki.18.24. -2 one who has renounced all worldly attachments; भर्तुर्ये प्रलये$पि पूर्वसुकृता- सङ्गेन निःसङ्गया भक्त्या कार्यधुरं वहन्ति कृतिनस्ते दुर्लभास्त्वादृशाः Mu.1.14. -3 unconnected, separated, detatched. -4 unobstructed; निःसङ्गं प्रतिभिरुपाददे विवृत्तिः Ki.7.12. (-गम्) ind. unselfishly. -संचारः (निःसंचारः) not taking a walk; Māl. -संज्ञ (निःसंज्ञ) a. unconscious. -सत्त्व (निःसत्त्व) a. 1 unenergetic, weak, impotent. -2 mean, insignificant, low. -3 non-existent, unsubstantial. -4 deprived of living beings. (-त्त्वम्) 1 absence of power or energy. -2 non-existence. -3 insignificance. -संतति (निःसंतति), -संतान (निःसंतान) a. childless. -संदिग्ध (निःसंदिग्ध), -संदेह (निःसंदेह) a. see निःसंशय. -संधि (निस्संधि), निःसंधि) a. having no joints perceptible, compact, firm, close, -सपत्न (निःसपत्न) a. 1 having no rival or enemy; घनरुचिरकलापो निःसपत्नो$द्य जातः V.4.1. -2 not claimed by another, belonging exclusively to one possessor. -3 having no foes. -समम् (निःसमम्) ind. 1 unseasonably, at a wrong time. -2 wickedly. -संपात (निःसंपात) a. affording no passage, blocked up. (-तः) the darkness of midnight, thick darkness. -संबाध (निःसंबाध) a. not contracted, spacious, large. -संभ्रम (निःसंभ्रम) a. not perplexed, unembarrassed. -सरणि (निःसरणि) a. pathless. -सह (निःसह) a. 1 Exhausted, powerless; कुसुमावचयपरिश्रमनिःसहं मे शरीरम् Nāg.2. -2 intolerable, irresistible. -सार (निःसार) a. 1 sapless, pithless. -2 worthless, vain, unsubstantial. ˚ता 1 sapless, pithlessness; निःसारत्वाल्लघीयसः (तृणस्य च समा गतिः) Pt.1.16. -2 worthlessness. -3 vanity, unsubstantial or transitory nature. -सीम (निःसीम), -सीमन् (निःसीमन्) a. immeasurable, boundless; अहह महतां निःसीमानश्चरित्रविभूतयः Bh.2.35; निःसीमशर्मप्रदम् 3.97. -स्तम्भ (निःस्तम्भ) a. having no pillars. -2 having no support. -3 not proud; निःस्तम्भो भ्रष्टसंकल्पः स्वान् मेघान् स न्यवारयत् Bhāg.1.25.24. -सूत्र a. helpless; निःसूत्रमास्ते घनपङ्कमृत्सु N.7.69. -स्नेह (निःस्नेह) a. 1 not unctuous or greasy, without unction or oil, dry. -2 not showing affection, unfeeling, unkind, indifferent. -3 not loved, not cared for; केशा अपि विरज्यन्तो निःस्नेहाः किं न सेवकाः Pt.1. 82. -4 not longing for, indifferent to. (-हा) lin-seed. -स्पन्द (निःस्पन्द or निस्स्पन्द) a. motionless, steady; ज्याबन्धनिस्स्पन्दभुजेन यस्य R.6.4. -स्पर्श (निःस्पर्श) a. hard, rough. -स्पृह (निःस्पृह) a. free from desire; निःस्पृहस्य तृणं जगत्. -2 regardless of, indifferent to; ननु वक्तृविशेषनिःस्पृहाः Ki.2.5; R.8.1; भोगेभ्यः स्पृहयालवो न हि वयं का निःस्पृहाणामसि Bh. -3 content, unenvious. -4 free from any worldly ties. -स्व (निःस्व) a. poor, indigent; निस्वो वष्टि शतम् Śānti.2.6; त्यक्त्वा जनयितारं स्वं निःस्वं गच्छति दूरतः Pt.1.9. -स्वन (निःस्वन) a. soundless. -स्वभावः (निःस्वभावः) poverty. -a. void of peculiarities. -स्वादु (निःस्वादु) a. tasteless, insipid.
nīviḥ नीविः वी f. [निव्ययति निवीयते वा निव्ये-इन्; cf. Uṇ.4, 135] 1 A cloth worn round a woman's waist, or more properly the ends of the cloth tied into a knot in front, the knot of the wearing garment; प्रस्थानभिन्नां न बबन्ध नीविम् R.7.9; नीविबन्धोच्छ्वसनम् Mā.l.2.5; Ku.1.38; नीविं प्रति प्रणिहिते तु करे प्रियेण K. P.4; Me.7; Śi.1.64. -2 The outer tie of a packet in which the offerings of a Sūdra at funeral obsequies are presented. -3 Capital, principal, stock; नीवीमवलिखतः द्विगुणः (दण्डः) Kau. A 2.7; शेषमायव्ययौ नीवी च Kau A.2.6. -4 A stake, wager. -5 Prison; नीवी स्याद्बन्धनागारे धने स्त्रीवस्त्रबन्धने Nm.
naika नैक a. (-न-एक) 1 Not one or alone (mostly in comp.); नैको मुनिर्यस्य वचः प्रमाणम्. -2 Various, manifold; नैकरागस्फुरितमणिरुचः Mu.3.19. See under न. ˚आत्मन् m., ˚रूपः, ˚शृगः epithets of the Supreme Being. -कः An epithet of Viṣṇu. -Comp. -कोटिसारः a millionaire, one possessing crores of rupees (Mar. कोट्यधीश). -चर a. living in society, gregarious; नैकचर एकचरो वा भक्षयति Bhāg. 5.8.18. -भावाश्रय a. fickle, changeable. -भेद a. manifold, various. See under न also.
naityaka नैत्यक a. (-की f.), -नैत्यिक a. (-की f.) 1 Regularly recurring, constantly repeated. -2 To be performed regularly (and not on particular occasions); नैत्यके नास्त्यनध्यायः Ms.2.16. -3 Indispensable, constant, obligatory. -कम् The food regularly offered to an idol (नैवेद्य); यक्षिण्या नैत्यकं तत्र प्राश्नीत पुरुषः शुचिः Mb.3.84.15.
no नो ind. (न + उ) No, not; often used like न q. v.; न च तत् प्रेत्य नो इह Bg.17.28; Pt.5.24; Amaru.6,8,1,62; गोप्याधिभागे नो वृद्धिः सोपकारे$थ हापिते Y.2.59.
no नो चत् If not, otherwise; नो चेत्त्वामिह को जानीते काक- कदम्बकलिहिते द्यूते Udb.
nyāyaḥ न्यायः [नियन्ति अनेन; नि-इ घञ्] 1 Method, manner, way, rule, system, plan; अधार्मिकं त्रिभिर्न्यायैर्निगृह्णीयात् प्रयत्नतः Ms.8.31; अनुक्ते हि न्याये न प्रतीमो$र्थान्तरम् ŚB. on MS.6. 2.5; तस्मान्नावस्थितो न्यायः प्रत्युद्ध्रियेत ŚB. on MS.6.2.1. ननु लिङ्गमसाधकं, न्याय उच्यतां यस्यैतद् द्योतकमिति ŚB. on MS.6. 2.3. -2 Fitness, propriety, decorum; न्यायाधारा हि साधवः Ki.11.3. -3 Law, justice, virtue, equity, righteousness, honesty; यान्ति न्यायप्रवृत्तस्य तिर्यञ्चो$पि सहायताम् A. R.1.4. -4 A law-suit, legal proceeding. -5 Judicial sentence, judgment. -6 Policy, good government. -7 Likeness, analogy. -8 A popular maxim, an apposite illustration, illustration, as दण्डापूपन्याय, काकतालीयन्याय, घुणाक्षरन्याय &c.; see Appendix. -9 A Vedic accent; न्यायैस्त्रिभिरुदीर्णम् Ku.2.12. (Malli. takes न्याय to mean स्वर; but it is quite open, in our opinion, to take न्याय in the sense of 'a system' or 'way'; 'which are manifested in three systems, i. e. ऋक्, यजुस् and सामन्'); न्यायगर्भद्विजाः Bh.3. 55. -1 (In gram.) A universal rule. -11 A system of Hindu philosophy founded by the sage Gautama. -12 The science of logic, logical philosophy. -13 A complete argument or syllogism (consisting of five members; i. e. प्रतिज्ञा, हेतु, उदाहरण, उपनय and निगमन). -14 An epithet of Viṣṇu. (न्यायेन ind. in the way of, after the manner or analogy of; बधिरान्मन्दकर्णः श्रेयानिति न्यायेन &c.). -Comp. -आगत a. rightly got, acquired (money). -आचार a. virtuous. -आधारः an example of virtue or propriety, -आभासः semblance of reason, sophism. -उपेत rightly admitted. -निर्वपण a. bestowing justly. -णः N. of Śiva; Mb.13.17.126 (com. न्याययुक्तं निर्वपणं दानं यस्य). -पथः the Mīmāṁsā philosophy; (pl.) the different philosophical systems; Bhāg. -वर्तिन् a. well behaved, acting justly. -वादिन् a. one who speaks what is right or just. -विद्या, -शिक्षा; see न्यायशास्त्र. -वृत्तम् good conduct, virtue. -शास्त्रम् 1 the philosophical system of the Nyāya school. -2 the science of logic. -संबद्ध a. rational, logical. -सारिणी proper or suitable behaviour. -सूत्रम् the aphorisms of Nyāya philosophy by Gautama. [Note: A few of the common Nyāyas or popular maxims that were given under this word by Prin. Apte are taken in the Appendix along with many others.]
pa प a. (At the end of comp.) 1 Drinking; as in द्विप, अनेकप. -2 Guarding, protecting, ruling; as in गोप. नृप, क्षितिप. -पः 1 Air, wind. -2 A leaf. -3 An egg, -4 The act of drinking; also पा. -5 (in music) The fifth note of the gamut.
pakṣaḥ पक्षः [पक्ष्-अच्] 1 A wing, pinion; अद्यापि पक्षावपि नोद्भिद्येते K.347; so उद्भिन्नपक्षः fledged; पक्षच्छेदोद्यतं शक्रम् R.4.4;3.42. -2 The feather or feathers on each side of an arrow; अनुसंततिपातिनः पटुत्वं दधतः शुद्धिभृतो गृहीतपक्षाः (शराः) Śi.2.11. -3 The flank or side of a man or animal, the shoulder; स्तम्बेरमा उभयपक्षविनीतनिद्राः R.5.72. -4 The side of anything, a flank; वितत्य पक्षद्वयमायतम् Ki.14.31. -5 The wing or flank of an army; सुपर्णपक्षानिलनुन्नपक्षम् (राक्षसराजसैन्यम्) Rām.7.6. 69. -6 The half of anything. -7 The half of a lunar month, a fortnight (comprising 15 days; there are two such pakṣas, शुक्लपक्षः the bright or light half, and कृष्ण-तमिस्र-पक्षः the dark half); तमिस्रपक्षे$पि सह प्रियाभि- र्ज्योत्स्नावतो निर्विशति प्रदोषान् R.6.34; Ms.1.66; Y.3.5; सीमा वृद्धिं समायाति शुक्लपक्ष इवोडुराट् Pt.1.92; Mb.3.26.5. -8 (a) A party in general, faction, side; प्रमुदितवरपक्षम् R.6.86; Śi.2.117; तुल्यो मित्रारिपक्षयोः Bg.14.25; R.6. 53;18.17. (b) A family, race; रूपान्वितां पक्षवतीं मनोज्ञां भार्यामयत्नोपगतां लभेत् सः Mb.13.57.4; किं क्रन्दसि दुराक्रन्द स्वपक्षक्षयकारक Pt.4.29. -9 One belonging to any party, a follower, partisan; विष्णुपक्षैः प्रतिच्छन्नैर्न भिद्येतास्य धीर्यथा Bhāg.7.5.7; शत्रुपक्षो भवान् H.1. -1 A class, multitude, host, any number of adherents; as अरि˚, मित्र˚. -11 One side of an argument, an alternative, one of two cases; पक्षे 'in the other case, on the other hand' पूर्व एवाभवत् पक्षस्तस्मिन्नाभवदुत्तरः R.4.1;14.34. cf. पूर्वपक्ष and उत्तरपक्ष. -12 A case or supposition in general; as in पक्षान्तरे. -13 A point under discussion, a thesis, an argument to be maintained. -14 The subject of a syllogism or conclusion (the minor term); संदिग्धसाध्य- वान् पक्षः T. S., दधतः शुद्धिभृतो गृहीतपक्षाः Śi.2.11 (where it means 'a feather' also). -15 A symbolical expression for the number 'two'. -16 A bird. -17 A state, condition. -18 The body. -19 A limb of the body. -2 A royal elephant. -21 An army; Mb.2. 16.7. -22 A wall. -23 Opposition. -24 Rejoinder, reply. -25 A mass, quantity (when in composition with words meaning 'hair'); केशपक्षः; cf. हस्त. -26 Place, position. -27 A view, notion, idea. -28 The side of an equation in a primary division. -29 The ash-pit of a fire-place. -3 Proximity, neighbourhood. -31 A bracket. -32 Purity, perfection. -33 A house. -34 The sun (according to Sāyaṇa); सा पक्ष्या नव्यमायु- र्दधाना Rv.3.53.16. -Comp. -अध्यायः logic, casuistry. -अन्तः 1 the 15th day of either half month, i. e. the day of new or full moon. -2 the end of the wings of an army. -अन्तरम् 1 another side. -2 a different side or view of an argument. -3 another supposition. -अवसरः = पक्षान्त q. v. -आघातः 1 palsy or paralysis of one side, hemiplegia. -2 refutation of an argument. -आभासः 1 a fallacious argument. -2 a false plaint. -आहारः eating food only once in a fortnight; सुपुत्रदारो हि मुनिः पक्षाहारो बभूव ह Mb.3.26.5. -उद्ग्राहिन् a. showing partiality, adopting a side. -गम a. flying. -ग्रहणम् choosing a party; taking the side of. -घातः = -पक्षाघातः see above. -घ्न a. (a house) wanting a side. -चरः 1 an elephant strayed from the herd. -2 the moon. -3 an attendant. -छिद् m. an epithet of Indra (clipper of the wings of mountains); क्रुद्धे$पि पक्षच्छिदि वृत्रशत्रौ Ku.1.2. -जः the moon. -द्वयम् 1 both sides of an argument. -2 'a couple of fortnights', i. e. a month. -द्वारम् a sidedoor, private entrance. -धर a. 1 winged. -2 adhering to the party of one, siding with any one. (-रः) 1 a bird. -2 the moon. -3 a partisan. -4 an elephant strayed from the herd. -नाडी a quill. -निक्षेपः the placing on the side of, counting among. -पातः 1 siding with any one; यद् दुर्योधनपक्षपातसदृशं कर्म Ve.3.5. -2 liking, desire, love, affection (for a thing); भवन्ति भव्येषु हि पक्षपाताः Ki.3.12; U.5.17; रिपुपक्षे बद्धः पक्षपातः Mu.1. -3 attachment to a party, partisanship, partiality; पक्षपातमत्र देवी मन्यते M.1; सत्यं जना वच्मि न पक्षपातात् Bh.1.47. -4 falling of wings, the moulting of birds. -5 a partisan. -पातिता, -त्वम् 1 partisanship, adherence to a side or party. -2 friendship, fellowship. -3 movement of the wings; न परं पथि पक्षपातिता$नवलम्बे किमु मादृशे$पि सा N.2.52. -पातिन् a. or subst. 1 siding with, adhering to, a party, attached or partial (to a particular cause); पक्षपातिनो देवा अपि पाण्डवानाम् Ve.3. -2 sympathizing; Ve.3. -3 a follower, partisan, friend; यः सुरपक्षपाती V.1. -पालिः a private door. -पुटः a wing. -पोषण a. factious, promoting quarrels. -प्राप्तानुवादः a case of the description of a thing which admits of two alternatives (cf. Daṇḍaviveka G. O. S.52, p.21.). -बिन्दुः a heron. -भागः 1 the side or flank. -2 especially, the flank of an elephant. -भुक्ति f. the course traversed by the sun in a fortnight. -भेदः a. distinction between two sides of an argument. -रात्रिः a kind of play or sport. -वञ्चितकम् a particular position of hands in dancing. -वधः paralysis of one side. -मूलम् the root of a wing; उल्लास- पल्लवितकोमलपक्षमूलाः (चकोराः) Bv.2.99. -रचना forming a party or faction. -वादः 1 an exparte statement. -2 stating a case, expression of opinion. -वाहनः a bird. -व्यापिन् a. 1 embracing the whole of an argument. -2 pervading the minor term. -हत a. paralysed on one side; दृष्ट्वा कुणीन् पक्षहतान् Mb.12.18.39. -हरः 1 a bird. -2 a recreant, traitor. -होमः 1 a sacrificial rite lasting for a fortnight. -2 a rite to be performed every fortnight.
pañcan पञ्चन् num. a. (Always pl., nom. and acc. पञ्च) Five. (As the first member of comp. पञ्चन् drops its final न्). [cf. Gr. pente.] -Comp. -अंशः the fifth part, a fifth. -अग्निः 1 an aggregate of five sacred fires; i. e. (अन्वाहार्यपचन or दक्षिण, गार्हपत्य, आहवनीय, सभ्य, and आव- सथ्य). -2 a householder who maintains the five sacred fires; पञ्चाग्नयो धृतव्रताः Māl.1; Ms.3.185. -3 five mystic fires supposed to exist in the body; तेजो ह्यग्निस्तथा क्रोधश्चक्षुरूष्मा तथैव च । अग्निर्जरयते यच्च पञ्चाग्नेयाः शरीरिणः ॥ Mb.12.184.21. -4 one who is acquainted with the doctrine of these fires. ˚साधनम् four fires on four sides and the sun above the head. This is a form of penance. -अङ्ग a. five-membered, having five parts or divisions as in पञ्चाङ्गः प्रणामः (i. e. बाहुभ्यां चैव जानुभ्यां शिरसा वक्षसा दृशा); कृतपञ्चाङ्गविनिर्णयो नयः Ki.2.12. (see Malli. and Kāmandaka quoted by him); पञ्चाङ्गमभिनयमुपदिश्य M.1; चित्ताक्षिभ्रूहस्तपादैरङ्गैश्चेष्टादिसाम्यतः । पात्राद्यवस्थाकरणं पञ्चाङ्गे$भिनयो मतः ॥ (-ङ्गः) 1 a tortoise or turtle. -2 a kind of horse with five spots in different parts of his body. (-ङ्गी) a bit for horses. -(ङ्गम्) 1 collection or aggregate of five parts. -2 five modes of devotion (silent prayer, oblations, libations, bathing idols and feeding Brāhmaṇas) -3 the five parts of a tree; त्वक्पत्रकुसुमं मूलफलमेकस्य शाखिनः । एकत्र मिलितं चैतत् पञ्चाङ्ग- मिति संज्ञितम् ॥ -4 a calendar or almanac, so called because it treats of five things:-- (तिथिर्वारश्च नक्षत्रं योगः करणमेव च); चतुरङ्गबलो राजा जगतीं वशमानयेत् । अहं पञ्चा- ङ्गबलवानाकाशं वशमानये ॥ Shbhāṣ. ˚गुप्तः a turtle. ˚पत्रम् a calendar. ˚विनिर्णयः the five rules are as follows; सहायाः साधनोपाया विभागो देशकालयोः । विनिपातप्रतीकारः सिद्धिः पञ्चाङ्ग- मिष्यते ॥ Kāmandak; cf. Ki.2.12. ˚शुद्धिः f. the propitiousness or favourable state of five important points; i. e. तिथि, वार, नक्षत्र, योग and करण (in astrology). -अङ्गिक a. five-membered. -अङ्गुल a. (-ला or -ली f.) measuring five fingers. (-लः) the castor-oil plant. -अ(आ)जम् the five products of the goat; cf. पञ्चगव्य. -अतिग a. liberated (मुक्त); सो$पि पञ्चातिगो$भवत् Mb. 12.59.9. -अप्सरस् n. N. of a lake, said to have been created by the sage Mandakarni; cf. R.13.38. -अमरा The five plants i. e. (Mar. भांग, दूर्वा, बेल, निर्गुडी and तुळस. -अमृत a. consisting of 5 ingredients. -(तम्) 1 the aggregate of five drugs; dry ginger, a species of Moonseed (Cocculus cordifolius, Mar. गुळवेल), Asparagus recemosus (Mar. शतावरी), Hypoxis brevifolia (Mar. मुसळी), गोक्षुरक (Mar. गोखरूं). -2 the collection of five sweet things used in worshipping deities; (दुग्धं च शर्करा चैव घृतं दधि तथा मधु). -3 the five elements; Māl.5.2. -अम्लम् the aggregate of five acid plants (the jujube, pomegranate, sorrel, spondias and citron). -अर्चिस् m. the planet Mercury. -अवयव a. five-membered (as a syllogism, the five members being, प्रतिज्ञा, हेतु, उदाहरण, उपनय and निगमन q. v.). -अवस्थः a corpse (so called because it is resolved into the five elements) cf. पञ्चत्व below. -अविकम् the five products of the sheep; cf. पञ्चगव्य. -अशीतिः f. eighty-five. -अहः a period of five days. -आतप a. doing penance with five fires. (i. e. with four fires and the sun); cf. R.13.41. -आत्मक a. consisting of five elements (as body). -आननः, -आस्यः, -मुखः, -वक्त्रः 1 epithets of Śiva. -2 a lion (so called because its mouth is generally wide open; पञ्चम् आननं यस्य), (often used at the end of names of learned men to express great learning or respect; न्याय˚, तर्क˚ &c. e. g. जगन्नाथतर्कपञ्चानन); see पञ्च a. -3 the sign Leo of the zodiac. (-नी) an epithet of Durgā. -आम्नायाः m. (pl.) five Śāstras supposed to have proceeded from the five mouths of Śiva. -आयतनी, -नम् a group of five deities like गणपति, विष्णु, शंकर, देवी and सूर्य. -इन्द्रियम् an aggregate of the five organs (of sense or actions; see इन्द्रियम्). -इषुः, -बाणः, -शरः epithets of the god of love; (so called because he has five arrows; their names are:-- अरविन्दमशोकं च चूतं च नवमल्लिका । नीलोत्पलं च पञ्चैते पञ्चबाणस्य सायकाः ॥ the five arrows are also thus named:-- संमोहनोन्मादनौ च शोषणस्तापनस्तथा । स्तम्भनश्चेति कामस्य पञ्चबाणाः प्रकीर्तिताः ॥). -उपचारः the five articles of worship i. e. (गन्ध, पुष्प, धूप, दीप and नैवेद्य). -उष्मन् m. (pl.) the five digestive fires supposed to be in the body. -कपाल a. prepared or offered in five cups. -कर्ण a. branded in the ear with the number 'five' (as cattle &c.); cf. P.VI.3.115. -कर्मन् n. (in medicine) the five kinds of treatment; i. e. 1 वमन 'giving emetics'; 2 रेचन 'purging'; 3 नस्य 'giving strenutatories'; 4 अनुवासन 'administering an enema which is oily', and 5 निरूह 'administering an enema which is not oily. वमनं रेचनं नस्यं निरूहश्चानुवासनम् । पञ्चकर्मेदमन्यश्च ज्ञेयमुत्क्षेपणादिकम् ॥ -कल्याणकः a horse with white feet and a white mouth. -कषाय a decoction from the fruits of five plants (जम्बु, शाल्मलि, वाट्याल, बकुल and बदर). -कृत्यम् the five actions by which the Supreme Power manifests itself (सृष्टि, स्थिति, संहार, तिरोभाव and अनुग्रह- करण). -कृत्वस् ind. five times. -कृष्णः A kind of game. (-ष्णाः) The five deities of Mahānubhāva sect namely चक्रवर्ती कृष्ण, Datta of Mātāpura, Gundam Raul of ऋद्धिपुर, चांगदेव राऊळ of द्वारावती and चांगदेव राऊळ of प्रतिष्ठान. -कोणः a pentagon. -कोलम् the five spices taken collectively; पिप्पली पिप्पलीमूलं चव्यचित्रकनागरम् । पञ्चकोलं ......... (Mar. पिंपळी, पिंपळमूळ, चवक, चित्रक व सुंठ). -कोषाः m. (pl.) the five vestures or wrappers supposed to invest the soul; they are:-- अन्नमयकोष or the earthly body (स्थूलशरीर); प्राणमयकोष the vesture of the vital airs; मनो- मयकोष the sensorial vesture; विज्ञानमयकोष the cognitional vesture (these three form the लिङ्गशरीर); and आनन्द- मयकोष the last vesture, that of beatitude. कोषैरन्नमयाद्यैः पञ्चभिरात्मा न संवृतो भाति । निजशक्तिसमुप्तन्नैः शैवालप़टलैरिवाम्बु वापीस्थम् ॥ Vivekachūdāmaṇi. -क्रोशी 1 a distance of five Kroṣas. -2 N. of the city, Banares. -खट्वम्, -खट्वी a collection of five beds. -गत a. (in alg.) raised to the fifth power. -गवम् a collection of five cows. -गव्यम् the five products of the cow taken collectively; i. e. milk, curds, clarified butter or ghee, urine, and cowdung (क्षीरं दधि तथा चाज्यं मूत्रं गोमयमेव च). -गु a. bought with five cows. -गुण a. five-fold. (-णाः) the five objects of sense (रूप, रस, गन्ध, स्पर्श and शब्द). (-णी) the earth. -गुप्तः 1 a tortoise (as drawing in its 4 feet and head). -2 the materialistic system of philosophy, the doctrines of the Chārvākas. -घातः (in music) a kind of measure. -चत्वारिंश a. forty-fifth. -चत्वारिंशत् f. forty-five. -चामरम् N. of 2 kinds of metre; प्रमाणिकापदद्वयं वदन्ति पञ्चचामरम् Vṛittaratnākara. -जनः 1 a man, mankind. -2 N. of a demon who had assumed the form of a conch-shell, and was slain by Kṛiṣṇa; तस्मै प्रादाद्वरं पुत्रं मृतं पञ्चजनोदरात् Bhāg.3.3.2. -3 the soul. -4 the five classes of beings; i. e. gods, men, Gandharvas, serpents and pitṛis; यस्मिन् पञ्च पञ्चजना आकाशश्च प्रतिष्ठितः Bṛi. Up.4.4.17. -5 the four primary castes of the Hindus (ब्राह्मण, क्षत्रिय, वैश्य and शूद्र) with the Niṣādas or barbarians as the fifth (pl. in these two senses); (for a full exposition see Sārirabhāṣya on Br. Sūtras 1.4.11-13). (-नी) an assemblage of five persons. -जनीन a. devoted to the five races. (-नः) an actor, a mimic, buffoon, one who is devoted to the pentad viz. singer, musician, dancer, harlot and a jester; गायकवादक- नर्तकदासीभण्डरतः खलु पञ्चजनीनः Bhāsāvritti on P.V.1.9. -ज्ञानः 1 an epithet of Buddha as possessing the five kinds of knowledge. -2 a man familiar with the doctrines of the Pāśupatas. -तक्षम्, -क्षी a collection of five carpenters. -तत्त्वम् 1 the five elements taken collectively; i. e. पृत्थी, अप्, तेजस्, वायु and आकाश. -2 (in the Tantras) the five essentials of the Tāntrikas, also called पञ्चमकार because they all begin with म; i. e. मद्य, मांस, मत्स्य, मुद्रा and मैथुन. -तन्त्रम् N. of a well-known collection in five books containing moral stories and fables by Visnugupta; पञ्चतन्त्रात्तथान्यस्माद् ग्रन्थादाकृष्य लिख्यते H. Pr.9. -तन्मात्रम् the five subtle and primary elements (such as शब्द, रस, स्पर्श and रूप and गन्ध). -तपस् m. an ascetic who in summer practises penance sitting in the middle of four fires with the sun burning right over his head; cf. हविर्भुजामेधवतां चतुर्णां मध्ये ललाटंतपसप्तसप्तिः R.13.41; Ku.5.23; Ms.6.23 and Śi.2.51. also; ग्रीष्मे पञ्चतपा वीरो वर्षास्वासारषाण्मुनिः Bhāg. 4.23.6; Rām.3.6.5. -तय a. five-fold; वृत्तयः पञ्चतय्यः क्लिष्टा अक्लिष्टाः Mbh. (-यः) a pentad. -तिक्तम् the five bitter things:-- निवामृतावृषपटोलनिदिग्धिकाश्च. -त्रिंश a. thirtyfifth. -त्रिंशत्, -त्रिंशतिः f. thirty-five. -दश a. 1 fifteenth. -2 increased by fifteen; as in पञ्चदशं शतम् 'one hundred and fifteen'. -दशन् a. (pl.) fifteen. ˚अहः a period of fifteen days. -दशिन् a. made or consisting of fifteen. -दशी 1 the fifteenth day of a lunar fortnight (the full or new moon day); Y.1.146. -2 N. of a philosophical work (प्रकरणग्रन्थ) by माधवाचार्य (विद्यारण्य). -दीर्घम् the five long parts of the body; the arms, eyes, belly, nose and breast; बाहू नेत्रद्वयं कुक्षिर्द्वे तु नासे तथैव च । स्तनयोरन्तरं चैव पञ्चदीर्घं प्रचक्षते ॥ -देवताः the five deities:-- आदित्यं गणनाथं च देवीं रुद्रं च केशवम् । पञ्चदैवतमित्युक्तं सर्वकर्मसु पूजयेत् ॥ -धारणक a. upheld by the five elements. -नखः 1 any animal with five claws; such as the hare, alligator, tortoise, porcupine, rhinoceros शशकः शल्लकी गोधा खड्गी कूर्मश्च पञ्चमः । पञ्च पञ्चनखा भक्ष्या ये प्रोक्ताः कृतजैर्द्विजैः Bk.6.131; Ms.5.17,18; Y.1.177. -2 an elephant. -3 a turtle. -4 a lion or tiger. -नखी, -नखराज an iguana (Mar. घोरपड); Gīrvāṇa. -नदः 'the country of five rivers, the modern Panjab (the five rivers being शतद्रु, विपाशा, इरावती, चन्द्रभागा and वितस्ता, or the modern names Sutlej, Beas, Ravee, Chenab and Jhelum). -दा (pl.) the people of this country. -नवतिः f. ninety-five. -निम्बम् the five products of निम्ब viz. (the flowers, fruit, leaves, bark and root). -नीराजनम् waving five things before an idol and then falling prostrate before it; (the five things being:-- a lamp, lotus, cloth, mango and betel-leaf). -पञ्चाश a. fiftyfifth. -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-five. -पदी 1 five steps; पुंसो यमान्तं व्रजतो$पिनिष्ठुरै- रेतैर्धनैः पञ्चपदी न दीयते Pt.2.115. -2 the five strong cases, i. e. the first five inflections -पर्वन् n. (pl.) the five parvans q. v.; they are चतुर्दश्यष्टमी चैव अमावास्या च पूर्णिमा । पर्वाण्येतानि राजेन्द्र रविसंक्रान्तिरेव च ॥ a. five-knotted (an arrow). -पल्लवम् The leaves of the mango, fig, banyan, ficus religiosa (Mar. पिंपळ) and Genus Ficus (Mar. पायरी). There are other variations such as पनस, आम्र, पिप्पल, वट and बकुल. The first group is for the Vedic ritual only. -पात्रम् 1 five vessels taken collectively. -2 a Srāddha in which offerings are made in five vessels. -पाद् a. consisting of five feet, steps, or parts; पञ्चपादं पितरम् Praśna Up.1.11. (-m.) a year (संवत्सर). -पादिका N. of a commentary on शारीरकभाष्य. -पितृ m. (pl.) the five fathers:-- जनकश्चोपनेता च यश्च कन्यां प्रयच्छति । अन्नदाता भयत्राता पञ्चैते पितरः स्मृताः ॥ -पित्तम् the bile of five animals viz. (the boar, goat, buffalo, fish and peacock). -प्रस्थ a. having five elevations (a forest). -प्राणाः m. (pl.) the five life-winds or vital airs: प्राण, अपान, व्यान, उदान, and समान. -प्रासादः a temple of a particular size with four pinnacles and a steeple. -बन्ध a fine equal to the fifth part of anything lost or stolen. -बलाः five medicinal herbs, namely बला, नागबला, महाबला, अति- बला and राजबला. -बाणः, -वाणः, -शरः epithets of the god of love; see पञ्चेषु. -बाहुः N. of Śiva. -बिन्दुप्रसृतम् N. of a particular movement in dancing; Dk.2. -बीजानि the five seeds:--कर्कटी, त्रपुस, दाडिम, पद्मबीज, and वानरीबीज. -भद्र a. 1 having five good qualities. -2 consisting of five good ingredients (as a sauce &c.). -3 having five auspicious marks (as a horse) in the chest, back, face and flanks. -4 vicious. -द्रः a kind of pavilion. -भागिन् m. the five deities of पञ्चमहा- यज्ञ; धर्मकामविहीनस्य चुक्रुधुः पञ्चभागिनः Bhāg.11.23.9. -भुज a. pentagonal. (-जः) 1 a pentagon; cf. पञ्चकोण. -2 N. of Gaṇeśa. -भूतम् the five elements; पृथ्वी, अप्, तेजस्, वायु and आकाश. -भृङ्गाः the five trees, viz. देवदाली (Mar. देवडंगरी), शमी, भङ्गा (Mar. भांग), निर्गुण्डी and तमालपत्र. -मकारम् the five essentials of the left-hand Tantra ritual of which the first letter is म; see पञ्चतत्त्व (2). -महापातकम् the five great sins; see महापातक Ms.11. 54. -महायज्ञाः m. (pl.) the five daily sacrifices enjoined to be performed by a Brāhmaṇa; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः पितृ- यज्ञस्तु तर्पणम् । होमो दैवो बलिर्भौतो नृयज्ञो$तिथिपूजनम् ॥ Ms.3.7. अहुतं च हुतं चैव तथा प्रहुतमेव च । ब्राह्मं हुतं प्राशितं च पञ्च यज्ञान् प्रचक्षते ॥ Ms.3.73; see महायज्ञ. -मारः son of Baladeva; L. D. B. -माश(षि)क a. consisting of five Māṣas (as a fine &c.). -माष(षि)क a. amounting to five māṣas; गर्दभाजाविकानां तु दण्डः स्यात्पञ्चमाषिकः Ms.8.298. -मास्य a. happening every five months. -मुखः an arrow with five points; (for other senses see पञ्चानन.) -मुद्रा five gestures to be made in presenting offerings to an idol; viz आवाहनी, स्थापनी, संनिधापनी, संबोधनी and संमुखीकरणी; see मुद्रा. -मूत्रम् the urine of five female animals; the cow, goat, she-buffalo, sheep, and she-ass.). -मूलम् there are nine varieties of the pentad combinations of roots; लघुपञ्चमूल, बृहत्पञ्चमूल, शतावर्यादि, तृणपञ्चमूल, जीवकादिपञ्चमूल, पुनर्नवादिपञ्चमूल, गोक्षुरादि˚, वल्ली˚. -रत्नम् a collection of five gems; (they are variously enumerated: (1) नीलकं वज्रकं चेति पद्मरागश्च मौक्तिकम् । प्रवालं चेति विज्ञेयं पंचरत्नं मनीषिभिः ॥ (2) सुवर्णं रजतं मुक्ता राजावर्तं प्रवालकम् । रत्नपञ्चकमाख्यातम् ...॥ (3) कनकं हीरकं नीलं पद्मरागश्च मौक्तिकम् । पञ्चरत्नमिदं प्रोक्त- मृषिभिः पूर्वदर्शिभिः ॥ -2 the five most admired episodes of the Mahābhārata; गीता, विष्णुसहस्रनाम, भीष्मस्तवराज, अनुस्मृति and गजेन्द्रमोक्ष). -रसा the आमलकी tree (Mar. आंवळी). -रात्रम् 1 a period of five nights; इत्यर्थं वयमानीताः पञ्चरात्रो$पि विद्यते Pañch.3.24. -2 N. of one of Bhāsa's dramas. -3 N. of a philosophical treatise attributed to Nārada. -4 N. of an अहीन (sacrifice) lasting for 5 days; स एतं पञ्चरात्रं पुरुषमेधं यज्ञक्रतुमपश्यत् Śat. Br.; cf. Mb.12.218. 11. -राशिकम् the rule of five (in math.). -लक्षणम् a Purāṇa; so called because it deals with five important topics:-- सर्गश्च प्रतिसर्गश्च वंशो मन्वन्तराणि च । वंशानुचरितं चैव पुराणं पञ्चलक्षणम् ॥ see पुराण also. -लवणम् five kinds of salt; i. e. काचक, सैन्धव, सामुद्र, बिड and सौवर्चल. -लाङ्गलकम् a gift (महादान) of as much land as can be cultivated with five ploughs. -लोकपालः the five guardian deities viz. Vināyaka, Durgā, Vāyu, Ākāśa and Aśvinīkumāra. -लोहम् a metallic alloy containing five metals (i. e. copper, brass, tin, lead and iron). -लोहकम् the five metals i. e. gold, silver, copper, tin and lead. -वटः the sacred or sacrificial thread worn across the breast (यज्ञोपवीत). -वटी 1 the five fig-trees: i. e. अश्वत्थ, बिल्व, वट, धात्री and अशोक. -2 N. of a part of the Daṇḍakā forest where the Godāvarī rises and where Rāma dwelt for a considerable time with his beloved; it is two miles from Nasik; परिहरन्तमपि मामितः पञ्चवटीस्नेहो बलादाकर्षतीव U.2.27/28; R.13.34. -वर्गः 1 an aggregate of five. -2 the five essential elements of the body. -3 the five organs of sense; संतुष्टपञ्चवर्गो$हं लोकयात्रां प्रवाहये Rām.2.19.27. -4 the five daily sacrifices enjoined to be performed by a Brāhmaṇa; cf. महायज्ञ. -5 the five classes of spies (कापटिक, उदास्थित, गृहपतिव्यञ्जन, वैदेहिकव्यञ्जन and तापसव्यञ्जन); cf. Kull. on Ms.7.154. -वर्षदेशीय a. about five years old. -वर्षीय a. five years old. -वल्कलम् a collection of the barks of five kinds of trees; namely न्यग्रोध, उदुम्बर, अश्वत्थ, प्लक्ष and वेतस. -वल्लभा N. of Draupadī. -वार्षिक a. recurring every five years. -वाहिन् a. drawn by five (as a carriage). -विंश a. twenty-fifth. -शः 1 a Stoma consisting of 25 parts. -2 N. of Viṣṇu (regarded as the 25th तत्त्व); स तु जन- परितापं तत्कृतं जानता ते नरहर उपनीतः पञ्चतां पञ्चविंश Bhāg. 7.8.53. -विंशतिः f. twenty-five. -विंशतिका a collection of twenty-five; as in वेतालपञ्चविंशतिका. -विध a. fivefold, of five kinds. ˚प्रकृतिः f. the five departments of a government; अमात्यराष्ट्रदुर्गार्थदण्डाख्याः पञ्च चापराः Ms.7.157. -वीरगोष्ठम् an assembly room, concert-hall; रागमञ्जरी नाम पञ्चवीरगोष्ठे संगीतकमनुष्ठास्यति Dk.2. -वृत्, -वृतम् ind. five-fold. -वृत्तिता depending on senses; Rām.2.1.65. -शत a. amounting to five hundred. (-तम्) 1 one hundred and five. -2 five hundred. -शाखः 1 the hand; स्वशिरः पश्चशाखाभ्यामभिहत्यायतेक्षणा Mb.11.17.3; कदापि नो मुञ्चति पञ्चशाखः (नारायणस्य) Rām. Ch.1.9; स्फूर्जद्रत्नाङ्गुलीयद्युतिशबलनखद्योतिभिः पञ्चशाखैः Śiva B.3.49. -2 an elephant. -शारदीयः N. of a Yāga. -शिखः a lion. -शीलम् the five rules of conduct; Buddh. -शुक्लम् The holy combination of five days, viz. Uttarāyaṇa (day of the gods), the bright half of the month (day of the manes) and day time, हरिवासर and सिद्धक्षेत्र (cf. त्रिशुक्लम्). -ष a. (pl.) five or six; सन्त्यन्ये$पि बृहस्पतिप्रभृतयः संभाविताः पञ्चषाः Bh.2.34. -षष्ट a. sixty-fifth. -षष्टिः f. sixty-five. -सटः one with five tufts of hair on the head (सटाः जटाः केशसन्निवेशे मध्ये मध्ये पञ्चसु स्थानेषु क्षौरवद्वापनम्); दासो$यं मुच्यतां राज्ञस्त्वया पञ्चसटः कृतः Mb.3.272.18; (Mar. पांच पाट काढणें). -सप्तत a. seventy-fifth. -सप्ततिः f. seventy-five. -सस्यम् the five grains viz. धान्य, मुद्ग, तिल, यव and माष. -सिद्धान्ती f. the five astronomical doctrines from astronomical book like सूर्यसिद्धान्त etc. -सिद्धौषधयः the five medicinal plants:-- तैलकन्द, सुधाकन्द, क्रोडकन्द, रुदन्तिक, सर्पाक्षी. -सुगन्धकम् the five kinds of aromatic vegetable sub- stances; they are:-- कर्पूरकक्कोललवङ्गपुष्पगुवाकजातीफलपञ्चकेन । समांशभागेन च योजितेन मनोहरं पञ्चसुगन्धकं स्यात् ॥. -सूनाः f. the five things in a house by which animal life may be accidentally destroyed; they are:-- पञ्चसूना गृहस्थस्य चुल्ली पेषण्युपस्करः कण्डनी चोदकुम्भश्च Ms.3.68. -सूरणाः the five medicinal esculent roots; sweet and bitter सूरण, अत्यम्ल- पर्णी, काण्डीर, मालाकन्द. &c. -स्रोतम् n. the mind; पञ्चस्रोतसि निष्णातः Mb.12.218.11. (com. पञ्चस्त्रोतांसि विषयकेदारप्रणालिका यस्य तस्मिन् मनसि). -हायन a. five years old.
pañcama पञ्चम a. (-भी f.) The fifth. -2 Forming a fifth part. -3 Dexterous, clever. -4 Beautiful, brilliant. -मः 1 The fifth (or in later times the seventh) note of the Indian gamut; it is said to be produced by the cuckoo (कोकिलो रौति पञ्चमम् Nārada), and is so called because it is produced from 5 parts of the body:-- वायुः समुद्गतो नाभेरुरोहृत्कण्ठमूर्धसु । विचरन् पञ्चमस्थानप्राप्त्या पञ्चम उच्यते ॥. -2 N. of a Rāga or musical mode (sung in the above note); व्यथयति वृथा मौनं तन्वि प्रपञ्चय पञ्चमम् Gīt.1; so उदञ्चितपञ्चमरागम् Gīt.1. -3 The fifth consonant of a class; i. e. a nasal. -मम् 1 A fifth. -2 Sexual intercourse (मैथुन), the fifth मकार of the Tāntrikas. -मम् ind. For the fifth time, fifthly; Ms.8.125. -मी 1 The fifth day of a lunar fortnight. -2 The ablative case (in gram.). -3 An epithet of Draupadī. -4 A chequered board for playing at draughts. -Comp. -आस्यः the cuckoo. -स्वरम् N. of a metre; P. R.
paṭiḥ पटिः टी f. 1 The curtain of a stage. -2 A cloth. -3 Coarse cloth, canvas. -4 A screen of cloth surrounding a tent. -5 A coloured garment. -Comp. -क्षेपः tossing aside the curtain (of the stage); used as a stage-direction to denote the hurried entrance of a character on the stage; cf. अपटीक्षेप.
patita पतित p. p. 1 Fallen, descended, alighted. -2 Dropped. -3 Fallen (in a moral sense), abandoned, wicked; नष्टे मृते प्रव्रजिते क्लीबे च पतिते पतौ । -4 Apostate. -5 Degraded, outcast. -6 Fallen in battle, defeated or overthrown. -7 Being in, fallen into; as in अवंशपतित. -8 Placed, kept; निक्षेपे पतिते हर्म्ये श्रेष्ठी स्तौति स्वदेवताम् Pt. I.14. -9 (with पादयोः or पाद-) Having thrown oneself at (a person's feet). -तम् Flying. -Comp. -उत्पन्न a. sprung from an outcast. -गर्भा a woman who miscarries. -मूर्धज a. one whose hair has fallen out. -वृत्त a. one leading a life of an out-cast. -सावित्रीकः a man of the first three classes whose thread-ceremony has been improperly performed, or not performed at all. -स्थित a. lying on the ground.
patākā पताका 1 A flag, banner (fig. also); पताकाभिर्वरार्हाभि- र्ध्वजैश्च समलंकृताम् Rām.2.7.3; यं काममञ्जरी कामयते स हरतु सुभगपताकाम् Dk.47. 'let him carry the palm of beauty or good fortune'. -2 A flag-staff. -3 A sign, emblem, mark, symbol. -4 An episode or episodical ineident in a drama; see पताकास्थानक below. -5 Auspiciousness, good fortune or luck. -6 Celebrity, publicity; रम्या इति प्राप्तवतीः पताकाः Śi.3.53. (com. 'अन्यत्र रम्या इत्येवं पताकाः प्राप्तवतीः । प्रसिद्धिं गता इत्यर्थः ।'). -7 A particular high number; तत्र शङ्कुपताके द्वे युगान्तं कल्पमेव च Mb.13.17.63. -Comp. -अंशुकम् a flag. -दण्डः a flag-staff. -स्थानकम् (in dramaturgy) intimation of an episodical incident, when instead of the thing thought of or expected, another of the same character is brought in by some unexpected circumstance (यत्रार्थे चिन्तिते$न्यस्मिंस्तल्लिङ्गो$न्यः प्रयुज्यते । आगन्तुकेन भावेन पताकास्थानकं तु तत् ॥ S. D.299; for its different kins, see 3-34).
patiḥ पतिः [पा-डतिं] 1 A master, lord; as in गृहपतिः. -2 An owner, possessor, proprietor; क्षेत्रपतिः. -3 Governor, ruler, one who presides over; ओषधीपतिः, वनस्पतिः, कुलपतिः &c. -4 A husband; प्रमदाः पतिवर्त्मगा इति प्रतिपन्नं हि विचेतनैरपि Ku.4.33. -5 A root. -6 Going, motion, fight. -f. 1 A female possessor, a mistress. -2 A wife. -Comp. -घातिनी, -घ्नी 1 a woman who murders her husband. -2 a line on the hand showing that a woman will be faithless to her husband. -देवता, -देवा one who regards her husband as a divinity, a woman loyally devoted to her husband, a chaste woman; कः पतिदेवतामन्यः परिमार्ष्टुमुत्सहते Ś.6; तमलभन्त पतिं पतिदेवताः शिखरिणामिव सागरमापगाः R.9.17; धुरिस्थिता त्वं पतिदेवतानाम् 14.74. -धर्मः duty (of a wife) towards a husband. -प्राणा a chaste wife. -लङ्घनम् disregarding a former husband by marrying another; cf. Ms.5.151. -वेदनः N. of Śiva. (-नम्) procuring a husband (by magical means); धातुर्देवस्य सत्येन कृणोमि पतिवेदनम् Av.2.36.2. -लोकः the world of husbands in a future life; पतिलोक- मभीप्सन्ती नाचरेत् किंचिदप्रियम् Ms.5.156. -व्रता a devoted, faithful and loyal wife, a chaste and virtuous wife; ˚त्वम् fidelity to a husband. -सेवा devotion to a husband; वैवाहिको विधिः स्त्रीणां संस्कारो वैदिकः स्मृतः । पतिसेवा गुरौ वासो गृहार्थो$ग्निपरिक्रिया ॥ Ms.2.67.
pad पद् m. [पद्-क्विप्] (This word has no forms for the first five inflections; it is optionally substituted for पद after acc. dual) 1 A foot. -2 A quarter, a fourth part (as of a stanza). -Comp. -काषिन् a. 1 rubbing or scratching the feet. -2 going on foot, pedestrian. (-m.) a footman; पत्काषिणस्तीर्थजला$र्थमाशु Bk.3.4. -गः (पद्गः) a foot-soldier. -जः (-ज्जः) 1 a footman. -2 a Śūdra; cf. पद्भ्यां शूद्रो अजायत. -नद्धा, -नध्री a shoe, boot. -निष्कः one quarter of a Niṣka. -रथः (पद्रथः) a footsoldier, footman; त्वं पद्रथानां किल यूथपाधिपः Bhāg.3.18. 12. -शब्दः noise of footsteps. -हतिः, -ती f. (-पद्धतिः, -ती) 1 a way, path, road, course (fig. also); इयं हि रघुसिंहानां वीरचारित्रपद्धतिः U.5.22; R.3.46;6.55;11.87; कविप्रथमपद्धतिम् 15.33; 'the first way shown to poets'. -2 a line, row, range. -3 a surname, title or epithet, a word denoting caste or profession in compounds which are used as proper names; e. g. गुप्त, दास, दत्त &c. -4 N. of a class of writings. -हिमम् (पद्धिमम्) coldness of the feet.
padam पदम् [पद्-अच्] 1 A foot (said to be m. also in this sense); पदेन on foot; शिखरिषु पदं न्यस्य Me.13; अपथे पदमर्पयन्ति हि R.9.74 'set foot on (follow) a wrong road'; 3.5;12.52; पदं हि सर्वत्र गुणैर्निधीयते 3.62 'good qualities set foot everywhere' i. e. command notice or make themselves felt; जनपदे न गदः पदमादधौ 9.4. 'no disease stepped into the country'; यदवधि न पदं दधाति चित्ते Bv.2.14; पदं कृ (a) to set foot in, on or over (lit.); शान्ते करिष्यसि पदं पुनराश्रमे$स्मिन् Ś.4.2. (b) to enter upon or into, take possession of, occupy (fig.); कृतं वपुषि नवयौवनेन पदम् K.137; कृतं हि मे कुतूहलेन प्रश्नाशया हृदि पदम् 133; so Ku.5.21; Pt.1.24; कृत्वा पदं नो गले Mu.3.26 'in defiance of us'; (lit. planting his foot on our neck); मूर्ध्नि पदं कृ 'to mount on the head of', 'to humble'; पदं मूर्ध्नि समाधत्ते केसरी मत्तदन्तिनः Pt.1.327; आकृतिविशेषेष्वादरः पदं करोति M.1 'good forms attract attention (command respect); जने सखी पदं कारिता Ś.4; 'made to have dealings with (to confide in)'; धर्मेण शर्वे पार्वतीं प्रति पदं कारिते Ku.6.14. -2 A step, pace, stride; तन्वी स्थिता कतिचिदेव पदानि गत्वा Ś.2.13; पदे पदे 'at every step'; अक्षमालामदत्त्वा पदात् पदमपि न गन्तव्यम् or चलितव्यम् 'do not move even a step' &c.; पितुः पदं मध्यममुत्पतन्ती V.1.19 'the middle pace or stride of Viṣṇu.'; i. e. the sky (for mythologically speaking, the earth, sky, and lower world are considered as the three paces of Viṣṇu in his fifth or dwarf incarnation वामनावतार); so अथात्मनः शब्दगुणं गुणज्ञः पदं विमानेन विगाहमानः R.13.1. -3 A foot-step, footprint, foot-mark; पदपङ्क्तिः Ś.3.7; or पदावली foot-prints; पदमनुविधेयं च महताम् Bh.2.28 'the foot-steps of the great must be followed'; पदैगृर्ह्यते चौरः Y.2.286. -4 A trace, mark, impression, vestige; रतिवलयपदाङ्के चापमासज्य कण्ठे Ku.2.64; Me.37,98; M.3. -5 A place, position, station; अधो$धः पदम् Bh.2.1; आत्मा परिश्रमस्य पदमुपनीतः Ś.1, 'brought to the point of or exposed to trouble'; तदलब्धपदं हृदि शोकघने R.8.91, 'found no place in (left no impression on) the heart'; अपदे शङ्कितो$स्मि M.1, 'my doubts were out of place', i. e. groundless; कृशकुटुम्बेषु लोभः पदमधत्त Dk.162; Ku.6.72;3.4; R.2.5;9.82; कृतपदं स्तनयुगलम् U.6.35, 'brought into relief or bursting forth'. -6 Dignity, rank, office, station or position; भगवत्या प्रश्निकपदमध्यासितव्यम् M.1; यान्त्येवं गृहिणीपदं युवतयः Ś.4.18, 'attain to the rank or position, &c.; स्थिता गृहिणीपदे 4.19; so सचिव˚, राज˚ &c. -7 Cause, subject, occasion, thing, matter, business, affair; व्यवहारपदं हि तत् Y.2.5; 'occasion or matter of dispute, title of law, judicial proceeding'; Ms.8.7; सतां हि सन्देहपदेषु वस्तुषु Ś.1.22; वाञ्छितफलप्राप्तेः पदम् Ratn.1.6. -8 Abode, object, receptacle; पदं दृशः स्याः कथमीश मादृशाम् Śi.1.37; 15.22; अगरीयान्न पदं नृपश्रियः Ki.2.14; अविवेकः परमापदां पदम् 2.3; के वा न स्युः परिभवपदं निष्फलारम्भयत्नाः Me.56; संपदः पदमापदाम् H.4.65. -9 A quarter or line of a stanza, verse; विरचितपदम् (गेयम्) Me.88,15; M.5.2; Ś.3.14. -1 A complete or inflected word; सुप्तिडन्तं पदम् P.I. 4.14. वर्णाः पदं प्रयोगार्हानन्वितैकार्थबोधकाः S. D.9; R.8.77; Ku.4.9. -11 A name for the base of nouns before all consonantal case-terminations except nom. singular. -12 Detachment of the Vedic words from one another, separation of a Vedic text into its several constituent words; वेदैः साङ्गपदक्रमोपनिषदैर्गायन्ति यं सामगाः Bhāg.12.13.1. -13 A pretext; अनिभृतपदपातमापपात प्रियमिति कोपपदेन कापि सख्या Śi.7.14. -14 A sqare root. -15 A part, portion or division (as of a sentence); as त्रिपदा गायत्री. -16 A measure of length. -17 Protection, preservation; ते विंशतिपदे यत्ताः संप्रहारं प्रचक्रिरे Mb.7.36.13. -18 A square or house on a chessboard; अष्टापदपदालेख्यैः Rām. -19 A quadrant. -2 The last of a series. -21 A plot of ground. -22 (In Arith.) Any one in a set of numbers the sum of which is required. -23 A coin; माता पुत्रः पिता भ्राता भार्या मित्रजनस्तथा । अष्टापदपदस्थाने दक्षमुद्रेव लक्ष्यते ॥ Mb.12.298.4. (com. अष्टापदपदं सुवर्णकार्षापणः). -24 A way, road; षट्पदं नवसंख्यानं निवेशं चक्रिरे द्विजाः Mb.14.64.1. -25 Retribution (फल); ईहोपरमयोर्नॄणां पदान्यध्यात्मचक्षुषा Bhāg.7.13.2. -दः A ray of light. -Comp. -अङ्कः, चिह्नम् a foot-print. -अङ्गुष्ठः the great toe, thumb (of the foot). -अध्ययनम् study of the Vedas according to the पदपाठ q. v. -अनुग a. 1 following closely, being at the heels of (gen.). -2 suitable, agreeable to. (-गः) a follower, companion; एतान्निहत्य समरे ये चृ तस्य पदानुगाः । तांश्च सर्वान् विनिर्जित्य सहितान् सनराधिपान् ॥ Mb.3.12.6. -अनुरागः 1 a servant. -2 an army. -अनुशासनम् the science of words, grammar. -अनुषङ्गः anything added to a pada. -अन्तः 1 the end of a line of a stanza. -2 the end of a word. -अन्तरम् another step, the interval of one step; पदान्तरे स्थित्वा Ś.1; अ˚ closely, without a pause. -अन्त्य a. final. -अब्जम्, -अम्भोजम्, -अरविन्दम्, -कमलम्, -पङ्कजम्, -पद्मम् a lotus-like foot. -अभिलाषिन् a. wishing for an office. -अर्थः 1 the meaning of a word. -2 a thing or object. -3 a head or topic (of which the Naiyāyikas enumerate 16 subheads). -4 anything which can be named (अभिधेय), a category or predicament; the number of such categories, according to the Vaiśeṣikas, is seven; according to the Sāṅkhyas, twentyfive (or twenty-seven according to the followers of Patañjali), and two according to the Vedāntins. -5 the sense of another word which is not expressed but has to be supplied. ˚अनुसमयः preforming one detail with reference to all things or persons concerned; then doing the second, then the third and so on (see अनुसमय). Hence पदार्थानुसमयन्याय means: A rule of interpretation according to which, when several details are to be performed with reference to several things or persons, they should be done each to each at a time. -आघातः 'a stroke with the foot', a kick. -आजिः a foot-soldier. -आदिः 1 the beginning of the line of a stanza. -2 the beginning or first letter of a word. ˚विद् m. a bad student (knowing only the beginnings of stanzas). -आयता a shoe. -आवली a series of words, a continued arrangement of words or lines; (काव्यस्य) शरीरं तावदिष्टार्थव्यवच्छिन्नापदावली Kāv. 1.1; मधुरकोमलकान्तपदावलीं शृणु तदा जयदेवसरस्वतीम् Gīt.1. -आसनम् a foot-stool. -आहत a. kicked. -कमलम् lotus-like foot. -कारः, -कृत् m. the author of the Padapāṭha. -क्रमः 1 walking, a pace; न चित्रमुच्चैः श्रवसः पदक्रमम् (प्रशशंस) Śi.1.52. -2 a particular method of reciting the Veda; cf. क्रम. -गः a foot-soldier. -गतिः f. gait, manner of going. -गोत्रम् a family supposed to preside over a particular class of words. -छेदः, -विच्छेदः, -विग्रहः separation of words, resolution of a sentence into its constituent parts. -च्युत a. dismissed from office, deposed. -जातम् class or group of words. -दार्ढ्यम् fixedness or security of text. -न्यासः 1 stepping, tread, step. -2 a foot-mark. -3 position of the feet in a particular attitude. -4 the plant गोक्षुर. -5 writing down verses or quarters of verses; अप्रगल्भाः पदन्यासे जननीरागहेतवः । सन्त्येके बहुलालापाः कवयो बालका इव ॥ Trivikramabhaṭṭa. -पङ्क्तिः f. 1 a line of foot-steps; द्वारे$स्य पाण्डुसिकते पदपङ्क्तिर्दृश्यते$भिनवा Ś.3.7; V.4.6. -2 a line or arrangement of words, a series of words; कृतपदपङ्क्तिरथर्वणेव वेदः Ki.1.1. -3 an iṣtakā or sacred brick. -4 a kind of metre. -पाठः an arrangement of the Vedic text in which each word is written and pronounced in its original form and independently of phonetic changes (opp. संहितापाठ). -पातः, विक्षेपः a step, pace (of a horse also). -बन्धः a foot-step, step. -भञ्जनम् analysis of words, etymology. -भञ्जिका 1 a commentary which separates the words and analyses the compounds of a passage. -2 a register, journal. -3 a calendar. -भ्रंशः dismissal from office. -माला a magical formula. -योपनम् a fetter for the feet (Ved.). -रचना 1 arrangement of words. -2 literary composition. -वायः Ved. a leader. -विष्टम्भः a step, footstep. -वृत्तिः f. the hiatus between two words. -वेदिन् a linguist, philologist. -व्याख्यानम् interpretation of words. -शास्त्रम् the science of separately written words. -संघातः (टः) 1 connecting the words which are separated in the संहिता. -2 a writer, an annotator. -संधिः m. the euphonic combination of words. -स्थ a. 1 going on foot. -2 being in a position of authority or high rank. -स्थानम् a foot-print.
para पर a. [पॄ-भावे-अप्, कर्तरि अच्-वा] (Declined optionally like a pronoun in nom. voc. pl., and abl. and loc. sing. when it denotes relative position) 1 Other, different, another; see पर m also. -2 Distant, removed, remote; अपरं भवतो जन्म परं जन्म विवस्वतः Bg.4.4. -3 Beyond, further, on the other side of; म्लेच्छदेशस्ततः परः Ms.2.23;7.158. -4 Subsequent, following, next to, future, after (usually with abl.); बाल्यात् परामिव दशां मदनो$ध्युवास R.5.63; Ku.1.31. -5 Higher, superior; सिकतात्वादपि परां प्रपेदे परमाणुताम् R.15.22; इन्द्रियाणि पराण्याहु- रिन्द्रियेभ्यः परं मनः । मनसस्तु परा बुद्धिर्यो बुद्धेः परतस्तु सः ॥ Bg.3.42. -9 Highest, greatest, most distinguished, pre-eminent, chief, best, principal; क्षत्रात् परं नास्ति Bṛi. Up.1.4.11. न त्वया द्रष्टव्यानां परं दृष्टम् Ś.2; Ki.5.18; परतो$पि परः Ku.2.14 'higher than the highest'; 6.19; Ś7.27. -7 Having as a following letter or sound, followed by (in comp.). -8 Alien, estranged, stranger. -9 Hostile, inimical, adverse, -1 Exceeding, having a surplus or remainder, left over; as in परं शतम् 'exceeding or more than a hundred. -11 Final, last. -12 (At the end of comp.) Having anything as the highest object, absorbed or engrossed in, intent on, solely devoted to, wholly engaged or occupied in; परिचर्यापरः R.1.91; so ध्यानपर, शोकपर, दैवपर, चिन्तापर &c. -रः 1 Another person, a stranger, foreigner; oft. in pl. in this sense; यतः परेषां गुणग्रहीतासि Bv.1.9; Śi.2.74; see एक, अन्य also. -2 A foe, an enemy, adversary; उत्तिष्ठमानस्तु परो नोपेक्ष्यः पथ्यभिच्छता Śi.2.1; Pt.2.158; R.3.21. -3 The Almighty; तावदध्यासते लोकं परस्य परचिन्तकाः Bhāg.3.32.8. -रम् 1 The highest point or pitch, culminating point. -2 The Supreme Sprit; तेषामादित्यवज्ज्ञानं प्रकाशयति तत् परम् Bg.5.16. -3 Final beatitude; असक्तो ह्याचरन् कर्म परमाप्नोति पूरुषः Bg.3.19. -4 The secondary meaning of a word. -5 (In logic) One of the two kinds of सामान्य or generality of notion; more extensive kind, (comprehending more objects); e. g. पृथ्वी is पर with respect to a घट). -6 The other or future world; परासक्ते च वस्तस्मिन् कथमासीन्मनस्तदा Mb.6.14.55. Note-The acc., instr. and loc. singulars of पर are used adverbially; e. g. (a) परम् 1 beyond, over, out of (with abl.); वर्त्मनः परम् R.1.17. -2 after (with abl.); अस्मात् परम् Ś.6.24; R.1.66;3.39; Me.12; भाग्यायत्त- मतः परम् Ś.4.17; ततः परम् &c. -3 thereupon, thereafter. -4 but, however. -5 otherwise. -6 in a high degree, excessively, very much, completely, quite; परं दुःखितो$स्मि &c. -7 most willingly. -8 only. -9 at the utmost. (b) परेण 1 farther, beyond, more than; किं वा मृत्योः परेण विधास्यति Māl.2.2. -2 afterwards; मयि तु कृतनिधाने किं विदध्याः परेण Mv.2.49. -3 after (with abl.) स्तन्यत्यागात् परेण U.2.7. (c) परे 1 afterwards, thereupon; अथ तेन दशाहतः परे R.8.73. -2 in future. -Comp. -अङ्गम् the hinder part of the body. -अङ्गदः an epithet of Śiva. -अणुः See परमाणु; Bhāg.1.14.11. -अदनः a horse found in the country of Persia or Arabia. -अधिकारचर्चा officiousness, meddlesomeness. -अधीन a. dependent on another, subject, subservient; अन्नमेषां पराधीनं देयं स्याद्भिन्नभाजने Ms.1.54,83; H.1.119. -अन्तः final death. (-ताः) m. (pl.) N. of a people. -अन्तकः an epithet of Śiva. -2 a frontier. -अन्तकालः the time of death; ते ब्रह्मलोकेषु परान्तकाले परामृताः परिमुच्यन्ति सर्वे Muṇḍ.3.2.6. -अन्न a. living or subsisting on another's food. (-न्नम्) the food of another; परगृहललिताः परान्नपुष्टाः Mk.4.28. ˚परिपुष्टता being fed with the food of others; Y.3.241. ˚भोजिन् a. subsisting on the food of others; रोगी चिरप्रवासी परान्नभोजी परावसथशायी । यज्जीवति तन्मरणं यन्मरणं सो$स्य विश्रामः ॥ H.1.12. -अपर a. 1 far and near, remote and proximate. -2 prior and posterior. -3 before and beyond, earlier and later. -4 higher and lower, best and worst. (-रः) a Guru of an intermediate class. (-रम्) (in logic) a property intermediate between the greatest and smallest numbers, a species (as existing between the genus and individual); e. g. पृथ्वी which is पर with _x001F_1respect to a घट is अपर with respect to द्रव्य; द्रव्यत्वादिक- जातिस्तु परापरतयोच्यते Bhāṣā. P.8. -अभिध्यानम् self-conceit; high opinion for self or body (देहाभिमान); स्वयं पराभिध्यानेन विभ्रंशितस्मृतिः Bhāg.5.14.1. -अमृतम् rain. -अयण (अयन) a. 1 attached or devoted to, adhering to. -2 depending on, subject to. -3 intent on, solely devoted to or absorbed in (at the end of comp.); प्रभुर्धनपरायणः Bh.2.56; so मोह˚; अथ मोहपरायणा सती विवशा कामवधूर्विबोधिता Ku.4.1; अग्निहोत्र˚ &c. -4 connected with. -5 being a protector (त्राता); अबर्हाश्चरणैर्हीनाः पूर्वेषां वः परायणाः Mb.1.23.4. -6 leading or conducive to. -(णम्) 1 the principal or highest objest, chief aim, best or last resort; एतत् परायणम् Praśna Up.1.1; तपसश्च परायणम् Rām.1.21.1; Mb.12.179.12. -2 essence, sum. -3 Ved. going away, departure, exit. -4 firm devotion. -5 a universal medicine, panacea. -6 a religious order. -अर्थ a. 1 having another aim or meaning. -2 intended or designed for another, done for another. (-र्थः) 1 the highest interest or advantage. -2 the interest of another (opp. स्वार्थ); स्वार्थो यस्य परार्थ एव स पुमानेकः सतामग्रणीः Subhāṣ.; R.1.29. -3 the chief or highest meaning. -4 the highest object (i.e. sexual intercourse). -5 the supreme good (मोक्ष); ज्ञात्वा प्रजहि कालेन परार्थमनुदृश्य च Mb.12.288.9. -6 Something else. Hence परार्थता or परार्थत्व means 'being subsidiary to something else; परार्थता हि गुणभावः ŚB. on MS.4.3. -7 an object which is meant for another's use (Sāṅ. Phil.); सङ्घातपरार्थत्वात् त्रिगुणादिविपर्ययादधिष्ठानात् Sāṅ. K.17. ˚वादिन् a. speaking for another; mediator, substitute. -अर्थिन् a. striving for the supreme good. (-र्थम् -र्थे) ind. for the sake of another. -अर्धम् 1 the other part (opp. पूर्वार्ध); the latter half; दिनस्य पूर्वार्धपरार्धभिन्ना छायेव मैत्री खलसज्जनानाम् Bh.2.6. -2 a particular high number; i. e. 1,,,,,; एकत्वादिपरार्धपर्यन्ता संख्या T. S. -अर्धक a. One half of anything. -अर्ध्य a. 1 being on the farther side or half. -2 most distant in number; हेमन्तो वसन्तात् परार्ध्यः Śat. Br. -3 most excellent, best, most exalted, highly esteemed, highest, supreme; R.3.27;8.27;1.64;16;39; आबद्धप्रचुरपरार्ध्यकिंकिणीकः Śi.8.45. -4 most costly; Śi.4.11; श्रियं परार्ध्यां विदधद् विधातृभिः Bu. Ch.1.1. -5 most beautiful or lovely, finest; R.6.4; परस्परस्पर्धिपरार्ध्यरूपाः पौरस्त्रियो यत्र विधाय वेधाः Śi.3.58. -6 Divine: असावाटीत् सङ्ख्ये परार्ध्यवत् Bk.9.64. (-र्ध्यम्) 1 a maximum. -2 an infinite number. -अवर a. 1 far and near; परावराणां स्रष्टारं पुराणं परमव्ययम् Mb.1.1.23. -2 earlier and later. -3 prior and posterior or subsequent. -4 higher and lower. -5 traditional; पुनाति पङ्क्तिं वंश्यांश्च सप्त सप्त परावरान् Ms.1. 15. -6 all-including; परावरज्ञो$सि परावरस्त्वम् Mb.3.232. 18. (-रा) descendants. (-रम्) 1 cause and effect. -2 the whole extent of an idea. -3 the universe. -4 totality. ˚ज्ञ, ˚दृश् a. knowing both the past and the future; परावरज्ञो ब्रह्मर्षिः Mb.1.6.5. -अवसथ- शायिन् a. sleeping in another's house; H.1.12. -अहः the next day. -अह्णः the afternoon, the latter part of the day. -आगमः attack of an enemy. -आचित a. fostered or brought up by another. (-तः) a slave. -आत्मन् m. the Supreme Spirit. -आयत्त a. 1 dependent on another, subject, subservient; परायत्तः प्रीतेः कथमिव रसं वेत्तु पुरुषः Mu.3.4. -2 Wholly subdued or overwhelmed by. -आयुस् m. an epithet of Brahman; नाहं परायुर्ऋषयो न मरीचिमुख्या जानन्ति यद्विरचितं खलु सत्त्वसर्गाः Bhāg.8.1.12. -आविद्धः 1 an epithet of Kubera. -2 of Viṣṇu. -आश्रय a. dependent upon another. (-यः) 1 dependence upon another. -2 the retreat of enemies. (-या) a plant growing on another tree. -आसङ्गः dependence upon another. -आस्कन्दिन् m. a thief, robber. -इतर a. 1 other than inimical; i. e. friendly, kind. -2 one's own; विधाय रक्षान् परितः परेतरान् Ki.1.14. -ईशः 1 an epithet of Brahman. -2 of Viṣṇu. -इष्टिः N. of Brahman. -इष्टुका a cow which has often calved. -उत्कर्षः another's prosperity. -उद्वहः the Indian cuckoo. -उपकारः doing good to others, benevolence, beneficence, charity; परोपकारः पुण्याय पापाय परपीडनम्. -उपकारिन् a. benevolent, kind to others. -उपजापः causing dissension among enemies; परोपजापात् संरक्षेत् प्रधानान् क्षुद्रकान् अपि Kau. A.1.13. -उपदेशः advising others; परोपदेशे पाण्डित्यम्. -उपरुद्ध a. besieged by an enemy. -उपसर्पणम् approaching another; begging. -ऊढा another's wife. -एधित a. fostered or brought up by another. (-तः) 1 a servant. -2 the (Indian) cuckoo. -कर्मन् n. service for another. ˚निरतः a servant. -कलत्रम् another's wife. ˚अभिगमनम् adultery; वरं क्लैब्यं पुसां न च परकलत्राभिगमनम् H.1.116. -कायप्रवेशनम् entering another's body (a supernatural art). -कारः The deeds of the enemy; राज्ञः समीपे परकारमाह प्रज्ञापनैषा विबि- धोपदिष्टा Kau. A.2.1. -कार्यम् another's business or work. ˚निरतः 1 a benevolent man. -2 a slave, servant. -काल a. relating to a later time, mentioned later. -कृतिः an example or precedent, a passage descriptive of the doings of men; MS.6.7.26. -क्रमः doubling the second letter of a conjunction of consonants. -क्रान्तिः f. inclination of the ecliptic. -क्षेत्रम् 1 another's body. -2 another's field; ये$क्षेत्रिणो बीजवन्तः परक्षेत्रप्रवापिणः । ते वै सस्यस्य जातस्य न लभन्ते फलं क्वचित् ॥ Ms.9.49. -3 another's wife; तौ तु जातौ परक्षेत्रे Ms.3.175. -गामिन् a. 1 being with another. -2 relating to another. -3 beneficial to another. -गुण a. beneficial to another. (-णः) the virtue of another; परगुणपरमाणून् पर्वतीकृत्य नित्यम् Bh.2.78. -ग्रन्थिः joint (as of a finger); an articulation. -ग्लानिः f. subjugation of an enemy; आत्मोदयः परग्लानिर्द्वयं नीतिरितीयती Śi.2.3. -चक्रम् 1 the army of an enemy. -2 invasion by an enemy, one of the six itis q. v. -3 a hostile prince. -छन्द a. dependent. (-दः) 1 the will of another. -2 dependence. ˚अनुवर्तनम् following the will of another. -छिद्रम् a weak or vulnerable point of another, a defect in another. -ज a. 1 stranger. -2 coming from a foe. -3 inferior. -जनः a stranger (opp. स्वजन); शक्तः परजने दाता Ms.11.9. -जन्मन् n. a future birth. -जात a. 1 born of another. -2 dependent on another for livelihood. (-तः) a servant. -जित a. 1 conquered by another. -2 maintained by another. (-तः) the (Indian) cuckoo. -तन्त्र a. dependent on another, dependent, subservient. -तन्त्रम् (a common group of) subsidiaries belonging to another; जैमिनेः परतन्त्रापत्तेः स्वतन्त्रप्रतिषेधः स्यात् MS.12.1.8. (see तन्त्रम्). -तर्ककः a suppliant, beggar; Dānasāgara, Bibliotheca Indica, 274, Fascicule 1, p.15; also परतर्कुक. -तल्पगामिन् m. One who approaches another man's wife. -तार्थिकः The adherent of another sect. -दाराः m. (pl.) another's wife; ˚अभिगमनम्, ˚अभिमर्षः Adultery. -दारिन् m. an adulterer. -दुःखम् the sorrow or grief of another; विरलः परदुःखदुःखितो जनः; महदपि परदुःखं शीतलं सम्यगाहुः V.4.13. -देवता the Supreme Being. -देशः a hostile or foreign country. -देशिन् m. a foreigner. -द्रोहिन्, -द्वेषिन् a. hating others, hostile, inimical. -धनम् another's property. -धर्मः 1 the religion of another; स्वधर्मे निधनं श्रेयः परधर्मो भयावहः Bg.3.35. -2 another's duty or business. -3 the duties of another caste; परधर्मेण जीवन् हि सद्यः पतति जातितः Ms.1.97. -ध्यानम् absolute meditation or contemplation; ध्येये मनो निश्चलतां याति ध्येयं विचिन्तयत् । यत् तद् ध्यानं परं प्रोक्तं मुनिभिर्ध्यानचिन्तकैः ॥ Garuḍa P. -निपातः the irregular posteriority of a word in a compound; i. e. भूतपूर्वः where the sense is पूर्वं भूतः; so राजदन्तः, अग्न्याहितः &c. -निर्वाणम् the highest निर्वाण; (Buddh.). -पक्षः the side or party of an enemy. -पदम् 1 the highest position, eminence. -2 final beatitude. -परिग्रह a. see पराधीन; स्ववीर्यविजये युक्ता नैते पर- परिग्रहाः Mb.7.144.22. -हः another's property (as wife &c); यथा बीजं न वप्तव्यं पुंसा परपरिग्रहे Ms.9.42-3. -परिभवः humiliation or injury suffered from others. -पाकनिवृत्त a. One who does not depend on others for his sustenance and performs the पञ्चयज्ञs faultlessly and takes food in his own house. -पाकरत a. one who depends upon others for his sustenance but performs the usual ceremonies before cooking; पञ्चयज्ञान् स्वयं कृत्वा परान्नमुपजीवति । सततं प्रातरुत्थाय परपाकरतस्तु सः ॥ -पाकरुचिः having a liking for others' food; परपाकरुचिर्न स्यादनिन्द्या- मन्त्रणादृते Y.1.112. -पिण्डः another's food, food given by another. ˚अद् a., ˚भक्षक a. one who eats another's food or one who feeds at the cost of another; यादृशो$हं परपिण्डभक्षको भूतः Mk.8.25/26; (-m.) a servant. ˚रत a. feeding upon another's food; परपिण्डरता मनुष्याः Bh. -पुरञ्जयः a conqueror, hero. -पुरुषः 1 another man, a stranger. -2 the Supreme Spirit, Viṣṇu. -3 the husband of another woman. -पुष्ट a. 1 fed or nourished by another. -2 Stranger. (-ष्टः) the (Indian) cuckoo. ˚महोत्सवः the mango tree. -पुष्टा 1 the (Indian) cuckoo. -2 a parasitical plant. -3 a harlot, prostitute. -पूर्वा a woman who has or had a former husband; Ms.3.166; पतिं हित्वा$पकृष्टं स्वमुत्कृष्टं या निषेवते । निन्द्यैव सा भवेल्लोके परपूर्वेति चोच्यते Ms.5.163. -प्रतिनप्तृ m. son of the great grand son. -प्रपौत्रः (see प्रतिनप्तृ). -प्रेष्यः a servant, menial, slave. -ब्रह्मन् n. the Supreme Spirit; cf. लीने परे ब्रह्मणि Bh. परे ब्रह्मणि को$पि न लग्नः Śaṅkara (चर्पटपञ्जरिका 7). -भागः 1 another's share. -2 superior merit. -3 good fortune, prosperity. -4 (a) excellence, superority, supremacy; दुरधिगमः परभागो यावत् पुरुषेण पौरुषं न कृतम् Pt.1.33;5.34. (b) excess, abundance, height; स्थलकमलगञ्जनं मम हृदय- रञ्जनम् जनितरतिरङ्गपरभागम् Gīt.1; आभाति लब्धपरभागतया- धरोष्ठे R.5.7; Ku.7.17; Ki.5.3;8.42; Śi.7.33; 8.51;1.86;12.15. -5 the last part, remainder. -भाव a. loving another. -भावः the being second member in a compound. -भाषा a foreign tongue. -भुक्त a. enjoyed or used by another; परभुक्तां च कान्तां च यो भुङ्क्ते स नराधमः । स पच्यते कालसूत्रे यावच्चन्द्रदिवाकरौ ॥ Brav. P. -भूत a. following, subsequent (as words). -भृत् m. a crow (said to nourish the cuckoo). -भृत a. nourished by another. -भृतः, -ता the (Indian) cuckoo; (so called because she is nourished by another i. e. by a crow); प्रागन्तरिक्षगमनात्- स्वमपत्यजातमन्यैर्द्विजैः परभृताः खलु पोषयन्ति Ś.5.22; Ku.6.2; R.9.43; Ś.4.1. -भतम् 1 another's opinion. -2 different opinion or doctrine; heterodoxy. -मर्मज्ञ a. knowing the secrets of another. -मृत्युः a crow. -रमणः a married woman's gallant or paramour; स्वाधीने पररमणे धन्यास्तारुण्यफलभाजः Pt.1.18. -लोकः the next (or furture) world; परलोकनवप्रवासिनः प्रतिपत्स्ये पदवीमहं तव Ku. 4.1. ˚गमः, ˚यानम् death. ˚विधि funeral rites; परलोक- विधौ च माधव स्मरमुद्दिश्य (निबपेः सहकारमञ्जरीः) Ku.4.38. -वश, -वश्य a. subject to another, dependent, dependent on others; सर्वं परवशं दुःखं सर्वमात्मवशं सुखम्. -वाच्यम् a fault or a defect of another; प्रकटान्यपि नैपुणं महत् परवाच्यानि चिराय गोपितुम् Śi.16.3. -वाणिः 1 a judge. -2 a year. -3 N. of the peacock of Kārtikeya. -वादः 1 rumour, report. -2 Objection, controversy. -वादिन् m. a disputant, controversialist. -वेश्मन् n. the abode of the Supreme Being. -व्रतः an epithet of Dhṛitarāṣṭra. -शब्दः a word expressive of something else; परशब्दस्य परत्र वृत्तौ तद्वद् भावो गम्यते ŚB. on MS.7.2.1. -श्वस् ind. the day after tomorrow. -संगत a. 1 associated with another. -2 fighting with another. -संज्ञकः the soul. -सवर्ण a. homogeneous with a following letter (in gram.). -सात् ind. into the hands of another. ˚कृता a woman given in marriage. -सेवा service of another. -स्त्री another's wife. -स्वम् another's property; व्यावृता यत् परस्वेभ्यः श्रुतौ तस्करता स्थिता R.1.27; Ms.7.123. ˚हरणम् seizing another's property. -हन् a. killing enemies. -हित a. 1 benevolent. -2 profitable to another. -तम् the welfare of another; सन्तः स्वयं परहिताभिहिताभियोगाः Bh.
parakīya परकीय a. 1 Belonging to another; अर्थो हि कन्या परकीय एव Ś.4.22; Ms.4.21. -2 Stranger, hostile. -या Another's wife, a woman not one's own, one of the three main kinds of heroines; see अन्यस्त्री and S. D.18 et seq.; cf. also अप्रकटपरपुरुषानुरागा परकीया । सा च द्विधा । परोढा कन्यका च । कन्यकायाः पित्राद्यधीनतया परकीयता । Rasamañjarī. परंजनः parañjanḥ परंजयः parañjayḥ परंजनः परंजयः An epithet of Varuṇa.
paratas परतस् ind. 1 From another; सन्तः स्वतः प्रकाशन्ते गुणा न परतो नृणाम् Bv.1.12. -2 From an enemy; यशस्तु रक्ष्यं परतो यशोधनैः R.3.48. -3 Further, more (than), beyond, after, over (often with abl.); यो बुद्धेः परतस्तु सः Bg.3.42. -4 Otherwise. -5 Differently. -6 Further, afterwards.
paratvam परत्वम् 1 The following of another letter, posteriority. -2 Distinction, difference. -3 Remoteness. -4 Consequence, result. -5 Enmity, hostility. -6 Priority of place or time, proximity, one of the 24 guṇas of the Vaiśeṣikas.
paratra परत्र ind. 1 In another world, in a future birth; परत्रेह च शर्मणे R.1.69; Ku.4.37; Ms.3.275;5.166; 8.127. -2 In the sequel, further or later on. -3 Hereafter, in future. -त्रम् Future world. -Comp. -भीरुः one who stands in awe of the future world, a pious or religious man.
paravat परवत् a. 1 Dependent upon or subject to another, ready to obey; सा बाला परवतीति मे विदितम् Ś.3.2; भगवन्- परवानयं जनः R.8.81;2.56; oft. with instr. or loc. of person; भ्रात्रा यदित्थं परवानसि त्वम् R.14.59. -2 Deprived of strength, rendered powerless; परवानिव शरीरोपतापेन Māl.3. -3 Completely under the influence of (another), not master of oneself, overpowered or overcome; विस्मयेन परवानस्नि U.5; आनन्देन परवानस्मि U.3; साध्वसेन Māl.6. -4 Devoted to.
paravattā परवत्ता Subjection to another, dependence; न हि सुलभवियोगा कर्तुमात्मप्रियाणि प्रभवति परवत्ता V.5.17.
paraśuḥ परशुः [परं-शृणाति, शॄ-कु डिच्च; cf. Uṇ.1.34.] 1 An axe, a hatchet, a battle-axe; तर्जितः परशुधारया मम R.11.78. -2 A weapon in general. -3 A thunderbolt. -Comp. -धरः 1 an epithet of Paraśurāma. -2 of Gaṇeśa. -3 a soldier armed with an axe. -मुद्रा a kind of pose in Tantraśāstra. -रामः 'Rāma with the axe', N. of a celebrated Brāhmaṇa warrior, son of Jamadagni and the sixth incarnation of Viṣṇu. [While young he cut off with his axe the head of his mother Reṇukā at the command of his father when none of his other brothers was willing to do so; (see जमदग्नि). Some time after this, king Kārtavīrya went to the hermitage of his father, and carried off his cow. But Paraśurāma, when he returned home, fought with the king and killed him. When his sons heard this they became very angry, and repaired to the hermitage, and on finding Jamadagni alone, they shot him dead. When Paraśurāma, who was not then also at home, returned, he became very much exasperated, and made the dreadful vow of exterminating the whole Kṣatriya race. He succeeded in fulfilling this vow, and is said to have 'rid the earth thrice seven times of the royal race'. He was afterwards, destroyer of the Kśatriyas as he was, defeated by Rāma, son of Daśaratha, though quite a boy of sixteen (see R.11.68- 91). He is said to have at one time pierced through the Krauñcha mountain, being jealous of the might of Kārtikeya; cf. Me.57. He is one of the seven chirajivins and is believed to be still practising penance on the Mahendra mountain; cf. Gīt 1. :-- क्षत्रियरुधिरमये जगदपगतपापं स्नपयसि पयसि शामतभवतापम् । केशव धृतभृगुपतिरूप जय जगदीश हरे ।]. -वनम् N. of a certain part of hell.
paras परस् ind. (Rarely used by itself in classical Sanskrit) 1 Beyond, further, more than; परोरजः सवितुर्जातवेदः Bhāg.5.7.14. -2 On the other side of. -3 Far away, at a distance -4 With the exception of. -5 Ved. In future, afterwards. -Comp. -कृष्ण a. very black. -पुंसा Ved. a woman not satisfied with her husband (and therefore seeking for a paramour). -पुरुष a. higher than a man. -शत a. more than a hundred; स जवेन पतन् परःशतानां पततां ब्रात इवारवं वितेने Ki.13.26; Śi. 12.5. -श्वस् ind. the day after tomorrow. -सहस्र a. more than a thousand; परःसहस्राः शरदस्तपांसि तप्त्वा U. 1.15; परःसहस्रैः पिशाचैः Mv.5.17.
paraspara परस्पर a. 1 Mutual; परस्परस्य मर्माणि ये न रक्षन्ति जन्तवः । त एव निधनं यान्ति वल्मीकोदरसर्पवत् ॥ Pt.3.186; परस्परां विस्मय- वन्ति लक्ष्मीमालोकयांचक्रुरिवादरेण Bk.2.5. -2 (pl.) Like one another; Mb.12. -pron., a. Each other, one another (used in the sing. only; often in comp.); परस्परस्योपरि पर्यचीयत R.3.24;7.38; अविज्ञातपरस्परैः अपसर्पैः 17.51; परस्पराक्षिसादृक्ष्यम् 1.4;3.24. Note:-The acc. and abl. singulars are often used adverbially in the sense of 'mutually', reciprocally', 'one another', 'by, from' or 'to one another'. 'against one another' &c.; see परस्परं भावयन्तः श्रेयः परमवाप्स्यथ Bg.3.11;1.9; R.4. 79;6.46;7.14,53;12.94. -Comp. -अदिन् a. consuming one another; परस्परादिनस्स्तेनाः (भवन्ति) Ms.12.59. -ज्ञः a friend. -विलक्षण a. mutually opposing; परस्पर- विलक्षणा गुणविशेषाः Sāṅ. K.36. -व्यावृत्तिः f. mutual exclusion. -स्थित a. standing opposite to one another. परस्मैपदम् parasmaipadam परस्मैभाषा parasmaibhāṣā परस्मैपदम् परस्मैभाषा 'A voice for another', one of the two voices in which verbs in Sanskrit are conjugated; आत्मनेपदनिमित्तहीनाद् धातोः परस्मैपदं स्यात्.
parākṛ पराकृ 8 U. To reject, disregard, slight, take no notice of; तां हनूमान् पराकुर्वन्नगमत् पुष्पकं प्रति Bk.8.5.
parāc पराच् पराञ्च् a. (-ची f.) 1 Situated beyond or on the other side; ये चामुष्मात् पराञ्चो लोकाः Ch. Up; दिग्देश- कालवचनो हि पराक्शब्दो भवति ŚB. on MS.1.5.47. -2 Having the face turned away; आत्मीयास्ते ये पराञ्चः पुरस्तात् (पराङ्मुख); Śi.18.18. -3 Unfavourable, adverse; दैवे पराचि Bv.1.15; or दैवे पराग्वदनशालिनि हन्त जाते 3.1. -4 Distant. -5 Directed outwards; पराङ् पश्यति नान्तरात्मन् Kaṭh.2.1.1; Bhāg.8.19.9. -6 Turned away, averted. -7 Departing or returning from. -8 Inverted, reversed. -9 Not repeated; अनभ्यासे पराक्शब्दस्य तादर्थ्यात् MS.1.5.45; अनभ्यासे पराक्शब्दो वर्तते ŚB. On MS. 1.5.45. -n. The body; यदात्मानं पराग्गृह्य पशुवद्भूतवैशसम् Bhāg.4.11.1. -ind. 1 Away, off. -2 Outwards. -Comp. -दृश् a. having the eyes turned towards the outer world. -पुष्पः The कदम्ब tree. -पुष्पी The अपामार्ग. tree (Mar. आघाडा). -मुख a. (पराङ्मुख) 1 having the face turned away or averted, turning the back upon; विग्रहाच्च शयने पराङ्मुखीर्नानुनेतुमबलाः स तत्वरे R.19.38; Amaru.9; Ms.2.195;1.119. -2 (a) averse from; मातुर्न केवलं स्वस्याः श्रियो$प्यासीत् पराङ्मुखः R.12.13. (b) not disposed towards, shunning, avoiding; प्रवृत्तिपराङ्मुखो भावः V.4.2; Ś.5.28. -3 adverse, unfavourable; तनुरपि न ते दोषो$स्माकं विधिस्तु पराङ्मुखः Amaru.3. -4 not caring about, regardless of; मर्त्येष्वास्थापराङ्मुखः R.1.43. (-खः) a magical formula pronounced over weapons. -खम्, -मुखता, -मुखत्वम् Turning away, aversion.
parācīna पराचीन a. [पराच्-ख] 1 Turned in an opposite direction, averted; पराचीनो$भवत्तेभ्यः Śiva B.27.42. -2 Averse from, disinclined to. -3 Not minding, not caring about. -4 Happening subsequently or afterwards (उत्तरकालभव). -5 Situated on the other side, being beyond; न कदाचित् पराचीना भवितुमुत्सहन्ते Bhāg. 5.2.37. -6 Unfit, improper. -7 Outward (बहिर्मुख); ज्ञानमेकं पराचीनैरिन्द्रियैर्ब्रह्म निर्गुणम् Bhāg.3.32.28. -नम् ind. 1 Away from, beyond. -2 More than. -Comp. -रात्रम् the second half of the night.
parājayaḥ पराजयः 1 Overpowering, conquest, conquering, subjugating, defeat; विष्टपत्रयपराजयस्थिरां रावणश्रियमपि व्यकम्पयत् R.11.19; Ms.7.199. -2 Being overcome by, not being able to suffer (with abl.); as in अध्ययनात् पराजयः -3 Losing, loss, failure (as in a law-suit); अन्यथावादिनो (साक्षिणः) यस्य ध्रुवस्तस्य पराजयः Y.2.79. -4 Deprivation. -5 Desertion.
parāvṛttiḥ परावृत्तिः f. 1 = परावर्तः above. -2 Recoiling. -3 Not taking effect.
pari परि ind. (Sometimes changed to परी, as परिवाह or परीवाह, परिहास or परीहास) 1 As a prefix to verbs and nouns derived from them, it means (a) round, round about, about; (b) in addition to, further; (c) opposite to, against; (d) much, excessively. -2 As a separable preposition it means (a) towards, in the direction of, to, opposite to (with an acc.); वृक्षं परि विद्योतते विद्युत्; (b) successively, severally (with an acc.); वृक्षं वृक्षं परि सिञ्चति 'he waters tree after tree'; (c) to the share or lot of (showing भाग or participation) (with acc.); यदत्र मां परि स्यात् 'what may fall to my lot'; or लक्ष्मीर्हरिं परि Sk.; (d) from, out of; (e) expect, outside of, with the exception of (with abl.); परि त्रिगर्तेभ्यो वृष्टो देवः or पर्यनन्तात् त्रयस्तापाः Vop.; (f) after the lapse of; परि संवत्सरात् (g) in consequence of; (h) beyond, more than; भृत्याः परि चतुर्दश Mb.3.1.11 (com. अधिकचतुर्दशाः पञ्चदशेत्यर्थः; (i) according to, in accordance with; (j) above, over. -3 As an adverbial prefix to nouns not directly connected with verbs, it means 'very', 'very much, 'excessively'; as in पर्यश्रु 'bursting into tears'; so परिचतुर्दशन्, परिदौर्बल्य. -4 At the beginning of adverbial compounds परि means (a) without, except, outside, with the exception of; as in परित्रिगर्तं वृष्टो दिवः P.II.1.12; VI.2.33. (According to P.II. 1.1. परि may be used at the end of adverbial comp. after अक्ष, शलाका, and a numeral to denote loss or defeat in a game by an unlucky or adverse cast of dice' (द्यूतव्यवहारे पराजये एवायं समासः) e. g. अक्षपरि, शलाका- परि, एकपरि; cf. अक्षपरि; (b) round about, all round, surrounded by; as in पर्यग्नि 'in the midst of flames'. -5 At the end of an adjectival comp. परि has the sense of 'exhausted by', or 'feeling repugnance for'; as in पर्यध्ययनः = परिग्लानो$ध्ययनाय.
parikartṛ परिकर्तृ m. A priest who performs the marriage ceremony of a younger brother whose elder brother is not yet married; परिकर्ता याजकः Hārīta; cf. परिवेत्तृ.
paridā परिदा Ved. 1 Giving oneself up to the favour of another. -2 Surrender. -3 Devotion.
paridāyin परिदायिन् m. A father who gives his daughter in marriage to a man whose elder brother is not yet married; cf. परिवेत्तृ.
paridhiḥ परिधिः 1 A wall, fence, hedge, anything surrounding or enclosing another; नैनं परिधिमेतेषामीषत् क्षपयितुं क्षमाः Śiva B.26.59; बर्बरान् परिधीभूतान् परिभूय स्वतेजसा 28.27. -2 A misty halo round the sun or moon; परिधेर्मुक्त इवोष्णदीधितिः R.8.3; शशिपरिधिरिवोच्चेर्मण्डलस्तेन तेने N.2. 18. -3 A circle of light; मेघश्यामः कनकपरिधिः कर्णविद्योत- विद्युत् Bhāg. -4 The horizon; the quarter; पिबद्भिरिव खं दृग्भिर्दहद्भिः परिधीनिव Bhāg.8.15.1. -5 The circumference or compass in general. -6 The circumference of a circle. -7 The periphery of a wheel. -8 A stick (of a sacred tree like पलाश) laid round the sacrificial fire; सप्तास्यासन् परिधयः त्रिःसप्त समिधः कृताः Rv.1.9.15; धूम्रा दिशः परिधयः कम्पते भूः सहाद्रिभिः Bhāg.1.14.15. -9 A circle surrounding the globe. -1 Epicycle. -11 A covering. -12 A branch of a sacred tree to which the sacrificial victim is tied. -13 A cover, garment; श्यामं हिरण्यपरिधिं नवमाल्यबर्हधातुप्रवालनटवेषमनुव्रतांसे Bhāg.1.23.22. -Comp. -उपान्त a. bordered by the ocean. -पतिखेचरः an epithet of Śiva. -स्थः 1 a guard. -2 an officer attendant on a king or general (modern 'aide-decamp'). -3 A number of sentinels posted in a circle.
paripravac परिप्रवच् To tell anything earlier than another person; मा त्वाग्नयः परिप्रवोचन् Ch. Up.4.1.2.
paribhoktṛ परिभोक्तृ a. 1 Eating, enjoying, possessing. -2 Living at another's cost, using another's property illegally; Ms.2.21.
paribhogaḥ परिभोगः 1 Enjoyment; R.4.45. -2 Especially, sexual enjoyment; प्रीतिरोधमसहिष्ट सा पुरी स्त्रीव कान्तपरिभोग- मायतम् R.11.52;19.21;28,3. -3 Illegal use of another's goods.
parivṛttiḥ परिवृत्तिः f. 1 Revolution; अभजत परिवृत्तिं साथ पर्यस्त- हस्ता Śi.1.91. -2 Return; turning back. -3 Barter, exchange. -4 End, termination. -5 Surrounding. -6 Staying or dwelling in a place. -7 Contraction of the prepuce. -8 (In Rhet.) A figure of speech in which there is an exchange of a thing for what is equal, less or greater; परिवृत्तिर्विनिमयो यो$र्थानां स्यात् समासमैः K. P.1; e. q. दत्त्वा कटाक्षमेणाक्षी जग्राह हृदयं मम । मया तु हृदयं दत्त्वा गृहीतो मदनज्वरः ॥ S. D.734. -9 Substitution of one word for another without affecting the sense; as in; शब्दपरिवृत्तिसहत्वम् K. P.1; e. g. in वृषध्वज, ध्वज may be substituted by लाञ्छन or वाहन.
pariṣīvaṇam परिषीवणम् 1 Tying a knot. -2 Ved. Sewing round.
pariṣkaṇṇa परिष्कण्ण (न्न) a. Fostered by another. -ण्णः A foster-child, one nourished by a stranger.
pariṣka परिष्क (स्क) न्द a. Fostered by another. -न्दः 1 A foster-child. -2 A servant. -3 A body-guard (पार्श्वगोप); परिस्कन्दा रथस्यासन् Mb.8.34.43. परिष्क pariṣka (स्क ska) न्दत् ndat परिष्क (स्क) न्दत् a. 1 Leaping about, jumping round. -2 Surrounding, circumambulating. -3 Wandering.
paruḥ परुः 1 A joint, knot. -2 A limb, member. -3 The ocean. -4 Heaven, paradise. -5 A mountain.
paruṣa परुष a. [पॄ-उषन्] 1 Hard, rough, rugged, stiff (opp. मृदु or श्लक्ष्ण); परुषं चर्म, परुषा माला &c. -2 Harsh, abusive, severe, unkind, cruel, stern (as words); (वाक्) अपरुषा परुषाक्षरमीरिता R.9.8; Pt.1.5; said also of a person; स्निग्धे यत् परुषासि Gīt.9; Y.1.31. -3 Harsh or disagreeable to the ear (as a sound &c.); तेन वज्रपरुषस्वनं धनुः R.11.46; Me.63. -4 Rough, coarse, rough to the touch, shaggy (as hair); शुद्धस्नानात् परुष- मलकम् Me.92. -5 Sharp, violent, strong, keen, piercing (wind &c.); निर्गच्छतस्तु शक्रस्य परुषः पवनो ववौ Rām.7.28. 28; परुषपवनवेगोत्क्षिप्तसंशुष्कपर्णः Rs.1.22;2.28. -6 Gross. -7 Dirty. -8 Spotted, variegated. -9 Ved. Knotted. -1 Similar; L. D. B. -षम् A harsh or abusive speech, abuse. -Comp. -अक्षर a. using harsh or abusive language; गीर्भिर्गुरूणां परुषाक्षराभिस्तिरस्कृता यान्ति नरा महत्त्वम् -आक्षेपः (In Rhet.) an objection or contradiction containing harsh words; इत्येष परुषाक्षेपः परुषाक्षरपूर्वकम् Kāv.2.144. -इतर a. other than rough, soft, mild; प्रस्पन्दमानपरुषेतरतारमन्तश्चक्षुः R.5.68. -उक्ति f., -वचनम् abusive or harsh language.
parus परुस् n. 1 A joint, knot; खुरैः क्षुरप्रैर्दरयंस्तदाप उत्पारपारं त्रिपरू रसायाम् Bhāg.3.13.3. -2 A limb or member of the body.
parokṣa परोक्ष a. 1 Out of or beyond the range of sight, invisible, escaping observation. -2 Absent; स्थाने वृता भूपतिभिः परोक्षैः R.7.13. -3 Secret, unknown, stranger; परोक्षमन्मथो जनः Ś.2.19; 'a stranger to the influence of love'; परोक्षार्थस्य दर्शकम् H. Pr.1. -क्षः An ascetic. -क्षम् 1 Absence, invisibility. -2 (In gram.) Past time or tense (not witnessed by the speaker); परोक्षे लिट् P.III.2.115. Note:-The acc. and loc. singulars of परोक्ष (i. e. परोक्षं, परोक्षे) are used adverbially in the sense of 'in one's absence', 'out of sight', 'behind one's back', with or without a gen.:-परोक्षे च खलीकर्तुं शक्यते न ममाग्रतः Mk.2; परोक्षे कार्यहन्तारं प्रत्यक्षे प्रियवादिनम् (त्यजेत्) Chāṇ.18; नोदाहरेदस्य नाम परोक्षमपि केवलम् Ms.2.119 -Comp. -अर्थ a. having a secret meaning. -कृता a hymn in which a deity is spoken of in the third person. -जित् a. victorious in an imperceptible manner. -बुद्धि a. indifferent to. -भोगः enjoyment of anything in the absence of the owner. -वृत्ति a. living out of sight. (-त्तिः f.) an unseen or obscure life.
paryāyaḥ पर्यायः 1 Going or winding round, revolution. -2 Lapse, course, expiration (of time) कालपर्याययोगेन राजा मित्रसहो$भवत् Rām.7.65.17. -3 Regular recurrence or repetition. -4 Turn, succession, due or regular order; पर्यायसेवामुत्सृज्य Ku.2.36; Māl 9.32; Ms.4.87; Mu.3.27. -5 Method, arrangement. -6 Manner, way, method of proceeding. -7 A synonym, convertible term; पर्यायो निधनस्यायं निर्धनत्वं शरीरिणाम् Pt.2.99; पर्वतस्य पर्याया इमे &c. -8 An opportunity, occasion. -9 Creation, formation, preparation, manufacture; लोकपर्याय- वृत्तान्तं प्राज्ञो जानाति नेतरः Mb.12.174.3. -1 Comprehensiveness. -11 A strophe of a hymn. -12 Property, quality. -13 A means, stratagem (उपाय); न पर्यायो$स्ति यत् साम्यं त्वयि कुर्युर्विशांपते Mb.5.73.7. -14 End (अन्त); पर्यायकाले धर्मस्य प्राप्ते कलिरजायत Mb.5.74.12. -15 Contrariety, reverse; कालपर्यायमाज्ञाय मा स्म शोके मनः कृथाः Mb.6.2.5. -16 (In Rhet.) A figure of speech; see K. P.1; Chandr.5.18,19; S. D.733. [Note. पर्यायेण is often used adverbially in the sense of : 1 in turn or succession, by regular gradation, (opp. तन्त्रेण); पर्यायेण क्रियायामेवं दोषः । तन्त्रेण तु क्रियायां भवति क्वचित् संभवः । ŚB. on MS.6.2.2. -2 Occassionally, now and then; पर्यायेण हि दृश्यन्ते स्वप्नाः कामं शुभाशुभाः Ve.2.14]. -3 Alternately; मत्सदृशं किमपि पुरूपं मां च पर्यायेण निर्वर्ण- यन्ती Dk.5. -Comp. -अन्नम् food intended for another. -उक्तम् a figure of speech in Rhetoric; it is a circumlocutory or periphrastic way of speaking, when the fact to be intimated is expressed by a turn of speech or periphrasis; e. g. see Chandr.5.66. or S. D.733. -क्रमः order of succession. -च्युत a. supplanted, superseded. -वचनम्, -शब्दः a synonym. -वाचकः a. expressing a corresponding notion. -शयनम् alternate sleeping and watching. -सेवा service by rotation; पर्यायसेवामुत्सृज्य Ku.2.36.
paryudāsaḥ पर्युदासः 1 An exception, a prohibitive rule or precept; प्राधान्यं हि विधेर्यत्र प्रतिषेधे$प्रधानता । पर्युदासः स विज्ञेयो यत्रोत्तरपदेन नञ् ॥ -2 A negation purporting to state some matter of the exclusion of something that is actually mentioned. Technically नञ् (the negative particle) has the sense of पर्युदास when it is connected with any word that is not a verb. But it conveys प्रतिषेध when it is connected with a verb. Thus अब्राह्मणम् आनय means ब्राह्मणं वर्जयित्वा यं कमपि आनय; while कलञ्जं न भक्षयेत् conveys prohibition of कलञ्जभक्षण. For a discussion on पर्युदास read MS.1.8.1-4 and ŚB. thereon.
paryuṣita पर्युषित a. Stale, not fresh; शुक्तं पर्युषितोच्छिष्टं श्वस्पृष्टं पतितेक्षितम् Y.1.167; Ms.4.211; Bg.17.1; cf. अपर्युषित. -2 Insipid. -3 Stupid. -4 Vain. -5 Having passed the night. -6 Having stood for a time or in some place. -Comp. -भोजिन् m. the eater of stale food. -वाक्यम् a word that has not been strictly kept.
parvan पर्वन् n. [पॄ-वनिप् Uṇ.4.112.] पर्व स्यादुत्सवे ग्रन्थौ प्रस्तावे लक्षणान्तरे' इति विश्वः. 1 A knot, joint; मासाश्चार्धमासाश्च पर्वाणि; Bṛi. Up.1.1.1. (Sometimes changed to पर्व at the end of Bah. comp.; as in कर्कशाङ्गुलिपर्वया R.12.41.) सो$हं दुर्मायिनस्ते$द्य वज्रेण शतपर्वणा, शिरो हरिष्ये Bhāg.8.11.6; सतामिवापर्वणि मार्गणानाम् Ki.17.29. -2 A limb, member, joint of the body, knuckle. -3 A portion, part, division; ससर्ज च्छायया विद्यां पञ्चपर्वाणमग्रतः Bhāg.3.2.18. -4 A book, section (as of the Mahābhārata). -5 The step of a staircase; दिने दिने शैवलवन्त्यधस्तात् सोपानपर्वाणि विमुञ्चदम्भः R.16.46. -6 A period, fixed time. -7 Particularly, the days of the four changes of the moon; i. e. the eighth and fourteenth day of each half month and the days of the full and new moon. -8 A sacrifice performed on the occasion of a change of the moon; पर्वणि न विचिन्वेत् (तुलसीम्) Tulasī. Up. -9 The day of new or full moon, the day of opposition or conjunction; अपर्वणि ग्रहकलुषेन्दुमण्डला विभावरी कथय कथं भविष्यति M.4.15; R.7.33; Ms.4.15; Bh.2.34. -1 An eclipse of the sun or moon; भ्रातः पर्वणि पश्य दानवपतिः शीर्षावशेषी कृतः Bh. -11 A festival, holiday, an occasion of joy; स्वलंकृतौ बालगजौ पर्वणीव सितेतरौ (कृष्णरामौ) Bhāg.1.41.41. -12 An opportunity or occasion in general. -13 A particular period of the year (as the equinox, solstice). -14 The moment of the sun's entering a new sign. -15 A moment, instant. -Comp. -आस्फोटः cracking the fingers (regarded as indecorus). -कारः One wearing different dresses (वेषान्तरधारी); Mb.13.9.9. -कालः 1 a periodic change of the moon. -2 the time at which the moon at its conjunction or opposition passes through the node; ˚राशिः time of festivals. -कारिन् m. a Brāhmaṇa who from motives of gain performs on common days ceremonies which ought to be performed on periodical occasions, such as अमावास्या &c. -गामिन् m. one who has sexual intercourse with his wife at particular times or occasions when such intercourse is prohibited by the Śāstras. -दक्षिणा the teacher's fee for teaching a particular portion of the Veda. -धिः the moon. -नाडी time of opposition or conjunction. -पूर्णता 1 preparations for a festival. -2 completion of a festival. -3 joining. -भागः the wrist; आपर्वभागोत्थितैः Ś.4.5. -भेदः voilent pain in the joints; Suśr. -मूलम् the time at which the fourteenth day passes into the fifteenth day of a fortnight. -योनिः a cane or reed. -रुह् m. a pomegranate tree. -वर्ज a. except the forbidden days of a month. -विपद् The moon. -संधिः 1 the junction of the fifteenth and first of a lunar fortnight, the full and change of the moon, or the exact moment of the full and change of the moon; जुषन्ते पर्वतश्रेष्ठमृषयः पर्वसंधिषु Mb.3.159.16. -2 a finger-joint.
pā पा I. 1 P. (पिबति, पीत; pass. पीयते) 1 To drink, quaff; पिब स्तन्यं पोत Bv.1.6; दुःशासनस्य रुधिरं न पिबाम्युरस्तः Ve.1.15; R.3.54; Ku.3.36; Māl.8.5; Bk.14.92; 15.6. -2 To kiss; पिबत्यसौ पाययते च सिन्धूः R.13.9; Ś. 1.23. -3 To drink in, inhale; पिबन् यशो मूर्तमिवाबभासे R. 7.63. -4 To drink in (with the eyes or ears); feast on, look at or listen to intently; समदुःखः पीयते नयनाभ्याम् V.1; निवातपद्मस्तिमितेन चक्षुषा नृपस्य कान्तं पिबतः सुताननम् R.3.17; 2.19,93;11.36;13.3; Me.16; Ku.7. -5 To absorb, drink or swallow up; (बाणैः) आयुर्देहातिगैः पीतं रुधिरं तु पतत्रिभिः R.12.48. -6 To drink intoxicating liquors. -Caus. (पाययति-ते) 1 To cause to drink, give to drink; अनन्यसामान्यकलत्रवृत्तिः पिबत्यसौ पाययते च सिन्धूः R.13.9; Bk.8.41,62. -2 To water. -Desid. (पिपासति) To wish to drink &c.; हालाहलं खलु पिपासति कौतुकेन Bv. 1.95. -II.2 P. (पाति, पात) 1 To protect, guard, keep, defend, preserve; (oft. with abl.); पर्याप्तो$सि प्रजाः पातुम् R.1.25; पान्तु त्वां......भूतेशस्य भुजङ्गवल्लिवलयस्रङ्नद्धजूटा जटाः Māl.1.2; जीवन् पुनः शश्वदुपप्लवेभ्यः प्रजाः प्रजानाथ पितेव पासि R.2.48. -2 To rule, govern; पान्तु पृथ्वीं...भूपाः Mk.1. 61. -3 To beware of. -4 Ved. To observe, notice. -5 To keep, observe, tend, take notice of. -Caus. (पालयति- ते) 1 To protect, guard, keep, preserve; कथं दुष्ठुः स्वयं धर्मे प्रजास्त्वं पालयिष्यसि Bk.6.132; Ms.9.18; R.9.2. -2 To rule, govern; तां पुरीं पालयामास Rām. -3 To observe, keep, adhere to, fulfil (as a vow or promise); पालितसङ्गराय R.13.65. -4 To bring up, nourish, maintain. -5 To wait for; अत्रोपविश्य मुहूर्तमार्यः पालयतु कृष्णागम- नम् Ve.1.
pāṃśavaḥ पांशवः m. Fossil salt. पांसुः (-शुः) 1 Dust, dirt; crumbling soil; तस्याः खुरन्यासपवित्रपांसुम् (मार्गम्) R.2.2; विदह्यमानः पथि तप्तपांसुभिः Ṛs.1.13; Y.1.15. -2 A particle of dust. -3 Dung, manure. -4 A kind of camphor. -5 Landed property. -6 Powder, fragments; ससर्ज रसपांसवः Mb.3.284.4. -Comp. -कासीसम् sulphate of iron. -कुली a highroad, highway. -कूलम् 1 a dust-heap. -2 a legal document not made out in any particular person's name (निरुपपदशासनम्). -कृत a. covered with dust. -क्रीडनम्, -क्रीडा, -विकर्षणम् 1 Playing in the sand. -2 Wresting; Mb.5.169.12. (Com. पांसुविकर्षणे पांसुषु विकर्षणे भूमौ मुष्टियुद्धे इत्यर्थः.) -क्षारम्, -जम् a kind of salt. -गुण्ठित a. covered with dust. -चत्वरम् hail. -चन्दनः an epithet of Śiva. -चामरः 1 a heap of dust. -2 a tent. -3 a bank covered with Dūrvā grass. -4 praise. -5 bushes (?) carried by the current of the river; L. D. B. -जालिकः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -निपातः a shower of dust; also -वर्षः Ms.4.115. -पटलम् a mass or coating of dust. -पिशाचः a class of demons. -मर्दनः an excavation for water round the root of a tree, a trench or basin. -लवणम् a kind of salt.
pākṣika पाक्षिक a. (-की f.) 1 Belonging to a fortnight, fortnightly. -2 Belonging to a bird. -3 Favouring a party or faction. -4 Belonging to an argument. -5 Optional, subject to an alternative, allowed but not specifically laid down; नियमः पाक्षिके सति. -कः 1 A fowler. -2 An alternative.
pāṭhaḥ पाठः [पठ्-भावे घञ्] 1 Reciting, recitation, repeating. -2 Reading, perusal, study. -3 Studying or reciting. the Vedas (ब्रह्मयज्ञ), one of the five daily Yajñas or sacrifices to be performed by Brāhmaṇas. -4 A particular method of reciting the text of the Veda (of which there are five:-संहिता, पद, क्रम, जटा and घन). -5 The text of a book, a reading, variant; अत्र गन्धवद् गन्धमादनम् इति आगन्तुकः पाठः । प्राचीनपाठस्तु सुगन्धिर्गन्धमादनः इति पुल्लिङ्गान्तः Malli. on Ku.6.46. -Comp. -अन्तरम् another reading, a variant (v. l.) -क्रमः the order determined or expressed by the recitation or the statement; यः पाठक्रमः स एव नियम्येत ŚB. on Ms.5.1.4. -छेदः a pause, caesura. -दोषः a false reading. -निश्चयः determining the text of a passage. -भूः f. a place where the Vedas are learnt. -मञ्जरी, -शालिनी the Sārikā bird. -शाला a school, college, seminary. -शालिन् m. a pupil.
pāṇḍu पाण्डु a. Pale-white, whitish, pale, yellowish; यथा पाण्ड्वाविकम् Bṛi. Up.2.3.6; विकलकरणः पाण्डुच्छायः शुचा परिदुर्बलः U.3.22. -ण्डुः 1 The pale-white or yellowish-white colour. -2 Jaundice. -3 A white elephant. -4 N. of the father of the Pāṇḍavas. [He was begotten by Vyāsa on Ambālikā, one of the widows of Vichitravīrya. He was called Pāṇḍu, because he was born pale (पाण्डु) by reason of his mother having become quite pale with fear when in private with the sage Vyāsa; (यस्मात् पाण्डुत्वमापन्ना विरूपं प्रेक्ष्य मामिह । तस्मादेव सुतस्ते वै पाण्डुरेव भविष्यति Mb.) He was prevented by a curse from having progeny himself; so he allowed his first wife Kuntī to make use of a charm she had acquired from Durvāsas for the birth of sons. She gave birth to Yudhiṣṭhira, Bhīma and Arjuna; and Mādrī, his other wife, by the use of the same charm, gave birth to Nakula and Sahadeva. One day Pāṇdu forgot the curse under which he was labouring, and made bold to embrace Mādrī, but he fell immediately dead in her arms.] -Comp. -आमयः jaundice. -कम्बलः 1 a white blanket. -2 a warm upper garment. -3 the housing of a royal elephant. -4 A kind of stone. -कम्बलिन् m. 1 a carriage covered with a woollen blanket. -2 the housings of a royal elephant. -पुत्रः a son of Pāṇḍu, any one of the five Pāṇḍavas. -पृष्ठ a. 'white-backed', having no auspicious marks on the body, one from whom nothing great is to be expected. -भावः Becoming yellowish white, pale; न कलङ्कानुगमो न पाण्डुभावः Bv.2.1. -भूमः a region full of chalky soil. -मृत्तिका 1 white or pale soil. -2 the opal. -मृद् f. chalk. -रङ्गः N. of a god (at Pandharpur), Viṭṭhala. -रागः whiteness, pallor. -रोगः jaundice. -लेखः a sketch made with chalk; a rough draft or sketch made on the ground, board &c.; पाण्डुलेखेन फलके भूमौ वा प्रथमं लिखेत् । न्यूनाधिकं तु संशोध्य पश्चात् पत्रे निवेशयेत् ॥ Vyāsa. -लोहम् silver; पाण्डुलोहशृङ्खलात्मना मया पादपद्मयोर्युगलं तव निगडयित्वा Dk.1. -वर्ण a. White. -शर्करा light-coloured gravel (प्रमेहभेद). -शर्मिला an epithet of Draupadī. -सोपाकः N. of a mixed tribe; चाण्डालात् पाण्डुसोपाकस्त्वक्सार- व्यवहारवान् Ms.1.37; Mb.13.48.26.
pādaḥ पादः [पद्यते गम्यते$नेन करणे कर्मणि वा घञ्] 1 The foot (whether of men or animals); तयोर्जगृहतुः पादान् R.1.57; पादयोर्निपत्य, पादपतित &c. (The word पाद at the end of comp. is changed to पाद् after सु and numerals; i. e. सुपाद्, द्विपाद्, त्रिपाद् &c.; and also when the first member is used as a standard of comparison, but is a word other than हस्ति &c.; see P.V.4.138-14; e. g. व्याघ्रपाद्. The nom. pl. of पाद is often added to names of persons or titles of address to show great respect or veneration; मृष्यन्तु लवस्य बालिशतां तातपादाः U.6; जीवत्सु तातपादेषु 1.19; देवपादानां नास्माभिः प्रयोजनम् Pt.1; so एवमाराध्यपादा आज्ञापयन्ति Prab.1; so कुमारिलपादाः &c. -2 A ray of light; बालस्यापि रवेः पादाः पतन्त्युपरि भूभृताम् Pt.1.328; Śi.9.34; R.16.53 (where the word has sense 1 also). -3 The foot or leg of an inanimate object, as of a bed-stead; चतुष्पदी हि निःश्रेणी ब्रह्मण्येव प्रतिष्ठिता Mb.12.2.4. -4 The foot or root of a tree; as in पादप. -5 The foot of a mountain, a hill at the foot of a mountain (पादाः प्रत्यन्तपर्वताः); रेवां द्रक्ष्यस्युपलविषमे विन्ध्यपादे विशीर्णाम् Me.19; Ś.6.17. -6 A quarter, fourth part; as in सपादो रूपकः 'one and one fourth rupee'; Ms.8.241; Y.2.174; कार्षापणे दीयमाने पादो$पि दत्तो भवति ŚB. on MS.6.7.2. -7 The fourth part of a stanza, a line. -8 The fourth part of a chapter or book, as of the Adhyāyas of Pāṇini, or of the Brahma-sūtras. -9 A part in general. -1 A column, pillar; सहस्रपादं प्रासादं......अधिरोहन्मया दृष्टः Mb.5.143.3. -11 A foot as a measure equal to twelve Aṅgulis. -12 The quadrant of a circle. -13 The foot-hole or bottom of a water-skin; इन्द्रियाणां तु सर्वेषां यद्येकं क्षरतीन्द्रियम् । तेनास्य क्षरति प्रज्ञा दृतेः पादादिवोदकम् ॥ Ms.2.99. -14 A wheel; गिरिकूबरपादाक्षं शुभवेणु त्रिवेणुमत् Mb.3.175.4; Ki.12 21. -15 A golden coin (weighing one tola); स ह गवां सहस्रमव- रुरोध दश दश पादा एकैकस्याः शृङ्गयोराबद्धा बभुवुः Bṛi. Up.3.1.1. -Comp. -अग्रम् the point or extremity of the foot; पादाग्रस्थितया मुहुः स्तनभरेणानीतया नम्रताम् Ratn.1.1. -अङ्कः a foot-mark. -अङ्गदम्, -दी an ornament for the foot, an anklet. -अङ्गुलिः, -ली f. a toe. -अङ्गुष्ठः the great toe. -अङ्गुष्ठिका a ring worn on the great toe. -अन्तः the point or extremity of the feet. -अन्तरम् the interval of a step, distance of a foot. (-रे) ind. 1 after the interval of a step. -2 close or near to. -अन्तिकम् ind. near to, towards any one. -अम्बु n. butter-milk containing a fourth part of water. -अम्भस् n. water in which the feet (of revered persons) have been washed. -अरविन्दम्, -कमलम्, -पङ्कजम्, -पद्मम् a lotus-like foot. -अर्घ्यम् a gift to a Brāhmāṇa or a venerable person. -अर्धम् 1 half a quarter, an eighth; पादं पशुश्च योषिच्च पादार्धं रिक्तकः पुमान् Ms.8.44. -2 half a line of a stanza. -अलिन्दी a boat. -अवनामः bowing to a person's feet; इति कृतवचनायाः कश्चिदभ्येत्य बिभ्यद्गलितनयनवारेर्याति पादावनामम् Śi.11.35. -अवनेजः washing another's feet; विभ्व्यस्तवा- मृतकथोदवहास्त्रिलोक्याः पादावनेजसरितः शमलानि हन्तुम् Bhāg. 11.6.19. -अवसेचनम् 1 washing the feet. -2 the water used for washing the feet; दूरात् पादावसेचनम् Ms. 4.151. -अष्ठीलः the ankle; मर्मस्वभ्यवधीत् क्रुद्धः पादाष्ठालैः सुदारुणैः Mb.1.8.24. -आघातः a kick. -आनत a. prostrate, fallen at the feet of; कयासि कामिन् सुरतापराधात् पादानतः कोपनयावधूतः Ku.3.8. -आवर्तः 1 a wheel worked by the feet for raising up water from a well. -2 a square foot. -आसनम् a foot-stool. -आस्फालनम् trampling or motion of the feet, floundering. -आहतः a. kicked. -आहति f. 1 treading or trampling. -2 a kick. -उदकम्, -जलम् 1 water for washing the feet. -2 water in which the feet of sacred and revered persons are washed, and which is thus considered holy; विष्णु- पादोदकं तीर्थं जठरे धारयाम्यहम्. -उदरः a serpent; यथा पादो- दरस्त्वचा विनिर्मुच्यते Praśna. Up.5.5. -उद्धूतम् stamping the feet. -कटकः, -कम्, -कीलिका an anklet. -कृच्छ्रम् a vow in which taking of meals and observing a fast are done on alternate days; Y. -क्षेपः 1 a footstep. -2 a kick with the foot. -गण्डीरः a morbid swelling of the legs and feet. -ग्रन्थिः the ankle. -ग्रहणम् seizing or clasping the feet (as a mark of respectful salutation); अकारयत् कारयितव्यदक्षा क्रमेण पादग्रहणं सतीनाम् Ku.7.27. -चतुरः, -चत्वरः 1 a slanderer. -2 a goat. -3 the fig-tree. -4 a sand-bank. -5 hail. -चापल्यम् shuffling of the feet. -चारः going on foot, walking; यदि च विहरेत् पादचारेण गौरी Me.62 'if Gaurī should walk on foot'; R.11.1 -2 the daily position of the planets. -चारिन् a. 1 walking or going on foot. -2 fighting on foot. (-m.) 1 a pedestrian. -2 a foot-soldier. -च्छेदनम् cutting off a foot; पादेन प्रहरन् कोपात् पादच्छेदन- मर्हति Ms.8.28. -जः a sūdra; पादजोच्छिष्टकांस्यं यत्...... विशुद्धेद् दशभिस्तु तत् Mb.12.35.31. -जलम् 1 butter-milk mixed with one fourth of water. -2 water for the feet. -जाहम् the tarsus. -तलम् the sole of the foot. -त्रः, -त्रा, -त्राणम् a boot or shoe. -दारी, -दारिका a chap in the feet, chilblain. -दाहः a burning sensation in the feet. -धावनिका sand used for rubbing the feet. -नालिका an anklet. -निकेतः a foot-stool. -न्यासः movement of the feet; पादन्यासो लयमनुगतः M.2.9. -पः 1 a tree; निरस्तपादपे देशे एरण्डो$पि द्रुमायते H.1.67; अनुभवति हि मूर्ध्ना पादपस्तीव्रमुष्णम् Ś.5.7. -2 a foot-stool. (-पा) a shoe. ˚खण्डः, -ण्डम् a grove of trees. ˚रुहा a climbing plant. -पद्धतिः f. a track. -परिचारकः a humble servant. -पालिका an anklet. -पाशः 1 a foot-rope for cattle. -2 an anklet of small bells &c. (-शिकः, -शी) 1 a fetter; हस्तिपक-पादपाशिक-सैमिक-वनचर-पारिकर्मिकसखः Kau. A. -2 a mat. -3 a creeper. -पीठः, -ठम् a foot-stool; चूडामणिभि- रुद्घृष्टपादपीठं महीक्षिताम् R.17.28; Ku.3.11. -पीठिका 1 a vulgar trade (as that of a barber). -2 white stone. -पूरणम् 1 filling out a line; P.VI.1.134. -2 an expletive; तु पादपूरणे भेदे समुच्चये$वधारणे Viśva. -प्रक्षालनम् washing the feet; पादप्रक्षालने वज्री Subhāṣ. -प्रणामः prostration (at the feet). -प्रतिष्ठानम् a foot-stool. -प्रधारणम् a shoe. -प्रसारणम् stretching out the feet. -प्रहारः a kick. -बद्ध a. consisting of verses (as a metre). -बन्धनम् 1 a chain, fetter. -2 a stock of cattle. -भटः a foot soldier. -भागः a quarter. -मुद्रा a footprint. ˚पङ्क्तिः a track, trail. -मूलम् 1 the tarsus. -2 the sole of the foot. -3 the heel. -4 the foot of a mountain. -5 a polite way of speaking of a person; देवपादमूलमागताहम् K.8. -यमकः paronomasia within the Pādas. -रक्षः 1 a shoe. -2 a foot-guard; (pl.) armed men protecting the feet of an elephant in battle; शिरांसि पादरक्षाणां बीजवत् प्रवपन् मुहुः Mb.3.271.1. -रक्षणम् 1 a cover for the feet. -2 a leather boot or shoe. -रजस् n. the dust of the feet. -रज्जुः f. a tether for the foot of an elephant. -रथी a shoe, boot. -रोहः, -रोहणः the (Indian) fig-tree. -लग्नः a. lying at a person's feet. -लेपः an unguent for the feet. -वन्दनम् saluting the feet. -वल्मीकः elephantiasis. -विरजस् f. a shoe, boot. (-m.) a god. -वेष्टनिकः, -कम् a stocking. -शाखा a toe. -शैलः a hill at the foot of a mountain. -शोथः swelling of the foot; अन्योन्योपद्रवकृतः शोथः पादसमुत्थितः । पुरुषं हन्ति नारीं तु मुखजो गुह्यजो ह्ययम् ॥ Mādhava. -शौचम् cleaning the feet by washing, washing the feet; पादशौचेन गोविन्दः (तृप्तः) Pt.1.172. -संहिता the junction of words in a quarter of a stanza. -सेवनम्, -सेवा 1 showing respect by touching the feet. -2 service. -स्तम्भः a supporting beam, pillar, post. -स्फोटः 'cracking of the feet', chilblain. -हत a. kicked. -हर्षः numbness of the feet after pressure upon the crural nerves; हृष्यतः चरणौ यस्य भवतश्च प्रसुप्तवत् । पादहर्षः सः विज्ञेयः कफवातप्रकोपजः ॥ Suśruta. -हीनजलम् Water with a portion boiled, -हीनात् ind. 1 without division or transition -2 all at once.
pānthaḥ पान्थः [पन्थानं नित्यं गच्छति अण् पन्थादेशः] 1 A traveller, a way-farer; रे पान्थ विह्वलमना न मनागपि स्याः Bv.1.37. -2 The sun. -Comp. -दुर्गा a deity on the road; आलिङ्ग्य नीत्वाकृत पान्थदुर्गाम् N.14.37. (cf. notes thereon-Handiqui edition, p.61.
pārakya पारक्य a. 1 Alien, belonging to another; वरं स्वधर्मो विगुणो न पारक्यः स्वनुष्ठितः Ms.1.97; पारक्यस्यैव देहस्य बह्वयो मे$क्षौहिणीर्हताः Bhāg.1.8.48. -2 Intended for others. -3 Hostile, inimical. -4 Useful in the next world. -क्यः An enemy, adversary. -क्यम् Doing anything for future happiness (परलोकसाधन); pious conduct;
pāratantrika पारतन्त्रिक a. Enjoined by the religious treatises of another.
pāradārikaḥ पारदारिकः An adulterer (intriguing with the wife of another); Y.2.295; पारदारिकविलाससाहसम् N.
pāradāryam पारदार्यम् Adultery, intriguing with another's wife; Ms.11.59; Y.3.235; Dk.1.4.
pāravargya पारवर्ग्य a. Belonging to another party, inimical; Mb.2.
pārastraiṇeyaḥ पारस्त्रैणेयः An adulterine, a bastard (born from another's wife, परस्त्री).
pārasyakulīna पारस्यकुलीन a. Born in the family of another (as an adopted son).
pālāśa पालाश a. (-शी f.) [पलाश-अण्] 1 Belonging to or coming from the Palāśa tree. -2 Made of the wood of the Palāśa tree; Ms.2.45. -3 Green; पालाश-ताम्रासित- कर्बुराणाम् Bṛi. S. -शः The green colour. -Comp. -खण्डः, -षण्डः an epithet of the Magadha country. -विधिः Burning a human corpse with Pālāśa wood in case it is not burnt in the normal course. Śabda Chi.
pikaḥ पिकः The (Indian) cuckoo; कुसुमशरासनशासनवन्दिनि पिकनिकरे भज भावम् Gīt.11; or उन्मीलन्ति कुहूः कुहूरिति कलोत्तालाः पिकानां गिरः Gīt.1; काकः कृष्णः पिकः कृष्णः को भेदः पिककाकयोः Udb. -Comp. -आनन्दः, -बान्धवः the spring. -पञ्चमः The song of the cuckoo supposed to represent the fifth note of the gamut; चकार वाचं पिकपञ्चमेन N.1. 129. -बन्धुः, -रागः, -वल्लभः the mango tree.
pippalaḥ पिप्पलः 1 The holy fig-tree (Mar. पिंपळ); Y.1.32. -2 A nipple. -3 The sleeve of a jacket or coat. -4 A bird kept free (not confined in a cage). -लम् 1 A berry in general. -2 A berry of the holy fig-tree. -3 Sensual enjoyment; Bhāg.3.4.8. -4 Water. -5 The effect arising from acts (कर्मजन्यफल); Muṇḍa.3.1.1; एकस्तयोः खादति पिप्पलान्नमन्यो निरन्नो$पि बलेन भूयान् Bhāg.11. 11.6. -Comp. -अद, -अशन a. 1 eating the fruit of the Pippala tree. -2 given to sensual pleasures.
pīṭham पीठम् 1 A seat (a stool, chair, bench, sofa &c.); जवेन पीठादुदतिष्ठदच्युतः Śi.1.12; R,4.84;6.15. -2 The seat of a religious student made of Kuśa grass. -3 The seat of a deity, an altar. -4 A pedestal in general, basis. -5 A particular posture in sitting. -6 (In geometry) The complement of a segment. -7 N. of various temples; पीठं जालंधरं नाम तिष्ठत्यत्र चतुर्मुख Yogaśikhopaniṣad, 5.11. -8 A royal seat, throne. -9 A district, province. -Comp. -अधिकारः appointment to an office. -केलिः a male confidant, a parasite. -ग a. 1 lame, crippled. -2 seated in one's seat (not a warrior); यो$पि स्यात् पठिगः कश्चित् किं पुनः समरे स्थितः Mb.3.22.24 (com. पीठगः स्वासनस्थः अयुद्धमानो$पीत्यर्थः ।). -गर्भः the cavity in the pedestal of an idol. -चक्रम् a carriage. -नायिका a girl of fourteen (before menstruation) who represents Durgā at the festival of that goddess. -भूः f. basis, basement. -मर्द a. very impudent. -र्दः 1 a companion, parasite, one who assists the hero of a drama in great undertakings, e. g. in securing his mistress; Dk.2.2; so पीठमर्दिका 'a lady who assists the heroine in securing her lover'; उपस्थिता पीठमर्दिकां पण्डितकौशिकीं पुरस्कृत्य देवी M.1.13/14. -2 a dancing master who instructs courtezans in the art of dancing. -सर्प a. lame, crippled; Ms.8.394; कर्तव्ये पुरुषव्याघ्र किमास्से पीठसर्पवत् Mb.3.35.22.
pīluḥ पीलुः [पील्-उ] 1 An arrow. -2 An atom; प्रत्यक्षं न पुनाति नापहरते पापानि पीलुच्छटा Viś. Guṇa.552. -3 An insect. -4 An elephant. -5 The stem of the palm. -6 A flower. -7 A group of palm trees; Mb.7.178.24. -8 A kind of tree. -9 A heap of bones. -1 The central part of the hand. -लु n. The fruit of the Pīlu tree. -Comp. -पत्रः the Mūrvā plant. -पर्णी 1 a kind of drug. -2 N. of two plants. -पाकवादिन् m. a Vaiśeṣika. (One who maintains the doctrine that heat acts only onthe atoms of matter, as of a jar, and not on the whole body.)
puṭaḥ पुटः टम् [पुट्-क] 1 A fold. -2 A hollow space, cavity, concavity; भिन्नपल्लवपुटो वनानिलः R.9.68;11.23; 17.12; M.3.9; अञ्जलिपुट, नासापुट, कर्णपुट &c. -3 A cup made of a leaf folded or doubled; a vessel of leaves; दुग्ध्वा पयः पत्रपुटे मदीयम् R.2.65; Ms.6.28. -6 Any shallow receptacle. -5 The pod or capsule which envelops young shoots. -6 A sheath, cover, covering -7 An eye-lid (पुटी also in all these senses). -8 A horse's hoof. -9 A cloth worn to cover the privities. -टः 1 A casket. -2 The contracting of anything. -3 A folding of anything so as to form a cup. -टम् 1 A nutmeg. -2 Two vessels joined together for medical purposes. -Comp. -अञ्जलिः the two hollowed hands put together; श्रीकृष्णपुरतः स्थित्वा तुष्टाव तं पुटाञ्जलिः Brav. P.3.9,23. -उटजम् a white umbrella. -उदकः a cocoa-nut. -ग्रीवः 1 a pot, jar, pitcher. -2 a copper-vessel. -धेनुः a not yet full-grown cow with a calf. -पाकः 1 a particular method of preparing drugs, in which the various ingredients are wrapped up in leaves, and being covered with clay are roasted in the fire; अनिर्भिन्नो गभीरत्वादन्त- र्गूढघनव्यथः । पुटपाकप्रतीकाशो रामस्य करुणो रसः U.3.1. -2 digesting. -3 subliming. -भेदः 1 a town, city. -2 a kind of musical instrument (आतोद्य). -3 'parting of the eyelids', opening; पुटभेदो ललाटस्थनीललोहितचक्षुषः U.6.3. -4 a whirl-pool or eddy. -भेदनम् a town, city; स हस्तिनपुरे रम्ये कुरूणां पुटभेदने (वसन्) Mb.1.1.12; पुट- भेदनं दनुसुतारिरैक्षत Śi.13.26.
punar पुनर् ind. 1 Again, once more, anew; न पुनरेवं प्रवर्ति- तव्यम् Ś.6; किमप्ययं बटुः पुनर्विवक्षुः स्फुरितोत्तराधरः Ku.5.83; so पुर्नभू 'to become a wife again.' -2 Back, in an opposite direction (mostly with verbs); पुनर्दा 'to give back, restore'; पुनर्या -इ-गम् &c. 'to go back, return' &c. -3 On the other hand, on the contrary, but, however, nevertheless, still (with an adversative force); प्रसाद इव मूर्तस्ते स्पर्शः स्नेहार्द्रशीतलः । अद्याप्यानन्दयति मां त्वं पुनः क्वासि नन्दिनि U.3.14; मम पुनः सर्वमेव तन्नास्ति U.3. -4 Further, furthermore, besides; पुनः पुनः 'again and again,' 'repeatedly', 'frequently'; पुनः पुनः सुतनिषिद्धचापलम् R.3.42; किं पुनः 'how much more', or 'how much less'; see under किम्. पुनरपि again, once more, and also; on the other hand. -Comp. -अन्वयः returning; किंवा गतो$स्य पुनरन्वयमन्यलोकम् Bhāg.6.14.57. -अपगमः going away again. -अर्थिता a repeated request. -आगत a. come back, returned; गोव्रजात् पुनरागतम् Ms.11.195. -आगमः, -मनम् coming back, return; भस्मीभूतस्य देहस्य पुनरागमनं कुतः Sarva. S.; इष्टकामप्रसिद्ध्यर्थं पुनरागमनाय च Pūja Mantram. -आधानम्, -आधेयम् renewing the consecrated fire; पुनर्दारक्रियां कुर्यात् पुनराधानमेव च Ms.5.168. -आवर्तः 1 return. -2 repeated birth. -आवर्तिन् a. returning to mundane existence; आ ब्रह्मभुवनाल्लोकाः पुनरावर्तिनो$र्जुन Bg.8.16. -आवृत् f. -आवृत्तिः f. 1 repetition. -2 return to worldly existence repetition of birth; करोति पुनरावृत्तिस्तेषामिह न विद्यते Y.3.194. -3 revision, another edition (of a book &c.). -उक्त a. 1 said again, repeated, reiterated. -2 superfluous, unnecessary; शशंस वाचा पुनरुक्तयेव R.2.68; Śi.7.64. (-क्तम्), पुनरुक्तता 1 repetition. -2 superfluity, redundancy, uselessness, tautology; V.5.15; व्यापारैः पुनरुक्त- भुक्तविषयैरेवंविधेनामुना संसारेण कदर्थिताः Bh.3.78. ˚जन्मन् m. a Brāhmaṇa (द्विजन्मन्). पुनरुक्तवदाभासः seeming tautology, appearance of repetition, regarded as a figure of speech; e. g. भुजंगकुण्डलीव्यक्तशशिशुभ्रांशुशीतगुः । जगन्त्यपि सदापायादव्याच्चेतोहरः शिवः S. D.632; (here the first impression of the tautology is removed when the passage is rightly understood; cf. also K. P.9 under पुनरुक्तवदाभास). -उक्तिः f. 1 repetition. -2 superfluity, uselessness, tautology. -उत्थानम् rising again, resurrection. -उत्पत्ति f. 1 reproduction. -2 return of birth, metempsychosis. -उत्पादनम् reproduction. -उपगमः return; क्वायोध्यायाः पुनरुपगमो दण्डकायां वने वः U.2.13. -उपोढा, -ऊढा a woman married again. -क्रीया f. repetition, doing again; न च कृतस्य क्रमानुग्रहार्थं पुनःक्रिया न्याय्या । ŚB. on MS.12.1.16. -गमनम् return, going again. -जन्मन् n. repeated birth, metempsychosis; मामुपेत्य तु कौन्तेय पुनर्जन्म न विद्यते Bg.8.16. -जात a. born again. -डीनम् a particular manner of flying; Mb.8.41.28. -णवः, -नवः 'growing again and again', a finger-nail. -दारक्रिया marrying again, taking a second wife; Ms.5.168. -नवा hog-weed, Boerhavia Procumbens (Mar. घेटुळी). -पुना (पुनःपुना) N. of a river in Behār; कीकटेषु गया रम्या नदी पुण्या पुनःपुना Vāyu. P. -प्रत्युपकारः returning one's obligations, requital. -प्रसवः (See प्रतिप्रसवः) प्रतिषिद्धस्य पत्न्या अध्ययनस्य पुनःप्रसवे न किंचिदस्ति प्रमाणम् ŚB. on Ms.6.1.24. -भव a. born again. (-वः) 1 transmigration, repeated or recurring birth; metempsychosis; अदृष्टाश्रुतवस्तुत्वात् स जीवो यत् पुनर्भवः Bhāg. 1.3.32; ममापि च क्षपयतु नीललोहितः पुनर्भवं परिगतशक्तिरात्मभूः Ś.7.35; Ku.3.5. -2 a finger nail, hair; Mb.13.111.98; -भविन् m. the sentient soul. -भावः new birth, repeated birth; न गच्छन्ति पुनर्भावं मुनयः संशितव्रताः Mb.12.279.5; मेने पुनर्भावमिवात्मनश्च Bu. Ch.3.25. -भूः f. 1 a (virgin) widow remarried. -2 re-existence. -भोगः 1 repeated enjoyment. -2 return of fruition. -3 repeated possession. -वचनम् 1 repetition. -2 repeated scriptural injunction. -वत्सः a weaned calf that begins to suck again. -वसुः (usually dual) 1 the seventh lunar mansion (consisting of two or four stars); गां गताविव दिवः पुनर्वसू R.11.36. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -3 of Śiva. -विवाहः remarriage. -संस्कारः (पुनःसंस्कारः) repetition of any Saṁskāra or purificatory ceremony. -संगमः, -संधानम् (पुनःसंधानम् &c.) 1 reunion. -2 rekindling the sacred fire when it has been extinguished. -संभवः (पुनःसंभवः) being born again (into the world), metempsychosis.
pura पुर a. [पृ-क] Full of, filled with. -रम् 1 A town, city (containing large buildings, surrounded by a ditch, and not less than one Krośa in extent); पुरे तावन्तमेवास्य तनोति रविरातपम् Ku.2.33; R.1.59. -2 A castle, fortress, stronghold. -3 A house, residence, abode. -4 The body; नवद्वारे पुरे देही नैव कुर्वन् न कारयन् Bg.5.13. -5 The female apartments. -6 N. of the town पाटलिपुत्र; q. v. -7 The calyx of a flower, or any cup formed of leaves. -8 A brothel. -9 The skin. -1 Bdellium. -11 An upper story. -12 A store-house. -13 A fragrant grass (नागरमुस्ता). -Comp. -अट्टः a turret on a citywall. -अधिपः, -अध्यक्षः the governor of a town; Mb.13.135.11. -अरातिः, -अरिः, -असुहृद् m., -रिपुः epithets of Śiva; Bhāg.5.24.28; पुपरारातिभरान्त्या कुसुमशर किं मां प्रहरसि Subhāṣ.; see त्रिपुर. -अर्धविस्तारः 1 a small village, hamlet. -2 a suburb, ward, division of a town. -उत्सवः a festival celebrated in a city. -उद्यानम् a city-garden, park. -ओकस् m. an inhabitant of a town. -कोट्टम् a citadel. -ग a. 1 going to a town. -2 favourably inclined. -जित्, -द्विष्, -भिद् m. epithets of Śiva. -ज्योतिस् m. 1 an epithet of fire. -2 the world of Agni. -तटी a small market-town, small village. -तोरणम् the outer gate of a city. -देवता the tutelary deity of a town. -द्वारम् a city-gate; कोठ्या कोठ्या पुरद्वार- मेकैकं रुरुधे द्विषाम् Bk.14.29. -नारी a courtezan. -निवेशः the founding of a city. -पालः 1 'city-governor', the commandant of a fortress. -2 the soul. -मथनः an epithet of Śiva. -मार्गः the street of a town; पुरमार्गे घनशब्दविक्लवाः Ku.4.11; R.11.3. -रक्षः, -रक्षकः, रक्षिन् m. a constable, police-officer. -रोधः the siege of a fortress. -वासिन् m. a citizen, a townsman. -वास्तु n. ground fit for the foundation of a town. -शासनः 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -2 of Śiva; प्रसाधनं मातृभिरादृताभिर्न्यस्तं पुरस्तात् पुरशासनस्य Ku.7.3. -हन् m. 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -2 of Śiva.
puruṣaḥ पुरुषः [पुरि देहे शेते शी-ड पृषो˚ Tv.; पुर्-अग्रगमने कुषन् Uṇ. 4.74] 1 A male being, man; अर्थतः पुरुषो नारी या नारी सार्थतः पुमान् Mk.3.27; Ms.1.32;7.17;9.2; R.2.41. -2 Men, mankind. -3 A member or representative of a generation. -4 An officer, functionary, agent, attendant, servant. -5 The height or measure of a man (considered as a measure of length); द्वौ पुरुषौ प्रमाणमस्य सा द्विपुरुषा-षी परिखा Sk. -6 The soul; द्वाविमौ पुरुषौ लोके क्षरश्चाक्षर एव च Bg.15.16 &c. -7 The Supreme Being, God (soul of the universe); पुरातनं त्वां पुरुषं पुराविदः (विदुः) Śi.1.33; R.13.6. -8 A person (in grammar); प्रथम- पुरुषः the third person, मध्यमपुरुषः the second person, and उत्तमपुरुषः the first person, (this is the strict order in Sk.). -9 The pupil of the eye. -1 (In Sāṅ. phil.) The soul (opp. प्रकृति); according to the Sāṅkhyas it is neither a production nor productive; it is passive and a looker-on of the Prakṛiti; cf. त्वामामनन्ति प्रकृतिं पुरुषार्थप्रवर्तिनीम् Ku.2.13 and the word सांख्य also. -11 The soul, the original source of the universe (described in the पुरुषसूक्त); सहस्रशीर्षः पुरुषः सहस्राक्षः सहस्रपात् &c. -12 The Punnāga tree. -13 N. of the first, third, fifth, seventh, ninth, and eleventh signs of the zodiac. -14 The seven divine or active principles of which the universe was formed; तेषामिदं तु सप्तानां पुरुषाणां महौजसाम् Ms.1.19. -षी A woman. -षम् An epithet of the mountain Meru. -Comp. -अङ्गम् the male organ of generation. -अदः, -अद् m. 'a man-eater', cannibal, goblin; अवमेने हि दुर्बुद्धिर्मनुष्यान् पुरुषादकः Mb.3.275.27. -अधमः the vilest of men, a very low or despicable man. -अधिकारः 1 a manly office or duty. -2 calculation or estimation of men; संसत्सु जाते पुरुषाधिकारे न पूरणी तं समुपैति संख्या Ki.3.51. -अन्तरम् another man. -अयणः, -अर्थः 1 any one of the four principal objects of human life; i. e. धर्म अर्थ, काम and मोक्ष. -2 human effort or exertion (पुरुषकार); धर्मार्थकाममोक्षाश्च पुरुषार्था उदाहृताः Agni P.; H. Pr.35. -3 something which when done results in the satisfaction of the performer; यस्मिन् कृते पदार्थे पुरुषस्य प्रीतिर्भवति स पुरुषार्थः पदार्थः ŚB. on MS.4.1.2. -अस्थिमालिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -आद्यः 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -2 a demon. -आयुषम्, -आयुस् n. the duration of a man's life; अकृपणमतिः कामं जीव्याज्जनः पुरुषायुषम् Ve.6.44; पुरुषायुषजीविन्यो निरातङ्का निरीतयः R.1. 63. -आशिन् m. 'a man-eater', a demon, goblin. -इन्द्रः a king. -उत्तमः 1 an excellent man. -2 the highest or Supreme Being, an epithet of Viṣṇu or Kṛiṣṇa; यस्मात् क्षरमतीतो$हमक्षरादपि चोत्तमः । अतो$स्मि लोके वेदे च प्रथितः पुरुषोत्तमः ॥ Bg.15.18. -3 a best attendant. -4 a Jaina. -5 N. of a district in Orissa sacred to Viṣṇu. -कारः 1 human effort or exertion, manly act, manliness, prowess (opp. दैव); एवं पुरुषकारेण विना दैवं न सिध्यति H. Pr.32; दैवे पुरुषकारे च कर्मसिद्धिर्व्यवस्थिता Y.1.349; cf. 'god helps those who help themselves'; अभिमतसिद्धिर- शेषा भवति हि पुरुषस्य पुरुषकारेण Pt.5.3; Ki.5.52. -2 manhood, virility. -3 haughtiness, pride. -कुणपः, -पम् a human corpse. -केसरिन् m. man-lion, an epithet of Viṣṇu. in his fourth incarnation; पुरुषकेसरिणश्च पुरा नखैः Ś.7.3. -ज्ञानम् knowledge of mankind; Ms.7.211. -तन्त्र a. subjective. -दध्न, -द्वयस् a. of the height of a man. -द्विष् m. an enemy of Viṣṇu. -द्वेषिणी an illtempered woman (who hates her husband). -नाथः 1 a general, commander. -2 a king. -नियमः (in gram.) a restriction to a person. -पशुः a beast of a man, brutish person; cf. नरपशु. -पुङ्गवः, -पुण्डरीकः a superior or eminent man. -पुरम् N. of the capital of Gāndhāra, q. v. -बहुमानः the esteem of mankind; निवृत्ता भोगेच्छा पुरुषबहुमानो विगलितः Bh.3.9. -मानिन् a. fancying oneself a hero; कथं पुरुषमानी स्यात् पुरुषाणां मयि स्थिते Rām.2.24.35. -मेधः a human sacrifice. -वरः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -वर्जित a. desolate. -वाहः 1 an epithet of Garuḍa. -2 an epithet of Kubera. -व्याघ्रः -शार्दूलः, -सिंहः 'a tiger or lion among men', a distinguished or eminent man. उद्योगिनं पुरुषसिंहमुपैति लक्ष्मीः H. -2 a hero, brave man. -समवायः a number of men. -शीर्षकः A kind of weapon used by burglars (a sham head to be inserted into the hole made in a wall); Dk.2.2. -सारः an eminent man; Bhāg.1.16.7. -सूक्तम् N. of the 9th hymn of the 1th Maṇḍala of the Ṛigveda (regarded as a very sacred hymn).
purūravas पुरूरवस् m. [cf. Uṇ.4.231] The son of Budha and Ilā and founder of the lunar race of kings. [He saw the nymph Urvaśī, while descending upon earth owing to the curse of Mitra and Varuṇa, and fell in love with her. Urvaśī, too, was enamoured of the king who was as renowned for personal beauty as for truthfulness, devotion, and generosity, and became his wife. They lived happily together for many days, and after she had borne him a son, she returned to the heaven. The king heavily mourned her loss, and she was pleased to repeat her visits five successive times and bore him five sons. But the king, who wanted her life-long company, was not evidently satisfied with this; and he obtained his desired object after he had offered oblations as directed by the Gandharvas. The story told in Vikramorvaśīya differs in many respects; so does the account given in the Śatapatha Brāhmaṇa, based on a passage in the Ṛigveda, where it is said that Urvaśī agreed to live with Purūravas on two conditions:-namely that her two rams which she loved as children must be kept near her bed-side and never suffered to be carried away, and that he must take care never to be seen by her undressed. The Gandharvas, however, carried away the rams, and so Urvaśī disappeared.]
puṣpam पुष्पम् [पुष्प् विकाशे-अच्] 1 A flower, blossom; पत्रं पुष्पं फलं तोयं यो मे भक्त्या प्रयच्छति Bg.9.26. -2 The menstrual discharge; as in पुष्पवती q. v. -3 A topaz (पुष्पराग); Rām.2.94.6. -4 A disease of the eyes (albugo). -5 The car or vehicle of Kubera; see पुष्पक. -6 Gallantry, politeness (in love language). -7 Expanding, blooming, blossoming (said to be m. in this sense). -Comp. -अग्रम् pistil. -अञ्जनम् 1 calx of brass used as a collyrium. -2 A white flower-like substance which appears when zinc is mixed with copper and heated for preparing brass. -3 Zinc oxide (Mar. जस्तफूल). -अञ्जलिः a handful of flowers. -अनुगम् a powder promoting menstruation. -अभिषेक = ˚स्नान q. v. -अम्बु the honey of flowers. -अम्बुजम् the sap of flowers. -अवचयः collecting or gathering flowers. -अवचायिन् = पुष्पाजीव q. v. -अस्त्रः an epithet of the god of love. -आकर a. rich or abounding in flowers; मासो नु पुष्पाकरः V.1.9. -आगमः the spring. -आजीवः a florist, garland-maker. -आननः a kind of liquor. -आपीडः a chaplet of flowers. -आयुधः, -इषुः the god of love; पुष्पायुधं दुराधर्षम् Mb.1. 172.17; Mahimna 23. -आसवम् honey. -आसारः a shower of flowers; पुष्पासारैः स्नपयतु भवान् व्योमगङ्गाजलार्द्रैः Me.45. -आस्तरकः, -आस्तरणम् the art of strewing flowers (one of the 64 Kalās). -उद्गमः appearance of flowers. -उद्यानम् a flower-garden. -उपजीविन् m. a florist, gardener, garland-maker. -करण्डकम् N. of the garden of Ujjayinī. -करण्डिनी N. of the city, Ujjayinī. -कालः 1 'flower-time', the spring. -2 the time of the menses. -कासीसम् green (or black) sulphate of iron. -कीटः a large black bee. -केतनः, -केतुः the god of love. (-n.) 1 calx of flowers. -2 vitriol (used as a collyrium). -गण्डिका N. of a kind of farce (in which men act as women and women as men); S. D. -गृहम् a flowerhouse, conservatory. -घातकः the bamboo. -चयः 1 gathering flowers -2 a quantity of flowers. -चापः the god of love. -चामरः a kind of cane. -जम् the juice of flowers. -दः a tree. -दन्तः 1 N. of an attendant of Śiva. -2 N. of the author of the Mahimnastotra. -3 N. of the elephant presiding over the northwest; शुद्धाक्षमैन्द्रं भल्लाटं पुष्पदन्तं तथैव च Hariv. -4 the sun and moon (dual). -दामन् n. a garland of flowers. -द्रवः 1 the sap or exudation of flowers. -2 an infusion of flowers. -द्रुमः a flowering tree. -धः the offspring of an outcast Brāhmaṇa; cf. व्रात्यात् तु जायते विप्रात् पापात्मा भूर्जकण्टकः । आवन्त्यवाटधानौ च पुष्पधः शैख एव च ॥ Ms.1.21. -धनुस्, -धन्वन् m. the god of love; द्रुतमेत्य पुष्पधनुषो धनुषः Śi.9.41; शतमखमुपतस्थे प्राञ्जलिः पुष्पधन्वा Ku.2.64. -धरः a. bearing flowers. -धारणः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -ध्वजः the god of love. -निक्षः a bee. -निर्यासः, -निर्यासकः the sap, nectar, or juice of flowers. -नेत्रम् the tube of a flower. -पत्रिन् m. the god of love. -पथः, -पदवी the vulva. -पुटः the calyx of a flower. -2 (in music) a particular position in dancing. -पुरम् N. of Pāṭaliputra; प्रासादवातायनसंश्रितानां नेत्रोत्सवं पुष्पपुराङ्गनानाम् R.6.24. -प्रचयः, -प्रचायः the plucking or gathering of flowers. -प्रचायिका gathering of flowers. -प्रस्तारः a bed or couch of flowers. -फलः the wood-apple tree. -बटुकः a courtier, gallant; (v. l. for पुष्पनाटक), -बलिः an offering of flowers. -बाणः, -वाणः an epithet of the god of love. -भद्रः a kind of pavilion with 62 columns. -भवः the nectar or juice of flowers. -मञ्जरिका a blue lotus. -माला a garland of flowers. -मासः 1 the month of Chaitra; मम त्वयं विना वासः पुष्पमासे सुदुःसहः Rām.4.1. 41. -2 the spring; अजितभुवनस्तथा हि लेभे सिततुरगे विजयं न पुष्पमासः Ki.1.35. -यमकम् a kind of Yamaka; cf. Bk.1.14. -रजस् n. the pollen. -रथः a carriage for travelling or for pleasure (but not for war); मुख्यः पुष्परथो युक्तः किं न गच्छति ते$ग्रतः Rām.2.26.15. -रसः the nectar or juice of flowers. ˚आह्वयम् honey. -रागः, -राजः a topaz. -रेणुः pollen; वायुर्विधूनयति चम्पकपुष्पपेणून् Kavirahasya; R.1.38. -पुष्परोचनः the Nāgakesara tree. -लावः a flower-gatherer. (-वी) a female flowergatherer; Me.26. -लिक्षः, -लिह् m. a bee. -लिपिः A particular style of writing. -वर्षः, -वर्षणम् a shower of flowers; सुरभि सुरविमुक्तं पुष्पवर्षं पपात R.12.12; पुष्पवर्षो महानभूत् Rām. -वाटिका, -वाटी f. a flower-garden. -वृक्षः a tree bearing flowers. -वृष्टिः f. a shower of flowers; परस्परशरव्राताः पुष्पवृष्टिं न सेहिरे R.12.94. -वेणी a garland of flowers. -शकटिका, -शकटी a heavenly voice, voice from heaven. ˚निमित्तज्ञानम् Knowledge of the omens which result from heavenly voices (one of the 64 Kalās). -शय्या a flowery bed, a couch of flowers. -शरः, -शरासनः, -सायकः the god of love. -समयः the spring. -सारः, -स्वेदः the nectar or honey of flowers. -सारा the holy basil. -सिता a kind of sugar. -स्नानम् a kind of inauguration. -हासः 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -2 the blooming of flowers. -हासा a woman in her courses. -हीना a woman past child-bearing.
pūj पूज् 1 U. (पूजयति-ते, पूजयांचकार-चक्रे, अपूपुजत्-त, अपुपूजत्- त, पूजयितुम्, पूजित) 1 To adore, worship, revere; honour, recieve with respect; यदपूपुजस्त्वमिह पार्थ मुरजितमपूजितं सताम् Śi.15.14; Ms.4.31; BK.2.26; Y.2.14. -2 To present or honour with; रत्नैश्च पूजयेदेनं प्रधानपुरुषैः सह् Ms.7.23. -3 To regard, take notice of. -4 To initiate, consecrate.
pūrṇa पूर्ण p. p. [पुर्-क्त नि˚] 1 Filled, filled with, full of; opt. in comp; तं तथा कृपयाविष्टमश्रुपूर्णाकुलेक्षणम् Bg.2.1; so शोक˚, जल˚ &c. -2 Whole, full, entire, complete; पूर्णमदः पूर्णमिदं पूर्णात् पूर्णमुदच्यते Īśop.1; अपूर्णमेकेन शतक्रतूपमः R.3.38. -3 Fulfilled, accomplished. -4 Ended, completed. -5 Past, elapsed. -6 Satisfied, contented. -7 Full-sounding, sonorous. -8 Strong, powerful. -9 Selfish, or self-indulgent. -1 Drawn, bent (as a bow) आकर्णपूर्णै- रहनदाक्षेपैराहतं पुनः Bhāg.8.11.1. -11 Allpervading; पूर्णमप्रवर्तीति वा अहमेतमुपास Bṛi. Up.2.1.5; Mb.14.2.28. -र्णा 1 An epithet of the fifteenth digit of the moon. -2 N. of the fifth, tenth, and fifteenth lunar days or tithis. -र्णम् Ved. 1 Abundance, plenty. -2 Water. -Comp. -अङ्कः an integer. -अञ्जलिः two handfuls. -अभिलाष a. satisfied, contented. -अभिषिक्ताः a particular sect of the Śāktas. -अभिषेकः a kind of अभिषेकः known in tantraśāstra as belonging to कौलपन्थ. -अमृता epithet of the sixteenth digit of the moon. -अवतारः N. of the fourth, seventh and eighth incarnations of Viṣṇu. -आनकम् 1 a drum. -2 the sound of a drum. -3 a vessel. -4 a moon-beam. -5 = पूर्णपात्र q. v.; (sometimes read पूर्णालक also). -आनन्दः the Supreme Being. -आश a. one whose all desires are fulfilled; पूर्णाशा बहवः कृता वितरणैर्येन त्वया याचकाः -आहुतिः f. an offering made with a full ladle; पूर्णाहुतिभिरापूर्णास्त्रिभिः पूर्यन्ति तेजसा Mb.14.2.28. -इन्दुः the full moon. -उत्सङ्ग a. far advanced in pregnancy. -उपमा a full or complete simile, i. e. one in which the four requisites उपमान, उपमेय, साधारणधर्म and उपमाप्रतिपादक are all expressed; (opp. लुप्तोपमा); e. g. अम्भोरुहमिवाताम्नं मुग्धे करतलं तव; see K. P.1 under उपमा. -ककुद a. full-humped. -काम a. one whose desires are fulfilled, satisfied, contented. (-मः) N. of the Supreme Being. -कुम्भः 1 a full jar. -2 a vessel full of water; (placed at the door as an auspicious mark); पूर्णकुम्भौ चक्रवाकानुकारौ पयोधरौ DK.1.1. -3 a particular mode of fighting; बाहुपाशादिकं कृत्वा पादाहत- शिरावुभौ । उरोहस्तं ततश्चक्रे पूर्णकुम्भौ प्रयुज्य तौ ॥ Mb.2.23.14 (com. ग्रथिताङ्गुलिभ्यां हस्ताभ्यां पदशिरसः पीडनं पूर्णकुम्भः). -4 a hole (in a wall) of the shape of a water-jar; तदत्र पक्वेष्टके पूर्णकुम्भ एव शोभते Mk.3. -पर्वेन्दु f. the day of full moon. -पात्रम् 1 a full cup or jar. -2 a cup-ful. -3 a measure of capacity (equal to 256 handfuls); (अष्टमुष्टि भवेत् किञ्चित् किञ्चिदष्टौ तु पुष्कलम् । पुष्कलानि तु चत्वारि पूर्णपात्रं प्रचक्षते ॥); पूर्णपात्रमयीमाहुः पाकयज्ञस्य दक्षिणाम् Mb.12.6.38. -4 a vessel (or a box or basket) filled with valuable things (such as clothes, ornaments &c.) and scrambled for by servants or relatives on festive occasions or distributed as presents; hence, the word is often used to denote 'a present made to one who brings a happy news'; कदा मे तनयजन्ममहोत्सवानन्दनिर्भरो हरिष्यति पूर्णपात्रं परि- जनः K.62,7,73,165; सखीजनेनापह्रियमाणपूर्णपात्रम 299; तत् कामं प्रभवति पूर्णपात्रवृत्त्या स्वीकर्तुं मम हृदयं च जीवितं च Māl. 4.1; किं पूर्मपात्रस्य न पात्रमासीत् Rām. champū. (पूर्णपात्र is thus defined:-- हर्षादुत्सवकाले च यदलंकारांशुकादिकम् । आकृष्य गृह्यते पूर्णपात्रं स्यात् पूर्णकं च तत् ॥ or वर्धापकं यदानन्दादलंकारा- दिकं पुनः ॥ आकृष्य गृह्यते पूर्णपात्रं पूर्णानकं च तत् ॥ Hārāvalī). -5 a vessel full of rice presented to the priests at the end of the sacrifice. -प्रज्ञ a. one whose prajñā is fully developed. -ज्ञः N. of Madhava, the founder of a kind of Vaiṣṇava cult. -बी (वी) जः the citron. -मानस a. contented. -मास् m. 1 the sun. -2 the moon. (-f.) the day of full moon. -मासः 1 the moon. -2 a monthly sacrifice performed on the day of full moon; (comprising the आग्नेय, अग्नीषोमीय and उपांशुयाज sacrifices); कानि पुनर्दर्शपूर्णमासशब्दकानि । येषां वचने पौर्णमासीशब्दो$मावास्य- शब्दो वा आग्नेयादीनि तानि ॥ ŚB. on MS.4.4.34. -मासी the day of full moon. -रथः a complete warrior. -वपुस् a. full (the moon). -होमः = पूर्णाहुतिः q. v.
pūrva पूर्व a. (Declined like a pronoun when it implies relative position in time or space, but optionally so in nom. pl.; and abl. and loc. sing.) 1 Being in front of, first, foremost. -2 Eastern, easterly, to the east of; ग्रामात् पर्वतः पूर्वः Sk.; पूर्वापरौ तोयनिधी वगाह्य Ku.1.1. -3 Previous to, earlier than; ब्राह्मणे साहसः पूर्वः Ms.8.276. -4 Old, ancient; पूर्वसूरिभिः R.1.4; इदं कविभ्यः पूर्वेभ्यो नमोवाकं प्रशास्महे U.1.1. -5 Former, previous, anterior, prior, antecedent (opp. उत्तर); in this sense often at the end of comp. and translated by 'formerly.' or 'before'; श्रुतपूर्व &c.; व्यतीता या निशा पूर्वा पौराणां हर्षवर्धिनी Rām.7.37.1. -6 Aforesaid, before-mentioned. -7 Initial. -8 Established, customary, of long standing -9 Early, prime, पूर्वे वयसि Pt.1.165 'in early age or prime of life. -1 Elder (ज्येष्ठ); रामः पूर्वो हि नो भ्राता भविष्यति महीपतिः Rām.2.79.8. -11 (At the end of comp.) Preceded by, accompanied by, attended with; संबन्धमा भाषणपूर्वमाहुः R.2.58; पुण्यः शब्दो मुनिरिति मुहुः केवलं राजपूर्वः Ś2.17; तान् स्मितपूर्वमाह Ku.7.47; बहुमानपूर्वया 5.31; दशपूर्वरथं यमाख्यया दशकण्ठारिगुरुं विदुर्बुधाः R.8.29; so मतिपूर्वम् Ms.11.147 'intentionally', 'knowingly'; 12.89; अबोधपूर्वम् 'unconsciously', Ś.5.2. &c. -र्वः An ancestor, a forefather; पूर्वैः किलायं परिवर्धितो नः R.13.3; पयः पूर्वैः सनिश्वासैः कवोष्णमुपभुज्यते 1.67;5.14; अनुकारिणि पूर्वेषां युक्तरूपमिदं त्वयि Ś.2.17. -र्वम् The forepart; अनवरतधनुर्ज्यास्फालनक्रूरपूर्वम् (गात्रम्) Ś.2.4. -र्वा 1 The east -2 N. of a country to the east of Madhyadeśa. -र्वम् ind. 1 Before (with abl.); मासात् पूर्वम्. -2 Formerly, previously, at first, antecedently, beforehand; तं पूर्वमभिवादयेत् Ms.2.117;3.94;8.25;; R. 12.35; प्रणिपातपूर्वम् K; भूतपूर्वखरालयम् U.2.17 'which formerly was the abode', &c.; समयपूर्वम् Ś.5. 'after a formal agreement.' -3 Immemorially. (पूर्वेण 'in front', 'before', 'to the east of', with gen. or acc.; अद्य पूर्वम् 'till-now', 'hitherto'; पूर्वः -ततः -पश्चात् -उपरि 'firstthen, first-afterwards', 'previously, subsequently', पूर्वम् -अधुना or -अद्य 'formerly-now.' -Comp. -अग्निः the sacred fire kept in the house (आवसथ्य). -अङ्गः the first day in the civil month. -अचलः, -अद्रिः the eastern mountain behind which the sun and moon are supposed to rise. -अधिकारिन् m. the first occupant, a prior owner. -अन्तः the end of a preceding word. -अपर a. 1 eastern and western; कतमो$यं पूर्वापर- समुद्रावगाढः सानुमानालोक्यते Ś.7; पूर्वापरौ तोयनिधी वगाह्य Ku. 1.1. -2 first and last. -3 prior and subsequent, preceding and following. -4 connected with another. (-रम्) 1 what is before and behind. -2 connection; न च पूर्वापरं विद्यात् Ms.8.56. -3 the proof and the thing to be proved. ˚विरोधः inconsistency, incongruity. -अभि- मुख a. turned towards or facing the east. -अभ्यासः former practice or experience. -अम्बुधिः the eastern ocean. -अर्जित a. attained by former works. (-तम्) ancestral property. -अर्धः, -र्धम् 1 the first half; दिनस्य पूर्वार्धपरार्धभिन्ना छायेव मैत्री खलसज्जनानाम् Bh.2.6; समाप्तं पूर्वार्धम् &c. -2 the upper part (of the body); शकुन्तला पूर्वार्धेन शयनादुत्थाय Ś.3; R.16.6. -3 the first half of a hemistich. -अवसायिन् a. what occurs first or earlier; पूर्वावसायिनश्च बलीयांसो जघन्यावसायिभ्यः ŚB. on MS.12.2.34. -अह्णः the earlier part of the day, forenoon; Ms.4. 96,152. श्वः कार्यमद्य कुर्वीत पूर्वाह्णे चापराह्णिकम् (पूर्वाह्णतन, पूर्वा- ह्णिकः, पूर्वाह्णेतन a. relating to the forenoon). -आवेदकः a plaintiff. -आषाढा N. of the 2th lunar mansion consisting of two stars. -इतर a. western. -उक्त, -उदित a. beforementioned, aforesaid, -उत्तर a. north-eastern. (-रा) the north-east. (-रे dual) the preceding and following, antecedent and subsequent. -कर्मन् n. 1 a former act or work. -2 the first thing to be done, a prior work. -3 actions done in a former life. -4 preparations, preliminary arrangements. -कल्पः former times. -कायः 1 the fore-part of the body of animals; पश्चार्धेन प्रविष्टः शरपतनभयाद् भूयसा पूर्वकायम् Ś.1.7. -2 the upper part of the body of men; स्पृशन् करेणानतपूर्वकायम् R.5.32; पर्यङ्कबन्धस्थिरपूर्वकायम् Ku.3.45. -काल a. belonging to ancient times. (-लः) former or ancient times. -कालिक, -कालीन a. ancient. -काष्ठा the east, eastern quarter. -कृत a. previously done. (-तम्) an act done in a former life. -कोटिः f. the starting point of a debate, the first statement or पूर्वपक्ष q. v. -क्रिया preparation. -गा N. of the river Godāvarī. -गङ्गा N. of the river Narmadā; रेवेन्दुजा पूर्वगङ्गा नर्मदा मेकलीद्रिजा Abh. Chin.183. -चोदित a. 1 aforesaid, above-mentioned. -2 previously stated or advanced (as an objection. -ज a. 1 born or produced before or formerly, first-produced, first-born; यमयोः पूर्वजः पार्थः Mb.3.141. 11. -2 ancient, old. -3 eastern. (-जः) 1 an elder brother; अपहाय महीशमार्चिचत् सदसि त्वां ननु भामपूर्वजः; Śi. 16.44; R.15.36. -2 the son of the elder wife. -3 an ancestor, a forefather; स पूर्वजानां कपिलेन रोषात् R.16.34. -4 (pl.) the progenitors of mankind. -5 the manes living in the world of the moon. (-जा) an elder sister. -जन्मन् n. a former birth. (-m.) an elder brother; स लक्ष्मणं लक्ष्मणपूर्वजन्मा (विलोक्य) R.14.44.;15.95. -जातिः f. a former birth. -ज्ञानम् knowledge of a former life. -तापनीयम् N. of the first half of नृसिंहतापनीयोपनिषद्. -दक्षिण a. south-eastern. (-णा) the south-east. -दिक्पतिः Indra, the regent of the east. -दिनम् the forenoon. -दिश् f. the east. -दिश्य a. situated towards the east, eastern. -दिष्टम् the award of destiny. -दृष्ट a. 1 primæval. -2 declared by the ancients; यथा ब्राह्मण- चाण्डालः पूर्वदृष्टस्तथैव सः Ms.9.87. -देवः 1 an ancient deity. -2 a demon or Asura; भूमिदेवनरदेवसंगमे पूर्वदेवरिपुरर्हणां हरिः Śi.14.58. -3 a progenitor (पितृ). -4 (du.) an epithet of Nara-Nārāyaṇa; सव्यसाचिन् महाबाहो पूर्वदेव सनातन Mb.3. 41.35. (com. पूर्वदेव नरनारायणसख). -देवता a progenitor (पितृ) of gods or of men; अक्रोधनाः शौचपराः सततं ब्रह्म- चारिणः । न्यस्तशस्त्रा महाभागाः पितरः पूर्वदेवताः ॥ Ms.3.192. -देशः the eastern country, or the eastern part of India. -द्वार a. favourable in the eastern region. -निपातः the irregular priority of a word in a compound; cf. परनिपात. -निमित्त an omen. -निविष्ट a. made formerly, in past; यस्तु पूर्वनिविष्टस्य तडागस्योदकं हरेत् Ms.9.281. -पक्षः 1 the fore-part or side. -2 the first half of a lunar month; सर्वं पूर्वपक्षापरपक्षाभ्यामभिपन्नम् Bṛi. Up.3.1.5. -3 the first part of an argument, the prima facie argument or view of a question; विषयो विशयश्चैव पूर्वपक्षस्तथोत्तरम्. -4 the first objection to an argument. -5 the statement of the plaintiff. -6 a suit at law. -7 an assertion, a proposition. ˚पादः the plaint, the first stage of a legal proceeding. -पदम् the first member of a compound or sentence. -पर्वतः the eastern mountain behind which the sun is supposed to rise. -पश्चात्, -पश्चिम ind. from the east to the west. -पाञ्चालक a. belonging to the eastern Pañchālas. -पाणिनीयाः m. (pl.) the disciples of Pāṇini living in the east. -पालिन् m. an epithet of Indra. -पितामहः a forefather, an ancestor; अब्रवीद् हि स मां क्रुद्धस्तव पूर्वपितामहः । मूत्रश्लेष्माशनः पाप निरयं प्रतिपत्स्यसे ॥ Mb.12.3.21. -पीठिका introduction. -पुरुषः 1 an epithet of Brahmā. -2 anyone of the first three ancestors, beginning with the father (पितृ, पितामह, and प्रपितामह); Pt.1.89. -3 an ancestor in general. -पूर्व a. each preceding one. (-र्वाः) m. (pl.) forefathers. -प्रोष्ठपदा = पूर्वभाद्रपदा; Mb.13.89.13. -फल्गुनी the eleventh lunar mansion containing two stars. ˚भवः an epithet of the planet Jupiter. -बन्धुः first or best friend; Mk. -भवः a former life. -भागः 1 the forepart. -2 the upper part. -भा(भ)द्रपदा the twentyfifth lunar mansion containing two stars. -भावः 1 priority. -2 prior or antecedent existence; येन सहैव यस्य यं प्रति पूर्वभावो$वगम्यते Tarka K. -3 (Rhet.) disclosing an intention. -भाषिन् a. willing to speak first; hence polite, courteous. -भुक्तिः f. prior occupation or possession; Ms.8.252. -भूत a. preceding, previous. -मध्याह्नः the forenoon. -मारिन् a. dying before; एवंवृत्तां सवर्णां स्त्रीं द्विजातिः पूर्वमारिणीम् (दाहयेत्) Ms.5.167. -मीमांसा 'the prior or first Mīmāṁsā', an inquiry into the first or ritual portion of the Veda, as opposed to the उत्तरमीमांसा or वेदान्त; see मीमांसा. -मुख a. having the face turned towards the east. -याम्य a. south-eastern. -रङ्गः the commencement or prelude of a drama, the prologue; यन्नाठ्यवस्तुनः पूर्वं रङ्गविघ्नोपशान्तये । कुशीलवाः प्रकुर्वन्ति पूर्वरङ्गः स उच्यते ॥ D. R; पूर्वरङ्गं विधायैव सूत्रधारो निवर्तते S. D.283; पूर्वरङ्गः प्रसंगाय नाटकीयस्य वस्तुनः Śi.2.8. (see Malli. thereon). -रागः the dawning or incipient love, love between two persons which springs (from some previous cause) before their meeting; श्रवणाद् दर्शनाद् वापि मिथः संरूढरागयोः । दशाविशेषोयो$प्राप्तौ पूर्वरागः स उच्यते ॥ S. D.214. -रात्रः the first part of the night (from dusk to midnight). -रूपम् 1 indication of an approaching change; an omen. -2 a symptom of occuring disease. -3 the first of two concurrent vowels or consonants that is retained. -4 (in Rhet.) a figure of speech which consists in describing anything as suddenly resuming its former state. -लक्षणम् a symptom of coming sickness. -वयस् a. young. (-n.) youth. -वर्तिन् a. existing before, prior, previous. -वाक्यम् (in dram.) an allusion to former utterance. -वादः the first plea or commencement of an action at law; पूर्ववादं परित्यज्य यो$न्यमालम्बते पुनः । पदसंक्रमणाद् ज्ञेयो हीनवादी स वै नरः ॥ Mitā. -वादिन् m. the complainant or plaintiff. -विद् a. knowing the events of the past; historian; पृथोरपीमां पृथिवीं भार्यां पूर्वविदो विदुः Ms.9.44. -विप्रतिषेधः the conflict of two statements contrary to each other. -विहित a. deposited before. -वृत्तम् 1 a former event; पूर्ववृत्तकथितैः पुराविदः सानुजः पितृ- सखस्य राघवः (अह्यमानः) R.11.1. -2 previous conduct. -वैरिन् a. one who first commences hostilities, an aggressor. -शारद a. relating to the first half of autumn. -शैलः see पूर्वपर्वत. -सक्थम् the upper part of the thigh. P. V.4.98. -संचित a. gathered before (as in former birth); त्यजेदाश्वयुजे मासि मुन्यन्नं पूर्वसंचितम् Ms.6.15. -सन्ध्या daybreak, dawn; रजनिमचिरजाता पूर्वसंध्या सुतैव (अनुपतति) Si.11.4. -सर a. going in front. -सागरः the eastern ocean; स सेनां महतीं कर्षन् पूर्वसागरगामिनीम् R.4.32. -साहसः the first of the three fines; स दाप्यः पूर्वसाहसम् Ms.9.281. -स्थितिः f. former or first state.
pṛthak पृथक् ind. 1 Severally, separately, singly; शङ्खान् दध्मुः पृथक् पृथक् Bg.1.18; Ms.3.26;7.57. -2 Different, separate, distinct; सांख्ययोगौ पृथग् बालाः प्रवदन्ति न पण्डिताः Bg.5.4;13.4; अवतीर्णो$सि भगवन् स्वेच्छोपात्तपृथग्वपुः Bhāg. 11.11.28; रचिता पृथगर्थता गिराम् Ki.2.27. -3 Apart, aside, alone; इति च भवतो जायास्नेहात् पृथक्स्थितिभीरुता V. 4.39. -4 Apart from, except, with the exception of, without; (with acc., instr., or abl.); पृथग् रामेण-रामात्- रामं वा Sk.; Bk.8.19. (पृथक् कृ 1 to separate, divide, sever, analyse. -2 to keep off, avert.) -Comp. -आत्मता 1 severalty, separateness. -2 distinction, difference. -3 discrimination, judgment. -आत्मन् a. distinct, separate. -m. the individual spirit or soul (जीवात्मा); (opp. to universal spirit or soul); Mb.13. 12.8; Bhāg.8.24.3. -आत्मिका individual existence, individuality. -करणम्, -क्रिया 1 separating, distinguishing. -2 analysing. -कार्यम् a separate or private affair; तेषां ग्राम्याणि कार्याणि पृथक् कार्याणि चैव हि Ms. 7.12. -कुल a. belonging to a different family. -क्षेत्राः m. (pl.) children of one father by different wives, or by wives of different classes. -चर a. going alone or separately. -जनः 1 a low man, an unenlightened, vulgar man, the mob, low people; न पृथग्- जनवच्छुचो वशं वशिनामुत्तम गन्तुमर्हसि R.8.9; Ki.1.4.24. -2 a fool, a block-head, an ignorant man; विविनक्ति न बुद्धिदुर्विधः स्वयमेव स्वहितं पृथग्जनः Śi.16.39. -3 a wicked man, sinner. -धर्मिन् a. one holding 'dual' (द्वैत) doctrine; Mb.12.232.33. -पर्णी N. of a plant, Hemionitis Cordifolia (Mar. पिठवण). -पिण्डः a distant relation who offers the funeral rice-ball separately and not together with other relations; Ms.5.78. -बीजः the marking-nut (Mar. बिब्बा). -भावः separateness, individuality; (so पृथक्त्वम्). -योगकरणम् the separation of a grammatical rule into two. -रूपः a. of different shapes or kinds. -विध a. of different kinds, diverse, various. -शय्या sleeping apart. -स्थितिः f. separate existence.
pogaṇḍa पोगण्ड a. [पौः शुद्धो गण्ड एकदेशो यस्य Tv.] 1 Young, not adult or fullgrown. -2 Having a deficient or redundant member. -3 Deformed. -ण्डः A boy, one from his 5th to his 16th year; 'बाल आ षोडशाद् वर्षात् पोगण्डश्चापि शब्दितः' Nārad; Ms.8.148; cf. अपोगण्ड.
pra प्र ind. 1 As a prefix to verbs it means 'forward', 'forth', 'in front', 'onward', 'before', 'away', as in प्रगम्, प्रस्था, प्रचर्, प्रया &c. -2 With adjectives it means 'very', 'excessively', 'very much' &c.; प्रकृष्ट, प्रमत्त &c., see further on. -3 With nouns whether derived from verbs or not, it is used in the following senses according to G. M. :-- (a) beginning, commencement; (प्रयाणम्, प्रस्थानम्, प्राह्ण); (b) length (प्रवालभूषिक); (c) power (प्रभु); (d) intensity, excess (प्रवाद, प्रकर्ष, प्रच्छाय प्रगुण); (e) source or origin (प्रभव, प्रपौत्र); (f) completion, perfectness, satisfaction (प्रभुक्तमन्नम्); (g) destitution, separation, being without (प्रोषिता, प्रपर्णवृक्षः); (h) apart (प्रज्ञु); (i) excellence (प्राचार्यः); (j) purity (प्रसन्नं जलम्); (k) wish (प्रार्थना); (l) cessation (प्रशम); (m) adoration, respect (प्राञ्जलिः who respectfully folds his hands together); (n) prominence (प्रणस, प्रवाल). In the Veda it is often used as a separable adverb; cf. प्र आदिकर्मदीर्घेशभृशसंभवतृप्तिवियोगशुद्धिशक्तीच्छाशान्तिपूजाग्रहर्शनेषु.
prakāśa प्रकाश a. 1 Bright, shining, brilliant; प्रकाशश्चाप्रकाशश्च लोकलोक इवाचलः R.1.68; 5.2. -2 Clear, visible, manifest; Śi.12.56; नाहं प्रकाशः सर्वस्य योगमायासमावृतः Bg.7.25. -3 Vivid, perspicuous; नयन्ति तेष्वप्युपपन्ननैपुणा गभीरमर्थं कतिचित् प्रकाशताम् Ki.14.4. -4 Famous, renowned, celebrated, noted; जगत्प्रकाशं यशः R.3.48; पितुः प्रकाशस्य तव द्वितीयः Pratimā4.9. -5 Open, public. -6 Cleared of trees, open; विपिनानि प्रकाशानि शक्तिमत्त्वाच्चकार सः R.4.31. -7 Blown, expanded. -8 (At the end of comp.) Looking like, like, resembling; महावनं चैत्ररथप्रकाशम् Mb. 3.177.17. -शः 1 Light, lustre, splendour, brightness; यथा प्रकाशतमसोः सम्बन्धो नोपपद्यते Smṛiti. -2 (Fig.) Light, elucidation, explanation (mostly at the end of titles of works); काव्यप्रकाश, भावप्रकाश, तर्कप्रकाश &c. -3 Sunshine; मेघान्तरे सूर्य इव प्रकाशः Mb.8.7.16. -4 Display, manifestation; Śi.9.5. -5 Fame, renown, celebrity, glory. -6 Expansion, diffusion. -7 Open spot of air; प्रकाशं निर्गतो$वलोकयामि Ś.4. -8 A golden mirror. -9 A chapter or section (of a book). -1 The gloss on the upper part of a horse's body. -11 Knowledge (ज्ञान); सर्वद्वारेषु देहे$स्मिन् प्रकाश उपजायते Bg.14.11. -12 Laughter. -शम् Bell-metal, brass. -शम् ind. 1 Openly, publicly; प्रतिभू- र्दापितो यत् तु प्रकाशं धनिनो धनम् Y.2.56; Ms.8.193;9.228. -2 Aloud, audibly (used as a stage-direction in drama; opp. आत्मगतम्). -शे ind. Openly, publicly. -2 Visibly. -3 In the presence of. -Comp. -आत्मक a. shining, brilliant. -आत्मन् a. bright, shining. (-m.) an epithet of (1) Viṣṇu; (2) of Śiva; (3) the sun. -इतर a. invisible. -कर a. causing manifestation; करणं त्रयोदशविधं तदाहरणधारणप्रकाशकरम् Sāṅ. K.32. -कर्तृ, -कर्मन् N. of the sun. -क्रयः an open purchase. -नारी a public woman, prostitute, harlot; अलं चतुःशालमिमं प्रवेश्य प्रकाशनारीधृत एष यस्मात् Mk.3.7. -वञ्चकः an open cheat.
prakāśaka प्रकाशक a. (-शिका f.) 1 Illuminating, giving light. -2 Making apparent, discovering, disclosing, evincing, betraying, displaying. -3 Expressing, indicating. -4 Explaining, making clear, expounding. -5 Bright; shining, brilliant. -6 Noted, celebrated, renowned. -कः 1 The sun. -2 A discoverer. -3 An expounder. -4 A publisher. -Comp. -ज्ञातृ m. a cock.
prakīrṇaka प्रकीर्णक a. Scattered or strewn about &c. -कः, -कम् 1 A chowrie, fly-flap (चामर); Śi.12.17; प्रकीर्णकं पार्श्वंग- पाणिकम्पितम् Śāhendra.3.14; विप्रकीर्णं क्वचिच्छस्त्रं प्रकीर्णकमपि क्वचित् Śiva B.21.53;22.6. -2 A tuft of hair used as an ornament for horses. -कः A horse. -कम् 1 A miscellany, any collection of miscellaneous things. -2 A miscellaneous chapter. -3 A section, chapter or division of a book. -4 A case not provided by the Śāstras and to be decided by the judge or king. -5 Extent, length (of a book &c.).
prakhyāta प्रख्यात p. p. 1 Famous, celebrated, renowned, noted. -2 Forestalled, claimed by right of pre-emption. -3 Happy, pleased. -4 Recognised, acknowledged. -Comp. -भाण्डम् a commodity the pre-emption of which is claimed by a king; राज्ञः प्रख्यातभाण्डानि प्रतिषिद्धानि यानि च Ms.8.399. -वप्तृक a. having a celebrated father.
pragalbh प्रगल्भ् 1 Ā. 1 To be bold or confident; या कथंचन सखीवचने प्रागभिप्रियतमं प्रजगल्भे Śi.1.18; न मौक्तिकच्छिद्रकरी शलाका प्रगल्भते कर्मणि टङ्किकायाः Vikr.1.16 'cannot be bold (competent) enough to do the work of a hatchet'. -2 To be determined or resolute. -3 To be proud. -4 To be ready or able (with inf.).
pragṛhīta प्रगृहीत p. p. 1 Held forth or out. -2 Received, accepted. -3 Not subject to the rules of euphony' (संधि); see प्रगृह्य below.
pragṛhyam प्रगृह्यम् 1 A vowel which is not liable to the rules of Sandhi or euphony and which is allowed to be written and pronounced separately; ईदूदेद्द्विवचनं प्रगृह्यम् P.I.1.11 (i. e. the final ई, ऊ and ए of the dual terminations of a word or any grammatical form). -2 Remembrance. -3 A sentence.
pragraha प्रग्रह a. 1 Holding in front, stretching forth (hands); एवमुक्तस्तु मुनिना प्राञ्जलिः प्रग्रहो नृपः । अभ्यवादयत प्राज्ञः Rām. 7.82.14. -2 Seizing, taking. -हः 1 Holding or stretching forth, holding out. -2 Laying hold of, taking, grasping, seizing; न हि मे मुच्यते कश्चित् कथञ्चित् प्रग्रहं गतः Mb.3.179.16. -3 The commencement of an eclipse. -4 (a) A rein, bridle; धृताः प्रग्रहाः अवतरत्वायुष्मान् Ś.1; Śi.12.31. (b) A whip, lash, scourge. -5 A check, restraint; यः प्रग्रहानुग्रहयोर्यथान्यायं विचक्षणः Rām.2.1.25. -6 Binding, confinement; सो$स्माकं वैरपुरुषो दुर्मतिः प्रग्रहं गतः Mb.12.7.33. -8 A prisoner, captive. -8 Taming, breaking (as an animal). -9 A ray of light. -1 The string of a balance. -11 A vowel not subject to the rules of Sandhi or euphony; see प्रगृह्य. -12 N. of Viṣṇu. -13 The arm. -14 A leader, guide. -15 Kindness, favour, a reward; अपराधं सहेताल्पं तुष्येदल्पे$पि चोदये । महोप- कारं चाध्यक्षं प्रग्रहेणाभिपूजयेत् ॥ Kau. A.2.7.25. -16 The Karṇikāra tree. -17 The gains in the form of gifts to courtiers; राजोपजीविनां प्रग्रहप्रदेशभोगपरिहारभक्तवेतनलाभम् Kau. A.2.7.25. -18 Hoarding, collecting (संग्रह); असाधुनिग्रहरतः साधूनां प्रग्रहे रतः Mb.12.21.14. -19 Folding, joining (hands); श्वश्रूणामविशेषेण प्राञ्जलिप्रग्रहेण च Rām.7. 48.1. -2 Obstinacy, stubbornness. -21 A companion, satellite.
prajñā प्रज्ञा 1 Intelligence, understanding, intellect, wisdom; आकारसदृशप्रज्ञः प्रज्ञया सदृशागमः R.1.15; नाभिनन्दति न द्वेष्टि तस्य प्रज्ञा प्रतिष्ठिता Bg.2.57; शस्त्रं निहन्ति पुरुषस्य शरीरमेकं प्रज्ञा कुलं च विभवं यशश्च हन्ति ॥ Subhāṣ. -2 Discernment, discrimination, judgment; इयं निष्ठा बहुविधा प्रज्ञया त्वध्यवस्यति Mb.14.3.24. -3 Device or design. -4 A wise or learned woman. -5 Longing for (वासना); impression (संस्कार); तं विद्याकर्मणि समन्वारभेते पूर्वप्रज्ञा च Bṛi. Up.4.4.2. -6 N. of the goddess Sarasvatī. -7 A particular Śakti or energy. -8 A true or transcendental wisdom; Buddh. -Comp. -अस्त्रम् a missile, weapon; ततः प्रज्ञास्त्रमादाय मोहनास्त्रं व्यनाशयत् Mb.6.77.53. -घनः nothing but intelligence; Bhāg. -चक्षुस्, -नयन a. blind; (lit. having understanding as the only eyes); ततो ज्ञास्यसि मां सौते प्रज्ञाचक्षुष- मित्युत Mb.1.1.149; Bhāg.1.13.28; Manodūta 115; N.12.16. (-m.) an epithet of Dhṛitarāṣṭra; Mb.3. 7.24; Kāvyamālā, Part.13. (-n.) the mind's eye, mental eye, the mind; M.1. -पारमिता one of the transcendent virtues; Buddh. -मात्रा an organ of sense. -वादः a wise saying; अशोच्यानन्वशोचस्त्वं प्रज्ञावादांश्च भाषसे Bg.2.11. -वृद्ध a. old in wisdom. -सहाय a. intelligent, wise. -हीन a. void of wisdom, silly, foolish.
pranaṣṭa प्रनष्ट p. p. 1 Disappeared, vanished, not to be seen. -2 Lost; Pt.4.35. -3 Perished, dead. -4 Ruined, destroyed, annihilated. -5 Escaped. -Comp. -स्वामिक a. प्रनष्टस्वामिकं रिक्थं राजा त्र्यब्दं निधापयेत् Ms.8.3.
prati प्रति ind. 1 As a prefix to verbs it means (a) towards, in the direction of; (b) back, in return, again; तष्ठेदानीं न मे जीवन् प्रतियास्यसि दुर्मते Rām.7.18.13; (c) in opposition to, against, counter; (d) upon, down upon; (see the several roots with this preposition). -2 As a prefix to nouns not directly derived from verbs it means (a) likeness, resemblance, equality; (b) opposite, of the opposite side; प्रतिबल Ve.3.5. 'the opposing force'; so प्रतिद्विपाः Mu.2.13; (c) rivalry; as in प्रतिचन्द्रः 'a rival moon'; प्रतिपुरुषः &c. -3 As a separable preposition (with acc.) it means (a) towards, in the direction of, to; तौ दम्पती स्वां प्रति राजधानीं प्रस्थापयामास वशी वसिष्ठः R.2.7;1. 75; प्रत्यनिलं विचेरु Ku.3.31; वृक्षं प्रति विद्योतते विद्युत् Sk.; (b) against, counter, in opposition to, opposite; तदा यायाद् रिपुं प्रति Ms.7.171; प्रदुदुवुस्तं प्रति राक्षसेन्द्रम् Rām.; ययावजः प्रत्यरिसैन्यमेव R.7.55; (c) in comparison with, on a par with, in proportion to, a match for; त्वं सहस्राणि प्रति Ṛv.2.1.8; (d) near, in the vicinity of, by, at, in, on; समासेदुस्ततो गङ्गां शृङ्गवेरपुरं प्रति Rām.; गङ्गां प्रति; (e) at the time, about, during; आदित्यस्योदयं प्रति Mb; फाल्गुनं वाथ चैत्रं वा मासौ प्रति Ms.7.182; (f) on the side of, in favour of, to the lot of; यदत्र मां प्रति स्यात् Sk.; हरं प्रति हलाहलं (अभवत्) Vop.; (g) in each, in or at every, severally (used in a distributive sense); वर्षं प्रति, प्रतिवर्षम्; यज्ञं प्रति Y.1.11; वृक्षं वृक्षं प्रति सिञ्चति Sk.; (h) with regard or reference to, in relation to, regarding, concerning, about, as to; न हि मे संशीतिरस्या दिव्यतां प्रति K.132; चन्द्रोपरागं प्रति तु केनापि विप्रलब्धासि Mu.1; धर्मं प्रति Ś.5.18; मन्दौत्सुक्यो$स्मि नगरगमनं प्रति Ś.1; Ku.6.27; 7.83; त्वयैकमीशं प्रति साधु भाषितम् 5.81; Y.1.218; R.6. 12;1.29;12.51; (i) according to, in conformity with; मां प्रति in my opinion; (j) before, in the presence of; (k) for, on account of. -4 As a separable preposition (with abl.) it means either (a) a representative of, in place of, instead of; प्रद्युम्नः कृष्णात् प्रति Sk.; संग्रामे यो नारायणतः प्रति Bk.8.89; or (b) in exchange or return for; तिलेभ्यः प्रति यच्छति माषान् Sk.; भक्तेः प्रत्यमृतं शंभोः Vop. -5 As the first member of Avyayībhāva compound it usually means (a) in or at every; as प्रतिसंवत्सरम् 'every year', प्रतिक्षणम्, प्रत्यहम् &c.; (b) towards, in the direction of; प्रत्यग्नि शलभा डयन्ते. -6 प्रति is sometimes used as the last member of Avyayī. comp. in the sense of 'a little'; सूपप्रति, शाकप्रति. [Note:-In the compounds given below all words the second members of which are words not immediately connected with verbs, are included; other words will be found in their proper places.] -Comp. -अंशम् ind. on the shoulders. -अक्षरम् ind. in every syllable or letter; प्रत्यक्षरश्लेषमयप्रबन्ध Vās. -अग्नि ind. towards the fire. -अग्र = प्रत्यग्र q. v. -अङ्गम् 1 a secondary or minor limb (of the body), as the nose. -2 a division, chapter, section. -3 every limb. -4 a weapon. (-ङ्गम्) ind. 1 on or at every limb of the body; as in प्रत्यङ्ग- मालिङ्गितः Gīt.1. -2 for every subdivision. -3 in each case (in grammar). -अधिदेवता a tutelary deity who stays in front or near one; Hch. -अधिष्ठानम्, -आधानम् the principal place of residence; Bṛi. Up.2.2.1. -2 repository. -अनन्तर a. 1 being in immediate neighbourhood; दानमानादिसत्कारैः कुरुष्व प्रत्यनन्तरम् Rām.4.15.27. (com. प्रत्यनन्तरं स्वाधीनम्). -2 standing nearest (as an heir). -3 immediately following, closely connected with; जीवेत् क्षत्रियधर्मेण स ह्यस्य (ब्राह्मणस्य) प्रत्यनन्तरः; Ms.1. 82;8.185. (-रम्) ind. 1 immediately after. -2 next in succession. -रीभू to betake oneself close to; P. R. -अनिलम् ind. towards or against the wind. -अनीक a 1 hostile, opposed, inimical. -2 resisting, opposing. -3 opposite. -4 equal, vying with. (-कः) an enemy. (-कम्) 1 hostility, enmity, hostile attitude or position; न शक्ताः प्रत्यनीकेषु स्थातुं मम सुरासुराः Rām. -2 a hostile army; यस्य शूरा महेष्वासाः प्रत्यनीकगता रणे Mb.; ये$वस्थिताः प्रत्यनीकेषु योधाः Bg.11.32. (प्र˚ may have here sense 1 also). -3 (in Rhet.) a figure of speech in which one tries to injure a person or thing connected with an enemy who himself cannot be injured; प्रतिपक्षमशक्तेन प्रतिकर्तुं तिरस्क्रिया । या तदीयस्य तत्स्तुत्यै प्रत्यनीकं तदुच्यते K. P.1. -अनुप्रासः a kind of alliteration. -अनुमानम् an opposite conclusion. -अन्त a. contiguous, lying close to, adjacent, bordering. (-न्तः) 1 a border, frontier; स गुप्तमूलप्रत्यन्तः R.4.26. -2 a bordering country; especially, a country occupied by barbarian or Mlechchhas. ˚देशः a bordering country. ˚पर्वतः an adjacent hill; पादाः प्रत्यन्तपर्वताः Ak. -अन्धकार a. spreading shadow; Buddh. -अपकारः retaliation, injury in return; शाम्येत् प्रत्यप- कारेण नोपकारेण दुर्जनः Ku.2.4. -अब्दम् ind. every year -अमित्र a. hostile. (-त्रः) an enemy. (-त्रम्) ind. towards as enemy. -अरिः 1 a well-matched opponent. -2 the 9th, 14th or 23rd asterism from the जन्मनक्षत्र. -3 a particular asterism; दारुणेषु च सर्वेषु प्रत्यरिं च विवर्जयेत् Mb.13.14.28 (com. प्रत्यरिं स्वनक्षत्राद् दिननक्षत्रं यावद् गणयित्वा नवभिर्भागे हृते पञ्चमी तारा प्रत्यरिः ।). -अर्कः a mock sun; parhelion. -अर्गलम् the rope by which a churning stick is moved. -अवयवम् ind. 1 in every limb. -2 in every particular, in detail. -अवर a. 1 lower, less honoured; पुरावरान् प्रत्यवरान् गरीयसः Mb.13.94.12. -2 very low or degrading, very insignificant; Ms.1.19. -अश्मन् m. red chalk. -अष्ठीला a kind of nervous disease. -अहम् ind. every day, daily; day by day; गिरिशमुपचचार प्रत्यहं सा सुकेशी Ku.1.6. -आकारः a scabbard, sheath. -आघातः 1 a counter-stroke. -2 reaction. -आचारः suitable conduct or behaviour. -आत्मम् ind. singly, severally. -आत्मक a. belonging to oneself. -आत्म्यम् similarity with oneself. -आत्मेन ind. after one's own image; स किंनरान् कुंपुरुषान् प्रत्यात्म्येना- सृजत् प्रभुः Bhāg.3.2.45. -आदित्यः a mock sun. -आरम्भः 1 recommencement, second beginning. -2 prohibition. -आर्द्र a. fresh. -आशा 1 hope, expectation; न यत्र प्रत्याशामनुपतति नो वा रहयति Māl.9.8. -2 trust, confidence. -आसङ्गः Connection, contact; अथ प्रत्यासङ्गः कमपि महिमानं वितरति Mv.1.12. -आस्वर 1 returning. -2 reflecting; Ch.Up.1.3.2. -आह्वयः echo, resonance; छाया प्रत्याह्वयाभासा ह्यसन्तो$प्यर्थकारिणः Bhāg.11.28.5. -उत्तरम् a reply, rejoinder. -उलूकः 1 a crow; मृत्युदूतः कपोतो$यमुलूकः कम्पयन्मनः । प्रत्युलूकश्च कुह्वानैरनिद्रौ शून्यमिच्छतः ॥ Bhāg.1.14.14. -2 a bird resembling an owl. -ऋचम् ind. in each Rik. -एक a. each, each one, every single one. (-कम्) ind. 1 one at a time, severally; singly, in every one, to every one; oft. with the force of an adjective; विवेश दण्डकारण्यं प्रत्येकं च सतां मनः R.12.9. 'entered the mind of every good man'; 12.3;7.34; Ku.2.31. -एनस् m. 1 an officer of justice (who punishes criminals); Bṛi. Up.4.3.7. -2 a heir responsible for the debts of the deceased; surety. -कञ्चुकः 1 an adversary. -2 a critic. -कण्ठम् ind. 1 severally, one by one. -2 near the throat. -कलम् ind. constantly, perpetually. -कश a. not obeying the whip. -कष्ट a. comparatively bad. -कामिनी a female rival; Śi. -कायः 1 an effigy, image, picture, likeness. -2 an adversary; स वृषध्वजसायकावभिन्नं जयहेतुः प्रतिकाय- मेषणीयम् Ki.13.28. -3 a target, butt, mark. -कितवः an opponent in a game. -कुञ्जरः a hostile elephant. -कूपः a moat, ditch. -कूल a. 1 unfavourable, adverse, contrary, hostile, opposite, प्रतिकूलतामुपगते हि विधौ विफलत्व- मेति बहुसाधनता Śi.9.6; Ku.3.24. -2 harsh, discordant. unpleasant, disagreeable; अप्यन्नपुष्टा प्रतिकूलशब्दा Ku.1. 45. -3 inauspicious. -4 contradictory. -5 reverse, inverted. -6 perverse, cross, peevish, stubborn. ˚आचार- णम्, ˚आचरितम् any offensive or hostile action or conduct; प्रतिकूलाचरितं क्षमख मे R.8.81. ˚उक्तम्, -क्तिः f. a contradiction. ˚कारिन्, -कृत, -चारिन्, -वत्ति a. opposing. ˚दर्शन a. having an inauspicious or ungracious appearance. ˚प्रवर्तिन्, -वर्तिन् a. acting adversely, taking an adverse course. ˚भाषिन् a. opposing, contradicting. ˚वचनम् disagreeable or unpleasant speech. ˚वादः contradiction. (प्रतिकूलता, -त्वम् adverseness, opposition, hostility. प्रति- कूलयति 'to oppose'.). -कूल ind. 1 adversely, contrarily. -2 inversely, in inverted order. -कूलय Den. P. to resist, oppose. -कूलिक a. hostile, inimical. -क्षणम् ind. at every moment or instant, constantly; प्रतिक्षणं संभ्रमलोलदृष्टि- र्लीलारविन्देन निवारयन्ती Ku.3.56. -क्षपम् ind. everynight. -गजः a hostile elephant -गात्रम् ind. in very limb. -गिरिः 1 an opposite mountain. -2 an inferior mountain. -गृहम्, -गेहम् ind. in every house. -ग्रामम् ind. in every village. -चक्रम् a hostile army. -चन्द्रः a mock moon; paraselene. -चरणम् ind. 1 in every (Vedic) school or branch. -2 at every foot-step. -छाया, -यिका 1 a reflected image, reflection, shadow; रूपं प्रतिच्छायिक- योपनीतम् N.6.45. -2 an image, picture. -जङ्घा the forepart of the leg. -जिह्वा, -जिह्विका the soft palate, -तन्त्रम् ind. according to each Tantra or opinion. -तन्त्र- सिद्धान्तः a conclusion adopted by one of the disputants only; (वादिप्रतिवाद्येकतरमात्राभ्युपगतः). -त्र्यहम् ind. for three days at a time. -दण्ड a. Ved. disobedient. -दिनम् ind. every day; राशीभूतः प्रतिदिनमिव त्र्यम्बकस्याट्टहासः Me.6. -दिशम् ind. in every direction, all round, everywhere. -दूतः a messenger sent in return. -देवता a corresponding deity; गताः कलाः पञ्चदश प्रतिष्ठा देवाश्च सर्वे प्रतिदेवतासु Muṇḍa.3.2.7. -देशम् ind. in every country. -देहम् ind. in every body. -दैवतम् ind. for every deity. -द्वन्द्वः 1 an antagonist, opponent, adversary, rival. -2 an enemy. (-द्वम्) opposition, hostility. -द्वन्द्विन् a. 1 hostile, inimical. -2 adverse (प्रतिकूल); कृतान्तदुर्वृत्त इवापरेषां पुरः प्रतिद्वन्द्विनि पाण्डवास्त्रे Ki.16.29. -3 rivalling, vying with; किसलयोद्भेदप्रतिद्वन्दिभिः (करतलैः) Ś.4.5. (-m.) an opponent, adversary, rival; तुल्यप्रति- द्वन्द्वि बभूव युद्धम् R.7.37.;15.25. -द्वारम् ind. at every gate. -धुरः a horse harnessed by the side of another. -नप्तृ m. great-grandson, a son's grandson. -नव a. 1 new, young, fresh. -2 newly blown budded; सान्ध्यं तेजः प्रतिनवजपापुष्परक्तं दधानः Me.38. -नाडी a branch-vein. -नायकः the adversary of the hero of any poetic composition; धीरोद्धतः पापकारी व्यसनी प्रतिनायकः S. D., as रावण in the Rāmāyaṇa, शिशुपाल in Māgha-Kāvya &c. -नारी, -पत्नी, -युवतिः a female rival; Śi.7.45. -निनादः = प्रतिध्वनिः q. v. -न्यायम् ind. in inverted order; पुनः प्रतिन्यायं प्रतियोन्याद्रवति स्वप्नायैव Bṛi. Up.4.3.15. -पक्ष a. like, similar. (-क्षः) 1 the opposite side, party or faction, hostility; विमृश्य पक्षप्रतिपक्षाभ्यामवधारणं नियमः Gaut. S, -2 an adversary, enemy, foe, rival; प्रति- पक्षकामिनी, -लक्ष्मी 'a rival wife'; Bv.2.64; दासीकृतायाः प्रति- पक्षलक्ष्याः Vikr.1.73; प्रतिपक्षमशक्तेन प्रतिकर्तुम् K. P.1; Vikr.1.7; often used in comp. in the sense of 'equal' or 'similar'. -3 remedy, expiation; यादवस्य पापस्य प्रतिपक्षमुपदिशामि Nāg.5. -4 a defendant or respondent (in law). ˚ता 1 hostility, opposition. -2 obstacle. -पक्षित a. 1 containing a contradiction. -2 nullified by a contradictory premise; (as a hetu in न्याय); cf. सत्प्रतिपक्ष. -पक्षिन् m. an opponent, adversary. -पण्यम् merchandise in exchange; Buddh. -प्रथम् ind. along the road, towards the way; प्रतिपथगतिरासीद् वेगदीर्घीकृताङ्गः Ku.3.76. -पदम् ind. 1 at evry stop. -2 at every place, everywhere. -3 expressly. -4 in every word; प्रतिपदाख्याने तु गौरवं परिहरद्भिर्वृत्तिकारैः सर्वसामान्यः शब्दः प्रति- गृहीतः प्रकृतिवदिति ŚB. on MS.8.1.2. -पल्लवः an opposite or outstretched branch; R. -पाणः 1 a stake. -2 a counter-pledge. -3 a counter-stake; Mb.3. -पादम् ind. in each quarter. -पात्रम् ind. with regard to each part, of each character; प्रतिपात्रमाधीयतां यत्नः Ś.1 'let care be taken of each character'. -पादपम् ind. in every tree. -पाप a. returning sin for sin, requiting evil for evil. -पु(पू)रुषः 1 a like or similar man. -2 a substitute, deputy. -3 a companion. -4 the effigy of a man pushed by thieves into the interior of a house before entering it themselves (to ascertain if any body is awake). -5 an effigy in general. (-षम्) ind. man by man, for each man. -पुस्तकम् a copy of an original manuscript. -पूर्वाह्णम् ind. every forenoon. -प्रति a. counter-balancing, equal to. -प्रभातम् ind. every morning. -प्रसवः 1 (As opposed to अनुप्रसव) tracing causes back to the origin as -a pot, a lump of mud, mud, clay, Pātañjala Yogadarśana. -2 Negation of (or exception to) a negation. The force of a प्रतिप्रसव is positive, limiting as it does the scope of a प्रतिषेध or negation. Hence it is just the opposite of परिसंख्या whose force is negative or exclusive since it limits the scope of a positive statement. प्रतिप्रसवो$यं न परिसंख्या ŚB. on MS.1.7.45. -प्रकारः an outer wall or rampart. -प्रियम् a kindness or service in return; प्रतिप्रियं चेद् भवतो न कुर्यां वृथा हि मे स्यात् स्वपदोपलब्धिः R.5.56. -बन्धुः an equal in rank or station; Mb.5.121.13. -बलः a. 1 able, powerful. -2 equal in strength, equally matched or powerful. (-लम्) 1 a hostile army; अस्त्रज्वालावलीढप्रतिबलजलधेरन्तरौर्वायमाणे Ve.3.7. -2 strength. -बाहु 1 the forepart of the arm. -2 an opposite side (in a square or polygon). -बि (वि) म्बः, -म्बम् 1 a reflection, reflected image; ज्योतिषां प्रतिबिम्बानि प्राप्नु- वन्त्युपहारताम् Ku.6.42; Śi.9.18. -2 an image, a picture. -बीजम् a rotten seed. -भट a. vying with, rivalling; घटप्रतिभटस्तनि N.13.5. (-टः) 1 a rival, an opponent; निवासः कन्दर्पप्रतिभटजटाजूटभवने G. L.21. -2 a warrior on the opposite side; समालोक्याजौ त्वां विदधति विकल्पान् प्रतिभटाः K. P.1. -भय a. 1 fearful, formidable, terrible, frightful. -2 dangerous; स्वगृहोद्यानगते$पि स्निग्धैः पापं विशङ्क्यते मोहात् । किमु दृष्टबह्वपायप्रतिभयकान्तारमध्यस्थे ॥ Pt.2.171; Nāg.5.1.; Bhāg.1.6.14. (-यम्) a danger; सुनन्द, श्रुतं मया संनिहितगरुडप्रतिभयमुद्देशं जामाता जीमूतवाहनो गतः Nāg.5. -भैरव a. dreadful. -मञ्चः a kind of measure (in music.) -मञ्चाः Platforms opposite to each other; दशभागिकौ द्वौ प्रतिमञ्चौ Kau. A.2.3.21. -मण्डलम् 1 a secondary disc (of the sun &c.). -2 an eccentric orbit. -मन्दिरम् ind. in every house. -मल्लः an antagonist, a rival; उपेयिवांसं प्रतिमल्लतां रयस्मये जितस्य प्रसभं गरुत्मतः N.1.63; पातालप्रतिमल्लगल्ल &c. Māl.5.22. -मानना worship (पूजा); स्पर्शमशुचिवपुरर्हति न प्रतिमाननां तु नितरां नृपोचिताम् Śi.15.35. -माया a counter-spell or charm; प्रतिमाया कृतं च तत् Mb.1.34.22. -मार्गः the way back; Mb.4. -मार्गम् ind. back, backwards. -माला capping verses (Mar. भंडी). -मासम् ind. every month, monthly. -मित्रम् an enemy, adversary. -मुख a. standing before the face, facing; प्रतिमुखागत Ms.8.291. -2 near, present. (-खम्) a secondary plot or incident in a drama which tends either to hasten or retard the catastrophe; see S. D.334 and 351-364. (-खम्) ind. 1 towards. -2 in front, before. -मुखरी a particular mode of drumming. -मुद्रा 1 a counterseal. -2 the impression of a seal. -मुहूर्तम् ind. every moment. -मूर्तिः f. an image, a likeness. -मूषिका f. a musk-rat (Mar. चिचुंदरी). -यूथपः the leader of a hostile herd of elephants. -रथः an adversary in war (lit. in fighting in a war-chariot); दौष्यन्तिमप्रतिरथं तनयं निवेश्य Ś.4.2. -रथ्यम् in every road; अस्मिन् नगरे प्रतिरथ्यं भुजङ्गबद्धसंचारे Udb. -रवः, -ध्वनिः 1 an echo; प्रतिरवविततो वनानि चक्रे Ki.1.4. -2 quarrel; controversy. -3 (Ved.) life (प्राण). -रसितम् an echo; केनास्मत् सिंह- नादप्रतिरसितसखो दुन्दुभिस्ताड्यते$यम् Ve.1.22. -राजः a hostile king. -रात्रम् ind. every night. -रूप a. 1 corresponding, similar, having a counter-part in; अग्निर्यथैको भुवनं प्रविष्टो रूपं रूपं प्रतिरूपो बभूव Kaṭh.2.2.9. -2 beautiful. -3 suitable, proper; इदं न प्रतिरूपं ते स्त्रीष्वदाक्षिण्यमीदृशम् Bu. Ch.4.66; आत्मनः प्रतिरूपं सा बभाषे चारुहासिनी Rām.4. 19.17. -4 facing (अभिमुख); प्रतिरूपं जनं कुर्यान्न चेत् तद् वर्तते यथा Mb.12.97.16 (com. प्रतिरूपं युद्धाभिमुखम्). (-पम्) 1 a picture, an image, a likeness. -2 a mirror-like reflecting object; अदर्शनं स्वशिरसः प्रतिरूपे च सत्यपि Bhāg. 1.42.28. -4 an object of comparison (उपमान); भवान्मे खलु भक्तानां सर्वेषां प्रतिरूपधृक् Bhāg.7.1.21. -रूपक a. resembling, similar (at the end of comp.); जहीमान् राक्षसान् पापानात्मनः प्रतिरूपकान् Mb.3.29.11; चेष्टाप्रतिरूपिका मनोवृत्तिः Ś.1. (-कम्) 1 a picture, an image; अग्निदैर्गर- दैश्चैव प्रतिरूपककारकैः Mb.12.59.49. -2 a forged edict; जर्जरं चास्य विषयं कुर्वन्ति प्रतिरूपकैः Mb.12.56.52. -3 a reflection. -लक्षणम् a mark, sign, token. -लिपिः f. a transcript, a written copy. -लेखः a writ of reply; प्रावृत्तिकश्च प्रतिलेख एव Kau. A.2.1.28. -लोम a. 1 'against the hair or grain', contray to the natural order, inverted, reverse (opp. अनुलोम); नववर्षसहस्राक्षः प्रतिलोमो$भवद् गुरुः Bhāg.12.14.15. -2 contrary to caste (said of the issue of a woman who is of a higher caste than her husband). -3 hostile. -4 low, vile, base. -5 left (वाम). -6 obstinate, perverse; अपरिचितस्यापि ते$प्रतिलोमः संवृत्तः Ś.7. -7 disagreeable, unpleasant. (-मम्) any injurious or unpleasant act. (-मम्) ind. 'against the hair or grain', inversely, invertedly. ˚ज a. born in the inverse order of the castes; i. e. born of a mother who is of a higher caste than the father; cf. Ms.1.16,25. -लोमक a. reverse, inverted; राजन्यविप्रयोः कस्माद् विवाहः प्रतिलोमकः Bhāg.9.18.5. -कम् inverted order. -लोमतः ind. 1 in consequence of the inverted order or course; Ms.1.68. -2 in an unfriendly manner; यदा बहुविधां वृद्धिं मन्येत प्रतिलोमतः Mb.12.13.39. -वत्सरम् ind. every year. -वनम् ind. in every forest. -वर्णिक a. similar, corresponding. -वर्धिन् a. being a match for. -वर्षम् ind. every year. -वस्तु n. 1 an equivalent, a counterpart. -2 anything given in return. -3 a parallel. ˚उपमा a figure of speech thus defined by Mammaṭa:-- प्रतिवस्तूपमा तु सा ॥ सामान्यस्य द्विरेकस्य यत्र वाक्यद्वये स्थितिः । K. P.1; e. g. तापेन भ्राजते सूर्यः शूरश्चापेन राजते Chandr.5. 48. -वातः a contrary wind; प्रतिवाते$नुवाते च नासीत गुरुणा सह Ms.2.23. (-तम्) ind. against the wind; चीनांशुक- मिव केतोः प्रतिवातं नीयमानस्य Ś.1.33. -वारणः a hostile elephant. -वासरम् ind. every day. -विटपम् ind. 1 on every branch. -2 branch by branch. -विषम् an antidote. (-षा) a birch tree. -विष्णुकः a Muchakunda tree. -वीरः an opponent, antagonist. -वीर्यम् being equal to or a match for. -वृषः a hostile bull. -वेलम् ind. at each time, on every occasion. -वेशः 1 a neighbouring house, neighbourhood. -2 a neighbour. -वेशिन् a. a neighbour; दृष्ट्वा प्रभातसमये प्रतिवेशिवर्गः Mk.3.14. -वेश्मन् n. a neighbour's house. -वेश्यः a neighbour. -वैरम् requital of hostilities revenge. -शब्दः 1 echo, reverberation; वसुधाधरकन्दराभिसर्पी प्रतिशब्दो$पि हरेर्भिनत्ति नागान् V. 1.16; Ku.6.64; R.2.28. -2 a roar. -शशिन् m. a mock-moon. -शाखम् ind. for every branch or school (of the Veda). -शाखा a side-branch; महाभूतविशेषश्च विशेषप्रतिशाखवान् Mb.14.35.21. -संवत्सरम् ind. every year. -सङ्गक्षिका 1 a cloak to keep off the dust; Buddh. -संदेशः a reply to the message; दर्पसारस्य प्रति- संदेशमावेदयत् D. K.2.1. -सम a. equal to, a match for. -सव्य a. in an inverted order. -सामन्तः an enemy. -सायम् ind. every evening. -सूर्यः, -सूर्यकः 1 a mock-sun. -2 a lizard, chameleon; 'कृकलासस्तु सरटः प्रतिसूर्यः शयानकः ।' Hemchandra; तृष्यद्भिः प्रतिसूर्यकैरजगरस्वेदद्रवः पीयते U.2.16. -सेना, सैन्यम् a hostile army; निहतां प्रतिसैन्येन वडवामिव पातिताम् Rām.2.114.17. -स्थानम् ind. in every place, everywhere. -स्मृतिः N. of particular kind of magic; गृहाणेमां मया प्रोक्तां सिद्धिं मूर्तिमतीमिव । विद्यां प्रतिस्मृतिं नाम Mb.3.36.3. -स्रोतस् ind. against the stream; सरस्वतीं प्रतिस्रोतं ययौ ब्राह्मणसंवृतः Bhāg.1.78. 18. -a. going against the stream; अथासाद्य तु कालिन्दी प्रतिस्रोतः समागताम् Rām.2.55.5. -हस्तः, -हस्तकः a deputy, an agent, substitute, proxy; आश्रितानां भृतौ स्वामिसेवायां धर्मसेवने । पुत्रस्योत्पादने चैव न सन्ति प्रतिहस्तकाः ॥ H.2.33. -हस्तीकृ to take; Pratijñā 3. -हस्तिन् the keeper of a brothel; Dk.2.2.
pratikṣipta प्रतिक्षिप्त p. p. 1 Turned away, rejected, dismissed. -2 Repelled, resisted, repulsed, opposed. -3 Abused, reviled, traduced. -4 Sent, despatched. -5 Hurt, injured. -6 Despised, slighted. -7 Falsely accused. -प्तम् Medicine. प्रतिक्षेपः pratikṣēpḥ प्रतिक्षेपणम् pratikṣēpaṇam प्रतिक्षेपः प्रतिक्षेपणम् 1 Not acknowledging, rejection. -2 Opposing, controverting, contradiction. -3 Contest.
pratipattiḥ प्रतिपत्तिः f. 1 Getting; acquirement, gain; चन्द्रलोक- प्रतिपत्तिः; स्वर्ग˚ &c. -2 Perception, observation, consciousness, (right) knowledge; वागर्थप्रतिपत्तये R.1.1; तयोरभेदप्रतिपत्तिरस्ति मे Bh.3.99; गुणिनामपि निजरूपप्रतिपत्तिः परत एव संभवति Vās. -3 Assent, compliance, acceptance; प्रतिपत्तिपराङ्मुखी Bk.8.95 'averse from compliance, unyielding'. -4 Admission, acknowledgment. -5 Assertion, statement. -6 Undertaking, beginning, commencement. -7 Action, proceeding, course of action, procedure; वयस्य का प्रतिपत्तिरत्र M.4; Ku.5.42; विषाद- लुप्तप्रतिपत्तिविस्मितं सैन्यम् R.3.4 'which did not know what course of action to follow through dismay'. -8 Performance, doing, proceeding with; प्रस्तुतप्रतिपत्तये R.15.75. -9 Resolution, determination; कैकेय्याः प्रतिपत्तिर्हि कथं स्यान्मम वेदने Rām.2.22.16; व्यवसायः प्रतिपत्तिनिष्ठुरः R.8.65. -1 News, intelligence; कर्मसिद्धावाशु प्रतिपत्तिमानय Mu.4; Ś.6. -11 Honour, respect, mark of distinction, respectful behaviour; सामान्यप्रतिपत्तिपूर्वकमियं दारेषु दृश्या त्वया Ś.4.17;7.1; R.14.22;15.12; तत् कस्मादेतस्मिन् महानुभावे प्रतिपत्तिमूढा तिष्ठसि Nāg.1; यत्स महानुभावो वाङ्मात्रेणापि अकृतप्रतिपत्तिः अदक्षिणेति मां संभावयिष्यति Nāg.2. -12 A method, means. -13 Intellect, intelligence. -14 Use, application. -15 Promotion, preferment, exaltation. -16 Fame, renown, reputation. -17 Boldness, assurance, confidence. -18 Conviction, proof. -19 A rite from which no advantage accrues. -2 The concluding portion of an action. (In Daṇḍaviveka, G. O. S.52, p.259, it means punishment of an offence.) -21 Disposing of a matter or a thing which has served the purpose of something else; यद् येन प्रयोजनेन सम्बद्ध- मुत्पद्यते तत् तदर्थमेव न्याय्यम् । तस्यान्यत्र गमने प्रतिपत्तिरित्येतदुपपद्यते ŚB. on MS.4.2.19. Also cf. यष हि न्यायो यदन्यत्र कृतार्थ- मन्यत्र प्रतिपाद्यत इति ŚB. on MS.4.2.22; cf. also प्रतिपत्तिश्च विविक्तकरणेन उपकरोति ŚB. on MS.6.4.3. Hence प्रतिपत्ति- कर्मन् means 'a mere disposal' (as opposed to अर्थकर्मन्); किं शाखाप्रहरणं प्रतिपत्तिकर्म उतार्थकर्मेति ŚB. on MS.4.2.1. -22 giving (दान); अपात्रे प्रतिपत्तिः; Mb.12.26.31; दानवारि- रसिकाय विभूतेर्वश्मि ते$स्मि सुतरां प्रतिपत्तिम् N.21.63. -23 Remedy (प्रतिविधान); प्रतिपत्तिं कां प्रत्यपद्यन्त मामकाः Mb.7.46. 3. -Comp. -दक्ष a. knowing how to act. -पटहः a kind of kettle drum. -पराङ्मुख a. obstinate, unyielding; Bk. -प्रदानम् Conferring promotion. -भेदः difference of view. -विशारद a. knowing how to act, skilful, clever; वायव्यमभिमन्त्र्याथ प्रतिपत्तिविशारदः Mb.1.227.16.
pratibodhaḥ प्रतिबोधः 1 Waking, awaking, being awakened; तदपोहितुमर्हसि प्रिये प्रतिबोधेन विषादमाशु मे R.8.54; अप्रतिबोध- शायिनी 58 'sleeping not to wake again'; Ki.6.12; 12.48. -2 Perception, knowledge. -3 Instruction. -4 Reason, reasoning faculty; किमुत याः प्रतिबोधवत्यः Ś.5.22. -5 Recollection; संमोहः खलु विस्मयनीयो न प्रतिबोधः Ś.6.
pratiyogin प्रतियोगिन् a. 1 Opposing, counteracting, impeding. -2 Related or corresponding to, being or forming a counter-part of (anything); often used in works on Nyāya; as a घट is the प्रतियोगी of घटाभाव; (यस्याभावो विवक्ष्यते स प्रतियोगी). -3 Co-operating with. -4 Equally matched. -m. 1 An adversary, opponent, enemy; आर्थो विरोधः शक्तेन जातो नः प्रतियोगिना Mv.2.7; दहत्यशेषं प्रतियोगि- गर्वम् Vikr.1.117. -2 A counter-part, match. -3 A partner, an associate, -4 An object dependent upon another. -5 A counter-part, counter-entity; प्रतियोगि- ज्ञानाधीनज्ञानविषयत्वमभावलक्षणम्. प्रतियोगिता pratiyōgitā त्वम् tvam प्रतियोगिता त्वम् 1 Opposition. -2 Dependent existence. -3 Being a counter-part. -4 Partnership, co-operation.
pratyayaḥ प्रत्ययः 1 Conviction, settled belief; मूढः परप्रत्ययनेयबुद्धिः; M.1.2; संजातप्रत्ययः Pt.4. -2 Trust, reliance, faith, confidence; रक्षन् प्रत्ययमात्मनः Rām.3.9.19; बलवदपि शिक्षितानामात्मन्यप्रत्ययं चेतः Ś.1.2; Ku.6.2; Śi.18.63; Bh.3.6; प्रत्ययार्थं हि लोकानामेवमेव मया कृतम् Abhiṣeka. 6.29. -3 Conception, idea, notion, opinion. -4 Surety, certainty; प्रत्ययार्थं ततः सीता विवेश ज्वलनं तदा Rām.7.45. 7. -5 Knowledge, experience, cognition; स्थानप्रत्ययात् Ś.7 'judging by the place'; so आकृतिप्रत्ययात् M.1; Me.8. -6 A cause, ground, means of action; स्वकर्म- प्रत्ययाँल्लोकान् मत्वा$र्जुनमब्रवीत् Mb.13.1.77; अपेक्षते प्रत्ययमुत्तमं त्वाम् Ku.3.18. -7 Celebrity, fame, renown. -8 A termination, an affix or suffix; केवलं दधति कर्तृवाचिनः प्रत्ययानिह न जातु कर्मणि Śi.14.66. -9 An oath. -1 A dependant. -11 A usage, practice. -12 A hole. -13 Intellect, understanding (बुद्धि). -14 An assistant or associate. -15 An epithet of Viṣṇu; नामरूपे भगवती प्रत्यय- स्त्वमपाश्रयः Bhāg.6.19.14. -16 (With Buddhists) A co-operating cause. -17 An instrument, a means of agency. -18 Religious contemplation. -19 A householder who keeps a sacred fire. -2 Function of the organs (इन्द्रियवृत्ति); सर्वेन्द्रियगुणद्रष्ट्रे सर्वप्रत्ययहेतवे Bhāg.8.3. 14. -Comp. -कारकः, -कारिन् a. producing assurance, convincing. (-णी) a seal, signet-ring.
pratyavasita प्रत्यवसित a. 1 Eaten, drunk. -2 Relapsed into the old (bad) way of life; ये प्रत्यवसिताश्चैव ते वै निरयगामिनः Mb.13.23.67. प्रत्यवस्कन्दः pratyavaskandḥ दनम् danam प्रत्यवस्कन्दः दनम् (In law) A special plea; admitting a fact, but qualifying it in such a manner that it may not appear as a count of accusation.
pratyavāyaḥ प्रत्यवायः 1 Decrease, diminution. -2 An obstacle, impediment; danger; कुमारेण बहुप्रत्यवाये$स्मिन् प्रदेशे कुतूहलिना न स्थातव्यम् Nāg.4; U.1.8. -3 A contrary or opposite course, contrariety; उत्तमानुत्तमान् गच्छन् हीनान् हीनांश्च वर्जयन् । ब्राह्मणः श्रेष्ठतामेति प्रत्यवायेन शूद्रताम् ॥ Ms.4.245. -4 A sin, an offence, sinfulness; अनुत्पत्तिं तथा चान्ये प्रत्यवायस्य मन्वते Jābāli; नेहाभिक्रमनाशो$स्ति प्रत्यवायो न विद्यते Bg.2.4 -5 Disappointment. -6 Disappearance of an existing thing. -7 Non-production of what does not exist.
pratyāsa प्रत्यास (सा) रः The rear of an army. -2 A form of array, one array behind another.
pradyumnaḥ प्रद्युम्नः An epithet of Cupid, the god of love. [He was a son of Kṛiṣṇa and Rukmiṇī. When only six years old, he was stolen away by the demon Śambara for he was foretold that Pradyumna would be his destroyer. Śambara cast the child into the roaring sea, and a large fish swallowed it. This fish was caught by a fisherman and taken to the demon; and when it was cut up, a beautiful child came out from the belly, and Māyāvatī, the mistress of Śambara's household, at the desire of Nārada, carefully reared him from childhood. As he grew up, she was fascinated by the beauty of his person, but Pradyumna reproved her for entertaining towards himself feelings so unbecoming a mother as he considered her. But when he was told that he was not her son, but of Viṣṇu and was cast into the sea by Śambara, he became enraged, and, challenging him to fight, succeeded in killing him by the force of illusions. He and Māyāvatī afterwards repaired to the house of Kṛiṣṇa, where Nārada told him and Rukmiṇī that the boy was their own and that Māyāvatī was his wife.]
prapad प्रपद् 4 Ā. 1 To enter upon, set forward, set foot in. -2 (a) To go to or towards, approach, resort or attain to, reach; तां जन्मने शैलवधूं प्रपेदे Ku.1.21; (क्षितीशं) कौत्सः प्रपेदे वरतन्तुशिष्यः R.5.1; Bk.4.1; Ki.1.9;11. 16; R.8.11. (b) To take shelter or refuge with, flee to for safety, submit; शरणार्थमन्यां कथं प्रपत्स्ये त्वयि दीप्यमाने R.14.64. -3 To go or come to a particular state, arrive at, attain to, arrive at or be in a particular condition; रेणुः प्रपेदे पथि पङ्कभावम् R.16.3; मुहूर्तकर्णोत्पलतां प्रपेदे Ku.7.81; बाल्यात्परं साथ वयः प्रपेदे Ku.1.31;5.24; ईदृशीमवस्थां प्रपन्नोस्मि Ś.5; ऋषिनिकरैरिति संशयः प्रपेदे Bv.4.33; Amaru.3. -4 To get, find, secure, obtain, attain to; partake of, share in; सहकार न प्रपेदे मधुपेन भवत्समं जगति Bv.1.21; कान्तं वपुर्व्योमचरं प्रपेदे R.5.51. -5 To behave or act towards, deal with; किं प्रपद्यते वैदर्भः M.1 'what does he propose to do'; पश्यामो मयि किं प्रपद्यते Amaru.24. -6 To admit, allow, agree or consent to; प्रपन्नं साधयन्नर्थम् Y.2.4. -7 To draw near, come on, approach (as time &c.). -8 To be going on, to proceed. -9 To take effect, thrive, prosper. -1 To throw oneself down, fall down (at another's feet). -11 Ved. To attack, assault.
pramā प्रमा 1 Consciousness, perception. -2 (In logic) Correct notion or apprehension, true and certain knowledge, accurate conception; तद्वति तत्प्रकारको$नुभवः प्रमा यथा रजते इदं रजतमिति ज्ञानम् T. S; दोषो$प्रमाया जनकः प्रमायास्तु गुणो भवेत् । प्रत्यक्षे तु विशेष्येण विशेषेणवता समम् ॥ Bhāṣā P. -3 Ved. Basis, foundation. -4 A measure.
pramāṇam प्रमाणम् 1 A measure in general (of length, breadth &c.); न प्रमाणेन नोत्साहात् सत्त्वस्थो भव पाण्डव Mb.3.33.63. ('प्रमाणं नित्यमर्यादासंघवादिप्रमादिषु' Viśva.); Mb.1.222. 31; दृष्टो हि वृण्वन् कलभप्रमाणो$प्याशाः पुरोवातमवाप्य मेघः R.18. 38. -2 Size, extent, magnitude. -3 Scale, standard; पृथिव्यां स्वामिभक्तानां प्रमाणे परमे स्थितः Mu.2.21. -4 Limit, quantity; वञ्चयित्वा तु राजानं न प्रमाणे$वतिष्ठसि Rām.2.37. 22. -5 Testimony, evidence, proof. -6 Authority, warrant; one who judges or decides, one whose word is an authority; श्रुत्वा देवः प्रमाणम् Pt.1 'having heard this your Majesty will decide (what to do)'; आर्यमिश्राः प्रमाणम् M.1; Mu.1.1; सतां हि संदेहपदेषु वस्तुषु प्रमाणमन्तः- करणप्रवृत्तयः Ś.1.22; व्याकरणे पाणिनिः प्रमाणम्; Ms.2.13; Pt.1.24; sometimes in pl.; वेदाः प्रमाणाः. -7 A true or certain knowledge, accurate conception or notion. -8 A mode of proof, a means of arriving at correct knowledge; (the Naiyāyikas recognize only four kinds; प्रत्यक्ष, अनुमान, उपमान and शब्द, the Vedāntins and Mīmāṁsakas add two more, अनुपलब्धि and अर्थापत्ति; while the Sāṅkhyas admit प्रत्यक्ष, अनुमान and शब्द only; cf. अमुभव also.). -9 Principal, capital. -1 Unity. -11 Scripture, sacred authority. -12 Cause, reason. -13 Rule, sanction, precept. -14 The first term in a rule of three. -15 An epithet of Viṣṇu. -16 Freedom from apprehension. -17 The prosodial lengh of a vowel. -18 An eternal matter; L. D. B. -19 (In music) A measure (such as द्रुत, मध्य, विलम्बित); Rām.1.4.8. -2 The measure of a square. -णः, -णी A rule, standard, authority. -Comp. -अधिक a. more than ordinary, inordinate, excessive; श्वासः प्रमाणाधिकः Ś.1.29. -अनुरूप a. corresponding to physical strength. -अन्तरम् another mode of proof. -अभावः absence of authority. -कुशल, -प्रवीण a. skilful in arguing. -कोटिः the point in an argument which is regarded as actual proof. -ज्ञ a. knowing the modes of proof, (as a logician). (-ज्ञः) an epithet of Śiva. -दृष्ट a. sanctioned by authority. -पत्रम् a written warrant. -पथः the way of proof. -पुरुषः an arbitrator, a judge, an umpire. -वाधितार्थकः a kind of Tarka in Nyāyasāstra. -भूत (˚णीभूत) a. authoritative. (-तः) an epithet of Śiva. -राशिः the quantity of the first term in a rule of three sums. -वचनम्, -वाक्यम् an authoritative statement. -शास्त्रम् 1 scripture. -2 the science of logic. -सूत्रम् a measuring cord. -स्थ a. 1 of normal size. -2 unperturbed.
pramātṛ प्रमातृ a. 1 Having a right notion, competent to judge or ascertain. -2 An authority, proof. -3 Demonstrating. -4 A civil judge; EI XVII.321.
pramitiḥ प्रमितिः f. 1 Measurement, a measure. -2 True or certain knowledge, accurate notion or conception. -3 Knowledge obtained by any one of the Pramāṇas or means of knowledge. -4 True inference or analogy. -5 Manifestation; इतिरेशे$तर्क्ये निजमहिमनि स्वप्रमितिके Bhāg. 1.13.57.
prayogaḥ प्रयोगः 1 Use, application, employment; as in शब्दप्रयोगः, अयं शब्दो भूरिप्रयोगः- अल्पप्रयोगः 'this word is generally or rarely used'. -2 A usual form, general usage. -3 Hurling, throwing, discharging, (opp. संहारः); प्रयोगसंहारविभक्तमन्त्रम् R.5.57. -4 Exhibition, performance, representation (dramatic), acting; देव प्रयोगप्रधानं हि नाट्यशास्त्रम् M.1; नाटिका न प्रयोगतो दृष्टा Ratn.1 'not seen acted on the stage'; आ परितोषाद्विदुषां न साधु मन्ये प्रयोग- विज्ञानम् Ś.1.2. -5 Practice, experimental portion (of a subject); (opp. शास्त्र 'theory'); तदत्रभवानिमं मां च शास्त्रे प्रयोगे च विमृशतु M.1. -6 Course of procedure, ceremonial form. -7 An act, action. -8 Recitation, delivery. -9 Beginning, commencement. -1 A plan, contrivance, device, scheme. -11 A means, instrument; नयप्रयोगाविव गां जिगीषोः Ki.17.38. -12 Consequence, result. -13 Combination, connection. -14 Addition. -15 (In gram.) A usual form. -16 Offering, presenting. -17 (a) Principal, loan bearing interest. (b) Lending money on usury; प्रतिबन्धः प्रयोगो व्यवहारो$वस्तारः ...... कोशक्षयः Kau. A.2.7.26; also कोशद्रव्याणां वृद्धिप्रयोगः -18 Appointment. -19 A sacred text or authority. A text which brings together the various धर्मs of a विकृति. A प्रयोगवचन, however, does this only when धर्मs are made available by the चोदक which, therfore, is said to be the stronger of the two. चोदको हि प्रयोग- वचनाद् बलवत्तरः । ŚB. on MS.5.1.8. -2 A cause; motive. -21 An example. -22 Application of magic, magical rites. -23 A horse. -Comp. -अतिशयः One of the five kinds of प्रस्तावना or prologue, in which a part of performance is superseded by another in such a manner that a character is suddenly brought on the stage; i. e. where the Sūtradhāra goes out hinting the entrance of a character and thus performs a part superseding that which he has apparently intended for his own, viz. dancing; the S. D. thus defines it:-- यदि प्रयोग एकस्मिन् प्रयोगो$न्यः प्रयुज्यते । तेन पात्रप्रवेशश्चेत् प्रयोगातिशयस्तदा ॥ 29. -अर्थः (= प्रत्युत्क्रमः q. v.). -ग्रहणम् acquirement of practice. -चतुर, -निपुण a. 1 skilled in practice; M.3; चतुःषष्टिकलागमप्रयोगचतुरः Dk.2. 5. -2 practically experienced. -वीर्यम् (with Buddhists) energy in practice. -शास्त्रम् the कल्पसूत्र, which lays down the प्रयोग of various sacrificial acts; प्रयोगशास्त्रमिति चेत् MS.1.3.11.
praveśakaḥ प्रवेशकः 'The introducer', an interlude acted by inferior characters (such as servants, buffoon &c.) for the purpose of acquainting the audience with events not represented on the stage, but a knowledge of which is essential for the proper understanding of what follows; (like the Viṣkambhaka it connects the story of the drama and the subdivisions of the plot, by briefly referring to what has occurred in the intervals of the acts, or what is likely to happen at the end; it never occurs at the beginning of the first act or at the end of the last). S. D. thus defines it:-प्रवेशको$नु- दात्तोक्त्या नीचपात्रप्रयोजितः । अङ्कद्वयान्तर्विज्ञेयः शेषं विष्कम्भके यथा ॥ 39; see विष्कम्भक; cf. Ve.3.
prasādaḥ प्रसादः 1 Favour, kindness, condescension, propitiousness; कुरु दृष्टिप्रसादम् 'be pleased to show yourself'; इत्या प्रसादादस्यास्त्वं परिचर्यापरो भव R.1.91;2.22; ध्रुवमत्र न वर्धयेत् प्रसादम् Bu. Ch.5.65. -2 Good temper, graciousness of disposition. -3 Calmness, tranquillity, composure, serenity, sedateness, absence of excitement; आत्मवश्यैर्विधेयात्मा प्रसादमधिगच्छति Bg.2.64. -4 Clearness, limpidness, brightness, transparency, purity (as of water, mind &c.); गङ्गा रोधःपतनकलुषा गृह्णतीव प्रसादम् V.1. 9; Ś.7.32; प्राप्तबुद्धिप्रसादाः Śi.11.6; R.17.1; Ki.9.25. -5 Perspicuity, clearness of style, one of the three Guṇas according to Mammaṭa, who thus defines it :- शुष्केन्धनाग्निवत् स्वच्छजलवत् सहसैव यः । व्याप्नोत्यन्यत् प्रसादो$सौ सर्वत्र विहितस्थितिः K. P.8; यावदर्थकपदत्वरूपमर्थवैमल्यं प्रसादः or श्रुतमात्रा वाक्यार्थं करतलबदरमिव निवेदयन्ती घटना प्रसादस्य R. G.; see Kāv.1.44; चित्तं व्याप्नोति यः क्षिप्रं शुष्केन्धनमिवानलः । स प्रसादः समस्तेषु रसेषु रचनासु च S. D.611; प्रसादरम्यमोजस्वि गरीयो लाघवान्वितम् Ki.11.38. -6 Food offered to idols &c., or the remnants of such food. -7 A free gift, gratuity. -8 Any propitiatory offering. -9 Wellbeing, welfare. -1 An essence of the food etc. (at the completion of the stages of digestion); रसाद् रक्तं प्रसादजं, ततो रक्तान्मांसं प्रसादजं, मांसान्मेदः प्रसादज इत्यादि यावत् शुक्राद् गर्भः प्रसादजः इति Āyurvedaśāstra. -Comp. -उन्मुख a. disposed to favour. -दानम् a propitiatory gift. -पट्टः a turban of honour. -पट्टकम् a written edict of favour. -पराङ्मुख a. 1 withdrawing favour from any one. -2 not caring for any body's favour. -पात्रम् an object of favour. -स्थ a. 1 kind, propitious. -2 serene, pleased, happy. प्रसादक prasādaka प्रसादिन् prasādin प्रसादक प्रसादिन् a. (-दिका f.) 1 Purifying, clearing, making pellucid; फलं कतकवृक्षस्य यद्यप्यम्बुप्रसादकम् Ms.6.67. -2 Soothing, calming. -3 Gladdening, cheering. -4 Courting favour, propitiating.
prahrā प्रह्रा (ह्ला) दः 1 Great joy, pleasure, delight, happiness. -2 Sound. -3 A species of rice. -4 N. of a son of the demon Hiraṇya-Kaśipu. [According to the Padma Purāṇa, he was a Brāhmaṇa in his previous existence, and when born as son of Hiraṇya-Kaśipu, he still retained his ardent devotion to Viṣṇu. His father, of course, did not like that his own son should be such a devout worshipper of his mortal enemies, the gods, and with the object of getting rid of him, he subjected him to a variety of cruelties; but Prahlāda, by the favour of Viṣṇu, was quite unscathed, and began to preach with even greater earnestness than before the doctrine that Viṣṇu filled all space and was omni-present, omni-scient, omni-potent. Hiraṇya-Kaśipu in a fit of exasperation asked him "If Viṣṇu is omni-present how do I not see him in the pillar of this hall?" Whereupon Prahlāda struck the pillar with his fist (according to another account, Hiraṇya-Kaśipu himself angrily kicked the pillar to convince his son of the absurdity of his faith), when Viṣṇu came out half-man and half-lion, and tore Hiraṇya-Kaśipu to pieces. Prahlāda succeeded his father, and reigned wisely and righteously.]
prākaṭyam प्राकट्यम् Manifestation, publicity, notoriety.
prākarṣikaḥ प्राकर्षिकः 1 A catamite. -2 A man supported by another's wife.
prākṛta प्राकृत a. (-ता, -ती f.) [प्रकृतेरयं प्रकृत्या निर्वृत्तो वा अण्] 1 Original, natural, unaltered, unmodified; स्याताममित्रौ मित्रे च सहजप्राकृतावपि Śi.2.36 (see Malli, thereon). -2 Usual, common, ordinary. -3 Uncultivated, vulgar, unrefined, illiterate; प्राकृत इव परिभूयमानमात्मानं न रुणत्सि K.146; Bg.18.28. -4 Insignificant, unimportant; trifling; Mu.1. -5 Derived from Prakṛiti, q. v.; प्राकृतो लयः 'reabsorption into Prakṛiti'; विमुञ्चेत् प्राकृतान् ग्रामांस्तान् मुक्त्वा$मृतमश्नुते Mb.12.24.12. -6 Provincial, vernacular (as a dialect); see below. -तः 1 A low man, an ordinary or vulgar man. कार्षापणं भवेद्दण्डयो यत्रान्यः प्राकृतो जनः Ms.8.336. -2 A kind of fever; वर्षाशरद्वसन्तेषु वाताद्यैः प्राकृतः क्रमात् Mādhava; (see -ज्वरः) -तम् A vernacular or provincial dialect derived from and akin to Sanskrit; प्रकृतिः संस्कृतं तत्र भवं तत आगतं च प्राकृतम् Hemachandra. (Many of these dialects are spoken by the female characters and inferior personages of Sanskrit plays and are usually divided into 4 dialects :-- शौरसेनी, माहाराष्ट्री, अपभ्रंश and पैशाची); तद्भवस्तत्समो देशीत्यनेकः प्राकृत- क्रमः Kāv.1.33; also 34, 35; त्वमप्यस्मादृशजनयोग्ये प्राकृतमार्गे प्रवृत्तो$सि Vb.1. -2 Resolution or reabsorption into प्रकृति; the dissolution of the universe. -3 A particular ritual or यज्ञ; Bhāg.1.84.52. -Comp. -अरिः a natural enemy, i. e. the ruler of an adjacent country; see Malli. on Śi.2.36. -उदासीनः a natural neutral; i. e. a ruler whose dominions lie beyond those of the natural ally. -ज्वरः a common or ordinary fever. -प्रलयः complete dissolution of the universe. -मानुषः a common or ordinary man. -मित्रम् a natural ally; i. e. a ruler whose dominions lie immediately beyond those of the natural enemy (i. e. whose country is separated from the country with which he is allied by that of another).
prākramika प्राक्रमिक a. One who only commences a work (but does not carry it to completion); उपक्रम्य अपरिसमापयत- स्तदनन्तरमेवैनं शिष्टा विगर्हेयुः प्राक्रमिको$यं कापुरुष इति वदन्तः ŚB. on MS.4.3.24; यो हि आरब्धमेवंजातीयकं समापयति न तं शिष्टा विगर्हन्ते प्राक्रमिको$यमसंव्यवहार्य इति ŚB. on MS.6.2.15.
prātibhāsika प्रातिभासिक a. (-की f.) 1 Existing only in appearance, not real. -2 Looking like.
prātisvika प्रातिस्विक a. (-की f.) 1 Peculiar, not common to others, one's own. -2 Granting to every one what is his due.
prāpta प्राप्त p. p. 1 Got, obtained, won, acquired. -2 Reached, attained to. -3 Met with, found. -4 Incurred, suffered, endured; सभार्येण सराष्ट्रेण यत् प्राप्तं तत्र तत्त्वतः (संप्रपश्यति) Rām.1.3.3. -5 Arrived, come, present. -6 Completed. -7 Proper, right. -8 Following from a rule, -9 Described (as a symptom). -1 Fixed, placed. -11 (In gram.) Following from a rule, valid. Comp. -अनुज्ञ a. one who has got permission to go, allowed to depart. -अपराध a. guilty of an offence. -अर्थ a. successful. (-र्थः) an object gained. -अवसर a. 1 finding occasion or opportunity. -2 timely, seasonable. (-रः) a fit or suitable time. -उदय a. one who has attained rise or exaltation. -कर्मन् n. that which results or follows from a preceding rule. -कारिन् a. doing what is right. -काल a. 1 opportune, seasonable, suitable; see अप्राप्तकाल. -2 marriageable. -3 fated, destined. (-लः) a fit time, suitable or favourable moment. (-लम्) ind. seasonably, opportunely, timely; अप्राप्तकालं वचनं बृहस्पतिरपि ब्रुवन् Pt.1. 63. -क्रम a. fit, proper, suitable. -जीवन a. revived, restored to life. -दोष a. guilty. -पञ्चत्व a. resolved into the five elements, i. e. dead; cf. पञ्चत्व. -प्रसव a. 1 delivered of a child. -2 near her confinement; प्राप्तप्रसव- मात्मानं गङ्गादेव्यां विमुञ्चति U.7.2. -बीज a. sown. -बुद्धि a. 1 recovering, regaining one's consciousness. -2 instructed, enlightened. -भारः a beast of burden. -भाव a. 1 wise. -2 handsome. -वः a young bullock. -मनोरथ a. one who has obtained his desired object. -यौवन a. being in the bloom of youth, arrived at the age of puberty, youthful. -रूप a. 1 handsome, beautiful. -2 wise, learned. -3 charming, attractive. -4 fit, proper, worthy. -वर a. fraught with blessings. -व्यवहार a. come of age, being able and legally authorised to manage his own affairs (opp. 'minor'). -श्री a. one who owes his rise (to another); इतः स दैत्यः प्राप्तश्रीर्नेत एवार्हति क्षयम् Ku.2.55; Pt.1.244. -सूर्य a. having the sun (vertical).
prāyaḥ प्रायः [प्र-अय् घञ्, इ-अच् वा] 1 Going away, departure, departure from life. -2 Seeking death by fasting, fasting, sitting down and abstaining from food with some object in view (generally with words like आस्, उपविश् &c.); see प्रायोपवेशन below; प्रायोपविष्टं गङ्गायां परीतं परमर्षिभिः Bhāg.1.3.43. -3 The largest portion, majority, plurality; majority of cases. -4 Excess, abundance, plenty. -6 A condition of life. [N. B.-At the end of comp. प्राय may be translated by (a) for the most part, generally, mostly, almost, nearly; पतनप्रायौ 'about to fall'; मृतप्रायः 'almost dead a little less than dead, nearly dead'; or (b) abounding or rich in, full of, excessive, abundant; कष्टप्रायं शरीरम् U.1; शालिप्रायो देशः Pt.3; कमलामोदप्राया वनानिलाः U.3.24 'full of the fragrance' &c., or (c) like, resembling; वर्षशतप्रायं दिनम्, अम्रतप्रायं वचनम् &c.] -Comp. -उपगमनम्, -उपवेशः, -उपवेशनम्, -उपवेशनिका sitting down and abstaining from food and thus preparing oneself for death, fasting oneself to death; मया प्रायोपवेशनं कृतं विद्धि Pt.4; प्रायोपवेशनमति- र्नृपतिर्बभूव R.8.94; प्रायोपवेशसदृशं व्रतमास्थितस्य Ve.3.1. -उपेत a. abstaining from food and thus awaiting the approach of death. -उपविष्ट, -उपवेशिन् a. fasting oneself to death, who sits without food at the door of another to exact compliance with his demands. -दर्शनम् an ordinary phenomenon. -भव a 1 common, usually met with. -2 executing; युगहृदौघमध्येन ब्रह्मप्रायभवेन च । धात्रा सृष्टानि भूतानि कृष्यन्ते यमसादनम् ॥ Mb.12.235.17 (com. ब्रह्मप्रायभावेन ब्रह्मकार्यभूतेन).
priyīya प्रियीय Denom. P. (प्रियीयति) To think a person to be another's mistress; H. Yog.
preyas प्रेयस् a. (-सी f.) Dearer, more beloved or agreeable &c. (compar. of प्रिय q. v.). -m. 1 A lover, husband; प्रेयसः परमां प्रीतिमुवाह प्रेयसी रहः Bhāg.9.18.47. -2 A dear friend; निष्णातश्च समागमो$पि विहितस्त्वत्प्रेयसः कान्तया, संप्रीतौ नृपनन्दनौ यदपरं प्रेयस्तदप्युच्यताम् ॥ Māl.1.24. -m., -n. 1 Flattery. -2 The desired fruit of 'heaven' etc. but not a means to salvation; श्रेयश्च प्रेयश्च मनुष्य- मेतस्तौ संपरीत्य विविनक्ति धीरः Kaṭh. -3 Good service, welfare; प्रेयो विधास्यन्ति वाम् Māl.6.19. -सी A wife, mistress; Bhāg.9.18.47.
prokṣaṇam प्रोक्षणम् 1 Sprinkling, sprinkling with water; अद्भिस्तु प्रोक्षणं शौचं बहूनां धान्यवाससाम् Ms.5.118; Y.1.184. -2 Consecration by sprinkling. -3 Immolation (of animals) at a sacrifice. -4 A text to be repeated at an animal-sacrifice. -5 A vessel for holy water. -णी, प्रोक्षणिः f. Water used for sprinkling or consecrating, holy water; याभिरद्भिर्हविषः पुरोडाशानां च प्रोक्षणं कृतं ताः प्रोक्षण्यः Karka. (Used in pl., and sometimes used to denote 'the vessel containing holy water', in which sense the word generally used is प्रोक्षणीपात्र).
pro प्रो (प्रौ) ह a. 1 A reasoner, disputant. -2 Skilful, clever. -हः 1 Reasoning, logic. -2 An elephant's foot or ankle; आकुञ्चितप्रोहनिरूपितक्रमं करेणुरारोहयते निषादिनम् Śi.12.5. -3 A knot, joint. -4 A part of the elephant's body especially between the shoulders; Mātaṅga L. 5.5,8,12;6.1.
phalam फलम् [फल्-अच्] 1 Fruit (fig. also) as of a tree; उदेति पूर्वं कुसुमं ततः फलम् Ś.7.3; R.4.43;1.49. -2 Crop, produce; कृषिफलम् Me.16. -3 A result, fruit, consequence, effect; अत्युत्कटैः पापपुण्यैरिहैव फलमश्नुते H.1.8; फलेन ज्ञास्यसि Pt.1; न नवः प्रभुराफलोदयात् स्थिरकर्मा विरराम कर्मणः R.8.22;1.33; अनिष्टमिष्टं मिश्रं च त्रिविधं कर्मणः फलम् Bg.18.12. -4 (Hence) Reward, recompense, meed, retribution (good or bad); फलमस्योपहासस्य सद्यः प्राप्स्यसि पश्य माम् R.12.37. -5 A deed, act (opp. words); ब्रुवते हि फलेन साधवो न तु कण्ठेन निजोपयोगिताम् N.2.48 'good men prove their usefulness by deeds, not by words'. -6 Aim, object, purpose; परेङ्गितज्ञानफला हि बुद्धयः Pt.1.43; किमपेक्ष्य फलम् Ki.2.21, 'with what object in view; Me.56. -7 Use, good, profit, advantage; जगता वा विफलेन किं फलम् Bv.2.61. -8 Profit or interest on capital. -9 Progeny, offspring; तस्यापनोदाय फलप्रवृत्तावुपस्थितायामपि निर्व्यपेक्षः (त्यक्षामि) R.14.39. -1 A kernel (of a fruit). -11 A tablet or board (शारिफल). -12 A blade (of a sword). -13 The point or head of an arrow, dart &c.; barb; आरामुखं क्षुरप्रं च गोपुच्छं चार्धचन्द्रकम् । सूचीमुखं च भल्लं च वत्सदन्तं द्विभल्लकम् ॥ कर्णिकं काकतुण्डं च तथान्यान्यप्यनेकशः । फलानि देशभेदेन भवन्ति बहुरूपतः ॥ Dhanur.64-5; फलयोगमवाप्य सायकानाम् Ms.7.1; Ki.14.52. -14 A shield. -15 A testicle; अकर्तव्यमिदं यस्माद् विफलस्त्वं भविष्यसि Rām.1.48.27. -16 A gift. -17 The result of a calculation (in Math.) -18 Product or quotient. -19 Menstrual discharge. -2 Nutmeg. -21 A ploughshare. -22 Loss, disadvantage. -23 The second (or third) term in a rule-of-three sum. -24 Correlative equation. -25 The area of a figure. -26 The three myrobalans (त्रिफला). -27 A point on a die. -28 Benefit, enjoyment; ईश्वरा भूरिदानेन यल्लभन्ते फलं किल Pt.2.72. -29 Compensation; यावत् सस्यं विनश्येत् तु तावत् स्यात् क्षेत्रिणः फलम् Y.2.161. -3 A counterpart (प्रतिबिम्ब); तन्मायाफलरूपेण केवलं निर्विकल्पितम् Bhāg.11.24.3. -31 Shoulder-blade; तस्यां स फलके खड्गं निजघान ततो$ङ्गदः Rām.6.76.1. -Comp. -अदनः = फलाशनः q. v.; a parrot. -अधिकारः a claim for wages. -अध्यक्षः Mimusops Kauki (Mār. खिरणी). -अनुबन्धः succession or sequence of fruits or results. -अनुमेय a. to be inferred from the results or consequences; फलानुमेयाः प्रारम्भाः संस्काराः प्राक्तना इव R.1.2. -अनुसरणम् 1 rate of profits. -2 following or reaping consequences. -अन्तः a bamboo. -अन्वेषिन् a. seeking for reward or recompense (of actions). -अपूर्वम् The mystic power which produces the consequences of a sacrificial act. -अपेक्षा expectation of the fruits or consequences (of acts), regard to results. -अपेत a. useless, unfertile, unproductive. -अम्लः a kind of sorrel. (-म्लम्) tamarind. ˚पञ्चकम् the five sour fruits; bergumot (जम्बीर), orange (नारिङ्ग), sorrel (आम्लवेतस), tamarind (चिञ्चा) and a citron (मातुलुङ्ग, Mar. महाळुंग). -अशनः a parrot. -अस्थि n. a cocoa-nut. -आकाङ्क्षा expectation of (good) results; see फलापेक्षा. -आगमः 1 production of fruits, load of fruits; भवन्ति नम्रास्तरवः फलागमैः Ś.5.12. -2 the fruit season, autumn. -आढ्य a. full of or abounding in fruits. (-ढ्या) a kind of plantain. -आरामः a fruitgarden, orchard. -आसक्त a. 1 fond of fuits. -2 attached to fruits, fond of getting fruit (of actions done). -आसवः a decoction of fruit. -आहारः feeding or living on fruits, fruit-meal. -इन्द्रः a species of Jambū (Rājajambū). -उच्चयः a collection of fruits. -उत्तमा 1 a kind of grapes (having no stones). -2 = त्रिफला. -उत्पत्तिः f. 1 production of fruit. -2 profit, gain. (-त्तिः) the mango tree (sometimes written फलोत्पति in this sense). -उत्प्रेक्षा a kind of comparison. -उदयः 1 appearance of fruit, production of results or consequences, attainment of success or desired object; आफलोदयकर्मणाम् R.1.5;8.22. -2 profit, gain. -3 retribution, punishment. -4 happiness, joy. -5 heaven. -उद्गमः appearance of fruits; भवन्ति नम्रास्तरवः फलोद्गमैः Ś.5.12 (v. l.). -उद्देशः regard to results; see फलापेक्षा. -उन्मुख a. about to give fruit. -उपगम a. bearing fruit. -उपजीविन् a. living by cultivating or selling fruits. -उपभोगः 1 enjoyment of fruit. -2 partaking of reward. -उपेत a. yielding fruit, fruitful, fortile. -काम a. one who is desirous of fruit; धर्मवाणिजका मूढा फलकामा नराधमाः । अर्चयन्ति जगन्नाथं ते कामं नाप्नुवन्त्युत ॥ (मल. त. Śabda. ch.) -कामना desire of fruits or consequences. -कालः fruitseason. -केसरः the cocoanut tree. -कोशः, -षः, कोशकः the scrotum (covering of the testicles). -खण्डनम् frustration of fruits or results, disappointment. -खेला a quail. -ग्रन्थः (in astrol.) a work describing the effects of celestial phenomena on the destiny of men; Bṛi. S. -ग्रहः deriving benefit or advantage. -ग्रही, -ग्राहिन् a. (also फलेग्रहि and फलेग्राहिन्) fruitful, yielding or bearing fruit in season; श्लाध्यतां कुलमुपैति पैतृकं स्यान्मनोरथतरुः फलेग्रहिः Kir. K.3.6; Māl.9.39; भूष्णुरात्मा फलेग्रहिः Ait. Br. (शुनःशेप legend); फलेग्रहीन् हंसि वनस्पतीनाम् Bk.; द्वितीयो ह्यवकेशी स्यात् प्रथमस्तु फलेग्रहिः Śiva. B.16.27. (-m.) a fruit-tree. -ग्रहिष्णु a. fruitful. -चोरकः a kind of perfume (Mar. चोरओवा). -छदनम a house built of wooden boards. -तन्त्र a. aiming only at one's advantage. -त्रयम्, -त्रिकम् the three myrobalans (त्रिफला). -द, -दातृ, -प्रद a. 1 productive, fruitful, bearing fruit; फलदानां तु वृक्षाणां छेदने जप्यमृक्शतम् Ms.11.142; गते$पि वयसि ग्राह्या विद्या सर्वात्मना बुधैः । ...... अन्यत्र फलदा भवेत् ॥ Subhāṣ. -2 bringing in gain or profit. -3 giving a reward, rewarding. (-दः) a tree. -धर्मन् a. ripening soon and then falling on the ground, perishing; फेनधर्मा महाराज फलधर्मा तथैव च। निमेषादपि कौन्तेय यस्यायुरपचीयते Mb.3.35.2-3. -निर्वृत्ति f. final consequence or reward. -निवृत्तिः f. cessation of consequences. -निष्पत्तिः f. 1 production of fruit. -2 attainment of reward. -परिणतिः f., -परिणामः, -पाकः (-फलेपाकः also) 1 the ripening of fruit. -2 the fulness of cousequences. -पाकः Carissa Carandas (Mar. करवंद). -पाकान्ता, -पाकावसाना an annual plant; ओषध्यः फलपाकान्ताः Ak. -पातनम् knocking down or gathering fruit. -पादपः a fruit-tree. -पूरः, -पूरकः the common citron tree; एतस्मिन् फलपूरबीजनिकरभ्रान्त्या नितान्तारुणे संप्राप्तेषु शुकेषु पञ्जरशुका निर्गन्तुमुद्युञ्जते । Rām. Ch.7.86. -प्रजननम् the production of fruit. -प्रदानम् 1 the giving of fruits. -2 a ceremony at weddings. -प्राप्तिः f. attainment of the desired fruit of object. -प्रिया 1 the Priyaṅgu plant. -2 a species of crow. -प्रेप्सु a. desirous of attaining results. -बन्धिन् a. forming or developing fruit. -भागः a share in any product or profit. -भागिन्, -भाज् a. partaking of a reward or profit; दातॄन् प्रतिग्रहीतॄ प्रतिग्रहीतॄश्च कुरुते फल- भागिनः Ms.3.143. -भावना The acquisition of a result; success; सुपर्वणां हि स्फुटभावना या सा पूर्वरूपं फलभावनायाः N.14. 7. -भुज् m. a monkey; P. R. -भूमन् m. greater fruit; क्रतुवच्चानुमानेनाभ्यासे फलभूमा स्यात् MS.11.1.29. -भूयस्त्वम् (see फलभूमन् above); यथा कर्मसु सौर्यादिषु फलं कर्मणा क्रियत इति कर्माभ्यासे फलभूयस्त्वमेवमिहापि ŚB. on MS.11.1.29. -भूमिः f. a place where one receives the reward or recompense of his deeds (i. e. heaven or hell). -भृत् a. bearing fruit, fruitful. -भोगः 1 enjoyment of consequences. -2 usufruct. -मत्स्या the aloe plant. -मुख्या a species of plant (अजमोदा). -मूलम् fruits and roots; फलमूलाशिनौ दान्तौ Rāmarakṣā 18. -योगः 1 the attainment of fruit or the desired object; Mu.7.1. -2 wages, remuneration. -3 a stage in the performance of a drama; सावस्था फलयोगः स्यात् यः समग्रफलागमः S. D. -राजन् m. a water-melon. -राशिः m. the 3rd term in the rule of three. -वन्ध्यः a tree barren of fruit. -वर्णिका jelly (?); Gaṇeśa P.2.149. -वर्तिः f. a coarse wick of cloth besmeared with some laxative and inserted into the anus for discharging the bowels, suppository. -वर्तुलम् a watermelon. -वल्ली a series of quotients. -विक्रयिन् a. a fruit-seller. -वृक्षः a fruit-tree. -वृक्षकः the bread-fruit tree. -शाडवः the pomegranate tree. -शालिन् a. 1 bearing fruit, fruitful. -2 sharing in the consequences. -शैशिरः the Badara tree. -श्रेष्ठः the mango tree. -संस्थ a. bearing fruit. -संपद् f. 1 abundance of fruit. -2 success. -3 prosperity. -साधनम् a means of effecting any desired object, realization of an object -सिद्धिः f. 1 reaping fruit, attainment or realization of the desired object. -2 a prosperous result. -स्थानम् the stage in which results are enjoyed; Buddh. -स्थापनम् the sacrament called सीमन्तोन्नयन; फलस्थापनात् मातापितृजं पाप्मानमपोहति Hārīta. -स्नेहः a walnut tree. -हारी an epithet of Kālī or Durgā -हानिः loss of profit -हीन a. yielding no fruit or profit. -हेतु a. acting with a view to results.
phalgu फल्गु a. [फल्-उ गुक् च Uṇ.1.18] 1 Pithless, unessential; unsubstantial; सारं ततो ग्राह्यमपास्य फल्गु Pt.1. -2 Worthless, useless, unimportant; 'फल्गु तुच्छमसारं च' Yādava.; तरीषु तत्रत्यमफल्गु भाण्डम् Śi.3.76. -3 Small, minute; नामरूपविभेदेन फल्ग्व्या च कलया कृताः Bhāg.8.3.22. -4 Vain, unmeaning. -5 Weak, feeble, flimsy; फल्गूनि तत्र महतां जीवो जीवस्य जीवनम् Bhāg.1.13.47. -6 Untrue. -7 Beautiful, lovely. -ल्गुः f. 1 The spring season. -2 The opposite-leaved fig-tree (Mar. बोखाडा). -3 N. of a river at Gayā. -4 A red powder of wild ginger (Mar. गुलाल) thrown by the Hindus over one another at the Holi festival. -5 (du.) (In astrol.) N. of a नक्षत्र. -Comp. -उत्सवः the vernal festival, commonly called Holi. -द a. avaricious. -वाक् a falsehood, lie. -वाटिका the opposite-leaved fig-tree.
bakaḥ बकः 1 The Indian crane; न प्रयत्नशतेनापि शुकवत् पाठ्यते बकः H. -2 A cheat, rogue, hypocrite (the crane being a very cunning bird that knows well how to draw others into its clutches). -3 N. of a demon killed by Bhīma. -4 N. of another demon killed by Kṛiṣṇa. -5 N. of Kubera. -6 An apparatus for subliming metals or minerals. -की = पूतना q. v. अहो बकी यं स्तनकालकूटं जिघांस- यापाययदप्यसाध्वी Bhāg.3.2.23. -2 A female crane. -Comp. -चरः, -वृत्तिः, -व्रतचरः, -व्रतिकः, -व्रतिन् m. 'acting like a crane', a false devotee, religious hypocrite; अधोदृष्टिर्नैष्कृतिकः स्वार्थसाधनतत्परः । शठो मिथ्याविनीतश्च बकव्रतचरो द्विजः ॥ Ms.4.196. -चिञ्चिका, -चिञ्ची a kind of fish. -जित् m., -निषूदनः epithets of 1 Bhīma. -2 of Kṛiṣṇa. -धूपः a kind of perfume. -पञ्चकम् the last five days of the bright half of the month of Kārtika (during which even the heron no fish). -यन्त्रम् a kind of retort. -व्रतम् 'crane-like conduct', hypocrisy; ये बकव्रतिनो विप्राः Ms.4.197; see also 196 (बकव्रतचर). -सहवासिन् a lotus flower; Kuval.
baddha बद्ध p. p. [बन्ध्-कर्मणि क्त] 1 Bound, tied, fastened. -2 Chained, fettered. -3 Captured, caught. -4 Confined, imprisoned. -5 Put or girt on. -6 Restrained, suppressed, withheld. -7 Formed, built; शरबद्धमिवाभाति द्वितीयं भास्वदम्बरम्Rām.6.17.24. -8 Cherished, entertained. -9 Combined, united. -1 Firmly rooted, firm. -11 Shut, stopped, closed. -12 Inlaid, studded. -13 Composed (as verses). -14 Formed, contracted; असूत सा नागवधूपभोग्यं मैनाकमम्भोनिधिबद्धसख्यम् Ku.1.2. -15 Manifested, displayed. -16 Entangled, involved. -17 Congealed, clotted (as blood.) -18 Effected, caused, formed, produced; बद्धं जालकम् Ś.1.29;2.6; U.6.17; Māl.3.7. -19 Possessed, preserved; बद्धं सन्तं मन्यते लब्धमर्थम् Mb.5.92.23. -Comp. -अङ्गुलित्र, अङ्गुलि- त्राण a. having as finger-guard fastened. -अञ्जलि a. folding the hands together in supplication, with the hands joined in humble entreaty or raised to the forehead as a mark of respect. ˚पुट a. forming a cup with the hollowed hands. -अनुराग a. having the affection fixed upon, feeling or manifesting love for. -अनुशय a. 1 feeling repentant. -2 of a fixed resolve. -अम्बु n. water derived from a current. -अवस्थिति a. constant. -आदर a. attaching great value to. -आनन्द a. joyful. -आयुध a. accoutred with arms. -आशङ्क a. one whose suspicions have been roused, grown suspicious. -उत्सव a. enjoying or observing a festival or holiday. -उद्यम a. making united efforts. -कक्ष, -कक्ष्य a. see बद्धपरिकर. -कदम्बक a. forming groups; छायाबद्धकदम्बकं मृगकुलं रोमन्थ- मभ्यस्यतु Ś.2.6. -कलापिन् a. one who has his quiver tied on. -केसर a. 1 forming hair. -2 having the filaments formed. -कोप, -मन्यु, -रोष a. 1 feeling anger, entertaining a feeling of anger. -2 suppressing or governing one's wrath. -गुदम् a kind of obstruction of the bowels; निरुध्यते तस्य गुदे पुरीषं, निरेति कृच्छ्रादपि चाल्पमल्पम् । हृन्नाभिमध्ये परिवृद्धिमेति तस्योदरं बद्धगुदं वदन्ति ॥ Bhāva. P. -ग्रह a. insisting on something. -चित्त, -मनस् a. having the mind intently fixed on, rivetting the mind on. -जिह्व a. tongue-tied. -तूणीर a. equipped with a quiver. -दृष्टि, -नेत्र, -लोचन a. having the eyes intently fixed on, looking with a steadfast gaze at; ग्रीवाभङ्गाभिरामं मुहुरनुपतति स्यन्दने बद्धदृष्टिः Ś.1.7. -धार a. continuously or incessantly flowing. -निश्चय a. firmly resolved, resolute. -नेपथ्य a. attired in a theatrical dress. -परिकर a. having the girdle girded on, one who has girded up his loins; i. e. ready, prepared. -पुरीष a. having the bowels constipated. -प्रतिज्ञ a. 1 one who has made a vow or promise. -2 firmly resolved. -प्रतिश्रुत् a. resonant with echoes. -भाव a. having the affection or heart fixed upon, enamoured of (with loc.); दृढं त्वयि बद्धभावो- र्बशी V.2. -भूः f. 1 the lowest floor. -2 ground prepared for the site of a house. -3 pavement. -मण्डल a. ranged in circles. -मुष्टि a. 1 having a closed fist. -2 close-fisted, covetous. -मूत्र a. obstructing the urine. -मूल a. deep-rooted, striking root firmly; बद्धमूलस्य मूलं हि महद्वैरतरोः स्त्रियः Śi.2.38. -मौन a. holding the tongue, keeping silence, silent; अदृश्यत त्वच्चरणारविन्दविश्लेषदुःखादिव बद्धमौनम् R.13.23. -राग a. having the desire fixed on, enamoured, impassioned; गल्लस्थलेषु मदवारिषु बद्धरागमत्त- भ्रमद्भ्रमरपादतलाहतो$पि Pt.1.123. -वसति a. fixing anabode. -वाच् a. tongue-tied, maintaining silence. -वेपथु a. seized with tremour. -वैर a. one who has conceived bitter hatred or contracted confirmed hostility. -शिख a. 1 one whose hair is tied up (into a knot on the crown of the head). -2 one who is still in childhood, young. -सूतः a particular preparation of quicksilver. -स्नेह a. forming an attachment, conceiving affection for.
bandhaḥ बन्धः [बन्ध्-घञ्] 1 A tie, bond (in general) (आशा- बन्ध &c.). -2 A hair-band, fillet; रतिविगलितबन्धे केशहस्ते सुकेश्याः (सति) V.4.22; Ś.1.29. -3 A chain, fetter. -4 Fettering, confining, imprisoning, confinement, imprisonment; बन्धं चानिच्छता घोरं त्वयासौ पुरुषर्षभ Rām.5. 21.19; अधार्मिकं त्रिभिर्न्यायैर्निगृह्णीयात् प्रयत्नतः । निरोधनेन बन्धेन विविधेन वधेन च ॥ Ms.8.31. -5 Catching, capturing, catching hold of; गजबन्ध R.16.2. -6 (a) Forming, constructing, arranging; सर्गबन्धो महाकाव्यम् S. D.6. (b) Building, erecting. -7 Feeling, conceiving, cherishing; हे राजानस्त्यजत सुकविप्रेमबन्धे विरोधम् Vikr.18.17; R.6.81. -8 Connection, union, intercourse. -9 Joining or folding together, combining; प्रासादवातायनदृश्यबन्धैः साकेतनार्यो$- ञ्जलिभिः प्रणेमुः R.14.13; अञ्जलिबन्धः &c. -1 A bandage, ligature. -11 Agreement, harmony. -12 Manifestation, display, exhibition; मनसिजतरुपुष्पं रागबन्धप्रवालम् (यौवनम्) R.18.52. -13 Bondage, confinement to this world (opp. मुक्ति which is 'complete emancipation from the trammels of the world'); बन्धं मोक्षं च या वेत्ति बुद्धिः सा पार्थ सात्त्विकी Bg.18.3; बन्धोन्मुक्त्यै खलु मखमुखान् कुर्वते कर्मपाशान् Bv.4.21; R.13.58;18.7. -14 Result, consequence. -15 A position, posture in general; आसनबन्धधीरः R.2. 6; पर्यङ्कबन्धस्थिरपूर्वकायम् Ku.3.45,59. -16 A particular position in sexual intercourse, or a particular mode of sexual enjoyment (these are said in Ratimañjarī to be 16, but other writers increase the number to 84). -17 A border, frame-work. -18 Arrangement of a stanza in a particular shape; e. g. खड्गबन्ध, पद्मबन्ध, मुरजबन्ध (vide K. P.9. ad loc.). -19 A sinew, tendon. -2 The body. -21 A deposit, pledge. -22 An embankment, throwing a bridge across (a river). -23 A disease in which the eyelids cannot be wholly closed. -Comp. -करणम् fettering, imprisoning. -कर्तृ m. a binder, fetterer. -तन्त्रम् a complete army containing the four necessary elements, i. e. elephants, horses, chariots and footmen. -नृत्यम् a kind of dance -पारुष्यम् forced or unnatural construction of words. -मुद्रा impression or mark of fetters. -स्तम्भः a post to which an animal (e. g. an elephat) is tied.
bandhana बन्धन a. 1 Binding, fettering. -2 Checking, stopping. -3 (At the end of comp.) Dependent upon; cf. निबन्धन. -नम् [बन्ध्-भावे-ल्युट्] 1 The act of binding, fastening; tying; स्मरसि स्मर मेखलागुणैरुत गोत्रस्खलितेषु बन्धनम् Ku.4.8. -2 Binding on or round, throwing round, clasping; विनम्रशाखाभुजबन्धनानि Ku.3.39; Pt.5.21; घटय भुजबन्धनम् Gīt.1; R.19.17. -3 A bond, tie (fig. also); R.12.76; आशाबन्धनम् &c. -4 Fettering, chaining, confining. गजभुजङ्गमयोरपि बन्धनम् Bh.2.91. -5 A chain, fetter, tether, halter &c. -6 Capturing, catching. -7 Bondage confinement, imprisonment, captivity; as in बन्धनागार. -8 A place of confinement, prison, jail; वसुदेवस्य देवक्यां जातो भोजेन्द्रबन्धने Bhāg.3.2.25; त्वां कारयामि कमलोदरबन्धनस्थम् Ś.6.2; द्विगुणं त्रिगुणं पश्चाद्यावज्जीवं तु बन्धनम् Śukra.4.8; Ms.9.288. -9 Forming, building, construction; सेतुबन्धनम् Ku.4.6. -1 Connecting, uniting, joining. -11 Hurting, injuring. -12 A stalk, stem, peduncle (of a flower); कृतं न कर्णार्पितबन्धनं सखे Ś.6.18.; U.2.9; Ku.4.14. -13 A sinew, muscle; संधिन्नसंधिः प्रविकीर्णबन्धनो हतः क्षितौ वायुसुतेन राक्षसः Rām.5. 47.36;5.24.4. -14 A bandage. -15 A bar, barrier. -16 Alloyage, mixing. -17 An embankment, a bridge. -18 A conjunction, connection. -19 (In phil.) Mundane bondage (opp. to liberation). -नम्, -नी 1 A bond, tie. -2 A rope, cord. -3 A string, thread. -4 A chain, fetter. -5 A bondage. -Comp. -अ(आ)गारः, -रम्, -आलयः a prison, jail. -ग्रन्थिः 1 the knot of a bandage. -2 a noose. -3 a rope for tying cattle. -पालकः, -रक्षिन् m. a jailor. -वेश्मन् n. a prison. -स्थः a captive, prisoner. -स्तम्भः a tying-post, a post to which an animal (e. g. an elephant) is tied. -स्थानम् a stable, stall (for horses &c.).
bandhuḥ बन्धुः [बध्नाति मनः स्नेहादिना बन्ध्-उ] 1 A relation, kinsman, relative in general; यत्र द्रुमा अपि मृगा अपि बन्धवो मे U.3.8; मातृबन्धुनिवासिनम् R.12.12; Ś.6.23; Bg.6.9; Ms.2.136. -2 Any one connected or associated with another, a brother; प्रवासबन्धुः a brothertraveller; धर्मबन्धुः a spiritual brother; अनुमतगमना शकुन्तला तरुभिरियं वनवासबन्धुभिः Ś.4.1. -3 (In law) A cognate kinsman, one's own kindred or kinsmen generally; (three kinds are enumerated :-- आत्म˚ personal, पितृ˚ paternal, and मातृ˚ maternal; see these three words). -4 A friend (in general); as in बन्धुकृत्य below; oft. at the end of comp.; मकरन्दगन्धबन्धो Māl.1.38 'a friend of, (i. e.) charged with fragrance'; &c.; 9.13. -5 A husband; वैदेहिबन्धोर्हृदयं विदद्रे R.14.33. -6 A father. -7 A mother. -8 A brother. -9 The tree called बन्धुजीव q. v. -1 One who belongs to or is connected with any tribe or profession only nominally; i. e. one who belongs to it, but does not do the duties pertaining thereto (often used by way of contempt); स्वयमेव ब्रह्मबन्धुनोद्भिन्नो दुर्गप्रयोगः M.4; cf. क्षत्रबन्धु. -11 Connection, relationship, association in general; समुद्र एवास्य बन्धुः Bṛi. Up.1.1.2; B. R.3.89. -12 A controller, governor; (नमः) गुणत्रयाभासनिमित्तबन्धवे Bhāg.6.4.23. -13 (In astrol.) N. of the 3rd mansion. -Comp. -काम a. affectionate towards kinsmen. -कृत्यम् 1 the duty of a kinsman; त्वयि तु परिसमाप्तं बन्धुकृत्यं प्रजानाम् Ś.5.8. -2 the business of a friend, a friendly or kind act or service; कच्चित् सौम्य व्यवसितमिदं बन्धुकृत्यं त्वया मे Me.116. -जनः 1 a relative, kinsman. -2 kindred, kinsmen taken collectively. -जीवः, -जीवकः N. of a tree; दृश्यन्ते बन्धुजीवाश्च श्यामाश्च गिरिसानुषु Rām.4.3.62; बन्धुजीवमधुरा- धरपल्लवमुल्लसितस्मितशोभम् Gīt.2; R.11.24. -दग्धः an abandoned wretch (हतक). -दत्तम् a kind of Strīdhana or woman's property, the property given to a girl by her relatives at the time of marriage; बन्धुदत्तं तथा शुल्कमन्वा- धेयकमेव च Y.2.144; बान्धवा भ्रातरो बन्धुदत्तप्रदेन कन्यादशायां यत् पितृभ्यां दत्तं तदुच्यते Dāy. B. -दायादः kinsman and heir; Ms.9.158. -a. entitled to inheritance by relationship. -प्रिय a. dear to friends or relations. -प्रीतिः f. 1 love of a relative; बन्धुप्रीत्या Me.51 (v. l.). -2 love for a friend. -भावः 1 friendship. -2 relationship. -वर्गः kinsmen, kindred. -हीन a. destitute of relatives or friends.
bandhya बन्ध्य [बन्ध्-यत्] 1 To be bound or fettered, to be confined or imprisoned; अबन्ध्यं यश्च बध्नाति बद्धं यश्च प्रमुञ्चति Y.2.243. -2 To be joined or bound together. -3 To be formed, built or constructed. -4 Detained, under arrest. -5 (= वन्ध्य) Barren, unproductive, fruitless; useless (said of persons or things); बन्ध्यश्रमास्ते R.16.75; अबन्ध्ययत्नाश्च बभूवुरत्र ते 3.29; Ki.1.33. -6 Not having the menses or menstrual discharge. -7 (At the end of comp.) Deprived or destitute of. -Comp. -फल a. useless, vain, idle.
bandhyā बन्ध्या (= वन्ध्या) 1 A barren woman; न हि बन्ध्या विजानाति गुर्वी प्रसववेदनाम् Subhāṣ. -2 A barren cow. -3 A kind or perfume (बाल). -Comp. -तनयः, -पुत्रः, -सुतः, or दुहिता, -सुता &c. the son or daughter of a barren woman; i. e. a wild impossibility, anything that does not and cannot exist; एष बन्ध्यासुतो याति खपुष्पकृतशेखरः; see खपुष्प.
babhru बभ्रु a. [भृ-कु द्वित्वम्; बभ्र्-उ वा Uṇ.1.21] 1 Deepbrown, tawny, reddish-brown; ज्वालाबभ्रुशिरोरुहः R.15. 16;19.25; बबन्ध बालारुणबभ्रु वल्कलम् Ku.5.8. -2 Baldheaded through disease. -भ्रुः 1 Fire. -2 An ichneumon; सखिभिर्न्यवसत् सार्धं व्याघ्राखुवृकबभ्रुभिः Mb.1.14.27. -3 The tawny colour. -4 A man with tawny hair. -5 N. of a Yādava; आलप्यालमिदं बभ्रोर्यत् स दारानपाहरत् Śi.2.1. -6 An epithet of Śiva. -7 Of Viṣṇu. -8 The Chātaka bird. -9 A sweeper, cleaner. -1 N. of a country. -n. 1 A tawny or brown colour. -2 Any object of a brown colour. -भ्रूः f. A reddish-brown cow (कपिला); अजानन्नहनद्बभ्रोः शिरः शार्दूलशङ्कया Bhāg.9.2.6. -Comp. -धातुः 1 gold. -2 red chalk (गौरिक), a kind of ochre. -वाहनः N. of a son of Arjuna by Chitrāṅgadā. [The sacrificial horse let loose by king Yudhiṣṭhira and guarded by Arjuna entered, in the course of its wanderings, the country of Maṇipura, which was then ruled by Babhruvāhana, unequalled in prowess. The horse was taken to the king; but when he read the writing on the plate on its head, he knew that it belonged to the Pāṇḍavas, and that his father Arjuna had arrived in the kingdom; and, hastening to him, respectfully offered his kingdom and his treasures along with the horse. Arjuna, in an evil hour, struck the head of Babhruvāhana and upbraided him for his cowardice saying that if he had possessed true valour and had been his true son, he should not have been afraid of his father and submitted to him so meekly. At these words the brave youth was exceedingly irritated and discharged a crescent-shaped arrow at Arjuna which severed his head from his body. He was, however, restored to life by Ulūpī who happened to be then with Chitrāṅgadā; and having acknowledged Babhruvāhana as his true son, he resumed his journey.]
barbaraḥ बर्बरः 1 One not an Aryan, a barbarian, low fellow; तैस्ते यवनकाम्बोजा बर्बराश्चाकुलीकृताः Rām.1.54.23. -2 A fool, block-head; शृणु रे बर्बर H.2. -3 An elephant in the fourth year; Mātaṅga L.5.5. -रा A kind of fly. -रम् 1 Vermilion. -2 Gum-myrrh. -3 yellow sandal-wood. -Comp. -उत्थम्, -उद्भवम् White sandal-wood.
barsaḥ बर्सः Ved. A tip, point, knot; Ait. Br.1.13.
balam बलम् [बल्-अच्] 1 Strength, power, might, vigour; क्षत्त्रियाणां बलं युद्धम् Brav. P. -2 Force, violence; as in बलात् q. v. -3 An army, host, forces, troops; भवेदभीष्म- मद्रोणं धृतराष्ट्रबलं कथम् Ve.3.24,43; बलं भीष्मा(भीमा)भिरक्षितम् Bg.1.1; R.16.37. -4 Bulkiness, stoutness (of the body). -5 Body, figure, shape. -6 Semen virile. -7 Blood, -8 Gum myrrh. -9 A shoot, sprout. -1 Force or power of articulation; वर्णः स्वरः । मात्रा बलम् । साम संतानः । इत्युक्तः शीक्षाध्यायः T. Up.1.2.1. -11 The deity of power (such as Indra); नमो बलप्रमथनाय Mb.12.284. 94. -12 The hand; क्रान्ते विष्णुर्बले शक्रः कोष्ठे$ग्निर्भोक्तुमिच्छति Mb.12.239.8. -13 Effort (यत्न); विधिः शुक्रं बलं चेति त्रय एते गुणाः परे Mb.12.32.11 (com. बलं वासनाविषयप्राप्त्यनु- कूलो यत्नः). (बलेन means 'on the strength of', 'by means or virtue of'; बाहुबलेन जितः, वीर्यबलेन &c.; बलात् 'perforce', 'forcibly', 'violently', 'against one's will'; बलान्निद्रा समायाता Pt.1; हृदयमदये तस्मिन्नेवं पुनर्वलते बलात् Gīt.7.). -लः 1 A crow; Rām.6.54.9. -2 N. of the elder brother of Kṛiṣṇa; see बलराम below. -3 N. of a demon killed by Indra. -Comp. -अग्रम् excessive strength or force. (-ग्रः) the head of an army. -अङ्गकः the spring; 'वसन्त इष्यः सुरभिः पुष्पकालो बलाङ्गकः' H. Ch.156. -अञ्चिता the lute of Balarāma. -अटः a kind of beam. -अधिक a. surpassing in strength, of superior strength or force. -अधिकरणम् the affairs of an army; -अध्यक्षः 1 a general or commander of an army; सेनापतिबलाध्यक्षौ सर्वदिक्षु निवेशयेत् Ms.7.189. -2 a war-minister. -3 An officer in charge of infantry. -अनुजः an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa. -अन्वित a. 1 endowed with strength, mighty, powerful. -2 leading an army. -अबलम् 1 comparative strength and want of strength, relative strength and weakness; परात्मनोः परिच्छिद्य शक्त्या- दीनां बलाबलम् R.17.59. -2 relative significance and insignificance, comparative importance and unimportance; समय एव करोति बलाबलम् Śi.6.44. ˚अधिकरणम् a kind of न्यायभेद according to Jaimini. -अभ्रः an army in the form of a cloud. -अरातिः an epithet of Indra. -अर्थिन् a. desirous of power; राज्ञो बलार्थिनः षष्ठे (वर्षे उपनयनं कार्यम्) Ms.2.37. -अवलेपः pride of strength. -अशः, -असः 1 consumption. -2 the phlegmatic humour (कफ). -3 a swelling in the throat (which stops the passages of food). -आढ्यः a bean. -आत्मिका a kind of sun-flower (हस्तिशुण्डी). -आलयः a military camp; पूज्यमानो हरिगणैराजगाम बलालयम् Rām.6.112.8. -आहः water. -उत्कट a. of mighty strength; न वध्यते ह्यविश्वस्तो दुर्बलो$पि बलोत्कटैः Pt.2.44;3.115. -उपपन्न, -उपेत a. endowed with strength, strong, powerful; एतां रामबलोपेतां रक्षां यः सुकृती पठेत् Rāmarakṣā.1. -उपादानम् Recruitment of the army; Kau. A. -ओघः a multitude of troops, numerous army; लक्ष्मीं दधत् प्रति- गिरेरलघुर्बलौघः Śi.5.2. -कर, -कृत् a. strengthening. -कृत done by force or against free consent; सर्वान् बलकृता- नर्थानकृतान् मनुरब्रवीत् Ms.8.168. -क्षोभः disturbance in the army, mutiny, revolt. -चक्रम् 1 dominion, sovereignty. -2 an army, a host. -ज a. produced by power. (-जम्) 1 a city-gate, gate. -2 a field. -3 grain, a heap of grain; त्वं समीरण इव प्रतीक्षितः कर्षकेण बलजान् पुपूषता Śi.14.7. -4 war, battle -5 marrow, pith. -6 a pretty figure. (-जा) 1 the earth. -2 a handsome woman. -3 a kind of jasmine (Arabian). -4 a rope. -तापनः an epithet of Indra; अफिषिषेच मरन्दरसामृतैर्नवलताबलता- पनरत्नभम् (अलिनम्) Rām. Ch.4.12. -दः an ox, a bullock -दर्पः pride of strength. -देवः 1 air, wind. -2 N. of the elder brother of Kṛiṣṇa; see बलराम below. -बलदेवा (वी) f. N. of a medicinal herb which is also called त्रायमाण. It grows in the forests on the slopes of the Himālayas and in Persia. -द्विष् m., -निषूदनः epithets of Indra; बलनिषूदनमर्थपतिं च तम् R.9.3. -निग्रह a. weakening, enervating. -पतिः 1 a general, commander. -2 an epithet of Indra. -पुच्छकः a crow; Nigh. Ratn. -पृष्ठकः a kind of deer (Mar. रोहें). -प्रद a. giving strength, invigorating. -प्रमथनी N. of a form of Durgā. -प्रसूः N. of Rohinī, mother of Balarāma. -भद्र a. strong, powerful. (-द्रः) 1 a strong or powerful man. -2 a kind of ox. -3 N. of Balarāma, q. v. below. -4 the tree called लोध्र. -5 N. of Ananta. (-द्रा) a maiden. -भिद् m. an epithet of Indra; Ś.2. -भृत् a. strong, powerful. -मुख्यः the chief of an army. -रामः 'the strong Rāma', N. of the elder brother of Kṛiṣṇa. [He was the seventh son of Vasudava and Devakī; but transferred to the womb of Rohiṇī to save him from falling a prey to the cruelty of Kaṁsa. He and his brother Kṛiṣṇa were brought up by Nanda in Gokula. When quite young, he killed the powerful demons Dhenuka and Pralamba, and performed, like his brother, many feats of surprising strength. On one occasion Balarāma under the influence of wine, of which he was very fond, called upon the Yamunā river to come to him that he might bathe; and on his command being unheeded, he plunged his plough-share into the river and dragged the waters after him, until the river assumed a human form and asked his forgivenss. On another occasion he dragged towards himself the whole city of Hastināpura along with its walls. As Kṛiṣṇa was a friend and admirer of the Pāṇḍavas, so Balarāma was of the Kauravas, as was seen in his desire of giving his sister Subhadrā to Duryodhana rather than to Arjuna; yet he declined to take any part in the great Bhāratī war either with the Pāṇḍavas or the Kauravas. He is represented as dressed in blue clothes, and armed with a ploughshare which was his most effective weapon. His wife was Revatī. He is sometimes regarded as an incarnation of the serpent Śeṣa and sometimes as the eighth incarnation of Viṣṇu; see the quotation under हल]. -वर्जित a. infirm, weak. -वर्णिन् a. strong and looking well. -वर्धन a. invigorating, strengthening. -m. N. of स्थण्डिलाग्नि in उत्सर्जन or उपाकर्म. -विन्यासः array or arrangement of troops. -व्यसनम् the defeat of an army. -व्यापद् f. decrease of strength. -शालिन् a. strong; बलशालितया यथा तथा वा धियमुच्छेदपरामयं दधानः Ki.13.12. -समुत्थानम् Recruiting a strong army; Kau. A.1.16; तमभियोक्तुं बलसमुत्थानमकरोत् Dk.2.8. -सूदनः an epithet of Indra. -सेना a strong army, an army, host. -स्थ a. strong, powerful. (-स्थः) a warrior, soldier. -स्थितिः f. 1 a camp; an encampment. -2 a royal camp. -हन्, -हन्तृ m. 1 an epithet of Indra; पाण्डुः स्मरति ते नित्यं बलहन्तुः समीपगः Mb.15.2.17. -2 of Balarāma. -3 phlegm. -हीन a. destitute of strength, weak, feeble.
baliḥ बलिः [बल्-इन्] 1 An oblation, a gift or offering (usually religious); नीवारबलिं विलोकयतः Ś.4.21; U.1.5. -2 The offering of a portion of the daily meal of rice, grain, ghee &c. to all creatures, (also called भूतयज्ञ), one of the five daily Yajñas to be performed by a householder; see Ms.3.67,91; it is usually performed by throwing up into the air, near the housedoor, portions of the daily meal before partaking of it; यासां बलिः सपदि मद्गृहदेहलीनां हंसैश्च सारसगणैश्च विलुप्तपूर्वः Mk.1.9. -3 Worship, adoration; Rām.2.3. 8; अवचितबलिपुष्पा वेदिसंमार्गदक्षा Ku.1.6; Me.57; अव- चितानि बलिकर्मपर्याप्तानि पुष्पाणि Ś.4. -4 Fragments of food left at a meal. -5 A victim offered to a deity. -6 A tax, tribute, impost; also 'religious tax'; (cf. सीता, भागो, बलिः, करो......च राष्ट्रम्); Kau. A.2.6.24; प्रजानामेव भूत्यर्थं स ताभ्यो बलिमग्रहीत् R.1.18; Ms.7.8;8.37; प्रजिघाय बलिं तथा Śiva B.29.42; न चाजिहीर्षीद् बलिमप्रवृत्तम् Bu. Ch.2.44. -7 The handle of a chowrie. -8 N. of a celebrated demon; येन बद्धो बली राजा दानवेन्द्रो महाबलः Rakṣābandhanamantra. [He was a son of Virochana, the son of Prahlāda. He was a very powerful demon and oppressed the gods very much. They, therefore, prayed to Viṣṇu for succour, who descended on earth as a son of Kaśyapa and Aditi in the form of a dwarf. He assumed the dress of a mendicant, and having gone to Bali prayed him to give him as much earth as he could cover in three steps. Bali, who was noted for his liberality, unhesitatingly acceded to this apparently simple request. But the dwarf soon assumed a mighty form, and began to measure the three steps. The first step covered the earth, the second the heavens; and not knowing where to place the third, he planted it on the head of Bali and sent him and all his legions to the Pātāla and allowed him to be its ruler. Thus the universe was once more restored to the rule of Indra; cf. छलयसि विक्रमणे बलिमद्भुतवामन Gīt. 1; R.7.35; Me.59. Viṣṇu is said to still guard his door in Pātāla. He is one of the seven Chirajivins; cf. चिरजीविन्]. -लिः f. 1 A fold, wrinkle &c. (usually written वलि q. v.). -2 The fold of skin in stout persons or females. -3 The ridge of a thatched roof. -Comp. -करः a. 1 paying tribute. -2 offering sacrifices. -3 producing wrinkles. -करम्भः a sacrificial cake. -कर्मन् n. 1 offering oblations to all creatures. -2 the act of worshipping. -3 payment of tribute. -क्रिया a line on the forehead; नतभ्रुवो मण्डयति स्म विग्रहे बलिक्रिया चातिलकं तदास्पदम् Ki.8.52. -दानम् 1 presentation of an offering to a deity. -2 offering oblations to all creatures. -द्विष्, -ध्वंसिन् m. an epithet of Viṣṇu. -नन्दनः, -पुत्रः, -सुतः epithets of Bāṇa, the son of Bali. -पुष्टः a crow; भ्रमेण द्रष्टुं बलिपुष्टलोकः समापतत्याशु तमिस्ररूपः Rām. Ch.6.25. -प्रियः the Lodhra tree. -बन्धनः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -भुज् m. 1 a crow; अहो अधर्मः पालानां पीव्नां बलिभुजामिव Bhāg.1.18.33. -2 a sparrow. -3 a crane. -भृत् a. tributary. -भोजः, -भोजनः a crow; द्वितीयो बलिभोजानां (पन्थाः) Rām.4.58.25. -मन्दिरम्, -वेश्मन्, -सद्मन् n. the lower regions, the abode of Bali. -मुखः a monkey. -विधानम् the offering of an oblation. -व्याकुल a. engaged in worship or in offering oblations to all creatures; आलोके ते निपतति पुरा सा बलिव्याकुला वा Me.87. -षड्भागः the sixth part as a tribute; अरक्षितारं राजानं बलिषड्भागहारिणम् Ms.8.38. -हन् m. an epithet of Viṣṇu. -हरणम् an offering of oblations to all creatures. -होमः the offering of oblations.
bahu बहु a. (हु or ही f.; compar. भूयस्; super. भूयिष्ठ) 1 Much, plentiful, abundant, great; तस्मिन् बहु एतदपि Ś.4. 'even this was much for him' (was too much to be expected of him); बहु प्रष्टव्यमत्र Mu.3; अल्पस्य हेतोर्बहु हातुमिच्छन् R.2.47. -2 Many, numerous; as in बह्वक्षर, बहुप्रकार. -2 Frequented, repeated. -4 Large, great. -5 Abounding or rich in (as first member of comp.); बहुकण्टको देशः &c. ind. 1 Much, abundantly, very much, exceedingly, greatly, in a high degree. -2 Somewhat, nearly, almost; as in बहुतृण. (किं बहुन 'why say much', 'in short'; बहु मन् to think or esteem highly, rate high, prize, value; त्वत्संभावितमात्मानं बहु मन्यामहे वयम् Ku.6.2; ययातेरिव शर्मिष्ठा भर्तुर्बहुमता भव Ś.4.7;7. 1; R.12.89; येषां च त्वं बहुमतो भूत्वा यास्यसि लाघवम् Bg.2. 35; Bk.3.53;5.84;8.12.) -Comp. -अक्षर a. having many syllables, polysyllabic (as a word). -अच्, -अच्क a. having many vowels, polysyllabic. -अनर्थ a. fraught with many evils. -अप्, -अप a. watery. -अपत्य a. 1 having a numerous progeny. -2 (in astrol.) promising a numerous progeny. (-त्यः) 1 a hog. -2 a mouse, rat. (-त्या) a cow that has often calved. -अपाय a. exposed to many risks; स्वगृहो- द्यानगते$पि स्निग्धैः पापं विशङ्क्यते मोहात् । किमु दुष्टबह्वपायप्रतिभय- कान्तारमध्यस्थे ॥ Pt.2.166. -अर्थ a. 1 having many senses. -2 having many objects. -3 important. -आशिन् a. voracious, gluttonous, बह्वाशी स्वल्पसन्तुष्टः सुनिद्रो लघुचेतनः । प्रभुभक्तश्च शूरश्च ज्ञातव्याः षट् शुनो गुणाः ॥ Chāṇakya. -m. N. of a son of Dhṛitarāṣṭra. -उदकः a kind of mendicant who lives in a strange town and maintains himself with alms got by begging from door to door; cf. कुटीचक. -उपयुक्त a. made to serve a manifold purpose; बहूप- युक्ता च बुद्धिः Dk.2.4. -उपाय a. effective. -ऋच् a. having many verses. (-f.) a term applied to the Ṛigveda. -ऋच a. having many verses. (-चः) one conversant with the Ṛigveda. (-ची) The wife of one who studies the Ṛigveda. Hence ˚ब्राह्मणम् means the Aitareya Brāhmaṇa which belongs to the Ṛigveda; बह्वृचब्राह्मणे श्रूयते ŚB. on MS.6.3.1. -एनस् a. very sinful. -कर a. 1 doing much, busy, industrious. -2 useful in many ways. (-रः) 1 a sweeper, cleaner. -2 a camel. -3 the sun; बहुकरकृतात् प्रातःसंमार्जनात् N.19.13. (-री) a broom. -कारम् abundance; बहुकारं च सस्यानाम् Mb.12.193.21. -कालम् ind. for a long time. -कालीन a. of a long standing, old, ancient. -कूर्चः a kind of cocoa-nut tree. -क्रमः a Krama of more than three words; cf. क्रम. -क्षम a. patient; अतो$त्र किंचिद्भवतीं बहुक्षमां द्विजाति- भावादुपपन्नचापलः Ku.5.4. (-मः) 1 a Buddha. -2 a Jaina deified saint. -क्षारम् Soap; Nigh. Ratn. (-रः) a kind of alkali. -क्षीरा a cow giving much milk. -गन्ध a. strong-scented. (-न्धम्) cinnamon. -गन्धदा musk. -गन्धा 1 the Yūthikā creeper. -2 a bud of the Champaka tree. -गुण a. having many threads or qualities. -गुरुः One who has read much but superficially; sciolist. -गोत्रज a. having many blood relations. -ग्रन्थिः Tamarix Indica (Mar. वेळु ?). -च्छल a. deceitful. -छिन्ना a species of Cocculus (Mar. गुळवेल). -जनः a great multitude of people. ˚हितम् the common weal. -जल्प a. garrulous, talkative, loquacious. -ज्ञ a. knowing much, well informed, possessed of great knowledge. -तन्त्रीक a. many-stringed (as a musical instrument). -तृणम् anything much like grass; (hence) what is unimportant or contemptible; निदर्शनम- साराणां लघुर्बहुतृणं नरः Śi.2.5; N.22.137. -2 abounding in grass. -त्वक्कः, -त्वच् m. a kind of birch tree. -द a. liberal, generous. -दक्षिण a. 1 attended with many gifts or donations. -2 liberal, munificent. -दर्शक, -दर्शिन् a. prudent, circumspect; कृत्येषु वाली मेधावी राजानो बहुदर्शिनः Rām.4.2.23. -दायिन् a. liberal, munificent, a liberal donor; Ch. Up. -दुग्ध a. yielding much milk. (-ग्धः) wheat. (-ग्धा) a cow yielding much milk. -दृश्वन् a. greatly experienced, a great observer. -दृष्ट a. very experienced. -दोष a. 1 having many faults or defects, very wicked or sinful. -2 full of crimes of dangers; बहुदोषा हि शर्वरी Mk.1.58. -दोहना yielding much milk. -धन a. very rich, wealthy. -धारम् 1 the thunderbolt of Indra. -2 a diamond. -धेनुकम् a great number of milch-cows. -नाडिकः the body. -नाडीकः 1 day. -2 pillar; L. D. B. -नादः a conch-shell. -पत्नीकता polygamy. -पत्रः an onion. (-त्रम्) talc. (-त्री) the holy basil. -पद्, -पाद्, -पाद m. the fig-tree. -पुष्पः 1 the coral tree. -2 the Nimba tree. -पर्वन् m. (see -ग्रन्थिः). -प्रकार a. of many kinds, various, manifold. (-रम्) ind. in many ways, manifoldly. -प्रकृति a. consisting of many primary parts or verbal elements (as a compound). -प्रज a. having many children, prolific. (-जः) 1 a hog. -2 the munja grass. -प्रज्ञ a. very wise. -प्रतिज्ञ a. 1 comprising many statements or assertions, complicated. -2 (in law) involving many counts, as a plaint; बहुप्रतिज्ञं यत् कार्यं व्यवहारेषु निश्चितम् । कामं तदपि गृह्णीयाद् राजा तत्त्वबुभुत्सया Mitā. -प्रत्यर्थिक a. having many opponents. -प्रत्यवाय a. connected with many difficulties. -प्रद a. exceedingly liberal, a munificent donor. -प्रपञ्च a. very diffuse or prolix. -प्रसूः the mother of many children. -प्रेयसी a. having many loved ones. -फल a. rich in fruits. (-लः) the Kadamba tree. (-ली) the opposite-leaved fig-tree. -बलः a lion. -बीजम् the fruit of Anona Reticulata (Mar. सीताफल). (-जा) a kind of Musa (Mar. रानकेळ). -बोलक a. a great talker; Buddh. -भाग्य a. very lucky or fortunate. -भाषिन् a. garrulous, talkative. -भाष्यम् talkativeness, garrulity; उत्थानेन जयेत्तन्द्री वितर्कं निश्चयाज्जयेत् । मौनेन बहुभाष्यं च शौर्येण च भयं त्यजेत् ॥ Mb.12.274.11. -भुजा an epithet of Durgā. -भूमिक a. having many floors or stories. -भोग्या a prostitute. -भोजिन् a. voracious. -मञ्जरी the holy basil. -मत a. 1 highly esteemed or prized, valued, respected; येषां च त्वं बहुमतो भूत्वा यास्यसि लाघवम् Bg.2.35. -2 having many different opinions. -मतिः f. great value or estimation; कान्तानां बहुमतिमाययुः पयोदाः Ki.7. 15. -मध्यग a. belonging to many; न निर्हारं स्त्रियः कुर्युः कुटुम्बाद्बहुमध्यगात् Ms.9.199. -मलम् lead. -मानः great respect or regard, high esteem; पुरुषबहुमानो विगलितः Bh.3.9; वर्तमानकवेः कालिदासस्य क्रियायां कथं परिषदो बहुमानः M.1; V.1.2; Ku.5.31. (-नम्) a gift given by a superior to an inferior. -मान्य a. respectable, esteemable; Kull. on Ms.2.117. -माय a. artful, deceitful. treacherous; परदेशभयाद्भीता बहुमाया नपुंसकाः । स्वदेशे निधनं यान्ति Pt.1.321. -मार्गः a place where many roads meet. -मार्गगा 1 N. of the river Ganges; तद्युक्तं बहुमार्गगां मम पुरो निर्लज्ज वोढुस्तव Ratn.1.3. -2 a wanton or unchaste woman. -मार्गी a place where several roads meet. -मुख a. 1 much, excessive; अस्या भर्तुर्बहुमुखमनुरागम् Ś.6. -2 Speaking variously. -मूत्र a. suffering from diabetes. -मूर्ति a. multiform, variously shaped. (-र्तिः f.) the wild cotton-shrub. -मूर्धन् m. an epithet of Viṣṇu. -मूला Asparagus Racemosus (शतावरी). -मूल्य a. costly, high-priced. (-ल्यम्) a large sum of money, heavy or costly price. -मृग a. abounding in deer. -रजस् a. very dusty. -रत्न a. rich in jewels. -रस a. juicy, succulent. (-सः) sugar-cane. -राशि a. (in arith.) consisting of many terms. (-शिः) m. a series of many terms. -रूप a. 1 many-formed, multiform, manifold. -2 variegated, spotted, chequered; वैश्वदेवं बहुरूपं हि राजन् Mb.14.1.3. (-पः) 1 a lizard, chameleon. -2 hair. -3 the sun. -4 N. of Śiva. -5 of Viṣṇu. -6 of Brahmā. -7 of the god of love. -रूपक a. multiform, manifold. -रेतस् m. an epithet of Brahmā. -रोमन् a. hairy. shaggy. (-m.) a sheep. -लवणम् a soil impregnated with salt. -वचनम् the plural number (in gram.); द्व्यैकयोर्द्विवचनैकवचने, बहुषु बहुवचनम्. -वर्ण a. many-coloured. -वादिन् a. garrulous. -वारम् ind. many times, often. -वारः, -वारकः Cordia Myxa (Mar. भोकर). -वार्षिक a. lasting for many years. -विक्रम a. very powerful, heroic, a great warrior. -विघ्न a. presenting many difficulties, attended with many dangers. -विध a. of many kinds, manifold, diverse. -वी(बी)जम् the custard apple. -वीर्य a. very powerful or efficacious. (-र्यः) N. of various plants (such as Terminalia Bellerica, Mar. बेहडा). -व्ययिन् a. lavish, prodigal, spendthrift. -व्यापिन् a. far-spreading, wide. -व्रीहि a. possessing much rice; तत्पुरुष कर्मधारय येनाहं स्यां बहुव्रीहिः Udb. (where it is also the name of the compound). (-हिः) one of the four principal kinds of compounds in Sanskrit. In it, two or more nouns in apposition to each other are compouded, the attributive member (whether a noun or an adjective) being placed first, and made to qualify another substantive, and neither of the two members separately, but the sense of the whole compound, qualifies that substantive; cf. अन्य- पदार्थप्रधानो बहुव्रीहिः. This compound is adjectival in character, but there are several instances of Bahuvrīhi compounds which have come to be regarded and used as nouns (their application being restricted by usage to particular individuals); i. e. चक्रपाणि, शशिशेखर, पीताम्बर, चतुर्मुख, त्रिनेत्र, कुसुमशर &c. -शत्रुः a sparrow. -शल्यः a species of Khadira. -शस्त a. very good, right or happy. -शाख a. having many branches or ramifications. -शिख a. having many points. -शृङ्गः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -श्रुत a. 1 well-informed, very learned तस्मिन् पुरवरे हृष्टा धर्मात्मानो बहुश्रुताः Rām. H.1.1; Pt.2. 1; R.15.36. -2 well-versed in the Vedas; गुरुं वा बाल- वृद्धौ वा ब्राह्मणं वा बहुश्रुतम् । आततायिनमायान्तं हन्यादेवाविचारयन् ॥ Ms.8.35. (-तिः) the occurrence of the plural in a text. -संख्याक a. numerous. -सत्त्व a. abounding in animals. -संतति a. having a numerous progeny. (-तिः) a kind of bamboo. -सार a. possessed of great pith or essence, substantial. (-रः) the Khadira tree. -साहस्र a. amounting to many thousands. -सूः 1 a mother of many children. -2 a cow. -सूतिः f. 1 a mother of many children. -2 a cow that often calves. -स्वन a. vociferous. (-नः) an owl. -स्वामिक a. owned by many.
bahulībhū बहुलीभू 1 P. 1 To spread, increase, multiply; छिद्रे- ष्वनर्था बहुलीभवन्ति Pt.2.175. -2 To get abroad, to become public or notorious, be generally known, become wide-spread; बहुलीभूतमेतत् किं न कथ्यते Ś.6; पौरेषु सो$हं बहुलीभवन्तं ... सोढुं न तत्पूर्वमवर्णमीशे R.14.38.
bahulībhāvaḥ बहुलीभावः Becoming public, general notoriety or publicity.
bāla बाल a. 1 Young, infantine, not full-grown or developed (of persons or things); बालेन स्थविरेण वा Ms. 8.7; बालाशोकमुपोढरागसुभगं भेदोन्मुखं तिष्ठति V.2.7; so बालमन्दारवृक्षः Me.77; R.2.45;13.24. -2 Newly risen, young (as the sun or its rays); बालार्कप्रतिमे- वाप्सु वीचिभिन्ना पतिष्यतः R.12.1. -3 New, waxing (as the moon); पुपोष वृद्धिं हरिदश्वदीधितेरनुप्रवेशादिव बाल- चन्द्रमाः R.3.22; Ku.3.29. -4 Puerile. -5 Ignorant, unwise; अनर्थकुशला ह्येते बालाः पण्डितमानिनः Rām.2.1.38. -6 Pure (as an animal fit for sacrifice). -लः 1 A child, an infant; बालादपि सुभाषितम् (ग्राह्यम्); Ms.2.239. -2 A boy, youth, young person. -3 A minor (under 16 years of age); बाल आषोडशाद्वर्षात् Nārada. -4 A colt, foal. -5 A fool, simpleton; नीरसायां रसं बालो बालिकायां विकल्पयेत् Pt.4.91. -6 (a) A tail. (b) An elephant's or a horse's tail. -7 Hair; तं केशपाशं प्रसमीक्ष्य कुर्युर्बालप्रियत्वं शिथिलं चमर्यः Ku.1.48. -8 An elephant five years old; 'पञ्चवर्षो गजो बालः पोतस्तु दशवार्षिकः' Vaijayantī. According to Mātaṅga L. (5.2.) however it means an elephant in the first year. -9 A kind of perfume. -1 The cocoa-nut. -Comp. -अग्रम् 1 the point of a hair. -2 A dove-cot; प्रासादबालाग्रकपोतपालिकायामुपविष्टः शृणोमि Mk.1.51/ 52. -अध्यापकः a tutor of youths or children. -अपत्यम् youthful progeny. -अभ्यासः study during childhood, early application (to study). -अरुण a. red like early dawn. (-णः) early dawn; morning sun. -अर्कः the newly-risen sun; R.12.1. -अवबोधः, -नम् instruction of the young; Pt.1. -अवस्थ a. juvenile, young; भुवमधिपतिर्बालाबस्थो$प्यलं परिरक्षितुम् V.5.18. -अवस्था childhood. -आतपः morning sunshine. -आमयः a child's disease. -इन्दुः the new or waxing moon; बालेन्दुवक्राप्य- विकाशभावाद् बभुः पलाशान्यतिलोहितानि Ku.3.29. -इष्टः the jujube tree. -उपचारः, -चरणम् (medical) treatment of children. -उपवीतम् 1 a piece of cloth used to cover the privities. -2 The sacrificial cord. -कदली a young plantain tree. -काण्डम् the first book of the Rāmāyaṇa. -कुन्दः, -दम् a kind of young jasmine. (-दम्) a young jasmine blossom; अलके बालकुन्दानुविद्धम् Me.67. -कृमिः a louse. -कृष्णः Kṛiṣṇa as a boy. -केलिः, -ली f. child's play or amusement. -क्रीडनम् a child's play or toy. -क्रीडनकम् a child's toy. -कः 1 a ball. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -क्रीडा a child's play, childish or juvenile sport. -खिल्यः a class of divine personages of the size of a thumb and produced from the creator's body and said to precede the sun's chariot (their number is said to be sixty thousand); cf. R.15.1; क्रतोश्च सन्ततिर्भार्या बालखिल्यानसूयत । षष्टिर्यानि सहस्राणि ऋषिणामूर्ध्व- रेतसाम् ॥ Mārk. P. -गर्भिणी a cow with calf for the first time. -गोपालः 'the youthful cowherd', an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa, as the boycowherd. -ग्रहः any demon (or planetary influence) teasing or injuring children; बालग्रहस्तत्र विचिन्वती शिशून् Bhāg.1.6.7. -घ्नः a childslayer, infanticide; Ms.11.19. -चन्द्रः -चन्द्रमस् m. 1 the young or waxing moon; इह जगति महोत्सवस्य हेतुर्नयनवतामुदियाय बालचन्द्रः Māl.2.1. -2 a cavity of a particular shape; Mk.3.13. -चरितम् 1 juvenile sports. -2 early life or actions; U.6. -चर्यः N. of Kārtikeya. (-र्या) the bahaviour of a child. -चुम्बालः a fish; Nigh. Ratn. -चतः a young mango-tree; धत्तेचक्षुर्मुकुलिनि रणत्कोकिले बालचूते Māl.3.12. -ज a. produced from hair. -जातीय a. childish, foolish, simple. -तनयः the Kha- dira tree. -तन्त्रम् midwifery. -तृणम् young grass. -दलकः the Khadira. -धनम् the property of a minor; Ms.8.149. -धिः (also बालधिः) a hairy tail; तुरंगमैरा- यतकीर्णवालधिः Śi.12.73; Ki.12.47. -नेत्र a. guided or steered by a fool. -पत्रः, -पत्रकः the Khadira tree. -पाश्या 1 an ornament worn in the hair when parted. -2 a string of pearls binding or intertwining the braid of hair. -पुष्टिका, -पुष्टी, -पुष्पी a kind of jasmine. -बोधः 1 instructing the young. -2 any work adapted to the capacities of the young or inexperienced. -भद्रकः a kind of poison. -भारः a large bushy tail; बाधेतोल्का- क्षपितचमरीबालभारो दवाग्निः Me.55. -भावः 1 child-hood, infancy. -2 a hairy growth; एतद्भ्रुवौ जन्म तदाप युग्मं लीलाचलत्वोचितबालभावम् N.7.26. -3 inattention; Ms. 8.118. (Kull.) -4 children (collectively). -5 recent rise (of a planet). -भृत्यः a servant from childhood. -भैषज्यम् a kind of collyrium. -भोज्यः pease. -मनो- रमा N. of several grammars. -मरणम् (with Jainas) a fool's manner of dying (12 in number). -मित्रः a friend from boyhood. -मृगः a fawn. -मूलम् a young radish. -मूषिका a small mouse. -मृणालः a tender filament or fibre (of lotus); व्यालं बालमृणालतन्तुभिरसौ रोद्धुं समुज्म्भते Bh.2.6. -यज्ञोपवीतकम् the sacred thread worn across the breast. -राजम् lapis lazuli. -रोगः a child's disease; अथ बालरोगाणां निदानानि लक्षणानि चाह । धात्र्यास्तु गुरुभिर्भोज्यैर्विषमैर्दोषलैस्तथा ...... Bhāva. P. -लता a young creeper; अवाकिरन् बाललताः प्रसूनैः R.2.1. -लीला child's play, juvenile pastime. -वत्सः 1 a young calf. -2 a pigeon. -वायजम् lapis lazuli. -वासस् n. a woollen garment. -वाह्यः a young or wild goat. -विधवा a child-widow. -वैधव्यम् child-widowhood. -व्यजनम् a chowrie or fly-flapper (usually made of the tail of the yāk or Bos Grunniens and used as one of the royal insignia); यस्यार्थयुक्तं गिरिराजशब्दं कुर्वन्ति बाल- व्यजनैश्चमर्यः Ku.1.13; R.9.66;14.11;16.33,57. -व्रतः an epithet of a Buddha saint Mañjughoṣa. -सखि m. a friend from childhood. -संध्या early twilight. -सात्म्यम् milk. -सुहृद् m. a friend of one's youth. -सूर्यः, -सूर्यकः lapis lazuli. -स्थानम् 1 childhood. -2 youth. -3 inexperience. -हत्या infanticide. -हस्तः a hairy tail.
bālaka बालक a. (-लिका f.) [बाल स्वार्थे क] 1 Childlike, young, not yet fullgrown. -2 Ignorant. -कः 1 A child, boy. -2 A minor (In law). -3 A finger-ring. -4 A fool or blockhead. -5 A bracelet. -6 The tail of a horse or elephant. -7 Hair. -8 A young elephant (five years old); निर्धूतवीतमपि बालकमुल्ललन्तम् Śi.5.47. See बाल (8). -कम् 1 A finger-ring. -2 A bracelet. -Comp. -प्रिय a. fond of children. (-या) colocynth or plantain. -हत्या infanticide.
bālikā बालिका 1 A girl, young woman. -2 The knot of an earring. -3 Small cardamoms. -4 Sand. -5 The rustling of leaves.
binduḥ बिन्दुः [बिन्द्-उ] A drop, small particle; जलबिन्दु- निपातेन क्रमशः पूर्यते घटः 'small drops make a pool'; विस्तीर्यते यशो लोके तैलबिन्दुरिवाम्भसि Ms.7.33; संक्षिप्यते यशो लोके घृतबिन्दुरिवाम्भसि 7.34; अधुना (कुतूहलस्य) बिन्दुरपि नाव- शेषितः Ś.2. -2 A dot, point. -3 A spot or mark of coloured paint on the body of an elephant; न्यस्ताक्षरा धातुरसेन यत्र भूर्जत्वचः कुञ्जरबिन्दुशोणाः Ku.1.7. -4 A zero or cypher; न रोमकूपौघमिषाज्जगत्कृता कृताश्च किं दूषणशून्यबिन्दवः N.1.21. -5 (In geom.) A point having no parts or no magnitude. -6 A drop of water taken as a measure. -7 The dot over a letter representing the अनुस्वार. -8 (In manuscripts) A mark over an erased word (which shows that the word ought not to be erased); 'stet'. -9 A mark made by the teeth of a lover on the lips of his mistress. -1 A peculiar mark like a dot made in cauterizing. -11 The part of the forehead between the eyebrows. -12 (In dramas) the sudden development of a secondary incident (which, like a drop of oil in water quickly diffuses itself and thus supplies important elements in the development of the plot; it is the source of an intermediate object, while 'Bīja' is that of the principal one); अवान्तरार्थविच्छेदे बिन्दुरुच्छेदकारणम् S. D.319. -13 (In phil.) A condition of चिच्छक्ति; सच्चिदानन्दविभवात् सकलात् परमेश्वरा । आसीच्छक्तिस्ततो नादो नादाद् बिन्दुसमुद्भवः ॥ -Comp. -चित्रकः the spotted antelope. -च्युतकः a kind of word-play; चकास्ति बिन्दु- च्युतकातिचातुरी N.9.14. -जालम्, -जालकम् 1 a number of drops. -2 marks of coloured paint on the trunk and face of an elephant. -तन्त्रः 1 a die. -2 a chessboard. -देवः an epithet of Śiva. -पत्रः a kind of birch tree. -प्रतिष्ठामय a. founded or based upon the अनुस्वार. -फलम् a pearl. -भेदः a particular Yoga posture. -माधवः a form of Viṣṇu. -मालिन् m. (in music) a kind of measure. -रेखकः 1 an anusvāra. -2 a kind of bird. -रेखा a line of dots. -वासरः the day of conception.
bisam बिसम् 1 The fibre of a lotus; धृतबिसवलयावलिर्वहन्ती Ki.1.24. -2 The fibrous stalk of a lotus; पाथेयमुत्सृज बिसं ग्रहणाय भूयः V.4.15; बिसमलमशनाय स्वादु पानाय तोयम् Bh.3.22; Me.11; Ku.3.37;4.29. -3 The lotus plant; न लिप्यते कर्मफलैरनिष्टैः पत्रं बिसस्येव जलेन सिक्तम् Mb.12.194.44. -Comp. -ऊर्णा, -ऊर्णम् a lotus fibre; हृद्यविच्छिन्नमोङ्कारं घण्टानादं बिसोर्णवत् Bhāg.11.14.34. -कण्ठिका, -कण्ठिन् m. a small crane; अभिनवाभ्रलसद्बिसकण्ठिका Rām. Ch.4.37. -कुसुमम्, -पुष्पम्, -प्रसूनम् a lotus; जक्षुर्बिसं धृतविकासि- बिसप्रसूनाः Śi.5.28. -खादिका 'eating the fibres of a lotus'; N. of a play. -गुणः a string of lotus-fibre; बिसगुणनिगडितपादो जरठः Dk.2.1. -ग्रन्थिः 1 a knot on the stalk of a lotus (used for filtering water) -2 a particular disease of the eyes. -छेदः a bit of the fibrous stalk of a lotus. -जम् a lotus-flower, lotus. -तन्तुः the lotus-fibre. -नाभिः f. the lotus-plant (पद्मिनी). -नासिका a sort of crane. -प्रसूनम् a lotus-flower; चक्षुर्बिसं धृतविकासिबिसप्रसूनाः. -मृणालम् a lotus-fibre. -वर्त्मन् n. a particular disease of eyelids.
budh बुध् 1 U., Ā. (बोधति-ते, बुध्यते, बुद्ध) 1 To know, understand, comprehend; क्रमादमुं नारद इत्यबोधि सः Śi.1. 3;9.24; नाबुद्ध कल्पद्रुमतां विहाय जातं तमात्मन्यसिपत्रवृक्षम् R.14.48; यदि बुध्यते हरिशिशुः स्तनंधयः Bv.1.53. -2 To perceive, notice, recognise, mark; हिरण्मयं हंसमबोधि नैषधः N.1.117; अपि लङ्घितमध्वानं बुबुधे न बुधोपमः R.1.47;12.39. -3 To deem, regard, consider, esteem &c. -4 To heed, attend to. -5 To think, reflect. -6 To wake up, awake, rise from sleep; दददपि गिरमन्तर्बुध्यते नो मनुष्यः Śi.11.4; ते च प्रापुरुदन्वन्तं बुबुधे चादिपूरुषः R.1.6. -7 To regain consciousness, to come to one's senses; शनैरबोधि सुग्रीवः सो$लुञ्चीत्कर्णनासिकम् Bk.15.57. -8 To advise, admonish. -Caus. (बोधयति-ते) 1 To cause to know, make known, inform, acquaint with. -2 To teach, communicate, impart. -3 To advice, admonish; बोधयन्तं हिताहितम् Bk. 8.82; मच्चिता मद्गतप्राणा बोधयन्तः परस्परम् Bg.1.9. -4 To revive, restore to life, bring to senses or consciousness. -5 To remind, put in mind of; स्मरिष्यति त्वां न स बोधितो$पि सन् Ś.4.1. -6 To wake up, rouse, excite (fig.); अकाले बोधितो भ्रात्रा R.12.81;5.75. -7 To revive the scent (of a perfume). -8 To cause to expand, open; मधुरया मधुबोधितमाधवी Śi.6.2; सविता बोधयति पङ्कजान्येव Ś.5.28. -9 To signify, convey, indicate. -Desid. (बुबु-बो-धिषति-ते, बुभुत्सते) To wish to know &c.
budhya बुध्य a. 1 Observable, noteworthy. -2 To be awaked or roused.
baiḍāla बैडाल a. (-ली f.) [बिडालस्येदम् अण्] 1 Relating to a cat. -2 Peculiar to cats. -Comp. -व्रतम् 'a cat-like observance,' concealing one's malice or evil designs under the garb of piety or virtue. -व्रतिः one who leads a chaste life simply from want of female company (and not because he has controlled his senses). -व्रतिकः, -व्रतिन् m. a religious hypocrite, an impostor; बैडालव्रतिकाञ्छठान् ...... वाङ्मात्रेणापि नार्चयेत् Ms.4.3.
bodhana बोधन a. [बुध्-णिच् ल्यु-ल्युट् वा] 1Informing, acquainting. -2 Explaining, indicating. -3 Arousing, waking. -4 Kindling, inflaming. -नः The planet Mercury (बुधः); बुध इव शिशिरांशोर्बोधनस्येव देवः V.5.21. -नम् 1 Informing, teaching, instruction, giving a knowledge of; भयरुषोश्च तदिङ्गितबोधनम् R.9.49. -2 Denoting, signifying. -3 Arousing, awakening; समयेन तेन चिरसुप्तमनोभवबोधनं सममबोधिषत Śi.9.24. -4 Observing, perceiving. -5 Waking, being awake. -6 Making attentive. -7 Burning incence. -नी 1 The eleventh day in the bright half of Kārtika when Viṣṇu rises from his four months' sleep; शयनीबोधनीमध्ये या कृष्णैकादशी भवेत् । सैवोपोष्या गृहस्थेन नान्या कृष्णा कदाचन Tithyādi. -2 Long pepper. -3 Understanding, knowledge.
brahman ब्रह्मन् n. [बृंह्-मनिन् नकारस्याकारे ऋतो रत्वम्; cf. Uṇ.4.145.] 1 The Supreme Being, regarded as impersonal and divested of all quality and action; (according to the Vedāntins, Brahman is both the efficient and the material cause of the visible universe, the all-pervading soul and spirit of the universe, the essence from which all created things are produced and into which they are absorbed; अस्ति तावन्नित्यशुद्धबुद्धमुक्तस्वभावं सर्वज्ञं सर्वशक्तिसमन्वितं ब्रह्म Ś. B.); ... यत्प्रयन्त्यभिसंविशन्ति । तद् विजिज्ञा- सस्व । तद् ब्रह्मेति Tai. Up.3.1; समीभूता दृष्टिस्त्रिभुवनमपि ब्रह्म मनुते Bh.3.84; Ku.3.15; दर्शनं तस्य लाभः स्यात् त्वं हि ब्रह्ममयो निधिः Mb. -2 A hymn of praise. -3 A sacred text; मैवं स्याद् ब्रह्मविक्रिया Bhāg.9.1.17. -4 The Vedas; ब्रह्मणः प्रणवं कुर्यात् Ms.2.74; यद् ब्रह्म सम्यगाम्नातम् Ku.6.16; U.1.15; समस्तवदनोद्गीतब्रह्मणे ब्रह्मणे नमः Bm.1.1; Bg.3.15. -5 The sacred and mystic syllable om; एकाक्षरं परं ब्रह्म Ms.2.83. -6 The priestly of Brahmanical class (collectively); तदेतद् ब्रह्म क्षत्रं विट् शूद्रः Bṛi. Up.1.4.15; ब्रह्मैव संनियन्तृ स्यात् क्षत्रं हि ब्रह्मसंभवम् Ms.9.32. -7 The power or energy of a Brāhmaṇa; पवनाग्निसमागमो ह्ययं सहितं ब्रह्म यदस्त्रतेजसा R.8.4. -8 Religious penance or austerities. -9 Celibacy, chastity; शाश्वते ब्रह्मणि वर्तते Ś.1. -1 Final emancipation or beatitude. -11 Theology, sacred learning, religious knowledge. -12 The Brāhmaṇa portion of the Veda. -13 Wealth. -14 Food. -15 A Brāhmaṇa. -16 Truth. -17 The Brāhmaṇahood (ब्राह्मणत्व); येन विप्लावितं ब्रह्म वृषल्यां जायतात्मना Bhāg.6.2.26. -18 The soul (आत्मा); एतदेषां ब्रह्म Bṛi. Up.1.6.1-3. -19 See ब्रह्मास्त्र. अब्राह्मणे न हि ब्रह्म ध्रुवं तिष्ठेत् कदाचन Mb.12.3.31. -2 The गायत्री mantra; उभे सन्ध्ये च यतवाग्जपन् ब्रह्म समाहितः Bhāg.7. 12.2. -m. 1 The Supreme Being, the Creator, the first deity of the sacred Hindu Trinity, to whom is entrusted the work of creating the world. [The accounts of the creation of the world differ in many respects; but, according to Manu Smṛiti, the universe was enveloped in darkness, and the self-existent Lord manifested himself dispelling the gloom. He first created the waters and deposited in them a seed. This seed became a golden egg, in which he himself was born as Brahmā-the progenitor of all the worlds. Then the Lord divided the egg into two parts, with which he constructed heaven and earth. He then created the ten Prajāpatis or mind-born sons who completed the work of creation. According to another account (Rāmāyaṇa) Brahmā sprang from ether; from him was descended marīchi, and his son was Kaśyapa. From Kaśyapa sprang Vivasvata, and Manu sprang from him. Thus Manu was the procreator of all human beings. According to a third account, the Supreme deity, after dividing the golden egg, separated himself into two parts, male and female, from which sprang Virāj and from him Manu; cf. Ku.2.7. and Ms.1.32 et seq. Mythologically Brahman is represented as being born in a lotus which sprang from the navel of Viṣṇu, and as creating the world by an illicit connection with his own daughter Sarasvatī. Brahman had originally five heads, but one of them was cut down by Śiva with the ring-finger or burnt down by the fire from his third eye. His vehicle is a swan. He has numerous epithets, most of which have reference to his birth, in a lotus.] -2 A Brāhmaṇa; Ś.4.4. -3 A devout man. -4 One of the four Ritvijas or priests employed at a Soma sacrifice. -5 One conversant with sacred knowledge. -6 The sun. -7 Intellect. -8 An epithet of the seven Prajāpatis :-मरीचि, अत्रि, अङ्गिरस्, पुलस्त्य, पुलह, क्रतु and वसिष्ठ. -9 An epithet of Bṛihaspati; ब्रह्मन्नध्ययनस्य नैष समयस्तूष्णीं बहिः स्थीयताम् Hanumannāṭaka. -1 The planet Jupiter; ब्रह्मराशिं समावृत्य लोहिताङ्गो व्यवस्थितः Mb. 3.6.18. -11 The world of Brahmā (ब्रह्मलोक); दमस्त्यागो- $प्रमादश्च ते त्रयो ब्रह्मणो हयाः Mb.11.7.23. -1 Of Śiva. -Comp. -अक्षरम् the sacred syllable om. -अङ्गभूः 1 a horse. -2 one who has touched the several parts of his body by the repetition of Mantras; स च त्वदेकेषुनिपात- साध्यो ब्रह्माङ्गभूर्ब्रह्मणि योजितात्मा Ku.3.15 (see Malli. thereon). -अञ्जलिः 1 respectful salutation with folded hands while repeating the Veda. -2 obeisance to a preceptor (at the beginning and conclusion of the repetition of the Veda); अपश्यद्यावतो वेदविदां ब्रह्माञ्जलीनसौ N.17.183; ब्रह्मारम्भे$वसाने च पादौ ग्राह्यौ गुरोः सदा । संहत्य हस्तावध्येयं स हि ब्रह्माञ्जलिः स्मृतः ॥ Ms.2.71. -अण्डम् 'the egg of Brahman', the primordial egg from which the universe sprang, the world, universe; ब्रह्माण्डच्छत्रदण्डः Dk.1. ˚कपालः the hemisphere of the world. ˚भाण्डोदरम् the hollow of the universe; ब्रह्मा येन कुलालवन्नियमितो ब्रह्माण्ड- भाण्डोदरे Bh.2.95. ˚पुराणम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas. -अदि(द्रि)जाता an epithet of the river Godāvarī. -अधिगमः, अधिगमनम् study of the Vedas. -अम्भस् n. the urine of a cow. -अभ्यासः the study of the Vedas. -अयणः, -नः an epithet of Nārāyaṇa. -अरण्यम् 1 a place of religious study. -2 N. of a forest. -अर्पणम् 1 the offering of sacred knowledge. -2 devoting oneself to the Supreme Spirit. -3 N. of a spell. -4 a mode of performing the Śrāddha in which no Piṇḍas or rice-balls are offered. -अस्त्रम् a missile presided over by Brahman. -आत्मभूः a horse. -आनन्दः bliss or rapture of absorption into Brahma; ब्रह्मानन्दसाक्षात्क्रियां Mv.7.31. -आरम्भः beginning to repeat the Vedas; Ms.2.71. -आवर्तः N. of the tract between the rivers Sarasvatī and Dṛiṣavatī (northwest of Hastināpura); सरस्वतीदृषद्वत्योर्देवनद्योर्यदन्तरम् । तं देवनिर्मितं देशं ब्रह्मावर्तं प्रचक्षते Ms.2.17,19; Me.5. -आश्रमः = ब्रह्मचर्याश्रमः; वेदाध्ययननित्यत्वं क्षमा$थाचार्यपूजनम् । अथोपाध्यायशुश्रूषा ब्रह्माश्रमपदं भवेत् ॥ Mb.12.66.14. -आसनम् a particular position for profound meditation. -आहुतिः f. 1 the offering of prayers; see ब्रह्मयज्ञ. -2 the study of the Vedas. -उज्झता forgetting or neglecting the Vedas; Ms.11.57 (अधीतवेदस्यानभ्यासेन विस्मरणम् Kull.). -उत्तर a. 1 treating principally of Brahman. -2 consisting chiefly of Brāhmaṇas. -उद्यम् explaining the Veda, treatment or discussion of theological problems; ब्राह्मणा भगवन्तो हन्ताहमिमं द्वौ प्रश्नौ प्रक्ष्यामि तौ चेन्मे वक्ष्यति न वै जातु युष्माकमिमं कश्चिद् ब्रह्मोद्यं जेतेति Bṛi. Up. -उपदेशः instruction in the Vedas or sacred knowledge. ˚नेतृ m. the Palāśa tree. -ऋषिः (ब्रह्मर्षिः or ब्रह्माऋषिः) a Brahmanical sage. ˚देशः N. of a district; (कुरुक्षेत्रं च मत्स्याश्च पञ्चालाः शूरसेनकाः । एष ब्रह्मर्षिदेशो वै ब्रह्मावर्तादनन्तरः Ms.2.19). -ओदनः, -नम् food given to the priests at a sacrifice. -कन्यका an epithet of Sarasvatī. -करः a tax paid to the priestly class. -कर्मन् n. 1 the religious duties of a Brāhmaṇa, the office of Brahman, one of the four principal priests at a sacrifice. -कला an epithet of Dākṣāyaṇī (who dwells in the heart of man). -कल्पः an age of Brahman. -काण्डम् the portion of the Veda relating to spiritual knowledge. -काष्ठः the mulberry tree. -किल्बिषम् an offence against Brāhmaṇas. -कूटः a thoroughly learned Brāhmaṇa. -कूर्चम् a kind of penance; अहोरात्रोषितो भूत्वा पौर्णमास्यां विशेषतः । पञ्चगव्यं पिबेत् प्रातर्ब्रह्मकूर्चमिति स्मृतम् ॥. -कृत् one who prays. (-m.) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -कोशः the treasure of the Vedas, the entire collection of the Vedas; क्षात्रो धर्मः श्रित इव तनुं ब्रह्मकोशस्य गुप्त्यै U.6.9. -गायत्री N. of a magical mantra composed after the model of गायत्री mantra. -गिरिः N. of a mountain. -गीता f. The preaching of Brahmā as included in the Anuśāsana parva of the Mahābhārata. -गुप्तः N. of an astronomer born in 598. A. D. -गोलः the universe. -गौरवम् respect for the missile presided over by Brahman; विष्कम्भितुं समर्थो$पि ना$चलद् ब्रह्मगौरवात् Bk.9.76 (मा भून्मोघो ब्राह्मः पाश इति). -ग्रन्थिः 1 N. of a particular joint of the body. -2 N. of the knot which ties together the 3 threads of the यज्ञोपवीत. -ग्रहः, -पिशाचः, -पुरुषः, -रक्षस् n., -राक्षसः a kind of ghost, the ghost of a Brāhmaṇa, who during his life time indulges in a disdainful spirit and carries away the wives of others and the property of Brāhmaṇas; (परस्य योषितं हृत्वा ब्रह्मस्वमपहृत्य च । अरण्ये निर्जले देशे भवति ब्रह्मराक्षसः ॥ Y.3.212; cf. Ms.12.6 also). -ग्राहिन् a. worthy to receive that which is holy. -घातकः, -घातिन् m. the murderer of a Brāhmaṇa. -घातिनी a woman on the second day of her courses. -घोषः 1 recital of the Veda. -2 the sacred word, the Vedas collectively; U.6.9 (v. l.). -घ्नः the murderer of a Brāhmaṇa. -चक्रम् 1 The circle of the universe; Śvet. Up. -2 N. of a magical circle. -चर्यम् 1 religious studentship, the life of celibacy passed by a Brāhmaṇa boy in studying the Vedas, the first stage or order of his life; अविप्लुतब्रह्मचर्यो गृहस्थाश्रममाचरेत् Ms.3.2;2. 249; Mv.1.24; यदिच्छन्तो ब्रह्मचर्यं चरन्ति तत्ते पदं संग्रहेण ब्रवीम्योमित्येतत् Kaṭh. -2 religious study, self-restraint. -3 celibacy, chastity, abstinence, continence; also ब्रह्म- चर्याश्रम. (-र्यः) a religious student; see ब्रह्मचारिन्. (-र्या) chastity, celibacy. ˚व्रतम् a vow of chastity. ˚स्खलनम् falling off from chastity, incontinence. -चारिकम् the life of a religious student. -चारिन् a. 1 studying the Vedas. -2 practising continence of chastity. (-m.) a religious student, a Brāhmaṇa in the first order of his life, who continues to live with his spiritual guide from the investiture with sacred thread and performs the duties pertaining to his order till he settles in life; ब्रह्मचारी वेदमधीत्य वेदौ वेदान् वा चरेद् ब्रह्मचर्यम् Kaṭhaśrutyopaniṣad 17; Ms.2.41,175;6.87. -2 one who vows to lead the life of a celibate. -3 an epithet of Śiva. -4 of Skanda. -चारिणी 1 an epithet of Durgā. -2 a woman who observes the vow of chastity. -जः an epithet of Kārtikeya. -जन्मन् n. 1 spirtual birth. -2 investiture with the sacred thread; ब्रह्मजन्म हि विप्रस्य प्रेत्य चेह च शाश्वतम् Ms.2.146,17. -जारः the paramour of a Brāhmaṇa's wife; Rāmtā. Up. -जिज्ञासा desire to know Brahman; अयातो ब्रह्मजिज्ञासा Brahmasūtra. -जीविन् a. living by sacred knowledge. (-m.) a mercenary Brāhmaṇa (who converts his sacred knowledge into trade), a Brāhmaṇa who lives by sacred knowledge. -ज्ञानम् knowledge about Brahman; वेदान्तसाङ्ख्यसिद्धान्त- ब्रह्मज्ञानं वदाम्यहम् Garuḍa. P. -ज्ञ, -ज्ञानिन् a. one who knows Brahma. (-ज्ञः) 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya. -2 of Viṣṇu. -ज्ञानम् true or divine knowledge, knowledge of the identity of the universe with Brahma; ब्रह्मज्ञान- प्रभासंध्याकालो गच्छति धीमताम् Paśupata. Up.7. -ज्येष्ठः the elder brother of Brahman; ब्रह्मज्येष्ठमुपासते T. Up.2.5. (-a.) having Brahmā as first or chief. -ज्योतिस् n. 1 the light of Brahma or the Supreme Being. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -तत्त्वम् the true knowledge of the Supreme Spirit. -तन्त्रम् all that is taught in the Veda. -तालः (in music) a kind of measure. -तेजस् n. 1 the glory of Brahman. -2 Brahmanic lustre, the lustre or glory supposed to surround a Brāhmaṇa. -दः a spiritual preceptor; Ms.4.232. -दण्डः 1 the curse of a Brāhmaṇa; एकेन ब्रह्मदण्डेन बहवो नाशिता मम Rām. -2 a tribute paid to a Brāhmaṇa. -3 an epithet of Śiva. -4 N. of a mythical weapon (ब्रह्मास्त्र); स्वरस्य रामो जग्राह ब्रह्मदण्डमिवापरम् Rām.3.3.24. -5 magic, spells, incantation (अभिचार); ब्रह्मदण्डमदृष्टेषु दृष्टेषु चतुरङ्गिणीम् Mb.12. 13.27. -दर्मा Ptychotis Ajowan (Mar. ओवा). -दानम् 1 the imparting of sacred knowledge. -2 sacred knowledge, received as an inheritance or hereditary gift; सर्वेषामेव दानानां ब्रह्मदानं विशिष्यते Ms.4.233. -दायः 1 instruction in the Vedas, the imparting of sacred knowledge. -2 sacred knowledge received as an inheritance; तं प्रतीतं स्वधर्मेण ब्रह्मदायहरं पितुः Ms.3.3. -3 the earthly possession of a Brāhmaṇa. -दायादः 1 one who receives the Vedas as his hereditary gift, a Brāhmaṇa. -2 the son of a Brāhmaṇa. -दारुः the mulberry tree. -दिनम् a day of Brahman. -दूषक a. falsifying the vedic texts; Hch. -देय a. married according to the Brāhma form of marriage; ब्रह्मदेयात्मसंतानो ज्येष्ठसामग एव च Ms.3.185. (-यः) the Brāhma form of marriage. (-यम्) 1 land granted to Brahmaṇas; श्रोत्रियेभ्यो ब्रह्मदेयान्यदण्डकराण्यभिरूपदायकानि प्रयच्छेत् Kau. A.2.1.19. -2 instruction in the sacred knowledge. -दैत्यः a Brāhmaṇa changed into a demon; cf. ब्रह्मग्रह. -द्वारम् entrance into Brahmā; ब्रह्मद्वारमिदमित्येवैतदाह यस्त- पसाहतपाप्मा Maitra. Up.4.4. -द्विष्, -द्वेषिन् a. 1 hating Brāhmaṇas; Ms.3.154 (Kull.). -2 hostile to religious acts or devotion, impious, godless. -द्वेषः hatred of Brāhmaṇas. -धर a. possessing sacred knowledge. -नदी an epithet of the river Sarasvatī. -नाभः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -निर्वाणम् absorption into the Supreme Spirit; स्थित्वास्यामन्तकाले$पि ब्रह्मनिर्वाणमृच्छति Bg.2.72. -2 = ब्रह्मानन्द q. v.; तं ब्रह्मनिर्वाणसमाधिमाश्रितम् Bhāg.4.6.39. -निष्ठ a. absorbed in or intent on the contemplation of the Supreme Spirit; ब्रह्मनिष्ठस्तथा योगी पृथग्भावं न विन्दति Aman. Up.1.31. (-ष्ठः) the mulberry tree. -नीडम् the resting-place of Brahman. -पदम् 1 the rank or position of a Brāhmaṇa. -2 the place of the Supreme Spirit. -पवित्रः the Kuśa grass. -परिषद् f. an assembly of Brāhmṇas. -पादपः, -पत्रः the Palāśa tree. -पारः the final object of all sacred knowledge. -पारायणम् a complete study of the Vedas, the entire Veda; याज्ञवल्क्यो मुनिर्यस्मै ब्रह्मपारायणं जगौ U.4.9; Mv.1.14. -पाशः N. of a missile presided over by Brahman; अबध्नादपरिस्कन्दं ब्रह्मपाशेन विस्फुरन् Bk.9.75. -पितृ m. an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पुत्रः 1 a son of Brahman. -2 N. of a (male) river which rises in the eastern extremity of the Himālaya and falls with the Ganges into the Bay of Bengal. (-त्रा) 1 a kind of vegetable poison. -2 See ब्रह्मपुत्रः (2). (-त्री) an epithet of the river Sarasvatī. -पुरम् the heart; दिव्ये ब्रह्मपुरे ह्येष व्योम्न्यात्मा प्रतिष्ठितः Muṇḍ.2.2.7. -2 the body; Ch. Up. -पुरम्, -पुरी 1 the city of Brahman (in heaven). -2 N. of Benares. -पुराणम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas. -पुरुषः a minister of Brahman (the five vital airs). -प्रलयः the universal destruction at the end of one hundred years of Brahman in which even the Supreme Being is supposed to be swallowed up. -प्राप्तिः f. absorption into the Supreme spirit. -बलम् the Brahmanical power. -बन्धुः 1 a contemptuous term for a Brāhmaṇa, an unworthy Brāhmaṇa (cf. Mar. भटुर्गा); वस ब्रह्मचर्यं न वै सोम्यास्मत्कुलीनो$ननूज्य ब्रह्मबन्धुरिव भवतीति Ch. Up.6.1.1; ब्रह्मबन्धुरिति स्माहम् Bhāg.1.81.16; M.4; V.2. -2 one who is a Brāhmaṇa only by caste, a nominal Brāhmaṇa. -बिन्दुः a drop of saliva sputtered while reciting the Veda. -बीजम् 1 the mystic syllable om; मनो यच्छेज्जितश्वासो ब्रह्मबीजमविस्मरन् Bhāg.2.1.17. -2 the mulberry tree. -ब्रुवः, -ब्रुवाणः one who pretends to be a Brāhmaṇa. -भवनम् the abode of Brahman. -भागः 1 the mulberry tree. -2 the share of the chief priest; अथास्मै ब्रह्मभागं पर्याहरन्ति Śat. Br. -भावः absorption into the Supreme Spirit -भावनम् imparting religious knowledge; छेत्ता ते हृदयग्रन्थिमौदर्यो ब्रह्मभावनः Bhāg.3.24.4. -भिद् a. dividing the one Brahma into many. -भुवनम् the world of Brahman; आ ब्रह्म- भुवनाल्लोकाः पुनरावर्तिनो$र्जुन Bg.8.16. -भूत a. become one with Brahma, absorbed into the Supreme Spirit; आयुष्मन्तः सर्व एव ब्रह्मभूता हि मे मताः Mb.1.1.14. -भूतिः f. twilight. -भूमिजा a kind of pepper. -भूयम् 1 identity with Brahma, absorption or dissolution into Brahma, final emancipation; स ब्रह्मभूयं गतिमागजाम R.18.28; ब्रह्मभूयाय कल्पते Bg.14.26; Ms.1.98. -2 Brahmanahood, the state or rank of a Brāhmaṇa. धृष्टाद्धार्ष्टमभूत् क्षत्र ब्रह्मभूयं गतं क्षितौ Bhāg.9.2.17. -भूयस n. absorption into Brahma. -मङ्गलदेवता an epithet of Lakshmī. -महः a festival in honour of Brāhmaṇas. -मित्र a. having Brāhmaṇas for friends. -मीमांसा the Vedānta philosophy which inquires into the nature of Brahma or Supreme Spirit. -मुहूर्तः a particular hour of the day. -मूर्ति a. having the form of Brahman. -मूर्धभृत् m. an epithet of Śiva. -मेखलः the Munja plant. -यज्ञः one of the five daily Yajñas or sacrifices (to be performed by a householder), teaching and reciting the Vedas; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः Ms.3.7 (अध्यापनशब्देन अध्य- यनमपि गृह्यते Kull.) -योगः cultivation or acquisition of spiritual knowledge. -योनि a. 1 sprung from Brahman; गुरुणा ब्रह्मयोनिना R.1.64. (-निः) f. 1 original source in Brahman. -2 the author of the Vedas or of Brahman; किं पुनर्ब्रह्मयोनेर्यस्तव चेतसि वर्तते Ku.6.18. ˚स्थ a. intent on the means of attaining sacred knowledge; ब्राह्मणा ब्रह्मयोनिस्था ये स्वकर्मण्यवस्थिताः Ms.1.74. -रत्नम् a valuable present made to a Brāhmaṇa. -रन्ध्रम् an aperture in the crown of the head through which the soul is said to escape on its leaving the body; आरोप्य ब्रह्मरन्ध्रेण ब्रह्म नीत्वोत्सृजेत्तनुम् Bhāg.11.15.24. -राक्षसः See ब्रह्मग्रह; छिद्रं हि मृगयन्ते स्म विद्वांसो ब्रह्मराक्षसाः Rām. 1.8.17. -रवः muttering of prayers. -रसः Brahma's savour. ˚आसवः Brahma's nectar. -रातः an epithet of Śuka; Bhāg.1.9.8. -रात्रः early dawn. -रात्रिः an epithet of Yājñavalkya, (wrong for ब्रह्मरातिः) -राशिः 1 the whole mass or circle of sacred knowledge. -2 an epithet of Paraśurāma. -3 a particular constellation. -रीतिः f. a kind of brass. -रे(ले)खा -लिखितम्, -लेखः lines written by the creator on the forehead of a man which indicate his destiny, the predestined lot of any man. -लोकः the world of Brahman. -लौकिक a. inhabiting the ब्रह्मलोक. -वक्तृ m. an expounder of the Vedas. -वद्यम् knowledge of Brahma. -वधः, -वध्या, -हत्या the murder of a Brāhmaṇa. -वर्चस् n., -वर्चसम् 1 divine glory or splendour, spiritual pre-eminence or holiness resulting from sacred knowledge; स य एवमेतद्रथन्तरमग्नौ प्रोतं वेद ब्रह्मवर्चस्यन्नादो भवति Ch. Up.2.12.2; (तस्य) हेतुस्त्वद्ब्रह्मवर्चसम् R.1.63; Ms.2.37;4.94. -2 the inherent sanctity or power of a Brāhmaṇa; Ś.6. -वर्चसिन्, -वर्चस्विन् a. holy or sanctified by spiritual pre-eminence, holy; अपृथग्धीरुपा- सीत ब्रह्मवर्चस्व्यकल्मषः Bhāg.11.17.32. (-m.) an eminent or holy Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्मवर्चस्विनः पुत्रा जायन्ते शिष्टसंमताः Ms. 3.39. -वर्तः see ब्रह्मावर्त. -वर्धनम् copper. -वाच् f. the sacred text. -वादः a discourse on the sacred texts; ब्रह्मवादः सुसंवृत्तः श्रुतयो यत्र शेरते Bhāg.1.87.1. -वादिन् m. 1 one who teaches or expounds the Vedas; U.1; Māl.1. -2 a follower of the Vedānta philosophy; तस्याभिषेक आरब्धो ब्राह्मणैर्ब्रह्मवादिभिः Bhāg.4.15.11. (-नी) an epithet of Gāyatrī; आयाहि वरदे देवि त्र्यक्षरे ब्रह्मवादिनि Gāyatryāvāhanamantra. -वासः the abode of Brāhmaṇas. -विद्, -विद a. 1 knowing the Supreme Spirit; ब्रह्मविद् ब्रह्मैव भवति. (-m.) a sage, theologian, philosopher. -विद्या, -वित्त्वम् knowledge of the Supreme Spirit. ब्रह्मविद्यापरिज्ञानं ब्रह्मप्राप्तिकरं स्थितम् Śuka. Up.3.1. -विन्दुः see ब्रह्मबिन्दु. -विवर्धनः an epithet of Indra. -विहारः a pious conduct, perfect state; Buddh. -वीणा a particular Vīṇā. -वृक्षः 1 the Palāśa tree. -2 the Udumbara tree. -वृत्तिः f. livelihood of a Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्मवृत्त्या हि पूर्णत्वं तया पूर्णत्वमभ्यसेत् Tejobindu Up.1.42. -वृन्दम् an assemblage of Brāhmaṇas. -वेदः 1 knowledge of the Vedas. -2 monotheism, knowledge of Brahma. -3 the Veda of the Brāhmaṇas (opp. क्षत्रवेद). -4 N. of the Atharvaveda; ब्रह्मवेदस्याथर्वर्णं शुक्रमत एव मन्त्राः प्रादु- र्बभूवुः Praṇava Up.4. -वेदिन् a. knowing the Vedas; cf. ब्रह्मविद्. -वैवर्तम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas -व्रतम् a vow of chastity. -शल्यः Acacia Arabica (Mar. बाभळ). -शाला 1 the hall of Brahman. -2 a place for reciting the Vedas. -शासनम् 1 a decree addressed to Brāhmaṇas. -2 a command of Brahman. -3 the command of a Brāhmaṇa. -4 instruction about sacred duty. -शिरस्, -शीर्षन् n. N. of a particular missile; अस्त्रं ब्रह्मशिरस्तस्मै ततस्तोषाद्ददौ गुरुः Bm.1.649. -श्री N. of a Sāman. -संसद् f. an assembly of Brāhmaṇas. -संस्थ a. wholly devoted to the sacred knowledge (ब्रह्म); ब्रह्मसंस्थो$मृतत्वमेति Ch. Up.2.23.1. -सती an epithet of the river Sarasvatī. -सत्रम् 1 repeating and teaching the Vedas (= ब्रह्मयज्ञ q. v.); ब्रह्मसत्रेण जीवति Ms.4.9; ब्रह्मसत्रे व्यवस्थितः Mb.12.243.4. -2 meditation of Brahma (ब्रह्मविचार); स्वायंभुव ब्रह्मसत्रं जनलोके$भवत् पुरा Bhāg.1.87.9. -3 absorption into the Supreme Spirit. -सत्रिन् a. offering the sacrifice of prayer. -सदस् n. the residence of Brahman. -सभा the hall or court of Brahman. -संभव a. sprung or coming from Brahman. (-वः) N. of Nārada. -सर्पः a kind of snake. -सवः distillation of Soma. -सायुज्यम् complete identification with the Supreme Spirit; cf. ब्रह्मभूय. -सार्ष्टिता identification or union or equality with Brahma; Ms.4.232. -सावर्णिः N. of the tenth Manu; दशमो ब्रह्मसावर्णिरुपश्लोकसुतो महान् Bhāg.8.13.21. -सुतः 1 N. of Nārada, Marīchi &c. -2 a kind of Ketu. -सुवर्चला f. 1 N. of a medicinal plant (ब्राह्मी ?). -2 an infusion (क्वथितमुदक); पिबेद् ब्रह्मसुवर्चलाम् Ms.11.159. -सूः 1 N. of Aniruddha. -2 N. of the god of love. -सूत्रम् 1 the sacred thread worn by the Brāhmaṇas or the twice-born (द्विज) over the shoulder; Bhāg. 1.39.51. -2 the aphorisms of the Vedānta philosophy by Bādarāyaṇa; ब्रह्मसूत्रपदैश्चैव हेतुमद्भिर्विनिश्चितैः Bg.13.4. -सूत्रिन् a. invested with the sacred thread. -सृज् m. an epithet of Śiva. -स्तम्बः the world, universe; ब्रह्मस्तम्बनिकुञ्जपुञ्जितघनज्याघोषघोरं धनुः Mv.3.48. -स्तेयम् acquiring holy knowledge by unlawful means; स ब्रह्मस्तेयसंयुक्तो नरकं प्रतिपद्यते Ms.2.116. -स्थली a place for learning the Veda (पाठशाला); ...... ब्रह्मस्थलीषु च । सरी- सृपाणि दृश्यन्ते ... Rām.6.1.16. -स्थानः the mulberry tree. -स्वम् the property or possessions of a Brāhmaṇa; परस्य योषितं हृत्वा ब्रह्मस्वमपहृत्य च । अरण्ये निर्जले देशे भवति ब्रह्मराक्षसः ॥ Y.3.212. ˚हारिन् a. stealing a Brāhmaṇa's property. -स्वरूप a. of the nature of the Supreme Spirit. -हत्या, -वधः Brahmanicide, killing a Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्महत्यां वा एते घ्नन्ति Trisuparṇa. हन् a. murderer of a Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्महा द्वादश समाः कुटीं कृत्वा वने वसेत् Ms.11.72. -हुतम् one of the five daily Yajñas or sacrifices, which consists in offering the rites of hospitality to guests; cf. Ms.3.74. -हृदयः, -यम् N. of a star (Capella).
bleṣkam ब्लेष्कम् A snare, net, noose. (Mar. पेज). -उपसाधकः; a cook. -कंसः a dish of food. -करः incense prepared from various fragrant resins and perfumes. -कारः a cook. -कृत्यम् preparations for a meal. -छन्दम् appetite. -जा nectar. -तूर्यम् a musical instrument played during meals. -द, -दातृ, दायक a. supporter, maintainer. -दासः a slave who agrees to serve another for maintenance, or who receives his meals as a return for his service; Ms.8.415 भक्तलोभाद्युपगतदास्यो भक्तदासः Kull. -द्वेषः dislike of food, loss of appetite. -पुलाकः a mouthful of rice kneaded into a lump or ball. -मण्डः the scum of boiled rice. -रुचिः f. appetite. -रोचन a. stimulating appetite. -वत्सल a. kind of worshippers or devotees. (-लः) N. of Viṣṇu. -शाला 1 an audience chamber (to admit petitioners and hear them). -2 a dining-hall. -साधनम् a. dish of pulse (Mar. वरण); Gīrvāṇa. -सिक्थम् = भक्तमण्ड q. v.
bhagīrathaḥ भगीरथः N. of an ancient king of the solar dynasty, the great-grandson of Sagara, who brought down, by practising the most austere penance, the celestial river Gaṅgā from heaven to the earth and from earth to the lower regions to purify the ashes of his 6, ancestors, the sons of Sagara. -Comp. -पथः, -प्रयत्नः the path or effort of Bhagīratha, used figuratively to denote any great or Herculean effort. -सुता an epithet of the Ganges.
bhaṅgiḥ भङ्गिः ङ्गी f. 1 Breaking, fracture, breach, division. -2 Undulation. -3 Bending, contracting; दृग्भङ्गीभिः प्रथममथुरासंगमे चुम्बितो$स्मि Ud. S.13. -4 A wave. -5 A flood, current. -6 A crooked path, tortuous or winding course. -7 A circumlocutory or round-about way of speaking or acting, periphrasis; भङ्ग्यन्तरेण कथनात् K. P.1; इति भङ्ग्या व्यज्यते-कथ्यते &c.; बहुभङ्गिविशारदः Dk. -8 A pretext, disguise, semblance; यः पाञ्चजन्यप्रतिबिम्बभङ्ग्या धाराम्भसः फेनमिव व्यनक्ति Vikr.1.1. -9 Trick, fraud, deceit. -1 Irony. -11 Repartee, wit. -12 A step; यानादवातरददूरमहीतलेन मार्गेण भङ्गिरचितस्फटिकेन रामः R.13.69. -13 An interval. -14 Modesty. -15 A fashion or mode; नानाश्रमलतापुष्पभङ्गीरचितकुन्तलाम् Bm.1.233; भङ्ग्यन्तरेण ind. in an indirect manner; in another manner. -Comp. -भक्तिः f. division into a series of waves or wave-like steps, a wavy staircase; cf. Me.62. -भाषणम् crooked speeches (with hidden meaning); पांसुलजनभङ्गिभाषणरतः Dk.2.8. -भूत a. resembling. -विकारः distortion of the features; a wry face, grimace.
bhaṭṭinī भट्टिनी 1 A queen (not crowned), a princess; (often used in dramas by maid-servants in addressing a queen). -2 A lady of high rank. -3 The wife of a Brāhmaṇa.
bhava भव a. [भवत्यस्मात्, भू-अपादाने अप्] (At the end of comp.) Arising or produced from, originating in. -वः 1 Being, state of being, existence, (सत्ता); तथाप्यहं योषिदतत्त्वविच्च ते दीना दिदृक्षे भव मे भवक्षितिम् Bhāg.4. 3.11. -2 Birth, production; भवो हि लोकाभ्युदयाय तादृशाम् R.3.14; S.7.27. -3 Source, origin. -4 Worldly existence; mundane or worldly life, life; as in भवार्णव, भवसागर &c.; कर्मबन्धच्छिदं धर्मं भवस्येव मुमुक्षवः Ku.2.51; भवोच्छेदकरः पिता ते R.14.74; Śi.1.35. -5 The world. -6 Well-being, health, prosperity; भवाय युष्मच्चरणानु- वर्तिनाम् Bhāg.1.27.9; कालेनानुगृहीतैस्तैर्यावद्वो भव आत्मनः Bhāg.8.6.19; Rām.5.27.6. -7 Excellence, superiority. -8 N. of Śiva; तमब्रवीद् भवो$सीति तद्यदस्य तन्नामाकरोत पार्जन्यं तद्रूपमभवत् पर्जन्यो वै भवः Śat. Br.; दक्षस्य कन्या भवपूर्व- पत्नी Ku.1.21;3.72. -9 A god, deity. -1 Acquisition (प्राप्ति). -वौ (dual) Śiva and Bhavānī. -Comp. -अग्रम् the farthest end of the world; Buddh. -अतिग a. overcoming worldly existence. -अन्तकृत् m. 1 N. of Buddha. -2 an epithet of Brahman. -अन्तरम् another existence (previous or future); शुभाशुभफलं सद्यो नृपाद्देवा- द्भवान्तरे Pt.1.121. -अब्धिः, -अर्णवः, -समुद्रः, -सागरः, -सिन्धुः the ocean of worldly life. -अभवौ (m. dual.) 1 existence. -2 prosperity and adversity. -अभीष्टम् bdellium. -अयना, -नी the Ganges. -अरण्यम् 'a forest of worldly life,' a dreary world. -आत्मजः an epithet of Gaṇeśa or Kārtikeya. -आर्त a. sick of the world, disgusted with worldly cares and troubles. -ईशः N. of Śiva. -उच्छेदः destruction of worldly existence; सतां भवोच्छेदकरः पिता ते R.14.74. -क्षितिः f. the place of birth. -घस्मरः a forest-conflagration. -छिद् a. cutting the (bonds of) worldly life, preventing recurrence of birth; भवच्छिदस्त्र्यम्बकपादपांशवः K.1. -छेदः prevention of recurring birth; मनुष्यजन्मापि सुरासुरान् गुणैर्भवान् भवच्छेद- करैः करोत्यधः Śi.1.35. -जलम् the water (or ocean) of worldly existence. -दारु n. the devadāru tree. -नाशिनी N. of the river Sarayū -प्रतिसंधिः coming into being. -बन्धेशः N. of Śiva. -भङ्गः delivery from births or transmigration. -भाज् a. living in the world of mortals. -भावन a. conferring welfare. -भीरु a. afraid of worldly existence. -भूतम् the source of all beings, i. e. the Supreme Being. -भूतिः N. of a celebrated poet (see App.II.); भवभूतेः संबन्धाद् भूधरभूरेव भारती भाति । एतत्कृतकारुण्ये किमन्यथा रोदिति ग्रावा ॥ Āryā. S.36. (-f.) welfare, prosperity. -भोगः the enjoyment or pleasure of the world. -मन्युः the resentment against the world. -मोचनः N. of Kṛiṣṇa. -रुद् m. a drum beaten at funeral ceremonies. -वीतिः f. 1 liberation from worldly existence; भववीतये हतबृहत्तमसामवबोधवारि रजसः शमनम् Ki.6. 41. -2 end of the world. -व्ययः (du.) birth and dissolution. -शेखरः the moon. -संगिन् a. attached to worldly existence. -संततिः an uninterrupted series of births and transmigrations.
bhākta भाक्त a. 1 Regularly fed by another, a dependant, retainer. -2 Fit for food. -3 Inferior, secondary (opp. मुख्य), often used in the Ś. B. in this sense. -4 Used in a secondary sense.
bhāryāruḥ भार्यारुः 1 A kind of deer. -2 The father of a child by another man's wife.
bhāvaḥ भावः [भू-भावे घञ्] 1 Being, existing, existence; नासतो विद्यते भावः Bg.2.16. -2 Becoming, occurring, taking place. -3 State, condition, state of being; लताभावेन परिणतमस्या रूपम् V.4; U.6.23; so कातरभावः, विवर्णभावः &c. -4 Manner, mode. -6 Rank, station, position, capacity; देवीभावं गमिता K. P.1; so प्रेष्यभावम्, किंकरभावम् &c. -6 (a) True condition or state, truth, reality; परं भावमजानन्तः Bg.7.24; इति मत्वा भजन्ते मां बुधा भावसम- न्विताः 1.8. (b) Sincerity, devotion; त्वयि मे भावनिबन्धना रतिः R.8.52;2.26. -7 Innate property, disposition, nature, temperament; स तस्य स्वो भावः प्रकृतिनियतत्वादकृतकः U.6.14. -8 Inclination or disposition of mind, idea, thought, opinion, supposition; हृदयनिहितभावा गूढमन्त्रप्रचाराः किमपि विगणयन्तो बुद्धिमन्तः सहन्ते Pt.3.43; Ms.8.25;4.65; निकृष्टोत्कृष्टयोर्भावं यास्तु गृह्णन्ति ताः स्त्रियः Bu. Ch.4.23. -9 Feeling, emotion, sentiment; एको भावः Pt.3.66; Ku.6. 95; निर्विकारात्मके चित्ते भावः प्रथमविक्रिया S. D. (In the dramatic science or in poetic compositions generally, Bhāvas are either स्थायिन् primary, or व्यभिचारिन् subordinate. The former are eight or nine, according as the Rasas are taken to be 8 or 9, each rasa having its own स्थायिभाव. The latter are thirty-three of thirty four in number, and serve to develop and strengthen the prevailing sentiment; for definition and enumeration of the several kinds, see R. G. first ānana, or K. P.4). -1 Love, affection; attachment; द्वन्द्वानि भावं क्रियया विवव्रुः Ku.3.35; कुमुद्वती भानुमतीव भावं (बबन्ध) R.6.36. -11 Purport, drift, gist, substance; इति भावः (often used by commentators); जनको$प्युत्स्मयन् राजा भावमस्या विशेषयन् । प्रतिजग्राह भावेन भावमस्या नृपोत्तम Mb.12,32.18. -12 Meaning, intention, sense, import; अन्योन्यभावचतुरेण सखीजनेन मुक्तास्तदा स्मितसुधामधुराः कटाक्षाः Māl.1.25. -13 Resolution, determination. -14 The heart, soul, mind; तयोर्विवृतभावत्वात् Māl.1.12; भावसंशुद्धिरित्येतत् तपो मानसमुच्यते Bg.17.16; स्व एव भावे विनिगृह्य मन्मथम् Bu. Ch.4.11. -15 Any existing thing, an object, a thing, substance; पश्यन्ती विविधान् भावान् Rām.2.94.18; जगति जयिनस्ते ते भावा नवेन्दुकलादयः Māl.1.17,36; R.3.41; U.3.32. -16 A being, living creature. -17 Abstract meditation, contemplation (= भावना q. v.). -18 Conduct, movement. -19 (a) Gesture, behaviour; अहिंसा समता... भवन्ति भावा भूतानाम् Bg.1.5. (b) Amorous gesture or expression of sentiment; gesture of love; कामं प्रिया न सुलभा मनस्तु तद्भावदर्शनाश्वासि Ś.2.1. -2 Birth; तवाहं पूर्वके भावे पुत्रः परपुरंजय Rām.7.14.2. -21 The world, universe. -22 The womb. -23 Will; घोरैर्विव्यधतुर्बाणैः कृतभावावुभौ जये Rām.6.9.38. -24 Superhuman power; मिथो घ्नतं न पश्यन्ति भावैर्भावं पृथग्दृशः Bhāg.1.4.27. -25 Advice, instruction. -26 (In dramas) A learned or venerable man, worthy man, (a term of address); भाव अयमस्मि V.1; तां खलु भावेन तथैव सर्वे वर्ग्याः पाठिताः) Māl.1. -27 (In gram.) The sense of an abstract noun, abstract idea conveyed by a word; भावे क्तः. -28 A term for an impersonal passive or neuter verb. -29 (In astr.) An astronomical house. -3 A lunar mansion. -31 An organ of sense. -32 Welfare (कल्याण); भावमिच्छति सर्वस्य नाभावे कुरुते मनः Mb.5.36.16. -33 Protection; द्रोणस्याभावभावे तु प्रसक्तानां यथा$भवत् Mb.7.25.64. -34 Fate, destiny (प्रारब्ध); नातिप्रहीणरश्मिः स्यात्तथा भावविपर्यये Mb.5.77.14. -35 Consciousness of past perceptions (वासना); येभ्यः सृजति भूतानि काले भावप्रचोदितः । महाभूतानि पञ्चेति तान्याहुर्भूतचिन्तिकाः ॥ Mb.12.275.4. -36 Lordship (प्रभुत्व); ते$पि भावाय कल्पन्ते राजदण्डनिपीडिताः Rām.2.67. 32. -37 The six states (अवस्थाषट्क); A, Rām.1.7.31. -Comp. -अनुग a. not forced, natural. (-गा) a shadow. -अन्तरम् a different state. -अद्वैतम् 1 a natural cause. -2 material cause (as thread of a cloth). -3 identity of conception, oneness of view. -अर्थः 1 the obvious meaning or import (of a word, phrase &c.). -2 the subject matter; सर्वेषामपि वस्तूनां भावार्थो भवति स्थितः Bhāg.1.14.57. -आकूतम् (secret) thoughts of the mind; हृदयनिहितं भावाकूतं वमद्भिरिवेक्षणैः Amaru.4. -आख्यः One of the two types of creation according to the Sāṅkhya philosophy; लिङ्गाख्यो भावाख्यस्तस्माद् द्विविधः प्रवर्तते सर्गः Sāṅ. K.52. -आत्मक a. real, actual. -आभासः simulation of a feeling, a feigned or false emotion. -आलीना a shadow. -एकरस a. influenced solely by the sentiment of (sincere) love; ममात्र भावैकरसं मनः स्थितम् Ku.5.82. -कर्तृकः an impersonal verb; Kāśi. on P. II.3.54. -गतिः f. power to convey human feelings; भावगतिराकृतीनाम् Pratimā 3. -गम्भीरम् ind. 1 heartily, from the bottom of the heart. -2 deeply, gravely. -गम्य a. conceived by the mind; ममत्सादृश्यं विरहतनु वा भावगम्यं लिखन्ती Me.87. -ग्राहिन् a. 1 understanding the sense. -2 appreciating the sentiment. -ग्राह्य a. to be conceived with the heart; भावग्राह्यमनीडाख्यं भावाभावकरं शिवम् Śvet. Up.5.14. -चेष्टितम् amorous gesture. -जः 1 love. -2 the god of love. -ज्ञ, -विद् a. knowing the heart. -दर्शिन् a. see भालदर्शिन्. -निर्वृत्तिः the material creation (Sāṅ. phil.); न विना लिङ्गेन भावनिर्वृत्तिः Sāṅ. K.52. -नेरिः a kind of dance. -बन्धन a. enchanting or fettering the heart, linking together the hearts; रथाङ्गनाम्नोरिव भावबन्धनं बभूव यत्प्रेम परस्पराश्रयम् R.3.24. -बोधक a. indicating or revealing any feeling. -मिश्रः a worthy person, a gentleman (used in dramas); प्रसीदन्तु भावमिश्राः Ś.6. -रूप a. real, actual. -वचनम् denoting an abstract idea, conveying the abstract notion of a verb. -वाचकम् an abstract noun. -विकारः a property of a being; षड् भावविकारा भवन्तीति वार्ष्यायणिः । जायते$स्ति विपरिणमते वर्धते$पक्षीयते नश्यति । -वृत्तः an epithet of Brahman. -शबलत्वम् a mixture of various emotions (भावानां बाध्यबाधकभावमापन्नानामुदासीनानां वा व्यामिश्रणम् R. G., vide examples given ad loc.). -शुद्धिः f. purity of mind, honesty, sincerity. -शून्य a. devoid of real love; उपचारविधिर्मनस्विनीनां न तु पूर्वाभ्यधिको$पि भावशून्यः M.3.3. -संधिः the union or co-existence of two emotions (भावसंधिरन्योन्यानभिभूतयोरन्योन्याभिभावनयोग्ययोः सामानाधिकरण्यम् R. G., see the examples there given). -समाहित a. abstracted in mind, devout. -सर्गः the mental or intellectual creation; i. e. the creation of the faculties of the human mind and their affections (opp. भौतिकसर्ग or material creation). -स्थ a. attached; devoted (to one); न वेत्सि भावस्थमिमं कथं जनम् Ku.5.58. -स्थिर a. firmly rooted in the heart; Ś.5.2. -स्निग्ध a. affectionately disposed, sincerely attached; भावस्निग्धैरुपकृतमपि द्वेष्यतां याति किंचित् Pt.1.285. -भावंगम a. charming, lovely.
bhāṣā भाषा [भाष्-अ] 1 Speech, talk; as in चारुभाषः. -2 Language, tongue; सत्या न भाषा भवति यद्यपि स्यात् प्रतिष्ठिता Ms.8.164. -3 A common or vernacular dialect; (a) the spoken Sanskṛit language (opp. छन्दस् or वेद); विभाषा भाषायाम् P.VI.1.181; (b) any Prākṛita dialect (opp. संस्कृत); भाषाश्च विविधा नृणाम् Ms.9.332; see प्राकृत. -4 Definition, description; स्थितप्रज्ञस्य का भाषा Bg.2.54. -5 An epithet of Sarasvatī, the goddess of speech. -6 (In law) The first of the four stages of a law-suit; the plaint, charge or accusation; यदावेदयते राज्ञे तद्भाषेत्यभि- धीयते Y. -7 (In music) N. of a Rāgiṇī. -Comp. -अन्तरम् 1 another dialect or language. -2 translation (?). -चित्रकम् a play on words, conundrum. -पत्रम् application (Mar. अर्ज); भाषापत्रं तु तज्ज्ञेयमथवावेदनार्थकम् Śukra.2.39. -पादः a charge, plaint; see भाषा (6) above. -समः a figure of speech, which consists in so arranging the words of a sentence that it may be considered and read either as Sanskṛit or Prākṛita (one or more of its varieties); e. g. मञ्जुलमणिमञ्जीरे कलगभ्भीरे विहारसरसीतीरे । विरसासि केलिकीरे किमालि धीरे च गन्धसारसमीरे ॥ S. D.642 (एष श्लोकः संस्कृतप्राकृतशौरसेनीप्राच्यावन्तीनागराप- भ्रंशेष्वेकविध एव); किं त्वां भणामि विच्छेददारुणायासकारिणि । कामं कुरु वरारोहे देहि मे परिरम्भणम् Māl.6.11. (which is in Sanskṛit or Śaurasenī); so 6.1. -समितिः f. (with Jainas) moderation in speech.
bhīṣma भीष्म a. [भी-णिच्-सुक्-अपादाने मक्] Terrible, dreadful, frightful, fearful; भीष्मो हि देवः सहसः सहीयान् Bhāg. 11.23.48. -ष्मः 1 The sentiment of terror (in rhetoric); see भयानक. -2 A demon, an imp, a fiend, goblin. -3 An epithet of Śiva. -4 N. of the son of Śantanu by Gangā; हृते भीष्मे हते द्रोणे शल्ये च निधनं गते Mb. [He was the youngest of the eight sons of Śantanu by Gangā; but all the others having died, he remained the sole heir to the throne after his father. On one occasion while Śantanu was walking by the side of a river, he beheld a charming young damsel named Satyavatī, the daughter of a fisherman, and, though bowed down with age, conceived a passion for her, and sent his son to negotiate the marriage. But the parents of the girl said that if their daughter bore sons to the king, they would not succeed to the throne, for after his death Śāntanava, being the rightful heir, would be the king. But Śāntanava, to please his father, made a vow to the parents that he would never accept the kingdom or marry a wife or become the father of children by any woman, so that if their daughter bore a son to Śantanu, he would be the king. This dreadful vow soon became known abroad, and thenceforth he was called Bhiṣma. He remained single, and, after the death of his father, he installed Vichitravīrya, the son of Satyavatī, on the throne, got him married to the two daughters of king Kāśirāja (see Ambikā), and became the guardian of his sons and grandsons, the Kauravas and Pāṇḍavas. In the great war he fought on the side of the Kauravas, but was wounded by Arjuna with the assistance of Śikhanḍin and was lodged in a 'cage of darts'. But having got from his father the power of choosing his own time for death, he waited till the sun had crossed the vernal equinox, and then gave up his soul. He was remarkable for his continence, wisdom, firmness of resolve, and unflinching devotion to God]. -ष्मम् Horror, horribleness. -Comp. -अष्टमी the eighth day in the light half of Māgha (when Bhīṣma died). -जननी an epithet of the Ganges. -पञ्चकम् N. of the five days from the eleventh to the fifteenth of the bright balf of Kārtika (said to be sacred to Bhīṣma). -पर्वन् N. of the 6th Book of the Mahā-Bhārata. -सूः f. an epithet of the river Ganges; हरशिरसि पतन्ती भीष्मसूर्वः पुनातु Udb. -स्तवराजः N. of the 47th Chapter of शान्तिपर्व in Mahābhāraṭa.
bhuktiḥ भुक्तिः f. [भुज्-क्तिन्] 1 Eating, enjoyment; भुक्तिं मुक्तिं च विन्दति Rāmarakṣā Stotra. 12. -2 (In law) Possession, fruition; प्रमाणं लिखितं भुक्तिः साक्षिणश्चेति कीर्तितम् Y.2.22; Pt.3.94. -3 Food. -4 The daily motion of a planet. -5 A limit. -Comp. -पात्रम् a food-dish. -प्रदः a kind of plant (मुद्ग). -वर्जित a. not allowed to be enjoyed.
bhuvistha भुविस्थ (ष्ठ) a. 1 Standing on the earth (not in a chariot). -2 Dwelling on earth (not in heaven).
bhū भू I. 1 P. (rarely Ā.) (भवति, बभूव, अभूत्, भविष्यति, भवितुम्, भूत) 1 To be, become; कथमेवं भवेन्नाम; अस्याः किमभवत् Māl.9.29 'what has become her fate', 'what has become of her' U.3.27; यद्भावि तद्भवतु U.3 'come what may'; so दुःखितो भवति, हृष्टो भवति &c. -2 To be born or produced; यदपत्यं भवेदस्याम् Ms.9.127; भाग्यक्रमेण हि धनानि भवन्ति यान्ति Mk.1.13. -3 To spring or proceed from, arise; क्रोधाद् भवति संमोहः Bg.2.63;14.17. -4 To happen, take place, occur; नाततायिवधे दोषो हन्तुर्भवति कश्चन Ms.8.351; यदि संशयो भवेत् &c. -5 To live, exist; अभूदभूतपूर्वः ... राजा चिन्तामणिर्नाम Vās.; अभून्नृपो विबुधसखः परंतपः Bk.1.1. -6 To be alive or living, breathe; त्वमिदानीं न भविष्यसि Ś.6; आः चारुदत्तहतक, अयं न भवसि Mk.4; दुरात्मन्, प्रहर नन्वयं न भवसि Māl.5 ('thou art a dead man', thou shalt breathe no longer); ऋते$पि त्वा न भविष्यन्ति सर्वे Bg.11.32. -7 To remain or be in any state or condition, fare; भवान् स्थले कथं भविष्यति Pt.2. -8 To stay, abide; remain; अस्मिन्नेव लतागृहे त्वमभवस्तन्मार्ग- दत्तेक्षणः U.3.37. -9 To serve, do; इदं पादोदकं भविष्यति Ś.1. -1 To be possible (usually with a future tense in this sense); भवति भवान् याजयिष्यति Sk. -11 To lead or tend to, conduce to, bring about (with dat.); वाताय कपिला विद्युत् ...... पीता भवति सस्याय दुर्भिक्षाय सिता भवेत् Mbh.; सुखाय तज्जन्मदिनं बभूव Ku.1.23; संस्मृतिर्भव भवत्यभवाय Ki. 18.27; न तस्या रुचये बभूव R.6.44. -12 To be on the side of, assist; देवा अर्जुनतो$भवन् । -13 To belong or pertain to (often expressed by 'have'); तस्य ह शतं जाया बभूवुः Ait. Br.; तस्य तेजोमया लोका भवन्ति ब्रह्मवादिनः Ms.6.39. -14 To be engaged in, be occupied (with loc); चरण- क्षालने कृष्णो ब्राह्मणानां स्वयं ह्यभूत् Mb. -15 To conduct oneself, behave. -16 Ved. To be prosperous, succeed; ततो देवा अभवन् Bṛi. Up 1.3.7; Mb.12.228.1. Used with a preceding noun or adjective भू serves to form verbs in the sense of 'becoming what it previously is not' or 'becoming' in general; श्वेतीभू to become white; कृष्णीभू to become black; पयोधरीभूत 'becoming or serving the purpose of teats'; so क्षपणीभू to be or become a mendicant; प्रणिधीभू to act the spy; आर्द्रीभू to melt; भस्मीभू to be reduced to ashes; विषयीभू to form the subject of; so एकमतीभू; तरुणीभू &c. &c. Note-The senses of भू may be variously modified according to the adverbs with which it is connected; e. g. पुनर्भू to marry again; आविर्भू to appear, arise, to be evident or clear; see आविस्; तिरोभू to disappear; प्रादुर्भू to arise, be visible, appear; अग्रेभू to be in front, take the lead; अन्तर्भू to be absorbed or included; ओजस्यन्तर्भवन्त्यन्ये K. P.8; दोषाभू to grow evening or dusk-time; अन्यथा भू to be otherwise, be changed; न मे वचनमन्यथा भवितुमर्हति Ś.4; पुरो भू to come forward; stand forth; मिथ्या भू to turn out false; वृथा भू to become useless &c. &c. -Caus. (भावयति-ते) 1 To cause to be or become, call into existence, call into being; ते वै ब्रह्मण आदेशात् कथमेतदभावयन् Bhāg.3.2.1. -2 To cause, produce, effect. -3 To manifest, display, exhibit. -4 To foster, cherish, support, preserve, enliven; पुनः सृजति वर्षाणि भगवान् भावयन् प्रजाः Mb.; देवान् भावयतानेन ते देवा भावयन्तु वः । परस्परं भावयन्तः श्रेयः परमवाप्स्यथ ॥ Bg.3.11; Bk.16.27. -5 To think or reflect, consider, fancy, imagine. -6 To look upon, consider or regard as; अर्थमनर्थं भावय नित्यम् Moha M.2. -7 To prove, substantiate, establish; निह्नवे भावितो दद्याद्धनं राज्ञे च तत्समम् Y.2.11. -8 To purify. -9 To get, obtain. -1 To mingle or mix. -11 To change or transform into. -12 To soak, steep. -13 To devote or addict oneself to. -14 To convince. -15 To perfume, scent. -Desid. (बुभूषति) To wish to be or become &c. -II. 1 U. (भवति-ते) To get, obtain. -III. 1 Ā. (भावयते) To obtain, gain. -IV. 1 U. (भावयति-ते) 1 To think, reflect. -2 To mix, mingle. -3 To be purified (connected with caus. of भू q. v. above).
bhṛtiḥ भृतिः f. [भृ-क्तिन्] 1 Bearing, upholding, supporting. -2 Cherishing, maintaining. -3 Bringing, leading to. -4 Nourishment, support, maintenance. -5 Food. -6 Wages, hire; त्रिभिः प्रकारैर्भृतिर्भवति व्यापारतः फलतो वचनत इति ŚB. on MS.1.3.45; भृतिश्च कर्मकरेभ्य आनत्यर्थं यद्दीयते ŚB. on MS.1.2.27; cf. also कालमानं त्रिधा ज्ञेयं चान्द्रं सौरं च सावनम् । भृतिदाने सदा सौरं चान्द्रं कौसीदबुद्धिषु ॥ Śukra. See also Śukra.3.266. -7 Service for hire. -8 Capital. principal. -9 Wages, hire. -Comp. -अध्यापनम् teaching (especially the Vedas) for hire. -अर्थम् ind. on account of the maintenance; प्रजानामेव भृत्यर्थं (v. l. for भूत्यर्थं) स ताभ्यो बलिमग्रहीत् R.1.18. -भृज् m. a hired servant, a hireling. -रूपम् a reward in place of the wages due, but not to be paid.
bhṛguḥ भृगुः 1 N. of a sage, regarded as the ancestor of the family of the Bhṛigus, and described in Ms.1.35 as one of the ten patriarchs created by the first Manu; (said to be so called because he was produced along with flames; सह ज्वालाभिरुत्पन्ने भृगुस्तस्माद् भृगुः स्मृतः ।). [On one occasion when the sages could not agree as to which of the three gods, Brahman, Viṣṇu and Śiva, was best entitled to the worship of Brāhmaṇas, the sage Bhṛigu was sent to test the character of the three gods. He first went to the abode of Brahman, and, on approaching him, purposely omitted an obeisance. Upon this the god reprehended him severely, but was pacified by apologies. Next he entered the abode of Śiva in Kailāsa, and omitted, as before, all tokens of adoration. The vindictive deity was enraged and would have destroyed him, had he not conciliated him by mild words. (According to another account, Bhṛigu was coldly received by Brahman, and he, therefore, cursed him that he would receive no worship or adoration; and condemned Śiva to take the form of a Liṅga, as he got no access to the deity who was engaged in private with his wife). Lastly he went to Viṣṇu, and finding him asleep, he boldly gave the god a kick on his breast which at once awoke him. Instead of showing anger, however, the God arose, and on seeing Bhṛigu, inquired tenderly whether his foot was hurt, and then began to rub it gently. 'This', said Bhṛigu, 'is the mightiest god. He overtops all by the most potent of all weapons--kindness and generosity'. Viṣṇu was therefore, declared to be the god who was best entitled to the worship of all.] -2 N. of the sage Jamadagni. -3 An epithet of Śukra. -4 The planet Venus. -5 A cliff, precipice; कृत्वा पुंवत्पातमुच्चैर्मृगुभ्यः Śi.4.23; भृगुपतनकारणमपृच्छम् Dk. -6 Table-land, the level summit of a mountain. -7 N. of Kṛiṣṇa. -8 An epithet of Śiva. -9 Friday. -Comp. -उद्वहः an epithet of Paraśurāma. -कच्छः, -च्छम् N. of a place on the north bank of the Narmadā (modern Broach). -जः, -तनयः 1 an epithet of Śukra. -2 the planet Venus. -नन्दनः 1 an epithet of Paraśurāma; वीरो न यस्य भगवान् भृगुनन्दनो$पि U.5.34. -2 of Śukra. -3 of Śaunaka; एवं निशम्य भृगुनन्दनसाधुवादम् Bhāg.1.1. 14. -पतनम् a fall from a precipice. -पतिः an epithet of Paraśurāma; भृगुपतियशोवर्त्म यत् क्रौञ्चरन्ध्रम् Me.59; so भृगूणांपतिः. -पातः Throwing oneself down from a cliff or a precipice; thus committing suicide; तत्र तत्यजुरा मानं भृगुपातेन केचन Śiva B.2.39. -वंशः N. of a family descended from Paraśurāma;. -वारः, -वासरः Friday. -शार्दूलः, -श्रेष्ठः, -सत्तमः epithets of Paraśurāma;. -सुतः, -सूनुः 1 an epithet of Paraśurāma;. -2 of Venus or Śukra; भृगुसूनुधरापुत्रौ शशिजेन समन्वितौ Mb.9.11.17.
bhogin भोगिन् a. [भोग-इनि] 1 Eating. -2 Enjoying. -3 Suffering, experiencing, enduring. -4 Using, possessing (at the end of comp. in these four senses.) -5 Having curves, having large body; अभवन् पन्नगास्रस्ता भोगिनस्तत्र- वासिनः Rām.6.5.35 (com.). -6 Having hoods. -7 Devoted to enjoyment, indulging in sensual pleasures; भोगिनः कञ्चुकाविष्टाः कुटिलाः क्रूरचेष्टिताः । सुदुष्टा मन्त्रसाध्याश्च राजानः पन्नगा इव ॥ Pt.1.65 (where it has sense 6 also). -8 Rich, opulent. -m. 1 A snake; गजाजिनालम्बि पिनद्धभोगि वा Ku.5.78; R.2.32;4.48;1.7;11.59. -2 A king. -3 A voluptuary. -4 A barber. -5 The headman of a village. -6 The lunar mansion आश्लेषा. -नी 1 A woman belonging to the king's harem, but not consecrated with him, the concubine of a king. -2 A kind of heroine. -Comp. -इन्द्रः, ईशः Śeṣa or Vāsuki. -कान्तः wind, air. -भुज् m. 1 an ichneumon. -2 a peacock. -राज् m. Śeṣa, the lord of snakes; भुजे भोगिराजो गले कालिमा च. -वल्लभम् sandal.
bhrāntiḥ भ्रान्तिः [भ्रम्-क्तिन्] f. 1 Moving or wandering about. -2 Turning round, rolling. -3 A revolution, circular or rotatory movement; चक्रभ्रान्तिररान्तरेषु वितनोत्यन्यामिवारा- बलीम् V.1.5. -4 An error, a mistake, delusion, wrong notion, false idea impression; श्रितासि चन्दनभ्रान्त्या दुर्विपाकं विषद्रुमम् U.1.47; षाण्मासिके तु संप्राप्ते भ्रान्तिः संजायते नृणाम् । धात्राक्षराणि सृष्टानि पत्रारूढान्यतः पुरा ॥ Jyotistattvam. -5 Confusion, perplexity. -6 Doubt, uncertainty, suspense. -7 Unsteadiness. -Comp. -कर a. confounding, causing delusion. -नाशनः an epithet of Śiva. -हर a. removing doubt or error. (-रः) a counsellor, minister.
bhrāntimat भ्रान्तिमत् a. 1 Revolving, turning round; भ्रान्तिमद्वारि- यन्त्रम् M.2.18. -2 Erring, mistaking, being under a delusion. -m. A figure of speech in which one thing is represented as being mistaken for another an account of the close resemblance between the two; भान्तिमानन्य- संवित्तत्तुल्यदर्शने K. P.1; e. g. कपाले मार्जारः पय इति करान् लेढि शशिनः &c.; see V.3.2; Māl.1.2 also.
ma मः 1 Time. -2 Poison. -3 A magical formula. -4 The moon. -5 N. of Brahman; मकारेणोच्यते ब्रह्मा. -6 Of Viṣṇu. -7 Of Śiva. -8 Of Yama. -9 (In prosody) A syllabic foot (गण) consisting of three long syllables; मो भूमिस्त्रिगुरु श्रियं दिशति यः V. Ratna. -1 N. of the fifth (मध्यम) note in music. -मम् 1 Water. -2 Happiness, welfare.
macarcikā मचर्चिका A word used at the end of a noun to denote 'excellence' or 'the best of its kind'; as गोमचर्चिका 'an excellent cow or bull'; मतल्लिकादयो नियतलिङ्गा न तु विशिष्यनिघ्नाः Sk.; cf. उद्घः.
maṇḍala मण्डल a. [मण्ड्-कलच्] Round, circular; मण्डलाग्रा बृसीश्चैव गृहान्याः पृष्ठतो ययुः Rām.5.18.12. -लः 1 circular array of troops. -2 A dog. -3 A kind of snake. -लम् 1 A circular orb, globe, wheel, ring, circumference, anything round or circular; न्यग्रोधं च सुमण्डलम् Mb.12.169. 12; करालफणमण्डलम् R.12.98; आदर्शमण्डलनिभानि समुल्लसन्ति Ki. 5.41; स्फुरत्प्रभामण्डलया चकाशे Ku.1.24; so रेणुमण्डल, छाया- मण्डल, चापमण्डल, मुखमण्डल, स्तनमण्डल &c. -2 The charmed circle (drawn by a conjurer); मण्डले पन्नगो रुद्धो मन्त्रैरिव महाविषः Rām.2.12.5; जानन्ति तन्त्रयुक्तिं यथास्थितं मण्डलमभि- लिखन्ति Mu.2.1. -3 A disc, especially of the sun or moon; तेनातपत्रामलमण्डलेन R.16.27; अपर्वणि ग्रहकलुषेन्दुमण्डला (विभावरी) M.4.15; दिनमणिमण्डलमण्डन भवखण्डन ए Gīt.1. -4 The halo round the sun or moon. -5 The path or orbit of a heavenly body. -6 A multitude, group, collection, assemblage, troop, company; एवं मिलितेन कुमारमण्डलेन Dk.; अखिलं चारिमण्डलम् R.4.4. -7 Society, association. -8 A great circle. -9 The visible horizon. -1 A district or province. -11 A surrounding district or territory. -12 (In politics) The circle of a king's near and distant neighbours; मण्डलचरितम् Kau. A. 1.1.1; सततसुकृती भूयाद् भूपः प्रसादितमण्डलः Ve.6.44; उपगतो$पि च मण्डलनाभिताम् &c. R.9.15. (According to Kāmandaka quoted by Malli. the circle of a king's near and distant neighbours consists of twelve kings:-- विजिगीषु or the central monarch, the five kings whose dominions are in the front, and the four kings whose dominions are in the rear of his kingdom, the मध्यम or intermediate, and उदासीन or indifferent king. The kings in the front as well as in the rear are designated by particular names; see Malli. ad loc; cf. also Śi. 2.81. and Malli. thereon. According to some the number of such kings is four, six, eight, twelve or even more; see Mit. on Y.1.345. According to others, the circle consists of three kings only:-- the प्राकृतारि or natural enemy, (the sovereign of an adjacent country), the प्राकृतमित्र natural ally, (the sovereign whose dominions are separated by those of another from the country of the central monarch with whom he is allied), and प्राकृतोदासीन or the natural neutral, (the sovereign whose dominions lie beyond those of the natural ally). -13 A particular position of the feet in shooting. -14 A kind of mystical diagram used in invoking a divinity. -15 A division of the Ṛigveda (the whole collection being divided into 1 Maṇḍalas or eight Aṣṭakas). -16 A kind of leprosy with round spots. -17 A kind of perfume. -18 A circular bandage (in surgery). -19 A sugar-ball, sweetmeat. -2 Sexual dalliance; नानाविचित्र- कृतमण्डलमावहन्तीम् Bil. Ch. (उत्तरपीठिका) 38. -21 A circular gait; हय इव मण्डलमाशु यः करोति Rām.6.33.35; Mb.3. 19.8. -22 A play-board (द्यूते शारीस्थापनपट्टम्); Mb.8.74. 15. -ली 1 A circle, orb &c. -2 A group, assemblage; तन्मोचनाय तेनाशु प्रेरिता शिष्यमण्डली Bm.1.648. -3 Walking round, circular motion. -4 Bent grass (दूर्वा). -Comp. -अग्र a. round-pointed. (-ग्रः) a bent or crooked sword, scimitar. (-ग्रम्) a surgeon's circular knife. -अधिपः, -अधीशः, -ईशः, -ईश्वरः 1 the ruler or governor of a district or province. -2 a king, sovereign. -आवृत्तिः f. circular movement; भ्रमिषु कृतपुटान्तर्मण्डला- वृत्तिचक्षुः U.3.19. -आसन a. sitting in a circle. -उत्तमम् a principal kingdom or district. -कविः a bad poet. -कार्मुक a. having a circular bow. -नाभिः the centre of a circle. -नृत्यम् a circular dance, dance in a ring. -न्यासः describing a circle. -पुच्छकः a kind of insect. -बन्धः the formation of a circle or roundness. -भागः an arc. -माडः a pavilion. -वटः the fig-tree forming a circle. -वर्तनम् drawing figures with some powder (Mar. रांगोळी घालणें); संमार्जनोपलेपाभ्यां गृहमण्डलवर्तनैः Bhāg. 7.11.26. -वर्तिन् m. a ruler of a small province; स तुल्यातिशयध्वंसं यथा मण्डलवर्तिनाम् Bhāg.11.3.2. -वर्षः rain over the whole of a king's territory, general rain-fall. -वाटः a garden.
maṇḍūkaḥ मण्डूकः [मण्डयति वर्षासमयं, मण्ड् ऊकण् Uṇ.4.42.] 1 A frog; निपानमिव मण्डूकाः सोद्योगं नरमायान्ति विवशाः सर्वसंपदः Subhāṣ. -2 N. of a particular breed of horses. -3 A machine like a frog. -4 The sole of a horse's hoof. कम् A kind of coitus or mode of sexual enjoyment. -की 1 A female frog. -2 A wanton or unchaste woman. -3 N. of several plants. -Comp. -अनुवृत्तिः, -गतिः, -प्लुतिः f. 'the leap of a frog', skipping over or omitting at intervals (in grammar the word is used to denote the skipping of several Sūtras and supplying from a previous Sūtra); क्रियाग्रहणं मण्डूकप्लुत्यानुवर्तते Sk. -कुलम् a collection of frogs. -पर्णा, -पर्णिका, -पर्णी N. of several plants like मञ्जिष्ठा, ब्राह्मी etc. -योगः a kind of abstract meditation in which the person who meditates sits motionless like a frog; मण्डूकयोगनियतैर्यथान्यायं निषेविभिः Mb.13.142.9. -सरस् n. a pond full of frogs.
matiḥ मतिः f. [मन् भावे क्तिन्] 1 Intellect, understanding, sense, knowledge, judgment; मतिरेव बलाद्गरीयसी H.2.86; अल्पविषया मतिः R.1.2. -2 Mind, heart; मम तु मतिर्न मनागपैतु धर्मात् Bv.4.26; so दुर्मति, सुमति. -3 Thought idea, belief, opinion, notion, supposition, impression, view; ध्रुवा नीतिर्मतिर्मम Bg.18.78; विधिरहो बलवानिति मे मतिः Bh.2.98; Pt.2.19. -4 Intention, design, purpose; see मत्या. -5 Resolution, determination. -6 Esteem, regard, respect; बहुमतिमधिकां ययावशोकः Ki.1.9. -7 Wish, desire, inclination; तस्य तासु मतिं ज्ञात्वा धर्मात्मा वाक्य- मब्रवीत् Rām.7.25.17; प्रायोपवेशनमतिर्नृपतिर्बभूव R.8.94. -8 Counsel, advice. -9 Remembrance, recollection. -1 Ved. Devotion, prayer. -11 An adviser. -12 = प्राणः q. v.; केन विज्ञानयोगेन मतिश्चित्तं समास्थिता Mb.14.21. 11 (com.). -13 Activity or disposition of the mind; न मतेर्मन्तारं मन्वीथाः Bṛi. Up.3.4.2. -14 Blessing. (मतिं कृ, -धा, -आधा 'to set the heart on', 'resolve upon', 'think of'. मत्या is used adverbially in the sense of 1 knowingly, intentionally, wilfully; मत्या भुक्त्वाचरेत् कृच्छ्रम् Ms.4.222;5.19. -2 under the impression that; व्याघ्रमत्या पलायन्ते). -Comp. -ईश्वरः an epithet of Viṣvakarman. -कर्मन् a matter of the intellect. -गतिः f. mode of thought. -गर्भ a. full of intelligence, intelligent, clever. -दर्शनम् the faculty of seeing into the thoughts (of others). -द्वैधम् difference of opinion. -निश्चयः a settled belief, firm conviction. -पथः the path of reflection. -पूर्व a. intentional, wilful. -पूर्वम्, -पूर्वकम् ind. purposely, intentionally, wilfully, willingly. -प्रकर्षः superiority of intellect, cleverness. -भेदः change of views. -भ्रमः, -भ्रान्तिः, -विपर्यासः 1 delusion, mental illusion, confusion of mind; स्वप्नो नु माया नु मतिभ्रमो नु Ś.6.9. -2 an error, a mistake, misapprehension. -विभ्रमः, -विभ्रंशः confusion or infatuation of mind, madness, frenzy. -शालिन् a. intelligent, clever. -हीन a. stupid, senseless, foolish.
madhu मधु a. (-धु or -ध्वी f.) [मन्यत इति मधु, मन्-उ नस्य धः Uṇ.1.18) Sweet, pleasant, agreeable, delightful; आपापयति गोविन्दपादपद्मासवं मधु Bhāg.1.18.12; त्वया सह निवत्स्यामि वनेषु मधुगन्धिषु U.2.18. -f. N. of a plant (जीवा, जीवन्ती). -n. -(धु) 1 Honey; एतास्ता मधुनो धाराश्च्योतन्ति सविषास्त्वयि U.3.34; मधु तिष्ठति जिह्वाग्रे हृदये तु हलाहलम्. -2 The juice or nectar of flowers; मधु द्विरेफः कुसुमैकपात्रे पपौ प्रियां स्वामनुवर्तमानः Ku.3.36; देहि मुखकमलमधुपानम् Gīt.1. -3 A sweet intoxicating drink, wine, spirituous liquor; विनयन्ते स्म तद्योधा मधुभिर्विजयश्रमम् R.4.65; Ṛs. 1.3. -4 Water. -5 Sugar. -6 Sweetness. -7 Anything sweet. -8 Ved. Soma juice. -9 Milk or anything produced from milk (Ved.). -1 A bee-hive; केचित्- पीत्वापविध्यन्ति मधूनि मधुपिङ्गलाः Rām.5.62.1. -11 Bee-wax; Ms.1.88. -m. (धुः) 1 The spring or vernal season; मधुरया मधुबोधितमाधवी Śi.6.2; क्व नु ते हृदयंगमः सखा कुसुमायोजितकार्मुको मधुः Ku.4.24,25;3.1,3. -2 The month of Chaitra; भास्करस्य मधुमाधवाविव R.11.7; मासे मधौ मधुरकोकिलभृङ्गनादै रामा हरन्ति हृदयं प्रसभं नराणाम् Ṛs.6. 25. -3 N. of a demon killed by Viṣṇu. -4 N. of another demon, father of Rāvaṇa and killed by Śatrughna. -5 The Aśoka tree. -6 N. of king Kārtavīrya. -Comp. -अष्ठीला a lump of honey, clotted honey. -आधारः wax. -आपात a. having honey at the first taste; शक्तः परजने दाता स्वजने दुःखजीविनि । मध्वापातो विषास्वादः स धर्मप्रतिरूपकः ॥ Ms.11.9. -आम्रः a kind of mango tree. -आलु n., -आलुकम् sweet potato. -आवासः the mango tree. -आसवः sweet spirituous liquor (made from honey). -आसवनिकः distiller, vintner. -आस्वाद a. having the taste of honey. -आहुतिः f. a sacrificial offering of sweet things. -उच्छिष्टम्, -उत्थभ्, -उत्थितभ् 1 bees'-wax; शस्त्रासवमधूच्छिष्टं मधु लाक्षा च बर्हिषः Y.3.37; मधूच्छिष्टेन केचिच्च जध्नुरन्योन्यमुत्कटाः Rām.5.62.11. -2 the casting of an image in wax; Mānasāra; the name of 68th chapter. -उत्सवः the spring or vernal festival celebrated on the full-moon day of Chaitra. -उदकम् 'honey-water', water mixed with honey, hydromel. -उद्यानम् a spring-garden. -उपघ्नम् 'the abode of Madhu', an epithet of Mathurā; स च प्राप मधूपघ्नं कुम्भीन- स्याश्च कुक्षिजः R.15.15. -उषितम् wax. -कण्ठः the cuckoo. -करः 1 a large black bee; कुटजे खलु तेनेहा तेने हा मधुकरेण कथम् Bv.1.1; R.9.3; Me.37,49; सर्वतः सारमादत्ते यथा मधुकरो बुधः Bhāg. -2 a lover, libertine. -3 sweet lime. (-री) a female bee; न च मधुकरीवदन्नरस- भोजिन्यो देवता इति प्रमाणमस्ति ŚB. on MS.9.1.9. ˚गणः, ˚श्रेणिः f. a swarm of bees. -कर्कटी 1 sweet lime, a kind of citron. -2 A kind of date. -काननम्, -वनम् the forest of the demon Madhu. -कारः, -कारिन् m. a bee. -कुक्कुटिका, -कुक्कुटी a sort of citron tree. -कुल्या a stream of honey. -कृत् m. a bee; Bhāg. 11.7.33. -केशटः a bee. -कोशः, -षः 1 a bee-hive. -2 a honey comb. -क्रमः 1 a bee-hive. -2 a honey comb. (pl.) drinking-bout, carousals. -क्षीरः, -क्षीरकः a Kharjūra tree. -गन्धः the Bakula tree. -गन्धि, -गन्धिक a. scented with honey, sweet-smelling; वनेषु मधुगन्धिषु U.2.18. -गायनः the cuckoo. -गुञ्जनः the drum-stick plant (Mar. शेवगा). -ग्रहः a libation of honey. -घोषः the cuckoo. -च्युत्, -त, -श्च्युत् a. 1 dropping or distilling honey; ददतु तरवः पुष्पैरर्घ्यं फलैश्च मधुश्च्युतः U.3.24. -2 mellifluous, overflowing with sweets. -जम् bees'-wax. -जा 1 sugar-candy. -2 the earth. -जम्बीरः a kind of citron. -जित्, -द्विष्, -निषूदन, -निहन्तृ m., -मथः, -मथनः, -रिपुः, -शत्रुः, -सूदनः epithets or Viṣṇu; इति मधुरिपुणा सखी नियुक्ता Gīt.5; R.9.48; Śi.15.1. -जीवनः N. of plant (Mar. बेहडा). -तृणः, -णम् sugar cane. -त्रयम् the three sweet things; i. e. sugar, honey, and clarified butter. -दीपः the god of love. -दूतः the mango tree. -दोहः the extracting of sweetness or honey. -द्रः 1 a bee. -2 a libertine. -द्रवः N. of a tree having red blossoms (Mar. तांबडा शेवगा). -द्रुमः the mango tree. -धातुः a kind of yellow pyrites (सुवर्णमाक्षिक). -धारा a stream of honey. -धूलिः f. molasses. -धेनुः honey offered to Brāhmaṇas in the form of a cow. -नाडी a cell in a honey-comb. -नारिकेलः, -नारिकेरकः a kind of cocoanut (Mar. मोहाचा नारळ). -नेतृ m. bee. -पः a bee or a drunkard; राजप्रियाः कैरविण्यो रमन्ते मधुपैः सह Bv.1.126;1.63 (where both meanings are intended). -पटलम् a bee-hive. -पतिः an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa. -पर्कः 1 'a mixture of honey', a respectful offering made to a guest or to the bridegroom on his arrival at the door of the father of the bride; (its usual ingredients are five:- दधि सर्पिर्जलं क्षौद्रं सिता चैतैश्च पञ्चभिः । प्रोच्यते मधुपर्कः); समांसो मधुपर्कः U.4; असिस्वदद्यन्मधु- पर्कमर्पितं स तद् व्यधात्तर्कमुदर्कदर्शिनाम् । यदैष पास्यन्मधु भीमजाधरं मिषेण पुण्याहविधिं तदा कृतम् N.16.13; Ms.3.119 et seq. -2 the ceremony of receiving a guest. -पर्किकः one who praises at the time of मधुपर्क; पठन्ति पाणिस्वनिका मागधा मधुपर्किकाः Mb.7.82.2. (com. मधुपर्किकाः माङ्गल्योपस्थापकाः). -पर्क्य a. worthy of madhuparka q. v. -पर्णिका, -पर्णी the Indigo plant. -पाका sweet melon. -पात्रम् a wine-jug. -पानम् drinking wine; धनलवमधुपानभ्रान्त- सर्वेन्द्रियाणाम् Bh. -पायिन् m. a bee. -पालः a honeykeeper. -पुरम्, -री an epithet of Mathurā; संप्रत्युज्झित- वासनं मधुपुरीमध्ये हरिः सेव्यते Bv.4.44. -पुष्पः 1 the Aśoka tree. -2 the Bakula tree. -3 the Dantī tree. -4 the Śirīṣa tree. -प्रणयः addiction to wine. -प्रमेहः diabetes, sacharine urine. -प्राशनम् one of the sixteen purificatory Samskāras (which consists in putting a little honey into the mouth of a new-born male child). -प्रियः an epithet of Balarāma. -फलः a kind of cocoanut. -फलिका a kind of date. -बहुला the Mādhavī creeper. -बा(वी)जः a pomegranate tree. -बी(वी)- जपूरः a kind of citron. -भूमिकः an epithet of Yogin in the second order. -मक्षः, -क्षा, -मक्षिका a bee. -मज्जनः the tree called आखोट. -मत्त a. 1 drunk with wine. -2 excited by the spring. -मदः the intoxication of liquor. -मन्थः a kind of drink mixed with honey. -मल्लिः, -ल्ली f. the Mālatī creeper. -मस्तकम् a kind of sweetmeat made of honey, flour, oil, and ghee; मधुतैलघृतैर्मध्ये वेष्टिताः समिताश्च याः । मधुमस्तकमुद्दिष्टम् ..... Śabda-chandrikā. -माक्षिकम् = मधुधातु q. v. -माधवम्, -वौ the two spring months (चैत्र and वैशाख). -माधवी 1 a kind of intoxicating drink; क्रीडन्त्यो$भिरताः सर्वाः पिबन्त्यो मधुमाधवीम् Mb.1.81.3. -2 any springflower. -माध्वीकम् a kind of intoxicating liquor. -मारकः a bee. -मांसम् honey and meat; Ms.11.158. -मूलम् N. of an edible root (like Mar. रताळें, सुरण). -मेहः मधुप्रमेह q. v. -यष्टिः, -ष्टी f. 1 sugar-cane. -2 liquorice. -यष्टिका, -वल्ली liquorice. -रस a. sweet-flavoured, sweet. -(सः) 1 the wine-palm. -2 sugarcane. -3 sweetness. -(सा) 1 a bunch of grapes. -2 vine. -लग्नः N. of a tree. -लिह्, -लेह्, -लेहिन् m. -लोलुपः a bee; so मधुनोलेहः; मधुलिहां मधुदानविशारदा R.9.29; मधुलेहिगीतौ Bk.; मधुलिह इव मधुबिन्दून् विरलानपि भजत गुणलेशान् Ve.1.5. -वनम् 1 N. of the forest inhabited by the demon Madhu where Śatrughna founded Mathurā. -2 N. of the forest of Sugrīva. (-नः) the cuckoo. -वल्ली 1 liquorice. -2 a kind of grape -3 Sweet citron. -वाच् the Indian cuckoo. -वाराः (m. pl.) drinking often and often, tippling, carousing; जज्ञिरे बहुमताः प्रमदानामोष्ठयावक- नुदा मधुवाराः Ki.9.59; क्षालितं नु शमितं नु वधूनां द्रावितं नु हृदयं मधुवारैः Śi.1.14; sometimes in the sing, also; see: अङ्गनास्यचषकैर्मधुवारः Ki.9.57. -विद्या N. of a mystical doctrine. -व्रतः a bee; मार्मिकः को मरन्दानामन्तरेण मधुव्रतम् Bv.1.117; तस्मिन्नद्य मधुव्रते विधिवशान्माध्वीकमाकाङ्क्षति 46; मालां मधुव्रतवरूथगिरोपघुष्टाम् Bhāg. -शर्करा honey-sugar. -शाखः a kind of tree. -शिला = मधुधातु q. v. -शिष्टम्, -शेषम् wax. -श्री beauty of spring. -सखः, -सहायः, -सारथिः, -सुहृद् m. the god of love. -संधानम् brandy. -सिक्थकः a kind of poison. -सूदनः 1 a bee; गायन् कलं क्रीडति पद्मिनीषु मधूनि पीत्वा मधुसूदनो$सौ Chanḍ. M. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu; भक्तानां कर्मणां चैव सूदनान्मधुसूदनः -3 N. of a writer of works like अद्वैतसिद्धि. -स्थानम् a bee-hive. -स्रवः a. dropping honey or sweetness. -(वा) 1 liquorice. -2 N. of the third day in the bright half of Śrāvaṇa. -स्वरः the cuckoo. -हन् m. 1 a destroyer or collector of honey; सर्वथा संहतैरेव दुर्बलैर्बलवानपि । अमित्रः शक्यते हन्तुं मधुहा भ्रमरैरिव ॥ Mb.3.33.7; Bhāg.11.7.34. -2 a kind of bird of prey. -3 a sooth-sayer. -4 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
madhura मधुर a. [मधु-माधुर्यं राति रा-क, मधु-अस्त्यर्थे र वा] 1 Sweet; यथा प्रकृत्या मधुरं गवां पयः H. -2 Honied, mellifluous. -3 Pleasant, charming, attractive, agreeable; अहो मधुरमासां दर्शनम् Ś.1; Ku.5.9; Māl.2.11; किमिव हि मधुराणां मण्डनं नाकृतीनाम् Ś.1.2; मधुरया मधुबोधितमाधवी ... Śi.6.2. -4 Melodious (as a sound); पुंस्कोकिलो$यं मधुरं चुकूज Ku. 3.32. -रः 1 The red sugar-cane. -2 Rice. -3 A kind of sugar, molassess (गुड). -4 A kind of mango. -5 Cuminseed. -रा 1 Liquorice. -2 Sour ricewater. -3 N. of the city Mathurā. -4 N. of plants like काकोली, शतावण, बृहज्जीवन्ती. -5 Sweet fennel (Mar. बडीशेप). -री A kind of musical instrument. -रम् 1 Sweetness. -2 A sweet drink, syrup. -3 Poison. -4 Tin. -रम् ind. Sweetly, pleasantly, agreeably. (मधुरेण ind. in a kindly or friendly manner; नहि दुर्योधनो राज्यं मधुरेण प्रदास्यति Mb.5.4.1.) -Comp. -अक्षर a. sounding sweetly, uttering sweet sounds, melodious; कूजन्तं रामरामेति मधुरं मधुराक्षरम् Rām. Stotra 34. -अङ्गकः astringent taste. -अम्लः 1 the orange. -2 the pomegranate. -3 some sour plants. -अम्लकः the hog-plum. -अष्टकम् N. of a collection of 8 verses by Vallabhāchārya. -आलाप a. uttering sweet sounds. (-पः) sweet or melodious notes; मधुरालापनिसर्गपण्डिताम् Ku.4.16. (-पा) a kind of thrush. -उपन्यासः kind address or speech. -कण्टकः a kind of fish. -जम्बीरम् a species of lime. -त्रयम् = मधुत्रयम् q. v. -फलः a sort of jujube tree (राजबदर). -भाषिन्, -वाच् a. sweet-speaking. -मिशिः f. sweet fennel (Mar. बडीशेप). -लता a kind of liquorice. -विपाक a. sweet after digestion. -स्रवा a kind of date tree. -स्वनः a conch. -स्वर, -स्वन a. warbling sweetly, sweet-voiced.
madhya मध्य a. [मन्-यत् नस्य धः Tv.] 1 Middle, central, being in the middle or centre; एकं मुक्तागुणमिव भुवः स्थूल- मध्येन्द्रनीलम् Me.48; Ms.2.21. -2 Intervening, intermediate. -3 Middling, moderate, of a middling size or quality, mediocre; अग्ऱ्यो मध्यो जघन्यश्च तं प्रवेक्ष्याम्यशेषतः Ms.12.3; प्रारभ्य विघ्नविहता विरमन्ति मध्याः Bh.2.27. -4 Neutral, impartial. -5 Just, right. -6 Mean (in astr.). -ध्यः, -ध्यम् 1 The middle, centre, middle or central part; अह्नः मध्यम् midday; सहस्रदीधितिरलंकरोति मध्यमह्नः Māl. 1 'the sun is on the meridian' or 'right over-head'; सरति सहसा बाह्वोर्मध्यं गताप्यबला सती M.4.11 (v. l.); व्योममध्ये V.2.1. -2 The middle of the body, the waist; मध्ये क्षामा Me.84; वेदिविलग्नमध्या Ku.1.39; विशालवक्षास्तनुवृत्तमध्यः R.6.32; दधाना बलिभं मध्यं कर्णजाहविलोचना Bk.4.16. -3 The belly, abdomen; मध्येन ... वलित्रयं चारु बभार बाला Ku.1.39. -4 The inside or interior of anything. -5 A middle state or condition. -6 The flank of a horse. -7 Mean time in music. -8 The middle term of a progression. -9 Cessation, pause, interval. -ध्या 1 The middle finger. -2 A young woman, one arrived at puberty. -ध्यम् Ten thousand billions. [The acc., instr., abl. and loc. singulars of मध्य are used adverbially. (a) मध्यम् into the midst of, into. (b) मध्येन through or between. (c) मध्यात् out of, from among, from the midst (with gen.); तेषां मध्यात् काकः प्रोवाच Pt.1. (d) मध्ये 1 in the middle, between, among, in the midst; स जहार तयोर्मध्ये मैथिलीं लोकशोषणः R.12.29. -2 in, into, within, inside, oft. as the first member of adverbial compounds; e. g. मध्येगङ्गम् into the Ganges; मध्येजठरम् in the belly; Bv.1.61; मध्येनगरम् inside the city; मध्येनदि in the middle of the river; मध्येपृष्ठम् on the back; मध्येभक्तम् a medicine taken in the middle of one's meals; मध्येरणम् in the battle; Bv.1.128; मध्ये- सभम् in or before an assembly; N.6.76; मध्येसमुद्रम् in the midst of the sea; Śi.3.33.]. -Comp. -अङ्गुलिः, -ला f. the middle finger. -अह्नः (for अहन्) midday, noon; प्रातःकालो मुहूर्तांस्त्रीन् संगवस्तावदेव तु । मध्याह्नस्त्रिमुहूर्तं स्यात् ...... Dakṣasamhitā. ˚कृत्यम्, ˚क्रिया a midday rite or observance. ˚कालः, ˚वेला, ˚समयः noontime, midday. ˚स्नानम् midday ablution. -आदित्यः the mid-day sun. -उदात्त a. having the उदात्त accent on the middle syllable. -कर्णः a radius. -क्ष्मामा N. of a metre. -ग a. being or going in the middle or among. -गत a. central, middle, being in the middle. -गन्धः the mango tree. -ग्रहणम् the middle of an eclipse. -छाया mean or middle shadow. -जिह्वम् the organ of the palatals. -ज्या the sign of the meridian. -तमस् n. circular or annular darkness, central darkness. -तापिनी N. of an Upaniṣad. -दन्तः a front tooth. -दिनम् (also मध्यंदिनम्); मध्यंदिने$र्धरात्रे च Ms.7.151. 1 midday, noon. -2 a midday offering. -दीपकम् a variety of the figure called Dīpaka, in which the common attribute that throws light on the whole description is placed in the middle; e. g; गरुडानिलतिग्मरश्मयः पततां यद्यपि संमता जवे । अचिरेण कृतार्थमागतं तममन्यन्त तथाप्यतीव ते ॥ Bk.1.25. -देशः 1 the middle region or space, the middle part of anything. -2 the waist. -3 the belly. -4 the meridian. -5 the central region, the country lying between the Himālaya and Vindhya mountains; हिमवद्विन्ध्ययोर्मध्यं यत्प्राग्विनशनादपि । प्रत्यगेव प्रयागाच्च मध्यदेशः स कीर्तितः ॥ Ms.2.21. -देहः the trunk of the body, the belly. -निहित a. inserted, fixed into. -पदम् the middle word. ˚लेपिन् see मध्यमपदलोपिन्. -परिमाणम् the middle measure (between an atom and infinitude). -पातः 1 communion, intercourse. -2 (in astr.) the mean occurrence of the aspect. -प्रविष्ट a. one who has stolen into another's confidence; Ks. -भः (in astr.) the meridian ecliptic point. -भागः 1 the middle part. -2 the waist. -भावः 1 middle state, mediocrity. -2 a middling or moderate distance. -मणिः the principle or central gem of a necklace. -यवः a weight of six white mustard-seeds. -योगिन् a. being in the middle of a conjunction, completely obscured. -रात्रः, -रात्रिः f. midnight. -रेखा the central or first meridian; (the line supposed to be drawn through लङ्का, उज्जयिनी, कुरुक्षेत्र and other places to the mount मेरु). -लग्नम् the point of the ecliptic situated on the meridian. -लोकः the middle of the three worlds; i. e. the earth or world of mortals. ˚ईशः, ˚ईश्वरः a king. -वयस् a. middle-aged. -वर्तिन् a. 1 middle, central. -2 being among or in the middle. (-m.) an arbitrator, a mediator. -वृत्तम् the navel. -शरीर a. 1 having a middle-sized body. -2 one of moderately full habit. -सूत्रम् = मध्यरेखा q. v. -स्थ a. 1 being or standing in the middle, central. -2 intermediate, intervening. -3 middling. -4 mediating, acting as umpire between two parties. -5 impartial, neutral; सुहृन्मित्रार्युदासीनमध्यस्थ- द्वेष्यबन्धुषु ... समबुद्धिर्विशिष्यते Bg.6.9. -6 indifferent, unconcerned; अन्या मध्यस्थचिन्ता तु विमर्दाभ्यधिकोदया Rām. 2.2.16; मध्यस्थो देशबन्धुषु Pt.4.6; वयमत्र मध्यस्थाः Ś.5. (-स्थः) 1 an umpire, arbitrator, a mediator. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -स्थता 1 intermediate position. -2 middle state or character. -3 mediocrity. -4 arbitration, mediatorship. -5 impartiality; मध्यस्थतां गृहीत्वा भण M.3 'say impartially'; मध्यस्थतानैकतरोपहासः N. -6 indifference. -स्थलम्, -स्थली 1 the middle or centre. -2 the middle space or region. -3 the waist. -4 the hip; कुचौ मरिचसंनिभौ मुरजमध्यमध्यस्थली Udb. -स्थानम् 1 the middle station. -2 the middle space; i. e. air. -3 a neutral region. -स्थित a. central, intermediate. -ता indifference. -स्वरित a. having the स्वरित accent on the middle syllable.
madhyama मध्यम a. [मध्ये भवः म] 1 Being or standing in the middle, middle, central; पितुः पदं मध्यममुत्पतन्ती V.1.19; मध्यमोपलम् Ki.9.2; so मध्यमलोकपालः, मध्यमपदम्, मध्यमरेखा q. q. v. v. -2 Intermediate, intervening; नाप्नोद्यो$यं मध्यमः प्राणस्तानि ज्ञातुं दध्रिरे Bṛi. Up.1.5.21. -3 Middling condition or quality, mediocre; as in उत्तमाधममध्यम. -4 Middling, moderate; तेन मध्यमशक्तीनि मित्राणि स्थापितान्यतः R.17.58. -5 Middle-sized. -6 Neither youngest nor oldest, the middleborn (as a brother); प्रणमति पितरौ वां मध्यमः पाण्डवो$यम् Ve.5.26; ततो$र्धं मध्यमस्य स्यात् तुरीयं तु यवीयसः Ms.9.112. -7 Impartial, neutral. -8 Mean (in astr.). -9 Belonging to the meridian. -मः 1 The fifth note in music. -2 A particular musical mode. -3 The mid-land country; see मध्यदेश. -4 The second person (in grammar). -5 A neutral sovereign; धर्मोत्तरं मध्यममाश्रयन्ते R.13.7. -6 the middle-most prince; मध्यमस्य प्रचारं च विजिगीषोश्च चेष्टितम् Ms.7.155. -7 the middle character in plays. -8 The governor of a province. -9 An epithet of Bhīma; (cf. मध्वमव्यायोग). -मा 1 The middle finger. -2 A marriageable girl, one arrived at the age of puberty. -3 The pericarp of a lotus. -4 One of the classes of heroines (Nāyikās) in poetic compositions, a woman in the middle of her youth; cf. S. D. 1. -5 A central blossom. -मम् 1 The middle. -2 The waist; तदैव यन्न दग्धस्त्वं धर्षयंस्तनुमध्यमाम् Rām.6.111.24. -3 The defectiveness. -4 (In astr.) The meridian ecliptic point. -Comp. -अङ्गुलिः the middle finger. -आगमः one of the four Āgamas; Buddh. -आहरणम् (in alg.) elimination of the middle term in an equation. -उत्खातः a particular division of time. -उपलः = मध्यमणिः q. v.; मध्यमोपलनिभे लसदंशौ Ki.9.2. -कक्षा the middle courtyard. -खण्डम् the middle term of an equation. -गतिः (in astr.) the mean motion of a planet. -ग्रामः (in music) the middle scale. -जात a. middle-born. -पदम् the middle member (of a compound). ˚लेपिन् m. a subdivision of the Tatpuruṣa compound in which the middle word is omitted in composition; the usual instance given is शाकपार्थिवः which is dissolved as शाकप्रियः पार्थिवः; here the middle word प्रिय is omitted; so छायातरु, गुडधानाः &c. -पाण्डवः an epithet of Arjuna. -पुरुषः the second person (in grammar). -पूरुषः a mediocre person. -भृतकः a husbandman or cultivator (who works both for himself and his master or landlord). -यानम् the middle way to salvation. -रात्रः midnight. -राष्ट्रकम् a variety of diamonds; Kau. A.2.11.29. -रेखा the central meridian of the earth. -लोकः the middle world, the earth. ˚पालः a king; तां ...... अन्वग्ययौ मध्यमलोकपालः R.2.16. -वयस् n. middle age. -वयस्क a. middle-aged. -संग्रहः intrigue of a middling character, such as sending presents of flowers &c. to another's wife; it is thus defined by Vyāsa :-प्रेषणं गन्धमाल्यानां धूपभूषणवाससाम् । प्रलोभनं चान्नपानैर्मध्यमः संग्रहः स्मृतः ॥ -साहसः the second of the three penalties or modes of punishment; see Ms.8. 138. (-सः, -सम्) an outrage or offence of the middle class. -स्थ a. being in the middle.
man मन् I. 1 P. (मनति) 1 To be proud. -2 To worship. -II. 1 Ā. (मानयते) 1 To be proud. -2 To stop, to obstruct; L. D. B. -III. 4, 8 Ā. (मन्यते, मनुते, मेने, अमंस्त, मंस्यते, मन्तुम्, मत) 1 To think, believe, suppose, imagine, fancy, conceive; अङ्कं के$पि शशङ्किरे जलनिधेः पङ्कं परे मेनिरे Subhāṣ; वत्स मन्ये कुमारेणानेन जृम्भकास्त्रमामन्त्रितम् U.5; कथं भवान् मन्यते 'what is your opinion' ? -2 To consider, regard, deem, look upon, take (one) for, take to be; समीभूता दृष्टिस्त्रिभुवनमपि ब्रह्म मनुते Bh.3.84; अमंस्त चानेन परार्ध्यजन्मना स्थितेरभेत्ता स्थितिमन्तमन्वयम् R.3.27; 1.32;6.84; नित्यं वा मन्यसे मृतम् Bg.2.26,35; Bk.9.117; स्तनविनिहितमपि हारमुदारम् । सा मनुते कृशतनुरिव भारम् Gīt.4. -3 To honour, respect, value, esteem, think highly of, prize; यस्यानुषङ्गिण इमे भुवनाधिपत्यभोगादयः कृपणलोकमता भवन्ति Bh.3.76. -4 To know, understand, perceive, observe, have regard to; मत्वा देवं धनपतिसखं यत्र साक्षाद्वसन्तम् Me.75. -5 To agree or consent to, act up to; तन्मन्यस्व मम वचनम् Mk.8. -6 To think or reflect upon. -7 To intend, wish or hope for; स्त्रियः कस्माद्वधं वीर मन्यसे राक्षसेश्वर Rām.6.92. 6. -8 To set the heart or mind on. -9 To mention, declare. -1 To think out, device, invent. -11 To be considered or regarded as, seem, appear like. -12 To accept, agree; कालपाशमहं मन्ये त्वमपि द्रष्टुमर्हसि Mb. 17.1.3. (The senses of मन् are variously modified according to the word with which it is used; e. g. बहु मन् to think highly or much of, value greatly, prize, esteem; बहु मनुते ननु ते तनुसंगतपवनचलितमपि रेणुम् Gīt.5; see under बहु also; लघु मन् to think lightly of, despise, slight; प्रथमोपकृतं मरुत्वतः प्रतिपत्त्या लघु मन्यते भवान् Ś.7.1; अन्यथा मन् to think otherwise; doubt; साधु मन् to think well of, approve, consider satisfactory; आ परितोषाद्विदुषां न साधु मन्ये प्रयोगविज्ञानम् Ś.1.2; असाधु मन् to disapprove; तृणाय मन् or तृणवत् मन् to value at a straw, value lightly, make light of; हरिमप्यमंसत तृणाय Śi;15.61; न मन् to disregard, not to mind.) -Caus. (मानयति-ते) To honour, esteem, respect, pay respect to, value; मान्यान् मानय Bh.2.77; (Ātm.) to esteem one-self highly, prize highly. -Desid. (मीमांसते) 1 To reflect upon, examine, investigate, inquire into. -2 To doubt, call in question (with loc).
manas मनस् n. [मन्यते$नेन मन् करणे असुन्] 1 The mind, heart, understanding, perception, intelligence; as in सुमनस्, दुमर्नस् &c. -2 (In phil.) The mind or internal organ of perception and cognition, the instrument by which objects of sense affect the soul; (in Nyāya phil. मनस् is regarded as a Dravya or substance, and is distinct from आत्मन् or the soul); तदेव सुखदुःखाद्युपलब्धि- साधनमिन्द्रियं प्रतिजीवं भिन्नमणु नित्यं च Tarka K. -3 Conscience, the faculty of discrimination or judgment. -4 Thought, idea, fancy, imagination, conception; पश्यन्न- दूरान्मनसाप्यधृष्यम् Ku.3.51; R.2.27; कायेन वाचा मनसापि शश्वत् 5.5; मनसापि न विप्रियं मया (कृतपूर्वम्) 8.52. -5 Design, purpose, intention. -6 Will, wish, desire, inclination; in this sense मनस् is frequently used with the infinitive form with the final म् dropped, and forms adjectives; अयं जनः प्रष्टुमनास्तपोधने Ku.5.4; cf. काम. -7 Reflection (ध्यान); मनसा जपैः प्रणतिभिः प्रयतः समुपेयिवानधिपतिं स दिवः Ki.6.22. -8 Disposition, temper, mood. -9 Spirit, energy, mettle; मनोवीर्यवरोत्सिक्तमसृण्यमकुतोभयम् Bhag.3. 17.22. -1 N. of the lake called Mānasa. -11 Breath or living soul. -12 Desire, longing after. (मनसा गम् &c. to think of, contemplate, remember; जगाम मनसा रामं धर्मज्ञो धर्मकाङ्क्षया Rām.2.82.9; (अगमत्) मनसा कार्यसंसिद्धौ त्वरादिगुणरंहसा Ku.2.63; मनः कृ to fix the mind upon, direct the thoughts towards, with dat. or loc.; मनो बन्ध् to fix the heart or affection upon; (अभिलाषे) मनो बबन्धान्यरसान् विलङ्ध्य सा R.3.4; मनः समाधा to collect oneself; मनसि उद्भू to cross the mind; मनसि कृ to think, to bear in mind; to resolve, determine, think of.) N. B. In comp. मनस् is changed to मनो before अ and soft consonants, as मनो$नुग, मनोज्ञ, मनोहर &c.). -Comp. -अधिनाथः a lover, husband. -अनवस्थानम् inattention. -अनुग a. suiting the mind, agreeable; ततस्तदग्ऱ्यं वचनं मनोनुगं समस्तमाज्ञाय ततो हि हेतुमत् Mb.12.167.49; Rām.7.72.18. -अप- हारिन् a. captivating the heart. -अभिनिवेशः close application of mind, firmness of purpose, -अभिराम a. pleasing the mind, gratifying to the heart; मनोभिरामाः (केकाः) R.1.39. -अभिलाषः the desire or longing of the heart. -आप a. gaining the heart, attractive, pleasing. -कान्त a. (मनस्कान्त or मनःकान्त) dear to the mind, pleasant, agreeable. -कारः perfect perception, full consciousness (of pleasure or pain), mental concentration, resolution; भवन्मनस्कारलवोद्गमेन क्रमेलकानां निलयः पुरेव N.14.84. (cf. मनसः ऐकाग्ऱ्यकरणं मनस्कारः Nārayaṇa com. on N.) दिदृक्षादत्तदृष्टीनां मनस्कारमनीषयोः । सप्रीतिरससन्तोषं दिशन्तौ देहकान्तितः ॥ Yādavābhyudaya 1.9. -क्षेपः (मनःक्षेपः) distraction of the mind, mental confusion. -गत a. 1 existing or passing in the mind, concealed in the breast, internal, inward, secret; नेयं न वक्ष्यति मनोगतमाधिहेतुम् Ś.3. 11. -2 affecting the mind, desired. (-तम्) 1 a wish, desire; मनोगतं सा न शशाक शंसितुम् Ku.5.51. -2 an idea, thought, notion, opinion. -गतिः f. desire of the heart. -गवी wish, desire. -गुप्त a. hidden in the mind, thought secretly. (-प्ता) red arsenic. -ग्रहणम् captivating the mind. -ग्रहिन् a. captivating or fascinating the mind. -ग्राह्य a. to be grasped by the mind. -ह्यम् the pleasures of sense; यो वृणीते मनोग्राह्यमसत्त्वात् कुमनीष्यसौ Bhāg.1. 48.11. -ग्लानिः depression of mind. -ज, -जन्मन् a. mindborn. (-m.) the god of love. -जल्पः imagination. -जव a. 1 quick or swift as thought; मनोजवं मारुततुल्यवेगम् Rāma-rakṣā Stotra 33. -2 quick in thought or conception. -3 fatherly, paternal. -जवस a. resembling a father, fatherly. -जवा 1 N. of one of the tongues of Agni. -2 N. of one of the शक्तिs of Durgā 'काली कराली च मनोजवा च' Śruti. -जात a. mind-born, arisen or produced in the mind. -जिघ्र a. scenting out, i. e. guessing the thoughts. -ज्ञ a. pleasing, lovely, agreeable, beautiful, charming; इयमधिकमनोज्ञा वल्कलेनापि तन्वी Ś.1.2; R.3.7; 6.1. (-ज्ञः) N. of a Gandharva. (-ज्ञा) 1 red arsenic. -2 an intoxicating drink. -3 a princess. -तापः, -पीडा 1 mental pain or agony, anguish. -तालः the lion of Durgā. -तुष्टिः f. satisfaction of the mind. -तोका an epithet of Durgā. -दण्डः complete control over the mind or thoughts; Ms.12.1; cf. त्रिदण्डिन्. -दत्त a. devoted in thought, mentally dedicated. -दाहः, -दुःखम् mental distress or torment. -दाहिन् the god of love. -दुष्ट a. depraved in mind; रजसा स्त्री मनोदुष्टा संन्यासेन द्विजोत्तम (शुद्ध्यति) Ms.5.18. -धारणम् conciliating the favour of. -नाशः loss of the mind or understanding, dementedness. -नीत a. approved, chosen. -पतिः (-मनःपतिः) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पर्यायः (with Jainas) N. of the last but one stage in the perception of truth. -पूत a. (मनःपूत) 1 considered pure by the mind, approved by one's conscience; मनःपूतं समाचरेत् Ms.6.46. -2 of a pure mind, conscientious. -प्रणीत a. (मनःप्रणीत) agreeable or pleasing to the mind. -प्रसादः (मनः- प्रसादः) composure of mind, mental calm. -प्रिय a. dear to the heart. -यः cinammon (Mar. दालचिनी). -प्रीतिः f. (मनःप्रीतिः) mental satisfaction, joy, delight. -भव a. mind-born, created by fancy; दृश्यमाना विनार्थेन न दृश्यन्ते मनोभवाः Bhāg. -भवः, -भूः 1 the god of love, Cupid; रे रे मनो मम मनोभवशासनस्य पादाम्बुजद्वयमनारतमानमन्तम् Bv.4.32; Ku.3.27; R.7.22; श्यामा शुशुभे शशिना तया मनोभूः Kalāvilāsa. -2 love, passion, lust; अत्यारूढो हि नारीणामकालज्ञो मनोभवः R.12.33. -मथनः the god of love. -मय see separately. -यायिन् a. 1 going at will or pleasure. -2 swift, quick as thought; उत्पत्य खं दशग्रीवो मनोयायी शितास्त्रभृत् Bk.5.3. -3 keen desire; अहं हि तस्याद्य मनोभवेन संपीडिता तद्गतसर्वभावा Rām.5.32.12. -योगः close application of the mind, close attention. -योनिः the god of love. -रञ्जनम् 1 pleasing the mind. -2 pleasantness. -रथः 1 'the car of the mind', a wish, desire; अवतरतः सिद्धिपथं शब्दः स्वमनोरथस्येव M.1.22; मनोरथानामगतिर्न विद्यते Ku.5.64; R.2.72;12.59; उत्पद्यन्ते विलीयन्ते दरिद्राणां मनोरथाः Udb.; आशा नाम नदी मनोरथजला Bh.3.45. -2 a desired object; मनोरथाय नाशंसे Ś.7.13. -3 (in dramas) a hint, a wish expressed indirectly or covertly. ˚तृतीया N. of the third day in the bright half of Chaitra. ˚दायक a. fulfilling one's expectations. (-कः) N. of a Kalpa-taru. ˚द्रुमः the god of love. ˚बन्धः cherishing or entertaining of desire. ˚बन्धुः the friend of (who satisfies) desires; तस्या भवानपि मनोरथबन्धबन्धुः Māl.1.34. ˚सिद्धिः f. fulfilment of one's desires. ˚सृष्टिः f. a creation of the fancy, a castle in the air. -रम a. attractive, pleasing, agreeable, lovely, beautiful; अरुण- नखमनोरमासु तस्याः (अङ्गुलीषु) Ś.6.11; पुरस्ताद्विमले पात्रे सुविस्तीर्णे मनोरमे Suśruta. (-मा) 1 a lovely woman. -2 a kind of pigment. -रागः affection, passion (of the heart). -राज्यम् 'kingdom of the fancy', a castle in the air; मनोराज्यविजृम्भणमेतत् 'this is building castles in the air'. -रुज् f. pain or grief of the heart. -लयः loss of consciousness. -लौल्यम् freak, caprice. -वल्लभा a beloved woman. -वहा N. of a particular artery; ('अश्वत्थपत्रनाडीव द्विसप्ततिशताधिका । नाडी मनोवहेत्युक्तं योगशास्त्र- विशारदैः'); मध्ये च हृदयस्यैका शिरा तत्र मनोवहा । शुकं संकल्पजं नॄणां सर्वगात्रैर्विमुञ्चति ॥ Mb.12.214.19. -वाक्कर्मन् n. pl. thoughts, words and deeds. -वाञ्छा, -वाञ्छितम् a wish of the heart, a desire, -विकारः, -विकृतिः f. emotion of the mind. -विनयनम् mental discipline. -विरुद्ध a. 1 incomprehensible. -2 against the dictates of mind or conscience. -वृत्तिः f. 1 working of the mind, volition. -2 disposition, temper. -वेगः quickness of thought. -व्यथा mental pain or anguish. -शल्य a. rankling in the mind; (बाहुः) कुबेरस्य मनःशल्यं शंसतीव पराभवम् Ku.2.22. -शिलः, -ला red arsenic; मनःशिला- विच्छुरिता निषेदुः Ku.1.55; R.12.8; टङ्कैर्मनःशिलगुहैरवदीर्य- माणा Mk.; गन्धाश्मानं मनःशिलाम् Śiva B.3.19; मनःशिला- पङ्कलिखितेन च विद्योतितललाटपट्टाम् K. -शीघ्र a. quick as thought. -संकल्पः desire of the heart. -संगः attachment of the mind (to anything). -संचेतनाहारः (with Buddhists) one of the four kinds of food (in a material and spiritual senses) -संतापः anguish of the mind. -समृद्धिः heart's content; Bhāg. -संवरः coercion of mind. -सुख a. agreeable to the mind. -स्थ a. being in the heart, mental. -स्थैर्यम् firmness of mind. -हत a. disappointed. -हर a. pleasing, charming, attractive, fascinating, lovely; अव्याजमनोहरं वपुः Ś.1.18; Ku.3.39; R.3.32. (-रः) a kind of jasmine. (-रम्) gold. -हर्तृ, -हारिन् a. heart-stealing, captivating, agreeable, pleasing; हितं मनोहारि च दुर्लभं वचः Ki.1.4; गाङ्गं वारि मनोहारि मुरारिचरणच्युतम् Gaṅgāṣṭaka by Vālmīki 7. -हारी an unchaste or unfaithful woman. -ह्लादः gladness of heart. -ह्वा red arsenic; मनःशिला मनोगुप्ता मनोह्वा नागजिह्विका Bhāva. P.
manāk मनाक् ind. 1 A little, slightly, in a small degree; न मनाक् 'not at all'; न मनागपि राहुरोषशङ्का Bv.2.1; रे पान्थ विह्वलमना न मनागपि स्याः 1.37,111. -2 Slowly, tardily. -3 Only, merely. -Comp. -कर a. doing little. (-रम्) a kind of fragrant aloe-wood.
mantraḥ मन्त्रः [मन्त्र्-अच्] 1 A Vedic hymn or sacred prayer (addressed to any deity), a sacred text; (it is of three kinds:-it is called ऋच् if metrical and intended to be loudly recited; यजुस् if in prose and muttered in a low tone; and सामन् if, being metrical, it is intended for chanting). -2 The portion of the Veda including the Samhitā and distinguished from the Brāhmaṇa; q. v. -3 A charm, spell, an incantation; सो$हमस्मि मन्त्र- सिद्धः Dk.54; न हि जीवन्ति जना मनागमन्त्राः Bv.1.111; अचिन्त्यो हि मणिमन्त्रौषधीनां प्रभावः Ratn.2; R.2;32;5.57. -4 A formula (of prayer) sacred to any deity, as ओं नमः शवाय &c. -5 Consultation, deliberation, counsel, advice, resolution, plan; तस्य संवृतमन्त्रस्य R.1.2; मन्त्रः प्रतिदिनं तस्य बभूव सह मन्त्रिभिः 17.5; Pt.2.182; Ms.7.58; मन्त्रपूर्वाः सर्वारम्भाः Kau. A.1.15; also पञ्चाङ्गो मन्त्रः. -6 Secret plan or consultation, a secret; मन्त्रो योध इवाधीरः सर्वाङ्गैः संवृतैरपि Śi.2.29. -7 Policy, statesmanship. -8 A mean, contrivance; किं तु मन्त्रं प्रदास्यामि यो वै तान् निहनिष्यति Rām.7.6.1. -9 N. of Viṣṇu. -1 of Śiva. -11 (In astrol.) The fifth mansion. -Comp. -अक्षरम् a syllable in a spell. -अधिकारः business of council meetings; Kau. A.1.15. -अधिराजः supreme over all spells. -आराधनम् endeavouring to obtain by spells or incantations; मन्त्राराधनतत्परेण मनसा नीताः श्मशाने निशाः Bh.3.4. -उक्त a. mentioned in a hymn. -उदकम्, -जलम्, -तोयम्, -वारि n. water consecrated by means of spells, charmed water. -उपष्टम्भः backing up by advice. -करणम् 1 Vedic texts. -2 composing or reciting sacred texts; P.I.3.25. -कर्कश a. advocating a stern policy; ये$पि मन्त्रकर्कशाः शास्त्रतन्त्रकाराः Dk.2.8. -कारः the author of Vedic hymns. -कार्यम् subject of consultation. -कालः time of consultation or deliberation. स्त्रीम्लेच्छव्याधितव्यङ्गान् मन्त्रकाले$पसारयेत् Ms.7.149. -कुशलः a. skilled in giving advice. -कृत् m. 1 an author or composer of Vedic hymns; अप्यग्रणीर्मन्त्र- कृतामृषीणां कुशाग्रबुद्धे कुशली गुरुस्ते R.5.4;1.61;15.31. -2 one who recites a sacred text. -3 a counsellor, an adviser. -4 an ambassador; यद्वा अयं मन्त्रकृद्वो भगवानखिलेश्वरः Bhāg.3.1.2. -कृत a. Consecrated by mantras; यस्ते मन्त्रकृतः पाणिरग्नौ पापे मया धृतः Rām.2.14. 14. -गण्डकः knowledge, science. -गुप्तिः f. secret counsel. -गूढः a spy, a secret emissary or agent. -गृहम् a council-chamber. -ग्रहः listening to the counsels of ministers; सप्तमे तु मन्त्रग्रहो दूताभिप्रेषणानि च Dk.2.8. -जा the power of spells; L. D. B. -जागरः recital of Vedic texts at night. -जिह्वः fire; अमृतं नाम यत् सन्तो मन्त्रजिह्वेषु जुह्वति Śi.2.17. -ज्ञ a. 1 knowing sacred texts. -2 skilled in counsel. -3 skilled in spells. -(ज्ञः) 1 a counsellor, adviser. -2 a learned Brāhmaṇa; मन्त्रज्ञै- र्मन्त्रिभिश्चैव विनीतः प्रविशेत् सभाम् Ms. -3 a spy. -तत्त्वम् the essence of counsel. -तन्त्र see अमन्त्र. -दः, -दातृ m. a spiritual preceptor or teacher; पिता भवति मन्त्रदः Ms. 2.153. -दर्शिन् m. 1 a seer of Vedic hymns. -2 a Brāhmaṇa versed in the Vedas; यो ह्यग्निः स द्विजो विप्रैर्मन्त्र- दर्शिभिरुच्यते Ms.3.212. -दीधितिः fire. -दृश् a. 1 knowing sacred texts. -2 skilled in counsel or spells. (m.) 1 a seer of Vedic hymns -2 an adviser, a counsellor; अथाह तन्मन्त्रदृशां वरीयान् यन्मन्त्रिणो वैदुरिकं वदन्ति Bhāg.3. 1.1. -देवता the deity invoked in a sacred text or mantra. -धरः, -धारिन् m. a counsellor. -निर्णयः final decision after deliberation. -पदम् the words of a sacred text. -पूत a. purified by mantras. ˚आत्मन् m. an epithet of Garuḍa. -प्रचारः the course of counsel or procedure; Pt.2. -प्रभावः the power of a spell. -प्रयोगः, -युक्तिः f. application of spells. -बी(वी)- जम् the first syllable of a spell. -भेदः breach or betrayal of counsel. -मूर्तिः an epithet of Śiva. -मूलम् magic. -यन्त्रम् a mystical diagram with a magical formula. -युक्तिः application of spells; magical means. -योगः 1 employment or application of spells. -2 magic. -रक्षा not disclosing, keeping a secret. -वर्जम् ind. without the use of spells. -वहः N. of Viṣṇu. -वादः the substance of sacred texts. -वादिन् m. 1 a reciter of sacred texts. -2 an enchanter, a conjurer. -विद् see मन्त्रज्ञ above. -विद्या the science of spells, magic. -शक्तिः f. the power of spells. -श्रुतिः a consultation overheard. -संस्कारः any Saṁskāra or rite performed with sacred texts; अनृतावृतुकाले च मन्त्रसंस्कारकृत् पतिः Ms.5.153. -संस्क्रिया any magical rite. -संवरणम् concealment of a design; मन्त्रसंवरणेनास्मि कुन्त्या दुःखेन योजितः Mb.12.2. 18. -संहिता the whole body of Vedic hymns. -साधकः a magician, conjurer. -साधनम् 1 effecting or subduing by magic. -2 a spell, an incantation. -3 attainment of supernatural or magical powers (by muttering spells); चामुण्डे भगवति मन्त्रसाधनादाबुद्दिष्टामुपनिहितां भजस्व पूजाम् Māl. 5.25; K.37,4,44. -साध्य a. 1 to be effected or subdued by magic or spells; Pt. 1.65. -2 attainable by consultation. -सिद्ध a. 1 possessing the power of spells, rendered efficacious; सो$स्म्यहं मन्त्रसिद्धः Dk.2.2. -सिद्धिः f. 1 the working or accomplishment of a spell. -2 the power which the possession or knowledge of a spell gives to a person. -सूत्रम् a charm fastened on a string. -स्नानम् the recitation of particular texts as a substitute for ablution. -स्पृश् a. obtaining (anything) by means of spells. -हीन a. destitute of or contrary to sacred hymns.
manda मन्द a. [मन्द्-अच्] 1 Slow, tardy, inactive, lazy, dull, loitering; (न) भिन्दन्ति मन्दां गतिमश्वमुख्यः Ku.1.11; तच्चरितं गोविन्दे मनसिजमन्दे सखी प्राह Gīt.6. -2 Cold, indifferent, apathetic. -3 Stupid, dull-witted, foolish, ignorant, weak-brained; प्रयोजनमनुद्दिश्य न मन्दो$पि प्रवर्तते Subhāṣ.; मन्दो$प्यमन्दतामेति संसर्गेण विपश्चितः M.2.8; मन्दः कवियशःप्रार्थी गमिष्याम्युपहास्यताम् R.1.3; द्विषन्ति मन्दाश्चरितं महात्मनाम् Ku.5.75. -4 Low, deep, hollow (as sound). -5 Soft, faint, gentle; as in मन्दस्मितम्. -6 Small, little, slight; मन्दोदरी; see अ ind. 1 (d) also. -7 Weak, defective, feeble, as मन्दाग्नि. -8 Unlucky, unhappy. -9 Faded. -1 Wicked, vile. -11 Addicted to drinking. -12 Weak, slack (as a bow). -13 Sick, afflicted with disease. -14 Independent (स्वतन्त्र). -न्दः 1 The planet Saturn. -2 An epithet of Yama. -3 The dissolution of the world. -4 A kind of elephant; मन्दो$पि नाम न महानवगृह्य साध्यः Śi.5.49 (where मन्द means 'a fool' also). -5 The apsis of a planet's course. -न्दा A pot, vessel. -न्दम् ind. 1 Slowly, gradually, by degree; यातं यच्च नितम्बयो- र्गुरुतया मन्दं विलासादिव Ś.2.2. -2 Gently, softly, not violently; मन्दं मन्दं नुदति पवनश्चानुकूलो यथा त्वाम् Me.9. -3 Faintly, feebly, weakly, lightly. -4 In a low tone, deeply. -Comp. -अक्ष a. weak-eyed. (-क्षम्) sense of shame, modesty, bashfulness; मन्दाक्षं ह्रीस्त्रपा व्रीडा लज्जा सा$पत्रपा$न्यतः Ak; मन्दाक्षमन्दाक्षरमुद्रमुक्त्वा N.3.61;14.47; 22.33. -अग्नि a. having a weak digestion. (-ग्निः) slowness of digestion. -अनिलः a gentle breeze. -असु a. having weak or faint breath. -आक्रान्ता N. of a metre; see App.I; सुवशा कालिदासस्य मन्दाक्रान्ता प्रवल्गति । सदश्व- दमकस्येव काम्बोजतुरगाङ्गना ॥ According to prof. Sukumāra Sen, Kālidāsa is the inventor of this metre. -आचार a. badly conducted. -आत्मन् a. dull-witted, silly, ignorant; मन्दात्मानुजिघृक्षया Malli. -आदर a. 1 having little respect for, disregarding, caring little for. -2 neglectful. -आस्यम् shyness. -उच्चः the upper apsis of the course of a planet. -उत्साह a. discouraged, dispirited; मन्दोत्साहः कृतो$स्मि मृगयापवादिना माढव्येन Ś.2. -उदरी N. of the wife of Rāvaṇa, regarded as one of the five very chaste women; cf. अहल्या. She advised her husband to deliver Sītā to Rāma and thus save himself from certain ruin, but he did not heed her; मन्दोदरीकुटिलकोमलकेशपाशमन्दारदाममकरन्दरसं पिबन्तः P. R.1. 58. -उष्ण a. tepid, lukewarm. (-ष्णम्) gentle heat. -औत्सुक्य a. slackened in eagerness, cast down, disinclined; मन्दौत्सुक्यो$स्मि नगरगमनं प्रति Ś.1. -कर्ण a. slightly deaf; (Proverb:-बधिरान्मन्दकर्णः श्रेयान् 'something is better than nothing'). -कर्मन् a. inactive. -n. the process for determining the apsis of a planet's course. -कान्तिः the moon. -कारिन् a. acting slowly or foolishly. -गः Saturn. -गति, -गामिन् a. walking slowly, slow of pace. -चेतस् a. 1 dull-witted, silly, foolish. -2 absent-minded. -3 fainting away, scarcely conscious. -छाय a. dim, faint, lustreless; Me.82 (v. l.). -जननी the mother of Saturn. -जरस् a. slowly growing old. -धार a. flowing in a slow stream. -धी, -प्रज्ञ, -बुद्धि, -मति, -मेधस् a. dull-witted, silly, foolish. -परिधिः m. (in astr.) the epicycle of the apsis. -पुण्य a. unfortunate, ill-fated. -फलम् equation of the apsis. -भागिन्, -भाग्य, -भाज् unfortunate, ill-fated, wretched, miserable. -भास् a. dim, of fading lustre; सेनानिवेशान् पृथिवीक्षितो$पि जग्मुर्विभातग्रहमन्दभासः R.7.2. -मन्दम् ind. slowly, leisurely. -रश्मि a. dim. -विचेष्टित a. slowly moving. -विभव a. poor, impoverished; नश्यति विपुलमतेरपि बुद्धिः पुरुषस्य मन्दविभवस्य Pt.5.5. -विभ्रंश a. slightly purgative. -विसर्पिन् a. creeping along slowly (as a louse); cf. Pt.1.252 (N. of a louse). -वीर्य a. weak. -वृष्टिः f. slight rain. -स्मितम्, -हासः, -हास्यम् a gentle laugh, a smile.
marman मर्मन् n. [मृ-मनिन्] 1 (a) A vital part of the body, the vitals, weak or tender point of the body); तथैव तीव्रो हृदि शोकशङ्कुर्मर्माणि कृन्तन्नपि किं न सोढः U.3.35; Y. 1.153; Bk.16; स्वहृदयमर्मणि वर्म करोति Gīt.4. (b) Any vital member or organ. -2 Any weak or vulnerable point, a defect, failing; ते$न्योन्यमभिसंसृत्य क्षिपन्तो मर्मभिर्मिथः Bhāg.8.1.27. -3 The core, quick. -4 Any joint (of a limb). -5 The secret or hidden meaning, the pith or essence (of anything); काव्यमर्मप्रकाशिका टीका; नत्वा गङ्गाधरं मर्मप्रकाशं तनुते गुरुम्--नागेशभट्ट. -6 A secret, a mystery. -7 Truth. -Comp. -अतिग a. piercing deeply into the vital parts; तथा मर्मातिगैर्भीष्मो निजघान महारथान् Mb. 6.9.85; मर्मातिगैरनृजुभिर्नितरामशुद्धैर्वाक्सायकैरथ तुतोद तदा विपक्षः Śi.2.77. -अन्वेषणम् 1 probing the vital parts. -2 seeking weak or vulnerable points. -आवरणम् an armour, a coat of mail. -आविध्, -उपघातिन् a. piercing the vitals (of the heart); अपि मर्माविधो वाचः सत्यं रोमाञ्च- यन्ति माम् Mv.3.1; चिरं क्लिशित्वा मर्माविध् (v. l. मर्माविद्) रामो विलुभितप्लवम् Bk.5.52. -कीलः a husband. -ग a. piercing to the quick, very acute, poignant. -घातः wounding the vitals. -घ्न a. piercing the vitals, excessively painful. -चरम् the heart. -छिद्, -भिद् (so -छेदिन्, -भेदिन्) a. 1 piercing the vitals, cutting to the quick, excessively painful; प्रहरति विधिर्मर्मच्छेदी न कृन्तति जीवितम् U.3.31; Māl.9.12. -2 wounding mortally, mortal. -जम् blood. -ज्ञ a., -विद् a. 1 knowing the weak or vulnerable points of another; Pt.1.248. -2 knowing the most secret portions of a subject. -3 knowing secrets or mysteries. -4 having a deep insight into anything, exceedingly acute or clever. (-ज्ञः) any acute or learned man; ते ह्यस्य मर्मज्ञभयात् नापराध्यन्ति Kau. A.1.8. -ज्ञानम् knowledge of a secret. -त्रम् a coat of mail. -पारग a. ahaving a deep insight into, thoroughly conversant with, one who has entered into the secret recesses of anything. -पीडा pain in the inmost soul. -भेदः 1 piercing the vitals. -2 disclosing the secrets or vulnerable points of another. -भेदनः, -भेदिन् m. an arrow. -विद् see मर्मज्ञ. -संधिः m. (pl.) joints and articulations. -स्थलम्, -स्थानम् 1 a sensitive or vital part. -2 a weak or vulnerable point. -स्पृश् a. 1 piercing the vitals, stinging to the quick; त एते हृदयमर्मस्पृशः संसारभावाः U. -2 very cutting, poignant, sharp or stinging (words &c.).
mala मल a. [मृज्यते शोध्यते मृज्-कल टिलोपः Tv.] 1 Dirty, foul; आमिषं यच्च पूर्वेषां राजसं च मलं भृशम् Rām.7.74.16. -2 Mean, covetous. -3 Unbelieving, infidel, godless. -4 Wicked. -लः, -लम् 1 Dirt, filth, impurity, dust, any impure matter; मलदायकाः खलाः K.2; छाया न मूर्छति मलोपहतप्रसादे शुद्धे तु दर्पणतले सुलभावकाशा Ś.7.32. -2 Dregs, refuse, sediment, excrement, feces, dung. -3 Dross (of metals), rust, alloy. -4 Moral taint or impurity, sin; फलैधःकुसुमस्तेयमधैर्यं च मलावहम् Ms.11.7. -5 Any impure secretion of the body; (according to Manu these excretions are twelve:-- वसा शुक्रमसृङ् मज्जा मूत्रविड् घ्राणकर्णविट् । श्लेष्माश्रुदूषिका स्वेदो द्वादशैते नृणां मलाः Ms.5.135). -6 Camphor. -7 Cuttle-fish bone. -8 Tanned leather; a leather-garment. -9 The three humours of the body (वात, पित्त and कफ). -लम् A kind of base metal. -Comp. -अपकर्षणम् 1 removing the dirt, purification. -2 removal of sin. -अपहा 1 a particular preparation. -2 N. of a river; नन्दिनी नलिनी सीता मालती च मलापहा. -अयनम् the rectum. -अरिः a kind of natron. -अव- रोधः constipation of the bowels. -आकर्षिन् m. a sweeper, a scavenger. -आभ a. dirty-looking. -आवाह a. 1 causing dirt, dirtying, soiling. -2 defiling, polluting; Ms.11.7. -आशयः the stomach; bowels. -उद्भवम् the rust of iron (मण्डूर). -उत्सर्गः evacuation of the feces, voiding the excrement. -उद्वासा a woman who has put off her soiled clothes. -उपहत a. soiled, tarnished with dirt; Ś7.32. -कर्षण a. cleansing. -घ्न a. cleansing, detergent. (-घ्नः) the bulbous root of शाल्मली. (-घ्नी) N. of a plant (नागदमनी). -जम् pus, matter. -दूषित a. dirty, foul, soiled. -द्रवः purging, diarrhœa. -द्राविन् a. purging. (-m. the Jayapāla tree. -धात्री a nurse who attends to a child's necessities. -धारिन् m. a religious mendicant of the Jaina sect. -पङ्किन् a. covered with dust and mire; निराहारा कृशा रुक्षा जटिला मलपङ्किनी Mb.5.186. 2. -पूः (यूः) Ficus Oppositifolia (Mar. काळा किंवा धेड- उंबर). -पृष्ठम् the first (or outer) page of a book. -भुज् m. a crow. -मल्लकः a strip of cloth covering the privities (कौपीन); Dk.2.2. -मासः an intercalary month (so called because during that month religious ceremonies are not performed); 'अमावास्याद्वयं यत्र रवि- संक्रान्तिवर्जितम् । मलमासः स विज्ञेयः...' -मूत्रपरित्यागः evacuation of feces and urine. -वासस् f. a woman in her courses. -विशोधन a. cleansing away filth. -विष्टम्भः constipation. -विसर्गः, -विसर्जनम्, -शुद्धिः f. evacuation of the bowels. -हन्तृ m. = मलघ्नः. -हारक a. removing dirt or sin.
mahat महत् a. [मह्-अति] (compar. महीयस्; superl. महिष्ठ; nom. महान्, महान्तौ, महान्तः; acc. pl. महतः) 1 Great, big, large, huge, vast; महान् सिंहः, व्याघ्रः &c. -2 Ample, copious, abundant, many, numerous; महाजनः, महान् द्रव्यराशिः. -3 Long, extended, extensive; महान्तौ बाहू यस्य स महाबाहुः; so महती कथा, महानध्वा. -4 Strong, powerful, mighty; as महान् वीरः. -5 Violent, intense, excessive; महती शिरोवेदना, महती पिपासा. -6 Gross, thick, dense; महानन्धकारः. -7 Important, weighty, momentous; महत्कार्यमुपस्थितम्, महती वार्ता. -8 High, lofty, eminent, distinguished, noble; महत्कुलम्, महाञ् जनः. -9 Loud; महान् घोषः-ध्वनिः. -1 Early or late; महति प्रत्यूषे 'early in the morning'; महत्यपराह्णे 'late in the afternoon'. -11 High; महार्घ्र. -m. 1 A camel. -2 An epithet of Śiva. -3 (In Sāṅ. phil.) The great principle, the intellect (distinguished from मनस्), the second of the twenty-five elements or tattvas recognized by the Sāṅkhyas; Ms.1.15;12.14; महदाद्याः प्रकृतिविकृतयः सप्त Sāṅ. K.3,8,22 &c. -4 The superior of a monastery. -n. 1 Greatness, infiniteness, numerousness. -2 Kingdom, dominion; 'महद्राज्यविशालयोः' Viśva; इन्द्रियाणि महत्प्रेप्सुः Mb.5.129.26. -3 Sacred knoweldge. -4 The Supreme Being (परमात्मा); बुद्धेः परतरं ज्ञानं ज्ञानात् परतरं महत् Mb.12.24.1. -ind. Greatly, excessively, very much, exceedingly; त्रैलोक्योद्वेगदं महत् Rām.6.111.48. (Note : महत् as the first member of a Tatpuruṣa compound and a few other cases, remains unchanged, while in Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhi comp. it is changed to महा q. v.) -Comp. -आयुधम् a great weapon; नाना- विधमहदायुधनैपुण्य ...... Dk.1.1. -आवासः a spacious or large building. -आशा a high hope; महदाशापूर्णमानसः Dk.1.3. -आश्चर्य a. very wonderful. -आश्रयः dependence on or seeking protection with the great. -उन्मदः a kind of fish; L. D. B. -औषधिः f. a herb of wonderful power. On the Himālaya there are trees of the Devadāru family which have got resinous stems. These stems burn like oil-lamps. These sticks of pinewood, therefore, are the natural lamps of the Himālaya. cf. सरलासक्तमातङ्गग्रैवेयस्फुरितत्विषः । आसन्नोषधयो नेतुर्नक्तमस्नेहदीपिकाः ॥ R.4.75; ज्वलितमहौषधिदीपिकासनाथाम् R.9.7. -कथ a. talked of or mentioned by the great, in great men's mouths. -कार्तिकी full moon of Kārtika combined with the asterism Rohiṇī; L. D. B. -कुलम् a noble family. -कूपः a deep well. -क्षेत्र a. occupying a wide territory. -गदः fever. -जवः 1 Bos gavaeus. -2 a kind of antelope; L. D. B. -ज्यैष्ठी f. full-moon of ज्येष्ठ under certain combinations. -गुण a. having the qualities of the great. -तत्त्वम् the second of the 25 principles of the Sāṅkhyas. -दोष a. highly criminal; महादोषमबुद्ध- बोधनम् Kau. A.1.17. -द्वन्द्वः 1 loud uproar. -2 martial band of music; L. D. B. -फलः the Bilva tree; L. D. B. -बिलम् the atmosphere. -भद्रा the river Gaṅgā; L. D. B. -भीष्मः N. of Śantanu; L. D. B. -मण्डूकः a kind of yellow frog; L. D. B. -व्यतिक्रमः a great transgression. -सिंहः the lion of Durgā; L. D. B. -सिद्धिनिलयः a mosque (the word is used by परमानन्द in Śivabhārata 18.52). -सेवा service of the great. -स्थानम् a high place, lofty station.
mahā महा The substitute of महत् at the beginning of Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhi compounds, and also at the beginning of some other irregular words. (Note : The number of compounds of which महा is the first member is very large, and may be multiplied ad infinitum. The more important of them, or such as have peculiar significations, are given below.) -Comp. -अक्षः an epithet of Śiva. ˚पटलिक a chief keeper of archives. -अङ्ग a. huge, bulky. -(ङ्गः) 1 a camel. -2 a kind of rat. -3 N. of Śiva. -अञ्जनः N. of a mountain. -अत्ययः a great danger or calamity. -अध्वनिक a. 'having gone a long way', dead. -अध्वरः a great sacrifice. -अनसम् 1 a heavy carriage. -2 cooking utensils. (-सी) a kitchen-maid. (-सः, -सम्) a kitchen; सूपानस्य करिष्यामि कुशलो$स्मि महानसे Mb.4.2.2. -अनिलः a whirlwind; महानिलेनेव निदाघजं रजः Ki.14.59. -अनुभाव a. 1 of great prowess, dignified, noble, glorious, magnanimous, exalted, illustrious; ग्रहीतुमार्यान् परिचर्यया मुहुर्महानु- भावा हि नितान्तमर्थिनः Śi.1.17; Ś.3. -2 virtuous, righteous, just. (-वः) 1 a worthy or respectable person. -2 (pl.) people of a religious sect in Mahārāṣtra founded by Chakradhara in the 13th century. -अन्तकः 1 death. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -अन्धकारः 1 thick darkness. -2 gross (spiritual) ignorance. -अन्ध्राः (pl.) N. of a people and their country. -अन्वय, -अभिजन a. nobly-born, of noble birth. (-यः, -नः) noble birth, high descent. -अभिषवः the great extraction of Soma. -अमात्यः the chief or prime minister (of a king). -अम्बुकः an epithet of Śiva. -अम्बुजम् a billion. -अम्ल a. very sour. (-म्लम्) the fruit of the tamarind tree. अरण्यम् a great (dreary) forest, large forest. -अर्घ a. very costly, costing a high price; महार्घस्तीर्थानामिव हि महतां को$प्यतिशयः U.6.11. (-र्घः) a kind of quail. -अर्घ्य a. 1 valuable, precious. -2 invaluable; inestimable; see महार्ह below. -अर्चिस् a. flaming high. -अर्णवः 1 the great ocean. -2 N. of Śiva. -अर्थ a. 1 rich. -2 great, noble, dignified. -3 important, weighty. -4 significant. -अर्बुदम् one thousand millions. -अर्ह a. 1 very valuable, very costly; महार्हशय्यापरिवर्तनच्युतैः स्वकेशपुष्पैरपि या स्म दूयते Ku.5.12. -2 invaluable, inestimable; महार्हशयनोपेत किं शेषे निहतो भुवि Rām.6.19. 2. (-र्हम्) white sandal-wood. -अवरोहः the fig-tree. -अशनिध्वजः a great banner in the form of the thunderbolt; जहार चान्येन मयूरपत्रिणा शरेण शक्रस्य महाशनि- ध्वजम् R.3.56. -अशन a. voracious, gluttonous; Mb. 4. -अश्मन् m. a precious stone, ruby. -अष्टमी the eighth day in the bright half of Āśvina sacred to Durgā; आश्विने शुक्लपक्षस्य भवेद् या तिथिरष्टमी । महाष्टमीति सा प्रोक्ता ...... -असिः a large sword. -असुरी N. of Durgā. -अह्नः the afternoon. -आकार a. extensive, large, great. -आचार्यः 1 a great teacher. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -आढ्य a. wealthy, very rich. (-ढ्यः) the Kadamba tree. -आत्मन् a. 1 high-souled, high-minded, magnanimous, noble; अयं दुरात्मा अथवा महात्मा कौटिल्यः Mu.7; द्विषन्ति मन्दाश्चरितं महात्मनाम् Ku.5.75; U.1.49; प्रकृतिसिद्धमिदं हि महात्मनाम् Bh.1.63. -2 illustrious, distinguished, exalted, eminent; किमाचाराः किमाहाराः क्व च वासो महात्मनाम् Mb.3. 1.4. -3 mighty (महाबल); अथायमस्यां कृतवान् महात्मा लङ्केश्वरः कष्टमनार्यकर्म Rām.5.9.74. (-m.) 1 the Supreme Spirit; युगपत्तु प्रलीयन्ते यदा तस्मिन् महात्मनि Ms.1.54. -2 the great principle, i. e. intellect of the Sāṅkhyas. (महात्मवत् means the same as महात्मन्). -आनकः a kind of large drum. -आनन्दः, -नन्दः 1 great joy or bliss. -2 especially, the great bliss of final beatitude. (-न्दा) 1 spirituous liquor. -2 a festival on the ninth day in the bright half of Māgha. -आपगा a great river. -आयुधः an epithet of Śiva. -आरम्भ a. undertaking great works, enterprizing. (-म्भः) any great enterprize. -आलयः 1 a temple in general. -2 a sanctuary, an asylum. -3 a great dwelling. -4 a place of pilgrimage. -5 the world of Brahman. -6 the Supreme Spirit. -7 a tree &c. sacred to a deity. -8 N. of a particular dark fortnight. -9 पितृश्राद्ध in the month of Bhādrapada. (-या) N. of a particular deity. -आशय a. highsouled, nobleminded, magnanimous, noble; दैवात् प्रबुद्धः शुश्राव वराहो हि महाशयः Ks; राजा हिरण्यगर्भो महाशयः H.4; see महात्मन्. (-यः) 1 a noble-minded or magnanimous person; महाशयचक्रवर्ती Bv.1.7. -2 the ocean. -आस्पद a. 1 occupying a great position. -2 mighty, powerful. -आहवः a great or tumultuous fight. -इच्छ a. 1 magnanimous, noble-minded, high-souled, noble; मही महेच्छः परिकीर्य सूनौ R.18.33. -2 having lofty aims or aspirations, ambitious; विद्यावतां महेच्छानां ...... नाश्रयः पार्थिवं विना Pt.1.37. -इन्द्रः 1 'the great Indra', N. of Indra; इयं महेन्द्रप्रभृतीनधिश्रियः Ku.5.53; R.13.2; Ms.7.7. -2 a chief or leader in general. -3 N. of a mountain range; पतिर्महेन्द्रस्य महोदधेश्च R.6.54;4.39,43. ˚चापः rain-bow. ˚नगरी N. of Amarāvatī, the capital of Indra. ˚मन्त्रिन् m. an epithet of Bṛihaspati. ˚वाहः the elephant Airāvata; महेन्द्रवाहप्रतिमो महात्मा Mb.9.17.52. -इभ्य a. very rich. -इषुः a great archer; अधिरोहति गाण्डीवं महेषौ Ki.13.16. -इष्वासः a great archer, a great warrior; अत्र शूरा महेष्वासा भामार्जुनसमा युधि Bg.1.4. -ईशः, -ईशानः N. of Śiva; महेशस्त्वां धत्ते शिरसि रसराजस्य जयिनीम् Udb. ˚बन्धुः the Bilva tree. -ईशानी N. of Pārvatī. -ईश्वरः 1 a great lord, sovereign; महेश्वरस्त्र्यम्बक एव नापरः R.; गोप्तारं न निधीनां कथयन्ति महेश्वरं विबुधाः Pt.2.74. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 of Viṣṇu. -4 a god (opp. प्रकृति). -5 the Supreme Being (परमात्मा); मायां तु प्रकृतिं विद्यान्मायिनं तु महेश्वरम् Śvet. Up.4.1. ˚सखः N. of Kubera; यया कैलासभवने महेश्वरसखं बली Mb.9.11.55. (-री) 1 N. of Durgā. -2 a kind of bell-metal. -उक्षः (for उक्षन्) a large bull; a full grown or strong bull; महोक्षतां वत्सतरः स्पृशन्निव R.3.32;4.22;6.72; Śi.5.63. -उत्पलम् a large blue lotus. (-लः) the Sārasa bird. -उत्सवः 1 a great festival or occasion of joy; नयनविषयं जन्मन्येकः स एव महोत्सवः Māl.1.36. -2 the god of love. -उत्साह a. possessed of great energy, energetic, persevering; अहं च कर्णं जानामि ...... सत्यसंधं महोत्साहं ...... Mb.3.91.2. (-हः) 1 perseverance. -2 great pride; ये जात्यादिमहो- त्साहान्नरेन्द्रान्नोपयान्ति च । तेषामामरणं भिक्षा प्रायश्चितं विनिर्मितम् ॥ Pt.1.38. -उदधिः 1 the great ocean; महोदधेः पूर इवेन्दु- दर्शनात् R.3.17. -2 an epithet of Indra. ˚जः a conchshell, shell. -उदय a. very prosperous or lucky, very glorious or splendid, of great prosperity. (-यः) 1 (a) great elevation or rise, greatness, prosperity; नन्दस्त्वतीन्द्रियं दृष्ट्वा लोकपालमहोदयम् Bhāg.1.28.1; अपवर्ग- महोदयार्थयोर्भुवमंशाविव धर्मयोर्गतौ R.8.16. (b) great fortune or good luck. (c) greatness, pre-eminence. -2 final beatitude. -3 a lord, master. -4 N. of the district called Kānyakubja or Kanouja; see App. -5 N. of the capital of Kanouja. -6 sour milk mixed with honey. -7 = महात्मन् q. v.; संसक्तौ किमसुलभं महोदयानाम Ki.7.27. ˚पर्वन् a time of union of the middle of श्रवण नक्षत्र and the end of व्यतिपात (generally in the month of माघ or पौष at the beginning of अमावास्या). -उदर a. big-bellied, corpulent. -(रम्) 1 a big belly. -2 dropsy. -उदार a. 1 very generous or magnanimous. -2 mighty, powerful. -उद्यम a. = महोत्साह q. v; महोद्यमाः कर्म समा- रभन्ते. -उद्योग a. very industrious or diligent, hardworking. -उद्रेकः a particular measure (= 4 प्रस्थs). -उन्नत a. exceedingly lofty. (-तः) the palmyra tree. -उन्नतिः f. great rise or elevation (fig. also), high rank. -उपकारः a great obligation. -उपाध्यायः a great preceptor, a learned teacher. -उरगः a great serpent; वपुर्महोरगस्येव करालफणमण्डलम् R.12.98. -उरस्क a. broad-chested. (-स्कः) an epithet of Śiva. -उर्मिन् m. the ocean; ततः सागरमासाद्य कुक्षौ तस्य महोर्मिणः Mb.3.2.17. -उल्का 1 a great meteor. -2 a great fire-brand. -ऋत्विज् m. 'great priest', N. of the four chief sacrificial priests. -ऋद्धि a. very prosperous, opulent. (-f.) great prosperity or affluence. -ऋषभः a great bull. -ऋषिः 1 a great sage or saint; यस्मादृषिः परत्वेन महांस्त- स्मान्महर्षयः; (the term is applied in Ms.1.34 to the ten Prajāpatis or patriarchs of mankind, but it is also used in the general sense of 'a great sage'). -2 N. of Sacute;iva. -3 of Buddha. -ओघ a. having a strong current. -घः a very large number; शतं खर्व- सहस्राणां समुद्रमभिधीयते । शतं समुद्रसाहस्रं महौघमिति विश्रुतम् ॥ Rām.6.28.37. -ओष्ठ (महोष्ठ) a. having large lips. (-ष्ठः) an epithet of Śiva. -ओजस् a. very mighty or powerful, possessed of great splendour or glory; महौजसा मानधना धनार्चिताः Ki.1.19. (-m.) a great hero or warrior, a champion. (-n.) great vigour. -ओजसम् the discus of Viṣṇu (सुदर्शन). (-सी) N. of plant (Mar. कांगणी). -ओदनी Asparagus Racemosus (Mar. शतावरी). -ओषधिः f. 1 a very efficacious medicinal plant, a sovereign drug. -2 the Dūrvā grass. -3 N. of various plants ब्राह्मी, श्वेतकण्टकारी, कटुका, अतिविष &c. ˚गणः a collection of great or medicinal herbs:-- पृश्निपर्णी श्यामलता भृङ्गराजः शतावरी । गुड्चा सहदेवी च महौषधिगणः स्मृतः ॥ cf. also सहदेवी तथा व्याघ्री बला चातिबला त्वचा । शङ्खपुष्पी तथा सिंही अष्टमी च सुवर्चला ॥ महौषध्यष्टकं प्रोक्तं... . -औषधम् 1 a sovereign remedy, panacea. -2 ginger. -3 garlic. -4 a kind of poison (वत्सनाभ). -कच्छः 1 the sea. -2 N. of Varuṇa. -3 a mountain. -कन्दः garlic. -कपर्दः a kind of shell. -कपित्थः 1 the Bilva tree. -2 red garlic. -कम्बु a. stark naked. (-म्बुः) an epithet of Śiva. -कर a. 1 large-handed. -2 having a large revenue. -कर्णः an epithet of Śiva. -कर्मन् a. doing great works. (-m.) an epithet of Śiva. -कला the night of the new moon. -कल्पः a great cycle of time (1 years of Brahman); Bhāg.7.15.69. -कविः 1 a great poet, a classical poet, such as कालिदास, भवभूति, बाण, भारवि &c. -2 an epithet of Śukra. -कषायः N. of a plant (Mar. कायफळ). -कान्तः an epithet of Śiva. (-ता) the earth. -काय a. big-bodied, big, gigantic, bulky. (-यः) 1 an elephant. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -3 of Viṣṇu. -4 of a being attending on Śiva (= नन्दि). -कारुणिक a. exceedingly compassionate. -कार्तिकी the night of full-moon in the month of Kārtika. -कालः 1 a form of Śiva in his character as the destroyer of the world; महाकालं यजेद्देव्या दक्षिणे धूम्रवर्णकम् Kālītantram. -2 N. of a celebrated shrine or temple of Śiva (Mahākāla) (one of the 12 celebrated Jyotirliṅgas) established at Ujjayinī (immortalized by Kālidāsa in his Meghadūta, which gives a very beautiful description of the god, his temple, worship &c., together with a graphic picture of the city; cf. Me.3-38; also R.6.34); महाकालनिवासिनं कालीविलासिनमनश्वरं महेश्वरं समाराध्य Dk.1.1. -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -4 N. of a kind of gourd. -5 N. of Śiva's servant (नन्दि). ˚पुरम् the city of Ujjayinī. ˚फलम् a red fruit with black seeds; पक्वं महाकालफलं किलासीत् N.22.29. -काली an epithet of Durgā in her terrific form. -काव्यम् a great or classical poem; (for a full description of its nature, contents &c., according to Rhetoricians see S. D.559). (The number of Mahākāvyas is usually said to be five:-रघुवंश, कुमारसंभव, किरातार्जुनीय, शिशुपालवध and नैषधचरित or six, if मेघदूत-- a very small poem or खण़्डकाव्य-- be added to the list. But this enumeration is apparently only traditional, as there are several other poems, such as the भट्टिकाव्य, विक्रमाङ्कदेवचरित, हरविजय &c. which have an equal claim to be considered as Mahākāvyas). -कीर्तनम् a house. -कुमारः the eldest son of a reigning prince, heir-apparent. -कुल, -कुलीन a. of noble birth or descent, sprung from a noble family, nobly born. (-लम्) a noble birth or family, high descent. -कुहः a species of parasitical worm. -कृच्छ्रम् a great penance. -केतुः N. of Śiva. -केशः, -कोशः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 a large sheath. -क्रतुः a great sacrifice; e. g. a horse-sacrifice; तदङ्गमग्ऱ्यं मघवन् महाक्रतोरमुं तुरङ्गं प्रतिमोक्तुमर्हसि R.3.46. -क्रमः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -क्रोधः an epithet of Śiva. -क्षत्रपः a great satrap. -क्षीरः sugar-cane. -क्षीरा f. a She-buffalo; Nighaṇṭaratnākara. -खर्वः, -र्वम् a high number (ten billions ?). -गजः a great elephant; see दिक्करिन्. -गणपतिः a form of the god Gaṇeśa. -गदः fever. -गन्ध a. exceedingly fragrant. (-न्धः) a kind of cane. (-न्धम्) a kind of sandalwood. (-न्धा) N. of Chāmuṇḍā. -गर्तः, -गर्भः -गीतः N. of Śiva. -गर्दभगन्धिका N. of a plant, भारङ्गी. -गल a. longnecked. -गवः Bos gavaeus. -गुण a. very efficacious, sovereign (as a medicine); त्वया ममैष संबन्धः कपिमुख्य महागुणः Rām.5.1.12. (-णः) a chief quality, cardinal virtue. -गुरुः a highly respectable or venerable person; (these are three, the father, mother and preceptor; पिता माता तथाचार्यो महागुरुरिति स्मृतः). -गुल्मा the Soma plant. -गृष्टिः f. a cow with a large hump. -ग्रहः 1 an epithet of Rāhu. -2 the sun; महाग्रहग्राहविनष्टपङ्कः Rām.5.5.6. -ग्रामः N. of the ancient capital of Ceylon, the modern Māgama. -ग्रीवः 1 a camel. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -ग्रीविन् m. a camel. -घूर्णा spirituous liquor. -घृतम् ghee kept for a long time (for medicinal purposes). -घोष a. noisy, loud-sounding. (-षम्) a market, fair. (-षः) a loud noise, clamour. -चक्रम् the mystic circle in the शाक्त ceremonial. -चक्रवर्तिन् m. a universal monarch. -चण्डा N. of Chāmuṇḍā. -चपला a kind of metre. -चमूः f. a large army. -छायः the fig-tree. -जङ्घः a camel. -जटः an epithet of Śiva. -जटा 1 a great braid of hair. -2 the matted hair of Śiva. -जत्रु a. having a great collar-bone. (-त्रुः) an epithet of Śiva. -जनः 1 a multitude of men, a great many beings, the general populace or public; महाजनो येन गतः स पन्थाः Mb.3.313. 117; आगम्य तु ततो राजा विसृज्य च महाजनम् 6.98.25. -2 the populace, mob; विलोक्य वृद्धोक्षमधिष्ठितं त्वया महाजनः स्मेरमुखो भविष्यति Ku.5.7. -3 a great man, a distinguished or eminent man; महाजनस्य संसर्गः कस्य नोन्नतिकारकः । पद्मपत्रस्थितं तोयं धत्ते मुक्ताफलश्रियम् Pt.3.6. -4 the chief of a caste or trade. -5 a merchant, tradesman. -जवः an antelope. -जातीय a. 1 rather large. -2 of an excellent kind. -जालिः, -ली N. of a plant (Mar. सोनामुखी) -जिह्वः an epithet of Śiva. -ज्ञानिन् m. 1 a very learned man. -2 a great sage. -3 N. of Śiva. -ज्यैष्ठी the day of fullmoon in the month of Jyeṣṭha; ताभिर्दृश्यत एष यान् पथि महाज्यैष्ठीमहे मन्महे N.15.89; पूर्णिमा रविवारेण महाज्यैष्ठी प्रकीर्तिता Agni P.121.63. -ज्योतिस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -ज्वरः great affliction. -ज्वाल a. very brilliant or shining. (-लः) 1 N. of Śiva. -2 a sacrificial fire. -डीनम् a kind of flight; 'यानं महाडीनमाहुः पवित्रामूर्जितां गतिम्' Mb.8.41.27 (com.). -तपस् m. 1 a great ascetic. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -तलम् N. of one of the seven lower regions; see पाताल. -तारा N. of a Buddhist goddess. -तिक्तः the Nimba tree. -तिथिः the 6th day of a lunation. -तीक्ष्ण a. exceedingly sharp or pungent. (-क्ष्णा) the markingnut plant. -तेजस् a. 1 possessed of great lustre or splendour. -2 very vigorous or powerful, heroic. (-m.) 1 a hero, warrior. -2 fire. -3 an epithet of Kārtikeya. (-n.) quick-silver. -त्याग, -त्यागिन् a. very generous. (-m.) N. of Śiva. -दंष्ट्रः a species of big tiger. -दन्तः 1 an elephant with large tusks. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -दण्डः 1 a long arm. -2 a severe punishment. -दम्भः an epithet of Śiva. -दशा the influence exercised (over a man's destiny) by a predominant planet. -दानम् the gift of gold equal to one's own weight; अथातः संप्रवक्ष्यामि महादानस्य लक्षणम्. -दारु n. the devadāru tree. -दुर्गम् a great calamity; Pt. -दूषकः a kind of grain. -देवः N. of Śiva. (-वी) 1 N. of Pārvatī. -2 the chief queen. -द्रुमः the sacred fig-tree. -द्वारम् a large gate, the chief or outer gate of a temple. -धन a. 1 rich. -2 expensive, costly; हेमदण्डैर्महाधनैः Rām.7. 77.13. (-नम्) 1 gold. -2 incense. -3 a costly or rich dress. -4 agriculture, husbandry. -5 anything costly or precious. -6 great booty. -7 a great battle (Ved.). -धनुस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -धातुः 1 gold. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -3 lymph. -4 N. of Meru. -धी a. having a great understanding. -धुर्यः a full-grown draught ox. -ध्वजः a camel. -ध्वनिक a. dead. -नग्नः an athlete; Buddh. -नटः an epithet of Śiva; महानटः किं नु ...... तनोति ...... साम्प्रतमङ्गहारम् N.22.7; महानटबाहुनेव बद्धभुजाङ्केन Vās. -नदः a great river. -नदी 1 a great river, such as Gaṅgā, Kṛiṣṇā; मन्दरः पर्वतश्चाक्षो जङ्घा तस्य महानदी Mb.8.34.2; संभूयाम्भोधिमभ्येति महानद्या नगापगा Śi.2.1. -2 N. of a river falling into the bay of Bengal. -नन्दा 1 spirituous liquor. -2 N. of a river. -3 ninth day of the bright half of the month of Māgha; माघमासस्य या शुक्ला नवमी लोकपूजिचा । महानन्देति सा प्रोक्ता ... . -नरकः N. of one of the 21 hells. -नलः a kind of reed. -नवमी the ninth day in the bright half of Āśvina, sacred to the worship of Durgā ततो$नु नवमी यस्मात् सा महानवमी स्मृता. -नाटकम् 'the great drama', N. of a drama, also called Hanumannāṭaka, (being popularly ascribed to Hanumat); thus defined by S. D. :-- एतदेव यदा सर्वैः पताकास्थानकैर्युतम् । अङ्कैश्च दशभिर्धीरा महानाटकमूचिरे ॥ -नाडी sinew, tendon. -नादः 1 a loud sound, uproar. -2 a great drum. -3 a thunder-cloud. -4 a shell. -5 an elephant. -6 a lion. -7 the ear. -8 a camel. -9 an epithet of Śiva. (-दम्) a musical instrument. -नाम्नी 1 N. of a परिशिष्ट of Sāmaveda. -2 (pl.) N. of 9 verses of Sāmaveda beginning with विदा मघवन् विदा. -नायकः 1 a great gem in the centre of a string of pearls. -2 a great head or chief. -नासः an epithet of Śiva. -निद्र a. fast asleep. (-द्रा) 'the great sleep', death. -निम्नम् intestines, abdomen. -नियमः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -निर्वाणम् total extinction of individuality (according to the Buddhists). -निशा 1 the dead of night, the second and third watches of the night; महानिशा तु विज्ञेया मध्यमं प्रहरद्वयम् -2 an epithet of Durgā. -नीचः a washerman. -नील a. dark-blue. (-लः) a kind of sapphire or emerald; इन्द्रनीलमहानीलमणिप्रवरवेदिकम् Rām.5.9.16; महा- महानीलशिलारुचः Śi.1.16;4.44; R.18.42; Kau. A.2.11. 29. ˚उपलः a sapphire. -नृत्यः, -नेत्रः an epithet of Śiva. -नेमिः a crow. -न्यायः the chief rule. -पक्ष a. 1 having many adherents. -2 having a large family or retinue; महापक्षे धनिन्यार्थे निक्षेपं निक्षिपेद् बुधः Ms.8.179. (-क्षः) 1 an epithet of Garuḍa. -2 a kind of duck. (-क्षी) an owl. -पङ्क्तिः, -पदपङ्क्तिः a kind of metre. -पञ्चमूलम् the five great roots:-- बिल्वो$ग्निमन्थः श्योनाकः काश्मरी पाटला तथा । सर्वैस्तु मिलितैरेतैः स्यान्महापञ्चमूलकम् ॥ -पञ्चविषम् the five great or deadly poisons:-- शृङ्गी च कालकूटश्च मुस्तको वत्सनाभकः । शङ्खकर्णीति योगो$यं महापञ्चविषाभिधः ॥ -पटः the skin. -पथः 1 chief road, principal street, high or main road; संतानकाकीर्णमहापथं तत् Ku.7.3. -2 the passage into the next world, i. e. death. -3 N. of certain mountain-tops from which devout persons used to throw themselves down to secure entrance into heaven. -4 an epithet of Śiva. -5 the long pilgrimage to mount Kedāra. -6 the way to heaven. -7 the knowledge of the essence of Śiva acquired in the pilgrimage to Kedāra. -पथिक a. 1 undertaking great journeys. -2 one receiving Śulka (toll) on the high way; cf. Mb.12.76.6 (com. महापथिकः समुद्रे नौयानेन गच्छन् यद्वा महापथि शुल्कग्राहकः) -पद्मः 1 a particular high number. -2 N. of Nārada. -3 N. of one of the nine treasures of Kubera. -4 N. of the southernmost elephant supporting the world. -5 an epithet of Nanda. -6 a Kinnara attendant on Kubera. (-द्मम्) 1 a white lotus. -2 N. of a city. ˚पतिः N. of Nanda. -पराकः a. a particular penance; Hch. -पराङ्णः a late hour in the afternoon. -पवित्रः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पशुः large cattle; महापशूनां हरणे ... दण्डं प्रकल्पयेत् Ms.8.324. -पातः a long flight; Pt.2.58. -पातकम् 1 a great sin, a heinous crime; ब्रह्महत्या सुरापानं स्तेयं गुर्वङ्गनागमः । महान्ति पातकान्याहुस्तत्संसर्गश्च पञ्चमम् ॥ Ms.1154. -2 any great sin or transgression. -पात्रः a prime minister. -पादः an epithet of Śiva. -पाप्मन् a. very sinful or wicked. -पुराणम् N. of a Purāṇa; महापुराणं विज्ञेयमेकादशकलक्षणम् Brav. P. -पुंसः a great man. -पुरुषः 1 a great man, an eminent or distinguished personage; शब्दं महापुरुषसंविहितं निशम्य U. 6.7. -2 the Supreme Spirit. -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पौरुषिकः a worshipper of Viṣṇu; तदहं ते$भिधास्यामि महापौरुषिको भवान् Bhāg.2.1.1. -पुष्पः a kind of worm. -पूजा great worship; any solemn worship performed on extraordinary occasions. -पृष्ठः a camel. -पोटगलः a kind of large reed. -प्रजापतिः N. of Viṣṇu. -प्रतीहारः a chief door-keeper. -प्रपञ्चः the great universe. -प्रभ a. of great lustre. (-भः) the light of a lamp. -प्रभुः 1 a great lord. -2 a king, sovereign. -3 a chief. -4 an epithet of Indra. -5 of Śiva -6 of Viṣṇu. -7 a great saint or holy man. -प्रलयः 'the great dissolution', the total annihilation of the universe at the end of the life of Brahman, when all the lokas with their inhabitants, the gods, saints &c. including Brahman himself are annihilated; महाप्रलयमारुत ...... Ve.3.4. -प्रश्नः a knotty question. -प्रसादः 1 a great favour. -2 a great present (of food offered to an idol); पादोदकं च निर्माल्यं नैवेद्यं च विशेषतः । महाप्रसाद इत्युक्त्वा ग्राह्यं विष्णोः प्रयत्नतः -प्रस्थानम् 1 departing this life, death. -2 setting out on a great journey for ending life; इहैव निधनं याम महाप्रस्थानमेव वा Rām.2.47.7 (com. महाप्रस्थानं मरणदीक्षा- पूर्वकमुत्तराभिमुखगमनम्); Mb.1.2.365. -प्राणः 1 the hard breathing or aspirate sound made in the pronunciation of the aspirates. -2 the aspirated letters themselves (pl.); they are:-ख्, घ्, छ्, झ्, ठ्, ढ्, थ्, ध्, फ्, भ्, श्, ष्, स्, ह्. -3 a raven. -प्राणता possession of great strength or essence; अन्यांश्च जीवत एव महाप्राणतया स्फुरतो जग्राह K. -प्रेतः a noble departed spirit. -प्लवः a great flood, deluge; ... क्षिप्तसागरमहाप्लवामयम् Śi.14.71. -फल a. 1 bearing much fruit. -2 bringing much reward. (-ला) 1 a bitter gourd. -2 a kind of spear. (-लम्) 1 a great fruit or reward. -2 a testicle. -फेना the cuttle-fish bone. -बन्धः a peculiar position of hands or feet. -बभ्रुः a kind of animal living in holes. -बल a. very strong; नियुज्यमानो राज्याय नैच्छद्राज्यं महाबलः Rām (-लः) 1 wind, storm. -2 a Buddha. -3 a solid bamboo. -4 a palm. -5 a crocodile. -बला N. of a plant; महाबला च पीतपुष्पा सहदेवी च सा स्मृता Bhāva. P. (-लम्) lead. ˚ईश्वरः N. of a Liṅga of Śiva near the modern Mahābaleśwara. -बाध a. causing great pain or damage. -बाहु a. long-armed, powerful. (-हुः) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -बि(वि)लम् 1 the atmosphere. -2 the heart. -3 a water-jar, pitcher. -4 a hole, cave. -बिसी a variety of skin (चर्म), a product of द्वादशग्राम in the Himālayas. -बी(वी)जः an epithet of Śiva. -बी (वी)ज्यम् the perinæum. -बुध्न a. having a great bottom or base (as a mountain). -बुशः barley. -बृहती a kind of metre. -बोधिः 1 the great intelligence of a Buddha. -2 a Buddha. -ब्रह्मम्, -ब्रह्मन् n. the Supreme Spirit. -ब्राह्मणः 1 a great or learned Brāhmaṇa. -2 a low or contemptible Brāhmaṇa. -भटः a great warrior; तदोजसा दैत्यमहाभटार्पितम् Bhāg. -भद्रा N. of the river Gaṅgā. -भाग a. 1 very fortunate or blessed, very lucky or prosperous. -2 illustrious, distinguished, glorious; उभौ धर्मौ महाभागौ Mb.12.268.3; महाभागः कामं नरपतिरभिन्नस्थितिरसौ Ś.5.1; Ms.3.192. -3 very pure or holy, highly virtuous; पतिव्रता महाभागा कथं नु विचरिष्यति Mb.4.3.16. -भागता, -त्वम्, -भाग्यम् 1 extreme good fortune, great good luck, prosperity. -2 great excellence or merit. -भागवतम् the great Bhāgavata, one of the 18 Purāṇas. (-तः) a great worshipper of Viṣṇu. -भागिन् a. very fortunate or prosperous. -भाण्डम् a chief treasury. -भारतम् N. of the celebrated epic which describes the rivalries and contests of the sons of Dhṛitarāṣṭra and Pāṇḍu. (It consists of 18 Parvans or books, and is said to be the composition of Vyāsa; cf. the word भारत also); महत्त्वाद्भारतत्वाच्च महाभारतमुच्यते -भाष्यम् 1 a great commentary. -2 particularly, the great commentary of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini. -भासुरः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -भिक्षुः N. of Śākyamuni. -भीता a kind of sensitive plant (लाजाळू). -भीमः an epithet of king Śantanu. -भीरुः a sort of beetle or fly. -भुज a. long-armed, powerful. -भूतम् a great or primary element; see भूत; तस्यैतस्य महाभूतस्य निःश्वसितमेतद्यदृग्वेदः Up.; तं वेधा विदधे नूनं महाभूतसमाधिना R.1. 29; Ms.1.6. (-तः) 1 the Supreme Being. -2 a great creature. -भोगः 1 a great enjoyment. -2 a great coil or hood; great winding. -3 a serpent. (-गा) an epithet of Durgā. -मणिः 1 a costly or precious jewel; संस्कारोल्लिखितो महामणिरिव क्षीणो$पि नालक्ष्यते Ś.6.5. -2 N. of Śiva. -मति a. 1 high-minded. -2 clever. (-तिः) N. of Bṛihaspati or Jupiter. -मत्स्यः a large fish, sea-monster. -मद a. greatly intoxicated. (-दः) an elephant in rut. -मनस्, -मनस्क a. 1 high-minded, nobleminded, magnanimous; ततो युधिष्ठिरो राजा धर्मपुत्रो महामनाः Mb.4.1.7. -2 liberal. -3 proud, haughty. (-m) a fabulous animal called शरभ q. v. -मन्त्रः 1 any sacred text of the Vedas. -2 a great or efficacious charm, a powerful spell. -मन्त्रिन् m. the prime-minister, premier. -मयूरी N. of Buddhist goddess. -मलहारी a kind of Rāgiṇi. -महः a great festive procession; Sinhās. -महस् n. a great light (seen in the sky). -महोपाध्यायः 1 a very great preceptor. -2 a title given to learned men and reputed scholars; e. g. महामहो- पाध्यायमल्लिनाथसूरि &c. -मांसम् 'costly flesh', especially human flesh; न खलु महामांसविक्रयादन्यमुपायं पश्यामि Māl.4; अशस्त्रपूतं निर्व्याजं पुरुषाङ्गोपकल्पितम् । विक्रीयते महामांसं गृह्यतां गृह्यतामिदम् 5.12 (see Jagaddhara ad loc.). -माघी the full-moon day in the month of Māgha. -मात्र a. 1 great in measure, very great or large. -2 most excellent, best; वृष्ण्यन्धकमहामात्रैः सह Mb.1.221.27; 5.22.37. (-त्रः) 1 a great officer of state, high stateofficial, a chief minister; (मन्त्रे कर्मणि भूषायां वित्ते माने परिच्छदे । मात्रा च महती येषां महामात्रास्तु ते स्मृताः); Ms. 9.259; गूढपुरुषप्रणिधिः कृतमहामात्रापसर्पः (v. l. महामात्यापसर्पः) पौरजानपदानपसर्पयेत् Kau. A.1.13.9; Rām.2.37.1. -2 an elephant-driver or keeper; मदोन्मत्तस्य भूपस्य कुञ्जरस्य च गच्छतः । उन्मार्गं वाच्यतां यान्ति महामात्राः समीपगाः ॥ Pt.1.161. -3 a superintendent of elephants. (-त्री) 1 the wife of a chief minister. -2 the wife of a spiritual teacher. -मानसी N. of a Jain goddess. -मान्य a. being in great honour with; मकरन्दतुन्दिलानामरविन्दानामयं महामान्यः Bv.1.6. -मायः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 of Viṣṇu. -माया 1 worldly illusion, which makes the material world appear really existent. -2 N. of Durgā; महामाया हरेश्चैषा यया संमोह्यते जगत् Devīmāhātmya. -मायूरम् a particular drug. (-री) N. of an amulet and a goddess; Buddh. -मारी 1 cholera, an epidemic. -2 an epithet of Durgā. -मार्गः high road, main street. ˚पतिः a superintendent of roads. -मालः N. of Śiva. -माहेश्वरः a great worshipper of Maheśvara or Śiva. -मुखः a crocodile. -मुद्रा a particular position of hands or feet (in practice of yoga). -मुनिः 1 a great sage. -2 N. of Vyāsa. -3 an epithet of Buddha. -4 of Agastya. -5 the coriander plant. (-नि n.) 1 coriander seed. -2 any medicinal herb or drug. -मूर्तिः N. of Viṣṇu. -मूर्धन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -मूलम् a large radish. (-लः) a kind of onion. -मूल्य a. very costly. (-ल्यः) a ruby. -मृगः 1 any large animal. -2 an elephant, -3 the fabulous animal called शरभ. -मृत्युः, -मेधः N. of Śiva. -मृत्युंजयः a kind of drug. -मृधम् a great battle. -मेदः the coral tree; महामेदाभिधो ज्ञेयः Bhāva. P. -मेधा an epithet of Durgā. -मोहः great infatuation or confusion of mind. (ससर्ज) महामोहं च मोहं च तमश्चाज्ञानवृत्तयः Bhāg.3.12.2. (-हा) an epithet of Durgā. -यज्ञः 'a great sacrifice', a term applied to the five daily sacrifices or acts of piety to be performed by a house-holder; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः पितृयज्ञस्तु तर्पणम् । होमो दैवो (or देवयज्ञः) बलिर्भौतो (or भूतयज्ञः) नृयज्ञो$तिथिपूजनम् ॥ Ms.3.7,71, (for explanation, see the words s. v.). -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -यमकम् 'a great Yamaka', i. e. a stanza all the four lines of which have exactly the same words, though different in sense; e. g. see Ki.15.52, where विकाशमीयुर्जगतीशमार्गणाः has four different senses; cf. also बभौ मरुत्वान् विकृतः समुद्रः Bk.1.19. -यशस् a. very famous, renowned, celebrated. -यात्रा 'the great pilgrimage', the pilgrimage to Benares. -यानम् N. of the later system of Buddhist teaching, firstly promulgated by Nāgārjuna (opp. हीनयान). -याम्यः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -युगम् 'a great Yuga', consisting of the four Yugas of mortals, or comprising 4,32, years of men. -योगिन् m. 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 of Viṣṇu. -3 a cock. -योनिः f. excessive dilation of the female organ. -रक्तम् coral. -रङ्गः a large stage. -रजतम् 1 gold; उच्चैर्महारजतराजिविराजितासौ Śi.4.28. -2 the thorn-apple. -रजनम् 1 safflower. -2 gold. -3 turmeric; तस्य हैतस्य पुरुषस्य रूपं यथा महारजनं वासः Bṛi. Up.2.3.6. -रत्नम् 1 a precious jewel; वज्रं मुक्ता प्रवालं च गोमेदश्चेन्द्रनीलकः ॥ वैडूर्यः पुष्करागश्च पाचिर्माणिक्यमेव च । महारत्नानि चैतानि नव प्रोक्तानि सूरिभिः ॥ Śukra.4.155-56. -रथः 1 a great chariot. -2 a great warrior or hero; द्रुपदश्च महारथः Bg.1.4; कुतः प्रभावो धनंजयस्य महारथजयद्रथस्य विपत्तिमुत्पादयितुम् Ve.2; दशरथः प्रशशास महारथः R.9.1; Śi.3.22; (a महारथ is thus defined:-- एको दशसहस्राणि योधयेद्यस्तु धन्विनाम् ॥ शस्त्रशास्त्र- प्रवीणश्च विज्ञेयः स महारथः ॥). -3 desire, longing; cf. मनोरथ. -रवः a frog. -रस a. very savoury. (-सः) 1 a sugarcane. -2 quicksilver. -3 a precious mineral. -4 the fruit of the date tree. -5 any one of the eight substances given below :-दरदः पारदं शस्ये वैक्रान्तं कान्तमभ्रकम् । माक्षिकं विमलश्चेति स्युरेते$ष्टौ महारसाः ॥ (-सम्) sour ricewater. -राजः 1 a great king, sovereign or supreme ruler; पञ्चाशल्लक्षपर्यन्तो महाराजः प्रकीर्तितः Śukra.1.184. -2 a respectful mode of addressing kings or other great personages (my lord, your majesty, your highness); इति सत्यं महाराज बद्धो$स्म्यर्थेन कौरवैः Mb. -3 a deified Jaina teacher. -4 a fingernail. ˚अधिराजः a universal emperor, paramount sovereign. ˚चूतः a kind of mango tree. -राजिकः N. of Viṣṇu. -राजिकाः (m. pl.) an epithet of a class of gods (said to be 22 or 236 in number.). -राज्यम् the rank or title of a reigning sovereign. -राज्ञी 1 the reigning or chief queen, principal wife of a king. -2 N. of Durgā. -रात्रम् midnight, dead of night. -रात्रिः, -त्री f. 1 see महाप्रलय; ब्रह्मणश्च निपाते च महाकल्पो भवेन्नृप । प्रकीर्तिता महारात्रिः. -2 midnight. -3 the eighth night in the bright half of Āśvina. -राष्ट्रः 'the great kingdom', N. of a country in the west of India, the country of the Marāṭhās. -2 the people of Mahārāṣṭra; the Marāṭhās (pl.). (-ष्ट्री) N. of the principal Prākṛita; dialect, the language of the people of the Mahārāṣṭra; cf. Daṇḍin:-महाराष्ट्राश्रयां भाषां प्रकृष्टं प्राकृतं विदुः Kāv.1.34. -रिष्टः a kind of Nimba tree growing on mountains. -रुज्, -ज a. very painful. -रुद्रः a form of Śiva. -रुरुः a species of antelope. -रूप a. mighty in form. (-पः) 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 resin. -रूपकम् a kind of drama. -रेतस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -रोगः a dangerous illness, grievous malady; (these are eight :-उन्मादो राजयक्ष्मा च श्वासस्त्वग्दोष एव च । मधुमेहश्चाश्मरी च तथो- दरभगन्दरौ ॥). -रौद्र a. very dreadful. (-द्री) an epithet of Durgā. -रौरवः N. of one of the 21 hells; Ms.4.88-9. -लक्ष्मी 1 the great Lakṣmī, or Śakti of Nārāyaṇa; सेवे सैरिभमर्दिनीमिह महालक्ष्मीं सरोजस्थिताम्. -2 a young girl who represents the goddess Durgā at the Durgā festival. -लयः 1 a great world destruction. -2 the Supreme Being (महदादीनां लयो यस्मिन्). -लिङ्गम् the great Liṅga or Phallus. (-ङ्गः) an epithet of Śiva. -लोलः a crow. -लोहम् a magnet. -वंशः N. of a wellknown work in Pali (of the 5th century). -वक्षस् m. epithet of Śiva. -वनम् a large forest in Vṛindāvana. -वरा Dūrvā grass. -वराहः 'the great boar', an epithet of Viṣṇu in his third or boar incarnation. -वर्तनम् high wages; -वल्ली 1 the Mādhavī creeper. -2 a large creeping plant. -वसः the porpoise. -वसुः silver; Gīrvāṇa. -वाक्यम् 1 a long sentence. -2 any continuous composition or literary work. -3 a great proposition, principal sentence; such as तत्त्वमसि, ब्रह्मैवेदं सर्वम् &c. -4 a complete sentence (opp. अवान्तरवाक्य q. v.); न च महावाक्ये सति अवान्तरवाक्यं प्रमाणं भवति ŚB. on MS.6.4.25. -वातः a stormy wind, violent wind; महावातातैर्महिषकुलनीलैर्जलधरैः Mk.5.22. -वादिन् m. a great or powerful disputant. -वायुः 1 air (as an element). -2 stormy wind, hurricane, tempest. -वार्तिकम् N. of the Vārtikas of Kātyāyana on Pāṇini's Sūtras. -विडम् a kind of factitious salt. -विदेहा N. of a certain वृत्ति or condition of the mind in the Yoga system of philosophy. -विद्या the great lores; काली तारा महाविद्या षोडशी भुवनेश्वरी । भैरवी छिन्नमस्ता च विद्या धूमवती तथा । बगला सिद्धविद्या च मातङ्गी कमला- त्मिका । एता दश महाविद्याः ... ॥ -विपुला a kind of metre. -विभाषा a rule giving a general option or alternative; इति महाविभाषया साधुः. -विभूतिः an epithet of Śiva. -विषः a serpent having two mouths. -विषुवम् the vernal equinox. ˚संक्रान्तिः f. the vernal equinox (the sun's entering the sign Aries). -विस्तर a. very extensive or copious. -वीचिः N. of a hell. -वीरः 1 a great hero or warrior. -2 a lion. -3 the thunderbolt of Indra. -4 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -5 of Garuḍa. -6 of Hanumat. -7 a cuckoo. -8 a white horse. -9 a sacrificial fire. -1 a sacrificial vessel. -11 a kind of hawk. ˚चरितम् N. of a celebrated drama by Bhavabhūti. -वीर्य a. of great valour, very powerful. (-र्यः) 1 N. of Brahman. -2 the Supreme Being. (-र्या) the wild cotton shrub. -2 an epithet of संज्ञा, the wife of the sun. -वृषः a great bull. -वेग a. 1 very sw
mahīyas महीयस् a. Greater, larger, more powerful or weighty or important, mightier, stronger (compar. of महत् q. v.). -m. A great or nobleminded man; अणोरणीयान् महतो महीयान् Kaṭh.1.2.2; प्रकृतिः खलु सा महीयसः सहते नान्यसमुन्नतिं यया Ki.2.21; Śi.2.13. महीला mahīlā महेला mahēlā महेलिका mahēlikā महीला महेला महेलिका A woman, female; चारु चचार सरःसु विराजत् काकलिका कलहंसमहेला Rām. Ch.4.98. 1 मा ind. A particle of prohibition (rarely of negation) usually joined with the Imperative; मद्वाणि मा कुरु विषादमनादरेण Bv.4.41; also (a) with the Aorist, when the augment अ is dropped; क्लैब्यं मा स्म गमः पार्थ नैतत्त्वष्युपपद्यते Bg.2.3; पापे रतिं मा कृथाः Bh.2.77; मा मूमुहत् खलु भवन्तमनन्यजन्मा मा ते मलीमसविकारघना मतिर्भूत् Māl.1. 32; the अ is sometimes retained; मा निषाद प्रतिष्ठां त्वमगमः शाश्वतीः समाः Rām. (b) the Imperfect (the augment being dropped here also); मा चैनमभिभाषथाः Rām.1.2. 15; (c) the Future, or Potential mood, in the sense of 'lest', 'that not'; लघु एनां परित्रायस्व मा कस्यापि तपस्विनो हस्ते पतिष्यति Ś.2; मा कश्चिन्ममाप्यनर्थो भवेत् Pt.5; मा नाम देव्याः किमप्यनिष्टमुत्पन्नं भवेत् K.37; the Imperative mood also is sometimes used for the Potential; त्वरतामार्यपुत्र एतां समाश्वासयितुं मास्या विकारो वर्धताम् M.4. (d) the Present Participle when a curse is implied; मा जीवन् यः परावज्ञादुःखदग्धो$पि जीवति Śi.2.45; or (e) with Potential passive participles; मैवं प्रार्थ्यम् मा is sometimes used without any verb; मा तावत् 'oh ! do not (say or do) so'; मा मैवम्; मा नाम रक्षिणः Mk.3 'may it not be the police'; see under नाम. Sometimes मा is followed by स्म and is used with the Aorist or Imperfect with the augment dropped, and rarely with the Potential mood; क्लैब्यं मा स्म गमः पार्थ Bg.2.3; मा स्म प्रतीपं गमः Ś.4.17; मा स्म सीमन्तिनी काचिज्जनयेत् पुत्रमीदृशम्. -Comp. -चिरम्, -विलम्बम्, -विलम्बितम् ind. without delay, shortly, quickly; अमात्यान् वृष्णिवीराणां द्रष्टुमिच्छामि माचिरम् Mb.16.7.6. 2 मा 1 The goddess of wealth, Lakṣmī; तमाखुपत्रं राजेन्द्र भज माज्ञानदायकम् Subhāṣ. -2 A mother. -3 A measure. -Comp. -षः, -पतिः, वरः epithets of Viṣṇu; हाटकनिभपीताम्बर अभयं कुरु मे मावर Nārāyaṇa.5.13. 3 मा 2 P., 3, 4 Ā. (माति, मिमीते or मीयते, मित) 1 To measure; न्यधित मिमान इवावनिं पदानि Śi.7.13;9.2. -2 To measure or mark off, limit; see मित. -3 To compare with (in size), measure by any standard; पुरः सखीनाममिमीत लोचने Ku.5.15. -4 To be in, find room or space in, be contained or comprised in; तनौ ममुस्तत्र न कैटभद्विषस्तपोधनाभ्यागमसंभवा मुदः Śi.1.23; वृद्धिं गते$प्यात्मनि नैव मान्तीः 3.73;1.5;14.75;13.2;5.44; माति मातुमशक्यो$पि यशोराशिर्यदत्र ते K. P.1. -5 To prepare, arrange. -6 To infer, conclude. -7 To form, make, build, construct. -8 To assign, mete out, apportion. -9 To show, display. -1 To roar, sound. -Caus. (मापयति-ते) To cause to be measured, measure or mete out; एतेन मापयति भित्तिषु कर्ममार्गम् Mk.3.16. -Desid. (मित्सति-ते) To wish to measure &c.
mātrā मात्रा 1 A measure; see मात्रम् above. -2 A standard of measure, standard, rule. -3 The correct measure; तस्य मात्रा न विद्यते Mb.13.93.45. -4 A unit of measure, a foot. -5 A moment. -6 A particle, an atom; पृथिवी च पृथिवीमात्रा &c. Praśna Up.4.8. -7 A part, portion; लभेमहि धनमात्रान् Ch. Up.1.1.6; सुरेन्द्रमात्राश्रितगर्भगौरवात् R.3.11. -8 A small portion, a little, trifle, a little quantity, a small measure only; see मात्र (3). -9 Account, consideration; राजेति कियती मात्रा Pt.1.4 'of what account or consideration is a king', i. e. I hold him of no account; कायस्थ इति लध्वी मात्रा Mu.1. -1 Money, wealth, property; शून्यमठिकायां मात्राः समवतार्य Dk.2.8; नक्तंदिनं कक्षा- न्तरात्तां मात्रां न मुञ्चति Pt.1; कथमस्यार्थमात्रा हर्तव्या ibid. -11 (In prosody) A prosodial or syllabic instant, the time required to pronounce a short vowel; गच्छेत् षोडशमात्राभिः Śukra.4.963; एकमात्रो भवेद् ह्रस्वः. -12 An element. -13 The material world, matter. -14 The upper part of the Nāgarī characters. -15 An ear-ring. -16 An ornament; a jewel. -17 A measure of time (in music.). -18 Function of the organs (इन्द्रियवृत्ति). -19 Change (विकार); सन्निवेश्यात्ममात्रासु सर्वभूतानि निर्ममे Ms.1.16. -2 = बुद्धिः; न मात्रामनुरुध्यन्ते Mb.12.27.12. (com. मीयते विषया अनयेति मात्रा बुद्धिः). -Comp. -अङ्गुलम् a measure equal to the middle digit of the middle finger in the right hand of the architect or priest, employed in measuring the sacrificial objects like the kuśa grass or seat, the spout of a ladle, and the ladle &c.; Suprabhedāgama 3.4/5,7/8. -अर्धम् half of a prosodial instant. -गुरु a. (food) heavy on account of its ingredients. -च्युतकम् a kind of artificial composition, getting out another meaning by the omission of a Mātrā; e. g. मूलस्थितिमधः कुर्वन् पात्रैर्जुष्टो गताक्षरैः । विटसेव्यः कुलीनस्य तिष्ठतः पथिकस्य सः ॥ (where the omission of the Mātrā in विट makes the sense applicable to a वट). -छन्दस्, -वृत्तम् a metre regulated by the number of prosodial instants it contains, e. g. the Āryā. -भस्त्रा a money- bag. -लाभ (pl.) acquisition of wealth. -वस्तिः an oily clyster. -संगः attachment to or regard for household possessions or property; प्राणयात्रिकमात्रः स्यान्मात्रासङ्गा- द्विनिर्गतः Ms.6.57. -समकः N. of a class of metres; see App. -स्पर्शः material contact, contact with material elements; मात्रास्पर्शास्तु कौन्तेय शीतोष्णसुखदुःखदाः Bg.2.14; Bhāg.1.6.35.
māyā माया [मा-यः बा˚ नेत्वम्] 1 Deceit, fraud, trick, trickery; a device, an artifice; रथचर्यास्त्रमायाभिर्मोहयित्वा परंतप Mb. 7.46.24; यो मायां कुरुते मूढः प्राणत्यागे धनादिके Pt.1. 359. -2 Jugglery, witchcraft, enchantment, an illusion of magic; स्वप्नो नु माया नु मतिभ्रमो नु Ś.6.1; मायायोगविदां चैव न स्वयं कोपकारणात् Kau. A.1.19. -3 (Hence) An unreal or illusory image, a phantom, illusion, unreal apparition; मायां मयोद्भाव्य परीक्षितो$सि R.2.62; विकृतिः किं नु भवेदियं नु माया Ki.13.4; R.12.74; oft. as the first member of comp. in the sense of 'false', 'phantom', 'illusory'; e. g. मायावचनम् false words; मायामृग &c. -4 A political trick or artifice, diplomatic feat. -5 (In Vedānta phil.) Unreality, the illusion by virtue of which one considers the unreal universe as really existent and as distinct from the Supreme Spirit; मायां तु प्रकृतिं विद्यान्मायिनं तु महेश्वरम् Śvet. Up. -6 (In Sāṅ. phil.) The Pradhāna or Prakṛiti. -7 Wickedness. -8 Pity, compassion. -9 N. of the mother of Buddha. -1 Ved. Extraordinary power, wisdom (प्रज्ञा). -11 (With Śaivas) One of the four snares (पाश) which entangle the soul. -12 N. of the city Gayā. -13 N. of Lakṣmī. -14 N. of Durgā; देवीं मायां तु श्रीकामः Bhāg.2.3.3. -15 Skill, art; दधारैको रणे राजन् वृषसेनो$स्त्रमायया Mb.7.16.1. -Comp. -आचार a. acting deceitfully. -आत्मक a. false, illusory. -उप- जीविन् a. living by fraud; बहवः पण्डिताः क्षुद्राः सर्वे मायो- पजीविनः Pt.1.288. -कारः, -कृत्, -जीविन् m.) a conjurer, juggler. -चण a. 1 noted for juggling. -2 deceptive. -जलम् artificial water; स्निग्धत्वमायाजललेपलोपसयत्न- रत्नांशुमृजांशुकाभाम् N.1.93. -दः a crocodile. -देवी N. of the mother of Buddha. ˚सुतः Buddha. -धर a. deceitful, illusive. -पटु a. skilled in deception, fraudulent, deceitful. -प्रयोगः 1 deceitfulness, employment of tricks or fraud; मायाप्रयोगः प्रिये Pt. 1.19. -2 employment of magic. -फलम् a gall-nut. -मृगः a phantom deer, an illusory or false deer. -यन्त्रम् an enchantment. -योगः employment of magic. -योधिन् a. fighting deceitfully. -रसिक, -वसिक a. deceitful. -वचनम् false or deceitful words. -वादः the doctrine or illusion, (a term applied to Buddhism). -विद् a. skilled in deception or magical arts. -सुतः an epithet of Buddha.
mithas मिथस् ind. 1 Mutually, reciprocally, to each other; कामान्माता पिता चैनं यदुत्पादयतो मिथः Ms.2.147; oft. in comp. मिथःप्रस्थाने Ś.2.; मिथःसमयात् Ś.5. -2 In secret or private, secretly, privately; भर्तुः प्रसादं प्रतिनन्द्य मूर्ध्ना वक्तुं मिथः प्राक्रमतैवमेनम् Ku.3.2;6.1; R.13.1. -3 Alternately, by turns. -Comp. -असम्बन्धन्यायः a rule of interpretation according to which subsidiary portions (of a sentence) cannot be connected with one another. This rule is discussed by Jaimini and Śabara in 'गुणानां च परार्थत्वादसम्बन्धः समत्वात् स्यात्' MS.3.1.22 and भाष्य thereon. -कृत्यम् mutual obligation. -समयः mutual agreement.
mithyā मिथ्या ind. [मिथ्-क्यप्] 1 Falsely, deceitfully, wrongly, incorrectly; oft. with the force of an adjective; मणौ महानील इति प्रभावादल्पप्रमाणे$पि यथा न मिथ्या R.18.42; यदुवाच न तन्मिथ्या 17.42; मिथ्यैव व्यसनं वदन्ति मृगयामीदृग्विनोदः कुतः Ś.2.5. -2 Invertedly, contrarily. -3 To no purpose, in vain, fruitlessly; मिथ्या कारयते चारैर्घोषणां राक्षसाधिपः Bk.8.44; मिथ्यैष व्यवसायस्ते प्रकृतिस्त्वां नियोक्ष्यति Bg.18.59. (मिथ्या वद्-वच् to tell a falsehood, lie. मिथ्या कृ 1 to falsify. -2 to contradict. मिथ्या भू to turn out false, be false. मिथ्या ग्रह् to misunderstand, mistake.) At the beginning of comp. मिथ्या may be translated by 'false, untrue, unreal, sham, pretended, feigned' &c. -Comp. -अध्यवसितिः f. a figure of speech, an expression of the impossibility of a thing by making it depend upon an impossible contingency; किंचिन्मिथ्यात्वसिद्ध्यर्थं मिथ्या- र्थान्तरकल्पनम् । मिथ्याध्यवसितिर्वेश्यां वशयेत् खस्रजं वहन् ॥ Kuval. -अपवादः a false charge. -अभिधानम् a false assertion. -अभियोगः a false or groundless charge. -अभिशंसनम् calumny, false accusation. -अभिशापः 1 a false prediction. -2 a false or unjust claim. -आचार a. 1 acting falsely. -2 hypocritical. (-रः) 1 wrong treatment (in medic.). -2 wrong or improper conduct. -3 a rogue, hypocrite; इन्द्रियार्थान् विमूढात्मा मिथ्याचारः स उच्यते Bg.3.6. -आहारः wrong diet. -उत्तरम् a false or prevaricating reply. -उपचारः 1 pretended kindness or service; मिथ्योपचारैश्च वशीकृतानां किमर्थिनां वञ्चयितव्यमस्ति H. -2 (in medic.) a wrong treatment of a malady. -कर्मन् n. a false act. -कारुणिक a. pretending to be kind; मिथ्याकारुणिको$सि निर्घृणतरस्त्वत्तः कुतो$न्यः पुमान् Pt. 5.14. -क्रोपः, -क्रोधः feigned anger. -क्रयः a false price. -ग्रहः useless obstinacy or persistence. -ग्रहः, ग्रहणम् misconception, misunderstanding. -चतुर्विधम् four types of lying; मिथ्यैतन्नाभिजानामि तदा तत्र न संनिधिः । अजातश्चास्मि तत्काटे इति मिथ्याचतुर्विधम् ॥ -चर्या hypocrisy. -जल्पितम् a false report or speech. -ज्ञानम् a mistake, error, misapprehension. -दर्शनम् heresy. -दृष्टिः f. heresy, holding heretic or atheistic doctrines. -निरसनम् denial by oath. -पण्डित a. educated or learned only in appearance. -पुरुषः a man only in appearance. -प्रतिज्ञ a. false to one's promise, perfidious. -प्रत्ययः an erroneous perception; यो हि जनित्वा प्रध्वंसते नैतदेवमिति स मिथ्याप्रत्ययः ŚB. on MS.1.1.2. -फलम् an imaginary advantage. -मतिः f. delusion, mistake, errror. -योगः wrong use or application. -लिङ्गधर a. being anything only in appearance. -वचनम्, -वाक्यम्, -वादः an untrue speech, a falsehood, lie. -वाक्, -वादिन् a. lying, false, untruthful; मिथ्यावादिनि दूति ...... K. P. -वार्ता a false report. -व्यापारः meddling with another's affairs. -वृत्त a. of vicious conduct; उद्योगं तव संप्रेक्ष्य मिध्यावृत्तं च रावणम् Rām.6.17.66. -साक्षिन् m. a false witness.
mukharayati मुखरयति Den. P. 1 To make resonant or noisy, cause to sound or echo. -2 To make (one) talk or speak; अत एव शुश्रूषा मां मुखरयति Mu.3. -3 To notify, declare, announce.
mugdha मुग्ध a. [मुह्-क्त] 1 Stupefied, fainted. -2 Perplexed, infatuated. -3 Foolish, ignorant, silly, stupid; शशाङ्क केन मुग्धेन सुधांशुरिति भाषितः Bv.2.29; अयि मुग्धे का$न्या चिन्ता प्रियासमागमस्य V.3. -4 Simple, artless, innocent; अपूर्वकर्मचण्डालमयि मुग्धे विमुञ्च माम् U.1.46; Māl. 7.1; दृष्टोत्साहश्चकितचकितो मुग्धसिद्धाङ्गनाभिः Me.14. -5 Erring, mistaken. -6 Attractive by youthful simplicity (not yet acquainted with love), child-like; (कः) अयमाचरत्यविनयं मुग्धासु तपस्विकन्यासु Ś.1.24; U.6.35; R.9.34. -7 (Hence) Beautiful, lovely, charming, pretty; हरिरिह मुग्धवधूनिकरे विलासिनि विलसति केलिपरे Gīt.1; U.3.5. -8 New (as the moon); मालतीनयनमुग्धचन्द्रमाः Māl.9.21. (com. बालचन्द्रः). -ग्धा A young girl attractive by her youthful simplicity, a pretty young maiden; (regarded as a variety of Nāyikā in poetic compositions); काचं मणिं काञ्चनमेकसूत्रे मुग्धा निबध्नन्ति किमत्र चित्रम् Udb. -Comp. -अक्षी a lovely-eyed woman; वियोगो मुग्धाक्ष्याः स खलु रिपुघातावधिरभूत् U.3.44. -आनना having a lovely face. -आलोक a. lovely to look at; दशनमुकुलै- र्मुग्धालोकं शिशुर्दधती मुखम् U.1.2. -दृश् a. fair-eyed. -धी, -बुद्धि, -मति a. silly, foolish, stupid, simple. -बोधम् N. of a celebrated grammar by Vopadeva. -भावः simplicity, silliness. -विलोकितम् a beautiful glance. -स्वभावः artlessness, simplicity.
muc मुच् I. 1 Ā. (मोचते) To deceive, cheat; see मुञ्च्. -II. 6 U. (मुञ्चति-ते, मुमोच-मुमुचे, अमुचत्-अमुक्त, मोक्ष्यति-ते, मोक्तुम्, मुक्त] 1 To loose, set free, release, let go, let loose, liberate, deliver (from captivity &c.); वनाय... यशोधनो धेनुमृषेर्मुमोच R.2.1;3.2; Ms.8.22; मोक्ष्यते सुरबन्दीनां वेणीर्वीर्यविभूतिभिः Ku.2.61; R.1.47; मा भवानङ्गानि मुञ्चतु V.2 'let not thy limbs droop', 'do not despond'. -2 To set free, loosen (as the voice); कण्ठं मुञ्चति बर्हिणः समदनः Mk.5.14 'loosens his throat or voice' i. e. raises a cry. -3 To leave, abandon, quit, give up, lay aside, relinquish; रात्रिर्गता मतिमतां वर मुञ्च शय्याम् R.5.66; मुञ्च मयि मानमनिदानम् Gīt.1; मुनिसुताप्रणयस्मृतिरोधिना मम च मुक्तमिदं तमसा मनः Ś.6.7; मौनं मुञ्चति किं च कैरवकुले Bv.1.4; आविर्भूते शशिनि तमसा मुच्यमानेव रात्रिः V.1.8; Me.41,96; R.3.11. -4 To set apart, take away, except. See मुक्त्वा. -5 To dismiss, send away. -6 To cast, throw, hurl, fling, discharge; मृगेषु शरान् मुमुक्षोः R.9.58; Bk.15.53. -7 To emit, drop, pour forth or down, shed, let fall (tears &c.); अपसृतपाण्डुपत्रा मुञ्चन्त्यश्रूणीव लताः Ś.4.12; चिरविरहजं मुञ्चतो बाष्पमुष्णम् Me.12; स शरवृष्टिमुचा धनुषा R.9.12; Bk.7.2. -8 To utter, give forth; मदमुखरमयूरीमुक्तसंसक्तकेकाः Māl. 9.5; Bk.7.57. -9 To give away, grant, bestow. -1 To put on (Ā). -11 To void (as excrement). -12 To sacrifice. -Pass. (मुच्यते) 1 To be loosed or released, be freed or absolved from (with abl. or instr.); मुच्यते सर्वपापेभ्यः &c. -2 To become loose or relaxed. -3 To free oneself, escape. -4 To abandon, deviate or swerve from. -Caus. (मोचयति-ते) 1 To cause to be freed or liberated. -2 To cause to shed. -3 To loose, set at liberty, liberate. -4 To extricate, disentangle. -5 To unyoke, unharness. -6 To give away, bestow. -7 To gladden, delight. -8 To open (a road). -9 To redeem from.. -Desid. (मुमुक्षति) 1 To wish to free or liberate &c. -2 (मुमुक्षते, मोक्षते) To long for final emancipation.
murch मुर्छ् 1 P. (मूर्छति, मूर्छित or मूर्त; the word is written as मूर्छ् or मूर्च्छ्) 1 To settle into a solid from, coagulate, congeal. -2 To faint, swoon, faint away; lose consciousness, become senseless; पतत्युद्याति मूर्च्छत्यपि Gīt.4; क्रीडानिर्जितविश्वमूर्च्छितजनाघातेन किं पौरुषम् Gīt.3; Bk.15.55. -3 To grow, increase, become strong or powerful; मुमूर्च्छ सहजं तेजो हविषेव हविर्भुजः R.1.79; मुमूर्च्छ सख्यं रामस्य 12.57; मूर्च्छन्त्यमी विकाराः प्रायेणैश्वर्यमत्तेषु Ś.5.18; Ki.16.8, 59. -4 To gather strength, thicken, become dense, prevail; तमसां निशि मूर्च्छताम् V.3.7. -5 (a) To take effect on; छाया न मूर्च्छति मलोपहतप्रसादे शुद्धे तु दर्पणतले सुलभावकाशा Ś.7.32; हर्म्येषु मूर्छन्ति न चन्द्रपादाः R.16.18 'are not reflected' &c. (b) To prevail against, have power against; न पादपो- न्मूलनशक्ति रंहः शिलोच्चये मूर्छति मारुतस्य R.2.34. -6 To fill, pervade, penetrate, spead over; Ku.6.59; R.6.9. -7 To be a match for. -8 To be frequent. -9 To cause to sound loudly. -Caus. (मूर्छयति-ते) 1 To stupefy, cause to faint; म्लेच्छान् मूर्छयते Gīt.1. -2 To strengthen, increase. -3 To excite, stir up. -4 To cause to sound loudly, play on (as musical instrument); इमास्तन्त्रीः सुमधुराः ...... मूर्च्छयित्वा सुमधुरं गायतां विगतज्वरौ Rām.7.93. 13; Bhāg.1.6.33.
mūḍha मूढ p. p. [मुह्-क्त] 1 Stupefied, infatuated; मूढाः शोणितगन्धेन निपेतुर्धरणीतले Rām.6.52.15; प्रत्यासन्नविपत्तिमूढ- मनसां प्रायो मतिः क्षीयते Pt.2.4. -2 Perplexed, bewildered, confounded, at a loss; किंकर्तव्यतामूढः 'being at a loss what to do'; so ह्रीमूढ Me.7. -3 Foolish, silly, dull, stupid, ignorant; अल्पस्य हेतोर्बहु हातुमिच्छन् विचारमूढः प्रतिभासि मे त्वम् R.2.47. -4 Mistaken, erring, deceived, gone astray. -5 Abortive. -6 Confounding. -ढः A fool, blockhead, dolt, an ignorant person; मूढः परप्रत्ययनेयबुद्धिः M.1.2. -ढाः (m. pl.) An epithet of the elements in the Sāṅkhya philosophy. -ढम् confusion of mind. -Comp. -आत्मन् a. 1 stupefied in mind. -2 foolish, stupid, silly. -गर्भः 1 a dead foetus. -2 difficult delivery. -ग्राहः 1 a wrong notion, misconception, misapprehension. मूढग्राहेणात्मनो यत् पीडया क्रियते तपः Bg.17.19. -2 infatuation. -चेतन, -चेतस् a. foolish, silly, ignorant; अवगच्छति मूढचेतनः प्रियनाशं हृदि शल्यमर्पितम् R.8. 88. -धी, -बुद्धि, -मति a. foolish, stupid, silly, simple; व्रजन्ति ते मूढधियः पराभवम् Ki.1.3. -प्रभुः, -श्रेष्ठः the greatest block-head. -वात a. caught in a storm; महार्णवे नौरिव मूढवाता Rām.5.28.8. -सत्त्व a. infatuated, insane.
muhus मुहुस् ind. 1 Often, constantly, repeatedly, frequently; ग्रीवाभङ्गाभिरामं मुहुरनुपतति स्यन्दने दत्तदृष्टिः Ś.1.7; 2.6; generally repeated in this sense; मुहुर्मुहुः over and over again, often and often; अवेक्षमाणं महतीं मुहुर्मुहुः Śi.1.1; गुरूणां सन्निधाने$पि कः कूजति मुहुर्मुहुः. -2 For a time or moment, awhile; अस्रैस्तावन्मुहुरुपचितैर्दृष्टिरालुप्यते मे Me.17; generally used with successive clauses in the sense of 'now now', 'at one time-at another time'; मुहुरुत्पतते बाला मुहुः पतति विह्वला । मुहुरालीयते भीता मुहुः क्रोशति रोदिति ॥ Subhāṣ Mu.5.3; मुहुर्मुहुः 'again and again, repeatedly'. -Comp. -चारिन् a. recurring, -प्रोक्त a. Often told. -भाषा, -वचस् n. repetition, tautology. -भुज् m. a horse.
mūtram मूत्रम् Urine; नाप्सु मूत्रं समुत्सृजेत् Ms.4.56; मूत्रं चकार 'made water'. -Comp. -अतीसारः diabetes. -आघातः a urinary disease; जायन्ते कुपितैर्दोषैर्मूत्राघातास्रयोदश Bhāva. P. -आशयः the lower belly. -उत्सङ्ग see मूत्रसंग. -कृच्छ्रम् painful discharge of urine, strangury; स्युर्मूत्र- कृच्छ्राणि नृणां तथाष्टौ Bhāva. P. -कोशः the scrotum. -क्षयः insufficient secretion of urine. -ग्रन्थिः a knot or induration on the neck of the bladder. -जठरः, -रम् the swelling of the belly caused by retention of urine. -दशकम् the urines of an elephant, a buffalo, a camel, a cow, a she-goat, a she-sheep, a horse, an ass, a man and a woman. -दोषः a urinary disease. -निरोधः obstruction or retention of urine. -पतनः a civet-cat. -पथः the urinary passage. -परीक्षा uroscopy or examination of urine. -पुटम् the lower belly. -पुरीषम् urine and excrement; Ms.6.76;11.154. -फला a species of cucumber. -मार्गः, -प्रसेकः the urethra. -वर्तिः f. rupture of the scrotum. -वर्धक a. diuretic. -वृद्धिः f. copious secretion of urine. -शकृत् n. urine and excrement. -शुक्रम् a disease in which semen is discharged along with urine. -शूलः, -लम् urinary colic. -संगः urinary obstruction, a painful and bloody discharge of urine.
mūrcchana मूर्च्छन a. (-नी f.) 1 Stupefying insensibility or stupor (an epithet applied to one of the five arrows of Cupid). -2 Increasing, augmenting, strengthening. -नम्, -ना [मुर्च्छ-युच्] 1 Fainting, swooning. -2 Prevalence, growth, increase (usually n. in this sense); अनुकर्षं च निष्कर्षं व्याधिपावकमूर्च्छनम् Mb. 2.13.13. -3 A process in metallic preparation, calcining quicksilver with sulphur; cf. मूर्च्छा (3) also. -4 (In music) The rising of sounds, an intonation, a duly regulated rise and fall of sounds conducting the air and the harmony through the keys in a pleasing manner, changing the key or passing from the key to another; modulation, melody; स्फुटीभवद्ग्रामविशेषमूर्च्छनाम् Si.1.1; भूयो भूयः स्वयमपि कृतां मूर्च्छनां विस्मरन्ती Me.88; वर्णानामपि मूर्च्छनान्तरगतं तारं विरामे मृदु Mk.3.5; सप्त स्वरास्त्रयो ग्रामा मूर्च्छनाश्चैकविंशतिः Pt.5.54; (मूर्च्छा or मूर्च्छना is thus defined:-- क्रमात् स्वराणां सप्तानामारोहश्चावरोहणम् । सा मूर्च्छेत्युच्यते ग्रामस्था एताः सप्त सप्त च ॥ see Malli. on Śi.1.1 for further information); 'यत्रैव स्युः स्वराः पूर्णा मूर्च्छना सेत्युदाहृता' com. on Rām.1.4.1.
mūlam मूलम् [मूल्-क] 1 A root (fig also); तरुमूलानि गृहीभवन्ति तेषाम् Ś.7.2; or शिखिनो धौतमूलाः 1.15; मूलं बन्ध् to take or strike root; बद्धमूलस्य मूलं हि महद्वैरतरोः स्त्रियः Śi.2.38. -2 The root, lowest edge or extremity of anything; कस्याश्चिदासीद्रशना तदानीमङ्गुष्ठमूलार्पितसूत्रशेषा R.7.1; so प्राचीमूले Me.91. -3 The lower part or end, base, the end of anything by which it is joined to something else; बाह्वोर्मूलम् Śi.7.32; so पादमूलम्, कर्णमूलम्, ऊरुमूलम् &c. -4 Beginning, commencement; आमूलाच्छ्रोतुमिच्छामि Ś.1. -5 Basis, foundation, source, origin, cause; सर्वे गार्हस्थ्यमूलकाः Mb.; रक्षोगृहे स्थितिर्मूलम् U.1.6; इति केना- प्युक्तं तत्र मूलं मृग्यम् 'the source or authority should be found out'; पुष्पं पुष्पं विचिन्वीत मूलच्छेदं न कारयेत् Mb.5.34. 18; समूलघातमघ्नन्तः परान्नोद्यन्ति मानवाः Śi.2.33. -6 The foot or bottom of anything; पर्वतमूलम्, गिरिमूलम् &c. -7 The text, or original passage (as distinguished from the commentary or gloss). -8 Vicinity, neighbourhood; सा कन्दुकेनारमतास्य मूले विभज्यमाना फलिता लतेव Mb.3.112.16. -9 Capital, principal, stock; मूलं भागो व्याजी परिघः क्लृप्तं रूपिकमत्ययश्चायमुखम् Kau. A.2.6.24. -1 A hereditary servant. -11 A square root. -12 A king's own territory; स गुप्तमूलमत्यन्तम् R.4.26; Ms.7.184. -13 A vendor who is not the true owner; Ms.8.22 (अस्वामिविक्रेता Kull.). -14 The nineteenth lunar mansion containing 11 stars. -15 A thicket, copse. -6 The root of long pepper. -17 A particular position of the fingers. -18 A chief or capital city. -19 An aboriginal inhabitant. -2 A bower, an arbour (निकुञ्ज). -21 N. of several roots पिप्पली, पुष्कर, शूरण &c. -22 A tail; मूलो मूलवता स्पृष्टो धूप्यते धूमकेतुना Rām.6.4.51. (In comp. मूल may be translated by 'first, prime, original, chief, principal' e. g. मूलकारणम् 'prime cause', &c. &c.) -Comp. -आधारम् 1 the navel. -2 a mystical circle above the organs of generation; मूलाधारे त्रिकोणाख्ये इच्छाज्ञानक्रियात्मके. -आभम् a radish. -आयतनम् the original abode. -आशिन् a. living upon roots. -आह्वम् a radish. -उच्छेदः utter destruction, total eradication. -कर्मन् n. magic; Ms.9.29. -कारः the author of an original work. -कारणम् the original or prime cause; क्रियाणां खलु धर्म्याणां सत्पत्न्यो मूलकारणम् Ku.6.13. -कारिका a furnace, an oven. -कृच्छ्रः -च्छ्रम् a kind of penance, living only upon roots; मूलकृच्छ्रः स्मृतो मूलैः. -केशरः a citron. -खानकः one who lives upon root-digging (मूलोत्पाटनजीवी); Ms.8.26. -गुणः the co-efficient of a root. -ग्रन्थः 1 an original text. -2 the very words uttered by Śākyamuni. -घातिन् a. destroying completely; (नहि...कर्मसु) मूलघातिषु सज्जन्ते बुद्धिमन्तो भवद्विधाः Rām.5.51.18; see मूलहर. -छिन्न a. nipped in the bud; सा$द्य मूलच्छिन्ना Dk. 2.2. -छेदः uprooting. -ज a. 1 radical. -2 growing at the roots of trees (as an ant-hill). -3 born under the constellation Mūla. (-जः) plant growing from a root. (-जम्) green ginger. -त्रिकोणम् the third astrological house. -देवः an epithet of Kaṁsa. -द्रव्यम्, धनम् principal, stock, capital. -धातुः lymph. -निकृन्तन a. destroying root and branch. -पुरुषः 'the stock-man', the male representative of a family. -प्रकृतिः f. the Prakṛiti or Pradhāna of the Sāṅkhyas (q. v.); मूल- प्रकृतिरविकृतिः Sāṅ. K.3. (-pl.) the four principal sovereigns to be considered at the time of war विजि- गीषु, अरि, मध्यम, and उदासीन); see Ms.7.155. -प्रतीकारः protection of wives and wealth (धनदाररक्षा); कृत्वा मूल- प्रतीकारम् Mb.5.151.61. -फलदः the bread-fruit tree. -बन्धः a particular position of the fingers. -बर्हणम् the act of uprooting, extermination. -बलम् the principal or hereditary force; विन्ध्याटवीमध्ये$वरोधान् मूलबलरक्षितान् निवेशयामासुः Dk.1.1. [Kāmandaka enumerates six divisions of the army and declares that मौल (hereditary) is the best of them (Kām.13.2-3.)] -भद्रः an epithet of Kaṁsa. -भृत्यः an old or hereditary servant. -मन्त्रः 1 a principal or primary text (such as आगम); जुहुयान्मूलमन्त्रेण पुंसूक्तेनाथवा बुधः A. Rām.4.4.31. -2 a spell. -राशिः a cardinal number. -वचनम् an original text. -वापः 1 one who plants roots. -2 A field where crops are grown by sowing roots; पुष्पफलवाटषण्ड- केदारमूलवापास्सेतुः Kau. A.2.6.24. -वित्तम् capital stock. -विद्या the twelve-worded (द्वादशाक्षरी) spell :-- ओं नमो भगवते वासुदेवायः; जुहुयान्मूलविद्यया Bhāg.8.16.4. -विभुजः a chariot. -व्यसनवृत्तिः the hereditary occupation of executing criminals; चण्डालेन तु सोपाको मूलव्यसन- वृत्तिमान् Ms.1.38. -व्रतिन् a. living exclusively on roots. -शकुनः (in augury) the first bird. -शाकटः, -शाकिनम् a field planted with edible roots. -संघः a society, sect. -साधनम् a chief instrument, principal expedient. -स्थानम् 1 base, foundation. -2 the Supreme Spirit. -3 wind, air. -4 Mooltan. (-नी) N. of Gaurī. -स्थायिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -स्रोतस् n. the principal current or fountain-head of a river. -हर a. uprooting completely; सो$यं मूलहरो$नर्थः Rām.6.46.15. -हरः a prodigal son; मूलहरतादात्विककदर्यांश्च प्रतिषेधयेत् Kau. A.2.9.27.
mūṣyāyaṇa मूष्यायण a. A child about whose parents nothing is known; cf. आमुष्यायण.
mekhalā मेखला 1 A belt, girdle, waist-band, zone in general (fig. also); anything which girds or surrounds; मही सागरमेखला 'the sea-girt earth'; रत्नानुविद्धार्णवमेखलाया दिशः सपत्नी भव दक्षिणस्याः R.6.63; Ṛs.6.3. -2 Particularly, the girdle or zone of a woman; नितम्बबिम्बैः सदुकूलमेखलैः Ṛs. 1.4,6; R.8.64; मेखलागुणैरुत गोत्रस्खलितेषु बन्धनम् Ku.4.8. -3 The triple girdle worn by the first three castes; मौञ्जी त्रिवृत् समा श्लक्ष्णा कार्या विप्रस्य मेखला । क्षत्रियस्य तु मौर्वी ज्या वैश्यस्य शणतान्तवी ॥ Ms.2.42. -4 The slope of a mountain (नितम्ब); आमेखलं संचरतां घनानाम् Ku.1.5; Me.12. -5 The hips. -6 A sword-belt. -7 A sword-knot or string fastened to the hilt. -8 The girth of a horse. -9 N. of the river Narmadā. -1 The cords or lines drawn round an alter; विधिना विहिते कुण्डे मेखलागर्तवेदिभिः Bhāg.11.27.36. -Comp. -पदम् the hips. -बन्धः investiture with the girdle.
meth मेथ् 1 U. (मेथति-ते) 1 To meet. -2 To meet one another (Ātm.). -3 To revile. -4 To know, understand. -5 To hurt, injure, kill.
mlecchaḥ म्लेच्छः [म्लेच्छ्-घञ्] 1 A barbarian, a non-Āryan (one not speaking the Sanskṛit language, or not conforming to Hindu or Āryan institutions), a foreigner in general; ग्राह्या म्लेच्छप्रसिद्धिस्तु विरोधादर्शने सति J. N. V.; म्लेच्छान् मूर्छयते; or म्लेच्छनिवहनिधने कलयसि करवालम् Gīt.1. -2 An outcast, a very low man; (Baudhāyana thus defines the word:-- गोमांसखादको यस्तु विरुद्धं बहु भाषते । सर्वा- चारविहीनश्च म्लेच्छ इत्यभिधीयते ॥). -3 A sinner, wicked person. -4 Foreign or barbarous speech. -च्छम् 1 Copper. -2 Vermilion. -Comp. -आख्यम् copper. -आशः wheat. -आस्यम्, -मुखम् copper. -कन्दः garlic. -जातिः f. a savage or barbarian race, a mountaineer; पुलिन्दा नाहला निष्ट्याः शबरा वरुटा भटाः । माला भिल्लाः किराताश्च सर्वे$पि म्लेच्छजातयः ॥ Abh. Chin.934. -देशः, -मण्डलम् a country inhabited by non-Āryans or barbarians, a foreign or barbarous country; कृष्णसारस्तु चरति मृगो यत्र स्वभावतः । स ज्ञेयो यज्ञियो देशो म्लेच्छदेशस्त्वतः परः ॥ Ms.2.23. -द्विष्टः bdellium. -भाषा a foreign language. -भोजनः wheat. (-नम्) barley. -वाच् a. speaking a barbarous or foreign language; म्लेच्छवाचश्चार्यवाचः सर्वे ते दस्यवः स्मृताः Ms.1.45.
yathā यथा ind. [यद् प्रकारे थाल्] 1 Used by itself यथा has the following senses :-- (a) as, in the manner mentioned; यथाज्ञापयति महाराजः 'as Your Majesty orders;' (b) namely, as follows; तद् यथानुश्रूयते Pt.1; U.2.4; (c) as, like (showing comparison, and used to express the point of similarity); आसीदियं दशरथस्य गृहे यथा श्रीः U.4.6; Ku.4.34; प्रभावप्रभवं कान्तं स्वाधीनपतिका यथा (न मुञ्चति) K. P.1; (d) as, as for example, for instance; यत्र यत्र धूमस्तत्र तत्र वह्निर्यथा महानसे T. S. कुर्युः कृत्यमकृत्यं वा उष्ट्रे काकादयो यथा Pt.1.288; (e) that (used to introduce direct assertions with or without इति at the end); अकथितो$पि ज्ञायत एव यथायमाभोगस्तपोवनस्येति Ś.1; विदितं खलु ते यथा स्मरः क्षणमप्युत्सहते न मां विना Ku.4.36; (f) so that, in order that; दर्शय तं चौरसिंहं यथा व्यापादयामि Pt.1. -2 Used correlatively with तथा, यथा has the following senses :-- (a) as, so (in which case एवम् and तद्वत् often take the place of तथा); यथा वृक्षस्तथा फलम् or यथा बीजं तथाङ्कुरः; Bg.11.29; in this case एव is frequently added to either यथा or तथा or to both to make the equality of relation more marked or striking; वधूचतुष्के$पि यथैव शान्ता प्रिया तनूजास्य तथैव सीता U.4.16; न तथा बाधते स्कन्धो (or शीतम्) यथा बाधति बाधते; (as much-as, as-as); Ku.6.7; U.2.4; V.4.33. In this sense तथा is often omitted, in which case यथा has sense (c) in 1 above. (b) so-that, तथा standing for 'so', and यथा for 'that'; यथा बन्धुजनशोच्या न भवति तथा निर्वाहय Ś.3; तथा प्रयतेथा यथा पहस्यसे जनैः K.19; तस्मान्मुच्ये यथा तात संविधातुं तथार्हसि R.1.72;3.66;14.66;15.68. (c) since-therefore, as (because) -so; यथा इतोमुखागतैरपि कलकलः श्रुतस्तथा तर्कयामि &c. Māl.8; sometimes तथा is omitted; मन्दं मन्दं नुदति पवनश्चानुकूलो यथा त्वां ... सेविष्यन्ते भवन्तं बलाकाः Me.9. (d) if-then, as surely as-so surely (a strong form of assertion or adjuration); वाङ्मनःकर्मभिः पत्यौ व्यभिचारो यथा न मे । तथा विश्वंभरे देवि मामन्तर्धातुमर्हसि R.15.81; यथा यथा- तथा तथा the more-the more, the less-the less; यथा यथा भाषसि धर्मसंमितं तथा तथा मे त्वयि भक्तिरुत्तमा Mb.; Śi.17.43; यथा यथा यौवनमतिचक्राम तथा तथावर्धतास्य संतापः K.59; Ms. 8.286;12.73; यथा तथा in any manner, in whatever way; यथा तथा यापयंस्तु सा ह्यस्य कृतकृत्यता Ms.4.17; यथैव just as; यथा तथा as much as; यथा तथा भवतु whatever may be the case; यथा कथंचित् anyhow, somehow or other. N. B. As the first member of Avyayībhāva comp. यथा is usually translated by 'according to, according as, in accordance with, in conformity to, in proportion to, not exceeding'; see compounds below. -Comp. -अंशम्, -अंशतस् ind. in due proportions, proportionately. -अधिकारम् ind. according to authority. -अधीत a. as read or studied, conformable to the text. (-तम्) ind. according to the text. -अनुपूर्वम्, -अनुपूर्व्यम्, -अनुपूर्व्या ind. in regular order or succession, successively. -अनुभूतम् ind. 1 according to experience. -2 by previous experience. -अनुरूपम् ind. in exact conformity, properly. -अनूक्तम् ind. as said or told; मया यथानूक्तमवादि ते हरेः कृतावतारस्य सुमित्र चेष्टितम् Bhāg.3.19.32. -अभिप्रेत, -अभिमत, -अभिलषित, -अभीष्ट a. as wished, intended or desired, agreeably to desire. (-तम् &c.) ind. according to one's wish, at pleasure, agreeably to one's desire. -अभिरुचित a. pleasant, agreeable. -अर्थ a. 1 conformable to truth, true, real, correct; सौम्येति चाभाष्य यथार्थभाषी R.14.44; so यथार्थानुभवः 'correct or right perception'; यथार्थवक्ता &c. -2 conformable to the true meaning; true to the sense, right, appropriate, significant; करिष्यन्निव नामास्य (i. e. शत्रुघ्न) यथार्थमरिनिग्रहात् R.15.6; (करिष्यते) युधि सद्यः शिशुपालतां यथार्थाम् Śi.16.85; Ki.8.48; Ku.2.16. -3 fit suitable. (-र्थम्, -अर्थतः ind. truly, rightly; fitly, suitably, properly.) ˚अक्षर a. signficant or true to the syllable; यस्मिन्नीश्वर इत्यनन्यविषयः शब्दो यथार्थाक्षरः V.1.1. ˚नामन् a. one whose name is true to its meaning or fully significant (whose deeds are according to his name); ध्रुवसिद्धेरपि यथार्थनाम्नः सिद्धिं न मन्यते M.4; परंतपो नाम यथार्थनामा R.6.21. ˚वर्णः a spy (see यथार्हवर्ण). (यथार्थता 1 suitableness, fitness. -2 propriety. -3 accuracy, genuineness, correctness.) -अर्ह a. 1 according to merit, as deserving. -2 appropriate, suitable, just. -3 as agreeable; यथार्हजलेन हृद्यगन्धेन स्नातः Dk.2.7. ˚वर्णः a spy, an emissary. -अर्हम्, -अर्हतः ind. according to merit or worth; यथार्हमन्यैरनुजीविलोकं संभावयामास यथाप्रधानम् R.16.4. -अर्हणम् ind. 1 according to propriety. -2 according to worth or merit. -अवकाशम् ind. 1 according to room or space. -2 as occasion may occur, according to occasion, leisure or propriety. -3 in the proper place; प्रालम्बमुत्कृष्य यथावकाशं निनाय R.6.14. -अवस्थम् ind. according to the condition or circumstances. -आख्यात a. as mentioned before, before mentioned. -आख्यानम् ind. as before stated. -आगत a. foolish, stupid. (-तम्) ind. as one came, by the same way as one came; यथागतं मातलिसारथिर्ययौ R.3.67. -आगमम् ind. according to tradition, as handed down from generation to generation. -आचारम् ind. as customary or usual. -आम्नातम्, आम्नायम् ind. as laid down in the Vedas. -आरम्भम् ind. according to the beginning, in regular order or succession. -आवासम् ind. according to one's dwelling, each to his own dwelling. -आशयम् ind. 1 according to wish or intention. -2 according to the agreement. -आश्रमम् ind. according to the Āśrama or period in one's religious life. -आश्रयम् ind. according to substratum; चित्रं यथाश्रयमृते Sāṅkhya K.41. -इच्छ, -इष्ट, -ईप्सित a. according to wish or desire, agreeably to one's desire, as much as desired, as desired or wished for. (-च्छम्, -ष्टम्, -तम्) ind. 1 according to wish or desire, at will or pleasure; यथेष्टं चेष्टन्ते स्फुटकुचतटाः पश्य कुलटाः Udb. -2 as much as may be wanted, to the heart's content; यथेष्टं बुभुजे मांसम् Ch. P.3. -ईक्षितम् ind. as personally seen, as actually perceived. -उक्त, -उदित a. as said or told above, aforesaid, above-mentioned; यथोक्ताः संवृत्ताः Pt.1; यथोक्त- व्यापारा Ś.1; R.2.7; ततः स्वगृहमेत्य यथोक्तमर्थत्यागं कृत्वा Dk.2.2. -उचित a. suitable, proper, due, fit. (-तम्) ind. duly, suitably, properly; आगतं तु भयं वीक्ष्य नरः कुर्याद् यथोचितम् H. -उत्तरम् ind. in regular order or succession, one after another; संबन्धो$त्र यथोत्तरम् S. D. 729; श्रैष्ठ्यमेषां यथोत्तरम् Ms.12.38; यथोत्तरेच्छा हि गुणेषु कामिनः Ki.8.4. -उत्साहम् ind. 1 according to one's power or might. -2 with all one's might. -उद्गत a. without sense, stupid. -उद्गमनम् in ascending proportion. -उद्दिष्ट a. as indicated or described. (-ष्टम्) or -उद्देशम् ind. in the manner indicated. -उपचारम् ind. as politeness or courtesy requires. -उपजोषम् ind. according to pleasure or desire; यथोपजोषं वासांसि परिधाया- हतानि ते Bhāg.8.9.15. -उपदिष्ट a. as indicated. -उपदेशम् ind. as advised or instructed. -उपपत्ति ind. 1 as may be fit. -2 as may happen. -उपपन्न a. just as happened to be at hand, natural; यथोपपन्नरज्जुबद्धः Dk.2.4. -उपमा (in Rhet.) a comparison expressed by यथा. -उप- -योगम् ind. according to use or requirements, according to circumstances. -उपाधि ind. according to the condition or supposition. -औचित्यम् propriety, suitableness, fitness. -ऋतु ind. according to the right season; यथर्तुवर्षी भगवान् न तथा पाकशासनः Mb.3.188.5. -कथित a. as already mentioned. -कर्तव्यम् what is right to be done. -कर्म ind. according to one's duties or circumstances. -कल्पम् ind. according to rule or ritual. -काम a. conformable to desire. (-मम्) ind. agreeably to desire, at will or pleasure, to the heart's content; यथाकामार्चितार्थिनाम् R.1.6;4.51. -कामिन् a. free, unrestrained. -कारम् ind. in whatever way; P.III.4.28. -कालः the right or due time, proper time; यथाकालप्रबोधिनाम् R.1.6. (-लम्) ind. at the right time, opportunely, seasonably; सोपसर्पैर्जजागार यथाकालं स्वपन्नपि R.17.51. -कृत a. as agreed upon, done according to rule or custom, customary; स यदि प्रतिपद्येत यथान्यस्तं यथाकृतम् Ms.8.183. (-तम्) ind. according to the usual practice. -क्लृप्ति ind. in a suitable way. -क्रमम्, -क्रमेण ind. in due order or succession, regularly, in due form, properly; यथाक्रमं पुंसवनादिकाः क्रियाः R.3.1;9.26. -क्षमम् ind. according to one's power, as much as possible. -क्षिप्रम् ind. as quickly as possible. -क्षेमेण ind. safely, comfortably. -खेलम् ind. playfully; V. -गुणम् ind. according to qualities or endowments; Ch. Up. -चित्तम् ind. according to will; Māl. -जात a. 1 foolish, senseless, stupid. -2 barbarous, outcast. -ज्ञानम् ind. to the best of one's knowledge or judgment. -ज्येष्ठम् ind. according to rank, by seniority. -तत्त्वम् ind. 1 according to actual facts, actually, as the case really may be. -तथ a. 1 true, right. -2 accurate, exact. (-थम्) a narrative of the particulars or details of anything, a detailed or minute account. (-थम्) ind. 1 exactly, precisely; विभाव्यन्ते यथातथम् Bhāg. -2 fitly, properly, as the case really may be; Mb.3. -तथ्यम्, -तथ्येन ind. truly, really. -तृप्ति ind. to the heart's content. -दर्शनम् ind. according to observation. -दिक्, -दिशम् ind. in all directions. -निकायम् ind. according to body; Śvet. Up. -निर्दिष्ट a. 1 as mentioned before, as specified above; यथानिर्दिष्टव्यापारा सखी. -2 as prescribed or laid down; यथानिर्दिष्टं संपादितं व्रतम् V.3. -न्यायम् ind. justly, rightly, properly; प्रतिपूज्य यथान्यायम् Ms.1.1. -न्यासम् ind. according to the text of a Śūtra, as written down. -न्युप्त a. as placed on the ground or offered; अवजिघ्रेच्च तान् पिण्डान् यथान्युप्तान् समाहितः Ms.3.218. -पण्यम् ind. according to the (value or kind of) commodities; शुल्क- स्थानेषु कुशलाः यथापण्यविचक्षणाः Ms.8.398 (v. l.). -पुरम् ind. as before, as on previous occasions; यथापुरमविज्ञाय स्वार्थलिप्सुमपण्डिताम् Rām.2.1.2. -पूर्व, -पूर्वक a. being as before, former; R.12.41. (-र्वम्) -पूर्वकम् ind. 1 as before; सर्वाणि ज्ञातिकार्याणि यथापूर्वं समाचरेत् Ms.11.187. -2 in due order or succession, one after another; एते मान्या यथापूर्वम् Y.1.35. -प्रत्यर्हम् ind. according to merit. -प्रदिष्टम् ind. as suitable or proper. -प्रदेशम् ind. 1 in the proper or suitable place; यथाप्रदेशं विनिवेशितेन Ku. 1.49; आसञ्जयामास यथाप्रदेशं कण्ठे गुणम् R.6.83; Ku.7.34. -2 according to direction or precept. -3 on all sides. -प्रधानम्, -प्रधानतः ind. according to rank or position, according to precedence; आलोकमात्रेण सुरानशेषान् संभावया- मास यथाप्रधानम् Ku.7.46. -प्रयोगम् ind. 1 according to usage or practice. -2 as found by experiment. -प्रस्तावम् ind. on the first suitable occasion. -प्रस्तुतम् ind. 1 at last, at length. -2 conformably to the circumstances. -प्राणम् ind. according to strength with all one's might. -प्राप्त a. 1 suitable to circumstances. -2 following from a previous grammatical rule; Kāśi. on P.III.2.135. (-प्तम्) ind. regularly, properly. -प्रार्थितम् ind. as requested. -बलम् ind. 1 to the best of one's power, with all one's might; यथाबलं च विभज्य गृह्णीत Dk.2.8. -2 according to the (condition of) army or number of forces; Ms. -बुद्धि, -मति ind. to the best of one's knowledge. -भक्त्या with entire devotion. -भागम्, -भागशः ind. 1 according to the share of each, proportionately; यथाभागशो$मी वो गन्धाः -2 each in his respective place; यथाभागमवस्थिताः Bg.1.11. -3 in the proper place; यथाभागमवस्थिते$पि R.6.19. -भावः 1 destiny. -2 proper relation. -भूतम् ind. according to what has taken place, according to truth, truly, exactly. -भूयस् ind. according to seniority. -मुखीन a. looking straight at (with gen.); (मृगः) यथामुखीनः सीतायाः पुप्लुवे बहु लोभयन् Bk.5.48. -मूल्य a. worth the price, accordant with the price. -यथम् ind. 1 as in fit, fitly, properly; यथायथं ताः सहिता नभश्चरैः Ki.8.2. -2 in regular order, severally, each in its proper place, respectively; असक्तमाराधयतो यथायथम् Ki.1.11; बीजवन्तो मुखाद्यर्था विप्रकीर्णा यथायथम् S. D.337. -3 by degrees, gradually; सर्वे मायामानवा यथायथमन्तर्भावं गताः Dk.1.5. -युक्तम्, -योगम् ind. according to circumstances, fitly, suitably. -योग्य a. suitable, fit, proper, right. -रसम् ind. according to the sentiments. -रुचम्, -रुचि ind. according to one's liking or taste; वदन्ति चैतत् कवयो यथारुचम् Bhāg.2.5.21. -रूपम् ind. 1 according to form or appearance. -2 duly, properly, fitly. -लब्ध a. as actually in hand. -वस्तु ind. as the fact stands, exactly, accurately, truly. -विध a. of such kind or sort. -विधि ind. according to rule or precept, duly, properly; यथाविधि हुताग्नीनाम् R.1.6; संचस्कारोभयप्रीत्या मैथिलेयौ यथाविधि 15.31;3.7; Ms.11.191. -विनियोगम् ind. in the succession or order stated. -विभवम् ind. in proportion to one's income, according to means. -वीर्य a. of whatever strength. (-र्यम्) ind. in respect of manliness or courage. -वृत्त a. as happened, done or acted. (-त्तम्) 1 the actual facts, the circumstances or details of an event.-2 a former event. -वृद्धम् ind. according to age or seniority; गगनादवतीर्णा सा यथावृद्धपुरःसरा Ku.6. 49. -व्युत्पत्ति ind. 1 according to the degree of education or culture. -2 according to the derivation. -शक्ति, -शक्त्या ind. to the best of one's power, as far as possible. -शब्दार्थम् ind. in keeping with or according to the sense conveyed by the (sacred) text; इह शब्द- लक्षणे कर्मणि यथाशब्दार्थं प्रवृत्तिः ŚB. on MS.11.1.26. -शास्त्रम् ind. according to the scriptures, as the law ordains; सर्वे$पि क्रमशस्त्वेते यथाशास्त्रं निषेविताः Ms.6.88. -शीघ्रम् ind. as quickly as possible. -शीलम् ind. in accordance with one's temper. -श्रुत a. according to the report. -श्रुतम् -ति ind. 1 as heard or reported. -2 (यथाश्रुति) according to Vedic precepts; अस्मात् परं बत यथाश्रुति संभृतानि को नः कुले निवपनानि करिष्यतीति Ś.6.25. -श्रेष्ठम् ind. in order of precedence or merit. -श्लक्ष्ण a. behaving in such a way that the weaker is placed first. -संस्थम् ind. according to circumstances. -संख्यम् a figure of speech in Rhetoric; यथासंख्यं क्रमेणैव क्रमिकाणां समन्वयः K. P.1; e. g. शत्रुं मित्रं विपत्तिं च जय रञ्जय भञ्जय Chandr.5.17. (-ख्यम्), -संख्येन ind. according to number, respectively, number for number; हृत्कण्ठतालुगाभिस्तु यथासंख्यं द्विजातयः (शुध्येरन्) Y.1.21. -समयम् ind. 1 at the proper time. -2 according to agreement or established usage. -संभव a. possible. -संभावित a. suitable, appropriate. -सर्वम् ind. in all particulars. -सवनम् ind. according to the time or season. -सारम् ind. according to quality or goodness. -सुखम् ind. 1 at will or pleasure. -2 at ease, comfortably, pleasantly, so as to give pleasure; अङ्के निधाय करभोरु यथासुखं ते संवाहयामि चरणावुत पद्मताम्रौ Ś.3.2; R.9.48; Ms.4.43. -स्थानम् the right or proper place. (-नम्) ind. 1 in the proper place; duly, properly. -2 instantly. -3 according to rank. -स्थित a. 1 according to circumstances or actual facts, as it stands; रामं यथास्थितं सर्वं भ्राता ब्रूते स्म विह्वलः Bk.6.8. -2 right, proper, fit. (-तम्) ind. 1 truly, properly. -2 according to circumstances. -स्थिति ind. as usual, according to state or circumstances. -स्थूलम् ind. without details. -स्व a. each according to (his or her) own; यथास्वान् जग्मुरालयान् Mb.12.44.14. -स्वम् ind. 1 each his own, respectively; अध्यासते चीरभृतो यथास्वम् R.13.22; Ki.14.43. -2 individually; यथास्वमाश्रमैश्चके वर्णैरपि षडंशभाक् R.17.65. -3 duly, properly, rightly; यथास्वं ग्राहकान्येषां शब्दादीनामिमानि तु Mb.3.211.13.
yad यद् pron. a. (Nom. sing. m. यः, f. या, n. यत्-द्) The relative pronoun corresponding 'who', 'which' or 'what' in English. (a) Its proper correlative is तद्; यस्य बुद्धिर्बलं तस्य; but sometimes इदम्, अदस्, एतद्, takethe place of तद्; sometimes the relative is used alone, its antecedent being supplied from the context. Not unfrequently two relatives are used in the same sentence; या यस्य युज्यते भूमिका तां खलु भावेन तथैव सर्वे वर्ग्याःपाठिताः Māl.1; यदेव रोचते यस्मै भवेत् तत् तस्य सुन्दरम्. (b) When repeated, the relative pronoun has the sense of 'totality, and may be translated by 'whoever', 'whatever', in which case the correlative pronoun is generally repeated; यो यः शस्त्रं बिभर्ति स्वभुजगुरुबलः पाण्डवीनां चमूनां ... क्रोधान्धस्तस्य तस्य स्वयमिह जगतामन्तकस्यान्तको$हम् Ve.3.3; क्रियते यद् यदेषा कथयति U.1; यं यं पश्यसि तस्य तस्य पुरतो मा ब्रूहि दीनं वचः Bh.2.51. When joined with the interrogative pronoun or its derivatives with or without the particles चिद्, चन, वा, or अपि, it expresses the sense of 'whatever', 'any whatsoever,', 'any'; सूतो वा सूतपुत्रो वा यो वा को वा भवाम्यहम् Ve.3.33; येन केन प्रकारेण anyhow, somehow or other; यत्र कुत्रापि, यो वा को वा, यः कश्चन &c.; यत् किंचिदेतद् 'this is a mere trifle'; यानि कानि च मित्राणि &c. -ind. As an indeclinable यद् is frequently used 1 to introduce a direct or subordinate assertion with or without इति at the end; सत्यो$यं जनप्रवादो यत् संपत् संपदमनुबध्नातीति K.73; तस्य कदाचिच्चिन्ता समुत्पन्ना यदर्थोत्पत्त्युपायाश्चिन्तनीयाः कर्तव्याश्च Pt.1. or -2 in the sense of 'because', 'since'; प्रियमा- चरितं लते त्वया मे ... यदियं पुनरप्यपाङ्गनेत्रा परिवृत्तार्धमुखी मयाद्य दृष्टा V.1.17; or किं शेषस्य भरव्यथा न वपुषि क्ष्मां न क्षिपत्येष यत् Mu.2.18; R.1.27,87; in this sense यद् is often followed by तद् or ततः as its correlative; see यत् प्रीति- मद्भिर्वदनैः स्वसाम्यात् ...... ततस्तदीयाधरयावयोगात् ... N.22.46. -Comp. -अपि ind. although, though; वक्रः पन्था यदपि भवतः Me.27. -अर्थम्, -अर्थे ind. 1 for which, wherefore, why, on which account; श्रूयतां यदर्थमस्मि हरिणा भवत्सकाशं प्रेषितः Ś.6; Ku.5.52. -2 since, because; नूनं दैवं न शक्यं हि पुरुषेणातिवर्तितुम् । यदर्थं यत्नवानेव न लभे विप्रतां विभो ॥ Mb. -अवधि ind. since which time. -आत्मक a. having which essence or existence. -कारणम्, -कारणात् ind. 1 wherefore, on which account. -2 since, because. -कृते ind. wherefore, why, for which person or thing. -भविष्यः a fatalist (one who says 'what will be will be'); यद्भविष्यो विनष्यति Pt.1.318. -वद a. talking anything. -वा ind. or else, whether; नैतद्विद्मः कतरन्नो गरीयो यद्वा जयेम यदि वा नो जयेयुः Bg.2.6; (often used by commentators in suggesting an alternative meaning). -वृत्तम् an adventure. -सत्यम् ind. to be sure, to speak the truth, truly, forsooth; अमङ्गलाशंसया वो वचनस्य यत् सत्यं कम्पितमिव मे हृदयम् Ve.1; Mu.1; Mk.4.
yadṛcchā यदृच्छा [यद् ऋच्छ्-अ टाप् Tv.] 1 Acting as one likes, self-will, independence (of action); यदृच्छयासृयति यस्तपस्यते Ki.14.21. -2 Chance, accident; usually used in the instrumental singular in this sense and translated by 'accidentally', 'by chance'; किन्नरमिथुनं यदृच्छया$द्राक्षीत् K. 'chanced or happened to see' &c; वसिष्ठधेनुश्च यदृच्छया$$गता श्रुतप्रभावा ददृशे$थ नन्दिनी R.3.4; V.1.1; Ku.1.14; U.5.16. -Comp. -अभिज्ञः voluntary or self-offered witness. -शब्दः a proper name, a word like डित्थ, यज्ञदत्त &c. which denotes neither a genus nor species, nor any quality, action &c.; असंपादयतः कंचिदर्थं जातिक्रियागुणैः । यदृच्छाशब्दवत् पुंसः संज्ञायै जन्म केवलम् Śi.2.47. -संवादः 1 accidental conversation. -2 spontaneous or incidental intercourse, accidental meeting.
yama यम a. [यम्-घञ्] 1 Twin, twinborn. -2 Coupled. -मः 1 Restraining, controlling, curbing; यमो राजा धार्मिकाणां मान्धातः परमेश्वरः Mb.12.91.42. -2 Control, restraint. -3 Self control. -4 Any great moral or religious duty or observance (opp. नियम); तप्तं यमेन नियमेन तपो$मुनैव N.13.16; यमनियमकृशीकृतस्थिराङ्गः Ki.1. 1. (यम and नियम are thus distinguished:-- शरीरसाधनापेक्षं नित्यं यत् कर्म तद् यमः । नियमस्तु स यत् कर्म नित्यमागन्तुसाधनम् ॥ Ak.2.49; See Malli. on Śi.13.23 and Ki.1.1 also. The yamas are usually said to be ten, but, their names are given differently by different writers; e. g. ब्रह्मचर्यं दया क्षान्तिर्दानं सत्यमकल्कता । अहिंसा$स्तेयमाधुर्ये दमश्चेति यमाः स्मृताः ॥ Y.3.312; or आनृशंस्यं दया सत्यमहिंसा क्षान्तिरार्जवम् । प्रीतिः प्रसादो माधुर्यं मार्दवं च यमा दश ॥ sometimes only five yamas are mentioned:-- अहिंसा सत्यवचनं ब्रह्मचर्यमकल्कता । अस्तेयमिति पञ्चैते यमाख्यानि व्रतानि च ॥). -5 The first of the eight aṅgas. or means of attaining Yoga; the eight aṅgas are:-- यमनियमासनप्राणायामप्रत्याहारधारणाध्यानसमाधयो$- ष्टाङ्गानि; Śāndilya Up.1.1.2. -6 The god of death, death personified, regarded as a son of the sun; he presides over the पितृs and rules the spirits of the dead; दत्ताभये त्वयि यमादपि दण्डधारे U.2.11. -7 A twin; धर्मात्मजं प्रति यमौ च (i. e. नकुलसहदेवौ) कथैव नास्ति Ve.2.25; यमयो- श्चैव गर्भेषु जन्मतो ज्येष्ठता मता Ms.9.126. -8 One of a pair or couple, a fellow. -9 N. of Saturn. -1 A crow. -11 A symbolical expression for the number 'two'. -12 Ved. A rein, bridle; पृष्ठे सदो नसोर्यमः Ṛv.5. 61.2. -13 Ved. A driver, charioteer; अग्निं रथानां यमम् Ṛv.8.13.1. -14 N. of a deity who chastises beings for their misdeeds; यमं कालं च मृत्युं च स्वर्गं संपूज्य चार्हतः Mb.12.2.3. -मम् 1 A pair or couple. -2 (In gram.) The twin letter of any consonant. -3 Pitch of the voice. -मी N. of the river Yamunā. -मौ (m. du.) 1 Twins; कथं त्वमेतौ धृतिसंयमौ यमौ Ki.1. 36. -2 N. of the Aśvins; यमौ यमोपमौ चैव ददौ दानान्यनेकशः Mb.14.61.38. -3 Nakula and Sahadeva; भीमार्जुनयमा- श्चापि तद्युक्तं प्रतिपेदिरे Mb.3.6.14. ˚मैथुनौ twins of different sex. -Comp. -अनुगः, -अनुचरः a servant or attendant of Yama. -अनुजा N. of the river Yamunā मघोनि वर्षत्य- सकृद् यमानुजा Bhāg.1.3.51. -अन्तकः an epithet of 1 Śiva. -2 of Yama. -अरिः, -घ्नः, -रिपुः &c. N. of Viṣṇu. -ईशम् the Nakṣatra Bharaṇī. -किङ्करः a messenger of death. -कीटः 1 a wood-louse. -2 an earth-worm. -कीलः N. of Viṣṇu. -कोटिः, -टी N. of a mythical town to the east of Laṅkā लङ्का कुमध्ये यमकोटिरस्याः Siddhāntaśiromaṇi. -घण्टः N. of an astrological Yoga (this is inauspicious). -जः a. twin-born, twin; यमजौ चापि भद्रं ते नैतदन्यत्र विद्यते Mb.3.14.19; भ्रातरौ आवां यमजौ U.6;4; also यमजात-जातक. -दंष्ट्रा 'Yama's tooth', the jaws of death. (-ष्ट्राः pl.) the last eight days of the month Aśvina and the whole of Kārtika (regarded as a period of general sickness). -दिश् f. the south. -दूतः, -दूतकः 1 a messenger of death. -2 a crow. -दूतिका tamarind. -देवता the asterism Bharaṇī. -द्रुमः Bombax Heptaphyllum (Mar. सांवरी). -द्वितीया the second day in the bright half of Kārtika when sisters entertain their brothers (Mar. भाऊबीज); cf. भ्रातृद्वितीया. -धानी the abode of Yama; नरः संसारान्ते विशति यमधानीजवनिकाम् Bh.3.112. -धारः a kind of double-edged weapon. -पटः, -पट्टिका a piece of cloth on which Yama with his attendants and the punishments of hell are represented (Mar. यमपुरी); याव- देतद् गृहं प्रविश्य यमपटं दर्शयन्न् गीतानि गायामि Mu.1.18/19. -पदम् a repeated word. -पाशः the noose of Yama. -पुरुषः Yama's servant or minister. -प्रियः the fig tree. -भगिनी N. of the river Yamunā. -यातना the tortures inflicted by Yama upon sinners after death, (the word is sometimes used to denote horrible tortures', 'extreme pain'). -रथः a buffalo. -राज् m. Yama, the god of death. -वाहनः = यमरथः q. v. -व्रतम् 1 an observance or vow made to Yama. -2 an impartial punishment (as given by Yama); यथा यमः प्रियद्वेष्यौ प्राप्ते काले नियच्छति । तथा राज्ञा नियन्तव्याः प्रजास्तद् हि यमव्रतम् ॥ Ms.9. 37. -शासनः the lord Śiva; यशो यदीयं यमशासनालय-क्षमाधर- स्पर्धनमाचचार सः Rām. Ch.2.12; (यमशासनालयः = हिमा- लयः). -श्रायम् the abode of Yama; यात यूयं यमश्रायं दिशं नायेन दक्षिणाम् Bk.7.36. -सभा the tribunal of Yama. -सूर्यम् a building with two halls, one facing the west and the other facing the north. -स्वसृ f. 1 N. of the river Yamunā; क्षणमिव पुलिने यमस्वसुस्ताम् Bhāg.3.4.27. -2 N. of Durgā.
yayātiḥ ययातिः [यस्य वायोरिव यातिः सर्वत्र रथगतिर्यस्य Tv.] N. of a celebrated king of the lunar race, son of Nahuṣa; ययातेरिव शर्मिष्ठा भर्तुर्बहुमता भव Ś.4.7. [He married Devayānī, daughter of Śukra, and Śarmiṣṭhā, daughter of the king of Asuras, was told by her father to be her servant as a sort of recompense for her insulting conduct towards her on a previous occasion. (See Devayānī.) But Yayāti fell in love with this servant and privately married her. Aggrieved at this, Devayānī went to her father and complained of the conduct of her husband, on whom, therefore, Śukra inflicted premature infirmity and old age. Yayāti, however, propitiated him and obtained from him permission to transfer his decrepitude to any one who would consent to take it. He asked his five sons, but all refused except Puru, the youngest. Yayāti accordingly transferred his infirmity to Puru, and being once more in the prime of youth, passed his time in the enjoyment of sensual pleasures. This he did for 1 years, and yet his desire was not satisfied. At last, however, with a vigorous effort he renounced his sensual life, restored his youth to Puru, and having made him successor to the throne, repaired to the woods to lead a pious life and meditate upon the Supreme Spirit.]
yaśas यशस् a. [अश् स्तुतौ असुन् धातोः ल्युट् च Uṇ.4.19] 1 Lovely, agreeable, worthy. -2 Honoured. -n. Fame. reputation, glory, renown; विस्तीर्यते यशो लोके तैलबिन्दु- रिवाम्भसि Ms.7.34; यशस्तु रक्ष्यं परतो यशोधनैः R.3.48; 2.4. -2 An object of glory or respect, a person of distinction. -3 Ved. Beauty, splendour. -4 Favour, partiality. -5 Wealth. -6 Food. -7 Water. -8 An assemblage of rare merits; यावद् हि प्रथते लोके पुरुषस्य यशो भुवि । तावत् तस्याक्षया कीर्तिर्भवतीति विनिश्चिता ॥ Mb.12.54.32 (com. यशः परचित्तचमत्कृतिजनको गुणौघः). -9 An indirect fame (परोक्षकीर्ति); तपति च कीर्त्या यशसा ब्रह्मवर्चसेन Ch. Up.3. 18.3. -Comp. -कर a. (यशस्कर) conferring glory, glorious; साम्राज्यकृत् सजात्येषु लोके चैव यशस्करः Ms.8.387. -काम a. (यशस्काम) 1 desirous of getting fame. -2 aspiring; ambitious. -कायम्, -शरीरम् body in the form of fame; यशःशरीरे भव मे दयालुः R.2.24; नास्ति येषां यशःकाये जरामरणजं भयम् Bh. -द a. (-यशोद) conferring fame. (-दः) (येन वायुना शीद्यते शद् अच्) quicksilver; यशदं रङ्गसदृशं रीतिहेतुश्च तन्मतम् Bhāva P. (-दा) N. of the wife of Nanda and foster-mother of Kṛiṣṇa. -धन a. or s. one whose wealth or valued treasure is fame, rich in fame, very renowned; अपि स्वदेहात् किमुतेन्द्रियार्थाद् यशो- धनानां हि यशो गरीयः R.14.35;2.1. -धर a. (यशोधर) keeping up or preserving glory. -धा a. conferring fame; कच्चिद् यशोधा रथयूथपानां गाण्डीवधन्वोपरतारिरास्ते Bhāg. 3.1.38. -पटहः (यशःपटहः) a double drum. -प्रख्यापनम् (यशःप्रख्यापनम्) spreading or proclaiming the glory. -भृत् a. (यशोभृत्) famous, renowned. -शेष a. remaining only in fame; having nothing left behind except glory i. e. dead; cf. कीर्तिशेष. (-षः) death. -हर a. (यशोहर) taking away fame, dishonouring, ignominious.
yājya याज्य a. 1 To be sacrificed. -2 Sacrificial. -3 One for whom a sacrifice is performed. -4 One who is allowed by Śāstras to sacrifice. -ज्यः 1 A sacrificer, the institutor of a sacrifice; याज्यात्मजमथो दृष्ट्वा Mb.13. 93.27. -2 The performer of a sacrifice for another. -ज्यम् The presents or fee received for officiating at a sacrifice. -ज्या a sacrificial text or verse, Ṛik (recited at the offering of an oblation); याज्यया यजनकर्मिणो$त्यजन् Śi.1.14.2.
yāvat यावत् a. (-ती f.) (As a correlative of तावत्) 1 As much as, as many as, (यावत् standing for 'as' and तावत् for 'as much' or 'as many'); पुरे तावन्तमेवास्य तनोति रविरातपम् । दीर्घिकाकमलोन्मेषो यावन्मात्रेण साध्यते Ku.2.33; ते तु यावन्त एवाजौ तावांश्च ददृशे स तैः R.12.45;17.17. -2 As great, as large, how great or large; यावानर्थ उदपाने सर्वतः संप्लुतोदके । तावन् सर्वेषु वेदेषु ब्राह्मणस्य विजानतः ॥ Bg.2.46;18.55. -3 All, whole (where the two together have the sense of totality or साकल्य); यावद् दत्तं तावद् भुक्तम् G. M. -ind. 1 Used by itself यावत् has the following senses:-- (a) as far as, up to, till; (with acc.); स्तन्यत्यागं यावत् पुत्रयोरवेक्षस्व U.7; कियन्तमवधिं यावदस्म- च्चरितं चित्रकारेणालिखितम् U.1; सर्पकोटरं यावत् Pt.1. (b) just, then, in the meantime (denoting an action intended to be done immediately); तद् यावत् गृहिणीमाहूय संगीतक- मनुतिष्ठामि Ś.1; यावदिमां छायामाश्रित्य प्रतिपालयामि Ś.3. (c) As much as. (d) That, in order that (e) Even, just. -2 Used correlatively यावत् and तावत् have these senses:-(a) as long as, so long as; यावद् वित्तोपार्जनशक्तस्ताव- न्निजपरिवारो रक्तः Moha M.8. (b) as soon as, scarcelywhen, no sooner-than; एकस्य दुःखस्य न यावदन्तं गच्छामि... तावद् द्वितीयं समुपस्थितं मे H.1.177; Me.17; Ku.3.72. (c) while, by the time; आश्रमवासिनो यावदेवक्ष्याहमुपावर्ते तावदार्द्रपृष्ठाः क्रियन्तां वाजिनः Ś1; often with न when यावन्न is translated by 'before'; यावदेते सरसो नोत्पतन्ति तावदेतेभ्यः प्रवृत्तिरवगमयितव्या V.4. (d) when, as (= यदा); यावदुत्थाय निरीक्षते तावद् हंसो$वलोकितः H.3. -Comp. -अध्ययनम् ind. during the recitation; अनुव्रज्या च शुश्रूषा यावदध्ययनं गुरोः Ms.2.241. -अन्तम्, -अन्ताय ind. upto the end, to the last. -अन्त्य a. life-long. -अभीक्षम् ind. for a moment's duration. -अर्थ a. corresponding to requirement, as many as may be required to convey the meaning (said of words); न प्रीतियुक्ता यावदर्थाश्च लोके Bhāg. 5.5.3; यावदर्थपदां वाचमेवमादाय माधवः विरराम Śi.2.13. (-र्थम्) ind. 1 as much as useful. -2 in all senses; वयमपि च गिरामीश्महे यावदर्थम् Bh.3.3. v. l. -इष्टम्, -ईप्सितम् ind. as much as is desired. -इत्थम् ind. as much as is necessary. -कालम् ind. as long as. -गमम् ind. as fast as one can go; यावद्गमं रुद्रभयाद् यथा कः Bhāg.1.7.18. -जन्म, -जीवम्, -जीवने ind. for life, throughout life, for the rest of one's life; यावज्जीवं त्रयो वन्द्या वेदान्तो गुरुरीश्वरः Subhāṣ; यावज्जीवं सुखं जीवेत् Subhāṣ. -प्रमाण a. as great or big. -बलम् ind. to the best of one's power. -भाषित or उक्त a. asmuch as said. -मात्र a. 1 as large, extending as far, of which size or extent; दीर्घिकाकमलोन्मेषो यावन्मात्रेण साध्यते Ku.2.33. -2 insignificant, trifling, little. -शक्यम्, -शक्ति ind. as far as possible, to the best of one's power; so यावत्सत्त्वम्. -संपातम् ind. as long as possible.
yukta युक्त p. p. [युज्-क्त] 1 Joined, united. -2 Fastened, yoked, harnessed. -3 Fitted out, arranged; उदतिष्ठन् महाराज सर्वं युक्तमशेषतः Mb.6.16.4. -4 Accompanied; युक्तः प्रमाद्यसि Ki.11.29. -5 Furnished or endowed with, filled with, having, possessing (with instr. or in comp.) -6 Fixed or intent on, absorbed or engaged in, devoted to (with loc.); कौसल्यायां यथा युक्तो जनन्यां वर्तते सदा Rām.2.2.3; युक्तः प्रजानामनुरञ्जने स्याः U.1.11; Pt.1.284. -7 Used, employed. -8 Adapted, fitted. -9 Appointed (a government servant); अपि शक्या गतिर्ज्ञातुं पततां खे पतत्रिणाम् । न तु प्रच्छन्नभावानां युक्तानां चरतां गतिः ॥ मत्स्या यथान्तःसलिले चरन्तो ज्ञातुं न शक्याः सलिलं पिवन्तः । युक्ता- स्तथा कार्यविधौ नियुक्ता ज्ञातुं न शक्या धनमाददानाः ॥ Kau. A.2.9. -1 Connected with. -11 Proved, inferred, -12 Active, diligent. -13 Skilful, experienced, clever; सुग्रीवमन्त्रिते युक्तौ मम चापि हिते रतौ Rām.7.39.18. -14 Fit, proper, right, suitable (with gen. or loc). -15 Primitive, not derived (from another word). -16 = योग- युक्त q. v.; अनिःश्वसन्तं युक्तं तम् Rām.7.16.16; cf. युक्तचेतस्. -17 = नियमवान्; श्रद्दधानः सदा युक्तः सदा धर्मपरायणः Mb.1. 1.261. -18 (In astr.) Being in conjunction with. -क्तः 1 A saint who has become one with the Supreme Spirit. -क्तम् 1 A team, yoke. -2 Money lawfully obtained. -3 Junction, connection. -4 Fitness, propriety. -क्तम् ind. Fitly, properly, justly, duly, well. -Comp. -अर्थ a. sensible, rational, significant. -कर्मन् a. entrusted with some duty. -चेतस् a. योगयुक्त or योगा- भ्यासी q. v.; प्रयाणकाले$पि च मां ते विदुर्युक्तचेतसः Bg.7.3. -चेष्ट a. behaving properly. -दण्ड a. punishing justly; स हि सर्वस्य लोकस्य युक्तदण्डतया मनः (आददे) R.4.8. -मनस् a. attentive. -योग a. (in astrol.) being in conjunction. -रथः 1 a kind of elixir. -2 N. of a particular enema. -रूप a. 1 fit, proper, worthy, suitable (with gen. or loc.); जन्म यस्य पुरोर्वंशे युक्तरूपमिदं तव Ś.1.12; अनुकारिणि पूर्वेषां युक्तरूपमिदं त्वयि 2.17. -2 Fit for, corresponding to. -वादिन् a. speaking properly.
yugam युगम् 1 A yoke (m. also in this sense); युगव्यायतबाहुः R.3.34;1.87; Śi.3.68. -2 A pair, couple, brace; कुचयोर्युगेन तरसा कलिता Śi.9.72; स्तनयुग Ś.1.19. -3 A couple of stanzas forming one sentence; see युग्म. -4 An age of the world; (the Yugas are four:-- कृत or सत्य, त्रेता, द्वापर and कलि; the duration of each is said to be respectively 1,728,; 1,296,; 864.; and 432, years of men, the four together comprising 4,32, years of men which is equal to one Mahāyuga q. v.; it is also supposed that the regularly descending length of the Yugas represents a corresponding physical and moral deterioration in the people who live during each age, Krita being called the 'golden' and Kali or the present age the 'iron' age); धर्मसंस्थापनार्थाय संभवामि युगे युगे Bg.4.8; युगशतपरिवर्तान् Ś7.34. -5 (Hence) A long period of years (कालचक्र); युगं वा परिवर्तेत यद्येवं स्याद् यथा$$त्थ माम् Mb.5.16.99. -6 A generation, life; आ सप्तमाद् युगात् Ms.1.64; जात्युत्कर्षो युगे ज्ञेयः पञ्चमे सप्तमे$पि वा Y.1.96. (युगे = जन्मनि Mit.). -7 An expression for the number 'four', rarely for 'twelve', -8 A period of five years. -9 A measure of length equal to four Hastas. -1 A part of a chariot or plough. -11 N. of a particular configuration of the moon. -Comp. -अंशकः a year. -अध्यक्षः 1 N. of Prajāpati. -2 of Śiva. -अन्तः 1 the end of the yoke. -2 the end of an age, end or destruction of the world; युगान्तकालप्रति- संहृतात्मनो जगन्ति यस्यां सविकासमासत Śi.1.23; R.13.6. -3 meridian, mid-day. -अन्तर 1 a kind of yoke. -2 a succeeding generation. -3 another division of the sky; युगान्तरमारूढः सविता Ś.4. -अवधिः end or destruction of the world; पयस्यभिद्रवति भुवं युगावधौ Śi.17.4. -आद्या the first day of a Yuga. -कीलकः the pin of a yoke. -क्षयः destruction of the world. -धरः the pole of a carriage. -धुर् f. the pin of a yoke. -पत्रः, -पत्रकः the mountain ebony. -पार्श्वग a. going to the side of the yoke, (said of an ox while being broken in to the yoke). -बाहु a. long-armed; युगपद्युगबाहुभ्यः प्राप्तेभ्यः प्राज्यविक्रमाः Ku.2.18. -मात्रम् the length of a yoke (= 4 hands). -वरत्रम् a yoke-strap; युगवरत्रे उपदंशिते ईषाचक्रादिसंनिधाने चेद् अक्षमानयेत्युच्यते तदा यानाक्षमधिकृत्य ब्रूते इति गम्यते, न तु विदेवनाक्षमिति ŚB. on MS.6.8.35.
yuj युज् a. (At the end of comp.) 1 Joined or united with, yoked, drawn by &c.; रथाः सर्वे चतुर्युजः Mb.12.29. 66. -2 Furnished or filled with, possessed of. -3 Exciting, setting on. -4 Even, not odd. युक्षु कुर्वन् दिनर्क्षेषु सर्वान् कामान् समश्नुते Ms.3.277; कामानुकूलानयुजो युजश्च Mb.3.34. 5. -m. 1 A joiner, one who unites or joins. -2 A sage, one who devotes himself to abstract meditation. -3 A pair, couple (n. also in this sense). -m. dual. 1 The sign Gemini of the zodiac. -2 The two Aśvins.
yūpaḥ यूपः [यु-पक् पृषो˚ दीर्घः; cf. Uṇ.3.27] 1 A sacrificial post (usually made of bamboo or Khadira wood) to which the victim is fastened at the time of immolation; अपेक्ष्यते साधुजनेन वैदिकी श्मशानशूलस्य न यूपसत्क्रिया Ku.5.73; ग्रामेष्वात्मविसृष्टेषु यूपचिह्नेषु यज्वनाम् R.1.44. -2 A trophy. -Comp. -आहुतिः f. an oblation at the erection of the sacrificial post. -कटकः a wooden ring at the top of the Yūpa. -कर्णः that part of the Yūpa which is sprinkled with ghee. -कर्मन्यायः the rule according to which the उत्कर्ष or अपकर्ष of some detail belonging solely to the विकृति will be restricted to that particular detail alone, so that the तदादितदन्तन्याय will not apply in that case. This is discussed and established by जैमिनि and शबर in MS.5.1.27. -द्रुः, -द्रुमः the Khadira tree. -द्विपः, -हस्तिन् a. cloth wrapped round the sacrificial post in certain rites; मीमांसामांसलप्रज्ञास्तां यूपद्विपदापिनीम् N.17.61. -ध्वजः the sacrifice personified. -लक्ष्यः a bird (?). -व्रस्कः the cutter of the sacrificial post.
yogaḥ योगः [युज् भावादौ घञ् कुत्वम्] 1 Joining, uniting. -2 Union, junction, combination; उपरागान्ते शशिनः समुपगता रोहिणी योगम् Ś.7.22; गुणमहतां महते गुणाय योगः Ki.1.25; (वां) योगस्तडित्तोयदयोरिवास्तु R.6.65. -3 Contact, touch, connection; तमङ्कमारोप्य शरीरयोगजैः सुखैर्निषिञ्चन्तमिवामृतं त्वचि R.3.26. -4 Employment, application, use; एतै- रुपाययोगैस्तु शक्यास्ताः परिरक्षितुम् Ms.9.1; R.1.86. -5 Mode, manner, course, means; ज्ञानविज्ञानयोगेन कर्मणा- मुद्धरन् जटाः Bhāg.3.24.17; कथायोगेन बुध्यते H.1. 'In the course of conversation'. -6 Consequence, result; (mostly at the end of comp on in abl.); रक्षायोगादयमपि तपः प्रत्यहं संचिनोति Ś.2.15; Ku.7.55. -7 A yoke. -8 A conveyance, vehicle, carriage. -9 (a) An armour. (b) Putting on armour. -1 Fitness, propriety, suitableness. -11 An occupation, a work, business. -12 A trick, fraud, device; योगाधमनविक्रीतं योगदानप्रतिग्रहम् Ms.8.165. -13 An expedient, plan, means in general. -14 Endeavour, zeal, diligence, assiduity; ज्ञानमेकस्थमाचार्ये ज्ञानं योगश्च पाण़्डवे Mb.7.188.45. इन्द्रियाणां जये योगं समातिष्ठेद् दिवा- निशम् Ms.7.44. -15 Remedy, cure. -16 A charm, spell, incantation, magic, magical art; तथाख्यातविधानं च योगः संचार एव च Mb.12.59.48. -17 Gaining, acquiring, acquisition; बलस्य योगाय बलप्रधानम् Rām.2.82.3. -18 The equipment of an army. -19 Fixing, putting on, practice; सत्येन रक्ष्यते धर्मो विद्या योगेन रक्ष्यते Mb.5.34. 39. -2 A side; an argument. -21 An occasion, opportunity. -22 Possibility, occurrence. -23 Wealth, substance. -24 A rule, precept. -25 Dependence, relation, regular order or connection, dependence of one word upon another. -26 Etymology or derivation of the meaning of a word. -27 The etymological meaning of a word (opp. रूढि); अवयवशक्तिर्योगः. -28 Deep and abstract meditation, concentration of the mind, contemplation of the Supreme Spirit, which in Yoga phil. is defined as चित्तवृत्तिनिरोध; स ब्रह्मयोगयुक्तात्मा सुखमक्षयमश्नुते Bg. 5.21; सती सती योगविसृष्टदेहा Ku.1.21; V.1.1; योगेनान्ते तनुत्यजाम् R.1.8. -29 The system of philosophy established by Patañjali, which is considered to be the second division of the Sāṁkhya philosophy, but is practically reckoned as a separate system; एकं सांख्यं च योगं च यः पश्यति स पश्यति Bg.5.5. (The chief aim of the Yoga philosophy is to teach the means by which the human soul may be completely united with the Supreme Spirit and thus secure absolution; and deep abstract meditation is laid down as the chief means of securing this end, elaborate rules being given for the proper practice of such Yoga or concentration of mind.) -3 A follower of the Yoga system of philosophy; जापकैस्तुल्यफलता योगानां नात्र संशयः Mb.12.2.23. -31 (In arith.) Addition. -32 (In astr.) Conjunction, lucky conjunction. -33 A combination of stars. -34 N. of a particular astronomical division of time (27 such Yogas are usually enumerated). -35 The principal star in a lunar mansion. -36 Devotion, pious seeking after god. -37 A spy, secret agent. -38 A traitor, a violator of truth or confidence. -39 An attack; योगमाज्ञापयामास शिकस्य विषयं प्रति Śiva B.13.7. -4 Steady application; श्रुताद् हि प्रज्ञा, प्रज्ञया योगो योगादात्मवत्ता Kau. A.1.5; मयि चानन्ययोगेन भक्तिरव्यभिचारिणी Bg.13.1. -41 Ability, power; एतां विभूतिं योगं च मम यो वेत्ति तत्त्वतः Bg. 1.7; पश्य मे योगमैश्वरम् 11.8. -42 Equality, sameness; समत्वं योग उच्यते Bg.2.48. -Comp. -अङ्गम् a means of attaining Yoga; (these are eight; for their names see यम 5.) -अञ्जनम् a healing ointment. -अनुशासनम् the doctrine of the Yoga. -अभ्यासिन् a. practising the Yoga philosophy. -आख्या a name based on mere casual contact; स्याद् योगाख्या हि माथुरवत् MS.1.3. 21. (cf. एषा योगाख्या योगमात्रापेक्षा न भूतवर्तमानभविष्यत्सं- बन्धापेक्षा ŚB. on ibid.) -आचारः 1 the practice or observance of Yoga. -2 a follower of that Buddhist school which maintains the eternal existence of intelligence or विज्ञान alone. -3 An act of fraud or magic; ततो$नेन योगाचारन्यायेन दूरमाकृष्य Mv.4. -आचार्यः 1 a teacher of magic. -2 a teacher of the Yoga philosophy. -आधमनम् a fraudulent pledge; योगाधमनविक्रीतम् Ms.8.165. -आपत्तिः modification of usage. -आरूढ a. engaged in profound and abstract meditation; योगारूढस्य तस्यैव शमः कारणमुच्यते Bg.6.3. -आवापः the first attitude of an archer. -आसनम् a posture suited to profound and abstract meditation. -इन्द्रः, -ईशः, -ईश्वरः 1 an adept in or a master of Yoga. -2 one who has obtained superhuman faculties. -3 a magician. -4 a deity. -5 an epithet of Śiva. -6 a Vetāla. -7 an epithet of Yājñavalkya. -इष्टम् 1 tin. -2 lead. -कक्षा = योगपट्टम् below. -कन्या N. of the infant daughter of Yaśodā (substituted as the child of Devakī for Kṛiṣṇa and killed by Kaṁsa). -क्षेमः 1 security of possession, keeping safe of property. -2 the charge for securing property from accidents, insurance; Ms.7.127. -3 welfare, well-being, security, prosperity; तेषां नित्याभियुक्तानां योगक्षेमं वहाम्यहम् Bg. 9.22; मुग्धाया मे जनन्या योगक्षेमं वहस्व M.4. -4 property, profit, gain. -5 property designed for pious uses; cf. Ms.9.219. -मौ, -मे or -मम् (i. e. m. or n. dual or n. sing.) acquisition and preservation (of property), gain and security, preserving the old and acquiring the new (not previously obtained); अलभ्यलाभो योगः स्यात् क्षेमो लब्धस्य पालनम्; see Y.1.1 and Mit, thereon; तेन भृता राजानः प्रजानां योगक्षेमवहाः Kau. A.1.13; आन्वी- क्षिकीत्रयीवार्तानां योगक्षेमसाधनो दण्डः । तस्य नीतिः दण्डनीतिः Kau. A.1.4. -गतिः f. 1 Primitive condition. -2 the state of union. -गामिन् a. going (through the air) by means of magical power. -चक्षुस् m. a Brāhmaṇa -चरः N. of Hanumat. -चूर्णम् a magical powder, a powder having magical virtues; कल्पितमनेन योगचूर्णमिश्रितमौषधं चन्द्रगुप्ताय Mu.2. -जम् agallochum. -तल्पम् = योगनिद्रा. -तारका, -तारा the chief star in a Nakṣatra or constellation. -दण्डः a magic wand; Sinhās. -दानम् 1 communicating the Yoga doctrine. -2 a fraudulent gift. -धारणा perseverance or steady continuance in devotion. -नाथः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 of Datta. -नाविका, -कः a kind of fish; -निद्रा 1 a state of half contemplation and half sleep, a state between sleep and wakefulness; i. e. light sleep; गर्भे प्रणीते देवक्या रोहिणीं योगनिद्रया Bhāg.1. 2.15; योगनिद्रां गतस्य मम Pt.1; H.3.75; ब्रह्मज्ञानाभ्यसन- विधिना योगनिद्रां गतस्य Bh.3.41. -2 particularly, the sleep of Viṣṇu at the end of a Yuga; R.1.14; 13.6. -3 N. of Durgā. -4 the great sleep of Brahmā during the period between प्रलय and उत्पत्ति of the universe. -निद्रालुः N. of Viṣṇu. -निलयः N. of Śiva or Viṣṇu. -पट्टम् a cloth thrown over the back and knees of an ascetic during abstract meditation; क्षणनीरवया यया निशि श्रितवप्रावलियोगपट्टया N.2.78; एकान्तावलम्बितयोगपट्टिकाम् गुहाम् K. Pūrvabhāga. -पतिः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पदम् a state of self-concentration. -पादुका a magical shoe (taking the wearer anywhere he wishes). -पानम् a liquor adulterated with narcotics. -पारगः N. of Śiva. -पीठम् a particular posture during Yoga meditation. -पीडः, -डम् a kind of posture of the gods. -पुरुषः a spy; यथा च योगपुरुषैरन्यान् राजाधितिष्ठति Kau. A.1.21. -बलम् 1 the power of devotion or abstract meditation, any supernatural power. -2 power of magic. -भावना (in alg.) composition of numbers by the sum of their products. -भ्रष्ट a. one who has fallen from the practice of Yoga. -माया 1 the magical power of the Yoga. -2 the power of God in the creation of the world personified as a deity; (भगवतः सर्जनार्था शक्तिः); नाहं प्रकाशः सर्वस्य योगमायासमावृतः Bg.7.25. -3 N. of Durgā. -यात्रा the way to the union with the Supreme Spirit; the way of attaining Yoga. -युक्त a. immersed in deep meditation, absorbed; योगयुक्तो भवार्जुन Bg.8.27;5.6-7. -रङ्गः the orange. -रत्नम् a magical jewel. -राजः 1 a kind of medicinal preparation. -2 one well-versed in Yoga. -रूढ a. 1 having an etymological as well as a special or conventional meaning (said of a word); e. g. the word पङ्कज etymologically means 'anything produced in mud', but in usage or popular convention it is restricted to some things only produced in mud, such as the lotus; cf. the word आतपत्र or 'parasol'. -2 engaged in meditation (s. v. -आरूढ); ध्यायन्ते...... योगिनो योगरूढाः Brav. P. ब्रह्मखण्ड 1.3. -रोचना a kind of magical ointment said to have the power of making one invisible or invulnerable; तेन च परितुष्टेन योगरोचना मे दत्ता Mk.3. -वर्तिका a magical lamp or wick. -वरः an epithet of Hanumant; L. D. B. -वामनम् secret contrivances; Kau. A. -वासिष्ठम् N. of a work (treating of the means of obtaining final beatitude by means of Yoga). -वाहः a term for the sounds विसर्जनीय, जिह्वामूलीय, उपध्मानीय and नासिक्य q. q. v. v. -वाह a. resolving (chemically). -वाहिन् a. assimilating to one's self. -m., n. medium for mixing medicines (such as natron, honey, mercury); नानाद्रव्यात्मकत्वाञ्च योगवाहि परं मधु Suśr. -वाही 1 an alkali. -2 honey. -3 quicksilver. -विक्रयः a fraudulent sale. -विद् a. 1 knowing the proper method, skilful, clever. -2 conversant with Yoga. (-m.) 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 a practiser of Yoga. -3 a follower of the Yoga doctrines. -4 a magician. -5 a compounder of medicines. -विद्या the science of Yoga. -विधिः practice of Yoga or mental abstraction; न च योगविधेर्नवेतरः स्थिरधीरा परमात्मदर्शनात् (विरराम) R.8.22. -विभागः separation of that which is usually combined together into one; especially, the separation of the words of a Sūtra, the splitting of one rule into two or more (frequently used by Patañjali in his Mahābhāṣya; e. g. see अदसो मात् P.I.1.12). -शब्दः a word the meaning of which is plain from the etymology. -शायिन् a. half asleep and half absorbed in contemplation; cf. योगनिद्रा. -शास्त्रम् the Yoga philosophy, esp. the work of Patañjali. -संसिद्धिः perfection in Yoga. -समाधिः the absorption of the soul in profound and abstract contemplation; तमसः परमापदव्ययं पुरुषं योगसमाधिना रघुः R.8.24. -सारः a universal remedy; a panacea. -सिद्धिः f. achievement in succession i. e. by separate performance; पर्यायो योगसिद्धिः ŚB. on MS. ˚न्यायः the rule according to which when an act (e. g. दर्शपूर्णमास) is said to yield all desired objects, what is meant is that it can yield them only one at a time and not all simultaneously. This is established by जैमिनि and शबर in MS.4.3.27-28. Thus for the achievement of each separate काम, a separate performance of the याग is necessary; (see दर्शपूर्णमासन्याय). -सूत्रम् aphorisms of the Yoga system of philosophy (attributed to Patañjali). -सेवा the practice of abstract meditation.
rakṣ रक्ष् 1 P. (रक्षति, रक्षित) 1 To protect, guard, take care of, watch, tend (as cattle); rule, govern (as earth); भवानिमां प्रतिकृतिं रक्षतु Ś.6; ज्ञास्यसि कियद् भुजो मे रक्षति मौर्वीकिणाङ्क इति Ś.1 13; अरक्षितं तिष्ठति दैवरक्षितं सुरक्षितं तद्विहतं विनश्यति । Bh. -2 To keep, not to divulge; रहस्यं रक्षति. -3 To preserve, save, keep away from, spare (often with abl.); सखीजनादुपहसनीयतां रक्षामि Mk.4; दर्शनपथाद्रक्ष्यते Ratn.1; अलब्धं चैव लिप्सेत लब्धं रक्षेदवक्षयात् H.2.8; आपदर्थे धनं रक्षेत् H.1.42; P.2.5; 11.87. -4 To avoid; रक्षन्ती बाष्पमोक्षम् K.; Mu.1.2. -5 To observe (as a law, duty). -6 To beware of.
rāgaḥ रागः [रञ्ज्-भावे घञ् नि˚ नलोपकुत्वे] 1 (a) Colouring, dyeing, tinging. (b) Colour, hue, dye; वचस्तत्र प्रयोक्तव्यं यत्रोक्तं लभते फलम् । स्थायीभवति चात्यन्तं रागः शुक्लपटे यथा ॥ Pt.1.33. -2 Red colour, redness; अधरः किसलयरागः Ś.1.21; Śi.8.15; Ki.16.46. -3 Red dye, red lac; रागेण बालारुणकोमलेन चूतप्रवालोष्ठमलंचकार Ku.3.3;5.11. -4 Love, passion, affection, amorous or sexual feeling; मलिने$पि रागपूर्णाम् Bv.1.1 (where it means 'redness' also); Śi.17.2; अथ भवन्तमन्तरेण कीदृशो$स्या दृष्टिरागः Ś.2; see चक्षूराग also; चरणयुगलादिव हृदयमविशद्रागः K.142. -5 Feeling, emotion, sympathy, interest. -6 Joy, pleasure. -7 Anger, wrath; निध्वनज्जवहारीभा भेजे रागरसात्तमः Śi. 19.34. -8 Loveliness, beauty. -9 A musical mode or order of sound; (there are six primary Rāgas; भैरवः कौशिकश्चैव हिन्दोलो दीपकस्तथा । श्रीरागो मेघरागश्च रागाः षडिति कीर्तिताः Bharata; other writers give different names. Each rāga has six rāgiṇīs regarded as its consorts, and their union gives rise to several musical modes). -1 Musical harmony, melody; तवास्मि गीतरागेण हारिणा प्रसभं हृतः Ś.1.5; अहो रागपरिवाहिणी गीतिः Ś.5. -11 Regret, sorrow. -12 Greediness, envy; 'रागस्तु मात्सर्ये लोहिता- दिषु' Medinī.; राजकामस्य मूढस्य रागोपहतचेतसः Mb.7.85. 54. -13 The quality called Rajas q. v. -14 Nasalization. -15 A process in the preparation of quicksilver. -16 A king, prince. -17 The sun. -18 The moon. -19 Inflammation. -2 Seasoning, condiment; Mb.4. -Comp. -अङ्गी, -आढ्या Rubia Munjiṣṭa (Mar. मञ्जिष्ठा). -अशनिः a Buddha or Jina. -आत्मक a. impassioned; रजो रागात्मकं विद्धि Bg.14.7. -आयातम्, -उद्रेकः excess of passion. -खाडव, -खाण्डव See रागषाडव; a kind of sweet rice preparation; रागखाण्डवभोज्यैश्च मत्ताः पतिषु शेरते Mb.7. 61.8 (com. रागखाण्डवं गुडोदनं पर्पटिकेति वैदर्भाः). -चूर्णः 1 Acasia Catechu or Khadira tree. -2 red lead. -3 lac. -4 red powder thrown by people over one another at the festival called holi. -5 the god of love. -छन्नः the god of love. -द्रव्यम् a colouring substance, a paint, dye. -दः cristal. -दालिः a kind of pulse (मसूर). -दृश् a ruby. -पट्टः a kind of precious stone. (-ट्टी) the chinese rose. -पुष्पः, -प्रसवः the red globe-amaranth. -बन्धः manifestation of feeling, interest created by a proper representation (of various emotions); भावो भावं नुदति विषयाद्रागबन्धः स एव M.2.9. -युज् m. a ruby. -रज्जुः the god of love. -लता N. of Rati, wife of Cupid. -लेखा a streak or mark of paint. -वर्धनः (in music) a kind of measure. -वृन्तः the god of love. -षाडवः a kind of sweetmeat. -सूत्रम् 1 any coloured thread. -2 a silk-thread. -3 the string of a balance.
rāgāru रागारु a. One who raises hopes of a gift, but does not fulfil them.
ri रि (for ऋषभ) The second note of the Indian Gamut.
ruta रुत p. p. [रु-क्त] 1 Sounded. -2 Broken to pieces. -तम् A cry, yell, roar, sound or noise in general; neigh (of horses), note (of birds), humming (of bees); पक्षि˚, हंस˚, कोकिल˚, अलि˚; समदशिखिरुतानि Ki.1.25; आमत्तकोकिलरुतव्यथिता Māl.8.4. -Comp. -ज्ञः an augur. -ष्याजः 1 simulated cry. -2 mimicry.
ruc रुच् रुचा f. [रुच्-क्विप् वा टाप्] 1 Light, lustre, lustre, brightness; क्षणदासु यत्र च रुचैकतां गताः Śi.13.53;9.23,25; शिखरमणिरुचः Ki.5.43; Me.46. -2 Splendour, loveliness, beauty. -3 Colour, appearance (at the end of comp.); चलयन्भृङ्गरुचस्तवालकान् R.8.53; Ku.3.65; Ś.1.15; Ki.5.45. -4 Liking, desire. -5 Lightning. -6 The note of the parrot or Mainā.
rūḍha रूढ p. p. [रुह्-क्त] 1 Grown, sprung up, shot forth, germinated. -2 Born, produced; विषयव्यासंगरूढात्मना Mu.2.5. -3 Grown up, increased, developed; जनस्य रूढप्रणयस्य चेतसः Ki.8.54. -4 Risen, ascended. -5 Large, great, grown, strong. -6 Diffused, spread about. -7 Commonly known, become current or widely known; क्षतात् किल त्रायत इत्युदग्रः क्षत्त्रस्य शब्दो भुवनेषु रूढः R.2.53; (here क्षत्त्र has a sense which is योगरूढ q. v.). -8 Popularly accepted, traditional, conventional, popular (as the meaning of a word, or the word itself; as opposed to यौगिक or etymological sense); व्युत्पत्तिरहिताः शब्दा रूढा आखण्डलादयः; नाम रूढमपि च व्युदपादि Śi.1.23. -9 Certain, ascertained. -1 Obscure. -11 Mounted; laden; व्रजान् स्वान् स्वान् समायुज्य ययू रूढपरिच्छदाः Bhāg.1. 11.3. -12 Famous, widely known; आसक्ता धूरियं रूढा Ki.11.77. -Comp. -ग्रन्थि a. having formed a knot; व्रणो रूढग्रन्थिः स्फुटित इव हृन्मर्मणि पुनः U.2.26. -यौवन a. one who has attained to youth. -वंश a. of a high family. -व्रण a. one whose wounds are healed. -सौहृद a. firm in friendship, of deep-rooted friendship; सखीजनस्ते किमु रूढसौहृदः V.1.1 (v. l.).
rūḍhiḥ रूढिः f. [रुह्-क्तिन्] 1 Growth, germination. -2 Birth, production. -3 Increase, devolopment, growth, spread. -4 Rise, ascent. -5 Fame, celebrity, notoriety; चक्रधर इति रथाङ्गमदः सततं बिभर्षि भुवनेषु रूढये Śi.15.26. -6 A tradition, custom, customary or traditional usage; शास्त्राद् रूढिर्बलीयसी 'custom prevails over precept', -7 General prevalence, common currency. -8 Popular meaning, conventional acceptation of a word; मुख्यार्थबाधे तद्योगे रूढितो$थ प्रयोजनात् K. P.2; समुदायशक्तिः रूढिः. -9 Decision. -Comp. -शब्दः a word which conveys its sense by रूढि (usage) as opposed to योग (etymology); बहुषु कुशानां लातुः गुणेषु सत्सु निपुणतायामेव कुशलशब्दो रोहाद् रूढिशब्द एव भवति ŚB. on MS.6.7.22. -शब्दता the state of being used in a conventional sense. रुहरुहिका ruharuhikā रुहिरुहिका ruhiruhikā रुहरुहिका रुहिरुहिका Longing, anxiety.
rūkṣa रूक्ष a. (written as रुक्ष also) 1 Rough, harsh, not smooth or soft (as touch sound &c.); पुंस्कोकिलगिरं श्रुत्वा रूक्षा ध्वाङ्खस्य वागिव Mb.1.2.384; रूक्षस्वरं वाशति वायसो$यम् Mk.9.1; Ku.7.17. -2 Astringent (taste). -3 Rough, uneven, difficult, austere. -4 Sullied, soiled, dirtied; रथतुरगरजोभिस्तस्य रूक्षालकाग्रा R.7.7; Mu.4.5. -5 Cruel, unkind, harsh; नितान्तरूक्षाभिनिवेशमीशम् R.14.43; संरम्भरूक्षमिव सुन्दरि यद् यदासीत् V.3.2; Ś.7.32; Pt.4. 91. -6 Arid, parched up, dry, dreary; स्निग्धश्यामाः क्वचिदपरतो भीषणाभोगरूक्षाः U.2.14. -7 Not oily (as food); Bg.17.9. (रूक्षीकृ means 'to make rough', 'soil', 'besmear'). -क्षः 1 A tree. -2 Harshness, hardness. -क्षा 1 Croton Polyandrum (Mar. दन्ती). -2 Honey sugar. -क्षम् 1 The thick part of curds. -2 A good kind of iron. -3 Black pepper. -Comp. -गन्धः, -गन्धकः bdellium. -पत्रः the Śākhoṭa tree. -पेषम् ind. without the addition of any liquid; as in रूक्षपेषं पिनष्टि; P.III.4.35. -भावः unfriendly behaviour. -वर्ण a. dark-coloured (as clouds). -वालुकम् honey of a small bee. -स्वरः an ass.
lakṣ लक्ष् I. 1 Ā. (लक्षते, लक्षित) To perceive, apprehend, observe, see -II. 1 U. (लक्षयति-ते, लक्षित) 1 To notice, observe, see, find, perceive; आर्यपुत्रः शून्यहृदय इव लक्ष्यते V.2; R.9.72;16.7. -2 To mark, denote, characterize, indicate; सर्वभूतप्रसूतिर्हि बीजलक्षणलक्षिता Ms.9.35. -3 To define; इदानीं कारणं लक्षयति &c. -4 To indicate secondarily, mean or signify in a secondary sense; यथा गङ्गा- शब्दः स्रोतसि सबाध इति तटं लक्षयति तद्वत् यदि तटे$पि सबाधः स्यात्तत् प्रयोजनं लक्षयेत् K. P.2; अत्र गोशब्दो वाहीकार्थं लक्षयति S. D.2. -5 To aim at. -6 To consider, regard, think.
lakṣita लक्षित p. p. [लक्ष्-क्त] 1 Seen, observed, marked, beheld; यैः सादिता लक्षितपूर्वकेतून् R. -2 Denoted, indicated. -3 Characterized, marked, distinguished. -4 Defined. -5 Aimed at. -6 Indirectly expressed, indicated, hinted at. -7 Inquired into, examined. -8 Considered, regarded. -Comp. -लक्षणा indication based on indication, indicative indication, a secondary indication; इतरथा रथन्तरसामनि अध्यवसीयमाने ऋचा पदं लक्ष्यते पदेन साम सैषा लक्षितलक्षणा स्यात् ŚB. on MS.1.5.58. It should be observed that लक्षितलक्षणा is a दोष and hence inadmissible.
lakṣya लक्ष्य pot. p. [लक्ष्-यत्] 1 To be looked at or observed, visible, observable, perceptible; बभ्रमुस्तदविज्ञाय लक्ष्यं पतनकारणम् Bhāg.1.11.2; दुलक्ष्यचिह्ना महतां हि वृत्तिः Ki. 17.23. -2 Indicated or recognizable by (with instr. or in comp.); दूराल्लक्ष्यं सुरपतिधनुश्चारुणा तोरणेन Me.77; प्रवेपमानाधरलक्ष्यकोपया Ku.5.74; R.4.5;7.6. -3 To be known or found out, traceable; यमामनन्त्यात्मभुवो$पि कारणं कथं स लक्ष्यप्रभवो भविष्यति Ku.5.81; cf. अलक्ष्य also. -4 To be marked or characterized. -5 To be defined. -6 To be aimed at. -7 To be expressed or denoted indirectly. -8 To be regarded or considered as. -क्ष्यः N. of a magical formula recited over weapons; Rām. -क्ष्यम् 1 An aim, a butt, mark, target, mark aimed at (fig. also); उत्कर्षः स च धन्विनां यदिषवः सिध्यन्ति लक्ष्ये चले Ś. 2.5; दृष्टिं लक्ष्येषु बध्नन् Mu.1.2; दर्पेण कौतुकवता मयि बद्धलक्ष्यः U.5.11; R.1.61;6.11;9.67; Ku.3.47,64;5.49; लक्ष्यं चतुर्विधं ज्ञेयं स्थिरं चैव चलं तथा । चलाचलं द्वयचलं वेधनीयं क्रमेण तु ॥ Dhanur.94. -2 A sign, token. -3 The thing defined (opp. लक्षण); लक्ष्यैकदेशे लक्षणस्यावर्तनमव्याप्तिः Tarka K. -4 An indirect or secondary meaning, that derived from लक्षणा q. v; वाच्यलक्ष्यव्यङ्ग्या अर्थाः K. P.2. -5 A pretence, sham, disguise; इदानीं परीक्षे किं लक्ष्यसुप्तमुत परमार्थ- सुप्तमिदं द्वयम् Mk.3;3.18; कन्दर्पप्रवणमनाः सखीसिसिक्षालक्ष्येण प्रतियुवमञ्जलिं चकार Śi.8.35; R.6.81. -6 A lac, one hundred thousand. -Comp. -अक्षिहरणम् the carrying off of a prize. -अलक्ष्य a. scarcely visible. -क्रमः a. the method or order of which is (indirectly) preceptible, as a dhvani. -ग्रहः taking aim. -भेदः, -वेधः hitting the mark; अपतित्वा नु चकार लक्ष्यभेदम् Ki.13.27. -वीथिः f. the visible road (ब्रह्मलोकमार्ग). -सिद्धिः the attainment of an object. -सुप्त a. feigning sleep. -हन् a. hitting the mark. (-m.) an arrow.
laghu लघु a. (-घु or घ्वी f.) [लङ्घेः कुः, नलोपश्च Uṇ.1.29] 1 Light, not heavy; तृणदपि लघुस्तूलस्तूलादपि च याचकः Subhās.; रिक्तः सर्वो भवति हि लघुः पूर्णता गौरवाय Me.2 (where the word means 'contemptible' also); R.9. 62. -2 Little, small, diminutive; धर्मो$यं गृहमेधिनां निगदितः स्मार्तैर्लघुः स्वर्गदः Pt.1.253; Śi.9.38,78. -3 Short, brief, concise; लघुसंदेशपदा सरस्वती R.8.77. -4 Trifling, trivial, insignificant, unimportant; कायस्थ इति लघ्वी मात्रा Mu.1. -5 Low, mean, despicable, contemptible; Śi.9.23; Pt.1.16; कथं प्रत्याख्यानलघुर्मित्रावसुः पुनरपि मन्त्रयते Nāg.2. 1/11. -6 Weak, feeble. -7 Wretched, frivolous. -8 Active, light, nimble, agile; लघु भवत्युत्थानयोग्यं वपुः Ś.2.5. -9 Swift, quick, rapid; किंचित् पश्चाद् व्रज लघुगतिः Me.16; R.5.45. -1 Easy, not difficult; महार्णवपरिक्षेपं लङ्कायाः परिखालघुम् (मेने) R.12.66. -11 Easy to be digested, light (as food) -12 Short (as a vowel in prosody). -13 Soft, low, gentle. -14 Pleasant, agreeable, desirable; दर्शनेन लघुना यथा तयोः प्रीतिमापुरुभयो- स्तपस्विनः R.11.12,8. -15 Lovely, handsome, beautiful. -16 Pure, clean. -17 Sapless, pithless. -18 Young, younger; दीव्यत्युच्चैर्लघुरघुपतिः किं नु वा स्यात् किमन्यत् Mv.6.53. -19 Without attendance or retinue; अनोकशायी लघुरल्पप्रचारश्चरन् देशानेकचरः स भिक्षुः Mb.1.91.5. -m. N. of the Nakṣatras Hasta, Puṣya, and Aśvinī. -n. 1 A particular measure of time (= 15 Kāṣthas). -2 Agallochum, or a particular variety of it. -ind. 1 Lightly, meanly, contemptuously; लघु मन् 'to think lightly of, despise, slight'; प्रथमोपकृतं मरुत्वतः प्रतिपत्त्या लघु मन्यते भवान् Ś.7.1. -2 Quickly, swiftly; लघु लघूत्थिता Ś.4 'risen early'. -Com. -आशिन्, -आहार a. eating little, moderate in diet, abstemious. -उक्तिः f. a brief mode of expression; Kull. on Ms.5.64. -उत्थान, -समुत्थान a. working actively, doing work rapidly. -काय a. light-bodied. (-यः) a goat. -कोष्ठ a. 1 having a light stomach. -2 having little in the stomach. -कौमुदी N. of an epitome of the सिद्धान्तकौमुदी by Varada-rāja. -क्रम a. having a quick step, going quickly. -खट्विका a small bedstead. -गर्गः a kind of fish. -गोधूमः a small kind of wheat. -चित्त, -चेतस्, -मनस्, -हृदय a. 1 light-minded, low-hearted, little-minded, mean-hearted; अयं निजः परो वेति गणना लघुचेतसाम् Mb. -2 frivolous. -3 fickle, unsteady. -चिर्भिटा colocynth. -जङ्गलः a kind of quail (लावक). -तालः (in music) a kind of measure. -दुन्दुभिः a kind of drum. -द्राक्षा a small stoneless grape. -द्राविन् a. melting easily. -नामन् m. agallochum. -नालिका a musket. -पत्रिका the Rochanā plant. -पर्णी, -कर्णी N. of a plant (Mar. मोरवेल). -पाक, -पाकिन् a. easily digested. -पाकः digestibility. -पुष्पः a kind of Kadamba. -प्रमाण a. short. -प्रयत्न a. 1 pronounced with slight articulation (as a letter). -2 indolent, lazy. -बदरः, -बदरी f. a kind of jujube. -भवः humble birth or origin. -भावः ease, facility. -भोजनम् a light repast. -मांसः a kind of partridge. -मात्र a. having small property. -मूलम् the lesser root of an equation. -मूलकम् a radish. -मेरुः (in music) a kind of measure. -लयम् a kind of fragrant root (वीरणमूल). -राशि a. composed of fewer terms (as the side of an equation) -वासस् a. wearing light or pure clothes; Ms.2.7. -विक्रम a. having a quick step, quick-footed. -वृत्ति a. 1 ill-behaved, low, vile. -2 light, frivolous. -3 mismanaged, ill-done. -वेधिन् a. making a clever hit. -शेखरः (in music) a kind of measure. -सत्त्व a. weak or fickle-minded. -समुत्थान a. 1 rising quickly. -2 swift of foot; अलघुना लघुसमुत्थानेन सैन्यचक्रेणाभ्यसरम् Dk.2.3. -सार a. worthless, insignificant. -हस्त a. 1 light-handed, clever, dexterous, expert; शिक्षाविशेषलघुहस्ततया निमेषात् तूणीचकार शरपूरितवक्त्ररन्ध्रान् R.9.63. -2 active, agile. (-स्तः) an expert or skilful archer.
laṅ लङ् A technical term used by Pāṇini to denote the Imperfect tense or its terminations.
laṭ लट् A technical term used by Pāṇdenote the Present tense or its terminations.
latā लता [लत्-अच्] 1 A creeper, creeping plant; लताभावेन परिणतमस्या रूपम् V.4; लतेव संनद्धमनोज्ञपल्लवा R.3.7 (often used as the last member of compounds, especially with words meaning 'arm', 'eyebrow', 'lightning', to denote beauty, tenderness, thinness &c.; भुजलता, बाहुलता, भ्रूलता, विद्युल्लता; so खड्ग˚, अलक˚, &c.; cf. Ku.2. 64; Me.49; Ś.3.14; R.9.46. -2 A branch; मधुसुरभिणि षट्पदेन पुष्पे मुख इव शाललतावधूश्चुचुम्बे Ki.1.34; Rām. 2.8.6. -3 The creeper called Priyaṅgu. -4 The Mādhavī creeper. -5 Musk-creeper. -6 A whip or the lash of a whip. -7 A string of pearls. -8 A slender woman. -9 A woman in general. -1 The Dūrvā grass. -Comp. -अङ्गुलिः f. a branch serving as a finger. -अन्तम् a flower. ˚बाणः the god of love; लतान्त- बाणंबाणलक्ष्यतामयासिषम् Dk.1.4. -अम्बुजम् a kind of cucumber. -अर्कः a green onion. -अलकः an elephant. -आननः a particular position of the hands in dancing. -उद्गमः the upward winding or climbing of a creeper. -करः a particular position of the hands in dancing. -कस्तूरिका, कस्तूरी musk-creeper; लताकस्तूरिका तिक्ता हृद्या शीतास्यरोगहृत् Rājavallabha. -गृहः, -हम् a bower surrounded with creepers, an arbour; लतागृहद्वारगतो $थ नन्दी Ku.3.41. -जिह्वः, -रसनः a snake. -तरुः, -द्रुमः 1 the Sāla tree. -2 the Tāla tree. -3 the orange tree. -पनसः the water-melon. -पर्णः N. of Viṣṇu. -प्रतानः the tendril of a creeper; लताप्रतानोद्ग्रथितैः स केशैरधिज्यधन्वा विचचार दावम् R.2.8. -भवनम् an arbour, a bower. -मणिः coral. -मण्डपः a bower, an arbour. -मृगः a monkey. -यष्टिः f. Bengal madder. -यावकम् a shoot, sprout. -रदः an elephant. -वलयः, -यम् an arbour. -वृक्षः 1 the cocoa-nut tree. -2 the Sāla tree. -वेष्टः a kind of coitus or mode of sexual enjoyment; बाहुभ्यां पाद- युग्माभ्यां वेष्टयित्वा स्त्रियं रमेत् । लघुलिङ्गताडनं योनौ तल्लतावेष्टमुच्यते ॥ Rasamañjarī. -वेष्टनम्, -वेष्टितकम् a kind of embrace; अपि भ्रमी भङ्गिभिरावृताङ्गं वासो लतावेष्टितकप्रवीणम् N.7.97 ('उपविष्टं प्रियं कान्ता सुप्ता वेष्टयते यदि । तल्लतावेष्टितं ज्ञेयं कामानुभव- वेदिभिः Narāyaṇa's com.).
labh लभ् 1 Ā. (लभते, लेभे, अलब्ध, लप्स्यते, लब्धुम्, लब्ध) 1 To get, obtain, gain, acquire; लभेत सिकतासु तैलमपि यत्नतः पीडयन् Bh.2.5; चिराय याथार्थ्यमलम्भि दिग्गजैः Śi.1. 64. -2 To have, possess, be in possession of. -3 To take, receive. -4 To catch, take or catch hold of; प्रांशु- लभ्ये फले लोभादुद्बाहुरिव वामनः R.1.3. -5 To find, meet with; यत्किंचिल्लभते पथि. -6 To recover, regain. -7 To know, learn, perceive, understand; भ्रमणं ..... गमनादेव लभ्यते Bhāsā. P.6; सत्यमलभमानः Kull. on Ms.8.19. -8 To be able or be permitted (to do a thing) (with inf.); मर्तुमपि न लभ्यते; नाधर्मो लभ्यते कर्तुं लोके वैद्याधरे. (The senses of लभ् are modified according to the noun with which it is used; i. e. गर्भं लभ् to conceive, become pregnant; पदं or आस्पदं लभ् to gain a footing, take a hold on; see under पद; अन्तरं लभ् to get a footing, enter into; लेभे$न्तरं चेतसि नोपदेशः R.6.66 'was not impressed on the mind;' चेतनां-संज्ञां लभ् to regain one's consciousness; जन्म लभ् to be born; Ki.5.43; स्वास्थ्यं लभ् to enjoy ease, be at ease; दर्शनं लभ् to get an audience of &c.). -Caus. (लम्भयति-ते) 1 To cause to get or receive, cause to take; मधुरै रवशानि लम्भयन्नपि तिर्यञ्चि शमं निरीक्षितैः Ki.2.55. -2 To give, confer or bestow upon; मोदकशरावं माणवकं लम्भय V.3. -3 To cause to suffer. -4 To obtain, receive. -5 To find out, discover. -Desid. (लिप्सते) To wish to get, long for; अलब्धं चैव लिप्सेत H.2.8.
lāvaṇyam लावण्यम् [लवणस्य भावः ष्यञ्] 1 Saltness. -2 Beauty, loveliness, charm; तथापि तस्या लावण्यं रेखया किंचिदन्वितम् Ś. 6.13;7.18; (लावण्य is thus defined in Śabdak.:-- मुक्ताफलेषु छायायास्तरलत्वमिवान्तरा । प्रतिभाति यदङ्गेषु तल्लावण्यमिहोच्यते ॥). Shri Kshitishachandra points out in his Mañjūṣā that the word does not seem to have any connection with लवण (salt). The word रामण्यक (= beauty) occurs in the Rāmāyaṇa (वनरामण्यकं यत्र जलरामण्यकं तथा Araṇya- kāṇḍa 25.5). 'रलयोरभेद इति न्यायेन सन्निहितयोरनुनासिकयो रेकस्य विषमीकरणप्रक्रियया चाननुनासिकीकरणेन लावण्यमिति निष्पन्न- मिति प्रतिभाति' ।' Amaruśataka gives a verse containing a pun on the word लावण्य (saltness, loveliness):-- पीता यतः- प्रभृति कामपिपासितेन तस्या मयाधररसः प्रचुरः प्रियायाः । तृष्णा तदा प्रभृति मे द्विगुणत्वमेति लावण्यमस्ति बहु तत्र किमत्र चित्रम् ॥ -Comp. -अर्जितम् the private property of a married woman given to her at her marriage by her father or mother-in-law. -कलित a. endowed with beauty. -लक्ष्मीः great beauty. लावण्यमय lāvaṇyamaya लावण्यवत् lāvaṇyavat लावण्यमय लावण्यवत् a. Lovely, handsome.
liṅ लिङ् A technical term used by Pāṇini to denote the Potential and Benedictive moods or their terminations (the two moods being distinguished as विधिलिङ् and आशीर्लिङ्).
liṭ लिट् A technical term in grammer used by Pāṇini to denote the Perfect tense or its terminations.
luṅ लुङ् A technical term used by Pāṇini to denote the Aorist or its terminations.
luṭ लुट् A technical term used by Pāṇini to denote the First or Periphrastic Future or its terminations.
lṛṅ लृङ् A technical term used by Pāṇini to denote the Conditional Mood or its terminations.
lṛṭ लृट् A technical term used by Pāṇini to denote the Second or Simple Future or its terminations.
lekhanikaḥ लेखनिकः 1 A letter-carrier. -2 One who makes another sign for himself, signing by proxy (being unable to write). -3 A writer, scribe.
leṭ लेट् A technical term used by Pāṇini to denote the Vedic Subjunctive Mood or its terminations.
lokaḥ लोकः [लोक्यते$सौ लोक्-घञ्] 1 The world, a division of the universe; (roughly speaking there are three lokas स्वर्ग, पृथ्वी and पाताल, but according to fuller classification the lokas are fourteen, seven higher regions rising from the earth one above the other, i. e. भूर्लोक, भुवर्लोक, स्वर्लोक, महर्लोक, जनर्लोक, तपर्लोक, and सत्यलोक or ब्रह्मलोक; and seven lower regions, descending from the earth one below the other; i. e. अतल, वितल, सुतल, रसातल, तलातल, महातल, and पाताल). -2 The earth, terrestrial world (भूलोक); इह- लोके in this world (opp. परत्र). -3 The human race, mankind, men, as in लोकातिग, लोकोत्तर &c. q. v. -4 The people or subjects (opp. the king); स्वसुखनिरभिलाषः खिद्यसे लोकहेतोः Ś.5.7; R.4.8. -5 A collection, group, class, company; आकृष्टलीलान् नरलोकपालान् R.6.1; or शशाम तेन क्षितिपाल- लोकः 7.3. -6 A region, tract, district, province. -7 Common life, ordinary practice (of the world); लोकवत्तु लीलाकैवल्यम् Br. Sūt.II.1.33; यथा लोके कस्यचिदाप्तैषणस्य राज्ञः &c. S. B. (and diverse other places of the same work). -8 Common or worldly usage (opp. Vedic usage or idiom); वेदोक्ता वैदिकाः शब्दाः सिद्धा लोकाच्च लौकिकाः, प्रियतद्धिता दाक्षिणात्या यथा लोके वेदे चेति प्रयोक्तव्ये यथा लौकिक- वैदिकेष्विति प्रयुञ्जते Mbh. (and in diverse other places); अतो$स्मि लोके वेदे च प्रथितः पुरुषोत्तमः Bg.15.18. -9 Sight, looking. -1 The number 'seven', or 'fourteen'. -11 Ved. Open space; space, room. -12 One's own nature (निजस्वरूप); नष्टस्मृतिः पुनरयं प्रवृणीत लोकम् Bhāg.3. 31.15. -13 Enlightenment (प्रकाश); इच्छामि कालेन न यस्य विप्लवस्तस्यात्मलोकावरणस्य मोक्षम् Bhāg.8.3.25. -14 Recompense (फल); अग्नावेव देवेषु लोकमिच्छन्ते Bṛi. Up.1.4.15. -15 An object of enjoyment (भोग्यवस्तु); अथो अयं वा आत्मा सर्वेषां भूतानां लोकः Bṛi. Up 1.4.16. -16 Sight, the faculty of seeing (चक्षुरिन्द्रिय); अग्निर्लोकः Bṛi. Up.3.9. 1. -17 An object of sense (विषय); उपपत्त्योपलब्धेषु लोकेषु च समो भव Mb.12.288.11. (In compounds लोक is often translated by 'universally', 'generally', 'popularly'; as लोकविज्ञात so ˚विद्विष्ट). -Comp. -अक्षः space, sky. -अतिग a. extraordinary, supernatural. -अतिशय a. superior to the world, extraordinary. -अधिक a. extraordinary, uncommon; सर्वं पण्डितराजराजितिलकेनाकारि लोकाधिकम् Bv.4.44; Ki.2.47. -अधिपः 1 a king. -2 a god or deity. -अधिपतिः a lord of the world. -अनुग्रहः prosperity of mankind. -अनुरागः 'love of mankind', universal love, general benevolence, philanthropy. -अनुवृत्तम् obedience of the people. -अन्तरम् 'another world', the next world, future life; लोकान्तरसुखं पुण्यं तपोदानसमुद्भवम् R.1.69;6.45; लोकान्तरं गम्-प्राप् &c. 'to die'. -अन्तरित a. dead. -अपवादः public scandal, popular censure; लोकापवादो बलवान् मतो मे R.14.4. -अभि- भाविन् a. 1 overcoming the world. -2 pervading the whole world (as light). -अभिलक्षित a. generally liked. -अभ्युदयः public weal or welfare. -अयनः N. of Nārāyaṇa. -अलोकः N. of a mythical mountain that encircles the earth and is situated beyond the sea of fresh water which surrounds the last of the seven continents; beyond लोकालोक there is complete darkness, and to this side of it there is light; it thus divides the visible world from the regions of darkness; प्रकाशश्चा- प्रकाशश्च लोकालोक इवाचलः R.1.68; लोकालोकव्याहतं धर्मराशेः शालीनं वा धाम नालं प्रसर्तुम् Śi.16.83; Mv.5.1,45; ऊर्ध्व- मालोकयामासुः लोकालोकमिवोच्छ्रितम् Parṇāl.3.3; (for further explanation see Dr. Bhāṇḍārkar's note on l. 79 of Māl. 1th Act). (-कौ) the visible and the invisible world. -आकाशः 1 space, sky. -2 (with Jains) a worldly region. -आचारः common practice, popular or general custom, ways of the world; अपि शास्त्रेषु कुशला लोकाचारविवर्जिताः Pt.5.43. -आत्मन् m. the soul of the universe. -आदिः 1 the beginning of the world. -2 the creator of the world. -आयत a. atheistical, materialistic. (-तः) a materialist, an atheist, a follower of Chārvāka. (-तम्) materialism, atheism; (for some account see the first chapter of the Sarvadarśanasaṁgraha). -आयतिकः an atheist, a materialist; कच्चिन्न लोकायतिकान् ब्राह्मणांस्तात सेवसे Rām. 2.1.38. -ईशः 1 a king (lord of the world). -2 Brahman. -3 quick-silver. -उक्तिः f. 1 a proverb, popular saying; लोके ख्यातिमुपागतात्र सकले लोकोक्तिरेषा यतो दग्धानां किल वह्निना हितकरः सेको$पि तस्योद्भवः Pt.1.371. -2 common talk, public opinion. -उत्तर a. extraordinary, uncommon, unusual; लोकोत्तरा च कृतिः Bv.1.69.7; U.2.7. (-रः) a king. ˚वादिन् m. pl. N. of a Buddhist school. -उपक्रोशनम् circulating evil reports among the people; असारस्य वाक्संतक्षणैर्लोकोपक्रोशनैः ... अपवाहनम् Dk.2.2. -एकबन्धुः an epithet of Śākyamuni. -एषणा 1 desire for heaven; या वितैषणा सा लोकैषणोभे ह्येते एषणे एव भवतः Bṛi. Up.3.5.1. -2 desire for the good opinion of the public. -कण्टकः 1 a troublesome or wicked man, the curse of mankind. -2 an epithet of Rāvaṇa; see कण्टक. -कथा a popular legend, folk-tale. -कर्तृ, -कृत् m. the creator of the world. -कल्प a. 1 resembling the world. -2 regarded by the world. (-ल्पः) a period or age of the world. -कान्त a. liked by the people, popular; भव पितुरनुरूपस्त्वं गुणैर्लोककान्तैः V.5.21. (-न्ता) a kind of medical herb (Mar. मुरुढशेंग). -कारणकारणः an epithet of Śiva. -क्षित् a. inhabiting heaven. -गतिः f. actions of men. -गाथा a song handed down among people, folk-song. -चक्षुस् n. the sun. -चारित्रम् the ways of the world. -जननी an epithet of Lakṣmī. -जित् m. 1 an epithet of Buddha. -2 any conqueror of the world. -3 a sage. -a. winning heaven; तद्धैतल्लोकजिदेव Bṛi. Up.1.3.28. -ज्ञ a. knowing the world. -ज्येष्ठः an epithet of Buddha. -तत्त्वम् knowledge of mankind. -तन्त्रम् course of the world; निर्मितो लोकतन्त्रो$यं लोकेषु परिवर्तते Bhāg.12.11.29. -तुषारः camphor. -त्रयम्, -त्रयी the three worlds taken collectively; उत्खात- लोकत्रयकण्टकेपि R.14.73. -दम्भक a. cheating mankind; Ms.4.195. -द्वारम् the gate of heaven. -धर्मः 1 a worldly matter. -2 (with Buddhists) worldly condition. -धातुः a particular division of the world (जम्बु- द्वीप). -धातृ m. an epithet of Śiva. -धारिणी N. of the earth. -नाथः 1 Brahman. -2 Viṣṇu. -3 Śiva. -4 a king, sovereign. -5 a Buddha -6 the sun. -नेतृ m. an epithet of Śiva. -पः, -पालः 1 a regent or guardian of a quarter of the world; ललिताभिनयं तमद्य भर्ता मरुतां द्रष्टुमनाः सलोकपालः V.2.18; R.2.75;12.89;17.78; (the lokapālas are eight; see अष्टदिक्पाल). -2 a king, sovereign. -पक्तिः f. esteem of mankind, general respectability. -पतिः 1 an epithet of Brahman. -2 of Viṣṇu. -3 a king, sovereign. -पथः, -पद्धतिः f. the general or usual way, the universally accepted way. -परोक्ष a. hidden from the world. -पितामहः an epithet of Brahman. -प्रकाशनः the sun. -प्रत्ययः universal prevalence. -प्रवादः general rumour, current report, popular talk. -प्रसिद्ध a. well-known, universally known. -बन्धुः, -बान्धवः 1 the sun. -2 Śiva. -बाह्य, -वाह्य 1 excluded from society, excommunicated. -2 differing from the world, eccentric, singular; उन्मादवन्नृत्यति लोकबाह्यः Bhāg.11.2.4. (-ह्यः) an outcast. -भर्तृ a. supporter of the people. -भावन, -भाविन् a. promoting the welfare of the world. -मर्यादा an established or current custom. -मातृ f. an epithet of Lakṣmī. -मार्गः an established custom. -यज्ञः desire for the good opinion of the people (लोकैषणा); Mb.1. 18.5. (com. लोकयज्ञो लोकैषणा सर्वो मां साधुमेव जानात्विति वासनारूपः). -यात्रा 1 worldly affairs, the course of worldly life, business of the world; तस्माल्लोकयात्रार्थी नित्यमुद्यत- दण्डः स्यात् Kau. A.1.4; Mb.3.15.31; Dk.2.8; एवं किलेयं लोकयात्रा Mv.7; यावदयं संसारस्तावत् प्रसिद्धैवेयं लोकयात्रा Ve.3. -2 a popular usage or custom; एषोदिता लोकयात्रा नित्यं स्त्रीपुंसयोः शुभा Ms.9.25 -3 worldly existence, career in life; Māl.4,6. -4 support of life, maintenance. -रक्षः a king, sovereign. -रञ्जनम् pleasing the world, popularity. -रवः popular talk or report. -रावण a. tormentor of the people; रावणं लोकरावणम् Rām.3.33.1; Mb.3.148.12. -लेखः 1 a public document. -2 an ordinary letter. -लोचनम् the sun. -वचनम् a popular rumour or report. -वर्तनम् the means by which the world subsists. -वादः public rumour; common talk, popular report; मां लोकवादश्रवणादहासीः R.14.61. -वार्ता popular report, public rumour; कश्चिदक्षर्धूतः कलासु कवित्वेषु लोकवार्तासु चातिवैचक्षण्यान्मया समसृज्यत Dk.2.2. -विद्विष्ट a. disliked by men, generally or universally disliked. -विधिः 1 a mode of proceeding prevalent in the world. -2 the creator of the world. -विनायकाः a class of deities presiding over diseases. -विभ्रमः see लोकव्यवहार; हृष्यत्तनुर्विस्मृतलोकविभ्रमः Bhāg.1.71.26. -विरुद्ध a. opposed to public opinion; यद्यपि शुद्धं लोकविरुद्धं नाकरणीयम् नाचरणीयम्. -विश्रुत a. farfamed, universally known, famous, renowned. -विश्रुतिः f. 1 world-wide fame. -2 unfounded rumour, mere report. -विसर्गः 1 the end of the world; Mb. -2 the creation of the world; Bhāg. -वृत्तम् 1 the way of the world, a custom prevalent in the world; लोकवृत्तमनुष्ठेयं कृतं वो बाष्पमोक्षणम् Rām.4.25.3. -2 an idle talk or gossip; न लोकवृत्तं वर्तेत वृत्तिहेतोः कथंचन Ms.4.11. -वृत्तान्तः, -व्यवहारः 1 the course or ways of the world, general custom; Ś.5. -2 course of events. -व्यवहार a. commonly used, universally current. -व्रतम् general practice or way of the world. -श्रुतिः f. 1 a popular report. -2 world-wide fame. -संसृतिः f. 1 fate, destiny. -2 course through the world. -संकरः general confusion in the world. -संग्रहः 1 the whole universe. -2 the welfare of the world; लोकसंग्रहमेवापि संपश्यन् कर्तुमर्हसि Bg.3.2. -3 worldly experience. -4 propitiation of mankind. -संपन्न a. possessed of worldly wisdom. -संबाधः a throng of men, going and coming; इतस्ततः प्रवेशनिर्गमप्रवृत्तलोकसंबाधम् Dk.2.3. -साक्षिक a. 1 having the world as a witness; in the face of the world; प्रत्यक्षं फलमश्नन्ति कर्मणां लोकसाक्षिकम् Mb.3.32.6. -2 attested by witnesses. -साक्षिन् m. 1 an epithet of Brahman. -2 fire. -साधक a. creating worlds. -साधारण a. common (as a topic); Dk. -सिद्ध a. 1 current among the people, usual, customary. -2 generally received or accepted. -सीमातिवर्तिन् a. extraordinary, supernatural. -सुन्दर a. generally admired. -स्थलम् common occurrence. -स्थितिः f. 1 existence or conduct of the universe, worldly existence; the stability or permanence of the world; ये चैवं पुरुषाः कलासु कुशलास्तेष्वेव लोकस्थितिः Bh.2.22. -2 a universal law. -हास्य a. world-derided, the butt of general ridicule. -हित a. beneficial to mankind or to the world. (-तम्) general welfare.
loṭ लोट् A technical term used by Pāṇini to denote the Imperative Mood or its terminations.
lākāka लाकाक a. (-की f.) [लोके विदितः प्रसिद्धो हितो वा ठण्] 1 Worldly, mundane, terrestrial, earthly. -2 General, common, usual, ordinary, vulgar; लौकिकानां हि साधूनामर्थं वागनुवर्तते U.1.1. -3 Of every-day life, generally accepted, popular, customary; जायापती लौकिकमेषणीयमार्द्रा- क्षतारोपणमन्वभूताम् Ku.7.88. -4 Temporal, secular (opp. आर्ष or शास्त्रीय); न पैतृयज्ञियो होमो लौकिके$ग्नौ विधीयते Ms.3. 282. -5 Not sacred, profane (as a word or its sense); वाक्यं द्विविधं वैदिकं लौकिकं च T. S.; (see Mbh. quoted under लोक 8). -6 Belonging to the world of; as in ब्रह्मलौकिक. -काः (pl.) 1 Ordinary men, men of the world. -2 The human race, mankind. -कम् Any general or worldly custom. -Comp. -अग्निः fire not sanctified by rituals. -ज्ञ a. knowing the ways of the world, acquainted with worldly customs; वनौकसो$पि सन्तो लौकिकज्ञा वयम् Ś.4. -न्यायः a general rule or maxim.
vaṃśaḥ वंशः [वमति उद्गिरति वम्-श तस्य नेत्वम् Uṇ.4.116] 1 A bamboo; धनुर्वशविशुद्धो$पि निर्गुणः किं करिष्यति H. Pr.23; वंशभवो गुणवानपि संगविशेषेण पूज्यते पुरुषः Bv.1.8 (where वंश has sense 2 also); Me.81. -2 A race, family, dynasty, lineage; स जातो येन जातेन याति वंशः समुन्नतिम् H.2; सूर्यप्रभवो वंशः R.1.2. &c.; see वंशकर, वंशस्थिति &c. -3 A shaft. -4 A flute, pipe, reed-pipe; कूजद्भिरापादितवंशकृत्यम् R.2.12. -5 A collection, assemblage, multitude (usually of similar things); सान्द्रीकृतः स्यन्दनवंशचक्रैः R.7.39. -6 A cross-beam; यदस्थिभिर्निर्मित- वंशवंश्यस्थूणं त्वचा रोमनखैः पिनद्धम् Bhāg.11.8.33. -7 A joint (in a bamboo). -8 A sort of sugar-cane. -9 The back-bone. -1 The Śāla tree. -11 A particular measure of length (equal to ten hastas). -12 The central projecting part of a sabre. -13 Bamboo-manna. -14 Offspring. -15 A son. -16 A particular musical note. -17 Pride, arrogance. -Comp. -अग्रम्, -अङ्कुरः 1 the tip or end of a bamboo-cane. -2 the shoot of a bamboo. -अनुकीर्तनम् genealogy. -अनुक्रमः genealogy. -अनुचरितम् the history of a dynasty or family. -आगत a. inherited. -आवली a pedigree, genealogy. -आह्वः bamboo-manna. -कठिनः a thicket of bamboos. -कफम् cottony seeds floating in the air. -कर a. 1 founding a family. -2 perpetuating a race; वंशस्थितिं लौहितिक lauhitika लौहितिक a. Reddish.
vac वच् I. 2 P. (Ā. also in non-conjugational tenses; in conjugational tenses it is said to be defective in the third person plural by some authorities, or in the whole plural by others; वक्ति, उवाच, अवोचत्, वक्ष्यति, वक्तुम्, उक्त) 1 To say, speak; वैराग्यादिव वक्षि K. P.1; (oft. with two. acc.); तामूचतुस्ते प्रियमप्यमिथ्या R.14.6; sometimes with accusative of words meaning 'speech'; उवाच धात्र्या प्रथमोदितं वचः R.3.25;2.59; क एवं वक्ष्यते वाक्यम् Rām. -2 To relate, describe; रघूणामन्वयं वक्ष्ये R.1.9. -3 To tell, communicate, announce, declare; उच्यतां मद्वचनात्सारथिः Ś.2; Me.1. -4 To name, call; तदेकसप्ततिगुणं मन्वन्तरमिहोच्यते Ms.1.79. -5 To signify, denote (as sense). -6 To recite, repeat. -7 To censure; reproach; वृत्तिविज्ञानवान् धीरः कस्तं वा वक्तुमर्हति Mb. 12.132.6. -II. 1 P. To inform, to tell; L. D. B. -Caus. (वाचयति-ते) 1 To cause to speak. -2 To go over, read, peruse; वाचयति नान्यलिखितं लिखितमनेन वाचयति नान्यः । अयमपरो$स्य विशेषः स्वयमपि लिखितं स्वयं न वाचयति ॥ Subhāṣ. -3 To say, tell, declare. -4 To promise. -Desid. (विवक्षति) To wish to speak, intend to say (something); विवक्षता दोषमपि च्युतात्मना त्वयैकमीशं प्रति साधु भाषितम् Ku.5.81.
vacas वचस् n. 1 A speech, word, sentence; उवाच धात्र्या प्रथमोदितं वचः R.3.25,47; इत्यव्यभिचारि तद्वचः Ku.5. 36; वचस्तत्र प्रयोक्तव्यं यत्रोक्तं लभते फलम् Subhāṣ. -2 A command, order, precept, injunction. -3 Advice, counsel. -4 A hymn. -5 Singing, a song of birds. -7 (In gram.) Number. -Comp. -कर a. 1 obedient, compliant. -2 executing the orders of another. -क्रमः discourse. -ग्रहः the ear. -प्रवृत्तिः f. an attempt at speaking; अव्यक्तवर्णरमणीयवचःप्रवृत्तीन् Ś.7.17. -मार्गातीत a. greater than words can tell. -हरः an emissary, a messenger; अभिधत्ते स्म वचो वचोहरः Śi.16.38.
ukta उक्त p. p. 1 Said, spoken. -2 Uttered, spoken (opp. to अनुमित or संभावित). -3 Told, addressed; असावनुक्तो $पि सहाय एव Ku.3.21. -4 Indicated; असता छाययोक्ताय सदाभासाय ते नमः Bhāg.8.3.14. -क्तम् A speech, words collectively; a sentence. -क्तम्, -क्ता A stanza of four lines with one syllabic instant, (there being one long or two short syllables in each). -Comp. -अनुक्त a. spoken and not spoken. -उपसंहारः a brief description, resume, peroration, recapitulation. -निर्वाहः defending an assertion. -पुंस्कः a word (feminine or neuter) of which also a masculine exists, and the meaning of which differs from that of the masculine only by the notion of gender. -प्रत्युक्तम् speech and reply, discourse. -वर्जम् ind. except the case mentioned. -वाक्यम् a dictum, decree.
vat वत् a. 1 An affix added to nouns to show 'possession'; धनवत् possessed of wealth; रूपवत् beautiful; so भगवत्, भास्वत् &c.; (the words so formed being adjectives). -2 Added to the base of the past passive participle वत् turns it into a past active participle; इत्युक्तवन्तं जनकात्मजायाम् R.14.43. -3 Added to substantives in the sense of the locative; सूक्तवाके इति सूत्रयितव्ये सूक्तवाकवत् इति सूत्रितम् ŚB. on MS.1.2.51. -4 Added to substantives in the sense of अर्ह 'worthy of', 'deserving'; ईहार्था सूक्तवाकार्हाः । अर्हे वतिर्द्रष्टव्यः ŚB. on MS.1.2.51. -ind. An affix added to nouns or adjectives to denote 'likeness' or 'resemblance' and may be translated by 'like', 'as'; आत्मवत् सर्वभूतानि यः पश्यति स पण्डितः.
vadya वद्य a. 1 Fit to be spoken, not blamable; cf. अवद्य. -2 Dark or second (said of the fortnight of a lunar month; वद्यपक्षः the dark fortnigt). -द्यम् Speech, speaking about.
vadh वध् 1 P. (वधति) To slay, kill (not used in classical Sanskrit except as a substitute for हन् in the Aorist and Benedictive).
vanam वनम् [वन्-अच्] 1 A forest, wood, thicket of trees; एको वासः पत्तने वा वने वा Bh.3.12; वने$पि दोषाः प्रभवन्ति रागिणाम्. -2 A cluster, group, a quantity of lotuses or other plants growing in a thick bed; चित्रद्विपाः पद्मवनाव- तीर्णाः R.16.16;6.86. -3 A place of abode, residence, house. -4 A fountain, spring (of water). -5 Water in general; गगनं ... वनौघनमदभ्रम् Śi.6.73. -6 A wooden vessel. -7 Wood, timber. -8 Dwelling in a forest, living abroad. -9 Ved. A cloud. -1 Light, a ray of light. -11 Worshipping. -12 A mountain; L. D. B. -13 Plenty, abundance. (As the first member of comp. वन may be translated by 'wild', 'forest'; वनवराहः, वनकदली, वनपुष्पम् &c.) -Comp. -अग्निः a forest conflagration. -अजः the wild goat. -अन्तः 1 the skirts or borders of a forest; वृत्तः स नौ संगतयोर्वनान्ते R.2.58. -2 the forest region itself, wood; वनान्तशय्याकठिनीकृताकृती Ki.1.36; अन्तःकूजन् मुखरशकुनो यत्र रम्यो वनान्तः U.2.25. -अन्तरम् 1 another wood. -2 the interior of a forest; अपि वनान्तरमल्पकुचान्तरा श्रयति पर्वत पर्वसु संनता V.4.49. -अब्जिनी a lotus-plant growing in water. -अरिष्टा wild turmeric. -अर्चकः a florist, maker of garlands. -अलक्तम् red earth or ruddle. -अलिका a sun-flower. -आखुः a hare. -आखुकः a kind of bean. -आपगा 'wood-river', a forest-stream; महार्णवं समासाद्य वनापगशतं यथा Rām.7.19. 17. -आर्द्रकम् the root of wild ginger. (-का) wild ginger. -आश a. living on water; कुतः क्षीरं ... वनाशानां वनाश्रम- निवासिनाम् Mb.13.14.124. (-शः) 1 dining in a wood, a picnic; क्वचिद्वनाशाय मनो दधद् व्रजात् प्रातः समुत्थाय वयस्य- वत्सपान् Bhāg.1.12.1. -2 a kind of small barley. -आश्रमः abode in the woods, the third stage in the religious life of a Brāhmaṇa. -आश्रमिन् m. an anchorite, a hermit. -आश्रयः 1 an inhabitant of the wood. -2 a sort of crow or raven. -उत्साहः a rhinoceros. -उद्धवा the wild cotton plant. -उपप्लवः a forest conflagration. -उपलः shaped and dried cow dung (Mar. गोवरी). -ओकस् m. 1 an inhabitant of a wood, a forester. -2 an anchorite, a hermit. -3 a wild animal such as a monkey, boar &c.; तस्य त्यक्तस्वभावस्य घृणेर्मायावनौकसः Bhāg. 7.2.7. -ओषधिः a medicinal herb growing in a forest or growing wild. -कणा wild pepper. -कदली wild plantain. -करिन् m., -कुञ्जरः, -गजः a wild elephant. -काम a. fond of a forest. -कार्पासी (-सिः f.) the wild cotton tree. -कुक्कुटः a wild fowl. -कोलिः f. the wild jujube tree. -खण्डम् a forest. -ग a. inhabitant of a forest. -गवः the wild ox. -गहनम् a thicket, the thick part of a forest; इति चालयन्नचलसानुवनगहनजानुमापतिः । -गुप्तः a spy. -गुल्मः a wild or forest shrub. -गोचर a. 1 frequenting woods. -2 living in water; जहास चाहो वन- गोचरो मृगः Bhāg.3.18.2. (-रः) 1 a hunter. -2 a forester. (-रम्) a forest. -ग्रहणम् surrounding a forest and stopping all egress. -ग्राहिन् a beater of the forest, one who surrounds a forest; तेन हि निवर्तय पूर्वगतान् वन- ग्राहिणः Ś.2.6/7. -ग्रामकः a forest village, a poor village. -चन्दनम् 1 the Devadāru tree. -2 aloe-wood. -चन्द्रिका, -ज्योत्स्ना a kind of jasmine. -चम्पकः the wild Champaka tree. -चर a. living in a forest, haunting woods, sylvan. (-रः) 1 a forester, forest-dweller, woodman; उपतस्थुरास्तितविषादधियः शतयज्वनो वनचरा वसतिम् Ki.6.29; Me.12. -2 a wild animal. -3 the fabulous eight-legged animal called Śarabha. -चर्या roaming about or residence in a forest. -छागः 1 a wild goat. -2 a boar. -छिद् m. a wood-cutter. -जः 1 an elephant. -2 a kind of fragrant grass. -3 the wild citron tree. -4 a woodman. (-जम्) a blue lotus-flower. -जा 1 wild ginger. -2 the wild cotton tree. -जीविन् a forester, woodman. -तिक्तः the yellow myrobalan tree. -दः a cloud. -दाहः a forest-conflagration. -दीपः = ˚चम्पकः. -देवता a sylvan deity, a dryad; शुश्राव कुञ्जेषु यशः स्वमुच्चैरुद्गीयमानं वनदेवताभिः R.2.12;9.52; Ś.4.5; अनुप्रयाता वनदेवताभ्यामदृश्यत स्थावरराजकन्या Ku.3.52;6.39. -द्रुमः a tree growing wild in a forest. -धारा an avenue of trees. -धितिः f. Ved. a hatchet. -धेनुः f. the female of the wild ox or Bos gavœus. -पः a woodman; यथा वनान्ते वनपैर्विसृष्टः कक्षं देहत्कृष्णगतिः सुघोषः Mb.9.24.63. -पल्लवः the शोभाञ्जन tree. -पांसुलः a hunter. -पार्श्वम् the neighbourhood of a wood, the forest region itself. -पुष्पम् a forest-flower. -पूरकः the wild citron tree. -प्रवेशः commencing a hermit's life. -प्रस्थ a. retiring into a wood, leading the life of a hermit. (-स्थः) a wood situated on a tableland. -प्रियः the cuckoo. (-यम्) the cinnamon tree. -बर्हिणः, -वर्हिणः a wild peacock. -भूः f., -भूमिः f. forest ground. -भूषणी the female of the Indian cuckoo. -मक्षिका a gad-fly. -मल्ली wild-jasmine. -माला a garland of wood-flowers, such as was usually worn by Kṛiṣṇa; ग्रथितमौलिरसौ वनमालया R.9.51; it is thus described :- आजानुलम्बिनी माला सर्वर्तुकुसुमोज्ज्वला । मध्ये स्थूल- कदम्बाढ्या वनमालेति कीर्तिता ॥ ˚धरः an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa. -मालिन् a. adorned with a chaplet of wood-flowers (-m.) an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa; धीरसमीरे यमुनातीरे वसति वने वनमाली Gīt.5; तव विरहे वनमाली सखि सीदति ibid. -मालिनी N. of the town of Dvārakā. -मुच् a. pouring water; R.9.22. (-m.), -भूतः a cloud. -मुद्गः a kind of kidney-bean. -मोचा wild plantain. -रक्षकः a forest-keeper. -राजः the lion. -राजिः, -जी f. 1 a grove or long row of trees. -2 a long tract of forest. -3 a path in a forest. -रुहम् a lotus-flower; वनरुहाननं बिभ्रदावृतम् Bhāg.1.31.12. -लक्ष्मी f. 1 an ornament or beauty of the wood. -2 the plantain. -लता a forest-creeper; दूरीकृताः खलु गुणैरुद्यानलता वन- लताभिः Ś.1.17. -वर्तिका a kind of quail. -वह्निः, -हुता- शनः a forest-conflagration. -वासः 1 living in a wood, residence in a forest; अनुमतगमना शकुन्तला तरुभिरियं वनवास- बन्धुभिः Ś.4.1. -2 a wild or nomadic life. -3 a forestdweller, a forester. -वासनः a civet-cat. -वासिन् m. 1 a forest-dweller, forester. -2 a hermit; so वनस्थायिन्. -वीजः, -वीजकः the wild citron tree. -वृन्ताकी the eggplant. -व्रीहिः wild rice. -शृङ्गाटः Tribulus Lanuginosus (Mar. सराटा). -शोभनम् a lotus. -श्वन् m. 1 a jackal. -2 a tiger. -3 a civet-cat. -सङ्कटः a kind of pulse. -सद्, -संवासिन् m. a forester; प्रणुदन्ववौ वनसदां परिश्रमम् Ki.12. 5. -समूहः a thick wood. -संप्रवेशः a solemn procession into a forest for the purpose of cutting wood for an idol. -सरोजिनी f. the wild cotton plant. -स्थः 1 a deer. -2 a hermit; कुतः क्षीरं वनस्थानाम् Mb.13.14.124. -स्था, -स्थी the holy fig tree. -स्थली a wood, forest ground; नखक्षतानीव वनस्थलीनाम् Ku.3.29. -स्रज् f. a garland of forest flowers. -हासः, -हासकः 1 the Kāsa grass. -2 N. of the flower-plant Kunda.
vanya वन्य a. [वने-भवः यत्] 1 Belonging to, growing or produced in, woods, wild; कल्पवित् कल्पयामास वन्यामेवास्य संविधाम् R.1.94; वन्यानां मार्गशाखिनाम् 45,88. -2 Savage, not tamed or domesticated; वन्यान् विनेष्यन्निव दुष्टसत्त्वान् R. 2.8,37;5.43. -3 Wooden. -न्यः 1 A wild animal. -2 A wild plant. -3 A monkey; शतशो नैर्ऋतान् कन्या जघ्नुर्वन्यांश्च नैर्ऋताः । नैर्ऋतास्तत्र वध्यन्ते प्रायेण न तु वानराः ॥ Rām. 3.287.29. -न्यम् Forest-produce (such as fruits, roots, &c.); रामो$पि सह वैदेह्या वने वन्येन वर्तयन् R.12.2. -Comp. -आश्रमः = वानप्रस्थाश्रमः q. v.; लोकमुख्येषु सत्कारं लिङ्गिमुख्येषु चासकृत् । कुर्वतस्तस्य कौन्तेय वन्याश्रमपदं भवेत् ॥ Mb.12.66.9. -इतर a. tame, domesticated. -गजः, -द्विपः a wild elephant. -वृत्ति a. living on forest-food.
vayas वयस् n. [अज्-असुन् वीभावः] 1 Age, any time or period of life; गुणाः पूजास्थानं गुणिषु न च लिङ्गं न च वयः U.4.11; नवं वयः R.2.47; पश्चिमे वयसि 19.1; न खलु वयस्तेजसो हेतुः Bh.2.38; तेजसां हि न वयः समीक्ष्यते R.11.1.; Ku.5.16; Bhāg.1.26.4. -2 Youth, the prime of life; वयसि गते कः कामविकारः Charpaṭa. S.1; Bhāg.8.15.17; वयोगते किं वनिताविलासः Subhāṣ.; so अतिक्रान्तवयाः. -3 A bird in general; स्मरणीयाः समये वयं वयः N.2.62; मृगवयोगवयोप- चितं वनम् R.9.53;2.9; Śi.3.55;11.47. -4 A crow; वयांसि किं न कुर्वन्ति चञ्च्वा खोदरपूरणम् Pt.1.23 (here it may mean 'a bird' also.). -5 Ved. Sacrificial food or oblation. -6 Energy, strength. -7 Health, soundness of constitution. -Comp. -अतिग, -अतीत a. (-वयोतिग &c.) advanced in age, aged, decrepit. -अधिक a. (-वयोधिक) older in age, senior. -अवस्था (वयोवस्था) stage or period of life, measure of age; वयो$वस्थां तस्याः श्रुणुत Māl.9.29. -कर a. causing health and vigour of life, prolonging life. -गत a. 1 come of age. -2 advanced in years; अयमितर आत्मा कृतकृत्यो वयोगतः प्रैति Ait. Up.2.4. (-तम्) the departure of youth. -परिणतिः, -परिणामः ripeness of age; advanced or old age. -प्रमाणम् 1 measure or length of life. -2 duration of life. -बाल a. young in years. -वृद्ध a. (-वयोवृद्ध) old, advanced in years. -संधिः 1 transition from one period of life to another; त्रयो वयःसंधयः. -2 puberty, maturity (period of coming of age). -स्थ a. (-वयःस्थ or -वयस्थ) 1 youthful; नानावर्णविभक्तानां वयःस्थानां तथैव च Rām.1.53.2. -2 grown up mature. -3 strong, powerful. (-स्थ) a friend; contemporary. (-स्था) 1 a female companion. -2 the yellow myrobalan tree. -3 small cardamoms. -स्थानम् firmness of youth. -हानिः f. (-वयोहानिः) 1 loss or decline of youth. -2 loss of youthful vigour.
varṇaḥ वर्णः [वर्ण्-अच् Uṇ.3.1] 1 A colour, hue; अन्तः- शुद्धस्त्वमपि भविता वर्णमात्रेण कृष्णः Me.51. -2 A paint, dye, paint-colour; see वर्ण् (1). -3 Colour, complexion, beauty; विविक्तवर्णाभरणा सुखश्रुतिः Ki.14.3; त्वय्यादातुं जलमवनते शार्ङ्गिणो वर्णचौरे Me.48; R.8.42. -4 Look, countenance; मध्यस्थवर्ण इव दृश्यते Madhyamavyāyoga 1; किं त्वं शङ्कितवर्ण इव Chārudatta 4; अवदातिका परशङ्कितवर्णेव दृश्यते Pratimā 1. -5 A class of men, tribe, caste (especially applied to the four principal castes, ब्राह्मण, क्षत्रिय, वैश्य and शूद्र); वर्णानामानुपूर्व्येण Vārt; न कश्चिद्वर्णानामपथमपकृष्टो$पि भजते Ś.5. 1; R.5.19. -6 A class, race, tribe, kind, species; as in सवर्णम् अक्षरम्; ब्रह्मणा पूर्वसृष्टं हि कर्मभिर्वर्णतां गतम् Mb.12. 188.1. -7 (a) A letter, character, sound; न मे वर्ण- विचारक्षमा दृष्टिः V.5; Ki.14.3. (b) A word, syllable; S. D.9. -8 Fame, glory, celebrity, renown; राजा प्रजा- रञ्जनलब्धवर्णः R.6.21. -9 A good quality, merit, virtue; त्रिवर्णा वर्णिता$स्माभिः किं भूयः श्रोतुमिच्छसि Bhāg.11.3.16. -1 Praise; स्वगुणोच्चगिरो मुनिव्रताः परवर्णग्रहणेष्वसाधवः Śi.16. 29. -11 Dress, decoration. -12 Outward appearance, form, figure. -13 A cloak, mantle. -14 A covering, lid. -15 The order or arrangement of a subject in a song (गीतक्रम); अभिध्यायन्वर्णरतिप्रमोदानतिदीर्घे जीविते को रमेत Kaṭh.1.28; उपात्तवर्णे चरिते पिनाकिनः Ku.5.56 'celebrated in song, made the subject of a song.' -16 The housings of an elephant. -17 A quality, property; जङ्गमानामसंख्येयाः स्थावराणां च जातयः । तेषां विविधवर्णानां कुतो वर्णविनिश्चयः ॥ Mb.12.188.9. -18 A religious observance. -19 An unknown quantity. -2 The number 'one'. -21 Application of perfumed unguents to the body. -22 Gold. -23 A musical mode. -र्णा Cajanus Indicus (Mar. तूर). -र्णम् 1 Saffron. -2 A coloured unguent or perfume. -Comp. -अङ्का a pen. -अधिपः a planet presiding over a caste or class. -अनुप्रासः alliteration. -अन्तरम् 1 another caste. ˚गमनम् the passing into another caste. -2 change of sound. -अपसदः an outcast. -अपेत a. devoid of any cast, outcast, degraded; वर्णा- प्रेतमविज्ञातं ...... कर्मभिः स्वैर्विभावयेत् Ms.1.57. -अवकृष्टः a Śūdra; अपि वर्णावकृष्टस्तु नारी वा धर्मकाङ्क्षिणी Mb.12.24.34. -अर्हः a kind of bean. -अवर a. inferior in caste. -आगमः the addition of a letter; भवेद्वर्णागमाद्धंसः Sk. -आत्मन् m. a word. -आश्रमाः the (four) castes and stages of life; वर्णाश्रमाणां गुरवे स वर्णी विचक्षणः प्रस्तुतमाचचक्षे R.5.19. ˚गुरुः N. of Śiva. ˚धर्मः the duties of caste and order. -उदकम् coloured water; वर्णोदकैः काञ्चनशृङ्गमुक्तै- स्तमायताक्ष्यः प्रणयादसिञ्चन् R.16.7. -कविः N. of a son of Kubera. -कूपिका an ink-stand. -क्रमः 1 the order of castes or colours. -2 alphabetical order or arrangement. -गत a. 1 coloured. -2 algebraical. -गुरुः a king, prince. -ग्रथणा a method (artificial) of writing verses. -चारकः a painter. -ज्येष्ठः a Brāhmaṇa. -तर्णकम्, -तर्णिका woollen cloth used as a mat. -तालः (in music) a kind of measure. -तूलिः, -तूलिका, -तूली f. a pencil, paint-brush. -द a. colouring. (-दम्) a kind of fragrant yellow wood. -दात्री turmeric. -दूतः a letter. -दूषक a. violating the distinctions of castes; यत्र त्वेते परिध्वंसा जायन्ते वर्णदूषकाः Ms.1.61. -धर्मः the peculiar duties of a caste. -नाथः the planetary regent of a caste. -पत्रम् a pallet. -परिचयः skill in song or music. -पातः the omission of a letter. -पात्रम् a paint-box. -पुष्पम् the flower of the globe-amaranth. -पुष्पकः the globeamaranth. -प्रकर्षः excellence of colour. -प्रसादनम् aloe-wood. -बुद्धिः the notion connected with particular letters or sounds. -भेदिनी millet. -मातृ f. a pen, pencil. -मातृका N. of Sarasvatī. -माला, -राशिः the alphabet. -रे(ले)खा, -लेखिका chalk. -वर्तिः, -वर्तिका f. 1 a paint-brush; फलकमादाय मणिसमुद्गकाद्वर्णवर्तिकामुद्धृत्य Dk.2.2. -2 a pencil. -वादिन् m. a panegyrist. -विक्रिया enmity against the castes. -विपर्ययः the substitution or change of letters; (भवेत्) सिंहो वर्णविपर्ययात् Sk. -विलासिनी turmeric. -विलोडकः 1 a house-breaker. -2 a plagiarist (lit. word-stealer). -वृत्तम् a metre regulated by the number of syllables it contains (opp. मात्रावृत्त). -व्यव- -स्थितिः f. the institution of caste, caste-system. -शिक्षा instruction in letters. -श्रेष्ठः a Brāhmaṇa; वर्णश्रेष्ठो द्विजः पूज्यः H.4.21. -संयोगः marriage between persons of the same caste. -संसर्गः confusion of castes, marriage with members of other castes; Ms.8.172. -संहारः an assemblage of different castes. -संकरः 1 confusion of castes through intermarriage; स्त्रीषु दुष्टासु वार्ष्णेय जायते वर्ण- संकरः Bg.1.41. -2 mixture or blending of colours; चित्रेषु वर्णसंकरः K. (where both senses are intended); Śi.14.37. -संघातः, -समाम्नायः the alphabet. -स्थानम् an organ of utterance. -हीन a. outcast.
vartamāna वर्तमान a. [वृत्-शानच्] 1 Being, existing. -2 Living, being alive, contemporary; प्रथितयशसां भासकविसौमिल्लकवि- मिश्रादीनां प्रबन्धानतिक्रम्य वर्तमानकवेः कालिदासस्य क्रियायां कथं परिषदो बहुमानः M.1. -3 Turning or moving round, revolving. -4 Dwelling in. -नः The present tense (in gram.); वर्तमानसामीप्ये वर्तमानवद्वा P.111.3.131. -नम् 1 Presence. -2 The present time. -Comp. -आक्षेपः not agreeing with the present. -कालः 1 the present tense. -2 the present time.
vardhana वर्धन a. [वृध्-णिच् ल्यु ल्युट् वा] 1 Increasing, growing. -2 Causing to increase, enlarging, magnifying. -नः A bestower of prosperity. -2 A tooth growing over another tooth. -3 N. of Śiva. -नी 1 A broom. -2 A bier. -3 A water-jar of a particular shape. -नम् 1 Growing, thriving. -2 Growth, increase, prosperity, magnifying, enlargement. -4 Elevation. -5 Exhilaration (of spirits), animation. -6 Educating, rearing. -7 Cutting, dividing; as in नाभिवर्धनम्; प्राङ्नाभिवर्धनात् पुंसो जातकर्म विधीयते Mb.3.18.34; annihilation; ततो राजन् महानासीत् संग्रामो भूरिवर्धनः Mb.7.153.44. -8 A means of strengthening. restorative. -9 Filling.
varṣaḥ वर्षः र्षम् [वृष् भावे घञ् कर्तरि अच् वा] 1 Raining, rain, a shower of rain; तपाम्यहमहं वर्षं निगृह्णाभ्युत्सृजामि च Bg.9.19; विद्युत्स्तनितवर्षेषु Ms.4.13; Me.37. -2 Sprinkling, effusion, throwing down, a shower of anything; सुरभि सुरविमुक्तं पुष्पवर्षं पपात R.12.12; so शरवर्षः, शिलावर्षः, लाजवर्षः &c. -3 Seminal effusion. -4 A year (usually only n.); इयन्ति वर्षाणि तया सहोग्रमभ्यस्यतीव व्रतमासिधारम् R.13.67; न ववर्ष वर्षाणि द्वादश दशशताक्षः Dk.; वर्षभोग्येण शापेन Me.1. -5 A division of the world, a continent; (nine such divisions are usually enumerated:-- 1 कुरु; 2 हिर- ण्मय; 3 रम्यक; 4 इलावृत; 5 हरि; 6 केतुमाला; 7 भद्राश्व; 8 किंनर; and 9 भारत); यस्मिन् नव वर्षाणि Bhāg.5.16.6. एतदूढगुरुभारभारतं वर्षमद्य मम वर्तते वशे Śi.14.5. -6 India (= भारतवर्ष). -7 A cloud (only m. according to Hemachandra). -8 A day; अप्राप्तयौवनं बालं पञ्चवर्षसहस्रकम् Rām.7.73.5. (com. वर्षशब्दो$त्र दिनपरः). -9 A place of residence; वर्षमस्य गिरेर्मध्ये रामेण श्रीमता कृतम् Mb.3. 13.12. -Comp. -अंशः, -अंशकः, -अङ्गः a month. -अम्बु n. rain-water. -अयुतम् ten thousand years. -अर्चिस् m. the planet Mars. -अवसानम् the autumn or Śarat season. -आघोषः a frog. -आमदः a peacock. -उपलः 1 hail stone -2 a kind of sweetmeat ball; घनैरमीषां परिवेषकैर्जनैरवर्षि वर्षोपलगोलकावली N.16.1. -करः a cloud. (-री) a cricket. -कालः the rainy season. -केतुः a red-flowering Punar-navā. -कोशः, -षः 1 a month. -2 an astrologer. -गणः (pl.) a long series of years; बहून् वर्षगणान् घोरान् Ms.12.54. -गिरिः, -पर्वतः 'a Varṣa mountain', i. e. one of the mountain-ranges supposed to separate the different divisions of the world from one another; (they are seven:-- हिमवान् हेमकूटश्च निषधो मेरुरेव च । चैत्रः कर्णी च शृङ्गी च सप्तैते वर्षपर्वताः). -घ्न a. protecting from rain. -ज a. (वर्षेज also) 1 produced in the rainy season. -2 one year old. -त्रम् an umbrella; छायां ते दिनकरभाः प्रबाधमानं वर्षत्रं भरत करोतु मूर्ध्नि शीताम् Rām. 2.17.18. -धरः 1 a cloud. -2 a eunuch, an attendant on the women's apartments; (वर्षधर्ष in the same sense). See वर्षवर. -3 the ruler of a Varṣa; वर्षधराभिवादिताभि- वन्दितचरणः Bhāg.5.3.16; also वर्षप-पति. -4 a mountain bounding a Varṣa. -पदम् a calender. -पाकिन् m. the hog-plum. -पूगः a series or collection of years. -प्रति- बन्धः a drought. -प्रवेगः a heavy shower of rain; वर्ष- प्रवेगा विपुलाः पतन्ति Rām.4.28.45. -प्रियः the Chātaka bird. -रात्रः the rainy season; वर्षरात्रे स्थितो रामः Rām. 4.3.1. -वरः a eunuch, an attendant on the women's apartments; वर्षवराभ्यागारिकैः Kau. A.1.21; ये स्वल्पसत्त्वाः प्रथममात्मीयाः स्त्रीस्वभाविनः । जात्या न दुष्टाः कार्येषु ते वै वर्षवराः स्मृताः ॥ Ak.; M.4.4/5; Rām.2.65.7; Mb.9.62.5. -वृद्धिः f. birth-day. -शतम् a century, one hundred years. -सहस्रम् a thousand years.
vallaḥ वल्लः [वल्ल् घञ्] 1 Covering. -2 A weight of three Gunjās. -3 Another weight of one Gunjā and a half; or of two Gunjās (in medicine). -4 Prohibiting. -5 Winnowing corn. -6 A Māṣa of silver. -7 A kind of wheat.
vaśa वश a. [वश् कर्तरि अच् भावे अप् वा] 1 Subject to, influenced by, under the influence or control of, usually in comp; शोकवशः, मृत्युवशः &c. -2 Obedient, submissive, compliant. -3 Humbled, tamed. -4 Charmed, fascinated. -5 Subdued by charms. -शः, -शम् 1 Wish, desire, wil; Ait. Up.5.2. -2 Power, influence, control, mastership, authority, subjection, submission; स्ववश 'subject to oneself', independent; परवश 'under the influence of others'; अनयत् प्रभुशक्तिसंपदा वशमेको नृपती- ननन्तरान् R.8.19; वशं नी, or आनी to reduce to subjection, subdue, win over; वशं गम्-इ-या &c. to become subject to, give way, yield, submit; विषमालोड्य पास्यामि मा कीचकवशं गमम् Mb.4.21.48; न शुचो वशं वशिनामुत्तम गन्तुमर्हसि R.8.9; वशे कृ or वशीकृ to subdue, overcome, win over; to fascinate, bewitch; वशात् (abl.) is frequently used adverbially in the sense of 'through the force, power or influence of', 'on account of', 'for the purpose of'; दैववशात्, वायुवशात्, कार्यवशात् &c. -3 Being tamed. -4 Birth. -शः The residence of harlots. -Comp. -अनुग, -ग, -वर्तिन् (so वशंगत) a. obedient to the will of another, submissive, subject; नमस्यामो देवान्ननु हतविधेस्ते$पि वशगाः Bh.2.94. (-m.) a servant. -आढ्यकः a porpoise. -इन्द्रिय a. one who has the command of his senses. -उपनयनम् an instrument to bring people under control; न ह्येवंविधं वशोपनयनमस्ति भूतानां यथा दण्डः Kau. A.1.4. -कारक a. leading to subjection. -क्रिया winning over, subjection. -ग a. subject, obedient; नमस्यामो देवान्ननु हतविधेस्ते$पि वशगाः Bh.2.94; Pt.1.139. (-गा) an obedient wife.
vastram वस्त्रम् [वस्-ष्ट्रन् Uṇ.4.172] 1 A garment, cloth, clothes, raiment; स्नातस्यानन्तरं सम्यग् वस्त्रेण तनुमार्जनम् । कान्ति- प्रदं शरीरस्य कण्डूयादोषनाशनम् ॥ कौषेयं चित्रवस्त्रं च रक्तवस्त्रं तथैव च । वातश्लेष्महरं तत्तु शीतकाले विधारयेत् ॥ मेध्यं सुशीतं पित्तघ्नं काषायं वस्त्रमुच्यते । तद्धारयेदुष्णकाले तच्चापि लघु शस्यते ॥ शुक्लं तु शुभदं वस्त्रं शीतातपनिवारणम् । न चोष्णं न च वा शीतं तत्तु वर्षासु धारयेत् ॥ Bhāva., P. -2 Dress, apparel. -3 A leaf of the cinnamon tree. -Comp. -अगारः, -रम्, -गृहम् a tent. -अञ्चलः, अन्तः the hem of a garment. -आगारम् 1 a clothier's shop. -2 a tent. -आधारकः a layer of cloth (placed underneath); Suśr. -उत्कर्षणम् the act of taking off clothes. -कुट्टिमम् 1 a tent. -2 an umbrella. -ग्रन्थिः the knot of the lower garment (which fastens it near the navel); cf. नीवि. -घर्घरी a cloth for straining, sieve. -धारणी a thing to hang clothes upon. -धाविन् a. washing clothes. -निर्णेजकः a washerman. -परिधानम् putting on garments, dressing. -पुत्रिका a doll, puppet. -पूत a. filtered through a cloth; वस्त्रपूतं पिवेज्जलम् Ms.6. 46. -पेशी a fringe. -भेदकः, -भेदिन् m. a tailor. -योनिः the material of cloth (as cotton). -रजकम्, -रञ्जनम् safflower. -विलासः foppery in dress. -वेशः, -वेश्मन् a tent. -वेष्टित a. well-clad.
vā वा ind. 1 As an alternative conjunction it means 'or'; but its position is different in Sanskrit, being used either with each word or assertion or only with the last, but it is never used at the beginning of a clause; cf. च. -2 It has also the following senses:-- (a) and, as well as, also; वायुर्वा दहनो वा G. M.; अस्ति ते माता स्मरसि वा तातम् U.4. (b) like, as; जातां मन्ये तुहिनमथितां पद्मिनीं वान्यरूपाम् Me.85 (v. l.); मणी वोष्ट्रस्य लम्बेते Sk.; हृष्टो गर्जति चाति- दर्पितबलो दुर्योधनो वा शिखी Mk.5.6; स्नानीयवस्त्रक्रियया पत्रोर्णं वोपयुज्यते M.5.12; Śi.3.63;4.35;7.64; Ki.3.13. (c) optionally; (in this sense mostly in grammatical rules as of Pāṇini); दोषो णौ वा चित्तविरागे P.VI.4. 99,91. (d) possibility; (in this sense वा is usually added to the interrogative pronoun and its derivatives like इव or नाम), and may be translated by 'possibly', 'I should like to know'; कस्य वान्यस्य वचसि मया स्थातव्यम् K.; परिवर्तिनि संसारे मृतः को वा न जायते Pt.1.27. (e) sometimes used merely as an expletive. (f) indeed, truly. (g) only. -3 When repeated वा has the sense of 'either-or,' 'whether-or'; सा वा शंभोस्तदीया वा मूर्तिर्जल- मयी मम Ku.2.6; तदत्र परिश्रमानुरोधाद्वा उदात्तकथावस्तुगौर- वाद्वा नवनाटकदर्शनकुतूहलाद्वा भवद्बिरवधानं दीयमानं प्रार्थये Ve.1; एक एक खगो मानी सुखं जीवति चातकः । म्रियते वा पिपासायां याचते वा पुरंदरम् ॥ Subhāṣ. (अथवा or, or rather, or else; see under अथ; न वा not, neither, nor; यदि वा or if; यद्वा or, or else; किं वा whether, possibly &c.; किं वा शकुन्तलेत्यस्य मातुराख्या Ś.7.2/21; को वा or के वा followed by a negative means 'everyone, all'; के वा न स्युः परिभवफला निष्फलारम्भयत्नाः Me.56.
vākyam वाक्यम् [वच्-ण्यत् चस्य कः] 1 Speech, words, a sentence, saying, what is spoken; शृणु मे वाक्यम् 'hear my words', 'hear me'; वाक्ये न संतिष्ठते 'does not obey'; संक्षिप्तस्याप्यतो$स्यैव वाक्यस्यार्थगरीयसः Śi.1.2.24. -2 A sentence, period (complete utterance of a thought); वाक्यं स्याद्योग्यताकाङ्क्षासत्तियुक्तः पदोच्चयः S. D.6; पदसमूहो वाक्यम् Tarka K.; श्रौत्यार्थी च भवेद्वाक्ये समासे तद्धिते तथा K. P.1. -3 An argument or syllogism (in logic). -4 A precept, rule, an aphorism. -5 (In astr.) The solar process for all astronomical computations. -6 An assertion, statement. -7 Command. -8 (In law) Declaration, legal evidence. -9 Betrothment. -Comp. -आडम्बरः bombastic language. -अर्थः 1 the meaning of a sentence. -2 (in Mīmāṁsā) the sense of a sentence derived on the strength of वाक्यप्रमाण as distinguished from श्रुति, लिङ्ग and other प्रमाणs. This is weaker than and hence sublated by the श्रुत्यर्थ or श्रुति; यत्र श्रुत्यर्थो न संभवति तत्र वाक्यार्थो गृह्यते ŚB. on MS. 6.2.14. वाक्यार्थः श्रुत्या बाध्यते ŚB. on MS.6.2.14. According to Mīmāṁsā view the अर्थs of पदs are सामान्य and when these form a sentence to yield the वाक्यार्थ, they get restricted or modified. Hence वाक्यार्थ means the पदार्थs modified or restricted; सामान्येनाभिप्रवृत्तानां पदार्थानां यद्विशेषे$वस्थानं स वाक्यार्थः ŚB. on MS.3.1.12. ˚उपमा a variety of Upamā according to Daṇḍin; वाक्यार्थेनैव वाक्यार्थः को$पि यद्युपमीयते । एकानेकेवशब्दत्वात् सा वाक्यार्थोपमा द्विधा ॥ Kāv.2.43. -आलापः conversation, discourse. -उपचारः speaking; Rām. -खण्डनम् refutation of an assertion or argument. -ग्रहः paralysis of speech. -पदम् a word in a sentence. -पदीयम् N. of a work attributed to Bhartrihari. -पद्धतिः f. the manner of composing sentences, diction, style. -परिसमाप्तिः f. Completion of a sentence (i. e. the application of the sense expressed by a sentence). This occurs in two ways; (i) the sense of the sentence as a whole may be predicated of the things or persons mentioned in the उद्देशपद severally; or (ii) it may be predicated of them all combined together. The former is known as प्रत्येकं वाक्यपरिसमाप्तिः and is illustrated by देवदत्तयज्ञदत्तविष्णुमित्रा भोज्यन्ताम्; while the latter is known as समुदाये वाक्यपरिसमाप्तिः and illustrated by गर्गाः शतं दण्ड्यन्ताम्; see ŚB. on MS.3.1.12. -प्रबन्धः 1 a treatise, connected composition. -2 the flow of sentences. -प्रयोगः employed of speech, use of language. -भेदः a different assertion, a divergent statement; संदिग्धे तु व्यवायाद् वाक्यभेदः स्यात् MS.3.1.21; वाक्यभेदान् बहूनगमत् Mu.2. -रचना, -विन्यासः arrangement of words in a sentence, syntax. -विलेखः An officer in charge of writing of accounts, orders etc. ततो वाक्यविलेखाख्यैर्दत्तोपन्तैः स्वशक्तितः Parṇāl.4.55. -विशारद a. eloquent, skilled in speech. -शेषः 1 the remainder of a speech, an unfinished or incomplete sentence; सदोषावकाश इव ते वाक्यशेषः V.3. -2 an elliptical sentence. -सारथिः Spokesman. -स्थ a. Obsequious; attentive.
vāc वाच् f. [वच्-क्विप् दीर्घो$संप्रसारणं च Uṇ.2.67] 1 A word, sound, an expression (opp. अर्थ); वागर्थाविव संपृक्तौ वागर्थप्रतिपत्तये R.1.1. -2 Words, talk, language, speech; वाचि पुण्यापुण्यहेतवः Māl.4; लौकिकानां हि साधूनामर्थं वागनुवर्तते । ऋषीणां पुनराद्यानां वाचमर्थो$नुधावति U.1.1; विनिश्चितार्थामिति वाचमाददे Ki.1.3 'spoke these words', 'spoke as follows'; R.1.49; Śi.2.13,23; Ku.2.3. -3 A voice, sound; अशरीरिणी वागुदचरत् U.2; मनुष्यवाचा R.2.33. -4 An assertion, a statement. -5 An assurance, a promise. -6 A phrase, proverb, saying. -7 N. of Sarasvatī, the goddess of speech. -Comp. -अपहारकः (वागपहारकः) 1 a 'stealer of speech', a reader of prohibited texts; Ms.11.51. -2 a liar (मिथ्यावादी). -अपेत (वागपेत) a. dumb. -अर्थः (वागर्थः) a word and its meaning; वागर्थाविव संपृक्तौ R.1.1; see above. -असिः cutting speech (cutting like a sword); स्फुरन्नसाधोर्विवृणोति वागसिः Ki.14.12. -आडम्बरः, (-वागाडम्बरः) verbosity, bombast. -आत्मन् a. (वागात्मन्) consisting of words; ऋषे प्रबुद्धो$सि वागात्मनि ब्रह्मणि U.2. -ईशः (वागीशः) 1 an orator, an eloquent man. -2 an epithet of Bṛihaspati, the preceptor of the gods; वागीशाद्याः सुमनसः Nyāyamāla. -3 an epithet of Brahman; वागीशं (धातारं) वाग्भिरर्थ्याभिः प्रणिपत्योपतस्थिरे Ku.2.3. -4 the lunar mansion called Puṣya. (-शा) N. of Sarasvatī. -ईश्वरः (वागीश्वरः) 1 an orator, eloquent man. -2 an epithet of Brahman. (-री) Sarasvatī, the goddess of speech. -उत्तरम् (वागु- त्तरम्) end of speech. -ऋषभः, (वागृषभः) 'eminent in speech', an eloquent or learned man. -कलहः- (वाक्कलहः) a quarrel, strife. -कीरः (वाक्कीरः) a wife's brother. -केलिः, -ली (वाक्केलिः -ली) witty conversation. -गुदः (वाग्गुदः) a kind of bird; Ms.12.64. -गुणः (वाग्गुणः) a merit or excellence of speech; (35 such merits are enumerated by Hemachandra). -गुम्फः (pl.) artificial language. -गुलिः, -गुलिकः (वाग्गुलिः &c.) the betel-bearer of a king &c.; cf. ताम्बूलकरङ्कवाहिन्. -चपल a. (-वाक्चपल) chattering, frivolous or inconsiderate in talk. -चापल्यम् (वाक्चापल्यम्) idle or frivolous talk, chattering, gossiping. -छलम् (वाक्छलम्) 'dishonesty in words', an evasive reply, a prevarication; एतावदेवास्ति मे वाक्छलम् Mu.2; केनेदममृतं मे वाक्छलाद् वृष्टम् K.33. -जालम् (वाग्जालम्) bombast, empty talk; अनिर्लोडितकार्यस्य वाग्जालं वाग्मिनो वृथा Śi.2.27. -जीवमः (वाग्जीवनः) a buffon; Kau. A.2.1. -डम्बरः (वाग्ड- म्बरः) 1 bombast. -2 eloquent language. -दण्डः (वाग्दण्डः) 1 reproachful words, reprimand, reproof. -2 restraint of speech, control over words; cf. त्रिदण्ड Ms.12.1. -दत्त (वाग्दत्त) a. promised, affianced, betrothed. (-त्ता) an affianced or betrothed virgin; Kull. on Ms.5.72. -दरिद्र (वाग्दरिद्र) a. 'poor in words', i. e. speaking little. -दलम् (वाग्दलम्) a lip. -दानम् (वाग्दानम्) betrothal; Ms.5.72 (Kull.). -दुष्ट a. (वाग्दुष्ट) 1 abusive, scurrilous, using abusive words; Ms.8.345. -2 using ungrammatical language. (-ष्टः) 1 a defamer. -2 a Brāhmaṇa not invested with the sacred thread at the proper time of his life. -देवता, -देवी (वाग्देवता, वाग्देवी) Sarasvatī, the goddess of speech; वाग्देवतायाः सांमुख्यमाधत्ते S. D.1. ˚कुलम् science, learning. -दोषः (वाग्दोषः) 1 the utterance of a (disagreeable) sound; द्वीपिचर्मपरिच्छन्नो वाग्दोषाद् गर्दभो हतः H. B. -2 abuse, defamation. -3 an ungrammatical speech. -निबन्धन (वाग्निबन्धन) a. depending on words. -निमि- त्तम् (वाङ्निमित्तम्) Prognostications; तच्चाकर्ण्य वाङ्- निमित्तज्ञः पितरि सुतरां जीविताशां शिथिलीचकार Hch. V. -निश्चयः (वाङ्निश्चयः) affiance by word of month, marriage contract. -निष्ठा (वाङ्निष्ठा) faithfulness (to one's word or promise). -पटु a. (वाक्पटु) skilful in speech, eloquent. -पति a. (वाक्पति) eloquent; oratorical. (-तिः) 1 N. of Bṛihaspati (in this sense वाचसांपतिः is also used). -2 the constellation Puṣya. -पथः(वाक्पथः) 1 a moment fit for speech. -2 the range of speech. -पाटवम् (वाक्पाटवम्) eloquence. -पारीणः (वाक्पा- रीणः) beyond the range of speech; वाक्पारीणरुचिः स चेन्मुखमयं पद्मः प्रिये तावकम् N.22.14. -पारुष्यम् (वाक्पारु- ष्यम्) 1 severity of language. -2 violence in words, abusive or scurrilous language, defamation; एवं दण्डविधिः प्रोक्तो वाक्पारुष्यस्य तत्त्वतः Ms.8.278. -प्रचोदनम् (वाक्प्रचो- दनम्) an order expressed in words. -प्रतोदः (वाक्प्र- तोदः) 'the goad of words', goading or taunting language. -प्रलापः (वाक्प्रलापः) eloquence. -बन्धनम् (वाग्बन्धनम्) stopping the speech, silencing; व्रीडार्ता प्रकरोति दाडिमपलव्याजेन वाग्बन्धनम् Amaru.16. -भट (वाग्भटः) N. of a writer on medicine. -मनस n. (the duel -वाङ्मनसी in Vedic language) speech and mind; अथैनं तुष्टुवुः स्तुत्यमवाङ्मनसगोचरम् R.1.15; अतीतः पन्थानं तव च महिमा वाङ्मनसयोः Śiva-mahimna 2. -मात्रम् (वाङ्मात्रम्) mere words. -मुखम् (वाङ्मुखम्) the beginning or introduction of a speech, an exordium, a preface. -यत a. (-वाग्यत) one who has controlled or curbed his speech, silent. -यमः (वाग्यमः) one who has controlled his speech, a sage. -यामः (वाग्यामः) a dumb man. -युद्धम् (वाग्युद्धम्) a war of words, (hot) debate or discussion, controversy. -रोधः (वाग्रोधः) stopping the speech, silencing. -वज्रः (वाग्वज्रः) 1 adamantine words; अहह दारुणो वाग्वज्रः U.1. -2 harsh or severe language. -विद् a. (वाग्विद्) eloquent. -विदग्ध a. (वाग्विदग्ध) skilled in speech. (-ग्धा) a sweet-speaking or fascinating woman. -विनिःसृत a. (वाग्विनिःसृत) put forth by speech; वाच्यर्था नियताः सर्वे वाङ्मूला वाग्वि- निःसृताः । तां तु यः स्तेनयेद्वाचं स सर्वस्तेयकृन्नरः ॥ Ms.4.256. -विभवः (वाग्विभवः) stock or provision of words, power of description, command of language; नास्ति मे वाग्विभवः प्रशंसितुम् V.3; रघूणामन्वयं वक्ष्ये तनुवाग्विभवो$पि सन् R.1.9; Māl.1.26. -विलासः (वाग्विलासः) graceful or elegant speech. -विलासिन् m. (वाग्विलासिन्) pigeon, dove. -विस्तरः (वाग्विस्तरः) prolixity. -वीरः (वाग्वीरः) master of speech. -व्ययः (वाग्व्ययः) waste of breath. -व्यवहारः (वाग्व्यवहारः) verbal or oral discussion; प्रयोगप्रधानं हि नाट्यशास्त्रं किमत्र वाग्व्यवहारेण M.1. -व्यापारः (वाग्व्यापारः) 1 the manner of speaking. -2 the style or habit of speaking. -3 customary phraseology or mode of talking. -शलाका (वाक्शलाका) injurious speech. -शल्यम्(वाक्शल्यम्) = वाक्शलाका. -शस्त्रम् (वाक्शस्त्रम्) a curse; वाक्शस्त्रं वै ब्राह्मणस्य तेन हन्यादरीन् द्विजः Ms.11.33. -संतक्षणम् sarcastic remarks; असारस्य वाक्संतक्षणैः ... अपवाहनम् Dk.2.2. -संयमः (वाक्संयमः), -संवरः (वाक्संवरः) restraint or control of speech. -संगः (वाक्संगः) 1 impeded or slow speech. -2 paralysis of speech. -सारः (वाक्सारः) eloquence. -सिद्धम् (वाक्सिद्धम्) supernatural perfection of speech. -स्तम्भः (वाक्स्तम्भः) paralysis of speech.
vācaka वाचक a. [वच्-ण्वुल्] 1 Speaking, declaring, explanatory; उन्नीय मे दर्शय वल्गुवाचकं यद्व्रीडया नाभिमुखं शुचिस्तिते Bhāg.4.25.31. -2 Expressing, signifying, denoting directly (as a word, distinguished from लाक्षणिक and व्यञ्जक); साक्षात् संकेतितं यो$र्थमभिधत्ते स वाचकः K. P.2. -3 Verbal. -कः 1 A speaker. -2 A reader. -3 A significant word. -4 A messenger. -Comp. -पदम् a significant word.
vācā वाचा 1 Speech. -2 A sacred text, a text or aphorism. -3 An oath. -Comp. -विरुद्ध a. not describable with words. -सहायः a sociable companion.
vājinam वाजिनम् 1 Strength, heroism, prowess (Ved.). -2 A conflict. -3 The scum of curdled milk. -Comp. -न्यायः (Mīmāṁsā) The rule that of the various matters resulting from something, only the most important one is प्रयोजक while the rest are not प्रयोजक. This rule is established by जैमिनि and शबर discussing the text, MS.4.1.22-24.
vādin वादिन् a. [वद्-णिनि] 1 Speaking, talking, discoursing. -2 Asserting. -3 Disputing. -4 Designating, designated as; यत्र यत्र वनोद्देशे सत्त्वाः पुरुषवादिनः । वृक्षाः पुरुष- नामानस्ते सर्वे स्त्रीजनाभवन् ॥ Rām.7.87.13. -5 Talking pleasantly; Rām.2.36.3 (com. वादिन्यः परचित्ता- कर्षकवचनचतुराः). -m. 1 A speaker. -2 A disputant, an antagonist; तस्याङ्गीकरणेन वादिन इव स्यात् स्वामिनो निग्रहः Mu.5.1; R.12.92. -3 An accuser, a plaintiff. -4 An expounder, a teacher. -5 (In music) The leading or key-note. -6 An alchemist.
vārtraghnaḥ वार्त्रघ्नः N. of Arjuna; अथ भूतानि वार्त्रघ्नशरेभ्यस्तत्र तत्रसुः Ki.15.1. वार्त्रघ्नीन्यायः vārtraghnīnyāyḥ वार्त्रघ्नीन्यायः (Mīmāṁsa) A rule of interpretation according to which a detail that cannot properly find connection with the primary or main matter should be understood as belonging to a subsidiary thereof. This is an exception to the मिथो$सम्बन्धन्याय (q. v.). This is discussed by Jaimini and Śabara at MS.3.1.23.
vāsanāmaya वासनामय a. Consisting in notions, ideas or impressions.
vāsava वासव a. (-वी f.) [वसुरेव स्वार्थे अण् वसूनि सन्त्यस्य अण् वा] 1 Relating to the Vasus. -2 Belonging to Indra; पाण्डुतां वासवी दिगयासीत् K.; वासवीनां चमूनाम् Me.45. -वः N. of Indra; स वासवेनासनसंनिकृष्टमितो निषीदेति विसृष्टभूमिः Ku.3.2; R.5.5. -वम् The constellation Dhaniṣṭhā. -Comp. -अनुजः Viṣṇu or Kṛiṣṇa; स्मितपूर्वमुवाचेदं भगवान् वासुवानुजः Mb.12.46.1. -चापः a rainbow. -दत्ता 1 N. of a work by Subandhu. -2 N. of a heroine of several stories. [Different writers give different accounts of this lady. According to Kathāsaritsāgara she was the daughter of king Chaṇḍamahāsena of Ujjayinī and was carried off by Udayana, king of Vatsa. Śrīharṣa represents her to be the daughter of king Pradyota (see Ratn.1.1.), and, according to Mallinātha's comment on the line प्रद्योतस्य प्रियदुहितरं वत्सराजो$त्र जह्रे she was the daughter of Pradyota, king of Ujjayinī. Bhavabhūti says that she was betrothed by her father to king Sañjaya, but that she offered herself to Udayana; (see Māl.2.). But the Vāsavadattā of Subandhu has nothing in common with the story of Vatsa, except the name of the heroine, as she is represented to have been betrothed by her father to Puṣpaketu, but carried off by Kandarpaketu. It is probable that there were several heroines bearing the name Vāsavadattā.] -दिश् f. the east.
vi वि ind. 1 As a prefix to verbs and nouns it expresses:-- (a) separation, disjunction (apart, asunder, away, off &c.), as वियुज्, विहृ, विचल् &c.; (b) the reverse of an action; as क्री 'to buy'; विक्री, 'to sell'; स्मृ 'to remember'; विस्मृ 'to forget'; (c) division; as विभज्, विभाग; (d) distinction; as विशिष्, विशेष, विविच्, विवेक; (e) discrimination; व्यवच्छेद (f) order, arrangement; as विधा, विरच्; (g) opposition; as विरुध्, विरोध; (h) privation; as विनी, विनयन; (i) deliberation, as विचर्, विचार; (j) intensity; विध्वंस. -2 As a prefix to nouns or adjectives not immediately connected with roots, वि expresses (a) negation or privation, in which case it is used much in the same way as अ or निर्, i. e. it forms Bah. comp.; विधवा, व्यसुः &c.; (b) intensity, greatness; as विकराल; (c) variety, as विचित्र; (d) difference; as विलक्षण; (e) manifoldness, as विविध; (f) contrariety, opposition, as विलोम; (g) change, as विकार; (h) impropriety, as विजन्मन्.
vigaṇ विगण् 1 P. 1 To number, compute; वायवीयैर्विगण्यन्ते विभक्ताः परमाणवः Y.3.14. -2 To regard, consider; नन्वात्मानं बहु विगणयन्नात्मनैवावलम्बे Me.111; R.1.87. -3 To disregard, not to mind. -4 To reflect, think; विगणय्य कारणमनेकगुणम् Ki.6.37; किमपि विगणयन्तो बुद्धिमन्तः सहन्ते Pt.3.43.
vigata विगत p. p. 1 Departed, gone away, disappeared. -2 Parted, separated. -3 Dead; विगतं तु विदेशस्थं शृणुयाद्यो ह्यनिर्दशम् Ms.5.75. -4 Destitute or devoid of, free from (in comp.); विगतमदः. -5 Lost. -6 Dark, obscured. -ता A girl in love with another (hence unfit for marriage). -तम् The flight of birds. -Comp. -असु a. dead. -आर्तवा a woman past child-bearing (in whom the menstrual discharge has ceased). -कल्मष a. sinless, pure. -क्लम a. relieved from fatigue; Ms.7.151. -भी a. fearless, intrepid. -लक्षण a. unlucky, inauspicious. -श्रीक a. unfortunate. -स्पृह a. indifferent, void of desire.
vijighatsa विजिघत्स a. Not-liable to hunger.
videśaḥ विदेशः Another country, foreign land or country; भजते विदेशमधिकेन जितस्तदनुप्रवेशमथवा कुशलः Śi.9.48; को वीरस्य मनस्विनः स्वविषयः को वा विदेशस्तथा H.1; को विदेशः सविद्यानां किं दूरं व्यवसायिनाम् Chāṇakyaśataka. -Comp. -ज a. exotic, foreign. -प्रवृत्तिज्ञानम् knowledge or forecast of the foreign affairs; Kau. A.1.1. विदेशिन् vidēśin विदेशीय vidēśīya विदेशिन् विदेशीय a. Foreign, exotic. -m. A foreigner.
vinad विनद् 1 P. 1 To sound, resound; सिंहनादं विनद्योच्चैः शङ्खं दध्मौ प्रतापवान् Bg.1.12. -2 To roar, cry out. -3 To fill with cries. -Caus. To cause to cry or utter notes; अम्बुदैः शिखिगणो विनाद्यते Ghaṭ.1.
vipakṣa विपक्ष a. 1 Hostile, inimical, adverse, contrary. -2 Impartial. -क्षः 1 An enemy, adversary, opponent; गुणास्तस्य विपक्षे$पि गुणिनो लेभिरे$न्तरम् R.17.75; Śi.11.59. -2 A rival or fellow wife; प्रेमगर्वितविपक्षमत्सरात् R.19. 2. -3 A disputant; हृतोत्तरं तत्त्वविचारमध्ये वक्तेव दोषैर्गुरुभि- र्विपक्षम् Ki.17.43. -4 (In logic) A negative instance, an instance on the opposite side, (i. e. that is which the साध्य or major term is not found); निश्चितसाध्याभाववान् विपक्षः T. S.; Mu.5.1. -5 (In gram.) An exception. -6 Impartiality, indifference. -7 The day of transition from one-half of a lunar month to another. -Comp. -भावः, वृत्तिः f. hostility; विपक्षभावे चिरमस्य तस्युषः R.3.62. -रमणी a female rival.
vipakva विपक्व a. 1 Fully ripened or matured. -2 Developed, fulfilled; यच्च तप्तं तपस्तस्य विपक्वं फलमद्य नः Ku.6.6. -3 Cooked. -4 Thoroughly burnt, destroyed. -5 Not burnt. विपञ्चिका vipañcikā विपञ्ची vipañcī विपञ्चिका विपञ्ची 1 A lute. -2 Play, sport, pastime.
vipralambhaḥ विप्रलम्भः 1 (a) Deceiving, deceit, tricking, disappointment; विप्रलम्भो$यमत्यन्तं यदि स्युरफलाः क्रियाः Mb.3. 31.28; विप्रलम्भो$पि लाभाय सति प्रियसमागमे Ki.11.27. (b) Delusion; अतिक्लमिता खलु प्रियसखी अनेनानुकूलविप्रलम्भेन Māl. 6. -2 Especially, deceiving by false statement or by not keeping promises; विप्रलम्भकृत्रिमप्रेमसहजसौहार्दवेदिनं तं विद्येश्वरं सबहुमानं विससर्ज Dk.1.5. -3 Quarrel, disagreement. -4 Disunion, separation, disjunction. -5 The separation of lovers; शुश्रुवे प्रियजनस्य कातरं विप्रलम्भपरिशङ्किनो वचः R.19.18; Ve.2.12. -6 (In Rhet.) The feeling or sentiment of love in separation, one of the two main kinds of शृङ्गार (opp. संभोग); अपरः (विप्रलम्भः) अभिलाष- विरहेर्ष्याप्रवासशापहेतुक इति पञ्चविधः K. P.4; यूनोरयुक्तयोर्भावो युक्तयोर्वाथवा मिथः । अभीष्टालिङ्गनादीनामनवाप्तौ प्रहृष्यते । विप्रलम्भः स विज्ञेयः -उज्जवलमणिः; cf. S. D.212 et seq.
vibhīṣikā विभीषिका 1 Terror. -2 A means of terrifying, a scare (a scare-crow); नालं युद्धाय वै रक्षो महतीयं विभीषिका Rām.6. 66.6; यदि ते सन्ति सन्त्वेव केयमन्या विभीषिका U.4.28. [The etymology of this word as pointed out by Nārāyaṇa in his commentary on this word is apparently wrong. The correct word appears to be विभीषिका and not विभीषिका for विभीषिकाशब्दस्य भीषिधातोर्ण्वुल्प्रत्ययनिष्पन्नत्वादन्तस्थवकारादित्व- मेव समीचीनम् Mañjūṣā.]
virala विरल a. 1 Having interstices, separated by intervals, thin, not thick or compact; विपर्यासं यातो घनविरलभावः क्षितिरुहाम् U.2.27;1.2; भवति विरलभक्तिर्म्लानपुष्पापहारः R.5.74. -2 Fine, declicate. -3 Loose, wide apart. -4 Rare, scarcely found, unfrequent; विरला हि तेषामुप- देष्टारः K.; स्तिमितोन्नतसंचारा जनसंतापहारिणः । जायन्ते विरला लोके जलदा इव सज्जनाः ॥ Pt.1.29. -5 Few, little (referring to number or quantity); तत्त्वं किमपि काव्यानां जानाति विरलो भुवि Bv.1.117; विरलातपच्छविः Śi.9.3. -6 Remote, distant, long (as time, distance &c.). -लम् Curds, coagulated milk. -लम् ind. Scarcely, rarely, not frequently. -Comp. -जानुक a. bandy-legged, bow-kneed. -द्रवा a kind of gruel. -पातक a. sinning rarely. -पार्श्वग a. having scanty retinue. -भक्ति a. monotonous.
viribdhaḥ विरिब्धः A note, sound; विधिविहितविरिब्धैः सामिधेनी- रधीत्य Śi.11.41.
viruddha विरुद्ध p. p. 1 Hindered, checked, opposed, obstructed. -2 Blocked up, confined or shut up. -3 Besieged, blockaded. -4 Opposed to, inconsistent with, incongruous, inconsistent. -5 Contrary, opposite, opposed in quality. -6 Contradictory, proving the reverse, (as a hetu in Logic); साध्याभावव्याप्तो हेतुर्विरुद्धः Tarka K.; e. g. शब्दो नित्यः कृतकत्वात् T. S. -7 Hostile, adverse, inimical. -8 Unfavourable, unpropitious. -9 Prohibited, forbidden (as food). -1 Wrong, unfawful, improper. -11 Excluded. -12 Uncertain, doubtful. -द्धम् 1 Opposition, contrariety, hostility; स्वर्गे निवासे राजेन्द्र विरुद्धं चापि नश्यति Mb.18.1.11. -2 Discord, disagreement. -Comp. -धी a. Evil-minded, wicked. -भोजनम् Unwholesome meal. -मतिकृत् m. a fault or defect in composition; विपरीतार्थधीर्यस्मात् विरुद्धमतिकृन्मतम्. -रूपकम् a figure of speech in which an object compared to another object is not quite similar; अक्रिया चन्द्रकार्याणामन्यकार्यस्य च क्रिया । अत्र सन्दिश्यते यस्माद्विरुद्धं नाम रूपकम् ॥ Kāv.2.84.
virodhaḥ विरोधः 1 Opposition, obstruction, impediment. -2 Blockade, siege, investment. -3 Restraint, check. -4 Inconsistency, incongruity, contradiction; विरोधो न विद्यते ब्रह्माद्वितीयमेव सत्यम् । (-त्रिपाद्विभूतिमहानारायणोपनिषत् 4.2.) -5 Antithesis, contrast. -6 Enmity, hostility; विरोधो विश्रान्तः U.6.11; Pt.1.332; R.1.13. -7 A quarrel, disagreement. -8 A calamity, misfortune. -9 (In Rhet.) An apparent incongruity which is merely verbal and is explained away by properly construing the passage; it consists in representing objects as antithetical to one another though in the nature of things they are not so; representing things as being together though really they cannot be together; (this figure is largely used by Bāṇa and Subandhu; पुष्पवत्यपि पवित्रा, कृष्णो$प्यसुदर्शनः, भरतो$पि शत्रुघ्नः being familiar instances;) it is thus defined by Mammaṭa :-- विरोधः सो$विरोधे- $पि विरुद्धत्वेन यद्वचः K. P.1; this figure is also called विरोधाभास). -Comp. -उक्तिः f., -वचनम् contradiction, opposition. -उपमा (in Rhet.) a comparison founded on opposition; शतपत्रं शरच्चन्द्रस्त्वदाननमिति त्रयम् । परस्परविरोधीति सा विरोधोपमा मता ॥ Kāv.2.33. -कारिन् a. fomenting quarrels. -कृत् a. opposing. (-m.) an enemy. -परिहारः reconciliation; Kull. on Ms.7.152.
vilakṣ विलक्ष् 1 U. 1 To see, observe, perceive, notice. -2 To characterize, distinguish. -3 To be confused, be bewildered; निर्व्यापारविलक्षितानि सान्त्वय बलानि U.6; see विलक्ष below.
viliṅga विलिङ्ग a. Of a different gender. ˚स्थ a. Not to be understood; Mb.2.
vivaśa विवश a. 1 Uncontrolled, independent, unsubdued. -2 Having lost control over oneself, dependent, subject, under control (of another), helpless; विवशां धर्षयित्वा च कां त्वं प्रीतिमवाप्स्यसि Mb.3.281.22; परीता रक्षोभिः श्रयति विवशा कामपि दशाम् Bv.1.83; मित्रस्नेहाद्विवशमधुना साहसे मां नियुङ्क्ते Mu.6.18; जातं जातमवश्यमाशु विवशं मृत्युः करोत्यात्मसात् Bh. 3.15; Śi.2.58; सोद्योगं नरमायान्ति विवशाः सर्वसंपदः H. 1.151; Mv.6.32,63; Bhāg.1.1.14. -3 Insensible, not master of oneself; विवशा कामवधूर्विबोधिता Ku.4.1. -4 Dead, perished; उपलब्धवती दिवशच्युतं विवशा शापनिवृत्ति- कारणम् R.8.82. -5 Desirous or apprehensive of death.
viśeṣa विशेष a. 1 Peculiar. -2 Copious, abundant; आसीद्विशेषा फलपुष्पवृष्टिः R.2.14. -षः 1 Discrimination, distinguishing between. -2 Distinction, difference; निर्विशेषो विशेषः Bh.3.5. -3 Characteristic difference, peculiar mark, special property, speciality, differentia; oft. in comp. and translated by 'special', 'peculiar' &c.; विशेषं नाधिगच्छामो गायतो राघवस्य च Rām. 7.94.14; प्रत्यादिष्टविशेषमण्डनविधिः Ś.6.5. -4 A favourable turn or crisis in sickness, a change for the better; अस्ति मे विशेषः &Sacute.3 'I feel better'. -5 A limb, member; पुपोष लावण्यमयान् विशेषान् Ku.1.25. -6 A species, sort, variety, kind, mode (usually at the end of comp.); पञ्चत्वाय विशेषाय कल्पते भुवनैः सह Bhāg.11.23.21; भूतविशेषः U.4; परिमलविशेषान् Pt.1; कदलीविशेषाः Ku.1.36. -7 A different or various object, various particulars (pl.); प्रासादास्त्वां तुलयितुमलं यत्र तैस्तैर्विशेषैः Me.66,59. -8 Excellence, superiority, distinction; usually at the end of comp. and translated by 'excellent', 'distinguished', 'pre-eminent', 'choice', &c.; अनुभावविशेषात्तु R.1.37; वपुर्विशेषेषु Ku.5.31; R.2.7;6.5; Ki.9.58; so आकृति- विशेषाः 'excellent forms', अतिथिविशेषः 'a distinguished guest' &c. -9 A peculiar attribute, the eternal distinguishing nature of each of the nine dravyas; अयमस्माद् व्यावृत्त इति व्यावृत्तिबुद्धिमात्रहेतुर्विशेषः Tarka K. (these viśeṣas are said to inhere in the atoms of the Earth, Water, Light, and Air and the five eternal substances, Ether, Time, Space, Soul and Mind.); पञ्च चैव विशेषा वै तथा पञ्चेन्द्रियाणि च Mb.12.36.29; Bhāg.2.5.29. -1 (a) Individuality, particularity. (b) A particular instance; उक्तिरर्थान्तरन्यासः स्यात् सामान्यविशेषयोः -11 A category, predicament. -12 A mark on the forehead with sandal, saffron &c. -13 A word which limits or qualifies the sense of another; see विशेषण. -14 N. of the mundane egg. -15 (In Rhet.) A figure of speech, said to be of three kinds; it is thus defined by Mammaṭa :- विना प्रसिद्धमाधारमाधेयस्य व्यवस्थितिः । एकात्मा युगपद्वृत्तिरेकस्यानेक- गोचरा । अन्यत् प्रकुर्वतः कार्यमशक्यान्यस्य वस्तुनः । तथैव करणं चेति विशेषस्त्रिविधः स्मृतः ॥ K. P.1. -16 (In geom.) The hypotenuse. -Comp. -अतिदेशः a special supplementary rule, special extended application. -उक्तिः f. a figure of speech in which an effect is represented as not taking place though the usual necessary causes exist; विशेषोक्तिरखण्डेषु कारणेषु फलावचः K. P.1; e. g. हृदि स्नेहक्षयो नाभूत् स्मरदीपे ज्वलत्यपि. -करणम् improvement. -गुणः 1 a special or distinguishing property. -2 (in phil.) such guṇa as is not produced (like संयोग, पृथक्त्व &c.) by the union of two things. -ज्ञ, -विद् a. 1 knowing distinctions, critical, connoisseur. -2 learned, wise; अज्ञः सुखमाराध्यः सुखतरमाराध्यते विशेषज्ञः Bh.2.3. -धर्मः 1 A peculiar duty. -3 A special law. -पतनी- यम् A particular crime; नीचाभिगमनं गर्भपातनं भर्तृहिंसनम् । विशेषपतनीयानि स्त्रीणामेतान्यपि ध्रुवम् ॥ Y.3.297. -भावना (in Arith.) a kind of method in extracting roots. -लक्षणम्, -लिङ्गम् a special or characteristic mark. -वचनम् a special text or precept. -विधिः, -शास्त्रम् a special rule.
viśeṣaṇa विशेषण a. 1 Attributive. -2 Distinctive; सूक्ष्मं विशेषणं तेषामवेक्षेच्छास्त्रचक्षुषा Mb.12.217.28. -णम् 1 Distinguishing, discrimination, particularization; भावनं ब्रह्मणः स्थानं धारणं सद्विशेषणम् Bhāg.3.26.46. -2 Distinction, difference; स्वानुभूत्या तिरोभूतमायागुणविशेषणम् Bhāg.3.33.25. -3 A word which particularizes, qualifies, or defines another, an adjective, attribute, epithet (opp. विशेष्य); भक्षयतिश्च नञ्विशेषणम् ŚB. on MS.6.2.19; उपपन्नमिदं विशेषणं वायोः V.3; विशेषणैर्यत् साकूतैरुक्तिः परिकरस्तु सः K. P.1. (विशेषण is said to be of three kinds व्यावर्तक, विधेय, and हेतुगर्भ). -4 A distinguishing feature or mark. -5 Species, kind. -6 Surpassing, excelling; अस्य काव्यस्य कवयो न समर्था विशेषणे Mb.1.1.73; पराक्रमे$न्योन्य- विशेषणेन Ki.17.32. -Comp. -असिद्धः N. of a kind of हेत्वाभास. -पदम् a title of honour. विशेषतस् viśēṣatas विशेषेण viśēṣēṇa विशेषात् viśēṣāt विशेषतस् विशेषेण विशेषात् ind. 1 Especially, particularly. -2 In proportion to; निःस्वेभ्यो देयमेतेभ्यो दानं विद्याविशेषतः Ms.11.2. -3 Individually, singly.
viśeṣita विशेषित p. p. 1 Distinguished. -2 Defined, particularized. -3 Distinguished by an attribute. -4 Superior, excellent. विशेष्य viśēṣya विशेषणीय viśēṣaṇīya विशेष्य विशेषणीय a. 1 To be distinguished. -2 Chief, superior; उपपन्नं हि यच्चेष्टा विशिष्येत विशेष्यया Mb. 12.237.12. -ष्यम् The word qualified or limited by an adjective, the object to be defined or particularized by another word; a noun; विशेष्यं नाभिधा गच्छेत् क्षीणशक्ति- र्विशेषणे K. P.2. -2 A substantive, noun.
viśūla विशूल a. Without (i. e. not possessing) a spear; दुर्जयो लवणः शूली विशूलः प्रार्थ्यतामिति R.15.5.
viśvāmitraḥ विश्वामित्रः [विश्वं मित्रं यस्य, विश्वस्य मित्रं वा पूर्वपददीर्घः; P.VI.3.13] N. of a celebrated sage. [He was originally a Kṣatriya, being the king of Kānyakubja and son of Gādhi. One day while out hunting, he went to the hermitage of the great sage Vasiṣṭha, and seeing there the cow of plenty, offered him untold treasures in exchange for it, but being refused he tried to take it by force. A long contest thereupon ensued, in which king Viśvāmitra was signally defeated; and so great was his vexation, and withal so greatly was he impressed with the power inherent in Brāhmanism that he devoted himself to the most rigorous austerities till he successively got the titles Rājarṣi, Riṣi, Maharṣi, and Brahmarṣi, but he was not contented till Vasiṣṭha himself called him by the name Brahmarṣi, which, however, took place after several thousands of years. Viśvāmitra several times tried to excite Vasiṣṭha -for example by killing his one hundred sons--but the great sage was not in the least perturbed. His power, even before he finally became a Brahmarśi, was very great, as was seen in his transporting Triśaṅku to the skies, in saving Sunahśepa from the hands of Indra, in creating things after the style of Brahman &c. &c. He was the companion and counsellor of young Rāma to whom he gave several miraculous missiles.] -Comp. -प्रियः Cocoanut (tree and fruit); L. D. B. -सृष्टिः the thing created by विश्वामित्र (these are several as Palmyra, buffalo, ass &c.).
viṣ विष् I. 3 U. (वेवष्टि, वेविष्टे, विष्ट) 1 To surround. -2 To spread through, extend, pervade. -3 To embrace. -4 To accomplish, effect, perform. -5 To eat. -6 To go to, go against, encounter; (not generally used in classical literature). -II. 9 P. (विष्णाति) To separate, disjoin. -III. 1 P. (वेषति) To sprinkle, pour out.
viṣama विषम a. [विगतो विरुद्धो वा समः] 1 Uneven, rough, rugged; पथिषु विषमेष्वप्यचलता Mu.3.3; व्यालाकीर्णाः सुविषमाः Pt.1.64; Me.19. -2 Irregular, unequal; तोषं ततान विषमग्रथितो$पि भागः Māl.9.44. -3 Odd, not even. -4 Difficult, hard to understand, mysterious; विषमो$पि विगाह्यते नयः Ki.2.3; विषमाः कर्मगतयः Pt.4.5. -5 Impassable, inaccessible; Ki.2.3; भ्रान्तं देशमनेकदुर्गविषमम् Bh.3.5. -6 Coarse, rough. -7 Oblique; ईषत्तिर्यग्वलन- विषमम् Māl.4.2. -8 Painful, troublesome; कान्ताविश्लेषदुःख- व्यतिकरविषमे यौवने विप्रयोगः Bh.3.16; H.4.3. -9 Very strong, vehement; व्यनक्त्यन्तस्तापं तदयमतिधीरो$पि विषमम् Māl.3.9. -1 Dangerous, fearful; सर्वंकषः कषति हा विषमः कृतान्तः Mv.5.56; Mk.8.1,27; Mu.1.18; 2.2. -11 Bad, adverse, unfavourable; येन च हसितं दशासु विषमासु Pt.4.16. -12 Odd, unusual, unparalleled. -13 Dishonest, artful. -14 Intermittent (as fever). -15 Wicked. -16 Different. -17 That which cannot be equally divided; अजाविकं सैकशफं न जातु विषमं भजेत् Ms.9.119. -18 Unsuitable, wrong; Suśr. -मः 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 (In music) A kind of measure. -मम् 1 Unevenness. -2 Oddness. -3 An inaccessible place, precipice, pit &c. -4 A difficult or dangerous position, difficulty, misfortune; सुप्तं प्रमत्तं विषमस्थितं वा रक्षन्ति पुण्यानि पुरा कृतानि Bh.2.97; कुतस्त्वा कश्मलमिदं विषमे समुपस्थितम् Bg.2.2. -5 Rough or uneven ground. -6 N. of a figure of speech in which some unusual or incompatible relation between cause and effect is described; (said to be of four kinds; see K. P. Kārikās 126 and 127). -7 A kind of stanza or verse; भिन्नचिह्नचतुष्पादं विषमं परिकीर्तितम्. -मम् ind. Unequally, unevenly, unfairly, dangerously &c. -Comp. -अक्षः, -ईक्षणः, -नयनः, -नेत्रः, -लोचनः epithets of Śiva. -अन्नम् unusual or irregular food. -अवतारः descent on uneven ground, perhaps also 'undertaking or embarking in an adventure'; V.1. -आयुधः, -इषुः, -शरः epithets of the god of love; उन्मिमील विशदं विषमेषुः Śi.1.72. -कर्णः 1 a quadrangle or tetragon with unequal diagonals. -2 the hypotenuse of a right-angled triangle. -कर्मन् (in maths.) the finding of two quantities when the difference of their squares is given and either the sum or the difference of the quantities (Colebrooke). -कालः an unfavourable season. -चक्रवालम् (in maths). an ellipse. -चतुरस्रः, -चतुर्भुजः an unequal quadrilateral figure; trapezium. -छदः the tree सप्तपर्ण q. v. -छाया the shadow of the gnomon at noon. -ज्वरः remittent fever; दोषो$ल्पो$हितसंभूतो ज्वरो- त्सृष्टस्य वा पुनः । धातुमन्यतमं प्राप्य करोति विषम़ज्वरम् ॥ -त्रिभुजः a scalene triangle. -पत्रः the Saptaparṇa tree; विषम- पत्रमहीरुहसंभवम् Rām. ch.4.68. -बाणः N. of the god of love; also विषमविशिखः, -शरः. -लक्ष्मी f. ill-luck. -विभागः unequal distribution (of property). -वृत्तम् a kind of metre with unequal Pādas. -शील a. cross-tempered, peevish, perverse. -स्थ a. 1 being in an inaccessible position. -2 being in difficulty or misfortune; विश्वामित्र- स्ततस्तां तु विषमस्तामनिन्दिताम् Mb.1.72.5.
viṣamaka विषमक a. Rather uneven; not properly polished (as pearls).
visthāna विस्थान a. Belonging to another place or organ (as a sound).
vīṭā वीटा 1 A small piece of wood (about a span long struck with a stick or bat in a game played by boys (called in Marāthī विटीदांडूचा खेळ); क्रीडन्तो वीटया तत्र वीराः पर्यचरन्मुदा । पपात कूपे सा वीटा तेषां वै क्रीडतां तदा ॥ Mb.1.131. 17. -2 A kind of metal or stone ball (held in the mouth as a form of penance); इत्येवं ब्रुवतस्तस्य जटी वीटा- मुखः कृशः Mb.15.26.18. वीटिः vīṭiḥ वीटिका vīṭikā वीटी vīṭī वीटिः वीटिका वीटी f. 1 The betel-plant. -2 A preparation of betel (Mar. वीडा = ताम्बूल q. v.). -3 A tie, fastening, knot (of a wearing garment). -4 The knot of a bodice; त्वं मुग्धाक्षि विनैव कञ्चुलिकया धत्से मनोहारिणीं लक्ष्मीमित्यभिधायिनि प्रियतमे तद्वीटिकासंस्पृशि । Amaru.27.
vīra वीर [अजेः रक् वीभावश्च Uṇ.2.13] a. 1 Heroic, brave. -2 Mighty, powerful. -3 Excellent, eminent. -रः 1 A hero, warrior, champion; को$प्येष संप्रति नवः पुरुषावतारो वीरो न यस्य भगवान् भृगुनन्दनो$पि U.5.33. -2 The sentiment of heroism (in rhetoric); अस्तोक- वीरगुरुसाहसमद्भुतं च Mv.1.6; it is distinguished under four heads; दानवीर, धर्मवीर, दयावीर and युद्धवीर; for explanation see these words s. v.). -3 An actor. -4 Fire. -5 The sacrificial fire. -6 A son; अस्य कुले वीरो जायते Ch. Up.3.13.6; वीरं मे दत्त पितरः Śrādhamantras. -7 A husband. -8 The Arjuna tree. -9 A Jaina. -1 The Karavīra tree. -11 N. of Viṣṇu. -रम् 1 A reed. -2 Pepper. -3 Rice-gruel. -4 The root of Uśīra q. v. -5 Iron; Gīrvāṇa. -Comp. -अध्वन्, -मार्गः a heroic death. -अम्लः a kind of sorrel. -आशंसनम् 1 keeping watch. -2 the post of danger in battle. -3 a forlorn hope. -4 a field of battle; पयोदजालमिव तद्वीरा- शंसनमाबभौ Śi.19.79. -आसनम् 1 a kind of posture practised in meditation; एकं पादमथैकस्मिन् विन्यस्योरौ तु संस्थितम् । इतरस्मिंस्तथैवोरुं वीरासनमिति स्मृतम् ॥ cf. पर्यङ्क. -2 kneeling on one knee. -3 a field of battle. -4 the station of a sentinel. -ईशः, -ईश्वरः 1 epithets of Śiva. -2 a great hero. -उञ्झः a Brahmaṇa who omits to offer oblations to the sacrificial fire. -काम a. desirous of male offspring. -कीटः an insignificant or contemptible warrior. -गतिः Indra's heaven. -जयन्तिका 1 a war-dance. -2 war, battle. -तरुः 1 the Bilva tree. -2 the Arjuna tree. -धन्वन् m. an epithet of the god of love. -पट्टः a sort of military dress. -पट्टिका a gold band worn by men across the forehead; नलस्य भाले मणिवीरपट्टिकानिभेव लग्नः परिधिर्विधोर्बभौ N.15.61. -पत्नी the wife of a hero. -पानम् (णम्) an exciting or refreshing drink taken by soldiers either before or after a battle; मदो$यं संप्रहारे$स्मिन् वीरपानं समर्थ्यताम् Rām.4.11.38. -बाहुः N. of Viṣṇu. -भद्रः 1 N. of a powerful hero created by Śiva from his matted hair; see दक्ष; महावीरो$पि रे भद्र मम सर्वगणेष्विह । वीरभद्राख्यया हि त्वं प्रथितिं परमं व्रज । कुरु मे सत्वरं कर्म दक्षयज्ञं क्षयं नय ॥ Kāśīkhaṇḍa. -2 a distinguished hero. -3 a horse fit for the Aśvamedha sacrifice. -4 a kind of fragrant grass. -भवन्ती the elder sister; Gīrvāṇa. -भावः heroic nature. -मर्दलः a war-drum. -मुद्रिका a ring worn on the middle toe. -रजस् n. red lead. -रसः 1 the sentiment of heroism. -2 a warlike feeling. -रेणुः N. of Bhīmasena. -लोकः Indra's heaven. -वादः glory. -विप्लावकः a Brāhmaṇa who performs sacrifices by means of money got from the lowest castes. -वृक्षः 1 the Arjuna tree. -2 the marking-nut plant. -व्रत a. adhering to one's purpose; पूर्णः श्रुतधरो राजन्नाह वीरव्रतो मुनिः Bhāg.1.87.45. -तम् heroism. -शङ्कुः an arrow. -शयः, -शयनम्, -शय्या the couch of a dead or wounded hero in a battle; battlefield; कलेवरं योगरतो विजह्याद्यदग्रेणीर्वीरशये$निवृत्तः Bhāg.6.1.33. -2 a particular posture. -सूः f. the mother of a hero; (so -वीरप्रसवा, -प्रसूः, -प्रसविनी); तस्यात्मनो$र्धं पत्न्यास्ते नान्वगाद्वीरसूः कृपी Bhāg.1.7.45. -2 the mother of a male child. -सेनः N. of the father of Nala. -सैन्यम् garlic. -स्कन्धः a buffalo. -स्थानम् = वीरासन (1); स्थाणु- भूतो महातेजा वीरस्थानेन पाण्डव Mb.3.122.2;13.142.8; (= स्वर्ग) heaven; वीरासनं वीरशय्यां वीरस्थानमुपागतम् । अक्षया- स्तस्य वै लोकाः सर्वकामगमास्तथा ॥ Mb.13.7.13. -हत्या the killing of a man; murder of a son; चान्द्रायणं चरेन्मासं वीरत्यासमं हि तत् Ms.11.41; वीरहत्यामवाप्तो$सि वह्नीनुद्वास्य यत्नतः Śāṅkaradigvijaya 8.26. -हन् m. a Brāhmaṇa who has neglected his domestic fire; तेनादृश्यन्त वीरघ्ना न तु वीरहणो जनाः N.17.197; (cf. Note on N.17.197 given by the English translator Handiqui, P.63.). -2 A childmurderer; वीरहा वा एष देवानां भवति यो$ग्निमुद्वासयते Ts.1.5.2. -3 N. of Viṣṇu.
vṛthā वृथा ind. [वृ-थाल् किच्च] 1 To no purpose, in vain, uselessly, unprofitably; often with the force of an adjective; व्यर्थं यत्र कपीन्द्रसख्यमपि मे वीर्यं हरीणां वृथा U.3. 45; दिवं यदि प्रार्थयसे वृथा श्रमः Ku.5.45. -2 Unnecessarily. -3 Foolishly, idly, wantonly. -4 Wrongly; improperly. (At the beginning of comp. वृथा may be translated by 'vain, useless, improper, false, idle' &c.). -Comp. -अट्या strolling about idly, walking for pleasure; Ms.7.47. -अन्नम् food for one's own use only. -आकारः a false form, an empty show; पश्येद्दारान् वृथा- कारान् स भवेद्राजवल्लभः Pt.1.58. -आर्तवा a barren woman. -आलम्भः Cutting unnecessarily; (ओषधीनां) वृथालम्भे$नु- गच्छेद्गां दिनमेकं पयोव्रतः Ms.11.144. -उत्पन्न a. born in vain; तं (पुत्रं) कामजमरिक्थीयं वृथोत्पन्नं प्रचक्षते Ms.9.147. -कथा idle talk. -जन्मन् n. unprofitable or vain birth. -दानम् a gift that may be revoked, or not made good if promised; देवपितृविहीनं यदीश्वरेभ्यः स्वदोषतः । दत्वानुकीर्तनाच्चैव वेदाग्निव्रतत्यागिने ॥ अन्यायोपार्जितं दानं व्यर्थं ब्रह्महणे तथा । गुरवे$- नृतवक्त्राया स्तेनाय पतिताय च ॥ कृतघ्नाय च यद्दत्तं सर्वदा ब्रह्मविद्विषे । याजकाय च सर्वस्य वृषल्याः पतये तथा ॥ परिचारकाय भृत्याय सर्वत्र पिशुनाय च । इत्येतानि तु राजेन्द्र वृथादानानि षोडश ॥ Vahni Purāṇa; Ms.8.159. -मति a. foolish-minded. -मांसम् flesh not intended for the Gods or Manes. -वादिन् a. speaking falsely.
vetālaḥ वेतालः 1 A kind of ghost, a goblin, vampire; particularly a ghost occupying a dead body; नाहमात्म- नाशाय वेतालोत्थापनं करिष्यामि 'I shall not raise a devil for my own destruction'; Māl.5.23; Śi.2.6. -2 A doorkeeper. -Comp. -पञ्चविंशतिः, -तिका a collection of 25 fables told by a Vetāla to king Vikramāditya. -साधनम् securing (the favour of) a Vetāla.
vedaḥ वेदः [विद्-अच् घञ् वा] 1 Knowledge. -2 Sacred knowledge, holy learning, the scripture of the Hindus. (Originally there were only three Vedas :- ऋग्वेद, यजुर्वेद and सामवेद, which are collectively called त्रयी 'the sacred triad'; but a fourth, the अथर्ववेद, was subsequently added to them. Each of the Vedas had two distinct parts, the Mantra or Samhitā and Brāhmaṇa. According to the strict orthodox faith of the Hindus the Vedas are a-pauruṣeya, 'not human compositions', being supposed to have been directly revealed by the Supreme Being, Brahman, and are called Śruti' i. e. 'what is heard or revealed', as distinguished from 'Smṛiti', i. e. 'what is remembered or is the work of human origin'; see श्रुति, स्मृति also; and the several sages, to whom the hymns of the Vedas are ascribed, are, therefore, called द्रष्टारः 'seers', and not कर्तारः or सृष्टारः 'composers'.) -3 A bundle of Kuśa grass; पद्माक्षमालामुत जन्तुमार्जनं वेदं च साक्षात्तप एव रूपिणौ Bhāg. 12.8.34; Ms.4.36. -4 N. of Viṣṇu. -5 A part of a sacrifice (यज्ञांग). -6 Exposition, comment, gloss. -7 A metre. -8 Acquisition, gain, wealth (Ved). -9 N. of the number 'four'. -1 The ritual (वेदयतीति वेदो विधिः); Karma-kāṇda; वेदवादस्य विज्ञानं सत्याभासमिवानृतम् Mb.12.1. 2 (see Nīlakaṇtha's commentary). -11 Smṛiti literature; आम्नायेभ्यः पुनर्वेदाः प्रसृताः सर्वतोमुखाः Mb.12.26.9. -Comp. -अग्रणीः N. of Sarasvatī. -अङ्गम् 'a member of the Veda', N. of certain classes of works regarded as auxiliary to the Vedas and designed to aid in the correct pronunciation and interpretation of the text and the right employment of the Mantras in ceremonials; (the Ved- āṅgas are six in number :-- शिक्षा कल्पो व्याकरणं निरुक्तं छन्दसां चयः । ज्योतिषामयनं चैव वेदाङ्गानि ष़डेव तु ॥; i. e. 1 शिक्षा 'the science of proper articulation and pronunciation'; 2 छन्दस् 'the science of prosody'; 3 व्याकरण 'grammar'; 4 निरुक्त 'etymological explanation of difficult Vedic words'; 5 ज्योतिष 'astronomy'; and 6 कल्प 'ritual or ceremonical'). A peculiar use of the word 'वेदाङ्ग' in masculine gender may here be noted; वेदांश्चैव तु वेदाङ्गान् वेदान्तानि तथा स्मृतीः । अधीत्य ब्राह्मणः पूर्वं शक्तितो$न्यांश्च संपठेत् ॥ Bṛihadyogiyājña- valkya-Smṛti 12.34. -अधिगमः, -अध्ययनम् holy study, study of the Vedas; काम्यो हि वेदाधिगमः कर्मयोगश्च वैदिकः Ms.2.2. -अधिपः 1 one who presides over the Veda; ऋग्वेदाधिपतर्जीवो यजुर्वेदाधिपो भृगुः । सामवेदाधिपो भौमः शशिजो$- थर्ववेदपः ॥ -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -अध्यापकः a teacher of the Vedas, a holy preceptor. -अनध्ययनम् Remissness in the Vedic study; Ms.3.63. -अन्तः 1 'the end of the Veda', an Upaniṣad (which comes at the end of the Veda). Also -अन्तम् (See quotation from बृहद्योगियाज्ञ- वल्क्यस्मृति under -अङ्ग above). -2 the last of the six principal Darśanas or systems of Hindu philosophy; (so called because it teaches the ultimate aim and scope of the Veda, or because it is based on the Upaniṣads which come at the end of the Veda); (this system of philosophy is sometimes called उत्तरमीमांसा being regarded as a sequel to Jaimini's पूर्वमीमांसा, but it is practically quite a distinct system; see मीमांसा. It represents the popular pantheistic creed of the Hindus, regarding, as it does, the whole world as synthetically derived from one eternal principle, the Brahman or Supreme Spirit; see ब्रह्मन् also). ˚गः, ˚ज्ञः a follower of the Vedanta philosophy. -अन्तिन् m. a follower of the Vedanta philosophy. -अभ्यासः 1 the study of the Vedas; वेदाभ्यासो हि विप्रस्य तपः परमिहोच्यते Ms.2.166. -2 the repetition of the sacred syllable Om. -अर्थः the meaning of the Vedas. -अवतारः revelation of the Vedas. -अश्र a. quadrangular. -आदि n., -आदिवर्णः, -आदिवीजम् the sacred syllable. Om. -उक्त a. scriptural, taught in the Vedas. -उदयः N. of the sun (the Sāma Veda being said to have proceeded from him). -उदित a. scriptural, ordained by the Vedas; वेदोदितं स्वकं कर्म नित्यं कुर्यादतन्द्रितः Ms. 4.14. -कार the composer of the Veda. -कौलेयकः an epithet of Śiva. -गर्भः 1 an epithet of Brahman; कमण्डलुं वेदगर्भः कुशान् सप्तर्षयो ददुः Bhāg.8.18.16. -2 a Brāhmaṇa versed in the Vedas. -3 N. of Viṣṇu. -ज्ञः a Brāhmaṇa versed in the Vedas; तथा दहति वेदज्ञः कर्मजं दोषमात्मनः Ms.12.11. -त्रयम्, -त्रयी the three Vedas collectively. -दर्शिन् a. one who discerns the sense of the Veda; तपोमध्यं बुधैः प्रोक्तं तपो$न्तं वेददर्शिभिः Ms.11.234. -दृष्ट a. sanctioned by the Vedas. -निन्दकः 1 an atheist, a heretic, an unbeliever (one who rejects the divine origin and character of the Vedas). -2 a Jaina or Buddhist. -निन्दा unbelief, heresy; Ms.11.56. -पारगः a Brāhmaṇa skilled in the Vedas. -पुण्यम् a merit acquired by the study of the Veda. वेदपुण्येन युज्यते Ms.2.78. -बाह्य a. contrary to the Veda. (-ह्यः) a sceptic. -मातृ f. 1 N. of a very sacred Vedic verse called Gāyatree q. v. -2 N. of सरस्वती, सावित्री and गायत्री; सूतश्च मातरिश्वा वै कवचं वंदमातरः Mb.5.179.4. -भूतिः (embodiment of the Veda) an honourable title before the names of learned Brāhmaṇas. -वचनम्, -वाक्यम् a Vedic text. -वदनम् grammar. -वादः see वेदः (1); तदुक्तं वेदवादेषु गहनं वेददर्शिभिः Mb.12.238.11 (com.); Vedic discussion; यामिमां पुष्पितां वाचं प्रवदन्त्यविपश्चितः । वेदवादरताः Bg. 2.42. -वासः a Brāhmaṇa. -वाह्य a. contrary to, or not founded on, the Veda. -विद् m. 1 a Brāhmaṇa versed in the Vedas. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -वद्वस् a. conversant with the Vedas; ब्राह्मणान् वेदविदुषो यज्ञार्थं चैव दक्षिणाम् Ms. 11.4. -विहित a. enjoined by the Vedas. -व्यासः an epithet of Vyāsa who is regarded as the 'arranger' of the Vedas in their present form; see व्यास. -शास्त्रम् the doctrine of the Vedas; Ms.4.26. -श्रुतिः Vedic revelation. -संन्यासः givig up the ritual of the Vedas. -संमत, -संमित a. sanctioned by the Vedas.
vaikṛta वैकृत a. (-ती f.) 1 Changed. -2 Modified. -3 Relating to Sattva (सात्त्विक); Bhāg.11.24.8. -3 Disfigured; यदि मन्त्राङ्गहीनो$यं यज्ञो भवति वैकृतः Mb.12.272. 1. -4 Not natural. -तम् [विकृतस्य भावः अण्] 1 Change, alteration, modification. -2 Aversion, disgust, loathing. -3 Change in state, appearance &c., disfigurement; उदडीयत वैकृतात् करग्रहजादस्य विकस्वरस्वरैः N.2.5; वैकृतं त्वग्निहोत्रे स लक्षयित्वा महातपाः Mb.3.137.3. -4 A portent, any event foreboding evil; तत् प्रतीपपवनादि वैकृतं प्रेक्ष्य R.11.62. -5 Fraud, cheating (कपट); Mb.3.149.15. -6 Agitation. -तः = अहंकारः q. v. -Comp. -विवर्तः a woeful plight, miserable condition, suffering; वैकृतविवर्तदारुणः Māl.1.39.
vaideśika वैदेशिक a. (-की f.) [विदेश-ठञ्] Belonging to another country, foreign, exotic. -कः A stranger, foreigner; वैदेशिको$स्मीति पृच्छामि कः पुनरसौ जामाता U.1.
vaipratisama वैप्रतिसम a. Unmatched; not equalled; Mb.2.
vyañj व्यञ्ज् 7 P. 1 To reveal, manifest, show; अकिंचनत्वं मखजं व्यनक्ति R.5.16; Śi.1.26. -2 To indicate, denote. -3 Ved. To anoint thoroughly. -4 Ved. To decorate, adorn.
vyadhikaraṇam व्यधिकरणम् Subsisting in different receptacles or substrata; (as in व्यधिकरणबहुव्रीहि which means 'a Bahuvrīhi compound, the first member of which is not in apposition, or stands in a different case-relation, to the second, in the dissolution of the compound'; e. g. चक्रपाणिः, चन्द्रमौलिः &c.
vyapadiś व्यपदिश् 6 P. 1 To name, call; व्यपदिश्यसे जगति विक्रमी- त्यतः Śi.15.28. -2 To name or call falsely; मित्रं च मां व्यपदिशस्यपरं च यासि Mk.4.9. -3 To speak of, profess; जन्मेन्दोर्विमले कुले व्यपदिशसि Ve.6.7. -4 To pretend, feign; व्यपदिशति नः शैवप्रीत्या कथंचिदनास्थया Mv.2.11. -5 To indicate, show. -6 To signify, mean, denote.
vyapadeśaḥ व्यपदेशः 1 Representation, information, notice; अलं वै व्यपदेशेन धनुरायच्छ राघव Mb.3.99.49. -2 Designation by name, naming. -3 A name, an appellation, a title; एवं व्यपदेशभाजः U.6. -4 A family, race; अथ को$स्य व्यपदेशः Ś.7; व्यपदेशमाविलयितुं किमीहसे जनमिमं च पातयितुम् Ś.5.21. -5 Fame, reputation, renown; also in adjectival senses; व्यपदेशकुले जाताः पूजिताश्चाप्यभीक्ष्णशः Rām.4.64.21.; Ms.7 168. -6 A trick, pretext, excuse, device; भारतव्यपदेशेन ह्याम्नायार्थश्च दर्शितः Bhāg.1.4.29. -7 Fraud, craft. -8 Concealment, dissimulation; Māl.7.
vyabhicārin व्यभिचारिन् a. Straying or deviating from, going astray, erring, trespassing; निगृह्य दापयेच्चैनं समयव्यभिचारिणम् Ms.8.22. -2 Irregular, anomalous. -3 Untrue, false; see अव्यभिचारिन्. -4 Faithless, unchaste, adulterous. -5 Profligate, wanton. -6 Departing from its usual meaning, having several secondary meanings (as a word). -7 Changeable, inconstant; नात्मा जजान न मरिष्यति नैधते$सौ न क्षीयते सवनविद्व्यभिचारिणां हि Bhāg.11.3.38. -m., -व्यभिचारिभावः A transitory feeling, an accessory (opp. स्थायिन् or स्थायिभाव q. v.). (Though like the Sthāyibhāvas these accessories do not form a necessary substratum of any rasa, still they act as feeders to the prevailing sentiment, and strengthen it in various ways, whether openly or covertly. They are said to be 33 or 34 in number; for an enumeration of these, see K. P. Kārikās 31-34, S. D.169 or R. G. first Ānana; cf. विभाव and स्थायिभाव also).
vyabhīmānaḥ व्यभीमानः False notion, erroneous view.
vyalīka व्यलीक a. 1 False, untrue; ताश्च व्यलीकं रुरुदुः कृतागसः Bhāg.6.14.48. -2 Offensive, disagreeable, displeasing; न च व्यलीकमासीद्राज्ञ एतद्वृत्तान्तं दृष्ट्वा त्रात इत्युक्त्वा Mb.3.197. 23. -3 Not false; इत्थं गिरः प्रियतमा इव सो$व्यलीकाः शुश्राव सूततनयस्य तदा व्यलीकाः Śi.5.1. -4 Unfit to be done. -कः 1 A libertine. -2 A catamite. -कम् 1 Anything disagreeable or displeasing, disagreeableness; ननु जन- विदितैर्भवद्व्यलीकौश्चिरपरिपूरितमेव कर्णयुग्मम् Śi.7.54. -2 Any cause of grief or uneasiness, pain, sorrow, grief; सुतनु हृदयात् प्रत्यादेशव्यलीकमपैतु ते Ś.7.24; यस्मिन्ननैश्वर्यकृतव्यलीकः पराभवं प्राप्त इवान्तको$पि Ki.3.19.; Ku.3.25; R.4.87. -3 A fault, an offence, a transgression, any improper act; सव्यलीकमवधीरितखिन्नं प्रस्थितं सपदि कोपपदेन Ki.9.45; Śi.9.85; एवं प्रत्यक्षदृष्टव्यलीकः किं ब्रवीमि Ratn.3;3.15. -4 Fraud, trick, deception; तस्मात् तमेव सेवेत न व्यलीकेन कर्हिचित् Pt.1.12,242. -5 Falsehood. -6 Inversion, contrariety. -7 Sin, demerit; न सूक्ष्ममपि मे किंचिद् व्यलीकमिह विद्यते Mb.14.14.7.
vyavahita व्यवहित p. p. 1 Placed apart. -2 Separated by anything intervening; मृदुव्यवहितं तेजो भोक्तुमर्थान् प्रकल्पते Śi.2.85. -3 Interrupted, stopped, obstructed, impeded. -4 Screened from view, hidden, concealed. -5 Not immediately connected. -6 Done, performed. -7 Passed over, omitted. -8 Surpassed, excelled. -9 Hostile; opposed. -1 Remote, distant. -Comp. -कल्पना A mode of construction in which words or phrases which are separated from one another by some other intervening words, pharses or sentences are constructed together as forming a sentence. This mode is as a general rule not admissible and is worse than even लक्षणा (see व्यवधान); सत्रविश्वजित्सम्बन्धे व्यवहितकल्पना स्यात् ŚB. on MS.6.4.33;7.4.1. व्यवधारणकल्पना vyavadhāraṇakalpanā व्यवधारणकल्पना f. A mode of interpreting a sentence where words or expressions connected with one another are treated as being not so connected, disconnecting what is connected; ŚB. on MS.1.2.1; सैषा व्यवधारणकल्पना । तमस्मै भक्षं प्रयच्छेत् तमस्मै भक्षं कुर्यादित्यर्थः ŚB. on MS.3.5.48.
vyājaḥ व्याजः 1 Deciet, trick, deception, fraud. -2 Art, cunning; अव्याजमनोहरं वपुः Ś.1.18 'artlessly lovely'; Māl.5.12. -3 A pretext, pretence, semblance; ध्यान- व्याजमुपेत्य Nāg.1.1; R.4.25,58;1.76;11.66. -4 An artifice, a device, contrivance; व्याजार्धसंदर्शितमेखलानि R.13.42. -5 Wickedness, depravity. -Comp. -आह्वयः a false name. -उक्तिः f. 1 a figure of speech in which what is apparently the effect of one cause is intentionally ascribed to another; in other words, where a feeling is dissembled by being attributed to a different cause; see K. P.1 under व्याजोक्ति. -2 covert allusion, insinuation. -गुरुः a teacher, only in appearance. -निद्रित a. feigning sleep. -निन्दा artful censure. -पूर्व a. having only the appearance of anything. -व्यवहारः artful conduct. -सुप्त a. feigning to be asleep. -स्तुतिः f. a figure of speech resembling the English 'irony', wherein censure is implied by apparent praise; or praise by apparent censure; व्याजस्तुतिर्मुखे निन्दा स्तुतिवी रूढिरन्यथा K. P.1.
vyāpattiḥ व्यापत्तिः f. 1 Ruin, calamity, misfortune; व्यापत्तिं कर्मणां दृष्ट्वा जुगुप्सन्ति जनाः सदा Mb.12.265.34; औदासीन्यं न युक्तं प्रियसुहृदि गते मत्कृते चातिघोरां । व्यापत्तिम् Mu.6.2; Mk.6.1. -2 Substitution of one thing for another. -3 Death; तयोस्तस्मिन्नवीभूतपितृव्यापत्तिशोकयोः R.12.56.
vyāviddha व्याविद्ध p. p. 1 Bound; Dk.2.2. -2 Contradictory to one another; क्व च शस्त्रं क्व च वनं क्व च क्षात्रं तपः क्व च । व्याविद्धमिदमस्माभिः Rām.3.9.27. -3 Whirled round, tossed about. -4 Displaced; अथ जर्जरसर्वाङ्गं व्याविद्धनयना- म्बरम् Mb.3.11.65.
vyāvṛtta व्यावृत्त p. p. 1 Turned away from, withdrawn from; व्यावृत्ता यत्परस्वेभ्यः श्रुतौ तस्करता स्थिता R.1.27; V. 1.8. -2 Separated from, singled out. -3 (a) Excluded, set aside; different from; अयमर्थो$स्माद् व्यावृत्तः Tarka K. (b) Not being found or existing in, absent from (frequently used in phil. in this sense); धूमो जलह्रदादे- र्व्यावृत्तः Tarka K.; Mu.5.1. -4 Revolved, turned round. -5 Encompassed, surrounded. -6 Desisting, ceased from; व्यावृत्तगतिरुद्याने कुसुमस्तेयसाध्वसात् Ku.2.35. -7 Split asunder. -8 Changed; जगाम दक्षिणं मार्गं सोमो व्यावृत्तलक्षणः Mb.12.141.15. -Comp. -गति a. desisting from any course of action.
vyāvṛttiḥ व्यावृत्तिः f. 1 Covering, screening. -2 Exclusion, separation. -3 Not being found in, absence from; विपक्षाद्व्यावृत्तिः Tarka K. -4 Surrounding. -5 Rolling backwards. -6 Praise, eulogium. -7 Recurrence, repetition; मन्त्रस्य व्यावृत्तिर्न्याय्या ŚB. on MS.12.1.42. -Comp. -बुद्धिः f. the notion of exclusion.
vyāhāraḥ व्याहारः 1 Speech, utterance, words; आविर्भतज्योतिषां ब्राह्मणानां ये व्याहारास्तेषु मा संशयो$भूत् U.4.18;5.29. -2 Voice, note, sound; परभृतकलव्याहारेषु त्वमात्तरतिर्मधुम् M.5.1. -3 Jest, humorous speech. -4 Song (of birds).
vrataḥ व्रतः तम् [व्रज्-घ जस्य तः] 1 A religious act of devotion or austerity, vowed observance, a vow in general; अभ्यस्यतीव व्रतमासिधारम् R.13.67;2.4,25; (there are several vratas enjoined in the different Purāṇas; but their number cannot be said to be fixed, as new ones, e. g. सत्यनारांयणव्रत, are being added every day). -2 A vow, promise, resolve; सो$भूद् भग्नव्रतः शत्रूनुद्धृत्य प्रतिरोपयन् R.17.42; so सत्यव्रत, पुण्यव्रत, दृढव्रत &c. -3 Object of devotion or faith, devotion; as in पतिव्रताः (पतिर्व्रतं यस्याः सा); यान्ति देवव्रता देवान् पितॄन् यान्ति पितृव्रताः Bg.9.25. -4 A rite, an observance, practice, as in अर्कव्रत q. v; Śabaraswāmin difines it as पुरुषाणां क्रियार्थानां शरीरधारणार्थो बलकरणार्थश्चायं संस्कारो व्रतं नाम ŚB. on MS.4.3.8. -5 Mode of life, course of conduct; अथ तु वेत्सि शुचि व्रतमात्मनः Ś.5.27. -6 An ordinance, a law, rule. -7 Sacrifice. -8 An act, deed, work. -9 A design, plan. -1 Mental activity; व्रतमिति च मानसं कर्म उच्यते ŚB. on MS.6.2.2. -11 Celibacy; व्रतलोपनम् Ms.11.61 (com. ब्रह्मचारिणो मैथुनम्); Mb.12.11.22. (com. व्रतं ब्रह्मचर्याद्युपेतमध्ययनम्). -Comp. -आचरणम् the observance of a vow. -आदेशः investiture of a youth (of any one of the three classes) with the sacred thread. -उपवासः a fast for a vow. -ग्रहणम् initiation into a vow for a religious performance. -चर्यः a religious student; see ब्रह्मचारिन्. -चर्या observance or practice of a religious vow. -धारणम् the fulfilling of a religious observance. -पारणम्, -णा conclusion of a vow or fast, eating after a fast. -प्रतिष्ठा performance of a religious vow voluntarily undertaken. -भङ्गः 1 breach of a vow. -2 breach of a promise. -भिक्षा begging alms as part of the ceremony of investiture with the sacred thread. -रुचि a. delighting in religious observances, devout. -लोपनम् breaking a vow. -वैकल्यम् the incompletion of a religious vow. -संग्रहः initiation into a vow. -संपादनम् fulfilling a religious vow. -स्थ a. practising any vow. -स्थः a celibate; व्रतस्थमपि दौहित्रं श्राद्धे यत्नेन भोजयेत् Ms.3.234. -स्नात a. one who has bathed after completing a religious vow. -स्नातकः a Brāhmaṇa who has completed the first stage of his religious life, i. e. that of a Brahmachārin or religious student; see स्नातक:; Ms.4.31.
śaṃs शंस् 1 P. (शंसति, शस्त; pass. शस्यते) 1 To praise, extol, approve of; साधु साध्विति भूतानि शशंसुर्मारुतात्मजम् Rām.; संन्यासं कर्मणां कृष्ण पुनर्योगं च शंससि Bg.5.1. -2 To tell, relate, express, declare, communicate, announce, report (with dat. or sometimes gen. of person or by itself); शशंस सीतापरिदेवनान्तमनुष्ठितं शासनमग्रजाय R.14.83; न मे ह्रिया शंसति किंचिदीप्सितम् 3.5;2.68;4.72;9.77; 11.84; Ku.3.6;5.51. -3 To indicate, bespeak, show; यः (अशोकः) सावज्ञो माधवश्रीनियोगे पुष्पैः शंसत्यादरं त्वत्प्रयत्ने M.5.8; Ki.5.23; Ku.2.22. -4 To repeat, recute; ओमिति शंसति Ch. Up.1.1.9. -5 To hurt, injure. -6 To revile, traduce. -7 To praise in ऋक् verse not made of grains (पुरोडाश). -मुखः a surgical instrument (resembling a grain of rice). -राजिकम् panic seed (= कङ्गू q. v.). -वापम् Sowing rice. -श्रेष्ठः a kind of rice (शालिधान्य).
śakaḥ शकः 1 N. of a king (especially applied to Śālivāhana; but scholars do not seem to have yet agreed as to the precise meaning and scope of the word). -2 An epoch, era (the term is especially applied to the era of Śālivāhana which commences 78 years after the Christian ear). -काः (m. pl.) 1 N. of a country. -2 N. of a particular tribe or race of people (mentioned in Ms.1.44 along with the Pauṇḍrakas &c.; see Mu.5.11 also). -Comp. -अन्तकः, -अरिः epithets of king Vikramāditya who is said to have exterminated the Śakas. -अब्दः, -कालः a year of the Śaka era. -कर्तृ, -कृत् m. the founder of an era.
śakāraḥ शकारः The brother of a king's concubine, the brother-in-law of a king by a wife not regularly married (अनूढाऊभ्रातृ); (he is usually represented as a strange mixture of pride, folly, and vanity, of low family, and raised to power by reason of his relation to the king. In the Mṛichchhakaṭika of Śūdraka where he plays a prominent part, his characters is well exhibited in his lightness and frivolity of spirit, vain-glory, constant reference to his high connection, his blundering and ludicrous folly, but withal cruelty enough to throttle the heroine when she refused to yield to his desire; S. D. thus defines him:-- मदमूर्खताभिमानी दुष्कुल- तैश्वर्यसंयुक्तः । सो$यमनूढाभ्राता राज्ञः श्यालः शकार इत्युक्तः ॥ 81.
śakta शक्त p. p. [शक्-क्त] 1 Able, capable, competent (with gen. or loc. or inf); बहवो$स्य कर्मणः शक्ताः Ve.3; तस्योप- कारे शक्तस्त्वं किं जीवन् किमुतान्यथा ibid; शक्तस्य शक्यकारणात् Sāṅ. K.9. -2 Strong, mighty, powerful. -3 Rich, opulent; शक्तः परजने दाता स्वजने दुःखजीविनि Ms.11.9. -4 Significant, expressive, conveying a meaning by denotation (अभिधा or शक्ति) and not by indication (लक्षणा). (as a word). -5 Clever, intelligent. -6 Speaking kindly or agreeably.
śaktiḥ शक्तिः f. [शक्-क्तिन्] 1 (a) Power, ability, capacity, strength, energy, prowess; दैवं निहत्य कुरु पौरुषमात्मशक्त्या Pt.1.361; ज्ञाने मौनं क्षमा शक्तौ R.1.22; so यथाशक्ति, स्वशक्ति &c. (b) Faculty, capacity; स्मरण- शक्ति 'retentive faculty or memory'. -2 Regal power; (it has three parts or elements; 1 प्रभुशक्ति or प्रभावशक्ति' the majesty or pre-eminent position of the king himself'; 2 मंत्रशक्ति 'the power of good counsel'; and 3 उत्साहशक्ति 'the power of energy'); राज्यं नाम शक्तित्रयायत्तम् Dk.; त्रिसाधना शक्तिरिवार्थसंचयम् R.3.13;6.33;17.63; Śi.2.26. -3 The power of composition, poetic power or genius; शक्तिर्निपुणता लोकशास्त्रकाव्याद्यवेक्षणात् K.P.1; see explanation ad loc. -4 The active power of a deity, regarded as his wife, female divinity; (these are variously enumerated, 8, 9 or even 5 being mentioned); स जयति परिणद्धः शक्तिभिः शक्तिनाथः Māl.5.1; Ś.7.35. -5 A kind of missile; शक्तिखण्डामर्षतेन गाण्डीविनोक्तम् Ve. 3; ततो विभेद पौलस्त्यः शक्त्या वक्षसि लक्ष्मणम् R.12.77. -6 A spear, dart, pike, lance. -7 (In phil.) The relation of a term to the thing designated. -8 The power inherent in cause to produce its necessary effect. -9 (In Rhet.) The power or signification of a word; (these are three अभिधा, लक्षणा and व्यञ्जना); तिस्रः शब्दस्य शक्तयः S. D.11. -1 The expressive power or denotation of a word (opp. लक्षणा and व्यञ्जना); it is thus defined:-- अस्माच्छब्दादयमर्थो बोद्धव्य इत्याकारको$नादिसंकेतः शक्तिः Tarka. K. -11 The female organ, the counterpart of the Phallus of &Saucte;iva worshipped by a sect of people called Śāktas. -12 A sword. -13 An implement in gambling. -Comp. -अर्धः perspiring and panting through fatigue or exertion. -अपेक्ष, -अपेक्षिन् a. having regard to strength; षाड्गुण्यमुपयुञ्जीत शक्त्यपेक्षो रसायनम् Śi.2.93. -कुण्ठनम् the deadening of a power. -ग्रह a. 1 apprehending the force or meaning. -2 armed with a spear. -(हः) 1 apprehension of the force, meaning, or acceptation of a word. -2 a spearman, lancer. -3 an epithet of Śiva. -4 of Kārtikeya. -ग्राहक a. determining or establishing the meaning of a word. (-कः) epithet of Kārtikeya. -त्रयम् the three constituent elements of regal power; see शक्ति (2) above. -धर a. strong, powerful. -(रः) 1 a spearman. -2 an epithet of Kārtikeya; ततस्तामेव चोत्कृष्य शक्तिं शक्तिधरप्रियः Rām. 7.8.11. -ध्वजः N. of Kārtikeya; शक्तिध्वजशिखरशूलोत्सेधं सौधमागतम् Dk.2.5. -नाथः N. of Śiva; स जयति परिणद्धः शक्तिभिः शक्तिनाथः Māl.5.1. -पर्णः Alstonia Scholaris. (Mar. सातवीण). -पाणिः, -भृत् m. 1 a spearman. -2 an epithet of Kārtikeya. -पातः 1 prostration of strength. -2 In Yoga philosophy, a spiritual procedure, by which the preceptor puts his strength (spiritual power) in his pupil. -पूजकः a Śākta q. v. -पूजा the worship of Śakti. -पूर्वः an epithet of Parāśara. -वैकल्यम् loss of strength, debility, incapacity. -हीन a. powerless, weak, impotent. -हेतिकः a lancer, spearman.
śaṅkhaḥ शङ्खः ङ्खम् [शम्-ख Uṇ.1.12] 1 The conch-shell, a shell; न श्वेतभावमुज्झति शङ्खः शिखिभुक्तमुक्तो$पि Pt.4.11; शङ्खान् दध्मुः पृथक् पृथक् Bg.1.18. -2 The bone on the forehead; शङ्खान्तरद्योति विलोचनं यत् Ku.7.33; Rām.6. 48.1. -3 The temporal bone. -4 The part between the tusks of an elephant. -5 A hundred billions. -6 A military drum or other martial instrument. -7 A kind of perfume (नखी). -8 One of the nine treasures of Kubera. -9 N. of a demon slain by Viṣṇu. -1 N. of the author of a Smriti (mentioned in conjunction with लिखित q. v.). -11 A bracelet (made of conchshell); अवघ्नन्त्या प्रकोष्ठस्थाश्चक्रुः शङ्खाः स्वनं महत् Bhāg.11. 9.6. -Comp. -अन्तरम् the forehead. -आवर्तः 1 the convolution of a shell. -2 a kind of fistula in the rectum. -उदकम् the water poured into a conch-shell. -कारः, -कारकः a shell-cutter described as a kind of mixed caste. -क्षीरम् an impossibility; cf. खपुष्प. -चरी, -चर्ची a mark made with sandal (on the forehead). -चूर्णम् powder produced from shells. -जः a large pearl (of the shape of a pigeon's egg). -द्रावः, -द्रावकः a solvent for dissolving shells. -द्राविन् Rumex Vesicarius (आम्ल- वेतस्, Mar. चुका). -ध्मः, -ध्मा m. a shell-blower, conchblower; शङ्खस्य तु ग्रहणेन शङ्खध्मस्य वा शब्दो गृहीतः Bri- Up.2.4.8. -ध्वनिः the sound of a conch (sometimes, but erroneously, used to denote a cry of alarm or despair). -नखः a kind of aquatic animal, snail; लग्नैः शङ्खनखैः Mb.13.5.2. -पालः 1 an epithet of the sun. -2 a kind of sweetmeat (Mar. शंकरपाळे). -3 a kind of snake. -प्रस्थः a spot on the moon. -भृत् m. an epithet of Viṣṇu. -मुखः an alligator. -मुक्ता the mother of pearls. -लिखितः a righteous or just king. (-dual) N. of two writers of Smṛitis. -वलयः a shell-bracelet. -वेला the hour at which the conch is blown; यथा शङ्खवेलायामागन्तव्यमिति यस्मिन्नपि ग्रामे शङ्खो नाध्मायते तस्मिन्नपि स तथाकालो$स्तीति न आगमनं परिहास्यते ŚB. on MS.6.4.42. -स्वनः the sound of a conch.
śaṭha शठ a. [शठ्-अच्] 1 Crafty, deceitful, fraudulent. dishonest, perfidious. -2 Wicked, depraved. -ठः 1 A rogue, cheat, knave, swindler; Ms.4.3; Bg.18.28. -2 A false or deceitful lover (who pretends to love one woman while his heart is fixed on another); ध्रुवमस्मि शठः शुचि- स्मिते विदितः कैतववत्सलस्तव R.8.49;19.31; शठ इति मयि तावदस्तु ते परिचयवत्यवधीरणा प्रिये M.3.19; (the S. D. thus defines a शठ:-- शठो$यमेकत्र बद्धभावो यः । दर्शितबहिरनुरागो विप्रियमन्यत्र गूढमाचरति ॥ 74). -3 A fool, blockhead. -4 A mediator, arbitrator. -5 The Dhattūra plant. -6 An idler, a lazy fellow. -ठम् 1 Iron. -2 Saffron. -Comp. -उदर्क a. deceitful in the end.
śatṛ शतृ A technical term used by Pāṇini to denote the Kṛit affix अत् used in forming present participles of the Parasmaipada.
śaphaḥ शफः फम् [शप्-अच् पृषो˚ पस्य फः] 1 A hoof; सुरभे- र्महिषा गावो ये चान्ये द्विशफा नृप Bhāg.6.6.27. -2 A claw; यज्ञायज्ञियं पुच्छं धिष्ण्यां शफाम् Vāj.12.4. -3 The root of a tree. -Comp. -ऊरुः f. a woman having thighs resembling the two divisions of a cow's hoof; see P. IV.1.7. The early commentators of Pāṇini of other schools of grammar evidently think that the word is two well-known to require any explanation. Viṭṭhala, Bhaṭṭojī and others think that the word means 'a woman whose thighs press together like hoofs'. But there is not the slightest doubt that the sense of similitude is present here and the word comes within the purview of the previous rule ऊरूत्तरपदादौपम्ये. Or it may mean a woman whose thighs are marked with the sign of hoofs. Sṛiṣṭidhara the commentator of the Bhāṣāvṛitti gives the correct meaning : शफं खुरः । तच्चह्नुयुक्त ऊरूर्यस्याः । शफरः (-री) f.) [शफं राति रा-क Tv.] A kind of small glittering fish; मोघीकर्तुं चटुलशफरोद्वर्तनप्रेक्षितानि Me. 42; मनो$स्य जह्नुः शफरीविवृत्तयः Ki.4.3; Śi.8.24; Ku. 4.39. -Comp. -अधिपः the fish called llīśa.
śabdaḥ शब्दः [शब्द्-घञ्] 1 Sound (the object of the sense of hearing and property of आकाश); अथात्मनः शब्दगुणं गुणज्ञः पदं विमानेन विगाहमानः R.13.1. -2 Sound, note (of birds; men &c.), noise in general; विश्वासोपगमादभिन्नगतयः शब्दं सहन्ते मृगाः Ś.1.14; स शब्दस्तुमुलो$भवत् Bg.1.13; Ś.3.1; Ms.4.31; Ku.1.45. -3 The sound of a musical instrument; वाद्यशब्दः Pt.2; Ku.1.45. -4 A word, sound, significant word (for def. &c. see Mbh. introduction); एकः शब्दः सम्यगधीतः सम्यक् प्रयुक्तः स्वर्गे लोके कामधुग्भवति; so शब्दार्थौ. -5 A declinable word, a noun, substantive. -6 A title, an epithet; यस्यार्थुक्तं गिरिराज- शब्दं कुर्वन्ति बालव्यजनैश्चमर्यः Ku.1.13; Ś.2.15; नृपेण चक्रे युवराजशब्दभाक् R.3.35;2.53,64;3.49;5.22;18.42; V.1.1. -7 The name, mere name as in शब्दपति q. v. -3 Verbal authority (regarded by the Naiyāyikas as a Pramāṇa. -9 Grammar; Dk.1.1. -1 Fame; लब्धशब्देन कौसल्ये कुमारेण धनुष्मता Rām.2.63.11; स्वर्गाय शब्दं दिवमात्महेतोर्धर्मार्थमात्मंस्थितिमाचकाङ्क्ष Bu. Ch.2.53; (cf. also 'शब्दो$क्षरे यशोगीत्योः' -हैमः). -11 The sacred syllable ओम्. -12 A technical term. -Comp. -अक्षरम् the sacred syllable ओम् uttered aloud. -अतीत a. beyond the power or reach of words, indescribable. -अधिष्ठानम् the ear. -अध्याहारः supplying a word (to complete an ellipsis). -अनुकृतिः onomatopœia. -अनुरूप a. proportionate or corresponding to the sound; शब्दानुरूपेण पराक्रमेण भवि- तव्यम् Pt.1. -अनुशासनम् the science of words; i. e. grammar. -अर्थः the meaning of a word. (-र्थौ dual) a word and its meaning; अदोषौ शब्दार्थौ K.P.1; न त्वयं शब्दार्थः, व्यामोहादेषा प्रतीतिः ŚB. on MS.4.1.14. -अलं- कारः a figure of speech depending for its charmingness on sound or words and disappearing as soon as the words which constitute the figure are replaced by others of the same meaning (opp. अर्थालंकार); e. g.; see K. P. 9. -आख्येय a. to be communicated in words; शब्दाख्येयं यदपि किल ते यः सखीनां पुरस्तात् Me.15. (-यम्) an oral or verbal communication. -आडम्बरः bombast, verbosity, high-sounding or grandiloquent words. -आदि a. beginning with शब्द (as the objects of sense); शब्दादीन् विषयान् भोक्तुं चरितुं दुश्चरं तपः R.1.25. -इन्द्रियम् the ear. -कार a. sounding, sonorous. -कोशः a lexicon, dictionary. -ग a. 1 perceiving sounds. -2 uttering sounds. -गत a. inherent or residing in a word. -गतिः music, song. -गुण a. having sound for its quality; अथात्मनः शब्दगुणं गुणज्ञः R.13.1. -गोचरः the aim or object of speech. -ग्रहः 1 catching the sound. -2 the ear. -ग्रामः the range or reach of sound. -चातुर्यम् cleverness of style, eloquence. -चित्रम् one of the two subdivisions of the last (अवर or अधम) class of poetry (wherein the charm lies in the use of words which please the ear simply by their sound; see the example given under the word चित्र). -चोरः 'a word-thief', a plagiarist. -तन्मात्रम् the subtle element of sound. -नेतृ m. N. of Pāṇini. -पतिः a lord in name only, nominal lord; ननु शब्दपतिः क्षितरेहं त्वयि मे भावनिबन्धना रतिः R.8.52. -पातिन् a. hitting an invisible mark the sound of which is only heard, tracing a sound; शब्दपातिनमिषुं विससर्ज R.9.73. -प्रमाणम् verbal or oral evidence. -बोधः knowledge derived from verbal testimony. -ब्रह्मन् n. 1 the Vedas; शब्द- ब्रह्मणि निष्णातः परं ब्रह्माधिगच्छति Maitra. Up.6.22. -2 spiritual knowledge consisting in words, knowledge of the Supreme Sprit or the Spirit itself; शब्दब्रह्मणस्तादृशं विवर्तमितिहासम् U.2;7.2. -3 a property of words called स्फोट q. v. -भाव्यत्वम् the state of becoming known through scriptural word only; कर्मणः शब्दभाव्य- त्वात्... Ms.7.1.9. (on which Śabara writes अथेह कर्मणः शब्दभाव्यत्वम् । नान्यतः शक्यमेतज्ज्ञातुं कस्यापूर्वस्य धर्मा इति ॥ -भिद् f. perversion of words. -भेदिन् a. hitting a mark merely by its sound. (-m.) 1 an epithet of Arjuna. -2 the anus. -3 a kind of arrow. -योनिः f. a root, radical word. -लक्षण a. what is determined by the sacred word; इह शब्दलक्षणे कर्मणि यथाशब्दार्थं प्रवृत्तिः ŚB. on Ms.11.1.26. -वारिधिः a vocabulary. -विद्या, -शास्त्रम् the science of words; i. e. grammar; अनन्तपारं किल शब्द- शास्त्रम् Pt.1; Śi.2.112;14.24. -विरोधः opposition of words (in a sentence). -विशेषः a variety of sound. -विशेषणम् (in gram.) an adjective, adjectival word. -वृत्तिः f. 1 the function of a word (in Rhet.). -2 the power of a word (to convey sense), indicative power (लक्षणा); अदृष्टार्थाच्छब्दवृत्तिर्लघीयसी ŚB. on MS.11.1.48. -वेधिन् a. hitting an invisible mark the sound of which is only heard; see शब्दपातिन्; अभ्याससाध्यं निखिलं मत्वा संतमसे व्यधात् । इषुपातानभूद्येन शब्दवेधविशारदः ॥ Bm.1.632. (-m.) 1 a kind of arrow. -2 an archer. -3 a warrior who pierces his enemies by mere sounds; Rām.2.63.11. -4 an epithet of king Daśaratha. -5 an epithet of Arjuna. -वेध्य a. to be shot at without being seen; एवं मयाप्यविज्ञातं शब्दवेध्यमिदं फलम् Rām.2.63.13. -वैलक्ष्यण्यम् verbal difference. -शक्तिः f. the force or expressive power of a word; signification of a word; see शक्ति. -शासनम् 1 a rule of grammar. -2 the science of grammar. -शुद्धिः f. 1 purity of words. -2 the correct use of words. -श्लेषः a play or pun upon words, a verbal equivoque; (it differs from अर्थश्लेष in-as-much as the pun dissappears as soon as the words which constitute it are replaced by others of the same signification, whereas in अर्थश्लेष the pun remains unchanged; शब्दपरि- वृत्तिसहत्मर्थश्लेषः.) -संग्रहः a vocabulary, lexicon. -संज्ञा (in gram.) a technical term; P.I.1.68. -साधन, -साह a. See शब्दवेधिन्; ततो$स्त्रं शब्दसाहं वै त्वरमाणो महारणे Mb.3.22. 5. -सौष्ठवम् elegance of words, a graceful or elegant style. -सौकर्यम् ease of expression. -स्मृतिः f. philology. -हीनम् the use of a word in a form or meaning not sanctioned by standard authors.
śam शम् I. 4 P. (शाम्यति, शान्त) 1 To be calm, quiet or tranquil, be appeased or pacified (as a person); शाम्येत् प्रत्यपकारेण नोपकारेण दुर्जनः Ku.2.4; काकुत्स्थमुद्दिश्य समत्सरो$पि शशाम तेन क्षितिपाललोकः R.7.3; शान्तो लवः U.6. 7; Bh.2.75. -2 To cease, stop, come to an end; चिन्ता शशाम सकला$पि सरोरुहाणाम् Bv.3.7; न जातु कामः कामानामुप- भोगेन शाम्यति Ms.2.94 'is not satisfied'. -3 To be quelled, be extinguished or quenched; शशाम वृष्ट्यापि विना दवाग्निः R.2.14; U.5.7. -4 To desist, leave off (speaking &c.). -5 To put an end to, destroy, kill (also 9 P. in this sense) -Caus. (शमयति-ते, but शामयति- ते in the sense of 'seeing', see शम् II). 1 To appease, allay, calm, tranquillize, pacify, soothe; कः शीतलैः शमयिता वचनैस्तवाधिम् Bv.3.1; संरम्भं शमयामास R.15. 85;17.55; Ś.5.7. -2 To put an end, to stop; वरेण शमितं लोकानलं दुग्धं हि तत्तपः Ku.2.56. -3 To remove, avert; प्रतिकूलं दैवं शमयितुम् Ś.1. -4 To subdue, tame, defeat, conquer, vanquish; शमयति गजानन्यान् गन्धद्विपः कलभो$पि सन् V.5.18; R.9.12;11.59. -5 To kill, destroy, slay; कर्णस्यात्मजमग्रतः शमयतः Ve.5.5. -6 To quench, extinguish; शमितकुरुवंशप्रसविता Pt.4.5; सुतप्तमपि पानीयं शमयत्येव पावकम् H.1.85; Me.55. -7 To leave off, desist, cease. -II. 1 U. (शामयति-ते) 1 To see, look at, inspect. -2 To show, display.
śarīram शरीरम् [शॄ-ईरन् Uṇ.4.31] 1 The body (of animate or inanimate objects); शरीरमाद्यं खलु धर्मसाधनम् Ku.5.33. -2 The constituent element; शरीरं तावदिष्टार्थव्यवच्छिन्ना पदावली Kāv.1.1; शरीरमसि संसारस्य U.7. -3 Bodily strength. -4 A dead body. -5 One's own person, individual soul (जीवात्मा); यथा यथा मनस्तस्य दुष्कृतं कर्म गर्हति । तथा तथा शरीरं तत्तेनाधर्मेण मुच्यते ॥ Ms.11.229. -Comp. -अन्तः the hairs on the body. -अन्तरम् 1 the interior of the body. -2 another body. -आकारः, -आकृतिः bodily gesture or mien. -आवरणम् 1 the skin. -2 a shield. -कर्तृ m. a father. -कर्षणम् emaciation of the body; शरीरकर्षणात् प्राणाः क्षीयन्ते प्राणनां यथा Ms.7.112. -ग्रहणम् assumption of a bodily form. -चिन्ता care of the body (like washing etc.). -जः 1 sickness. -2 lust, passion. -3 the god of love; शरीरजसमाविष्टा राक्षसी राममब्रवीत् Rām. 3.17.12. -4 a son, offspring; शरीरजेभ्यश्च्युतयूथपङ्क्तयः Ki.4.31. -तुल्य a. equal to, i. e. as dear as, one's own person. -त्याग renunciation of life. -दण्डः 1 corporal punishment. -2 mortification of the body (as in penance). -देशः a part the body. -धातुः 1 a chief constituent of the body. -2 a relic of Buddha's body (as bone, tooth etc.). -धृक् a. having a body. -पक्तिः purification of the body. -पतनम्, -पातः shuffling off the mortal coil, death. -पाकः emaciation (of the body). -प्रभवः a begetter, father. -बद्ध a. endowed with a body, embodied, incarnate; शरीरबद्धः प्रथमाश्रमो यथा Ku.5.3. -बन्धः 1 the bodily frame; शरीरबन्धेन तिरोबभूव R.16.23. -2 being endowed with a body; i. e. birth as an embodied being; तनुत्यजां नास्ति शरीरबन्धः R.13.58. -बन्धकः a hostage. -भाज् a. embodied, incarnate. (-m.) a creature, an embodied being; शरीरभाजां भवदीय- दर्शनं व्यनक्ति कालत्रितये$पि योग्यताम् Śi.1.26. -भेदः separation of the body (from the soul), death; प्राप्ते शरीरभेदे Sāṅ. K.68. -यष्टिः f. a slender body, slim or delicate figure. -यात्रा means of bodily sustenance; नियतं कुरु कर्म त्वं कर्म ज्यायो ह्यकर्मणः । शरीरयात्रापि च ते न प्रसिद्ध्येकर्मणः ॥ Bg. 3.8. -रक्षकः a body-guard. -रत्नम् an excellent body. -विमोक्षणम् the emancipation of the soul from the body. -वृत्तिः f. maintenance or support of the body; स त्वं मदीयेन शरीरवृत्ति देहेन निर्वर्तयितुं प्रसीद R.2.45. -वैकल्यम् bodily ailment, sickness, disease. -शुश्रुषा personal attendance. -संस्कारः 1 decoration of the person. -2 purification of the body by the performance of the several purificatory saṁskāras; कार्यः शरीरसंस्कीरः Ms.2.26. -संपत्तिः f. the prosperity of body, (good) health. -संबन्धः relation by marriage. -सादः leanness of body, emaciation; शरीरसादादसमग्रभूषणा R.3.2. -स्थानम् the doctrine about the human body. -स्थितिः f. 1 the maintenance or support of the body; वन्यं शरीरस्थितिसाधनं वः R.5.9. -2 taking one's meals, eating (frequently used in Kādambarī).
śaśaḥ शशः 1 A hare, rabbit; Ms.3.27;5.18. -2 The spots on the moon (which are popularly considered to resemble the form of a hare). -3 One of the four classes into which men are divided by erotic writers; thus defined;-- मृदुवचनसुशीलः कोमलाङ्गः सुकेशः सकलगुणनिधानं सत्यवादी शशो$यम् Śabdak.; see Ratimañjarī 35 also. -4 The Lodhra tree. -5 Gum-myrrh. -6An antelope. -Comp. -अङ्कः 1 the moon; रामाभिधानमपरं जगतः शशाङ्कम् Pratimā 4.1. -2 camphor. ˚अर्धमुख a. crescent-headed (as an arrow). ˚मूर्तिः an epithet of the moon. -लेखा the digit of the moon, lunar crescent. -अदः 1 a hawk, falcon. -2 N. of a son of Ikṣvāku, father of पुरंजय. -अदनः a hawk, falcon. -ऊर्णम्, -लोमन् n. the hair of a rabbit, hair-skin. -धरः 1 the moon; उत्पातधूमलेखाक्रान्तेव कला शशधरस्य Māl.9.49; प्रसरति शशधर- बिम्बे Gīt.7. -2 camphor. ˚मौलिः an epithet of Śiva. -पदम् a hare's track (easily got over). -प्लुतकम् a scratch with a finger-nail. -भृत् m. the moon. ˚भृत् m. an epithet of Śiva. -रजस् n. a particular measure. -लक्ष्मणः an epithet of the moon. -लाञ्छनः 1 the moon; यदि स्यात् पावकः शीतः प्रोष्णो वा शशलाञ्छनः Pt.4.51; Ku. 7.6. -2 camphor. -बि(वि)न्दु 1 the moon. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -विषाणम्, -शृङ्गम् a hare's horn; used to denote anything impossible, an utter impossibility; कदाचिदपि पर्यटञ् शशविषाणमासादयेत् Bh.2.5; शशशृङ्ग- धनुर्धरः; see खपुष्प. -स्थली the country between the Ganges and Yamunā, the Doab.
śānta शान्त p. p. [शम्-क्त] 1 Appeased, allayed, calmed, satisfied, pacified; चचार सानुजः शान्तो वृद्धेक्ष्वाकुव्रतं युवा R. 12.2. -2 Cured, alleviated; शान्तरोगः. -3 Abated, subsided, put an end to, removed, extinguished; शान्त- रथक्षोभपरिश्रमम् R.1.58;5.47; शान्तार्चिषं दीपमिव प्रकाशः Ki.17.16. -4 Ceased, stopped; शान्तमृगप्रचारम् Ku.3.42. -5 Dead, deceased; तेषु सर्वेषु शान्तेषु गतेष्वविदितां गतिम् -6 Stilled, hushed. -7 Calm, quiet, undisturbed, tranquil, still; शान्तमिदमाश्रमपदम् Ś.1.16;4.19. -8 Tamed; स्वमाश्रमं शान्तमिदमाश्रमपदम् R.14.79. -9 Free from passions, at ease, contented; Bṛi. Up.4.4.23. -1 Shaded. -11 Gentle; शान्तानुकूलपवनश्च शिवश्च पन्थाः Ś.4.11; -12 Purified. -13 Meek, humble. -14 Auspicious (in augury); (the phrase शान्तं पापम् which is sometimes repeated, means 'oh no!', 'how can it be', 'God forbid such an untoward or unlucky event'; Ś.5; Mu.1). -15 Rendered ineffective, harmless (said of weapons). -न्तः 1 A man who has subdued his passions, an ascetic. -2 Tranquillity, quietism, the sentiment of quietism, the predominant feeling of which is indifference to worldly objects and pleasures; see निर्वेद and रस. -न्तम् Appeasing, pacifying. -न्तम् ind. Enough, no more, not so, for shame, hush!, god (heaven) forbid!; शान्तं कथं दुर्जनाः पौरजानपदाः U.1; तामेव शान्तमथवा किमिहोत्तरेण 3.26. -Comp. -आत्मन्, -चेतस् a. calm, tranquil-minded, sedate or composed in mind. -गुण a. deceased; नृपे शान्तगुणे जाते Rām.2.65.24. -तोय a. having still water. -रजस् a. 1 dustless. -2 passionless. -रव a. uttering auspicious sounds. -रसः the sentiment of quietism; see शान्त above. -लाभ a. that which has ceased to bear interest. -विवाद a. reconciled, appeased.
śārada शारद a. [शरदि भवम् अण्] 1 Belonging to autumn, autumnal; (the f. is शारदी in this sense); विमलशारद- चन्दिरचन्द्रिका Bv.1.113; R.1.9; Ms.6.11; मेघः शारद एव काशधवलः पानीयरिक्तोदरः Subhāṣ. -2 Annual. -3 New, recent; P.VI.2.9. -4 Young, fresh. -5 Modest, shy, bashful. -6 Diffident, not bold. -7 Able, clever; शिखीब शारदः N.9.14. -दः 1 A year. -2 An autumnal sickness. -3 Autumnal sunshine. -4 A kind of kidneybean. -5 The Bakula tree. -दी 1 The full-moon day in the month of Āśvina (or Kārtika). -2 Alstonia Scholaris (Mar. सातवीण). -दम् 1 Corn, grain. -2 The white lotus. -दा 1 A kind of Vīṇā or lute. -2 N. of Durgā. -3 Of Sarasvatī; (शरत्काले पूरा यस्मान्नवम्यां बोधिता सुरैः । शारदा सा समाख्याता पीठे लोके च नामतः ॥; लिखति यदि गृहीत्वा (लेखनीं) शारदा सार्वकालम् Śiva mahimna 32. ˚अम्बा (शारदाम्बा) the goddess Sarasvatī.
śāstram शास्त्रम् [शिष्यते$नेन शास्-ष्ट्रन्] 1 An order, a command, rule, precept; अतिक्रामति यः शास्त्रं पितुर्धर्मार्थदर्शिनः Mb.5.148. 21. -2 A sacred precept or rule, scriptural injunction; तस्माच्छास्त्रं प्रमाणं ते कार्याकार्यव्यवस्थितौ Bg.16.24. -3 A religious or sacred treatise, sacred book, scripture; see comps. below. -4 Any department of knowledege, science; इति गुह्यतमं शास्त्रम् Bg.15.2; शास्त्रेष्वकुण्ठिता बुद्धिः R.1.19; often at the end of comp. after the word denoting the subject, or applied collectively to the whole body of teaching on that subject; वेदान्तशास्त्र, न्यायशास्त्र, तर्कशास्त्र, अलंकार- शास्त्र &c. -5 What is learnt, knowledge; Śi.5.47. -6 A work, treatise; तन्त्रैः पञ्चभिरेतच्चकार सुमनोहरं शास्त्रकम् Pt.1. -7 Theory (opp. प्रयोग or practice); इमं मां च शास्त्रे प्रयोगे च विमृशतु M.1. -8 The material and spiritual science together; तत्त्वाभेदेन यच्छास्त्रं तत्कार्यं नान्यथाविधम् Mb. 12.267.9. -Comp. -अतिक्रमः -अननुष्ठानम् violation of sacred precepts, disregard of religious authority. -अनुष्ठानम्, -अनुसारः conformity to or observance of sacred precepts. -अन्वित a. conformable to doctrine or rule. -अभिज्ञ a. versed in the Śāstras. -अर्थः 1 the meaning of the sacred precept. -2 a scriptural precept or statement. -आचरणम् 1 observance of sacred precepts. -2 the study of Śāstras. (-णः) 1 one versed in scriptures. -2 a student of Vedas. -आवर्तलिपिः a particular mode of writing. -उक्त a. prescribed by sacred laws, enjoined by the Śāstras, lawful, legal. -कारः, -कृत् m. 1 the author of a Śāstra or sacred book. -2 an author in general. -3 a sage, saint. -कोविद a. versed in the Śāstras. -गण्डः a superficial reader of books, superficial scholar. -चक्षुस् n. grammar (as being the 'eye', as it were, with which to understand any Śāstra). -चारणः one who deserves sacred precepts. -ज्ञ, -दर्शिन्, -विद् a. 1 well-versed in the Śāstras. -2 a mere theorist. -ज्ञानम् knowledge of sacred books, conversancy with scriptures. -तत्त्वम् truth as taught in the Śāstras, scriptural truth. ˚ज्ञः an astronomer. -दृष्ट a. stated or enjoined in sacred books; तदहं प्रष्टुमिच्छामि शास्त्रदृष्टेन कर्मणा Rām. -दृष्टिः f. scriptural point of view. -m. an astrologer. -प्रसंगः 1 the subject of the Śāstras. -2 any discussion on scriptural points. -योनिः the source of the Śāstras. -वक्तृ an expounder of sacred books or knowledge. -वर्जित a. free from all rule or law. -वादः a precept or statement of the Śāstras. -विधानम्, -विधिः a sacred precept, scriptural injunction. -विप्रतिषेधः, -विरोधः 1 mutual contradiction of sacred precepts, inconsistency of precepts. -2 any act contrary to sacred precepts. -विमुख a. averse from study; Pt.1. -विरुद्ध a. contrary to the Śāstras, illegal, unlawful. -व्युत्पत्तिः f. intimate knowledge of the sacred writings, proficiency in the Śāstras. -शिल्पिन् m. the country of Kāśmīra. -सिद्ध a. established by sacred authority.
śikhā शिखा [शी-खक् तस्य नेत्वम् पृषो˚; Uṇ.5.24] 1 A lock of hair left on the crown of the head; शिखां मोक्तुं बद्धामपि पुनरयं धावति करः Mu.3.3; Śi.4.5; Māl.1. 6; the hair of the head; आसिञ्चदम्ब वत्सेति नेत्रोदैर्दुहितुः शिखाः Bhāg.3.22.25. -2 A crest, top-knot. -3 Tuft, plume. -4 Top, summit, peak; अधिरुह्य पुष्पभरनम्नशिखैः परितः परिष्कृततलां तरुभिः Ki.6.17. -5 Sharp end, edge, point or end in general; ईषदीषच्चुम्बितानि भ्रमरैः सुकुमार- केसरशिखानि Ś.1.4; Bv.1.2. -6 The end of a garment; तोयाधारपथाश्च वल्कलशिखानिष्यन्दरेखाङ्किताः Ś.1.14. -7 A flame; प्रभामहत्या शिखयेव दीपः Ku.1.28; R.17.34; Ki.16.53. -8 A ray of light; ज्वलन्मणिशिखाश्चैनं वासुकि- प्रमुखा निशि Ku.2.38. -9 A peacock's crest or comb. -1 A fibrous root. -11 A branch in general, especially one taking root. -12 The head or chief or anything. -13 The fever of love. -14 The point of the foot. -Comp. -कन्दम् a kind of turnip. -तरुः a lamp-stand. -दामन् n. a garland worn on the top of the head. -धर a. pointed, crested. (-रः) 1 a peacock. -2 a Jaina deified saint. ˚जम् a peacock's feather; न नानुकम्प्य विशिखाः शिखाधरजवाससः Ki.15.42. -धारः a peacock. -पित्तम् inflammation in the extremities (as in fingers). -बन्धः a tuft of hair. -मणिः a crest-jewel. -मूलम् 1 a carrot. -2 a root having a tuft of leaves. -3 a turnip. -वरः the jack-fruit tree. -वल a. pointed, crested. (-लः) a peacock; घनाघनघटालोकलीलाशालशिखावलः Śiva B.26.51. -वृक्षः a lamp-stand. -वृद्धिः f. a kind of usurious interest daily increasing. -सूत्रम् the lock of hair on the head (Mar. शेंडी) and the sacred thread (Mar. जानवें), the distinguishing marks of a Brāhmaṇa.
śithila शिथिल a. [श्लथ्-किलच् पृषो˚ Uṇ.1.53.] 1 Loose, loosened, slackened, relaxed. -2 Untied, unfastened; विश्रामं लभतामिदं च शिथिल़ज्याबन्धमस्मद्धनुः Ś.2.6. -2 Severed, fallen from the stalk; अर्कस्योपरि शिथिलं च्युतमिव नवमल्लिका- कुसुमम् Ś.2.8. -3 Languid, enfeebled, unnerved. -4 Weak, feeble; अशिथिलपरिरम्भ U.1.24 'fast or close embrace'; 1.27. -5 Flaccid, flabby. -6 Dissolved. -7 Decayed. -8 Ineffective, futile, vain. -9 Inattentive, careless; सुभक्ष्याणि विचित्राणि शिथिलाश्चैव योषितः Pt.4.116. -1 Loosely done, not strictly or rigidly performed. -11 Cast off, abandoned. -12 Indistinct (as sound). -लम् 1 Laxity, looseness. -2 Slowness. (शिथिलीकृ means 1 to loosen, unfasten, untie. -2 To relax, slacken; (शिथिलीकृते$धिकृतकृत्यविधौ Ki.6.3. -3 to weaken, impair, enfeeble. -4 to give up, abandon; आत्मन्यवज्ञां शिथिलीचकार R.2.41. शिथिलीभू 1 to be slackened or relaxed. -2 to fall off from; एतत् तु मां दहति नष्टधनाश्रयस्य यत् सौहृदादपि जनाः शिथिलीभवन्ति Mk.1.13).
śiva शिव a. [श्यति पापं शो-वन् पृषो˚] 1 Auspicious, propitious, lucky; इयं शिवाया नियतेरिवायतिः Ki.4.21;1.38; R.11.33. -2 In good health or condition, happy, prosperous, fortunate; तीर्थेन मूर्ध्न्यधिकृतेन शिवः शिवो$भूत् Bhāg. 3.28.22; शिवानि वस्तीर्थजलानि कच्चित् R.5.8. (= अनुपप्लवानि, 'undisturbed'); शिवास्ते पन्थानः सन्तु 'a happy journey to you', 'God bless (or speed) you on your journey'. -वः 1 N. of the third god of the sacred Hindu Trinity, who is entrusted with the work of destruction, as Brahman and Viṣṇu are with the creation and preservation, of the world; एको देवः केशवो वा शिवो वा Bh.2.115. -2 The male organ of generation, penis. -3 An auspicious planetary conjunction. -4 The Veda; अट्टशूलाः जनपदाः शिवशूलाश्चतुष्पथाः Mb.3.188.42. -5 Final beatitude. -6 A post to which cattle are tied. -7 A god, deity. -8 Quick-silver. -9 Bdellium. -1 The black variety of thorn-apple. -11 Rum, spirit. -12 Buttermilk. -13 A ruby. -14 Time (काल). -वौ (m. dual) Śiva and Pārvatī; कथयति शिवयोः शरीरयोगं विषमपदा पदवी विवर्तनेषु Ki.5.4. -वम् 1 Prosperity, welfare, well-being, happiness; तं धर्मे$ग्निषु पुत्रेषु शिवं पृष्ट्वा Rām.7.33.13; तव वर्त्मनि वर्ततां शिवम् N.2.62; Ratn.1.2; R.1.6. -2 Bliss, auspiciousness. -3 Final beatitude. -4 Water. -5 Seasalt. -6 Rock-salt. -7 Refined borax. -8 Iron. -9 Myrobalan. -1 Sandal. -Comp. -अक्षम् = रुद्राक्ष q. v. -अपर a. cruel. -अरातिः a heretic (lit. a disbeliever in Śiva). -आत्मकम् rock-salt. -आदेशकः 1 the bearer of auspicious news. -2 a fortune-teller. -आलयः 1 Śiva's abode. -2 the red basil. (-यम्) 1 a temple of Śiva. -2 a cemetery. -इतर a. inauspicious, unlucky; शिवेतरक्षतये K. P.1. -इष्टा Dūrvā grass. -कर (शिवंकर also) a. conferring happiness, auspicious. -कीर्तनः N. of Bhṛiṅgi. -केसरः Mimusops Elengi (बकुल). -गति a. prosperous, happy. -धर्मजः the planet Mars; cf. पुरा दक्षविनाशाय कुपितस्य त्रिशूलिनः । अपतद् भीमवक्त्रस्य स्वेदबिन्दु- र्ललाटजः ॥ शान्तिप्रदानात् सर्वेषां ग्रहाणां प्रथमो भव । अङ्गारक इति ख्यातिं गमिष्यसि धरात्मज ॥ Matsya P. -चतुर्दशी the fourteenth day of the dark half of Māgha; see शिवरात्र. -ज्ञा a female devotee of the Śaiva sect. -ताति a. 1 having an auspicious end, conferring or conducive to happiness, propitious; प्रयत्नः कृत्स्नो$यं फलतु शिवतातिश्च भवतु Māl.6.7; न्यषेवेतां विशेषेण शिवतातिममुं शिवम् Śiva B.23.56. -2 tender, merciful, not demoniacal; मा पूतनात्वमुपगाः शिवतातिरेधि 9.49. (-तिः) auspiciousness, happiness. -तालः (in music) a kind of measure. -दत्तम् the discus of Viṣṇu (सुदर्शन). -दारु n. the Devadāru tree. -दिश् the north-east. -दूती epithet of Durgā. -द्रुमः the Bilva tree. -द्विष्टा the Ketaka tree. -धातुः 1 quicksilver. -2 milk stone. -पदम् final liberation, emancipation. -पुरम्, -पुरी N. of Vārāṇasī. -पुराण N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas. -प्रियः 1 a crystal. -2 the Baka tree. -3 the thorn-apple. (-यम्) = रुद्राक्ष q. v. (-या) the goddess Durgā. -बी(वी)जम् quick-silver. -भारतम् the historic poem on the life of Shivājī the great (163-168) by his contemporary poet Paramā nanda. -मल्लकः the Arjuna tree. -मार्गः final liberation. -रसः the water of boiled rice (three days old, hence fermented). -राजधानी N. of Benares, -रात्रिः f. the fourteenth day of the dark half of Māgha on which a rigorous fast is observed in honour of Śiva; शैवो वा वैष्णवो वापि यो वा स्यादन्यपूजकः । सर्वं पूजाफलं हन्ति शिवरात्रिबहिर्मुखः ॥ Īśvarasaṁhitā. -लिङ्गम् 1 Śiva worshipped in the form of a Phallus. -2 a temple dedicated to the worship of the Liṅga. -लोकः the world of Śiva. -वल्लभः the mango tree. (-भा) 1 white rose. -2 Pārvatī. -वल्ली Acacia Concinna (Mar. शिकेकाई). -वाहनः a bull. -व्रतिन् one engaged in a vow of standing on one foot. -शेखरः 1 the moon. -2 the thorn-apple. -सायुज्यम् final emancipation (lit. unification with Śiva). -सुन्दरी an epithet of Durgā.
śītala शीतल a. [शीतं लाति ला-क, शीतमस्त्यस्य लच्-वा] 1 (a) Cool, cold, chill, frigid; अतिशीतलमप्यम्भः किं भिनत्ति न भूभृतः Subhāṣ. (b) Cool, bearable; महदपि परदुःखं शीतलं सम्यगाहुः V.4.13. -2 Not exciting, calm, gentle. -लः 1 The moon. -2 A kind of camphor. -3 Turpentine. -4 The Champaka tree. -5 A kind of religious observance (observed upon the sun's entering the sign Aries). -लम् 1 Cold, coolness. -2 The cold season. -3 Benzoin. -4 White sandal, or sandal in general. -5 A pearl. -6 Green sulphate of iron. -7 A lotus. -8 The root called वीरण q. v. -Comp. -छदः the Champaka tree. -जलम् a lotus. -प्रदः, -दम् sandal. -वातः a cool breeze. -षष्ठी the sixth day of the bright half of Māgha.
śuddha शुद्ध p. p. [शुध्-क्त] 1 Pure, clean, purified; अन्तः- शुद्धस्त्वमपि भविता वर्णमात्रेण कृष्णः Me.51. -2 Holy, undefiled, chaste, innocent; अन्वमीयत शुद्धेति शान्तेन वपुषैव सा R. 15.77;14.14. -3 White, bright. -4 Stainless, spotless. -5 Innocent, simple, guileness. -6 (a) Genuine, true. (b) Honest, upright. -7 Correct, faultless, upright. -8 Cleared, acquitted. -9 Mere only; शुद्धं हि दैवमेवेदं हठेनैवास्ति पौरुषम् Mb.12.177.12. -1 Simple, pure, unmixed (opp. मिश्र). -11 Unequalled. -12 Authorized. -13 Whetted, sharpened; जघान शुद्धेषुरमन्दकर्षी Bk.2.31. -14 Not nasal. -15 Unmitigated (as capital punishment); तडागभेदकं हन्यादप्सु शुद्धवधेन वा Ms.9.279. -16 Tried, examined. -द्धः 1 An epithet of Śiva. -2 The bright fortnight. -द्धम् 1 Anything pure. -2 The pure spirit. -3 Rock-salt. -4 Black pepper. -5 A house built generally of one material; namely wood, brick or stone etc.; द्रुमेणेष्टकया वापि दृशदाद्यैरथापि वा । एतेन सहितं गेहं शुद्धमित्यभिधीयते Kāmikāgama.45.21. -Comp. -अद्वैतम् the अद्वैत philosophy in which there is unity of जीव and ब्रह्म without माया (i. e. शुद्ध). -अन्तः a king's female apartments, harem, seraglio; शुद्धान्तदुर्लभमिदं वपुराश्रमवासिनो यदि जनस्य Ś.1.17; Ku.6.52. -2 a king's wife. ˚चारिन् m. an attendant in the harem, a chamberlain; U.1. ˚पालकः, ˚रक्षकः a guard of the harem. -अन्ता a king's wife, queen. -अनुमानम् a particular figure of rhetoric. -अपह्नुतिः a figure of speech; it is thus defined :-- शुद्धापह्नुतिरन्यस्यारोपार्थो धर्मनिह्नवः. -आत्मन् a. pure-minded, honest. (-m.) 1 the pure spirit. -2 N. of Śiva. -आभ a. consisting of pure light; प्रशान्तमिव शुद्धाभं सत्त्वं तदुप- धारयेत् Ms.12.27. -ओदनः (शुद्धोदनः) N. of the father of the celebrated Buddha. ˚सुतः N. of the celebrated Buddha. -कर्मन् a. pure in deeds, holy. -कोटिः f. one of the sides of a right-angled triangle. -चैतन्यम् pure intelligence. -जङ्घः an ass. -जडः a quadruped. -धी, -भाव, -मति a. pure-minded, guileless, honest. -नेरिः a kind of dance. -पक्षः the light half of a month. -वटुकः (in music) a kind of drummer. -बोध a. (in Vedānta) possessed of pure intelligence. -भाव a. pure-minded. -वधः killing in a simple or ordinary way. -वंश्य a. born of a pure family; संततिः शुद्धवंश्या हि परत्रेह च शर्मणे R.1.69. -विष्कम्भकः (in drama.) a pure interlude (in which only speakers of संस्कृत take part). -शुक्रम् a morbid affection of the pupil of the eye.
śūṣa शूष a. 1 Resounding, shrill, loud, hissing. -2 Highspirited, bold. -षः 1 Loud or resounding note. -2 Spirit, vital strength, power. -षम् Strength; Naigh.2.9.
śrutiḥ श्रुतिः f. [श्रु-क्तिन्] 1 Hearing; चन्द्रस्य ग्रहणमिति श्रुतेः Mu.1.7; R.1.27. -2 The ear; श्रुतिसुखभ्रमरस्वनगीतयः R.9.35; Śi.1.1; Ve.3.23. -3 Report, rumour, news, oral intelligence. -4 A sound in general; सा तु वेदश्रुतिं श्रुत्वा दृष्ट्वा वै तमसो निधिम् Rām.7.2.17; स वेत्ति गन्धांश्च रसान् श्रुतीश्च Mb.12.187.19. -5 The Veda (known by revelation, opp. स्मृति; see under वेद); श्रुतिस्तु वेदो विज्ञेयो धर्मशास्रं तु वै स्मृतिः Ms.2.1,14. -6 A Vedic or sacred text; इति श्रुतेः or इति श्रुतिः 'so says a sacred text'. -7 Vedic or sacred knowledge, holy learning; यत्रैषा सात्वती श्रुतिः Bhāg.1.4.7;11.3.46. -8 (In music) A division of the octavo, a quarter tone or interval; रणद्भिरा- घट्टनया नभस्वतः पृथग्विभिन्नश्रुतिमण्डलैः स्वरैः Śi.1.1;11.1; (see Malli. ad loc.). -9 The constellation Śravaṇa. -1 The diagonal of a tetragon, the hypotenuse of a triangle; cf. कर्ण. -11 Direct or expressed signification (opp. लक्षणा); श्रुतिलक्षणाविशये च श्रुतिर्न्याय्या न लक्षणा ŚB. on MS.6.2.2. -12 Speech (वाक्); विविक्तवर्णाभरणा सुखश्रुतिः Ki.14.3. -13 Name, fame (कीर्ति); हैरण्यौ भवतो बाहू श्रुतिर्भवति पार्थिवी Mb.3.35.9. -14 A word, saw, saying; Rām.2.72.25. -15 An explanation of ब्रह्म from the उपनिषद्s; विविधाश्चौपनिषदीरात्मसंसिद्धये श्रुतीः Ms.6.29 (com. श्रुतीरुपनिषत्पठितब्रह्मप्रतिपादकवाक्यानि). -16 Advantage, gain (फलश्रुति); उपोष्य संशितो भूत्वा हित्वा वेदकृताः श्रुतीः Mb.12. 265.7. -17 Name, title; बिभ्रत्यनन्यविषयां लोकपाल इति श्रुतिम् Kāv.2.331. -18 Learning. -19 Scholarship. -Comp. -अनुप्रासः a kind of alliteration; see K. P.9. -अर्थः the sense of a sentence derived on the strength of the श्रुतिप्रमाण as distinguished from लङ्ग, वाक्य and other प्रमाणs; यत्र श्रुत्यर्थो न सम्भवति तत्र वाक्यार्थो गृह्यते ŚB. on MS.6.2.14. -उक्त, -उदित a. enjoined by the Vedas; आचारः परमो धर्मः श्रुत्युक्तः स्मार्त एव च Ms.1.18. -कटः 1 a snake. -2 penance, expiation. -कटु a. harsh to hear. (-टुः) a harsh or unmelodious sound, regarded as a fault of composition. -कथित a. enjoined or prescribed by the Vedas. -चोदनम्, -नः a scriptural injunction, Vedic precept. -जातिविशारद a. familiar with different kinds of quarter tones; वीणावादनतत्त्वज्ञः श्रुतिजातिविशारदः । तालज्ञश्चाप्रयासेन मोक्षमार्गं नियच्छति ॥ Y.3.115. -जीविका a law-book or code of laws. -दूषक a. offending the ear. -द्वैधम् disagreement or contradiction of Vedas or Vedic precepts; श्रुतिद्वैधं तु यत्र स्यात्तत्र धर्माबुभौ स्मृतौ Ms.2.14. -धर a. 1 hearing. -2 having a retentive memory; L. D. B. -निदर्शनम् evidence of the Vedas; कामकार- कृते$प्याहुरेके श्रुतिनिदर्शनात् Ms.11.45. -पथः 1 the range of the ear; तामाश्रित्य श्रुतिपथगतामास्थया लब्धमूलः M.4.1. -2 (pl.) tradition. -प्रसादन a. grateful to the ear. -प्रामाण्यम् authority or sanction of the Vedas. -प्रामाण्यतः ind. on the authority of the Veda; श्रुति- प्रामाण्यतो विद्वान् स्वधर्मे निविशेत वै Ms.2.8. -मण्डलम् 1 the outer ear. -2 the whole circle of the quarter-tones; Śi.1.1. -महत् a. rich in scriptural lore; सरस्वती श्रुतिमहतां महीयताम् Ś.7.35 (v. l. श्रुतमहताम्). -मूलम् 1 the root of the ear; लपितुं किमपि श्रुतिमूले Gīt.1. -2 a Vedic text. -मूलक a. founded on the Veda. -वचनम् a Vedic precept. -वर्जित a. 1 deaf. -2 not knowing the Vedas. -विप्रतिपन्न a. 1 not recognizing the authority of the scriptures, disregarding the Vedas. -2 contrary to the Vedas. -विवरम् the auditory passage. -विशेष- णार्थम् ind. for specialization in the Vedas; Svapna.1. -विषयः 1 the object of the sense of hearing i. e. sound; श्रुतिविषयगुणा या स्थिता व्याप्य विश्वम् Ś.1.1. -2 the reach or range of the ear; एतत् प्रायेण श्रुतिविषयमापतितमेव K. -3 the subject matter of the Veda. -4 any sacred ordinance. -वेधः boring the ear. -शिखरम्, -शिरस् 1 Upaniṣad or Vedānta; नमः सर्वेष्टाय श्रुतिशिखरदृष्टाय च नमः Viṣṇu-mahimna 3. -2 a leading text of the Veda. -सुख, -मनोहर a. agreeable to the ear, melodious; श्रुतिसुखमुपवीणितं सहायैः Ki.1.38. -स्फोटा Gynandropsis Pentaphylla (Mar. तिळवण). -स्मृति f. (dual) revelation and legal institutes, Veda and law; श्रुतिस्मृति- पुराणोक्तफलप्राप्त्यर्थम् Pūjā-mantra. -हारिन् a. captivating the ear.
ṣaṣ षष् num. a. (used in pl., nom. षट्; gen. षण्णाम्) Six; तेषां त्ववयवान् सूक्ष्मान् षण्णामप्यमितौजसाम् Ms.1.16;8.43. -Comp. -अंशः (ष़डंशः) a sixth part. -अक्षीणः (षडक्षीणः) a fish. -अङ्गम् (ष़डङ्गम्) 1 (a) six parts of the body taken collectively : जङ्घे बाहू शिरो मध्यं षडङ्गमिदमुच्यते । (b) The other six parts of the body are 'हृदयशिरःशिखा- नेत्रकवचास्त्राणि' as in Māl.5.2 (नित्यं न्यस्तषडङगचक्रनिहितं हृत्पद्यमध्योदितम्); cf. com. on the verse. -2 the six works auxiliary to the Veda; शिक्षा कल्पो व्याकरणं निरुक्तं छन्दसां चितिः । ज्योतिषामयनं चैव षडङ्गो वेद उच्यते ॥ see वेदाङ्ग also. ˚विद् knowing the six वेदाङ्गs; Ms.3.145. -3 six auspicious things, i. e. the six things obtained from a cow; गोमूत्रं गोमयं क्षीरं सर्पिर्दधि च रोचना । षडङ्गमेतन्माङ्गल्यं पठितं सर्वदा गवाम् ॥ -3 any set of six articles. ˚जत् m. N. of Viṣṇu. -अङ्घ्रिः (षडङ्घ्रिः) a bee; किमिह बहु षडङ्घ्रे गायसि त्वम् Bhāg.1.47.14.; Śi.1.4. -अधिक a. (-षडधिक) exceeded by six; षडधिकदशनाडीचक्रमध्यस्थितात्मा Māl.5.1. -अभिज्ञः (षडभिज्ञः) a Buddhist deified saint. -अशीत (षडशीत) eighty-sixth. -अशीतिः f. (-ष़डशीतिः) 1 eighty-six. -2 N. of the four passages of the sun from one zodiacal sign to the other; L. D. B. -अष्टकम् (in astr.) a particular Yoga. -अहः (ष़डहः) a period of six days. -आननः, -वक्त्रः, -वदनः, (षडाननः, षड्वक्त्रः, षड्वदनः) epithets of Kārtikeya; षडाननापीतपयोधरासु नेता चमूनामिव कृत्तिकासु R.14.22. -आम्नायः (षडाम्नायः) the six-fold Tantra. -ऊर्मिः the six waves of existence. -ऊषणम् (ष़डूषणम्) six spices taken collectively; पञ्चकोलं समरिचं षडूषणमुदाहृतम्. -ऋतुः m. pl. the six seasons (i. e. वसन्त, ग्रीष्म, वर्षा, शरद्, हेमन्त and शिशिर). -कर्ण a. (-षट्कर्ण) heard by six ears; i. e. by a third person other than the speaker and the person spoken to; told to more than one listener (as a counsel, secret &c.); षट्कर्णो भिद्यते मन्त्रः Pt.1.99. (-र्णः) a kind of lute. -कर्मन् n. (षट्कर्मन्) 1 the six acts or duties enjoined on a Brāhmaṇa; they are अध्यापनमध्ययनं यजनं याजनं तथा । दानं प्रतिग्रहश्चैव षट्कर्माण्यग्र- जन्मनः ॥ Ms.1.75. -2 the six acts allowable to a Brāhmaṇa for his subsistence:- उच्छं प्रतिग्रहो भिक्षा वाणिज्यं पशुपालनम् । कृषिकर्म तथा चेति षट्कर्माण्यग्रजन्मनः ॥. -3 the six acts that may be performed by means of magic :- शान्ति, वशीकरण, स्तम्भन, विद्वेष, उच्चाटन and मरण. -4 the six acts belonging to the practice of Yoga :- धौतिर्वस्ती तथा नेती नौलिकी (नौलिकः) त्राटकस्तथा । कपालभाती चैतानि षट्कर्माणि समाचरेत् ॥ (-m.) 1 a Brāhmaṇa skilled in the above six acts. -2 one well-versed in the Tantra magical rites. -कोण a. (-षट्कोण) hexangular. (-णम्) 1 a hexagon. -2 the thunderbolt of Indra. -3 a diamond. -गया the sixfold gayā; गयागजो गयादित्यो गायत्री च गदाधरः । गया गयासुरश्चैव षड्गया मुक्तिदायकाः ॥ -गवम् (षड्गवम् 1 a team or yoke of six oxen. -2 a yoke of six (sometimes after the names of other animals); i. e. हस्ति˚, अश्व˚ 'six elephants, horses &c.'. -गवीय a. drawn by six oxen; न यद्वहेच्छकटं षड्गवीयम् Mb.8.76.17. -गुण a. (-षड्गुण) 1 sixfold. -2 having six attributes. (-णम्) 1 an assemblage of six qualities. -2 the six expedients to be used by a king in foreign politics; see under गुण (21); cf. षाड्गुण्य also. -ग्रन्थः a kind of Karañja tree. -ग्रन्थि n. (-षड्ग्रन्थि) the root of long pepper. -ग्रन्थिका (षड्- ग्रन्थिका) zedoary (शठी). -चक्रम्, (षट्चक्रम्) the six mystical circles of the body, i. e. मूलाधार, स्वाधिष्ठान, मणिपूर, अनाहत, विशुद्ध and आज्ञाख्य. -चत्वारिंशत् (षट्चत्वारिंशत्) forty-six. -चरणः (षट्चरणः) -1 a bee. -2 a locust. -3 a louse. -जः, (ष़ड्जः) the fourth (or first according to some) of the seven primary notes of the Indian gamut; so called because it is derived from the six organs : नासां कण्ठमुरस्तालु जिह्वां दताञ्श्च संस्पृशन् । षड्जः सञ्जायते (षढ्भ्यः संञ्जायते) यस्मात्तस्मात् षड्ज इति स्मृतः ॥ it is said to resemble the note of peacocks; षड्जं रौति मयूरस्तु Nārada; षड्जसंवादिनीः केकाः द्विधा भिन्नाः शिखण्डिभिः R.1.39. -तन्त्री N. of the six philosophical systems. -त्रिंशत् f. (-षट्त्रिंशत्) thirty-six; (-षट्रत्रिंश a. thirtysixth). -तिलिन् m. one performing six acts with sesamum seeds; तिलोद्वतीं तिलस्नायी तिलहोमी तिलप्रदः । तिलभुक् तिलवापी च षट्तिली नावसीदति ॥ -दर्शनम् (षड्दर्शनम्) the six principal systems of Hindu philosophy; they are: सांख्य, योग, न्याय, वैशेषिक, मीमांसा and वेदान्त. (-नः) one conversant with the above six systems. -दीर्घः the six long vowels : आ, ई, ऊ, ऐ, औ. -दुर्गम्, (षड्दुर्गम्) the six kinds of forts taken collectivelly; धन्वदुर्गं महीदुर्गं गिरिदुर्गं तथैव च । मनुष्यदुर्गं मृद्दुर्गं वनदुर्गमिति क्रमात् ॥ -नवतिः f. (-षण्णवतिः) ninety-six. -पञ्चाशत् f. (-षट्पञ्चाशत्) fifty-six. -पदः (षट्पदः) 1 a bee; न पङ्कजं तद्यदलीनषट्पदं न षट्पदो$सौ न जुगुञ्ज यः कलम् Bk.2.19; Ku.5.9; R.6.69. -2 a louse. -3 a verse consisting of six padas. ˚अथितिः 1 the mango tree. -2 the Champaka tree. ˚आनन्दवर्धनः the Aśoka or Kiṅkirāta tree. ˚ज्य a. having bees for the bow-string (as the bow of Cupid); प्रायश्चापं न वहति भयान्मन्मथः षट्पदज्यम् Me.75. ˚प्रियः the tree called नाग- केशर. -पदी (षट्पदी) 1 a stanza consisting of six lines. -2 a female bee. -3 a louse. -4 the six states ('यो$शनायापिपासे शोकं मोहं जरां मृत्युमत्येति' इति श्रुत्युक्ताः Mb. 3.314.9 Com.):-- hunger, thrist, sorrow, disordered intellect, old age and death; other version is :-- कामक्रोधौ लोभमोहौ मदमानौ च षट्पदी ।. -पादः (षट्पादः) a bee. -प्रज्ञः, (षट्प्रज्ञः) 1 one who is well acquainted with six subjects i. e. the four Puruṣārthas or objects of human existence, the nature of the world, and the nature of the Supreme Sprit; धर्मार्थकाममोक्षेषु लोक- तत्त्वार्थयोरपि । षट्सु प्रज्ञा तु यस्यासौ षट्प्रज्ञः परिकीर्तितः ॥ -2 a lustful or licentious man. -3 a good-hearted neighbour. -बिन्दुः (षड्बिन्दुः ) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -भागः (षड्भागः) a sixth part, one-sixth; तपःषड्भागमक्षय्यं ददत्यारण्यका हि नः Ś.2.14; Ms.7.131;8.33. -भाववादिन् a maintainer of the theory of the six भावs (i. e. द्रव्य, गुण, कर्मन्, सामान्य, विशेष and समवाय). -भुज a. (-षड्भुज) 1 six-armed. -2 six-sided, hexagonal. (-जः) a hexagon. (-जा) 1 an epithet of Durgā. -2 the watermelon. -मतस्थापकः (षण्मतस्थापकः) N. of Śaṁkarāchārya. -मासः (षण्मासः) a period of six months. ˚निचय a. one who has a store (of food) sufficient for six months; Ms.6.18. -मासिक a. (-षण्मासिक) half-yearly, occurring every six months. -मुखः (षण्मुखः) an epithet of Kārtikeya; स गुणानां बलानां च षण्णां षण्मुख- विक्रमः R.17.67; Mv.1.33. (खा) a water-melon. -रसम्, -रसाः (m. pl.) (-षड्रसम् &c.) the six flavours taken collectively; see under रस. -रात्रम् (षड्रात्रम्) a period of six nights. -रेखा, (षड्रेखा) a water-melon. -वर्गः (षड्वर्गः) 1 an aggregate of six things. -2 especially, the six enemies of mankind; (also called षड्रिपु); कामः क्रोधस्तथा लोभो मदमोहौ च मत्सरः; कृतारिषड्वर्गजयेन Ki.1 9; व्यजेष्ठ षड्वर्गम् Bk.1.2. -3 the five senses and Manas. -र्विशम् N. of a Brāhmaṇa belonging to the Sāma Veda. -विंशतिः f. (-षड्विंशतिः)twenty-six; (-षड्विंश twentysixth). -विध (षड्विध) a. of six kinds, sixfold; षड्विधं बलमादाय प्रतस्थे दिग्जिगीषया R.4.26. -शास्त्रिन् m. one conversant with the six Śāstras or darśanas. -षष्टिः f. (-षट्षष्टिः) sixty-six. -सप्ततिः (षट्सप्ततिः) seventy-six.
ṣāḍavaḥ षाडवः 1 Passion, sentiment. -2 Singing, music. -3 (In music). A Rāga in which six of the seven primary notes are used; औडवः पञ्चभिः प्रोक्तः स्वरैः षड्भिस्तु षाडवः । -4 Confectionery, sweetmeats; Suśr.
sa स ind. A prefix substituted for सह or सम्, सम, तुल्य, or सदृश and एक or समान, and compounded with nouns to form adjectives and adverbs in the sense of (a) with, together with, along with, accompained by, having, possessed of; सपुत्र, सभार्य, सतृष्ण, सधन, सरोषम्, सकोपम्, सहरि &c.; (b) similar, like; सधर्मन् 'of a similar nature'; so सजाति, सवर्ण; (c) same; सोदर, सपक्ष, सपिण्ड, सनाभि &c. -m. 1 A snake. -2 Air, wind. -3 A bird. -4 Short name for the musical note षड्ज q. v. -5 N. of Śiva. -6 Of Viṣṇu. -7 (In prosody) A foot consisting of two short syllables followed by a long one. -8 God; L. D. B. -सा The goddess Lakṣmī. -सम् 1 Knowledge. -2 Meditation. -3 A carriage-road. -4 A fence, an enclosure.
saṃyam संयम् 1 P. 1 To restrain, curb, check, control, govern, subdue (Ātm.) as passions &c.); असंयतात्मनो योगो दुष्प्राप इति मे मतिः Bg.6.36; Ms.2.1. -2 To bind, imprison, fasten, confine; वानरं मा न संयसीः Bk.9.5; M.1.7; R.3.2,42. -3 To gather (Ātm.); व्रीहीन् संयच्छते Sk. -4 To shut, close; सर्वद्वाराणि संयभ्य मनो हृदि निरुध्य च Bg. 8.12. -5 To hold together, hold fast. -6 To guide or drive (as horses). -7 (a) To collect. (b) To bind or tie into a knot (as hair); संयम्यमानशिखण्डः V.5. -8 To keep in order. -9 To present with, give to. -1 To press close to or against; Suśr.
saṃlakṣ संलक्ष् 1 U. 1 To observe, perceive, see, notice; आश्चर्यदर्शनः संलक्ष्यते मनुष्यलोकः Ś.7; संलक्ष्यते न च्छिदुरो$पि हारः R.16.62 'is not noticed or known'; 8.42. -2 To test, prove, determine; हेम्रः संलक्ष्यते ह्यग्नौ विशुद्धिः श्यामिकापि वा R.1.1. -3 To hear, learn, understand. -4 To characterize, distinguish.
saṃśaptakaḥ संशप्तकः [सम्यक् शप्तमङ्गीकारो यस्य कप् Tv.] 1 A warrior sworn never to recede from a contest and kept to prevent the fight of others; संशप्तकान्निहतानर्जनेन तदा नाशंसे विजयाय संजय Mb.1.1.189. -2 A picked warrior. -3 A brother in arms. -4 A conspirator who has taken an oath to kill another.
saṃskāraḥ संस्कारः 1 Making perfect, refining, polishing; (मणिः) प्रयुक्तसंस्कार इवाधिकं बभौ R.3.18. -2 Refinement, perfection, grammatical purity (as of words); संस्कार- वत्येव गिरा मनीषी Ku.1.28 (where Malli, renders the word by व्याकरणजन्या शुद्धिः); R.15.76. -3 Education, cultivation, training (as of the mind); निसर्ग- संस्कारविनीत इत्यसौ नृपेण चक्रे युवराजशब्दभाक् R.3.35; Ku. 7.1. -4 Making ready, preparation. -5 Cooking, dressing (as of food &c.). -6 Embellishment, decoration, ornament; स्वभावसुन्दरं वस्तु न संस्कारमपेक्षते Dṛi. Ś. 49; Ś.7.23; Mu.2.1. -7 Consecration, sanctification, hallowing; संस्कारो नाम स भवति यस्मिञ्जाते पदार्थो भवति योग्यः कस्यचिदर्थस्य ŚB. on MS.3.1.3. -3 Impression, form, mould, operation, influence; यन्नवे भोजने लग्नः संस्कारो नान्यथा भवेत् H. Pr.8; Bh.3.84. -9 Idea, notion, conception. -1 Any faculty or capacity. -11 Effect of work, merit of action; फलानुमेयाः प्रारम्भाः संस्काराः प्राक्तना इव R.1.2. -12 The self-reproductive quality, faculty of impression; one of the 24 qualities or guṇas recognised by the Vaiśeṣikas; it is of three kinds: भावना, वेग, and स्थितिस्थापकता q .q. v. v. -13 The faculty of recollection, impression on the memory; संस्कारमात्रजन्यं ज्ञानं स्मृतिः T. S. -14 A purificatory rite, a sacred rite or ceremony; संस्कारार्थं शरीरस्य Ms.2.66; R.1.78; (Manu mentions 12 such Saṃskāras viz. 1. गर्भाधान, 2. पुंसवन, 3. सीमन्तोन्नयन, 4. जातकर्मन्, 5. नामकर्मन्, 6. निष्क्रमण, 7. अन्नप्राशन, 8. चूडाकर्मन्, 9. उपनयन, 1. केशान्त, 11. समावर्तन, and 12. विवाह; see Ms.2.26 &c.; some writers increase the number to sixteen). -15 Purification, purity. -16 A rite or ceremony in general. -17 Investiture with the sacred thread; मांसं मूत्रं पुरीषं च प्राश्य संस्कारमर्हति Mb.12.165.76. -18 Obsequial ceremonies. -19 A polishing stone; संस्कारोल्लिखितो महामणिरिव क्षीणो$पि नालक्ष्यते Ś.6.5 (where संस्कार may mean 'polishing' also). -Comp. -पूत a. 1 purified by sacred rites. -2 purified by refinement or education. -भूषणम् (speech) adorned by correctness. -रहित, -वर्जित, -हीन a. (a person of one of the three higher castes) over whom the purificatory ceremonies, particularly the threadceremony, have not been performed and who therefore becomes a Vrātya or outcast; cf. व्रात्य. -शब्दः a word which gains its currency owing to संस्कार; संस्कारशब्दा एते आहवनीयादयः ŚB. on MS.5.3.21.
sakīlaḥ सकीलः One who from sexual weakness causes his wife to have intercourse with another man before cohabiting with her himself.
sakṛt सकृत् ind. 1 Once; सकृदंशो निपतति सकृत् कन्या प्रदीयते । सकृदाह ददानीति त्रीण्येतानि सतां सकृत् Ms.9.47. -2 At one time, on one occasion, formerly, once; सकृत् कृतप्रणयो$यं जनः Ś.5. -3 At once. -4 Always. -5 Together with. m., f. Feces, excrement (usually written शकृत् q. v.) -Comp. -आहृत (सकृदाहृत) a. (interest) paid at one time (not by instalments); कुसीदवृद्धिर्द्वैगुण्यं नात्येति सकृदाहृता Ms.8.151. -गतिः (सकृद्गतिः) only a possibility. -गर्भा 1 a mule. -2 a woman who is pregnant only once. -प्रजः a crow. -प्रसूता, -प्रसूतिका 1 a woman who has borne only one child. -2 a cow that has calved once. -फला the plantain tree. -विभात (सकृद्विभात) appeared at once. -स्नायिन् bathing once; Ms.11.214.
saṃkīrṇa संकीर्ण p. p. 1 Mixed together, intermingled. -2 Confused, miscellaneous. -3 Shattered, spread, crowded. -4 Indistinct. -5 In rut, intoxicated; मदोद्धतस्य नृपतेः संकीर्णस्येव दन्तिनः ... नेतारः खलु वाच्यताम् H.4.17. -6 Of mixted caste, of impure origin. -7 Impure, adulterated; तस्मात् संकीर्णवृत्तेषु वासो मम न रोचते Mb.1.79.9. -8 Narrow, contracted. -र्णः 1 A man of a mixed caste. -2 A mixed note or mode. -3 An elephant in rut, an intoxicated elephant; name of the fourth caste of elephants; Mātaṅga L.1.26,3. -र्णम् A difficulty. -र्णा A kind of riddle; सा भवेदुभयच्छन्ना यस्यामुभयगोपनम् । संकीर्णा नाम सा यस्यां नानालक्षणसंकरः ॥ Kāv.3.15. -Comp. -जाति, योनि a. of mixed birth, of a mongrel breed (as a mule); impure through illegal intermarriage; संकीर्णयोनयो ये तु प्रतिलोमानुलोमजाः Ms.1.25. -युद्धम् a confused fight, melee.
saṃkram संक्रम् 1 U. 1 To come or meet together. -2 To traverse, cross, go or pass through. -3 To approach, go. -4 To go over or be transferred (to another). -5 To enter on or in; कालो ह्ययं संक्रमितुं द्वितीयं सर्वोपकारक्षममाश्रमं ते R.5.1. -6 To be present at, attend. -7 To surmount. -Caus. 1 To transfer. -2 To devolve, consign, entrust; ब्राह्मणसंक्रमिताक्षरेण पितामहेन V.3; Ku.6.78. -3 To deliver, hand over. -4 To convey, lead towards. -5 To take possession of. -6 To promise mutual assistance.
saṃkramaṇam संक्रमणम् 1 Concurrence. -2 Transition, progress, passing from one point to another. -3 Passage. -4 The sun's passage from one zodiacal sign to another. -5 The day on which the summer solstice begins. -6 Decease, death; यदि दुःखमकृत्वा तु मम संक्रमणं भवेत् Rām. 2.13.12. -का A gallery; Buddh.
saṃkrāntiḥ संक्रान्तिः f. 1 Going together, union. -2 Passage from one point to another, transition. -3 The passage of the sun or any planetary body from one zodiacal sign into another. -4 Transference, giving over (to another); संपातिताः ... पयसो गण्डूषसंक्रान्तयः U.3.16. -5 Transferring or communicating (one's knowledge to another), power of imparting (instruction to another); विवादे दर्शयिष्यन्तं क्रियासंक्रान्तिमात्मनः M.1.19; शिष्टा क्रिया कस्यचिदात्मसंस्था संक्रान्तिरन्यस्य विशेषयुक्ता 1.16. -6 Image, reflection. -7 Depicting.
saṃkṣiptiḥ संक्षिप्तिः f. 1 Throwing together. -2 Compressing, abridging. -3 Throwing, sending. -4 Ambuscade. -5 Transition (from one feeling to another).
saṃkṣepaḥ संक्षेपः 1 Throwing together. -2 Compression; abridgment. -3 Brevity, conciseness. -4 An epitome, a brief exposition. -5 Throwing, sending -6 Taking away. -7 Assisting in another's duty. -8 Destruction (संहार); प्रजासंक्षेपसमये दण्डहस्तमिवान्तकम् Mb.3.155.27. -9 Total, aggregate. (संक्षेपेण, संक्षेपतस् are used adverbially in the sense of briefly, concisely, shortly; Kull. on Ms.1.68.)
saṃgrahaḥ संग्रहः 1 Seizing, grasping; taking; प्रज्वाल्य तत्र चैवाग्नि- मकरोत् पाणिसंग्रहम् Rām.7.12.2. -2 Clenching the fist, grasp, grip. -3 Reception, admission. -4 Guarding, protection; तथा ग्रामशतानां च कुर्याद्राष्ट्रस्य संग्रहम् Ms.7.114. -5 Favouring, propitiating, entertaining, supporting; धनैः कार्यो$स्य संग्रहः Ms.3.138;8.311. -6 Storing, accumulation, gathering, collecting; स्वधासंग्रहतत्पराः R.1.66; तैः कृतप्रकृतिसंग्रहैः 19.55;17.6. -7 Governing, restraining, controlling; एव वै परमो योगो मनसः संग्रहः स्मृतः Bhāg. 11.2.21. -8 Conglomeration. -9 Conjunction. -1 Agglomeration (a kind of संयोग). -11 Inclusion, comprehension. -12 Compilation. -13 Epitome, summary, abridgment, compendium; संग्रहेण प्रवक्ष्यन्ते Bg.8.11; so तर्कसंग्रहः; मय्यावेशितया युक्त एतावान् योगसंग्रहः Bhāg.11.23.61. -14 Sum, amount, totality; करणं कर्म कर्तेति त्रिविधः कर्मसंग्रहः Bg.18.18. -13 A catalogue, list. -16 A store-room. -17 An effort, exertion. -18 Mention, reference. -19 Greatness, elevation. -2 Velocity. -21 N. of Śiva. -22 A guardian, ruler, manager; ततो निक्षिप्य काकुत्स्थो लक्ष्मणं द्वारि संग्रहम् Rām.7.13.15. -23 The fetching back of discharged weapons by magical means; Mb. -24 Taking to wife, marriage. -25 Perception, notion, -Comp. -श्लोकः a verse summarizing what has been mentioned before.
saṃcaraḥ संचरः 1 Passage, transit from one zodiacal sign to another. -2 A way, path; यत्रौषधिप्रकाशेन नक्तं दर्शितसंचराः Ku.6.43; R.16.12. -3 A narrow road, defile, difficult passage. -4 Entrance, gate. -5 The body. -6 Killing. -7 Development. -a. Going about, moving everywhere; अनिरुक्तस्त्रयोदशः स्तोभः संचरो हुंकारः Ch. Up.1.13.3.
saṃjñā संज्ञा 1 Consciousness, अकरुण पुनः संज्ञाव्याधिं विधाय किमीहसे Māl.9.42; रतिखेदसमुत्पन्ना निद्रा संज्ञाविपर्ययः Ku.6.44. संज्ञा लभ्, आपद् or प्रतिपद् 'to regain or recover one's consciousness, come to one's senses'. -2 Knowledge, understanding; नायका मम सैन्यस्य संज्ञार्थं तान् व्रवीमि ते Bg.1.7; Mb.12.153.63. -3 Intellect, mind; लोकतन्त्रं हि संज्ञाश्च सर्वमन्ने प्रतिष्ठितम् Mb.13.63.5. -4 A hint, sign, token, gesture; मुखापिंतैकाङ्गुलिसंज्ञयैव मा चापलायेति गणान् व्यनैषीत् Ku.3.41; उपलभ्य ततश्च धर्मसंज्ञाम् Bu. Ch.5.21; Bhāg. 6.7.17. -5 A name, designation, an appellation; oft. at the end of comp. in this sense; द्वन्द्वैर्विमुक्ताः सुखदुःखसंज्ञैः Bg.15.5. -6 (In gram.) Any name or noun having a special meaning, a proper name. -7 The technical name for an affix. -8 The Gāyatrī Mantra; see गायत्री. -9 A track, footstep. -1 Direction. -11 A technical term. -12 N. of the daughter of Viśvakarman and wife of the sun, and mother of Yama, Yamī, and the two Aśvins. [A legend relates that संज्ञा on one occasion wished to go to her father's house and asked her husband's permission, which was not granted. Resolved to carry out her purpose, she created, by means of her superhuman power, a woman exactly like herself --who was, as it were, her own shadow (and was therefore called Chhāyā), --and putting her in her own place, went away without the knowledge of the sun. Chhāya bore to the sun three children (see छाया), and lived quite happily with him, so that when Saṁjñā returned, he would not admit her. Thus repudiated and disappointed, she assumed the form of a mare and roamed over the earth. The sun, however, in course of time, came to know the real state of things, and discovered that his wife had assumed the form of a mare. He accordingly assumed the form of a horse, and was united with his wife, who bore to him, two sons--the Aśvinīkumāras or Aśvins q. v.] -Comp. -अधिकारः a leading rule which gives a particular name to the rules falling under it, and which exercises influence over them. -विपर्ययः loss of consciousness; रतिखेदसमुत्पन्ना निद्रा संज्ञाविपर्ययः Ku.6.44. -विषयः an epithet, an attribute. -सुतः an epithet of Saturn. -सूत्रम् any Sūtra which teaches the meaning of a technical term.
sat सत् a. (-ती f.) 1 Being, existing, existent; सन्तः स्वतः प्रकाशन्ते गुणा न परतो नृणाम् Bv.1.12; सत्कल्पवृक्षे वने Ś.7.12. -2 Real, essential, true; Bṛi. Up.2.3.1. -3 Good, virtuous, chaste; सती सती योगविसृष्टदेहा Ku.1. 21; Ś.5.17. -4 Noble, worthy, high; as in सत्कुलम्. -5 Right, proper. -6 Best, excellent. -7 Venerable, respectable. -8 Wise, learned. -9 Handsome, beautiful. -1 Firm, steady. -m. A good or virtuous man, a sage; आदानं हि विसर्गाय सतां वारिमुचामिव R.4.86; अविरतं परकार्यकृतां सतां मधुरिमातिशयेन वचो$मृतम् Bv.1.113; Bh.2. 78; R.1.1. -n. 1 That which really exists, entity, existence, essence. -2 The really existent truth, reality. -3 Good; as in सदसत् q. v. -4 Brahman or the Supreme Spirit. -5 Ved. Water. -6 The primary cause (कारण); य ईक्षिता$हं रहितो$प्यसत्सतोः Bhāg.1.38.11. -7 (In gram.) The termination of the present participle. (सत्कृ means 1 to respect, treat with respect, receive hospitably. -2 to honour, worship, adore. -3 to adorn.) -Comp. -अञ्जनम् (सदञ्जनम्) calx of brass. -अर्थः (सदर्थः) a matter in question. -असत् (सदसत्) a. 1 existent and non-existent, being and not being. -2 real and unreal. -3 true and false. -4 good and bad, right and wrong. -5 virtuous and wicked. (-n. du.) 1 entity and non-entity. -2 good and evil, right and wrong. ˚विवेकः discrimination between good and evil, or truth and falsehood. ˚व्यक्तिहेतुः the cause of discrimination between the good and bad; तं सन्तः श्रोतुमर्हन्ति सदसद्व्यक्तिहेतवः R.1.1. -आचारः (सदाचारः) 1 good manners, virtuous of moral conduct. -2 approved usage, traditionary observances, immemorial custom; यस्मिन् देशे य आचारः पारंपर्यक्रमागतः । वर्णानां सान्तरालानां स सदाचार उच्यते ॥ Ms.2.18. -आत्मन् a. (सदात्मन्) virtuous, good. -आनन (सदानन) a. fair-faced. -उत्तरम् (सदुत्तरम्) a proper or good reply. -करणम् funeral obsequies. -कर्तृ m. an epithet of Viṣṇu. -कर्मन् n. 1 a virtuous or pious act. -2 virtue, piety. -3 funeral obsequies. -4 expiation. -5 hospitality. -काण्डः a hawk, kite. -कारः 1 a kind or hospitable treatment, hospitable reception; सत्कारमानपूजार्थं तपो दम्भेन चैव यत् । क्रियते तदिह प्रोक्तं राजसं चलमध्रुवम् ॥ Bg.17.18. -2 reverence, respect. -3 care, attention. -4 a meal. -5 a festival, religious observance. -कार्यम् (in Sāṁkhya phil.) the necessary existence of an effect. ˚वाद the doctrine of the actual existence of an effect (in its cause). -कुल a good or noble family. -कुलीन a. nobly born, of noble descent. -कृत a. 1 done well or properly. -2 hospitably received or treated. -3 revered, respected, honoured. -4 worshipped. adored. -5 entertained. -6 welcomed. (-तः) an epithet of Śiva. (-तम्) 1 hospitality. -2 respect. -3 virtue, piety. -कृतिः f. 1 treating with respect, hospitality, hospitable reception. -2 virtue, morality. -क्रिया 1 virtue, goodness; शकुन्तला मूर्तिमती च सत्क्रिया Ś.5.15. -2 charity, good or virtuous action. -3 hospitality, hospitable reception; सत्क्रियाविशेषात् Ś.7. -4 courtesy, salutation. -5 any purificatory ceremony. -6 funeral ceremonies, obsequies. -7 Celebration, decoration; यावदादिशति पार्थिवस्तयोर्निर्गमाय पुरमार्गसत्क्रियाम् R.11.3. -गतिः f. (-सद्गतिः) 1 a good or happy state, felicity, beatitude. -2 The way of good men. -गुण a. (सद्गुण) possessed of good qualities, virtuous, (-णः) virtue, excellence, goodness, good quality. -घनः (सद्घनः) holy existence. -2 nothing but existence. -चरित, -चरित्र a. (सच्चरित-त्र) well conducted, honest, virtuous, righteous; सूनुः सच्चरितः Bh.2.25. (-n.) 1 good of virtuous conduct. -2 history or account of the good; Ś.1. -चारा (सच्चारा) turmeric. -चिद् (सच्चिद्) the Supreme Spirit. ˚अंशः a portion of existence and thought. ˚आत्मन् m. the soul consisting of entity and thought. ˚आनन्दः 1 'existence or entity, knowledge and joy'; an epithet of the Supreme Spirit or Brahman. -2 of Viṣṇu. -जन a. (सज्जन) good, virtuous, respectable. (-नः) a good or virtuous man. ˚गर्हित despised by the virtuous; पुक्कस्यां जायते पापः सदा सज्जनगर्हितः Ms.1. 38. -धर्मः (सद्धर्मः) true justice. -पतिः Ved. 1 a lord of good persons or heroes. -2 N. of Indra. -पत्रम् the new leaf of a water-lily. -पथः 1 a good road. -2 the right path of duty, correct or virtuous conduct. -3 an orthodox doctrine. -परिग्रहः acceptance (of gifts) from a proper person. -पशुः a victim fit for a sacrifice, a good sacrificial victim. -पात्रम् a worthy or virtuous person. ˚वर्षः bestowing favours on worthy recipients, judicious liberality. ˚वर्षिन् a. having judicious liberality. -पुत्रः 1 a good or virtuous son. -2 a son who performs all the prescribed rites in honour of his ancestors. -a. one who has a son; यद्यपि स्यात्तु सत्पुत्रो$प्यसत्पुत्रो$पि वा भवेत् Ms.9.154. -प्रतिपक्षः (in logic) one of the five kinds of hetvābhāsas or fallacious hetus, a counterbalanced hetu, one along which there exists another equal hetu on the opposite side; यत्र साध्याभावसाधकं हेत्वन्तरं स सत्प्रति- पक्षः; e. g. 'sound is eternal because it is audible'; and also 'sound is non-eternal, because it is a product'; नाप्रामाण्यं मतानां स्यात् केषां सत्प्रतिपक्षवत् N.17.19. -प्रमुदिता (in Sāṁkhya phil.) N. of one of the 8 perfections. -भाग्यम् (सद्भाग्यम्) 1 good fortune. -2 Felicity. -फलः the pomegranate tree. -भावः (सद्भावः) 1 existence, being, entity; सद्भावे साधुभावे च सदित्येतत् प्रयुज्यते Bg.17.26. -2 actual existence, reality. -3 good disposition or nature, amiability. -4 quality of goodness. -5 obtainment (प्राप्ति); देहस्यान्यस्य सद्भावे प्रसादं कर्तुमर्हसि Rām.7.56.9. -मातुरः (सन्मातुरः) the son of a virtuous mother. -मात्रः (सन्मात्रः) 'consisting of mere entity', the soul. -मानः (सन्मानः) esteem of the good. -मित्रम् (सन्मित्रम्) a good or faithful friend. -युवतिः f. (सद्युवतिः) a virtuous maiden. -वंश (सद्वंश) a. of high birth. -वचस् n. (सद्वचस्) an agreeable or pleasing speech. -वस्तु n. (सद्वस्तु) 1 a good thing. -2 a good plot or story; प्रणयिषु वा दाक्षिण्यादथवा सद्वस्तुपुरुषबहुमानात् । शृणुत मनोभिरवहितैः क्रियामिमां कालिदासस्य ॥ V.1.2. -वादिता (सद्वादिता) true counsel; सद्वादितेवाभिनिविष्टबुद्धौ Ki.17.11. -विद्य (सद्विद्य) welleducated, having good learning. -वृत्त a. (सद्वृत्त) 1 wellbehaved, well conducted, virtuous, upright. -2 perfectly circular, well-rounded; सद्वृत्तः स्तनमण्डलस्तव कथं प्राणै- र्मम क्रीडति Gīt.3 (where both senses are intended). (-त्तम्) 1 good or virtuous conduct. -2 an agreeable or amiable disposition. -शील (सच्छील) a. 1 good tempered. -2 benevolent, kindly disposed (towards others). -संसर्गः, -संनिधानम्, -संगः, -संगतिः, -समागमः company or society of the good, association with the good; तथा सत्संनिधानेन मूर्खो याति प्रवीणताम् H.1; सत्संगजानि निधनान्यपि तारयन्ति U.2.11; सत्संगतिः कथय किं न करोति पुंसाम् Bh.2.23. -संप्रदायः good tradition. -संप्रयोगः right application. -सहाय a. having virtuous friends. (-यः) a good companion. -सार a. having good sap or essence. (-रः) 1 a kind of tree. -2 a poet. -3 a painter. -हेतुः (सद्धेतुः) a faultless or valid hetu or middle term.
sattvam सत्त्वम् [सतो भावः] (Said to be m. also in the first ten senses) 1 Being, existence, entity. -2 Nature, essence. -3 Natural character, inborn disposition; अच्योष्ट सत्त्वान्नृपतिश्च्युताशः Bk.3.2. -4 Life, spirit, breath, vitality, principle of vitality; उद्गतानीव सत्त्वानि बभूवुरमनस्विनाम् Rām.2.48.2; चित्रे निवेश्य परिकल्पित- सत्त्वयोगा Ś.2.1. -5 Consciousness, mind, sense; वाक्च सत्वं च गोविन्द बुद्धौ संवेशितानि ते Mb.12.46.4; Bg.16.1; Bhāg.7.15.41. -6 An embryo. -7 Substance, thing, wealth. -8 An elementary substance such as earth, air, fire &c. -9 (also m.) A living or sentient being, animal, beast; वन्यान् विनेष्यन्निव दुष्टसत्त्वान् R.2.8;15.15; किं नो$पत्यनिर्विशेषाणि सत्वानि विप्रकरोषि Ś7; Māl.9; यश्चासूनपि संत्यजेत् करुणया सत्त्वार्थमभ्युद्यतः Nāg.2.1. -1 An evil spirit, a demon, ghost; अद्य नूनं दशरथः सत्त्वमाविश्य भाषते Rām.2.33.1. -11 Goodness, virtue, excellence. -12 Truth, reality, certainty. -13 Strength, energy, courage, vigour, power, inherent power, the stuff of which a person is made; निजमेव सत्त्वमुपकारि साम् Ki.18. 14; Mb.12.313.17; क्रियासिद्धिः सत्त्वे भवति महतां नोपकरणे Subhāṣ.; R.5.31; Mu.3.22. -14 Wisdom, good sense. -15 The quality of goodness or purity regarded as the highest of the three Guṇas q. v.; (it is said to predominate most in gods and heavenly beings). -16 A natural property or quality, characteristic. -17 A noun, substantive. -18 Intellect (बुद्धि); अघ्राणमवितर्कं च सत्त्वं प्रविशते परम् Mb.12.24.18. -19 The subtle body of individual soul (लिङ्गशरीर); गृहाणीव हि मर्त्यानामाहुर्देहानि पण्डिताः । कालेन विनियुज्यन्ते सत्त्वमेकं तु शाश्वतम् ॥ Mb.11.3.8. -Comp. -अनुरूप a. 1 according to one's inborn disposition or inherent character; सर्वः कृच्छ्रगतो$पि वाञ्छति जनः सत्त्वानुरूपं फलम् Bh.2.3. -2 according to one's means or wealth; सत्त्वानुरूपाहरणीकृतश्रीः R.7.32. (Malli's interpretation does not appear to suit the context). -आत्मन् m. the individual soul (लिङ्गदेह); वशे तिष्ठति सत्त्वात्मा सततं योगयोगिनाम् Mb.12.253.6. -उत्साहः 1 natural energy. -2 energy and courage. -उद्रेकः 1 excess of the quality of goodness. -2 pre-eminence in strength or courage. -गुणः the quality of purity or goodness. -तनुः epithet of Viṣṇu; श्रेयांसि तत्र खलु सत्त्वतनोर्नृणां स्युः Bhāg.1.2.23. -धातुः the animal sphere. -धामन् epithet of Viṣṇu. -योगः 1 dignity; Kau. A.1.9. -2 association with life; चित्रे निवेश्य परिकल्पितसत्त्वयोगा Ś.2.1. -लक्षणम् signs of pregnancy; तत्कथमिमामभिव्यक्तसत्त्वलक्षणां ... प्रतिपत्स्ये Ś.5. -लोकः a world of living beings. -विप्लवः loss of consciousness. -विहित 1 caused by nature. -2 caused by goodness. -3 virtuous, upright. -संशुद्धिः f. purity or uprightness of nature; अभयं सत्त्वसंशुद्धिः Bg.16.1. -संपन्न a. 1 endowed with goodness, virtuous. -2 equable, evenminded. -संप्लवः 1 loss of strength or vigour. -2 universal destruction. -सारः 1 essence of strength. -2 a very powerful person. -स्थ a. 1 being in the nature of things. -2 inherent in animals. -3 animate. -4 characterized by goodness, good, excellent. -स्थः a Yogi; कर्मस्था विषयं ब्रूयुः सत्त्वस्था समदर्शिनः Mb.12.238.6.
saṃdarśanam संदर्शनम् 1 Seeing, beholding, viewing. -2 Gazing, looking steadfastly. -3 Meeting, seeing one another. -4 Sight, appearance, vision. -5 Regard, consideration. -6 Showing, displaying. -7 Employment, use; अपाय- संदर्शनजां विपत्तिमुपायसंदर्शनजां च सिद्धिम् Pt.1.61.
saṃdhiḥ संधिः 1 Union, junction, combination, connection; संधये सरला सूची वक्रा छेदाय कर्तरी Subhāṣ.; Me.6. -2 A compact, an agreement. -3 Alliance, league, friendship, peace, treaty of peace (one of the six expedients to be used in foreign politics); कति प्रकाराः संधीनां भवन्ति H.4; (the several kinds are described in H.4.16- 125); शत्रुणा न हि संदध्यात् सुश्लिष्टेनापि संधिना H.1.85. -4 A joint, articulation (of the body); तुरगानुधावनकाण्डितसंधेः Ś.2. -5 A fold (of a garment). -6 A breach, hole, chasm. -7 Especially a mine, chasm or opening made by thieves in a wall or underneath a building; संधिं छित्त्वा तु ये चौर्यं रात्रौ कुर्वन्ति तस्कराः Ms.9.276; वृक्षवाटिका- परिसरे संधिं कृत्वा प्रविष्टो$स्मि मध्यमकम् Mk.3. -8 Separation, division. -9 Euphony, euphonic junction or coalition (in gram.) -1 An interval, a pause. -11 A critical juncture. -12 An opportune moment. -13 A period at the expiration of each Yuga or age; त्रेताद्वापरयोः संधौ Mb.1.2.3. -14 A division or joint (in a drama); (they are five; see S. D.33-332); तौ संधिषु व्यञ्जितवृत्तिभेदम् Ku.7.91. -15 The vulva. -16 Distillation. -17 Land etc. donated for the worship of temple deities etc. (cf. Dr. Raghavan's note on वृत्तिसंन्धिप्रतिपादकः Cholachampū p.1 "संधिः देवपूजार्थमतिसृष्टं तादृशं भूम्यादिकं संधिपदस्य द्रविडदेवालयशिलाशासनेषु तादृशे$र्थे व्यवहारदर्शनात् ।"). -18 Contrivance, management; तस्य सावरणदृष्टसंधयः काम्यवस्तुषु नवेषु संगिनः R.19.16. -19 Twilight. -2 A seam. -21 The connecting link of a perpendicular (in mensuration). -22 The common side of double triangle. -Comp. -अक्षरम् a diphthong. -काष्ठम् the wood below the top of a gable. -गृहः a bee-hive. -चोरः a housebreaker, a thief who breaks into a house. -छेदः making holes or breaches (in a wall &c.); as in संधिच्छेदशिक्षकः M.4. -छेदनम् burglary. -जम् spirituous liquor. -जीवकः one who lives by dishonest means (particularly as a go-between), -दूषणम् violation of a treaty; अरिषु हि विजयार्थिनः क्षितीशा विदधति सोपधि संधिदूषणानि Ki.1.45. -नालः, -लम् Unguis Odoratus (नख, क्षुर). -पालत्वम् maintenance of treaties. -प्रबन्धनम् the ligament of a joint. -बन्ध 1 the tissues of joints; Ś.2. -2 the cement or lime. -बन्धनम् a ligament tendon, nerve. -भङ्गः, -मुक्तिः f. dislocation of a joint. -मोक्षः the breaking of peace; Kau. A.7. -रन्ध्रका a hole in a wall. -विग्रह m. du. peace and war. ˚अधिकारः the office of the minister for foreign affairs. -विग्रहकः a minister presiding over the above. -विचक्षणः*** one skilled in negotiating treaties. -विद् m. a negotiator of treaties. -विपर्ययौ peace and war; दूते संधिविपर्ययौ Ms.7.65. -वेला 1 the time of twilight. -2 any connecting period -शूलम् a kind of painful indigestion (आमवात). -संभवः a diphthong. -हारकः a house-breaker.
saṃdhyā संध्या 1 Union. -2 Joint, division. -3 Morning or evening twilight; अनुरागवती संध्या दिवसस्तत्पुरस्सरः । अहो दैवगतिश्चित्रा पथापि न समागमः ॥ K. P.7. -4 Early morning. -5 Evening, dusk; संध्यामङ्गलदीपिका विभजते शुद्धान्तवृद्धाजनः V.3.2; संध्याभ्ररेखेव मुहूर्तरागाः Pt.1.194. -6 The period which precedes a Yuga, the time intervening between the expiration of one Yuga and the commencement of another; चत्वार्याहुः सहस्राणि वर्षाणां तत्कृतं युगम् । तस्य तावच्छती संध्या संध्यांशश्च तथाविधः ॥ Ms.1.69; अथासौ युगसंध्यायां दस्युप्रायेषु राजसु Bhāg.1.3.25. -7 The morning, noon, and evening prayers of a Brāhmaṇa; उत्थायावश्यकं कृत्वा कृतशौचः समाहितः । पूर्वं संध्यां जपंस्तिष्ठेत् स्वकाले चापरां चिरम् ॥ Ms.4.93;2.69. -8 A promise, an agreement. -9 A boundary, limit. -1 Thinking, meditation. -11 A kind of flower. -12 N. of a river. -13 N. of the wife of Brahman. -14 Any one of the divisions of the day (पूर्वाह्ण, मध्याह्न, अपराह्ण). -Comp. -अंशः the period at the end of each Yuga; Ms.1.69. -अंशुः twilight. -अभ्रम् 1 an evening cloud (tinged with the sun's rays); संध्याभ्ररेखेव मुहूर्तरागाः Pt.1.194. -2 a kind of red-chalk. -उपसनम्, उपासना Saṁdhyā adoration; Ms.2.67. -कालः 1 the period of twilight. -2 evening. -त्रयम् the three divisions of the day (forenoon, noon and afternoon). -नाटिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -पयोदः a twilight rain-cloud. -पुष्पी 1 a kind of jasmine. -2 a nutmeg. -बलः a demon (राक्षस). -बलिः 1 an image of bull in a temple of Śiva. -2 the evening oblation. -मङ्गलम् an evening religious rite. ˚दीपिका an auspicious evening lamp; V.3.2. -रागः red-lead. -रामः (some take आराम as the word here) an epithet of Brahman. -वन्दनम् the morning and evening prayers. -समयः 1 evening-time. -2 a portion of each Yuga.
sapatnī सपत्नी [समानः पतिर्यस्याः सा] A rival or fellow wife, rival mistress, co-wife (having the same husband with another); दिशः सपत्नी भव दक्षिणस्याः R.6.63;14.86; कुरु प्रियसखीवृत्तिं सपत्नीजने Ś.4.17.
saptan सप्तन् num. a. (always pl.; सप्त nom. and acc.) Seven. -Comp. -अंशुः N. of Agni. -अंशुपुङ्गवः the planet Saturn. -अङ्ग a. see सप्तप्रकृति below. -अर्चिस् a. 1 having seven tongues or flames. -2 evil-eyed, of inauspicious look. (-m.) 1 N. of fire. -2 of Saturn. -3 the Chitraka plant. -अशीतिः f. eighty-seven. -अश्रम् a heptagon. -अश्वः the sun; नप्ता सप्ताश्वसंनिभः Śiva B. 25.45. ˚वाहनः the sun. -अस्र a. septangular. -अहः seven days, i. e. a week. -आत्मन् m. an epithet of Brahman. -ऋषि (सप्तर्षि) m. pl. 1 the seven sages; i. e. मरीचि, अत्रि, अङ्गिरस्, पुलस्त्य, पुलह, क्रतु, and वसिष्ठ. -2 the constellation called Ursa Major (the seven stars of which are said to be the seven sages mentioned above). -कोण a. septangular. -गङ्गम् ind. in the place of the seven streams of the Ganges. -गुण a. seven-fold. -चत्वारिंशत् f. forty-seven. -च्छदः N. of a tree (Mar. सातवीण); गजाश्च सप्तच्छद- दानगन्धिनः Karṇabhāra 1.11. -जिह्वः, -ज्वालः fire. (the seven tongues are काली, कराली, मनोजवा, सुलोहिता, सुधूम्रवर्णा, उग्रा and प्रदीप्ता). -तन्तुः a sacrifice; सप्ततन्तु- मधिगन्तुमिच्छतः Śi.14.6; पुनः प्रवर्तयिष्यामि सप्ततन्त्वादिकाः क्रियाः Śiva B.5.56; विधये सप्ततन्तूनाम् ibid.18.23. cf. note on N.11.1. -त्रिंशत् f. thirty-seven. -दशन् a. seventeen. ˚अरत्निन्यायः A rule of interpretation according to which an expression, if it is found to be inapplicable to the matter or thing with reference to which it is used, should be taken as being connected with or applying to a part or subsidiary thereof. This mode of construing an expression (in its literal sense) is preferable to लक्षणा. This rule is discussed and established by जैमिनि and शबर in the सूत्र 'आनर्थक्यात् तदङ्गेषु' MS.3.1.18 and भाष्या thereon. -दाधितिः N. of fire. -द्वारावकीर्ण a. dominated or affected by the seven gates (5 organs, mind and intellect); सप्तद्वाराकीर्णां च न वाचमनृतां वदेत् Ms.6.48 (see Kull.). -द्वीपा an epithet of the earth; पुरा सप्तद्वीपां जयति वसुधामप्रतिरथः Ś.7.33. -धातु m. pl. the seven constituent elements of the body; i. e. chyle, blood, flesh, fat, bone, marrow, and semen; (रसास्रमांस- मेदो$स्थिमज्जानः शुक्रसंयुताः). -नली birdlime. -नवतिः f. ninetyseven. -नाडीचक्रम् a kind of astrological diagram used as a means of foretelling rain. -पदी the seven steps at a marriage (the bride and bridegroom walk together seven steps, after which the marriage becomes irrevocable). -पर्णः (so सप्तच्छदः, सप्तपत्रः) N. of a tree. (-र्णी) the sensitive plant. -पातालम् the seven regions of the earth (i. e. अतल, वितल, सुतल, महातल, रसातल, तलातल and पाताल). -प्रकृतिः f. pl. the seven constituent parts of a kingdom; स्वाम्यमात्यसुहृत्कोशराष्ट्र- दुर्गबलानि च Ak.; see प्रकृति also. -भद्रः the Śirīsa tree. -भूमिक, -भौम a. seven stories high (as a palace). -मन्त्रः fire. -मातृ f. collective N. of seven mothers (i. e. ब्राह्मी, माहेश्वरी, कौमारी, वैष्णवी, वाराही, इन्द्राणी, and चामुण्डा). -मुष्टिकः a particular mixture used as a remedy for fever. -रक्तः one who has got the seven parts of the body red; (पाणिपादतले रक्ते नेत्रान्तरनखानि च । तालुकाधर- जिह्वाश्च प्रशस्ता सप्तरक्तता ॥). -रात्रम् a period of seven nights. -रुचिः fire; सप्तरुचेरिव स्फुलिङ्गाः Śi.2.53. -लोकाः the seven worlds (i. e. भूर्, भुवर्, स्वर्, महर्, जनस्, तपस्, and सत्यम्). -विंशतिः f. twentyseven. -विध a. seven-fold, of seven sorts. -शतम् 1 7. -2 17. (-ती) an aggregate or collection of 7 verses or stanzas. -शलाकः a kind of astronomical diagram used for indicating auspicious days for marriages. -शिरा betel. -सप्तिः an epithet of the sun; सर्वैरुस्रैः समग्रैस्त्वमिव नृपगुणैर्दीप्यते सप्तसप्तिः M.2.12; Ś.6.29; Ki.5.34. -स्वरः the seven musical notes (i. e. सा, रि, ग, म, प, ध, नी).
saphala सफल a. 1 Fruitful, bearing or yielding fruit, productive (fig. also). -2 Accomplished, fulfilled, successful. -3 Not emasculated; Rām. -Comp. -उदर्क a. promising success.
sam सम् I. 1 P. (समति) 1 To be confused or agitated. -2 Not to be confused or agitated. -II. 1 U. (समयति- ते) To be agitated.
sama सम a. 1 Same, identical. -2 Equal, as in समलोष्ट- काञ्चनः R.8.21; Pt.2.7; सुखदुःखे समे कृत्वा लाभालाभौ जयाजयौ Bg.2.38; समः शत्रौ च मित्रे च तथा मानापमानयोः । शीतोष्णसुख- दुःखेषु समः संगविवर्जितः ॥ 12.18. -3 Like, similar, resembling; with instr. or gen. or in comp. गुणयुक्तो दरिद्रो$पि नेश्वरैरगुणैः समः Subhāṣ.; Ku.3.13. -4 Even, level, plain; समवेशवर्तिनस्ते न दुरासदो भविष्यति Ś.1. -5 Even (as number). -6 Impartial, fair; शुनि चैव श्वपाके च पण्डिताः समदर्शिनः Bg.5.18. -7 Just, honest, upright. -8 Good, virtuous. -9 Ordinary, common. -1 Mean, middling. -11 Straight. -12 Suitable, convenient. -13 Indifferent, unmoved, unaffected by passion. -14 All, every one. -15 All, whole, entire, complete. -16 Being a pair. -17 Regular, normal. -18 Middling. -19 Easy, convenient. -मः 1 N. of certain zodiacal signs (वृष, कर्कट, कन्या, वृश्चिक, मकर, and मीन). -2 A mode of measuring time in music. -3 The point of intersection of the horizon and the meridian line. -4 A kind of straight line placed over a numerical figure to mark the process of extracting the square root. -मम् 1 A level plain, flat country; संनिपत्य शनकैरिव निम्नादन्धकारमुदवाप समानि Ki.9. 11. -2 (In rhet.) N. of a figure of speech. -3 (In geometry) A mean proportional segment. -4 Equanimity. -5 Similarity. -6 Settlement; compensation; कर्मणापि समं कुर्याद्धनिकायाधमर्णिकः Ms.8.177. -7 Good circumstances; Mk. -सम् ind. 1 With, together with, in company with, accompanied by; (with instr.); आहां निवत्स्यति समं हरिणाङ्गनाभिः Ś.1.26; R.2.25;8.63; 16.72. -2 Equally; समं सर्वेषु भूतेषु Bg.13.27.28; यथा सर्वाणि भूतानि धरा धारयते समम् Ms.9.311. -3 Like, similarly, in the same manner; यत्र स्वामी निर्विशेषं समं मृत्येषु वर्तते Pt.1.78. -4 Entirely. -5 Simultaneously, all at once, at the same time, together; नवं पयो यत्र धनैर्मया च त्वद्विप्रयोगाश्रु समं विसृष्टम् R.13.26;4.4;1.59;14.1. -6 Honestly, fairly. -Comp. -अंशः an equal share. ˚हारिन् m. a co-heir. -अङ्घ्रिक a. standing evenly on feet. -अन्तः a borderer, neighbour. -अन्तर a. parallel. -अर्थिन् a. 1 desiring equality. -2 Seeking peace with. -आकार a. similar, like. -आचारः 1 equal or similar conduct. -2 Proper practice. -आत्मक a. possessing equanimity. -उदकम् a mixture of half butter-milk and half water. -उपमा a kind of Upamā or simile. -कक्ष a. having equal weight. (-क्षा) equilibrium. -कन्या a fit or suitable girl (fit to be married). -कर्णः an equi-diagonal tetragon. -कालः the same time or moment. (-लम्) ind. at the same time, simultaneously. -कालीन a. contemporary, coeval. -कोलः a serpent, snake. -कोटिक a. of regular size (said of diamonds); Kau. A.2.11. -क्षेत्रम् (in astr.) an epithet of a particular arrangement of the Nakṣatras. -खातः an equal excavation, a parallelopipedon. -गतिः wind; मृत्युश्चापरिहारवान् समगतिः कालेन विच्छेदिना Mb.12.298.45. -गन्धकः incense. -गन्धिकम् the fragrant root of the Uśīra. -चक्रवालम् a circle. -चतुरस्र a. square. (-स्रम्) an equilateral tetragon. -चतुर्भुजः, -जम् a rhombus. -चित्त a. 1 even-minded, equable, equanimous. -2 indifferent. -छेद, -छेदन a. having the same denominator. -जाति a. homogeneous. -ज्ञा fame; तिर्य- ञ्चमप्यञ्च मृषानभिज्ञरसज्ञतोपज्ञसमज्ञमज्ञम् N.3.64. -त्रिभुजः, -जम् an equilateral triangle. -दर्शन, -दर्शिन् a. viewing equally, impartial; विद्याविनयसंपन्ने ब्राह्मणे गवि हस्तनि । शुनि चैव श्वपाके च पण्डिताः समदर्शिनः ॥ Bg.5.18. -दुःख a. feeling for another's woe, sympathising (with another); a fellow-sufferer; Ku.4.4. ˚सुख a. a companion or partner in joy and sorrow; पृष्टा जनेन समदुःखसुखेन बाला Ś.3.1. -दृश्, -दृष्टि a. impartial. -द्वादशास्रः, -स्रम् an equilateral dodecagon. -द्विभुजः a rhomboid. -धर्म a. of equal nature, resembling. -धृत a. equal to. -पदम् 1 an attitude in shooting. -2 a particular posture in sexual union. -प्रभ a. having equal splendour; तदण्डमभवद्धैमं सह- स्रांशुसमप्रभम् Ms.1.9. -बुद्धि a. 1 impartial. -2 indifferent, stoical. -भाव a. having the same nature or property. (-वः) sameness, equability. -मण्डलम् (in astr.) the prime vertical line. -मय a. of like origin. -मात्र a. of the same size or measure. -मितिः mean measure. -रञ्जित a. tinged. -रतः, -रभः a particular mode of sexual enjoyment. -रेख a. straight; प्रकृत्या यद्वक्रं तदपि समरेखं नयनयोः Ś.1.9. -लम्बः, -म्बम् a trapezoid. -लेपनी a bricklayer's instrument for levelling a plane (Mar. करणी). -वर्ण a. being of equal caste; समवर्णे द्विजातीनां द्वादशैव व्यतिक्रम Ms.8.269. -वर्णः community of caste. -वर्तिन् a. 1 equal-minded, impartial. -2 being equidistant. (-m.) Yāma, the god of death; शासितारं च पापानां पितॄणां समवर्तिनम् Mb.12.27.35. -विभक्त a. divided equally; symmetrical. -विषमम् (pl.) level and unevenground. -वृत्तम् 1 an even metre, i. e. a stanza the lines of which have all the same number of feet. -2 see सममण्डल. -वृत्ति a. equable, fair. (-त्तिः) equanimity. -वेधः mean depth. -वैषम्यतः ind. owing to partial similarity and partial dissimilarity; अर्थे समवैषम्यतो द्रव्य- कर्मणाम् MS.4.1.21. -शोधनम् equal subtraction, i. e. subtraction of the same quantity on both sides of an equation. -श्रुति a. (in music) having equal intervals. -श्रेणिः a straight line. -संधिः peace on equal terms. -सुप्तिः f. universal sleep (as at the end of a Kalpa). -सूत्र, -सूत्रस्य a. situated on the same diameter. -स्थ a. 1 equal, uniform. -2 level. -3 like. -4 being in flourishing circumstances; गतिः पतिः समस्थाया विषमे च पिता गतिः Mb.5.176.8. -स्थलम् an even ground. -स्थली the level plain, the Doab or country between the Ganges and Yamunā (अन्तर्वेदि). -स्थानम् a particular posture in Yoga (In which the legs are closely contracted).
samavāyaḥ समवायः 1 Combination, union, conjunction, aggregate, collection; तेषां समवाये एकदेशकालकतृत्वे ... एकतन्त्रत्वं भवति ŚB. on MS.12.1.1; सर्वाविनयानामेकैकमप्येषामायतनं किमुत समवायः K.; बहूनामप्यसाराणां समवायो हि दुर्जयः Pt.1. 331; Bhāg.6.9.34. -2 A number, multitude, heap. -3 Close connection, cohesion; कर्तृदेशकालानामचोदनं प्रयोगे नित्यसमवायात् MS.4.2.23. -4 (In Vaiś. phil.) Intimate union, constant and inseparable connection, inseparable inherence or existence of one thing in another, one of the seven categories of the Vaiśeṣikas; उक्तं समवाये पारदौर्बल्यम् MS.8.4.17; नित्यसंबन्धः समवायः Tarka K. -5 Conjunction of heavenly bodies; समालोक्यैकतामेव शशिनो भास्करस्य च । समवायं तु तं रौद्रं दृष्ट्वा शक्रो$न्वचिन्तयत् ॥ Mb.3. 224.16. -Comp. -संबन्धः intimate and inseparable relation.
samasyā समस्या 1 Proposing part of a stanza to another to be completed, the part of a stanza so given to be completed; कः श्रीपतिः का विषमा समस्या Subhāṣ.; (thus the lines वागर्थाविव संपृक्तौ; शतकोटिप्रविस्तरम्; तुरासाहं पुरोधाय are completed by नेमुः सर्वे सुराः शिवौ). -2 (Hence) Completing or filling up what is incomplete; गौरीव पत्या सुभगा कदाचित् कर्तेयमप्यर्धतनूसमस्याम् N.7.83 (समस्या = संघटनम्).
samāna समान a. 1 Same, one, equal, like, similar; नोप- गच्छेत् प्रमत्तो$पि स्त्रियमार्तवदर्शने । समानशयने चैव न शयीत तया सह ॥ Ms.4.4; भुजे भुजंगेन्द्रसमानसारे R.2.74; समानशीलव्यसनेषु सख्यम् Subhāṣ. -2 One, uniform. -3 Good, virtuous, just. -4 Common, general. -5 Honoured. -6 Middling, moderate. -7 Whole (as a number). -नः 1 A friend, an equal. -2 One of five life-winds or vital airs, which has its seat in the cavity of the navel and is essential to digestion. -3 A letter having the same organ of utterance. -नम् ind. Equally with, like (with instr.); जलधरेण समानमुमापतिः Ki.18.4. -Comp. -अक्षरम् N. of the vowels अ, आ, इ, ई, उ, ऊ, ऋ, ॠ, and लृ (opp. संध्यक्षर). -अधिकरण a. 1 having a common substratum. -2 being in the same category or predicament. -3 being in the same case-relation or government (in gram.); तत्पुरुषः समानाधिकरणः कर्मधारयः P.I.2.42. ˚समास The कर्मधारय compound where the expressions are in apposition to one another; समानाधिकरणसमासस्तु बलीयान् । तत्र हि स्वार्थे शब्दौ वृत्तौ भवतः । ŚB. on MS.6.1.51. (-णम्) 1 same location or predicament. -2 agreement in case, apposition. -3 a predicament including several things, a generic property. -4 common government. -अधिकारः generic characteristic. -अभिहारः A mixture of objects of the same kind; व्यवधानात् समानाभिहाराञ्च Sān. K.7. -अर्थ a. having the same meaning, synonymous. -उदकः a relative connected by the libations of water to the Manes of common ancestors; this relationship extends from the seventh (or eleventh) to the thirteenth (or fourteenth according to some) degree; समानो- दकभावस्तु निवर्तेताचतुर्दशात्; see Ms.5.6 also. -उदर्यः a brother of whole blood, uterine brother. -उपमा a kind of Upamā; सरूपशब्दवाच्यत्वात् सा समानोपमा यथा । बालेवोद्यान- मालेयं सालकाननशोभिनी ॥ Kāv.2.29. -करण a. having the same organ of utterance (said of a sound). -कर्तृक a. (in gram.) having the same subject in a sentence. -कर्मक a. (in gram.) having the same object; P.111 4.48. -काल, -कालीन a. synchronous, simultaneous. -क्षेम a. balancing each other. -गति a. agreeing together. -गोत्र = सगोत्र q. v. -जन्मन् a. of equal age; Ms.2.28. -दुःख a. sympathiser. -धर्मन् a. possessed of the same qualities, sympathising, appreciator of merits; उत्पत्स्यते$स्ति मम को$पि समानधर्मा Māl.1.6. -प्रतिपत्ति a. of equal intelligence, judicious. -मान a. equally honoured with. -यमः the same pitch of voice. -योगित्वम् being on a par with, being connected in the same way as; एवं द्रव्यैः समानयोगित्वं स्त्रीणाम् ŚB on Ms.6.1.1. -रूपा a kind of riddle in which the same words are to be understood in a literal and figurative sense. -वयस् a. of the same age. -रुचि a. agreeing in tastes. -शब्दत्वम् the state of being expressed or referred to by the same term; ऐकशब्द्यात् समानशब्दत्वादित्यर्थः ŚB. on MS.7.1.18. -शील a. of a similar disposition; समानशीलव्यसनेषु सख्यम् H. -सूत्रनिपाते ind. on the diametrically opposite side. -स्थानम् interposition.
samutpādanam समुत्पादनम् Effecting, accomplishing, producing. समुत्पिञ्ज samutpiñja समुत्पिञ्जल samutpiñjala समुत्पिञ्ज समुत्पिञ्जल a. Excessively confused or bewildered, disorganized. -जः, -लः, -लकः 1 An army in great disorder; यथा सूर्योदये राजन् समुत्पिञ्जो$भवन्महान् Mb.7.186.58. -2 Great confusion; ततः सर्वस्य रङ्गस्य समुत्पिञ्जलको$भवत् Mb.1.135.1 (com. gives another meaning as उत्फुल्लता).
samudāyaḥ समुदायः 1 A collection, multitude &c. -2 A word of more than one syllable; see समुदय. -Comp. -अनुसमयः doing a group of details as a composite whole with reference to one thing, then with another and so on, (see अनुसमय). -प्रसिद्धिः denotation of an expression or word as a whole; न चावयवप्रसिद्ध्या समुदायप्रसिद्धिर्बाध्यते इत्युक्तम् ŚB. on MS.6.8.41. -शब्दः a collective expression; नायमेकान्तः यत् समुदायशब्देन संयोज्योच्यते तत् समुदितानामेव भवतीति ŚB. on MS.11.1.2.
saṃpūrṇa संपूर्ण a. 1 Filled &c. -2 All, whole; see पूर्ण. -Comp. -काम a. filled with desire. -कालीन a. occurring at the right time. -फलभाज् a. obtaining a full reward; आचारेण तु संयुक्तः संपूर्णफलभाग्भवेत् Ms.1.19. -मूर्च्छा a particular mode of fighting. -र्णः A mode of music in which all the notes of the gamut are used. -र्णम् Ether.
saṃpratītiḥ संप्रतीतिः f. 1 Full ascertainment. -2 Compliance. -3 Fame, celebrity, notoriety; वार्यावदानेपु कृतावमर्षस्तन्व- न्नभूतामिव संप्रतीतिम् Ki.3.43.
saṃpratyayaḥ संप्रत्ययः 1 Firm conviction. -2 Agreement; त्रयाणा- मेकवाक्ये संप्रत्ययः Kau. A.1.12; एतस्मिन्नेव काले तु यथासंप्रत्ययं कविः Mb.1.149.1. -3 Notion, idea.
saṃbudh संबुध् 1 U., 4 Ā. 1 To know, understand, learn; become aware of; संभुत्सीष्ठाः सुनयनयनैर्विद्विषामीहितानि Bk. 19.3. -2 To perceive, observe, notice. -3 To wake up, rise from sleep. -Caus. 1 To inform, acquaint with, give information about; तवागतिज्ञं समबोधयन् माम् R.13.25. -2 To address, call out to. -3 To instruct. -4 To admonish, advise. -5 To wake up, rouse. -6 To explain.
sarala सरल a. [सृ-अलच् Uṇ.1.15] 1 Straight, not crooked. -2 Honest, upright, sincere, candid. -3 Simple, artless, simple-minded; सरले साहसरागं परिहर Māl.6.1; अयि सरले किमत्र मया भगवत्या शक्यम् 2. -लः 1 A kind of pine tree; विघट्टितानां सरलद्रुमाणाम् Ku.1.9; Me.55; R. 4.75; also सरला. -2 Fire. -Comp. -अङ्गः 'the exudation of Sarala', resin, turpentine. -द्रवः fragrant resin -यायिनी a plant with an erect stem.
savya सव्य a. [Uṇ4.19] 1 Left, left-hand; सव्ये प्राचीन- आवीती निवीती कण्ठसज्जने Ms.2.63. -2 Southern. -3 Contrary, backward, reverse; प्रदक्षिणं च सव्यं च ग्राममध्ये च नाचरेत् Mb.12.278.7. -4 Right. -5 Dry, not sprinkled with ghee (अनभिघृत); सव्यशब्दो रूक्षे भाष्यते । सव्या वपा इत्यनभिघृततां दर्शयति ŚB. on MS.4.1.36. -व्यः An epithet of Viṣṇu. -व्यम् ind. The usual position of the sacred thread when it hangs down over the left shoulder; cf. अपसव्य. -Comp. -अपसव्य a. 1 left and right. -2 Wrong and right, -इतर a. right; सव्येतरेण स्फुरता तदक्ष्णा R.14.49. -जानु n. a mode of fighting (by using the left knee). -बाहु n. a mode of fighting with the left arm. -साचिन् m. an epithet of Arjuna; निमित्तमात्रं भव सव्यसाचिन् Bg.11. 33.; (the name is thus derived in Mb.:-- उभौ मे दक्षिणौ पाणी गाण्डीवस्य विकर्षणे । तेन देवमनुष्येषु सव्यसाचीति मां विदुः ॥).
sāṃkhya सांख्य a. [संख्यया निर्वृत्तम् अण्] 1 Relating to number. -2 Calculating, enumerating. -3 Discriminative. -4 Deliberating, reasoning, a reasoner; त्वं गतिः सर्वसांख्यानां योगिनां त्वं परायणम् Mb. -ख्यः, -ख्यम् N. of one of the six systems of Hindu philosophy, attributed to the sage Kapila; (this philosophy is so called because it 'enumerates' twentyfive Tattvas or true principles; and its chief object is to effect the final emancipation of the twenty-fifth Tattva, i.e. the Puruṣa or soul, from the bonds of this worldly existence-the fetters of phenomenal creation -by conveying a correct knowledge of the twenty-four other Tattvas and by properly discriminating the Soul from them. It regards the whole universe as a development of an inanimate principle called Prakṛiti q. v, while the Puruṣa is altogether passive and simply a looker-on. It agrees with the Vedānta in being synthetical and so differs from the analytical Nyāya or Vaiśeṣika; but its great point of divergence from the Vedānta is that it maintains two principles which the Vedānta denies, and that it does not admit God as the creator and controller of the universe, which the Vedānta affirms); सांख्यमिव कपिला- धिष्ठितम् K. -रूयः 1 A follower of the Sāṁkhya philosophy; ज्ञानयोगेन सांख्यानां कर्मयोगेण योगिनाम् Bg.3.3; 5.5. -2 An epithet of Śiva. -Comp. -कारिका N. of a collection of 72 verses by Īśvara-Kriṣṇa. -प्रसादः, -मुख्यः epithets of Śiva.
sādhana साधन a. (-नी f.) [साध् णिच् ल्यु ल्युट् वा] 1 Accomplishing, effecting &c. -2 Procuring. -3 Conjuring up (a spirit). -4 Denoting, expresssive of. -नम् 1 Accomplishing, effecting, performing, as in स्वार्थसाधनम्. -2 Fulfilment, accomplishment, complete attiainment of an object; प्रजार्थसाधने तौ हि पर्यायोद्यतकार्मुकौ R.4.16. -3 A means, an expedient, a means of accomplishing anything; असाधना अपि प्राज्ञा बुद्धिमन्तो बहुश्रुताः । साधयन्त्याशु कार्याणि Pt.2.1; शरीरमाद्यं खलु धर्मसाधनम् Ku.5.33,52; R.1.19; 4.36,62. -4 An instrument, agent; कुठारः छिदिक्रिया- साधनम् -5 The efficient cause, source, cause in general. -6 The instrumental case. -7 Implement, apparatus. -8 Appliance, materials. -9 Matter, ingredients, substance. -1 An army or a part thereof; व्यावृत्तं च विपक्षतो भवति यत्तत्साधनं सिद्धये Mu.5.1. -11 Aid, help, assistance (in general). -12 Proof, substantiation, demonstration. -13 The hetu or middle term in a syllogism, reason, that which leads to a conclusion; साध्ये निश्चितमन्वयेन घटितं बिभ्रत् सपक्षे स्थितिं । व्यावृत्तं च विपक्षतो भवति यत्तत् साधनं सिद्धये ॥ Mu.5.1. -14 Subduing, overcoming. -15 Subduing by charms. -16 Accomplishing anything by charms or magic. -17 Healing, curing. -18 Killing, destroying; फलं च तस्य प्रतिसाधनम् Ki.14.17. -19 Conciliating, propitiating, winning over. -2 Going out, setting forward, departure. -21 Going after, following. -22 Penance, self-mortification. -23 Attainment of final beatitude. -24 A medicinal preparation, drug, medicine. -25 (In law) Enforcement of the the delivery of anything, or of the payment of debt, infliction of fine. -26 A bodily organ. -27 The penis. -28 An udder. -29 Wealth. -3 Friendship. -31 Profit, advantage. -32 Burning a dead body. -33 Obsequies. -34 Killing or oxydation of metals. -35 Proof, argument. -36 Conflict, battle. -37 (In gram.) Instrument, agent. -38 Making ready, preparation. -39 Gain, acquisition. -4 Calculation. -Comp. -अध्यक्षः Superintendent or captain of the military forces. -अर्ह a. worthy of being proved or accomplished. -क्रिया 1 a finite verb. -2 an action connected with a Kāraka. -क्षम a. admitting proof. -निर्देशः production of proof. -पत्रम् a document used as evidence.
sāntara सान्तर a. 1 Having interstices or intervals. -2 Open in texture. -3 Not steadfast or firm; सान्तरं तु प्रतिज्ञाते राज्ञो द्रोणेन निग्रहे Mb.7.12.29.
sāmānya सामान्य a. [समानस्य भावः ष्यञ्] 1 Common, general; सामान्यमेषां प्रथमावरत्वम् Ku.7.44; आहारनिद्राभयमैथुनं च सामान्यमेतत् पशुभिर्नराणाम् Subhāṣ; R.14.67; Ku.2.26. -2 Alike, equal, same; सामान्यप्रतिपत्तिपूर्वकमियं दारेषु दृश्या त्वया Ś.4.17. -3 Ordinary, of an average or middle degree; सामान्यास्तु परार्थमुद्यमभृतः स्वार्थाविरोधेन ये Bh.2.74. -4 Vulgar, commonplace, insignificant. -5 Entire, whole. -न्यम् 1 Community, generality, universality. -2 Common or generic property, general characteristic; नित्यमेकमनेकसमवेतं सामान्यम् Tarka K. -3 Totality, entireness. -4 Kind, sort. -5 Identity. -6 Equanimity, equability. -7 Public affairs. -8 A general proposition; उक्तिरर्थान्तरन्यासः स्यात् सामान्यविशेषयोः Chandr.5.12. -9 (In Rhet.) A figure of speech thus defined by Mammaṭa:- प्रस्तुतस्य यदन्येन गुणसाम्यविवक्षया । ऐकात्म्यं बध्यते योगात्तत् सामान्यमिति स्मृतम् ॥ K. P.1. -1 A general statement or expression; न सामान्यं विशेषानभिवदति ŚB. on MS.1.8.16. -न्यम् ind. jointly, in common; तैः सार्धं चिन्तयेन्नित्यं सामान्यं संधिविग्रहम् Ms.7.56. -न्या A harlot, prostitute. -comp. -ज्ञानम् knowledge or perception of generic properties. -पक्षः the mean. -पदार्थः the category called सामान्य or generality. -प्रतिपत्तिपूर्वकम् ind. with equal respect; Ś.4. 16. -लक्षणम् a generic definition; इति द्रव्यसामान्यलक्षणानि Tarka K. -वचन a. expressing a common property; P.II.1.55. -2 expressing a general notion; III. 4.5. (-नम्) a substantive. -वनिता a common woman, prostitute. -वाचिन् a. expressive of generality or genus; न हि सामान्यवाची शब्दो विशेषानभिवदति ŚB. on MS.1.8. 16. -शासनम् an edict applicable to all. -शास्त्रम् a general rule.
sāmānyataḥ सामान्यतः ind. Commonly, generally, usually. -Comp. -दृष्टम् (in logic) a kind of inference (neither deduced from the relation of cause to effect, nor from that of effect to cause); सामान्यतोदृष्टं च यदव्यभचारि तत् प्रमाणम् ŚB. on MS.7.4.12. ˚सम्बन्धम् variety of अनुमान where the connection between the लिङ्ग and the लिङ्गिन् or साध्य is not directly perceptible; सामान्यतोदृष्टसम्बन्धं यथा देवदत्तस्य गतिपूर्विकां देशान्तरप्राप्तिमुपलभ्य आदित्यगतिस्मरणम् ŚB. on MS.1.1.5.
sāṃpriyaka सांप्रियक a. Inhabited by people who are dear to one another.
sāraṇā सारणा 1 A kind of process to which metals. particularly mercury, are subjected. -2 Stretching out, extension. -3 Producing a sound or note.
sārūpyam सारूप्यम् 1 Sameness of form, similarity, likeness. conformity, resemblance; अन्तर्वृत्तिसारूप्यतः Māl.5. -2 Assimilation to the deity (one of the four states of Mukti). -3 (In dramas) An angry treatment of one mistaken for another through resemblance; सारूप्यमभि- भूतस्य सारूप्यात् क्षोभवर्तनम् S. D.464. -4 Surprise at seeing an object or its likeness seen elsewhere. -a. Fit, proper, suitable.
sālokyam सालोक्यम् 1 Being in the same world or sphere with another. -2 Residence in the same heaven with any deity, (one of the four stages of beatitude).
sāvitrī सावित्री 1 A ray of light. -2 N. of a celebrated verse of the Rigveda, so called because it is addressed to the sun; it is also called गायत्री; q.v. for further information. -3 The ceremony of investiture with the sacred thread; आ षोडशाद् ब्राह्मणस्य सावित्री नातिवर्तते Ms.2.38. -4 N. of a wife of Brahman. -5 N. of Pārvatī. -6 N. of a wife of Kaśyapa. -7 An epithet of Sūryā (daughter of Savitṛi). -8 N. of the wife of Satyavat, king of Sālva. [She was the only daughter of king Aśvapati. She was so lovely that all the suitors that came to woo her were repulsed by her superior lustre, and thus though she reached a marriageable age, she found no one ready to espouse her. At last her father asked her to go and find out a husband of her own choice. She did so, and having made her selection returned to her father, and told him that she had chosen Satyavat, son of Dyumatsena, king of Sālva, who being driven out from his kingdom was then leading a hermit's life along with his wife. When Nārada, who happened to be present there, heard this, he told her as well as Aśvapati that he was very sorry to hear of the choice she had made, for though Satyavat was in every way worthy of her, yet he was fated to die in a year from that date, and in choosing him, therefore, Sāvitrī would be only choosing life-long widow-hood and misery. Her parents, therfore, naturally tried to dissuade her mind, but the high-souled maiden told them that her choice was unalterably fixed. Accordingly the marriage took place in due time, and Sāvitrī laid aside her jewels and rich apparel, and putting on the coarse garments of hermits, spent her time in serving her old father and mother-in-law. Still, though outwardly happy, she could not forget the words of Nārada, and as she counted, the days seemed to fly swifitly like moments, and the fated time, when her husband was to die, drew near. 'I have yet three days' thought she, 'and for these three days I shall observe a rigid fast.' She maintained her vow, and on the fourth day, when Satyavat was about to go to the woods to bring sacrificial fuel, she accompanied him. After having collected some fuel, Satyavat, being fatigued, sat down, and reposing his head on the bosom of Sāvitrī fell asleep. Just then Yama came down, snatched off his soul, and proceeded towards the south. Sāvitrī saw this and followed the god who told her to return as her husband's term of life was over. But the faithful wife besought Yama in so pathetic a strain that he granted her boon after boon, except the life of her husband, until, being quite subdued by her devotion to her husband and the force of her eloquent appeal, the god relented and restored even the spirit of Satyavat to her. Delighted she returned, and found her husband as if roused from a deep sleep, and informing him of all that had occurred, went to the hermitage of her father-in-law who soon reaped the fruits of the boons of Yama. Sāvitrī is regarded as the beau ideal or highest pattern of conjugal fidelity, and a young married woman is usually blessed by elderly females with the words जन्मसावित्री भव, thus placing before her the example of Sāvitrī for lifelong imitation.] -Comp. -पतितः, -परिभ्रष्टः a man of any one of the first three castes not invested with the sacred thread at the proper time; cf. व्रात्य; सावित्रीपतिता व्रात्या व्रात्यस्तोमादृते क्रतोः Y.1.38; Ms.2.39; तान् सावित्रीपरिभ्रष्टान् व्रात्यानिति विनि- र्दिशेत् Ms.1.2. -व्रतम् N. of a particular fast kept by Hindu women on the last three days of the bright half of Jyeṣṭha to preserve them from widowhood. -सूत्रम् the sacred thread (यज्ञोपवीत).
sāhāyyam साहाय्यम् 1 Assistance, help, succour. -2 Friendship, alliance. -3 (In drama) Helping another in danger; S. D. -Comp. -कर a. helping. -दानम् the giving of aid.
siddha सिद्ध p. p. 1 Accomplished, effected, performed, achieved, completed. -2 Gained, obtained, acquired. -3 Succeeded, successful; one who has attained his object; याताबला व्रजं सिद्धा मयेमा रंस्थथ क्षपाः Bhāg.1.22.27. -4 Settled, established; नैसर्गिकी सुरभिणः कुसुमस्य सिद्धा मूर्ध्नि स्थितिर्न चरणैरवताडनानि U.1.14. -5 Proved, demonstrated, substantiated; तस्मादिन्द्रियं प्रत्यक्षप्रमाणमिति सिद्धम् T. S.; साक्षिप्रत्ययसिद्धानि (कार्याणि) Ms.8.178. -6 Valid, sound (as a rule). -7 Admitted to be true. -8 Decided, adjudicated (as a law-suit). -9 Paid, discharged, liquidated (as debt). -1 Cooked, dressed (as food); अभ्रच्छाया खलप्रीतिः सिद्धमन्नं च योषितः । किंचित्कालोपभोग्यानि यौवनानि धनानि च ॥Pt.2.117. -11 Matured, ripened. -12 Thoroughly prepared, compounded, cooked together (as drugs). -13 Ready (as money). -14 Subdued, won over, subjugated (as by magic). -15 Brought under subjection, become propitious. -16 Thoroughly conversant with or skilled in, proficient in; as in रस- सिद्ध q. v. -17 Perfected, sanctified (as by penance); अप्रमत्तो$खिलस्वार्थे यदि स्यात् सिद्ध आत्मनि Bhāg.11.23.29. -18 Emancipated. -19 Endowed with supernatural powers or faculties. -2 Pious, sacred, holy. -21 Divine, immortal, eternal. -22 Celebrated, well-known, illustrious; अथर्वशिरसि प्रोक्तैर्मन्त्रैः सिद्धां विधानतः Rām.1.15.2; एवं तौ लोकसिद्धाभिः क्रीडाभिश्चेरतुर्वने Mb.1.18.16. -23 Shining, splendid. -24 Hit (as a mark). -25 Peculiar, singular. -26 Invariable, unalterable. -27 Satisfied; Bhāg.11.23.29. -द्धः 1 A semi-divine being supposed to be of great purity and holiness, and said to be particularly characterized by eight supernatural faculties called Siddhis q. v.; उद्वेजिता वृष्टिभिराश्रयन्ते शृङ्गाणि यस्यातप- वन्ति सिद्धाः Ku.1.5. -2 An inspired sage or seer (like Vyāsa). -3 Any sage or seer, a prophet; सिद्धादेश Ratn.1. -4 One skilled in magical arts, a magician. -5 A law-suit, judicial trial. -6 A kind of hard sugar. -7 The dark thorn-apple. -8 One who has attained his object; सिद्धः कचो वत्स्यति मत्सकाशे Mb.1.76.7. -द्धम् Sea-salt. -Comp. -अङ्गना, -योषित् a beatified woman, a female siddha. -अञ्जनम् magical ointment or collyrium; वसुपूर्णन् कलशान् सिद्धाञ्जनेन ज्ञात्वा Dk.1.4. -अन्तः 1 the established end. -2 the demonstrated conclusion of an argument, established view of any question, the true logical conclusion (following on the refutation of the Pūrvapakṣa). -3 a proved fact, established truth, dogma, settled doctrine. -4 any established text-book resting on conclusive evidence; मध्येसभं दैवविदः सर्वसिद्धान्त- पारगाः Śiva B.6.8. ˚कोटिः f. the point in an argument which is regarded as a logical conclusion. ˚कौमुदी N. of a celebrated commentary on Pāṇini's grammar by भट्टोजी- दीक्षित. ˚पक्षः the logically correct side of an argument. -अन्नम् cooked food. -अर्थ a. one who has accomplished his desired object, successful. (-र्थः) 1 white mustard; यन्त्रस्थसिद्धार्थपदाभिषेकं लब्ध्वाप्यसिद्धार्थममन्यत स्वम् N.1.6; अविरललग्नगौरसिद्धार्थकप्रकारतया काञ्चनरसखचितामिव मालाम् K. (Pūrvabhāga); Bhāg.4.9.59. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 of the great Buddha. -आदेशः 1 the prediction of a seer. -2 a prophet, fortune-teller. -आपगा f. the river Gaṅgā. -आसनम् a particular posture in religious meditation. -औषधम् a specific panacea. -काम a. having the wishes fulfilled. -क्षेत्रम् the abode of sages or Siddhas. -गङ्गा, -नदी, -सिन्धुः the celestial Ganges. -ग्रहः N. of a particular kind of madness or dementia. -जलम्, -सलिलम् sour rice-gruel. -देवः N. of Śiva. -द्रव्यम् any magical object. -धातुः quick-silver. -नरः sorcerer, fortune-teller. -पक्षः the established or logical side of an argument. -पथः the atmosphere; छिन्नाः सिद्धपथे देवा- र्लघुहस्तैः सहस्रधा Bhāg.6.1.25. -पुरुषः = सिद्धः (1,3,4) above. -पुष्पः the Karavīra plant. -प्रयोजनः white mustard. -मानस a. having a completely satisfied mind. -मोदकः sugar prepared from bamboo-manna. -यात्रिकः one wandering about for the acquisition of magical power; Pt.5. -योगः magical agency. -योगिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -रस a. mineral;, metallic. (-सः) 1 quick-silver; अयोविकारे स्वरितत्वमिष्यते कुतो$यसां सिद्धरस- स्पृशामपि N.9.42. -2 an alchemist. -रूपम् the right or correct thing. -लक्ष a. one who has hit the mark. -लोकः the world of the Blest (सिद्ध). -वस्तिः a strong injection (of oil &c.); Suśr. -विद्या the doctrine relating to perfect beings. -वेदनः an elephant having perfect sensitivity; Mātaṅga L.8.25. -व्यञ्जनः an ascetic-spy; सिद्धव्यञ्जनैर्माणवप्रकाशनम् Kau. A.4. -संकल्प a. one who has accomplished his desired object. -संबन्ध a. one whose kindred are well known. -साधकः N. of Śiva. -साधनः white mustard. (-नम्) 1 the performance of magical rites for the acquisition of supernatural powers &c. -2 the materials employed in mystical or chemical processes. -साधित a. one who has learned by practice (not by study). -साध्य a. accomplished, proved. (-ध्यम्) a dogma, demonstrated conclusion. -सिद्ध a. thoroughly efficacious. -सेनः N. of Kārtikeya. -स्थाली the boiler or pot of a seer (it is supposed to be a vessel which is gifted with the property of overflowing with any kind of food at the desire of the possessor). -हेमन् purified gold.
siddhāntin सिद्धान्तिन् m. 1 One who establishes a conclusion after noticing and answering objections (or पूर्वपक्ष). -2 One learned in scientific text-books. -3 A follower of the Mīmāṁsā philosophy.
sindhuḥ सिन्धुः [स्यन्द्-द्-अद् संप्रसारणं दस्य धश्च Tv.; Uṇ.1.11] 1 The sea, ocean; तावत् त्रिभुवनं सद्यः कल्पान्तैधितसिन्धवः Bhāg. 3.11.3. -2 The Indus. -3 The country around the Indus. -4 N. of a river in Mālavā; वेणीभूतप्रतनुसलिला तामतीतस्य सिन्धुः Me.29 (where Malli.'s remark सिन्धुर्नाम नदी तु कुत्रापि नास्ति is gratuitous); पारासिन्धुसंभेदमवगाह्य नगरी- मेव प्रविशावः Māl.4. 9/1 (see Dr. Bhāndārkar's note ad loc.). -5 The water ejected from an elephant's trunk. -6 The juice exuding from the temples of an elephant. -7 An elephant. -8 N. of Varuṇa. -9 White borax. -1 A kind of musical mode (राग). -pl. The inhabitants of the Sindhu country. -f. 1 A great river or river in general; पिबत्यसौ पाययते च सिन्धूः R.13.9; Me.48; Ś.5.21; Ku.3.6;5.85. -2 The river Sindhu. -Comp. -उत्थम्, -उपलम् rock-salt. -कन्या N. of Lakshmī -कफः cuttle-fish bone. -खेलः the country Sindha. -ज, -जन्मन् a. 1 aquatic. -2 river-born. -3 Sea-born, born in the Sindha country. (-जः) the moon. (-जम्) rock-salt. -जा f. N. of Lakṣmī. -नन्दनः, -पुत्रः the moon. -नाथः the ocean. -पर्णी, -वेषणम् Gmelina Arborea (Mar. थोरशिवणी). -पिबः N. of Agastya. -पुष्पः a conch-shell. -मन्थजम् rock-salt. -राजः, -पतिः N. of Jayadratha; Ve.3. -लवणम् rock-salt. -वारः a horse of good breed (brought from Sindha or Persia). -शयनः N. of Viṣṇu. -सङ्गमः confluence of rivers; (also with the ocean). -सागरः the country between the mouths of the Indus and the sea. -सौवीराः N. of a people inhabiting the country round the Indus.
su सु ind. A particle often used with nouns to form Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhī compounds, and with adjectives and adverbs. It has the following senses:-1 Well, good, excellent; as in सुगन्धि. -2 Beautiful, handsome; as in सुमध्यमा, सुकेशी &c. -3 Well, perfectly, thoroughly, properly; सुजीर्णमन्नं सुविचक्षणः सुतः सुशासिता स्त्री नृपतिः सुसेवितः ......सुदीर्घकाले$पि न याति विक्रियाम् H.1.22. -4 Easily, readily, as in सुकर or सुलभ q. v. -5 Much, very much, exceedingly; सुदारुण, सुदीर्घ &c. -6 Worthy of respect or reverence. -7 It is also said to have the senses of assent, prosperity, and distress. -Comp. -अक्ष a. 1 having good eyes. -2 having keen organs, acute. -अङ्ग a. well-shaped, handsome, lovely. -अच्छ a. see s. v. -अन्त a. having happy end, ending well. -अल्प, -अल्पक a. see s. v. -अस्ति, -अस्तिक see s. v. -आकार, -आकृति a. well-formed, handsome, beautiful. -आगत see s. v. -आदानम् taking justly or properly; स्वादानाद्वर्णसंसर्गात्त्वबलानां च रक्षणात् । बलं संजायते राज्ञः स प्रेत्येह च वर्धते ॥ Ms.8.172. -आभास a. very splendid or illustrious; सारतो न विरोधी नः स्वाभासो भरवानुत Ki.15. 22. -इष्ट a. properly sacrificed; स्विष्टं यजुर्भिः प्रणतो$स्मि यज्ञम् Bhāg.4.7.41. ˚कृत् m. a form of fire; धर्मादिभ्यो यथान्यायं मन्त्रैः स्विष्टकृतं बुधः Bhāg.11.27.41. -उक्त a. well-spoken, well-said; अथवा सूक्तं खलु केनापि Ve.3. (-क्ता) a kind of bird (सारिका). (-क्तम्) 1 a good or wise saying; नेतुं वाञ्छति यः खलान् पथि सतां सूक्तैः सुधा- स्यन्दिभिः Bh.2.6; R.15.97. -2 a Vedic hymn, as in पुरुषसूक्त &c. ˚दर्शिन् m. a hymn-seer, Vedic sage. ˚वाकन्यायः A rule of interpretation according to which some thing that is declared as being subordinate to something else should be understood to signify a part or whole on the basis of expediency or utility. This is discussed by जैमिनि and शबर at MS.3.2.15-18. ˚वाच् f. 1 a hymn. -2 praise, a word of praise. -उक्तिः f. 1 a good or friendly speech. -2 a good or clever saying. -3 a correct sentence. -उत्तर a. 1 very superior. -2 well towards the north. -उत्थान a. making good efforts, vigorous, active. (-नम्) vigorous effort or exertion. -उन्मद, -उन्माद a. quite mad or frantic. -उपसदन a. easy to be approached. -उपस्कर a. furnished with good instruments. -कण्टका the aloe plant. -कण्ठ a. sweetvoiced. (-ण्ठी) the female cuckoo. -कण्डुः itch. -कन्दः 1 an onion. -2 a yam. -3 a sort of grass. -कन्दकः onion. -कर a. (-रा or -री f.) 1 easy to be done, practicable, feasible; वक्तुं सुकरं कर्तुं (अध्यवसातुं) दुष्करम् Ve.3 'sooner said than done'. -2 easy to be managed. (-रः) a good-natured horse. (-रा) a tractable cow. (-रम्) charity, benevolence. -कर्मन् a. 1 one whose deeds are righteous, virtuous, good. -2 active, diligent. (-m.) N. of Visvakarman. -कल a. one who has acquired a great reputation for liberality in giving and using (money &c,) -कलिल a. well filled with. -कल्प a. very qualified or skilled; कालेन यैर्वा विमिताः सुकल्पैर्भूपांसवः खे मिहिका द्युभासः Bhāg.1.14.7. -कल्पित a. well equipped or armed. -कल्य a. perfectly sound. -काण्डः the Kāravella plant. -काण्डिका the Kāṇḍīra creeper. -काण्डिन् a. 1 having beautiful stems. -2 beautifully joined. (-m.) a bee. -काष्ठम् fire-wood. -कुन्दकः an onion. -कुमार a. 1 very delicate or soft, smooth. -2 beautifully young or youthful. (-रः) 1 a beautiful youth. -2 a kind of sugar-cane. -3 a kind of grain (श्यामाक). -4 a kind of mustard. -5 the wild Champaka. (-रा) 1 the double jasmine. -2 the plantain. -3 the great-flowered jasmine. -कुमारकः 1 a beautiful youth. -2 rice (शालि). (-कम्) 1 the Tamālapatra. -2 a particutar part of the ear. -कुमारी the Navamallikā jasmine. -कृत् a. 1 doing good, benevolent. -2 pious, virtuous, righteous. -3 wise, learned. -4 fortunate, lucky. -5 making good sacrifices or offerings. (-m.) 1 a skilful worker. -2 N. of Tvaṣṭri. -कृत a. 1 done well or properly. -2 thoroughly done; कच्चिन्नु सुकृतान्येव कृतरूपाणि वा पुनः । विदुस्ते सर्वकार्याणि Rām.2.1.2. -3 well made or constructed. -4 treated with kindness, assisted, befriended. -5 virtuous, righteous, pious. -6 lucky, fortunate. (-तम्) 1 any good or virtuous act, kindness, favour, service; नादत्ते कस्यचित् पापं न चैव सुकृतं विभुः Bg.5.15; Me.17. -2 virtue, moral or religious merit; स्वर्गाभिसंधिसुकृतं वञ्चनामिव मेनिरे Ku.6.47; तच्चिन्त्यमानं सुकृतं तवेति R.14.16. -3 fortune, auspiciousness. -4 recompense, reward. -5 Penance; तदभूरिवासरकृतं सुकृतैरुप- लभ्य वैभवमनन्यभवम् Ki.6.29. -कृतिः f. 1 well-doing, a good act. -2 kindness, virtue. -3 practice of penance. -4 auspiciousness. -कृतिन् a. 1 acting well or kindly. -2 virtuous, pious, good, righteous; सन्तः सन्तु निरापदः सुकृतिनां कीर्तिश्चिरं वर्धताम् H.4.132; चतुर्विधा भजन्ते मां जनाः सुकृतिनो$र्जुन Bg.7.16. -3 wise, learned. -4 benevolent. -5 fortunate, lucky. -कृत्यम् a good action; सुकृत्यं विष्णु- गुप्तस्य मित्राप्तिर्भार्गवस्य च Pt.2.45. -केश(स)रः the citron tree. -क्रतुः 1 N. of Agni. -2 of Śiva. -3 of Indra. -4 of Mitra and Varuṇa. -5 of the sun. -6 of Soma. -क्रयः a fair bargain. -क्षेत्र a. sprung from a good womb. -खल्लिका luxurious life. -ग a. 1 going gracefully or well. -2 graceful, elegant. -3 easy of access; अकृत्यं मन्यते कृत्यमगम्यं मन्यते सुगम् । अभक्ष्यं मन्यते भक्ष्यं स्त्रीवाक्यप्रेरितो नरः ॥ Pt.2.148. -4 intelligible, easy to be understood (opp. दुर्ग). (-गः) a Gandharva; गीतैः सुगा वाद्यधराश्च वाद्यकैः Bhāg.1.12.34. (-गम्) 1 ordure, feces. -2 happiness. -गण् m. a good calculator; L. D. B. -a. counting well. -गणकः a good calculator or astronomer. -गत a. 1 well-gone or passed. -2 well-bestowed. (-तः) an epithet of Buddha. -गतिः 1 Welfare, happiness. -2 a secure refuge. -गन्धः 1 fragrance, odour, perfume. -2 sulphur. -3 a trader. (-न्धम्) 1 sandal. -2 small cumin seed. -3 a blue lotus. -4 a kind of fragrant grass. (-न्धा) sacred basil. -गन्धकः 1 sulphur. -2 the red Tulasee. -3 the orange. -4 a kind of gourd, -गन्धमूला a land-growing lotus-plant; L. D. B. -गन्धारः an epithet of Śiva. -गन्धि a. 1 sweet-smelling, fragrant, redolent with perfumes. -2 virtuous, pious. (-न्धिः) 1 perfume, fragrance. -2 the Supreme Being. -3 a kind of sweet-smelling mango. (-न्धि n.) 1 the root of long pepper. -2 a kind of fragrant grass. -3 coriander seed. ˚त्रिफला 1 nutmeg. -2 areca nut. -3 cloves. ˚मूलम् the root Uśīra. ˚मूषिका the musk-rat. -गन्धिकः 1 incense. -2 sulphur. -3 a kind of rice. (-कम्) the white lotus. -गम a. 1 easy of access, accessible. -2 easy. -3 plain, intelligible. -गरम् cinnabar. -गहना an enclosure round a place of sacrifice to exclude profane access. ˚वृत्तिः f. the same as above. -गात्री a beautiful woman. -गृद्ध a. intensely longing for. -गृह a. (-ही f.) having a beautiful house or abode, well-lodged; सुगृही निर्गृहीकृता Pt.1.39. -गृहीत a. 1 held well or firmly, grasped. -2 used or applied properly or auspiciously. ˚नामन् a. 1 one whose name is auspiciously invoked, one whose name it is auspicious to utter (as Bali, Yudhiṣṭhira), a term used as a respectful mode of speaking; सुगृहीतनाम्नः भट्टगोपालस्य पौत्रः Māl.1. -ग्रासः a dainty morsel. -ग्रीव a. having a beautiful neck. (-वः) 1 a hero. -2 a swan. -3 a kind of weapon. -4 N. of one of the four horses of Kṛiṣṇa. -5 of Śiva. -6 of Indra. -7 N. of a monkey-chief and brother of Vāli. [By the advice of Kabandha, Rāma went to Sugrīva who told him how his brother had treated him and besought his assistance in recovering his wife, promising at the same time that he would assist Rāma in recovering his wife Sīta. Rāma, therfore, killed vāli, and installed Sugrīva on the throne. He then assisted Rāma with his hosts of monkeys in conquering Rāvaṇa, and recovering Sīta.] ˚ईशः N. of Rāma; सुग्रीवेशः कटी पातु Rāma-rakṣā.8. -ग्ल a. very weary or fatigued. -घोष a. having a pleasant sound. (-षः) N. of the conch of Nakula; नकुलः सहदेवश्च सुघोषमणपुष्पकौ Bg.1.16. -चक्षुस् a. having good eyes, seeing well. (-m.) 1 discerning or wise man, learned man. -2 The glomerous fig-tree. -चरित, -चरित्र a. 1 well-conducted, well-behaved; वृषभैकादशा गाश्च दद्यात् सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.116. -2 moral, virtuous; तान् विदित्वा सुचरितैर्गूढैस्तत्कर्मकारिभिः Ms.9.261. (-तम्, -त्रम्) 1 good conduct, virtuous deeds. -2 merit; तव सुचरितमङ्गुलीय नूनं प्रतनु Ś.6.1. (-ता, -त्रा) a well-conducted, devoted, and virtuous wife. -चर्मन् m. the Bhūrja tree. -चित्रकः 1 a king fisher. -2 a kind of speckled snake. -चित्रा a kind of gourd. -चिन्ता, -चिन्तनम् deep thought, deep reflection or consideration. -चिरम् ind. for a very long time, very long. -चिरायुस् m. a god, deity. -चुटी a pair of nippers or tongs. -चेतस् a. 1 well-minded. -2 wise. -चेतीकृत a. with the heart satiated; welldisposed; ततः सुचेतीकृतपौरभृत्यः Bk.3.2. -चेलकः a fine cloth. -च्छद a. having beautiful leaves. -छत्रः N. of Śiva. (-त्रा) the river Sutlej. -जन a. 1 good, virtuous, respectable. -2 kind, benevolent. (-नः) 1 a good or virtuous man, benevolent man. -2 a gentleman. -3 N. of Indra's charioteer. -जनता 1 goodness, kindness, benevolence, virtue; ऐश्वर्यस्य विभूषणं सुजनता Bh.2. 82. -2 a number of good men. -3 bravery. -जन्मन् a. 1 of noble or respectable birth; या कौमुदी नयनयोर्भवतः सुजन्मा Māl.1.34. -2 legitimate, lawfully born. -जलम् a lotus. -जल्पः 1 a good speech. -2 a kind of speech thus described by Ujjvalamaṇi; यत्रार्जवात् सगाम्भीर्यं सदैन्यं सहचापलम् । सोत्कण्ठं च हरिः स्पृष्टः स सुजल्पो निगद्यते ॥ -जात a. 1 well-grown, tall. -2 well made or produced. -3 of high birth. -4 beautiful, lovely; सुजातं कल्याणी भवतु कृत- कृत्यः स च युवा Māl.1.16; R.3.8. -5 very delicate; खिद्यत् सुजाताङ्घ्रितलामुन्निन्ये प्रेयसीं प्रियः Bhāg.1.3.31. -डीनकम् a kind of flight of birds; Mb.8.41.27 (com. पश्चाद् गतिः पराडीनं स्वर्गगं सुडीनकम्). -तनु a. 1 having a beautiful body. -2 extremely delicate or slender, very thin. -3 emaciated. (-नुः, -नूः f.) a lovely lady; एताः सुतनु मुखं ते सख्यः पश्यन्ति हेमकूटगताः V.1.1; Ś.7.24. -तन्त्री a. 1 well-stringed. -2 (hence) melodious. -तपस् a. 1 one who practises austere penance; a वानप्रस्थ; स्विष्टिः स्वधीतिः सुतपा लोकाञ्जयति यावतः Mb.12.71.3. -2 having great heat. (-m.) 1 an ascetic, a devotee, hermit, an anchorite. -2 the sun. (-n.) an austere penance. -तप्त a. 1 greatly harassed, afflicted. -2 very severe (as a penance); तपसैव सुतप्तेन मुच्यन्ते किल्बिषात्ततः Ms.11.239. -तमाम् ind. most excellently, best. -तराम् ind. 1 better, more excellently. -2 exceedingly, very, very much, excessively; तया दुहित्रा सुतरां सवित्री स्फुरत्प्रभामण्डलया चकाशे Ku.1.24; सुतरां दयालुः R.2.53;7.21;14.9;18.24. -3 more so, much more so; मय्यप्यास्था न ते चेत्त्वयि मम सुतरा- मेष राजन् गतो$ स्मि Bh.3.3. -4 consequently. -तर्दनः the (Indian) cuckco. -तर्मन् a. good for crossing over; सुतर्माणमधिनावं रुहेम Ait. Br.1.13; (cf. also यज्ञो वै सुतर्मा). -तलम् 1 'immense depth', N. of one of the seven regions below the earth; see पाताल; (याहि) सुतलं स्वर्गीभिः प्रार्थ्यं ज्ञातिभिः परिवारितः Bhāg.8.22.33. -2 the foundation of a large building. -तान a. melodious. -तार a. 1 very bright. -2 very loud; सुतारैः फूत्कारैः शिव शिव शिवेति प्रतनुमः Bh.3.2. -3 having a beautiful pupil (as an eye). (-रः) a kind of perfume. (-रा) (in Sāṁkhya) one of the nine kinds of acquiescence. -तिक्तकः the coral tree. -तीक्ष्ण a. 1 very sharp. -2 very pungent. -3 acutely painful. (-क्ष्णः) 1 the Śigru tree. -2 N. of a sage; नाम्ना सुतीक्ष्णश्चरितेन दान्तः R.13.41. ˚दशनः an epithet of Śiva. -तीर्थः 1 a good preceptor. -2 N. of Śiva. -a. easily crossed or traversed. -तुङ्ग a. very lofty or tall. (-ङ्गः) 1 the cocoa-nut tree. -2 the culminating point of a planet. -तुमुल a. very loud. -तेजन a. well-pointed, sharpened. (-नः) a well-pointed arrow. -तेजस् a. 1 very sharp. -2 very bright, or splendid. -3 very mighty. (-m.) a worshipper of the sun. -दक्षिण a. 1 very sincere or upright. -2 liberal or rich in sacrificial gifts; यज्ञैर्भूरिसुदक्षिणैः सुविहितैः संप्राप्यते यत् फलम् Pt.1. 31. -3 very skilful. -4 very polite. (-णा) N. of the wife of Dilīpa; तस्य दाक्षिण्यरूढेन नाम्ना मगधवंशजा पत्नी सुदक्षिणेत्यासीत् R.1.31;3.1. -दण्डः a cane, ratan. -दत् a. (-ती f.) having handsome teeth; जगाद भूयः सुदतीं सुनन्दा R.6.37. -दन्तः 1 a good tooth. -2 an actor; a dancer. (-न्ती) the female elephant of the north-west quarter. -दर्श a. lovely, gracious looking; सुदर्शः स्थूललक्षयश्च न भ्रश्येत सदा श्रियः Mb.12.56.19 (com. सुदर्शः प्रसन्नवक्त्रः). -दर्शन a. (-ना or -नी f.) 1 good-looking, beautiful, handsome. -2 easily seen. (-नः) the discus of Viṣṇu; as in कृष्णो$प्यसु- दर्शनः K. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 of mount Meru. -4 a vulture. (-नी, -नम्) N. of Amarāvatī, Indra's capital. (-नम्) N. of Jambudvīpa. -दर्शना 1 a handsome woman. -2 a woman. -3 an order, a command. -4 a kind of drug. -दास् a. very bountiful. -दान्तः a Buddhist. -दामन् a. one who gives liberally. (-m.) 1 a cloud. -2 a mountain. -3 the sea. -4 N. of Indra's elephant. -5 N. of a very poor Brāhmaṇa who came to Dvārakā with only a small quantity of parched rice as a present to his friend Kṛiṣṇa, and was raised by him to wealth and glory. -दायः 1 a good or auspicious gift. -2 a special gift given on particular solemn occasions. -3 one who offers such a gift. -दिनम् 1 a happy or auspicious day. -2 a fine day or weather (opp दुर्दिनम्); so सुदिनाहम् in the same sense. -दिह् a. well-polished, bright. -दीर्घ a. very long or extended. (-र्घा) a kind of cucumber. -दुराधर्ष a. 1 very hard to get. -2 quite intolerable. -दुरावर्त a. a very hard to be convinced. -दुरासद a. unapproachable. -दुर्जर a. very difficult to be digested. -दुर्मनस् a. very troubled in mind. -दुर्मर्ष a. quite intolerable. -दुर्लभ a. very scarce or rare. -दुश्चर a. 1 inaccessible. -2 very painful. -दुश्चिकित्स a. very difficult to be cured. -दुष्प्रभः a chameleon. -दूर a. very distant or remote. (-सुदूरम् means 1 to a great distance. -2 to a very high degree, very much; सुदूरं पीडयेत् कामः शरद्गुणनिरन्तरः Rām.4.3.12. -सुदूरात् 'from afar, from a distance'). -दृढ a. very firm or hard, compact. -दृश् a. having beautiful eyes. (-f.) a pretty woman. -देशिकः a good guide. -धन्वन् a. having an excellent bow. (-m.) 1 a good archer or bowman. -2 Ananta, the great serpent. -3 N. of Viśvakarman. ˚आचार्यः a mixed caste; वैश्यात्तु जायते व्रात्यात् सुधन्वाचार्य एव च Ms.1.23. -धर्मन् a. attentive to duties. (-f.) the council or assembly of gods. (-m.) 1 the hall or palace of Indra. -2 one diligent in properly maintaining his family. -धर्मा, -र्मी 1 the council or assembly of gods (देवसभा); ययावुदीरितालोकः सुधर्मानवमां सभाम् R.17.27. -2 (सुधर्मा) N. of Dvārakā; दिवि भुव्यन्तरिक्षे च महोत्पातान् समु- त्थितान् । दृष्ट्वासीनान् सुधर्मायां कृष्णः प्राह यदूनिदम् ॥ Bhāg.11.3. 4;1.14.34. -धात a. well cleaned. -धार a. well-pointed (as an arrow). -धित a. Ved. 1 perfect, secure. -2 kind, good. -3 happy, prosperous. -4 well-aimed or directed (as a weapon). -धी a. having a good understanding, wise, clever, intelligent. (-धीः) a wise or intelligent man, learned man or pandit. (-f.) a good understanding, good sense, intelligence. ˚उपास्यः 1 a particular kind of royal palace. -2 N. of an attendant on Kṛiṣṇa. (-स्यम्) the club of Balarāma. ˚उपास्या 1 a woman. -2 N. of Umā, or of one of her female companions. -3 a sort of pigment. -ध्रूम्रवर्णा one of the seven tongues of fire. -नन्दम् N. of Balarāma's club; प्रतिजग्राह बलवान् सुनन्देनाहनच्च तम् Bhāg.1.67.18. -नन्दः a kind of royal palace. -नन्दा 1 N. of a woman. -2 N. of Pārvatī; L. D. B. -3 yellow pigment; L. D. B. -नयः 1 good conduct. -2 good policy. -नयन a. having beautiful eyes. (-नः) a deer. (-ना) 1 a woman having beautiful eyes. -2 a woman in general. -नाभ a. 1 having a beautiful navel. -2 having a good nave or centre. (-भः) 1 a mountain. -2 the Maināka mountain, q. v. (-भम्) a wheel, discus (सुदर्शन); ये संयुगे$चक्षत तार्क्ष्यपुत्रमंसे सुनाभायुधमापतन्तम् Bhāg.3.2.24. -नालम् a red water-lily. -निःष्ठित a. quite ready. -निर्भृत a. very lonely or private. (-तम्) ind. very secretly or closely, very narrowly, privately. -निरूढ a. well-purged by an injection; Charaka. -निरूहणम् a good purgative. -निर्णिक्त a. well polished. -निश्चलः an epithet of Śiva. -निषण्णः (-कः) the herb Marsilea Quadrifolia (Mar. कुऱडू). -निहित a. well-established. -नीत a. 1 well-conducted, well-behaved. -2 polite, civil. (-तनि) 1 good conduct or behaviour. -2 good policy or prodence. -नीतिः f. 1 good conduct, good manners, propriety. -2 good policy. -3 N. of the mother of Dhruva, q. v. -नीथ a. well-disposed, well conducted, righteous, virtuous, good. (-थः) 1 a Brāhmaṇa. -2 N. of Śiśupāla, q. v.; तस्मिन्नभ्यर्चिते कृष्णे सुनीथः शत्रुकर्षणः Mb.1.39.11. -3 Ved. a good leader. -नील a. very black or blue. (-लः) the pomegranate tree. (-ला) common flax. (-लम्), -नीलकः a blue gem. -नु n. water. -नेत्र a. having good or beautiful eyes. -पक्व a. 1 well-cooked. -2 thoroughly matured or ripe. (-क्वः) a sort of fragrant mango. -पठ a. legible. -पत्नी a woman having a good husband. -पत्र a. 1 having beautiful wings. -2 well-feathered (an arrow). -पथः 1 a good road. -2 a good course. -3 good conduct. -पथिन् m. (nom. sing. सुपन्थाः) a good road. -पद्मा orris root. -परीक्षित a. well-examined. -पर्ण a. (-र्णा or -र्णी f.) 1 well-winged; तं भूतनिलयं देवं सुपर्णमुपधावत Bhāg.8.1.11. -2 having good or beautiful leaves. (-र्णः) 1 a ray of the sun. -2 a class of bird-like beings of a semi-divine character. -3 any supernatural bird. -4 an epithet of Garuḍa; ततः सुपर्णव्रजपक्षजन्मा नानागतिर्मण्डलयन् जवेन Ki.16.44. -5 a cock. -6 the knowing (ज्ञानरूप); देहस्त्वचित्पुरुषो$यं सुपर्णः क्रुध्येत कस्मै नहि कर्ममूलम् Bhāg.11.23.55. -7 Any bird; द्वा सुपर्णा सयुजा सखाया समानं वृक्षं परिषस्वजाते Muṇd. 3.1.1. ˚केतुः N. of Viṣṇu; तमकुण्ठमुखाः सुपर्णकेतोरिषवः क्षिप्तमिषुव्रजं परेण Śi.2.23. -पर्णकः = सुपर्ण. -पर्णा, -पर्णी f. 1 a number of lotuses. -2 a pool abounding in lotuses. -3 N. of the mother of Garuḍa. -पर्यवदात a. very clean. -पर्याप्त a. 1 very spacious; तस्य मध्ये सुपर्याप्तं कारयेद् गृहमात्मनः Ms.7.76. -2 well-fitted. -पर्वन् a. welljointed, having many joints or knots. (-m.) 1 a bamboo. -2 an arrow. -3 a god, deity; विहाय या सर्वसुपर्व- नायकम् N.4.9;14.41,76. -4 a special lunar day (as the day of full or new moon, and the 8th and 14th day of each fortnight). -5 smoke. (-f.) white Dūrvā grass. -पलायित a. 1 completely fled or run away. -2 skilfully retreated. -पाक्यम् a kind of medicinal salt (Mar. बिडलोण). -पात्रम् 1 a good or suitable vessel, worthy receptacle. -2 a fit or competent person, any one well-fitted for an office, an able person. -पाद् (-पाद् or -पदी f.) having good or handsome feet. -पार्श्वः 1 the waved-leaf fig-tree (प्लक्ष). -2 N. of the son of Sampāti, elder brother of Jaṭāyu. -पालि a. distinguished. -पीतम् 1 a carrot. -2 yellow sandal. (-तः) the fifth Muhūrta. -पुंसी a woman having a good husband. -पुरम् a strong fortress. -पुष्प a. (-ष्पा or -ष्पी f.) having beautiful flowers. (-ष्पः) 1 the coral tree. -2 the Śirīṣa tree. (-ष्पी) the plantain tree. (-ष्पम्) 1 cloves. -2 the menstrual excretion. -पुष्पित a. 1 well blossomed, being in full flower. -2 having the hair thrilling or bristling. -पूर a. 1 easy to be filled; सुपूरा स्यात् कुनदिका सुपूरो मूषिकाञ्जलिः Pt.1.25. -2 well-filling. (-रः) a kind of citron (बीजपूर). -पूरकः the Baka-puṣpa tree. -पेशस् a. beautiful, tender; रत्नानां पद्मरागो$स्मि पद्मकोशः सुपेशसाम् Bhāg.11.16.3. ˚कृत् m. a kind of fly; Bhāg.11.7.34. -प्रकाश a. 1 manifest, apparent; ज्येष्ठे मासि नयेत् सीमां सुप्रकाशेषु सेतुषु Ms.8.245. -2 public, notorious. -प्रतर्कः a sound judgment. -प्रतिभा spirituous liquor. -प्रतिष्ठ a. 1 standing well. -2 very celebrated, renowned, glorious, famous. (-ष्ठा) 1 good position. -2 good reputation, fame, celebrity. -3 establishment, erection. -4 installation, consecration. -प्रतिष्ठित a. 1 well-established. -2 consecrated. -3 celebrated. (-तः) the Udumbara tree. -प्रतिष्णात a. 1 thoroughly purified. -2 well-versed in. -3 well-investigated, clearly ascertained or determined. -प्रतीक a. 1 having a beautiful shape, lovely, handsome; भगवान् भागवतवात्सल्यतया सुप्रतीकः Bhāg.5.3.2. -2 having a beautiful trunk. (-कः) 1 an epithet of Kāmadeva. -2 of Śiva. -3 of the elephant of the north-east quarter. -4 An honest man; स्तेयोपायैर्विरचितकृतिः सुप्रतीको यथास्ते Bhāg.1.8.31. -प्रपाणम् a good tank. -प्रभ a. very brilliant, glorious. (-भा) one of the seven tongues of fire. -प्रभातम् 1 an auspicious dawn or day-break; दिष्टथा सुप्रभातमद्य यदयं देवो दृष्टः U.6. -2 the earliest dawn. -प्रभावः omnipotence. -प्रमाण a. large-sized. -प्रयुक्तशरः a skilful archer. -प्रयोगः 1 good management or application. -2 close contact. -3 dexterity. -प्रलापः good speech, eloquence. -प्रसन्नः N. of Kubera. -प्रसाद a. very gracious or propitious. (-दः) N. of Śiva. -प्रातम् a fine morning. -प्रिय a. very much liked, agreeable. (-यः) (in prosody) a foot of two short syllables. (-या) 1 a charming woman. -2 a beloved mistress. -प्रौढा a marriageable girl. -फल a. 1 very fruitful, very productive. -2 very fertile. (-लः) 1 the pomegranate tree. -2 the jujube. -3 the Karṇikāra tree. -4 a kind of bean. (-ला) 1 a pumpkin, gourd. -2 the plantain tree. -3 a variety of brown grape. -4 colocynth. -फेनः a cuttle-fish bone. -बन्धः sesamum. -बभ्रु a. dark-brown. -बल a. very powerful. (-लः) 1 N. of Śiva. -2 N. of the father of Śakuni. -बान्धवः N. of Śiva. -बाल a. very childish. -बाहु a. 1 handsomearmed. -2 strong-armed. (-हुः) N. of a demon, brother of Mārīcha, who had become a demon by the curse of Agastya. He with Mārīcha began to disturb the sacrifice of Viśvāmitra, but was defeated by Rāma. and Lakṣmaṇa; यः सुबाहुरिति राक्षसो$परस्तत्र तत्र विससर्प मायया R.11.29. -बीजम् good seed; सुबीजं चैव सुक्षेत्रे जातं संपद्यते तथा Ms.1.69. (-जः) 1 N. of Śiva. -2 the poppy. -बोध a. 1 easily apprehended or understood. (-धः) good information or advice. -ब्रह्मण्यः 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya. -2 N. of one of the sixteen priests employed at a sacrifice. -भग a. 1 very fortunate or prosperous, happy, blessed, highly favoured. -2 lovely, charming, beautiful, pretty; न तु ग्रीष्मस्यैवं सुभगमपराद्धं युवतिषु Ś.3.9; Ku.4.34; R.11.8; Māl.9. -3 pleasant, grateful, agreeable, sweet; दिवसाः सुभगा- दित्याश्छायासलिलदुर्भगाः Rām.3.16.1; श्रवणसुभग M.3.4; Ś.1.3. -4 beloved, liked, amiable, dear; सुमुखि सुभगः पश्यन् स त्वामुपैतु कृतार्थताम् Gīt.5. -5 illustrious. (-गः) 1 borax. -2 the Aśoka tree. -3 the Champaka tree. -4 red amarnath. (-गम्) good fortune. ˚मानिन्, सुभगं- मन्य a. 1 considering oneself fortunate, amiable, pleasing; वाचालं मां न खलु सुभगंमन्यभावः करोति Me.96. -2 vain, flattering oneself. -भगा 1 a woman beloved by her husband, a favourite wife. -2 an honoured mother. -3 a kind of wild jasmine. -4 turmeric. -5 the Priyaṅgu creeper. -6 the holy basil. -7 a woman having her husband alive (सौभाग्यवती); जयशब्दैर्द्विजाग्र्याणां सुभगानर्तितै- स्तथा Mb.7.7.9. -8 a five-year old girl representing Durgā at festivals. -9 musk. ˚सुत the son of a favourite wife. -भङ्गः the cocoa-nut tree. -भटः a great warrior, champion, soldier. -भट्टः a learned man. -भद्र a. very happy or fortunate. (-द्रः) N. of Viṣṇu; साकं साकम्पमंसे वसति विदधती बासुभद्रं सुभद्रम् Viṣṇupāda S.31. (-द्रा) N. of the sister of Balarāma and Kṛiṣṇa, married to Arjuna q. v. She bore to him a son named Abhimanyu. -भद्रकः 1 a car for carrying the image of a god. -2 the Bilva tree. -भाषित a. 1 spoken well or eloquent. (-तम्) 1 fine speech, eloquence, learning; जीर्णमङ्गे सुभाषितम् Bh.3.2. -2ल a witty saying, an apophthegm, an apposite saying; सुभाषितेन गीतेन युवतीनां च लीलया । मनो न भिद्यते यस्य स वै मुक्तो$थवा पशुः Subhāṣ. -3 a good remark; बालादपि सुभाषितम् (ग्राह्यम्). -भिक्षम् 1 good alms, successful begging. -2 abundance of food, an abundant supply of provisions, plenty of corn &c. -भीरकः the Palāśa tree. -भीरुकम् silver. -भूतिः 1 well-being, welfare. -2 the Tittira bird; Gīrvāṇa. -भूतिकः the Bilva tree. -भूषणम् a type of pavilion where a ceremony is performed on a wife's perceiving the first signs of conception; सुभूषणाख्यं विप्राणां योग्यं पुंसवनार्थकम् Māna.34.354. -भृत a. 1 well-paid. -2 heavily laden. -भ्रू a. having beautiful eyebrows. (-भ्रूः f.) a lovely woman. (N. B. The vocative singular of this word is strictly सुभ्रूः; but सुभ्रु is used by writers like Bhaṭṭi. Kālidāsa, and Bhavabhūti; हा पितः क्वासि हे सुभ्रु Bk.6.17; so V.3.22; Ku.5.43; Māl.3.8.) -मङ्गल a. 1 very auspicious. -2 abounding in sacrifices. -मति a. very wise. (-तिः f.) 1 a good mind or disposition, kindness, benevolence, friendship. -2 a favour of the gods. -3 a gift, blessing. -4 a prayer, hymn. -5 a wish or desire. -6 N. of the wife of Sagara and mother of 6, sons. -मदनः the mango tree. -मदात्मजा a celestial damsel. -मधुरम् a very sweet or gentle speech, agreeable words. -मध्य, -मध्यम a. slender-waisted. -मध्या, -मध्यमा a graceful woman. -मन a. very charming, lovely, beautiful. (-नः) 1 wheat. -2 the thorn-apple. (-ना) the great-flowered jasmine. -मनस् a. 1 good-minded, of a good disposition, benevolent; शान्तसंकल्पः सुमना यथा स्याद्वीतमन्युर्गौतमो माभिमृत्यो Kaṭh.1.1. -2 well-pleased, satisfied; (hence -सुमनीभू = to be at ease; जिते नृपारौ समनीभवन्ति शद्बायमानान्यशनैरशङ्कम् Bk.2.54.). (-m.) 1 a god, divinity. -2 a learned man. -3 a student of the Vedas. -4 wheat. -5 the Nimba tree. (-f., n.; said to be pl. only by some) a flower; मुमुचुर्मुनयो देवाः सुमनांसि मुदान्विताः Bhāg.1.3.7; रमणीय एष वः सुमनसां संनिवेशः Māl.1. (where the adjectival; sense in 1 is also intended); किं सेव्यते सुमनसां मनसापि गन्धः कस्तू- रिकाजननशक्तिभृता मृगेण R.G; Śi.6.66. ˚वर्णकम् flowers, unguent or perfume etc. for the body; सा तदाप्रभृति सुमनो- वर्णकं नेच्छति Avimārakam 2. (-f.) 1 the great-flowered jasmine. -2 the Mālatī creeper. ˚फलः the woodapple. ˚फलम् nutmeg. -मनस्क a. cheerful, happy. -मन्तु a. 1 advising well. -2 very faulty or blameable. (-m.) a good adviser. -मन्त्रः N. of the charioteer of Daśāratha. -मन्दभाज् a. very unfortunate. -मर्दित a. much harassed. -मर्षण a. easy to be borne. -मित्रा 1 N. of one of the wives of Daśāratha and mother of Lakṣmaṇa and Śatrughna. -मुख a. (-खा or -खी f.) 1 having a beautiful face, lovely. -2 pleasing. -3 disposed to, eager for; सुरसद्मयानसुमुखी जनता Ki.6.42. -4 favourable, kind. -5 well-pointed (as an arrow). -6 (सुमुखा) having a good entrance. (-खः) 1 a learned man. -2 an epithet of Garuḍa. -3 of Gaṇeśa; सुमुखश्चैकदन्तश्च कपिलो गजकर्णकः Maṅgal. S.1. -4 of Śiva. (-खम्) 1 the scratch of a finger-nail. -2 a kind of building. (-खा, -खी) 1 a handsome woman. -2 a mirror. -मूलकम् a carrot. -मृत a. stone-dead. -मेखलः the Muñja grass. -मेधस a. having a good understanding, wise, intelligent; इमे अङ्गिरसः सत्रमासते$द्य सुमेधसः Bhāg.9.4.3. (-m.) a wise man. (-f.) heart-pea. -मेरुः 1 the sacred mountain Meru, q. v. -2 N. of Śiva. -यन्त्रित a. 1 well-governed. -2 self-controlled. -यमाः a particular class of gods; जातो रुचेरजनयत् सुयमान् सुयज्ञ आकूति- सूनुरमरानथ दक्षिणायाम् Bhāg.2.7.2. -यवसम् beautiful grass, good pasturage. -यामुनः 1 a palace. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -युक्तः N. of Śiva. -योगः 1 a favourable juncture. -2 good opportunity. -योधनः an epithet of Duryodhana q. v. -रक्त a. 1 well coloured. -2 impassioned. -3 very lovely. -4 sweet-voiced; सुरक्तगोपी- जनगीतनिःस्वने Ki.4.33. -रक्तकः 1 a kind of red chalk. -2 a kind of mango tree. -रङ्गः 1 good colour. -2 the orange. -3 a hole cut in a house (सुरङ्गा also in this sense). (-ङ्गम्) 1 red sanders. -2 vermilion. ˚धातुः red chalk. ˚युज् m. a house-breaker. -रङ्गिका the Mūrvā plant. -रजःफलः the jack-fruit tree. -रञ्जनः the betel nut tree. -रत a. 1 much sported. -2 playful. -3 much enjoyed. -4 compassionate, tender. (-तम्) 1 great delight or enjoyment. -2 copulation, sexual union or intercourse, coition; सुरतमृदिता बालवनिता Bh.2. 44. ˚गुरुः the husband; पर्यच्छे सरसि हृतें$शुके पयोभिर्लोलाक्षे सुरतगुरावपत्रपिष्णोः Śi.8.46. ˚ताण्डवम् vigorous sexual movements; अद्यापि तां सुरतताण्डवसूत्रधारीं (स्मरामि) Bil. Ch. Uttara.28. ˚ताली 1 a female messenger, a go-between. -2 a chaplet, garland for the head. ˚प्रसंगः addiction to amorous pleasures; कालक्रमेणाथ योः प्रवृत्ते स्वरूपयोग्ये सुरत- प्रसंगे Ku.1.19. -रतिः f. great enjoyment or satisfaction. -रस a. well-flavoured, juicy, savoury. -2 sweet. -3 elegant (as a composition). (-सः, -सा) the plant सिन्धुवार. (-सा) N. of Durgā. (-सा, -सम्) the sacred basil. (-सम्) 1 gum-myrrh. -2 fragrant grass. -राजन् a. governed by a good king; सुराज्ञि देशे राजन्वान् Ak. (-m.) 1 a good king. -2 a divinity. -राजिका a small house-lizard. -राष्ट्रम् N. of a country on the western side of India (Surat). ˚जम् a kind of poison. -2 a sort of black bean (Mar. तूर). ˚ब्रह्मः a Brāhmaṇa of Surāṣṭra. -रूप a. 1 well-formed, handsome, lovely; सुरूपा कन्या. -2 wise, learned. (-पः) an epithet of Śiva. -रूहकः a horse resembling an ass. -रेतस् n. mental power (चिच्छक्ति); सुरेतसादः पुनराविश्य चष्टे Bhāg. 5.7.14. -रेभ a. fine-voiced; स्यन्दना नो चतुरगाः सुपेभा वाविपत्तयः । स्यन्दना नो च तुरगाः सुरेभा वा विपत्तयः ॥ Ki.15.16. (-भम्) tin. -लक्षण a. 1 having auspicious or beautiful marks. -2 fortunate. (-णम्) 1 observing, examining carefully, determining, ascertaining. -2 a good or auspicious mark. -लक्षित a. well determined or ascertained; तुलामानं प्रतीमानं सर्वं च स्यात् सुलक्षितम् Ms.8.43. -लग्नः, -ग्नम् an auspicious moment. -लभ a. 1 easy to be obtained, easy of attainment, attainable, feasible; न सुलभा सकलेन्दुमुखी च सा V.2.9; इदमसुलभवस्तुप्रार्थनादुर्नि- वारम् 2.6. -2 ready for, adapted to, fit, suitable; निष्ठ्यूतश्चरणोपभोगसुलभो लाक्षारसः केनचित् Ś.4.4. -3 natural to, proper for; मानुषतासुलभो लघिमा K. ˚कोप a. easily provoked, irascible. -लिखित a. well registered. -लुलित a. 1 moving playfully. -2 greatly hurt, injured. -लोचन a. fine-eyed. (-नः) a deer. (-ना) 1 a beautiful woman. -2 N. of the wife of Indrajit. -लोहकम् brass. -लोहित a. very red. (-ता) one of the seven tongues of fire. -वक्त्रम् 1 a good face or mouth. -2 correct utterance. (-क्त्रः) N. of Śiva. -वचनम्, -वचस् n. eloquence. -a. eloquent. -वयस् f. a hermaphrodite. -वर्चकः, -वर्चिकः, -का, -वर्चिन् m. natron, alkali. -वर्चला 1 N. of the wife of the sun; तं चाहमनुवर्तिष्ये यथा सूर्यं सुवर्चला Rām.2.3.3. -2 linseed. -वर्चसः N. of Śiva. -वर्चस्क a. splendid, brilliant. -वर्ण see s. v. -वर्तित 1 well rounded. -2 well arranged. -वर्तुलः a water-melon. -वसन्तः 1 an agreeable vernal season. -2 the day of full moon in the month of Chaitra, or a festival celebrated in honour of Kāmadeva in that month (also सुवसन्तकः in this sense). -वह a. 1 bearing well, patient. -2 patient, enduring. -3 easy to be borne(-हा) 1 a lute. -2 N. of several plants like रास्ना, निर्गुण्डी &c.; Mātaṅga L.1.1. -वासः 1 N. of Śiva. -2 a pleasant dwelling. -3 an agreeable perfume or odour. -वासकः a water-melon. -वासरा cress. -वासिनी 1 a woman married or single who resides in her father's house. -2 a married woman whose husband is alive. -विक्रान्त a. very valiant or bold, chivalrous; सुविक्रान्तस्य नृपतेः सर्वमेव महीतलम् Śiva. B.16.45. (-न्तः) a hero. (-न्तम्) heroism. -विग्रह a. having a beautiful figure. -विचक्षण a. very clever, wise. -विद् m. a learned man, shrewd person. (-f.) a shrewd or clever woman. -विदः 1 an attendant on the women's apartments. -2 a king. -विदग्ध a. very cunning, astute. -विदत् m. a king -विदत्रम् 1 a household, family. -2 wealth. -3 grace, favour. -विदल्लः an attendant on the women's apartments (wrongly for सौविदल्ल q. v.). (-ल्लम्) the women's apartments, harem. -विदल्ला a married woman. -विध a. of a good kind. -विधम् ind. easily. -विधिः a good rule, ordinance. -विनीत a. 1 well trained, modest. -2 well executed. (-ता) a tractable cow. -विनेय a. easy to be trained or educated. -विभक्त a. well proportioned, symmetrical. -विरूढ a. 1 fully grown up or developed. -2 well ridden. -विविक्त a. 1 solitary (as a wood). -2 well decided (as a question). -विहित a. 1 well-placed, well-deposited. -2 well-furnished, wellsupplied, well-provided, well-arranged; सुविहितप्रयोगतया आर्यस्य न किमपि परिहास्यते Ś.1; कलहंसमकरन्दप्रेवशावसरे तत् सुविहितम् Māl.1. -3 well done or performed. -4 well satisfied (by hospitality); अन्नपानैः सुविहितास्तस्मिन् यज्ञे महात्मनः Rām.1.14.16. -वी(बी)ज a. having good seed. (-जः) 1 N. of Śiva. -2 the poppy. (-जम्) good seed. -वीरकम् 1 a kind of collyrium. -2 sour gruel (काञ्जिक); सुवीरकं याच्यमाना मद्रिका कर्षति स्फिचौ Mb.8.4.38. -वीराम्लम् sour rice-gruel. -वीर्य a. 1 having great vigour. -2 of heroic strength, heroic, chivalrous. (-र्यम्) 1 great heroism -2 abundance of heroes. -3 the fruit of the jujube. (-र्या) wild cotton. -वृक्तिः f. 1 a pure offering. -2 a hymn of praise. -वृत्त a. 1 well-behaved, virtuous, good; मयि तस्य सुवृत्त वर्तते लघुसंदेशपदा सरस्वती R. 8.77. -2 well-rounded, beautifully globular or round; मृदुनातिसुवृत्तेन सुमृष्टेनातिहारिणा । मोदकेनापि किं तेन निष्पत्तिर्यस्य सेवया ॥ or सुमुखो$पि सुवृत्तो$पि सन्मार्गपतितो$पि च । महतां पादलग्नो$पि व्यथयत्येव कष्टकः ॥ (where all the adjectives are used in a double sense). (-त्तम्) a good or virtuous con
suta सुत p. p. 1 Poured out. -2 Extracted or expressed (as Soma juice); सुतेन सोमेन विमिश्रतोयाम् Mb.3.12.32. -3 Begotten, produced, brought forth. -तः 1 A son. -2 A child, offspring. -3 A king. -4 Expressed Soma juice; अहरहर्ह सुतः प्रसुतो भवति Bṛi. Up.2.1.3. -5 The Soma sacrifice; दर्शश्च पूर्णमासश्च चातुर्मास्यं पशुः सुतः Bhāg. 7.15.48. -तः, -तम् A Soma libation. -Comp. -अर्थिन् a. desirous of progeny; मध्यमं तु ततः पिण्डमद्यात् सम्यवस्तुता- र्थिनी Ms.3.262. -आत्मजः a grandson. (-जा) a granddaughter. -उत्पत्तिः f. birth of a son; शौनकस्य सुतोत्पत्त्या (पतति) Ms.3.16. -निर्विशेषम् ind. not differently from a son, just like a son; संवर्धितानां सुतनिर्विशेषम् R.5.6. -वत्सलः an affectionate father. -वस्करा the mother of seven children. -श्रेणी Salvinia Cucullata (Mar. बृहद्दंती, उंदीरकानी &c.). -स्नेहः paternal affection.
sundaḥ सुन्दः N. of a demon and brother of Upasunda, who were sons of Nikumbha. [They got a boon from the Creator that they would not die until they should kill themselves. On the strength of this boon, they grew very oppressive and Indra had at last to send down a lovely nymph named Tilottamā, and while quarrelling for her, they killed each other.]
sūryaḥ सूर्यः [सरति आकाशे सूर्यः, यद्वा सुवति कर्मणि लोकं प्रेरयति; cf. Sk. on P.III.1.114] 1 The sun; सूर्ये तपत्यावरणाय दृष्टेः कल्पेत लोकस्य कथं तमिस्रा R.5.13. [In mythology, the sun is regarded as a son of Kaśyapa and Aditi. He is represented as moving in a chariot drawn by seven horses, with Aruṇa for his charioteer. He is also represented as all-seeing, the constant beholder of the good and bad deeds of mortals. Samjñā (or Chhāyā or Aśvinī) was his principal wife, by whom he had Yama and Yamunā, the two Aśvins and Saturn. He is also described as having been the father of Manu Vaivasvata, the founder of the solar race of kings.] -2 The tree called Arka. -3 The number 'twelve' (derived from the twelve forms of the sun). -4 The swallow-wort. -5 N. of Śiva. -Comp. -अपायः sunset; सूर्यापाये न खलु कमलं पुष्यति स्वामभिख्याम् Me.82. -अर्ष्यम् the presentation of an offering to the sun. -अश्मन् m. the sun-stone. -अश्वः a horse of the sun. -अस्तम् sunset. -आतपः heat or glare of the sun, sunshine. -आलोकः sunshine. -आवर्तः 1 a kind of sun-flower. -2 a head-ache which increases or diminishes according to the course of the sun (Mar. अर्धशिशी). -आह्व a. named after the sun. (-ह्वः) the gigantic swallow-wort. (-ह्वम्) copper. -इन्दुसंगमः the day of the new moon (the conjunction of the sun and moon); दर्शः सूर्येन्दुसंगमः Ak. -उत्थानम्, -उदयः sunrise. -ऊढः 1 'brought by the sun', an evening guest; संप्राप्तो यो$तिथिः सायं सूर्योढो गृहमेधिनाम् । पूजया तस्य देवत्वं लभन्ते गृहमेधिनः ॥ Pt.1.17. -2 the time of sunset. -उपस्थानम्, -उपासना attendance upon or worship of the sun; V.1. -कमलम् the sun-flower, a heliotrope. -कान्तः 1 the sun-stone, sun-crystal; स्पर्शानुकूला इव सूर्यकान्तास्तदन्यतेजो$भिभवाद्वमन्ति । Ś.2.7. -2 a crystal. -कान्ति f. 1 sun-light. -2 a particular flower. -3 the flower of sesamum. -कालः day-time, day. ˚अनलचक्रम् a particular astrological diagram for indicating good and bad fortune. -ग्रहः 1 the sun. -2 an eclipse of the sun. -3 an epithet of Rāhu and Ketu. -4 the bottom of a water-jar. -ग्रहणम् a solar eclipse. -चन्द्रौ (also सूर्याचन्द्रमसौ) m. du. the sun and moon. -जः, -तनयः, पुत्रः 1 epithets of Sugrīva; यो$हं सूर्यसुतः स एष भवतां यो$यं स वत्सो$ङ्गदः Mv. 5.55. -2 of Karṇa. -3 of the planet Saturn. -4 of Yama. -जा, -तनया the river Yamunā. -तेजस् n. the radiance or heat of the sun. -द्वारम् the way of the sun; उत्तरायण q. v.; सूर्यद्वारेण ते विरजाः प्रयान्ति यत्रामृतः स पुरुषो ह्याव्ययात्मा Muṇḍ.1.2.11. -नक्षत्रम् that constellation (out of the 27) in which the sun happens to be. -पर्वन् n. a solar festival, (on the days of the solstices, equinoxes, eclipses &c.). -पादः a sun-beam. -पुत्री 1 lightning. -2 the river Yamunā. -प्रभव a. sprung or descended from the sun; क्व सूर्यप्रभवो वंशः क्व चाल्पविषया मतिः R.1.2. -फणिचक्रम् = सूर्यकालानलचक्रम् q. v. above. -बिम्बः the disc of the sun. -भक्त a. one who worships the sun. (-क्तः) the tree Bandhūka or its flower. -मणिः the sunstone. -मण्डलम् the orb of the sun. -मासः the solar month. -यन्त्रम् 1 a representation of the sun (used in worshipping him). -2 an instrument used in taking solar observations. -रश्मिः a ray of the sun, sun-beam; Ms.5.133. -लोकः the heaven of the sun. -वंशः the solar race of kings (who ruled at Ayodhyā). -वर्चस् a. resplendent as the sun. -वारः Sunday. -विलोकनम् the ceremony of taking a child out to see the sun when four months old; cf. उपनिष्क्रमणम्. -संक्रमः, -संक्रातिः f. the sun's passage from one zodiacal sign to another. -संज्ञम् saffron. -सारथिः an epithet of Aruṇa. -सिद्धान्तः a celebrated astronomical work (supposed to have been revealed by the god Sun). -स्तुतिः f., -स्तोत्रम् a hymn addressed to the sun. -हृदयम् N. of a hymn to the sun.
sairaḥ सैरः रिः The month of Kārtika. सैरन्ध्रः sairandhrḥ सैरिन्ध्रः sairindhrḥ सैरन्ध्रः सैरिन्ध्रः 1 A menial servant or attendant. -2 A mixed tribe, the offspring of a Dasyu and an Ayogava female; सैरिन्ध्रं वागुरावृत्तिं सूते दस्युरयोगवे Ms.1.32. सैरन्ध्री sairandhrī सैरिन्ध्री sairindhrī सैरन्ध्री सैरिन्ध्री 1 A maid-servant or female attendant in the women's apartments [a woman of the mixed tribe described in सैरन्ध्र (2)]. -2 An independent female artisan working in another person's house. -3 An epithet of Draupadī (assumed by her when she acted as servant to Sudeṣṇā, queen of Virāṭa).
somaḥ सोमः [सू-मन् Uṇ.1.139] 1 N. of a plant, the most important ingredient in ancient sacrificial offerings. -2 The juice of the plant; as in सोमपा, सोमपीथिन्; Ms. 3.257. -3 Nectar, beverage of the gods; अलब्धभागाः सोमस्य केवलं क्लेशभागिनः Bhāg.8.1.23. -4 The moon. [In mythology, the moon is represented as having sprung from the eye of the sage Atri; (cf. R.2.75) or as produced from the sea at the time of churning. The twenty-seven asterisms--mythologically represented as so many daughters of Dakṣa q. v. -are said to be his wives. The phenomenon of the periodical waning of the moon is explained by a myth which states that his nectareous digits are drunk up by different gods in regular rotation, or by the invention of another legend which says that the moon, on account of his particular fondness and partiality for Rohiṇī, one of the 27 daughters of Dakṣa, was cursed by his father-in-law to be consumptive, but that at the intercession of his wives the sentence of eternal consumption was commuted to one of periodical consumption. Soma is also represented as having carried off Tārā, the wife of Bṛihaspati, by whom he had a son named Budha, who afterwards became the founder of the lunar race of kings; see Tārā (b) also.]; पुष्णामि चौषधीः सर्वाः सोमो भूत्वा रसात्मकः Bg.15.13. -5 A ray of light. -6 Camphor. -7 Water. -8 Air, wind. -9 N. of Kubera. -1 Of Śiva. -11 Of Yama. -12 N. of Sugrīva. -13 (As the last member of comp.) Chief, principal, best; as in नृसोम q. v. -14 An ape. -15 One of the Manes. -16 the vessel (नाडी) 'Iḍā'; यत्र तद् ब्रह्म निर्द्वन्द्वं यत्र सोमः सहाग्निना । व्यवायं कुरुते नित्यं धीरो भूतानि धारयन् ॥ Mb.14.2.1 (com.). -17 Monday. -मा The soma plant. -मम् 1 Rice gruel. -2 Sky, heaven. -Comp. -अभिषवः the extraction of Soma juice. -अयनम् a kind of penance; cf. चान्द्रायण. -अहः Monday. -आख्यम् the red lotus. -आश्रयः N. of Śiva or Rudra; ˚अयनम् (सोमाश्रयायणम्) N. of a place of pilgrimages; ते त्वगच्छन्नहोरात्रा तीर्थं सोमाश्रयायणम् Mb.1.17.3. -ईश्वरः a celebrated representation of Śiva. -उद्भवा N. of the river Narmadā तथेत्युपस्पृश्य पयः पवित्रं सोमोद्भवायाः सरितो नृसोमः R.5.59 (where Malli. quotes Ak. 'रेवा तु नर्मदा सोमोद्भवा मेकलकन्यका'). -कान्त a. lovely as the moon. (-न्तः) the moon-stone. -क्षयः disappearance or waning of the moon, new moon; श्राद्धस्य ब्राह्मणः कालः प्राप्तं दधि घृतं तथा । सोमक्षयश्च मांसं च यदारण्यं युधिष्ठिर ॥ Mb.13.23.34. -गर्भः N. of Viṣṇu. -ग्रहः a vessel for holding Soma. -ज a. moon-born. (-जः) an epithet of the planet Mercury. (-जम्) milk. -दैवतम् the lunar mansion मृगशिरस्; दोग्ध्रीं दत्वा सवत्सां तु नक्षत्रे सोमदैवते Mb.13.64.7. -धारा 1 the sky, heaven. -2 the milky way. -नाथः 1 N. of a celebrated Liṅga or the place where it was set up; (which by its splendour and enormous wealth attracted the attention of Mahomad of Ghazani who in 124 A.D. destroyed the image and carried of the treasure); तेषां मार्गे परिचयवशादर्जितं गुर्जराणां यः संतापं शिथिलमकरोत् सोमनाथं विलोक्य । Vikr.18.87. -प, -पा m. 1 one who drinks the Soma; त्रैविद्या मां सोमपाः पूतपापा यज्ञैरिष्ट्वा स्वर्गतिं प्रार्थयन्ते Bg.9.2; Mb.12.284.8. -2 a Soma-sacrificer. -3 a particular class of Pitṛis; सोमपा नाम विप्राणां (पितरः) Ms.3.197. -पतिः N. of Indra. -पानम् drinking Soma juice. -पायिन्, -पीथः, -पीथिन्, -पीतिन् m. a drinker of Soma juice; तत्र केचित्... ... सोमपीथिन उदुम्बरनामानो ब्रह्मवादिनः प्रतिवसन्ति स्म Māl.1; Bhāg.5.26.29. -पीतिः f. 1 drinking Soma. -2 a Some sacrifice. -पुत्रः, -भूः, -सुतः epithets of Budha or Mercury. -प्रवाकः a person commissioned to engage sacrificial priests (श्रोत्रिय) for a Soma sacrifice. -बन्धुः 1 the sun. -2 the white water-lilly. -यज्ञः, -यागः the Soma sacrifice. -याजिन् m. one who performs a Soma sacrifice. -योगिन् a. being in conjunction with the moon. -योनिः a sort of yellow and fragrant sandal. -राजी a thin crescent of the moon. -रोगः a particular disease of women. -लता, -वल्लरी 1 the Soma plant. -2 N. of the river Godāvarī. -वंशः the lunar race of kings founded by Budha. -वल्कः 1 a kind of white Khadira. -2 N. of the plants, करञ्ज and कट्फल. -वल्लरिः(री), -वल्लिका, -वल्ली f. the moon-plant. -वारः, -वासरः Monday. -विक्रयिन् m. a vendor of Soma juice. -वीथी the orbit of the moon. -वृक्षः, -सारः the white Khadira. -शकला a kind of cucumber. -संस्था a form of the Soma-sacrifice; (these are seven:- अग्निष्टोम, अत्यग्निष्टोम, उक्थ, षोढशी, अतिरात्र, आप्तोर्याम and वाजपेय). -संज्ञम् camphor. -सद् m. a particular class of Manes or Pitṛis; विराट्सुताः सोमसदः साध्यानां पितरः स्मृताः Ms.3.195. -सिद्धान्तः the doctrine of Kāpālikas; या सोमसिद्धान्तमयाननेव N.1.87. -सिन्धुः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -सुत् m a Soma distiller. -सुत्वत् a. pressing Soma-plant for juice; अध्वरेष्वग्निचित्वत्सु सोमसुत्वत आश्रमान् Bk.5.11. -सुता the river Narmadā; cf. सोमोद्भवा above. -सूत्रम् a channel for conveying water from a Śiva-liṅga. ˚प्रदक्षिणा circumambulation around a Siva-liṅga so as not to cross the Soma-sūtra.
saukharātrika सौखरात्रिक a. One who asks another whether he has had a good night. सौखशायनिकः saukhaśāyanikḥ सौखशायिकः saukhaśāyikḥ सौखशायनिकः सौखशायिकः [सुखशयनं पृच्छति ठक्] One who asks another person whether he has slept well or has had comfortable sleep; मृग्वादीननुगृह्णन्तं सौखशायनि- कानृषीन् R.1.14. सौख saukha (प्र pra) सुप्तिकः suptikḥ सौख (प्र) सुप्तिकः [सुखसुप्तिं मुखेन शयनं पृच्छति ठञ्] 1 One who asks another person whether he has slept well. -2 A bard whose duty it is to waken a king or any other great personage with song and music; भ्रमरा... गुञ्जन्तः प्रतिकमलं प्रबभुः सौखप्रसुप्तिका इव ते Cholachampū p.29, verse 67.
sautra सौत्र a. (-त्री f.) [सूत्र-अण्] 1 Belonging to or having a thread or string. -2 Belonging to, mentioned, occurring or declared in, a Sūtra q. v. -त्रः 1 A Brāhmaṇa. -2 An artificial root occurring in grammatical Sūtras which cannot be conjugated like a regular verb, but is used only to form derivative words.
saurabha सौरभ a. (-भी f.) [सुरभिरस्यास्ति अण्] Fragrant; देव- स्त्रीमज्जनामोदसौरभाम्ब्वनिलैर्युतः Bhāg.8.2.8. -भम् 1 Fragrance; मधुप इव मारुते$स्मिन् मा सौरभलोभमम्बुजिनि मंस्थाः Bv. 1.18,121. -2 Saffron. (See grammatical note on सौरभ्य below).
sauvara सौवर a. (-री f.) 1 Belonging to sound or a musical note. -2 Treating of accents; यश्चायमध्यात्मं शाब्दः सौवर- स्तेजोमयो$मृतमयः पुरुषः Bṛi. Up.2.5.9.
sauṣṭhavam सौष्ठवम् [सुष्ठु भद्रं तस्य भावः अण्] 1 Excellence, goodness, beauty, elegance, superior beauty; सर्वाङ्गसौष्ठवाभिव्यक्तये विरलनेपथ्ययोः पात्रयोः प्रवेशो$स्तु M.1; शरीरमसौष्ठवम् Māl.1.17 'not in good trim'; Ki.1.3. -2 Extreme skilfulness, cleverness; स सायकान् साध्वसविप्लुतानां क्षिपन् परेषामतिसौष्ठवेन Ki.17.21. -3 Excess. -4 Suppleness, lightness. -5 A particular position of the body (as in dancing).
sausnātikaḥ सौस्नातिकः [सुस्नातं पृच्छति ठक्] One who asks another whether an ablution has been auspicious or successfully performed; सौस्नातिको यस्य भवत्यगस्त्यः R.6.61.
stukaḥ स्तुकः A collection of hair, a knot or braid of hair.
stukā स्तुका 1 A knot or braid of hair. -2 A bunch of curly hair between the horns of a bull. -3 Hip; thigh.
sthalam स्थलम् [स्थल्-अच्] 1 Firm or dry ground, dry land, terra firma (opp. जल); भो दुरात्मन् (समुद्र) दीयतां टिट्टिभाण्डा- नि नो चेत्स्थलतां त्वां नयामि Pt.1; प्रतस्थे स्थलवर्त्मना R.4.6; so स्थलकमलिनी or स्थलवर्त्मन् q. v. -2 Shore, strand, beach. -3 Ground, land, soil (in general). -4 Place, spot; उवाच वाग्मी दशनप्रभाभिः संवर्धितोरःस्थलतारहारः R.5.52. -5 Field, tract, district. -6 Station. -7 A piece of raised ground, mound; ततः स्थलमुपारुह्य पर्वतस्याविदूरतः । ख्यातः पञ्चवटीत्येव नित्यपुष्पितकाननः ॥ Rām.3.13.22. -8 A topic, case, subject, the point under discussion; विवाद˚, विचार˚ &c. -9 A part (as of a book). -1 A tent. -Comp. -अन्तरम् another place. -आरूढ a. alighted on the ground. -अरविन्दम्, -कमलम्, -कमलिनी a land-growing lotus; साभ्रे$ह्नीव स्थलकमलिनीं नप्रबुद्धां नसुप्ताम् Me.94; Ku. 1.33. -स्थलकमलः m. is also a plant of the lily-family (Gloriosa Superba). It is a red-flowered species traditionally called भूकमल. The plant goes by the name कळलावी in Marathi which seems to have been derived from Sanskrit स्थलकल्लारी. Kālidāsa pointedly refers to the peculiarity that it opens only in response to day-light. -कुमुदः the Karavīra plant. -चर a. land-going, not aquatic. -च्युत a. fallen or removed from a place or position. -ज a. 1 Growing or living on dry land; Ms.1.44. -2 accruing from land-transport (taxes). -देवता a local or rural deity. -पद्मम् a land-lotus; सरोजलक्ष्मीं स्थलपद्महासैः Bk.2.3. -पद्मिनी the shrub Hibiscus Mulabilis. -मार्गः, -वर्त्मन् n. a road by land; स्थलवर्त्मना 'by land'; पारसीकांस्ततो जेतुं प्रतस्ये स्थलवर्त्मना R.4.6. -विग्रहः a battle on level ground, a land fight. -शुद्धिः f. purification or clearance of a place from impurity. -सीमन् f. a landmark, boundary. -स्थ a. standing on dry ground.
sthānam स्थानम् [स्था-ल्युट्] 1 The act of standing or remaining, stay, continuance, residence; न किल भवतां देव्याः स्थानं गृहे$भिमतं ततः U.3.32. -2 Being fixed or stationary. -3 A state, condition; स्थानत्रयात्परं प्राप्तं ब्रह्मभूतमविक्रियम् Bhāg.1.18.26. -4 A place, spot, site, locality; अक्षमालामदत्त्वास्मात्स्थानात्पदात्पदमपि न गन्तव्यम् K. -5 Station, situation, position. -6 Relation, capacity; पितृस्थाने 'in the place or capacity of a father'; भक्ष्यस्थाने Pt.2.26. -7 An abode, a house, dwelling-house; स एव (नक्रः) प्रच्युतः स्थानाच्छुनापि परिभूयते Pt.3.46. -8 (a) A country, region, district. (b) A town, city. -9 Office, rank, dignity; अमात्यस्थाने नियोजितः. -1 Object; गुणाः पूजास्थानं गुणिषु न च लिङ्गं न च वयः U.4.11. -11 An occasion, a matter, subject, cause; पराभ्यूहस्थानाःयपि तनुतराणि स्थगयति Māl.1.14; स्थानं जरापरिभवस्य तदेव पुंसाम् Subhāṣ; so कलह˚, कोप˚, विवाद˚ &c. -12 A fit or proper place; स्थानेष्वेव नियोज्यन्ते भृत्याश्चाभरणानि च Pt. 1.72. -13 A fit or worthy object; स्थाने खलु सज्जति दृष्टिः M.1; see स्थाने also. -14 The place or organ of utterance of any letter; (these are eight :-- अष्टौ स्थानानि वर्णानामुरः कण्ठः शिरस्तथा । जिह्वामूलं च दन्ताश्च नासिकौष्ठौ च तालु च Śik.13.) -15 A holy place. -16 An altar. -17 A place in a town, square, court. -18 The place or sphere assigned after death to persons according as they perform or neglect their prescribed duties. -19 (In politics, war &c.) The firm attitude or bearing of troops, standing firm so as to repel a charge; स्थाने युद्धे च कुशलानभीरुनविकारिणः Ms.7.19. -2 A halt. -21 A stationary condition, a neutral or middle state; स्थानं वृद्धिः क्षयश्चैव त्रिवर्गश्चैव दण्डजः Mb.12.59. 31. -22 That which constitutes the chief strength or the very existence of a kingdom, a stamina of a kingdom; i.e. army, treasure, town, and territory; Ms.7. 56 (where Kull. renders स्थानं by दण्डकोषपुरराष्ट्रात्मकं चतुर्विधम्). -23 Likeness, resemblance. -24 Part or division of a work, section, chapter &c. -25 The character or part of an actor. -26 Interval, opportunity, leisure. -27 (In music) A note, tone, modulation of the voice; तौ तु गान्धर्वतत्त्वज्ञौ स्थानमूर्च्छनकोविदौ Rām.1.4.1 (com.- 'यदूर्ध्वं हृदयग्रन्थे कपोलफलकादधः । प्राणसंचारणस्थानं स्थानमित्यभि- धीयते ॥...... इति शाण्डिल्यः). -28 A pose, posture (of archers etc.). -29 An order of the life (आश्रम); मैत्रेयीति होवाच याज्ञवल्क्य उद्यास्यन्वा अरे$हमस्मात् स्थानादस्मि Bṛi. Up.2. 4.1. -3 Ground (भूमि); स्थानासनिनो भूमि-पाषाण-सिकता- शर्करा-वालुका-भस्मशायिनः Mb.12.192.1. -31 Sustenance, maintenance; यच्चेदं प्रभवः स्थानं भूतानां संयमो यमः । स्वभावेनैव वर्तन्ते द्वन्द्वसृष्टानि भूरिशः ॥ Mb.12.238.2 (com. स्थानं पोषणम्). -32 A mode or attitude in fighting; अस्त्रयन्त्राणि चित्राणि स्थानानि विविधानि च Mb.9.57.18. -33 Storage (of goods); आगमं निर्गमं स्थानं तथा वृद्धिक्षयावुभौ । विचार्य सर्वपण्यानां कारयेत् क्रयविक्रयौ ॥ Ms.8.41. -34 A state of perfect tranquillity. -35 Any organ of sense. -36 Shape, form, appearance (as of the moon). -37 An astronomical mansion. -Comp. -अधिकारः the superintendence of a shrine; Inscr. -अध्यक्षः 1 a local governor. -2 the superintendent of a place. -3 a watchman, police-officer. -आसनम् n. du. standing and sitting down. -आसेधः confinement to a place, imprisonment, arrest; cf. आसेध. -चञ्चला Ocimum Pilosum (Mar. तुकुमराई). -कुटिकासनम् leaving the house or any abode (स्थावरगृहत्याग); शिरसो मुण्डनाद्वापि न स्थानकुटिकासनात् Mb.3.2.14. -चिन्तकः a kind of quarter-master. -च्युत see स्थानभ्रष्ट. -टिप्पटिका the daily account; Śukra 3.369. -दप्ति (in augury) inauspicious on account of situation. -पालः a watchman, sentinel, policeman; Y.2.173. -भूमि f. a dwelling-place, mansion. -भ्रष्ट a. ejected from an office, displaced, dismissed, out of employ. -माहात्म्यम् 1 the greatness or glory of any place. -2 a kind of divine virtue or uncommon sanctity supposed to be inherent in a sacred spot. -मृगः N. of certain animals (such as turtle, crocodile &c.). -योगः assignment of proper places; द्रव्याणां स्थानयोगांश्च क्रयविक्रयमेव च Ms.9.332. -विभागः (in alg.) subdivision of a number according to the position of its figures. -स्थ a. being in one's abode, at home.
sthāne स्थाने ind. (loc. of स्थान) 1 In the right or proper place, rightly, properly, justly, truly, appropriately; स्थाने हषीकेश तव प्रकीर्त्या जगत् प्रहृष्यत्यनुरज्यते च Bg.11.36; स्थाने वृता भूपतिभिः परोक्षैः R.7.13; स्थाने प्राणाः कामिनां दूत्यधीनाः M.3.14; Ku.6.67;7.65. -2 In place of, instead of, in lieu of, as a substitute for; धातोः स्थान इवादेशं सुग्रीवं संन्यवेशयत् R.12.58. -3 On account of, because of. -4 Similarly, like, as. -Comp. -पतित a. occupying the place of another.
sthūrīpṛṣṭhaḥ स्थूरीपृष्ठः A horse not yet ridden on; भित्त्वा घोणामाय- सेनाधिवक्षः स्थूरीपृष्ठो गार्ध्रपक्षेण विद्धः । Śi.18.22.
sthūla स्थूल a. (compar. स्थवीयस् superl. स्थविष्ठ) 1 Large, great, big, bulky, huge; बहुस्पृशापि स्थूलेन स्थीयते बहिरश्मवत् Śi.2.78 (where it has sense 6 also); स्थूलहस्तावलेपान् Me.14,18; R.6.28. -2 Fat, corpulent, stout. -3 Strong, powerful; स्थूलं स्थूलं श्वसिति K. 'breathes hard'. -4 Thick, clumsy. -5 Gross, coarse, rough (fig. also) as in स्थूलमानम् q. v. -6 Foolish, doltish, silly, ignorant. -7 Stolid, dull, thick-headed. -8 Not exact. -9 (Inphil.) Material (opp. to सूक्ष्म). -लः The jack tree. -ला -1 Large cardamoms. -2 Scindaspus Officinalis (Mar. गजपिंपळी). -3 Cucumis Utilissimus (Mar. थोरकाकडी). -लम् 1 A heap, quantity. -2 A tent. -3 The summit of a mountain (कूट). -4 Sour milk, curds. -Comp. -अन्त्रम् the larger intestine near the anus. -आस्यः a snake. -इच्छ a. having immoderate desires. -उच्चयः 1 a large fragment of a crag or rock fallen from a mountain and forming an irregular mound. -2 incompleteness, deficiency, defect. -3 the middle pace of elephants; स्थूलोच्चयेनागमदन्तिकागताम् Śi.12.16. -4 an eruption of pimples on the face. -5 a hollow at the root of an elephant's tusks. -कण्टकिका the silk-cotton tree. -कण्टा the egg-plant. -कन्दः 1 a kind of esculent root. -2 red garlic. -काय a. fat, corpulent. -काष्ठाग्निः a tree-trunk or a large log of wood set on fire. -क्षेडः, -क्ष्वेडः an arrow. -चापः a large bow-like instrument used in cleaning cotton. -तालः the marshy date-tree. -त्वचा Gmelina Arborea (Mar. थोर शिवणी). -दला Aloe Perfoliata (Mar. कोरफड). -धी, -मति a. foolish, doltish. -नालः a kind of large reed. -नास, -नासिक a. thick-nosed. (-सः, -कः) a hog, boar. -नीलः a hawk, falcon. -पटः, -टम् coarse cloth. -पट्टः cotton. (-ट्टम्), -पट्टाकः coarse cloth. -पट्टः a. clubfooted, having swelled legs. (-दः) 1 an elephant. -2 a man with elephantiasis. -प्रपञ्चः the gross or material world. -फलः the silk-cotton tree. -भावः Bigness, grossness. -भूत n. pl. the five grosser elements (according to Sāṁkhya phil.). -मध्य a. thick in the middle. -मरिचम् a kind of berry (कक्कोल). -मानम् rough or inexact calculation, gross or rough computation. -मूलम् a kind of radish. -लक्ष, -क्ष्य a. 1 munificent, liberal, generous; अकत्थनो मानयिता स्थूललक्ष्यः प्रियंवदः Mb.3.45.1. -2 wise, learned. -3 inclined to recollect both benefits and injuries. -4 taking careless aim. -लक्षिता munificence, liberality. -वल्कलः the red Lodhra tree. -विषयः a gross or material object. -शङ्खा a woman having a large vulva. -शरीरम् the grosser or material and perishable body (opp. सूक्ष्म or लिङ्ग-शरीर q. v.) -शाटकः (-कम्), शाट(टि)का, -शाटिः a thick or coarse cloth. -शीर्षिका a small ant having a large head in proportion to its size. -शोफ a. greatly swollen. -षट्पदः 1 a large bee. -2 a wasp. -सूक्ष्म a. mighty and subtle (as the god). -स्कन्धः the lakucha tree. -स्थूल a. excessively thick. -हस्तः 1 an elephant's trunk; दिङ्ना- गानां पथि परिहरन् स्थूलहस्तावलेपान् Me.14. -2 a large or coarse hand.
spaṣṭa स्पष्ट a. [स्पश्-क्त नि˚ इडभावः] 1 Distinctly visible, evident, cleary perceived, clear, plain, manifest; स्पष्टे जाते प्रत्यूषे K. 'when it was broad day-break'; स्पष्टाकृतिः R.18.3; स्पष्टार्थः &c. -2 Real, true. -3 Full-blown. expanded. -4 One who sees clearly. -ष्टम् ind. 1 Clearly, distinctly, plainly. -2 Openly, boldly. (स्पष्टीकृ means 'to make clear or distinct', explain, elucidate.) -Comp. -अक्षर a. distinctly spoken. -अर्थ a. intelligible, clear. -गर्भा a woman who shows evident signs of pregnancy. -प्रतिपत्तिः f. distinct notion, clear perception. -भाषिन्, -वक्तृ a. plain-spoken, outspoken, candid.
spṛṣṭāspṛṣṭi स्पृष्टास्पृष्टि n., -स्पृष्टास्पृष्टम् Touching one another; cf. P.II.2.27. स्पृष्टिः spṛṣṭiḥ स्पृष्टिका spṛṣṭikā स्पृष्टिः स्पृष्टिका f. Touch, contact; तद्वयस्य अस्मच्छरीर- स्पृष्टिकया शापितो$सि Mk.3.
smṛtiḥ स्मृतिः f. [स्मृ-क्तिन्] 1 Remembrance; recollection, memory; अश्वत्थामा करधृतधनुः किं न यातः स्मृतिं ते Ve.3.21; संस्कारमात्रजन्यं ज्ञानं स्मृतिः T. S.; स्मृत्युपस्थितौ इमौ द्वौ श्लोकौ U.6;4.2. -2 Thinking of, calling to mind. -3 What was delivered by human authors, law, traditional law, the body of traditional or memorial law (civil or religious) (opp. श्रुति). -4 A code of laws, law-book. -5 A text of Smṛiti, canon, rule of law; इति स्मृतेः. -6 Desire, wish. -7 Discrimination, discretion; स्मृतौ हतायां भृतमानदुर्दृशः Bhāg.4.3.17. -8 Understanding. -Comp. -अन्तरम् another law-book. -अपेत a. 1 forgotten. -2 inconsistent with Smṛiti. -3 (hence) illegal, unjust. -उक्त a. prescribed or enjoined in the codes of law, canonical. -जातः the god of love. -तन्त्रम् a law-book. -पत्रकम् a register-book; राजाद्यङ्कितलेखस्य धारयेत् स्मृति- पत्रकम् Śukra.2.287. -पथः, -विषयः the object of memory; स्मृतिपथं, स्मृतिविषयं गम् to be dead; सर्वं यस्य वशा- दगात् स्मृतिपथं कालाय तस्मै नमः Bh.3.37; समं यैः संवृद्धाः स्मृति- विषयतां ते$पि गमिताः 38. -पाठकः a lawyer. -प्रत्यवमर्शः retentiveness of memory, accuracy of recollection. -प्रबन्धः a legal work. -भ्रंशः loss of failure of memory. -रोधः temporary interruption of memory; loss or failure of memory; शापादसि प्रतिहता स्मृतिरोधरूक्षे भर्तर्यपेत- तमसि प्रभुता तवैव । Ś.7.32. -विनयः a reprimand given to a person by reminding him of his duty. -विभ्रमः confusion of memory. -विरुद्ध a. illegal. -विरोधः 1 opposition to law, illegality. -2 disagreement between two or more Smṛitis or legal texts; स्मृतिविरोधं परिहरति S. B.; cf. स्मृत्योर्विरोधे न्यायस्तु बलवान् व्यवहारतः Y.2.21. -विषयः the range of memory. -शास्त्रम् 1 a law-book, code, digest. -2 legal science. -शेष a. deceased, dead (as a person). -शैथिल्यम् loss of memory. -संमत a. approved by law. -साध्य a. capable of being proved by law. -हीन forgetful. -हेतुः a cause of recollection, impression on the mind, association of ideas.
sru स्रु 1 P. (स्रवति, स्रुत) 1 To flow, stream, trickle, ooze, drop, exude; न हि निम्बात् स्रवेत् क्षौद्रम् Rām. -2 To pour out, shed, let flow; अलोठिष्ट च भूपृष्ठे शोणितं चाप्यसुस्रुवत् Bk.15.56;17.18. -3 To go, move. -4 To trickle or slip away, waste away, perish, come to nothing; स्रवते ब्रह्म तस्यापि भिन्नभाण्डात् पयो यथा Bhāg; Bk.6.18; Ms.2.74. -5 To spread about, get abroad, transpire (as a secret). -6 To slip, issue out before the right time. -7 To accrue (as interest). -Caus. (स्रावयति-ते) 1 To cause to flow, pour out, shed, spill (blood &c.); न गात्रात् स्रावयेदसृक् Ms.4.169. -2 To stir up, arouse.
sva स्व pron. a. 1 One's own, belonging to oneself, often serving as a reflexive pronoun; स्वनियोगमशून्यं कुरु Ś.2; प्रजाः प्रजाः स्वा इव तन्त्रयित्वा 5.5; oft. in comp. in this sense; स्वपुत्र, स्वकलत्र, स्वद्रव्य. -2 Innate, natural, inherent, peculiar, inborn; सूर्यापाये न खलु कमलं पुष्यति स्वामभिख्याम् Me.82; Ś.1.19; स तस्य स्वो भावः प्रकृतिनियतत्वादकृतकः U. 6.14. -3 Belonging to one's own caste or tribe; शूद्रैव भार्या शूद्रस्य सा च स्वा च विशः स्मृते Ms.3.13;5.14. -स्वः 1 One's own self. -2 A relative, kinsman; एनं स्वा अभि- संविशन्ति भर्ता स्वानां श्रेष्ठः पुर एता भवति Bṛi. Up.1.3.18; (दौर्गत्यं) येन स्वैरपि मन्यन्ते जीवन्तो$पि मृता इव Pt.2.1; Ms. 2.19. -3 The soul. -4 N. of Viṣṇu. -स्वा A woman of one's own caste. -स्वः, -स्वम् 1 Wealth, property; as in निःस्व q. v. -2 (In alg.) The plus or affirmative quantity; cf. धनः; स्वशब्दो$यमात्मीयधनज्ञातीनां प्रत्येकं वाचको न समुदायस्य ŚB. on MS.6.7.2. The Ego. -4 Nature (स्वभावः); वृत्तिर्भूतानि भूतानां चराणामचराणि च । कृता स्वेन नृणां तत्र कामाच्चोदनयापि वा ॥ Bhāg.12.7.13. -Comp. -अक्षपादः a follower of the Nyāya system of philosophy. -अक्षरम् one's own hand-writing. -अधिकारः one's own duty or sway; स्वाधिकारात् प्रमत्तः Me.1; स्वाधिकारभूमौ Ś.7. -अधिपत्यम् one's own supremacy, sovereignty. -अधि- ष्ठानम् one of the six Chakras or mystical circles of the body. -अधीन a. 1 dependent on oneself, self-dependent. -2 independent. -3 one's own subject. -4 in one's own power; स्वाधीना वचनीयतापि हि वरं बद्धो न सेवाञ्जलिः Mk.3. 11. ˚कुशल a. having prosperity in one's own power; स्वाधीनकुशलाः सिद्धिमन्तः Ś.4. ˚ पतिका, ˚भर्तृका a woman who has full control over her husband, one whose husband is subject to her; अथ सा निर्गताबाधा राधा स्वाधीनभर्तृका । निजगाद रतिक्लान्तं कान्तं मण्डनवाञ्छया Gīt.12; see S. D.112. et seq. -अध्यायः 1 self-recitation, muttering to oneself. -2 study of the Vedas, sacred study, perusal of sacred books; स्वाध्यायेनार्चयेदृषीन् Ms.3.81; Bg.16.1; T. Up.1.9.1. -3 the Veda itself. -4 a day on which sacred study is enjoined to be resumed after suspension. ˚अर्थिन् m. a student who tries to secure his own livelihood during his course of holy study; Ms.11.1. -अध्यायिन् m. 1 a student of the Vedas. -2 a tradesman. -अनुभवः, अनुभूतिः f. 1 self-experience. -2 self-knowledge; स्वानुभूत्येकसाराय नमः शान्ताय तेजसे Bh.2.1. अनुभावः love for property. -अनुरूप a. 1 natural, inborn. -2 worthy of oneself. -अन्तम् 1 the mind; मम स्वान्तध्वान्तं तिरयतु नवीनो जलधरः Bv.4.5; Mv.7.17. -2 a cavern. -3 one's own death, end. -अर्जित a. self-acquired. -अर्थ a. 1 self-interested. -2 having its own or true meaning. -3 having one's own object or aim. -4 pleonastic. (-र्थः) 1 one's own interest, self-interest; सर्वः स्वार्थं समीहते Śi.2.65; स्वार्थात्सतां गुरुतरा प्रणयिक्रियैव V. 4.15. -2 own or inherent meaning; स्वार्थे णिच्, स्वार्थे कप्रत्ययः &c.; परार्थव्यासङ्गादुपजहदथ स्वार्थपरताम् Bv.1.79 (where both senses are intended). -3 = पुरुषार्थः q. v.; Bhāg.12.2.6. ˚अनुमानम् inference for oneself, a kind of inductive reasoning, one of the two main kinds of अनुमान, the other being परार्थानुमान. ˚पण्डित a. 1 clever in one's own affairs. -2 expert in attending to one's own interests. ˚पर, ˚परायण a. intent on securing one's own interests, selfish; परार्थानुष्ठाने जडयति नृपं स्वार्थपरता Mu.3.4. ˚विघातः frustration of one's object. ˚सिद्धिः f. fulfilment of one's own object. -आनन्दः delight in one's self. -आयत्त a. subject to, or dependent upon, oneself; स्वायत्तमेकान्तगुणं विधात्रा विनिर्मितं छादनमज्ञतायाः Bh. 2.7. -आरब्ध, -आरम्भक a. self-undertaken. -आहत a. coined by one's self. -इच्छा self-will, own inclination. ˚आचारः acting as one likes; self-will. ˚मृत्युः an epithet of Bhīṣma. -उत्थ a. innate. -उदयः the rising of a sign or heavenly body at any particular place. -उपधिः a fixed star. -कम्पनः air, wind. -कर्मन् one's own duty (स्वधर्म); स्वकर्मनिरतः सिद्धिं यथा विन्दति तच्छृणु Bg.18. 45. -कर्मस्थ a. minding one's own duty; अधीयीरंस्त्रयो वर्णाः स्वकर्मस्था द्विजातयः Ms.1.1. -कर्मिन् a. selfish. -कामिन् a. selfish. -कार्यम् one's own business or interest. -कुलक्षयः a fish. -कृतम् a deed done by one's self. -कृतंभुज् a. experiencing the results of former deeds (प्रारब्धकर्म); मा शोचतं महाभागावात्मजान् स्वकृतंभुजः Bhāg.1. 4.18. -गतम् ind. to oneself, aside (in theatrical language). -गृहः a kind of bird. -गोचर a. subject to one's self; स्वगोचरे सत्यपि चित्तहारिणा Ki.8.13. -चर a. self-moving. -छन्द a. 1 self-willed, uncontrolled, wanton. -2 spontaneous. -3 wild. (-न्दः) one's own will or choice, own fancy or pleasure, independence. (-न्दम्) ind. at one's own will or pleasure, wantonly, voluntarily; स्वच्छन्दं दलदरविन्द ते मरन्दं विन्दन्तो विदधतु गुञ्जितं मिलिन्दाः Bv.1.15. -ज a. 1 self-born. -2 natural (स्वाभाविक); आगता त्वामियं बुद्धिः स्वजा वैनायिकी च या Rām.2.112.16. (-जः) 1 a son or child. -2 sweat, perspiration. -3 a viper. (-जा) a daughter. (-जम्) blood. -जनः 1 a kinsman, relative; इतःप्रत्यादेशात् स्वजनमनुगन्तुं व्यवसिता Ś. 6.8; Pt.1.5. -2 one's own people or kindred, one's household. ˚गन्धिन् a. distantly related to. (स्वजनायते Den. P. 'becomes or is treated as a relation'; Pt.1.5.) -जातिः 1 one's own kind. -2 one's own family or caste. -ज्ञातिः a kinsman. -ता personal regard or interest; अस्यां मे महती स्वता Svapna.1.7. -तन्त्र a. 1 self-dependent, uncontrolled, independent, self-willed. -2 of age, full-grown. (-न्त्रम्) one's own (common group of) subsidiaries; जैमिनेः परतन्त्रापत्तेः स्वतन्त्रप्रतिषेधः स्यात् MS. 12.1.8. (-न्त्रः) a blind man. -दृश् a. seeing one's self; ईयते भगवानेभिः सगुणो निर्गुणः स्वदृक् Bhāg.3.32.36. -देशः one's own country, native country. ˚जः, ˚बन्धुः a fellow countryman. -धर्मः 1 one's own religion. -2 one's own duty, the duties of one's own class; Ms.1.88,91; स्वधर्मे निधनं श्रेयः परधर्मो भयावहः Bg.3.35. -3 peculiarity, one's own rights. -निघ्न a. depending on or subservient to oneself; (पुराणि च) निगृह्य निग्रहाभिज्ञो निन्ये नेता स्वनिघ्नताम् Śiva B.25.9. -पक्षः 1 one's own side or party. -2 a friend. -3 one's own opinion. -पणः one's own stake. -परमण्डलम् one's own and an enemy's country. -प्रकाश a. 1 self-evident. -2 self-luminous. -प्रतिष्ठ a. astringent. -प्रधान a. independent. -प्रयोगात् ind. by means of one's own efforts. -बीजः the soul. -भटः 1 one's own warrior. -2 bodyguard. -भावः 1 own state. -2 an essential or inherent property, natural constitution, innate or peculiar disposition, nature; स्वभावहेतुजा भावाः Mb.12.211.3; पौरुषं कारणं केचिदाहुः कर्मसु मानवाः । दैवमेके प्रशंसन्ति स्वभावमपरे जनाः ॥ 12.238.4; Bg.5.14; स्वभावो दुरतिक्रमः Subhāṣ.; so कुटिल˚, शुद्ध˚, मृदु˚, चपल˚, कठिन˚ &c. ˚आत्मक a. natural, inborn; स्वभावतः प्रवृत्तो यः प्राप्नोत्यर्थ न कारणात्। तत् स्वभावात्मकं विद्धि फलं पुरुष- सत्तम ॥ Mb.3.32.19. ˚उक्तिः f. 1 spontaneous declaration. -2 (in Rhet.) a figure of speech which consists in describing a thing to the life, or with exact resemblance; स्वभावोक्तिस्तु डिम्भादेः स्वक्रियारूपवर्णनम् K. P.1, or नानावस्थं पदार्थानां रूपं साक्षाद्विवृण्वती Kāv.2.8. ˚ज a. innate, natural. ˚भावः natural disposition. ˚वादः the doctrine that the universe was produced and is sustained by the natural and necessary action of substances according to their inherent properties, (and not by the agency of a Supreme Being). ˚सिद्ध a. natural, spontaneous, inborn. -भूः m. 1 an epithet of Brahman. -2 of Śiva. -3 of Viṣṇu. -f. one's own country, home. -मनीषा own judgement. -मनीषिका indifference. -मात्रेण ind. by one's self. -युतिः the line which joins the extremities of the perpendicular and diagonal. -यूथ्यः a relation. -योनि a. related on the mother's side. (-m., f.) own womb, one's own place of birth. (-f.) a sister or near female relative; रेतःसेकः स्वयोनीषु कुमारीष्वन्त्यजासु च (गुरुतल्पसमं विदुः) Ms.11.58. -रसः 1 natural taste. -2 proper taste or sentiment in composition. -3 a kind of astringent juice. -4 the residue of oily substances (ground on a stone.) -राज् a. 1 self-luminons; त्वमकरणः स्वराडखिलकारकशक्तिधरः Bhāg.1. 87.28. -2 self-wise; Bhāg.1.1.1. -m. 1 the Supreme Being. -2 one of the seven rays of the sun. -3 N. of Brahmā; दिदृक्षुरागादृषिभिर्वृतः स्वराट् Bhāg.3.18.2. -4 N. of Viṣṇ&u; हस्तौ च निरभिद्येतां बलं ताभ्यां ततः स्वराट् Bhāg.3. 26.59. -5 a king with a revenue of 5 lacs to one crore Karṣas; ततस्तु कोटिपर्यन्तः स्वराट् सम्राट् ततः परम् Śukra.1. 185. -राज्यम् 1 independent dominion or sovereignty. -2 own kingdom. -राष्ट्रम् own kingdom. -रुचिः one's own pleasure. -रूप a. 1 similar, like. -2 handsome, pleasing, lovely. -3 learned, wise. (-पम्) 1 one's own form or shape, natural state or condition; तत्रान्यस्य कथं न भावि जगतो यस्मात् स्वरूपं हि तत् Pt.1.159. -2 natural character or form, true constitution. -3 nature. -4 peculiar aim. -5 kind, sort, species. ˚असिद्धि f. one of the three forms of fallacy called असिद्ध q. v. -लक्षणम् a peculiar characteristic or property. -लोकः 1 one's own form (आत्मरूप); व्यर्थो$पि नैवोपरमेत पुंसां मत्तः परावृत्तधियां स्वलोकात् Bhāg.11.22.34. -2 self-knowledge; पुष्णन् स्वलोकाय न कल्पते वै Bhāg.7.6.16. -बत् a. possessed of property; स्ववती श्रुत्यनुरोधात् ŚB. on MS.6.1.2. -वश a. 1 self-controlled. -2 independent. -वहित a. 1 self-impelled. -2 alert, active. -वासिनी a woman whether married or unmarried who continues to live after maturity in her father's house. -विग्रहः one's own body. -विषयः one's own country, home. -वृत्तम् one's own business. -वृत्ति a. living by one's own exertions. -संविद् f. the knowledge of one's own or the true essence. -संवृत a. self-protected, self-guarded; मायां नित्यं स्वसंवृतः Ms.7.14. -संवेदनम् knowledge derived from one's self. -संस्था 1 self-abiding. -2 self-possession. -3 absorption in one's own self; उन्मत्तमत्तजडवत्स्वसंस्थां गतस्य मे वीर चिकित्सितेन Bhāg.5.1.13. -स्थ a. 1 self-abiding. -2 self-dependent, relying on one's own exertions, confident, firm, resolute; स्वस्थं तं सूचयन्तीव वञ्चितो$सीति वीक्षितैः Bu. Ch.4.37. -3 independent. -4 doing well, well, in health, at ease, comfortable; स्वस्थ एवास्मि Māl.4; स्वस्थे को वा न पण्डितः Pt.1.127; see अखस्थ also. -5 contented, happy. (-स्थम्) ind. at ease, comfortably, composedly. -स्थानम् one's own place or home, one's own abode; नक्रः स्वस्थानमासाद्य गजेन्द्रमपि कर्षति Pt.3.46. ˚विवृद्धिः (Mīmāṁsā) augmentation in its own place (opp. दण्डकलितवत् आवृत्तिः); तत्र पूर्णे पुनरावृत्तिर्नास्तीति दण्डकलितवद् न स्यात् । न च वृद्ध्या विना तद न्तरं पूर्यते इति स्वस्थानविवृद्धिरागतेति ŚB. on MS.1.5.83. -स्वरूपम् one's true character. -हन्तृ m. suicide. -हरणम् confiscation of property. -हस्तः one's own hand or handwriting, an autograph; see under हस्त. -हस्तिका an axe. -हित a. beneficial to oneself (-तम्) one's own good or advantage, one's own welfare. -हेतुः one's own cause.
svaraḥ स्वरः [स्वर्-अच्, स्वृ-अप् वा] 1 Sound, noise. -2 Voice; स्वरेण तस्याममृतस्रुतेव प्रजल्पितायामभिजातवाचि Ku.1.45. -3 A note of the musical scale or gamut, a tone, tune; (these are seven:-- निषादर्षभगान्धारषड्जमध्यमधैवताः ॥ पञ्चम- श्चेत्यमी सप्त तन्त्रीकण्ठोत्थिताः स्वराः Ak.); सप्त स्वरास्त्रयो ग्रामा मूर्छनाश्चैकविंशतिः Pt.5.54. -4 The number 'seven'. -5 A vowel. -6 An accent; (these are three; उदात्त, अनुदात्त and स्वरित q. q. v. v.); निहन्त्यरीनेकपदे य उदात्तः स्वरानिव Śi.2.95. -7 Air breathed through the nostrils. -8 Snoring. -9 Sweetness of tune or tone; तस्मादार्त्विज्यं करिष्यन् वाचि स्वरमिच्छेत तया वाचा स्वरसंपन्नयार्त्विज्यं कुर्यात् Bṛi. Up.1.3.25. -रा N. of the chief wife of Brahman. -Comp. -अंशः a half or quarter tone (in music). -अङ्कः a kind of musical composition. -अन्तरम् the interval between two vowels, hiatus. -उदय a. followed by a vowel. (-यः) 1 the production of sound. -2 see स्वरशास्त्र. -उपघातः hoarseness. -उपध a. preceded by a vowel. -कम्पः trembling of tone. -कर a. producing voice -क्षयः the loss of voice. -ग्रामः the musical scale, gamut. -च्छिद्रम् the sound-hole of a flute. -दीप्त a. (in augury) inauspicious with regard to voice. -नाभिः a kind of flute. -पत्तनम् N. of the Sāma-veda. -परिवर्तः change of voice. -वद्ध composed in musical measure. -ब्रह्मन् the Brahman as manifested in sound; स्वरब्रह्मणि निर्भातहृषीकेशपदाम्बुजे अखण्डं चित्तमावेश्य लोकाननुचरन् मुनिः ॥ Bhāg.6.5.22. -भक्तिः f. a vowel-sound phonetically inserted in the pronunciation of र् or ल् when these letters are followed by a sibilant or any single consonant; (e. g. वर्ष pronounced as वरिष). -भङ्गः, -भेदः 1 indistinctness of utterance, broken articulation. -2 hoarseness or cracking of voice. -भङ्गिन् m. a kind of bird. -मञ्चनृत्यम् a kind of dance. -मण्डलम् the circle of notes, arrangement of musical scales; सप्त स्वरास्त्रयो ग्रामा मूर्च्छनाश्चैकविंशतः तानास्त्वेकोनपञ्चाशदित्येतत्स्वरमण्डलम् ॥ Pt.5. 54. -मण्डलिका a kind of lute (वीणा). -मात्रा strength of sound. -योगः voice. -लासिका a flute, pipe. -विभक्तिः separation of a vowel. -शास्त्रम् 1 the science of the modulation of sounds. -2 the science of the passage of the air through the nostrils (as bearing on the prognostication of future events). -शुद्ध a. correct in musical measure. -शून्य a. without musical notes, unmelodious, unmusical. -संयोगः 1 the junction of vowels. -2 the union of notes or sounds, i. e. voice; अन्य एवैष स्वरसंयागः Mk.1,3; U.3; पण्डितकौशिक्या इव स्वरसंयोगः श्रूयते M.5. -संक्रमः 1 a transition or succession of notes; तं तस्य स्वरसंक्रमं मृदुगिरः श्लिष्टं च तन्त्रीस्वनम् Mk.3.5. -2 the gamut. -संदेहविवादः a kind of round game; K. -संधिः the coalition of vowels. -संपद् f. melody of voice. -संपन्न a. having a melodious voice. -सामन् m. pl. epithets of particular days in a sacrificial session.
svarita स्वरित a. [स्वरो जातो$स्य इतच्] 1 Sounded; caused to sound; स्वरितवेणुना सुष्ठु चुम्बितम् Bhāg.1.31.14. -2 Sounded as a note, pitched. -3 Articulated. -4 Circumflexed. -5 Accented. -6 Added, admixed -तः The third or mixed tone lying between high and low; समाहारः स्वरितः P.I.2.31; see Sk. thereon.
svaritatvam स्वरितत्वम् Connotation, significance; अयोविकारे स्वरित- त्वमिष्यते N.9.42.
svastikaḥ स्वस्तिकः [स्वस्ति शुभाय हितं क] 1 A kind of mystical mark () on persons or things denoting good luck. -2 A lucky object. -3 The meeting of four roads. -4 The crossing of the arms, making a sign like the cross; स्तनविनिहितहस्तस्वस्तिकाभिर्वधूभिः Māl.4.1; Śi.1.43. -5 A palace of particular form. -6 A particular symbol made with ground rice and shaped like a triangle. -7 A kind of cake. -8 A voluptuary, libertine. -9 Garlic. -1 A kind of bard (who utters words of eulogy); पुरःसरैः स्वस्तिकसूतमागधैः Rām.2.16.46 (com. स्वस्तिका जयजयेति वादिनो बन्दिनः). -कः, -कम् 1 A mansion or temple of a particular form with a terrace in front. -2 A particular mode of sitting practised by Yogins (in which the toes are placed in the inner hollow of the knees). -3 A seat (पीठ) prepared for a deity; Mb.12.4.7. (com. स्वस्तिकान् सर्वतोभद्राद्यङ्कितानि देवतापीठानि). -Comp. -कर्ण a. marked on the ear with the figure स्वस्तिक. -पाणि a. 1 crossing hands like स्वस्तिकं. -2 holding auspicious things in hands; श्रुत्वा चेदं वचनं पार्थिवस्य सर्वं पुरं स्वस्तिकपाणिभूतम् Mb.4.68.27 (com. स्वस्तिकं मङ्गलारार्तिकादि दधिदूर्वादि च पाणौ यस्य तत् स्वस्तिकपाणिभूतम्).
hariścandraḥ हरिश्चन्द्रः N. of a king of the solar dynasty. [He was the son of Triśaṅku and was famous for his liberality, probity, and unflinching adherence to truth. On one occasion his family-priest Vasiṣṭha commended his qualities in the presence of Viśvāmitra, who refused to believe them. A quarrel thereupon ensued, and it was at last decided that Viśvāmitra should himself test the king. The sage accordingly subjected him to the most crucial test with a view to see if he could not be but once made to swerve from his plighted word. The king, however, stood the test with exemplary courage, adhering to his word though he had to forego the kingdom, to sell off his wife and son, and at last, even his own self to a low-caste man, and-as the last test, as it were, of his truthfulness and courage--to be even ready to put his own wife to death as a witch! Viśāmitra thereupon acknowledged himself vanquished, and the worthy king was elevated along with his subjects to heaven.]
hastaḥ हस्तः [हस्-तन् न इट् Uṇ.3.86] 1 The hand; हस्तं गत 'fallen in the hand or possession of'; गौतमीहस्ते विसर्जयि- ष्यामि Ś.3 'I shall send it by Gautamī'; so हस्ते पतिता; हस्तसंनिहितां कुरु &c.; शंभुना दत्तहस्ता Me.62 'leaning on Śambhu's hand'; हस्ते-कृ 1 (हस्तेकृत्य-कृत्वा) 'to take or seize by the hand, take hold of the hand, take in hand, take possession of'; Prov. :--हस्तकङ्कणं किं दर्पणे प्रेक्ष्यते Karpūr. 'sight requires no mirror'. -2 The truck of an elephant; Ku.1.36; अथवा हस्तिहस्तचञ्चलानि पुरुषभाग्यानि भवन्ति Avimārakam 2. -3 N. of the 13th lunar mansion consisting of five stars. -4 The fore-arm, cubit, a measure of length (equal to 24 aṅgulas or about 18 inches, being the distance between the elbow and the tip of the middle finger). -5 Hand-writing, signature; धनी वोपगतं दद्यात् स्वहस्तपरिचिह्नितम् Y.1.319; स्वहस्त- कालसंपन्नं शासनम् 1.32 'bearing date and signature'; धार्यतामयं प्रियायाः स्वहस्तः V.2 'the autograph of my beloved'; 2.2. -6 (Hence fig.) Proof, indication; Mu.3. -7 Help, assistance, support; वात्या खेदं कृशाङ्ग्याः सुचिरमवयवैर्दत्तहस्ता करोति Ve.2.21. -8 A mass, quantity, abundance (of hair), in comp. with केश, कच &c.; पाशः पक्षश्च हस्तश्च कलापार्थाः कचात् Ak.; रतिविगलितबन्धे केशहस्ते सुकेश्याः सति कुसुमसनाथे किं करोत्यषे वहीं V.4.22. -स्तम् 1 A pair of leather-bellows. -2 Skill (in using the hand); कलासु कौशलमक्षभूमिहस्तादिषु Dk. 2.2. -Comp. -अक्षरम् one's own hand or signature, one's own sign-manual. -अग्रम् the finger (being the extremity of the hand). -अङ्गुलिः f. any finger of the hand. -अभ्यासः contact with the hand. -अवलम्बः, आलम्बनम् support of the hand; दत्तहस्तावलम्बे प्रारम्भे Ratn.1.8 'being aided or helped on'. -आमलकम् 'the fruit of the myrobalan held in the hand', a phrase used to denote that which can be clearly and easily seen or understood; cf. करतलामलकफलवदखिलं जगदालोकयताम् K.43. -आवापः 1 a finger-guard (ज्याघातवारणम्); V.5; Ś.6. -2 a hand-fetter; व्यालकुञ्जरदुर्गेषु सर्पचोरभयेषु च । हस्तावापेन गच्छन्ति नास्तिकाः किमतः परम् ॥ Mb.12.181.5. -कमलम् 1 a lotus carried in the hand. -2 a lotus-like hand. -कौशलम् manual dexterity. -क्रिया manual work or performance, handicraft. -गत, -गामिन् a. come to hand, fallen into one's possession, obtained, secured; त्वं प्रार्थ्यसे हस्तगता ममैभिः R.7.67;8.1. -ग्राहः taking by the hand. -चापल्यम् = हस्तकौशलम् q. v. -तलम् 1 the palm of the hand. -2 the tip of an elephant's trunk. -तालः striking the palms together, clapping the hands. -तुला 'hand-balance', weighing in the hand; हस्ततुलयापि निपुणाः पलप्रमाणं विजानन्ति Pt.2.83. -दक्षिण a. 1 situated on the right hand. -2 Right, correct. -दोषः a slip of the hand. -धारणम्, -वारणम् warding off a blow (with the hand). -पादम् the hands and feet; न मे हस्तपादं प्रसरति Ś.4. -पुच्छम् the hand below the wrist. -पृष्ठम् the back of the hand. -प्रद a. supporting, helping. -प्राप्त, -वर्तिन्, -स्थ, -स्थित a. 1 held in the hand. -2 gained, secured. -प्राप्य a. easily accessible to the hand; that can be reached with the hand; हस्तप्राप्यस्तबकनमितो बालमन्दारवृक्षः Me.77. -बिम्बम् perfuming the body with unguents. -भ्रष्ट a. escaped. -मणिः a jewel worn on the wrist. -रोधम् ind. in the hands; हस्तरोधं दधद् धनुः Bk.5.32. -लाघवम् 1 manual readiness or skill. -2 a sleight of the hand, legerdemain. -लेखः Sketching practice before producing an object of art, hand-drawing; अस्यैव सर्गाय भवत्करस्य सरोजसृष्टिर्मम हस्तलेखः N.7.72; हस्तलेखमसृजत् खलु जन्मस्थानरेणुकमसौ भवदर्थम् ibid.21.69. -वापः = हस्तक्षेपः shooting (arrows) with the hand; यस्यैकषष्टिर्निशितास्तीक्ष्णधाराः सुवाससः संमतो हस्तवापः Mb. 5.23.22. -वाम a. situated on the left (or wrong) hand. -विन्यासः position of the hands. -संवाहनम् rubbing or shampooing with the hands; संभोगान्ते मम समुचितो हस्तसंवाहनानां यास्यत्युरुः सरसकदलीगर्भगौरश्चलत्वम् Me.98. -सिद्धिः f. 1 manual labour, doing with the hands. -2 hire, wages. -सूत्रम् a bracelet or thread-string worn on the wrist; धात्र्यङ्गुलीभिः प्रतिसार्यमाणमूर्णामयं कौतुकहस्त- सूत्रम् Ku.7.25. -स्वस्तिकः crossing the hands; स्तनविनि- हितहस्तस्वस्तिकाभिर्वधूभिः Māl.4.1. -हार्य a. manifest.
hāniḥ हानिः f. [हा-क्तिन् तस्य निः] 1 Abandonment, relinquishment. -2 Loss, failure, absence, non-existence; क्वचित्तु स्फुटालंकारविरहे$पि न काव्यत्वहानिः K. P.1 'it does not cease to be a Kāvya' &c. -3 Loss, damage, detriment; ग्रासोद्गलितसिक्थेन का हानिः करिणो भवेत् Subhāṣ. का नो हानिः Sarva S. -4 Decrease, deficiency; यथा हानिः क्रमप्राप्ता तथा वृद्धिः क्रमागता Hariv.; Y.2.27,244. -5 Neglect, omission, breach; प्रतिज्ञा˚, कार्य˚. -6 Passing away, waste, loss; कालहानि R.13.16. -7 = गतिः (from हा 3 Ā.); हानिभङ्गविकल्पानां नवानां संचयेन च Mb.12.239.33. -Comp. -कर a. causing loss, detrimental, injurious; अनादिष्टो$पि भूपस्य दृष्ट्वा हानिकरं च यः । यतते तस्य नाशाय स भृत्यो$र्हो महीभुजाम् ॥ Pt.1.88.
hāhā हाहा m. N. of a Gandharva; हा हेति गायन् यदशोचि तेन नाम्नापि हाहा हरिगायनो$भूत् N.2.27; हाहाहूहूभ्यां त्वा गन्धर्वाभ्यां परिददामि Kaus.7.56.13. -ind. An exclamation denoting pain, grief or surprise, (it is simply हा repeated for the sake of emphasis; see हा); हा हा देवि स्फुटति हृदयं ध्वंसते देहबन्धः U.3.38. -Comp. -कारः 1 a grief, lamentation, loud wailing. -2 the din or uproar of battle. -रवः the cry हाहा.
hita हित a. [धा-क्त, हि-क्त वा] 1 Put, laid, placed. -2 Held, taken. -3 Suitable, fit, proper, good (with dat.); गोभ्यो हितं गोहितम्. -4 Useful, advantageous. -5 Beneficial, advantageous, wholesome, salutary (said of words, diet &c.); हितं मनोहारि च दुर्लभं वचः Ki.1.4;14.63. -6 Friendly, kind, affectionate, well-disposed (generally with loc.); माता मित्रं पिता चेति स्वभावात् त्रितयं हितम् H.1.35. -7 Sent, impelled. -8 Gone, proceeded. -9 Auspicious. -तः A friend, benefactor, friendly adviser; हितान्न यः संशृणुते स किंप्रभुः Ki.1.5; आपदामापतन्तीनां हितो$प्यायाति हेतु- ताम् H.1.28. -ता A causeway, dike; Ms.9.274. -2 N. of particular veins; हिता नाम नाड्यो द्वासप्ततिसहस्राणि हृदयात् पुरीततमभिप्रतिष्ठन्ते Bṛi. Up.2.1.19. -तम् 1 Benefit, profit or advantage. -2 Anything proper or suitable. -3 Well-being, welfare, good. -Comp. -अनुबन्धिन् a. involving or causing welfare. -अन्वेषिन्, -अर्थिन् a. seeking another's welfare; स रामस्य हितान्वेषी त्वदर्थे हि स मावदत् Mb.3.28.56. -आशंसा congratulation. -इच्छा good will, good wishes. -इच्छु a. wishing well of, kindly disposed, a well-wisher. -उक्तिः f. salutary instruction, friendly or kind advice. -उपदेशः 1 friendly advice, salutary instruction. -2 N. of a celebrated collection of tales ascribed to Viṣṇu-Śarman; श्रुतो हतोपदेशो$यं पाटवं संस्कृतोक्तिषु । वाचां सर्वत्र वैचित्र्यं नीतिविद्यां ददाति च ॥ H. Pr.2. -एषिन् a. desiring another's welfare, well-wisher, benevolent; विमलं कलुषीभवच्च चेतः कथयत्येव हितैषिणं रिपुं वा Ki. 13.6. -कर, -कर्तृ, -कृत्, -कारक a. 1 doing a kind act or service, friendly, favourable. -2 useful, rendering a service, serviceable; मूषिका गृहजाताप हन्तव्या साप- कारिणी । उपप्रदानैर्मार्जारो हितकृत् प्रार्थ्यते जनैः ॥ Pt.1.95. -3 beneficial, doing good; दग्धानां किल वह्निना हितकरः सेको$पि तस्योद्भवः Pt.1.371. (-रः) a friend, benefactor; नरपति- हितकर्ता द्वेष्यतां याति लोके Pt.1.131; पण्डितो$पि वरं शत्रुर्न मूर्खो हितकारकः 417. -काम a. desirous of befriending or benefiting; सुहृदां हितकामानां न करोतीह यो वचः Pt.1.315. -काम्या desire for another's welfare, goodwill. -कारिन्, -कृत् m. a benefactor. -पथ्य a. useful and salutary. -प्रणी m. a spy. -प्रवृत्त a. intent on the welfare of. -प्रेप्सु a. = हितकाम; यो बन्धनवधक्लेशान् प्राणिनां न चिकीर्षति । स सर्वस्य हितप्रेप्सुः सुखमत्यन्तमश्नुते ॥ Ms.5.46. -बुद्धि a. friendly-minded, a well-wisher. -वचनम्, -वाक्यम् friendly advice. -वादिन् m. a friendly counsellor.
helā हेला [हेड्-भावे-डस्य लः] 1 Contempt, disrespect, insult; तत्पूर्वमंसद्वयसं द्विपाधिपाः क्षणं सहेलाः परितो जगाहिरे Śi.12.72. -2 (a) Amorous sport or dalliance, wanton sport; हेलात्यन्तं समालक्ष्य विकारः स्यात् स एव च S. D.128; भावो हावश्च हेला च त्रयस्तत्र शरीरजाः D. R.2.32. (b) Pleasure, delight, pastime; मुग्धेन्दुसुन्दरतदीयमुखावलोकहेलाविशृङ्खलकुतू- हलनिह्नवाय Māl.9.43. -3 Strong sexual desire; प्रौढे- च्छया$तिरूढानां नारीणां सुरतोत्सवे । शृङ्गारशास्त्रतत्त्वज्ञैर्हेला सा परि- कीर्तिता ॥ -4 Ease, facility; निवेशयामासिथ हेलयोद्धृतम् Śi.1. 34; हेलया 'easily', without any difficulty or trouble. -5 Moonlight. -6 A pause in a note or shaking (as in music).
hevākasa हेवाकस a. High, intense, ardent; हेवाकसस्तु शृङ्गारो हावोक्षिभ्रूविकारकृत् D. R.2.31; (might the word here not be derived from हेवाक ?).
holākam होलाकम् A religious act performed by those that hail from east India; ये प्राच्या इति (समाख्याताः) ते होलाका- दीन् (करिष्यन्ति) ŚB. on MS.1.3.19. -Comp. -अधिकरणन्यायः A rule of interpretation according to which in the absence of a श्रुति text supporting what is stated in स्मृतिs and कल्पसूत्रs, the existence of a general श्रुति text in its support may be assumed on the strength of inference. It is not, however, admissible to assume the existence of restricted श्रुति texts (i. e. texts restricting a particular act to a particular class or land); सामान्य- श्रुतिकल्पनायामस्ति प्रमाणं न विशेषश्रुतिकल्पनायाम् । This rule is discussed by जैमिनि and शबर at MS.1.3.15-23.
Macdonell Vedic Search
38 results
aṃś aṃś attain, v. aśnóti, aśnuté: see aś.
aghnyā a-ghn-yá̄, f. cow, v. 83, 8 [gdv. not to be slain, from han slay].
acite a-cít-e, dat. inf. not to know, vii. 61, 5.
acyuta á-cyuta, pp. (K.) not overthrown, unshakable, i. 85, 4.
adri á-dri, m. rock, i. 85, 5 [not splitting: dṛ pierce].
anagnidagdha án-agni-dagdha, pp. (K.) not burned with fire, x. 15, 14.
anuvrata ánu-vrata, a. devoted, x. 34, 2 [acting according to the will (vratá) of another].
anya anyá, prn. a. other, ii. 35, 3. 8. 13; x. 34, 4. 10. 11. 14; 129, 2; with ab. = than, ii. 33, 11; anyó-anyáone-another, vii. 103, 3. 4. 5; anyé-anyé, anyá̄ḥ-anyá̄ḥ some-others, x. 14, 3; ii. 35, 3 [cp. Lat.aliu-s, Gk. ἄλλο-ς ‘other’].
apaśyant á-paśyant, pr. pt. (K.) not seeing, x. 135, 3.
apramṛśya a-pramṛśyá, gdv. not to be forgotten, ii. 35, 6 [mṛś touch].
amanyamāna á-manya-māna, pr. pt. Ā. not thinking = unexpecting, ii. 12, 10 [man think].
amūra á-mūra, a. (K.) wise, vii. 61, 5 [not foolish: mūrá].
amrta a-mṛ́ta, a. immortal; m. immortal being, i. 35, 2; vii. 63, 5; viii. 48, 32; n. what is immortal, i. 35, 6; x. 90, 3; immortality, x. 129, 2 [not dead, mṛtá, pp. of mṛ die; cp. Gk. ἄμβροτος ‘immortal’].
ayās a-yá̄s, a. nimble, i. 154, 6 [not exerting oneself: yās = yas heat oneself].
avadya a-vadyá, n. blemish, x. 14, 8 [gdv. not to be praised, blameworthy].
avṛka a-vṛká, a. (K.) friendly, x. 15, 1 [not harming: vṛ́ka wolf]. [225]
aś aś reach, obtain, V. aśnóti, aśnuté, i. 1, 3; 85, 2; ii. 33, 2. 6; iii. 59, 2; vii, 103, 9. abhí- attain to (acc.), i. 154, 5.
asmera á-smera, a. (K.) not smiling, ii. 35, 4.
āp āp obtain, V. P. āpnóti; pf. āpa, iv. 51, 7 [Lat. ap-iscor ‘reach’, ap-ere ‘seize’].
ṛ Ṛ go, V. P. ṛṇóti, int. álarti arise, viii. 48, 8 [Gk. ὀρ-νῡ-μι ‘stir up’]. abhí- penetrate to (acc.), i. 35, 9. prá- send forth, III. íyarti, vii. 61, 2.
ṛdh ṛdh thrive, V. P. ṛdhnóti. ánu- bring forward, op. 2. s. ṛdhyās, viii. 48, 2.
kṛ kṛ make, V. kṛṇóti, kṛṇuté, iv. 50, 9; v. 83, 3; = hold, x. 34, 12; = raise [230] (voice), 8; pr. sb. 3. s. kṛṇávat, viii. 48, 3; 3. pl. kṛṇávan, iv. 51, 1; vii. 63, 4; 2. pl. Ā. kṛṇúdhvam, x. 34, 14; ipv. kṛṇuhí, x. 135, 3; pf. cakṛmá, vii. 86, 5; x. 15, 4; cakrúr, vii. 63, 5; Ā. cakré, x. 90, 8; cakrá̄te, viii. 29, 9; cakriré, i. 85, 1. 2. 7. 10; ft. kariṣyási, i. 1, 6; root ao. ákar, ii. 12, 4; iii. 59. 9; v. 83, 10; ákran, x. 14, 9; 3. pl. Ā. ákrata, vii. 103, 8; x. 34, 5; sb. kárati, ii. 35, 1; kárāma, x. 15, 6; ao. ps. ákāri, vii. 61, 7 [cp. Gk. κραίνω ‘accomplish’. Lat. creò ‘create’]. úpa á̄- drive up for: rt. ao. ákaram, x. 127, 8. āvís- make manifest, v. 83, 3. nís- turn out: rt. ao. askṛta, x. 127, 3.
cana ca-ná, pcl. and not, vii. 86, 6.
tan tan extend = perform, VIII. tanóti; ipf. átanvata, x. 90, 6 [cp. Gk. τάνυμαι ‘stretch’, Lat. tendo‘stretch’]. abhí- extend over: red. pf. sb., i. 160, 5. [234]. áva- slacken (Ā.), ii. 33, 14. á̄- extend to (acc.), i. 35, 7. ánu á̄- extend over, viii. 48, 13.
tṛp tṛp be pleased, IV. P. tṛpṇoti; cs. tarpáya satisfy, i. 85, 11 [cp. Gk. τέρπω].
na 2. ná, neg. pcl. not, ii. 12, 5. 9. 10; 33, 9. 10. 152; 35, 62; iii. 59, 24; iv. 51, 6; vi. 54, 33. 4. 9; vii. 61, 53; 63, 3; 86, 6; 103, 8; viii. 48, 10; x. 14, 2; 15, 132; 34, 2-5. 12; 129, 14. 2. 72; 168, 3. 4 [180].
nā ná̄ = ná not, x. 34, 8.
nāsatya ná̄satya, m. du. epithet of the Aśvins, vii. 71, 4 [ná + asatyá not untrue].
nicita ni-citá, pp. known, ii. 12, 13 [ni + ci note].
netr ne-tṛ́, m. guide, ii. 12, 7 [nī lead]. nó = ná + u also not, vi. 54, 3.
mā má̄, proh. pcl. not, ii. 33, 1. 43. 5; viii. 48, 8. 142; x. 15, 6; 34, 13. 14 [Gk. μή ‘not’].
mākis má̄-kis, proh. prn. pcl. not any one, vi. 54, 7 [Gk. μή-τις ‘no one’].
van van win, VIII. vanóti win [Eng. win; cp. Lat. ven-ia ‘favour’]. á̄-, ds. vivāsa seek to win, ii. 33, 6; v. 83, 1.
vṛ 1. vṛ cover, V. vṛṇóti, vṛṇute. á̄-, int. ipf. á̄-varīvar contain, x. 129, 1. ví- unclose, rt. ao. avran, iv. 51, 2.
śru śru, V. śṛṇóti, hear, ii. 33, 4; x. 15, 5; pl. 3. śṛṇvire = ps., x. 168, 4.
san san gain, VIII. P. sanóti, vi. 54, 5.
su su press, V. sunóti, sunuté, V. 14, 13 [Av. hu].
spṛ spṛ win, V. spṛṇóti. nís- rescue, rt. ao. 2. du. spartam, vii. 71, 5.
Macdonell Search
1130 results
akampita pp. not trembling, firm.
akapilacchavi a. not brownish.
akadvada a. not speaking ill, speaking well.
akārya fp. not to be done; n. misdeed: -tas, ad. by doing wrong.
akāmin a. not in love.
akāma a. not desiring; unwilling, reluctant; not in love.
akavi a. not wise, foolish.
akava a. not niggardly, liberal.
akalya fp. not to be guessed.
akalya a. not healthy, ill.
akali a. not quarrelling, concordant.
akarman n. inaction; a. (-mán) doing nothing, idling; wicked.
akartavya fp. not to be done; n. misdeed.
akṛtakṛtya a. not having done one's duty.
akṛta pp. not done; unprepared, uncooked; incomplete, unripe; unsummoned.
akusumita pp. not blossoming.
akutobhaya a. afraid of nothing.
akutaścidbhaya a. afraid of nothing.
akuñcita pp. not crooked, straight.
akilina a. not damp, not moist.
akiṃcitkara a. effecting nothing.
akiṃcijjña a. knowing nothing.
akiṃcana a. having nothing, poor; -tâ, f., -tva, n. poverty.
akrūra a. not harsh, tender, gentle; -parivâra, a. having gentle attendants.
akriyamāṇa pr. pt. ps. not being done.
akravyād a-kravya̮ad, degree;da a. not eating flesh.
akaitava a. not simulated, genuine.
akṛṣīvala a. not agricultural.
akṛtsnavid a. not knowing everything, of defective knowledge.
akṛtya fp. not to be done; n. misdeed.
akṛtapūrva a. not done before.
akledya fp. not to be moistened.
akliṣṭa pp. not worn out, fresh.
akrodha m. freedom from anger; a. not given to anger; -na, a. id.
akhañja a. not limping, walking well.
akṣobhya fp. not to be shaken.
akṣodhuka a. not hungry.
akṣudra a. not insignificant, considerable.
akṣuṇa pp. uninjured; not trite, new, peculiar; uninterrupted, lasting; -tâ, f. untroddenness (of a road).
akṣīṇa pp. not waning; not losing weight.
akṣāralavaṇa n. what is not pungent and salt; -½âsin, a. abstaining from seasoned and salted food.
agarhita pp. not blamed, not despised; blameless, irreproachable.
agamya fp. inaccessible; that should not be approached; unintelligible; unsuitable.
agati f. no way, impossibility; a. not going; helpless, unhappy; -tâ, f. stand-still.
akhaṇḍitājña a. whose orders are not infringed; -tva, n. abst. n.
agṛhlat pr. pt. not seizing; not taking (leech).
agṛhīta pp. not seized, not grasped.
aguruprayukta pp. not directed by one's teacher.
aguru a. not heavy, light; m. n. aloe-wood.
aguṇībhūta pp. not become subordinate (gr.).
agharma a. not hot, cool; -dhâman, m. moon.
agohya fp. not to be hidden (ep. of the sun).
agrāhya fp. not to be grasped; imperceptible, incomprehensible; not to be approved.
agrāhin a. not taking (leech).
agrahaṇa n. non-taking; a. not specified.
aghreya fp. not to be smelt.
aghnat pr. pt. not killing, not injuring.
aghora a. not terrible.
aghṛṇin a. not soft, not too compassionate.
acarama a. not the last; best.
acaṇḍa a. not impetuous, measured.
acakita pp. not tottering, firm.
acchinna pp. not cut off; intact.
acintanīya fp. not to be thought of; inconceivable.
acitta pp. unnoticed, unseen.
ajāta a. not born, unborn.
ajahallakṣaṇā f. ellipse not abandoning the primary meaning, e.g. &open;the grey (horse) runs.&close;
ajalpat pr. pt. not saying.
ajarya a. not growing old; n. friendship.
ajarat pr. pt. not growing old.
ajara a. not aging, ever young; m. pl. the flames of Agni.
ajaḍa a. not half-witted, of sound mind.
ajaghanya a. not the last; not the worst, i. e. the most excellent.
acchedya fp. not to be cut off; indivisible.
ajur a. not growing old, imperishable.
ajīvita n. not living, death.
ajīvat pr. pt. not living; unable to maintain oneself.
ajīrṇa pp. not growing old; n. indigestion.
ajihma a. not crooked, straight; honest.
ajātapakṣa a. unfledged; -ragas, a. pollenless; not yet menstruating; -lomnî, f. a. whose hair has not yet grown, immature; -vyañgana, a. beardless; -satru, a. having no enemy (as a match); m. N. of Yudhishthira.
ajyeṣṭha a. not the eldest: pl. of whom none is the eldest; not the best; -vritti, a. not behaving as an elder brother.
ajñeya fp. not to be known or recognised.
ajñānārtha a. not having the meaning &open;knowledge.&close;
atarkita pp. not thought of, unexpected.
atamisra a. not dark.
atapas a. not practising penances; -ka, a. id.
atanu a. not small, great; m. Kâma; sexual love.
atathocita pp. not accustomed to such treatment; unused to (g.).
atatpara a. not intent on that.
atattva n. unreality: -tas, ad. not in reality; -gña, a. not knowing the truth.
aṇyanta a. not ending in the cs. suffix i (=aya).
aṭani atani, ˚nī f. notched end of a bow.
atiprakāśa a. notorious; -tva, n. -ness.
atiraktatā f. excessive liking for (lc.); -ratita, n. violent shrieking; -ratna, n. precious gem; jewel of the first water; -ratha, m. great champion; -rabhasa, a. very wild, -impetuous; -m, ad.; -ramanîya, fp. extremely charming: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -ramya, fp. id.; -raya, a. running extremely fast; -rasa, a. very palatable; m. too strong a key-note (rh.); violent desire: -tas, ad. too eagerly.
atiṣṭhat pr. pt. not remaining standing, not resting; withdrawing from (lc.).
atṛṇa n. what is not grass.
atīkṣṇa a. blunt; not strict, mild.
atyājya fp. not to be abandoned; not to be given up.
atyāgin a. not abandoning, not renouncing.
atailapūra a. not being filled with oil.
atṛpyat pr. pt. not becoming satisfied.
atrivarṣa a. not yet three years old.
atrāsita pp. not. frightened.
adabhra a. not little, much.
adabha a. not hurting, benevolent.
adantajāta pp. not having teethed.
adadhi n. what is not curds.
adadat pr. pt. not giving, -returning.
adattādāna n. taking what is not given voluntarily; -½âdâyin, a. taking what has not been given.
adatta pp. not given (said of a present that may be returned): f. â, unmarried; -dâna, n. lack of charity; -phala, n. reward for not having given.
adaṇḍya fp. not liable to punishment, innocent.
adakṣiṇa a. not right, left; awkward; inexperienced; unamiable.
atha ad. then, thereupon; now, here begins (at bg. of works or sections, cp. iti); now, so, then (at bg. of sentences); but, however, and yet; if; then, corr. to yadâ; often strengthened by atas, api, ka, tu, punar; sts. mere verse-filler; atha vâ, or, or else, or rather (giving another explanation); however; even; repeated: either--or; atha kim, what else ?= certainly; atha kimu, to say nothing of --.
atvara a. not hasty, deliberate.
aduṣprāpa a. not hard to obtain.
adurvṛtta pp. not behaving badly.
adīrgha a. not long; -sûtra, a. not dilatory, prompt: -tâ, f. despatch.
adīyamāna pr. pt. ps. not being given; f. â, not being given in marriage.
adīna a. not depressed, cheerful; -sattva, a. elated, cheerful; -½âtman, a. id.
aditsat des. pr. pt. not inclined to give.
adarśana n. not seeing; not visiting; non-investigation; non-occurrence; disappearance, invisibility: ab. beyond the vision of (ab.); a. invisible; -patha, m. what is beyond the vision of (g.).
adoṣa m. no fault, no sin; a. guiltless; -gña, a. not knowing what faults are.
adevara m. not a brother-in-law.
adeya fp. not to be given.
adṛṣṭa pp. unseen; unknown; invisible; unexpected; unsanctioned; n. the invisible, fate; -karman, a. inexperienced in (lc.); -kâma, m. love for one not yet seen; -kârita, pp. caused by fate; -nara, -purusha, a. concluded without an intermediary (alliance); -para-sâmarthya, a. not having experienced an enemy's power; -pûrva, a. never seen, unknown before; -rûpa, a. of unknown appearance; -viraha-vyatha, a.not having experienced the pangs of separation.
adāruṇa a. not pitiless, mild.
adāyāda a. not entitled to inheritance.
adāna n. not giving, withholding; a. not giving; not exuding juice from the temples.
adṛḍha pp. not firmly attached; -tara, cpv. not very firm.
adūṣaṇa n. not allowing to perish.
adūra a. not far, near; n. nearness: -tas, ab., lc. near; -kopa, a. irascible; -bhava, -vartin, -stha, a. near; imminent.
advivarṣa a. not yet two years old.
advaya a. not of two kinds, single: -tva, n. unity; -½ânanda, m. N. of a philosopher (whose joy is unity).
adruh a. not hurting, benevolent (nm. a-dhruk).
adri m. [not splitting], rock, hill, mountain-range; stone (as missile); pressing stone; cloud; -grahana, n. reverberation; -dugdha, pp. milked, i. e. pressed out, with stones; -pati, m. Himâlaya: -kanyâ, f.Pâr vatî; -budhna, a. founded on rock; -bhed ana, n. cleaving of rocks.
adya ad. to-day, now: adya½eva, this very day; adya½api, even to-day: w. neg. not even yet; -pûrvam, -yâvat, hitherto; --prabhriti, -½ârabhya, from to-day onwards.
adharmiṣṭha a. not doing right; illegal.
adharma m. unrighteousness, breach of duty; injustice: -tas, in. unjustly, iniquitously; -gña, a. ignorant of the law, -of justice; -dandana, n. unjust punishment; -bhîru, a. shrinking from wrong;-sarana, a. not based on law.
advaidha a. undivided; not double, sincere.
adhārya fp. not to be borne; not to be restrained; impossible to undergo.
adhivettavyā f. fp. (√ 2. vid) to be superseded by another wife; -vedyâ, f. id.
adho&100;kṣa a. being below, i. e. not reaching up to, the axle.
anaṅkurita pp. not grown.
anagni a. without fire; maintain ing no fire; -ka, a. without fire; not touched by fire; -dagdha, pp. not burnt with fire; m. pl. a class of Manes.
anagna a. not naked, not uncovered; -tâ, f. abst. n.
anakāmamāra a. slaying not without approval.
anativalita pp. not very rounded (belly).
anatilolam ad. not too rapidly.
anatilambin a. not hanging down very far.
anatirikta pp. not excessive.
anatibhaṅgura a. not very curly.
anatipraux{093c}ḍha pp. not quite de veloped.
anatiprakāśaka a. not highly illuminative; -tva, n. abst. n.
anatipātya fp. not to be neg lected.
anatipakva a. not very mature.
anatidūre lc. ad. not too far.
anatidagdha pp. not quite burnt up.
anatitrasnu a. not very timo rous.
anatithi m. not a guest.
anatikruddha pp. not exces sively indignant at (g.).
anatikrāmat pr. pt. not trans gressing.
anatikramaṇīya fp. unavoidable; not to be infringed, not to be neglected, inviolable.
anaṇu a. not minute, coarse.
anaṅgīkṛta pp. not assented to; neglected, ignored.
ananūtthāna n. the not follow ing after.
ananūkti a. not having studied the Veda.
ananūkta pp. not having studied (with a teacher).
ananuvrata a. not devoted, dis obedient.
ananumeya fp. not to be inferred.
ananubhūta pp. not experienced.
ananudhyāyin a. missing nothing.
ananutiṣṭhat pr. pt. not carrying out, not performing.
ananukampanīya fp. not to be pitied.
anadhvanya a. not versed in (lc.).
anadhyāyin a. not studying.
anadhyātmavid a. not knowing the supreme soul.
anadhyakṣa a. not perceptible.
anadhigamanīya fp. not attainable by (g.).
anadhigata pp. not reached, unattained; unread.
anadhikṛta pp. not made a subject of discussion; -tva, n. abst. n.
anadyatana m. not to-day; not the same day; a. not containing to-day.
anadbhuta a. not wonderful; n. no wonder.
anadat pr. pt. not eating, not con suming.
anatyārdra a. not too wet.
anatīta pp. not past.
anapakramin a. not leaving, faithful.
ananviṣyat pr. pt. not en quiring after (ac.).
ananyādṛśa a. not like others, unusual.
ananyathāvṛtti a. occupied with nothing else.
ananyagāmin a. going to no other; -guru, a. having no other father, fa therless; -kitta, a. thinking exclusively of (lc.); -ketas, a. id.; -ga, a. legitimately born; -gâni, a. having no other wife; -drishti, a. looking at nothing else; -nâtha, a. having no other protector; -nârî-kamanîya, fp. not to be desired by another woman; -nârî-sâmâ nya, a. having communion with no other wo man; -para, a. intent on nothing else; -pa râyana, a. devoted to no one else; -pûrva, a. not married to any one else before; -pûrvikâ, f. not married before; -prati kriya, a. having no other expedient; -bhâg, a. devoted to no one else; -manas, a. think ing of no one else; -mânasa, a. id.; -ruki, a. liking nothing else; -vishaya, a. relating to nothing else; -vyâpâra, a. occupied with no thing else; -sarana, a. having no other re fuge; -sâsana, a. under no one else's com mands; -samtati, a. without other offspring; -sama, a. like no one else, unequalled; -sâ dhârana, a. (î) common to no one else; -sâ mânya, a. unequalled; -½adhîna, a. depending on no other; -½apatya, a. having no other off spring; -½âsrita, pp. not transferred to another.
anandha a. not blind.
anantikastha a. not remain ing near.
anabhidroha m. not insulting.
anabhijñeya fp. not to be re cognised.
anabhicaraṇīya fp. not to be bewitched.
anabhikhyātadoṣa a. whose guilt is not known.
anapoḍha pp. not pushed away; not given up.
anapeta pp. not removed from, not diverging from (ab.).
anapāyin a. not going away; lasting.
anapākṛṣṭa pp. not degraded.
anapasphurat pr. pt. not struggling.
anapadeśya fp. not to be distin guished, hermaphrodite.
anabhyāvṛtti f. non-return: in. not again, no more.
anabhyāvartin a. not return ing.
anabhyarthanīya fp. not to be desired.
anabhihuta pp. not sacrificed to.
anabhihita pp. not fastened; unexpressed.
anabhiśaṅkya fp. not to be mistrusted.
anabhivādya fp. not to be greeted.
anabhirūpa a. not correspond ing; uneducated; ugly.
anabhiyukta pp. not caring about (lc.).
anabhibhāṣin a. not ad dressing.
anabhibhavagandha a. not smacking of disregard.
anabhiprīta pp. not satisfied.
anabhidhyeya fp. not to be thought of.
anabhidhāyaka a. not ex pressing; -tva, n. abst. n.
analasa a. not idle, diligent.
anardhuka a. not fulfilling wishes.
anarthya a. useless, good for nothing.
anartha m. disadvantage; damage, misfortune; nonsense; a. useless; unfortunate; meaningless: -ka, a. id.; -kara, a. useless, unprofitable; -gña, a. not knowing the sense; -pandita, a. skilled in mischief; -½antara, n. no other (i. e. the same) meaning.
anarcita pp. unhonoured; not reverently presented.
anamutra a. having no &open;there,&close; i. e. not troubling about the next world.
anamitapūrva a. not bent be fore (bow).
anabhyutthāyin a. not rising to greet.
anabhyutkruṣṭa pp. not ap plauded.
anavahiṃsita pp. not killed.
anavalokayat pr. pt. not look ing towards (ac.).
anavarodhya fp. not to be com pelled.
anavara cpv. not lower than, higher than (ab.).
anavama spv. not the lowest, high; not worse than (--°ree;).
anavabuddha pp. not perceived.
anavana a. (î) not refreshing.
anavadya fp. not unpraise worthy, blameless, faultless: -tâ, f., -tva, n. -ness; -rûpa, a. of faultless appearance.
anavagata pp. not obtained; not understood; -graha, a. unhindered.
analpa a. not a little, much; -tva, n. strength; -½abhyasûya, a. greatly incensed with (lc.).
anāgacchat pr. pt. not coming.
anākhyeya fp. not to be told.
anākhyāta pp. undeclared; not indicated.
anākṛṣṭa pp. not attracted, not carried away.
anākula a. not confused; unembarrassed; indifferent.
anākasmika a. not accidental.
anākarṇita pp. not listening.
anastamita pp. not set; un ceasing: -ke, (lc.) ad. before sunset.
anasūya a. uncomplaining; not detracting, not envious; kind; -aka, a. (ikâ) id.; -â, f. non-grumbling, ungrudgingness.
anaśnuvāna pr. pt. not reach ing.
anaśnat pr. pt. not eating.
anavāpta pp. not obtained.
anādiṣṭa pp. not prescribed; unordered.
anātreyī f. woman who has not bathed after menstruation.
anātmavat a. not self-pos sessed, beside oneself; -vedin, a. not knowing oneself, not -the Âtman: (di)-tâ, f. abst. n.; -sampanna, pp. soulless, stupid; uncon trolled; -sât-krita, pp. not appropriated.
anātman m. not soul; a. lacking soul or sense; -îna, a. of no use to oneself.
anātmatva n. not being soul.
anātmajña a. not knowing oneself, foolish: -tâ, f. folly.
anātura a. healthy; undaunted; not love-sick.
anācakṣat pr. pt. not saying.
anāgata pp. not arrived; impending, future; not to be found: -m kri, provide for the future; -vat, a. referring to the future; -vidhâtri, a. providing for the future, provi dent; m. N. of a fish; -vidhâna, n. provision for the future.
anāyāta pp. not gone out of (ab.).
anāyasita pp. not drawn (bow); -kârmuka, a. not plying his bow strenuously.
anāyatikṣama a. not ad vantageous for the future.
anāyata pp. not long, short.
anāmukta pp. not yet worn.
anāmaya a. not fatal; healthy, well; salutary; spared by (ab.); n. health, welfare; -prasna, m. enquiry after health.
anāpnuvat pr. pt. not attaining to.
anāpta pp. unattained; not reaching to; unskilful.
anādya fp. not to be eaten.
anādeya fp. not to be taken; in admissible.
anāśu a. not quick, slow.
anāśin a. not eating; (si)-tva, n. abst. n.
anāvṛta pp. unclosed; not fenced in; unintrenched; unprotected.
anāvṛt a. not returning.
anāviṣkṛta pp. not become apparent.
anāvila a. not dim, clear; healthy.
anāvādi a. not belonging to the Gana nau.
anāvartin a. not returning.
anālocya gd. not having looked at, not having considered.
anālocita pp. not considered.
anārṣa a. not belonging to the Rishis.
anaśita pp. not eaten.
anārūḍha pp. not having be taken oneself to (ac.).
anārabhya fp. not to be begun; impossible; -ârambh-a, m. non-commence ment (of, g.); a. unenterprising: -in, a. id.
anityam ad. not continually, now & then.
anicchat pr. pt. not wishing.
anicaya a. storeless; m. not storing up.
anikṣipta pp. not laid aside.
anāhvāna n. not calling; not summoning (legally).
anāhitāgni a. not keeping up the sacred fire; -tâ, f. abst. n.
anāhata pp. not struck; un washed, new.
anāsvādita pp. not tasted; -pûrva, a. not tasted before.
anāsādayat pr. pt. not ob taining; -ita, pp. not reached, not attained; -ya, fp. unattainable.
anāsavākhya a. not called distilled spirit.
anāsanna pp. not near (g.).
anāśvas pf. pt. not having eaten.
anirūpita pp. not viewed.
anirukta pp. unexpressed; im plicit: said of verses in which the deity is not expressly named.
anirīkṣaka a. not seeing, not visiting (g.).
aniyukta pp. not commissioned, not instructed; unfamiliar with (lc.).
aniyatātman a. not having his mind controlled.
animeṣa a. not winking; m. absence of winking; -tâ, f. abst. n.
animiṣa a. not closing the eyes, unwinking, wakeful; -dris, m. fish.
animitta n. bad omen; a. not to be predicted, precarious; groundless: °ree;--, -m, -tas, ad. causelessly.
anibaddha pp. unfastened; not caring for (lc.); disconnected; not (morally) bound.
anivartitva n. brave resist ance; -n, a. not fleeing; not to be stopped.
anivartaka a. not turning back, not fleeing; -nîya, fp. not to be turned back.
anilaya a. not resting, restless.
anirhrādin a. not resonant, low.
anirhāṇarca a. having nothing wanting in the recitation of the (Yâgyâ) verses.
anirveśa a. not having atoned for his sins.
anirvedita pp. not displayed.
anirvarṇanīya fp. not to be looked at.
anirvacanīya fp. not to be defined (by or as, in.).
anirloḍita pp. not thoroughly investigated.
anirdeśya fp. not to be specified.
anirdaśa a. not past the ten days (after a birth or death); -½aha, a. id.
aniḥsarat pr. pt. not coming out.
aniṣpanna pp. not ripened, spoiled; -tva, n. abst. n.
aniṣṭhura a. not rough, friendly.
aniṣṭa pp. not sacrificed; not to be sacrificed to.
aniṣkaṣāya a. not free from lust.
aniṣucārin a. not hunting with arrows.
aniṣiddha pp. unhindered; not prohibited.
aniḥśeṣita pp. not completely destroyed.
aniśita pp. not resting: -m, ad. continually.
anivṛttamāṃsa a. not refraining from meat.
aniviśamāna pr. pt. not resting.
anivāraṇa n. non-prevention; -ita, pp. unhindered; -ya, fp. not to be kept off, irresistible.
anu ad. afterwards, then; again; prp. w. ac.: along; towards; over; after; accord ing to; for (not against); with regard to; w. ac., ab., g. after (of time); w. ab. on account of.
anīhita pp. not desired.
anīhamāna pr. pt. desiring nothing.
anīśvara a. lordless; not proper to the supreme being; not master of (g.); unable to (inf.).
anīśa a. not mastering, having no control over (g.); -tva, n. abst. n.
anīrṣya an-îrshya, ˚rṣyu a. not jealous.
anīraśana a. not lacking a girdle.
anīdṛgātman a. unique; -âsaya, a. not having such sentiments.
anutkīrṇa pp. not hollowed out; -ut-khâta, (pp.) n. not uneven ground.
anīca a. not of low degree; -½anu vartin, a. not following base practices.
anukta pp. unuttered, undiscussed; unsummoned: -tva, n. abst. n.; -klîva-vaka na, a. not having uttered vain words.
anucca a. low (birth); -uk-kalat, pr. pt. not departing from (ab.); -uk-kita, pp. not plucked; -uk-khinna, pp. uninterrupted, unimpeded; -uk-khishta, (pp.) n. no mere remnant; a. containing no remains of food, clean; -uk-khvasat, pr. pt. not breathing.
anudyama m. absence of exertion; -udyoga, m. id.; inactivity; -udyogin, a. not exerting oneself, lazy; -ud-vigna, pp. not agitated, not frightened: -m, ad.; -udvega, m. absence of excitement, calmness: -kara, a. not agitating, not frightening; -udvegaka, a. causing no excitement, giving no offence to (g.); -ud-vegayat, pr. pt. not agitating.
anudita pp. undiscussed; not to be uttered.
anudita pp. not risen (sun).
anudāsīna pp. not indifferent to (prati).
anudātta a. not elevated, vulgar; lowered, grave (accent); pronounced with the low tone; m. grave accent; -tara, m. lowered grave accent preceding acute or circumflex; -tva, n. tonelessness.
anudaka a. waterless; -udaya, m. non-appearance: -bhâg, a. not rising (moon).
anuttama a. (without a highest), highest, most excellent; mightiest; -uttara, a. not answering; unanswerable; n. unsatis factory answer in court: -tva, n. abst. n.; -uttara&ndot;ga, a. not billowy; -utthâna, n. lack of energy; -utpatti, f. non-production; -utpâda, m. id.; non-appearance; -utsâha, m. absence of energy; -utsâhin, a. weak willed; -utsuka-tâ, f. unassumingness, mo desty; -utsûtra-pada-nyâsa, a.without a step against the rules of policy; without a word against grammatical rules; -utseka, m. lack of presumption, modesty; -utsekin, a. unassuming, modest, humble.
anupālabhya fp. not to be blamed; to be observed.
anupārata pp. not desisting from (ab.).
anupapatti f. not coming to pass, impossibility; a. inadmissible, impossible; -upa-panna, pp. unsuitable; unproved, in admissible; -upa-bhugyamâna, pr. pt. ps. not being enjoyed (riches); -upa-bhogya, fp. not to be enjoyed; -upama, a. incomparable; -upa-yat, pr. pt. not cohabiting with; -upa-yukta, pp. unserviceable, useless; unfit; -upa-yugyamâna, pr. pt. ps. good for nothing; -upayogin, a. unserviceable:(i)-tva, n. abst. n.; -uparodha, m. not prejudicing, not injur ing: -tas, ad. without inconvenience; -upa-lakshita, pp. unnoticed; -upalabdhi, f. non perception; imperceptibility; -upalambha, m. id.; -upasamhârin, a. non-exclusive (fallacious middle term); -upasarga, a. not combined with a preposition; -upa-skrita, pp. unprepared; simple; unfurnished with (in.); disinterested; blameless; -upa-hata, pp. healthy; undisputed: -½âtmaka, a.not dejected, cheerful; -upa-hita, pp. unconditioned, unappropriated.
anupadeṣṭavya fp. not to be reported; -nyasta, pp. unexplained.
anupacarya fp. who need not be waited on; unpretending; unselfish.
anupaghnat pr. pt. not injuring.
anupakramya an-upa-kramya, ˚krāmya fp. not to be cured.
anupakārin a. not doing or unable to do a friendly service.
anunmatta pp. not mad, sane.
anījāna pf. pt. not having sacri ficed.
anubandha m. attachment; continuity; series; posterity; consequence; motive; mute letter (gr.); indispensable element: -na, n. uninterrupted series; -bandhin, a. connected with (--°ree;); extensive; lasting long: (i)-tva, n. abst. n.; -bala, n. rear (of an army); -bodha, m. noticing, perceiving; reviving an evaporated smell; -bodhya, fp. to be recognised; to be made acquainted with.
anupeta pp. who has not yet gone to his teacher; -pûrva, a. id.
anupekṣaṇa a. not neglecting; not hvg. the consent of (in.); -tva, n. abst. n.
anṛta a. wrong; untrue, lying; n. wrong; fraud; lie; -pûrvam, ad. falsely; -maya, a. false, lying; -vâk, a. lying; m. liar; -vâdin, a. id.: (di)-tâ, f. untruthfulness; -samhita, a. not keeping engagements; -½abhi- samsana, n. false accusation.
anudghāta m. no jolt, no shock; -ud-dhata, pp. not haughty, humble; -ud dhrita, pp. not taken out beforehand.
anulbaṇa a. not too much or too little, moderate; -ul-la&ndot;gh-anîya, fp. not to be infringed; -ita, pp. not transgressed.
anuṣṇa a. not hot, cool, cold: -tâ, f., -tva, n. abst. n.; -sîta, a. neither hot nor cold.
anṛkṣara a. thornless; -rik, -rika, a. not versed in the Rig-veda; -rigú, a. not straight; dishonest; -riná, a. unin debted: -tâ, f., -tva, n. -ness (to, g.); -rinatâ kritya, n. intention of paying one out; -ri na½akartos, g. inf. to free from debt; -rinin, a. free from debt.
anūna pp. complete, entire; not less than (ab.); °ree;--, ad. very, exceedingly; -vastu ka, a. of complete content or essence.
anenas a. guiltless; faultless, sin less; -evam-vid, a. not having such knowledge; -ehás, a. unequalled; safe; m. time; -oka ha, m. tree (not leaving home); -omkrita, pp. unaccompanied by om; -ogas,a. power less, weak.
anekānta m. no absolute case; i-ka, a. not to the point, irrelevant.
antarā ad. amidst, between; therein; further; on the way; near; almost; in the interval; now and then; antarâ½antarâ, now and then, here and there; repeated: one time another time; prp.between (ac., lc.); during without, except (ac.).
antarajña a. discriminating: -tâ, f. discrimination; -tara, cpv. very intimate with (g.); -tás, ad. within; prp. within (g.); from within (--°ree;); -patita, pp. vanished,=not coming into consideration; -pûrusha, m. soul; -prabhava, a. of intermediate origin, i. e. of mixed caste; -prepsu, des. a. wishing to obtain an opportunity; -stha, a. being within (g., --°ree;); inner; m. surety; witness; -sthita, pp. standing within (--°ree;).
aniha a. having no &open;here,&close; i.e. not troubling about this world.
antarbāṣpa m. restrained tears; a. restraining the tears; -bhavana, ad. in or into the house (°ree;--); -bhâva, m. inclusion in (lc.); disappearance: -m gam, disappear; -bhâvita, pp. included; -bhûta, pp. contained in (lc.): -tva, n. abs. n.; -bheda, m. internal rupture; -mada½avastha, a. whose rut is still within, i. e. has not yet outwardly shown itself; -mandira, n. harem; -manmatha, m. concealed love; -mukha, a. entering the mouth; turned inwards.
anyatra ad.=lc. of anya; elsewhere, to another place; on the other hand, other wise; elsewhere, otherwise than, except (ab.): at another time than (--°ree;).
anyatas ad. = ab. or lc. of anya; from --, elsewhere; to another place; repeated: on the one side -on the other.
anyacitta a. thinking of an other; -kintâ, f. thought of another; -ketas, a. thinking of another; distraught; -ga, a. begotten by another; -ganman, n. future life; -gâta, pp. produced by another; m.bas tard; -tama, spv. one of several; one or other of (g., --°ree;); -tara, cpv. either of (g.); repeated: the one -the other: -syâm, (lc. f.) in either way (gr.); -tra, ad. on either.
anyakartṛka a. hvg. another agent (gr.); -krita, pp. done by others; -kshetrá, n. foreign country; -gata, pp. re ferring to another; -gâmin, a. adulterous.
anyūna pp. not too little, sufficient; -½arthavâdin, a. adequately expressive.
anyārtha m. another person's affair; a. having another purpose or sense.
anyāṅkasupta pp. having slept in another's arms.
anyarūpa n. another form; (anyá-), a. of different form, changed in form; -rû pin, a. id.; -lokya, a. destined for another world; -vâdin, a.=anyathâ-vâdin; -visha ya, a. having another object; relating to something else; (á)-vrata, a. serving others; perfidious; -sa&ndot;kita, a. distrustful; -sa&ndot;ke ta, a. having another appointment; consort ing with others; -strî-ga, a. adulterous.
anyanimitta a. having another cause; -pushta, m., â, f. Indian cuckoo (nour ished by others); -pûrvâ, f. promised or mar ried to another man before; -bîga-ga, a. begot ten of another's seed; -bhritâ, (pp.) f. cuckoo (reared by others); -manas, a. thinking of or meaning something else; -mâtri-ka, a. having another mother; -mâtri-ga, m. son of another mother; -mânasa, a.=anya-manas.
anyadīya a. belonging to another.
anyadā ad. at another time; one day, once.
anvādhi m. object handed over for delivery to a third person; -âdheya, -ka, n. property obtained by a woman after marriage; -½ârohana, n. mounting the funeral pyre after the husband; -½âsana, n. sitting down after another; attendance on; -½âhâr yã, n. new moon funeral feast in honour of Manes: -pákana, n. southern sacred fire.
anyo&100;nya m. f. (used in oblique cases only) one another: °ree;--, mutual, -ly, reciprocally; -kalaha, a. quarrelling together; -kritya, n. pl. reciprocal services; -gata, pp. reciprocal; -bhâva, m. mutual exchange of condition; -½abhâva, m. mutual non-existence; -½upamâ, f. mutual simile.
anyodarya a. born of another womb; m. half-brother.
apakṣa a. unwinged; -pâtin, a. not flying with wings; siding with Vishnu.
apatha n. no way, pathlessness; wrong way; bad course; wrong place: in. not in the usual way; a. pathless; inaccessible; -prapanna, pp. misplaced; -hara, a. choosing the wrong way.
apatita pp. not outcast; not for feited; -½anyo&zip;nya-tyâgin, a. forsaking each other without losing caste.
apaṇya fp. not to be sold; n. ware that may not be sold.
apaṭu a. not scorching (rays); use less, incapable; -tva, n. incapacity.
apaṭīkṣepa m. not tossing aside the curtain: (e)-na pra-vis, enter (the) stage) suddenly and impetuously.
apañcīkṛta a-pañkî-krita, ˚bhūta pp. n. pl. not yet become five (elements).
apayodharavāraṇa a. not delayed by clouds; -samsarga, a. lack ing contact of the breasts.
apannada a. whose teeth have not yet fallen out.
apanthadāyin a. not making way for another.
apathya a. not beneficial, unsuitable; unwholesome; -kârin, a. intriguing against (--°ree;): (i)-tva, n. abst. n.; -bhug, a. eating un wholesome food.
aparāvṛttabhāgadheya a. to whom fortune does not return; m. unlucky wight.
aparatva a-para-tva, ˚ka n. not being far (ph.).
aparivādya fp. not to be blamed; -vrita, pp. unsurrounded; unen closed; -vradhiman, m. inability to (inf.).
aparipakva pp. not quite ripe; -pûta, pp. unpurified (grain); -bâdha, a. un hindered, unbounded; -bhâshana, n. not talking much; -bhûta½âgña, a. whose orders are attended to; -bhrasyamâna,pr. pt. not escaping; -mita, pp. unmeasured, unbounded; -meya, fp. innumerable.
aparituṣṭa pp. not pleased; -tosha, a. dissatisfied; m. dissatisfaction; -tyakta, pp. unforsaken; -tyagya, fp. not to be forsaken; -tyâga, m. non-abandonment; -tyâgya, fp. not to be abandoned; -nirvâna, pp. not quite extinguished or ended; -ni shthita, pp. not standing quite firm.
aparicaya m. unfamiliarity; -kalita, pp. unmoved, immovable; -kita, pp. unknown, unfamiliar; -kyuta, pp. not having deserted; -kkhada, a. destitute of retinue or baggage; -kkhinna, pp.unlimited; -kkheda, m. lack of decision; irresolution; want of judg ment: -kartri, a. not deciding rightly; -gâta, pp. premature, still-born.
aparasparasaṃbhūta pp. not produced one from the other.
aparaśuvṛkṇa pp. not felled with an axe.
aparikrama a. unable to walk about; -klishta, pp. not sickly; -klesa, m. welfare; -kshata, pp. unhurt; -kshîna-sakti, a. of unimpaired strength: -tva, n. abst. n.; -ganayat, pr. pt. unreflecting; -gata, pp. un known, inscrutable; -graha, m. poverty; a. poor; wifeless.
aparyāsita pp. not overthrown, not destroyed.
aparokṣa a. not invisible, present, perceptible: lc. if one has been present (gr.); -tva, n. presence.
aparuṣa a. not harsh, not rough.
aparihata pp. unimpeded, boundless; -hâra, m. non-avoidance; -hârya, fp. unavoidable; -hîya-mâna, pr. pt. ps. not being omitted, not wanting; -hrita, pp. un avoided, practised; -hvrita, pp.unscathed.
apasada m. outcast; worst among (--°ree;): pl. children of mixed marriages (in which the father is lower); -sarana, n. going away, retreat; -sarpa, m. spy; -savya, a. not left, right: -m kri, turn the right side towards (ac., lc.); hang the sacred thread on the right shoulder: -vat, a. in which the sa cred cord is on the right shoulder; -sâra, m. exit, outlet, egress: -na, n. removing, dismiss ing, banishing; -sâri-tâ, f. issue, end; -sârin, a. decreasing, diminishing.
apaśyat pr. pt. not seeing, not perceiving; not pondering.
apaśya a. not seeing.
apaścima a. not the last.
apāpa a. not wicked; good, inno cent; -ketas, a. well-disposed, innocent.
apādāna n. what remains after separation, source; notion of the ablative (gr.).
apāka a. coming from afar; -ga, a. (not produced by ripening), original, natural.
apahāra m. taking away, robbery; removal; concealment; denial: -ka, a. taking away, stealing; m. thief, -varman, m. N. of a man; -hârin, a. taking away, stealing; -hriti, f. taking away, removing; -hnava, m. denial; concealment; -hnotri, m. denier.
apīta pp. not having drunk.
apīḍayat pr. pt. not exhausting.
apitrya a. not paternal.
apitṛdevatya a. not adoring the Manes as gods.
api prp. w. lc. or °ree;--, at, in, near (V.); ad. also, likewise; even; but, yet; w. neg.= even; na ka½api, not even; makes interr. in definite: ko&zip;pi, some one; w. numerals=all: katvâro&zip;pi, all four; beg. sentences; interr. pcl.; w. potent. oh that! api -api or ka, both and; na kevalam -api, not only -but also; api ka, kâpi, moreover, likewise; ye&zip;pi te&zip;pi, those also, who --; api vâ, vâpi, or even; na -nâpi, neither -nor; api nâma (at beg. of sentences) perhaps; yadi½api, al though; tathâ½api, yet.
apṛthagbhūta pp. not different, identical.
apṛṇat a. not giving, niggardly.
apūraṇa a. insatiable; -pûrna, pp. not full; diminished by (in.).
apūx{093c}jita pp. unhonoured; -pûgya, fp. not to be honoured; -pûta, pp. unpuri fied; impure.
apārthiva a. not earthly, celestial.
apunarbhāvin a. not recur ring, last.
apunarnivartin a. not re turning.
apraṇaya m. lack of affection, coldness; -nayin, a. not cared for; -nîta, pp. not borne to the altar; -nodya, fp. not to be repelled.
aprajña a. not recognising.
apraja a. childless; f. â, not bear ing; -gagñi, a. ignorant; unfertile; -gana, a. not begetting: -tva, n. abst. n.; -gas, a. child less; -gás-tâ, f., -gasyá, n. childlessness.
apracyuta pp. unshaken; not swerving from (ab.).
aprakāśat pr. pt. invisible; -kâsita, pp. not manifested; -ketá, a. indis tinguishable, formless; -galbha, a. cowardly, faint-hearted; -grihya, a. not being a pragri hya vowel.
aprakāśa a. not light, dark; hid den, secret: -m, ad. secretly; m. darkness; -na, n. non-betrayal.
aprakaṭīkṛta pp. not mani fested.
apogaṇḍa a. not under age, over sixteen.
apelava a. not tender, rude.
apratividhāna n. taking no measures; °ree;--, without artificial means; -vi dheya, fp. not to be combated.
apratimukta pp. not given leave; -yatna-pûrva, a. not artificially produced.
apratibaddha pp. not kept at a distance, belonging to the retinue; -bandha, m. no hindrance; a. unhindered; -buddha, pp. unawakened; unenlightened, stupid; -bodha, ad. without awakening (°ree;--); -bhata, a. irre sistible; -bhâ, f. non-appearance, non-arrival; -bheda, m. non-betrayal.
apratipatti f. not becoming acquainted with; irresolution; embarrass ment; -padyamâna, pr. pt. Â. not assenting to (ac.); -pâdana, n. withholding; -pûgita, pp. not honoured.
apratikāra a. irremediable; -kârya, fp. id.; -kûla, a. not resisting (g.); ready for (lc.); obedient; -krita, pp. against which nothing has been done; -gata, pp. whom one cannot go to meet; -grâhya,fp. that may not be accepted.
aprayacchat pr. pt. not deliver ing; not giving a girl in marriage.
apramā f. false notion; -mâna, n. no authority; something nugatory; -mânî kri, not to treat (ac.) as an authority; -mâda, a. attentive, careful: -tva, n. -ness; -mâdin, a. id.; -meya, fp. immeasurable; infinite, in separable, undemonstrable; -moda, m. dis pleasure.
apramatta pp. not careless, careful, attentive; -tva, n. abst. n.
aprabuddha pp. unawakened; un blossomed; -bhava, m. no source or occasion of (lc.); -bhâta, pp. not yet dawned; -bhâva, a. unable, powerless: -tva, n. abst. n.; -bhu, a. unable to (lc.); m. not master of (g.): -tva, n. abst. n.; -bhûta, pp. insufficient.
apradāna n. not giving, not granting; -dushta, pp. not corrupted.
apratyākhyāyin a. not re fusing; -½âkhyeya, fp. not to be refused.
apratyakṣa a. not visible; -½ak shita, pp. not seen with one's own eyes.
apālayat pr. pt. not protecting.
apratīkāra a. unresisting; in curable; -kârya, fp. not to be remedied; -ghâta, a. unresisted.
apratihata pp. unimpeded, un impaired, irresistible; not elapsed; -hârya, fp. irresistible.
aprāpta pp. not having reached; not yet arrived; not obtained; not encoun tered; not concluded; not resulting (from a grammatical rule); not grown up; -kâla, a. whose time has not yet come; -vikalpa, m. alternative not resulting from any rule; -vyavahâra, a. under age, minor: -tva, n. mi nority; -½avasara, a. ill-timed, inopportune.
aprākṛta a. (î) not original, second ary; unusual, extraordinary.
aprahata pp. not well trodden or worn.
aprasanna pp. not appeased; un reconciled, angry with (lc.); -sahishnu, a. in capable; -sâda, m. disfavour, unfriendliness; -sâdita, pp. unclarified; -siddha, pp. un accomplished; unknown; unheard of; -sûta, pp. not having borne, barren; -sphuta, a. in distinct, unintelligible.
apravāsagamana n. re maining at home; -vâsin, a. not going abroad; -vishta, pp. not entered; not trodden; -vla ya, m. non-collapse.
apratīti f. lack of a distinct notion or perception.
aprayukta pp. unemployed, un usual; inappropriate; -yukkhat, pr. pt. not careless; attentive; -yugyamâna, pr. pt. ps. not being added; not being lent on interest.
abahubhāṣin a. not speak ing much; (i)-tâ, f. abst. n.; -vyakti-nish- tha, a. not applicable to many individuals; -sruta, pp. not very learned.
abahiṣkārya fp. not to be excluded.
abandhya fp. not to be put in chains.
abaddha pp. not bound, not tied; disconnected, meaningless; not yet showing.
aphūtkārya fp. not needing to be blown upon.
aphālakṛṣṭa a. not growing on ploughed land.
aprauḍha pp. not strong enough to (inf.); shy.
aproṣita pp. not being away from home, not absent.
aprekṣaṇīya fp. not fair to see, uncomely.
abruvat pr. pt. not stating.
abudhyamāna pr. pt. Â. not awaking.
abudhya fp. not to be awakened.
abuddhi f. foolishness, act of folly; lack of purpose: in. unintentionally; a. foolish: -tâ, f.-ness; -mat, a. foolish, stupid; -stha, a. not present to the mind.
abāliśa n. not childish, not silly.
abālasattva a. not having the nature of a boy.
abāndhava a. lacking relations; -krita, pp. not caused by relations.
abhāvin a. not to be.
abhāvayat pr. pt. cs. not keeping well in view.
abhāgin a. not participating in, not entitled to (g.).
abhavya a. as one should not be; unhappy.
abhavadīya a. not belonging to your Honour.
abhagnakāma a. whose desire for (lc.) is not disturbed by (in.); -mâna, a. in which honour does not suffer.
abhiprāya m. object, intention, wish; opinion; meaning; notion, conception; -pr&isharp;, a. gladdening; -preta, pp. (√ i) meant, intended; -prepsu, des. a. desirous of (ac.).
abhinna pp. not pierced, not pene trated; unhurt; unbroken, undivided; stead fast; unchanged; not different from (ab.): -gati, a. not changing one's gait; -vela, a. not breaking bounds; -sthiti, a. id.
abhojya fp. that may not be eaten; whose food may not be eaten: -½anna, a. id.
abhogya a. not to be enjoyed.
abhūyiṣṭha a. not numerous.
abhūmi f. not the right place, no sphere for (g.): -shtha, a. not being in his own country.
abhūtalasparśa a. not touch ing the earth: -tâ, f. abst. n.
abhūta pp. not having been; not happened; not existing: -tad-bhâva, m. be coming what it was not before; -dosha, a. guiltless; -pûrva, a. unprecedented.
amata pp. unlooked for; not approved.
amajjana n. not sinking.
abhrūvilāsa a. not coquetting with the brows.
abhakta pp. not apportioned; not devoted.
amanda a. not lazy, alert; not stupid; plentiful; n. much; -tâ, f. cleverness, good sense; -hridaya, a. cheerful-hearted.
amantra n. no spell; a. unaccom panied by Vedic texts; not knowing Vedic formulas.
amanorama a. not charming.
amanaska a. foolish; not of good cheer.
amadhavya a. not worthy of sweet ness (i.e. Soma).
amāra m. not killing.
amāya a. not clever.
amānita pp. not highly esteemed.
amānava a. superhuman; not de scended from Manu.
amahātman a. not high-minded.
amūla a. rootless; causeless; not based on a or the text.
amūḍha pp. not confused, clear minded.
amuñcat pr. pt. not abandoning or giving up.
amukta pp. not let go, -discharged, -liberated.
amīmāṃsasya fp. not to be called in question.
aminat pr. pt. not injuring.
amithyā ad. not falsely, truly.
amocya fp. not to be let go.
amogha a. not vain, unerring; in fallible; -krodha-harsha, a. not angry or rejoicing in vain; -darsana, a. not appearing in vain, i. e. bringing luck (Pr.); -patana, a. not falling in vain, hitting themark; -vakana, a. whose word is not idle.
amṛṣyamāṇa pr. pt. not tolerating.
amṛta pp. not hvg. died; immortal; m. god; â, f. goddess; a herb; n. immortality; world of immortals; nectar; a certain remedy; medicine; remnant of a sacrifice; water; milk; ray; -kara, m. moon; -kirana, m. id.; -tegas, m. N. of a fairy prince; -tvá, n. immortality; condition of ambrosia; -dîdhiti, m. moon; -drava, a. flowing with nectar; -dhâyin, a. sipping --; -pâyin, a. drinking nectar=hearing fine speeches; -prabha, m. N. of a fairy; â, f. N.; -bhavana, n. N. of a monastery; -bhâsh ana, n. nectar-like speech; -bhug, m. god; -bhogana, a. eating the remnants of sacrifices; -máya, a. (î) immortal; nectar-like; consist ing of nectar; -rasmi, m. moon; -rasa, m. nectar; a. tasting like nectar; -latâ, f. creeper yielding nectar; -loka, m. world of the immortals; -varshin, a. raining nectar; -hrada, m. lake of nectar.
ayathātatham ad. not as it should be; -balam, ad. not according to strength; -½artha, a. untrue, false; -vat, ad. wrongly, falsely; -sthita, pp. disarranged.
ayajña m. no sacrifice; non-performance of sacrifice; a. (á) not sacrificing.
amlāni a. not withering; -yin, a. id.
amlāna pp. not withered or wither ing; fresh; -darsana, a. keen-eyed.
ayātayāma a. not stale, not ineffectual; n. pl. a kind of Yagus texts; (á)-tâ, f. effectualness.
ayājya fp. who may not be sacri ficed for; that may not be sacrificed.
ayācita pp. unasked; given without asking; -tri, a. not soliciting or wooing.
ayamita pp. not kept in order; untrimmed (nails).
arakṣat pr. pt. not protecting; -ita, pp. unguarded; -i-tri, m. no protector; -ya, fp. not deserving protection; -ya-mâna, pr. pt. ps. unprotected.
ayoni m. f. what is not pudendum muliebre; a. lacking an origin or beginning; -ga, a. not born of the womb: -tva, n. abst. n.; -ganman, a. not born of the womb.
ayogya fp. unfit, useless; unau thorised; not a match for (lc.); -tva, n. unfit ness.
ayuvamārin a. in which youths do not die.
arikta pp. not empty.
ari a. 1. faithful, pious; 2. (a-rí, not giv ing) hostile; m. enemy: -karshana, m. harasser of foes.
arāvan a. (not bestowing), hostile.
arājaka a. kingless; n. anarchy; -tâ, f. kinglessness; -daivika, a. not caused by the king or by fate; -lakshman, a. lack ing royal insignia; -½anvayin, a. belonging to no royal race.
arahita pp. not abandoned, not wanting.
aramaṇīya fp. not delightful.
aratnālokasaṃhārya fp. not to be dispelled by the brilliance of gems.
arūḍhamūlatva n. nothaving taken firm root.
aruṣyat pr. pt. not angry.
aruṣ a. not angry, in good humour.
arocamāna pr. pt. not shining; unpalatable, nauseous.
arthāgama m. substantial income; -½âtura, a. avaricious; -½âtman, m. true na ture; -½adhikâra, m. administration of money; -½antara, n. another thing; different meaning: -nyâsa, m.adduction of another case, general or particular corroboration (a rhetorical fig.); -½âpatti, f. self-evidence; kind of rhetorical figure; -½abhiprâya, m. meaning intended; -½argana, n. acquisition of property; -½arth am, ad. for the sake of money; -½arthi-tâ, f. desire of wealth; -½arthin, a. interested, selfish; -½avamarda, m. prodigality; -½âsâ, f. desire for money; -½âharana, n. accumu lation of money; adduction of meanings.
alabhya fp. unattainable; that can not be incurred.
alabhamāna pr. pt. not gaining; not making out.
alabdha pp. unacquired, unobtained; -pada, a. having made no impression on (lc.); -vat, pf. pt. act. not having obtained (ac.).
alajja a. shameless; â, f. -ness: -kara, a. not disgraceful.
alaṅghya fp. unfordable; not to be trodden, -touched; not to be infringed.
alaṅghita pp. untrodden; untouched, unattained; -pûrva, a. not infringed before; -½âtman, a. not forgetting oneself.
alaṅghanīya fp. not to be over taken; not to be overstepped; unapproach able; -ayat, pr. pt. not infringing.
alaghu a. clumsy; slow; not insig nificant; -bhava, m. no degradation; -sarîra, a. fatigued.
alekhya fp. not to be reckoned among (lc.).
alubdha pp. not covetous; -tva, n. contentment.
alīna pp. not adhering.
alāsya a. not dancing.
alam ad. enough, sufficiently, tho roughly, adequately, plenteously; highly; suf ficient or fit for; equal to, a match for (d.); able to (inf.); enough of, away with (in.); have done w., cease, do not (inf. or gd.=impv.). (See also √ kri & √ bhû.)
alolupyamāna int. pr. pt. not greedy.
alola a. not fickle, not greedy; -tva, n. constancy.
alopayat cs. pr. pt. not causing to desist from (ab.).
alokasāmānya a. not shared by ordinary people.
aliṅgin a. not entitled to wear badges.
avakarṇaya den. P. not listen to, set at nought.
avacanīya fp. not to be said.
avacana a. speechless; -kara, a. not following --, disregarding advice.
avāna pp. not dried up, fresh; wet.
avācya fp. not to be addressed; not to be uttered; not directly expressed: -tâ, f. abuse, invective.
avarṣṭos g. inf. not to rain.
avandhya a. not barren, not fruit less; successful: -tâ, f. successfulness; -pâta, a. unerring (arrow); -prasâda, a. whose favour is fruitful; -rûpa, a. whose beauty is not in vain: -tâ, f. abst. n.
avardhamāna pr. pt. not in creasing.
avartamāna pr. pt. not going on, not present.
avarodha m. hindrance; disturb ance; imprisonment; blockade, siege; harem: pl. women of the harem: -na, n. descending; investment, siege; enclosure, temple; harem: pl. women of the harem;-sikhandin, m. do mestic peacock; -rodhin, a. enclosing, cov ering (--°ree;); -roh-a, m. descent; transition to a lower note, -ana, a. (î) descending; n. alight ing; descending scale; transition to a lower note, -in, a.descending.
avaśa a. not subject to another's will, independent, free; unwilling: -ga, a. not subject to (g.); -vasin, a. unwilling.
avācāla a. not talkative; not boastful.
avastu n. worthless thing; nothing, the unreal: -tva, n. abst. n.
avinivartin a. not turning back, not fleeing.
avicala a. not wavering, stead fast; i-ta, pp. unaverted.
avicakṣaṇa a. not subtile, stu pid.
avikhyātadoṣa a. having committed no notorious crime.
avikrīta pp. not having sold; -kreya, fp. not for sale; -kshata, pp. unin jured; -kshubdha, pp. not disarranged.
avikṛta pp. not changed; not pre pared, natural; undeveloped; not misshapen.
avikāra m. no change, no dis figurement; a. subject to no change; -in, a. not changing; not moving a muscle: -i-tâ, f. abst. n.; -ya, fp. unchangeable.
avikalpa a. not hesitating: -m, ad. without hesitation.
avikala a. not defective; unmu tilated, entire, complete; correct.
avikampita pp. not trembling, motionless.
avikatthana a. not boastful; -in, a. id.
avidhura a. not lacking a pole; cheerful.
avidhāna n. non-prescription: -tas, ad. not according to prescription.
avidvas pr. pf. pt. not knowing, ignorant.
avidyamāna pr. pt. not ex isting: -vat, ad. as if non-existent: -tva, n. abst. n.
avidagdha pp. not burnt; not clever.
avitṛpta pp. unsatiated: -ka, a. not yet sated with (g.).
avitatha a. not false, true; fa vourable: -m, ad. truly; n. a metre; -vâk, a. truth-speaking.
avijānat pr. pt. not knowing, ignorant; -gña, a. undiscerning: -tâ, f. stu pidity; -gñâta, pp. unknown, unrecognised; -gñâna, n. lack of knowledge: ab. unawares; a. lacking knowledge; -gñeya,fp. unrecog nisable.
avicchinna pp. not severed, continuous; -kkheda, m. uninterruptedness: ab. uninterruptedly; -kyuta, pp. not to be lost: -m, ad. faultlessly.
avicāra m. lack of reflexion; a. not reflecting: -m, ad. without delay, -gña, a. unacquainted with reflexion; -ana, n. lack of reflexion; -ayat, pr. pt. unreflecting; -ita, pp. unconsidered: -m, ad.without hesitation; -ya, fp. needing no reflexion.
aviruddha pp. unhindered; un opposed to (in., g., --°ree;); not at enmity with; not unpleasant; -roddhri, a. not fighting; -rodha, m. no conflict with, no disadvantage for (--°ree;); -rodhin, a. not conflicting with, not prejudicing (g., --°ree;).
aviyukta pp. unseparated from (in.); -yoga, m. non-separation from (in.); -rata, pp. not desisting from (ab.); ceaseless: -m, ad.; -ramat, pr. pt. not desisting fr. (ab.).
avimocana n. not freeing; not aiding.
avimarśitavya fp. not de serving further consideration.
avibhāvita pp. not clearly perceived; -ya-mâna, pr. pt. ps. being un noticed.
aviprayukta pp. not severed; -pluta, pp. inviolate; true to one's vow.
aviparyaya den. P. not to fail.
avindat pr. pt. not finding, not finding out.
aviśvasat pr. pt. distrustful; -anîya, fp. not to be trusted: -tâ, f., -tva, n. abst. n.; -ta, pp. distrustful.
aviśrama a. unceasing, unremit ting; -srambha, m. mistrust: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -srânta, pp. unceasing; -srâma, a. not rest ing; unceasing, unremitting: -m, ad. without resting.
aviśiṣx{093c}ṭa pp. not different: -tâ, f., -tva, n. abst. n.; -suddha, pp. impure; not thoroughly investigated.
aviśaṅka a. unhesitating; fear less; â, f. freedom from hesitation or timidity; -ita, pp. fearless; unhesitating; -in, a. not assuming or supposing.
avivikta pp. undistinguished; not decided; -vrita, pp. not uncovered; un known, hidden; not showing one's weak points.
avivāha a. not living in wed lock; -in, a. not suitable for marriage.
avilīna pp. not annihilated: with bhû, remain alive.
avilamba m. no hesitation; a. not hesitating: -m, in. without delay; -ita, pp. unhesitating: -m, ad. without delay; -in, a. not delaying; -ya, gd. without hesi tating.
avṛdha a. not gladdening.
avṛddha pp. not aged.
avṛtta pp. not having taken place.
avṛjina a. not artful, guileless.
avṛka a. not hurting; safe; n. safety.
avīkṣita pp. not recognised.
avistīrṇa pp. not extensive; -spandita, pp. not quivering; -spashta, pp. indistinct; dim: -m, ad. -ly; -smita, pp. not astonished or taken aback; -smrita, pp. not forgotten.
avivenat pr. pt. not turning away, well-disposed.
aviṣaya m. no sphere; no object or concern; impracticable matter; no suita ble object for (g.): lc. in the absence of (g.); a. having no object; -manas, a. whose mind is not directed to the objects of sense; un worldly; -î-karana, n. not making something (g.) an object of (g.).
aviṣama a. not unequal; even; friendly.
aviṣakta pp. not attached to or set on (--°ree;); irresistible.
aviṣa n. no poison; a. (á) not poi sonous.
avyatha a. unwavering, undaunted; efficacious; -í, a. unwavering, undaunted; -in, a. not becoming discomposed.
avyatirikta pp. not separated from.
avyakta pp. not manifest, imperceptible; indistinct; m. universal soul; n. unevolved primordial matter; primordial spirit; -rûpa, a. indistinct, indefinite; of uncertain sex.
avairijuṣṭa pp. that not even an enemy consents to.
avaikṛta a. not disfigured.
avedya fp. not to be wedded.
avedavihita pp. not pre scribed by the Veda.
avṛṣṭa pp. not having rained or sent rain.
aśaṅka a. fearless: -m, ad. -ly; -anîya, fp. not to be feared; -ita, pp. fear less: -m, ad. without hesitation; suddenly.
avrata a. ungodly; not fulfilling religious duties.
avyuṣṭa pp. (√ vas) not yet arisen.
avyutpanna pp. not resulting; having no etymology: -mati, a. uneducated.
avyāhṛta (pp.) n. not speaking; silence.
avyāvartanīya fp. not to be taken back.
avyavastha a. not enduring: â, f. unsettled state; -sthita-kitta, a. fickle-minded.
avyavadhāna n. non-interruption; a. uncovered, bare; uninterrupted; -dhâya-ka, a. not intervening: -tva, n. non intervention.
aśīta a. not cold, hot; -kara, -marîki, -ruk, -ruki, m. sun.
aśikṣita pp. unlearnt; not in structed or learned, in (ac., lc., inf.).
aśāstracakṣus a. not see ing with the eye of the sâstras.
aśāsat pr. pt. not punishing.
aśāntatanu a. whose body is not satisfied.
aśastra a. swordless, unarmed: -pâni, a. having no sword in the hand; -pûta, pp. not consecrated by the sword; -vadha, m. murder without a weapon.
avyāpta pp. not filled or mixed with.
aśoṣya fp. not to be dried up.
aśocanīya fp. not to be pitied or grieved for; -ya, fp. id.
avyāpāra m. not one's business.
aśūnya a. not empty; not vain: -m kri, not leave undone, execute; -½artha, m. clearing up: -m, ad. by way of explana tion; a. clear, intelligible.
aśruti f. not hearing; oblivion: -m abhi-nî, do as if one had heard nothing; -virodhin, a. not opposed to scripture.
avyāpanna pp. not having died, alive.
aśvastana a. having nothing for to-morrow: i-ka, a. id.
asaṃyama m. lack of control; -yâgya, fp. with whom a sacrifice should not be shared; -lakshita, pp. unobserved; -vi- gñâta, pp. unconscious or not consenting; -vigñâna, a. unintelligible; -vîta, pp.imper fectly covered; -vrita, pp. uncovered, bare; n. N. of a hell.
asaṃjāta pp. not having appeared or arisen.
asaṃcetayamāna pt. pt. not observing.
asajāti a. not of the same caste; -gâtyá, a. lacking blood-relations.
asaṅga a. not remaining at tached to, finding no resistance in (lc.).
asaṃkṣipta pp. not compressed.
asakṛt ad. not once, often, repeat edly.
asaṃskāra m. lack of ornament, naturalness; a. lacking ornament; -skrita, pp. unequipped; unconsecrated; unadorned; unrefined, coarse; not having undergone the sacraments: -½alakin, a.having unadorned locks; -stuta, pp. unknown, strange; not agreeing, obstinate; -sthita, pp. not stand ing still, restless; scattered; -sprishta, pp. unattained; -hata, pp. disunited; m. kind of array; -hati, f. non-connexion;-hrita, pp. uninterrupted.
asaṃsarga m. lack of contact or intercourse with (g.); -sârin, a. not subject to mundane existence; -srishta, pp. untouched by, free from (in.); -srishtin, a. not re-united after partition.
asaṃnaddha pp. not yet acquired; -nidhâna, n. absence, lack; -nidhi, f. id.; -nihita, pp. absent.
asaṃdadhāna pr. pt. not mak ing peace; -digdham, ad. undoubtedly; -di ta, pp. unbound; unlimited; -drisya, pp. invisible to (g.); -deha, m. no doubt: -m, ad. without doubt, surely; -dheya, fp.not to be made peace (alliance) with (-tâ, f. abst. n.); not to be restored.
asanāma a. not having the same name.
asadgraha m. foolish whim; evil in clination; -dharma, m. evil practice; -bhâva, m. non-existence, absence; -vritta, pp. not nicely rounded; not well-behaved.
asaṃbaddha pp. unjoined, unrelated; disconnected, incoherent, absurd; talk ing or chattering nonsense; -bandha, m. no connexion; a. unconnected; -bâdhá, a. not contracted; unhindered; unfrequented.
asaṃpatti f. failure; -pâthya, fp. not to be made a fellow-student; -pâda yat, cs. pr. pt. not effecting; -pûrna, pp. deficient; wanting in (in.); -prâpta, pp. not arrived; still wanting; unattained; unful filled.
asamīrita pp. not raised (wind); -udyama, m. lack of exertion; sluggishness; -unnaddha, pp. modest; -riddha, pp. not successful, incomplete; -riddhi, f. failure; -eta, pp. not come, wanting, lacking.
asamāpta pp. not completed.
asamāna a. unequal; not shared by others; n. no corresponding condition; -grâma, a. belonging to a different village.
asamasta pp. not compounded.
asamaveta pp. not inseparably combined: pl. not all combined.
asamagra a. incomplete; not full; not all; °ree;-or -m, ad. not completely or quite.
asapatna m. no rival; a. (á) without a rival; n. peace; -pinda, a. too distantly related to join in the funeral oblation; -pûrva, a. not possessed by ancestors.
asādhaka a. not accomplishing; unsatisfactory; -ana, n. no means; a. destitute of resources; unfeasible: -tva, n. abst. n.
asaha a. unable to bear (ac., --°ree;); un able to (inf., --°ree;); impatient; -ana, a. unable to bear (--°ree;); jealous: -tâ, f. weakness; -at, pr. pt. (f. -antî), not bearing; -a-mâna, pr. pt. not tolerating.
asasat pr. pt. not slumbering.
asaścat pr. pt. (or -át), not ceas ing, not drying up: f. -antî (or -át-î).
asarva a. incomplete; -gña, a. not omniscient.
asaṃmata pp. not esteemed; not authorised; -mrishta, pp. uncleansed.
asaṃbhava m. destruction; absence, lack; impossibility, inadmissibility, absurdity; a. not being born again; having no material body; not occurring, impossible, absurd; -bhavyám, ad. irretrievably;-bhâv anâ, f. incredulity; disrespect; -bhâvayat, pr. pt. thinking impossible; -bhâvita, pp. uncompleted; inconceivable; unworthy of (g.): -½upamâ, f. simile in which an impos sibility is assumed; -bhâvya, fp. inconceiv able: -m, ad. irretrievably; -bhâshana, n. not addressing; -bhâshâ, f. no conversation with (in.); -bhâshya, fp. not to be conversed with, not suitable for a conference; -bhinna, pp. not broken through; -bhrita, pp. not made, natural; -bhoga, m. non-enjoyment; -bhogya, fp. with whom it is not lawful to eat; -bhrânta, pp. unbewildered, calm: -m, ad.
asiddha pp. not established: -tva, n. inconclusiveness.
asāhasa n. absence of precipita tion or temerity; i-ka, a. (î) not acting pre cipitately.
asādhu a. not good, evil; wrong; bad towards (lc.); m. bad man; n. bad word; evil; -tva, n. badness, dishonesty; -darsin, a. seeing badly; injudicious; -vritta, pp. ill behaved.
asūrya a. sunless: -ga, a. not mov ing towards the sun.
asūti f. not arising, non-appearance.
asuṣvi a. not Soma-pressing, nig gardly.
asukha n. pain, sorrow; a. un pleasant; painful; unhappy; not easy to (inf.); -gîvika, a. leading a joyless life; -½âvishta, pp. afflicted with grief.
askhalita pp. not stumbling; uninterrupted, unhindered; n. not coming to a standstill; -kakra, a. w. unimpeded chariot; -pada, a. where the foot does not stumble; safe; -prayâna, a. with unfaltering march.
askanna pp. not sprinkled; unim pregnated, immaculate.
asauvarṇa a. not golden.
asevā f. non-addiction; -ita, pp. not frequented: -½îsvara-dvâra, a. not wait ing at grandees' doors.
asenya a. not hitting or wounding.
aspṛśya fp. not to be touched.
aspṛśat pr. pt. not touching.
aspaṣṭa pp. indistinct, not clear: -½upâdhi, a. whose conditioning associate is not clear: -tâ, f. abst. n.
asthūla a. not coarse, slender; subtle.
asthira a. not firm, unsteady.
asthita pp. not existing.
asteya n. not stealing.
asvādhīna a. not one's own master, dependent.
asvargya a. not leading to heaven.
asvarita a. not having the svarita accent: -tva, n. abst. n.
asvayaṃkṛta pp. not done by oneself.
asvatantra a. not one's own master, dependent: -tâ, f. dependence.
ahārayat cs. pr. pt. not losing (in play); -hârya, fp. not to be taken away; incorruptible; m. mountain: -tva, n. non liability to be taken away: ab. because it cannot be taken away.
ahata pp. not beaten; unwashed, new (garment).
ahruta pp. not bent, straight.
ahrasva a. not short, long.
ahṛta pp. not carried away by (in.).
ahax{093c}ृṇāna a. not angry, friendly.
ahuta pp. not sacrificed or offered; m. muttered prayer.
ahīna pp. not deprived of, practising (in.): -karman, a. following no low occupation; not neglecting rites.
ākāla m.: lc. at the exact time of (g.); -ika, a. (â or î) lasting till the same time on the following day; (î) not arriving at the right or usual time.
abhakṣya fp. not to be eaten.
ānataparvan a. hvg. depressed (=not prominent) knots, smooth (arrow).
ārtnī f. notched end of a bow.
āvedaka a. informing, stating (--°ree;); -ana, n. announcement; legal notice; -anîya, fp. to be reported or announced; -ita, cs. pp. made known, told; -in, a. announcing (--°ree;); -ya,fp.=âvedanîya.
itaretara n. (only oblique cases of sg.) one another: °ree;--, the one & the other; ad. mutually: -½upakriti-mat, a. mutually helpful.
īm enc. pcl.=ac. of prn. i, used without distinction of number or gender and with or without another ac.; w. rel.=-ever; with inter. =pray; w. neg.=at all; often meaningless.
utkūja m. note or song (of the cuckoo): -ita, pp. n. id.
avikrama a. not valorous.
upapada n. secondary word accom panying another (gr.).
upasarga m. addition; trouble; ca lamity; eclipse; preposition (gr.); -sargana, n. addition; obscuration, eclipse; secondary thing; subordinate person; representative; dependent (in a compound or as a derivative) word determining another (gr.).
ūna pp. lacking; incomplete; inadequate; inferior; too little; not quite, less than (ab. or --°ree;), less by (in. or --°ree;); -tâ, f., -tva, n. abst. n.; -dvi-vârshika, a. not yet two years old.
ekaśata n. a hundred and one; a. 101st: -tama, a. id.; -sapha, a. (é-) one-hoofed, having an uncloven hoof; m. animal with uncloven hoof; n. the genus of solid hoofed animals; -sas, ad. singly;-sesha, m. sole remainder; ellipse by which only one of two or more words remains (e. g. du. or pl.); a. sole remaining, with the sole exception of (--°ree;); -sruta-dhara, a. remembering what one has heard once: -tva, n. abst. n.; -sruti, f. monotony; a. monotonous; -srushti, a. (é-) obeying one behest; -shash-tá, a. 61st; -shashti, f. 61: -tama, a. 61st.
aikaśapha a. coming from an animal with uncloven hoof; -srutya, n. uniformity of tone, monotony; -svarya, n. having only one accent.
ka inter. prn. st. (n. V. kád; C. kím) who? what? which? with iva, u, nâma, who indeed? often used in a depreciating sense= as good as none, no one or nothing: kâ½esha kathâ? that is out of the question; kim with in. or gd.=what does -matter? what is the use of -to (g.)? with nu, who pray? with vâ, who possibly? with svid, who or what, I wonder? Indef. prn. 1. with neg. any, any one; 2. with preceding ya and following ka, whosoever, whichever; anysoever, every; with preceding ya and following vâ, anysoever; 3. with kaná, none whatever (often strengthened by negatives); 4. with kana, kid, or api, some, any, a certain (a. or n.): pl. some; kaskid kaskid, the one--the other: pl. some--others.
katham ad. how? whence? why? with pot. or impv. (sts. ind.) how could, would, or should ? with mâ and aor. how should not --? sts. exclamation, what! sts. weakened to a simple interrogative=nonne or num? with nú, how, I wonder? how much more? with neg. how much less? with iva, how so? why pray? with nâma, svid, how pray? why I wonder? with kana, by no means: generally strengthened by preceding negative; with kid and api (not till Kâlidâsa) indef. in some way, by some means, somehow or other, by accident; with difficulty, only just, scarcely (katham often repeated); a. little, somewhat;with neg. in no manner, by no means; yathâ katham kid, in whatever manner; in any way.
kad V. n. nm., ac. sg. of ka, what?=I hope? with neg.=I hope not? esp. with kid (kákkid); with kaná and neg. in no way; °ree;--, bad, wretched, insignificant.
kathāśeṣa a. dead: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -sandhi, m. junction in the narrative where it is interrupted by another; -sarit sâgara, m. ocean of streams of stories, T. of a collection of tales by Somadeva.
kathā f. conversation, talk, dis cussion about (lc., --°ree;); story, tale (about, g. or --°ree;); mention, statement; Story (personi fied); kâ kathâ, it is not a question of --, -is out of the question, to say nothing of (g., lc., or prati); kâ½eshâ kathâ, how could there be a question about it?=it is out of the question.
karaṇa a. (î) making, producing, performing (--°ree;); m. a certain mixed caste; tune; word (gr.); n. making, doing; perform ing; producing; action; deed; rite; business; organ of sense; body; instrument; legal docu ment or evidence; notion of the instrumental case (gr.): -tâ, f., -tva, n. instrumentality (gr.): -rûpa, a. having the form of an instru ment (ph.); î-ya, fp. to be done; n. business.
kala a. dumb; indistinct; inarticu late; choked with tears (--°ree;); low, soft (note); uttering a soft sound: -m, ad.; -kanthikâ, f. female cuckoo; -kala, m. confused noise or cry: -rava, -½ârava, m. id., -vat,a. tinkling.
karmatā f., -tva, n. effect; notion of karman; -danda, m. complete control of acts; -dushta, pp. acting badly; -dosha, m. sinful act; -dhâraya, m. compound in which the first word (generally an a.) describes the second.
kalarava m. soft note.
kākali f. low, sweet tone; î, f. id.; musical instrument with a low note used to test whether one is asleep.
kāmam ac. ad. at will, at pleasure; to one's heart's content; according to desire, willingly, gladly; indeed; at all events; yet; even though, supposing (generally with impv.); kâmam -tu, kimtu, ka, kim ka, punar, athâ pi or tathâpi, it is true -but, although yet; kâmam -na tu or na ka, certainly--but not, rather -than; yadi½api -kâmam tathâ pi, although -yet.
kāra a. (î) making, producing, fashion ing, performing; m. maker (--°ree;); fashioner, author; making, action; --°ree;, sound, letter; uninflected word; -aka, a. (-ikâ) making, producing, causing, performing (g. or --°ree;); *about to do (ac.); effecting an object; m. maker, fashioner; agent; n. relation of noun to verb, case-notion; -ana, --°ree;, a. making, causing, producing; n. (--°ree;, f. î) cause, occasion, motive (g., lc.,--°ree;); prime cause, element; basis; argument, proof; means, instrument; organ of sense; in., ab., lc., °ree;--, from some cause: w. kena, kasmât, kasmin, for what reason? why? kim kâranam, why? ab. for the sake of (g., --°ree;); kenâpi kâranena, for some reason or other; yat kâranam, yena kâranena, because.
kacākaci ad. seizing one another by the hair.
kāryātipāta m. neglect of business: -in, a. neglecting business; -½adhi kârin, m. minister of policy; -½antara, n. another business; leisure hour: -sakiva, m. companion of a prince's leisure oramusements; -½apekshin, a. having a special object in view.
kiyaddūra n. some distance: -m, lc., °ree;--, not far, a short way.
kutas ad.=ab. of ka, from which? from whom? whence? sts. whither? why? often in drama before a couplet confirming a previous remark=for; how? how much less, to say nothing of; kuto&zip;pi,(late) from some; kutas kid, id.; from somewhere: na --, from no where; na kutas-kana, id.; in no direction.
kuvastra n. bad dress; a. ill-clad: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -vâkya, n., -vâk, f. ill word; -vâdika, m. charlatan, quack; -vâsanâ, f. wrong notion.
kṛtākṛta pp. what is done and not done (n. sg. or du.); half done; prepared and not prepared; arbitrary.
anindat pr. pt. not blaming.
kṛśa a. thin, slender; feeble, sickly; not full (moon); slender, weak, insignificant; poor; m. N.; (a)-ka, a. slender; -gava, a. hvg. thin cows; -tâ, f., -tva, n. thinness; -dhana, a. of slender means, poor; -buddhi, a. of weak intellect; -bhritya, a. having thin servants.
kevala a. (î; C. â) exclusively proper to (d., g.); alone, only, nothing but, mere, pure; whole, complete; every, all: -m, ad. only; entirely; but, only; na kevalam -api, not only -but; -tas, ad. only; -sas, ad.entirely; -vyatirekin, a. relating to separation only.
kriyākula a. busy, overwhelmed with business; -½âtmaka, a. whose nature is ac tivity: -tva, n. abst. n.; -dveshin, a. evading the evidence; -½antara, n. interruption of an action; another action;-pada, n. verb; -pra bandha, m. continuity of an action; -½abhy upagama, m. express promise; -yoga, m. con nexion with an action or verb; employment of means; the practical Yoga; -yogya, a. fitted for work; -½artha, a. having an action as an object; -lopa, m. failure of ceremonies; -vat, a. performing actions, active; performing sacred rites; -vidhi, m. specific rule of action; employment of a verb; -viseshana, n. ad verb;-sakti, f. capacity of acting: -mat, a. capable of acting.
kriyā f. making, doing; performance; business, transaction; action, act; work; trouble; labour; notion of the verb, verb (gr.); literary work; rite, ceremony; medical treat ment, cure; (legal) proof.
kṣaṇa m. (n1.) moment; opportunity; leisure; joyful moment, festival: -m, for or in a moment; °ree;--, in., ab. in a moment, im mediately; lc. every moment; kshanât--ksha- nât, at one moment -at another; kshanam kri, wait a moment; give any one (g.) an opportunity (also dâ); -m labh, find an op portunity.
kva ad.=lc. of ka; where? whither? often emphasized with the pcls. áha, íd, iva, nu, nu khalu, and svid: kva svid also= somewhere; with bhû and as=what has be come of --?=it is all over with; kva tadga tam, how about that? without verb=it is out of the question; kva--kva, expressing incon gruity=how great is the difference between --and--, there is nothing in common between -and --; with api and kid=kasmin+api or kid; somewhere, in a certain place; some time, once; sometimes, ever; kvakit kva- kid, here and there, now and then; kvakid kvakid, here--there; now--now; kva½api, kva kit, kvaka, kvakana, withna, nowhere, in no case, never, with preceding yatra, wher ever, whenever, in whatever case.
kṣetrakarman n. agriculture; -karma-krit, a. husbandman; -karshaka, m. husbandman; -ga, a. growing in the fields; m. wife's son begotten by another man; -gâta, pp. id.; -gña, a. having local knowledge; conversant with (g.); m. soul; -tara, n. place very suitable for cultivation or habitation; -tâ, f. residence; -pa, m. field-watcher; -pati, m. owner of a field; -pâla, m. field-watcher; tutelary deity of the fields; -raksha, m. field-watcher; -víd, a. knowing the place; expert; knowing the body.
khaṇḍa a. incomplete, deficient, not full (moon); m. n. piece, part; section (of a work); number, quantity, multitude, group; powdered sugar: -ka, m. part, piece, section; kind of dance(?); -kâpâlika, m.a partial Kâpâlika (sectary); -devakula, n. ruined temple; -dhârâ, f. kind of musical performance or dance.
khalu pcl. [plainly], indeed, certainly; however, and yet: often merely emphatic; khálu vaí, certainly; nu khalu, with inter. pray? I wonder? na khalu, not at all; kha lu½api, now again (introducing a new topic); khalu with gd.=enough of --, do not --.
gaṇaya den. P. (Â.) count, enumerate, calculate; reckon among (lc.); consider, account (2 ac.); impute to (lc.); regard, esteem; excogitate: with na, disregard; think nothing of: with bahu, have great regard for: pp. ganita. ava, disregard, pay no attention to. pari, count over, calculate; consider: pp. limited in number. vi, count (ps. amount to); consider, ponder; account (2 ac.); re gard; disregard.
gāndhāra m. prince, î, f. princess, of the Gândhâris; third note in the musical scale.
guṇākara m. mine of virtues; -½aguna, m. pl. virtues and faults; -½âdhya, m. N. of a poet; -½antara, n. another quality: -m vrag=attain superior excellence: -½âdhâ na, n. contributing something on one's own part=caring for (g.); -½anvita, pp. endowed with good qualities; auspicious (constellation); -½abhilâshin, a. desirous of virtues.
gūḍhāgāra n. prison; -½artha, m. hidden or mystical meaning; a. having a hidden or mystical meaning; -½âsaya, a. con cealing his purpose; -½utpanna, pp. begotten in secret (not by the husband).
gūḍha pp. (√ guh) n. mystery; secret: lc. secretly; -katurtha-pâda-prahelikâ-pra dâna, n. propounding a riddle in which the fourth pâda is concealed; -kâra, m. spy; -kârin, a. going about secretly ordisguised; -ga, a. begotten in secret (not by the husband); -tâ, f. secretness: in. secretly; -tva, n. id.; -pâda, a. whose feet are covered with (--°ree;); -purusha, m. spy; -maithuna, n. secret copu lation; -vasati, f. dwelling in secret.
grantha m. knot; composition; verse (of 32 syllables); treatise, book; text, word ing; chapter; -ana, n. connecting, tying.
grathin a. (knotty), unintelligible.
granthila a. knotty.
granthi m. knot; knot in a garment for keeping money, etc.; joint: -ka, m. narrator, rhapsodist; astrologer; -kkhedaka, m. cut-purse.
granthiśamana n. (bringing a garment to an end with a knot =) money knot.
grāmakāma a. desirous of a village; fond of village life; -kukkuta, m. (village=) tame cock; -ghâta, m. plundering of a village; -karyâ, f. village ways= sexual enjoyment; -kaitya, m.sacred tree of the village; -gâta, pp. grown in a village or in cultivated soil; -nî, m. leader of a host; chief of a community; *barber (chief person in a village); -tâ, f. number of villages; -dasa½îsa, m. chief of ten villages;-dharâ, f. N. of a rock (supporting villages); -dharma, m. village custom; -nivâsin, a. dwelling in villages, tame (birds); -pishta, pp. ground at home; -yâgaka, -yâgin, a. sacrificing (through avarice) for all members ofthe community (whether admissible or not); -vâsin, a. living in villages, tame (animal); m. villager; -vriddha, m. old man of the village; -sîmâ, f. village field; -sûkara, m. domestic hog.
ghana a. striking; slaying; firm, hard; dense, solid, thick; uninterrupted; dark, murky; deep (tone); whole; --°ree;, full of: -m, ad. closely, firmly; m. slaying; slayer; club, hammer; lump, solid mass; --°ree;, nothing but, pure (cognition); cloud: pl. rabble.
ca encl. cj. (te, que) and; also; even, just; but, yet; if (=ked): ka--ka, both--and, as well--as, scarcely--when; although--yet: with negative, neither--nor; ka--na ka or tu, although--yet not; na ka--ka,although not--yet; with vâ, either, or; ka½eva ka½api, and also; anyak ka, api ka, kim ka, tathâ ka, more over, likewise (adding a similar saying); ka gives interrogatives (q. v.) an indefinite sense.
caṇḍāla m. man of the lowest stratum of society, universally despised and shunned; a mixed caste, offspring of Sûdra and Brâhmanî; --°ree;, a good-for-nothing --; â, î, f. Kandâla woman.
cana immediately following emphasized word: V. not even; without neg. meaning (rare) also; after neg. even; C. (= kid) only after interrogatives in indefinite sense, even, at all.
cid enc. pcl. [n. of interrogative, Lat. -quid] in V. emphasizing preceding word (but often to be rendered by stress merely), even, just, very, at least; generalizing nouns, every, all, and esp. pns. and cjs., -- ever, all: with neg. not even; in C. it is used only with in terrogatives (and gâtu), rendering them in definite.
ced pcl. (never beg. sentence or half-verse) and (V.); when (V.); also, even, with api (E.); if (the apodosis commonly has tad, tatas, tadâ, tarhi, or atha); atha ked, but if; na or no ked, if not,elliptical=if it were not so, otherwise; ken na, if --, not (apo dosis); iti ken na, if this is objected, it is not so.
codana a. urging, impelling; n., â, f. incitement, invitation; command; precept, prescription; -ayi-tavya, cs. fp. to be cen sured or criticised; -ayitri, m., trî, f. inciter, stimulator, promoter; -i-tri, m.inciter, stimulator, promoter; -ya, fp. to be urged; -censured; -called in question; na kodya, not to be insisted on=matter of course.
chandas n. pleasure, desire, will; magical or sacred hymn; hymn which is not Rik, Sâman, or Yagus; Vedic text, Veda; metre, prosody: (h)-sâstra, n. manual of prosody (esp. Pi&ndot;gala's); (s)-krita, pp. composed in metre; (h)-sûtra, n. (Pi&ndot;gala's) sûtra on prosody.
cela m. garment; raiment; -ka, m. a good-for-nothing (--°ree;); -½âsaka, m. clothes-moth.
jagatkāraṇa n. cause of the world; -traya, n. triad of worlds (heaven, earth, and lower regions); -tritaya, n. id.; -pati, m. lord of the world (ep. of Brahman, Siva, Vishnu or Krishna, Agni, and of the Sun); -prakâsa, a. universally known, notorious; -prathita, pp. world-famed; -pra bhu, m. lord of the world; -prasiddha, pp. world-renowned; -prâsâha, a. consisting chiefly of gagatî verses; -srashtri, m. creator of the world, ep. of Brahman; -svâmin, m. sovereign of the world ˙ -svâmitva, n. sovereignty of the world.
jaṭā f. braid of hair (as worn by as cetics, Siva, and by mourners): -kalâpa, m. cue, pigtail; -gâla, n. braided locks, cue; -gûta, m. top-knot; -dhara, a. wearing braided hair; m. ascetic; Siva; -dhârin, a. id.; -bhâra, m. mass of braided hair: -dhara, a. wearing a --; -mandala, n. circle of braided locks on the crown.
janacaraṇāmalina a. not yet dirtied by people's feet; (á)-tâ, f. com munity; people, subjects; mankind; -dâha sthâna, n. crematory; -deva, m. king, prince.
janātiga a. superhuman; -½adhi pa, m. king, prince; -½antikam, ad. (speak) close to a person, in a low voice so as not to be overheard; (say) in a stage whisper; -½an tike, lc. ad. in the neighbourhood of men; -½apavâda, m. slander (pl.); -½ârava, m. popu lar rumour; -½arnava, m. (sea of men), cara van; -½ardana, m. ep. of Vishnu or Krishna (harasser of men); -½âsraya, m. caravanserai.
jananāntara n. another=for mer life.
janmāntara n. another birth, previous or future existence: -gata, pp. born again; -½antarîya, a. belonging to or per formed in a previous existence; -½andha, a. blind by birth; -½âspada, n.birth-place.
jātu ad. at all; ever; possibly, per haps, once: na gâtu, not at all, by no means, never (sts. with kid or kadâ kid added).
jātijānapada a. relating to the castes and to the districts; -bhâg, a. sub ject to birth; -bhramsa, m. loss of caste; -bhrashta, pp. having lost caste; -mat, a. high-born; capable of being classed under a general notion; -mâtra, n. mere rank: -½upa- gîvin, a. subsisting by the name of his caste only; -vakana, n. generic term; -sampanna, pp. endowed with good family, high-born; -smara, a. remembering one's former exist ence: -tâ, f., -tva, n. abst. n.; -smarana, n. remembrance of a former birth; -hîna, pp. destitute of good family, of low birth or rank.
juhoti m. (3 sg. of √ hu) techni cal designation of the sacrifices denoted by the term guhoti (not by yagati).
jñāpaka a. (ikâ) causing to know, teaching, indicating; m. master of petitions (an official); n. precept; implicit rule (of grammar); -ana, n. notifying, indicating; -anîya, fp. to be made known ornotified as (nm.); -ayitri, m. instructor.
tatas ad.=ab. sg. du. pl. of prn. ta, thence; there; thither; thereupon, then; therefore; itas tatas, (from) here and there, hither and thither; tatah katham, how is it then that --? tatah kim, what next?=pray go on; what would be the use of it? what can be the harm of it? does it not come to the same thing? tatah kshanât, -kshanam, immediately after; tatah param, besides this, more over; thereupon, afterwards;tatah paskât, after that, then; tatah prabhriti, thence forward; tatas tatah, (from) here and there, hither and thither, everywhere; what next? =pray go on; tato&zip;nyatah, to some other place;tato&zip;nyatra=tasmâd anyasmin; ta to&zip;param, later, afterwards, another time; yatas tatah, from whomsoever=indiscrimin ately; (from) wherever; yato yatah -tatas tatah (from) wherever -there (thence); whithersoever -thither.
tattvākhyānopamā f. simile implied in stating a truth (e. g. &open;thy mouth is not a lotus&close; implies &open;thy mouth is like a lotus&close;); -½apahnava-rûpaka, n. simileimplied in denying the truth (e. g. &open;thy eyes are not eyes but two bees&close; implies &open;thy eyes are like two bees&close;); -½abhiyoga, m. prosecution based on facts; -½artha, m. matter of fact, truth; true sense of (--°ree;): -vid, a. knowing the true sense.
tathā ad. so, thus (corr. to yathâ, as, that; iva, as; yena, that); that is so; so be it, well, yes; so truly (in oaths); in like manner, also, likewise; tathâ ka, similarly, so also; tathâ½api, id.; nevertheless, yet (gnly. with corr. yadi½api, api yadi, kâmam, varam); tathâ hi, for so (it is), so for instance, that is to say, namely; tathâ½eva, just so, like wise, similarly (ka and api sometimes added); tathâ--yathâ, so-that; (so long) -till; yathâ tathâ, in whatever way, in this way or that, by all means; by commentators used to indicate that a word is used adverbially (in such a manner that it is --): with na, by no means, practically not; yathâ yathâ-tathâ tathâ, in whatever way--so, the more --the more; na tathâ, not so, untrue.
tala m. n. surface, plane; sole (foot), palm (hand); flat space below; --°ree; often not to be translated: lc.=at, on, under (--°ree; or g.); -tas, ad. from the bottom; -prahâra, m. slap; blow with the paw; -loka, m. lower regions.
tāna m. thread, fibre; quaver, musi cal note; n. extent.
tāvat a. so great, so extensive; so long; so much; so manifold, so numerous, just so many (with corr. yâvat): n. ad. (with corr. yâvat) so much, so far; so long, during that time, then; (without corr.) meanwhile; for a while; in the first place, first; just, at once (very often with the impv. to express what is to be done immediately=pray just or at once --; or with 1st pers. pr.=I will first of all); only, merely; indeed, certainly, it is true (concessively, followed by but); already, even (opp. how much more or less); well! enough! emphasizes a notion (±eva), only, just, quite, why (sts. to be rendered by stress only); tâvat -ka, scarcely -when; tâvan na -api na, not only not -but also not; na tâvat, not yet: na tâvat--yâvat, not yet while; m&asharp; tâvat, (interjectionally) not for heaven's sake, God forbid; yâvad yâvat tâvat tâvat, in proportion--as;yâvan na tâvat, while not--so long=till: in. tâvatâ, during that time, meanwhile; to the same extent, just as far; lc. t&asharp;vati, so far; so long, in that time.
tu pcl. (never commences a sentence): with impv. pray (V.); but: sts.=ka or vâ, or a mere expletive; api tu, but rather; kim tu, but yet, nevertheless; na tu, but not; na tu½eva tu, never at all; param tu,yet, nevertheless, however; tu--tu, indeed--but; ka--na tu, although--yet not; na or na ka api tu, not--but rather; kâmam (ka) -tu or kim tu, although--yet; kâmam, bhûyas, or varám--na tu, rather--than.
tṛṇa n.a, n. [piercing: √ tri] grass, herb; blade of grass; straw (often=a mere nothing): trinavat kri, trinam (iva) man or samarth aya, account as a straw; trinâya na man, not care a straw about;trinabuddhim dhâ, id. (lc.).
tṛn suffix -tri (denoting an agent) when the root is accented.
toyakaṇa m. drop of water; -kar man, n. libation of water to the dead; -krîdâ, f. sporting in the water; -kara, a. moving in the water; m. aquatic animal; -ga, a. growing or living in the water; n.lotus: -½akshî, f. lotus-eyed maiden; -da, m. rain cloud: -½atyaya, m. autumn; -dhara, a. wa ter-bearing; -dhâra, m., â, f. stream of water; -dhi, m. ocean; -maya, a. (î) consisting of water; -mâtra½avasesha, a. having nothing but water left (in them); -muk, m. cloud; -yantra, n. water-clock; -râg, m. ocean (lord of waters); -râsi, m. pond, lake; sea; -vat, a. supplied with or surrounded by water; -vâha, m. rain-cloud.
tvaguttarāsaṅgavat a. wearing an outer garment of bark; -dosha, m. skin-disease, eruption; -doshin, a. af fected with skin-disease; -bheda-ka, a. break ing or tearing the skinof another.
dakṣa a. able, active, dexterous, skilful, clever (with lc., --°ree;); suitable for (--°ree;); right (not left); m. activity, capacity, power, aptitude; will; N. of an Âditya; N. of a Pragâpati; N. of a legislator: -sya½ayana, n. (sacrifice of the) winter solstice.
dagdha pp. (√ dah) burned, consumed; pained, tortured, distressed; fatal; wretched, good for nothing; cursed, damned: -gathara, n. accursed belly.
dāruṇa a. (â, î) hard (not soft); sharp (wind); rough, harsh, severe (speech, temper, person); violent, intense (pain etc.); painful (birth); terrible; n. harshness, severity.
digadhipa m. regent of a quarter; -anta, m. end of the horizon, end of the world, extreme distance; -antara, n. another region; foreign parts; a particular quarter (w. paski metara, the east): pl. all the quarters; -am bara, a. clad with the quarters only, stark naked; m. naked mendicant monk, esp. among the Jains: î, f. ep. of Durgâ.
durjaya a. hard to conquer, -over come; -guard against; -obtain; m. N. of a Dânava or of a Dânava host; -gara, a. not decaying; hard to digest; -gala, n. bad water; -gâta, pp. miserable, unfortunate; wicked; spurious: w. bhartri, m. paramour; n. mis fortune; -gâti, f. misfortune; a. wicked; -gâtîya, a. wicked, evil; -gîva, a. hard (for, in.) to live (n. impl.); n. hard life; -geya, fp. hard to conquer; -gñâna, a. hard to know; -recognise; -find out: -tva, n. abst. n.; -gñeya, fp. id., hard to understand.
durvaca a. ill-spoken, abusive (word); hard to answer; -vakana, n. pl. hard words, abuse (Pr.); -vakas, n. id.; stupid words; a. abusive; hard to answer; -vanig, m. rogue of a merchant; -varna, m. bad colour; im purity; (-várna), a. having a bad colour or complexion; of low caste; n. silver; -vala, a. having a skin disease; -vasa, a. (n. it is) hard to dwell; hard to pass (time); -vasati, f. painful residence; a. hard to bear; -execute or accomplish; -vâk, f. abuse; a. abu sive; -vâkya, a. difficult to utter, harsh (words); n. abuse; ill-tidings; -vâda, m. blame, reproach; -vânta, pp. that has not fully vomited the blood it has sucked (leech); -vâra,a. hard to restrain or check; irresist ible; -vârana, a. id.; -vârttâ, f. ill-tidings; -vârya, fp. hard to restrain or check, irre sistible: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -vâla, a. bald-headed or red-haired or afflicted with skin disease; -vâsanâ, f.false notion; -v&asharp;sas, a. ill-clad; m. N. of an irascible Brâhman; -vâhita, n. heavy burden; -vikatthana, a. disagreeably boastful; -vikalpa, m. unjustifiable irresolution; -vigâha, a. hard to fathom or penetrate; profound; serious, critical; -vigâhya, fp. id.; -vikâra, m. ill-timed hesitation; a. very irresolute; -vigñâna, n. difficult ascer tainment; a. (á) hard to comprehend; -vi- gñeya, fp. hard to distinguish; -vidagdha, pp. perverse;-vidya, a. uneducated; -vidha, a. mean, base; -vidhi, m. evil destiny; -vi naya, m. imprudent behaviour; -vinîta, pp. ill-bred, ill-behaved: -ka, a. id.; -vipâka, m. ill-ripening, evil issue; a. having evil conse quences; -vibhâva, a. hard to comprehend; -vibhâvana, a. hard to perceive; -vibhâvya, fp. id.; indistinctly visible; hard to compre hend; -vilasita, n. wicked trick; -vivâha, m. blamable marriage; -vivekana, a. hard to judge rightly; -vishaha, a. hard to en dure or overcome; irresistible; hard to per form or accomplish; -vritta, n. bad or base conduct, baseness; a. ill-conducted, wicked; poor; m. wicked man; -vritti, f. distress, misery; baseness; -vyavasita, n. evil intent; -vyavasthâpa-ka, a. pronouncing a bad or unfavourable decision; -vyavahâra, m. bad decision of a suit; -vyavahriti, f. evil rumour; -vyasana, n. evil passion, vice; -vyâhrita, pp. ill-spoken; n. unsuitable utterance.
durmanuṣya m. bad man, villain; -mántu, a. hard to comprehend; -mantra, m. bad advice; -mantrita, pp. ill-advised; n. bad advice; -mantrin, m. bad minister; a. having a bad minister; -mára, a.dying hard; n. it is hard for (in.) to die: -tva, n. dying hard; -marana, n. id.; -maryâda, a. knowing no bounds: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -már sha, a. not to be forgotten; intolerable; re fractory, hostile; -marshana, a. hard to manage, intractable; -mâtsarya, n. bad jealousy; -mitrá, a. unfriendly; m. N.; -mukha, a. (î) ugly-faced, hideous; foul-mouthed, scurrilous; m. N.; -muhûrta, n. fatal hour; -medha, -medhás, a. of small wit, stupid, foolish; -medhâvin, a. id.; -maitra, a. hostile.
dūrāgata pp. come from a distance; -½apeta, pp. far removed=not to be thought of, out of the question: -tva, n. abst. n.; -½âloka, m. distant view: e sthita, pp. to be seen only from afar.
dūratas ad. from afar; far off or away, not at hand: -tyag (and verbs of cognate meaning), keep at a distance; cast altogether aside; -to bhû, keep aloof.
dṛṣṭikṣepa m. rolling the eyes, looking about; -gokara, m. range of vision; -dâna, n. bestowal of a look, showing oneself; -nipâta, m. cast of a look, glance; -patha, m. range of vision; -pâta, m.cast of a look, glance: na tasya drishtipâte=do not show yourself to him; -pradâna, n.=-dâna; -prasâda, m. favour of a glance: -m kri, deign to look at one; -mandala, n. pupil of the eye; -mat, a. having eyes; intelligent, wise; -mârga, m. range of vision, horizon; -vikshepa, m. moving the eyes about, look ing around.
devadatta a. god-given; m. Arguna's conch; the vital air which causes yawning; Dieu-donné, very common N., hence used to denote indefinite persons, So and-so; -dantin, m. ep. of Siva (?); -darsana, a. seeing or associating with the gods; m. N.; n. manifestation of a god; -darsin, a. associating with the gods; -dâru, m. n. N. of a kind of pine (Pinus Deodora); -dâsa, m. N.; -dûtá, m. messenger of the gods; -deva,m. god of gods, supreme god, ep. of Brahma, Siva, Vishnu, Krishna, and Ganesa: î, f. Durgâ; -daivatya, a. having the gods as a divinity, sacred or addressed to the gods.
deśya fp. to be pointed to, exemplary; a. being on the spot, having been present (m. eye-witness); belonging to or current in the country, provincial; native of (--°ree;); bordering or verging on, not far removed from, almost, like (--°ree;).
deśīya a. belonging to the country, provincial; living in, native of (--°ree;); bordering or verging on, not far from, about, like (--°ree;).
deśākramaṇa n. invasion; -½âkâra, m. custom of the country; -½atana, n. travelling; -½atithi, m. guest in the country, stranger; -½antara, n. another region; foreign country; -½antarita, pp.living in a foreign country; -½antarin, a. foreign; m. foreigner.
dhanuṣkāṇḍa n. sg. bow and arrow; -k&asharp;ra, -krít, m. bow-maker; -koti (or î), notched end of a bow; -khanda, n. piece of a bow; -pâni, a. bow in hand, armed with a bow; -mat, a. (-î) armed with a bow; m. bowman: -tâ, f. archery.
dhūmaketana m. (smoke-ban nered), fire; (á)-ketu, a. smoke-betokened, smoke-bannered; m. fire; Agni; comet; N. of a Yaksha; (á)-gandhi, a. smelling of smoke; -graha, m. Râhu; -gâla, m. film of smoke; -dhvaga, m. fire; -pa, a. smoking (a pipe); imbibing only smoke (i. e. subsist ing on nothing else); -pallava, m. streak of smoke; -pâta, m. wreath of smoke; -pâna, n. inhalation of smoke or vapour; -maya, a. (î) consisting entirely of smoke or vapour.
dhūrgata pp. standing at the head of, chief of (--°ree;); -gata, m., -gati, m. (having a burden of a top-knot), ep. of Siva.
dhaivata n. the sixth note in the scale, a.
dhruvaśīla a. permanently resident; not changing one's residence; -sam dhi, m. N.; -siddhi, m. (sure recovery), N. of a physician.
nakiṃcid n. nothing: -api-sam kalpa, m. no desire for anything.
nakiṃcana a. having nothing, beggarly.
na pcl. not; less (with numerals=not quite by, in. or ab.: ékayâ na vimsati, 19; ekân na trimsat, 29); lest (with pot.); V.: as, like (not exactly, almost; or as it does not coalesce metrically, it may have been an affirmative particle originally= Gk. nai/). When repeated it implies a very strong affirmation (exceptionally a strengthened negation). In a second or later clause it is sometimes replaced by ka, vâ, api vâ, or even dropped. It is often strengthened by api, api ka, u, utá, eva, khalu, ka, ka½api, ka½eva, ked, tu, tu½eva, vâ, atha vâ, ha.
nakutaścidbhaya a. not endangered from any quarter.
nakīm indecl. not, never.
nakis indecl. no one; not, never.
nadīna a. not insignificant.
natarām ad. decidedly not; much less.
nacira a. not long (time): -m, for a short time; in., d., ab. shortly, soon.
nanu ad. not (emphatic); inter. pcl. not? (=nonne), surely? with inter. prn. or impv. pray; nanu ka, surely (at the begin ning of a sentence); nanu½astu--tathâ½api, well, even granting--yet; nanu mâ bhut tathâ½api, well, even granting that--is not the case -yet (nanu here to be taken with the apodosis); nanu is frequently used by com mentators to state a supposed objection, which is disposed of with a followingukyate, to this the reply is as follows.
namuci m. [not letting go the waters], N. of a demon subdued by Indra: -dvish, m. ep. of Indra.
nātidūra a. not too distant: -m, ad. not very far; ab., lc. not very far from (ab., g.), -ga, a. not too distant; -sthita, pp. standing at not too great a distance.
nātikalyāṇa c. not very beautiful or noble; -gâdha, a. tolerably deep; -kira, a. not very long (time); -tîvra, a. moderate; -tripti, f. non-surfeit.
nātyādṛta pp. much neglected; -½ukkhrita, pp. not too high; -½utpanna, pp. not quite natural or usual.
nātyantadūra a. not very far distant.
nātinirvṛti f. not too great satisfaction; -nîka, a. not too low; -pari- kara, a. having a limited retinue; -pari sphuta, a. somewhat concealed; -paryâpta, pp. not too abundant; -pushta, pp.not too well furnished with (in.); -prakupita, pp. not excessively angry; -pramanas, a. not too good-humoured; -prasiddha, pp. not noto rious; -bhârika, a. not too weighty; -bhin na, pp. not very different from (ab.); -mâ tram, ad. not excessively; -mân-in, a. not esteeming oneself toohighly: (-i)-tâ, f. absence of vanity; -ramanîya, fp. not too charming: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -rûpa, a. not very pretty; -visadam, ad. (kiss) not very audibly; -vis târa-samkata, a. neither too wide nor too narrow; -sîta½ushna, a. neither too hot nor too cold; -slishta, pp. not very firm; -sva stha, a. not very well, poorly.
navīna a. new, fresh, young; sts. =another.
nābhidhāvat pr. pt. not coming to the rescue.
nābhijāta pp. 1. produced from a navel; 2. (na½abhi-), not nobly born.
nāman n. (f. --°ree; a. -mnî or less commonly -man) mark, token; form, manner; name, appellation; mere name (opp. reality), trace; personal name (opp. family name or gotra); nature; kind, race; good name, fame (only --°ree; a.); noun (gr.): nâma kri, Â. take a name; -grah, mention the name; -bhri, bear a name; -kri, -dâ, or -dhâ, give a name; nâmnâ kri or vi-dhâ, name (2 ac.); n&asharp;ma, ad. by name (sts. nâmnâ or nâmatas is redun dantly added); indeed, certainly, of course; perhaps; with inter. then, pray; with impv. ever so much, no matter if; api nâma, with pot. at the beginning of a sentence, perhaps;emphasizes a preceding word more strongly than api; mâ nâma, ± pot. would that not, if only not; nanu nâma, surely.
nitya a. inward, innate; own (V.); constant, perpetual, eternal; always abiding in, devoted to (--°ree;); regular, essential, neces sary: °ree;-or -m, ad. constantly, perpetually, always; invariably; na nityam, not always; never; -samâsa, m. necessary or fast com pound, i. e. one that cannot be resolved with out destroying the meaning; -svarita, m. necessary, i. e. independent svarita.
nastika a. unbelieving; m. un believer, atheist (one who says &open;there is not&close; a God): -tâ, f. atheism.
nirantara a. having no interstice. contiguous, successive, continuous, uninterrupted, constant; dense; thickly set with, full of (in. or --°ree;); faithful (friend); without a difference, identical: -m, ad.tightly (embrace); continually; forthwith; -anna, a. having nothing to eat; fasting; yielding no food; -anvaya, a. having no descendants; unrelated, unconnected: -m, ad. behind any one's back.
niratiśaya a. not to be surpassed, greatest, supreme; without distinc tive marks; -atyaya, a. free from danger, safe; successful; infallible; -adhishthâna, a. untenable; independent; -anukrosa, m.pitilessness (-tas, ad. pitilessly); a. pitiless (towards, lc.); -anuga, a. having no retinue; -anugraha, a. showing no favour or pity; -anuyogya, fp. irreproachable, valid (argument); -anurodha, a. regardless of, indif ferent to (lc.); -anusaya, a. having no residuum of the consequences of action left.
niravadhi a. boundless, unlimit ed; perpetual, endless: -ka, a. unlimited; -avayava, a. indivisible: -tva, n. -ness; -ava lamba, a. affording no support; unsupported, destitute of support; -avalambana,n. owner less (wealth); not to be met with in any one; -avasesha, a. leaving no remnant; complete, whole: in., -tas, altogether, wholly; -ava sâda, a. cheerful.
nirabhiprāya a. aimless; -bha va, a. not degrading or humiliating; -mâna, a. free from pride; -lapya, a. unspeakable; -lâsha, a. free from desire for, regardless of (--°ree;); -samdhin, a.disinterested.
nirapa a. waterless; -apatya, a. childless; -apatrapa, a. shameless; -aparâ dha, a. harmless, innocent; -apavâda, a. blameless; subject to no exception; -apâya, a. imperishable; unfailing; unharmed, safe; -apâyin, a. imperishable; -apeksha, a. re gardless of, indifferent to (lc. or --°ree;); caring for nothing, indifferent to worldly objects; independent of (--°ree;): -m, ad. without having any regard, without troubling about a thing, -ka, a. independent, -tâ, f. regardlessness; indifference towards (lc.), -tva, n. indiffer ence; independence; -apekshâ, f. indiffer ence towards (lc.); -apekshita, pp. disre garded; regardless of (--°ree;); indifferent towards (lc.); -apekshya, fp. not to be troubled about.
nirukta pp. √ vak; n. explanation; etymological interpretation; esp. T. of Yâs ka's commentary on the Nighantus; -ukti, f. etymological explanation; -uñkhana, n. = nî-râgana; -uttara, a.having no superior; unable to give an answer; -utsava, a. devoid of festivals; -utsâha, a. destitute of energy, unenterprising, spiritless: -tâ, f. cowardice; -utsuka, a. unconcerned; having no desire for (prati); -utseka, m.modesty; a. unpre tentious, modest; -udara, a. trunkless; -ud desam, ad. without making any statement; -udyama, a. avoiding exertion, indolent; -udyoga, a. id.; -udvigna, pp. untroubled, unagitated: -manas, a. havingone's mind undisturbed; -udvega, a. free from agitation, calm; -unmâda, a. free from arrogance; -upakârin, a. unable to render a service; -upakriya, a. rendering no service; -upa-drava, a. unassailed by mischances orcalami ties, prosperous, faring well; free from danger, safe: -tâ, f. security; -upadhi, a. free from guile, honest; blameless; -upapatti, a. un suitable; -upapada, a. unaccompanied by a secondary word; -upaplava, a.undisturbed, uninterrupted; -upabhoga, a. not enjoying; -upama, a. having no equal; -upayoga, a. useless; -upâkhya, a. indescribable: -tva, n. abst. n.; -upâya, a. futile; -ushna-tâ, f. coldness: -m nî, make cold, kill; -ushnîsha, a. turbanless, bareheaded.
nirīti a. not afflicted with calami ties; -îha, a. motionless; inactive; indifferent to all things: -tâ, f. indifference, absence of desire to get anything.
nirākaraṇa n. expulsion; re pudiation of a wife; removal; disproval; -âkaranîya, fp. to be disproved; -âkari shnu, a. repudiating (ac.); seeking to remove from (ab.); forgetful; -âkartavya, fp. to be disproved; -âkartri, m. contemner of (g.); a. disproving; -âkâ&ndot;ksha, a. expecting nothing; having no desires; requiring no supplement; -âkâra, a. formless, bodiless; having no object, vacant; -âkula, a. not crowded, unfrequented; not confused, orderly; unconcerned, calm; -â kriti, a. formless; neglecting one's religious duties; -âkranda, a. unprotected; affording no protection; m. or n. unsheltered place; -âkri yâ, f.expulsion; disproval; -âgas, a. guiltless; -âgraha, a. not obstinately insisting on any thing; -âkikîrshu, des. a. wishing to refute any one (ac.); -âgîvya, a. affording no livelihood; -âdambara, ad. without much talk (°ree;--); -âta&ndot;ka, a. free from ailment or anxiety; causing no ailment or anxiety; -â- tapa, a. sheltered from the heat of the sun, shady; -âtapatra, a. destitute of an umbrella; -âtithya, n. inhospitable (forest); -âdara, a.showing no respect towards (lc.); -âdhi, a. free from care; -ânanda, a. joyless, sad; -ântra, a. disembowelled; -âpad, a. free from adversity; -âbâdha, a. undisturbed; harm less; frivolous, futile; -âmaya, m. health, welfare; a. healthy, well; salubrious; in fallible; -âmarsha, a. putting up with every thing, apathetic; -âmisha, a. fleshless; hav ing no sensual desires: -½âsin, a. not eating flesh, not carnivorous; -âyata-tva, n. lack of extension, shortness; -âyati, a. having no future; -âyâsa, a. involving no trouble; causing no fatigue; -âyudha, a. unarmed; -ârambha, a. unenterprising, inactive; -â lamba, a. having no support; suspended in the air; self-supported, isolated, affording no support; -âlâpa, a. not talking; -âloka, a. devoid of light, dark; blind, foolish; -âvar ana, a. uncovered, manifest; -âsa, a. having given up all hope or expectation, despairing (of, ac. with prati, d., ab., lc., or --°ree;): -kara, a. taking away all hope of, rendering impos sible, -tva, n. hopelessness; -âsa&ndot;ka, a. fear less; not afraid of (lc.); -âsa&ndot;kya, fp. not to be feared; -âsâ, f. renunciation of all hopes: -½âsanna, pp. verging on despair; -âsitva, n. despair; -âsin, a. having renounced all hope, hopeless; -âsis, a. having no desires or hopes; -âsî-bhû, lose all hope; -âsrama, a. being in none of the four stages of a Brâh man: -pada, a. having no hermitages (forest); -âsramin, a. id.; -âsraya, a. shelterless, un supported; independent; unprotected; -âsa, m. expulsion, exclusion, rejection, repudiation; -âstha, a. taking no interest in, not caring about (--°ree;); -âhâra, m. fasting; a. abstaining from food, having nothing to eat: -tâ, f. abst. n.
nirjana a. deserted, desolate, soli tary; n. solitude: -tâ, f., -tva, n. id., -vana, n. lonely forest; -gaya, m. conquest; -gara, a. not aging, young; m. god; -gala, a. water less; -galada, a. cloudless;-gigamishu, des. a. wishing to go out; -gita-varman, m. N.; -gita½ari-gana, a. having conquered the host of his foes; -giti, f. conquest; -gihîrshu, des. a. wishing to take out or remove; -gîva, a. lifeless, dead; -gîva-karana, n. death-blow (to, g.); -gîvita, a. lifeless: -tva, n. -ness; -getri, m. vanquisher; -gñâna, a. ignorant, stupid.
nirdaṃśin a. not biting; -danda, a. not punishing; -danta, a. toothless, tusk less; -daya, a. unmerciful, cruel, ruthless; vehement, ardent (embrace); deserving no mercy: -m, ad. mercilessly; excessively; ardently; -dayatva, n. hard-heartedness, cruelty; -darana, a. free from clefts or holes; -dari, cave; -dalana, n. splitting, cutting down; -dasa, a. more than ten days old; -dasana, a. toothless; -dâkshinya, a. un courteous; -dâtri, m. weeder (of a field); -dâridrya, a. free from poverty, well to do.
nirmama a. [regardless of &open;mine&close;], not caring for (lc.); indifferent to mundane matters: -tâ, f. perfect indifference towards (lc.); -tva, n. id.; a. indifferent towards (lc.).
nirmakṣika n. freedom from flies: -m kri, clear the premises (Pr.); -mañkana, n. purification; -mandûka, a. destitute of frogs; -matsara, a. free from envy or jealousy; -matsya, a. fishless: -tâ, f.absence of fish: -m nî, clear of fish; -math ana, n. friction, esp. of tinder-wood; churn ing; -mada, a. not in rut; not proud, humble; -manas-ka, a. destitute of intellect: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -manyu, a. free from wrath.
nirbhaya a. fearless; not afraid of (--°ree;); secure: -m, ad. fearlessly; m. N. of a warrior; n. security; -bhara, a. vehement, ardent; excessive; deep (sleep); full of (--°ree;): -m or °ree;--, ardently, excessively, soundly, fast; -bhartsana, n. menace, reproach; -bhas mita, pp. burned to ashes, annihilated; -bhâgya, pp. to be excluded from his share (ab.); -bhî-ka, a. fearless, not afraid of (ab.); -bhîta, pp. id.; -bheda,m. cracking, burst ing; splitting; blurting out, betrayal; -bhed in, a. cleaving, shattering; -bhedya, fp. free from chinks; missing its mark.
nirvaṃśa a. having no family, child less, alone in the world; -vakana, n. ex planation, etymology; a. speechless: -m, ad. without saying a word; -vatsala, a. not tenderly attached to, esp. children (lc.);-váp ana, n. (funeral) offering; -vartaka, a. per forming; -vartana, n. performance; -vart anîya, fp. to be accomplished; -varti, a. wickless; -vartitavya, fp. to be performed (Pr.); -vartin, a. ill-behaved (--°ree;); performing, doing (--°ree;); -vartya, fp. to be accomplished; -produced; -uttered; -vasa, a. possessing no will of one's own, dependent: -tâ, f. depend ence; -vashatkâra-ma&ndot;gala, a. lacking sacri fices and festivities;-vasu, a. poor; -vastrî kri, deprive of one's clothes; -vahana, n. con clusion, issue; final act, catastrophe (dr.)
nirlakṣaṇa a. bearing no dis tinguishing marks, insignificant, good for no thing; -lakshya, fp. imperceptible; avoid ing notice; -lagga, a. shameless, immodest, brazen; -lavana, a. lacking grace; -lepa, a. free from greasy matter; spotless; -lobha, a. free from avarice.
nirviśaṅka a. unhesitating, fear less: -m or in., fearlessly; -visesha, a. de void of distinction, like, equal; not differing from (--°ree;); unqualified, absolute: -m, without a difference; n. lack of distinction, like ap pearance: in. in the same way as (--°ree;), -vise sha, m. difference without a distinction=not the slightest difference, -½âkriti, a. having an appearance not differing from the rest, looking precisely alike; -visha, a. not poisonous; deprived of poison; -vishaya, a. driven from one's abode; banished, from (--°ree;); not relating to an object; unattached to the ob jects of sense; -vishayî-kri, banish, remove from (--°ree;);-vishî-kri, free from poison; -vîrya, a. feeble, tame, spiritless.
nirvāsa m. leaving one's home, dwelling abroad, banishment; -vâsana, n. expulsion, banishment; taking to another place; killing; -vâsanîya, fp. to be expelled or banished, from (ab.); -vâsya, fp. id.;-vâha, m. carrying out, accomplishment, com pletion; maintenance, subsistence: -ka, a. (ikâ) accomplishing, executing (--°ree;); -vâhin, a. id.; -vâhya, fp. to be accomplished, completed.
nirvyañjaka a. testifying; -vyañg ana, a. spiceless: lc. without more ado, straight out; -vyatha, a. free from pain, well; -vyapeksha, a. unconcerned about, indif ferent as to (lc. or --°ree;); -vyalîka, a. not hurting; heartfelt, ungrudging (gift); glad, willing; not false; -vyavadhâna, uncovered, bare (ground); -vyavastha, a. not remain ing in its place, moving about; -vyasana, a. free from vice.
niḥśrīka a. destitute of beauty, ugly; luckless, unhappy; -srenî=ni-srenî; -sreyas-a, a. (î) having nothing better, best of all; n. final beatitude, bliss, salvation; -svasita, n. expiration, breath; sigh;-svâ pada, a. lacking wild animals; -svâsa, m. breath; sigh: -parama, a. constantly sighing.
niḥśaṅka a. free from anxiety, fearless, unhesitating; having nothing to fear from (--°ree;); that need cause no anxiety: -m or °ree;--, calmly, without hesitation, without more ado;-sa&ndot;kâ, f. absence of timidity: in. without hesitation; -sa&ndot;kita, pp. free from anxiety; causing no anxiety; fearless, unhesitating; -satru, a. free from foes; -sabda, a. silent; noiseless, mute: °ree;--, silently: -stimita, pp. noiseless and still; -sarana, a. unprotected; -salâka, a. free from tall grass; -salya, a. free from an arrow: -m, ad. pain lessly, without a struggle, willingly; -sastra, a. unarmed; -sâkha, a. branchless: -tâ, f.branchlessness.
niśchandas a. not studying the scriptures; -khidra, a. free from holes, cracks; -fractures; -imperfections, -de fects, -weak points; continuous.
niṣkaṇṭaka a. free from thorns or enemies; -kampa, a. not trembling, im movable, motionless; unmoved, steadfast: -tâ, f. firmness; -karuna, a. pitiless, cruel; -karman, a. inactive, idle; -karsha,m. drawing out, extraction; essence, substance, main point: ab. chiefly, mainly; -karshana, n. drawing out, extraction; putting off; -kala, a. lacking parts, undivided; frail; m. decrepit old man; -kala&ndot;ka, a.spotless, un defiled; -kalmasha, a. sinless, spotless: î bhû, become spotless or sinless.
niṣāda m. N. of aboriginal Indian tribes described as fishermen, hunters, and robbers; considered a degraded caste, off- spring of Brâhmans and Sûdra women; a note in the musical scale; î, f.Nishâda woman.
niṣkrodha a. not angry with (g.); -klesa-lesa, a. free from the smallest of cares, perfectly happy.
niṣkiṃcana a. having nothing, penniless: -tva, n. poverty; -kilvisha, a. free from sin.
niṣpāṇḍava a. delivered from the Pândavas; -pâda-ka, a. accomplishing; -pâdana, n. accomplishment; -pâdya, fp. to be accomplished, -brought about: -½abda sahasra, full millennium; -pâpa,a. sinless; -pâlaka, a. having no guardian; -pîdana, n. pressure; -putra, a. sonless, childless; -pu rusha, a. having no males; -pulâka, a. free from shrivelled grain: î-kri, free from shrivelled grain; -pesha, m. impact; clash ing sound; -paurusha½âmarsha, a. desti tute of manliness and anger; -prakâra-ka, a. free from specifications; -prakâsa, a. dark; -pragña, a. witless, stupid; -pratâpa, a. destitute of dignity; -pratikriya, a. not to be saved, past help: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -prati graha, a. accepting no gifts: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -pratigha, a. unobstructed; -pratipaksha, a. having no adversary: -tâ, f., -tva, n. abst. n.; -pratibandha, a. free from ob stacles; unobjectionable; -pratîkâra, a. that cannot be helped; irremediable; unhindered; -pratyâsa, a. having given up all hope of (lc. or upari): î-bhu, lose all hope of (prati); -pratyûha, a. free from obstacles: -m, ad. without hindrance; -pradesa, a. having no fixed place; -prapañka, a. unevolved, exempt from multiformity: -sad-âtman, a. having real existence without being evolved; -pra bha, a. deprived of radiance or splendour: -tâ, f., -tva, n. abst. n.; -prabhâva, a. powerless: -tva, n. -ness; -pramâna-ka, a. supported by no authority; -prayogana, a. disinterested (spectator); useless: -m, ad. uselessly; needless, uncalled for; -pravâni, a. fresh from the loom; quite new.
niṣpanda panda ] a. motionless: î kri, render motionless; -parikara, a. not having made the necessary preparations; -parikaya, a. not becoming intimate; -pari- kkhada, a. having no retinue; -paryanta,a. unlimited.
niṣpaṅka a. free from mud or dirt, clean, pure; -patti, f. being brought about; maturity; derivation, from (--°ree;); -pat tra, a. featherless; leafless; -pattrâ-kri, wound with an arrow in such a manner that only the feathers do not penetrate; -pathya, a. ill.
nistrapa a. shameless; -trimsa, a. cruel, pitiless (-tva, n. pitilessness); m. sword: -dharmin, a. resembling a sword; -traigun ya, a. not endowed with the three qualities.
nistamaska a. free from darkness, light; -tamisra, a. id.; -tara&ndot;ga, a. waveless, calm; -tarana, n. getting out of danger, escape; -taranîya, fp. to be got over; -tartavya, fp. to be crossed; to be over come; -tala, a. not flat, round, spherical; -târa, m. crossing, passing over the sea (also fig.); liquidation, payment.
niḥspanda a., v. nishpanda; -spar- sa, a. hard; -spriha, a. free from desires; not desiring, indifferent to (lc., --°ree;); turning away from (ab.).
niḥsneha a. not oily, not greasy, free from fat; lacking moisture (soil); devoid of affection for (prati); having no desire for, indifferent towards (--°ree;); not treated with affection (servants); abhorred, odious.
niḥsaṃśaya a. undoubted, cer tain; undoubting, sure: -m, ad. certainly, undoubtedly; -samsayita, pp. unquestioned, sure, safe; -samskâra, a. unrefined, ill-man nered: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -sa&ndot;khya, a. in numerable; -sa&ndot;ga, a. unattached; indif ferent to (lc.), disinterested, free from all de sires: -tâ, f., -tva, n. abst. n.; -sakiva, a. lacking a minister; -samkâra, a. not going out, not leaving the house; -samgña, a. un conscious; -sattva, a. devoid of reality; wanting in courage or firmness; weak, wretched; deprived of living beings: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -satya, a. untrue, lying: -tâ, f. untruthfulness, mendacity, insincerity; -sam tati, a. destitute of offspring; -samdigdha, pp. not doubtful, certain: -m, ad. undoubtedly, certainly; -samdeha, a. id.; -samdhi, a. lacking a joining or interstice; close, firm (embrace); -sapatna, a.having no rival; uncontested; unrivalled: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -sambâdha, a. uncrowded; -sambhrama, a. unperplexed (about, inf.); -sarana, n. going out; exit; expedient against (ab. or --°ree;); -sarani, a. pathless; -sarpa, a.free from serpents; -salila, a. waterless; -saha, a. powerless; fainting: °ree;--, ad. in a faint; -sahâya, a. companionless, helpless.
nihatasena a. having one's forces destroyed; -½artha, a. of obsolete meaning: -tâ, f., -tva, n. use of an obsolete meaning; -½ushtra, a. whose camels have been slain; -hantavya, fp. to be slain ordestroyed; -hantri, m. slayer; destroyer; dispeller; preventer; -hava, m. summons, call; -hnava, m. denial; secrecy, conceal ment; contradiction; surpassing; expiation; excuse, craving pardon (a ceremony); -hnuti, f.denial; -hrâda, m. sound, note.
nīrava a. noiseless, mute; -rasa, a. sapless, withered, dry; tasteless, insipid; devoid of charm, tedious; having no taste for or sense of; feelingless; -râga, a. colour less; devoid of passions; -râgana, n.,â, f. royal lustration of an army (including do mestic priest, retainers, horses, elephants, etc.: a military and religious ceremony); -ruk, a. lustreless; bereft of beauty; -rug, a. pain less; healthy, well; -ruga, a. id.; -rûpa, a.formless; -renu-ka, a. dustless; -roga, a. healthy, well: -tâ, f. health, -durbhiksha, a. not afflicted with disease or famine.
nema a. [na½ima, not this, another], the one; many a one: repeated, the one--the other; °ree;--, half.
ned pcl. not (emphatic); that not, lest (ne), with sbj., impv., or pot.; nét tú, but not, but by no means.
pakṣānta m. end or last day of a fortnight; -½antara, n. a particular case (lc. =supposing, if); another opinion; -½âbhâsa, n. mock prosecution: -tva, n. abst. n.; -½ash- tamî, f. eighth day in a fortnight; -½âhati, f. stroke with the wing.
pañcamaya a. (î) consisting of five (elements); -mâshaka (or ika), a. consisting of or amounting to five mâshas; -mâsya, a. needing five months for its development (seed); -mukha, a. five-faced; having five points (arrow); -mûla, m. N. of an attendant on Durgâ; -yâma, a. having five courses; -yoganî, f. distance of five yoganas; -râtra, n. period of five days; a. (á) lasting five days; n. general designation of the sacred book of Vishnuite sects: -ka, a. lasting five days; -lakshana, a. having five characteristics; -lambaka, m. T. of the 14th Lambaka in the Kathâsaritsâgara; -vata, m. N.; N. of a locality: î, f. id.; -varga, m. group orseries of five; -varna, a. five-coloured; of five kinds; -varsha: -ka, -varshîya, a. five years old; -vârshika, a. recurring every five years; -vimsá, a. (î) twenty-fifth; consisting of or containing twenty-five; -vimsati, f.twenty-five: -tama, a. twenty-fifth; -vidha, a. fivefold; -vrit, ad. five times; -sata, n. pl. five hundred; consisting of five hundred panas (fine); paying a fine of five hundred (panas); five-hundredth: e kâle, in the 500th year; n. 105; 500; î, f. 500; -sara, m. (five-arrowed), Kâma; -sikha, a. wearing five top-knots (ascetic); m. N. of an attendant of Siva; -sîrsha, a. five-headed.
pañcama a. (&isharp;) fifth; with amsa, m. a fifth part: -m, ad. for the fifth time; fifthly; m. fifth (later seventh) note of the Indian scale; a musical mode; fifth consonant of a class, nasal; î, f. fifth day in a fortnight; terminations of the fifth case, word in the ablative; terminations of the imperative.
no pcl. and not, nor (this meaning very rare in C.); not (C.).
pañcanakha a. having five claws; m. beast with five claws; -nada, n. land of the five rivers, Panjâb; m. pl. inhabitants of the Panjâb; sg. N. of a river; -padî, a. f. having (taken) five steps; f. five steps; the five strong cases; -na dîyate, does not accompany him even five steps; -pala, a. weighing five palas: î, f. weight of five palas; -purânîya, a. worth five purânas (a coin); -pushpa maya, a. (î) consisting of five flowers; -phut- tika, a. weaving five phuttikas in a day; m. N.; -bandha, m. fifth part of the value of a thing; -bâna, m. the five-arrowed god, Kâma; -bindu-prasrita, n. kind of figure in dancing.
patिtrakā f. leaf for writing on; letter, note; document.
padāvalī f. series of pâdas or words; -½âvritti, f. repetition of a word; repetition of the same word with another meaning (rh.).
padānuga a. following on the heels of (g.); pleasant to (--°ree;); m. attendant; -½anusâsana, n. science of words; -½anta, m. end of a quarter-verse; end of a word, final; -½antara, n. another word; interval of a step: e sthitvâ, stopping after a step; -½anveshin, a. following a track.
parapakṣa m. party of the enemy; -patnî, f. another's wife; -parigraha, m. another's property; another's wife; -pari bhava, m. humiliation of others; -parivâda, m. speaking ill of others; -pâka, m.another's food or table; -pinda, n. another's cake; -puram-gaya, a. conquering the city or cities of the foe; -purusha, m. another man, stranger; -pushta, (pp.) m. Indian cuckoo: â, f.; N. of a princess; -pushta-maya, a.(î) being a perfect cuckoo; -pûrvâ, f. woman having had another husband before, woman previously married: -pati, m. husband of a woman married before; -prayogana, a. useful to or benefiting others.
parakathā f. pl. talk about others; -kara-gata, pp. being in the hands of another or others; -karman, n. service for others; -kalatra½abhigamana, n. adultery; -kârya, n. another person's business oraffair; -kâla, a. belonging to a later time, subsequent.
para a. [leading beyond: √ 2. pri], 1. of place: farther, than (ab.); remoter, ulterior; opposite (shore); next (life); 2. of time: past, previous; future, subsequent; following (ab.); latest, extreme (age), high (time); 3. of amount: exceeding, more than (ab., --°ree;); remaining over; 4. of sequence: following, coming next after (ab., --°ree;); repeated: each successive; 5. of degree: superior, higher, better, worse, than (ab.; rarely --°ree;); supreme, pre-eminent, best; utmost, deepest, greatest; 6. of range: transcending (ab.); 7. of relation: other; alien, strange, hostile; different, from (ab.); m. descendant; stranger; adversary, foe, enemy; universal soul, the Absolute; n. remotest distance; height, summit, acme; supreme bliss; extreme limit (--°ree;); further or wider meaning of a word (--°ree;, a. synonymous with); chief aim, main thing: --°ree;, a. having -as the main thing=intent on, absorbed in, deeply affected with, mainly consisting in, chiefly meant for, altogether based on; -m, ad. afterwards, subsequently; beyond, after (ab.); highly, excessively; completely; at the most; nothing but, only; however, but; atah param, beyond that; after that; next; hereafter; still further; itah param, henceforth; tatah or tatas ka --, id.; thereupon; na½asmât param, no more of that, enough; na param - api, not only--but also; na param--yâvat, not only--but even; yadi param, if at all, perhaps; param tu or kim tu, however, but; param na--api na, not only not--but also not.
paradāra m. sg. & pl. another man's wife; adultery; -dûshana, m. ruin of the foe, peace in which the enemy seizes the revenue of the country; -desa, m. another place; foreign country; enemy's territory; -dosha-gña, a. knowing the faults of others; -dravya, n. pl. goods of others: -½apahâraka, a. stealing others' property; -droha, m. hostility towards others: -karma-dhî, a. injuring others in deed or thought; -dhana, n. another's property; -dharma, m. law or duties of another or of another caste; another's peculiarity.
paratas ad. 1.=ab. of para, a. highest; belonging to another; m. stranger; 2. further; henceforward, afterwards; high up; with ab. high above, over (of power or rank); after (of time); itas--paratas,here--there; before--after.
paracintā f. thought for others; -kkhidra, n. another's failings or weak points; -gana, m. stranger; -tantra, a. dependent on another; dependent on (--°ree;): î-kri, make dependent; make over to another, sell.
parakṛta pp. done or committed by another; -kriti, f. act of another; analogous case, precedent; -kritya, n. another person's business or affair; a. belonging to the enemy's party, supporting the enemy's cause: -paksha, m. hostile party; -kshetra, n. another's field; another man's wife; -gata, pp. belonging to another; -gâmin, a. benefiting another; relating to another (adjective); -guna, m. pl. or °ree;--, other people's merits: -grâhin, a. recognising the merits of others; -geha-vâsa, m. sojourn in another's house; -glâni, f. laxity of the enemy.
parama spv. farthest, remotest, extreme, last; highest, chief, primary; su preme, transcendant; most excellent, best, greatest; worst; better, greater, worse, than (ab.); n. extreme limit; chief aim, main thing: only --°ree; a. amounting at the most to; wholly occupied with, doing nothing but, solely intent on, engrossed with: -m, ad. very well, yes (expressing assent); °ree;--, ad. extremely, exceedingly, greatly, very.
parabrahman n. supreme Brahman; -bhâga, m. supreme state, pre-eminence: -tâ, f. high position, pre-eminence; -bhâgya½upagîvin, a. living on another's fortune; -bhûmishtha, a. abiding in a foreign country; -bhûshana, m., v. r. for -dûshana; -bhrita, (pp., nourished by others), m., â, f. Indian cuckoo: -maya, a. consisting altogether of cuckoos; -bhedana, a. foe-piercing.
parayoṣit f. wife of another man; -ramana, m. second lover, paramour; -loka, m. the other or future world: -½arthin, n. seeking heaven; -vat, 1. ad. like a stranger; -vat, 2. a. depending on another; ready to obey (lc.); dependent on (in., g.); devoted to, a prey to (--°ree;): -tâ, f. readiness to gratify or obey, complaisance; -varga, m. party of others; -vasa, a. dependent on the will of another, subservient; overpowered by, a prey to (--°ree;): -m kri, overcome; -vâkya, n. fault of another; -vâda, m. talk of others, rumour; detraction; objection; -vîra-han, a. slayer of the warriors of the enemy; -vyâ kshepin, a. scattering foes; -vyûha-vinâsana, m. destroyer of the ranks of the enemy.
paraṃpara a. one after another, successive: -m, ad. in regular succession; â, f. uninterrupted line, unbroken series, regu lar succession; mediateness: in. indirectly; (â)-prâpta, pp. handed down by tradition, -½âyâta, pp. id.
parāṅmukha a. (î) having one's face averted; turning one's back upon (g.), fleeing from (ab.); averted (gaze); averse from, not caring for, avoiding, indifferent to (prati, g., lc., --°ree;); adverse: -tâ, f. aversion of the face; -tva, n. aversion, to (--°ree;); î-bhû, avert the face, flee; not care for (g.); become adverse (fate).
paraspara a.: ac. each other; in. by or with each other; g. of each other; °ree;--, -tas, -m, ad. each other, mutually; -gña, a. knowing one another, intimate; -vyâvritti, f. mutual exclusion; -sthita, pp.standing op posite each other; -½âdin, a. devouring one another; -½amisha-tâ, f. condition of being one another's prey; -½âsraya, m. mutual de pendence, petitio principii; a. mutual; -½upa-kâra, m. mutual benefit.
parāyatta pp. dependent on another; dependent on, overcome by (--°ree;).
parānna n. food of another: -bhog in, a. eating the food of another, living at another's cost.
parādhikāra m. another's office or post: -karkâ, f. interference with another's concerns, officiousness; -½adhîna, a. dependent on another, subject, subservient; dependent on (--°ree;); engagedor absorbed in, engrossed by (--°ree;); -tâ, f. dependence, sub jection.
parāñcin a. not returning.
parārtha m. great importance; another's affair or interests, advantage of others; (chief thing=) copulation: -m, lc., °ree;--, for another's sake, for the good of others; a. having another purpose; existing for others; -ka, a. id.: -tva, n. abst. n.; -tâ, f. abst. n.; -vâd in, a. speaking for another, proxy.
paribhaya m. apprehension, fear; -bhava, m. disrespect, contumely, insult, in jury, humiliation; disregard, contempt, for (g., lc., --°ree;), on the part of (in., ab., --°ree;): -pa da, -½âspada, n. object of contempt; -bhav ana, n. humiliation: î-ya, fp. who can be insulted or humiliated; to be humbled; -bhavin, a. insulting, despising, mocking (g.); -bhâva, m. disregard, contumely; -bhâvanâ, f. thought, reflexion; -bhâvin, a. slighting; mocking, baffling (--°ree;); -bhâvuka, a. sur passing (ac.); -bhâshana, n. conversation, chatter; reproof, reprimand: î-ya, fp. to be reproved; -bhâshâ, f. speech; censure, re proach, contumely; general rule or maxim; rule defining the application of (grammatical) sûtras; -bhâshin, a. speaking (--°ree;); -bh&usharp;, a. (with ac.) surrounding, encompassing; pervad ing; superior, guiding; (pári)-bhûti, f. su perior might (V.); disrespect, contumely, hu miliation (sts. pl.); -bhûshana, m. (sc. Samdhi) peace bought by the cession of all the revenues of a country; -bheda, m. injury; -bhoktri, m. enjoyer; one who lives on another, spunge; -bhoga, m. enjoyment; sexual intercourse; means of enjoyment or subsistence; -bhramsa, m. escape: -na, n. loss, of (ab.); -bhrama, m. digressions, irrelevant talk: -na, n. turn ing, revolution; going to and fro; circumfer ence; -bhrashta-sukha, a. whose joy has departed, joyless.
parisaṃvatsara m. full year; a. a full year old; waiting a full year; -sakhya, n. true friendship; -samkhyâ, f. complete tale or enumeration; full number, totality, sum, number; exhaustive statement (i. e. excluding everything not specified): -na, n. complete enumeration, full number; exhaustive statement; just examination or estimate; -samghushta, pp. resonant on all sides; -samâpti, f. conclusion, completion, end; extension to (lc. or ad. with prati); -sara, a. adjacent; bordering on (--°ree;); m. neighbourhood, region, proximity; -sarpana, n. creeping about; walking about; running to and fro, continual change from place to place; -sarpin, a. moving about; -sâdhana, n. accomplishment; settlement, exaction (of debts); -sântvana, n. consoling: pl. blandish ments; -sâraka, n. N. of a place on the Sarasvatî.
parus n. knot; joint; limb; section.
paruṣṇī f. (of parusha) cloud (motley); N. of a river in the Panjâb (knotty, winding), now Ravi.
paruṣa a. (â, V. párushnî) knotty (reed); spotted, variegated; dirty; rough, rugged; dishevelled, shaggy; rough (wind), scorching (fire, sun); harsh (tone); severe, hard, rude, abusive (speech, person); n. sg., pl. contumelious speech, abuse: -vakana, n. harsh or contumelious speech; a. speaking harshly or rudely; -vâdin, a. id.; -½akshara, a. rough, harsh (of speeches or persons): -m, ad. rudely, harshly.
paro&100;kṣa ksha ] a. [beyond the eye], being out of sight, invisible, imperceptible; unknown, unintelligible; cognizable by mind only; °ree;--, imperceptibly: -m, ad. behind the back of, without the knowledge of (in. V.; g. or --°ree;, C.); in. imperceptibly, mysteriously; ab. without the knowledge of (in.); behind the back of (g.); when one has not been present (gr.); -kâma, a. fond of mystery; -krita, pp. not addressing but merely refer ring to a deity indirectly, i. e. in the third per son (verse); -tâ, f., -tva, n. being out of sight, imperceptibility; obscurity; -vritti, a. living or acting out of sight; -½artha, a. invisible; secret, recondite.
pareṅgitajñānaphala a. fruitful in the discovery of another's hints.
paryāya m. revolution; expiration of a period; change of seasons; periodic re turn; repetition; regular succession; turn; ritual turn with the Soma cups in the Atirâ tra feast; period, sentence; stanza; alterna tive word, synonym: °ree;-or in. in order; alter nately, -m, abs. going about; -krama, m. order of succession, regular rotation; -tva, n. condition of being a ritual turn; -½anna, n. food meant for another.
parvan n. [fulness: √ 1. pri] knot of a cane or plant; joint; limb; section, divi sion in a book; natural break in a narrative or conversation; juncture, period; node, day of periodic change of the moon (of which there are two or four); sacrifice performed on one of these days; time when the moon passes through the node at conjunction or opposi tion; end of an eclipse; (-va)-sarkaraka, m. N.; (-va)-samdhi, m.change of moon, esp. time of new or full-moon.
parvata a. consisting of knots or ragged masses (with ádri or girí); m. moun tain, hill; rock, boulder; cloud; N. of a Rishi and of a minister of Purûravas: -ka, m. N.; -kandara, n. mountain-cave; -dur ga, n. impenetrable mountain; -râg: -a, m. king of mountains, ep. of the Himâlaya; -si khara, m. n. hill-top, mountain-peak; -sre shtha, spv. best of mountains; -½agra, n. id.; î-kri, turn into a mountain; &isharp;-ya, a.belong ing to mountains; -½îsvara, m. N.; -½upa-tyakâ, f. mountain-lowland, land at the foot of a mountain-range.
paryuka m. N.; -½ukshana, n. sprinkling; -½utsuka, a. very restless or agitated; very me lancholy; vehemently longing for (d.): -tva, n. longing desire, î-bhû, become very melan choly; -½ud-asta, pp.excepting; -½udâsa, m. exclusion, negation; -½upâsaka, a. honour ing, respecting; -½upâsana, n. sitting round (Pr.); courtesy, affability; -½ushita, pp. (√ vas, dwell) stale; not punctually kept (word); -½ushta, pp. id.
parakīya a. belonging to another or others; hostile.
pārakya a. belonging to or meant for another; alien, hostile; m. enemy.
parāvasathaśāyin a. sleeping in another's house.
pāradeśya a. belonging to or com ing from another country (para-desa), foreign.
pāradārika a. having intercourse with another man's wife (para-dâra); m. adulterer; -ya, n. adultery.
piṇḍopajīvin a. eating the bread of, i. e. supported by, another.
piśaṅga a. (î) [moving brilliantly, glittering], reddish, tawny: -gata, m. N. of an ascetic (having a reddish top-knot); -tâ, f., -tva, n. reddish or tawny colour: i-ta, pp. orange-coloured; î-kri, colour reddish.
puruṣākāra a. having a human form; -½âkriti, f. figure of a man; -½ada, a. (î) man-devouring; m. man-eater, Râkshasa: -ka, a., m. id.; -½anrita, n. falsehood respect ing a human being; -½antara, n. another (= following) generation; m. (sc. samdhi) proxy ship, a kind of treaty settled by a duel be tween warriors representative of both parties: -m, ad. through an intermediary, indirectly; -½âyusha, n. full period of human life; -½ar tha, m. human object, aim of existence; action of man, human effort: -m, ad. for man; for the sake of the soul; -½avatâra, m. human incarnation.
pūrvacitti f. presentiment, fore taste: only d.=at the first notice, forthwith; (predilection), N. of an Apsaras; -kintana, n. former cares or troubles; -kodita, pp. before-mentioned, previously prescribed: -tva, n. abst. n.
pūra a. filling; satisfying; m. filling; satisfying; swelling of a river or of the ocean; volume of water, flood, stream (often --°ree; with words denoting water or other fluid); superabundance, high degree of (--°ree;); cake; slow inhalation of breath through the nose (an ascetic practice); -aka, a. filling, -up, completing (g. or --°ree;); fulfilling, satisfying; m. stream, effusion; multiplier; slow inspira tion of breath through the nose (an ascetic practice); citron-tree: -pinda, m. pl. flour balls for completing the sacrifice to the Manes; -ana, a. (î) filling; fulfilling, satis fying; producing; m. filler-up or completer of a number, masculine ordinal number (from dvitîya onwards); n. act of filling or filling up; complete drawing of a bow; fulfilling, satisfying; equipping: -pratyaya, m. suffix forming ordinal nouns (gr.); -anîya, fp. to be filled in or supplied; to be fulfilled or satisfied; -ayitavya, fp. to be filled up or completed; to be satisfied; -ayitri, m. filler, of (g.); fulfiller, satisfier.
pūrvanipāta m. irregularity of the previous word, irregular precedence as a member of a compound; -nivishta, pp. pre viously made (by another); -nyâya, m. pro visional judgment or sentence.
pṛthakkārya n. separate busi ness, private affair; -kriti, f. individual; -kriyâ, f. separation; -kshetra, a. pl. be gotten by one father on different mothers; -keshtâ, f. various and distinct activities; -tâ, f., -tva, n. separateness; separation; severalty; individuality: in. singly, one by one; -pada, a. consisting of single (uncom pounded) words; -pinda, m. distant kinsman making separate funeral offerings (i. e. not in common with others); -sabda, m. word by itself; -sayyâ, f. sleeping by oneself; -su kha, a. having separate and distinct joys.
pogaṇḍa a. not full grown; m. boy.
prakara m. (scattered) heap, quantity, plenty: î, f. kind of song; short interlude (in a drama); -karana, n. production, creation; treatment, discussion, exposition; subject of discussion, topic; section, chapter; special treatise, monograph; kind of drama (in which the plot is invented by the poet): asminn eva prakarane, in regard to this very point, in this connection; na ka prakaranam vetsi, nor do you know what the point in question is: -tas, ad. on a suitable occasion, -tva, n. condition of discussing (--°ree;); -kartavya, fp. to be prepared; to be displayed or cherished; to be appointed to (lc.); -kartri, m. one who causes or occasions; -karsha, m. (preference, advantage), excellence, superiority, pre-eminence; intensity, excess; predominance; --°ree; a. consisting for the most part in: in., ab., °ree;--, highly, strongly, thoroughly; -karshana, m. troubler;n. drawing off; protrusion; extension, long duration; -karsha-vat, a. excellent; --°ree;, distinguished or pre-eminent in; -kalpanâ, f. allotment; -kalp-ita, pp. fitted, arranged, placed; -kalp-ya, to be allotted or settled; -kâ&ndot;kshâ, f. appetite; -kânda, m. n. trunk of a tree (between the root and branches); minor section in a book; --°ree;=pre-eminent, excellent; -kâmá, m. delight, voluptuousness: pl. objects of desire: -m, -tas, or°ree;--, ad. with delight, willingly; according to desire, sufficiently; in very deed; -kâra, m. kind, sort, species; way, manner; --°ree; a. of the nature of, -like: kena prakârena, in what way? how? prakâraih, in one way or another; râmâyanasya bhâratasya vâ pra kârah, a kind of Râmâyana or Mahâbhârata; -kâra-ka, a. (--°ree;) of the nature of, -like; -kâra-tâ, f. speciality; -kâra-vat, a. belonging to a species; -kârya, fp. to be exhibited; -kâlana, a. driving on; m. N. of a Nâga.
prakiraṇa n. strewing, scattering; -kîrna, pp. (√ krî) agitated, excited, wild; n. miscellany: -ka, a. scattered; miscellaneous; m. fly-whisk; tuft of hair (as an ornament of horses); miscellany;judicial decision of an isolated case (not provided for in the law-books).
pragama m. first advance of love in courtship; -gardhín, a. hastening onwards (RV.); -galbha, 1. den. Â. be courageous or resolute; be capable of (lc.), be able to (inf.); 2. a. bold, intrepid, resolute, confident; mature (age): -kulâla, m. dexterous potter, -tâ, f. boldness, confidence; -gâthá, m. kind of three-verse stanza (combination of a Brihatî or Kakubh with a Satobrihatî); N. of a Rishi; -guna, a. right, correct (road); being in good order, efficient; excellent; gunaya, den. P. put in order; manifest, show: pp. ita, put in order, properly arranged; -guna-rakanâ, f. putting in proper order; -gunin, a. kind towards (lc.); -gunî kri, put in proper order, arrange; render amenable to (lc.); -grihîta-pada, a. having the words pronounced separately (i. e. with out Sandhi); -grihya, fp. (to be) pronounced separately, not liable to the rules of Sandhi (vowel).
pragraha m. holding forth, stretching out; grasping, seizing; seizure of the sun or moon, beginning of an eclipse; kindness; obstinacy (rare); rein, bridle (ord. mg.); leader, guide; companion, satellite; -grahana, m. leader, guide (only --°ree; a. = led by); n. grasping, seizing; commencement of an eclipse; -grâham, abs. keeping the words separate (i. e. not combining them according to the rules of Sandhi: Br.); -grîva, m.railing or fence enclosing a house.
prati ad. with verbs and °ree;-- with nouns, against, counter; back, in return; with nouns also=every; prp. 1. with (usually preceding) ac. against, towards, to, upon, in the direction of; before, in the presence or the eyes of; about, near, on, in, at; at the time of, about; through, for (of time); from (protect); compared with; in favour of, for; concerning, in regard to, on account of, through; for, as (with predicative ac., e. g. take for, regard as); according to, by; in or at every; 2. with ab. at the time of, about (only RV.); 3. with g. concerning, with regard to; °ree;-in ad. cpds. towards; at the time of, about; according to; in or at every;âtmânam prati, to oneself (speak); kiram --, for a long time; bhrisam --, repeatedly; mâm --, in my opinion, to my mind; varsham --, every year; na bubhukshitam prati bhâti kim kit, to a hungry man nothing is of any ac count; mâm prati aranyavat pratibhâti, to me seems like a (lonely) forest.
praṇejana a. (î) wiping; n. wash ing, bathing; water for washing; -netavya, fp. to be led or guided; to be performed or employed; -netrí, m. leader, guide (of, g.; ac. in V.); fashioner, creator; author: -mat, a. containing the notion of leading; -neduh, 3 pl. pf. √ nad, they uttered cries; -neya, fp. to be led or guided; amenable, yielding, obedient; to be employed, applicable; to be performed; to be fixed ordetermined; -nod ya, fp. to be driven away (--°ree;).
pratitadvid f. recognition of the contrary; -tantra-siddhânta, m. doc trine recognised in various systems (but not in all); -tara, m. sailor; -tar&asharp;m, with bhû, retire more and more; -taru, ad. at every tree; -tryaham, ad. for three days each time.
pratīti f. approach; obviousness; notoriety; distinct knowledge, clear concep tion or understanding (of anything); con viction; trust, credit.
pratyaya m. [going or turning to, recourse], confidence, trust, belief, faith, in (g., lc., --°ree;); conviction, certainty; proof, as certainment; assumption; solution, explana tion; conception, notion, idea; cause; ordeal; following letter (gr.); suffix (gr.): -kâraka, a. causing confidence, trustworthy; -dhâtu, m. (suffix-root), denominative base (gr.).
pramā f. fundament, pediment (V.); measure, scale (V.); true conception, correct notion.
pradhana n. prize of the contest; contest, battle; best of one's goods, valuables: -½âghâtaka, a. setting a contest on foot, -½a&ndot;gana, n. battle-field; -dharsha, m. as sault (--°ree;); -dharsha-ka, a.(--°ree;) wronging, violating (another man's wife); -dharshana, a. attacking, molesting; n., â, f. assaulting, laying hands on, ill-treatment, molestation; -dharshanîya, fp. liable to assault, ill-treat ment, or insult.
prabhṛti f. offering (of praise or sacrifice); throw, stroke, blow; beginning: --°ree; a. having as its beginning=beginning with, and the remainder, and so forth (±an accompanying substantive in the pl.); ad. --°ree; or immediately following an ad. in -tas or an ad. of time, from -onwards: ganma prabhriti, from birth; tatah or tadâ pra bhriti, from that time onwards, thenceforth; adya --, from now or to-day (the pcl.eva as a rule follows prabhriti, not the preceding ad.): -ka, a. --°ree;=prabhriti, beginning with, and so forth.
pramita pp. √ mâ, measure; -miti, f. correct notion; condition of being proved or established; manifestation.
pramāṇaya den. P. adjust; re gard, admit, or set up as an authority or model, in (lc.); use as evidence; prove, show clearly; -yukta, pp. having the right mea sure; -vat, a. attested, well-founded (state ment); -vâkya, n. authority; -sâstra, n. work of sacred authority, scripture; -sûtra, n. measuring line; -stha, a. of normal size; being in the normal condition, imperturbed; -½adhika, a. exceeding the ordinary measure, immoderate; -½anurûpa, a. adapted to one's physical strength; -½antara-tâ, f. condition of being another proof; -½abhâva, m. lack of a standard to judge by; -½abhyadhika, a. exceeding in size, bigger.
pramāṇa n. measure, scale, standard; extent, size; length; distance; weight; quan tity; duration; sp. prosodical length of a vowel; measure of physical strength; prin cipal (opp. interest); right measure, stand ard, authority; rule of action; means of cor rect knowledge, evidence, proof; true con ception, correct notion: bhavatî or bha vantah pramânam, you are the authority, i. e. the decision rests with you: in this sense the word is almost exclusively used in the sg., rarely in the pl. or fem. (î); with the inf. it =person authorized to: -ka, a. --°ree;=pramâ na, measure etc., means of knowledge, proof; -koti, f. extreme of evidence=irrefragable proof; -tara, a. or n. greater authority than (ab.); -tas, ad. with respect to measure, size, weight, length, etc.; -tva, n. correct ness; -drishta, pp. accounted an authority; demonstrable; -patha, m.way of proof: -m na½ava-tri, not admit of proof; -paddha ti, f. id.; -purusha, m. arbitrator, umpire, referee.
prameya fp. measurable, limited; ascertainable, demonstrable; that of which a correct notion should be formed; n. object of correct knowledge or of demonstration: -tva, n. demonstrability.
anihata pp. not slain.
prasita pp. (√ si) devoted to, intent on (in. or lc.); (á)-siti, (V.) f. onward rush (of fire); onset; shot, missile; extension, sphere; duration; dominion, power; -siddha, pp. √ sidh: -tâ, f., -tva, n.notoriousness; -siddhi, f. accomplishment, success; proof; current opinion, general acceptation; publicity, no toriousness; fame, celebrity: -m utpâdya, having spread the rumour; ato me sasa&ndot;ka iti prasiddhih, therefore I am generally known as Sasa&ndot;ka: -mat, a. universally known, famous.
prasāda m. clearness (of water, the voice); brightness; perspicuity (of speech or style); radiance (of the countenance); calm ness (of mind), serenity; cheerfulness, good temper; kindness, graciousness, favour; help, aid; gracious gift; food offered to an idol; remnants of a preceptor's food (which may be eaten without scruple): -m kri, be gra cious, show favour; grant the favour of (inf. or --°ree;); -sâda-ka, a. making clear, clarifying; cheering, gladdening; -sâdana, a. (î) making clear, clarifying; n. making clear, clarification; soothing, calming, tranquillizing; rendering cheerful; gratifying; propitiation; -sâdanîya, fp. to be propitiated; -sâda-parâ&ndot;mukha, a. (î) indifferent to any one's favour; with drawing one's favour from (g.); -sâda-bhû mi, f. object of favour, favourite; -sâdayi tavya, fp. to be rendered propitious towards (upari); -sâda-vitta: -ka, a. abounding in favour, standing high in the favour of (g. or --°ree;); m. favourite; -sâda½antara, n. another mark of favour; -sâdita, cs. pp. (√ sad) pleased, propitiated, well-satisfied; -sâdin, a. bright (eye, face); clear (neetar); perspi cuous; cheering, gladdening; -sâdî-kri, grant (ac.) as a favour to (g.), graciously present; -sâdya, 1. cs. gd. having ap peased, pleased, or propitiated; 2. fp. to be propitiated; -sâdhaka, a. (ikâ) adorn ing; m. dresser, valet; f. (ikâ) lady's maid; -s&asharp;dhana, a. accomplishing; n. ac complishment; putting in order, arranging; embellishment, personal adornment, toilet; means of decoration, toilet requisites; orna ment of (--°ree;): î, f. comb; -sâdhita, pp. ac complished; decorated; -sâra, m. spreading or stretching out, extension; rising, whirling up (of dust); opening; -sârana, n. stretch ing out, extending; development; extension, diffusion, augmentation; vocalization of a semivowel (gr.); -sâranin, a. containing a semivowel liable to vocalization (gr.); -sâr ita, cs. pp. (√ sri) extended, expanded, dif fused; stretched forth, exposed for sale; -sârin, a. breaking forth, issuing from (--°ree;); stretching oneself out; extending to (--°ree;); -sârya, 1. cs. gd. having extended or put forth; 2. fp. to be vocalized (semivowel).
prasṛta pp. √ sri; m. outstretched hollowed palm; handful (as a measure=2 Palas); (á)-sriti, f. flow; successful pro gress; diffusion; hollow outstretched palm; handful (as a measure=2 Palas): -yâvaka, m. eating porridge made of not more than a handful of barley; -srimara, a. welling forth, distilling; going in front, being at the head of (g.); -srishta, pp. √ srig.
prākāśa m. metal mirror; -ya, n. manifestness; notoriety, fame.
prātikāmin m. (acting ac cording to one's desire: prati-kâmam), ser vant; messenger; -kûlika, a. (î) resisting, hostile, contrary: -tâ, f. opposition, hostility; -kûlya, n. unfriendliness, opposition; repug nant practice; disagreeableness; disagree ment with (--°ree;); -gña, n. subject under dis cussion; -daivas-ika, a. occurring daily (prati-divasam); -nidhi-ka, m. representa tive; -paksha, a. belonging to the enemy oradversary; -pakshya, n. hostility, enmity, towards (g.); -pada, a. forming the com mencement; m. N.; -pad-ika, a. express, ex plicit; n. crude base of a noun (before it re ceives the case terminations or other suffixes); -paurush-ika, a. relating to manliness or valour; -bha, a. intuitive; n. intuition; pre sence of mind; -bhat-ya, n. rivalry; -bhâv ya, n. surety, for (--°ree;); certainty, trustworthy news of (g.); -bhâs-ika, a. existing only in appearance, apparent only; -rûp-ika, a. coun terfeit, spurious; using false measure or coun terfeit coin; -lom-ya, n. inversion, inverse order; opposition, hostility; -ves-ika, m. neighbour; -vesm-ika, m. neighbour: î, f.female neighbour; -ves-ya, a. neighbouring; m. opposite neighbour; neighbour;--°ree;=neigh bouring: -ka, m. neighbour; -sâkhya, n. a grammatical treatise on the phonetic changes of words in the text of the Vedasaccording to the respective recension (prati-sâkham; there are four such treatises, one for the RV., two for the YV., and one for the AV.); -satvanam, ad. in the direction of the Sat van; -sv-ika, a. own, peculiar, not common to others; -hata, m. kind of svarita ac cent; -hartra, n. office of the Pratihartri; -hârika, m. door-keeper; -hâr-ya, n. jug glery, performance of miracles; miracle.
prāptāparādha a. having com mitted a fault; -½artha, m. attained object; a. having acquired wealth: -½agrahana, n. not securing of advantages gained; -½avasara, m. suitable occasion oropportunity.
prāyika a. common, usual; con taining the greater part (but not everything): -tva, n. abst. n.
pro V. pra+u (not liable to euphonic combination).
baddha pp. (√ bandh) bound, etc.: -ka, m. prisoner (V.); -kadambaka, a. forming groups; -kalâpin, a. having his quiver tied on; -graha, a. insisting on something; -kitta, a. having one's thoughts fixed on (lc.); -trishna, a. longing for (--°ree;); -drishti, a. having one's gaze fixed on (lc.); -dvesha, a. entertaining hatred for any one; -niskaya, a. firmly resolved; -netra, a. having the eyes fixed on anything, gazing steadfastly; -pratigña, a. having made a promise; -pratisrut, a. echoing; -bhâva, m. having the affections fixed on, enamoured of (lc.); -bhîma½andhakâra, a. wrapped in terrible gloom; -mandala, a. having circles formed, ranged in circles; -mushti, a. having the fist elenched; close-fisted; -mûla, a. having taken root, firmly rooted; having gained a firm footing: -tâ, f. firm footing; -mauna, a. observing silence; -rabhasa, a.impetuous, passionate; -râga, a. having one's desire fixed on, enamoured of (lc.); -râgga, a. hav ing gained the sovereignty, having succeeded to the throne; -laksha, a. having the gaze fixed on, gazing steadfastly at (--°ree;); -vasati, a. having one's abode fixed in, dwelling in (lc.); -vâk, a. obstructing speech; -vepathu, a. trembling; -vaira, a. having contracted hostility with (in. or --°ree;); -sikha, a. having one's hair tied in a top-knot;-srotra-manas- kakshus, a. having ears, mind, and eyes fixed on (lc.); -sneha, a. entertaining affection for (lc.); -spriha, a. feeling a longing for (--°ree;); -½añgali, a. holding one's hands joined together (in supplication or as a mark of respect); -½âdara, a. attaching great value to (--°ree;); -½ânanda, a. having joy attaching to it, joyful (day); -½anurâga, a. conceiving an attachment, enamoured; -½anusaya, a. con ceiving an unconquerable hatred; -½andha kâra, a. wrapped in darkness; -½avasthiti, a. constant; -½âsa, a. entertaining hope of (--°ree;); -½âsa&ndot;ka, a. conceiving anxiety; -½ut sava, a. entering upon a festival; -½udyama,a. making efforts or prepared to (inf.).
barsa m. n. knot: -naddhi, f. tying of a knot.
bahuvaktavya fp. about which much can be said; -vakaná, n. plural; case and personal terminations of the plural; -vat, a. in the plural; -varna, a. many-coloured; -valkala, m.=Priyâla tree (Buchanania latifolia); -vâdín, a. talking much, loquacious; -vâra: -ka, m. a. small tree (Cordia Myxa): -phala, n. its fruit (=Selu); -vâram, ad. frequently, often; -vârshika, a. (î) many years old; lasting many years; -vâla, a. hairy, shaggy (tail); -vighna, a. attended with many difficulties; -víd, a. knowing much; -vidya, a. having much knowledge, learned; -vidha, a. of many sorts, manifold, various: -m, ad. variously, repeatedly; -vistara, m. great extension; a. wide-spread; manifold, various; very detailed; -vistâra, a. of wide extent; -vistîrna, pp. wide-spread; -vîrya, a. of great strength, very efficacious; -velam, ad. ofttimes, frequently; -vyâla nishevita, pp. infested by many beasts of prey; -vrîhi, m. (having much rice), possessive adjective compound: the last member is a substantive, the whole compound becoming an adjective qualifying another substantive and agreeing with it in gender; these possessives often become substantives to designate a species (a generic term being under stood) or an individual as a proper name (a specific term being understood): e.g. bahu vrîhih (sc. samâsah), m. a &open;much-rice&close; com pound; Brihadasvah, m. Many-horse (sc. man: cp. Gr. Philippos, horse-loving, and Engl. Great-head). The term bahuvrîhi being an instance is used to designate the whole class.
bālaka a. (ikâ) young, childish, not yet full-grown; m. child, boy; young of an animal; five-year-old elephant; N. of a prince; -kânda, n. Boy-section, T. of the first book of the Râmâyana treating of the boy hood of Râma; -kunda½anuviddha, pp. n. spray of young jasmine intertwined (in their hair); -krishna, m. the boy Krishna; -kel&ibrevcirc;, f. children's game; -kriyâ, f. doings of children; -krîdana, n. child's play: -ka, m. children's toy; n. child's play; -krîdâ, f. child's play, childish sport; -ghna, m. child murderer; -kandra, m. young or crescent moon; n. breach of a peculiar shape; -kandra mas, m. young moon; -kandrikâ, f. N.; -karita, n. early life of a god, etc.; -karyâ, f. doings of a child; -tantra, n. midwifery; -tâ, f. childhood; -tva, n. id.; -darsam, abs. on seeing a boy; -pattra, m. a tree; -putra, a. having young children, having young: -ka,m. little son; -bandhana, m. binder of children (a demon of disease); -bhañgaka, m. N.; -bhâva, m. childhood; recent rise of a planet; -bhritya, m. servant from child hood; -mati, a. of childish intellect; -man dâra-vriksha, m. young coral tree; -râmâ yana, n. T. of a play; -roga, m. children's disease; -lîlâ, f. child's play; -vinashta: -ka, m. N.; -vaidhavya, n. child-widow hood; -sri&ndot;ga, a. having young horns; -sakhi, m. friend from youth; friend of a fool: -tva, n. friendship with a fool; -su hrid, m. friend from childhood; -han, a. (-ghnî) child-murdering.
bāla a. young, not yet full-grown; recently risen (sun), early (rays), new, crescent (moon); childish, puerile, foolish; m. child, boy; minor (under sixteen years of age); simpleton, fool; N.: â, f. girl, young woman; cow one year old.
bāhyāṃsa a. holding the hands outside (not between) the kness; -½antar, ad. from without and within; -½artha-vada, m. doctrine that the external world is real; -½artha-vâdin, a. maintaining the reality of the external world (ph.); -½âlaya, m. abode of the outcast=country of the Bâhîkas; -½in driya, n. external organ of sense.
bāhaya ] a. being outside (the door, house, village, etc.); situated out side (ab. or --°ree;); outer, external; strange, foreign; excluded from caste or the com munity, outcast; lying outside anything (ab. or --°ree;)=diverging from, conflicting with, be yond the pale of, having nothing to do with; with taddhita, m. secondary taddhita suffix (added after another taddhita); w. artha, m. meaning external to and having no imme diate connexion with the letters forming a word; -m kri, expel, eject; -m, in., lc., °ree;--, ad. or prp. outside (ab. or --°ree;); -m, ad. (go) out (of doors); ab. from without; m. corpse.
bisa n. root or underground stalk of the lotus: kisalaya-kkheda-pâtheya-vat, a. having as provisions for the journey pieces of young root-fibres of the lotus; -granthi, m. knot on a root-fibre of the lotus;-tantu, m. fibre of the lotus root: -maya, a. made of the fibrous root of the lotus; -prasûnu, n. flower of the lotus; -latâ, f. lotus (nelum bium speciosum); -vat-î, f. place abounding in fibrous roots of the lotus.
buddhi f. intelligence, understand ing, reason, intellect, mind; discernment, judgment; presence of mind, ready wit; perception; comprehension; opinion, view; belief, conviction; supposition; thought, about (lc.); feelings of (--°ree;, e.g. pity); correct or reasonable view; reflection or meditation on (lc.); intention, purpose (in. with a view to, from, through: --°ree;); --°ree;, impression, belief, notion (of, e.g. a wall=that something is a wall): in. under the impression, in the belief of (e.g. a tiger=that it was a tiger; obtain ment=that something has been obtained); -m kri, make up one's mind, form a resolu tion, to (inf., lc., or prati with ac. of vbl. n.); -m pra-kri, set a purpose before one, make up one's mind, decide.
buddha pp. (√ budh) awakened, fully awake; expanded (flower); enlightened, wise; known, observed; m. enlightened person who is qualified by good works and knowledge of the truth for Nirvâna and reveals the true doctrine of salvation to the world before his decease (B.); the historical Buddha, named Sâkya-muni Gautama, the founder of the Buddhist religion, who was born in Magadha and died about 477 b. c.; -gayâ, f. Buddha's Gayâ, the Buddhistic name of the town of Gayâ (so called because Buddha obtained true knowledge there); -ghosha, m. N. of a celebrated Buddhist scholar who lived at the beginning of the fifth century a. d. (the N. is not quotable in Sanskrit); -tva, n. Buddha hood; -datta, m. N. of a minister; -dharma, m. Buddha's law; -pâlita, m. N. of a pupil of Nâgârguna; -mârga, m. way or doctrine of Buddha; -rakshita, m. N.: â, f. N.; -½âgama, m. Buddha's doctrine; -½anta, m. waking condition.
boddhavya fp. to be attended to; to be noticed, observed, considered, under stood, comprehended, or known; -recognised; -enlightened or instructed; -informed; n. imps. one should watch or be awake; -dhri, m. one who perceives or comprehends; one who knows; person versed in (lc.).
bauddha a. kept in the mind (bud dhi), mental (=not uttered); relating to the understanding; belonging to or connected with Buddha; m. Buddhist: -darsana, n., -mata, (pp.) n. Buddhist doctrine.
brahmanirvāṇa n. extinction or absorption in Brahman (n.); -nishtha, a. absorbed in the contemplation of Brahman (n.); -nîda, n. resting-place of Brahman (n.); -pattra, n. Brahman's leaf=leaf of the Palâsa tree (Butea frondosa); -patha, m. path to Brahman (m. or n.); -pada, n. place of Brahman (n.); pârâyana, n. complete study or entire text of the Veda; -putrá, m. son of a priest or Brâhman; son of the god Brahman; kind of vegetable poison; N. of a large river rising in the eastern Himâlayas and falling into the bay of Bengal; N. of a lake; -pura, n. Brahman's citadel (in heaven); N. of a city (Theopolis): î, f. id.; ep. of the city of Benares; -puraka, m. pl. N. of a people; -pura½âkhya, a. named Brahmapura; -purâna, n. T. of a Purâna; -purusha, m. servant of the Brahman priest; servant of the god Brahman; -prakriti-ka, a. having Brahman as its source (world): -tva, n. origination from Brahman; -priya, a. found of devotion; -prî, a. id. (RV.); -bandhava, n. function of a priest's assistant; -bandhu, m. priest fellow (used contemptuously), unworthy Brâhman, Brâhman in caste only, nominal Brâhman; sp. Brâhman who does not perform the morning and the evening Samdhyâ ceremony (according to Sâyana); -bindu, m. Dot (Anusvâra) of Brahman, T. of an Upani shad; -bîga, n. seed of the Veda, the sacred syllable &open;om;&close; -bruvâna, pr. pt. Â. calling himself or pretending to be a Brâhman; -bhavana, n. abode of Brahman; -bhâgá, m. share of the Brahman priest; -bhâva, m. absorption in the Absolute; -bhâvana, a. manifesting or teaching the Veda; -bhid, a. dividing the one Brahman into many; -bhuvana, n. world of Brahman; -bhûta, pp. having become one with, i.e. absorbed in Brahman or the Abso lute; -bhûya, n. identification with or absorption in Brahman; rank of a Brâhman, Brâhmanhood; -bhûyas, a. becoming one with Brahman; n. absorption in Brahman; -bhrashta, pp. having forfeited sacred knowledge; -ma&ndot;gala-devatâ, f. ep. of Lakshmî; -matha, m. N. of a monastic school or college; -maya, a. (î) consisting or formed of Brahman; -maha, m. festival in honour of Brâhmans; -mîmâmsâ, f. inquiry into the nature of Brahman, the Vedânta philosophy; -yagñá, m. sacrifice of devotion=Vedic reci tation or study (one of the five daily sacri fices of the householder); -yasas, n.: -a, n. glory of Brahman; -yasas-in, a. possessing the glory of Brâhmans; -yúg, a. yoked by prayer = bringing the god in answer to prayer; -yoni, f. home of Brahman (n.); a. having one's home in Brahman; sprung from Brahman: -stha, a. abiding in Brahman (n.) as one's source; -rakshas, n. kind of evil demon; -ratna, n. valuable present bestowed on Brâh mans; -ratha, m. Brâhman's cart; -râkshasa, m. kind of evil demon; -râga, m. N.; -râta, m.given by Brahman, ep. of Suka; N. of Yâgñavalkya's father; -râsi, m. entire mass or circle of Vedic texts or sacred knowledge.
brāhmaṇa a. (î) belonging to a Brâhman, Brâhmanic; î, f. woman of the priestly caste; kind of red-tailed lizard; n. Brahman (n.), the divine (V.); divine power; dictum of a Brahman orpriest, theological exegesis relating to matters of faith and cult; N. of a class of works containing such disquisitions, a Brâhmana; passage in a Brâhmana; Soma-vessel of the Brahman priest: -ka, m. wretched or merely nominal Brâhman; -kalpa, a. resembling a Brâhman; -kumâra, m. Brâhman boy; -kula, n. house of a Brâhman; -griha, n. house of a Brâh man; -ghna, m. slayer of a Brâhman; -kând âla, m. (kândâla of a=) contemptible Brâh man; -gâtá, n. Brâhman race; -gushta, pp. pleasing to Brâhmans; -tâ, f. rank or con dition of a Brâhman; -tva, n. id.; -dârikâ, f. Brâhman girl; -patha, m. Brâhmana text; -putra-ka, m. Brâhman boy; -prasa&ndot;ga, m. applicability of the term Brâhmana, notion of Brâhman; -prâtivesya, m. neighbouring Brâhman; -priya, m. friend of Brâhmans; -bruva, a. calling himself a Brâhman, Brâh man only in name; -bhâva,m. condition or rank of a Brâhman; -bhogana, n. feeding of Brâhmans; -yagñá, m. sacrifice meant for or offered by Brâhmans; -vakana, n. statement of a Brâhmana text; -vadha, m. murder of a Brâhman.
bhagna pp. (√ bhañg) broken, etc.; n. fracture of the leg; -krama, n. violation of syntactical construction; -gânu, a. broken-kneed; -tâ, f. condition of being broken: pravahanasya, ship wrecked condition; -pra krama, n. inappropriate sequence in using a word not suiting one previously employed (rh.); -pratigña, a. having broken one's promise, faithless; -bhânda, a. having broken his pots; -manas, a.discouraged; -manoratha, a. disappointed; -mâna, a. whose pride has been offended; -yâkña, a. whose request has been refused; -vrata, a. having broken his vow; -sakti, a. whose power is broken; -samdhi, a. having broken joints; -½âsa, a. whose hopes have been frustrated, disap pointed; -½udyama, a. whose efforts have been foiled, baffled.
bhagin a. prosperous, happy, fortunate, lucky; splendid, glorious: -î, f. sis ter (happy, as not being an only child but having a brother): -pati, m. sister's husband, brother-in-law, -suta, m. sister's son, nephew.
bhaṅgi f. breaking; bend, curve; crooked path, circuitous way; circumlocution, roundabout way of speaking or acting; manner, method; way of dressing, fashion, costume; disguise, semblance, of (--°ree;); figure; step; wave: -bhûta, pp. resembling (--°ree;), -½antarena, in. in another way; in an indirect manner.
bhavanīya fp. that must be or happen: yushmâbhir etad bhavanîyam ka na½anyathâ, and you must not let this be otherwise.
bhaviṣyat ft. pt. that is to be, future; n. future, future tense: -kâla, a. relat ing to a future tense; -tâ, f., -tva, n. futurity; -purâna, n. T. of a Purâna; d-anadyatana, m. not the same day in the future.
bhavāntara n. another existence (past or future): -prâpti-mat, a. obtaining rebirth; -½abdhi, m. ocean of existence.
bhasmālābuka n. gourd used for keeping ashes; -½avasesha, a. of whom nothing remains but ashes, reduced to ashes.
bhārya fp. to be borne; to be sup ported, cherished, or nourished; m. one sup ported by another, dependent, servant; mer cenary, soldier: âtilda;, f. wife; female, mate (of an animal).
bhāva m. becoming, arising, occur ring; turning into (--°ree;), transformation into (lc.); being, existence; endurance, continu ance; state of being (--°ree;, forming abst. nouns like -tâ and -tva); being orbecoming (as the fundamental notion of the verb, sp. of the int. or imps. vb.); behaviour, conduct; condition, state; rank, position; aspect of a planet (in astrology); true state, reality (°ree;--, in reality); manner of being, nature; mental state, dis position, temperament; way of thinking, thought, opinion, sentiment, feeling; emotion (in rhetoric there are eight or nine primary Bhâvas corresponding to that number of Rasas or sentiments); supposition; meaning, import (iti bhâvah is continually used by commen tators like iti½arthah or iti½abhiprâyah, at the end of an explanation); affection, love; seat of the emotions, heart, soul; substance, thing; being, creature; discreet man (dr.: vc.=re spected sir); astrological house: bhâvo bhâ vam nigakkhati, birds of a feather flock to gether; bhâvam dridham kri, make a firm resolution; bhâvam kri or bandh, conceive affection for (lc.): -ka, a. causing to be, pro ducing (--°ree;); promoting the welfare of (g.); imagining, fancying (g. or --°ree;); having a sense of the beautiful, having a poetic taste; -kar tri-ka, a. having as its agent an abstract noun; -gamya, fp. to be recognised by the imagination.
bhāvarūpa a. really existing; -vak ana, a. expressing the abstract verbal notion (activity or state); -vat, a. being in a con dition or relation; -vikâra, m. modification of the notion of being orbecoming; -vritta, pp. relating to creation; -sabda, m. verb; -suddhi, f. purity of heart; -sûnya, a. de void of affection; -samsuddhi, f. purity of heart; -samâhita, pp. composed in mind; -stha, a. being in love, enamoured;-sthira, a. rooted in the heart; -snigdha, pp. heartily or deeply attached.
bhukti f. eating, enjoyment; fruition, possession; food: -pâtra, n. dish for food; -vargita, pp. that cannot be eaten (food).
bhuviṣṭha a. standing on the ground (not on a car); dwelling on earth (not in heaven); -spris, a. touching the ground.
bhūtejya a. making offerings to spirits; -½îsa, m. lord of creatures, ep. of Brahman, Vishnu, and the Sun; lord of evil spirits, ep. of Siva; -½îsvara, m. id.; -½odana, m. dish of rice eaten to keep offevil spirits; -½unmâda, m. mental aberration due to evil spirits; -½upadesa, m. reference to something already existing; -½upamâ, f. comparison with another being; -½upasarga, m. possession by evil spirits.
bhūtātmaka a. having the na ture of or composed of the elements; -½ât man, m. soul of living beings, ep. of Brahman and of Vishnu; individual soul; a. whose soul is purified; m. body (whose nature is the elements); -½âdi, m. the first of all beings, ep. of Vishnu; m. n. Ahamkâra as the pro ducer of the elements; -½anadyatana, m. not the same day in the past; -½antaka, m. des troyer of beings, god of death; -½abhisha&ndot;ga, m. possession by an evil spirit; -½ârabdha, pp. formed out of the elements; n. pl. all organic matter; -½artha, m. thing that has really happened, actual fact; -½âvâsa, m. abode of beings, ep. ofVishnu and Siva; abode of the elements, the body; -½âvishta, pp. possessed by evil spirits; -½âvesa, m. pos session by evil spirits; -½âsana, n. seat of evil spirits, N. of a magical car.
bhūdhra m. [=-dhara] mountain; -nandana, m. N. of a prince; -nâyaka, m. leader of the earth, king; -pa, m. protector of the earth or of the land, prince, king: -tâ, f. royal dignity; (bh&usharp;)-pati,m. lord of beings, ep. of Rudra; lord of earth, prince, king; -patita, pp. fallen on the earth; -pa putra, m. king's son, prince; -paridhi, m. circumference of the earth; -pa-suta, m. king's son, prince; -pâta, m. falling on the ground; -pâla, m. protector of the earth, prince, king; N. of a son of Somapâla: -loka, m. crowd of princes, -vallabha, m. favourite of kings (horse); N.; -putra, m. son of earth, planet Mars: î, f. daughter of earth, Sîtâ; -prakampa, m. earthquake; -pradâna, n. gift of land; -bimba, m. n. ter restrial globe; -bhata, m. N.; -bhartri, m. lord of earth, prince, king; -bhâga, m. part of earth, place, spot: krosamâtrah --, distance of not more than a Krosa; -bhug, m. enjoyer of earth, prince, king; -bhrit, m. supporter of earth, mountain; ep. of Vishnu; prince, king.
bhrānti f. wandering about; mov ing about, driving (of clouds), quivering (of lightning); reeling; rotation, revolution; --°ree;, encircling (the earth); perplexity, confu sion; uncertainty, doubt; mistake, error, de lusion, erroneousidea or impression: --°ree;, wrong idea that something is or was: e. g. sukha-, the delusion that there is such a thing as pleasure: -darsana, n. erroneous perception; -mat, a. revolving; roaming about; being under the erroneous impression that some thing is (--°ree;); delusion (a figure of speech in which one thing is represented as mistaken for another owing to their close resemblance).
ma m. fourth note of the Indian scale (abbreviated from madhyama); â, f. authority; knowledge.
maṇḍalaka n. disk; circle; group; -kârmuka, a. having a circular bow (which is therefore completely drawn); -tva, n. roundness; -nâbhi, m. (centre=) chief of the circle of neighbouring princes: -tâ, f. chief ship of the circle of neighbouring princes; -nyâsa, m. drawing of a circle: -m kri, de scribe a circle; -bandha, m. formation of a circle; -bhâga, m. part of a circle, arc; -vata, m. fig-tree forming a circle; -vartin, m. ruler of a province or small kingdom; -varsha, n.(?) local rain (not over the whole country).
maṇḍala a. circular, round; n., î, f. (rare), disk, esp. of the sun or moon; orb, circle (in. in a circle), ring, circumference; wheel; charmed circle (of a conjurer); n. orbit (of a heavenly body); n. halo round the sun or moon; n. ball, globe; m. n. circular array of troops; circle=district, province, territory, country; m. n., î, f. circle=group, company, assemblage, troop, multitude, crowd; swarm (of bees); whole body, totality; circle of a king's near and distant neighbours (the relations of whom to one another and to him self he should endeavour to regulate advan tageously; four, six, ten, and twelve such princes are spoken of); n.division or book of the Rig-veda (of which there are ten); m. dog.
madakara a. intoxicating; -karin, m. elephant in rut; -kala, a. passionately sweet (note); uttering soft sounds of love; drunk with passion; reeling with intoxica tion; being in rut, beginning to rut (elephant); -kârin, -krit, a. intoxicating; -kyút, a. 1. (V.) reeling with excitement, exhilarated with Soma; gladdening, exhilarating; 2. distilling temple-juice (elephant); -gala, n. temple juice (of elephants); -gvara, m.fever of pas sion or pride; -durdina, n. stream of temple juice; -dvipa, m. rutting elephant.
madhyama spv. middlemost, situ ated between; being in the middle, central; of medium kind or strength, middle-sized, middling, mediocre, moderate; neutral; m. =Madhya-desa; middle=fourth orfifth note in the scale; one of the three musical scales; second person (gr.); m. n. middle of the body, waist; n. middle; meridian.
manāk ad. [prob. n. of a. manâ½añk, deliberately, measuredly], a little, somewhat, slightly; shortly, very soon, at once; only; na manâk, na manâg api, manâg api na, not in the least, not at all; na manâk, w. pp. and api, all but: e.g. manâg asmi na pâtitah, I was all but, or I had almost been, thrown down; kâlam manâk, a short time.
manotā f. [nm. sg. of manótri treated as a f.], RV. VI, i. (which contains the word manótâ); deity to whom an offering is made while this hymn is recited.
manogata a. passing in the mind, concealed in the heart, secret; n. thought, notion, opinion; desire, wish; -gati, f. (motion of the mind), desire, wish; a. going at will, going wherever one wishes (car); -grâh in, a. captivating the mind, fascinating; -grâhya, fp. to be grasped by the mind; fascinating; -glâni, f. depression of mind; -ghna, a. intimidating; -ga, -ganman, m. (mind-born), love, god of love; -gavá, m.swiftness of thought (V.); a. (máno)-gava, a. swift as thought; (máno)-gavas, a. id. (V.); -gavin, a. id.; (máno)-gavishtha, spv. (conj.) exceedingly swift as thought; -gâtá, pp. mind-born; -gighra, a. (scenting =) guessingone's thoughts; -g&usharp;, a. swift as thought (RV.); -gña, a. (appreciated by the mind), pleasing, agreeable, beautiful, lovely, charming: -tâ, f. beauty, loveliness.
manobhū m. (arising in the mind), love, god of love; -mathana, m. (agitator of the soul), god of love; -máya, a. (î) consist ing of mind, spiritual (not material); -yâyin, a. going at will, going whereverone likes; -yúg, a. (V.) thought-yoked, i. e. yoked by a mere thought (steeds); suiting the under standing, wise; -ratha, m. (car of the mind), wish, desire; fancy, illusion; indirectly ex pressed wish; N.: -dâyaka, m. fulfilling wishes; N. of a Kalpa tree, -prabhâ, f. N., -siddhi, f. fulfilment of a wish; m. N.: -ka, --°ree; a. id.; -rama, a. delighting the mind, attractive, pleasing, charming, lovely, beau tiful; m. N.: -â, f. N.; -râgya, n. realm of fancy: â-ni kri, build castles in the air; -laya, m. loss of consciousness; -laulya, n. freak of the mind, whim, caprice; -vat-î, f. N.; -vallabhâ, f. mistress of one's heart; -vâñkhita, (pp.) n. heart's desire; -visud dhi, f. purity of mind; -vritti, f. working of the mind, mental operation; train of thought; mood, temper; -hán, a. mind-destroying; -hara, a. (â, î) captivating the mind, fascin ating, attractive; charming, beautiful: -tara, cpv. more beautiful, etc.: -tva, n. greater beauty; -hartri, m. heart-stealer, captivator; -hârikâ, f. N.; -hârin, a. captivating the heart, enchanting, fascinating, charming, beautiful; -hrit, a. taking away life and de lighting the heart;-hlâda, m. gladness of heart; -hlâdin, a. gladdening the heart, at tractive, beautiful.
mā prohibitive ad. cj. (=Gk. mh/) not, O that not; that not, in order that not: 1. with impv.; 2. with potential (not common), may not! will not, I hope; 3. with subj. impf. (rare), aor. (very common), which in C.=in dicative without the augment (the ind. with the augment occurs, but very rarely, gnly. in E.); 4. with fut.=in order that not (C., E., not common); 5. with pr. pt. (very rare: e.g. mâ gîvan, he deserves not to live); 6. with pp., e.g. gatah sa mâ, he cannot have gone (very rare); 7. elliptically without a verb, not so! mâ mâ, mâ mâ½evam, mâ tâvat, not so! yathâ mâ, in order that not; bhavatu mâ vâ½astu, be it or not; mâ katham nu bha vatu, how should not be? mâ bhûd âgatah, can he not have arrived?=surely he must have arrived; mâ nâma rakshinah, heaven forbid that it should be the warders! mâ na, with aor. subj.=ind. without a negative (C.; very rare); m&asharp;½u (mó), and not (prohibitive; V.); mâ sma (with impv. or aor. subj.), not (prohibitive), in order that not; sma m&asharp;, mó sma, id. (Br.); mâ -mâ½uta, not -nor.
mākis ad. (used only in prohibitive sentences with the subjunctive) may or let not; may no one (RV.).
mātra n. element (only P.); --°ree;, mea sure, size, height, depth, length, breadth, distance; quantity, sum (of money); dura tion or space of time; number (redundant with numerals); whole measure, totality, ag gregate or entire class of, so and so in the widest sense; no more than what the preced ing word expresses: to be translated by no thing but, only, merely; --°ree; a. (â, î) as large, high, deep, long, broad, or far as; as much or many as; having no more than, amount ing only to, consisting of nothing but; being nothing but, a simple or mere; following im mediately after: with pp.=no sooner than, scarcely, as soon as, only just; consisting of (so many) morae; lasting (so many) moments; possessing (anything) as one's property.
māciram ad. (not long), without delay, quickly, straightway (only in impv. sentences with impv. or augmentless aor., and almost always at the end of a verse).
māna m. n. opinion, notion; will, purpose; high opinion of oneself, self-reliance; conceit, pride, arrogance; respect, regard, honour, mark of honour (ord. mg., gnly. m.); wounded sense of honour, caprice, jealous an ger (esp. in women), sulking.
māsa m. month: -m, for a month; mâsam ekam, for one month; in. in the course of a month; lc. in a month=after the lapse of a month. (The twelve months of the Indian calendar, which do not exactly cor respond to ours, are Kaitra, Vaisâkha: March --May; Gyaishtha, Âshâdha: May--July; Srâvana, Bhâdra: July--Sept.; Âsvina, Kârt tika: Sept.--Nov.; Mârgasîrsha, Pausha: Nov.--Jan.; Mâgha, Phâlguna: Jan.--March.)
miśraka a. mixed, not pure; mis cellaneous; mixing, adulterating (grain etc.); -kesî, f. N. of an Apsaras.
mithyākopa m. feigned anger; -kraya, m. false price; -graha, m. fruitless obstinacy; -½âkâra, m. wrong or improper conduct; a. acting hypocritically; -galpita, (pp.) n. wrong or false talk;-gñâna, n. mis apprehension, error; -tva, n. falseness, un reality; -darsana, n. false appearance; -drish- ti, f. heresy; -½adhîta, n. wrong course of study; -½adhyavasiti, f. false supposition (a figure of speech in which the impossibility of a thing is expressed by making it depend on an impossible contingency: e. g. only one who wears a garland of air will secure the affec tions of a courtesan); -pandita, a. learned or clever only in appearance; -purusha, m. man only in appearance; -pratigña, a. false to one's promise, faithless; -pravâdin, a. speaking falsely, lying; -phala, n. imaginary advantage or reward; -buddhi, f. misappre hension; -½abhidhâ, f. false name; -½abhi dhâna, n. false statement; -½abhiyogin, a. making a false charge; -½abhisamsana, n. false accusation; -½abhisamsin, a. accusing falsely; -½abhisasta, pp. falsely accused; -½abhisasti, f. false charge; -½abhisâpa, m. id.; false prediction; -yoga, m. false em ployment; -½ârambha, m. wrong treatment; -vakana, n. telling an untruth; -vâkya, n. false statement, lie; -vâk, a. speaking falsely, lying; -vâda, m. false statement, lie; a. tell ing an untruth, lying; -vâdin, a. id.; -vyâ pâra, m. wrong occupation, meddling with what is not one's concern; -sâkshin, m. false witness; -stava, m. unfounded praise (pl.); -stotra, n. id. (pl.); -½âhâra, m. wrong diet; -½upakâra, m. pretended service or kind ness; wrong (medical) treatment.
mithyā in. ad. [later form of mithuyâ] wrongly, incorrectly; falsely, untruly, deceit fully; not in reality, only in appearance; to no purpose, fruitlessly, in vain: -kri, act wrongly; break (one's word: w. na, keep --); deny; -brû, -vak, -vad, state falsely, lie, feign; -bhû, turn out or prove false; -pra vrit, behave in an unseemly manner towards (lc.).
muktāmukta pp. cast and not cast (said of a missile which can be used as a hand-weapon); -½ambara, m. Jain monk (=dig-ambara).
muktaka a. detached, independent; n. independent sloka (the meaning of which is complete in itself); simple prose (without compound words); -kantha, a. or -m, ad. with krand or rud, shout or cry (with relaxed throat=) at the top of one's voice; -kara, a. open-handed, liberal; -kesa, a. (â, î) having loose or dishevelled hair; -tâ, f., -tva, n. deliverance from the bonds of existence, final emancipation; -nidra, a.awakened; -bandh ana, a. released from bonds; -buddhi, a. having one's soul emancipated; -vasana, m. (having cast aside raiment), Jain monk (=dig-ambara); -sâpa, a. having a curse laid aside, released from a curse;-sikha, a. having the top-knot loosened, having the hair hanging down; -saisava, a. (having left childhood behind), grown up; -samsaya, a. free from doubt, undoubted; -sûryâ, a. f. with dis, quarter just quitted by the sun; -svâmin, m. N. of a temple; -hasta, a. open handed, bountiful, liberal.
muhur ad. [in a bewildering man ner], suddenly, in a moment (frequently with a following &asharp;; V.); for a moment, for a while (RV.); on the contrary (C.); every moment, repeatedly, incessantly(C.): rep. id.; muhur -muhur, now -now, at one time -at another.
mūṣika m. rat, mouse: -nirvise sha, a. not differing from a mouse; -vishâna, n. mouse's horn (a chimera); -sthala, n. mole-hill.
medhya a. vigorous (V.); fit for sacri fice, sacrificially pure; pure, not defiling; m. N.: -tâ, f., -tvá, n. ritual purity.
mokṣaṇa a. liberating, deliver ing; n. liberation, deliverance; setting (a criminal) at liberty; unloosening, untying (knot, bonds); causing to flow (blood); aban donment, relinquishment; -anîya, fp. to be abandoned or relinquished.
ya prn. rel. (n. -d) who, that, which, what: nearly always followed by the ordinary correlative tad (± etad or idam) or less frequently idam (m. ayam), adas (m. asau), îdris, tâdrisa, etâvat (tathâ sts. corresponding to the n. yad); occasionally either the rel. or the corr. is dropped. Ya is sts. inaccurately employed in the sense of if any (one). Uses of the relative calling for special mention are the following: 1. Ya is often added (without the copula) to emphasize a subject (e.g. âtma parityâgena yad âsritânam rakshanam, tan nîtividâm na sammatam, protection of dependents at the sacrifice of one's own life is not approved by moralists).Sts. it is thus used without emphasis by the side of a simple subject (e. g. andhah sthaviras ka yah, a blind man and one who is old); rarely a nm. rel. of this kind=an ac. (e.g. sarvân rasân apo heta pasavo ye ka mânushâh, he should avoid selling all sorts of condiments, cattle, and human beings). The n. sg. yad of this emphatic rel. is frequently employed without regard to gender or number, when it may be translated by as for, as regards (e.g. asidhâ râvratam idam manye yad arinâ saha samvâ sah, as for dwelling with an enemy, that I consider as hard as the sword-blade vow); before a noun this yad=that is to say (Br.). Immediately following oratio recta ending with iti yad=at the thought that (cp. cj. yad). 2. Two relatives often occur in the same sentence, when the second may be translated by any (e.g. yad rokate yasmai, bhavet tat tasya sundaram, what pleases any one, that to him is beautiful). 3. The meaning of the rel. when repeated (sts. separated by hi) is generalised, ya ya being=whoever, whichever, whatever (followed by the doubled or single corr. tad). 4. Ya is often combined with other prns.: (a) w. tvam, sa, esha, ayam, asau; (b) w. aham (tvam, etc.): yo &zip; ham, I who=since I, or (after a question) that I; (c) w. tad, any soever: yad vâ tad vâ, any, any kind of; anything; (d) w. tvad=or any other (Br., rare); (e) w. intr. ka + ka (V., C., common), + kid (C., very common), + kid api (C., not common), + kana (E., rare), + vâ (C., rare), or + api (C., late, not yet in Manu), immediately following or sts. sepa rated (m. yah kás ka, kas kid, kas kid api, kas kana, ko vâ, or ko &zip; pi, n. yad kim ka, kim kid, kim kid api, kim kana, kim vâ or kim api), whoever, whatever, any soever, any one, no matter who.
yajati m. technical term for rites de- signated by the verb yagati (and not guhoti).
yathā rel. ad. & cj. as, like (followed by correlative táthâ; sts. tathâ tathâ, tadvat, evam, V. evá; in V. the pcls. kid, ha, ha vai, iva½a&ndot;ga, iva ha are added, in C. sts. iva redundantly; at the end of a pâda yathâ is sometimes unaccented in this sense like iva); as, for instance; elliptically: as it is or was (rare); properly, correctly (=yathâvat); in order that, (so) that (with subj. or opt. in V.; opt., pr., ft., impf., pf., aor. in C.; sts. with ellipse of syât or bhavet); that (with verbs of saying, thinking, knowing, doubting, hear ing, etc. introducing oratio recta ± iti); as soon as (rare); as if (w. pot., rare): yathâ tathâ, as -therefore; as surely as -so truly (also tena satyena, the logical order of the clauses being sts. inverted); yáthâ yathâ táthâ tathâ (V. also eva&halfacute;eva), according or in proportion as -so, the more -the more; yathâ yathâ½eva, that (w. pot.; corr. tad); yathâ tathâ, in whatever way; in some way or other, anyhow (with na, in no way, not in reality); by commentators used to express that a word is employed adverbially (in such manner that it is, sc.bhavati); yathâ katham- kid, in any way, somehow or other; tad yathâ, that is as follows=namely, for instance; tad yathâ½api nâma, just as if (w. pot.).
yatrakāmāvasāya m. magical power of transferring oneself any where at will; -tatra-saya, a. lying down anywhere, not minding where one sleeps.
yāvat rel. a. (with its following cor. t&asharp;vat, so great etc.=) as great, much, many, far, long, manifold, or frequent as: yâvak karma dâru ka, (as much as=) nothing but skin and wood;yâvat tâvat, how much soever; iti yâvat, as much as, that is to say (frequent in commentators); n. y&asharp;vat, indc. as far, much, or often as, to what amount (gnly. w. following cor. -tâvat, so far etc.); as long as, while; meanwhile, just (w. 1 prs. pr. or 3 impv., to denote an intended action); till (w. pr., pot., ft., impf., aor., or ellipse of copula); as soon as (w. pr., pot., pf., aor., or ellipse of copula): na yâvat -tâvat, scarcely -when, no sooner -than; yâvan na, while not=till (w. pr., pot., ft., impf., or ellipse of copula); also=if not, whether not; na pa ram or kevalam -yâvat, not only -but even; y&asharp;vad yâvat -t&asharp;vat tâvat, as gradu ally -so; prp. w. (gnly. preceding) ac. during, for (e.g. a year); up to, as far as (e.g. one's house; sts. nm.+iti instead of ac.); till (e.g. the evening): adya yâvat, till to-day; w. following ab. till (rare); in. yâvatâ, as far or long as; till (pot.); as soon as (pr.); inas much as, since; w. na, while not=till; lc. y&asharp;vati, as far or as long as (cor. tâvati).
yukta pp. (√ yug) yoked, to (lc.), with (in.); employed, occupied, engaged in, devoted to, intent on (lc. or --°ree;); applied; equipped, prepared, for (d., --°ree;); busied or occupied with (in.); absorbed in (lc.); con centrated, intent, attentive (cpv. -tara, very much on one's guard against: lc.; spv. -tama, supremely concentrated or intent); skilled, experienced, in (lc.); joined, united, combined, following in regular succession; furnished or endowed with, accompanied by, possessed of (in., --°ree;); being in conjunc tion with a constellation (in.); making use of (an opportunity, kâlena); come into connexion with (in.); connected with, re lating to (--°ree;); bound to, dependent on (--°ree;); fit, proper, becoming, for (g., lc.); right, cor rect; suitable to (--°ree;); auspicious, favourable (fate, moment); prosperous, thriving; faring or acting (thus, tathâ); primitive (opp. de rivative: gr.): °ree;-or -m, suitably, properly, duly, rightly; yuktam yad, it is suitable that --; na yuktam anayos tatra gantum, it is not suitable for them to go there; na yuktam bhavatâ, it is not seemly for you to (inf.); n. yoke, team; connexion, combina tion; fitness: in. yukténa, suitably; con formably to (reason, --°ree;).
yugma a. even (not odd); n. pair, couple; twins; Gemini (sign of the zodiac); double stanza (forming one sentence); con fluence; often incorr. for yugya: -ka, a. id.; n. pair, couple; double stanza;-kârin, a. going about in pairs; -ganman, m. du. twins; -½apatyâ, a. f. having twin offspring, being the mother of twins.
yugādi m. beginning of (an age=) the world; -½adhyaksha, m. surveyor of a cosmic age, ep. of Pragâpati; -½anta, m. end of the yoke; end of a generation; end of an age or of the world; meridian: -m adhirû- dhah savitâ, the sun has reached the meri dian, it is noon; -½antara, n. another or later generation; second half of the sun's arc divided by the meridian: -m ârûdhah savitâ, the sun has entered the second part of his course, it is past midday.
rathānīka n. host of chariots; -½antara, n. another chariot; -½âroha, m. chariot-fighter; mounting a chariot; â-vatta, m. N.; -½asva, m. carriage-horse; n. carriage and horse.
rasa m. [√ 2. ras] sap, juice (of plants), fruit-syrup; fluid, liquid; water; essence, pith (of anything); quicksilver; potion, elixir; poisonous draught; taste, flavour (as distinctive quality of fluids: six kinds are distinguished, viz. sweet, salt, bitter, sour, pungent, astringent); object of taste; organ of taste, tongue; relish, inclination, fondness or love for (lc. ± upari, --°ree;); desire; affection; pleasure, delight; charm; (flavour or key note in poetry), sentiment (eight Rasas are generally distinguished: love, heroism, dis gust, wrath, mirth, terror, pity, wonder, a ninth, quietism, and a tenth, tenderness, being sometimes added); prevailing sentiment in human character; sacred syllable om.
rasātmaka a. whose nature is juice or nectar (moon); tasteful (speech); -½adhika, a. tasteful; abounding in enjoy ments; â½âdhipatya, n. sovereignty of the lower regions; -½antara, n.difference of taste; another taste or pleasure; change of senti ment: -vid, a. having different tastes; -½â bhâsa, m. mere semblance of a sentiment; improper manifestation of a sentiment; -½a bhyantara, a. filled with water or love; -½ayana, n. life-prolonging medicine, elixir of life (sts. follows the gender of the word to which it refers).
ruta pp. √ 1. & 2. ru; n. roar, yell, cry; neigh; song, note (of birds); humming (of bees): -gña, a. knowing the language of beasts or birds; m. augur; -vettri, m. id.; -½abhi- gña, a. id.
rūḍhi f. [√ ruh+-ti] rise, ascent (also fig.); growth; decision; notoriety; traditional usage; current usage of speech; conventional acceptation of a word (not immediately de ducible from the etymology): -m i, attain an elevated position; -m kri, come to a decision; dridhâm rûdhim nî, assist to assured de velopment: -sabda, m. word used in a con ventional sense: -tâ, f. conventional use of a word.
rūpaya den. P. give form to, represent; act on the stage, represent in panto mime, notify by a gesture: pp. rûpita, represented. ni, represent in pantomime, notify by gesture; perceive; ascertain; find out; look into, observe carefully, consider, ponder; examine, investigate, discuss; determine, settle; choose, appoint, as (2 ac.), to (d., lc., inf.); discharge (an arrow): gd. nirûpya, often incorr. for nir-upya (√ vap).pra, explain. vi, disfigure: pp. virûpita, deformed.
rekhā f. [√ rikh] (scratch), streak, line; drawing, sketch; first meridian; appearance (in. under the guise of, --°ree;): -m na labh, not have a trace of, not resemble in the slightest degree: -ganita, n.geometry; -nyâsa, m. outline sketch.
lakṣya fp. to be defined; indicated, indirectly denoted or expressed; to be regarded as (nm.); had in view; to be observed; to be recognised by (in., --°ree;); visible, perceptible; n. object aimed at, prize; aim, mark; one hundred thousand, lac; pretence, disguise; example (?): -m labh, attain one's object, -m bandh, direct one's aim at (lc.): w. âkâse, gaze vaguely into the air: -tâ, f. visibility; state of being a mark:-m nî, make visible, -m yâ, become an aim; -tva, n. being an aim, of (--°ree;); -bheda, m. hitting the mark; -lakshana-bhâva, m. connexion of the indicated and indicator; -supta, pp. feigning sleep; -½alakshya, fp. visible and not visible, scarcely visible.
lakṣaya den. P. (Â. metr.) mark; characterise, define; indicate, designate indirectly; have in view, mean; consider, regard as (2 ac.), assume any one (ac.) to be (oratio recta with iti); regard, examine; observe, note, perceive, see (often with second appositional ac.; ord. mg.); see that (yad); ps. lakshyate, be meant; be called (2 nm.); look like, appear to be (nm.±iva): pp. laksh ita, marked, indicated, ordistinguished by (in., --°ree;); expressed by indication; aimed at (--°ree;, of arrows); observed, noticed, perceived, seen; understood; des. pp. lilakshayishita, intended to be expressed, meant. anu, have in view. abhi, pp.marked or determined by (in.); made known, reported; seen, ob served. â, observe, notice, see (±app. ac.); ps. appear (nm.): pp. perceived, seen; heard. upa, define; express figuratively; have in view, regard; consider as (2 ac.); perceive, observe, see (ord. mg.; ± app. ac.); recognise; hear; feel (v.l. upa-labh); ps. be figuratively expressed, be used figuratively for (d.); appear to be (2 nm.): pp. marked or distinguished by (in., --°ree;). sam-upa, direct one's attention to, observe; perceive, see. vi, perceive, observe; (lose sight of one's aim), be confused: pp. embarrassed, perplexed; indignant. sam, perceive, observe, learn (± app. ac.); hear; ps. appear.
laghu ] a. (v-î, u) swift, active, nimble; light (not heavy); light, easily digested; easy in mind, buoyant; unimpeded, without a retinue; easy; easily articulated (the letter v);prosodically short; small, diminutive, little, insignificant, trifling; feeble, wretched, despicable, low; gentle, soft; younger; agreeable, desirable; handsome, beautiful; clean (dress): laghu man, think little of, despise; -kri, deride.
lokayātrā f. worldly affairs, every-day life; daily bread, maintenance; -raksha, m. protector of the people, king; -rañgana, n. pleasing the world; -rava, m. popular talk; -lokana, n. eye of the world, sun: pl. eyes of men; -vakana, n. popular talk or rumour; -vat, ad. as in ordinary life; -vartana, n. means by which the world exists; -vâda, m. talk of the world, public rumour; -vârttâ, f. public rumour; -vi krushta, pp. publicly decried; offensive to the world; -vigñâta, pp. generally known; -vidvishta, pp. universally disliked; -vidhi, m. creator of the world; order of things pre vailing in the world; -viruddha, pp. no toriously contradictory; -virodha, m. oppo sition to popular opinion; -visruta, pp. generally known; -vistara, m. general pre valence; -vritta, pp. n. general custom, ways prevailing among the people; -vrittânta, m. ways of the world; -vyavahâra, m. id.; ordinary designation; -sruti, f. world-wide notoriety; -samvyavahâra, m. business trans actions with men; -samkshaya, m. destruc tion of the world; -samgraha, m. experience gainedthrough intercourse with the world; gaining influence over men, propitiation of mankind; aggregate of the worlds; -sam grâhin, a. propitiating men; -sampanna, pp. experienced in life; -sâkshika, a. wit nessed by the world: -m, ad. before wit nesses; -sâkshin, m. witness of the world.
lohita ] a. (C. â; V., C. inî) reddish, red; made of copper or metal (V., rare); m. a kind of gem (not ruby; very rare); planet Mars; n. red substance (V., rare); copper, metal (AV.1); blood (ord. mg.): -m kri, shed blood (V.).
vaṃśa m. V., C.: cane, esp. bamboo; cross-beam; family-tree (the knots of the bamboo representing generations), stock, lineage, race, family; C.: reed-pipe, flute; assemblage of similar things (--°ree;); a certain musical note; pride, arrogance (rare).
vacana a. eloquent (RV.); --°ree;, ex pressing, meaning (-tâ, f. abst. n.); pro nounced by (in., --°ree;); n. act of speaking; pronunciation; utterance, declaration; ex press mention; statement thatsomething is (--°ree;); speech, word; injunction of a teacher, rule (gr.); command, direction; advice; voice, note; grammatical number: -m kri, do any one's bidding, follow the advice of (g.); e sthâ, id.; vakanena (rare) or vakanât, in the name of (g., --°ree;); iti vakanât, because it is so stated.
vara a. [select: √ 2. vri] best, choicest, most excellent or beautiful, among (ab., g., lc., --°ree;); better, more excellent, than (ab., rarely g.), among (ab., v. r.); n. vár am, ad. specially, rather, better, than (ab. ±&asharp;; RV.); with pr. or impv. it is or were better that or if (the vb. being sts. omitted); with pot. it were more likely that; predica tively without a vb. is or are better, than (ab., in V. id.±&asharp;); varam -na, na ka, na tu, na punah, tad api na, or tathâ½api na, (it is) better (that) or rather -than (with vb. in pr. or pot.); predicatively with ellipse of copula: -is the best thing, and not = -is better than (nm., very rarely in.); varam varam na or na ka khalu varam, better than (nm.).
varṇātmaka a. articulate (sound); -½anuprâsa, m. alliteration, paronomasia; -½antara, n. another letter, change of sound; another caste: -gamana, n. change of caste; -½anya-tva, n. change of colour; -½apeta, pp. deprived of caste; -½âsrama, m. pl. the castes and the religious orders.
varṇa m. [covering, coating: √ 1. vri] cover, lid (C., rare); exterior, appear ance, colour (very common); (good) complex ion (C.); pigment (for writing or painting; C.); (colour=) race, species, kind; character, nature, form; caste (prob. from contrast of colour between aboriginal slaves and their fair conquerors); (coloured mark), letter; sound; vowel; syllable; word; musical note (rare); praise (rare); fame, renown (rare).
varṇaparidhvaṃsa m., â, f. loss of caste; -pâtha, m. alphabet; -buddhi, f. notion connected with the sound; -mâtra, n. mere colour.
vastrāñcala m. hem of a gar ment; -½anta, m. id.; -½antara, n. (another =) upper garment; -½ardha, m. n. half of a garment; -½avakarta, m. strip of garment.
vā encl. pcl. or (following, but metr. sts. preceding); either or not, optionally; (= iva), like, as, as it were; (=eva), just, etc. (rare); but, however (rare); even, even sup posing (with ft.; rare); after inter. or rel.= possibly, pray: vâ -vâ, either -or (when there are two clauses, the vb. of the first only is as a rule accented); na ± vâ -vâ, kim vâ -kim vâ or na vâ, neither -nor; vâ na vâ, either -or not; perhaps -or perhaps not; whether -or not; yadi vâ -vâ, whether -or; in a sentence containing more than two members vâ is nearly always repeated, while a negative at the beginning of the series need not be repeated as its sense runs through all the remaining members (=not, either -or or); in this case vâ often interchanges with ka and api, or is combined with the pcls. api (± punah), atha (± u, api, or punah), yad, yadi, or utá.
vācaka a. speaking, saying any thing (g.); speaking or treating of, stating (g., --°ree;); expressing, signifying, denoting: -tva, n. denotation; -pada, n. containing significant (not senseless) words; -lakshaka vyañgaka-tva, n. direct, indirect, and im plicit designation of anything.
vāṇī f. RV.: music (pl. choir); C.: voice, sound, note; speech, words; eloquent words, fine diction (rare); goddess of speech, Sarasvatî (rare).
vāda a. (--°ree;) speaking of (rare); caus ing to sound, playing (rare); m. talk, utter ance, statement (ord. mg.: --°ree; w. the speaker or what is stated); speaking about, mention ing (--°ree;); counsel; proposition, thesis; dis cussion, controversy, disputation; dispute, about (--°ree;); agreement regarding (--°ree;); cry, note (of an animal or bird); sound (of a musical instrument): -ka, m. player of a musical instrument; -tas, ad. in argument (overcome); -da, a. vying with (--°ree;).
vāmaka a. (ikâ) left (not right); adverse, cruel; n. kind of gesture; -tas, ad. from or on the left; -tâ, f. disfavour (sts. pl.); coyness; -tva, n. disfavour; -datta, m. N.: â, f. N.; -dris, f. fair-eyed woman;(á)-deva, m. N. of a seer, son of Gotama, and com poser of the fourth Mandala of the RV.; -dev-yá, a. coming from Vâmadeva; n. N. of various Sâmans.
vāmekṣaṇā f. lovely-eyed woman; -½itara, a. not left, right; -½eka vritti, a. always acting perversely: -tva, n. perpetual perverseness; -½urû, f. woman with beautiful thighs.
vārtta a. (relating to fact: vritta) right, correct; healthy, well; ordinary, mid dling; worthless; n. welfare, health: â, f. livelihood, profession; occupation of a Vaisya (i.e. agriculture, cattle-breeding, and trade); news, tidings, rumour, report, story (of or about, g., --°ree;); talk about (g., lc., uddisya w. ac., --°ree;): kâ vârttâ, what news? what talk is there of (lc.)? = -cannot be thought of, -is out of the question; vârttayâ kri, talk about (ac.); --°ree; a. living or subsisting on.
vālukā f. sg. or (gnly.) pl. sand: -tva, n. being sand=nothingness; -½abdhi, m. (sea=) waste of sand; -maya, a. (î) con sisting or made of sand; -½ambudhi, m. (sea=) waste of sand; -½arnava, m. id.
vāsana n. (fr. cs. of √ 3. vas) caus ing or allowing to dwell (rare); knowledge (rare): â, f. thought of, desire for (lc.); im pression (of, --°ree;) left dwelling in the mind; notion, idea; false notion (e.g. bheda-, mis taken idea that there is a difference): --°ree; a. a: â-maya, a. consisting in or based on ideas; consisting in impressions of (--°ree;): -tva, n. abst. n.
vikalpa m. alternative, option: combination, contrivance; variety; distinction (rare); indecision, hesitation, doubt; false notion, fancy: in. optionally: -gâla, n. number of possible cases; -kalpana, n.,â, f. allowing an option; distinction; false notion or assumption; -kalpanîya, fp. to be ascer tained; -kalpayitavya, fp. to be put as an alternative; -kalpa-vat, a. undecided, doubt ful; -kalpa½an-upapatti, f. untenableness owing to a dilemma; -kalpa½asaha, a. not standing the test of a dilemma: -tva, n. un tenableness owing to a dilemma; -kalpita tva, n. optionalness; -kalpin, a (hair) liable to be mistaken for (black Asoka flowers, --°ree;); -kalpya, fp. to be distributed; -calculated; -chosen according to circumstances.
vikrama m. V., C.: stride, step; C.: motion, gait, pace; force, forcible means; might, prowess, valour; kind of grave accent (gr.); non-change of Visarga into a sibilant (gr.); N.; also=Vikramâditya: ab.vikra mât, by force; na½asti vikramena, it can not be done by forcible means; vikramam kri, display one's prowess or courage: -ke sarin, m. N. of a king; N. of a minister; -kanda, m. N. of a prince of Benares; -kari taor -karitra, n. Adventures of Vikrama (-½âditya), T. of a collection of tales.
vikriyā f. [√ 1. kri] transforma tion, alteration, change, modification; vitia tion, disfigurement; failure, misadventure, harm (dîpasya --, extinction); unwonted phe nomenon; product (e. g. of milk); contraction, knitting (of the brows); sudden movement (of the hair=thrill); change in the normal bodily condition, ailment, affection; change in the normal mental condition, perturbation, agitation; change of feeling, alienation, hos tility, defection: -m yâ, undergo a change for the worse, deteriorate, come to nought: -½upamâ, f. transformation simile (in which one thing is represented as produced from another: e. g. &open;thy face is as it were taken from the disc of the moon&close;).
vighaṭana n. separation, destruc tion; -ghattana, a. opening; n. friction; moving to and fro, shaking; striking against; hewing in pieces; untying: â, f. friction; striking against; separation; -ghattin,a. rubbing, clashing (--°ree;); -ghaná, a. 1. injur ing; 2. a, not or very stiff (--°ree;); cloudless; -gharshana, n. rubbing; -ghasa, m. n. leav ings of food; -ghâta, m. blow, with (--°ree;); breaking in pieces (rare); warding off; de struction; removal, interruption, impedi ment, obstacle (ord. mg.): -ka, a. warding off; -ghâtin, a. contending with, routing; removing, interrupting, impeding; -ghûrn ana, n., â, f. swaying to and fro.
viguṇa a. lacking a string; lacking in some quality, deficient, in (--°ree;); ineffective (command, i. e. one not carried out); adverse (fate); lacking qualities; destitute of merits, worthless, bad (person); changed in quality, disordered (bodily humour): -tâ, f. disordered condition; -gunî-kri, detach the string of a bow (ac.); -gulpha, a. abundant (S.).
vicetana a. unconscious; not hav ing all one's senses about one, absent-minded; lifeless, dead; senseless, stupid; -ketayitri, a. making visible, distinguishing; -ketavya, fp. to be sought; -searched through; -ex amined; -found out (means); (ví)-ketas, a. clearly seen (waters; RV.); discerning, wise (RV.); confounded (C.); senseless, stu pid (C.); -keya, fp. 1. to be distinguished or counted (=few, of stars); 2. to be looked for; -searched through; n. investigation; -kesh- ta, a. motionless; -keshtana, n. kicking, roll ing (on the ground, of horses); -keshtâ, f. behaviour, conduct; -keshtita, (pp.) n. motion (of the body, eyes); gesture, action, working; conduct.
vijara a. not growing old; -gala, a. waterless: lc. in case of drought; -galpa, m. unjust reproach; -gâta, a. belonging to another class, heterogeneous; -gâtîya, a. id.; -g&asharp;-man, a. [√ gan] related, corresponding (V.); -g&asharp;mi, a. consanguineous, related (RV.1); -gâ-van, a. bodily, own (V.).
vijñāna n. V., C.: discernment, knowledge (--°ree;=of, rarely = by means of); C.: skill, proficiency, art; artifice, trick; doctrine; profane knowledge (opp. gñâna); faculty of knowing, judgment; organ of know ledge (=Manas); understanding to mean, regarding as: -tâ, f. proficiency in (lc.); -pati, m. lord of knowledge (one who has arrived at a certain stage of emancipation); -máya, a. consisting of knowledge, intelli gent; -vat, a. possessed of knowledge; -vâda, m. doctrine of knowledge alone (and not ex ternal phenomena) having a real existence; -vâdin, a. maintaining that knowledge only has real existence; -½astitva-mâtra-vâdin, a. id.
vitasti f. [√ tan] span (as measure of length=12 a&ndot;gulas or about nine inches); -tâna, a. (rare) [√ tan] empty (in a-, not empty); dejected; m. n. expansion, exten sion, extent; quantity, mass; high degree; variety; performance; development; sacri fice; canopy, awning; m. (separation of) the sacred fires: -ka, n. awning, canopy (esp. --°ree;); quantity, -vat, a. provided with a canopy; -tânâ-ya,den. represent a canopy; -tânî-bhû, id.; -tâmasa, a. light, bright; -timira, a. id.; -tîrna, pp. √ trî; -tusha, a. unhusked; -tushta, pp. dissatisfied, dis pleased; -tritîyá, a. intermittent on the third day (fever; AV.1); n.third (Br. S.); -tripta-ka, a. sated (in a-, not yet sated with; g.); -trishna, a. free from thirst; having no desire: -tâ, f. freedom from de sire, satisfaction, contentment; -trishnâ, f. id.; -tolâ, f. N. of a river.
vitata pp. √ tan: -tva, n. great ex tent; -tati, f. extent, length; extension, ex pansion; great extent, quantity; overstep ping of bounds; -tatî-kri, extend; -tatha, a. [not so: -tathâ] untrue, false; futile, use less, vain; free from (ab.; rare): -m kri, revoke, annul; -tatha-ya, P. make untrue, accuse of falsehood; -tatha½abhinivesa, m. inclination to falsehood: -vat, a. prone to falsehood; -tathî-kri, render futile, frus trate; (ví)-tanu, a. (v-î) extremely slender; bodiless; m. god of love (=ana&ndot;ga); -tan trî, f. (nm. -s) string out of tune; -tamas, a. free from darkness, light: -ka, a. id.; -tara- na, n. transference of (--°ree;); bestowal; dona tion, gift; -tarám, cpv. ad. farther, -off (RV.); -tar&asharp;m, cpv. ad. id.; more; -tari tri, m. bestower; -tarka, m. conjecture, sup position (ord. mg.); doubt; consideration, deliberation: indor vitarkât, because the moon was supposed to be in it; -tardi, f. ter race in a court-yard, verandah: -kâ, f. id.; -tala, n. N. of one of the seven hells; depth of hell.
vidūra a. remote, distant (with kri, remove); far removed from, not attainable by (g.): vídûram, ad. far away (V., C.); ab. or -tas, id.; from afar; lc. far away, from (-tas); °ree;--, far, from afar; m. N.; N. of a mountain, town, or locality: -ga, a. far away; far-spreading (scent).
vidyā f. knowledge, learning, science (esp. the threefold knowledge of the Vedas: 4, 14, 18, and 64 sciences are spoken of); magic; spell: (â)-kosa-griha, n. library; -½âgama, m. acquisition of knowledge; -guru, m. instructor in science (esp. sacred); -grah ana, n. acquisition of sciences; -tîrtha, n. bathing-place of knowledge; -tva, n. the notion &open;knowledge&close;; -dâna, n. imparting of (sacred) knowledge, instruction in science; -dhana, n. the treasure of knowledge.
vidhūta pp. (√ dhû) shaken, etc.; n. repugnance; -dhûti, f. shaking, agitation; -dhûnana, a. (î) causing to shake; n. shak ing; surging; refusal, rejection; -dhûma, a. smokeless, not smoking (fire): lc. when no smoke rises from the kitchen; m. N. of a Vasu.
vinivartaka a. reversing; -vart ana, n. return (home); cessation; -vartin, a. turning back (in a-); -vârana, n. keeping off, restraining; -vârya, fp. to be supplanted; -vritti, f. cessation; discontinuance; -veda na, n. announcement; -vesa, m. putting down, putting on, placing upon; impression (of fingers); noting down, mentioning (in a book); suitable apportionment; -vesana, n. erection, building; -vesin,a. situated on or in (--°ree;).
vinokti f. statement that sthg. has or has not any value only without sthg. else (=condition sine quâ non; rh.).
viparyaya a. (rare, P.) inverted; opposed to (g.); perverse; m. transposition, exchange; change, alteration; inversion, opposite (e. g. samdhi-viparyayau, peace and its opposite=war; prabhâvasya --, opposite of strength=faint; buddhi-, opposite opinion); change for the worse, disfigurement; reverse, mishap, overthrow, calamity, misfortune (rare); perverseness; change of opinion (rare); wrong opinion or notion, error: lc. in the opposite case, otherwise.
viparyāṇa a. unsaddled: î-kri, unsaddle; -paryâya, m. opposite (rare); -paryâsa, m. overthrow (of a wagon); trans portation; expiration; exchange, inversion, change; reverse, opposite, of (--°ree;); perverse ness; wrong notion, error: -½upamâ, f. in verted comparison; -palâyin, a. fleeing; -pavana, a. windless.
vipratikūla a. refractory; -pat ti, f. erroneous perception or notion; contra diction; divergence of opinion (ord. mg.); in compatibility of two conceptions, antinomy; -shedha, m. keeping in check; contradiction, conflict of two statements; prohibition, nega tion; -sâra, m. repentance.
viphala a. bearing no fruit (tree); fruitless, futile, vain; disappointed: -tâ, f., -tva, n. fruitlessness, uselessness; -prerana, a. flung in vain; -phala-ya, den. P. render fruitless, not allow any one (g.), to (inf.); -phala-srama, a. exerting oneself in vain: -tva, n. useless exertion; -phalî-kri, render useless, thwart; -phalî-bhavishnu, a. be coming useless; -phalî-bhû, become useless.
vilakṣa a. having no fixed aim; missing its mark (arrow); embarrassed, abashed, ashamed: -tva, n. abst. n.; -laksh ana, a. varying in character, different; differ ing from (ab., --°ree;); various, manifold (rare); not admitting of exact definition (rare); -lakshî-kri, cause to miss the mark, disap point (any one); disconcert, abash; -laksh ya, a. having no fixed aim; -lagna, pp. (√ lag) clinging to, etc.; n. rise of a con stellation; -la&ndot;ghana, n. leaping over (g.); striking against; offence, injury: â, f. get ting over, surmounting; -la&ndot;ghin, a. (--°ree;) overstepping, transgressing; striking against, ascending to (the sky); -la&ndot;ghya, fp. to be crossed (river); to be got over, tolerable: -tâ, f. tolerableness; -lagga, a. shameless; -lapana, n., -lapita, n. wailing, lamenta tion; -labdhi, f. removal; -lamba, a. hang ing down (arms); m.tardiness, delay: °ree;--, slowly; ab. so late; in. id.; too late; -lam ba-ka, m. N. of a king; -lambana, n., â, f. delay, procrastination; -lambita, pp. √ lamb; n. delay: -gati, a. having a slow gait; f. a metre; -lambin, a.hanging down, hanging to, leaning against (lc., --°ree;); --°ree;, from which -depend, suffused with (tears); delaying, reluctant; -laya, m. disappearance, loss, de struction, end; -layana, a. dissolving; n. dissolution, destruction; liquefaction; kind of product of milk; -lasana, n. sportiveness (of a woman); play (of lightning); -lasita, pp. √ las; n. manifestation; sportiveness; pranks, goings on (sg. & pl.); play (of light ning); -lâpa,m. lamentation; -lâpana, cs. √ 1. lî] a. causing to disappear, removing; n. destruction, death; -lâpayitri, m. [fr. cs. of √ 1. lî] destroyer; -lâpin, a. wailing, lament ing; uttering sounds.
vivāka m. one who pronounces judgment; (ví)-vâk, a. shouting against one another, contending (RV.); f. opposing shout, contest (RV.); -vâkana, m. (î, f.) arbitrator; n. decisive statement, authority;-vâda, m. dispute, between (g., --°ree;), with (in. ± saha, --°ree;), regarding (g., lc., prati, --°ree;); controversy, argument; lawsuit: -pada, n. subject of a dispute or suit; -vâda½adhyâsita, pp. sub ject to dispute; -vâda½arthin, m. prose cutor; -vâdin, m. disputant, litigant; -vâra, m. expansion of the throat in articulation (opp. samvâra); -vârin, a. warding off (--°ree;); -vâsa, m. absence from home, banishment; separation from (in.); -vâsana, n. expulsion from home, banishment; -vâsas, a. un clothed, naked; -vâsya, fp. to be banished; -vâhá, m. taking home of the bride, wedding, marriage, with (in.±saha); nuptial form (of which there are eight); vehicle (in a play on words, Ait. Br.): -katushtaya, n. quadruple matrimonial alliance; -vâhanîyâ, fp. f. to be taken home as a bride, to be wedded; -vâha-pataha, m. wedding drum; -vâha vesha, m. wedding garment, -vâha½agni, m. wedding fire; -vâhya, fp. to be married (girl); connected by marriage; m. son-in-law.
viśikha a. lacking a top-knot; bald; blunt (arrow); flameless (fire); m. blunt arrow; arrow: â, f. street: -½antara, n. (interior of a) street: â-ni½ati pat, traverse the streets; -siras, a.headless; topless: -ka, a. headless; -si-sâs-ishu, des. a. prepared to slaughter; -si-sram-ishu, des. a. wishing to rest; -sishta, pp. √ sish: -tâ, f. distinction, excellence, superiority, -tva, n. id.; difference, distinction;-sishta-varna, a. of choice colour; -sishta½advaita, n. distinct entity, entity with attributes: -vâda, m. doctrine of an entity with attributes; -sîrna, pp. √ srî, scattered, trampled upon etc.: -tâ, f. crumbling condition, -mûrti, a. having his body destroyed (Kâma); (ví)-sîrshan, a. (nî) headless; -sîla, a. ill-behaved, badlyconducted.
viśaṅka a. fearless; not afraid of (--°ree;); free from danger, safe (road): -m, ad. fearlessly.
viśeṣatas ad. according to the difference of, in proportion to (--°ree;); specifi cally, singly, in particular; especially, par ticularly, above all; -tva, n. distinction; notion of the particular; -mandana, n. costly ornament; -vakana, n. adjective, apposition; -vat, a. distinguishing (in a-); -vid, a.= -gña; -sâlin, a. distinguished, excellent; -½arthi-tâ, f. want of something better; -½ukti, f. statement of the difference of two otherwise similar objects (a figure of speech).
viśvaka m. N. of a protégé of the Asvins; -kartri, m. creator of the universe; -karman, n. every action (only °ree;--); (á) karman, a. accomplishing or creating every thing (V., E.); N. of the architect of the universe, resembling Pragâpati and often not distinguished from him; in C. he is the architect and artificer of the gods, also called Pragâpati, and with the pat. Bhauvana, father of Barhishmatî and Samgñâ; ep. of the sun (rare); -krít, a. creating everything; m. creator of the universe; the architect and artificer of the gods, Visvakarman; (á)-krish- ti, a. dwelling among all men, universally known (RV.); -kshaya, m. destruction of the world; -gata, pp. omnipresent; -guru, m. father of the universe; (á)-kakshas, a. all-seeing (RV.); (á)-karshani, a. = -krishti (RV.); -ganá, m. mankind; -gan&isharp;na, a. containing all kinds of people (V.); ruling all people (V.); benefiting the whole world (V., C.); (á)-ganya, a. containing all men (heaven and earth: V.); universal, dear to all men (V.); universally beneficial (discussion); -gít, a. all-subduing (V., P.); m. N. of an Ekâha in the Gavâmayana rite, the fourth day after the Vishuvat (Br., S., C.); -gîva, m. universal soul; -g&usharp;, a. all-impelling (RV.1); (á)-tas, ad. from or on all sides, everywhere; (á)-to-mukha, a. having a face on every side, facing in all directions; (á) tra, ad. everywhere; always; (á)-thâ, ad. in every way, always (V.); -datta, m. N. of a Brâhman; (á)-darsata, a. visible to all (RV.); -d&asharp;nîm, ad. always (V.); (á)-deva, a. all-divine;m. pl. the All-gods, the Visve devâs; (á)-devya, a. relating, dear etc. to all gods (RV.); (á)-devyâ-vat, a. id.; accompanied by the Visve devâs (Indra); (á)-dh&abrevcirc;, ad. in every way, always (RV.); -dhar ana, n.preservation of the universe; (á) dhâyas, a. all-supporting (RV.); -dhâ-vîrya, a. effective in every way (AV.); (á)-dhena, a. all-feeding (RV.); -nâtha, m. lord of the universe, ep. of Siva; N.; -m-tara, a. all-subduing(Buddha); m. N. of a king with the pat. Saushadmana; -pâvana, a. all-purifying; -pís, a. all-adorned (RV.); -prakâsa, m. All-enlightener, T. of a dictionary; (á) psnya, a. all-nourishing (V.); -bhug, a. all-consuming; (á)-bheshaga, a. (î) all-healing (V.); n. dry ginger (C.); (á)-bhogas, a. all-supporting; -maya, a. containing the uni verse; -maha, m. a kind of personification; -mahesvara, m. great lord of all (Siva); -minvá, a. (RV.) all-moving; all-containing; -mûrti, a. whose body is the universe or having all forms; -m-bhará, a. all-supporting; m. ep. of Vishnu: â, f. earth: -bhug, m. king; -yoni, m. f. source or creator of the universe; -ruki, m. N. of a Dânava; -rûpa, n. sg. all kinds of shapes; (á)-rûpa, a. (â, &isharp;) many-coloured, variegated (V.); wearing all forms, manifold, various; N. of a son of Tvashtri, whose three heads were struck off by Indra; â, f.dappled cow (V.); N. of certain verses (Br.); (á-)vâra, a. containing, bestowing etc. all treasures (V.); -vikhyâta, pp. known in the whole world; -víd, a. all-knowing; -visruta, pp. known in the whole world; (á)-vedas, a.all-knowing; (á)-sam bhû, a. beneficial to all; -súk, a. all-enlightening (RV.1); (á)-skandra, a. all-glittering (RV.); -samvanana, n. means of enchanting all; -samhâra, m. general destruction; -sakha, m. universal friend.
viṣama a. uneven, rugged, rough; unequal, irregular, dissimilar; odd, not even; hard to traverse, difficult, inconvenient, seri ous, dangerous, adverse, terrible, bad; hard to understand; unsuitable, wrong (rare); dishonest (rare): °ree;--, ad. terribly; n. uneven or rough ground or place, bad road; pit, precipice; difficult position, distress, misfor tune; unevenness, inequality (in. unequally); incongruity, incompatibility (rh.): -gata, pp. fallen into distress; -pada, a. having or show ing unequal steps (path); having unequal pâdas (stanza); -pâda, a. consisting of un equal pâdas.
visaṃśaya a. subject to no doubt, certain; -shthula, -sthula, a. unsteady, in firm, tottering; -sarpin, a. spreading (ob liquely, --°ree;); -kula, a. not confused, com posed; n. composure; -gña, a.unconscious.
vītacinta a. free from anxiety about (lc.); -darpa, a. humbled; (á)-prish- tha, a. smooth-backed (courser; V.); -bhaya, a. free from fear, intrepid; -bhî, a. id.; -bhî ti, a. id.; m. N. of an Asura; -râga, a. exempt from passion or worldly desires; free from desire for (lc.): -bhaya-krodha, a. free from passions, fear, and anger; (á)-vâra, a. having a smooth tail (steed; RV.1); -visha, a. free from impurities, clear (water); -vyatireka, a. not separated or isolated; -vrîda, a. shame less; -sa&ndot;kam, ad. fearlessly; -soka, a. free from sorrow: -tâ, f. freedom from sorrow; -samdeha, a. subject to no doubt; -sûtra, n. sacred cord; (á)-havya, a. whose offerings are acceptable (RV.); m. N.
vṛkṣa m. [that which is felled: √ vrik =√ vrask] tree; plant (rare); tree bearing visible flowers and fruit (rare, C.); trunk of a tree (rare): (a)-ka, m. little tree; (á)-kesa, a. wooded (RV.1); -ghata, m. N. of an Agra hâra; -kkhâyâ, f. shadow of a tree; -ga, a. made of wood, wooden; -traya, n. three trees; -tva, n. notion of &open;tree&close;; -devatâ, f. tree-divinity, dryad; -niryâsa, m. exudation from trees, gum, resin; -parna, n. leaf of a tree; -maya, a. (î) made of wood, wooden; -mûla, n. root of a tree: -tâ, f. sleeping on the roots of trees (of ascetics); -râg, m. king of trees, Indian fig-tree; -vâtikâ, f. grove of trees; -sâkhâ,f. branch of a tree; -sâyikâ, f. squirrel; -samkata, n. forest-thicket; -sar p&isharp;, f. tree-serpent (AV.1); -½agra, n. top of a tree; -½adana, m. (eating into a tree), car penter's chisel; -½adhirûdhi, f. spreading of a tree(from below upwards); kind of em brace; -½ârohana, n. climbing a tree.
vṛthākarman n. action done at will, non-religious act; -½âkâra, m. useless phenomenon or thing; a. whose form is vain or illusory; -tva, n. futility; -½anna, n. food for one's own use only; -palita, a. grown grey in vain; -pasughna, a. slaying cattle for pleasure (not for sacrifice); -pragâ, a. f. having borne children in vain; -mâmsá, n. flesh taken at random (not conforming to prescribed rules), flesh meantfor one's own use only (Br., C.); -vâk, f. unsuitable or un true speech; -vâdin, a. speaking falsely; -vriddha, pp. grown old in vain (i. e. without learning wisdom); -½udyama, a. exerting oneself in vain.
vedya fp. 1. notorious, famous (V.); to be known, that which is known (V., C.); to be recognised or regarded as (nm. or --°ree;; C.); 2. to be acquired (V.); to be married (in a-; C.): -tva, n.knowableness (C.).
vaimātra a. descended from another mother (vimâtri); w. bhrâtri, m. step-brother: -ka, m. step-brother; e-ya, a. descended from another mother; m. step-brother.
vyadhikaraṇa a. involving a different case-relation (Bahuvrîhi compound, the first member of which is not in apposition to the second; e.g. saravana-bhava, &open;having his origin in a forest of reeds&close;).
vyartha a. useless, unavailing, unpro fitable, vain (ord. mg.); destitute of money (rare); excluded from, not entitled to (in.); unmeaning, inconsistent (rare): -m, ad. use lessly, in vain; -ka-tva, n.uselessness; -tâ, f. uselessness; meaninglessness, nonsense; false ness: -m gam or yâ, become useless; -m nî yate, becomes harmless; -tva, n. contradicto riness; -yatna, a. useless in its efforts; î-kri, make useless orsuperfluous; î-bhû, become useless.
vyāghra m. [scenter: √ ghrâ; not in RV., but often in AV.] tiger (type of man hood); --°ree;, (C.) tiger among = pre-eminent, chief; N.: (a)-ketu, m. N.; -karman, n. tiger-skin; -tâ, f., -tva, n.tigerhood; -pad, m. N.; -parâkrama, m. N.; -pâda, m. N.; -bala, m. N.; -bhata, m. N. of a warrior; -sena, m. N.
vratadāna n. imposition of a vow; -dhara, a. practising a vow (only --°ree;); -dhâr ana, n. fulfilment of religious observances or of duties, towards (g., --°ree;); (á)-pati, m. lord of religious rites (Agni; V.); -p&asharp;, a. guarding the sacred law (V.); -pârana, n. conclusion of a fast, eating after a fast; -pra dâna, n. imposition of a fast; -bha&ndot;ga, m. breach of a vow; -bhrít, a. bearing the sacred law or rite (Agni); -ruki, a. delighting in vows etc., religious; -lopa, m. breach of a vow; -lopana, n. id.; (á)-vat, a. fulfilling or practising a vow; -sayyâ-griha, n. sleeping apartment for the performance of a vow; -sampâdana, n.fulfilment of a vow or religious duty; -stha, a. practising a vow etc.; -sthita, pp. id.; -snâta, pp. having completed one's vows (but not Vedic study): -ka, a. id.; -snâna, n. completion of one's vows; -hâni, f. neglect of vows; -½âdesa, m. imposition of a vow, esp. of the first vow of the Brahmakârin; -½âdesana, n. initiation into a vow: -visarga, m. pl. initiation into and completion of a vow.
śakti f. ability, capacity, power, strength, skill, to (g., lc., inf., --°ree;); efficacy (of a remedy etc.); regal power (which comprises the three elements, prabhâva, majesty, utsâha, energy, and mantra, counsel); active power or female energy of a deity (esp. of Siva); force of a word, signification, function, case-notion; creative power of a poet, imagination: in. saktyâ (± âtmaor sva-), according to ability; param saktyâ, with all one's might; saktim ahâpayitvâ, not re laxing one's efforts, exerting oneself to the utmost.
śabda m. sound; voice, tone, note; noise; word; C.: word-ending, suffix (gr., rare); name, appellation, title; verbal author ity (as a pramâna or source of knowledge, phil.): -m kri, utter a sound, cry aloud; sabdena, by word, expressly.
śabdarūpa n. nature of a sound; peculiar sound; form of a word (gr.); -vat, a. sounding; uttering sounds; possessing the quality of sound; -vidyâ, f. science of sounds, grammar: -½upâdhyâya, m.teacher of gram mar; -virodha, m. contradiction in words (not sense), seeming contradiction; -vedhin, a. shooting or hitting by sound (without see ing the mark); -sakti, f. force or meaning of a word; -sâsana, n.doctrine of sounds, grammar: -vid, a. knowing grammar; -sâs tra, n. grammar; -sesha, a. of which the name only remains; having only the title of -left (--°ree;); -slesha, m. verbal equivoque, pun; -samgña, a. bearing the name of (--°ree;); -samgñâ, f. technical grammatical term; -sphota, m. crackling (of fire); -hîna, (pp.) n. unsanctioned use of a word.
śākhāṅga n. limb of the body; -½âda, a. branch-eating; m. branch-eater (a class of animals such as goats or elephants); -nagara, n. suburb; -½antara, n. another Vedic school: -î-ya, a.belonging to --; -pa- su, m. victim tied to a branch (instead of to a sacrificial post); -prakriti, f. pl. secon dary (eight) kings to be considered in war (opp. mûla-prakriti); -bhrit, m. tree; -ma ya, a. consisting of branches of (--°ree;); -mriga, m. (branch animal), monkey; -rathyâ, f. branch or side road.
śikhā f. lock or tuft of hair (Br., S., C.); peacock's crest (rare); flame; ray (rare); point, tip, top; border (of a garment); daily interest (=-vriddhi): -gata, a. having a top-knot of a single lock (the rest of the head being shaved); -dâman, n. wreath worn on the crown; -½âbharana, n. crest ornament, diadem; -mani, m. crest jewel: --°ree; =pearl or crown of; -munda, a. shaven with the exception of a single tuft; -vat, a.flaming, burning; pointed; -vriddhi, f. interest growing like a tuft of hair, daily interest.
śītala a. cool, cold, frigid, cooling; free from passion (rare); gentle, mild (per son); not affecting the feelings (misfortune); n. cold, coolness: -tâ, f. coldness.
śuṣkavat a. dried up (lake); -vairin, a. quarrelling about nothing; -vra- na, m. healed wound, scar; -srota[s], a. having its stream dried up (river).
śūnyacitta a. absent-minded, dis traught; -tâ, f. emptiness, solitude, desolate ness; absent-mindedness, distraction; vacancy (of gaze); lack of (--°ree;); nothingness; -tva, n. id.; -bindu, m. sign of a cipher; -bhâva, m. emptiness; -manas, a. absent-minded, distraught; -mûla, a. being in a particular kind of evil plight (said of an army); -vâda, m. tenet of the non-existence of things, doc trine of Buddhism; -vâdin, a.maintaining the non-existence of things; m. Buddhist; atheist; -vyâpâra, a. unoccupied; -sarîra, a. having nothing in the body: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -sûnya, a. absolutely inane (speech); -hridaya, a. absent-minded, distraught; lack ing a heart.
śeṣa m. n. [√ sish] remainder, resi- due, rest of (g., lc., --°ree;); issue, result (rare); token of recognition (rare); secondary matter, accident; supplement; --°ree; a. of whom or which -only (-mâtra being sts. added) is left: lc. seshe, for the rest; in every other case; se she râtrau, during the remainder of the night; iti seshah (very common in commen tators), the words -must be supplied to com plete the sense; a. remaining (pl.the rest); w. a pp. in ab., but gnly. °ree;--, e. g. desântaram prâyâtebhyo ye seshâs te, the few (remain ing over from those who had gone =) who had not gone to another country, hata-seshâh, the few who had not been slain; last, last mentioned; m. N. of a serpent supporting the earth and forming the couch of Vishnu during his sleep.
sa prn. that, sts. weakened to an article, the (only nm. m. sá, f. s&asharp;, and in RV. lc. sasmin; the s of the nm. m. is always dropped before consonants except once in RV. before p and once before t; sa sts. coalesces with a following vowel); often strengthened by other prns. of the third person, ayám, eshá, and bhavân; often combined with the first and second pers. sg. (± ahám or tvám), so &zip; hám, I as such; in Br. it is frequently combined with the relatives, yáh, yád, yádi, and yáthâ, at the beginning of a sentence, and owing to this common initial usage, is often retained with relatives either pleonastically or where the construction requires another gender or number; in the Sâ&ndot;khya sa is used to designate Purusha (like esha, ka, and ya).
saṃvijñāna n. implication; knowledge: -bhûta, pp. generally known; -vitti, f. knowledge; perception, sense, of (--°ree;); 1. -víd, f. V., C.: consciousness, of (--°ree;); knowledge; understanding, agreement, cove nant, regarding (--°ree;; ord. mg.); C.: feeling, of (--°ree;); plan, scheme; conversation, about (--°ree;); established usage, custom; name; gratification: -am kri, sthâpaya, or vi-dhâ, make an agreement, with (in. ± saha, g.), to (d., inf.), regarding (--°ree;); -am la&ndot;ghaya or vi½ati-kram, break an agreement; 2. -víd, f. acquisition, property (V.); -vida, a. con scious (in a-, Br.); n. agreement (perh. incorr. for -vid); -vidhâ, f. arrangement, contriv ance, preparation; mode of life; -vidhâ tavya, fp. to be arranged, contrived, or man aged; n. imps. one should act; -vidhâtri, m. arranger, ordainer, creator, god; -vidhâna, n. arrangement, contrivance, preparation: -ka, n. peculiar mode of action; -vidhi, m. arrangement, preparation, provision; -vidhe ya, fp. to be brought about; -vibhagana, n. sharing with another; -vibhaganîya, fp. to be distributed among (d.); -vibhâga, m. par tition, sharing with others; bestowal of a share, on (d., lc.); bestowal or distribution of (--°ree;); causing to participate in (--°ree;); giving (an order, --°ree;); share: -m kri, Â. partici pate inanything (in.) with any one (g.): -sîla, a. accustomed to share with others; -vibhâgi-tva, n. virtue of sharing with others; -vibhâgin, a. accustomed to share with others, in the habit of sharing with (g.); receiving a share of (g.); -vibhâgya, a. to be presented with something; -vîta, pp. √ vyâ; n. clothing.
ṣaḍgava m. n. team of six bulls; n. six cows; --°ree;, aggregate of six (animals); -guna, a. sixfold; having six good qualities; m. pl. qualities perceived by the six (i. e. the five senses and Manas); six excellences; six expedients (of a king in foreign politics); -gunî-kri, multiply by six; -guru-sishya, m. (pupil of six teachers), N. of a commentator on Kâtyâyana's Sarvânukramanî (12th century); -ga, m. (produced fromor based on the other six notes), the first note of the Indian gamut; -darsana, n. the six philosophical systems; a. conversant with the six philosophical systems; -bhâga, m. sixth part, one-sixth, sp. as a tax imposed by kings (w. ab. or g.): -bhâg, a. receiving one-sixth of (g.); -bhuga, a. six-armed; hexagonal; -rasa, a. having the six tastes (food); -râtrá, m. period or celebration of six days; -vaktra, a. hav ing six mouths; m. ep. ofSkanda: î, f. six faces; -varga, m. aggregate or group of six; the five senses and Manas; the six inward enemies of man (kâma, krodha, lobha, harsha, mâna, mada; sts. --°ree; with ripuor satru-); -vimsá, a. (î) twenty-sixth; consisting of twenty-six; -vimsati, f. twenty-six: -tama, a. twenty-sixth; -vimsat-ka, a. consisting of twenty-six; (shád)-vidha, a. sixfold; (shád) vidhâna, a. forming a sixfold order.
saṃśayita pp. √ sî; n. doubt, un certainty; -sayitavya, fp. dubious; -saya½u pamâ, f. comparison expressed in the form of a doubt; -sarana, n. taking refuge with any one; -sânti, f. extinction;-sita, pp. √ sâ: -vâk, a. speaking sharply, -½âtman, a. firmly resolved; -siti, f. sharpening (Br.); -sîta, a. cold; -sîti, f. doubt; -sîlana, n. practice; frequent intercourse with (in.); -suddhi, f. purity; -sushka, a. dried up, dry, withered, sere, emaciated; -soka-ga, a. produced from moist heat; m. vermin pro duced from damp heat; -sodhana, a. (î) purifying; n. purification; -sraya, m. con nexion, association with (g., --°ree;); league for mutual protection; refuge, shelter, protec tion, asylum; residence, habitation; reference, relation; resorting to (lc., --°ree;; rare); recourse, addiction or devotion to: ab. in consequence of (--°ree;); with the help of, by means of (--°ree;): --°ree; a. dwelling, living in, staying with (a teacher), standing in (a boat), being in or on, growing (tree) near; relating or referring to; devoted to, practising; -srayanîya, fp. to be resorted to, -taken refuge with: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -srayitavya, fp. to be sought refuge in (fortress); -srayin, a. having sought the protection or entered the service of any one; dwelling, resting or standing in, being in or on (--°ree;); m.dependent, servant; -srava, m. hearing; ear-shot (lc. within hearing of, g.); promise; -sravana, n. hearing, -about (--°ree;); ear-shot: lc. within hearing, aloud; (sám)- srita, pp. √ sri; m. dependent, servant: -vat, pp. act. clinging to, having wedded (in.); -sri tavya, fp. incorr. for -srayitavya; -slish- ta-karman, a. in whose actions good and evil are not kept apart, indifferent as to the morality of his actions; -slesha, m. con nexion, union, contact, with (in., --°ree;); em brace: -m labh, attain; -sleshana, n. con necting; means of binding together, bond; -sleshin, a. connecting.
sakṛt a. acting at the same time (AV., very rare); ad. at once, suddenly (V., rare in C.); C.: once (ord. mg.); at one and the same time (not by instalments); once, some time or other (rare); once, formerly (rare); once for all, for ever: mâ --, never: d-ukta-grihîta½artha, a. grasping the sense of what has once been said; n-narâsamsa, a. provided once with the Narâsamsa bowls (Br.).
saṃkranda m. lamentation; battle; -krándana, a. shouting, roaring; m. ep. of Indra; n. battle: -nandana, m. pat. of Ar guna and of the monkey Vâlin; -kramá, m. going together (V.); C.: course, progress; tran sition, transference to (lc.); entry of the sun into a new sign of the zodiac; bridge (ord. mg.); stair (esp. leading down to water); N. of a fairy prince; -krámana, n. entrance, commencement; transition, entrance into (lc., --°ree;); entry of the sun into a new sign of the zodiac; transfer to another world, de cease; -kramî-kri, make a bridge or medium of: gd. by means of (ac.); -krânta, pp. √ kram; -krânti, f. entrance into (lc., --°ree;); transference, communication; passage of the sun to another sign of the zodiac (--°ree;): pa yaso gandûsha-samkrântayah, transfer ence of water to swallowing = water meant for drinking; -krâmin, a.being transferred to others; -krîda, m. play, sport; -krosá, m. shout; -klishta-karman, a. acting with difficulty; -kleda, m. saturation, wetting, with (--°ree;): -bhûta, pp. forming a moist mass (foetus); -klesa, m. pain, suffering; -kshaya, m. decay, loss, complete consump tion or disappearance; drying up (of water); ruin, destruction; end; -kshâlanâ, f. wash ing, ablution; -kshipti: -kâ, f. simple ex pedient (dr.); -kshepa, m. throwing together, destruction (rare); abridgment, compres sion, conciseness, brief exposition; quintes sence of (g.); aggregate (rare): in., ab., °ree;--, -tas, briefly, concisely; in., -tas, in the aggregate; -kshobha, m. jolt, shock, com motion, disturbance; agitation, excitement.
saṃkhyānāman n. numeral; -pada, n. id.; -ma&ndot;gala-granthi, m. au spicious ceremony of tying a knot in a cord corresponding to the number of years of one's age; -mâtra, n. mere enumeration; -vat, a. numbered; intelligent, learned.
sajala a. watery, wet, moist: -naya na, a. watery-eyed (peacock), -prishata, a. having drops of water; -gâgara, a. waking, not asleep; -gâtá, a. related (V.); m. kins man, countryman (V.); -gâti, a.belonging to the same caste, of the same kind, similar; -gâtîya, a. id.; -gâtyã, a. akin (V., C.); n. like descent, kinship; -gâni, a. together with his wife; -gâmi, a. incorr. for -gâni; -gâra, a. together with her paramour;-gâla, a. having a mane; -gîva, a. animate, living, alive; provided with a bowstring: -tâ, f. living condition; possession of a bowstring.
sadasat pr. pt. being and not being; true and false; good and bad; n. what is existent and non-existent; the true and the false; good and evil; m. du. the good and the bad: d-âtmaka, a. (ikâ) having the nature both of the existent and the non-existent; d-bhâva, m. reality and unreality; truth and falsehood.
saṃdaṃśa m. compression (of the lips); connexion; tongs; thumb and fore-finger; nippers (of a crab); section, chapter: -ka, m., i-kâ, f. pair of tongs; -darpa, m. arrogance, boasting of (--°ree;); -darbha, m. weaving (of a garland); piling (of arms); mixture; artistic combination (of words, notes etc.); literary composition; -darsana, n. seeing, beholding, viewing (ord. mg.); vision; gaze, look (rare); inspection, con sideration; appearance, manifestation; meet ing with (in. ± saha); showing, display (of or to, --°ree;): -m gam svapne, appear to (g.) in a dream; -m pra-yam, show oneself to (g.); lc. in view of; -d&asharp;na, n. bond, fetter, halter (V.); m. (?) fettering place (below the knee of an elephant); -dâna-tâ, f. condition of a fetter; -dânita, den. pp. bound, fettered: -ka, n. combination of three Slokas consisting of a single sentence; -digdha,pp. (√ dih) doubtful etc.; n. ambiguous expression: -tva, n. uncertainty, -punar-ukta-tva, n. uncer tainty and tautology, -buddhi, a. doubtful minded; -dîpaka, a. setting aflame, making jealous (--°ree;); -dîpana, a.kindling; exciting, provoking; m. one of the five arrows of Kâma; n. kindling, exciting, stimulating; -dûshana, a. (î) corrupting, ruining; n. de filing, violating; cause of ruin; -drís, f. (V.) sight; appearance; view, direction; -dríse, V. d. inf. of sam + √ dris.
samaka a. equal; -kaksha, a. hav ing equal weight; -kakshâ, f. equilibrium: -m tulaya, P. balance one another; -kâla, °ree; or -m, ad. simultaneously, with (--°ree;): -bhava, m. contemporary of (--°ree;).
samadarśana a. of similar ap pearance, like; looking on all things or men impartially (± sarvatra); -darsin, a. looking impartially on (lc.), regarding all things im partially; -duhkha, a. feeling pain in common with another, compassionate: -sukha, a. shar ing sorrows and joys with others; indifferent to pain and pleasure; -dris, a. looking upon (lc.) indifferently or impartially; regarding all things impartially; -drishti, a. id.; having eyes in pairs; f. impartiality, indifference; -desa, m. even ground; -dharma, a. resem bling (--°ree;); -dhâ, ad. equally, with (in.).
saṃkhyeya fp. to be numbered, calculable, not numerous.
samasyā f. union, with (--°ree;); part of a stanza given to another to be completed.
samāsokta pp. concisely ex pressed; contained in a compound; -½ukti, f. concise mode of expression (a figure of speech in which the procedure of something else is attributed to the object in question owing to parallelism in action, gender, or attributes, e. g. &open;how can a wise man think of women till he has accomplished his ambi tion? the sun does not court the evening-glow till he has traversed the whole world&close;).
samuccaya m. (heaping up to gether), mass, multitude; totality, aggregate; conjunctive sense (of ka; opp. vikalpa, dis junctive sense of vâ): -½upamâ, f. simile with a &open;not only, but also&close;; -kârana, n. simul taneous utterance; -kikîshâ, f. [√ ki] desire to collect or summarise; -kitî-kri, unite; -ketavya, fp. to be taken together (the one as well as the other); -keya, fp. id.; -kheda, m.: -na, n.destruction, extermination; -khra ya, a. growing up (living beings); m. erec tion, elevation (rare); height, length; emi nence, mountain (rare); rise, exaltation, high position; augmentation, stimulation; -khvas ita, pp. √ svas; n. taking breath; (-ug)- gvala, a. shining, radiant, splendid (on, in, with, --°ree;).
saṃpradātavya fp. to be given; -imparted or taught; -dâtri, m. giver, of ferer; -dâna, n. giving, presenting, bestow ing; giving up; imparting, teaching; grant ing; giving in marriage; gift, donation; person to whom anything is given=for whom anything is done, notion of the dative case; -dânîya, fp. to be given or presented; -dâ ya, m. bestower (very rare); oral tradition (regarding, --°ree;); -dhârana, n.,â, f. delibera tion; -dhârya, fp. to be weighed or con sidered; -pada, n. pl. standing on tip-toe; -mâpana, n. killing; -yug, a. clasped by (--°ree;); -yoga, m. fastening, clasp (of a jewel); union, connexion, association, contact, with (in. ± saha, --°ree;; ord. mg.); conjugal or sexual union, with (--°ree;); conjunction (of the moon with asterisms); employment, exercise, practice (rare); -lâpa, m. chatter; -vartaka, a. set ting in motion, furthering; producing; m. creator (Siva); -vartana, n. moving or riding about; -vâha, m. stream, continuity; -vrit ta, pp. having taken place, past; -vritti, f. appearance, occurrence; -vriddhi, f. growth, prosperity; -vesa,m. entrance, into (lc., --°ree;).
saṃpratīkṣa a. expecting (--°ree;); -pratîkshya, fp. to be expected; -pratîti, f. fame; -pratyaya, m. agreement (in yathâ pratyayam); confidence, belief, conviction; obtainment of a correct notion, true concep tion of the meaning; -prathâ, prob. incorr. for su-prathâ.
saṃbaddham ad. moreover, in ad dition; -bandha, m. collection (rare); con nexion, relation (with, to, in. ± saha, --°ree;); connexion by marriage, matrimonial alliance, relationship, friendship, intimacy (with, in. ± saha, lc., --°ree;); kinsman; friend, ally; --°ree; often incorr. for sambaddha: -ka, n. rela tionship etc.; bad reading for -ga; -bandh in, a. connected, -with, relating or belonging to (g., --°ree;); united with, possessing (--°ree;, rare); related, connected by marriage; m. relation, connexion: (-i)-tâ, f. belonging; connexion with, relation to (in., --°ree;); relationship, con nexion by marriage, (-i)-tva, n. connexion with, relation to (in., --°ree;); -bâdhá, m. C.: throng, crowd; contracted space; pressure, distress, affliction (V., E.): a. (C.) narrow, contracted; crammed with (in.); --°ree;, crowded, thronged or blocked up with, abounding in, full of; -buddhi, f. calling to any one; (end ing of) the vocative singular; -bodha, m. knowledge, understanding; -bodhana, a. awakening (rare); n. perceiving, noticing; recognising; reminding; calling, to any one (g.); (ending of) the vocative singular; -bodhya, fp. to be enlightened or instructed.
samyak ad. (n. of samyañk), RV., E.: in one direction, together; C.: rightly, correctly, truly, duly, properly (sts. pred. in stead of a.); entirely, completely (rare; with na, not at all): -kri, make true (a promise); -sthâ, associate with (lc.): -tâ, f. rightness, correct manner; -tva, n. id.; perfection; -pâlana, n. due protection; -prayoga, m. correct employment: in., ab. by the employ ment of proper means; -samkalpa, m.correct will; -sambodha, m. complete enlighten ment (of Buddha).
sarala a. [running on: √ sri] straight; outstretched (hand); right, correct; upright, honest, sincere, artless; real (not seeming, rare); m. a kind of pine (Pinus longifolia): -tâ, f. simplicity; honesty; -tva, n. straight ness; -syanda, m. exudation of the Sarala, resin.
sarva a. entire, whole; all, every (visva is used for this mg. in RV.); C.: every kind of, all manner of; with another a.=altogether, wholly (V.; in C. °ree;--); m. sg. every one: pl. all; n. sg. everything;sarvah ko &zip; pi, every body soever; sarve &zip; pi, all together; w. na, C.: not every, not all; not any, no, nothing; m. ep. of Krishna.
sarvathā ad. in every way or respect, by all means (ord. mg.); in whatever way, however (rare); altogether, entirely, in the highest degree (rare); w. na, in no case, not at all.
sarvatra ad. everywhere, in every case, always (sts. strengthened by api, sarva dâ);=lc. of sarva; with na, in no case; for nothing etc.: -ga, a. all-pervading, omnipresent; -gata, pp. extending to everything, universal, perfect; -tvá, n. integrity, completeness.
saśaṅka a. timid, shy; suspicious: -m, ad. with fear, timidly; -satru, a. having enemies; -sabda, a. noisy, resounding, echo ing, ringing: -m, ad. noisily, loudly; -sara, a. furnished with an arrow (bow); together with the arrow: -kâpa-hasta, a. holding a bow with an arrow in his hand; -salka, a. provided with rind; -salya, a. having an arrow-head in one's body; stung, wounded (fig.); -sastra, a. armed; -sâlmala,a. to gether with silk cotton trees; -sirah-kam pam, ad. with a shake of the head; -siras, a. together with the head: -ka, a. id.; -sish ya, a. together with his pupils; -suk, a. grieved; -sri&ndot;gâra, a. adorned, garnished;-sesha, a. containing a remainder, not en tirely emptied; incomplete, unfinished: -tva, n. non-exhaustion: -tvâd âyushah, because the sands of life had not yet run out; -soka, a. afflicted, sad.
sahoḍha a. having the stolen pro perty with him=in his possession (thief); (son) brought with the wife (i. e. begotten by another father but born after the marriage); -½utthâyin, a. rising together, conspiring with, m. confederate of (g., --°ree;); -½udara, a. (â, î) born of the same womb, uterine; m. uterine brother, f. uterine sister; fig.=the image of (g., --°ree;); -½upapati-vesman, a. liv ing with his wife's paramour.
sāgarikā f. N.: -maya, a. con sisting of nothing but Sâgarikâs (Pr.).
sādhana a. (â, î) RV.: directing to the goal, guiding; C.: procuring, securing (--°ree;); conjuring up (a spirit, --°ree;); expressive of, designating (--°ree;); n. subduing, vanquish ing; gaining power overby spells, summon ing (spirits, deities); carrying out, effecting, accomplishment, performance, fulfilment (common mg.); preparation (of food); pro curement; acquirement, attainment (of, g., --°ree;); recovery (of a debt); demonstration; expedient, means, instrument, requisite, for (g., --°ree;; ord. mg.); army, forces (sg., pl.); fight; proof; result; nominal notion (opp. action), sp. as subject or instrumental (gr.); affix between root and personal termination (=vikarana, gr.): -kshama, a. capable of proof; -tâ, f. state of being the means for (--°ree;); -tva, n. id. (g., prati, --°ree;); effective ness; state of being the proof; -vat, a. sup plied with proofs; -½adhyaksha, m. comman der-in-chief of the forces.
sāpekṣa a. paying regard to (lc., prati); requiring, dependent on (--°ree;): -tva, n. dependence: e&zip;pi gamakatvât samâ sah, the compound holds, even though part of it is in construction with a word outside of it, because it readily makes its meaning understood (referring to the theory of the Hindu grammarians that the words in a compound should be so connected in construc tion as to form a whole of their own and should therefore not govern anything outside the compound, as in actual literature they often do).
sāmānya a. [samâna] equal, alike; joint, common, to (in. ± saha, --°ree;); universal, general; ordinary, commonplace; n. equal ity, identity; equilibrium, normal condition (rare); universality, general or fundamental notion: -m, ad. after the manner of, like; jointly, in common; in., ab., °ree;--, in general (opp. visesha-tas, in particular); -tas, ad. id.; similarly, according to analogy; -to drishta, n. (sc. anumâna) inference from common occurrence to universality, generali zation, induction; -lakshana, n. generic defi nition; -vakana, a. expressing the common property; expressing a general notion; n. substantive (opp. attribute); -vat, a. having universality, general; -sabda, m. word of general meaning.
sāraṇa n. accompanying (--°ree;); â, f. stretching out (only --°ree; a.); striking a note on (lc.); &ibrevcirc;, f. stream, canal; î, f. stream of (blood, --°ree;).
sārūpya n. [sa-rûpa] identity of appearance, resemblance, likeness, conform ity (with, to, g.); angry treatment of an in nocent person through mistaking him for another (dr.): -tas, ad. in consequence of the identity.
sucakra a. having good wheels; m. good chariot (RV.); -kákshas, a. having good sight, keen-sighted (V.); -katura, a. very expert; -karita, pp. well-performed (vow); n. (sú-) sg. pl. good conduct, virtuous actions (V., C.); a. well-conducted (C.): -vrata, a. having performed his vow thoroughly, -½ar tha-pada, a. having well-selected sense and words (speech); -kintita, pp. well-consi dered; -kira, a. very long (of time): -m, in., °ree;--, ad. for a very long while; ab. after a very long time; -kétas, a. intelligent, sa pient; benevolent; -ketú, m. grace: only in. ú-nâ, graciously (RV.); -gana, m. good or benevolent man or person (sts. referring to a f.): svabhâva-sugano ganah, good-na tured man; -gana-tâ, f. good nature, geni ality, benevolence; -gana-tva, n. id.; -ga na½âkara, m. N.; -gániman, a. creating fair things (RV.); -gánman, a. id. (V.); of noble or auspicious birth (C.); -gaya, m. great victory; a. easy to conquer; -gala, a. having good water; (sú)-gâta (or á), pp. V.: well born or produced, of excellent kind or nature; nobly born, noble; of genuine birth; C.: well-formed, beautiful (ord. mg.); genuine, sincere (rare); not born in vain (v. r. sa gâtah); -gâta-vaktra, m. N. of a teacher (S.); -gâta½a&ndot;gî, a. f. having well-formed limbs; -gita-srama, a. getting over exertions well, indefatigable; -gihvá, a. (RV.) fair tongued; sweet-voiced; -gîrna, pp. well worn, ragged; well-digested: -sata-khanda maya, a. (î) consisting of a hundred worn out rags; -gîva, n. imps. it is easy for (g.) to live;-gîvita, a. living happily.
sutapta pp. V., C.: very hot; C.: strongly heated, purified (gold); greatly afflicted; well-performed (penance); -tára, a. easy to cross (V., C.); easy to pass (night, RV.); -taraná, a. easy to cross (river; RV.1) -tarâm, ad. still more; exceedingly, very: w. na, not very well; still less (the negative sts. to be supplied); -tala, n. a certain hell.
supakva a. well-cooked; thoroughly ripe or mature (also fig.); -pa&ndot;ka, m. (?) good clay; -patha, a. easy to read, legible; -pati, m. good husband; -pattra, a. having beau tiful wings; well-feathered (arrow); having a beautiful vehicle; -pátnî, a. f. having a good husband; -páth, m. good path; -pátha, n. (V.), m. (C.) good road (V., C.); virtuous course (C.); -pathin, m. (nm. -panthâs) good path; -pad, a. (-î) swift-footed (RV.1); -pa p[a]t-aní, f. swift flight (RV.1); -parigñâta, pp. well-ascertained; -parisrânta, pp. com pletely exhausted; -parihara, a. easy to avoid; -parîkshana, n. careful examina tion; -parîkshita, pp.carefully examined; -parus, a. having beautiful knots (arrow); -parná, a. (&isharp;) having beautiful wings (RV.); m. a large bird of prey, vulture, eagle (fig. of sun, moon, and clouds; du. = sun and moon; V.); a mythical bird, identified with Garuda (C.): -ketu, m. ep. of Vishnu Krishna; -paryavasita, pp. well carried out; -paryâpta, pp. very spacious (house); -par van, a. having beautiful joints; having beauti ful sections orbooks (Mahâbhârata); famous; -palâyita, (pp.) n. skilful or opportune re treat; -pâni, V. a. beautiful-handed; dex terous-handed; -pâtra, n. good receptacle, worthy person (esp. to receive gifts); -pârá, a. (RV.) easy to cross; easy to bear; easily passing over (rain); conducting to a pros perous issue (also TS.); m. a certain per sonification: (á)-kshatra, a. easily traversing his realm (Varuna; RV.1); -pârsva, a. hav ing beautiful sides; m. N.; -pippalá, a. bear ing good berries (V.); -pihita-vat, pp. act. having (the ears, ac.) carefully closed: -î, f. =finite vb.; -punya, a. very excellent; n. great religious or moral merit; -putra, m. good son; á, a. having manyor good chil dren (V., E.); -purusha, m. a certain per sonification; -pushkala, a. very abundant; -pushta, pp. well-fed; -pushpa, a. having beautiful flowers; -pushpita, den. pp. adorned with beautiful flowers; -pûgita,pp. highly honoured; (sú)-pûta, pp. well-clarified; -pûra, a. easy to fill; (sú)-pûrna, pp. well filled, quite full; -pûrvam, ad. very early in the morning; -pûrvâhne, lc. early in the forenoon; -pésas, a. well-adorned, beauti ful, fair (V., rarely P.).
suprakāśa a. well-lighted; dis tinctly visible; -praketá, a. bright, con spicuous, notable (RV.); -práketa, a. id. (RV.1); -prakshâlita, pp. well-washed; -pra gupta, pp. very secret; -prakkhanna, pp.well-concealed; -pragá, a. having good or numerous children; -pragás, a. id.; -pragña, a. very wise (person); -pránîti, f. safe guidance (V.); a. guiding safely (V.); following good guidance (RV.); -pratara, a. easy to cross (rivers); -pratarka, m. sound judgment; -pratikara, a. easy to requite; -pratigña, m. N. of a Dânava; -prativarman, m. N.; -pratishtha, a. standing firm; firmly sup porting; m. kind of military array; -pra tishthâpita, cs. pp. well set up (image); (sú)-pratishthita, pp. standing firm; pro perly set up (stone); thoroughly implanted in (lc.); well-established (fame, Pr.); n. N. of a town in Pratishthâna; -prátîka, a. having a beautiful countenance, handsome, lovely; m. N.; N. of a mythical elephant; -pratîta, pp. well-known; -pratúr, a. (nm. t&usharp;s) advancing victoriously (RV.1); -prá tûrti, a. id. (V.); -prapâná, n. good drink ing-place (RV.); -prabha, a. having a good appearance, fine, excellent; m. N. of a Deva putra: -deva, m. N.; -prabhâta, pp. beau tifully illuminated by dawn; n. beautiful dawn; -prayás, a. well-regaled (V.); -pra y&asharp;, a. pleasant to tread on (RV.1); -pra yukta, pp. well-discharged (arrow); well recited; well-planned (fraud); -pravâkaná, a. praiseworthy (RV.); -prasanna, pp. very clear (water); very bright or pleased (face etc.); very gracious; -prasava, m. easy par turition; -prasâda, a. placable; -prasâdh ita, pp. well-adorned; -prasiddha, pp. well known; -prahâra, m. N. of a fisherman.
sulakṣaṇa a. having auspicious marks (-tva, n. abst. n.): â, f. N.; -lakshita, pp. carefully examined; -lagna, pp. firmly adhering, to (lc.); m. (?) (astrologically) auspicious moment; -labha, a. easy to ob tain or find; easy of access, to (--°ree;); cheap; adapted, appropriate, proper, fit, suitable (to, for, --°ree;): -kopa, a. irascible, -tva, n. fre quency, cheapness, -½avakâsa, a. having easy access to, easily reflected (image) in (lc.); -labhâ, f. N.; -labha½itara, a. (opposite of =) not easy of attainment; -lalita, pp. very dainty or delicious (meat); very charming or lovely: -latâ-pallava-maya, a. (î) consist ing of the young shoots of lovely creepers; -lokana, a. fine-eyed: â, f. N. of a Yakshinî; N.; -lola, a. eagerly longing for (--°ree;).
suvitta a. having abundant wealth, rich; -vidagdha, pp. very cunning; -vidátra, a. noticing kindly, benevolent, propitious (V.); n. benevolence, favour (V.); -vidatr-íya, a. id. (RV.1); (sú)-vidita, pp.well-known; -vidyâ, f. good knowledge; -vidha, a. of a good kind; -vidhâna, n. good order or arrangement: -tas, ad. duly; -vidhi, m. suitable manner: in. suitably; -vinîta, pp. well-trained (horses); well-bred; -vipula, a.very great, abundant, etc.; (sú)-vipra, a. very devout (RV.1); -vimala, a. very clear or pure; -virûdha, pp. (√ ruh) fully developed; -visada, a. very distinct or intelligible; -visâla, a. very ex tensive; m. N. of an Asura;-visuddha, pp. perfectly pure; -visvasta, pp. full of confi dence, quite unconcerned; -vistara, m. great extent; great diffuseness: ab. very fully, in great detail: -m yâ, be filled (treasury); a. very extensive or large; very great, intense, or intimate etc.: -m, ad. in great detail, at full length; very vehemently; -vistîrna, pp. very extensive or great: -m, ad. in a very detailed manner; -vismaya, a. greatly sur prised or astonished; -vismita, pp. id.; -vi hita, pp. well carried out or fulfilled; well provided, with (in.); -vihvala, a. greatly exhausted, perturbed or distressed; -vîthî patha, m. a certain entrance to a palace; -v&isharp;ra, V. a. very mighty, heroic; having, abounding, or consisting in, retainers or heroes; m. hero (V.); -v&isharp;rya, n. manly vigour, heroism (V., very rare in E.): pl. heroic deeds; abundance of brave men, host of heroes (V.); a. (C.) very efficacious (herb); -v-riktí, f. [for su½rikti: √ rik] excellent praise, hymn (RV.); a. praising excellently (RV.); praiseworthy (V.); -vriksha, m. fine tree; -vrigána, a. dwelling in fair regions (RV.1); -vrít, V. a. (revolving=) running well (car); -vritta, pp. well-rounded; well conducted, virtuous (esp. of women; ord. mg.); composed in a fine metre; n. good conduct: â, f. N.: (a)-tâ, f. round shape and good conduct; -vriddha, pp. very old (family); -vrídh, a. glad, joyful (RV.); -vega, a. run ning, moving, or flying very fast; -vena, m. N.; -véda, a. easy to find or obtain (V.); -vesha, a. beautifully dressed or adorned: -vat, a. id.; -vyakta, pp. very clear or bright; quite distinct: -m, ad. quite clearly, manifestly; -vyasta, pp. thoroughly dis persed (army); -vyâhrita, (pp.) n. fine say ing; -vratá, a. ruling well (V.); fulfilling one's duties well, very virtuous (C.: often vc.); quiet, gentle (of animals; C., rare); m. N.; -samsa, a. (RV.) blessing bountifully (god); saying good things, pronouncing bless ings (men); -sákti, f. easy possibility, easy matter (RV.1); -sám&ibrevcirc;, in. ad. carefully, dili gently (V.);-saraná, a. granting secure refuge (RV.); -sárman, a. id. (V.); very pleasant (C.); m. frequent N.; -sasta, pp. well-recited (Br.); -sastí, f. good hymn of praise (V.); a. praiseworthy (RV.); -sânta, pp. very calm (water);-sâsita, pp. well controlled, well-disciplined (wife); -sikha, a. having a bright flame (lamp); -sithilî-kri, greatly relax; -siprá (sts. -sípra), a. having beautiful cheeks (RV.); (sú)-si-sv-i, a. √ sû: cp. sisu] growing well (in the womb; RV.1); (sú)-sishti, f. excellent aid (RV.1); -sishya, m. good pupil; -sîghrá, °ree;-or -m, ad. very swiftly; -sîta, a. quite cool or cold; -sîtala, a. id.; -s&isharp;ma, a. [√ sî] pleasant to recline on (Br., rare); -sîma-kâma, a. [hav ing deep-seated love] deeply in love; -sîla, n. good disposition; a. having a good dispo sition, good-tempered; m. N.: -guna-vat, a. having good nature and other good quali ties, -tâ, f. good nature, -vat, a. good natured; -subha, a. very fine (arm); very auspicious (day); very noble (deed); -séva, a. very kindly, loving, tender, or dear (V.); very prosperous (path; Br.); -sóka, a. shin ing brightly (RV.1);-sobhana, a. very hand some or beautiful; most excellent; -skandrá, a. very brilliant (V.); -srávas, a. very famous (V., P.); hearing well or gladly (V.); m. N.; N. of a Nâga; -srânta, pp. greatly exhausted; -sr&isharp;, a.splendid; rich; (sú)-sruta, pp. very famous (RV.1); C.: correctly heard; gladly heard; m. N. of a celebrated medical writer; N. of a son of Padmodbhava; -sronî, a. f. hav ing beautiful hips; -slakshna, a. very smooth, soft,or delicate; -slishta, pp. well-joined or united; well-ratified, very close (alliance); very convincing (argument): -guna, a. hav ing a well-fastened band: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -slesha, a. attended with a close embrace, with a euphonious coalescence of words, or with the rhetorical figure termed slesha; (sú-)-sloka, a. sounding, speaking etc. well (V., P.); famous (P.); -slok-ya, n. fame or well-sounding speech.
suvarṣa m. good rain; a. raining well; -vasanta, m. good spring; -vastu sampad, a. having abundant wealth; -vas tra, a. beautifully-dressed; -vâkya, a. fair spoken; -v&asharp;k, a. id. (V.); -vânta, pp.having thoroughly disgorged the blood it has sucked (leech); -vâsa-kumâra: -ka, m. N. of a son of Kasyapa; -v&asharp;sas, a. beautifully attired, adorned; -vâsita, pp. perfumed, fra grant; -vâsin-î, f. married or singlegirl (not yet grown up) residing in her father's house; -v&asharp;stu, f. N. of a river (now Suwad); -vikrama, m. valour, prowess; -vikrânta, pp. bold, courageous, valiant; n. bold or courageous conduct; -vigraha, a.having a beautiful body or figure; m. N. of a messen ger; -vikakshana, a. very discerning or wise; -vikârita, pp. well-pondered; -vigñâná, a. easy to distinguish (RV.1); very discerning; -vigñeya, fp. easy to distinguish.
sena a. having a master, dependent on another.
sthalāravinda n. land lotus (Hibiscus mutabilis); -½ârûdha, pp. alighted on the ground (not riding in a chariot) or having ascended an eminence.
sthaviman m. [√ sthû] broad part, breadth (V.); -ira, a. (î, V.; â, V., C.) broad, thick, stout (V., rarely E.); mighty (V.); (full-grown), old, aged, venerable, respected (V., C., but not in RV.): e kâle or bhâve, in old age; (stháv)-ishtha, spv. (of sthû-ra or sthû-la) thickest, largest, stoutest; very thick or solid; (stháv)-îyas, cpv. thicker, stouter, mightier.
sthita pp. [√ sthâ] standing, -up (opp. walking, sitting, lying); standing firm (in battle); staying, remaining, situated, in a place (lc., ad., --°ree;; common mg.); being in a condition or position (in., ab., lc., --°ree;, n. in app.; more commonly ad., pp., pr. pt., gd.; w. pr. pt. or gd.=continually; ord. mg.); engaged in, intent on, addicted or devoted to, practising, persevering in (lc., --°ree;); abiding in, conforming to, following (command etc., lc.); being in office; steady, kept (agreement, counsel); settled, generally accepted (also Br.); determined, resolved upon; firmly con vinced; firmly resolved to (inf., lc. of vbl. n.); ready to (d.); being there, existing, present, come (time); directed to (lc., --°ree;; effort, gaze); resting or dependent on (lc.); conducing (oppression) to (d.); remaining, left (rare); having desisted or stopped; un accompanied by iti (in the Padapâtha); stand ing alone: -m, n. imps. it was stood by (in.) =he waited; anityam sthitah, not remain ing permanently, staying only a short time; purah --, =imminent; parasparam sthitau, standing face to face (as foes); muktâ½âkâ ra-tayâ --, resting in the form of (=like) a pearl (drop of water); pade sthite,=in the Padapâtha; n. standing still, staying: -vat, pp. act. being, in (lc.).
sthūlāntra n. large intestine, straight-gut; -½asthûla, a. large and not large: -tara, cpv. very large and small.
spardhā f. [√ spridh] rivalry, emu lution, competition, for (in.), with (in.±saha, g., --°ree;); desire for (--°ree;; rare): in. in rivalry or emulation, vying with one another: -kara, a. (î) emulating, vying with (--°ree;); -vat, a. id.
smṛti f. remembrance, recollection, of (lc., --°ree;); memory; authoritative tradition (exclusive of sruti or Vedicwritings), canonical traditional law-book, code, statement of a law-book: smritim api na te yânti, they are not even remembered: -kârin, a. awaken ing memory, producing recollection; -tantra, n. law-book; -da, a. strengthening the memory; -patha, m. path of memory: -m gâ, go the way of memory, perish; -pâthaka, m. one learned in the law; -bhû, m. god of love; -bhramsa, m. loss of memory; -mat, a. hav ing recollection; possessing full conscious ness; having a good memory; versed in law; -rodha, m. failure of memory; -vartman, n. path of memory: ac. w. i, be remembered; -vibhrama, m. derangement of memory; -vishaya, m. range of memory: -tâm ga mita, dead; -sâstra, n. law-book; -sîla, n. du. tradition and usage;-sesha, a. surviving in memory only, destroyed: -m kri, destroy.
svarasaṃyoga m. combination of sounds, voice; continuous notes (of a song); -samsvâra-vat, a. having correctness of ac cent, rightly intoned (verse); -samkrama, m. harmony of tone, modulation of voice; -samdeha-vivâda, m. kind of social game; -sampad, f. euphony of voice, melodious voice; (svára)-sâman, m. ep. of the three days before and after the Vishuvat of the Gavâmayana (=the last three days of the first, and the first of the second half-year).
svābhāvika a. (î) belonging to one's own nature, natural, original, peculiar, innate, inherent: -½itara, a. not innate.
svārthika a. [sva½artha] retaining (not modifying) the original meaning, pleo nastic (suffix).
hṛdaya n. heart (also as seat of mental operations); interior of the body (rare); centre (rare); core (=what is best, dearest, or most secret): e kri, take to heart: -kampana, a. causing the heart to quake; -kshobha, m. agitation of heart; -gata, pp. dwelling in the heart; -granthi, m. (knot=) perplexity of heart; -grâhaka, a. convincing the heart; -m-gama, a. touching the heart; -kora, m. stealer of the heart; -kkhid,a. piercing the heart; -gvara, m. anguish of heart; -dâhin, a. burning the heart, caus ing anguish; -desa, m. region of the heart; -pramâthin, a. agitating the heart; -priya, a. dear to the heart, beloved; -vallabha, m.beloved of the heart; -vritti, f. disposition of the heart; -vyathâ, f. mental anguish; -vyâdhi, m. disease of heart; -sûlá, m. spit used for roasting the heart of the victim; -samsarga, m. union of hearts; -stha, a. cherished in the heart; -hârin, a. captivat ing the heart.
haóma m. [√ 1. hu] pouring into the fire, oblation, sacrifice (V., C.: not in RV.): -karman, n. sacrificial rite; -kâla, m. time of sacrifice; -turamga, m. sacrificial horse; -dhe nu, f. cow yielding milkfor the sacrifice.
Bloomfield Vedic
Concordance
1130 results0 resultsResults for not11 results
nota śravo vivide saṃgameṣu RV.10.131.3b; AVś.20.125.3b.
nota svavṛṣṭiṃ made asya yudhyataḥ RV.1.52.14c.
adhūnot kāṣṭhā ava śambaraṃ bhet # RV.1.59.6d; N.7.23d.
inota pṛcha janimā kavīnām # RV.3.38.2a.
inoti ca pratīvyam # RV.8.39.5e.
enota tubhyaṃ rathoḍha bhakṣaiḥ # RV.10.148.3d.
dāśnoti nama"uktibhiḥ # RV.8.4.6d.
dīkṣayāpnoti dakṣiṇām # VS.19.30b.
pṛthivyāsanot # TS.4.4.8.1. Cf. pṛthivyās tṛṇīkaḥ.
manotarā rayīṇām # RV.1.46.2b; 8.8.12b; SV.2.1079b.
manotāyai haviṣo 'vadīyamānasyānubrūhi # TS.6.3.10.3; Kś.6.8.9; Apś.7.24.1; Mś.1.8.5.17. P: manotāyai haviṣaḥ śś.5.19.13. Cf. MS.3.10.2: 132.11 ff.; śB.3.8.3.14.
Dictionary of Sanskrit Search
"not" has 695 results
tanotyādia class of words which is the same as तनादि: confer, compare P. VI. 4.37. See तनादेि.
akathitanot mentioned by any other case-relation such as अपादान, संप्रदान and अधिकरण; stated with respect to the indirect object, governed by roots possessing two objects such as दुह्, याच् and others, which in the passive woice is put in the nominative case. The in-direct object is called akathita because in some cases there exists no other case-relation as, for example, in पौरवं गां याचते or भिक्षते, or माणवकं पन्थानं पृच्छति; while, in the other cases, the other case-relations (with the activity expressed by the verb) are wilfully suppressed or ignored although they exist, as for instance in गां दोग्धि पयः, अन्ववरुणद्धि गां व्रजम्; see अकथितं च P.1.4.51 and the Mahābhāṣya thereon.
akampitanot shaken; tremulous: said with respect to vowels in Vedic utterance, kampa being looked upon as a fault of utterance., cf अकम्पितान् । कम्पनं नाम स्वराश्रितपाठदोषः प्रायेण दाक्षिणात्यानां भवति । तमुपलक्ष्य स वर्ज्य:। R.Pr.III.31
akarmakaintransitive, without any object, (said with regard to roots which cannot possess an object or whose object is suppressed or ignored). The reasons for suppression are briefly given in the well-known stanza ; धातोरर्थान्तरे वृत्तेर्धात्वर्थेनोपसंग्रहात् । प्रसिद्धेरविवक्षातः कर्मणोऽकर्मिकाक्रिया ॥ In the case of intransitive roots, the verbal activity and its fruit are centred in one and the same individual viz. the agent or कर्ता confer, compare फलव्यापारयोरेकनिष्ठतायामकर्मकः Vāk. Pad.
akārathe letter a, (अ) inclusive of all its eighteen kinds caused by shortness, length, protraction, accentuation and nasalization in Pānini's grammar, in cases where a(अ) is not actually prescribed as a termination or an augment or a substitute. confer, compare अणुदित्सवर्णस्य चाप्रत्ययः P. I.1.73. The letter is generally given as the first letter of the alphabet ( वर्णसमाम्नाय ) in all Prātiśākhya and grammar works except in the alphabet termed Varṇopadeśa, as mentioned in the Ṛk Tantra confer, compare ए ओ ऐ औ अा ॠ लॄ ई ऊ ऋ लृ इ उ अाः । रयवलाः । ङञणनमाः । अः ೱ क ೱ पाः । हुं कुं खुं गुं घुं अं अां एवमुपदेशे et cetera, and others Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya.I. 4.
akārakanot causing any verbal activity; different from the kārakas or instruments of action such as the agent, the object, the instrument, the recipient (संप्रदान), the separated (अपादान) and the location, (अधिकरण) confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.4.23, 29 and 5l and on II.3.1.
akāryanot a grammatical positive operation: e. g. elision (लोप.) confer, compare ननु च लोप एवेत्कार्यं स्यात् । अकार्यं लोपः । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.3.2.
akālaka(1)not limited by any time-factors for its study such as certain periods of the day or the year. (2) not characterized by any technical terms expressive of time such as adyatanī, parokṣā occurring in the ancient Prātiśākhya and grammar works. The term akalika is used by the writers of the Kāśikāvṛtti in connection with the grammar of Pāṇini. confer, compare “पाणिन्युपज्ञमकालकं व्याकरणम्” Kās. on P. II.4.21 explained by the writer of the Padamañjarī, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Haradatta. as पूर्वाणि व्याकरणानि अद्यतनादिकालपरिभाषायुक्तानि तद्रहितम् ।
akitnot marked by the mute letter k ( क् ) and hence not disallowing guṇa or vṛddhi substitutes for the preceding vowel, confer, compare सृजिदृशोर्झल्यमकिति P.VI.1.58; दीर्घोऽकित: P. VII. 4.83.
akṛtnot established; said of a grammatical operation which has not taken place e. g. अकृतसंधिकार्यम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on V. 2.100, W. 3.84, also कृताकृतप्रसङ्गि नित्यम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VI.4.62.
akṛtakāridoing or accomplishing what is not done or accomplished; the expression is used in connection with grammatical operations like ह्रस्वकरण or दीर्घकरण only in cases where it is necessary i, e. where already there is no hrasva or drgha confer, compare अकृतकारि खल्वपि शास्त्रमग्निवत् । तद्यथा । अग्निर्यददग्धं तद्दहति । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VI. 1.127. the rules of Grammar, like fire, are applied to places where they produce a change.
akṛtavyūhashort expression for the grammatical maxim अकृतव्यूहाः पाणिनीयाः which means "the followers of Pāṇini do not insist on the taking effect of a rule when its cause or causes disappear." See Par. śek. Par. 56.
akṛtasaṃhitawords ending with a breathing or visarga which are not looked upon as placed immediately before the next word and hence which have no combination with the following vowel e. g. एष देवो अमर्त्यः R. V. 1X.8.1.
akṛtrimanon-technical: not formed or not arrived at by grammatical operations such as the application of affixes to crude bases and so on; natural; assigned only by accident. cf the gram. maxim कृत्रिमाकृतिमयोः कृत्रिमे कार्यसंप्रत्ययः which means "in cases of doubt whether an operation refers to that expressed by the technical sense or to that which is expressed by the ordinary sense of a term, the operation refers to what is expressed by the technical sense." Par. śek. Par.9 also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.28.
akṛtsna-akṛtsnāan epithet applied to the pronunciation of Veda words improperly which does not serve any useful purpose. confer, compare अकृत्स्ना अप्रयोजना इत्यर्थ: Uvaṭa on Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XIV. 68.
aṅkitanot possessing the mute letter k (क्) or g (ग्) orṅ ( ङ् ) and hence not preventing the guṇa and vṛddhi substitutes for the preceding vowel, if they occur. e. g. मृजेर ङ्कित्सु प्रत्ययेषु मृजिप्रसङगे मार्जिः साधुर्भुवति M.Bh. on P. I.I.I Vart.10.
akriyājanot a result of a verbal activity; the expression is used in connection with qualities ( on a substance) as opposed to the activities found in it. confer, compare अाधेयश्चाक्रियाजश्च सोs सत्त्वप्रकृतिर्गुणः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on IV. 1.44.
akṣarasamāmnāyaalphabet: traditional enumeration of phonetically independent letters generally beginning with the vowel a (अ). Although the number of letters and the order in which they are stated differ in different treatises, still, qualitatively they are much the same. The Śivasūtras, on which Pāṇini's grammar is based, enumerate 9 vowels, 4 semi-vowels, twenty five class-consonants and 4 | sibilants. The nine vowels are five simple vowels or monothongs (समानाक्षर) as they are called in ancient treatises, and the four diphthongs, (सन्ध्यक्षर ). The four semi-vowels y, v, r, l, ( य् व् र् ल् ) or antasthāvarṇa, the twenty five class-consonants or mutes called sparśa, and the four ūṣman letters ś, ṣ, s and h ( श् ष् स् ह् ) are the same in all the Prātiśākhya and grammar works although in the Prātiśākhya works the semi-vowels are mentioned after the class consonants.The difference in numbers, as noticed, for example in the maximum number which reaches 65 in the VājasaneyiPrātiśākhya, is due to the separate mention of the long and protracted vowels as also to the inclusion of the Ayogavāha letters, and their number. The Ayogavāha letters are anusvāra, visarjanīya,jihvāmulīya, upadhmānīya, nāsikya, four yamas and svarabhaktī. The Ṛk Prātiśākhya does not mention l (लृ), but adding long ā (अा) i (ई) ，ū (ऊ) and ṛ (ऋ) to the short vowels, mentions 12 vowels, and mentioning 3 Ayogavāhas (< क्, = प् and अं) lays down 48 letters. The Ṛk Tantra Prātiśākhya adds the vowel l (लृ) (short as also long) and mentions 14 vowels, 4 semivowels, 25 mutes, 4 sibilants and by adding 10 ayogavāhas viz. 4 yamas, nāsikya, visarjanīya, jihvāmulīya, upadhmānīya and two kinds of anusvāra, and thus brings the total number to 57. The Ṛk Tantra makes a separate enumeration by putting diphthongs first, long vowles afterwards and short vowels still afterwards, and puts semi-vowels first before mutes, for purposes of framing brief terms or pratyāhāras. This enumeration is called varṇopadeśa in contrast with the other one which is called varṇoddeśa. The Taittirīya prātiśākhya adds protracted vowels and lays down 60 letters : The Ṣikṣā of Pāṇini lays down 63 or 64 letters, while the Vājasaneyi-prātiśākhya gives 65 letters. confer, compare Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.VIII. 1-25. The alphabet of the modern Indian Languages is based on the Varṇasamāmnāya given in the Vājasaneyi-prātiśākhya. The Prātiśākhyas call this enumeration by the name Varṇa-samāmnāya. The Ṛk tantra uses the terms Akṣara samāmnāya and Brahmarāśi which are picked up later on by Patañjali.confer, compare सोयमक्षरसमाम्नायो वाक्समाम्नायः पुष्पितः फलितश्चन्द्रतारकवत् प्रतिमण्डितो वेदितव्यो ब्रह्मराशिः । सर्ववेदपुण्यफलावाप्तिश्चास्य ज्ञाने भवति । मातापितरौ चास्य स्वर्गे लोके महीयेते । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Ahnika.2-end.
agati(1)absence of any other recourse or alternative. confer, compare अगत्या हि खलु परिभाषाश्रीयते. Puruṣottamadeva's Paribhāṣāvṛtti.adevaPari. vṛtti Pari.119;(2) which is not a word termed gati. confer, compare चनचिदिवगोत्रादितद्धिताम्रेडितेष्वगते: P. VII.1.57.
aghoṣaunvoiced, merely breathed; a term applied to the surd consonants, ś, ṣ s, and visarga which are uttered by mere breathing and which do not produce any sonant effect. confer, compare T. Pr.I.12; R.Pr.I.11. The term jit ( जित् ) is used for these letters as also for the first two consonants of a class in the Vājasaneyi-prātiśākhya confer, compare द्वौ द्वौ प्रथमौ जित्; ऊष्माणश्च हवर्जम् Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I.50.51.
aṅitnot marked with the mute letter ṅ ( ङ्) signifying the absence of the prohibition of the guṇa or the vṛddhi substitute. cf अङिति गुणप्रतिषेधः ( वक्तव्यः ) M.Bh. III.3.83 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 2. In the case of the preposition ā ( अा ) unmarked with ṅ (ड् ), it signifies a sentence or remembrance of something confer, compare वाक्यस्मरणयोरङित् exempli gratia, for example आ एवं नु मन्यसे, आ एवं किल तत् confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.l.14.
aṅgavatconsidered as auxiliary or part of another exempli gratia, for example पूर्वाङ्गवद्भावः, पराङ्गवद्भाव:; cf सुबामन्त्रिते पराङ्गवत्स्वरे P.II.1.2 and the Vārtika thereon "परमपि च्छन्दसि पूर्वस्याङ्गवद् भवतीति वक्तव्यम्."
acikitsyaimpossible to amend, not to be discussedition confer, compare एवं च 'पूजितो य: सुरैरपि' इति अचिकित्स्यः अपशब्दः;Padamañjari on P.II.2.12.
ājirādigaṇaclass of words headed by the word अजिर which do not allow lengthening of the final vowel by P. VI.3.119. although they form technical terms e. g. अजिरवती, पुलिनवती et cetera, and others confer, compare Kāś on P. VI.3.119.
aṭ(1)token term standing for vowels and semi-vowels excepting l ( ल्) specially mentioned as not interfering with the substitution of ṇ ( ण् ) for n ( न् ) exempli gratia, for example गिरिणा, आर्येण, खर्वेण et cetera, and others Sec P.VIII.4.2; (2) augment a (अट्) with an acute accent, which is prefixed to verbal forms in the imperfect and the aorist tenses and the conditional mood. exempli gratia, for example अभवत्, अभूत्, अभविष्यत् Sec P.IV.4.71; (3) augment a ( अट् ) prescribed in the case of the roots रुद्, स्वप् et cetera, and others before a Sārvadhātuka affix beginning with any consonant except y ( य्), exempli gratia, for example अरोदत्, अस्वपत्, अजक्षत्, आदत् et cetera, and others; see P.VII.3, 99, 100;(4) augment a ( अट् ) prefixed sometimes in Vedic Literature to affixes of the Vedic subjunctive (लेट्) exempli gratia, for example तारिवत्, मन्दिवत् et cetera, and others see P.III.4.94.
aṇuthe minimum standard of the guantity of sound, which is not perceived by the senses, being equal to one-fourth of a Mātrā; confer, compare अणोस्तु तत्प्रमाणं स्यात् मात्रा तु चतुराणवात् ॥ see T.Pr. 21.3, Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.1.60, A.Pr. III.65. Ṛk. tantra, however, defines अणु as half-a-mātrā. confer, compare अर्धमणु ( R.T. 1.41 ).
atatkālanot taking that much time only which is shown by the letter (vowel) uttered, but twice or thrice, as required by its long or protracted utterance ; the expression is used in connection with vowels in Pāṇini's alphabet, which, when used in Pāṇini's rules, except when prescribed or followed by the letter त्, includes their long, protracted and nasalized utterances: confer, compare अणुदित्सवर्णस्य चाप्रत्ययः I.1.69.
atadanubandhakanot having the same mute significatory letter, but having one or two additional ones, confer, compare तदनुबन्धकग्रहणे नातदनुबन्धकस्य ग्रहणम् (Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 84.)
ataddhitaan affix which is not a taddhita affix. confer, compare लशक्वतद्धिते P.1.3.8; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I.3.4, V.3.1 et cetera, and others
atantraimplying no specific purpose: not intended to teach anything, अविवक्षित; exempli gratia, for example ह्रस्वग्रहणमतन्त्रम् Kāś and Si. Kau. on तस्यादित उदात्तमर्धह्रस्वम् P.1.2.32: confer, compare also अतन्त्रं तरनिर्देशः ( the use of तरप् does not necessarily convey the sense of the comparative degree in Pāṇini's rules) Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.2.33. This statement has been given as a distinct Paribhāṣa by Vyāḍiparibhāṣāsūcana.and Sākaṭāyana. The author of the Mahābhāṣya appears to have quoted it from the writings of Vyāḍiparibhāṣāsūcana.and the earlier grammarians See also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on अल्पाच्तरम् P. II.2.34.
atādrūpyātideśaconveyance of only the properties of one to another without conveying the actual form, described as the significance of antādivadbhāva. confer, compare न वा अताद्रूप्यातिदेशात् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. VI.1.85 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 26. See ताद्रूप्यातिदेश below.
atideśaextended application; transfer or conveyance or application of the character or qualities or attributes of one thing to another. Atideśa in Sanskrit grammar is a very common feature prescribed by Pāṇini generally by affixing the taddhita affix. affix मत् or वत् to the word whose attributes are conveyed to another. e. g. लोटो लङ्वत् P. III. 4.85. In some cases the atideśa is noticed even without the affix मत् or वत्; exempli gratia, for exampleगाङ्कुटादिभ्योऽञ्णिन् ङित् P. 1.2.1 . Atideśa is generally seen in all grammatical terms which end with 'vadbhāva' e. g. स्थानिवद्भाव (P.I.1.56-59), सन्वद्भाव (P.VII.4.93), अन्तादिवद्भाव (P. VI.1.85), अभूततद्भाव (P.IV.60) and others. Out of these atideśas, the स्थानिवद्भाव is the most important one, by virtue of which sometimes there is a full representation id est, that is substitution of the original form called sthānin in the place of the secondary form called ādeśa. This full representation is called रूपातिदेश as different from the usual one which is called कार्यातिदेश, confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). VIII.1.90 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 1 and VIII.1.95. Vart.3. Regarding the use of अतिदेश there is laid down a general dictum सामान्यातिदेशे विशेषानतिदेशः when an operation depending on the general properties of a thing could be taken by extended application, an operation depending on special properties should not be taken by virtue of the same : e. g. भूतवत् in P. III.3.132 means as in the case of the general past tense and not in the case of any special past tense like the imperfect ( अनद्यतन ) , or the perfect ( परोक्ष ). See Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 101, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. III. 3. 132. There is also a general dictum अतिदेशिकमनित्यम्whatever is transferred by an extended application, need not, be necessarily taken. See Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. 93.6 as also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.1.123 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).4, I.2.1 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 3, II.3.69 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).2 et cetera, and others, Kaiyaṭa on II. 1.2 and VI.4.22 and Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. on P. I.1.56 and P. I.2.58 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 8. The dictum अातिदेशिकमनित्यम् is given as a Paribhāṣā by Nāgeśa confer, compare Pari. Śek. 93. 6.
ativyāptithe same as अतिप्रसङ्ग, which see a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. Extensive application with respect to a rule which applies to places where it should not apply. See Par. Śekh on Pari. 28, Pari. 85; also Padamañj. on Kāś. II.I.32.
atisvārya(अतिस्वार also)name of the seventh musical note in the singing of Sāman. confer, compareक्रष्टुप्रथमद्वितीयतृतीयचतुर्थमन्द्रातिस्वार्याः Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XXIII. 13.
atulyabalanot having the same force: not belonging to the same type out of the four types of rules viz. पर, नित्य, अन्तरङ्ग and अपवाद. confer, compare अतुल्यबलयोः स्पर्धो न भवति Jainendra Pari. 66.
adantaending with the short vowel अ; confer, compare P. VIII.4.7: a term applied to nouns of that kind, and roots of the tenth conjugation which are given with the letter अ at their end which is not looked upon as mute (इत्) c.g. कथ,गण. et cetera, and others Mark also the root पिच described by पतञ्जलि as अदन्त confer, compare पिबिरदन्तः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.56., Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II. 4.43.
adṛṣṭanot seen properly; doubtful; indistinct;said with respect to a letter which is not distinctly deciphered in the Saṁhitāpātha: exempli gratia, for example तन्नः ( R. Saṁh. I. 107. 3 ): the last letter त् of तत् is deciphered in the Pada-pātha which is given as तत्न: confer, compare अदृष्टवर्णे प्रथमे चोदकः स्यात् प्रदर्शकः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) X. 15.
adyatanītech. term of ancient grammarians signifying in general the present time of the day in question, the occurrence of the immediate past or future events in which is generally expressed by the aorist (लुड्) or the simple future ( लृट् ); the other two corresponding tenses imperfect and first future (viz. लड् and लुट्) being used in connection with past and future events respectively, provided the events do not pertain to that day which is in question; confer, compare 'वा चाद्यतन्याम्' M.Bh. P.III.2.102 Vār.6, वादृतन्याम् P, VI.4.114. Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 3; (2) term for the tense showing immediate past time called लुङ् in Pāṇini's grammar e. g. मायोगे अद्यतनी । मा कार्षीत् Kātantra vyākaraṇa Sūtra.III. 1.22, Hemacandra's Śabdānuśāsana. III. 3.11.
adravyavācinnot expressive of any substance which forms a place of residence (of qualities and actions); confer, compare तथा व्याकरणे विप्रतिषिद्धं चानधिकरणवाचि ( P. II.4.13 ); इत्यद्रव्यवाचीति गम्यते । M.Bh. on II.1.1.
adviyoniliterally not made up of two elements, and hence, produced with a single effort, an expression used for simple vowels ( समानाक्षर ) such as अ, इ, उ, ऋ, लृ and simple consonants क्, ख्, ग् et cetera, and others as distinguished from diphthongs ( सन्ध्यक्षर ) such as ए, ऐ, ओ, औ and conjunct consonants क्व, ध्र , et cetera, and others which appear to have been termed द्वियोनि confer, compare अपृक्तमेकाक्षरमद्वियोनि यत् R.Pr.XI.3.
advyupasargenot preceded by (two or more) prepositions; i. e. preceded by only one preposition. confer, compare छादेर्घेऽद्व्युपसर्गस्य P.VI.4.96 prescribing short अ for the long अा of the root छाद् before the kṛt (affix). affix घ, eg. प्रच्छदः
adhikāragoverning rule consisting of a word (exempli gratia, for example प्रत्ययः, धातोः, समासान्ताः et cetera, and others) or words (exempli gratia, for example ङ्याप्प्रातिपदिकात्, सर्वस्य द्वे et cetera, and others) which follows or is taken as understood in every following rule upto a particular limit. The meaning of the word अधिकार is discussed at length by Patañjali in his Mahābhāṣya on II.1.1, where he has given the difference between अधिकार and परिभाषा; confer, compare अधिकार: प्रतियोगं तस्यानिर्देशार्थ इति योगे योगे उपतिष्ठते। परिभाषा पुनरेकदेशस्था सती सर्वं शास्त्रमभिज्वलयति प्रदीपवत् । See also Mahābhāṣya on I.3.11, I. 4.49 and IV. I.83. The word or wording which is to repeat in.the subsequent rules is believed to be shown by Pāṇini by characterizing it with a peculiarity of utterance known as स्वरितोच्चार or स्वरितत्वेन उच्चारणम्. The word which is repeated in the following Sūtras is stated to be अधिकृत. The Śabda Kaustubha defines adhikāra as एकंत्रोपात्तस्यान्यत्र व्यापार: अधिकारः Śab. Kaus. on P.1.2.65. Sometimes the whole rule is repeated e. g. प्रत्यय: P.III.1.1, अङ्गस्य P.VI.4.1 समासान्ताः P.V.4.68 while on some occasions a part only of it is seen repeatedition The repetition goes on upto a particular limit which is stated as in असिद्धवदत्राभात् P.VI.4.22, प्राग्रीश्वरान्निपाताः P.I.4.56. Many times the limit is not stated by the author of the Sūtras but it is understood by virtue of a counteracting word occurring later on. On still other occasions, the limit is defined by the ancient traditional interpreters by means of a sort of convention which is called स्वरितत्वप्रतिज्ञा. This अधिकार or governance has its influence of three kinds: ( 1 ) by being valid or present in all the rules which come under its sphere of influence, e. g. स्त्रियाम् or अङ्गस्य; (2) by showing additional properties e. g. the word अपादान being applied to cases where there is no actual separation as in सांकाश्यकेभ्यः पाटलिपुत्रका अभिरूपतराः: (3) by showing additional force such as setting aside even subsequent rules if opposingular. These three types of the influence which a word marked with स्वरित and hence termed अधिकार possesses are called respectively अधिकारगति, अधिक क्रार्य and अधिक कार. For details see M.Bh. on I.3.11. This अधिकार or governing rule exerts its influence in three ways: (1) generally by proceeding ahead in subsequent rules like the stream of a river, (2)sometimes by jumps like a frog omitting a rule or more, and (3)rarely by proceeding backward with a lion's glance; confer, compare सिंहावलोकितं चैव मण्डूकप्लुतमेव च ।; गड्गाप्रवाहवच्चापि अधिकारास्त्रिधा मताः ॥
anatauncerebralized; not changed into a cerebral ( मूर्धन्य ) letter.confer, compare दन्त्यस्य मूर्धन्यापात्तिर्नति: Uvaṭa on Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) IV.34.
anatidiṣṭanot resulting from any extended application or अतिदेश, confer, compare प्रकृत्याश्रयं अनतिदिष्टं भवति M.Bh. on IV. 1.151.
anatyantagatiabsence of the verbal activity in all ways or respects incomplete activity; exempli gratia, for example छिन्नकम् not completely cut, confer, compare अनत्यन्तगतौ क्तात् P. V.4.4.
anadyatanaperiod of time not pertaining to the day in question; used in connection with past time, to express which the imperfect is generally used; also in connection with the future time, to express which the first future is generally used e gह्यः अपचत्, श्वः कर्ता et cetera, and others confer, compare P.III.2.111,113; III. 3.15,135: V.3.21.
anantara(1)immediate, contiguous अव्यवहित. confer, compare हलोनन्तराः संयोगः P.1. 1.7, also गतिरनन्तरः P. VI.2.49: confer, compare अनन्तरं संयोगः V. Pr.I.48. ; (2) nearest, as compared with others of the same type; confer, compare अथवा अनन्तरा या प्राप्तिः सा प्रतिषिध्यते M.Bh. on I.1.43; confer, compare Pari. Śek. अनन्तरस्य विधिर्वा भवति प्रतिषेधो वा, which means that a prescriptive or prohibitive rule applies to the nearest and not to the distant one.Par.Śek. 61,Cān. Par.30.
anantyanon-final confer, compare अनन्त्यविकारे अन्त्यसदेशस्य when a change does not concern a final letter then it concerns that which immediately precedes the final, Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari 95. confer, compare also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). VI.1.13 Vārt 5.
ananyanot different, the same: confer, compare एकदेशविकृतमनन्यवत् that which has got a change regarding one of its parts is by no means something else; Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 37.
ananyavadbhāvabeing the same, being looked upon as not different. See अनन्य a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
anabhidhānainability to express the meaning desiredition The expression न वा अनभिधानात् frequently occurs in the Mahābhāṣya referring to such words or phrases as could be formed by rules of grammar or could be used according to rules but,are not found in current use recognized by learned persons or scholars; confer, compare तच्चानभिधानं यत्राप्तैरुक्तं तत्रैव, अन्यत्र तु यथालक्षणं भवत्येव Padamañj. on III. 2.1;also confer, compare अनभिधानाद् व्यधिकरणानां बहुव्रीहिर्न भविष्यति । यत्र त्वभिधानमस्ति तत्र वैयधिकरण्येपि भवत्येव समासः, कण्ठेकाल इति; Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. on II. 2.24: for examples of अनभिधान, sec also M.Bh.अभिधानलक्षणाः कृत्तद्धितसमासाः अनभिधानान्न भविष्यन्ति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III.3.19. also on III. 2.1. V.5, IV.2.1. See Kāś. on III,1.22, III.3.158.
anabhinirvṛttathat which is not applied; literally(an operation or vidhi) which has not taken place or which has not been effective; confer, compare प्रसक्तस्य अनभिनिर्वृत्तस्य प्रतिषेधेन निवृत्तिः शक्या कर्तुं नानभिनिर्वृत्तस्य Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I. 1.5; IV. 1.37. Cfeminine. also न चानभिनिर्वृत्ते बहिरङ्गे अन्तरङ्गं प्राप्नोति । तत्र निमित्तमेव बहिरङ्गमन्तरङ्गस्य M.Bh. on VI.4.22: VIII.3.15.
anabhihitanot conveyed or expressed by another id est, that is by any one of the four factors viz.verbal affix, kṛt affix,taddhita affix and compound. The rule अनभिहिते (P. II.3.I) and the following rules lay down the different case affixes in the sense of the different Kārakas or auxiliaries of the verbal activity, provided they are not shown or indicated in any one of the a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.mentioned four ways; e. g. see the acc. case in कटं करोति, the inst, case in दात्रेण लुनाति, the dative case case in देवदत्ताय गां ददाति, the ablative case. case in ग्रामादा गच्छति, or the locative casecase in स्थाल्यां पचति.
anabhyāsaa wording which does not contain any reduplicative syllable; an epithet applied to such roots as are not to be reduplicated a second time before affixes of the perfect, as they are already reduplicated; confer, compare लिटि धातोरनभ्यासस्य P. VI.1.8.
anarthāntaravācinaḥnot conveying any different sense, अनर्थान्तरवाचिनौ अनर्थकौ M.Bh. on I.4.93.
analvidhiopp. of अल्विधि; an operation not concerning a single letter, exempli gratia, for example स्थानिवदादेशोsनल्विधौ P.I. 1.56 and Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). thereon; confer, compare स्थानिवदादेशो ह्यवर्णविधौ Kātantra vyākaraṇa Sūtra.Pari.39.
anavagatasaṃskāra(a word) whose formation and accents have not been ekplained; confer, compare Nirukta of Yāska.IV.1 ; V.2.
anavayavaliterally having no parts; impartite; without any concern with the individual component parts; application in totality; confer, compare सिद्धं तु धर्मोपदेशने अनवयवविज्ञानाद्यथा लौकिकवैदिकेषु P. VI. 1.84 Vārt 5 and the Bhāṣya thereon; अस्मिञ् शास्त्रे अनवयवेन शास्त्रार्थसंप्रत्ययः स्यात् । a rule in grammar applies to all cases where its application is possible; it cannot be said to have its purpose served by applying to a few cases only.
anākāṅkṣanot depending on another for the completion of its sense: confer, compare न यद्यनाकाङ्क्षे P. III.4.23, and Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. thereon which explains अनाकाङक्षे as न विद्यते आकाङ्क्षा अपेक्षा यस्य तस्मिन्.
anākṛtinot capable of presenting (on its mere utterance) any tangible form or figure the word is used in connection with a technical term (संज्ञाशब्द) which presents its sense by a definition actually laid down or given in the treatise: confer, compare अनाकृति: संज्ञा । अाकृतिमन्तः संज्ञिनः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.1.
anādiṣṭanot replaced as a substitute; e. g. यः अनादिष्टादचः पूर्यस्तस्य निधिं प्रति स्थानिवद्भावः M.Bh. on I.1.57 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 1, III.2.3 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).2, and VI.1.12 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).10.
anādeśa(1)original, not such as is substituted: exempli gratia, for example युष्मदस्मदोरनादेशे P.VII. 2.86; (2) absence of statement, अनिर्देश exempli gratia, for example कर्तरि कृद्वचनमनादेशे स्वार्थविज्ञानात् P. III.4.67, Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 1: cf the Pari. अनिर्दिष्टार्थाः प्रत्ययाः स्वार्थे भवन्ति Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 113.
anānantaryanot a close relation; distance: confer, compare क्वचिच्च संनिपातकृतमानन्तर्य शास्त्रकृतमनान्तर्ये क्वचिच्च नैव संनिपातकृतं नापि शास्त्रकृतम् । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VIII.3.13.
anānupūrvyasaṃhitāthat saṁhitā text which has an order of words in it, which is different from what obtains in the Pada-pāṭha, and which appears appropriate according to the sense intended in the passage. There are three places of such combinations of words which are not according to the succcession of words in the Pada-pāṭha, quoted in the R.Pr. शुनश्चिच्छेपं निदितं सहस्रात् Rk. Saṁ. V.2.7, नरा वा शंसं पूषणमगोह्यम् Rk. Saṁ. X. 64.3; नरा च शंसं दैव्यम् Rk. Saṁh. IX. 86. 42. confer, compare एता अनानुपूर्व्यसंहिताः । न ह्येतेषां त्रयाणां पदानुपूर्व्येण संहितास्ति Uvvaṭa's Bhāṣya on the Prātiśākhya works.on Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) II.78.
anārṣa(1)non-vedic: not proceeding from any Ṛṣi, or Vedic Seer, confer, compare संबुद्धौ शाकल्यस्येतौ अनार्षे P. I.1.16, also Kāś. on the same: confer, compare किमिदमुपस्थितं नाम । अनार्ष इतिकरणः M.Bh.on VI.1.129: (2) pertaining to the Padapāṭha which is looked upon as अनार्ष i, e. not proceeding from any Vedic Seer; confer, compare अनार्षे इतिकरणः । स च द्व्यक्षर आद्युदात्तश्च, Uvvaṭa's Bhāṣya on the Prātiśākhya works.on Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) III.23; confer, compare also Atharvaveda Prātiśākhya. III. 1.3.
aniṭ(1)not admitting the augment इट् to be prefixed to it; the term is strictly to be applied to ārdhadhātuka affixes placed after such roots as have their vowel characterized by a grave accent ( अनुदात्तस्वर ); the term अनिट् being explained as अनिडादि qualifying the अार्धधातुक affix; (2) in a secondary way, it has become customary to call such roots अनिट् as do not allow the augment इट् to be prefixed to an ārdhadhātuka affix placed after them. Such roots are termed अनुदात्त verily because they are possessed of an anudātta vowel. e. g. कृ, भृ, जि, गम् , हन् et cetera, and others as against भु, धू, तॄ, श्वि, वृ, वद्, फल्, चल्, et cetera, and others which have their vowel characterized by an acute (उदात्त ) accent. For a complete list of such roots see the well-known stanzas given in the Siddhāntakaumudī incidentally on अात्मनेपदेष्वनतः P. VII.1.5. ऊदॄदन्तैर्यौतिरुक्ष्णुशीङ्स्नु....निहताः स्मृताः ॥ १ ॥ शक्लृपच्मुचिरिचवच्विच् .........धातवो द्व्यधिकं शतम् ॥ as also some lists by ancient grammarians given in the Mahābhāṣya on एकाच उपदेशेनुदात्तात्. P. VII. 2.10 or in the Kāśikā on the same rule P. VII.2.10.
aniṭkārikā(1)name given to Stanzas giving a complete list of such roots as do not allow the augment इ ( इट् ) to be prefixed to an ārdhadhātuka affix placed after them. For such Kārikās see Sid. Kaum. on VII.1.5 as also Kāśikā on VII. 2.10; ( 2 ) a short treatise enumerating in 11 verses the roots which do not admit the augment इट् before the ārdhadhatuka affixes. The work is anonymous, and not printed so far, possibly composed by a Jain writer. The work possibly belongs to the Kātantra system and has got short glosses called व्याख्यान, अवचूरि, विवरण, टीका, टिप्पणी and the like which are all anonymous.
aniṅgyanot separable into two padas or words by means of avagraha; confer, compare संध्य ऊष्माप्यनिङ्ग्ये: Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) V.41; confer, compare also Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) IX.25, XIII.30. See इङ्ग्य below.
anitya(1)not nitya or obligatory optional; said of a rule or paribhāṣā whose application is voluntary). Regarding the case and con= jugational affixes it can be said that those affixes can, in a way: be looked upon as nitya or obligatory, as they have to be affixed to a crude nominal base or a root; there being a dictum that no crude base without an affix can be used as also, no affix alone without a base can be usedition On the other hand, the taddhita and kṛt affixes as also compounds are voluntary as, instead of them an independent word or a phrase can be used to convey the sense. For a list of such nitya affixes see Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on V. 4.7; (2) the word अनित्य is also used in the sense of not-nitya, the word नित्य being taken to mean कृताकृतप्रसङ्गि occurring before as well as after another rule has been applied, the latter being looked upon as अनित्य which does not do so. This 'nityatva' has got a number of exceptions and limitations which are mentioned in Paribhāṣās 43-49 in the Paribhāṣenduśekhara.
anirdaprathamaan underived word: an ancient term used by writers of the Prātiśākhyas to signify 'original' words which cannot be subjected to निर्वचन.
anipātyanot necessary to be specifically or implicitly stated, as it can be brought about or accomplished in the usual way: e. g. द्वन्द्वम् । लिङ्गमशिष्यं लोकाश्रयत्वाल्लिङ्गस्य । तत्र नपुंसकत्वमनिपात्यम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VIII.1.15. See also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VII.2.27 and VI. 1.207.
animittaot serving as a cause, not possessing a causal relation; e. g. संनिपातलक्षणे विधिरनिमित्तं तद्विघातस्य Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 85. See also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.39.
aniyatanot subject to any limitation confer, compare प्रत्यया नियताः, अर्था अनियताः, अर्था नियताः, प्रत्यया अनियताः M.Bh. on II. 3.50. In the casc of नियमविधि (a restrictive rule or statement ) a limitation is put on one or more of the constituent elements or factors of that rule, the limited element being called नियत, the other one being termed अनियत; also see Kāś. on II.2.30.
aniyatapuṃskawhose sex-especially whether it is a male or a female-is not definitely known from its mere sight; small insects which are so. The term क्षुद्रा in P. IV.1.131 is explained in the Mahābhāṣya as क्षुद्रा नाम अनियतपुंस्का अङ्गहीना वा Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. IV.1.131.
anirdiṣṭārthawhose sense has not been specifically stated ; the word is used with reference to such affixes as are not prescribed in any specific sense or senses and hence as are looked upon as possessing the sense which the base after which they are prescribed has got: confer, compare अनिर्दिष्टार्थाः प्रत्ययाः स्वार्थे भवन्ति -affixes, to which no meaning has been assigned, convey the meaning of the bases to which they are added; confer, compare Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 113; confer, compare also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III.2.4, III, 2.67, III.3.19, III. 4.9, VI.1.162.
anukaraṇa(1)imitation; a word uttered in imitation of another; an imitative name: confer, compare अनुकरणे चानितिपरम् P.I.4.62; अनुकरणं हि शिष्टशिष्टाप्रतिषिद्धेषु यथा लौकिकवैदिकेषु, Śiva sūtra 2 Vārt 1; confer, compare also प्रकृतिवद् अनुकरणं भवति an imitative name is like its original Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 36; also M.Bh. on VIII. 2.46; (2) imitative word, onomatopoetic word; confer, compare एवं ह्याहुः कुक्कुटाः कुक्कुड् इति । नैवं त आहुः । अनुकरणमेतत्तेषाम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.3.48. confer, compare also दुन्दुभि: इति शब्दानुकरणम् Nirukta of Yāska.IX. 12.
anukarṣaṇadragging (from the preceding rule) to the following rule taking the previous rule or a part of it as understood in the following rule or rules in order; the same as अनुवृत्ति; confer, compare अनुकर्षणार्थश्चकारः Kāś. on II. 4.18, III.2.26, VII. 1.48: cf also the Paribhāṣā; चानुकृष्टं नोत्तरत्र -that which is attracted from a preceding rule by the particle च is not valid in the rule that follows; Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 78.
anuktanot actually stated or expressed in a rule; confer, compare चकारोऽनुक्तसमुच्चयार्थ: Kāś. on II.4.18, III.2.26, VII. 1.48; also confer, compare Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. on P.II.2.9
anudāttataraquite a low tone, completely grave; generally applied to the tone of that grave or anudātta vowel which is immediately followed by an acute ( उदात्त ) vowel. When the three Vedic accents were sub-divided into seven tones viz. उदात्त, उदात्ततर्, अनुदात्त, अनुदात्ततर, स्वरित, स्वरितस्थोदात्त and एकश्रुति corresponding to the seven musical notes, the अनुदात्ततर was the name given to the lowest of them all. अनुदात्ततर was termed सन्नतर also; confer, compare उदात्तस्वरितपरस्य सन्नतरः P.I.2.40; confer, compare also M, Bh. on I.2.33.
anunāsika(a letter)uttered through the nose and mouth both, as different from anusvāra which is uttered only through the nose. confer, compare मुखनासिकावचनोनुनासिकःP.I.1.8, and Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). thereon. The anunāsika or nasal letters are the fifth letters of the five classes ( id est, that is ङ्, ञ्, ण्, न्, म् ) as also vowels अ, इ, उ and semivowels when so pronounced, as ordinarily they are uttered through the mouth only; ( exempli gratia, for example अँ, आँ, et cetera, and others or य्यँ, व्वँ, ल्लँ et cetera, and others in सय्यँन्ता, सव्वँत्सरः, सँल्लीनः et cetera, and others) The अनुनासिक or nasalized vowels are named रङ्गवर्ण and they are said to be consisting of three mātras. confer, compare अष्टौ आद्यानवसानेsप्रगृह्यान् आचार्या आहुरनुनासिकान् स्वरान् । तात्रिमात्रे शाकला दर्शयन्ति Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I.63.64; confer, compare also अप्रग्रहाः समानाक्षराणि अनुनासिकानि एकेषाम् T. Pr XV.6. Trivikrama, a commentator on the Kātantra vyākaraṇa Sūtra.Sūtras, explains अनुनासिक as अनु पश्चात् नासिकास्थानं उच्चारणं एषां इत्यनुनासिकाः । पूर्वं मुखस्थानमुच्चारणं पश्चान्नासिकास्थानमुच्चारणमित्यर्थः । अनुग्रहणात्केवलनासिकास्थानोच्चारणस्य अनुस्वारस्य नेयं संज्ञा । and remarks further पूर्वाचार्यप्रसिद्धसंज्ञेयमन्वर्था । Com. by Tr. on Kat. I 1.13. Vowels which are uttered nasalized by Pāṇini in his works viz. सूत्रपाठ, धातुपाठ, गणपाठ et cetera, and others are silent ones i. e. they are not actually found in use. They are put by him only for the sake of a complete utterance, their nasalized nature being made out only by means of traditional convention. e. g. एध, स्पर्ध et cetera, and others confer, compare उपदेशेSजनुनासिक इत् P.I.3.2; confer, compare also प्रतिज्ञानुनासिक्याः पाणिनीयाः Kāś on I.3.2.
anunyāsaa commentary on न्यास (काशिकाविवरणपञ्जिका by जिनेन्द्रबुद्धि). The work is believed to have been written by इन्दुमित्र. It is not available at present except in the form of references to it which are numerous especially in Siradeva's Paribhāṣāvṛtti.
anupapannaimpossible to be explained, not consistent , confer, compare अथाप्यनुपपन्नार्था भवन्ति । ओषधे त्रायस्वैनम् । Nirukta of Yāska.I.15.
anupasarjananot subordinated in wordrelation, principal member; confer, compare अनुपसर्जनात् P. IV.I.14 and M.Bh. thereon; cf also Par. Śek Pari. 26.
anubandhaa letter or letters added to a word before or after it, only to signify some specific purpose such as (a) the addition of an afix (e. g. क्त्रि, अथुच् अङ् et cetera, and others) or (b) the substitution of गुण, वृद्धि or संप्रसारण vowel or (c) sometimes their prevention. These anubandha letters are termed इत् (literally going or disappearing) by Pāṇini (confer, compare उपदेशेजनुनासिक इत् et cetera, and others I.3.2 to 9), and they do not form an essential part of the word to which they are attached, the word in usage being always found without the इत् letter. For technical purposes in grammar, however, such as आदित्व or अन्तत्व of affixes which are characterized by इत् letters, they are looked upon as essential factors, confer, compare अनेकान्ता अनुबन्धाः, एकान्ता:, etc, Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 4 to 8. Although पाणिनि has invariably used the term इत् for अनुबन्ध letters in his Sūtras, Patañjali and other reputed writers on Pāṇini's grammar right on upto Nāgeśa of the 18th century have used the term अनुबन्ध of ancient grammarians in their writings in the place of इत्. The term अनुबन्ध was chosen for mute significatory letters by ancient grammarians probably on account of the analogy of the अनुबन्ध्य पशु, tied down at sacrifices to the post and subsequently slaughteredition
anumnot allowing the addition of the augment नुम् (id est, that is letter न् ) after the last vowel; The term is used, in connection with the present participle. affix, by Pāṇini in his rule शतुरनुमो नद्यजादी VI.1.173.
anuvṛttirepetition or recurrence of a word from the previous to the subsequent rule or rules, which is necessary for the sake of the intended interpretation. The word is of common use in books on Pāṇini's grammar. This recurrence is generally continuous like the stream of a river ( गङ्गास्रोतोवत् ); sometimes however, when it is not required in an intermediate rule, although it proceeds further, it is named मण्डूकप्लुत्यानुवृत्ति. In rare cases it is taken backwards in a sūtra work from a subsequent rule to a previous rule when it is called अपकर्ष.
anusaṃhāraindependent mention, a second time, of a thing already mentioned,for another purpose; confer, compare 'अलोन्त्यस्य' इति स्थाने विज्ञातस्यानुसंहारः P.I.1.53 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 1.
anekaśeṣahaving no ekaśeṣa topic in it; a term applied to the Daiva Grammar which does not discuss the ekaśeṣa topic to which Pāṇini has devoted ten rules from I. 2.64 to 73.
anekānta(1)not forming an integral part, the same as अनवयव; confer, compare अनेकान्ताः अनवयवा इत्यर्थः Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari 4. (2) absence of any definite view confer, compare अनेकान्तत्वाच्च । येषां चाप्यारभ्यते तेषामप्यनेकान्तः । .. मामहान उक्थपात्रम् । ममहान इति च । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VI.I.7
anekālpossessed of many ietters; literally possessed of not one letter, cf अनेकाल् शित् सर्वस्य P. I.1.55.
anejantanot ending in a diphthong: cf नानुबन्धकृतमनेजन्तत्व म् Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Par.7
anaikāntikaundetermined, indefinite एतद्प्यनैकान्तिकं यदल्पप्राणस्य सर्वोच्चैस्तन्महाप्राणस्य सर्वनीचै: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ).on I.2.30, also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VI. 1.37; not invariable, confer, compare अनैकान्तिकं ज्ञापकम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VII.2.102, VIII.3.34
anaimittikanot possessed of any definite cause; अनैमित्तिको ह्यनुबन्धलेाप: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I. 1.20 also on I. 1.59 and I. 2.64.
antaḥstha,antaḥsthāfeminine., also writen as अन्तस्थ, अन्तस्था feminine., semivowel; confer, compare अथान्तस्थाः । यिति रेिन लेिति वितिः; Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.VIII.14-15: confer, compare चतस्रोन्तस्थाः explained by उव्वट as स्पर्शोषमणामन्तः मध्ये तिष्ठन्तीति अन्तस्थाः R.Pr.I.9, also पराश्चतन्नान्तस्थाः Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I. 8. The ancient term appears to be अन्तस्थाः feminine. used in the Prātiśākhya works. The word अन्तःस्थानाम् occurs twice in the Mahābhāṣya from which it cannot be said whether the word there is अन्तःस्थ m. or अन्तःस्था feminine. The term अन्तस्थ or अन्तस्था is explained by the commentators on Kātantra as स्वस्य स्वस्य स्थानस्य अन्ते तिष्ठन्तीति ।
antarainterval between two phonetic elements when they are uttered one after another; hiatus, pause; वर्णान्तरं परमाणु, R.T. 34; also विरामो वर्णयोर्मध्येप्यणुकालोप्यसंयुते Vyāsaśikṣā; (2) space between two phonetic elements, e. g. स्वरान्तरे explained as स्वरयोरन्तरे (between two vowels) by Uvvaṭa's Bhāṣya on the Prātiśākhya works.confer, compare अन्तस्थान्तरोपलिङ्गी विभाषितगुणः Nir X.17.
antaraṅgaa highly technical term in Pāṇini's grammar applied in a variety of ways to rules which thereby can supersede other rules. The term is not used by Pāṇini himselfeminine. The Vārtikakāra has used the term thrice ( Sec I. 4. 2 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 8, VI.1.106 Vart.10 and VIII.2.6 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). I) evidently in the sense of immediate', 'urgent', 'of earlier occurrence' or the like. The word is usually explained as a Bahuvrīhi compound meaning 'अन्त: अङ्गानि निमित्तानि यस्य' (a rule or operation which has got the causes of its application within those of another rule or operation which consequently is termed बहिरङ्ग). अन्तरङ्ग, in short, is a rule whose causes of operation occur earlier in the wording of the form, or in the process of formation. As an अन्तरङ्ग rule occurs to the mind earlier, as seen a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page., it is looked upon as stronger than any other rule, barring of course अपवाद rules or exceptions, if the other rule presents itself simultaneously. The Vārtikakāra, hence, in giving preference to अन्तरङ्ग rules, uses generally the wording अन्तरङ्गबलीयस्त्वात् which is paraphrased by अन्तरङ्गं बहिरङ्गाद् बलीयः which is looked upon as a paribhāṣā. Grammarians, succeeding the Vārtikakāra, not only looked upon the बहिरङ्ग operation as weaker than अन्तरङ्ग, but they looked upon it as invalid or invisible before the अन्तरङ्ग operation had taken placcusative case. They laid down the Paribhāṣā असिद्धं बहिरङ्गमन्तरङ्गे which has been thoroughly discussed by Nāgeśa in his Paribhāṣendusekhara. The अन्तरङ्गत्व is taken in a variety of ways by Grammarians : (l) having causes of application within or before those of another e. g. स्येनः from the root सिव् (सि + उ+ न) where the यण् substitute for इ is अन्तरङ्ग being caused by उ as compared to guṇa for उ which is caused by न, (2) having causes of application occurring before those of another in the wording of the form, (3) having a smaller number of causes, (4) occurring earlier in the order of several operations which take place in arriving at the complete form of a word, (5) not having संज्ञा (technical term) as a cause of its application, ( 6 ) not depending upon two words or padas, (7) depending upon a cause or causes of a general nature (सामान्यापेक्ष) as opposed to one which depends on causes of a specific nature ( विशेषापेक्ष).
antaraṅgaparibhāṣāthe phrase is used generally for the परिभाषा "असिद्धं बहिरङ्गमन्तरङ्गे' described a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. See the word अन्तरङ्ग. The परिभाषा has got a very wide field of application and is used several times in setting aside difficulties which present themselves in the formation of a word. Like many other paribhāṣās this paribhāṣā is not a paribhāṣā of universal application.
antargaṇaa group of words mentioned inside another group of words (गण); confer, compare पुषादिदेवाद्यन्तर्गणो गृह्यते, न भ्वादिक्रयाद्यन्तर्गणः Kāś on III.1.55; also काण्वादिगर्गाद्यन्तर्गणः Kāś on IV.2.111.
anyatarataḥoptionally, literally in another way; confer, compare वर्णसंख्ये अन्यतरतः V.P.V.15.
anyatarasyāmoptionally; literally in another way. The term is very common in the rules of Pāṇini, where the terms वा and विभाषा are also used in the same sense.
anyapadārthaanother sense, sense different from what has been expressed by the wording given; confer, compare अनेकमन्यपदार्थे P.II.2.24; also अन्यपदार्थप्रधानो बहुव्रीहिः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II.1.6.
anyayuktaconnected with the word अन्य; connected with another : e.g अन्यो गवां स्वामीति न ह्यत्र गावोन्ययुक्ताः । कस्तर्हि । स्वामी. M.Bh. on P.II.3.22.
anyārtha(1)having another purpose or signification: confer, compare अन्यार्थं प्रकृतं अन्यार्थं भवति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on l.1.23; (2) another sense which is different from what is expressed confer, compare अन्यार्थो बहुव्रीहिः Cān. II.2.46.
apāṇinīyanot in conformity with the rules of Pāṇini's grammar; confer, compare सिध्यत्वेवमपाणिनीयं तु भवति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I. I.1.
apitnot marked with the mute letter प्, A Sārvadhātuka affix not marked with mute प् is looked upon as marked with ड् and hence it prevents the guṇa or vṛddhi substitution for the preceding vowel or for the penultimate vowel if it be अ. e. g. कुरुतः तनुतः, कुर्वन्ति where no guṇa takes place for the vowel उ confer, compare सार्वधातुकमपित्. P.I.2.4.
apūrva(1)not existing before; confer, compare आगमश्च नाम अपूर्वः शब्दोपजनः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1-20, I.1.46; (2) not preceded by any letter or so, cf अपूर्वलक्षण अादिः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.21: (3) a rule prescribing something not prescribed before; confer, compare तत्र अपूर्वो विधिरस्तु नियमोस्तु इति अपूर्व एव विधिर्भविष्यति न नियमः M.Bh. on I.4.3., III.1.46, III.2. 127, III.3.19.
apratyaya(1)it. absence of any affix: an affix such as क्विप् or क्विन् which wholly vanishes; confer, compare पिपठिषतेः अप्रत्ययः पिपठीः M.Bh. on I.1.6. कण्डूयतेरप्रत्यय: कण्डूः M.Bh. on I.1.58; (2) that which is not an affix. confer, compare अप्रत्ययस्यैताः संज्ञा मा भूवन् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.61, I.1.69; (3) that which is not pre' scribed, अविधीयमान,अप्रत्याय्यमानः M.Bh. on I.1.69.
aprayuktanot found in popular or current use, exempli gratia, for example the words ऊष, तेर, चक्र et cetera, and others यद्यप्यप्रयुक्ता अवश्यं दीर्घसत्त्रवल्लक्षणेनानुविधेयाः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.1, also यथालक्षणमप्रयुक्ते Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.I.24
aprayeāga(1)non-employment of a word in spite of the meaning being available: confer, compare संभावनेलमिति चेत्सिद्धाप्रयोगे P.III.3.154; (2) non-employment confer, compare उक्तार्थानामप्रयोगः a standard dictum of grammar not allowing superfluous words which is given in M.Bh. on P.I.1.4 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 16 and stated in Cāndra and other grammars as a Paribhāṣā.
aprayoginnot-found in actual use among the people although mentioned in the śāstra-texts; a mute indicatory letter or letters. confer, compare अप्रयोगी इत् Sāk. I.1.5 Hem I.1.37 Jain.I.2.3 and M.Bh. Kaiyaṭa's Mahābhāṣyapradīpa.on III.8.31.
aprāptavidhiprescribing an operation which otherwise cannot be had. अग्रादिष्वप्राप्तविधेः समासप्रतिषेधः P.III. 4.24 Vārt 1.
abāghakanot coming in the way of rules otherwise applicable; the word is used in connection with निपातन i. e. constituted or announced forms or specially formed words which are said to be अबाधक i. e. not coming in the way of forms which could be arrived at by application of the regular rules. Siradeva has laid down the Paribhāṣā अबाधकान्यपि निपातनानि भवन्ति defending the form पुरातन in spite of Pāṇini's specific mention of the word पुराण in the rule पुराणप्रोक्तेषुo IV. 3. 105.
abhaktanot-forming an integral part of another; quite independent (used in connection with augments). confer, compare किं पुनरयं पूर्वान्त आहोस्वित् परादिराहोस्विद् अभक्ताः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1. 47, 1.1.51. एवं तर्ह्यभक्तः करिष्यते M. Bh on VI.1.71, VI.1.135, and VII.2.82.
abhayanandina reputed jain Grammarian of the eighth century who wrote an extensive gloss on the जैनेन्द्रव्याकरण. The gloss is known as जैनेन्द्रव्याकरणमहावृत्ति of which वृहज्जैनेन्द्रव्याकरण appears to be another name.
abhāṣitapuṃskathat which does not convey a masculine sense; a word which is not declined in the masculine gender; a word possessing only the feminine gender e.gखट्वा, लता et cetera, and othersconfer, compare अभाषितपुंस्काच्च P. VII. 3.48.
abhidhānadesignation, denotation, expression of sense by a word which is looked upon as the very nature of a word. The expression अभिधानं पुनः स्वाभाविकम् ( denotation of sense is only a natural characteristic of a word ) frequently occurs in the Mahābhāṣya; confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on 1.2.64 Vārt 93, II.1.1, confer, compare नपुसकं यदूष्मान्तं तस्य बह्वभिधानजः ( Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XIII.7 ) where the word बह्वभिधान means बहुवचन.
abhidheyaobject or thing denoted by a word; sense of a word; confer, compare अभिधेयवल्लिङ्गवचनानि भवन्ति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II.2.29.
abhūtatadbhāvabeing what it was not before, confer, compare च्विविधौ अभूततद्भाग्रहणम् P. V.4.50 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). I.
abhedakanot bringing about a difference; not making different; nondiscriminant; confer, compare गुणाः अभेदकाः Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 109 confer, compare ननु च भो अभेदका अपि च गुणा दृश्यन्ते M. Bh on I.1.1.
abhedasaṃsargaa connection of unity, as noticed between the nominative case affix of the subject and the ending ति of a verb, which produces the sense.
abhyaṃkara(BHASKARASHASTRI Abhyankar 1785-1870 A. D. )an eminent scholar of Sanskrit Grammar who prepared a number of Sanskrit scholars in Grammar at Sātārā. He has also written a gloss on the Paribhāṣenduśekhara and another one on the Laghu-Śabdenduśekhara. (VASUDEVA SHASTRI Abhyakar 863-1942 A. D.) a stalwart Sanskrit Pandit, who, besides writing several learned commentaries on books in several Sanskrit Shastras, has written a commentary named 'Tattvādarśa' on the Paribhāṣenduśekhara and another named 'Guḍhārthaprakāśa' on the Laghuśabdenduśekhara. (KASHINATH VASUDEVA Abhyankar, 1890-) a student of Sanskrit Grammar who has written महाभाष्यप्रस्तावना-खण्ड, and जैनेन्द्रपरिभाषावृत्ति and compiled the परिभाषासंग्रह and the present Dictionary of Sanskrit Grammar.
ayogavāhathe letters or phonetic elements अनुस्वार,विसर्ग,जिह्वामूलीय, उपध्मानीय and यम called so,as they are always uttered only in combination with another phonetic element or letter such as अ or the like, and never independently; confer, compare अकारादिना वर्णसमाम्नायेन संहिताः सन्तः ये वहन्ति आत्मलाभं ते अयेागवाहाः Uvvaṭa's Bhāṣya on the Prātiśākhya works.on Vāj.Pr.VIII.18. These अयोगवाह letters possess the characteristics of both, the vowels as well as consonants;confer, compareअयोगवाहानामट्सु उपदेशः कर्तव्यः णत्वं प्रयोजनम् । शर्षु जष्भावत्वे प्रयोजनम् । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on शिवसूत्र हयवरट्.
araktasandhia word, the coalescence of which is not nasalized, as the word आ in मन्द्रमा वरेण्यम् as contrastcd with अभ्र आं अपः confer, compare Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XI.18.
araṅa Visarga which is not rhotacized; the term अरिफित is used in the same sense.
ariphitanot rhotacized: not turned into the letter र; confer, compare विसर्जनीयोsरि्फितो दीर्घपूर्वः स्वरोदयः आकारम् ， R. Pr II. 9.
artha(1)literally signification,conveyed sense or object. The sense is sometimes looked upon as a determinant of the foot of a verse: confer, compare प्रायोर्थो वृत्तमित्येते पादज्ञानस्य हेतवः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XVII 16. It is generally looked upon as the determinant of a word (पद). A unit or element of a word which is possessed of an independent sense is looked upon as a Pada in the old Grammar treatises; confer, compare अर्थः पदमिति ऐन्द्रे; confer, compare also अर्थः पदम् Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.III.2, explained by उव्वट as अर्थाभिधायि पदम् । पद्यते गम्यते ज्ञायतेSर्थोनेनेति पदम् । There is no difference of opinion regarding the fact that, out of the four standard kinds of words नाम, आख्यात, उपसर्ग and निपात, the first two kinds नाम and अाख्यात do possess an independent sense of their own. Regarding possession of sense and the manner in which the sense is conveyed, by the other two viz. the Upasargas (prepositions) and Nipātas (particles) there is a striking difference of opinion among scholars of grammar. Although Pāṇini has given the actual designation पद to words ending with either the case or the conjugational affixes, he has looked upon the different units or elements of a Pada such as the base, the affix, the augment and the like as possessed of individually separate senses. There is practically nothing in Pāṇini's sūtras to prove that Nipātas and Upasargas do not possess an independent sense. Re: Nipātas, the rule चादयोऽसत्वे, which means that च and other indeclinables are called Nipātas when they do not mean सत्त्व, presents a riddle as to the meaning which च and the like should convey if they do not mean सत्त्व or द्रव्य id est, that is a substance. The Nipātas cannot mean भाव or verbal activity and if they do not mean सत्व or द्रव्य, too, they will have to be called अनर्थक (absolutely meaningless) and in that case they would not be termed Prātipadika, and no caseaffix would be applied to them. To avoid this difficulty, the Vārtikakāra had to make an effort and he wrote a Vārtika निपातस्य अनर्थकस्य प्रातिपदिकत्वम् । P. I.2.45 Vār. 12. As a matter of fact the Nipātas च, वा and others do possess a sense as shown by their presence and absence (अन्वय and व्यतिरेक). The sense, however, is conveyed rather in a different manner as the word समूह, or समुदाय, which is the meaning conveyed by च in रामः कृष्णश्च, cannot be substituted for च as its Synonym in the sentence राम: कुष्णश्च. Looking to the different ways in which their sense is conveyed by nouns and verbs on the one hand, and by affixes, prepositions and indeclinables on the other hand, Bhartṛhari, possibly following Yāska and Vyāḍi, has developed the theory of द्योतकत्व as contrasted with वाचकत्व and laid down the dictum that indeclinables, affixes and prepositions (उपसर्गs) do not directly convey any specific sense as their own, but they are mere signs to show some specific property or excellence of the sense conveyed by the word to which they are attached; confer, compare also the statement 'न निर्बद्धा उपसर्गा अर्थान्निराहुरिति शाकटायनः नामाख्यातयोस्तु कर्मोपसंयेगद्योतका भवन्ति । Nir 1.3. The Grammarians, just like the rhetoricians have stated hat the connection between words and their senses is a permanent one ( नित्य ), the only difference in their views being that the rhetoricians state that words are related; no doubt permanently, to their sense by means of संकेत or convention which solely depends on the will of God, while the Grammarians say that the expression of sense is only a natural function of words; confer, compare 'अभिधानं पुनः स्वाभाविकम्' Vārttika No.33. on P. I.2.64. For द्योतकत्व see Vākyapadīya of Bhartṛhari II. 165-206.
arthavadgrahaṇaparibhāṣāa well known maxim or Paribha of grammarians fully stated as अर्थवद्ग्रहणे नानर्थकस्य ग्रहणम्, deduced from the phrase अर्थवद्ग्रहणात् frequently used by the Vārttikakāra. The Paribhāṣā lays down that 'when a combination of letters employed in Grammar, is possessed of a sense, it has to be taken as possessed of sense and not such an one as is devoid of sense.'
ardhajaratīyaa queer combination of half the character of one and half of another, which is looked upon as a fault; confer, compare न चेदानीमर्धजरतीयं लभ्यं वृद्धिर्मे भविष्यति स्वरो नेति । तद्यथा । अर्धं जरत्याः कामयते अर्धं नेति; M.Bh. on IV. 1.78; confer, compare also अर्ध जरत्याः पाकाय अर्धं च प्रसवाय ।
ardhamātrāhalf of a mātra or 'mora'., confer, compare अर्धमात्रालाघवेन पुत्रोत्सवं मन्यन्ते वैयाकरणाः Par. Śekh. Pari. 122, signifying that not a single element of utterance in Pāṇini's grammar is superfluous. In other words, the wording of the Sūtras of Pāṇini is the briefest possible, not being capable of reduction by even half a mora.
alakṣaṇathat which is not a proper लक्षण i. e. Sūtra; a Sūtra which does not teach definitely; a Sūtra which cannot be properly applied being ambiguous in sense. cf व्याख्यानतो विशेषप्रतिपत्तिर्नहि संदह्यादलक्षणम् Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. I.
alākṣaṇika(1)not used in a secondary sense; (2) not accomplished by the regular application of a grammar rule: confer, compareनिपातनैः सह निर्देशादत्रापि किंचिदलाक्षणिकं कार्यमस्ति Kāś. on III.2.59.
aliṅga(1)not possessed of a definite gender; confer, compare अलिङ्गमसंख्यमव्ययसंज्ञं भवति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.38; II.4.82;(2)अलिङे ह्युष्मदस्मदी (Sid. Kau. on P.VII.2.90)
aliṅgavacananot possessed of a definite gender and number; a term generally used in connection with अव्ययs or indeclinables.
aluksamāsaa compound in which the case-affixes are not droppedition The Aluk compounds are treated by Pāṇini in VI.3.I to VI.3.24.
alaukikavigrahathe dissolution of a compound not in the usual popular manner. e. g. राजपुरुष: dissolved as राजन् ङस् पुरुष सु, as contrasted with the लौकिकविग्रह viz. राज्ञः पुरुष: । see also अधिहरि dissolved as हरि ङि in the अलौकिकविग्रह.
alpataranot of frequent occurence in the spoken language or literature the term is used in connection with such words as are not frequently used; confer, compare सन्त्यल्पप्रयोगाः कृतोप्यैकपदिकाः । व्रंततिर्दम्नाः जाटय आट्णारो जागरूको द्विर्धिहोमीति Nir I.14.
alpāpekṣaam operation requiring a smaller number of causes, which merely on that account cannot be looked upon as अन्तरङ्ग. The antaraṅga operation has its causes occurring earlier than those of another operation which is termed बहिरङ्ग confer, compare बहिरङगान्तरङश्ङ्गशब्दाभ्यां बह्वपेक्षत्वाल्पापेक्षत्वयोः शब्दमर्यादयाsलाभाच्च । तथा सति असिद्धं बह्वपेक्षमल्पापेक्ष इत्येव वदेत् ॥ Par.Śek. Pari. 50.
avagraha(1)separation of a compound word into its component elements as shown in the Pada-Pāṭha of the Vedic Saṁhitās. In the Padapāṭha, individual words are shown separately if they are combined by Saṁdhi rules or by the formation of a compound in the Saṁhitāpāṭha; exempli gratia, for example पुरोहितम् in the Saṁhitāpāṭha is read as पुरःsहितम्. In writing, there is observed the practice of placing the sign (ऽ) between the two parts, about which nothing can be said as to when and how it originatedition The AtharvaPrātiśākhya defines अवग्रह as the separation of two padas joined in Saṁhitā. (Atharvaveda Prātiśākhya. II.3.25; II.4.5). In the recital of the pada-pāṭha, when the word-elements are uttered separately, there is a momentary pause measuring one matra or the time required for the utterance of a short vowel. (See for details Vāj. Prāt. Adhāya 5). (2) The word अवग्रह is also used in the sense of the first out of the two words or members that are compounded together. See Kāśikā on P.VIII.4.26; confer, compare also तस्य ( इङ्ग्यस्य ) पूर्वपदमवग्रहः यथा देवायत इति देव-यत. Tai. Pr. I. 49. The term अवग्रह is explained in the Mahābhāṣya as 'separation, or splitting up of a compound word into its constitutent parts; confer, compare छन्दस्यानङोवग्रहो दृश्येत पितामह इति ।(Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on IV.2.36); also confer, compare यद्येवमवग्रहः प्राप्नोति । न लक्षणेन पदकारा अनुवर्त्याः। पदकारैर्नाम लक्षणमनुवर्त्यम् । यथालक्षणं पदं कर्तव्यम् (Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III.1.109) where the Bhāṣyakāra has definitely stated that the writers of the Padapāṭha have to split up a word according to the rules of Grammar. (3) In recent times, however, the word अवग्रह is used in the sense of the sign (ऽ) showing the coalescence of अ (short or long) with the preceding अ (short or long ) or with the preceding ए or ओ exempli gratia, for example शिवोऽ र्च्यः, अत्राऽऽगच्छ. (4) The word is also used in the sense of a pause, or an interval of time when the constituent elements of a compound word are shown separately; confer, compare समासेवग्रहो ह्रस्वसमकालः (Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.V.1). (5) The word is also used in the sense of the absence of Sandhi when the Sandhi is admissible.
avacanasomething which need not be specifically prescribed or stated, being already available or valid; cf तृतीयासमासे अर्थग्रहणमनर्थकं अर्थगतिर्हि अवचनात् P. II.1.30 V.1.
avaśaṃgamaname of a Samdhi when a class consonant, followed by any consonant is not changed, but retained as it is; confer, compare स्पर्शाः पूर्वे व्यञ्जनान्युत्तराणि अास्थापितानां अवशंगमं तत् R.Pr.IV. l; eg. अारैक् पन्थाम् Ṛgveda, Ṛk. Saṁh=Ṛgveda-saṁhita. I.113.16, वषट् ते (Ṛgveda, Ṛk. Saṁh=Ṛgveda-saṁhita.VII.99.7) अजानन् पुत्रः (R. V. X.85.14).
avaśiṣṭaliṅga(v.1. अविशिष्टलिङ्ग)a term occurring in the liṅgānuśāsana meaning 'possessed of such genders as have not been mentioned already either singly or by combination' id est, that is possessed of all genders.Under अवशिष्टलिङ्ग are mentioned indeclinables, numerals ending in ष् or न् , adjectives, words ending with kṛtya affixes id est, that is potential passive participles, pronouns, words ending with the affix अन in the sense of an instrument or a location and the words कति and युष्मद् (See पाणिनीय-लिङ्गानुशासन Sūtras 182-188).
avāgyogavidone who is not conversant with the proper use of language: confer, compare अथ योऽवाग्योगविद् विज्ञानं तस्य शरणम्; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). 1.1.1.
avighātārthameant for not preventing the application (of a particular term) to others where it should apply. The word is frequently used in the Kāśikā; cf अजाद्यतष्टाप् । टकारः सामान्यग्रहणाविघातार्थः । Kāś. on P. IV.I.4, also see Kāś. on III.1. 133; III.2,67,73 IV.1.78.
avibhāgapakṣaa view of grammarians according to which there are words which are looked upon as not susceptible to derivation. The terms अखण्डपक्ष and अव्युत्पन्नपक्ष are also used in the same sense.
aviravikanyāyaa maxim mentioned by Patañjali in connection with the word आविक where the taddhita affix ठक् (इक), although prescribed after the word अवि in the sense of 'flesh of sheep' (अवेः मांसम्), is actually put always after the base अविक and never after अवि. The maxim shows the actual application of an affix to something allied to, or similar to the base, and not to the actual base as is sometimes found in popular use confer, compare द्वयोः शब्दयोः समानार्थयोरेकेन विग्रहोऽपरस्मादुत्पत्तिर्भविष्यति अविरविकन्यायेन । तद्यथा अवेर्मांसमिति विगृह्य अविकशब्दादुत्पत्तिर्भवति । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on IV.1.88; confer, compare also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on IV.1.89; IV.2.60; IV.3.131,V.1.7,28; VI.2.11.
avivakṣita(1)not taken technically into consideration, not meant: confer, compare अविवक्षिते कर्मणि षष्ठी भवति M.Bh on II.3. 52; (2) unnecessary; superfluous; the word is especially used in connection with a word in a Sūtra which could as well be read without that word. The word अतन्त्रं is sometimes used similarly.
aviśeṣitanot specified, mentioned without any specific attribute; confer, compare एवमपि प्रयत्नः अविशेषितः भवति M.Bh. on I.1.9; confer, compare also Kātan. VI.1.63.
avṛddhaliterallynot beginning with the vowel अा, ऐ or औ; a word which has got no अा or ऐ， or औ as its first vowel, as for example ग्लुचुक, अहिचुम्बक et cetera, and others इरावती, नर्मदा यमुना etc; confer, compare प्राचामवृद्धात् फिन् बहुलम् P.IV.1.160. also अवृद्धाभ्यो नदीमानुषीभ्यस्तन्नामिकाभ्यः P.IV. 1.113.
avyayaindeclinable, literally invariant, not undergoing a change. Pāṇini has used the word as a technical term and includes in it all such words as स्वर्, अन्तर् , प्रातर् etc, or composite expressions like अव्ययीभावसमास, or such taddhitānta words as do not take all case affixes as also kṛdanta words ending in म् or ए, ऐ, ओ, औ. He gives such words in a long list of Sutras P. I.1.37 to 41; confer, compare सदृशं त्रिषु लिङ्गेषु सर्वासु च विभक्तिषु । वचनेषु च सर्वेषु यन्न व्येति तदव्ययम् Kāś. on P.I.1.37.
avyutpattipakṣathe view held generally by grammarians that all words are not necessarily susceptible to analysis or derivation, an alternative view opposed to the view of the etymologists or Nairuktas that every word is derivable; confer, compare पाणिनेस्त्वव्युत्पत्तिपक्ष एवेति शब्देन्दुशेखरे निरूपितम् Pari. Śekh. Pari. 22; वाचक उपादान: स्वरूपवानिति अव्युत्पत्तिपक्षे Vyāḍi's Saṁgraha.
aśvaghāsādicompounds like अश्वघास which cannot be strictly correct as चतुथींसमास, but can be षष्ठीसमास if the word तदर्थ in the rule चतुर्थी तदर्थार्थबलिहितसुखरक्षितैः be understood in the sense of 'meant for' a particular thing which is to be formed out of it: confer, compare विकृतिः प्रकृत्येति चेदश्वघासादीनामुपसंख्यानम् M.Bh. on II.1.36.
aṣṭakaanother name for the famous work of Pāṇini popularly called the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī.; confer, compare अष्टावध्यायाः परिमाणमस्य सूत्रस्य अष्टकं पाणिनीयम् । दशकं वैयाघ्रपदीयम् । त्रिंकं काशकृत्स्नम् । Kāś on P.IV. 1.58; (2) students of Pāṇini's grammar, e. g. अष्टकाः पाणिनीयाः; confer, compare सूत्राच्च कोपधात् । Kāś. on P.IV. 2. 65.
asaṃkhyanot possessing any notion of number; the word is used in connection with avyayas or indeclinables; यथैव हि अलिङ्गमव्ययमेवमसंख्यमपि Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II.4.82.
asaṃjñānot used as a technical term or name of a thing; confer, compare पूर्वपरावरदक्षिणोत्तरापराधराणि व्यवस्थायामसंज्ञायाम् P.1.1.34.
asamartha(1)syntactically not connected, e. g. राज्ञः and पुरुषः in the sentence भार्या राज्ञः पुरुषो देवदत्तस्य (2) unable to enter into a compound word, the term is used in connection with a word which cannot be compounded with another word, although related in sense to it, and connected with it by apposition or by a suitable case affix, the reason being that it is connected more closely with another word: confer, compare सापेक्षमसमर्थं भवति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). II.1.1.; exempli gratia, for example the words कष्टं and श्रितः in the sentence महत् कष्टं श्रितः.
asamastanot compounded, not entered into a compound with another word; confer, compare समासे असमस्तस्य Hemacandra's Śabdānuśāsana. II.3.13.
asarūpanot having the same outward form or appearance; e. g. the affixes अण्, अच्, ण, अट्, ञ्, and the like which are, in fact, सरूप as they have the same outward form viz. the affix अ. अण् and यत् are असरूप; confer, compare वाऽसरूपोऽस्त्रियाम् P.III. 1.94.
asarvavibhaktinot admitting all caseaffixes to be attached to it; confer, compare तद्धितश्चासर्वविभक्ति: P.I.1.38: यस्मान्न सर्वविभक्तेरुत्पत्तिः सोसर्वविभक्तिः । ततः यतः तत्र यत्र । Kāś. on I.1.38.
asiddhainvalid; of suspended validity for the time being: not functioning for the time being. The term is frequently used in Pāṇini's system of grammar in connection with rules or operations which are prevented, or held in suspense, in connection with their application in the process of the formation of a word. The term (असिद्ध) is also used in connection with rules that have applied or operations that have taken place, which are, in certain cases, made invalid or invisible as far as their effect is concerned and other rules are applied or other operations are allowed to take place, which ordinarily have been prevented by those rules which are made invalid had they not been invalidatedition Pāṇini has laid down this invalidity on three different occasions (1) invalidity by the rule पूर्वत्रासिद्धम् VIII.2.1. which makes a rule or operation in the second, third and fourth quarters of the eighth chapter of the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. invalid when any preceding rule is to be applied, (2) invalidity by the rule असिद्धवदत्राभात् which enjoins mutual invalidity in the case of operations prescribed in the Ābhīya section beginning with the rule असिद्धवत्राभात् (VI. 4.22.) and going on upto the end of the Pāda (VI.4.175), (3) invalidity of the single substitute for two letters, that has already taken place, when ष् is to be substituted for स्, or the letter त् is to be prefixed, confer, compare षत्वतुकोरसिद्धः (VI. 1.86). Although Pāṇini laid down the general rule that a subsequent rule or operation, in case of conflict, supersedes the preceding rule, in many cases it became necessary for him to set, that rule aside, which he did by means of the stratagem of invalidity given a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. Subsequent grammarians found out a number of additional cases where it became necessary to supersede the subseguent rule which they did by laying down a dictum of invalidity similar to that of Pāṇini. The author of the Vārttikas, hence, laid down the doctrine that rules which are nitya or antaraṅga or apavāda, are stronger than, and hence supersede, the anitya, bahiraṅga and utsarga rules respectively. Later gram marians have laid down in general, the invalidity of the bahiraṅga rule when the antaraṅga rule occurs along with it or subsequent to it. For details see Vol. 7 of Vvyākaraṇa Mahābhāṣya(D. E. Society's edition) pages 217-220. See also Pari. Śek. Pari. 50.
aspṛṣṭanot in contact with any vocal organ; the term is used in connection with the effort required for the utterance of vowels, अनुस्वार and sibilants when no specific contact with a vocal organ is necessary: confer, compare स्वरानुस्वारेाष्मणामस्पृष्टं करणं स्थितम् Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XIII. 3.
asvapadavigrahaa term used for those compounds, the dissolution of which cannot be shown by the members of the compound: e. g. सुमुखी; confer, compare भवति वै कश्चिदस्वपदविग्रहोपि बहुव्रीहिः । तद्यथा । शोभनं मुखमस्याः सुमुखीति । M.Bh. on V.4.5.
asvanot homogeneous: asavarṇa. confer, compare इवर्णादेः अस्वे स्वरे यवरलम् Hemacandra's Śabdānuśāsana. I.2.21, also अस्वे Śāk.I.1.73.
asvarakauntoned; a word without an accent, as different from a word which has an accent,but which is not uttered with that accent: cf अक्रियमाणे ह्युपदेशिवद्भावे...अान्तर्यत अांदेशा अस्वरकाणामस्वरकाः स्युः M.Bh. on VII. 1.2, VII. 1. 89.
ākarṣaka( a word )attracting another word stated previously in the context e. g. the word च in the rules of Pāṇini.
ākāṅkṣa(or साकाङ्क्ष also)expectant of another word in the context, e. g. कूज and व्याहर in अङ्ग कूज३, अङ्ग व्याहर३ इदानीं ज्ञास्यसि जाल्म Kāś. on अङ्गयुक्तं तिङाकाङ्क्षम् (P.VIII.2.96).
ākāṅkṣyaa word for which there is expectancy of another word for the completion of sense.
ākṛtiliterally form; individual thing; confer, compare एकस्या अाकृतेश्चरितः प्रयोगो द्वितीयस्यास्तृतीयस्याश्च न भवति M.Bh on III.1.40 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).6. The word is derived as आक्रियते सा आकृतिः and explained as संस्थानम्; confer, compare आक्रियते व्यज्यते अनया इति आकृतिः संस्थानमुच्यते Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. on IV.1.63; (2) general form which, in a way, is equivalent to the generic notion or genus; confer, compare आकृत्युपदेशात्सिद्धम् । अवर्णाकृतिरुपदिष्टा सर्वमवर्णकुलं ग्रहीष्यति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ).I.1 Āhnika of the Pātañjala Mahābhāṣya. 1; (3) notion of genus; cf also यत्तर्हि तद् भिन्नेष्वभिन्नं छिनेष्वच्छिन्नं सामान्यभूतं स शब्दः । नेत्याह । अाकृतिर्नाम सा. Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I.1.Āhnika of the Pātañjala Mahābhāṣya.1; (4) a metre consisting of 88 letters; confer, compare R. Prāt. XVI.56,57.
aākhyātaverbal form, verb; confer, compare भावप्रधानमाख्यातं सत्त्वप्रधानानि नामानि Nirukta of Yāska.I.1; चत्वारि पदजातानि नामाख्यातोपसर्गनिपाताश्च Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I.1. Āhnika 1 ; also A.Prāt. XII. 5, अाकार अाख्याते पदादिश्च Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I.2.37 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 2, आख्यातमाख्यातेन क्रियासातत्ये Sid. Kau. on II.1.72, क्रियावाचकमाख्यातं Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.V.1; confer, compare भारद्वाजकमाख्यातं भार्गवं नाम भाष्यते । भारद्वाजेन दृष्टत्वादाख्यातं भारद्वाजगोत्रम् V. Prāt. VIII. 52; confer, compare also Athar. Prāt.I.I.12, 18; 1.3.3,6; II.2.5 where ākhyāta means verbal form. The word also meant in ancient days the root also,as differentiated from a verb or a verbal form as is shown by the lines तन्नाम येनाभिदधाति सत्त्वं, तदाख्यातं येन भावं स धातुः R.Pr.XII.5 where 'आख्यात' and 'धातु' are used as synonyms As the root form such as कृ, भृ et cetera, and others as distinct from the verbal form, is never found in actual use, it is immaterial whether the word means root or verb.In the passages quoted a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. from the Nirukta and the Mahābhāṣya referring to the four kinds of words, the word ākhyāta could be taken to mean root (धातु) or verb (क्रियापद). The ākhyāta or verb is chiefly concerned with the process of being and bccoming while nouns (नामानि) have sattva or essence, or static element as their meaning. Verbs and nouns are concerned not merely with the activities and things in this world but with every process and entity; confer, compare पूर्वापूरीभूतं भावमाख्यातेनाचष्टे Nir.I.;अस्तिभवतिविद्यतीनामर्थः सत्ता । अनेककालस्थायिनीति कालगतपौर्वापर्येण क्रमवतीति तस्याः क्रियात्वम् । Laghumañjūṣā. When a kṛt (affix). affix is added to a root, the static element predominates and hence a word ending with a kṛt (affix). affix in the sense of bhāva or verbal activity is treated as a noun and regularly declined;confer, compareकृदभिहितो भावे द्रव्यवद् भवति M.Bh. on II.2.19 and III. 1.67, where the words गति, व्रज्या, पाक and others are given as instances. Regarding indeclinable words ending with kṛt (affix). affixes such as कर्तुं, कृत्वा, and others, the modern grammarians hold that in their case the verbal activity is not shadowed by the static element and hence they can be,in a way, looked upon as ākhyātas; confer, compare अव्ययकृतो भावे Vaiyākaraṇabhūṣaṇa.
aāgantukaliterally adventitious, an additional wording generally at the end of roots to show distinctly their form exempli gratia, for example वदि, एधि, सर्ति et cetera, and others; confer, compare इन्धिभवतिभ्यां च P I.2.6: confer, compare also भावलक्षणे स्थेण्कृञ्वदिचरिहृतभिजनिभ्यस्तोमुन्, P.III.4.16, सृपिवृदो. कसुन् P. III.4.17 and a number of other sūtras where इ or तिं is added to the root confer, compare इक्श्तिपौ धातुनिर्देशे, वर्णात्कारः, रादिफः P.III.3.108 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 2.3. 4, where such appendages to be added to the roots or letters are given. The word अागन्तु is an old word used in the Nirukta, but the term आगन्तुक appears to be used for the first time for such forms by Haradatta; confer, compare ह्वरोरिति ह्वृ कौटिल्ये, आगन्तुकेकारे गुणेन निर्देशः Padamañjarī, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Haradatta. on VII.2.31. In the traditional oral explanations the second part of a reduplicated word is termed अागन्तुक which is placed second i. e. after the original by virtue of the convention आगन्तूनामन्ते निवेशः, although in fact, it is said to possess the sense of the root in contrast with the first which is called abhyāsa.A nice distinction can, however be drawn between the four kinds of adventitious wordings found in grammar viz.आगन्तु, इत्, अभ्यास and आगम which can be briefly stated as follows; The former two do not form a regular part of the word and are not found in the actual use of the word; besides, they do not possess any sense, while the latter two are found in actual use and they are possessed of sense. Again the agantu word is simply used for facility of understanding exactly and correctly the previous word which is really wanted; the इत् wording, besides serving this purpose, is of use in causing some grammatical operations. अभ्यास, is the first part of the wording which is wholly repeated and it possesses no sense by itself, while, āgama which is added to the word either at the beginning or at the end or inserted in the middle, forms a part of the word and possesses the sense of the word.
ācitādia class of words headed by the word अाचित which do not have their final vowel accented acute by P. VI.2.146 when they are preceded by the prepositions प्र, परा et cetera, and others although they are used as proper nouns. exempli gratia, for example आचितम्,निरुक्तम्, प्रश्लिष्टम्; confer, compare Kāśikā on P. VI.2.146.
aāt(1)long अा as different from short or protracted अ prescribed by the wofd वृद्धि or दीर्घ in the case of अ, or by the word अात् when substituted for another vowel, as for example in the rule आदेच उपदेशेऽशिति and the following: confer, compare P.VI.1.45, 57; (2) substitute for the ablative affix ङस् after words ending in अ; confer, compare P. VII.1.12; (3) substitute अात् for a case affix in Vedic Literature, exempli gratia, for example न ताद् ब्राह्मणाद् निन्दामि Kāś. on VII. 1.39.
ātideśikaapplied by extension or transfer of epithet as opposed to औपदेशिक. See the word अतिदेश; the term is often used in connection with rules or operations which do not apply or occur by the direct expression of the grammarian; confer, compare यदि आतिदेशिकेन कित्वेन औपदेशिकं कित्वं बाध्येत. Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.2.1.; confer, compare also अातिदेशिकमनित्यम् Par.Śek. Pari. 93.6.
ātmanepadaa technical term for the affixes called तड् (त, आताम् et cetera, and others) and the affix अान ( शानच् , चानश्, कानच् ), called so possibly because, the fruit of the activity is such as generally goes to the agent (आत्मने) when these affixes are usedition Contrast this term (Ātmanepada) with the term Parasmaipada when the fruit is meant for another. For an explanation of the terms see P. VI.3.7 and 8.
aātmanebhāṣaa technical term used for such roots as speak for the agent himself; the term अात्मनेभाष means the same as the term अात्मनेपदिन्. The term अात्मनेभाष is not mentioned by Pāṇini; but the writer of the Vārtikas explains it, confer, compare आत्मनेभाषपरस्मैभाषयोरुपसंख्यानम् P. VI.3.7 and 8 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 1; confer, compare also आत्मनेपदिनश्च धातवो वैयाकरणैरात्मनेभाषशब्देन व्यवह्रियन्ते,Kaiyaṭa on VI.3.7.The term is found in the Atharva-Prātiśākhya. III. 4.7. It cannot be said whether the term came in use after Pāṇini or, although earlier, it belonged to some school other than that of Pāṇini or, Pāṇini put into use the terms Ātmanepada and Parasmaipada for the affixes as the ancient terms Ātmanebhāṣa and Parasmaibhāṣa were in use for the roots.
ādeśa(1)substitute as opposed to sthānin, the original. In Pāṇini's grammar there is a very general maxim, possessed of a number of exceptions, no doubt, that 'the substitute behaves like the original' (स्थानिवदादेशः अनल्विधौ P.I.1.56.); the application of this maxim is called स्थानिवद्भाव; for purposes of this स्थानिवद्भाव the elision (लोप) of a phonetic element is looked upon as a sort of substitute;confer, compare उपधालेपस्य स्थानिवत्त्वात् Kāś. on P.I.1.58. Grammarians many times look upon a complete word or a word-base as a substitute for another one, although only a letter or a syllable in the word is changed into another, as also when a letter or syllable is added to or dropped in a word; confer, compare पचतु, पचन्तु ... इमेप्यादेशाः । कथम् । अादिश्यते यः स आदेशः । इमे चाप्यादिश्यन्ते । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.56; cf also सर्वे सर्वपदादेशा दाक्षीपुत्रस्य पाणिनेः M.Bh. on P. I.1.20; confer, compare also अनागमकानां सागमका आदेशाः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.20: (2) indication, assignment; confer, compare योयं स्वरादेशः अन्तोदात्तं, वधेराद्युदात्तत्वं, स्वः स्वरितमिति अादेशः R.Pr.I.30-32; confer, compare also अादेशः उपदेशः commentary on Tai.-Prāt. II.20: confer, compare also अनादेशे अविकारः V.Pr.IV.131, where Uvvaṭa's Bhāṣya on the Prātiśākhya works.remarks यत्र उदात्तादीनां स्वराणां सन्धौ आदेशो न क्रियते तत्र अविकारः प्रत्येतव्यः । confer, compare also एकारो विभक्त्यादेशः छन्दसि A.Pr. II.1.2, where ए is prescribed as a substitute for a caseaffix and त्ये and अस्मे are cited as examples where the acute acent is also prescribed for the substitute ए.
ādyantavattvaअाद्यन्तवद्भाव, consideration of a single or solitary letter as the initial or the final one according to requirements for opcrations prescribed for the initial or for the final. Both these notions --the initial and the final-are relative notions, and because they require the presence of an additional letter or letters for the sake of being called initial or final it becomes necessary to prescribe आद्यन्तवद्भाव in the case of a single letter; confer, compareअाद्यन्तवदेकस्मिन् । आदौ इव अन्त इव एकस्मिन्नपि कार्यं भवति । यथा कर्तव्यमित्यत्र प्रत्ययाद्युदात्तत्वं भवति एवमौपगवमित्यत्रापि यथा स्यात् । Kāś. on P.I.1.21 ; confer, compare also अाद्यन्तवच्च । अपृक्तस्य आदिवदन्तवच्च कार्यं भवति । Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I.55. This अाद्यन्तवद्भाव of Pāṇini is, in fact, a specific application of the general maxim known as vyapadeśivadbhāva by virtue of which "an operation which affects something on account of some special designation, which for certain reasons attaches to the letter, affects likewise that which stands alone;" confer, compare Pari.Śek. Pari. 30.
ādhikyasuperfluity, superiority, notion of surplus; cf यदत्राधिक्यं वाक्यार्थः सः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II.3.46, II.3. 50.
ādheyaa thing placed in another or depending upon another, as opposed to ādhāra or the container; confer, compare आधेयश्चाक्रियाजश्च सोसत्त्वप्रकृतिर्गुणः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.IV.1.44.
ānantarya(1)close proximity; absence of any intermediary element generally of the same nature: अनन्तरस्य भावः आनन्तर्यम्; confer, compare नाजानन्तर्ये वहिष्ट्वप्रक्लृप्तिः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I.4.2. Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 21: Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 51. This close proximity of one letter or syllable or so, with another, is actually id est, that isphonetically required and generally so found out also, but sometimes such proximity is theoretically not existing as the letter required for proximity is technically not present there by the rule पूर्वत्रासिद्धम्. In such cases, a technical absence is not looked upon as a fault. confer, compare कचिच्च संनिपातकृतमानन्तर्ये शास्त्रकृतमनानन्तर्ये यथा ष्टुत्वे, क्वचिच्च नैव संनिपातकृतं नापि शास्त्रकृतं यथा जश्त्वे । यत्र कुतश्चिदेवानन्तर्यं तदाश्रयिष्यामः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VIII.3.13. (2) close connection by mention together at a common place et cetera, and others;confer, compare सर्वाद्यानन्तर्यं कार्यार्थम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.27.
aāpatti(1)production; resulting of something into another; change; cf दन्त्यस्य मूर्धन्यापत्तिः नतिः मूर्धन्यापत्तिः मूर्धन्यभावः V. Prāt. I. 42 and Uvaṭa's commentary thereon; cf also यमापत्तिं explained as यमभावं Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) VI. 9. (2) modification; confer, compare अापद्यते श्वासतां नादतां वा R.Pr.XIII.1.; (3) contingency, undesired result.
ābhācchāstraa rule given in the section called आभीयप्रकरण extending from P.VI.4.22 to VI.4.175, wherein one rule or operation is looked upon as invalid to another ; confer, compare असिद्धवदत्राभात् P.VI.4.22 and Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). thereon; confer, compare also यावता अनिदितां हलः इत्यपि आभाच्छास्त्रम् Vyāḍiparibhāṣāsūcana.Pari. 38.
ābhīyāsiddhatvainvalidity or supposed invisibility of one rule with respect to another, in the section called अाभीयप्रकरण. See अाभाच्छास्त्र a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
āmantraṇa(1)calling out from a distance;(2) an invitation which may or may not be accepted; confer, compare विधिनिमन्त्रणामन्त्रणाधीष्टसंप्रश्नप्रार्थनेषु लिङ् P.III. 3.161 whereon Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). remarks अथ निमन्त्रणामन्त्रणयोः को विशेषः । अथ संनिहितेन निमन्त्रणं भवति असंनिहितेन अामन्त्रणम् । नैषोस्ति विशेषः । असंनिहितेनापि निमन्त्रणं भवति संनिहितेनापि चामन्त्रणम् । एवं तर्हि यन्नियोगतः कर्तव्यं तन्निमन्त्रणम् । अामन्त्रणे कामचारः । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.III.3.161.
aāyāmatension of the limbs or organs producing sound, which is noticed in the utterance of a vowel which is accented acute ( उदात्त ) अायामो गात्राणां दैघ्र्यमाकर्षणं वा; commentary on Tait. Prāt. XXII. 9; confer, compare ऊर्ध्वगमनं गात्राणाम् वायुनिमित्तं U1. varia lectio, another reading,on R. Prāt. III.1; confer, compare also ऊर्ध्वगमनं शरीरस्य commentary on Vāj. Prāt I.31; confer, compare also आयामो दारुण्यमणुता रवत्येत्युच्चैःकराणि शाब्दस्य M.Bh. on P. I.2.29.
ārdhadhātukaa term used in contrast to the term सार्वधातुक for such verbal and kṛt affixes, as are not personal endings of verbs nor marked with the mute letter श् confer, compare तिङ्शित् सार्वधातुकम् । आर्धधातुकं शेषः। P.III.4.113 and 114. The personal endings of verbs in the perfect tense and the benedictive mood are termed ārdhadhātuka, confer, compare P. III. 4.115, 116; while both the terms are promiscuously found utilised in the Vedic Literature; confer, compare P. III. 4. 117. The main utility of the ārdhadhātuka term is the augment इ ( इट् ) to be prefixed to the ārdhadhātuka affixes. The term आर्धधातुका was in use in works of the old Vaiyākaraṇas; confer, compare अथवा आर्धधातुकासु इति वक्ष्यामि कासु आर्धधातुकासु । उक्तिषु युक्तिषु रूढिषु प्रतीतिषु श्रुतिषु संज्ञासु M.Bh. on II. 4.35. It cannot be said how the term ārdhadhātuka originatedition Probably such affixes or pratyayas, like the kṛt affixes generally, as could be placed after certain roots only were called ārdhadhātuka, as contrasted with the verbal and the present participle affixes which were termed sārvadhātuka on account of their being found in use after every root.
āvaśyakanecessary notion or thing; cf ओरावश्यके । आवश्यंभाव आवश्यकम् Kāś. on III.1.125, III.3.170.
aāsatticlose proximity of a word with another; confer, compare णौ इत्यस्य आसत्तिवशात् कृतं एव संबन्धः । Pari. Bhaskar Pari. 97.
it(1)a letter or a group of letters attached to a word which is not seen in actual use in the spoken language: cf अप्रयोगी इत्, Śāk. I.1.5, Hemacandra's Śabdānuśāsana.1.1.37. The इत् letters are applied to a word before it, or after it, and they have got each of them a purpose in grammar viz. causing or preventing certain grammatical operations in the formation of the complete word. Pāṇini has not given any definition of the word इत् , but he has mentioned when and where the vowels and consonants attached to words are to be understood as इत्; (confer, compare उपदेशेजनुनासिक इत् , हलन्त्यम् । et cetera, and others P. I.3.2 to 8) and stated that these letters are to be dropped in actual use, confer, compareP.I.3.9. It appears that grammarians before Pāṇini had also employed such इत् letters, as is clear from some passages in the Mahābhāṣya as also from their use in other systems of grammar as also in the Uṇādi list of affixes, for purposes similar to those found served in Pāṇini 's grammar. Almost all vowels and consonants are used as इत् for different purposes and the इत् letters are applied to roots in the Dhātupāṭha, nouns in the Gaṇapāṭha, as also to affixes, augments and substitutes prescribed in grammar. Only at a few places they are attached to give facility of pronunciation. Sometimes the इत् letters, especially vowels, which are said to be इत्, when uttered as nasalized by Pāṇini, are recognised only by convention; confer, compare प्रतिज्ञानुनासिक्याः पाणिनीयाः(S.K.on P.I.3.2).The word इत्, which literally means going away or disappearing, can be explained as a mute indicatory letter. In Pāṇini's grammar, the mute vowel अ applied to roots indicates the placing of the Ātmanepada affixes after them, if it be uttered as anudātta and of affixes of both the padas if uttered svarita; confer, compare P.I.3. 12, 72. The mute vowel आ signifies the prevention of इडागम before the past part, affixes; confer, compare P. VII. 2. 16. Similarly, the mute vowel इ signfies the augment न् after the last vowel of the root; confer, compareP.VII.1.58; ई signifies the prevention of the augment इ before the past participle.affixes cfP.VII.2.14;उ signifies the inclusion of cognate letters; confer, compareP.I.1.69, and the optional addition of the augment इ before त्वा; confer, compare P.VII.2. 56; ऊ signifies the optional application of the augment इट्;confer, compareP.VII. 2.44; क signifies the prevention of ह्रस्व to the vowel of a root before the causal affix, confer, compareVII.4.2: लृ signifies the vikarana अङ् in the Aorist cf P.III.1.55; ए signifies the prevention of vrddhi in the Aorist,confer, compare P.VII.2.55; ओ signifies the substitution of न् for त् of the past participle. confer, compare P VIII.2.45; क् signifies the Prevention of गुण and वृद्धि, confer, compareP, I. 1.5; ख् signifies the addition of the augment मुम्(म्)and the shortening of the preceding vowel: confer, compareP.VI.3 65-66: ग् signifies the prevention of गुण and वृद्धि, confer, compare P.I.1.5 घ् signifies कुत्व, confer, compare P.VII.3.62; ङ्, applied to affixes, signifies the prevention of गुण and वृद्धि, confer, compare P.I.1.5; it causes संप्रसारणादेश in the case of certain roots, confer, compare P. VI.1.16 and signifies आत्मनेपद if applied to roots; confer, compare P.I. 3.12, and their substitution for the last letter if applied to substitutes. confer, compare P I.1.53. च् signifies the acute accent of the last vowel;confer, compareP.VI.1. 159; ञ् signifies उभयपद i.e the placing of the affixes of both the podas after the root to which it has been affixed;confer, compareP.I.3.72, ट् in the case of an augment signifies its application to the word at the beginning: confer, compareP I.1.64, while applied to a nominal base or an affix shows the addition of the feminine. affix ई (ङीप्) confer, compareP.IV.1. 15;ड् signifies the elision of the last syllable; confer, compare P.VI.4.142: ण् signifies वृद्धि, confer, compareP.VII.2.115;त् signifies स्वरित accent, confer, compare VI.1.181, as also that variety of the vowel ( ह्रस्व, दीर्ध or प्लुत) to which it has been applied confer, compare P.I.1.70; न् signifies आद्युदात्त, confer, compare P.VI.1.193:प् signifies अनुदात्त accent confer, compare अनुदात्तौ सुप्पितौ P. III.1.4. as also उदात्त for the vowel before the affix marked with प् confer, compare P.VI.1.192: म् signifies in the case of an augment its addition after the final vowel.confer, compareP.I.1.47,while in the case of a root, the shortening of its vowel before the causal affix णि,confer, compare P.VI.4.92: र् signifies the acute accent for the penultimate vowel confer, compare P.VI.1.217，ल् signifies the acute accent for the vowel preceding the affix marked with ल्; confer, compareP.VI. 193; श् implies in the case of an affix its सार्वधातुकत्व confer, compare P. II1.4.113, while in the case of substitutes, their substitution for the whole स्थानिन् cf P.I.1.55; प् signifies the addition of the feminine. affix ई ( ङीप् ) confer, compareP.IV-1.41 ;स् in the case of affixes signifies पदसंज्ञा to the base before them, cf P.I.4.16. Sometimes even without the actual addition of the mute letter, affixes are directed to be looked upon as possessed of that mute letter for the sake of a grammatical operation exempli gratia, for example सार्वधातुकमपित् P.I.2.4; असंयेागाल्लिट कित् P.I.2.5: गोतो णित् P.VII.1.90 et cetera, and others (2) thc short vowel इ as a substitute: confer, compare शास इदङ्हलोः P.VI.4.34.
itaretarayogamutual relationship with each other. Out of the four senses of the indeclinable च viz. समुच्चय, अन्वाचय, इतरेतरयोग and समाहार, the Dvandva compound is formed of words connected in the last two ways and not in the first two ways. The instances of द्वन्द्व in the sense of इतरेतरयोग are धवखदिरपलाशाः, प्लक्षन्यग्रोधौ etc; confer, compare Kāś.on P. II.2.29 confer, compare also प्लक्षश्च न्यग्रोधश्चेत्युक्ते गम्यत एतत्प्लक्षोपि न्यग्रोधसहायो न्यग्रोधोपि प्लक्षसहाय इति M.Bh. on II.2.29; confer, compare also इतरेतरयोगः स यदा उद्रिक्तावयवभेदो भवति Sīradeva's ParibhāṣāvṛttiPari. 16.
iṣṭādia class of words headed by the word इष्ट to which the taddhita affix इन् ( इनि ) is added in the sense of अनेन i. e. 'by him' i. e. by the agent of the activity denoted by the past passive voice. participles इष्ट and others; confer, compare इष्टी, यज्ञे, पूर्ती श्राद्धे et cetera, and others Kāś, on P.V.2.88.
iṣṭhathe superlative taddhita affix. affix इष्ठन् in the sense of अतिशायन or अतिशय ( excellence ). The commentators, however, say that the taddhita affixes तम and इष्ठ,like all the taddhita affixes showing case-relations, are applied without any specific sense of themselves, the affixes showing the sense of the base itself ( स्वार्थे ); e. g गुरुतमः, गरिष्ठः; पटुतमः, पठिष्ठः; पचतितमाम्, कर्तृतमः, करिष्ठः et cetera, and others; confer, compare P.V.3.55-64 The affixes ईयस् and इष्ठ are applied only to such substantives which denote quality; confer, compare P.V.3.58.
īyastad-affix ईयसुन् , showing superiority or excellence of one individual over another in respect of a quality, added to a substantive expresive of quality; when the substantive ends in the affix तृ, that affix तृ is removed: exempli gratia, for example पटीयान्, लघीयान्, गरीयान्, दोहीयसी (धेनुः) confer, compareP.V.3.57-64.
īṣannādaan external effort characterized by slight resonance or sounding of throat cords when they slightly touch one another.
uktaprescribed, taught, lit, said (already). उक्तं वा is a familiar expression in the Mahābhāṣya and the Vārttikas referring usually to something already expresseditionSometimes this expression in the Mahābhāṣya, referring to something which is not already expressed, but which could be found subsequently expressed, leads to the conclusion that the Mahābhāṣyakāra had something like a 'Laghubhāṣya' before him at the time of teaching the Mahābhāṣya. See Kielhorn's Kātyāyana and Patañjali, also Mahābhāṣya D.E. S.Ed. Vol. VII, pages 71, 72.
uccaritapronounced or uttered; the phrase उच्चरितप्रध्वंसिनः is used in connection with the mute indicatory letters termed इत् in Pāṇini's grammar, as these letters are not actually found in use in the language and are therefore supposed to vanish immediately after their purpose has been servedition The phrase 'उच्चरितप्रध्वंसिनोSनुबन्धा:' has been given as a Paribhāṣā by Vyāḍiparibhāṣāsūcana.(Pari.11), in the Cāndra Vyākaraṇa ( Par. 14), in the Kātantra Vyākaraṇa (Pari.54) and also in the Kalāpa Vyākaraṇa ( Par. 71). Patañjali has used the expression उच्चरितप्रध्वंसिनः in connection with ordinary letters of a word, which have existence for a moment and which also vanish immediately after they have been uttered; confer, compare उच्चरितप्रध्वंसिनः खल्वपि वर्णा: ...न वर्णो वर्णस्य सहायः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.4. 109.
uccāraṇapronunciation, enunciation (in the Śāstra). The phrase उच्चारणसामर्थ्यात् is often found used in the Mahābhāṣya and elsewhere in connection with the words of Pāṇini, everyone of which is believed to , have a purpose or use in the Śāstra, which purpose, if not clearly manifest, is assigned to it on the strength (सामर्थ्य) of its utterance; confer, compare उच्चारणसामर्थ्यादत्र ( हिन्येाः ) उत्वं न भविष्यति M.Bh. on III.4.89 V.2; confer, compare also M.Bh. on IV.4.59, VI.4.163, VII.1.12,50, VII.2.84, In a few cases, a letter is found used by Pāṇini which cannot be assigned any purpose but which has been put there for facility of the use of other letters. Such letters are said to be उच्चारणार्थ; confer, compare जग्धि: । इकार उच्चारणार्थ:। नानुबन्धः । Kāś. on II.4.36.च्लि लुडि. । इकार उच्चारणार्थ:; चकारः स्वरार्थः । Kāś, on III.1. 43. The expressions मुखसुखार्थः and श्रवणार्थः in the Mahābhāṣya mean the same as उच्चारणार्थः.
uṇādiaffixes headed by the affix उण्, which are similar to kṛt affixes of Pāṇini, giving derivation mostly of such words as are not derived by rules of Pāṇini. No particular sense such as agent, object et cetera, and others is mentioned in connection with these affixes, but, as Pāṇini has stated in 'ताभ्यामन्यत्रोणादयः P.III. 4.75, the various Uṇādi affixes are applied to the various roots as prescribed in any Kāraka sense, except the संप्रदान and the अपादान; in other words, any one of the senses, agent, object, instrument and abode, is assigned to the Uṇādi affix as suits the meaning of the word. Although some scholars believe that the Uṇādi affixes are given by a grammarian later than Pāṇini as there are words like ताम्बूल, दीनार and others included in the list of Uṇādi words and that there are many interpolated Sūtras, still the Uṇādi collection must be looked upon as an old one which is definitely mentioned by Pāṇini in two different rules; confer, compare Pāṇini उणादयो बहुलम् P. III.3.1 and ताभ्यामन्यत्रोणादयः III.4.76. Patañjali has given a very interesting discussion about these Uṇādi affixes and stated on the strength of the Vārttika, तत्रोणादिप्रतिषेधः, that these affixes and the words given in the Uṇādi collection should not be considered as genuinely deriveditionThe derivation is not a very systematic and logically correct one and therefore for practical purposes, the words derived by the application of the affixes उण् and others should be looked upon as underived; confer, compare उणादयोSव्युत्पन्नानि प्रातिपदिकानि. Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on. P.I.1.16, III.4.77, IV.1.1, VI.1.62, VII.1.2, VII.2.8 et cetera, and others There is a counterstatement also seen in the Mahābhāṣya उणादयो व्युत्पन्नानि, representing the other view prevailing at the time; confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III.I.133; but not much importance seems to be attached to it. The different systems of grammar have different collections of such words which are also known by the term Uṇādi. Out of the collections belonging to Pāṇini's system, three collections are available at present, the collection into five pādas given in the printed edition of the Siddhānta Kaumudi, the collection into ten Pādas given in the printed edition of the Prakriya-Kaumudi and the collection in the Sarasvatīkaṇthābharaṇa of Bhoja forming Pādas 1, 2 and 3 of the second Adhyāya of the work.
uṇādiprātipadikaword form or crude base, ending with an affix of the uṇ class, which is looked upon as practically underived, the affixes un and others not being looked upon as standard affixes applied with regular meanings attached to them and capable of causing operations to the preceding base as prescribed by rules of grammar; confer, compare उणादयोS व्युत्पन्नानि प्रातिपदिकानि । व्युत्पन्नानीति शाकटायनरीत्या । पाणिनेस्त्वव्युत्पत्तिपक्ष एवेति शब्देन्दुशेखरे निरूपितम्. Pari. Śek. on Paribhāṣa 22.
uṇādisūtradaśapādīthe text of the Uṇādi Sūtras divided into ten chapters believed to have been written by शाकटायन. It is printed at the end of the Prakriyā Kaumud and separately also, and is also available in manuscripts with a few differences. Patañjali in his Bhāṣya on P.III.3.1, seems to have mentioned Sakaṭāyana as the author of the Uṇādi Sūtras although it cannot be stated definitely whether there was at that time, a version of the Sūtras in five chapters or in ten chapters or one, completely different from these, as scholars believe that there are many interpolations and changes in the versions of Uṇādi Sūtras available at present. A critical study of the various versions is extremely desirable.
utsūtranot consistent with what is taught in rules of a Śāstra; confer, compare अनुत्सूत्रपदन्यासा सद्वृत्तिः सन्निबन्धना । शब्दविद्येव नो भाति राजनीतिरपस्पशा Śiśupālavadha II.
udāttathe acute accent defined by Pāṇini in the words उचैरुदात्त: P.I.2. 29. The word उच्चैः is explained by Patañjali in the words 'आयामो दारुण्यं अणुता स्वस्य इति उचैःकराणि शब्दस्य' where आयाम (गात्रनिग्रह restriction of the organs), दारुण्य (रूक्षता rudeness ) and स्वस्य अणुता ( कण्ठस्य संवृतता closure of the glottis) are given as specific characteristics of the acute accent. The acute is the prominent accent in a word-a simple word as also a compound word-and when a vowel in a word is possessed of the acute accent, the remaining vowels have the अनुदात्त or the grave accent. Accent is a property of vowels and consonants do not possess any independent accent. They possess the accent of the adjoining vowel connected with it. The acute accert corresponds to what is termed 'accent' in English and other languages.
udāttanirdeśaconventional understanding about a particular vowel in the wording of a sūtra being marked acute or Udātta, when ordinarily it should not have been so, to imply that a Paribhāṣā is to be applied for the interpretation of that Sūtra: confer, compare उदात्तनिर्देशात्सिद्धम् P.VI.1.13 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).14, also Sīra. Pari. 112.
udāttaśrutithe same as एकश्रुति, accentless tone, mentioned in connection with the latter half of a circumflex vowel as also with a grave vowel or vowels, if not followed by another acute or circumflex vowel; confer, compare नोदात्तस्वरितोदयं. P.VIII.4.67.
udāttasamasimilar to Udātta although not exactly acute, which characterizes the latter half of the circumflex vowel; confer, compare उदात्तसमश्शेषः T.Pr.I.42.
upagītaa fault in the pronunciation of letters, noticed sometimes in the utterance of a letter adjoining such a letter as is coloured with a musical tone on account of the proximity of the adjacent letter which is uttered in a musical note and which therefore is called 'प्रगीत'; confer, compare प्रगीतः सामवदुच्चारितः । उपगीतः समीपवर्णान्तरगीत्यानुरक्तः Kaiyaṭa's Kaiyaṭa's Mahābhāṣyapradīpa.on M.Bh. I. Āhnika 1.
upagrahaa term used by the ancient grammarians in the sense of the Parasmaipada and the Ātmanepada affixes. The word is not found in Pāṇini's Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī.. The Vārttikakāra has used the word in his Vārttika उपग्रहप्रतिषेधश्च on P. III.2.127 evidently in the sense of Pada affixes referring to the Ātmanepada as explained by Kaiyaṭa in the words उपग्रहस्य आत्मनेपदसंज्ञाया इत्यर्थ: । The word occurs in the Ślokavārttika सुप्तिङुपग्रहलिङ्गनराणां quoted by Patañjali in his Mahābhāṣya on व्यत्ययो बहुलम् P. III. 1.85, where Nāgeśa writes लादेशव्यङ्ग्यं स्वार्थत्वादि । इह तत्प्रतीतिनिमित्ते परस्मै-पदात्मनेपदे उपग्रहशब्देन लक्षणयोच्येते । The word is found in the sense of Pada in the Mahābhāṣya on P. III. 1.40. The commentator on Puṣpasūtra explains the word as उपगृह्यते समीपे पठ्यते इति उपग्रहः. The author of the Kāśikā on P. VI. 2.134 has cited the reading चूर्णादीन्यप्राण्युपग्रहात् instead of चूर्णादीन्यप्राणिषष्ठ्याः and made the remark तत्रेापग्रह इति षष्ठ्यन्तमेव पूर्वाचार्योपचारेण गृह्यते. This remark shows that in ancient times उपग्रह meant षष्ठ्यन्त i. e. a word in the genitive case. This sense gave rise to, or was based upon, an allied sense, viz. the meaning of 'षष्ठी' i. e. possession. Possibly the sense 'possession' further developed into the further sense 'possession of the fruit or result for self or others' referring to the तिङ् affixes which possessed that sense. The old sense 'षष्ठ्यन्त' of the word 'उपग्रह' having gone out of use, and the sense 'पद' having come in vogue, the word षष्ठी' must have been substituted for the word 'उपग्रह' by some grammarians before the time of the Kāśikākāras. As Patañjali has dropped the Sūtra (VI. 2.134), it cannot be said definitely whether the change of reading took place before Patañjali or after him.
upajīvyaa term used by later grammarians in connection with such a rule on which another rule depends confer, compare उपजीव्यादन्तरङ्गाच्व प्रधानं प्रबलम् Pari. Śekh. on Pari. 97, as also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on हेतुमति च P. III.1.26. The relationship known as उपजीव्योपजीवकभाव occurs several times in grammar which states the inferiority of the dependent as noticed in the world.
upadeśivadvacanastatement to the effect that a word should be looked upon as occurring in the original instruction although it is not there. See उपदेश.confer, compare नुम्विधावुपदेशिवद्वचनं प्रत्ययविध्यर्थम् P. VII.1.58. Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 1.
upadhmānīyaa letter or a phonetic element substituted for a visarga followed by the first or the second letter of the labial class. Visarga is simply letting the breath out of the mouth. Where the visarga is followed by the first or the second letter of the labial class, its pronunciation is coloured by labial utterance. This coloured utterance cannot be made independently; hence this utterance called 'उपध्मानीय' ( similar to a sound blown from the mouth ) is not put in, as an independent letter, in the वर्णसमाम्नाय attributed to महेश्वर. Patañjali, however, has referred to such dependent utterances by the term अयोगवाहवर्ण. See अयेागवाह; confer, compare xक इति जिह्वामूलीयः । जिह्वामूलेन जन्यत्वात् । xप इत्युपध्मानीयः । उपध्मानेन जन्यत्वात्. अयेगवाह is also called अर्धविसर्ग. See अर्धविसर्ग.
upapadavibhaktia case termination added to a word on account of the presence of another word requiring the addition;confer, compare the well-known Paribhāṣā,उपपदविभक्तेः कारकविभक्तिर्बलीयसी. Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 94; and M.Bh. on I.4. 96 stating the possession of greater force in the case of a kāra-kavibhakti than in the case of an upapadavibhakti.
upapadasamāsathe compound of a word, technically termed as उपपद by Pāṇini according to his definition of the word in III.1.92., with another word which is a verbal derivative; confer, compare कुम्भकारः, नगरकारः Here technically the compound of the words कुम्भ, नगर et cetera, and others which are upapadas is formed with कार,before a case-termination is added to the nominal base कार; confer, compare गतिकारकोपपदानां कृद्भिः सह समासवचनं प्राक् सुबुत्पत्तेः Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 75.
upamāa well-known term in Rhetorics meaning the figure of speech ' simile ' or ' comparison '. The word is often found in the Nirukta in the same sense; confer, compare अथात उपमाः | 'यत् अतत् तत्सदृशम्'इति गार्ग्यः । Nir III.13. Generally an inferior thing is compared to another that is superior in quality.
upalakṣaṇaimplication, indication: a thing indicatory of another thing. The term is very frequently found in commentary works in connection with a word which signifies something beyond it which is similar to it; the indication is generally inclusive; confer, compare Kāśikā on भीस्म्योर्हेतुभये P.I.3.68 भयग्रहणमुपलक्षणार्थं विस्मयोपि तत एव । as also मन्त्रग्रहणं तु च्छन्दस उपलक्षणार्थम् Kāś. on II.4.80. The verbal forms of लक्ष् and उपलक्ष् as also the words लक्षयितुम्, लक्षणीय, लक्षित et cetera, and others possess the sense of 'expressing the meaning not primarily, but secondarily by indication or implication'.
upaśleṣaimmediate contact, as for instance, of one word with another: confer, compare शब्दस्य च शब्देन कोन्योभिसंबन्धो भवितुमर्हति अन्यदत उपश्लेषात् । M.Bh. on VI. 1.72. The word उपश्लिष्ट is also found in the Mahābhāṣya in the same context.
upasaṃgrahainclusion of something, which is not directly mentioned; confer, compare प्रसिद्ध्युपसंग्रहार्थमेतत् Kāś.on P.I.3.48,also इतिकरणं एवंविधानामेप्यन्येषामुपसंग्रहार्थम् Kāś. on P VII.4.65.
upasaṃyoga(1)union;confer, compare नामाख्यातयोस्तु कर्मोपसंयोगद्योतका भवन्ति prepositions are signs to show that such a union with another sense has occurred in the case of the noun or verb to which they are prefixed, Nirukta of Yāska.I.3.; (2) addition; confer, compare अक्रियमाणे हि संज्ञाग्रहणे गरीयानुपसंयोगः कर्तव्यः स्यात् M.Bh. on P. IV.2.21. Vārt, 2.
upasargapreposition, prefix. The word उसपर्ग originally meant only 'a prefixed word': confer, compare सोपसर्गेषु नामसु Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XVI. 38. The word became technically applied by ancient Sanskrit Gratmmarians to the words प्र, परा, अप, सम् et cetera, and others which are always used along with a verb or a verbal derivative or a noun showing a verbal activity; confer, compare उपसर्गाः क्रियायोगे P. I. 4.59. 'These prefixes are necessariiy compounded with the following word unless the latter is a verbal form; confer, compare कुगतिप्रादयः P.II. 2.18. Although they are not compounded with a verbal form, these prepositions are used in juxtaposition with it; sometimes they are found detached from the verbal form even with the intervention of one word or more. The prefixes are instrumental in changing the meaning of the root. Some scholars like Śākaṭāyana hold the view that separated from the roots, prefixes do not express any specific sense as ordinary words express, while scholars like Gārgya hold the view that prefixes do express a sense e. g. प्र means beginning or प्रारम्भ; confer, compare न निर्बद्धा उपसर्गा अर्थान्निराहुरिति शाकटायनः । नामाख्यातयोस्तु कर्मोपसंयोगद्योतका भवन्ति । उच्चावचाः पदार्था भवन्तीति गार्ग्यः । तद्य एषु पदार्थः प्राहुरिमं तं नामाख्यातयोरर्थविकरणम् Nirukta of Yāska.I. 8. It is doubtful, however, which view Pāṇini himself held. In his Ātmanepada topic, he has mentioned some specific roots as possessing some specific senses when preceded by some specific prefixes (see P. I. 3.20, 24, 25, 40, 4l, 46, 52, 56, et cetera, and others), which implies possibly that roots themselves possess various senses, while prefixes are simply instrumental in indicating or showing them. On the other hand, in the topic of the Karmapravacanīyas,the same words प्र, परा et cetera, and others which, however, are not termed Upasargas for the time being, although they are called Nipātas, are actually assigned some specific senses by Pāṇini. The Vārttikakāra has defined उपसर्ग as क्रियाविशेषक उपसर्गः P. I. 3.I. Vārt 7, leaving it doubtful whether the उपसर्ग or prefix possesses an independent sense which modifies the sense of the root, or without possessing any independent sense, it shows only the modified sense of the root which also is possessed by the root. Bhartṛhari, Kaiyaṭa and their followers including Nāgeśa have emphatically given the view that not only prefixes but Nipātas, which include प्र, परा and others as Upasargas as well as Karmapravacanīyas, do not denote any sense, but they indicate it; they are in fact द्योतक and not वाचक. For details see Nirukta of Yāska.I. 3, Vākyapadīya II. 190, Mahābhāṣya on I. 3.1. Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 7 and Kaiyaṭa's Mahābhāṣyapradīpa.and Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.thereon. The Ṛk Prātiśākhya has discussed the question in XII. 6-9 where, as explained by the commentator, it is stated that prefixes express a sense along with roots or nouns to which they are attachedition It is not clear whether they convey the sense by denotation or indication, the words वाचक in stanza 6 and विशेषकृत् in stanza 8 being in favour of the former and the latter views respectively; cf उपसर्गा विंशतिरर्थवाचकाः सहेतराभ्यामितरे निपाताः; क्रियावाचकभाख्यातमुपसर्गो विशेषकृत्, सत्त्वाभिधायकं नाम निपातः पादपूरणः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XII. st. 6 and 8. For the list of upasargas see Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XII. 6, Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I. 15, Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.VI.24, and S. K. on P. I.4.60.
upasargadyotyatāthe view or doctrine that prefixes, by themselves, do not possess any sense, but they indicate the sense of the verb or noun with which they are connectedition For details See Vākyapadīya II.165-206; also vol. VII. pages 370-372 of Vyākaraṇa Mahābhāṣya edition by the D. E. Society, Poona.
ūṅfeminine. affix ऊ prescribed after masculine nouns ending in the vowel ऊ and denoting a human being as also after some other specific masculine bases cf ऊङुतः P.IV. I.66 and the following sūtras. exempli gratia, for example कुरूः, पङ्गूः श्वश्रूः, करभोरूः, भद्रबाहूः et cetera, and others
ūt(1)long vowel ऊ which cannot be combined by rules of saṁdhi with the following vowel when it comes at the end of the forms of the dual number e. g. साधू अत्र et cetera, and others; confer, compare ईदूदेद्विवचनं प्रगृह्यम् P.I.1.11, as ， also ईदूतौ च सप्तम्यर्थे I.1.19; (2) long vowel ऊ substituted for the short उ of the root गोह् before an affix beginning with a vowel e. g. निगूहति; confer, compare ऊदुपधाया गोहः P. VI.4.89.
ṛktantraa work consisting of five chapters containing in all 287 sūtras. It covers the same topics as the Prātiśākhya works and is looked upon as one of the Prātiśākhya works of the Sāma Veda. Its authorship is attributed to Śākaṭāyana according to Nageśa, while औदिव्राज is held as its author by some, and कात्यायन by others. It bears a remarkable similarity to Pāṇini's Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. especially in topics concerning coalescence and changes of स् and न् to ष् and ण् respectively. It cannot be definitely said whether it preceded or followed Pāṇini's work.
ṛkprātiśākhyaone of the Prātiśākhya works belonging to the Aśvalāyana Śākha of the Ṛg Veda. The work available at present, appears to be not a very old one,possibly written a century or so after Pāṇini's time. It is possible that the work, which is available, is based upon a few ancient Prātiśākhya works which are lost. Its authorship is attributed to Śaunaka.The work is a metrical one and consists of three books or Adhyāyas, each Adhyāya being made up of six Paṭalas or chapters. It is written, just as the other Prātiśākhya works, with a view to give directions for the proper recitation of the Veda. It has got a scholarly commentary written by Uvaṭa and another one by Kumāra who is also called Viṣṇumitra. See अाश्वलायनप्रातिशाख्य.
ekaśeṣaa kind of composite formation in which only one of the two or more words compounded together subsists, the others being elided; confer, compare एकः शिष्यते इतरे निवर्तन्ते वृक्षश्च वृक्षश्च वृक्षौ । Kāśikā on सरूपाणामेकशेष एक-विभक्तौ P.I.2.64; confer, compare also सुरूपसमुदायाद्धि विभक्तिर्या विधीयते । एकस्तत्रार्थवान् सिद्धः समुदायस्य वाचकः ।। Bhāṣāvṛtti on P. I. 2.64. There is a dictum of grammarians that every individual object requires a separate expression to convey its presence. Hence, when there is a dual sense, the word has to be repeated, as also the word has to be multiplied when there is a plural sense. In current spoken language, however, in such cases the word is used only once. To justify this single utterance for conveying the sense of plurality, Pāṇini has laid down a general rule सरूपाणामेकशेष एकविभक्तौ and many other similar rules to cover cases of plurality not of one and the same object, but plurality cased by many objects, such as plurality caused by ideas going in pairs or relations such as parents, brothers and sisters, grand-father and grand-son, male and female. For example, see the words वृक्षश्च वृक्षश्च वृक्षौ; Similarly वृक्षाः for many trees, पितरौ for माता च पिता च; देवौ for देवी च देवश्च; confer, compare also the words श्वशुरौ, भ्रातरौ, गार्ग्यौ (for गार्ग्य and गार्ग्यायण),आवाम् (for त्वं च अहं च), यौ (for स च यश्च) and गावः feminine. अजा feminine. अश्वाः masculine gender. irrespective of the individuals being some males and some females. Pāṇini has devoted 10 Sūtras to this topic of Ekaśeṣa. The Daiva grammar has completely ignored this topic. Patanjali has very critically and exhaustively discussed this topic. Some critics hold that the topic of एकशेघ did not exist in the original Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. of Pāṇini but it was interpolated later on, and adduce the long discussion in the Mahābhāṣya especially the Pūrvapakṣa therein, in support of their argument. Whatever the case be, the Vārttikakāra has commented upon it at length; hence, the addition must have been made immediately after Pāṇini, if at all there was any. For details see Mahābhāṣya on I.1.64 to 73 as also,Introduction p. 166-167, Vol.7 of the Mahābhāṣya published by the D. E. Society, Poona.
ekaśrutithat which has got the same accent or tone; utterance in the same tone; monotone. The word is applied to the utterance of the vocative noun or phrase calling a man from a distance, as also to that of the vowels or syllables following a Svarita vowel in the Saṁhitā id est, that is the continuous utterance of Vedic sentences; confer, compare एकश्रुति दूरात्संबुद्वौ and the foll. P.I.2.33-40 and the Mahābhāṣya thereon. In his discussion on I.2.33 Patañjali has given three alternative views about the accent of Ekaśruti syllables : (a) they possess an accent between the उदात्त (acute) and अनुदात्त (grave), (b) they are in the same accent as is possessed by the preceding vowel, (c) Ekaśruti is looked upon as the seventh of the seven accents; confer, compare सैषा ज्ञापकाभ्यामुदात्तानुदात्तयोर्मध्यमेकश्रुतिरन्तरालं ह्रियते। ... सप्त स्वरा भवन्ति | उदात्तः, उदात्ततर:, अनुदात्तः, अनुदात्ततर:, स्वरितः स्वरिते य उदात्तः सोन्येन विशिष्टः, एकश्रुतिः सप्तमः । M.Bh. on P.I.2.33.
ekārathe letter ए; looked upon as a diphthong ( संध्यक्षर ) made up of the letters अ and इ. The combination of the two constituent parts is so complete as cannot allow any of the two parts to be independently working for saṁdhi or any other operation with its adjoining letter; cf नाव्यपवृत्तस्य अवयवे तद्विधिर्यथा द्रव्येषु Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Śivasūtra 3 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 9.
eṇīkṛtaA fault in pronunciation when the voice is indistinct, and the word pronounced is not distinctly heard; confer, compare एणीकृतः अविशिष्टः । किमयमोकारः अथौकार इति यत्र संदेहः Kaiyaṭa's Mahābhāṣyapradīpa.on M.Bh.I.1.1,explained as अवशिष्ट: संश्लिष्टः संदिग्ध इति यावत् by Nāgeśa in his Uddyota.
editmarked by the mute indicatory letter ए. Roots marked with indicatory ए do not allow वृद्धि for their vowel in the aorist: exempli gratia, for example अरगीत्, अलगीत्; confer, compare P.VII.2.5.
aindraname of an ancient school of grammar and of the treatise also, belonging to that school, believed to have been written under instructions of Indra. The work is not available. Patañjali mentions that Bṛhaspati instructed Indra for one thousand celestial years and still did not finish his instructions in words': (Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I.1.1 ). The Taittirīya Saṁhitā mentions the same. Pāṇini has referred to some ancient grammarians of the East by the word प्राचाम् without mentioning their names, and scholars like Burnell think that the grammar assigned to Indra is to be referred to by the word प्राचाम्. The Bṛhatkathāmañjarī remarks that Pāṇini's grammar threw into the background the Aindra Grammar. Some scholars believe that Kalāpa grammar which is available today is based upon Aindra,just as Cāndra is based upon Pāṇini's grammar. References to Aindra Grammar are found in the commentary on the Sārasvata Vyākaraṇa, in the Kavikalpadruma of Bopadeva as also in the commentary upon the Mahābhārata by Devabodha.Quotations, although very few, are given by some writers from the work. All these facts prove that there was an ancient pre-Pāṇinian treatise on Grammar assigned to इन्द्र which was called Aindra-Vyākaraṇa.For details see Dr.Burnell's 'Aindra School of Sanskrit Grammarians' as also Vol. VII pages 124-126 of Vyākaraṇa Mahābhāṣya, edited by the D.E.Society, Poona.
otthe vowel ओ; confer, compare ओत् PI.1.15,16 prescribingप्रगृह्यसंज्ञा for Nipātas like अहो, उताहो and others with a view that the wowel at their end should not coalesce with the following vowel. The Prātiśākhya works prohibit the coalescence of ओ in many cases with the succeeding vowel; confer, compare Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I.70; Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I.94.
aurasaproduced from the chest ; the Visajanīya and h (हकार) are looked upon as औरस and not कण्ठ्य by Some ancient phoneticians;confer, compare केचिदाचार्याः एतौ हकारविसर्जनीयौ उर:स्थानाविच्छन्ति commentary on R.Pr.I.18: confer, compare also हकारं पञ्चमैर्युक्तमन्तस्थाभिश्च संयुतम् । उरस्यं तं विजानीयात्कण्ठ्यमाहुरसंयुतम् । Pān. Śikṣā. 16.
m̐ nāsikyaa nasal letter or utterance included among the अयोगवाह letters analogous to anusvāra and yama letters. It is mentioned in the Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya as हुँ इति नासिक्यः on which Uvvaṭa's Bhāṣya on the Prātiśākhya works.makes the remark अयमृक्शाखायां प्रसिद्धः. The Ṛk-Prātiśākhya mentions नासिक्य, यम and अनुस्वार as नासिक्य or nasal letters, while Uvvaṭa's Bhāṣya on the Prātiśākhya works.defines नासिक्य as a letter produced only by the nose; confer, compare केवलनासिकया उच्चार्यमाणे वर्णॊ नासिक्यः Uvvaṭa's Bhāṣya on the Prātiśākhya works.on Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I. 20. The Taittirīya Prātiśākhya calls the letter ह् as nāsikya when it is followed by the consonant न् or ण् or म् and gives अह्नाम् , अपराह्णे and ब्रह्म as instances. The Pāṇinīya Śikṣā does not mention नासिक्य as a letter. The Mahābhāṣya mentions नासिक्य as one of the six ayogavāha letters; confer, compare के पुनरयोगवाहाः । विसर्जनीयजिह्वामूलीयोपध्मानीयानुस्वारानुनासिक्ययमाः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on Śivasūtra 5 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 5, where some manuscripts read नासिक्य for अानुनासिक्य while in some other manuscripts there is neither the word आनुनासिक्य nor नासिक्य. It is likely that the anunāsika-colouring given to the vowel preceding the consonant सू substituted for the consonants म, न् and others by P. VIII. 3.2. to 12, was looked upon as a separate phonetic unit and called नासिक्य as for instance in सँस्कर्ता, मा हिँसीः, सँशिशाधि et cetera, and others
yamaa letter called यम which is uttered partly through the nose. A class consonant excepting the fifth, when followed by the fifth viz. ङ्, ञ्, ण्, न or म् , gets doubled in the Vedic recital, when the second of the doubled consonant which is coloured by the following nasal consonant is called यम. This यम letter is not independent. It necessarily depends upon the following nasal consonant and hence it is called अयोगवाह. The nasalization is shown in script as xx followed by the consonant; e. g. पलिक्क्नी, अगूग्रे, et cetera, and others The pronunciation of this yama or twin letter is seen in the Vedic recital only; confer, compare पलिक्कनी ... कखगघेभ्य; परे तत्सदृशा एव यमाः S. K. on P. VIII. 2.1. confer, compare कु खु गु घु इति यमाः विंशतिसंख्याका भवन्ति Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.VIII.24.
karkyādia class of words headed by the word कर्की, the word प्रस्थ after which in a compound, does not have the acute accent on its first vowel. e. g. कर्कीप्रस्थः; confer, compare P.VI.2.87.
kampanaa fault in uttering an accented vowel especially a vowel with the circumflex accent which is not properly uttered by the Southerners as remarked by Uvvata; cf कम्पनं नाम रचराश्रितपाठदोषः । स च प्रायेण दाक्षिणात्यानां भवति । स च वर्ज्यः । Uvvaṭa's Bhāṣya on the Prātiśākhya works.on Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) III.18.
karaviṇīor कर्विणी name of a svarabhakti i. e. behaviour like the vowel लृ, noticed in the case of the consonant ल् when followed by the sibilant ह्; confer, compare करेणू रहयोर्योगे कर्विणी लहकारयोः । हरिणी रशसानां च हारिता लशकारयोः ॥ करेणुः बर् हिः । कर्विणी भलहाः Com. on Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XXI. 15. See स्वरभक्ति.
kariṇīname of a svarabhakti i. e. behaviour like the vowel ऋ noticed in the case of the consonant र्. when it is followed by ह् e. g. बर् हिः करिणी is named करेणु also.
kartṛsthakriya(a root)whose activity is found functioning in the subject;confer, compare यत्र क्रियाकृतविशेषदर्शनं कर्तरि Kaiyata on P.III.1.87 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 3. Such roots, although transitive do not have any Karmakartari construction by the rule कर्मवत्कर्मणा तुल्यक्रियः P.III. 1.87. as exempli gratia, for example ग्रामं गच्छति देवदत्तः has no कर्मकर्तरि construction; confer, compare कर्मस्थभावकानां कर्मस्थक्रियाणां वा कर्ता कर्मवद् भवतीति वक्तव्यम् । कर्तृस्थभावकानां कर्तृस्थक्रियाणां वा कर्ता कर्मवन्मा भूदिति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III. 1.87. Vārt, 3.
kartṛsthabhāvaka(a root)whose action or happening is noticed functioning in the subject; exempli gratia, for example the root स्मृ. confer, compare कर्तस्थभावकश्चायं (स्मरतिः) Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). of I.3.67, कतृस्थभावकश्च शेतिः (शीधातुः) Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on V.3.55.
karman(1)object of a transitive verb, defined as something which the agent or the doer of an action wants primarily to achieve. The main feature of कर्मन् is that it is put in the accusative case; confer, compare कर्तुरीप्सिततमं कर्म, कर्मणि द्वितीया; P. I.4.49; II.3.2. Pāṇini has made कर्म a technical term and called all such words 'karman' as are connected with a verbal activity and used in the accusative case; confer, compare कर्तुरीप्सिततमं कर्म; तथायुक्तं चानीप्सितम् ; अकथितं च and गतिबुद्धिप्रत्यवसानार्थशब्दकर्माकर्मकाणामणि कर्ता स णौ P.I.4.49-52;cf also यत् क्रियते तत् कर्म Kātantra vyākaraṇa Sūtra.II.4.13, कर्त्राप्यम् Jain I. 2. 120 and कर्तुर्व्याप्यं कर्म Hemacandra's Śabdānuśāsana. II. 2. 3. Sometimes a kāraka, related to the activity ( क्रिया) as saṁpradāna, apādāna or adhikaraṇa is also treated as karma, if it is not meant or desired as apādāna,saṁpradāna et cetera, and others It is termed अकथितकर्म in such cases; confer, compare अपादानादिविशेषकथाभिरविवक्षितमकथितम् Kāś. on I.4.51. See the word अकथित a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. Karman or object is to be achieved by an activity or क्रिया; it is always syntactically connected with a verb or a verbal derivative.When connected with verbs or verbal derivatives indeclinables or words ending with the affixes उक, क्त, क्तवतु, तृन् , etc, it is put in the accusative case. It is put in the genitive case when it is connected with affixes other than those mentioned a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.; confer, compare P, II.3.65, 69. When, however, the karman is expressed ( अभिहित ) by a verbal termination ( तिङ् ), or a verbal noun termination (कृत्), or a nounaffix ( तद्धित ), or a compound, it is put in the nominative case. exempli gratia, for example कटः क्रियते, कटः कृतः, शत्यः, प्राप्तोदकः ग्रामः et cetera, and others It is called अभिहित in such cases;confer, compare P.II.3.1.Sec the word अनभिहित a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..The object or Karman which is ईप्सिततम is described to be of three kinds with reference to the way in which it is obtained from the activity. It is called विकार्य when a transformation or a change is noticed in the object as a result of the verbal activity, e. g. काष्ठानि भस्मीकरोति, घटं भिनत्ति et cetera, and others It is called प्राप्य when no change is seen to result from the action, the object only coming into contact with the subject, e. g. ग्रामं गच्छति, आदित्यं पश्यति et cetera, and others It is called निर्वर्त्य when the object is brought into being under a specific name; exempli gratia, for example घटं करोति, ओदनं पचति; confer, compare निर्वर्त्ये च विकार्यं च प्राप्यं चेति त्रिधा मतम् । तत्रेप्सिततमम् Padamañjarī, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Haradatta. on I.4.49: confer, compare also Vākyapadīya III.7.45 as also Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. on 1.4.49. The object which is not ईप्सिततम is also subdivided into four kinds e. g. (a) अनीप्सित (ग्रामं गच्छन् ) व्याघ्रं पश्यति, (b) औदासीन्येन प्राप्य or इतरत् or अनुभय exempli gratia, for example (ग्रामं गच्छन्) वृक्षमूलानि उपसर्पति, (c) अनाख्यात or अकथित exempli gratia, for example बलिं in बलिं याचते वसुधाम् (d) अन्यपूर्वक e.g अक्षान् दीव्यति, ग्राममभिनिविशते; confer, compare Padamañjarī, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Haradatta. on I.4 49, The commentator Abhayanandin on Jainendra Vyākaraṇa mentions seven kinds प्राप्य, विषयभूत, निर्वर्त्य, विक्रियात्मक, ईप्सित, अनीप्सित and इतरत्, defining कर्म as कर्त्रा क्रियया यद् आप्यं तत् कारकं कर्म; confer, compare कर्त्राप्यम् Jain. Vy. I.2.120 and commentary thereon. जेनेन्द्रमधीते is given therein as an instance of विषयभूत. (2) The word कर्मन् is also used in the sense of क्रिया or verbal activity; confer, compare उदेनूर्ध्वकर्मणि P.I.3.24; आदिकर्मणि क्तः कर्तरि च P.III.4.71, कर्तरि कर्मव्यतिहारे P.I.3.14. (3) It is also used in the sense of activity in general, as for instance,the sense of a word; e. g. नामाख्यातयोस्तु कर्मोपसंयोगद्योतका भवन्ति Nirukta of Yāska.I. 3.4, where Durgācārya's commentary on the Nirukta.explains karman as 'sense' ( अर्थ ).
kamenāmanliterally noun showing action, participle. कर्मप्रवचनीय a technical term used in connection with a preposition which showed a verbal activity formerly, although for the present time it does not show it; the word is used as a technical term in grammar in connection with prefixes or उपसर्गs which are not used along.with a root, but without it confer, compare कर्म प्रोक्तवन्तः कर्मप्रवचनीयाः इति M.Bh. on P.I.4.83; exempli gratia, for example शाकल्यस्य संहितामनु प्रावर्षत्, अन्वर्जुनं योद्धारः, अा कुमारं यशः पाणिनेः; confer, compare Kāś. on P.I.4.83 to 98.
karmavadbhāvathe activity of the agent or kartā of an action represented as object or karman of that very action, for the sake of grammatical operations: e. g. भिद्यते काष्ठं स्वयमेव;. करिष्यते कटः स्वयमेव. To show facility of a verbal activity on the object, when the agent or kartā is dispensed with, and the object is looked upon as the agent, and used also as an agent, the verbal terminations ति, त; et cetera, and others are not applied in the sense of an agent, but they are applied in the sense of an object; consequently the sign of the voice is not अ (शप्), but य (यक्) and the verbal terminations are त, आताम् et cetera, and others (तङ्) instead of ति, तस् et cetera, and others In popular language the use of an expression of this type is called Karmakartari-Prayoga. For details see Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on कर्मवत्कर्मणा तुल्यक्रियः P.III.1.87. Only such roots as are कर्मस्थक्रियक or कर्मस्थभावक id est, that is roots whose verbal activity is noticed in the object and not in the subject can have this Karmakartari-Prayoga.
karmasthabhāvaka(roots)having their verbal action or happening noticed in the object; e. g. the root आस् and शी in बालमासयति शाययति where the function of the root bears effect in the Object boy and not in the movements of the object as in the sentence बालमवरुणद्धि. See कर्मस्थक्रिय a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. as also M.Bh. on III.1.87 and Kaiyaṭa on the same.
karṣaṇaextension; protraction, defined as kālaviprakarṣa by commentators; a peculiarity in the recital as noticed in the pronunciation of ट् when followed by च् , or ड् when followed by ज् exempli gratia, for example षट्चै; षड्जात. confer, compare Nār. Śik. I.7.19.
kalaa fault of pronunciation consequent upon directing the tongue to a place in the mouth which is not the proper one, for the utterance of a vowel; a vowel so pronounced; confer, compare संवृतः कलो ध्मात: ... रोमश इति confer, comparealso निवृत्तकलादिकामवर्णस्य प्रत्यापत्तिं वक्ष्यामि M.Bh. Āhnika 1.
kalmanthe same as karman or object of an action especially when it is not fully entitled to be called karman, but looked upon as karman only for the sake of being used in the accusative case; subordinate karman, as for instance the cow in गां पयो दोग्धि. The term was used by ancient grammarians; confer, compare विपरीतं तु यत्कर्म तत् कल्म कवयो विदुः M.Bh. on P.I.4.51. See कर्मन्.
kavicandraauthor of a small treatise on grammar called Sārasatvarī. He lived in the seventeenth century A.D. He was a resident of Darbhaṅgā. Jayakṛṣṇa is also given as the name of the author of the Sārasatvarī grammar and it is possible that Jayakṛṣṇa was given the title, or another name, Kavicandra.
kaskādia class of compound-words headed by कस्क in which the visarga occurring at the end of the first member is noticed as changed into स् against the usual rules e. g. कस्क:, कौतस्कुतः भ्रातुष्पुत्रः, सद्यस्कालः, धनुष्कपालम् and others; confer, compare P. VIII.3.48. As this कस्कादिगण is said to be अाकृतिगण, similar words can be said to be in the कस्कादिगण although they are not actually mentioned in the गणपाठ.
kātantraname of an important small treatise on grammar which appears like a systematic abridgment of the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. of Pāṇini. It ignores many unimportant rules of Pāṇini, adjusts many, and altogether omits the Vedic portion and the accent chapter of Pāṇini. It lays down the Sūtras in an order different from that of Pāṇini dividing the work into four adhyāyas dealing with technical terms, saṁdhi rules,declension, syntax compounds noun-affixes ( taddhita affixes ) conjugation, voice and verbal derivatives in an order. The total number of rules is 1412 supplemented by many subordinate rules or Vārttikas. The treatise is believed to have been written by Śarvavarman, called Sarvavarman or Śarva or Sarva, who is said to have lived in the reign of the Sātavāhana kings. The belief that Pāṇini refers to a work of Kalāpin in his rules IV. 3.108 and IV.3.48 and that Patañjali's words कालापम् and माहवार्तिकम् support it, has not much strength. The work was very popular especially among those who wanted to study spoken Sanskrit with ease and attained for several year a very prominent place among text-books on grammar especially in Bihar, Bengal and Gujarat. It has got a large number of glosses and commentary works, many of which are in a manuscript form at present. Its last chapter (Caturtha-Adhyāya) is ascribed to Vararuci. As the arrangement of topics is entirely different from Pāṇini's order, inspite of considerable resemblance of Sūtras and their wording, it is probable that the work was based on Pāṇini but composed on the models of ancient grammarians viz. Indra, Śākaṭāyana and others whose works,although not available now, were available to the author. The grammar Kātantra is also called Kālāpa-vyākaraṇasūtra.. A comparison of the Kātantra Sūtras and the Kālāpa-vyākaraṇasūtra. Sūtras shows that the one is a different version of the other. The Kātantra Grammar is also called Kaumāra as it is said that the original 1nstructions for the grammar were received by the author from Kumāra or Kārttikeya. For details see Vol. VII Patañjala Mahābhāṣya published by the D.E. Society, Poona, page 375.
kātantrapañjikāa name usually given to a compendium of the type of Vivaraṇa or gloss written on the Kātantra Sūtras. The gloss written by Durgasiṁha's Kātantra-Sūtravṛtti. on the famous commentary on the Kātantra Sūtras by Durgasiṁha's Kātantra-Sūtravṛtti. ( the same as the the famous Durgasiṁha's Kātantra-Sūtravṛtti. or another of the same name ) known as दौर्गसिंही वृत्ति is called Kātantra Pañjika or Kātantravivaraṇa. A scholar of Kātantra grammar by name Kuśala has written a Pañjika on दुर्गसिंहृ's वृत्ति which is named प्रदीप, Another scholar, Trivikrama has written a gloss named Uddyota.
kātantraparibhāṣāvṛtti(1)name of a gloss on the Paribhāṣāpaṭha written by Bhāvamiśra, probably a Maithila Pandit whose date is not known. He has explained 62 Paribhāṣās deriving many of them from the Kātantra Sūtras. The work seems to be based on the Paribhāṣā works by Vyāḍiparibhāṣāsūcana.and others on the system of Pāṇini, suitable changes having been made by the writer with a view to present the work as belonging to the Kātantra school; (2) name of a gloss on the Paribhāṣāpaṭha of the Kātantra school explaining 65 Paribhāṣās. No name of the author is found in the Poona manuscript. The India Office Library copy has given Durgasiṁha's Kātantra-Sūtravṛtti. as the author's name; but it is doubted whether Durgasiṁha's Kātantra-Sūtravṛtti. was the author of it. See परिभाषासंग्रह edition by B. O. R. I. Poona.
kātantrapariśiṣṭaascribed to Śrīpatidatta, whose date is not known; from a number of glosses written on this work, it appears that the work was once very popular among students of the Kātantra School.
kātantrapariśiṣṭacandrikāa gloss on the Kātantra-Pariśiṣṭa ascribed to a scholar named Ramadāsa-cakravartin who has written another...work also named Kātantravyākhyāsāra.
kātya(1)another name sometimes given to Katyāyana to whom is ascribed the composition of the Vārttikas on Pāṇini-sūtras; (2) an ancient writer Kātya quoted as a lexicographer by Kṣīrasvāmin, Hemacandra and other writers.
kātyāyanathe well-known author of the Vārttikas on the sūtras of Pāṇini. He is also believed to be the author of the Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya and many sūtra works named after him. He is believed to be a resident of South India on the strength of the remark प्रियतद्धिता दाक्षिणात्याः made by Patañjali in connection with the statement 'यथा लौकिकवैदिकेषु' which is looked upon as Kātyāyana's Vārttika. Some scholars say that Vararuci was also another name given to him, in which case the Vārttikakāra Vararuci Kātyāyana has to be looked upon as different from the subsequent writer named Vararuci to whom some works on Prakrit and Kātantra grammar are ascribedition For details see The Volume of the introduction in Marathi to the Pātañjala Mahābhāṣya, written by K. V. Abhyankar and published by the O. E. Society, Poona.. pages I93-223 published by the D. E.Society, Poona.See also वार्तिकपाठ below.
kārakakārikāpossibly another name for the treatise on Kārakas known as कारकचक्र written by Puruṣottamadeva's Paribhāṣāvṛtti.adeva the reputed grammarian of Bengal who lived in the latter half of the twelfth century A. D. See कारकचक्र.
kārakakhaṇḍanamaṇḍanaalso called षट्कारक-खण्डनमण्डन which is a portion of theauthor's bigger work named त्रिलो-चनचन्द्रिका. The work is a discourse on the six kārakas written by Maṇikaṇṭha, a grammarian of the Kātantra school. He has also written another treatise named Kārakavicāra
kārakavibhakticase affix governed by a verb or verbal derivative as contrasted with उपपदविभक्ति a case affix governed by a noun, not possessing any verbal activity. See the word कारक a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page., See also the word उपपदविभक्ति.
kārakavibhaktibalīyastvathe dictum that a Kāraka case is stronger than an Upapada case,e. g. the accusative case as required by the word नमस्कृत्य,which is stronger than the dative case as required by the word नमः. Hence the word मुनित्रयं has to be used in the sentence : मुनित्रयं नमस्कृत्य and not the word मुनित्रयाय confer, compare उपपदविभक्तेः कारकविभक्तिर्बलीयसी Pari. Śek. Pari. 94.
kālanotion of time created by different contacts made by a thing with other things one after another. Time required for the utterance of a short vowel is taken as a unit of time which is called मात्रा or कालमात्रा, literally measurement of time; (2) degree of a vowel, the vowels being looked upon as possessed of three degrees ह्रस्व,दीर्घ,& प्लुत measured respectively by one, two and three mātrās; confer, compare ऊकालोSझ्रस्वदीर्घप्लुतः P.I.2.27; (3) time notion in general, expressed in connection with an activity in three ways past (भूत), present (वर्तमान), and future (भविष्यत्) to show which the terms भूता, वर्तमाना and भविष्यन्ती were used by ancient grammarians; cf the words पूर्वकाल, उत्तरकाल; also confer, compare पाणिन्युपज्ञमकालकं व्याकरणम् Kāś. on P. II. 4.21 ; (4) place of recital ( पाठदेश ) depending on the time of recital, confer, compare न परकालः पूर्वकाले पुनः (V.Pr.III. 3) a dictum similar to Pāṇini's पूर्वत्रासिद्धम् P. VIII.2.1.
kāladuṣṭaa word not sanctioned by rules of grammar. The word probably refers to the corruption taking place in connection with the use of a word on account of lapse of time: confer, compare कालदुष्टा अपशब्दाः Durgh. Vr. on II.2.6.
kāśikā(1)name given to the reputed gloss (वृत्ति) on the Sūtras of Pāṇini written by the joint authors.Jayāditya and Vāmana in the 7th century A.D. Nothing definitely can be said as to which portion was written by Jayāditya and which by Vamana, or the whole work was jointly written. Some scholars believe that the work was called Kāśikā as it was written in the city of Kāśī and that the gloss on the first five Adhyāyas was written by Jayāditya and that on the last three by Vāmana. Although it is written in a scholarly way, the work forms an excellent help to beginners to understand the sense of the pithy Sūtra of Pāṇini. The work has not only deserved but obtained and maintained a very prominent position among students and scholars of Pāṇini's grammar in spite of other works like the Bhāṣāvṛtti, the Prakriyā Kaumudi, the Siddhānta Kaumudi and others written by equally learned scholars. Its wording is based almost on the Mahābhāṣya which it has followed, avoiding, of course, the scholarly disquisitions occurring here and there in the Mahābhāṣya. It appears that many commentary works were written on it, the wellknown among them being the Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā or Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. written by Jinendrabuddhi and the Padamañjari by Haradatta. For details see Vyākaraṇamahābhāṣya Vol.VII pp 286-87 published by the D. E. Society, Poona. ( 2 ) The name Kāśikā is sometimes found given to their commentaries on standard works of Sanskrit Grammar by scholars, as possibly they were written at Kāśī; as for instance, (a) Kāśikā on Vaiyākaraṇabhūṣaṇasāra by Hari Dīkṣita, and ( b ) Kāśikā on Paribhāṣenduśekhara by Vaidyanātha Pāyaguṇḍe.
kṛtliterally activity; a term used in the grammars of Pāṇini and others for affixes applied to roots to form verbal derivatives; confer, compare कृदतिङ् । धातोः ( ३ ।१।९१ ) इत्यधिकारे तिङ्कवर्जितः प्रत्ययः कृत् स्यात् । Kāś. on III.1.93, The kṛt affixes are given exhaustively by Pāṇini in Sūtras III.1.91 to III.4. I17. कृत् and तद्धित appear to be the ancient Pre-Pāṇinian terms used in the Nirukta and the Prātiśākhya works in the respective senses of root-born and noun-born words ( कृदन्त and तद्धितान्त according to Pāṇini's terminology), and not in the sense of mere affixes; confer, compare सन्त्यल्पप्रयोगाः कृतोप्यैकपदिकाः Nirukta of Yāska.I.14: अथापि भाषिकेभ्यो धातुभ्यो नैगमाः कृतो भाष्यन्ते Nirukta of Yāska.II.2; तिङ्कृत्तद्धितसमासा: शब्दमयम् V.Pr. I.27; also confer, compare V.Pr. VI.4. Patañjali and later grammarians have used the word कृत् in the sense of कृदन्त; confer, compare गतिकारकोपपदानां कृद्भिः सह समासवचनं प्राक् सुबुत्पत्तेः Pari Śek.Pari.75. The kṛt affixes are given by Pāṇini in the senses of the different Kārakas अपादान, संप्रदान, करण, अाधकरण, कर्म and कर्तृ, stating in general terms that if no other sense is assigned to a kṛt affix it should be understood that कर्ता or the agent of the verbal activity is the sense; confer, compare कर्तरि कृत् । येष्वर्थनिर्देशो नास्ति तत्रेदमुपतिष्ठते Kāś. on III.4.67. The activity element possessed by the root lies generally dormant in the verbal derivative nouns; confer, compare कृदभिहितो भावो द्रव्यवद्भवति, क्रियावदपि । M.Bh.on V.4.19 and VI. 2.139
kṛtākṛtaprasaṅgia definition of the term नित्य in the sense of a rule which occurs after certain another rule is applied as well as before that rule is applied: confer, compare कृताकृतप्रसङ्गि नित्यम् । तद्विपरीतमनित्यम् । Pari, Sek. Pari. 42; cf also कंथं पुनरयं नित्यः । कृताकृतप्रसङ्गित्वात् l Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VI. 4. 62.
kṛtārthalit which has got its purpose served: a term used in connection with a rule that has been possible to be applied (without clash with another rule) in the case of certain instances, although it comes into conflict in the case of other istances confer, compare तत्र कृतार्थत्वाद् दिकशब्दपक्षे परेण ठञ्जतौ स्याताम् Kāś. P.IV. 3.5. The word चरितार्थ is used almost in the same sense.
kṛtyaliterally that which should be done; the word कृत्य is used as a tech nical term in grammar in the sense of kṛt affixes which possess the sense 'should be done'. Pāṇini has not defined the term कृत्य but he has introduced a topic ( अधिकार ) by the name कृत्य (P. III.1.95), and mentioned kṛt afixes therein which are to be called कृत्य right on upto the mention of the affix ण्वुल्. in P.III. 1.133; confer, compare कृत्याः प्राङ् ण्वुलः P. III. 1.95 The kṛtya affixes, commonly found in use, are तव्य, अनीय and य ( यत्, क्यप् and ण्यत् ).
kevalaisolated;a term applied to a letter or a word when it is not combined with another letter or another word in a compound; confer, compare धर्मादनिच् केवलात् । केवलान्न पदसमुदायात् Kāś. on P.V.4.124; (2) simple (word) without an affix added: confer, compare अर्थवत्ता नोपपद्यते केवलेन अवचनात् । P. I. 2.45 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 7, also कृत्तद्धितान्तं चैवार्थवत् । न केवलाः कृतस्तद्धिता बा M.Bh.on P.I.4.14.
kaikṛt affix ऐ used in Vedic Literature as noticed in the forms प्रयै रोहिष्यै and अव्यथिष्यै: confer, compare P.III.4.10.
koṇḍabhaṭṭaa reputed grammarian who wrote an extensive explanatory gloss by name Vaiyākaraṇabhūṣaṇa on the Vaiyākaraṇasiddhāntakārikā of Bhaṭṭoji Dīkṣita. Another work Vaiyākaraṇabhūṣaṇasāra. which is in a way an abridgment of the Bhūṣaṇa, was also written by him. Koṇḍabhaṭṭa lived in the beginning of the l7th century. He was the son of Raṅgojī and nephew of Bhaṭṭojī Dīkṣita. He was one of the few writers on the Arthavicāra in the Vyākaraṇaśāstra and his Bhūṣaṇasāra ranks next to the Vākyapadīya of Bhartṛhari. Besides the Bhūṣaṇa and Bhūṣaṇasāra, Koṇḍabhaṭṭa wrote two independent works viz. Vaiyākaraṇsiddhāntadīpika and Sphoṭavāda.
ktakṛt affix त in various senses, called by the name निष्ठा in Pāṇini's grammar along with the affix क्तवतू confer, compare क्तक्तवतू निष्ठा P.I.1.26.The various senses in which क्त is prescribed can be noticed below : (1) the general sense of something done in the past time as past passive voice.participle e. g. कृत:, भुक्तम् et cetera, and others: cf P. III.2.102; (2) the sense of the beginning of an activity when it is used actively: e. g. प्रकृतः कटं देवदत्तः, confer, compare P.III.2.102 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 3; (3) the sense of activity of the present tense applied to roots marked with a mute ञ् as also to roots in the sense of desire, knowledge and worship; exempli gratia, for exampleमिन्नः, क्ष्विण्ण:, धृष्ट: as also राज्ञां मतः, राज्ञामिष्टः, राज्ञां बुद्धः; confer, compare P.III.2.187, 88; (4) the sense of mere verbal activity (भाव) e. g. हसितम् , सहितम् , जल्पितम् , (used always in the neuter gender); confer, compare P.III.3. 114: (5) the sense of benediction when the word ending in क्त is used as a technical term, exempli gratia, for example देवदत्तः in the sense of देवा एनं देयासुः. The kṛt affix क्तिन् is also used similarly exempli gratia, for example सातिः भूतिः मन्ति:; confer, compare Kāś. on P. III.3.174.
ktvāntagerund; a mid-way derivative of a verbal root which does not leave its verbal nature on the one hand although it takes the form of a substantive on the other hand.
krama(1)serial order or succession as contrasted with यौगपद्य or simultaneity. The difference between क्रम and यौगपद्य is given by भर्तृहरि in the line क्रमे विभिद्यते रूपं यौगपद्ये न भिद्यते Vāk. Pad. II. 470. In order to form a word by the application of several rules of grammar, a particular order is generally followed in accordance with the general principle laid down in the Paribhāṣā पूर्वपरनित्यान्तरङ्गापवादानामुत्तरोत्तरं बलीयः, as also according to what is stated in the sūtras असिद्धवदत्राभात्, पूर्वत्रासिद्धम् et cetera, and others (2) succession, or being placed after, specifically with reference to indeclinables like एव, च et cetera, and others which are placed after a noun with which they are connectedition When an indecinable is not so connected, it is called भिन्नक्रम; confer, compare परिपन्थं च तिष्ठति (P.IV. 4.36), चकारो भिन्नक्रमः प्रत्ययार्थं समुच्चिनोति, Kāś. on P. IV. 4.36; also ईडजनोर्ध्वे च । चशब्दो भिन्नक्रमः
kramapāṭharecital of the Vedic Saṁhitā by means of separate groups of two words, repeating each word except the first of the Vedic verseline; see क्रम a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. The various rules and exceptions are given in detail in Paṭalas ten and eleven of the Ṛk Prātiśākhya. The Vedic Saṁhitā or Saṁhitāpāṭha is supposed to be the original one and the Padapāṭha prepared later on, with a view to preserving the Vedic text without any change or modification of a letter, or accent; confer, compare न लक्षणेन पदकारा अनुवर्त्याः । पदकारैर्नाम लक्षणमनुवर्त्यम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III. 1.109, VI. 1.207 and VIII. 2.16, where Patañjali clearly says that grammar-rules are not to follow the Padapāṭha, but, the writer of the Padapāṭha is to follow the rules already laid down. The Jaṭāpāṭha, the Ghanapāṭha and the other recitals are later developments of the Padapāṭha as they are not mentioned in the Prātiśākhya works.
kriyāaction, verbal activity; confer, compare क्रियावचनो धातु: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I. 3.1 ; confer, compare also क्रियावाचकमाख्यातम् Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XII. 8. quoted by Uvvaṭa's Bhāṣya on the Prātiśākhya works.in his Bhāṣya on Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.VIII. 50; confer, compare also उपसर्गाः क्रियायोगे P. I.4.59, लक्षणहेत्वेाः क्रियायाः P.III. 2.126; confer, compare also यत्तर्हि तदिङ्गितं चेष्टितं निमिषितं स शब्दः । नेत्याह क्रिया नाम सा Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Āhnika 1. The word भाव many times is used in the same sense as kriyā or verbal activity in the sūtras of Pāṇini. confer, compare P.I.2.21 ; I.3.13; III. 1. 66.etc; confer, compare also कृदभिहितो भावो द्रव्यवद्भवति a statement made frequently by the Mahābhāṣyakāra. Some scholars draw a nice distinction between क्रिया and भाव, क्रिया meaning dynamic activity and भाव meaning static activity: confer, compare अपरिस्पन्दनसाधनसाध्यो धात्वर्थो भावः । सपरिस्पन्दनसाधनसाध्यस्तु क्रिया Kaiyaṭa's Kaiyaṭa's Mahābhāṣyapradīpa.on Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). III. 1.87. Philosophically क्रिया is defined as सत्ता appearing in temporal sequence in various things. When सत्ता does not so appear it is called सत्त्व.
kriyārtha(adjective. to क्रिया) literally meant or intended for another action; e g. भोक्तुं व्रजति where गमनक्रिया is intended for भोजनक्रिया; confer, compare तुमुन्ण्वुलौ क्रियायां क्रियार्थायाम् P.III.3.10.
krauḍyādia class of words headed by the word क्रौडि which do not take the feminine affix ई when they stand at the end of a compound; exempli gratia, for example कल्याणक्रौडा, सुभगा, पृथुजघना et cetera, and others; confer, compare Kāś. on P.IV.1.56.
kvinkṛt zero affix, id est, that is an affix of which every letter is dropped and nothing remains, added to the roots स्पृश्, यज्, सृज्, दृश्, et cetera, and others under certain conditions; exempli gratia, for example घृतस्पृक्, ऋत्विक्, यादृक्, तादृक्; confer, compare Kāś. on P.III.2.58-60.
kvibantaa substantive ending with the kṛt affix क्विप् (zero affix) added to a root to form a noun in the sense of the verbal action (भाव). The words ending with this affix having got the sense of verbal activity in them quite suppressed, get the noun terminations सु, औ, जस् et cetera, and others and not ति, तः et cetera, and others placed after them; confer, compare कृदभिहितो भावो द्रव्यवद् भवति. However, at the same time, these words undergo certain operations peculiar to roots simply because the kṛt affix entirely disappears and the word formed, appears like a root; confer, compare क्विबन्ता धातुत्वं न जहति. Kaiyaṭa's Prad. on VII.1.70.
kṣubhnādia class of wordings such as क्षुभ्ना, तृप्नु and the like in which the consonant न् is not changed into ण् although the consonant न् is preceded by ऋ, ॠ, र् or ष् and intervened by letters which are admissible; e. g. क्षुभ्नाति, तृप्नोति, नृनमनः et cetera, and others cf Kāś. on P. VIII. 4.39. This class ( क्षुभ्नादिगण ) is styled as आकृतिगण.
kṣaipra(1)another name of the क्षिप्रसंधिSee the word क्षिप्र a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.; (2) name given to the Svarita accent borne by the vowel following the semivowel which results from the Kṣiprasaṁdhi; confer, compare Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) II. 8; III.7,10; VIII. 22: confer, compare इवर्णोकारयोर्यवकारभावे क्षैप्र उदात्तयोः V.Pr. XX. 1; confer, compare also युवर्णौ यवौ क्षैप्रः V.Pr.I.115: उदात्तस्वरितयोर्यणः स्वरितोनुदात्तस्य P.VIII.2.4.
khataddhita affix. affix, always changed into ईन, (l) applied to the word कुल in the sense of a descendant, exempli gratia, for example कुलीनः, आढ्यकुलीन:; confer, compare P. IV. 1.139; (2) applied to the words अवार, पार, पारावार and अवारपार in the Śaīṣika senses, e. g. अवारीणः, पारीणः et cetera, and others; confer, compare P.IV.2.93 and Vārttikas 2, 3 on it; (3) applied to words ending in the word वर्ग ( which does not mean 'sound' or 'letter' ) in the sense of 'present there,' e. g. वासुदेववर्गीणः, युधिष्ठिरवर्गीणः; confer, compare P. IV. 3.64; (4) applied to the words सर्वधुर and एकधुर in the sense of 'bearing,' and to ओजसू , वेशोभग, यशोभग and पूर्व, exempli gratia, for example ओजसीनः et cetera, and others, confer, compare P.IV.4.78, 79, 130, 132, 133; (5) applied in the sense of 'favourable to' to the words आत्मन् , विश्वजन, et cetera, and others (P.V.1.9), to विंशतिक, (32) to अाढक, अाचित, पात्र and others (53-55), to समा (85-86), to रात्रि, अहन् , संवत्सर and वर्ष (87-88) and संवत्सर and परिवत्सर (92); e. g. आत्मनीनः, आढकीनः पात्रीणः, समीनः, संवत्सरीणः et cetera, and others; (6) to the words सर्वचर्मन्, यथामुख et cetera, and others e. g. सर्वचर्मीणः confer, compare P.V. 2.5 to 17; (7) to the words अषडक्ष, अशितंगु et cetera, and others confer, compare P.V.4.7,8. e. g. अषडक्षीणः. (8) ख is also a technical term in the sense of elision or लोप in the Jainendra Grammar confer, compare Jain I. 1.61. (9) The word ख is used in the sense of 'glottis' or the hole of the throat ( गलबिल ) in the ancient Prātiṣākhya works.
khackṛt affix अ in the sense of 'agent' applied to the roots वद्, ताप् , and यम् when preceded by certain उपपद words standing as objects. Before this affix खच्, the augment मुम् ( म् ) is added to the preceding उपपद if it is not an indeclinable. e. g. प्रियंवदः, वशंवदः, द्विषंतपः परंतपः वाचंयम: et cetera, and others cf P.III. 2.38-47.
khaśkṛt affix added to the roots यज् (causal), ध्मा, धे,रुज्, वह्, लिह्, पच् , दृश् , तप्, मन् et cetera, and others preceded by certain specified upapada words. The root undergoes all the operations such as the addition of the conjugational sign et cetera, and others before this खश् on account of the mute letter श् which makes खश् a Sārvadhātuka affix, and the augment म् is added to the preceding उपपद if it is not an indeclinable on account of the mute letter ख्; e. g. जनमेजयः, स्तनंधयः, नाडिंधमः, असूयै. पश्यः पण्डितंमन्यः etc,; confer, compare Pāṇ. III2.28-37, 83.
khitcharacterized by the mute letter ख्, applied to kṛt affixes which, by reason of their being खित् , cause (a) the addition of the augment मुम् ( म् ) to the preceding words अरुस् , द्विषद् and words ending in a vowel, and (b) the shortening of the long vowel of the preceding word if it is not an indeclinable; confer, compare P. VI. 3.66-68.
gthird letter of the guttural class of consonants, possessed of the properties घोष, संवृत, नाद and अल्पप्राण; some grammarians look upon the word क्ङित् (P.I.1.5) as made up of क् , ग् and ङ् and say that the Guna and Vṛddhi substitutes do not take place in the vowels इ, उ, ऋ, and लृ if an affix or so, marked by the mute letter ग् follows.
gaṇaratnamahodadhyavacūria metrical commentary on Vardhamāna's Gaṇaratnamahodadhi. The name of the author is not available.
gati(1)literally motion; stretching out, lengthening of a syllable. The word is explained in the Prātiśakhya works which define it as the lengthening of a Stobha vowel with the utterance of the vowel इ or उ after it, exempli gratia, for example हाइ or हायि for हा; similarly आ-इ or अा -यि ; (2) a technical term used by Pāṇini in connection with prefixes and certain indeclinables which are called गति, confer, compare P.I.4.60-79. The words called gati can be compounded with the following word provided the latter is not a verb, the compound being named tatpuruṣa e.g, प्रकृतम् , ऊरीकृत्य confer, compare P.II.2.18; the word गति is used by Pāṇini in the masculine gender as seen in the Sūtra गतिरनन्तरः P.VI. 2.49 and hence explained as formed by the addition of the affix क्तिच् to गम्, the word being used as a technical term by the rule क्तिच्क्तौ च संज्ञायाम् P.III.3.174; (3) realization, understanding; confer, compare उभयगतिरिह भवति Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari.9; सांप्रतिकाभावे भूतपूर्वगतिः Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari 76; अगत्या हि परिभाषा अाश्रीयते Puruṣottamadeva's Paribhāṣāvṛtti.adeva Pari. Pāṭha 119.
gatyarthaa root denoting motion; the word frequently occurs in the Sūtras of Pāṇini and the Mahābhāṣya in connection with some special operations prescribed for roots which are गत्यर्थ. There is also a conventional expression सर्वे गत्यर्था ज्ञानार्था: meaning 'roots denoting motion denote also knowledge'; confer, compare Hemacandra's Śabdānuśāsana. Pari. 121 .
gamyato be understood, not expressed; confer, compare यस्यार्थो गम्यते न च शब्दः प्रयुज्यते स गम्यः। commentary on Hemacandra's Śabdānuśāsana. II. 2. 62.
garīyasinvolving a special effort.The word is frequently used by the Vārttikakāra and old grammarians in connection with something, which involves greater effort and longer expression and, hence, not commendable in rules of the Shastra works where brevity is the soul of 'wit'; confer, compare पदगौरवाद्योगवेिभागो गरीयान् Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 121. The word गुरु is also sometimes used in a similar sense; confer, compare तद् गुरु भवति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I.1 Āhnika of the Pātañjala Mahābhāṣya. l Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 2.
galatpadathe word occurs in the Prātiśākhya works in connection with the definition of संक्रम, in the kramapātha. The word संक्रम means bringing together two words when they are combined according to rules of Samdhi. (See the word संक्रम). In the Kramapātha, where each word occurs twice by repetition, a word occurring twice in a hymn or a sentence is not to be repeated for Kramapātha, but it is to be passed over. The word which is passed over in the Kramapātha is called गलत्पद; e. g. दिशां च पतये नमो नमो वृक्षेभ्यो हरिकेशेभ्यः पशूनां पतये नमो नमः सस्पिञ्जराय त्विषीमतॆ पथीनां पतये नमः । In the Kramapātha पतये नमः and नमः are passed over and पशूनां is to be connected with सस्पिञ्जराय. The words पतये नमः and नमः are called galatpada; confer, compare गलत्पदमतिक्रम्य अगलता सह संधानं संक्रम; Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.IV. 197. There is no गलत्पद in पदपाठ.
gārgyaan ancient reputed grammarian and possibly a writer of a Nirukta work, whose views, especially in.connection with accents are given in the Pratisakhya works, the Nirukta and Panini's Astadhyayi. Although belonging to the Nirukta school, he upheld the view of the Vaiyakaranas that all words cannot be derived, but only some of them: cf Nirukta of Yāska.I. 12.3. cf, also Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.IV. 167, Nirukta of Yāska.I. 3.5, III. 14.22: Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I. 13; XIII. 12: P. VII. 3.99, VIII. 3.20, VIII. 4.69.
guṇādia class of words headed by the word गुण, which, when preceded by the word बहु in a Bahuvrihi compound, do not have their last vowel acute; e. g. बहुगुणा रज्जुः; बह्वक्षरं पदम् , et cetera, and others This class of गुणादि words is considered as आकृतिगण; confer, compare Kas, on P. VI. 2.176.
guṇībhūtasubordinate, literally which has become subordinated, which has become submerged, and therefore has formed an integral part of another; e. g. an augment ( अागम ) with respect to the word to which it has been added;confer, compareयदागमास्तद्गुणी भूतास्तद्ग्रहणेन गृह्यन्ते । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I.1.20 Vart. 5; Par. Sek. Pari. 11.
gopavanādia class of eight words headed by the word गोपवन, the taddhita affix in the sense of गोत्र ( i. e. a descendant excepting a son or a daughter) such as the affix यञ् or अञू after which, is not elided in the plural number; c. g. गौपवना:, शौग्रवा: et cetera, and others; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. II. 4.67.
gauṇa(l)a word subordinate in syntax or sense to another; adjectival; उपसर्जनीभूतः (2) possessing a secondary sense, e. g the word गो in the sense of 'a dull man';confer, compareगौणमुख्ययेार्मुख्ये कार्यसम्प्रत्ययः, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.15, I.4. 108, VI. 3. 46. See also Par. Sek Pari. 15; (3) secondary, as opposed to primary; confer, compare गौणे कर्मणि दुह्यादे; प्रधाने नीहृकृष्वहाम् ।.
gaurādia class of words to which the affix ई ( ङीष्) is added to form the feminine base; exempli gratia, for example गौरी, मत्सी, हयी, हरिणी; the class contains a large number of words exceeding 150; for details see Kasika on P.IV.1. 41; (2) a small class of eleven words, headed by the word गौर which do not have the acute accent on the last syllable in a tatpurusa compound when they are placed after the preposition उप; confer, compare P. VI.2.194.
ṅīṣfeminine. afix ई, which is udatta, applied to words in the class of words headed by गौर, as also to noun bases ending in affixes marked with.mute ष्, as also to words mentioned in the class headed by बहुः confer, compare P.IV.1.41-46.It is also added in the sense of 'wife of' to any word denoting a male person; confer, compare P. IV. 1. 48, and together with the augment आनुक् (आन्) to the words इन्द्र, वरुण etc exempli gratia, for example इन्द्राणी, वरुणानि, यवनानि meaning 'the script of the Yavanas' confer, compare P. IV. 1.49. It is also added words ending in क्रीत and words ending in क्त and also to words expressive of ' limbs of body ' under certain conditions; confer, compare P.IV.1. 50-59 and IV. 1.61-65.
ca(l)the letter च्, the vowel अ being added for facility of utterance, cf Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I. 21; (2) a Bratyahara or short term standing for the palatal class of consonants च्, छ्, ज्,झ् and ञ्; cf इचशेयास्तालौ Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 66; (3) indeclinable च called Nipata by Panini; confer, compare चादयोSसत्त्वे P. I. 4.57, च possesses four senses समुच्चय, अन्वाचय, इतरेतरयोग and समाहार confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on II. 2.29. See also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II. 2.29 Vart. 15 for a detailed explanation of the four senses. The indeclinable च is sometimes used in the sense of 'a determined mention' or avadharana; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on II. 1.48 and 72. It is also used for the purpose of अनुवृत्ति or अनुकर्षण i. e. drawing a word from the previous rule to the next rule; (confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. VI. 1.90) with a convention that a word drawn thus, does not proceed to the next rule; confer, compare चानुकृष्टं नोत्तरत्र Par. Sek Pari. 78; (4) a conventional term for अभ्यास (reduplicative syllable) used in the Jainendra Vyakarana; confer, compare चविकारेषु अपवादा उत्सर्गान्न बाधन्ते Kat. Pari. 75.
cakrakaa kind of fault in the application of operations, resulting in confusion; a fault in which one returns to the same place not immediately as in Anavastha but after several steps; confer, compare पुनर्ऋच्छिभावः पुनराट् इति चक्रकमव्यवस्था प्राप्नोति । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I. 3.60 Vart 5.
caritārthawhich has got already a scope of application; the term is used by commentators in connection with a rule or a word forming a part of a rule which applies in the case of some instances and hence which cannot be said to be ब्यर्थ (superfluous) or without any utility and as a result cannot be said to be capable of allowing some conclusion to be drawn from it according to the dictum ब्यर्थं सज्ज्ञापयति confer, compare अपवादो यद्यन्यत्र चरितार्थस्तर्ह्यन्तरङ्गेण बाध्यते Par. Sek. Pari. 65.
carkarītaa term used by the ancient grammarians in connection with a secondary root in the sense of frequency; the term यङ्लुगन्त is used by comparatively modern grammarians in the same sense. The चर्करीत roots are treated as roots of the adadi class or second conjugation and hence the general Vikarana अ ( शप् ) is omitted after them.The word is based on the 3rd person. sing form चर्करीति from .the root कृ in the sense of frequency; exempli gratia, for example चर्करीति, चर्कर्ति, बोभवीति बोभोति; confer, compare चर्करीतं च a gana-sutra in the gana named ’adadi’ given by Panini in connection with अदिप्रभृतिभ्य; शपः Pāṇini. II.4.72; confer, compare also चर्करीतमिति यङ्लुकः प्राचां संज्ञा Bhasa Vr. on P. II. 4.72, The word चेक्रीयित is similarly used for the frequentative when the sign of the frequentative viz. य ( यङ् ) is not elidedition See चेक्रीयित.
cāturvarṇyādiwords mentioned in the class headed by चातुर्वर्ण्य where the taddhita affix. affix ष्यञ् is applied although the words चतुर्वर्ण, चतुर्वेद and others are not गुणवचन words to which ष्यञ् is regularly applied by P. V-1-124. confer, compare ब्राह्मणादिषु चातुर्वर्ण्यादीनामुपसंख्यानम् P. V. I. 124 Vart. 1.
cāndraname of a treatise on grammar written by Candra, who is believed to have been the same as Candragomin. The Grammar is based upon that of Panini, but it does not treat Vedic forms and accents. See the word चन्द्र a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. For details see pp. 375376 Patanjali Mahabhasya. Vol. VII, D.E. Society's Edition.
cintyaquestionable; contestable: which cannot be easily admittedition The word is used in connection with a statement made by a sound scholar which cannot be easily brushed aside; confer, compare एतेन यत्कैयटे केचिदित्यादिना अस्यैव वाग्रहृणस्य तदनित्यत्वज्ञापकतोक्ता सापि चिन्त्या, Par. Sekh. Pari. 93. 5.
cūrṇia gloss on the Sutras of Panini referred to by Itsing and Sripatidatta, Some scholars believe that Patanjali's Mahabhasya is referred to here by the word चूर्णि, as it fully discusses all the knotty points. Others believe that चूर्णि,stands for the Vrtti of चुल्लिभाट्टि. In Jain Religious Literature there are some brief comments on the Sutras which are called चूर्णि and there possibly was a similar चूर्णि on the sutras of Panini.
cvitaddhita affix. affix ( of which nothing remains ) to signify the taking place of something which was not so before; after the word ending in च्वि the forms of the root कृ, भू or असू have to be placed; e. g. शुक्लीकरोति; confer, compare P. V. 4. 50
jahatsvārthā( वृत्ति )a composite expression where the constituent members give up their individual sense. In compound words such as राजपुरुष in the sentence राजपुरुषमानय the word राजन् gives up its sense in as much as he, the king,is not brought; पुरुष also gives up its sense as every man is not brought. It is of course to be noted that although the sense is given up by cach word, it is not completely given up: cf जहदप्यसेो स्वार्थ नात्यन्ताय जहाति; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II. 1.1. Vart. 2. For detailed explanation see Mahabhasya on P. II. I. I. Vart. 2.
jātabahiraṅgāsiddhatvainvalidity of a Bahiranga operation that has already taken place by virtue of the Antaranga-paribhasa-असिद्धं बहिरङ्गमन्तरङ्ङ्गेthat which is ' bahiranga' is regarded as not having taken effect when that which is 'antarahga' is to take effect. For details see Par. Sek. Paribhasa 50.
jātābhīyāsiddhatvainvalidity of a grammatical operation prescribed by a rule in the अाभीय section (P. VI. 4.22 upto the end of the fourth pada ) which, although it has taken place, is to be looked upon as not having taken place when any other operation in the same section is to take effect. See आभीयासिद्व.
jātigenus; class;universal;the notion of generality which is present in the several individual objects of the same kindeclinable The biggest or widest notion of the universal or genus is सत्ता which, according to the grammarians, exists in every object or substance, and hence, it is the denotation or denoted sense of every substantive or Pratipadika, although on many an occasion vyakti or an individual object is required for daily affairs and is actually referred to in ordinary talks. In the Mahabhasya a learned discussion is held regarding whether जाति is the denotation or व्यक्ति is the denotation. The word जाति is defined in the Mahabhasya as follows:आकृतिग्रहणा जातिर्लिङ्गानां च न सर्वभाक् । सकृदाख्यातनिर्गाह्या गोत्रं च चरणैः सह ॥ अपर आह । ग्रादुभीवविनाशाभ्यां सत्त्वस्य युगपद्गुणैः । असर्वलिङ्गां बह्वर्थो तां जातिं कवयो विदुः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on IV. 1.63. For details see Bhartphari's Vakyapadiya.
jātipakṣathe view that जाति, or genus only, is the denotation of every word. The view was first advocated by Vajapyayana which was later on held by many, the Mimamsakas being the chief supporters of the view. See Mahabhasya on P. I. 2.64. See Par. Sek. Pari. 40.
jātisvarathe acute accent for the last vowel of a word ending with क्त of the past passive participle. denoting a genus; confer, compare P. VI. 2.170.
jātyaname of a variety of the Svarita or circumflex accent; the original svarita accent as contrasted with the svarita for the grave which follows upon an acute as prescribed by P. in VIII. 4.67, and which is found in the words इन्द्रः, होता et cetera, and others The jatya svarita is noticed in the words स्वः, क्व, न्यक्, कन्या et cetera, and others; .confer, compare उदात्तपूर्वं स्वरितमनुदात्तं पदेक्षरम्। अतोन्यत् स्वरितं स्वारं जात्यमाचक्षते पदे॥ जात्या स्वभावेनैव उदात्तानुदात्तसंगतिं विना जातो जात्यः । तं जात्यमाचक्षतै व्याडिप्रभृयः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) and commentary III. 4.
jit(l)literally affix marked with the mute letter ज्; e. g. जस्, जसि, जुस्. the word जित् is not however found used in this sense; (2) a word supposed to be marked with the mute indicatory letter ज्.The word is used in this sense by the Varttikakara saying that such a word does not denote itself but its synonyms; confer, compare जित् पर्यायवचनस्यैव राजांद्यर्थम् P.I.1.68 Vart. 7. In the Sutra सभा राजामनुष्यपूर्वा P.II. 4. 23, the word राजन् is supposed to be जित् and hence it denotes इन्, ईश्वर et cetera, and others; but not the word राजन् itself; (3) In the Pratisakhya works जित् means the first two consonants of each class (वर्ग); exempli gratia, for example क्, ख्,च्, छ्. et cetera, and others which are the same as खय् letters in Panini's terminology; confer, compare द्वौ द्वौ प्रथमौ जित्, V. Pr.I.50;III.13.
jinendrabuddhia reputed Buddhist Grammarian of the eighth century who wrote a scholarly commentary on the Kasikavrtti ofJayaditya and Vamana. The commentary is called न्यास or काशिकाविवरणपञ्जिका and the writer is referred to as न्यासकार in many later grammar works Some scholars identify him with पूज्यपाददेवनन्दिन् the writer of the जैनेन्द्रव्याकरण, but this is not possible as पूज्यपाददेवनन्दिन् was a Jain Grammarian who flourished much earlier.
jñāpakaliterallyindirect or implicit revealer; a word very commonly used in the sense of an indicatory statement. The Sutras, especially those of Pinini, are very laconic and it is believed that not a single word in the Sutras is devoid of purpose. If it is claimed that a particular word is without any purpose, the object of it being achieved in some other way, the commentators always try to assign some purpose or the other for the use of the word in the Sutra. Such a word or words or sometimes even the whole Sutra is called ज्ञापक or indicator of a particular thing. The Paribhasas or rules of interpretation are mostly derived by indication(ज्ञापकसिद्ध) from a word or words in a Sutra which apparently appear to be व्यर्थ or without purpose, and which are shown as सार्थक after the particular indication ( ज्ञापन ) is drawn from them. The ज्ञापक is shown to be constituted of four parts, वैयर्थ्य, ज्ञापन, स्वस्मिञ्चारितार्थ्य and अन्यत्रफल. For the instances of Jñāpakas, see Paribhāșenduśekhara. Purușottamadeva in his Jñāpakasamuccaya has drawn numerous conclusions of the type of ज्ञापन from the wording of Pāņini Sūtras. The word ज्ञापक and ज्ञापन are used many times as synonyms although ज्ञापन sometimes refers to the conclusions drawn from a wording which is ज्ञापक or indicator. For instances of ज्ञापक, confer, compareM.Bh. on Māheśvara Sūtras 1, 3, 5, P. Ι.1. 3, 11, 18, 23, 51 et cetera, and others The word ऊठ् in the rule वाह ऊठ् is a well known ज्ञापक of the अन्तरङ्गपरिभाषा. The earliest use of the word ज्ञापक in the sense given a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page., is found in the Paribhāșāsūcana of Vyādi. The Paribhāșā works on other systems of grammar such as the Kātantra; the Jainendra and others have drawn similar Jñāpakas from the wording of the Sūtras in their systemanuscript. Sometimes a Jñāpaka is not regularly constituted of the four parts given a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.;it is a mere indicator and is called बोधक instead of ज्ञापक्र.
jñāpakasiddharealized from the ज्ञापक wording; the conclusion drawn from an indicatory. word in the form of Paribhāșās and the like. Such conclusions are not said to be universally valid; confer, compare ज्ञापकसिद्धं न सर्वत्र Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari, 110.7.
ñyaṭtaddhita affix. affix य .causing वृद्धि to the first vowel of the word to which it is added and the addition of ई ( ङीप् ) in the sense of feminine gender, added to words meaning warrior tribes of the Vahika country but not Brahmanas or Ksatriyas. exempli gratia, for example क्षौद्रक्यः, क्षौद्रक्री et cetera, and others; cf P. V. 3. 114.
ṭthe first consonant of the lingual class ( टवर्ग ) possessed of the properties श्वासानुप्रदान, अघोष, विवृतकण्ठत्व and अल्पप्राणत्व. When prefixed or affixed to an affix as an indicatory letter, it signifies the addition of the feminine. affix ङीप् ( ई ); confer, compare P. IV. 1.15, When added to the conjugational affixes ( लकार ) it shows that in the Atmanepada the vowel of the last syllable is changed to ए. confer, compare P. III. 4.79. When added to an augment ( अागम ), it shows that the augment marked with it is to be prefixed and not to be affixed; e. g. नुट्, तुट् et cetera, and others; cf P. I. 1.46.
ṭakkrt affix अ, not admitting गुण or वृद्धि to the preceding vowel and causing ङीप् in the feminine ( by P.IV. 1.15), added to the roots गा, पा and हन् under certain conditions; e. g. समग;, सुरापः, पतिघ्नी et cetera, and others; confer, compare P. IV. 2.8, 52, 53, 54, 55.
ṭeṇyaṇtaddhita affix. affix एण्य added to word वृक meaning 'a warrior tribe not of a Brahmana nor of a Ksatriya caste in the sense of the word ( वृक ) itself; e. g. वार्केण्यः, confer, compare P. V. 3.115
ṭhaka very common taddhita affix. affix इक, or क in case it is added to words ending in इस् , उस् , उ, ऋ, ल् and त् according to P. VII. 3. 51, causing the substitution of vrddhi for the first vowel of the word to which it is addedition ठक् is added to (1) रेवती and other words in the sense of descendant ( अपत्य ) e. g. रैवतिकः:, दाण्डग्राहिकः, गार्गिकः, भागवित्तिकः यामुन्दायनिकः, confer, compare P. IV. 1.146-149; (2) to the words लाक्षा,रोचना et cetera, and others in the sense of 'dyed in', e. g. लाक्षिकम्, रौचनिकम् ; confer, compare P. IV. 2.2; (3) to the words दधि and उदश्वित् in the sense of संस्कृत 'made better ', e. g. दाधिकम् , औदश्वित्कम् ( क instead of इक substituted for टक् ), confer, compare P. IV.2. 18, 19; (4) to the words अाग्रहायुणी, अश्वत्थ et cetera, and others; confer, compare P. IV. 2. 22, 23; (5) to words expressive of inanimate objects, to the words हस्ति and धेनु, as also to the words केश and अश्व in the sense of 'multitude '; confer, compare P. IV. 2. 47, 48; (6) to the words क्रतु, उक्थ and words ending in सूत्र, वसन्त et cetera, and others, in the sense of 'students of' ( तदधीते तद्वेद ), confer, compare P. IV. 2.59, 60, 63; (7) to the words कुमुद and others as also to शर्करा as a चातुरर्थिक affix; confer, compare P. IV. 2.80, 84; (8) to the words कन्था, भवत् and वर्षा in the Saisika senses; confer, compare P. IV. 2.102, 115, IV. 3.18; (9) to the words उपजानु and others in the sense 'generally present '; confer, compare P. IV. 3. 40; (10) to the words consisting of two syllables, and the words ऋक्, ब्राह्मण et cetera, and othersin the sense of 'explanatory literary work'; confer, compare P. IV.3.72: ( 11) to words meaning 'sources of income ' in the sense of 'accruing from’; confer, compare P. IV. 3.75; (12) to words denoting inanimate things excepting words showing time or place in the sense of ' भक्ति ', cf P. IV. 8.96; and (13) to the words हल् and सीर in the sense of 'belonging to', confer, compare P. IV. 3.124. The taddhita affix. affix ठक् is added as a general termination, excepting in such cases where other affixes are prescribed, in specified senses like 'तेन दीव्यति, ' 'तेन खनति,' 'तेन संस्कृतम्' et cetera, and others; cf P. IV. 4.1-75, as also to words हल, सीर, कथा, विकथा, वितण्डा et cetera, and others in specified senses, confer, compare P. IV.4. 81, 102 ठक् is also added as a general taddhita affix. affix or अधिकारविहितप्रत्यय, in various specified senses, as prescribed by P. V.1.19-63,and to the words उदर, अयःशूल,दण्ड, अजिन, अङ्गुली, मण्डल, et cetera, and others and to the word एकशाला, in the prescribed senses; confer, compare P. V. 2.67,76, V. 3.108,109; while, without making any change in sense it is added to अनुगादिन् , विनय, समय, उपाय ( औपयिक being the word formed), अकस्मात्, कथंचित्; (confer, compareआकस्मिक काथंचित्क), समूह,विशेष, अत्यय and others, and to the word वाक् in the sense of 'expressed'; confer, compare P. V. 4.13, 34, 35. The feminine. affix ङीप् ( ई ) is added to words ending in the affix टक् to form feminine. bases.
ṭhañtaddhita affix. affix इक or क (by P.VII.3.51) causing Vrddhi and acute accent for the first vowel of the word to which it is added, applied (1) to महृाराज, प्रोष्ठपद and क्वाचिन् in the specifieditionsenses, confer, compare P. IV.2.35, 4l e. g. माहृाराजिक, प्रौष्ठपदिक et cetera, and others; (2) to words काशि, चेदि, संज्ञा and others, along with ञिठ, e. g. काशिकी, काशिका, also with ञिठ to words denoting villages in the Vahika country exempli gratia, for example शाकलिकी शाकलिका; as also to words ending in उ forming names of countries in all the Saisika senses confer, compare P. IV.2.116-120; (3) to compound words having a word showing direction as their first member, to words denoting time, as also to the words शरद्, निशा and प्रदोष in the Saisika senses; cf P. IV.3.6, 7, 1115; (4) to the words वर्षा (1n Vedic Literature), and to हेमन्त and वसन्त in the Saisika senses; confer, compare P.IV.3.1921; (5) to संवत्सर, अाग्रहायणी, words having अन्तः as the first member, to the word ग्राम preceded by परि or अनु, to multisyllabic words having their last vowel accented acute, to words denoting sacrifices, to words forming names of sages, to words ending in ऋ and to the word महाराज in the specific senses which are mentioned; confer, compare P. IV.3.50, 60, 61, 67, 68, 69, 78, 79, 97; (6) to the words गोपुच्छ, श्वगण, आक्रन्द, लवण, परश्वध, compound words having a multisyllabic words as their first member, and to the words गुड et cetera, and others in the specified senses;confer, compareP.IV.4.6,II, 38, 52, 58, 64, 103;(7) to any word as a general taddhita affix. affix (अधिकारविहित), unless any other affix has been specified in the specified senses ' तेन क्रीतम् ' ' तस्य निमित्तम्' ... ' तदर्हम्' mentioned in the section of sutras V. 1. 18. to 117; (8) to the words अय:शूल, दण्ड, अजिन, compound words having एक or गो as their first member as also to the words निष्कशत and निष्कसहस्र; confer, compare P.V.2.76, 118,119.
ṭhantaddhita affix. affix इक or क (according to P. VII.3.51), causing the addition of आ, and not ई,..for forming the feminine base, applied (1) to the word नौ and words with two syllables in the sense of 'crossing' or 'swimming' over; confer, compare P.IV.4. 7; exempli gratia, for example नाविकः नाविका, बाहुकः बाहुक्रा; (2) to the words वस्र, क्रय, and विक्रय and optionally with छ to अायुघ in the sense of maintaining (तेन जीवति) ; confer, compare P. IV. 4.13, 14; (3) to the word प्रतिपथ, words ending with अगार, to the word शत, to words showing completion ( पूरणवाचिन् ), to the words अर्ध, भाग, वस्त्र, द्रव्य, षण्मास and. श्राद्ध in specified senses; confer, compare P. IV 4.42, 70, V. 1.21, 48, 49, 51, 84, V. 2, 85, and 109; (4) to words ending in अ as also to the words headed by व्रीहि, and optionally with the affix इल्च् to तुन्द and with the affix व to केशin the sense of मतुप्(possession); cf P.V. 2. 115, 116, 117 and 109.
ḍāverb-ending आ, causing elision of the penultimate vowel as also of the following consonant, substituted for the 3rd person. sing, affix तिप् of the first future; exempli gratia, for example क्रर्ता ; confer, compare P.II.4.85; (2) case ending आ substituted in Vedic Literature for any case affix as noticed in Vedic usages; exempli gratia, for example नाभा पृथिव्याम्: confer, compare P. VII.1.39
ḍāpfeminine. affix आ added optionally to words ending in मन् and to Bahuvrihi compounds ending in अन् to show feminine gender, the words remaining as they are when the optional affix डाप् is not applied; exempli gratia, for example दामा, सीमा, सुपर्वा; confer, compare P. IV. I.l l, 12, 13.
ḍhakañtaddhita affix. affix एयक applied (1) to the word कुल optionally along with यत् and ख, when it is not a member of a compound;.e. g. कौलेयकः, कुल्यः, कुलीनः; confer, compare P.'IV. 1. 140; (2) to the words कत्त्रि and others in the Saisika senses as also to the words कुल, कुक्षि and ग्रीवा, if the words formed with the affix added, respectively mean dog, sword and ornament : e. g. कात्त्रेयकः कौलेयक: (श्वा), कौक्षेयकः (असिः), ग्रैवेयकः (अलंकारः): confer, compareKāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.IV 2.95,96.
ṇit(1)an affix with the mute con.sonant ण् added to it to signify the substitution of vrddhi for the preceding vowel or for the penultimate अ or for the first vowel of the word if the affix applied is a taddhita affix; confer, compare P. VII.2.115117: e. g. अण्, ण, उण्, णि et cetera, and others: (2) an affix not actually marked with the mute letter ण् but looked upon as such for the purpose of vrddhi; e. g. the Sarvanamasthana affixes after the words गो and सखि, confer, compare P. VII.1.90, 92.
ṇvul(1)a very general krt affix अक, causing vrddhi and acute accent to the vowel preceding the affix, applied to a root optionally with तृ (i. e. तृच् ) in the sense of an agent e. g कारकः हारकः also कर्ता, हर्ता ; Cf P. III. 1.33; (2) krt. affix अक applied optionally with the affix तुम् to a root when it refers to an action for which another action is mentioned by the principal verb; e. g. भोजको व्रजति or भोक्तुं व्रजति; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on तुमुन्ण्वुलौ क्रियायां क्रियार्थायाम्; P. III. 3.10; (3) krt affix अक, necessarily accompanied by the feminine. affix अा added to it, applied to a root if the sense given by the word so formed is the name of a disease or a proper noun or a narration or a query ; e. g. प्रवाहिका, प्रच्छर्दिका, शालभञ्जिका, तालभञ्जिका, कारिक, confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. III. 3.108, 109, 110.
tthe first consonant of the dental class of consonants which has got the properties श्वासानुप्रदान, अघोष, विवृतकण्ठत्व and अल्पप्राणत्व. When used as a mute letter by Panini, त् signifies the Svarita accent of the vowel of that affix or so, which is marked with it: e. g. कार्यम्, हार्यम्, पयस्यम् confer, compare P. VI.1.185. When appied to a vowel at its end, त् signifies the vowel of that grade only, possessed by such of its varieties which require the same time for their utterance as the vowel marked with त् , e. g. अात् stands for अा with any of the three accents as also pure or nasalised; अात् does not include अं or अ 3 confer, compare तपरस्तत्कालस्य P. I. 1. 70. The use of the indicatory mute त् for the a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. purpose is seen also in the Pratis akhya works; confer, compare Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 114 Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya. 234.
tatpuruṣaname of an important kind of compound words similar to the compound word तत्पुरुष id est, that is ( तस्य पुरुषः ), and hence chosen as the name of such compounds by ancient grammarians before Panini. Panini has not defined the term with a view to including such compounds as would be covered by the definition. He has mentioned the term तत्पुरुष in II.1.22 as Adhikara and on its strength directed that all compounds mentioned or prescribed thereafter upto Sutra II.2.22 be called तत्पुरुष. No definite number of the sub-divisions of तत्पुरुष is given;but from the nature of compounds included in the तत्पुरुष-अधिकार, the sub-divisions विभक्तितत्पुरुष confer, compare P.II.1.24 to 48, समानाधिकरणतत्पुरुष confer, compare P. II.1.49 to 72 (called by the name कर्मधारय; acc.to P.I. 2. 42), संख्यातत्पुरुष (called द्विगु by P.II.1.52), अवयत्रतत्पुरुष or एकदेशितत्पुरुषं confer, compare P.II.2.1-3, ब्यधिकरणतत्पुरुष confer, compare P. II 2.5, नञ्तत्पुरुष confer, compare P.II.2.6, उपपदतत्पुरुष confer, compare P. II.2.19, प्रादितत्पुरुष confer, compare P.II.2 18 and णमुल्तत्पुरुष confer, compareP.II.2.20 are found mentioned in the commentary literature on standard classical works. Besides these, a peculiar tatpurusa compound mentioned by'Panini in II.1.72, is popularly called मयूरव्यंसकादिसमास. Panini has defined only two out of these varieties viz. द्विगु as संख्यापूर्वो द्विगुः P.II. 1.23, and कर्मधारय as तत्पुरुषः समानाधिकरणः कर्मधारयः P. I.2.42. The Mahabhasyakara has described तत्पुरुष as उत्तरपदार्थप्रधानस्तत्पुरुषः: confer, compare M.Bh. on II.1.6, II.1.20, II.1.49, et cetera, and others, and as a consequence it follows that the gender of the tatpurusa compound word is that of the last member of the compound; confer, compare परवल्लिङ द्वन्द्वतत्पुरुषयोः P. II.4. 26; cf also तत्पुरुषश्चापि कः परवल्लिङं प्रयोजयति । यः पूर्वपदार्थप्रधानः एकदेशिसमासः अर्धपिप्पलीति । यो ह्युत्तरपदार्थप्रधानो दैवकृतं तस्य परवल्लिङ्गम्, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II.4.26. Sometimes, the compound gets a gender different from that of the last word; confer, compare P.II.4.19-31, The tatpurusa compound is optional as generally all compounds are, depending as they do upon the desire of the speaker. Some tatpurusa compounds such as the प्रादितत्पुरुष or उपपदतत्पुरुष are called नित्य and hence their constitutent words, with the case affixes applied to them, are not noticed separately; confer, compare P.II.2.18,19, In some cases अ as a compound-ending ( समासान्त ) is added: exempli gratia, for example राजघुरा, नान्दीपुरम् ; confer, compare P. V.4.74; in some cases अच् ( अ ) is added: confer, compare P.V-4 75 o 87: while in some other cases टच् ( अ ) is added, the mute letter ट् signifying the addition of ङीप् ( ई) in the feminine gender; confer, compareP.V.4. 91-1 12. For details See p.p. 270-273 Mahabhasya Vol.VII published by the D. E. Society, Poona.
tadantavidhia peculiar feature in the interpretation of the rules of Panini, laid down by the author of the Sutras himself by virtue of which an adjectival word, qualifying its principal word, does not denote itself, but something ending with it also; confer, compare येन विधिस्तदन्तस्य P.I.1.72.This feature is principally noticed in the case of general words or adhikaras which are put in a particular rule, but which Occur in a large number of subsequent rules; for instance, the word प्रातिपदिकात्, put in P.IV.1.1, is valid in every rule upto the end of chapter V and the words अतः, उतः, यञः et cetera, and others mean अदन्ताद् , उदन्तात् , यञन्तात् et cetera, and others Similarly the words धातोः (P.III.1.91) and अङ्गस्य (P.VI. 4.1 ) occurring in a number of subsequent rules have the adjectival words to them, which are mentioned in subsequent rules, denoting not only those words,but words ending with them. In a large number of cases this feature of तदन्तविधि is not desirable, as it, goes against arriving at the desired forms, and exceptions deduced from Panini's rules are laid down by the Varttikakara and later grammarians; confer, compare Par. Sek. Pari. 16,23, 31 : also Mahabhasya on P.I.1.72.
tadguṇasaṃvijñānaliterally connection with what is denoted by the constituent members; the word refers to a kind of Bahuvrihi compound where the object denoted by the compound includes also what is denoted by the constituent members of the compound; e g. the compound word सर्वादि in the rule सर्वादीनि सर्वनामानि includes the word सर्व among the words विश्व, उभय and others, which alone form the अन्यपदार्थ or the external thing and not merely the external object as mentioned in Panini's rule अनेकमन्यमपदार्थे (P.II. 2. 24): confer, compare भवति बहुर्वीहौ तद्गुणसंविज्ञानमपि । तद्यथा । चित्रवाससमानय। लोहितोष्णीषा ऋत्विजः प्रचरन्ति । तद्गुण आनीयते तद्गुणाश्च प्रचरन्ति M.Bh. on I.1.27. For details confer, compare Mahabhasya on P.1.1.27 as also Par. Sek. Pari. 77.
taddhitaa term of the ancient prePaninian grammarians used by Panini just like सर्वनामन् or अव्यय without giving any specific definition of it. The term occurs in the Nirukta of Yaska and the Vajasaneyi-Pratisakhya ; confer, compare अथ तद्वितसमासेषु एकपर्वसु चानेकपर्वसु पूर्वे पूर्वमपरमपरं प्रविभज्य निर्ब्रूयात् । द्ण्डय्ः पुरुषः । दण्डमर्हतीति वा, दण्डेन संपद्यते इति वा Nirukta of Yāska.II.2; also confer, compare तिङ्कृत्तद्धितचतुथ्यसमासाः इाब्दमयम् Vaj Prati.I. 27. It is to be noted that the word तद्वित is used by the ancient grammarians in the sense of a word derived from a substantive ( प्रातिपादक ) by the application of suffixes like अ, यत् et cetera, and others, and not in the sense of words derived from roots by affixes like अन, ति et cetera, and others which were termed नामकरण, as possibly contrasted with the word ताद्धित used by Yaska in II. 5. Panini has used the word तद्धित not for words, but for the suffixes which are added to form such words at all places (e. g. in I. 1.38, IV.1.17, 76, VI.1.61 et cetera, and others). in fact, he has begun the enumeration of taddhita affixes with the rule तद्धिता: (P.IV.1. 76) by putting the term तद्धित for affixes such as ति, ष्यङ्, अण् et cetera, and others which are mentioned thereafter. In his rule कृत्तद्धितसमासाश्च and in the Varttika समासकृत्तद्धिताव्यय(I.4.1Vart. 41) which are similar to V.Pr.1. 27 quoted a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. the word तद्धित appears to be actually used for words derived from nouns by secondary affixes, along with the word कृत् which also means words derived from roots, although commentators have explained there the terms कृत् and तद्धित for कृदन्त and तद्धितान्त. The term तद्वित is evidently echoed in the Sutra तस्मै हितम् which, although it is not the first Sutra there were possibly long lists of secondary nouns with the senses of secondary suffixes, and तद्धित was perhaps,the first sense given there. The number of taddhita suffixes mentioned by Panini is quite a large one; there are in fact 1110 rules given in the taddhita section covering almost two Adhyayas viz. from P. IV. 1.76 to the end of the fifth Adhyaya. The main sub-divisions of taddhita affixes mentioned by commentators are, Apatyadyarthaka (IV. 1.92 to 178), Raktadyarthaka (IV.2.1 to 91), Saisika {IV.2. 92 to IV.3.133), Pragdivyatiya (IV. 3 134 to 168), Pragvahatiya (IV.4.1 to IV.4.74), Pragghitiya (IV.4.75 to IV.4.109), Arhiya (V.1.1 to 71),Thanadhikarastha (V. 1.72 to V. 1.1.114), Bhavakarmarthaka (V. 1.115 to V.1.136), Pancamika (V. 2.1 to V. 2.93), Matvarthiya (V. 2.94 to V. 2. 140), Vibhaktisamjaaka (V. 3.1 to V. 3.26) and Svarthika (V. 3.27 to V. 4.160). The samasanta affixes (V.4.68 to V.4.160) can be included in the Svarthika affixes.
tadvat(1)as a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.,similarly;the words शेषं तद्वत् (the rest as a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.) are frequently seen used by commentators; (2) the taddhita affix. affix वत् in the sense of possession and not in the sense of measure et cetera, and others confer, compare तद्वति तद्धिते न्यायसंहितं चेत् V.Pr.V.8.
tadvadatideśatreatment of something as that which is not that e. g. the treatment of affixes not marked with mute n or n as marked with n even though they are not actually marked that way, confer, compare P. I. 2.14; also cf तद्वदतिदेशेSकिद्विधिप्रसङ्गः P. I. 2.1 Vart 4.
tācchabdya(1)use of a word for that word (of which the sense has been conveyed); the expression तादर्थ्या त्ताच्छब्द्यम् is often used by grammarians just like a Paribhasa; confer, compare अस्ति तादर्थ्यात्ताच्छब्द्यम् । बहुव्रीह्यर्थानि पदानि बहुव्रीहिरिति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.1.29; similarly तृतीयासमास;for तृतीयार्थानि पदानि M.Bh. on P.I.1.30 or समासार्थे शास्त्रं समासः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.2.43; (2) use of a word for that word of which there is the vicinity; confer, compare अथवा साहचर्यात् ताच्छब्द्यं भविष्यति। कालसहचरितो वर्णः। वर्णॊपि काल एव; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.2.27 where the letter उ is taken in the sense of time required for its utterance, the reason being that sound and time go together; confer, compare also M.Bh. on P.I.2.70, IV.3.48, V.2.79; (3) use of a word for that which resides there; confer, compare तात्स्थ्यात्ताच्छब्द्यं भविष्यति M.Bh. on V.4.50 Vart. 3. At all the a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. places, the use of one word for another is by Laksana.
tāthābhāvyaname given to the grave (अनुदात्त) vowel which is अवग्रह id est, that is which occurs at the end of the first member of a compound and which is placed between two acute vowels id est, that is is preceded by and followed by an acute vowel; exempli gratia, for example तनूSनप्त्रे, तनूSनपत्: confer, compare उदाद्यन्तो न्यवग्रहस्ताथाभाव्यः । V.Pr.I.120. The tathabhavya vowel is recited as a kampa ( कम्प ) ; confer, compare तथा चोक्तमौज्जिहायनकैर्माध्यन्दिनमतानुसारिभिः'अवग्रहो यदा नीच उच्चयॊर्मध्यतः क्वचित् । ताथाभाव्यो भवेत्कम्पस्तनूनप्त्रे निदर्शनम्'. Some Vedic scholars hold the view that the ताथाभाव्य vowel is not a grave ( अनुदात्त ) vowel, but it is a kind of स्वरित or circumflex vowel. Strictly according to Panini "an anudatta following upon an udatta becomes Svarita": confer, compare P.VIII.4.66, V.Pr. IV. 1.138: cf also R.Pr.III. 16.
tādarthya(1)the nature of being meant for another ; confer, compare चतुर्थीविधाने तादर्थ्य उपसंख्यानम् । यूपाय दारु Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II.3.13; (2) meant for another: confer, compare तदर्थे एव तादर्थ्यम् । चातुर्वण्यादित्वात् ष्यञ् । अग्निदेवतायै इदम् अग्निदेवत्यम् । तादर्थ्ये यत् । confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. V. 4.24 (3) being possessed of the same sense: confer, compare तादर्थ्यात्ताच्छब्द्यम्. See ताच्छब्द्य.
tiṅarthasenses possessed by the personal endings of verbs, viz. कारक ( कर्ता or कर्म ) संख्या and काल. For details see Vaiyakaranabhusanasara. तिङ्निघात the grave accent for the whole word (सर्वेनिघात्) generally possessed by a verbal form when it is preceded by a word form which is not a verb; confer, compare तिङतिङ: P. VIII. 1.28.
tu(1)short term ( प्रत्याहार ) for the dental consonants त्, थ्, द्, ध् and न् confer, compare P. I. 1.69; (2) personal-ending substituted for ति in the 2nd person. imper. singular. Parasmaipada confer, compare P. III, 4.86; (3) taddhita affix. affix तु in the sense of possession added in Vedic Literature to कम् and शम् e. g. क्रन्तुः, शन्तु: confer, compare P. V. 2.138; (4) unadi affix तु ( तुन्) prescribed by the rule सितनिगमिमसिसच्यविधाञ्कुशिभ्यस्तुन् ( Unadi Sitra I.69 ) before which the augment इ is not added exempli gratia, for example सेतुः सक्तुः et cetera, and others confer, compare P. VII. 2.9
tumkrt affix तुम् of the infinitive (1) added to a root optionally with ण्वुल् when the root refers to an action for the purpose of which another action is mentioned by the principal verb ; exempli gratia, for example भोक्तुं व्रजति or भोजको व्रजति्; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.III.3.11; (2) added to a root connected with ' another root in the sense of desire provided both have the same subject; exempli gratia, for example इच्छति भोक्तुम् ; confer, compare P. III. 3.158; (3) added to a root connected with the words काल, समय or वेला; exempli gratia, for example कालो भोक्तुम् et cetera, and others confer, compare P.III.3.167; (4) added to any root which is connected with the roots शक्, धृष्, ज्ञा, ग्लै, घट्, रभ्, लभ्, क्रम्, सह्, अर्ह् and अस् or its synonym, as also with अलम्, or its synonym; exempli gratia, for example शक्नोति भोक्तुम्, भवति भोक्तुम्, वेला भोक्तुम्, अलं भोक्तुम्, पर्याप्तः कर्तुम् : confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.III.4. 65, 66.
tulyādhikaraṇahaving got the same substratum; denoting ultimately the same object; expressed in the same case the same as samanadhikarana in the grammar of Panini, confer, compare Kat. II.5.5.
tṛjvadbhāvatreatment of a word as ending with the affix तृच् although, in fact, it does not so end; e. g. the word क्रोष्टु; confer, compare तृज्वत्क्रोष्टु:, P. VII. 1.95 ; confer, compare also तृज्वद्भावस्यावकाशः क्रोष्ट्रा क्रोष्टुना; M.Bh, on VII. 1.95 Vart. 10.
tṛtīyāthe third case; affixes of the third case ( instrumental case or तृतीयाविभक्ति ) which are placed (1) after nouns in the sense of an instrument or an agent provided the agent is not expressed by the personal-ending of the root; e. g. देवदत्तेन कृतम्, परशुना छिनत्ति: confer, compare P. III. 3.18; (2) after nouns connected with सह्, nouns meaning defective limbs, nouns forming the object of ज्ञा with सम् as also nouns meaning हेतु or a thing capable of produc ing a result: e. g. पुत्रेण सहागतः, अक्ष्णा काणः, मात्रा संजानीते, विद्यया यशः; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. II.3.19,23; (3) optionally with the ablative after nouns meaning quality, and optionally with the genitive after pronouns in the sense of हेतु, when the word हेतु is actually used e. g. पाण्डित्येन मुक्तः or पाण्डित्यान्मुक्त:; केन हेतुना or कस्य हेतोर्वसति; it is observed by the Varttikakara that when the word हेतु or its synonym is used in a sentence, a pronoun is put in any case in apposition to that word id est, that is हेतु or its synonym e.g, केन निमित्तेन, किं निमित्तम् et cetera, and others; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. II. 3. 25, 27; (4) optionally after nouns connected with the words पृथक्, विना, नाना, after the words स्तोक, अल्प, as also after दूर, अन्तिक and their synonyms; exempli gratia, for example पृथग्देवदत्तेन et cetera, and others स्तोकेन मुक्तः, दूरेण ग्रामस्य, केशैः प्रसितः; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.II.3.32, 33, 35, 44; (5) optionally with the locative case after nouns meaning constellation when the taddhita affix. affix after them has been elided; exempli gratia, for example पुष्येण संप्रयातोस्मि श्रवणे पुनरागतः Mahabharata; confer, compare P.II.3.45; (6) optionally with the genitive case after words connected with तुल्य or its synonyms; exempli gratia, for exampleतुल्यो देवदत्तेन, तुल्यो देवदत्तस्य; confer, compare P. II.3.72.
taittirīyaprātiśākhyacalled also कृष्णयजुःप्रातिशाख्य and hence representing possibly all the different branches or Sakhas of the कृष्णयजुर्वेद, which is not attributed definitely to a particular author but is supposed to have been revised from time to time and taught by various acaryas who were the followers of the Taittiriya Sakha.The work is divided into two main parts, each of which is further divided into twelve sections called adhyayas, and discusses the various topics such as letters and their properties, accents, euphonic changes and the like, just as the other Pratisakhya works. It is believed that Vararuci, Mahiseya and Atreya wrote Bhasyas on the Taittiriya Pratisakhya, but at present, only two important commentary works on it are available(a) the 'Tribhasyaratna', based upon the three Bhasyas mentioned a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. as the title shows, written by Somayarya and (b) the 'Vaidikabharana' written by Gopalayajvan. For details see Introduction to 'Taittiriya Pratisakhya' edition Govt Oriental Library Series, Mysore.
taulvalyādia class of words headed by the word तौल्वलि, the taddhita affix in the sense of युवन् ( grandchild ) placed after which is not elided by P. II. 4. 60; exempli gratia, for example तौल्वलिः पिता, तौल्वलायनः पुत्रः; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.II. 4.61.
tripādīterm usually used in connection with the last three Padas (ch. VIII. 2, VIII. 3 and VIII. 4) of Panini’s Ashtadhyayi, the rules in which are not valid by convention to rules in the first seven chapters and a quarter, as also a later rule in which (the Tripadi) is not valid to an earlier one; confer, compare पूर्वत्रासिद्धम् P. VIII.2.1; (2) name of a critical treatise on Panini's grammar ("The Tripadi") written by Dr. H. E. Buiskool recently.
dadhipayaādia class of compound words headed by the word दधिपयस् which are not compounded as समाहारद्वन्द्व which ends in the neuter gender and singular number; exempli gratia, for example दधिपयसी, शिववैश्रवणौ, श्रद्धातपसी et cetera, and others; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.II. 4.14.
dntyaproduced at the teeth, dental; formed at the teeth by the tip of the tongue; exempli gratia, for example the letters लृ ल् ,स् and तवर्ग; confer, compare लृलसिता दन्ते V.Pr.I.69. According to Panini's grammar लॄ(long) does not exist. According to Taittirya Prtisakhya र् is partly dental and partly lingual; cf T.Pr.II.41, while व् is partly dental and partly labial; confer, compare T.Pr. II.43; confer, compare दन्त्या जिह्वाग्रकरणाः V. Pr.I. 76; confer, compare लुग्वा दुहदिहलिहगुहामात्मनेपदे दन्त्ये P. VII. 3.73.
daśabalakārikāa short treatise on the roots belonging to more than one conjugation; the name of the author is not given.
daśabalakārikāa short treatise on the roots belonging to more than one conjugation; the name of the author is not given.
dikśabdaa word denoting a direction such as पूर्व, उत्तर and the like, used as a substantive, e. g. पूर्वो ग्रामात् , or showing the direction of another thing being its adjective, e. g. इयमस्याः पूर्वा; cf Kas, on P. II.3.29.
deśya(1)taddhita affix. affix in the sense of almost similar; see देशीयर् a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.; (2) (words) current in popular use or language, although not sanctioned by rules of grammar; confer, compare देश्याः सूत्रनिबन्धाः क्रियन्ते M.Bh. on P. V. 3.55: confer, compare देश्या देष्टव्याः साधुत्वेन प्रतिपाद्या:, Kaiyata on V. 3.55; probably Kaiyata had a difficulty in explaining the word देश्य in the old way meaning ' current in use', as many words called bad words, introduced from other languages were current at his time which he was reluctant to term देश्य.
dyotakaindicative, suggestive; not directly capable of expressing the sense by denotation; the nipatas and upasargas are said to be 'dyotaka' and not 'vacaka' by standard grammarians headed by the Varttikakara; confer, compare निपातस्यानर्थकस्यापि प्रातिपदिकत्वम् P.I.2.45 Varttika 12; confer, compare Kaiyata also on the a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.; cf also निपाता द्योतकाः केचित्पृथगर्थाभिधायिनः Vakyapadiya II.194;, गतिवाचकत्वमपि तस्य ( स्थाधातोः ) व्यवस्थाप्यते, उपसर्गस्तु तद्योतक एव commentary on Vakyapadiya II. 190; confer, compare पश्चाच्छ्रोतुर्बोधाय द्योतकोपसर्गसंबन्ध: Par. Sek. on Pari. 50; cf also इह स्वरादयो वाचकाः चादयो द्योतका इति भेदः Bhasa Vr. om P.I.1.37.The Karmapravacaniyas are definitely laid down as dyotaka, confer, compare क्रियाया द्योतको नायं न संबन्धस्य वाचकः । नापि क्रियापदाक्षेपीं संबन्धस्य तु भेदकः Vakyapadiya II.206; the case affixes are said to be any way, 'vacaka' or 'dyotaka'; confer, compare वाचिका द्योतिका वा स्युर्द्वित्त्वादीनां विभक्तयः Vakyapadiya II. 165.
dyotanaconveyance of sense indirectly or by suggestion, and not directly. See द्योतक a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
dyotya(sense)conveyed by suggestion indirectly and not directly expressed, as in the case of karmapravacaniyas, the krt affixes and the tad, affixes: confer, compare अनुशब्दो लक्षणे द्योत्ये कर्मप्रवचनीयसंज्ञो भवति Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. I. 4.84.
dravyasubstance, as opposed to गुण property and क्रिया action which exist on dravya. The word सत्त्व is used by Yaska, Panini and other grammarians in a very general sense as something in completed formation or existence as opposed to 'bhava' or kriya or verbal activity, and the word द्रव्य is used by old grammarians as Synonymous with सत्त्व; confer, compare चादयोSसत्वे। चादयो निपातसंज्ञा भवन्ति न चेत्सत्वे वर्तन्ते, confer, compare Kas on P. I. 4.57; confer, compare S.K. also on P. I.4.57. (2)The word द्रव्य is also found used in the sense of an individual object, as opposed to the genus or generic notion ( अाकृति ); confer, compare द्रव्याभिधानं व्याडिः, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 2. 64. Vart. 45.(3)The word द्रव्य is found used in the sense of Sadhana or means in Tait. Prati. confer, compare तत्र शब्दद्रव्याण्युदाहरिष्यामः । शब्दरूपाणि साधनानि वर्णयिष्यामः Tai, Pr. XXII. 8.
dravyavadbhāvabehaviour like a dravya as noticed in the case of the bhava or kriya found in a root after a krt afix is added to it confer, compare कृदभिहितो भावो द्रव्यवद्भवति. Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II.2.19, III.1.67 et cetera, and others
dravyābhidhānadenotation of द्रव्य or individual object as the sense of words as opposed to आकृत्यभिधान i, e. denotation of the general form possessed by objects of the same class; of द्रव्याभिधानं व्याडिः P. I.2.64 Vart. 45. See द्रव्य.
dviguname of a compound with a numeral as the first member. The compound is looked upon as a subdivision of the Tatpurusa comPoundThe dvigu compound, having collection as its general sense, is declined in the neuter gender and singular number; when it ends in अ the feminine. affix ङी is added generally, e. g. पञ्चपात्रम्, त्रिभुवनम्, पञ्चमूली. The Dvigu comPound also takes place when a karmadharaya compound, having a word denoting a direction or a numeral as its first member, (a) has a taddhita affix. affix added to it exempli gratia, for example पञ्चकपाळः (पुरोडाशः), or (b) has got a word placed after it in a compound e. g. पशञ्चगवधनः or (c) has a collective sense exempli gratia, for example पञ्चपूली; confer, compare तद्वितार्थोत्तरपदसमाहारे च ( P. II.1.51 ) also, cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. and S. K. om P.II.1.51,52.
dvyādia class of pronouns headed by the pronoun द्वि to which the taddhita affixes called विभक्ति, as prescribed by the rules of Panini in the rule पञ्चम्यास्तसिल् and the following ones, are not addedition confer, compare P. V. 3. 2.
dhātua root; the basic word of a verbal form,defined by the Bhasyakara as क्रियावचनो धातुः or even as भाववचने धातु:, a word denoting a verbal activity. Panini has not defined the term as such, but he has given a long list of roots under ten groups, named dasagani, which includes about 2200 roots which can be called primary roots as contrasted with secondary roots. The secondary roots can be divided into two main groups ( l ) roots derived from roots ( धातुजधातवः ) and (2) roots derived from nouns ( नामधातवः ). The roots derived from roots can further be classified into three main subdivisions : (a) causative roots or णिजन्त, (b) desiderative roots or सन्नन्त, (c) intensive roots or यङन्त and यङ्लुगन्त: while roots derived from nouns or denominative roots can further be divided into क्यजन्त, काम्यजन्त, क्यङन्त, क्यषन्त, णिङन्त, क्विबन्त and the miscellaneous ones ( प्रकीर्ण ) as derived from nouns like कण्डू( कण्ड्वादि ) by the application of the affix यक् or from nouns like सत्य,वेद, पाश, मुण्ड,मिश्र, et cetera, and others by the application of the affix णिच्. Besides these, there are a few roots formed by the application of the affix अाय and ईय (ईयङ्). All these roots can further be classified into Parasmaipadin or Parasmaibhasa, Atmanepadin or Atmanebhasa and Ubhayapadin. Roots possessed of a mute grave ( अनुदात्त ) vowel or of the mute consonant ङ् added to the root in the Dhatupatha or ending in the affixes यड्, क्यङ् et cetera, and others as also roots in the passive voice are termed Atmanepadin: while roots ending with the affix णिच् as also roots possessed of a mute circumflex vowel or a mute consonant ञ़़् applied to them are termed Ubhayapadin. All the rest are termed Parasmaipadin. There are some other mute letters or syllables applied by Panini to the roots in his Dhatupatha for specific purposes; exempli gratia, for example ए at the end to signify prohibition of vrddhi to the penultimate अ in the aorist, exempli gratia, for example अकखीत् confer, compare P. VII.2.5; इर् to signify the optional substitution of अ or अङ् for the affix च्लि of the aorist, exempli gratia, for example अभिदत्, अभैत्सीत् ; confer, compare P.III. 1.57; उ to signify the optional application of the augment इ ( इट् ) before क्त्वा exempli gratia, for example शमित्वा, शान्त्वा; confer, compare P.VII. 2. 56; ऊ to signify the optional application of the augment इ ( इट् ) exempli gratia, for example गोप्ता, गेीपिता, confer, compare P.VII.2.44; अा to signify the prohibition of the augment इट् in the case of the past passive voice. participle. exempli gratia, for example क्ष्विण्णः, स्विन्नः, confer, compare P. VII.2.16; इ to signify the addition of a nasal after the last vowel e. g. निन्दति from निदि, confer, compare P. VII.1.58: ऋ to signify the prohibition of ह्रस्व to the penultimate long vowel before णिच्, e. g. अशशासत्, confer, compare P.VII. 4.2;लृ to signify the substitution of अङ् for च्लि in the aorist, exempli gratia, for example अगमत् confer, compare P. III.1.55: ओ to signify the substitution of न् for त् of the past passive voice.participle. exempli gratia, for example लग्नः, अापीनः, सूनः, दून: et cetera, and others; confer, compare P. VIII. 2.45. Besides these,the mute syllables ञि, टु and डु are prefixed for specific purposes; confer, compare P. III.2.187, III.3.89 and III. 3.88. The term धातु is a sufficiently old one which is taken by Panini from ancient grammarians and which is found used in the Nirukta and the Pratisakhya works, signifying the 'elemental (radical)base' for nouns which are all derivable from roots according to the writers of the Nirukta works and the grammarian Siktaayana; confer, compare नाम च धातुजमाह निरुक्ते व्याकरणे शकटस्य च तोकम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. III.3.1. Some scholars have divided roots into six categories; confer, compare तत्र धातवः षोढा (a) परिपठिताः भूवादयः, (b) अपरिपठता अान्दोलयत्यादयः, (c) परिपठितापरिपठिताः ( सूत्रपठिताः ) स्कुस्कम्भस्तम्भेत्यादयः, (d) प्रत्ययधातवः सनाद्यन्ताः, (e) नामघातवः कण्ड्वादयः, (f) प्रत्ययनामधातवः होडगल्भक्ली. बप्रभृतयः; cf Sringara Prak. I. For details see M.Bh. on P.I.3.I as also pp 255, 256 Vol. VII Vyakarana-Mahabhasya published by the D.E. Society, Poona.
dhātvartheliterally meaning of a root, the verbal activity, named क्रिया or भावः . confer, compare धात्वर्थः क्रिया; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III.2. 84, III.2.115. The verbal activity is described generally to be made up of a series of continuous subordinate activities carried on by the different karakas or agents and instruments of verbal activity helping the process of the main activity. When the process of the verbal activity is complete, the completed activity is looked upon as a substantive or dravya and a word denoting it, such as पाक,or याग does not get conjugational affixes, but it is regularly declined like a noun.Just as स्वार्थ, द्रब्य, लिङ्ग, संख्या, and कारक are given as प्रातिपदिकार्थ, in the same manner क्रिया, काल, पुरुष, वचन or संख्या, and कारक are given as धात्वर्थ, as they are shown by a verbal form, although strictly speaking verbal activity (क्रियorभाव) alone is the sense of a root, as stated in the Mahbhasya. For details see Vaiyak.Bh.Sara, where it is said that fruit ( फल) and effort ( ब्यापार ) are expressed by a root, confer, compare फलव्यापारयोर्धातुः. The five senses given a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. are in fact conveyed not by a root, but by a verb or अाख्यात or तिडन्त.
dhṛta or dhṛtapracayaa kind of original grave vowel turned into a circumflex one which is called प्रचय unless followed by another acute or circumflex vowel. The Taittiriya Pratisakhya has mentioned seven varieties of this 'pracaya' out of which धृतप्रचय or धृत is one. For details see Bhasya on धृतः प्रचयः कौण्डिन्यस्य, T.Pr.XVIII.3.
dhvanitasuggested, as opposed to उक्त expressed; the word is found frequently used in the Paribhasendusekhara and other works in connection with such dictums as are not actually made, but indicated in the Mahabhasya.
naddhaa fault of pronunciation when a letter, although distinctly pronounced inside the mouth, does not become audible, being held up ( बद्ध ) by the lips or the like. The fault is similar to अम्बूकृत: confer, compare ओष्ठाभ्यामम्बूकृतमाह नद्धम् R.Pr.XIV.2.
niḥsaṃkhyanot possessed of any numbersense ; the term is used in connection with indeclinables; confer, compare अव्ययेभ्यस्तु निःसंख्येभ्यः सामान्यविहिताः स्वादयो वेिद्यन्त एव Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.I. 4.21.
nitya(1)eternal, as applied to word or Sabda in contrast with sound or dhvani which is evanescent (कार्य ). The sound with meaning or without meaning,made by men and animals is impermanent; but the sense or idea awakened in the mind by the evanescent audible words on reaching the mind is of a permanent or eternal nature; confer, compare स्फोटः शब्दो ध्वनिस्तस्य व्यायामादुपजायते; confer, compare also व्याप्तिमत्त्वा्त्तु शब्दस्य Nir.I.1 ; (2) constant; not liable to be set aside by another; confer, compare उपबन्धस्तु देशाय नित्यम्, न रुन्धे नित्यम्। नित्यशब्दः प्राप्त्यन्तरानिषेधार्थः T.Pr.I.59, IV.14; (3) original as constrasted with one introduced anew such as an augment; confer, compare Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.VI.14; (4) permanently functioning, as opposed to tentatively doing so; confer, compare नित्यविरते द्विमात्रम् Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya.37; (5) unchangeable, permanent, imperishable; confer, compare अयं नित्यशब्दोस्त्येव कूटस्थेष्वविचालिषु भावेषु वर्तते M.Bh. on P. VIII. 1.4; (6) always or invariably applying, as opposed to optional; the word in this sense is used in connection with rules or operations that do not optionally apply; confer, compare उपपदसमासो नित्यसमासः, षष्ठीसमासः पुनार्वेभाषा; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.II.2.19; (7) constant,as applied to a rule which applies if another simultaneously applying rule were to have taken effect, as well as when that other rule does not take effect; confer, compare क्वचित्कृताकृतप्रसङ्गमात्रेणापि नित्यता Par. Sek. Pari 46. The operations which are nitya according to this Paribhasa take effect in preference to others which are not 'nitya', although they may even be 'para'; confer, compare परान्नित्यं बलवत् Par. Sek. Pari. 42.
nityasamāsaan invariably effective compound; the term is explained as अस्वपदविग्रहो नित्यसमासः i. e. a compound whose dissolution cannot be shown by its component words as such; e. g. the dissolution of कुम्भकारः cannot be shown as कुम्भं कारः, but it must be shown as कुम्भं करोति स: । The upapadasamasa, the gatisamsa and the dative tatpurusa with the word अर्थ are examples of नित्यसमास.
nipātaa particle which possesses no gender and number, and the case termination after which is dropped or elidedition Nipata is given as one of the four categories of words viz नामन्, आख्यात, उपसर्ग and निपात by all the ancient writers of Pratisakhya, Vyakarana and Nirukta works;confer, compare Nirukta of Yāska.I. 4, M.Bh. on I. 1. Ahnika l, Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XII. 8 et cetera, and others The word is derived from the root पत् with नि by Yaska who has mentioned three subdivisions of Niptas उपमार्थे, कर्मोपसंग्रहार्थे and पदपूरणे; confer, compare अथ निपाताः । उच्चावचेष्वर्थेषु निपतन्ति । अप्युपमार्थे । अपि कर्मोपसंग्रह्यार्थे । अपि पदपूरणाः । Nirukta of Yāska.I. 4. The Nipatas are looked upon as possessed of no sense; confer, compare निपातः पादपूरणः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XII. 8, Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.VIII. 50, ( commentary by Uvvata ). Panini has not given any definition of the word निपात, but he has enumerated them as forming a class with च at their head in the rule चादयोऽसत्वे where the word असत्वे conveys an impression that they possess no sense, the sense being of two kinds सत्त्व and भाव, and the Nipatas not possesssing any one of the two. The impression is made rather firm by the statement of the Varttikakra'निपातस्यानर्थकस्य प्रातिपदिकत्वम्' P. I. 2. 45 Vart. 12. Thus, the question whether the Nipatas possess any sense by themselves or not, becomes a difficult one to be answeredition Although the Rkpratisakhya in XII.8 lays down that the Nipatas are expletive, still in the next verse it says that some of them do possess sense; confer, compare निपातानामर्थवशान्निपातनादनर्थकानामितरे च सार्थकाः on which Uvvata remarks केचन निपाताः सार्थकाः, केचन निरर्थकाः । The remark of Uvvata appears to be a sound one as based on actual observation, and the conflicting views have to be reconciledition This is done by Bhartrhari who lays down that Nipatas never directly convey the sense but they indicate the sense. Regarding the sense indicated by the Nipatas, it is said that the sense is never Sattva or Dravya or substance as remarked by Panini; it is a certain kind of relation and that too, is not directly expressed by them but it is indicatedition Bhoja in his Srngaraprakasa gives a very comprehensive definition of Nipata as:-जात्यादिप्रवृत्तिनिमित्तानुपग्राहित्वेनासत्त्वभूतार्थाभिधायिनः अलिङ्गसंख्याशक्तय उच्चावचेष्वर्थेषु निपतन्तीत्यव्ययविशेषा एव चादयो निपाताः । He gives six varieties of them, viz. विध्यर्थ, अर्थवादार्थ, अनुवादार्थ, निषेधार्थ, विधिनिषेधार्थ and अविधिनिषेधार्थ, and mentions more than a thousand of them. For details see Bhartrhari's Vakyapadiya II. 189-206.
nipātadyotakatvathe view that the nipatas and the upasargas too, as contrasted with nouns,pronouns and other indeclinables, only indicate the sense and do not denote it; this view, as grammarians say, was implied in the Mahabhasya and was prominently given in the Vakyapadiya by Bhartrhari which was followed by almost all later grammarians. See निपात.
nipātanaa word given, as it appears, without trying for its derivation,in authoritative works of ancient grammarians especially Panini;confer, compareदाण्डिनायनहास्तिनयनo P. VI.4.174, as also अचतुरविचतुरo V.4.77 et cetera, and others et cetera, and others The phrase निपातनात्सिद्धम् is very frequently used by Patanjali to show that some technical difficulties in the formation of a word are not sometimes to be taken into consideration, the word given by Panini being the correct one; confer, compare M.Bh.on I.1.4, III.1.22 et cetera, and others et cetera, and others; cf also the usual expression बाधकान्येव निपातनानि. The derivation of the word from पत् with नि causal, is suggested in the Rk Pratisakhya where it is stated that Nipatas are laid down or presented as such in manifold senses; cf Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.)XII.9; cf also घातुसाधनकालानां प्राप्त्यर्थं नियमस्य च । अनुबन्घविकाराणां रूढ्यर्थ च निपातनम् M. Bh Pradipa on P. V.1.114: confer, comparealso Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II.1.27.
nipātānarthakatvathe view prominently expressed by the Varttikakara that nipatas do not possess any sense, which was modified by Bhartrhari who stated that they do possess sense which, of course, is indicated and not expressedition See निपात.
nimittāpāyaparibhāṣāa popular name given by grammarians to the maxim निमित्तापाये नैमित्तिकस्याप्यपायः,. a thing, which is brought into existence by a cause, disappears on the disappearance of the cause. The maxim is not, of course, universally applicable. For details see Par. Sek. Pari. 56, Sira. Pari. 99.
niyama(1)restriction; regulation; binding; the term is very frequently used by grammarians in connection with a restriction laid down with reference to the application of a grammatical rule generally on the strength of that rule, or a part of it, liable to become superfluous if the restriction has not been laid down; confer, compare M.Bh. on I. 1. 3, Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on I. 3.63, VI. 4.11; confer, compare also the frequently quoted dictum अनियमे नियमकारिणी परिभाषा; (2) limitation as contrasted with विकल्प or कामचार; confer, compare अनेकप्राप्तावेकस्य नियमो भवति शेषेष्वनियम; पटुमृदुशुक्लाः पटुशुक्लमृदव इति; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II. 2. 34 Vart. 2; (3) a regulating rule; a restrictive rule, corresponding to the Parisamkhya statement of the Mimamsakas, e. g. the rule अनुदात्तङित आत्मनेपदम् P. I.3.12; the grammarians generally take a rule as a positive injunction avoiding a restrictive sense as far as possible; confer, compare the dictum विधिनियमसंभवे विधिरेव ज्यायान्. Par. Sek. Pari. 100; the commentators have given various kinds of restrictions,. such as प्रयोगनियम,अभिधेयनियम,अर्थनियम, प्रत्ययनियम, प्रकृतिनियम, संज्ञानियम et cetera, and otherset cetera, and others; (4) grave accent or anudatta; confer, compare उदात्तपूर्वं नियतम् Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) III. 9; see नियत (2).
niranubandhakapossessed of no mute indicatory letter; not possessed of any mute indicatory letter; confer, compare क्वपुनरयं (आकारः) सानुबन्धकः क्व निरनुबन्धकः । M.Bh. on I. 1.14.
nirastaa fault of pronunciation when a vowel is harshly pronounced and hence is not properly audible; confer, compare निरस्तं निष्ठुरम् Pradipa on M.Bh. I. 1. Ahn. 1. The fault occurs when the place and the means of utterance are pressed and drawn in;confer, compare निरस्तं स्थानकरणापकर्षे Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XIV. 2.
nirākṛta(1)set aside; answered; the word is frequently used in connection with faults which are stated to occur or present themselves if a particular explanation is given; (2) prevailed over by another; confer, compare तदा न रूपं लभते निराकृतम् Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XI. 30, where Uvvata paraphrases निराकृत as विस्मृत.
niruktaname of a class of works which were composed to explain the collections of Vedic words by means of proposing derivations of those words from roots as would suit the sense. The Nirukta works are looked upon as supplementary to grammar works and there must have been a good many works of this kind in ancient times as shown by references to the writers of these viz. Upamanyu, Sakatayana,Sakapuni,Sakapurti and others, but, out of them only one work composed by Yaska has survived; the word, hence has been applied by scholars to the Nirukta of Yaska which is believed to have been written in the seventh or the eighth century B. C. i. e. a century or two before Panini. The Nirukta works were looked upon as subsidiary to the study of the Vedas along with works on phonetics ( शिक्षा ), rituals ( कल्प ), grammar (व्याकरण) prosody (छन्दस्) and astronomy(ज्योतिष)and a mention of them is found made in the Chandogyopanisad. As many of the derivations in the Nirukta appear to be forced and fanciful, it is doubtful whether the Nirukta works could be called scientific treatises. The work of Yaska, however, has got its own importance and place among works subsidiary to the Veda, being a very old work of that kind and quoted by later commentators. There were some glosses and commentary works written upon Yaska's Nirukta out of which the one by Durgacarya is a scholarly one.It is doubtful whether Durgacarya is the same as Durgasimha, who wrote a Vrtti or gloss on the Katantra Vyakarana. The word निरुक्त is found in the Pratisakhya works in the sense of 'explained' and not in the sense of derived; confer, compare Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XV 6; V.Pr. IV. 19, 195.
nirdhāraṇa(1)selection of one or some out of many; confer, compare जातिगुणाक्रियाभिः समुदायादेकदेशस्य पृथक्करणं निर्धारणम् । मनुष्याणां मनुष्येषु वा क्षत्रियः शूरतमः Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. II.2.10 as also on II.3.4l; (2) determined or definite sense to the exclusion of another, generally on the strength of the indeclinable एव which is expressed or understood. The word नेिर्धारण is used for अवधारण in this sense; confer, compare यत एवकारस्ततोन्यत्रावधारणम् a maxim used as a Paribhasa by some grammarians; cf; also धातोस्तन्निमित्तस्यैव । धात्ववधारणं यथा स्यात्तन्निमित्तावधारणं मा भूदिति Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. VI. 1.81.
nivartyathat which should not proceed to the next rule; confer, compare तच्चावश्यं निवर्त्यम् M.Bh. on III.2.68, V.1.16, et cetera, and others See the word निवृत्ति.
nivṛttisthānaplaces where the substitutes गुण and वृद्धि do not apply ; weak terminations; kit or nit affixes in Panini's grammar; confer, compare अथाप्यस्तेर्निवृत्तिस्थानेष्वादिलेापो भवति । स्तः सन्तीति । Nirukta of Yāska.II. 1. The word संक्रम is also used in this sense by ancient grammarians.
niṣkādia class of words headed by the word निष्क to which the affix इक ( ठक् ) is added, provided these words are not members of a compound; e. g. नैष्किकम् , पादिकम् , माषिकम् et cetera, and others; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. V.1.20.
nihitaseparated with the intervention of a consonant. The word is used in connection with the detached first part of a compound word not followed immediately by a vowel; confer, compare अनिहतं अव्यवहितम् Uvvata on Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.V. 30.
pakṣaalternative view or explanation presented by, or on behalf of, a party ; one of the two or more way of presenting a matter. The usual terms for the two views are पूर्वपक्ष and उत्तरपक्ष, when the views are in conflict. The views, if not in conflict, and if stated as alternative views, can be many in number, e. g. there are seven alternative views or Pakșas re : the interpretation of the rule इको गुणवृद्धी; confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.3; confer, compare also सर्वेषु पक्षेषु उपसंख्यानं कर्तव्यम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 2.64.
patañjalithe reputed author of the Mahābhāșya, known as the Pātañjala Mahābhāșya after him. His date is determined definitely as the second century B.C. on the strength of the internal evidence supplied by the text of the Mahābhāșya itselfeminine. The words Gonardiya and Gonikāputra which are found in the Mahābhāșya are believed to be referring to the author himself and, on their strength he is said to have been the son of Goņikā and a resident of the country called Gonarda in his days. On the strength of the internal evidence supplied by the Mahābhāșya, it can be said that Patañjali received his education at Takșaśila and that he was,just like Pāņini, very familiar with villages and towns in and near Vāhika and Gāndhāra countries. Nothing can definitely be said about his birthplace, and although it might be believed that his native place was Gonarda,its exact situation has not been defined so far. About his parentage too,no definite information is available. Tradition says that he was the foster-son of a childless woman named Gonikā to whom he was handed over by a sage of Gonarda, in whose hands he fell down from the sky in the evening at the time of the offering of water-handfuls to the Sun in the west; confer, compareपतत् + अञ्जलि, the derivation of the word given by the commentators. Apart from anecdotes and legendary information, it can be said with certainty that Patañjali was a thorough scholar of Sanskrit Grammar who had studied the available texts of the Vedic Literature and Grammar and availed himself of information gathered personally by visiting the various schools of Sanskrit Grammar and observing the methods of explanations given by teachers there. His Mahābhāșya supplies an invaluable fund of information on the ways in which the Grammar rules of Pāņini were explained in those days in the various grammar schools. This information is supplied by him in the Vārttikas which he has exhaustively given and explainedition He had a remarkable mastery over Sanskrit Language which was a spoken one at his time and it can be safely said that in respect of style, the Mahābhāșya excels all the other Bhāșyas in the different branches of learning out of which two, those of Śabaraswāmin and Śańkarācārya,are selected for comparison. It is believed by scholars that he was equally conversant with other śāstras, especially Yoga and Vaidyaka, on which he has written learned treatises. He is said to be the author of the Yogasūtras which,hence are called Pātañjala Yogasūtras, and the redactor of the Carakasamhitā. There are scholars who believe that he wrote the Mahābhāșya only, and not the other two. They base their argument mainly on the supposition that it is impossible for a scholar to have an equally unmatching mastery over three different śāstras at a time. The argument has no strength, especially in India where there are many instances of scholars possessing sound scholarship in different branches of learning. Apart from legends and statements of Cakradhara, Nāgesa and others, about his being the author of three works on three different śāstras, there is a direct reference to Patañjali's proficiency in Grammar, Yoga and Medicine in the work of King Bhoja of the eleventh century and an indirect one in the Vākyapadīya of Bhartŗhari of the seventh century A. D. There is a work on the life of Patañjali, written by a scholar of grammar of the South,named Ramabhadra which gives many stories and incidents of his life out of which it is difficult to find out the grains of true incidents from the legendary husk with which they are coveredition For details,see Patañjala Mahābhāșya D.E.Society's edition Vol. VII pages 349 to 374. See also the word महाभाष्य.
padaa word; a unit forming a part of a sentence; a unit made up of a letter or of letters, possessed of sense; confer, compare अक्षरसमुदायः पदम् । अक्षरं वा । V.Pr. VIII. 46, 47. The word originally was applied to the individual words which constituted the Vedic Samhitā; confer, compare पदप्रकृतिः संहिता Nir.I.17. Accordingly, it is defined in the Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya as ' अर्थः पदम् ' (Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.III. 2) as contrasted with ' वर्णानामेकप्राणयोगः संहिता ' (V.Pr.I.158). The definition ' अर्थः पदम् ' is attributed to the ancient grammarian 'Indra', who is believed to have been the first Grammarian of India. Pāņini has defined the term पद as ' सुप्तिङन्तं पदम् ' P.I.4.14. His definition is applicable to complete noun-forms and verb-forms and also to prefixes and indeclinables where a case-affix is placed and elided according to him; confer, compare अव्ययादाप्सुपः P. II. 4. 82. The noun-bases before case affixes and taddhita affix. affixes, mentioned in rules upto the end of the fifth adhyāya, which begin with a consonant excepting य् are also termed पद by Pāņini to include parts of words before the case affixes भ्याम् , भिस्, सु et cetera, and others as also before the taddhita affix. affixes मत्, वत् et cetera, and others which are given as separate padas many times in the pada-pātha of the Vedas; confer, compare स्वादिष्वसर्वनामस्थाने P. I. 4. 17. See for details the word पदपाठ. There are given four kinds of padas or words viz. नाम, अाख्यात, उपसर्ग and निपात in the Nirukta and Prātiśākhya works; confer, compare also पदमर्थे प्रयुज्यते, विभक्त्यन्तं च पदम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 2. 64 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 19, वर्णसमुदायः पदम् M.Bh. on I.1.21 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 5, पूर्वपरयोरर्थोपलब्धौ पदम् Kātantra vyākaraṇa Sūtra.I.1.20, पदशब्देनार्थ उच्यते Kaiyata on P.I.2.42 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 2; confer, compare also पद्यते गम्यते अर्थः अनेनेति पदमित्यन्वर्थसंज्ञा Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. on P.III. 1.92. The verb endings or affixs ति, तस् and others are also called पद. The word पद in this sense is never used alone, but with the word परस्मै or अात्मने preceding it. The term परस्मैपद stands for the nine affixes तिप्, तस्, ...मस्,while the term आत्मनेपद stands for the nine affixes त, आताम् ... महिङ्. confer, compare ल: परमैपदम्, तङानावात्मनेपदम्. It is possible to say that in the terms परस्मैपद and अात्मनेपद also, the term पद could be taken to mean a word, and it is very likely that the words परस्मैपद and अात्मनेपद were originally used in the sense of 'words referring to something meant for another' and 'referring to something meant for self' respectively. Such words, of course, referred to verbal forms, roughly corresponding to the verbs in the active voice and verbs in the passive voice. There are some modern scholars of grammar, especially linguists, who like to translate परस्मैपद as 'active voice' and आत्मनेपद as ' passive voice'. Pāņini appears, however, to have adapted the sense of the terms परस्मैपद and आत्मनेपद and taken them to mean mere affixes just as he has done in the case of the terms कृत् and तद्धित. Presumably in ancient times, words current in use were grouped into four classes by the authors of the Nirukta works, viz. (a) कृत् (words derived from roots)such as कर्ता, कारकः, भवनम् et cetera, and others, (b) तद्धित (words derived from nouns ) such as गार्ग्यः , काषायम् , et cetera, and others, (c) Parasmaipada words viz. verbs such as भवति, पचति, and (d) Ātmanepada words id est, that is verbs like एधते, वर्धते, et cetera, and othersVerbs करोति and कुरुते or हरति and हरते were looked upon as both परस्मैपद words and आत्मनेपद words. The question of simple words, as they are called by the followers of Pāņini, such as नर, तद् , गो, अश्व, and a number of similar underived words, did not occur to the authors of the Nirukta as they believed that every noun was derivable, and hence could be included in the kŗt words.
padakāraliterally one who has divided the Samhitā text of the Vedas into the Pada-text. The term is applied to ancient Vedic Scholars शाकल्य, आत्रेय, कात्यायन and others who wrote the Padapātha of the Vedic Samhitās. The term is applied possibly through misunderstanding by some scholars to the Mahābhāsyakāra who has not divided any Vedic Samhitā,but has, in fact, pointed out a few errors of the Padakāras and stated categorically that grammarians need not follow the Padapāțha, but, rather, the writers of the Padapāțha should have followed the rules of grammar. Patañjali, in fact, refers by the term पदकार to Kātyāyana, who wrote the Padapātha and the Prātiśākhya of the Vājasaneyi-Samhitā in the following statement--न लक्षणेन पदकारा अनुवर्त्याः। पदकारैर्नाम लक्षणमनुवर्त्यम्। यथालक्षणं पदं कर्तव्यम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. III.1. 109; VI. 1. 207; VIII. 2.16; confer, compare also अदीधयुरिति पदकारस्य प्रत्याख्यानपक्षे उदाहरणमुपपन्नं भवति ( परिभाषासूचन of व्याडि Pari. 42 ) where Vyādi clearly refers to the Vārtika of Kātyāyana ' दीधीवेव्योश्छन्दोविषयत्वात् ' P. I. 1.6 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). I. The misunderstanding is due to passages in the commentary of स्कन्दस्वामिन् on the Nirukta passage I. 3, उब्वटटीका on ऋक्प्रातिशाख्य XIII. 19 and others where the statements referred to as those of Patañjali are, in fact, quotations from the Prātiśākhya works and it is the writers of the Prātiśākhya works who are referred to as padakāras by Patañ jali in the Mahābhāsya.
padamañjarīthe learned commentary by Haradatta on the काशिकावृत्ति. Haradatta was a very learned grammarian of the Southern School, and the Benares School of Grammarians follow पदमञ्जरी more than the equally learned another commentary काशिकाविवरणपञ्जिका or न्यास. In the Padamanjarī Haradatta is said to have given everything of importance from the Mahābhāșya; confer, compare अधीते हि महाभाष्ये व्यर्था सा पदमञ्जरी. For details see Mahābhāșya D. E. S. Ed. Vol. VII P. 390-391.
padavidhian operation prescribed in connection with words ending with case or verbal affixes and not in connection with noun-bases or root-bases or with single letters or syllables. पदविधि is in this way contrasted with अङ्गविधि ( including प्रातिपदिकविधि and धातुविधि ), वर्णविधि and अक्षरविधि, Such Padavidhis are given in Pāņini's grammar in Adhyāya2, Pādas l and 2 as also in VI.1.158, and in VIII. 1.16 to VIII.3.54 and include rules in connection with compounds, accents and euphonic combinations. When, however, an operation is prescribed for two or more padas, it is necessary that the two padas or words must be syntactically connectible; confer, compare समर्थः पदविधिः P. II.1.1.
padārthameaning of a word, signification of a word; that which corresponds to the meaning of a word; sense of a word. Grammarians look upon both-the generic notion and the individual object as Padārtha or meaning of a word, and support their view by quoting the sūtras of Pāņini जात्याख्यायामेकस्मिन् बहुवचनमन्यतरस्याम् I. 2.58 and सरूपाणामेकशेष एकविभक्तौ I. 2.64; confer, compare किं पुनराकृतिः पदार्थ अाहोस्विद् द्रव्यम् । उभयमित्याह । कथं ज्ञायते । उभयथा ह्याचार्येण सूत्राणि प्रणीतानि । अाकृतिं पदार्थे मत्वा जात्याख्यायामित्युच्यते | द्रव्यं पदार्थे मत्वा सरूपाणामित्येकशेष अारभ्यते, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). in I. 1. first Āhnika. In rules of grammar the meaning of a word is generally the vocal element or the wording, as the science of grammar deals with words and their formation; confer, compare स्वं रूपं शब्दस्याशब्दसंज्ञा, P. I. 1. 68. The possession of vocal element as the sense is technically termed शब्दपदार्थकता as opposed to अर्थपदार्थकता; confer, compare सोसौ गोशब्दः स्वस्मात्पदार्थात् प्रच्युतो यासौ अर्थपदार्थकता तस्याः शब्दपदार्थकः संपद्यते Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I. 1.44 V. 3. The word पदार्थ means also the categories or the predicaments in connection with the different Śāstrās or lores as for instance, the 25 categories in the Sāmkhyaśāstra or 7 in the Vaiśeșika system or 16 in the NyayaŚāstra. The Vyākaranaśāstra, in this way to state, has only one category the Akhandavākyasphota or the radical meaning given by the sentence in one strok
paratvaposteriority; mention afterwards; the word is frequently used in works on grammar in connection with a rule which is mentioned in the treatise after another rule; the posterior rule is looked upon as stronger than the prior one, and is given priority in application when the two rules come in conflict although technically they are equally strong: confer, compare परत्वादल्लोप: ; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I. 1.4 Vaart 7; 'परत्वाच्छीभाव: I. 1.11 et cetera, and others
paranipātaliterallyplacing after; the placing of a word in a compound after another as contrasted with पूर्वनिपात . A subordinate word is generally placed first in a compound, confer, compare उपसर्जनं पूर्वम्; in some exceptional cases however, this general rule is not observed as in the cases of राजदन्त and the like, where the subordinate word is placed after the principal word, and which cases, hence, are taken as cases of परनिपात. The words पूर्व and पर are relative, and hence, the cases of परनिपात with respect to the subordinate word ( उपसर्जन ) such as राजद्न्त, प्राप्तजीविक et cetera, and others can be called cases of पूर्वनिपात with respect to the principal word ( प्रधान ) confer, compare परश्शता: राजदन्तादित्वात्परनिपात: Kaas. on P. II.1.39.
paramaprakṛtithe most original base; the original of the original base; the word is used in connection with a base which is not a direct base to which an affix is added, but which is a remote base;confer, compare अापत्यो वा गेात्रम् | परमप्रकृतश्च अापत्यः । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.IV.1.89; confer, compare also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). om IV.1.93,98,163.
parasmaipadaa term used in grammar with reference to the personal affixs ति, त: et cetera, and others applied to roots. The term परस्मैपद is given to the first nine afixes ति, त:, अन्ति, सि, थ:, थ, मि, व: and म:, while the term आत्मनेपद is used in connection with the next nine त, आताम् et cetera, and others; confer, compare परस्मै परोद्देशार्थफलकं पदम् Vac. Kosa. The term परस्मैपद is explained by some as representing the Active_Voice as contrasted with the Passive Voice which necessarily is characterized by the Aatmanepada affixes. The term परस्मैभाष in the sense of परस्मैपद was used by ancient grammarians and is also found in the Vaarttika अात्मनेभाषपस्मैभाषयोरुपसंख्यानम् P. VI. 3.8 Vart.1 . The term परस्मैभाष as applied to roots, could be explained as परस्मै क्रियां (or क्रियाफलं) भाषन्ते इति परस्मैभाषाः and originally such roots as had their activity meant for another, used to take the परस्मैपद् affixes, while the rest which had the activity meant for self, took the अात्मनेपद affixes. Roots having activity for both, took both the terminations and were termed उभयपदिनः.
parasmaibhāṣaliterally speaking the activity or क्रिया for another; a term of ancient grammarians for roots taking the first nine personal affixes only viz. ति, तः... मसू. The term परस्मैपदिन् was substituted for परस्मैभाष later on,more commonly. See परस्मैपद a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. The term परस्मैभाष along with अात्मनेभाष is found almost invariably used in the Dhaatupaatha attributed to Paanini; confer, compare भू सत्तायाम् | उदात्त: परस्मैभाषः | एघादय उदात्त अनुदात्तेत अात्मनभाषा: Dhatupatha.
parāṅgavadbhāvabehaviour as having become a part and parcel of another ; treatment of a word as a part of another. The term is used by Panini in connection with a word followed by and connected with a word in the vocative case of which it is looked upon as a part for purposes of accent, e. g. कुण्डेनाटन् , मद्राणां राजन् et cetera, and others Here the words अटन् and राजन् , being in the vocative case, are अाद्युदात्त, id est, that is अ ( at the beginning of अटन्) and अा (in राजन्) are acute and as a result all the other vowels in कुण्डेनाटन् and मद्राणां राजन् become अनुदात्त or grave; confer, compare सुबामन्त्रिते पराङ्गवत्स्वरे P.II.1.2.
parārtha(1)the sense of another word; confer, compare परार्थाभिधानं वृत्तिः इत्याहुः । M.Bh. on II.1.1,Vart.2; (2) for the sake of,or being of use in,the next (सूत्र);confer, compareपरार्थे मम भविष्यति सन्यत इद्भवतीति, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.59 Vart. 8.
parigaṇanaliterally enumeration. The word is used in grammar treatises in the sense of a definite or complete enumeration' with a view to exclude those that are not included in the enumeration : cf परिगणनं कर्तव्यम् | यङ्यक्यवलोपे प्रतिषेधः M.Bh. on I.1.4 Vaart. 1.
paribhāṣāan authoritative statement or dictum, helping (1) the correct interpretation of the rules (sūtras) of grammar, or (2) the removal of conflict between two rules which occur simultaneously in the process of the formation of words, (पदसिद्धि), or (3) the formation of correct words. Various definitions of the word परिभाषा are given by commentators, the prominent ones beingपरितो व्यापृतां भाषां परिभाषां प्रचक्षते(न्यास);or, परितो भाष्यते या सा परिभाषा प्रकीर्तिता. The word is also defined as विधौ नियामकरिणी परिभाषा ( दुर्गसिंहवृत्ति ). परिभाषा can also be briefiy defined as the convention of a standard author. Purusottamadeva applies the word परिभाषा to the maxims of standard writers, confer, compare परिभाषा हिं न पाणिनीयानि वचनानि; Puru. Pari. 119; while Haribhaskara at the end of his treatise परिभाषाभास्कर, states that Vyaadi was the first writer on Paribhaasas. The rules तस्मिन्निति निर्दिष्टे पूर्वस्य, तस्मादित्युत्तरस्य and others are in fact Paribhaasa rules laid down by Panini. For the difference between परिभाषा and अधिकार, see Mahabhasya on II.1.1. Many times the writers of Sutras lay down certain conventions for the proper interpretation of their rules, to which additions are made in course of time according to necessities that arise, by commentators. In the different systems of grammar there are different collections of Paribhasas. In Panini's system, apart from commentaries thereon, there are independent collections of Paribhasas by Vyadi, Bhojadeva, Purusottamadeva, Siradeva, Nilakantha, Haribhaskara, Nagesa and a few others. There are independent collections of Paribhasas in the Katantra, Candra, Sakatayana,Jainendra and Hemacandra systems of grammar. It is a noticeable fact that many Paribhasas are common, with their wordings quite similar or sometimes identical in the different systemanuscript. Generally the collections of Paribhasas have got scholiums or commentaries by recognised grammarians, which in their turn have sometimes other glosses or commentaries upon them. The Paribhaasendusekhara of Nagesa is an authoritative work of an outstanding merit in the system of Paninis Grammar, which is commented upon by more than twenty five scholars during the last two or three centuries. The total number of Paribhasas in the diferent systems of grammar may wellnigh exceed 500. See परिभाषासंग्रह.
paribhāṣāsegraha'a work containing a collection of independent works on Paribhasas in the several systems of Sanskrit Grammar, compiled by M. M. K. V. Abhyankar. The collectlon consists of the following works (i) परिभाषासूचन containing 93 Paribhasas with a commentary by Vyadi, an ancient grammarian who lived before Patanjali; ( ii ) ब्याडीयपरिभाषापाठ, a bare text of 140 Paribhaasaas belonging to the school of Vyadi (iii) शाकटायनपरिभाषासूत्र a text of 98 Paribhasa aphorisms, attributed to the ancient grammarian Saka-tayana, or belonging to that school; [iv) चान्द्रपरिभाषासूत्र a text of 86 Paribhasa aphorisms given at the end of his grammar work by Candragomin; (v) कातन्त्रपरिभाषासूत्रवृत्ति a gloss on 65 Paribhas aphorisms of the Katantra school by Durgasimha; (vi) कातन्त्रपारभाषासूत्रवृत्ति a short gloss on 62 Paribhasa aphorisms of the Katantra school by Bhavamisra; (vii) कातन्त्रपरिभाषासूत्र a text of 96 Paribhasa rules belonging to the Katantra school without any author's name associated with it; (viii) कालापपरिभाषासूत्र a text of 118 Paribhasa rules belonging to the Kalapa school without any author's name associated with it; (ix) जैनेन्द्रपरिभाषावृत्ति a gloss written by M. M. K. V. Abhyankar ( the compiler of the collection), on 108 Paribhasas or maxims noticeable in the Mahavrtti of Abhayanandin on the Jainendra Vyakarana of Pujyapada Devanandin; (x) भोजदेवकृतपरि-भाषासूत्र a text of 118 Paribhasa rules given by Bhoja in the second pada of the first adhyaaya of his grammar work named Sarasvatikanthabharana; (xi) न्यायसंग्रह a bare text of 140 paribhasas(which are called by the name nyaya) given by Hema-hamsagani in his paribhasa.work named न्यायसंग्रह; (xii) लधुपरिभाषावृत्ति a gloss on 120 Paribhasas of the Panini school written by Puruso-ttamadeva; (xiii) वृहत्परिभाषावृत्ति con-taining 130 Paribhasas with a commentary by Siradeva and a very short,gloss on the commentary by Srimanasarman ( xiv ) परिभाषावृत्ति a short gloss on 140 Paribhasas of the Panini school written by Nilakantha; (xv) परिभाषाभास्कर a collection of 132 Paribhasas with a commentary by Haribhaskara Agnihotri; (xvi) bare text of Paribhasa given and explained by Nagesabhatta in his Paribhasendusekhara. The total number of Paribhasas mentioned and treated in the whole collection exceeds five hundredition
parokṣaused as an adjective of the word भूत meaning 'past tense'; literally behind the eyes, unnoticed by the eyes. The word is generally used in the sense of remote or long (past) or 'perfect'. For the alternative explanation of the word परोक्ष, confer, compare कथंजातीयकं पुनः परोक्षं नाम । केचित्तावदाहुः वर्षशतवृत्तं परोक्षमिति । अपर आहुः क्रटान्तरितं परोक्षमिति । अपर आहुर्ह्याहवृत्तं त्र्यहंर्वृत्तं चेति । M.Bh. on परोक्षे लिट् P. III.2.115.
paryudāsa(1)exclusion; negation with a view to exclude; one of the two senses ( प्रसज्यप्रतिषेध and पर्युदास ) of the negative particle नञ्, generally found in cases when the particle नञ् is compounded with a noun, and not used independently with a verbal form or a verbal activity ; e. g. अब्राह्मणः; अनचि च ; confer, compare अनपुंसकात् । नायं प्रसज्यप्रतिषेधो नपुंसकस्य नेति । किं तर्हि । पर्युदासोयं यदन्यन्नपुंसकादिति । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.43: cf also प्रसज्यप्रतिषेधः स्यात् क्रियया सह यत्र नञ् । पयुदास: स विज्ञेयो यत्रोत्तरपदेन नञ् ॥ (2) removal in general, not by the use of a negative particle: confer, compare पाठात्पर्युदासः कर्तव्यः । शुद्धानां पठितानां संज्ञाः कर्तव्या । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I. 1.27 Vaart. 3.
pāṇinithe illustrious ancient grammarian of India who is wellknown by his magnum opus, the Astaka or Astaadhyaayi which has maintained its position as a unique work on Sanskrit grammar unparalleled upto the present day by any other work on grammar, not only of the Sanskrit language, but ofany other language, classical as well as spoken. His mighty intelligence grasped, studied and digested not only the niceties of accentuation and formation of Vedic words, scattered in the vast Vedic Literature of his time, but those of classical words in the classical literature and the spoken Sanskrit language of his time in all its different aspects and shades, noticeable in the various provinces and districts of the vast country. The result of his careful study of the Vedic Literature and close observation ofeminine.the classical Sanskrit, which was a spoken language in his days, was the production of the wonderful and monumental work, the Astaadhyaayi,which gives an authoritative description of the Sanskrit language, to have a complete exposition of which,several life times have to be spent,in spite of several commentaries upon it, written from time to time by several distinguished scholars. The work is a linguist's and not a language teacher's. Some Western scholars have described it as a wonderful specimen of human intelligence,or as a notable manifestation of human intelligence. Very little is known unfortunately about his native place,parentage or personal history. The account given about these in the Kathaasaritsaagara and other books is only legendary and hence, it has very little historical value. The internal evidence, supplied by his work shows that he lived in the sixth or the seventh century B. C., if not earlier, in the north western province of India of those days. Jinendrabuddhi, the author of the Kaasikavivaranapanjikaa or Nyasa, has stated that the word शलातुर् mentioned by him in his sUtra ( IV. 3.94 ) refers to his native place and the word शालातुरीय derived by him from the word शलातुर by that sUtra was, in fact his own name, based upon the name of the town which formed his native placcusative case. Paanini has shown in his work his close knowledge of, and familiarity with, the names of towns, villages, districts, rivers and mountains in and near Vaahika, the north-western Punjab of the present day, and it is very likely that he was educated at the ancient University of Taksasilaa. Apart from the authors of the Pratisaakhya works, which in a way could be styled as grammar works, there were scholars of grammar as such, who preceded him and out of whom he has mentioned ten viz., Apisali, Saakataayana, Gaargya, Saakalya, Kaasyapa, Bharadwaja, Gaalava, Caakravarmana Senaka and Sphotaayana. The grammarian Indra has not been mentioned by Paanini, although tradition says that he was the first grammarian of the Sanskrit language. It is very likely that Paanini had no grammar work of Indra before him, but at the same time it can be said that the works of some grammarians , mentioned by Panini such as Saakaatyana, Apisali, Gaargya and others had been based on the work of Indra. The mention of several ganas as also the exhaustive enumeration of all the two thousand and two hundred roots in the Dhaatupaatha can very well testify to the existence of systematic grammatical works before Paarnini of which he has made a thorough study and a careful use in the composition of his Ganapaatha and Dhaatupatha. His exhaustive grammar of a rich language like Sanskrit has not only remained superb in spite of several other grammars of the language written subsequently, but its careful study is felt as a supreme necessity by scholars of philology and linguistics of the present day for doing any real work in the vast field of linguistic research. For details see pp.151154 Vol. VII of Paatanjala Mahaabhsya, D. E. Society's Edition.
pāṇinisūtravārtikaname given to the collection of explanatory pithy notes of the type of SUtras written. mainly by Kaatyaayana. The Varttikas are generally written in the style of the SUtras, but sometimes they are written in Verse also. The total number of Varttikas is well-nigh a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. 5000, including Varttikas in Verse.There are three kinds of Varttikas; confer, compareउक्तानुक्तदुरुक्तानां चिन्ता यत्र प्रवर्तते । तं ग्रन्थं वार्तिकं प्राहुर्वार्तिकज्ञा मनीषिणः । Naagesa appears to have divided Varttikas into two classes as shown by his definition 'सूत्रेऽ नुक्तदुरुक्तचिन्ताकरत्वं वार्तिकत्वम् '. If this definition be followed, many of the Vaarttikas given in the Maahibhaasya as explaining and commenting upon the Sutras will not strictly be termed as Vaarttikaas, and their total number which is given as exceeding 5000, will be reduced to about 1400 or so. There are some manuscript copies which give this reduced number, and it may be said that only these Vārttikas were written by Kātyāyana while the others were added by learned grammarians after Kātyāyana. In the Mahābhāșya there are seen more than 5000 statements of the type of Vārttikas out of which Dr. Kielhorn has marked about 4200 as Vārttikas. At some places the Mahābhāșyakāra has quoted the names of the authors of some Vārttikas or their schools, in words such as क्रोष्ट्रीयाः पठन्ति, भारद्वाजीयाः पठन्ति, सौनागाः पठन्ति. et cetera, and others Many of the Vārttikas given in the Mahābhāșya are not seen in the Kāśikāvŗtti, while some more are seen in the Kāśikā-vŗtti, which, evidently are composed by scholars who flourished after Patańjali, as they have not been noticed by the Mahābhāșyakāra. It is very difficult to show separately the statements of the Bhāșyakāra popularly named 'ișțis' from the Vārttikas of Kātyāyana and others. For details see Vol. VII Mahābhāșya, D.E. Society's edition pp. 193-224.
pāṇinisūtravṛttia gloss on the grammer rules of Pāņini. Many glosses were written from time to time on the Sûtras of Pāņini, out of which the most important and the oldest one is the one named Kāśikāvŗtti, written by the joint authors Jayāditya and Vāmana in the 7th century A.D. It is believed that the Kāśikāvŗtti was based upon some old Vŗttis said to have been written by कुणि, निर्लूर, चुल्लि, श्वोभूति, वररुचि and others.Besides Kāśikā,the famous Vŗtti, and those of कुणि,निर्लूर and others which are only reported, there are other Vŗttis which are comparatively modern. Some of them have been printed, while others have remained only in manuscript form. Some of these are : the Bhāșāvŗtti by Purusottamadeva, Vyākaranasudhānidhi by Viśveśvara, Gūdhārthadīpinī by Sadāsivamiśra, Sūtravŗtti by Annambhatta, Vaiyākaraņasarvasva by Dharaņīdhara, Śabdabhūșaņa by Nārāyaņa Paņdita, Pāņinisūtravŗtti by Rāmacandrabhațța Tāre and Vyākaranadīpikā by Orambhațța. There are extracts available from a Sūtravŗtti called Bhāgavŗtti which is ascribed to Bhartŗhari, but, which is evidently written by a later writer (विमलमति according to some scholars) as there are found verses from Bhāravi and Māgha quoted in it as noticed by Sīradeva's Paribhāṣāvṛttiin his vŗtti on Pari.76. Glosses based upon Pāņini Sūtras, but having a topical arrangements are also available, the famous ones among these being the Praķriyākaumudī by Rāmacandra Śeșa and the Siddhāntakaumudī by Bhațțojī Dĩkșita. The मध्यमकौमुदी and the लघुकौमुदी can also be noted here although they are the abridgments of the Siddhānta Kaumudī. There are Vŗttis in other languages also, written in modern times, out of which those written by Bōhtlingk, Basu and Renou are well-known.
pātresamitādia class of irregular compound words headed by the compound word पात्रेसमित, which are taken correct as they are. This class of words consists mostly of words forming a tatpurușa compound which cannot be explained by regular rules. The class is called आकृतिगण and hence similar irregular words are included in it: e. g. पात्रेसमिताः, गेहेशूरः कूपमण्डूकः etc confer, compare KS. on P. II.1.48.
pādapūraṇacompletion of the fourth part or Pāda of a stanza or verse; confer, compare सोचि लोपे चेत् पादपूरणम् P. VI.1.134, also प्रसमुपोदः पादपूरणे VIII. 1.6. As many times some particles, not with any specific or required sense, were used for the completion of a Pāda, such particles were called पाद्पूरण ; confer, compare सत्त्वाभिधायकं नाम निपातः पादपूरण: R.Pr.XII.7; also निपातस्त्वर्थासंभवे पादपूरणो भवति Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.VIII.50 Uvvața.
pārārthyaliterally serving the purpose of another like the Paribhāşā and the Adhikāra rules in Grammar which have got no utility as fair as they themselves are concerned, but which are of use in the interpretation of other rules; confer, compare अधिकारशब्देन पारार्थ्यात् परिभाषाप्युच्यते. Par. Sek. Pari. 2, 3.
puṃvadbhāvarestoration of the masculine form in the place of the feminine one as noticed in compound words, formed generally by the Karmadhāraya and the Bahuvrīhi compounds, where the first member is declinable in all the three genders; e. g. दीर्घजङ्घः. This restoration to the masculine form is also noticed before the taddhita affix. affixes तस्, तर, तम्, रूप्य, पा​श, त्व as also before क्यङ् and the word मानिन्. For details, see P. VI, 3.34 to 42 and commentaries thereon. See also page 334, Vol. VII of the Pātańjala Mahābhāșya D. E. Society's edition.
putraṭ(1)the word पुत्र as given in the ancient list of masculine words marked with the mute letter ट् to signify the addition of the feminine. affix ई ( ङीप् ): confer, compare P. IV.1.15: (2) the substitute पुत्रट् ( i. e. पुत्री ) for the word दुहितृ optionally prescribed after the words सूत, उग्र, राज, भोज, कुल and मेरु in the simple sense of 'girl' and not ' daughter ' e. g. राजपुत्री, सूतपुत्री; confer, compare P.VI.3.70 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 9.
punarvacanause of the same word or expression, which, if noticed in the writing of the Sūtrakāra, is indicative of something in the mind of the Sūtrakāra; confer, compare अणः पुनर्वचनमपवादविषये अनिवृत्त्यर्थम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). of P III. 3. 12 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).1; cf also पुनर्वचनमनित्यत्वज्ञापनार्थम् । Kāś. on P. I. 41"
pūrvatrāsiddhavacanathe dictum of Panini about rules in his second, third and fourth quarters (Padas) of the eighth Adhyaya being invalid to (viz. not seen by) all the previous rules in the first seven chapters and the first quarter of the eighth as laid down by him in the rule पूर्वत्रासिद्धम् VIII.2.1. The rule पूर्वत्रासिद्धम् is taken also as a governing rule id est, that is अधिकार laying down that in the last three quarters also of his grammar, a subsequent rule is invalid to the preceding rule. The purpose of this dictum is to prohibit the application of the rules in the last three quarters as also that of a subsequent rule in the last three quarters, before all such preceding rules, as are applicable in the formation of a word, have been given effect to; confer, compare एवमिहापि पर्वेत्रासिद्धवचनं अादेशलक्षणप्रतिषेधार्थमुत्सर्गलक्षणभावार्थं च M.Bh. on P. VIII.2.1 Vart. 8.
pūrvapadaprakṛtisvararetention of the original acute accent of the first member in a compound as is generally noticed in the bahuvrihi compound and in special cases in other compounds; cf बहुव्रीहौ प्रकृत्या पूर्वपदम् and the following rules P. WI. 2.1 to 63.
pūrvapadārthaprādhānyaimportance in sense possessed by the first member of a compound as noticed generally in the case of the avyayibhava com pound, which hence is defined as पूर्वपदार्थप्रधानोव्ययीभावः M.Bh on P.I I. I.6, II.1.20, II. 1.49.
pūrvasthānikaa variety of antarangatva mentioned by Nagesa in the Paribhasendusekhara, where an operation, affecting a part of a word which precedes that portion of the word which is affected by the other operation, is looked upon as antaranga; e. g. the टिलोप in स्रजिष्ठ ( स्रग्विन् + इष्ठ ) is looked upon as अन्तरङ्ग with respect to the elision of विन् which is बहिरङ्ग. This kind of antarangatva is, of course, not admitted by Nagesa although mentioned by him; confer, compare Par. Sek. Pari. 50,
pūrvāntaend of the previous. The word is used in connection with a vowel which is substituted for two vowels (एकादेश.). Such a substitute is looked upon as the ending vowel of the preceding word or the initial vowel of the succeeding word; it cannot be looked upon as both at one and the same time; confer, compare अन्तादिवच्च P. VI. 1. 85 and उभयत अाश्रयेण नान्तादिवत् Sira. Pari. 60; confer, compare also किं पुनरयं पूर्वान्तः अहोस्वित् परादिः अाहोस्विदभक्तः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I. 1. 47 Vart. 3.
pṛthakseparately as far as hearing is concerned; distinctly separate from another; confer, compare सप्त स्वरा ये यमास्ते पृथग्वा Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XIII. 17.
prakampadepression of the voice after raising it as noticed in connection with the utterance of the svarita vowels in certain cases and in certain Vedic schools with a view to show the svarita nature of the vowel distinctly, in spite of the fact that such a depression is generally looked upon as a.fault; confer, compare असन्दिग्धान् स्वरान् ब्रूयादविकृष्टानकाम्पितान् Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) III.18 as also जात्योभिानिहितश्चैव क्षैप्रः प्रश्लिष्ट एव च । एते स्वराः प्रकम्पन्ते यत्रोच्चस्वरितोदयाः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) III. 19.
prakalpaka(fem. प्रकल्पिका )a word or expression causing a change in the nature of another word or expression which has to be taken as changed accordingly; confer, compare प्रकल्पक्रमिति चेन्नियमाभावः P.I. 1.68 Vart. 15; प्रत्ययविधिरयं न च प्रत्ययविधौ पञ्चम्यः प्रकल्पिक्रा भवन्ति M.Bh. on P.I.1.27 Vart.1,I.1. 62 Vart.7; II.2.3 Vart.1, IV. 1.60; cf also रुधादिभ्यः इत्येषा पञ्चमी शप् इति प्रथमायाः षष्ठीं प्रकल्पयिष्यति, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II 2.3, Vart. 1, III.1.33.
prakalpakriyaa word in which a verbal activity has to be conjectured, as for example, the words गौः, अश्वः et cetera, and others Words which are not actually derived by rules of grammar are called प्रकल्पक्रिय as contrasted with प्रत्यक्षक्रिय.
prakāra(l)attribute, attribute which differentiates, manner, difference; differentiating description: confer, compare कंचित्प्रकारं प्राप्तः इत्थंभूत: Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.II.3.21: (2) resemblance, similarity of one thing with another with slight deficiency: confer, compare प्रकारे गुणवचनस्य । प्रक्रारो भेदः सादृश्यं च। तदिह सादृश्यं प्रकारो गृह्यते । प्रकारे वर्तमानस्य गुणवचनशब्दस्य द्वे भवतः । पटुपटुः मृदुमृदुः । अपरिपूर्णगुण इत्यर्थः । परिपूर्णगुणेन न्यूनगुणस्य उपमाने सत्येवं प्रयुज्यते Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. VIII.1.12; (3) differentiating attribute; confer, compare प्रकारवचने थाल् V. 3.23, प्रकारवचने जातीयर् V. 3.69, स्यूलादिभ्यः प्रकारवचने कन् V. 4.3 where Kasika defines the word प्रकार as सामान्यस्य भेदको विशेषः प्रकार: Ka, on V. 3.23 and 69; (4) type, confer, compare इतिशब्दः प्रकारार्थः Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on V. 2.93: confer, compare also अदिशब्दः प्रकारे Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on देवपथादिभ्यश्च P.V.3.100; cf also अादिइाब्दः प्रकारे वर्तते । देवदत्तादय आढ्याः । देवदत्तप्रकारा इत्यर्थः M.Bh. on I.3.1 Vart. 11.
pragṛhītapadāa description of the Samhhita text of the Veda in which a pragrhya vowel preceding another vowel is held up ( प्रगृह्य ) id est, that is kept as it is, without any euphonic combination; confer, compare सहोदयास्ताः प्रग्रहीतपदाः सर्वत्रैव त्र्यक्षरान्तास्तु नैव Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) II. 27.
pragṛhyaa term used in the Pratisakhya works and by Panini, in the sense of a vowel which is not combined with the following vowel by rules of euphony; e. g सुजाते अश्वसूनृते, अमी अत्र etc; confer, compare Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I. 28 and 29; P. I. 1.11-19 and VI.1.125.
pracaya(1)a specific feature or quality ( धर्म ) of the grave (अनुदात्त) accent when a vowel, accented grave, is preceded by a स्वरित (circumflex . vowel) and is followed upon by another grave-accented vowel. These grave vowels in succession, id est, that is the grave vowels which are not followed by an acute or a circumflex vowel are uttered neither distinctly circumflex nor distinctly grave; cf also R. Pr, III.II-14. They are uttered like the acute, but slightly so; e. g. the vowels after मे and before ति in इमं मे गङ्गे' यमुने सरस्वति; confer, compare स्वरितात्संहितायामनुदात्तानां प्रचय उदात्तश्रुतिः Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XXI.10, 11 also confer, compare P.I.2.39, where the term एकश्रुति is used for the word प्रचय; (2) the connection of one word with many words; exempli gratia, for example राज्ञो गोश्चाश्वश्च पुरुषश्च where राज्ञः is connected with गौ, अश्व and पुरुष; confer, compare प्रचये समासप्रतिषेधो: वक्तव्य: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II.1.1 Vart, 6.
pratiṣiddhaa rule or operation which is prohibited or prevented from application by a specific negation of it by another rule or operation laid down to prohibit it. Generally the prohibited rule does not apply again; confer, compare सकृद्रतौ विप्रतिषेधे यद्वाधितं तद्वाधितमेव Par, Sek.Pari. 40; confer, compareनोत्सहते प्रतिषिद्धा सती बाधितुम् । M.Bh. on P. I. 1.43. The word प्रातिषिद्ध which is generally used in ancient works appears to be an earlier word as compared with निषिद्ध which is used by later grammarians.
pratiṣedhaprohibition, negation, prohibition of a rule or operation; generaliy प्रतिषेध or प्रसज्यप्रतिषेध is laid down by the use of the negative particle ( नञ् ) connected with a verbal activity, and not with a noun in a compound in which case the negation is named पर्युदास; confer, compare प्रसज्ज्यप्रतिषेधो यः क्रियया सह यत्र नञ् । पयुदासः स विज्ञेयः थत्रोत्तरपदेन नञ् ।
pratītārthawhose sense is clear and which hence does not require any further explanation; confer, compare यथा चापि प्रतीतार्थानि स्युस्तथैनान्याचक्षीरन् । Nirukta of Yāska.I.13.
pratyakṣakriyaa word in which the verbal activity is actually noticed, as for instance, verbs and krt formations; the term is used as an antonym of प्रकल्पक्रिय.
pratyayagrahaṇaparibhāṣāthe guiding rule that when an affix ( प्रत्यय ) is given in a rule as a निमित्त (causing something), the affix denotes a word-form which begins with that to which that affix has been added and ends with the affix itself; confer, compare प्रत्ययग्रहणे यस्मात् स विहितस्तदादेस्तदन्तस्य च ग्रह्यणम् Par. Sek. Pari. 23. The rule यञियोश्च, which prescribes the affix फक् (आयन), has the word यञ् and इञ् which respectively mean यञन्त and इञन्त; in the word परमगार्ग्यायण from परमगार्ग्य the word गार्ग्य is looked upon as यञन्त to which फक् (अायन) is affixed and hence the word परमगार्ग्यायण is arrived at and not पारमगार्ग्य.
pratyayārthathe meaning of an affix. Generally meanings are assigned to affixes when they are prescribedition When the meanings are not assigned, the affix is supposed to bear the sense of the base; confer, compare अनिर्दिष्टार्थाः प्रत्ययाः स्वार्थे Par. Sek. on Pari. 113. The sense given by a word in language is the composite sense of the base and the affix together; confer, compare प्रकृतिप्रत्ययौ सहार्थं ब्रूतः । न केवला प्रकृतिः प्रयोक्तव्या, न केवलः प्रत्ययः । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.2.64 Vart. 5.
pratyāhāraliterally bringing together; bringing together of several letters ( or words in a few cases, such as roots or nouns ) by mentioning the first and the last only for the sake of brevity; the term प्रत्याहार is generally used in connection with brief terms such as अण्, अक् , अच् , हल् and the like, created by Panini in his grammar by taking any particular letter and associating it with any mute final letter ( अनुबन्ध ) of the fourteen Sivasutras, with a view to include all letters beginning with the letter uttered and ending with the letter which precedes the ( mute ) letter. The practice of using such abbreviations was in existence before Panini, possibly in the grammar attributed to Indra. The term प्रत्याहार is not actually used by Panini; it is found in the Rk. Tantra; confer, compare प्रत्याहारार्थो वर्णोनुबन्धो व्यञ्जनम् R.T.I.3. The term appears to have come into use after Panini. Panini has not given any definition of the term प्रत्याहार. He has simply given the method of forming the Pratyaharas and he has profusely used them; confer, compare आदिरन्त्येन सहेता P. I. 1.71. The word कृञ् in P. III.1.40 and तृन् in P. II. 3.69 are used as Pratyaharas. For a list of the Pratyharas which are used by Panini see Kasika on the Maheswara Sutras.
pratyudāharaṇacounter instance. In order to explain the wording of a grammatical rule clearly, it is customary to give along with the instances of the rule (where the rule has been effectively employed), a few words which would have resulted into other faulty words by the application of the particular rule in case that rule had not been stated or a word or more of it had been omitted; confer, compare न केवलानि चर्चापदानि व्याख्यानं वृद्धिः आत् ऐच् इति । किं तर्हि । उदाहरणं प्रत्युदाहरणं वाक्याध्याहारः इत्येतत् समुदितं व्याख्यानं भवति । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). in Ahnika 1.
pradhāna(1)the principal thing as opposed to the subordinate one; something which has got an independent purpose of its own and is not meant for another; प्रधानमुपसर्जनमिति च संबन्धिशब्दावेतौ M.Bh. on P. I.2.43 V.5; confer, compare also प्रधानाप्रधानयोः प्रधाने कार्यसंप्रत्ययः Par. Sek. Pari. 97; (2) predominant of main importance; confer, compare पूर्वपदार्थप्रधानोव्ययीभावः et cetera, and others Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II. 1.6, 20, 49 II.2.6 etc; (3) primary as opposed to secondary; confer, compare गौणे कर्मणि दुह्यादेः प्रधाने नीहृकृष्वहाम् । confer, compare also प्रधानकर्मण्याख्येये लादीनाहुर्द्विकर्मणाम् । अप्रधाने दुहादीनाम् M.Bh.on I.4.51
prayoganiyamageneral rules or principles laid down regarding the use of words in language and literature such as (l) a word recognised as correct should always be used, confer, compare एवमिहापि समानायामर्थगतौ शब्देन चापशब्देन च धर्मनियमः क्रियते शब्देनैवार्थोभिधेयो नापशब्देनेति । एवंक्रियमाणमभ्युदयकारि भवति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. I. Ahnika l, (2) never a base alone or an affix alone should be used, but always a base with the necessary affix should be used; confer, compare यावता समयः कृतो न केवला प्रकृतिः प्रयोक्तव्या न केवलः प्रत्ययः M. Bh, on P. I. 2.64 Vart. 8, also on P. III. 1.94 Vart. 3; (3) when the sense is already expressed by a word, a word repeating the sense should not be used; confer, compare उक्तार्थानामप्रयोगः. Besides these, many minor regulations of the type of Paribhasas are laid down by grammarians. For details see Paribhashasamgraha Introduction.
prayogaratnamālāname of a recognised treatise on grammar written by पुरुषोत्तमविद्यावागीश of Bengal in the fourteenth century. The treatise explains many words which, although current in language and literature, cannot be easily formed by rules of grammar. The author has tried to form them by applying rules of grammar given in the grammatical systems of Panini and Katantra. The alphabet given in this treatise is according to the system of the Tantra Sastra which shows a scholarship of the author in that branch The grammar was studied much in Bengal and Assam.
prayojakacausing another to do; causal agent; confer, compare कुर्वाणं प्रयुङ्क्ते इति प्रयोजकः Ks. on P. I. 4.55.
praśliṣṭanirdeśamention of a thing in a coalescence, which when split up, shows a phonetic element or a letter which could not be known before the components were separated; अनुपसर्जनात् । प्रश्लिष्टनिर्देशोयम् । अनुपसर्जन अ अ अत् इति । M.Bh. on I. 1.27 Vart. 6; cf also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.II.3.69.
praśleṣa(l)coalescence of two vowels into one, as given in Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) II.6, and 7, corresponding to the गुण, वृद्वि and दीर्घ substitutes prescribed by the rules आद्गुणः P.IV 1.87; अकः सवर्णे दीर्घः VI.1.101; and वृद्धिरेचि VI. 1.88 which are stated under the jurisdiction of the rule एकः पूर्वपरयोः VI.1.84; (2) finding out the presence of a letter in addition to the letters already present as coalesced, after splitting the combination into its different constituent 1etters. This Practice of finding out an additional letter is resorted to by the commentators only to remove certain difficulties in arriving at some correct forms which otherwise could not be obtained; e. g. see क्ङिति च where क्ङ् is believed to be a combination of ग्, क् and ङ् See प्रश्लिष्ट and प्रश्लिष्टनिर्देश.
prasaktaapplicable, but not actually applied; the word is used in connection with a grammatical ’rule or operation that has become applicable, but has not been applied; confer, compare उत्सर्गस्य प्रसक्तस्यापवादो वाधको भवति, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II.3 32, also प्रसक्तस्यादर्शनं लोपसंज्ञं भवति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). and S.K. on P.I.1. 60. The term प्रसक्त is opposed to the term अभिनिर्वृत्त.
prasiddha(1)established in existence: confer, compare क्रमेण नार्थः पदसंहिताविदः पुराsप्रसिद्धा श्रयपूर्वसिद्धिभिः, Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XI.34 where the Kramapatha is said to be one which was not established before the Samhitapatha; (2) known ; confer, compare अनिटि प्रसिद्धे क्सो भविष्यति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. III. 1.45 Vart. 4, लोकत एते शब्दाः प्रसिद्धाः स्त्री पुमान् नपुंसकमिति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. IV. 1.3: (3) brought about, accomplished, realized; तथास्य छः प्रसिद्धो भवति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. IV. 1.89 Vart. 2, सर्वत्रैव जश्त्वेन सिद्धं स्यात् , Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.VIII 2.25
prāgdeśadistricts of the east especially districts to the east of Ayodhya and Pataliputra, such as Magadha, Vanga and others; nothing can definitely be said as to which districts were called Eastern by Panini and his followers Katyayana and Patanjali. A Varttika given in the Kasika but not traceable in the Mahabhasya defines Pragdesa as districts situated to the east of शरावती (probably the modern river Ravi or a river near that river ): confer, compare प्रागुदञ्चौ विभजते हंसः क्षीरोदके यथा । विदुषां शब्दसिद्ध्यर्थे सा नः पातु शरावती ॥ Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on एङ् प्राचां देशे P. I. 1.75. There is a reading सरस्वती in some manuscript copies and सरस्वती is a wellknown river in the Punjab near Kuruksetra, which disappears in the sandy desert to the south: a reading इरावती is also found and इरावती may stand for the river Ravi. शरावती in Burma is simply out of consideration. For details see Vyakarana Mahabhasya Vol. VII. pp. 202-204 and 141-142 D. E. Society's Edition.
prātipadikaliterallyavailable in every word. The term प्रातिपादिक can be explained as प्रतिपदं गृह्णाति तत् प्रातिपदिकम् cf P.IV. 4. 39. The term प्रातिपदिक, although mentioned in the Brahmana works, is not found in the Pratisakhya works probably because those works were concerned with formed words which had been actually in use. The regular division of a word into the base ( प्रकृति ) and the affix ( प्रत्यय ) is available, first in the grammar of Panini, who has given two kinds of bases, the noun-base and the verb-base. The noun-base is named Pratipadika by him while the verb-base is named Dhatu. The definition of Pratipadika is given by him as a word which is possessed of sense, but which is neither a root nor a suffix; confer, compare अर्थवदधातुरप्रत्ययः प्रातिपदिकम् . P.I. 2.45. Although his definition includes, the krdanta words,the taddhitanta words and the compound words, still, Panini has mentioned them separately in the rule कृत्तद्धितसमासाश्च P. I. 2.45 to distinguish them as secondary noun-bases as compared with the primary noun-bases which are mentioned in the rule अर्थवदधातुरप्रत्ययः प्रातिपदिकम्, Thus,Panini implies four kinds of Pratipadikas मूलभूत, कृदन्त, तद्धितान्त and समास, The Varttikakara appears to have given nine kinds-गुणवचन, सर्वनाम, अव्यय, तद्धितान्त, कृदन्त, समास, जाति, संख्या and संज्ञा. See Varttikas 39 to 44 on P. I. 4. 1. Later on, Bhojaraja in his SringaraPrakasa has quoted the definition अर्थवदधातु given by Panini, and has given six subdivisions.: confer, compare नामाव्ययानुकरणकृत्तद्धितसमासाः प्रातिपदिकानि Sr. Prak. I. page 6. For the sense conveyed by a Pratipadika or nounbase, see प्रातिपदिकार्थ.
prātipadikagrahaṇaexpress mention by wording of a noun-base as in दित्यदित्यादित्य , सुधातुरकङ् च et cetera, and others, and not by description as अदन्त in अत इञ् (P.IV.1.95) or in a group of words ( गण ) ; confer, compare प्रातिपदिकग्रहणे लिङ्गविशिष्टस्यापि ग्रहणम् Par. Sek. Pari. 71, which recommends the feminine form of the base for an operation, provided the base is specifically expressed and not merely describedition e. g युवतिः खलतिः युवखलतिः, चटकस्यापत्यं चाटकैरः, वह्नीनां पूरणी बहुतिथी et cetera, and others
prātipadikārthadenoted sense of a Pratipadika or a noun-base. Standard grammarians state that the denotation of a pratipadika is five-fold viz. स्वार्थ, द्रव्य, लिङ्ग, संख्या and कारक. The word स्वार्थ refers to the causal factor of denotation or प्रवृत्तिनिमित्त which is of four kinds जाति, गुण, क्रिया and संज्ञा as noticed respectively in the words गौः, शुक्लः, चलः and डित्ः. The word द्रव्य refers to the individual object which sometimes is directly denoted as in अश्वमानय, while on some occasions it is indirectly denoted through the genus or the general notion as in ब्राह्मणः पूज्य:, लिङ्ग the gender, संख्या the number and कारक the case-relation are the denotations of the case-terminations, but sometimes as they are conveyed in the absence of a case-affix as in the words पञ्च, दश, and others, they are stated as the denoted senses of the Pratipadika, while the case-affixes are said to indicate them; confer, compare वाचिका द्योतिका वा स्युः शब्दादीनां विभक्तयः Vakyapadiya.
prātiśākhyaa work on Vedic grammar of a specific nature, which is concerned mainly with the changes, euphonic and others, in the Pada text of the Samhita as compared with the running text, the Samhita itselfeminine. The Pratisakhya works are neither concerned with the sense of words, nor with their division into bases and affixes, nor with their etymology. They contain, more or less,Vedic passages arranged from the point of view of Samdhi. In the Rk Pratisakhya, available to-day, topics of metre, recital, phonetics and the like are introduced, but it appears that originally the Rk Pratisakhya, just like the Atharva Pratisakhya, was concerned with euphonic changes, the other subjects being introduced later on. The word प्रातिशाख्य shows that there were such treatises for everyone of the several Sakhas or branches of each Veda many of which later on disappeared as the number of the followers of those branches dwindledition Out of the remaining ones also, many were combined with others of the same Veda. At present, only five or six Pratisakhyas are available which are the surviving representatives of the ancient ones - the Rk Pratisakhya by Saunaka, the Taittiriya Pratisakhya, the Vajasaneyi PratiSakhya by Katyayana, the Atharva Pratisakhya and the Rk Tantra by Sakatayana, which is practically a Pratisakhya of the Sama Veda. The word पार्षद or पारिषद was also used for the Pratisakhyas as they were the outcome of the discussions of learned scholars in Vedic assemblies; cf परिषदि भवं पार्षदम्. Although the Pratisakhya works in nature, are preliminary to works on grammar, it appears that the existing Pratisakhyas, which are the revised and enlarged editions of the old ones, are written after Panini's grammar, each one of the present Prtisakhyas representing, of course, several ancient Pratisakhyas, which were written before Panini. Uvvata, a learned scholar of the twelfth century has written a brief commentary on the Rk Pratisakhya and another one on the Vajasaneyi Pratisakhya. The Taittiriya PratiSakhya has got two commentaries -one by Somayarya, called Tribhasyaratna and the other called Vaidikabharana written by Gopalayajvan. There is a commentary by Ananta bhatta on the Vajasaneyi Pratisakhya. These commentaries are called Bhasyas also.
prāvacanaaccentuation, as noticed in the original Samhitapatha; confer, compare प्रावचनो वा यजुषि | प्रवचनशब्देन आर्षपाठ उच्यते । तत्र भवः स्वरः प्रावचनः स च यजुबि भवति । तान्ते वा यज्ञकर्मणि । Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 132.
priyādia class of words headed by the word प्रिया which do not allow their previous word in a bahuvrihi compound to take the masculine base by the rule स्त्रियाः पुंवत्.. P. VI. 3.84: e. g. कल्याणीप्रियः For details, see Kas, on P. VI. 3.34.
prauḍhamanoramāpopularly called मनोरमा also; the famous commentary on the Siddhantakaumudi of Bhattoji Diksita written by the author himself to explain fully in a scholarly manner the popular grammar written by him; , the word प्रौढमनेारमा is used in contrast with बालमनोरमा another commentary on the Siddhantakaumudi by Vasudevadiksita. On account of the difficult nature of it, it is usual to read the प्रौढमनेारमा upto the end of the Karaka-prakarana only in the Sanskrit PathaSalas before the study of the Sabdendusekhara and the Paribhsendusekhara is undertaken.
prauḍhamanoramākhaṇḍana(1)a grammatical work written by a grammarian named Cakrapani of the Sesa family of grammarians. The work is meant to refute the arguments of Bhattoji Diksita in his Praudhamanorama; (2) a grammar work written by the famous poet and rhetorician Jagannātha in refutation of the doctrines and explanations given in the Praudhamanorama by the stalwart Grammarian Bhattoji Diksita. The work is not a scholarly one and it has got a tone of banter. It was written by Jagannatha to show that he could also write works on Grammar and the bearded pedant Bhattoji should not be proud of his profound scholarship in Grammar. The work of Jagannatha was named मनोरमाकुचमर्दन possibly by his followers or even by himselfeminine.
plākṣian ancient writer of a Pratisakhya work quoted in the Taittiriya Pratisakhya.See प्लाक्षायण a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. The words प्लाक्षि and प्लाक्षायण as also प्लाक्षी ( feminine ) occur in the Mahabhasya also, but not in the Ganapatha of Panini.
phiṭsūtraa small work on accents attributed to Santanava,an ancient Vedic scholar who lived before Patanjali if not before Panini, as the latter has not referred to him. There is an anonymous commentary upon it.
phintaddhita affix. affix आयनि in the sense of offspring added according to the Eastern grammarians to words not beginning with आ, ऐ or औ, exempli gratia, for example ग्लुचुकायनिः,confer, compare IV.1.160.
bahulaliterally variously applicable; the word is used in the rules of Panini in connection with a grammatical rule or affix or the like that is seen necessarily applied in some cases, optionally applied in a few other cases and not at all applied in the other cases still. The word बहुलम् is used by Panini in all such cases. See P. II. 1.32, 57; II. 3.62; II.4.39, 73, 76, 84, III. 1.34 et cetera, and others; confer, compare the usual explanation of बहुलम् given by grammarians in the lines क्वचित्प्रवृत्तिः क्वचिदप्रवृत्तिः क्वचिद्विभाषा क्वचिदन्यदेव । विधेर्विधानं बहुधा समीक्ष्य चतुर्विधं बाहुलकं वदन्ति Com. Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.III.18.
bahuvrīhia compound similar in meaning to the word बहुव्रीहि ( possessed of much rice ) which, in sense shows quite a distinct object than those which are shown by the constituent members of the compound; a relative or adjective compound. There are various kinds of the Bahuvrihi compound such as समानाधिकरणबहुव्रीहि, व्यधिकरणबहुव्रीहि, संख्याबहुव्रीहि, दिग्बहुव्रीहि, सहबहुव्रीहि, नञ्बहुव्रीहि, and अनेकपदबहुव्रीहि which depend upon the specific peculiarity noticed in the various cases. Panini in his grammar has not given any definition of बहुव्रीहि, but has stated that a compound other than those already given viz. अव्ययीभाव, द्वन्द्व and तत्पुरुष, is बहुव्रीहि and cited under Bahuvrihi all cases mentioned a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.; cf शेषो बहुव्रीहिः II. 3.23-28; also confer, compare अन्यपदार्थप्रधानो बहुव्रीहिः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II. 1.6; II. 1.20; II. 1.49.
bahvādia class of words headed by बहु to which the feminine. affix ई ( ङीप् ) is added to form the feminine base; the words ending in अ in this class take the feminine. affix अा ( टाप् ) in case ई which is optional, is not added; other words remain as they are, if ई, is not added; e. g. बह्वी, बहुः; पद्धतिः, पद्धती; गतिः, _ गती; चण्डी, चण्डा; et cetera, and others confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. IV. 1.45.
bādhakatvathe same as बाध ; sublation; setting aside; this sublation is described to be of two types(1) complete sublation when the rule set aside, is for ever set aside and cannot, by the maxim called तक्रकौण्डिन्यन्याय, be applied again; confer, compare दधि ब्राह्मणेभ्यो दीयतां तक्रं कौण्डिन्यायेति सत्यपि संभवे दधिदानस्य तक्रदानं निवर्तकं भवति । confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.47; VI. 1.2. VI. 2.1. et cetera, and others; ( 2 ) temporary sublation when the rule set aside, can be applied, if possible after the special rule has been applied; confer, compare सर्वथा अनवकाशत्वादेव बाधकत्वे स्वस्य (अनवकाशशास्त्रस्य) पूर्वप्रवृत्तिरित्येव बाधः । तत्र बाधके प्रवृत्ते यद्युत्सर्गप्राप्तिर्भवति तदा भवत्येव यथा तत्रैव याडादयः Par.Sek.on Pari.57, The sublation or बाधकत्व is not only in the case of सामान्यविशेषभाव and अनवकाशत्व as given a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page., but a rule or operation which is पर (cited later), or नित्य, or अन्तरङ्ग sets aside the rule or operation which is पूर्व,or अनित्य,or बहिरङ्ग respectively. This बाध्यबाधकभाव occupies a very important position in respect of the application of grammar rules for arriving at the correct forms (इष्टरूपसिद्धि) and grammarians have laid down a number of Paribhasas in the field of बाध्यबाधकभाव.
bālamanoramāname of a commentary on the Siddhanta-kaumudi of Bhattoji Diksita by Vasudeva Diksita, a grammarian of Tanjore. There is also another commentary called Balamanorama written by Anantadeva on the Siddhantakaumudi.
bāhulakathe application of a grammatical rule as a necessity to arrive at some forms in literature especially in the Vedic Literature as also in the works of standard writers, which cannot be explained easily by the regular application of the stated rules; confer, compare सुप्तिङुपग्रहलिदनराणां कालहलच्स्वरकर्तृयङां च । व्यत्ययमिच्छति शास्त्रकृदेषां सोपि च सिध्यति बाहुलकेन M.Bh. on P. III. 1.85; also confer, compare बाहुलकं प्रकृतेस्तनुदृष्टेः प्रायसमुच्चयनादपि तेषाम् । कार्यसशेषविधेश्च तदुक्तं नैगमरूढिभवं हि सुसाधु M.Bh. on P. III.3.1. In many sutras, Panini has put the word बहुलम् to arrive at such forms; e.g see P.II.1.32,57; II.3.62. II.4.39,73,76,84 et cetera, and others
bāhvādia class of words headed by the word बाहु to which the taddhita affix. affix इ ( इञ् ) is added in the sense of a descendant; e. g. बाहविः, पौष्करसादि:, पाञ्चिः et cetera, and others The class called बाह्वादि is looked upon as अाकृतिगण on the strength of the word च in the rule, so that similar words, not included in the class, could be explained; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.IV.1.96.
bidādia class of words headed by the word बिद to which the affix अ (अञ्) is added in the sense of a grandchild and further descendants; exempli gratia, for example बैदः, और्वः, काश्यप:, कौशिकः et cetera, and others The words in this class are mostly names of sages. In the case of such words as are not names of sages, the affix अ is added in the sense of the offspring and not any descendant. exempli gratia, for example पौत्रः, दौहित्रः et cetera, and others; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.IV.1.104.
bilvakādia class of words headed by the word बिल्वक the affix ईय ( छ ) placed after which is elided when another taddhita affix. affix such as अण् or the like is placed after them; confer, compare बिल्वा यस्यां सन्ति बिल्वकी तस्यां भवा: बैल्वकाः Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.VI.4.153.
buddhinotion, mental understanding; mental inclination; confer, compare बुद्धि: संप्रत्यय इत्यनर्थान्तरम् | Or अस्तेर्भूर्भवतीत्यस्तिबुद्ध्यां भवतिबुद्धिं प्रतिपद्यते M. Bh on P. I.1.56 Vart. 14; (2) mental inclusion; confer, compare यां यां विभक्तिं आश्रयितुं बुद्धिरुपजायते सा साश्रयितव्या M.Bh. on P. I. 1. 57: confer, compare अथ बुद्धिः अविशेषात्स्मपुरा हेतू, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III.2.118 Vart. 4.
bṛhacchabdaratnaa learned commentary on the commentary मनोरमा of भट्टोजीदीक्षित; the commentary was written by हरिदीक्षित the grandson of Bhattoji. The work is called बृहच्छब्दरत्न in contrast with the लघुशब्दरत्न of the same author (हरिदीक्षित) which is generally studied at the Pathasalas all over the country. The work बृहच्छब्दरत्न is only in a Manuscript form at present. Some scholars believe that it was written by Nagesabhatta, who ascribed it to his preceptor Hari Diksita, but the belief is not correct as proved by a reference in the Laghusabdaratna, where the author himself remarks that he himself has written the बृहच्छब्दरत्न, and internal evidences show that लबुशब्दरत्न is sometimes a word-forword summary of the बृहच्छब्दरत्न. confer, compareविस्तरस्तु अस्मत्कृते बृहच्छब्दरत्ने मदन्तेवासिवृतलधुशब्देन्दुशेखरे च द्रष्टव्यः Laghusabdaratna. For details see Bhandarkar Ins. Journal Vol. 32 pp.258-60.
bhakti(1)name given to two of the five divisions of a Saman which are प्रस्तावभक्ति, उद्गीथ, प्रतिहार, उपद्रव and निधानभाक्ति; (2) the vowel portion surrounding, or placed after, the consonant र् or ल् which (consonant) is believed to be present in the vowel ऋ or ऌ respectively forming its important portion, but never separately noticed in it. The vowels ऋ and ऌ are made up of one matra each. It is contended by the grammarians that the consonants र् and ल् forming respectively the portion of ऋ and ऌ, make up halfa-matra, while the remaining half is made up of the भाक्ति of the vowel surrounding the consonant or situated after the consonant. The word which is generally used for this 'bhakti is 'ajbhakti' instead of which the word स्वरभक्ति is found in the Pratisakhya works; confer, compare यत्तद्रेफात्परं भक्तेस्तेन व्यवहितत्वान्न प्राप्नेति | ...... यच्चात्र रेफात्परं भुक्तेर्न तत् क्वचिदपि व्यपवृक्तं दृश्यते | Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. VIII. 4.1 Vart 2; confer, compare स्वरभक्तिः पूर्वभागक्षराङ्गं Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I. 17; also confer, compare रेफात्स्वरोपहिताद् व्यञ्जनोदयाद् ऋकारवर्णी स्वरभक्तिरुत्तरा ) Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) VI. 13.
bhakṣyaniyamarestriction regarding edibles of a particular kindeclinable The word is quoted to illustrate the नियमविधि or restrictive rule in grammar. Although the restriction in the instance पञ्च पञ्चनखा भक्ष्याः is of the kind of परिसंख्या and called परिसंख्या, and not नियम, by the Mimamsakas, the grammarians call it a niyamavidhi. There is no परिसंख्याविधि according to grammarians; they cite only two kinds of vidhi viz. simple vidhi or apurva vidhi and niyamavidhi.
bhargādia class of words headed by भर्ग which are generally names of countries, the taddhita affixes अण् and others added to which are not elided; e. g. भार्गीं, कैकेयी, काश्मीरी; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on IV. 1.178.
bhartṛharia very distinguished Grammarian who lived in the seventh century A. D. He was a senior contemporary of the authors of the Kasika, who have mentioned his famous work viz. The Vakyapadiya in the Kasika. confer, compare शब्दार्थसंबन्धोयं प्रकरणम् | वाक्यपदीयम् Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. IV.3.88. His Vyakarana work "the Vakyapadiya" has occupied a very prominent position in Grammatical Literature. The work is divided into three sections known by the name 'Kanda' and it has discussed so thoroughly the problem of the relation of word to its sense that subsequent grammarians have looked upon his view as an authority. The work is well-known for expounding also the Philosophy of Grammar. His another work " the Mahabhasya-Dipika " is a scholarly commentary on Patanjali's Mahabhasya. The Commentary is not published as yet, and its solitary manuscript is very carelessly written. Nothing is known about the birth-place or nationality of Bhartrhari. It is also doubtful whether he was the same person as king Bhartrhari who wrote the 'Satakatraya'.
bhāgavṛttione of the oldest commentaries on the Sutras of Panini, which, although not available at present, has been profusely quoted by Purusottamadeva and other Eastern Grammarians of the twelfth and later centuries. The authorship of the work is attributed to Bhartrhari, but the point is doubtful as Siradeva in his Paribhasavrtti on Pari. 76 has stated that the author of the Bhagavrtti has quoted from Maghakavya; confer, compare अत एवं तत्रैव सूत्रे भागवृत्तिः पुरातनमुनेर्मुनितामिति पुरातनीनेदिरिति च प्रमादपाठावेतौ गतानुगतिकतया कवयः प्रयुञ्जते न तेषां लक्षणे चक्षुरिति | Some scholars attribute its authorship to Vimalamati. Whosoever be the author, the gloss ( भागवृत्ति ) was a work of recognised merit; confer, compare काशिकाभागवृत्त्योश्चेत् सिद्धान्तं वेत्तुमस्ति धी: | तदा विचिन्त्यतां भातभीषावृत्तिरियं मम Bhasavrtti at the end. सृष्टिघर in his commentary on the Bhasavrtti also says " सा हि द्वयोर्विवरणकर्त्री."
bhāva(1)becoming; existence. The word is used many times in the sense of धात्वर्थthe sense of a root which is 'incomplete activity' or 'process of evolving'; confer, compare तदाख्यातं येन भावं स धातु: Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XII. 5; confer, compare also षड् भावविकारा भवन्ति Nirukta of Yāska.I. 36; पूर्वापरीभूतं भावमाख्यातेन आचष्टे व्रजतिपचतीत्युपक्रमप्रभृति अपवर्गपर्यन्तम् Nirukta of Yāska.I. 1 ; (2) activity as opposed to instruments ( साधन or कारक ); confer, compare भावगर्हायाम् । धात्वर्थगर्हायाम् Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. III. 1.24; confer, compare also भावः क्रिया, Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on यस्य च भावेन भावलक्षणम् P. II. 3.37; (3) completed action which is shown, not by a verb, but by a verbal derivative noun; confer, compare धात्वर्थश्च धातुनैवोच्यते | यस्तस्य सिद्धता नाम धर्मस्तत्र घञादयः प्रत्यया विधीयन्ते Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on 'भावे' P. III. 3.18; confer, compare also कृदभिहितो भावो द्रव्यवद्भवति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II. 2.19, III. 1.67, IV. 1.3, V. 4.19; confer, compare also भावस्त्वेक: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. III. 1.67; (4) the radical factor for the use of a word; प्रवृत्तिनिमित्त; confer, compare भवतोत्मादभिधानप्रत्ययौ इति भावः | शब्दस्य प्रवृत्तिनिमित्तं भावशब्देनोच्यते | अश्वत्वम् , अश्वता | Kāś, on P. 5.1.119; (5) thing, object cf सिद्धशब्दः कूटस्थेषु भावेष्वविचालिषु वर्तते Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I. 1. Āhnika l; (6) transformation, substitution; change into the nature of another; confer, compare तत्र प्रथमास्तृतीयभावम् Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) II. 4. confer, compare also the words मूर्धन्यभाव, अभिनिधानभाव et cetera, and others {7) possession of the qualities, nature; तदर्थस्य भाव: तादर्थ्यम्: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II. 3.13; (8) relationship; confer, compare गुणप्रधानभाव, प्रकृतिविकृतिभाव et cetera, and others
bhāṣāvṛttia short gloss on the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. of Pāṇini in the l2th century by Puruṣottamadeva's Paribhāṣāvṛtti.adeva, a reputed scholar belonging to the Eastern school of grammarians which flourished in Bengal and Behar in the 10th, 11th and 12th centuries, The gloss is very useful for beginners and it has given a clear explanation of the different sūtras without going into difficult niceties and discussions. The treatise does not comment upon Vedic portions or rules referring to Vedic Language because, as the legend goes, king Lakṣmaṇa Sena, for whom the gloss was written, was not qualified to understand Vedic Language; confer, compare वैदिकभाषानर्हत्वात् Com. on Bhāṣāvṛtti by Sṛṣṭidhara. There is a popular evaluation of the Bhāṣāvṛtti given by the author himself in the stanza "काशिकाभागवृत्त्योश्चेत्सिद्धान्तं बोद्धुमस्ति धीः ! तदा विचिन्त्यतां भ्रातर्भाषावृत्तिरियं मम " at the end of his treatise; for details see पुरुषोत्तमदेव.
bhugnaname of a Saṁdhi or coalescence given by the writers of the Prātiśākhya works where the diphthong vowels ओ and औ, followed by any vowel which is not labial, are turned respectively into अव् and आव्: exempli gratia, for example ऋतेन मित्रावरुणावृतावृधावृतस्पृशा (Ṛ. Saṁh.I.2.8); confer, compare ओष्ठ्ययोन्योर्भुग्नमनोष्ठये वकारोत्रान्तरागमः । यथा ऋतेन मित्रावरुणावृतावृधावृतस्पृशा | अनोष्ठये इति किम्| वायो उक्थेभि: 2.2. (R.Saṁh. I.2.2). इत्यतः वाय उक्थेभि confer, compare Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) II.11.
bhūtaliterally what has become or happened, The word is used in books on grammar in the sense of past tense in general, which has been subdivided into (a) unseen past (परीक्षभूत or लिट् ), (b) past, not of today (अनद्यतनभूत or लङ् ) and (c) past in general (सामान्यभूत or लुङ्),confer, compare भूते P.III.2.84, परोक्षे लिट् P.III.2.116 and अनद्यतने लङ् P.III.2.111.
bhūtapūrvagatiliterally denotation of something which formerly was existing; a consideration of that form of a word which was formerly present. The word is used frequently by commentators when they try to apply a rule of grammar to a changed wording under the plea that the wording required by the rule was formerly there; confer, compareभूतपूर्वगत्या (पकारलोपे कृतेपि ) दाप् भविष्यति, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.1.20 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 9; confer, compare also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.1.56, VII.1.9 and VII.3.103; confer, comparealso सांप्रतिकाभावे भूतपूर्वगतिः Par. Śeḵ. Pari. 76.
bhūmādithe limited senses भूमन् (plurality) and others in which भतुप् and other possessive taddhita affixes should take place, and not in the general sense of the 'presence at one place' as also 'the possession by some one individual;' confer, compare भूमनिन्दाप्रशंसासु नित्ययोगेतिशायने । संसर्गेस्तिविवक्षायां भवन्ति मतुबादय: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on V. 2.94.
bhūvādilit headed by भू , or headed by भू and वा as some scholars like to explain; the term means roots; in general, which have भू as the first root in Pāṇini's list of roots; confer, compare भूवादयो धातव: P. I. 3.1; The word भूवादि denoting roots stands in contrast with the word भ्वादि which stands for the roots of the first conjugation. भूवादीनां वकारोयं मङ्गलार्थः प्रयुज्यते | भुवो वार्थं वदन्तीति भ्वर्था वा वादयः स्मृता: Kāś. on P. I. 3.1.
bhṛśādia class of nouns headed by भृश to which the denominative affix य is added in the sense of 'being or becoming what they were not before;' exempli gratia, for example अभृशो भृशो भवति भृशायते; similarly ，शीघ्रायते, मन्दायते, उन्मनायते, दुर्मनायते et cetera, and othersconfer, compareKāś.III.1.I3.
bhrājastray or spurious verses or stanzas whose authorship cannot be traced, but which are commonly quoted by scholars; confer, compare भ्राजा नाम श्लेाका: M.Bh. on I.1 Āhnika 1; the word भ्राज is explained as 'composed by Kātyāyana' by Nāgeśabhaṭṭa in his Uddyota.
maṭtaddhita affix. affix म applied to a numeral, not preceded by another numeral in the sense of completion; e. g. पञ्चम:, सप्तम:; confer, compare नान्तादसंख्यादेर्मट् Pān. V.2.49.
matuptaddhita affix. affix मत् changed in some cases to वत् (cf मादुपधायाश्च मतोर्वोऽयवादिभ्यः P. VIII. 2.9), applied to any noun or substantive in the sense of 'who possesses that,' or 'which contains it,' or in the sense of possession as popularly expressedition The affix is called possessive affix also, and is very commonly found in use; e. g. गोमान्, वृक्षवान् , यवमान् , et cetera, and others confer, compare तदस्यास्त्यस्मिन्निति मतुप् P. V. 2.94. The very general sense of 'possession' is limited to certain kinds of possession by the Vārttikakāra in the following stanza; भूमनिन्दाप्रशंसासु नित्ययोगेतिशायने | संसर्गेऽस्तिविवक्षायां भवन्ति मतुबादय: confer, compare Kāś. on P. V. 2.94. There are other taddhita affix. affixes prescribed in the same sense as मतुप्, such as the affixes लच् (V. 2.96-98), इलच् (99, 100, 105, 117), श and न (100), ण (101), विनि (102, 121, 122), इनि (102, 115, 116, 128, 129-137), अण् (103, 104), उरच् (106), र (107), म (108), व ( 109, 110), ईरन् and ईरच् (111), वलच् (112, 113), ठन् (115, 116), ठञ् (118, 119), यप् (120), युस् (123, 138, 140), ग्मिनि (124), आलच् and आटच् (125), अच् (127), and ब, भ, यु, ति, तु, त and यस् each one applied to specifically stated words. मतुप् is also specially prescribed after the words headed by रस (confer, compare रसादिभ्यश्च P. V. 2.95) in supersession of some of the other affixes mentioned a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. which would take place in such cases, if मतुप् were not prescribed by the rule रसादिभ्यश्च. The portion of the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. prescribing the possessive affixes is named मतुबधिकार (P. V. 2.92 to 140).
madhyama(1)the middle person ( मध्यमपुरुष ), confer, compare युष्मद्युपपदे...मध्यम: P. I. 4.105; confer, compare also Nirukta of Yāska.VII. 7; (2) middling tone or effort confer, compare मध्यमेन स वाक्ययोग: Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XVIII. 4, where the commentator explains the word as उच्चनीचसमाहारविलक्षण: वाक्प्रयोगः | the word मध्यमा is used in this sense as qualifying a mode of utterance. वृत्ति; confer, compare अभ्यासार्थे द्रुतां वृत्तिं प्रयोगार्थे तु मध्यमाम् ! Ṟ. Pr. XIII. 19; cf also चतुष्कला मध्यमायार्म् Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya. 32; (3) one of the seven modes of speech or tones. cf सप्त वाचः स्थानानि भवन्ति | उपांशुध्वाननिमदेापव्दिमन्मन्द्रमध्यमताराणि Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XXIII.4 and 5 and also कण्ठे मध्यमम् XVIII.11 where the commentatator explains मध्यम as यत्र कण्ठे स्थाने प्रयोग उपलभ्यते तन्मध्यमं नाम षष्ठं वाचस्स्थानम् | (4) one of the seven musical notes originating or proceeding from the Svarita accent confer, compare, स्वारतप्रभवा ह्येते षड्जमध्यमपञ्चमाः Pāṇ Śikṣā.
madhyepavādaa rule forming an exception to other general rules being placed between them, one or many of which are placed before and the others afterwards. Such a rule sets aside the previous rules and not the succeeding ones. The statement laying down this dictum is मध्येपवादाः पूर्वान् विधीन् बाधन्ते नोत्तरान् Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa.Pari. 60, also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.VI.4.148 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 5.
mallināthaa reputed commentator on many classical poetic and dramatic works, who flourished in the fourteenth century. He was a scholar of Grammar and is believed to have written a commentary on the Śabdenduśekhara and another named न्यासोद्योत on the न्यास of जिनेन्द्रबुद्धि.
mahābhāṣyaliterally the great commentary. The word is uniformly used by commentators and classical Sanskrit writers for the reputed commentary on Pāṇini's Sūtras and the Vārttikas thereon by Patañjali in the 2nd century B. C. The commentary is very scholarly yet very simple in style, and exhaustive although omitting a number of Pāṇini's rules. It is the first and oldest existing commentary on the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. of Pāṇini, and, in spite of some other commentaries and glosses and other compendia, written later on to explain the Sutras of Panini, it has remained supremely authoritative and furnishes the last and final word in all places of doubt: confer, compare the remarks इति भाष्ये स्थितम्, इत्युक्तं भाष्ये, इत्युक्तमाकरे et cetera, and others scattered here and there in several Vyaakarana treatises forming in fact, the patent words used by commentators when they finish any chain of arguments. Besides commenting on the Sutras of Paanini, Patanjali, the author, has raised many other grammatical issues and after discussing them fully and thoroughly, given his conclusions which have become the final dicta in those matters. The work, in short, has become an encyclopedic one and hence aptly called खनि or अकर. The work is spread over such a wide field of grammatical studies that not a single grammatical issue appears to have been left out. The author appears to have made a close study of the method and explanations of the SUtras of Paanini given at various academies all over the country and incorporated the gist of those studies given in the form of Varttikas at the various places, in his great work He has thoroughly scrutinized and commented upon the Vaarttikas many of which he has approved, some of which he has rejected, and a few of which he has supplementedition Besides the Vaarttikas which are referred to a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page., he has quoted stanzas which verily sum up the arguments in explanation of the difficult sUtras, composed by his predecessors. There is a good reason to believe that there were small glosses or commentaries on the SUtras of Paanini, written by learned teachers at the various academies, and the Vaarttikas formed in a way, a short pithy summary of those glosses or Vrttis. . The explanation of the word वृत्तौ साधु वार्तिकम् given by Kaiyata may be quoted in support of this point. Kaiyata has at one place even stated that the argument of the Bhaasyakaara is in consonance with that of Kuni, his predecessor. The work is divided into eighty five sections which are given the name of lesson or आह्लिक by the author, probably because they form the subject matter of one day's study each, if the student has already made a thorough study of the subject and is very sharp in intelligence. confer, compare अह्ला निर्वृत्तम् आह्लिकम्, (the explanation given by the commentatiors).Many commentary works were written on this magnum opus of Patanjali during the long period of twenty centuries upto this time under the names टीका, टिप्पणी, दीपिका, प्रकाशिका, व्याख्या, रत्नावली, स्पूर्ति, वृत्ति, प्रदीप, व्याख्यानं and the like, but only one of them the 'Pradipa' of कैयटीपाध्याय, is found complete. The learned commentary by Bhartrhari, written a few centuries before the Pradipa, is available only in a fragment and that too, in a manuscript form copied down from the original one from time to time by the scribes very carelessly. Two other commentaries which are comparatively modern, written by Naarayanasesa and Nilakantha are available but they are also incomplete and in a manuscript form. Possibly Kaiyatabhatta's Pradipa threw into the background the commentaries of his predecessors and no grammarian after Kaiyata dared write a commentary superior to Kaiyata's Pradipa or, if he began, he had to abandon his work in the middle. The commentary of Kaiyata is such a scholarly one and so written to the point that later commentators have almost identified the original Bhasya with the commentary Pradipa and many a time expressed the two words Bhasya and Kaiyata in the same breath as भाष्यकैयटयोः ( एतदुक्तम् or स्पष्टमेतत् ).
mahābhāṣyadīpikāa very learned old commentary on the Mahabhasya of Patanjali written by the reputed grammarian Bhartrhari or Hari in the seventh century A. D. The commentary has got only one manuscript preserved in Germany available at present, of which photostat copies or ordinary copies are found here and there. The first page of the manuscript is missing and it is incomplete also, the commentary not going beyond the first seven Aahnikas. For details see page 383 Vol. VII Vyaakarana Mahabhasya D. E. Society's edition.
mahāsaṃjñāa long term, as contrasted with the very short terms टि, घु, भ, इत् and others introduced by Panini in his grammar for the sake of brevity. These long terms such as सर्वनाम, अब्यय,परस्मैपद, अात्मनेपद, and many others were widely in use at the time of Panini and hence he could not but pick them up in his grammar in spite of his strenuous attempts at brevity. The commentators, however, find out a motive for his doing this viz. that appropriate words only could be understood by those terms and not others; confer, compareमहासंज्ञाकरणेन तदनुगुणानामेव अत्र संनिवेशात् । S.K. on सर्वादीने सर्वनामानि P. I.1.27.
mātrā(1)measure, quantity ; cf भवति हि तत्र या च यावती च अर्थमात्रा Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.2.45 and II.1.1 ; (2) mora, prosodial unit of one instant id est, that is the length of time required to pronounce a short vowel: confer, compare भूयसी मात्रा इवर्णोवर्णयोः, अल्पीयसी अवर्णस्य, M.Bh. on I.1.48 Vart. 4: confer, compare मात्रा ह्रस्वस्ता वदवग्रहान्तरं, द्वे दीर्धः,तिस्रः प्लुत उच्यते स्वरः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.)I.16: cf also Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I.34, T.Pr.I.37, V.Pr.I.59, R.T.28 also cf अर्धमात्रालाघवेन पुत्रोत्सवं मन्यन्ते वैयाकरणाः Par. Sek. Pari. 132. The instant is taken to be equal to the throbbing of the eye, or a flash of lightning, or a note of a wood-cock.
mādhurīrvṛtia gloss not composed by, but simply explained by an inhabitant of Mathuraa or Madhuraa Such a gloss is referred to in the Mahaabhaasya on P.IV.3.101 Vaart.3, which possibly might be referring to an existing gloss on the SUtras of Paanini, which was being explained at Mathura, at the time of Patanjali. The term मधुरा was used for मथुरा in ancient times and the word माथुरी वृत्ति is also used for माधुरी वृति.
mit(1)characterized by the mute letter म्; augments So characterized such as नुम् , अम् and the like, are inserted after the last vowel of a word to which they are to be added; confer, compare मिदचोन्त्यात् परः P. I. 1.47; (2) a technical term applied to the fifty-five roots which are headed by the root घट् and which belong to the first corjugation, to the roots ज्वळ et cetera, and others, as also to the roots जन्, जू, क्नूस्, रञ्ज् and roots ending in अम्. These roots are not really characterized by the mute letter म्, but they are given the designation मित्. The use of the designation मित् is (a) the shortening of the penultimate vowel which : has been lengthened by Vrddhi , before the causal sign णि and (b) ; the optional lengthening of the ; penultimate vowel before the affix ) चिण् and णमुल्, For a complete list ] of 'mit' roots see Dhaatupaatha.
mukhanāsikāvacanadefinition of अनुनासक, a letter which is pronounced through both-the mouth and the nose-as contrasted with नासिक्य a letter which is uttered only through the nose; exempli gratia, for example ड्, ञ् , ण्, न् , म् and the nasalized vowels and nasalized य् , व् and ल्; confer, compare मुखनासिक्रावचनेीSनुनासिकः Paan. I. 1.8: confer, compare also अनुस्वारोत्तम अनुनासिकाः (Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.II.30), where the fifth letters and the anusvaara are called anunaasika. According to Bhattoji, however, anusvaara cannot be anunaasika as it is pronounced through the nose alone, and not through both-the mouth and the nose. As the anusvaara is pronounced something like a nasalized ग् according to the Taittiriyas it is called a consonant in the Taittiriya Praatisaakhya: confer, compare ' अनुस्वारोप्युत्तमवह्यञ्जनमेव अस्मच्छाखायाम् ! अर्धगकाररूपत्वात् / Com. on Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.II. 30.
mukhasukhārthaa mute letter added to an affix or a substitute cr the like, which does not really form a part of the affix et cetera, and others, but which simply facilitates the utterance of it: confer, compare अथ मुखसुखार्थस्तकार: दकारोपि ! Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.1, VI.1.87; confer, compare also अादति तकारो मुखसुखार्थः, न त्वयं तपरः Kaas. on P. III.2.171.
mukhyaviśeṣyathe principal word in a sentence which comes last in the technical expression of the import or शाब्दबोध. It is described as primary and not subordinated to any other thing ( अन्याविशेषणीभूत). This मुख्यविशेष्य is, in a way,the crucial point in the various theories of import; exempli gratia, for example according to the grammarians the verbal activity is the principal word while,according to the Mimaamsakas the bhaavanaa is the principal word.and according to the Naiyayikas it is the subject that is the principal word.
mleccha(1)a word although correct,yet looked upon as incorrect owing to its faulty utterance; (2) a person like the uncultured people, who is not able to pronounce words correctly confer, compare म्लेच्छा मा भूमेत्यध्येयं व्याकरणम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I. 1, Ahnika 1.
y(1)a consonant of the palatal class, called semivowel or अन्तःस्थ( spelt as अन्तस्थ also ), possessed of the properties संवृतत्व, नाद, घोष and अनुनासिकत्व in addition; (2) a substitute for म् when that म् is followed by ह् which is followed by य्. e. g.किंय्ह्य: confer, compare यवलपरे यवला वा. P. VIII.3. 26 Vart.l ; (3) य् looked upon as possessed of a very little effort in production i. e. which appears as almost dropped but not completely dropped when its elision is prescribed at the end of a word. e. gभोय् अच्युत; confer, compare व्योर्लधुप्रयत्नतर: शाकटायनस्य P. VIII. 3.18.
yaḍlugantaa secondary root formed by adding the affix यङ् to roots specified in P. III. 1.22,23,24, which affix is sometimes dropped: confer, compare यङोचि च ; P. II. 4. 74. The yanluganta roots take the parasmaipada personal endings and not the atmanepada ones which are applied to yananta roots.
yathālakṣaṇaṃas formed according to rules. The phrase यथालक्षणमप्रयुक्ते is very often found in the Mahaabhaasya as a general guiding remark that noun-forms or wordforms which are not found in use in the language of the people or in literature should be understood as they are derived by observing all the rules that are applicable.
yathāvatas it is in the original Samahitpaatha without any change of accent, et cetera, and others when cited in the यद्वत lifeminine. a word formed from यत्: a Padapaatha: the word अव्ययवत् (not allowing any change or reduction) is given by Uvvata in explanation of यथावत्: confer, compare दृश्यते पदं यथावत् Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XI.31.
yathodeśa( परिभाषा)a short phrase or term for the Paribhaasaa or guiding statement यथोद्देशं संज्ञापरिभाषम् 'technical terms and Paribhaasaas are to be interpreted at the place where they are stated, and not at the place or places of their application or utility'.
yam(1)one of pair a twin letter available in pronunciation before a nasal letter and similar to it, when the nasal consonant is preceded by any one of the four consonants of the five classes; a transitional sound intervening between a non-nasal and the following nasal as a counterpart of the n6n-nasal: confer, compare वर्गेष्वाद्यानां चेतुर्णो पञ्चमे पर मध्ये यमो नाम पूर्वसदृशो वर्णः प्रातिशाख्ये प्रसिद्धः S.K. on P.व्व्III. l.1; (2) name given to the seven musical notes, found in the singing of Saaman; confer, compare मन्द्रमध्यमत्राख्येषु त्रिषु वाचः स्थानेषु प्रत्येकं सत स्थरभेदा भवन्ति कुष्टप्रथमद्वितीयतृतीयचतुर्थमन्द्रातित्वार्यः यमाः ' Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XXIII. 13,14.
yara short term ( प्रत्याहृार ) for any consonant except ह् standing at the end of a word is optionally changed to the nasal consonant of its class if followed by a nasal letter; confer, compare यरोनुनासिकेनुनासिकेा वा P. VIII.4.45: and (2) is doubled if preceded by र् or ह् as also if preceded by a vowel but not followed by a vowel; exempli gratia, for example अर्क्कः, दद्धयत्र: confer, compare अन्वॊ रहाभ्यां द्वे; अनचिच P. VIII.4.46,47.
yavādia class of words headed by the word यव, the taddhita affix मत् after which does not get the consonant मृ changed into व् although the affix मत् be added to a word ending in म् or अ, or having म् or अ as the penultimate letter; e. g. यवमान् , ऊर्मिमान् , भूमिमान् et cetera, and others: confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.VIII.2.9. This यवादिगण is looked upon as आकृतिगण
yugapadadhikaraṇavacanatādenotation of two or more things by one single member by virtue of their being put together in a dvandva compound of two or more words; the grammarians advocate this doctrine stating that in a dvandva compound such as घटपटौ or घटपटम् , the word घट has the capacity of expressing the sense of both घट and पट, which in a sentence घटः पटश्च, it does not possess. Similarly पट also has the capacity of conveying the sense of both पट and घट. Possibly this theory is advocated by grarnmarians, on the analogy of words like पितरौ or मातरौ for मातापितरौ, द्यावा for द्यावापृथिवी and so on; confer, compare सिद्धं तु युगपदधिकरणवचने द्वन्द्ववचनात् P. II 2.29 Vart. 2. For details see Vyakaranamahabhasya on चार्थे द्वन्द्वः P. II. 2.29.
yuvanliterally young person; masculine; the word is given as a technical term in grammar in the sense of one, who is the son of the grandson or his descendant, provided his father is alive; the term is also applied to a nephew, brother, or a paternal relative of the grandson or his descendant, provided his elderly relative, if not his his father, is alive; it is also applied to the grandson, in case respect is to be shown to him: confer, compare P. IV. 1.163-167. The affixes prescribed in the sense of युवन् are always applied to a word ending with a taddhita affix. affix applied to it in the sense of an offspring (अपत्य) or grandson (गोत्र), in spite of the ruling that in the sense of grandson or his descendant (गोत्र), one affix only इञ् or अण् or the like is added to the base; exempli gratia, for example गार्ग्यस्यापत्यं गार्ग्यायण:, दाक्षेरपत्यं दाक्षाय्ण: गार्ग्ये जीवति तस्य भ्राता सपिण्डो वा गाम्यार्यण: तत्रभवान् गार्ग्यः; गार्ग्यायणो वा.
yuvapratyayataddhita affix. affix फक् ( अायन ), फिञ् ( अायनि ) or any other in the sense of युवन् which is to be applied to a base ending with an affix in the sense of offspring ( अपत्यप्रत्ययान्त ) or with an affix in the sense of a grandson ( गोत्रप्रत्ययान्त ). The affix is not applied when a female offspring is meant.
yogavāhaa technical term used for phonetic elements or letters which are mentioned in the alphabet of Panini, viz., the Mahesvara sutras in contrast with the term अयोगवाह which is used by grammarians for the phonetic elements अनुस्वार, विसर्ग and others which are not mentionedition ,See अयोगवाह; confer, compare also M. Bh on Siva sutra 5.
yogavibhāgadivision of a rule which has been traditionally given as one single rule, into two for explaining the formation of certain words, which otherwise are likely to be stamped as ungrammatical formations. The writer of the Varttikas and the author of the Mahabhasya have very frequently taken recourse to this method of योगविभाग; confer, compare P.I.1.3 Vart. 8, I.1.17 Vart.1,I.1.61, Vart. 3; I. 4.59 Vart. 1, II. 4. 2. Vart.2, III.1.67 Vart. 5, III.4.2. Vart. 6, VI.I. I Vart. 5, VI.1.33 Vart.1 et cetera, and others Although this Yogavibhaga is not a happy method of removing difficulties and has to be followed as a last recourse, the Varttikakara has suggested it very often, and sometimes a sutra which is divided by the Varttikakara into two,has been recognised as a couple of sutras in the Sutrapatha which has come down to us at present.
yogāpekṣaconcerning only that particular rule to which it refers. The word is many times used in connection with a deduction ( ज्ञापक ) which is not to be applied in general, but which is restricted to the functions of that rule from which the deduction is drawn; confer, compare योगोपक्षं ज्ञापकम् M.Bh. on P. I.1.23 Vart.10, P.III.1.95 Vart.2.,P.IV. 1.87 Vart. 2, confer, compare also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.3.62 and V.1.1.
yaugapadyasimultaneity of occurrence; simultaneous possibility of the application of two rules which evidently cannot apply simultaneously, but scope has to be given to one of the two, the priority being decided on the criteria of परत्व, नित्यत्व, अन्तरङ्गत्व and अपवादत्व;confer, compare न चास्ति यौगपदद्येन संभव: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.1.57; cf also M.Bh. on I. 4.1 , I. 4.2, II. 1.3 et cetera, and others
yaudheyādia class of nine words headed by the word यौधेय, a taddhita affix applied to which is not to be elided even though the word be used in the plural number
rapratyāhārakhaṇḍanaa small article showing that the short term र for the consonants र् and ल् need not be advocated as done by the learned old grammarians.The treatise was Written by Vaidyanatha Paya-gunde, the prominent pupil of Nagesabhatta.
rājadantādia class of compound words headed by राजदन्त in which the order of words or the constituent members is fixedition There are about 50 words in the class; some of them are tatpurusa compounds such as राजदन्त or अग्रेवण in which the subordinate word which ought to have been placed first is placed second There are some karmadharaya.compounds in which one particular word is always placed first and not any one of the two: exempli gratia, for example लिप्तवासितम्, सिक्तसंमृष्टम् et cetera, and others There are some dvandva compounds such as उलुखलमुसलम् , चित्रास्वाती, भार्यापती et cetera, and others in which a definite order of words is laid down. For details see Kasika on राजदन्तादिषु परम् P. II. 2.31.
rāmacandra(1)रामन्वन्द्राचार्य (son of कृष्णाचार्य) the well-known author of the Prakriyakaumudi. He belonged to the Sesa family and the latter half of the fifteenth century is assigned as his date. He is believed to have been a resident of Andhra. His work, the Prakriyakaumudi, was a popular grammar treatise for some time before Bhattoji's SiddhantaKaumudi got its hold, and it had a number of commentaries written upon it especially by his descendants and members of his family which became well-known as the Sesa family of grammarians. The Prakriyakaumudi is named कृष्णर्किकरप्राक्रिया also. (2) There was a grammarian named Ramacandra who wrote a small treatise on grammar named विदग्धबोध. (3) There was another grammarian of the same name who was a pupil of Nagesabhatta of the eighteenth century and who wrote a small commentary called वृतिसंग्रह on Panini's Astadhyayi. (4) There was also another Ramacandra who was a scholar of Vedic grammar and who wrote the commentary named ज्योत्स्ना on the Vjasaneyi-Pratisakhya.
riṅsubstitute रि for a verbal base ending in ऋ before श (the sign of the 6th conjugation) यक् (sign of the passive voice. voice) and a लिङ् affix beginning with य which is not a Sārvadhātuka affix; e. g. अाद्रियते, क्रियते, क्रियात्; confer, compare रिङ् शयग्लिङ्क्षु P.VII.4.28.
rīṅsubstitute री for the vowel ऋ at the end of a base ( अङ्ग ) before the affix च्चि as also before य which does not belong to a krt or Sarvadhatuka affix; exempli gratia, for example मात्रीभूतः, मात्रीयते; confer, compare रीङ् ऋतः P.VII.4.27.
rephathe consonant र्; generally the word रेफ is used for र and not रकार; confer, compare वर्णात्कार: । रादिफं: P.III.3.108 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 3,4. The consonant र is described as one pronounced like the tearing of a piece of cloth and resembling a snarl or a growl: confer, compare रिफ्यते विपाटथते वस्त्रादिपाटनध्वनिवदुच्चार्यते इति रेफ: |
rauḍhyādianother name given to the क्रौड्यादि class of words which are headed by क्रौडि and which take the affix ष्यङ् to form their base in the feminine; e. g. क्रौड्या लाड्या; confer, compare सिद्धं तु रौड्यादिषूपसंख्यानात् । के पुना रौढ्यादयः | ये क्रौड्यादय; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. IV. 1.79.
lakṣaṇāimplication; potentiality of implication; this potentiality of words viz. लक्षणा is not recognised by grammarians as a potentiality different from the अभिधाशक्ति or the power of denotation. Later grammarians, however, like the Ālamkārikas, have used the word in the sense of potentiality of implication as different from that of denotation; confer, compare अन्त्यशब्द लक्षणा न च Paribhāşenduśekhara.
laghuprayatnatararequiring still less effort for utterance than that required for the usual utterance; the term is used in connection with the utterance of the consonant य् which is substituted for Visarga following upon long अा and followed by any vowel. In such cases य् is not pronounced at all according to Śākalya, while it is somewhat audibly pronounced according to Śākațāyana; confer, compare व्योर्लघुप्रयत्नतरः शाकटायनस्य P. VIII. 3.18.
laghuśabdenduśekharaname of a commentary on Bhațțojī's Siddhāntakaumudī written by Nāgeśa Bhațța, the stalwart Grammarian of the eighteenth century. The work is named लघुशब्देन्दुशेखर which differentiates it from the author's another work बृहच्छब्देन्दुशेखर of which the former is an abridgment. As the study of the Laghuśabdenduśekhara is very common and as the Bŗhatśabdenduśekhara is seldom studied, it is always the Laghuśabdenduśekhara that is understood by the simple and popular name Śekhara.
lāghavabrevity of expression; expressing in as few words as possible; brevity of thought and conception. About brevity of expression,rules or sūtras of the ancient Sūtrakāras are noteworthy especially those of the grammarian Pāņini, whose brevity of expression is aptly extolled in the familiar expression अर्धमात्रालाघवेन पुत्रोत्सवं मन्यन्ते वैयाकरणा: Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 122; confer, compare also in contrast पर्यायशब्दानां लाघवगौरवचर्चा नाद्रियते Par.Śek.Pari.115.
liṅga(1)sign or characteristic mark; generally the mute letter prefixed or suffixed to roots,affixes, or augments and their substitutes with a specific purpose; confer, compare किंचिल्लिङ्गमासज्य वक्ष्यामि Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ).on I.1.1 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).7, अवयवे कृतं लिङ्ग समुदायस्य विशेषकं भवति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.3.62 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 5; (2) proof, evidence ( प्रमाण ); the word is often used in the Paribhāșendușekhara and other works in connection with a rule or part of a rule quoted as an evidence to deduce some general dictum or Paribhāșā; (3) gender; confer, compare लिङ्ग स्त्रीलिङ्गपुंलिङ्गनपुंसकानि Kāś. on P. II. 3. 46; confer, compare also प्रातिपदिकग्रहणे लिङ्गविशिष्टस्यापि ग्रहणम्. Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa.Pari.71.The gender of a word in Sanskrit language does not depend on any specific properties of a thing; it simply depends on the current usage; confer, compare लोकाश्रयत्वाल्लिङ्गस्य which is often quoted in the Mahābhāsya; confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II. 1.36, II.2.29, II.4.12, IV. 1.3, V.3.66, V.4.68, VIII.1.15. For details see Mahābhāșya on P.IV.1. 3 where after a long enlightening discussīon the definition संस्त्यानप्रसवौ लिङ्गम् is given.
liṅgavyatyayatransposition of genders, as noticed often in Vedic language; e. g. मधोर्गृह्लाति or मधोस्तृप्ताः for मधुन:; confer, compare M.Bh. on P. I. 4.9.
luṭgeneral name for affixes of the first future which are added to roots when the future time is not the present day, but the next and the succeeding ones; confer, compare अनद्यतने लुट् P. III. 3.15. The affixes ति, त: et cetera, and others replace the affix लुट् in accordance with the number and person in view; confer, compare तिप्तस्झिसिप् .... P. III. 4 78.
luptanirdiṣṭasupposed to be mentioned although not seen or heard in a particular rule, for the sake of bringing about some grammatical operation with a view to arriving at some desired forms; confer, compare ल्रान्तस्येत्यत्र वकारोऽपि निर्दिश्यते | किं वकारो न श्रूयते | लुप्तनिर्दिष्टो वकारः । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.1.3. Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 10; confer, compare also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.3.7, III. 1.44 et cetera, and others; also confer, compare क्ङिति च P. I. 1.5 where the consonant ग् is supposed to be present in the word क्ङिति .
lṛṅgeneral term for the personal affixes of the conditional, which are applied to a root to show the happening of an action only if there was another preceding action, both the actions being expressed by लृङ् or conditional affixes; exempli gratia, for example देवश्चेदवर्षिष्यत् सुभिक्षमभविष्यत्; confer, compare लिङ्निमित्ते लृङ् क्रियातिपत्तौ P. III.3. 139, 140. लृङ् is also used under certain other conditions when some specific partīcles are used; confer, compare P.III.3.141-146, 151.
lopadisappearance of a word or part of a word enjoined in grammar for arriving at the required forms of a word; confer, compare अदर्शनं लोपः P. I.1.52: confer, compare अदर्शनमश्रवणमनुच्चारणमनुपलब्धिरभावो वर्णविनाश इत्यनर्थान्तरम् । एतैः शब्दैर्योर्थोभिधीयते तस्य लोप इतीयं संज्ञा भवति Kāś. on P.I.1. 52. This disappearance in the case of an affix is tantamount to its notional presence or imaginary presence, as operations caused by it do take place although the word element has disappeared; confer, compare प्रत्ययलोपे प्रत्ययलक्षणम् । प्रत्यये लुप्तेपि तद्धेतुकं कार्ये भवति Kāś. on P. I.1.62.
vaṃśādia class of words headed by the word वंश, the word भार placed after which gets the taddhita affixes added to it, as prescribed in the senses 'takes it', 'carries it' or 'produces it'; exempli gratia, for example वांशभारिकः; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.V. 1.50. The taddhita affix. affixes as prescribed in the senses mentioned a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. are added to the words वंश et cetera, and others and not to भार according to some commentators; exempli gratia, for exampleवांशिकः, कौटजिकः et cetera, and others; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. V. 1.50.
vararuci(1)a reputed ancient grammarian who is identified with Katyayana, the prominent author of the Varttikas on the Sutras of Panini. Both the names वररुचि and कात्यायन are mentioned in commentary works in connection with the Varttikas on the Sutras of Panini, and it is very likely that Vararuci was the individual name of the scholar, and Katyayana his family name. The words कात्य and कात्यायन are found used in Slokavarttikas in the Mahabhasya on P.III.2.3 and III.2.118 where references made are actually found in the prose Varttikas (see कविधेो सर्वत्र प्रसारणिभ्यो ड: P.III. 2. 3 Vart and स्मपुरा भूतमात्रे न स्मपुराद्यतने P.III.2.118 Vart. 1)indicating that the Slokavarttikakara believed that the Varttikas were composed by Katyayana. There is no reference at all in the Mahabhasya to Vararuci as a writer of the Varttikas; there is only one reference which shows that there was a scholar by name Vararuci known to Patanjali, but he was a poet; confer, compare वाररुचं काव्यं in the sense of 'composed' ( कृत and not प्रोक्त ) by वररुचि M.Bh. on P. IV. 2.4. ( 2 ) वररुचि is also mentioned as the author of the Prakrta Grammar known by the name प्राकृतप्रकाश or प्राकृतमञ्जरी, This वररुचि, who also was कात्यायन by Gotra name, was a grammarian later than Patanjali, who has been associated with Sarvvarman, (the author of the first three Adhyayas of the Katantra Sutras), as the author of the fourth Adhyaya. Patanjali does not associate वररुचि with Kityayana at alI. His mention of वररुचि as a writer of a Kavya is a sufficient testimony for that. Hence, it appears probable that Katyayana, to whom the authorship of the Vajasaneyi Pratisakhya and many other works allied with Veda has been attributed, was not associated with Vararuci by Patanjali, and it is only the later writers who identified the grammarian Vararuci,who composed the fourth Adhyaya of the Katantra Grammar and wrote a Prakrit Grammar and some other grammar' works, with the ancient revered Katyayana, the author of Varttikas, the Vijasaneyi Pratisakhya and the Puspasutra; (3) There was a comparatively modern grammariannamed वररुचि who wrote a small treatise on genders of words consisting of about 125 stanzas with a commentary named Lingavrtti, possibly written by the author himselfeminine. (4) There was also another modern grammarian by name वररुचि who wrote a work on syntax named प्रयोगमुखमण्डन discuss＾ ing the four topics कारक, समास, तद्धित and कृदन्त.
varṇavikārachange of one letter into another ( in the formation of a word ) the discussion of which is looked upon as one of the features of grammar; confer, compare लोपागमवर्णविकारज्ञो हृि सम्यग्वेदान्परिपालायिष्यति.M.Bh. Ahnika 1.
varṇasamāmnāyaa collection of letters or alphabet given traditionally. Although the Sanskrit alphabet has got everywhere the same cardinal letters id est, that is vowels अ, इ et cetera, and others, consonants क्, ख् etc : semivowels य्, र्, ल्, व, sibilants श् ष् स् ह् and a few additional phonetic units such as अनुस्वार, विसर्ग and others, still their number and order differ in the different traditional enumerations. Panini has not mentioned them actually but the fourteen Siva Sutras, on which he has based his work, mention only 9 vowels and 34 consonants, the long vowels being looked upon as varieties of the short ones. The Siksa of Panini mentions 63 or 64 letters, adding the letter ळ ( दुःस्पृष्ट ); confer, compare त्रिषष्टि: चतुःषष्टिर्वा वर्णाः शम्भुमते मताः Panini Siksa. St.3. The Rk Pratisakhya adds four (Visarga, Jihvamuliya, Upadhmaniya and Anusvara ) to the forty three given in the Siva Sutras and mentions 47. The Taittiriya Pratisakhya mentions 52 letters viz. 16 vowels, 25class consonants, 4 semivowels,six sibilants (श्, ष् , स्, ह् , क्, प् , ) and anusvara. The Vajasaneyi Pratisakhya mentions 65 letters 3 varieties of अ, इ, उ, ऋ and लृ, two varieties of ए, ऐ, ओ, औ, 25 class-consonants, four semivowels, four sibilants, and जिह्वामूलीय, उपध्मानीय, अनुस्वार, विसर्जनीय, नासिक्य and four यम letters; confer, compare एते पञ्चषष्टिवर्णा ब्रह्मराशिरात्मवाचः Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.VIII. 25. The Rk Tantra gives 57 letters viz. 14 vowels, 25 class consonants, 4 semivowels, 4 sibilants, Visarga,.Jihvamuliya, Upadhmaniya, Anunasika, 4_yamas and two Anusvaras. The Rk Tantra gives two different serial orders, the Uddesa (common) and the Upadesa (traditional). The common order or Uddesa gives the 14 vowels beginning with अ, then the 25 class consonants, then the four semivowels, the four sibilants and lastly the eight ayogavahas, viz. the visarjanya and others. The traditional order gives the diphthongs first, then long vowels ( अा, ऋ, लॄ, ई and ऊ ) then short vowels (ऋ, लृ, इ, उ, and lastly अ ), then semivowels, then the five fifth consonants, the five fourths, the five thirds, the five seconds, the five firsts, then the four sibilants and then the eight ayogavaha letters and two Ausvaras instead of one anuswara. Panini appears to have followed the traditional order with a few changes that are necessary for the technigue of his work.
varṇānarthavattvathe view that letters do not possess the sense, as individually in every letter no separate sense ; is seen: confer, compare अनर्थकास्तु et cetera, and others Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on Siva Sutra 5, Vart.14 and 15.
varṇārthavattvathe theory or view that individual letters are severally possessed of different senses. For instance, the difference in the meanings of the words कूप, यूप, and सृप is due to the difference in their initial letter. The theory is not acceptable to the Vaiyakaranas nor the theory वर्णानर्थवत्व given a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. They follow the theory of संघातार्थवत्त्व i. e. sense given by a group of words together. See M.Bh, on Siva Sutra 5, Varttikas 9 to 15.
varṇaukadeśaa part or a portion of a combined letter id est, that isसंयुक्तस्वर or संयुक्तव्यञ्जन. The diphthongs or संयुक्तस्वरs are divisible into two Svaras, for instance ऐ into अा and ए, औ into अा and ओ. Similarly double consonants like क्कू, च्च्, क्म्, क्त् et cetera, and others are also divisible. Regarding the point raised whether the individual parts can be looked upon as separate letters for undergoing or causing a grammatical operation,the decision of the grammarians is that they cannot be looked upon as separate, when they are completely mixed as the dipthongs; confer, compareनाक्यपवृक्तस्यावयवस्य तद्वधिर्यथा द्रव्येषु Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on Siva Sutra 3, 4 Vart. 6.
varṣaname of an ancient scholar of grammar and Mimamsa, cited by some as the preceptor of कात्यायन and Panini. If not of Panini, he may have been a preceptor of Katyayana
vākyapadīname of a work on the denotation of words in verse-form with a comentary of his own written by a grammarian named गङ्गादास. The name वाक्यपदी is confounded with वाक्यपदीय of Bhartrhari through mistake.
vākyaparisamāpticompletion of the idea to be expressed in a sentence or in a group of sentences by the wording actually given, leaving nothing to be understood as contrasted with वाक्यापरिसमाप्ति used in the Mahabhasya: confer, compare वाक्यापरिसमाप्तेर्वा P.I.1.10 vart. 4 and the Mahabhasya thereon. There are two ways in which such a completion takes place,singly and collectively; cf प्रत्येकं वाक्यपरिसमाप्तिः: illustrated by the usual example देवदत्तयज्ञदत्तविष्णुमित्रा भोज्यन्ताम् where Patanjali remarks प्रत्येकं ( प्रत्यवयवं) भुजिः परिसमाप्यते; cf also समुदाये वाक्यपरिसमाप्तिः where Patajali remarks गर्गा: शतं दण्ड्यन्ताम् | अर्थिनश्च राजानो हिरण्येन भवन्ति न च प्रत्येकं दण्डयन्ति | Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ).on P.I.1.1Vart.12: cf also M.Bh. on P.I.1.7, I.2.39, II.2.l et cetera, and others वाक्यप्रकाश a work on the interpretation of sentences written with a commentary upon it by उदयधर्ममुनि of North Gujarat who lived in the seventeenth century A.D.
vākyasaṃskārapakṣathe grammarian's theory that as the individual words have practically no existence as far as the interpretation or the expression of sense is concerned, the sentence alone being capable of conveying the sense, the formation of individual words in a sentence' is explained by putting them in a sentence and knowing their mutual relationship. The word गाम् cannot be explained singly by showing the base गो and the case ending अम् unless it is seen in the sentence गाम् अानय; confer, compare यथा वाक्यसंस्कारपक्षे कृष्णादिसंबुद्धयन्त उपपदे ऋधेः क्तिनि कृते कृष्ण ऋध् ति इति स्थिते असिद्धत्वात्पूर्वमाद्गुणे कृते अचो रहाभ्यामिति द्वित्वं .. Pari. Bhaskara Pari. 99The view is put in alternation with the other view, viz. the पदसंस्कारपक्ष which has to be accepted in connection with the गौणमुख्यन्याय; cf पदस्यैव गौणार्थकत्वस्य ग्रहेण अस्य ( गौणमुख्यन्यायस्य) पदकार्यविषयत्वमेवोचितम् | अन्यथा वाक्यसंस्कारपक्षे तेषु तदनापत्तिः Par. Sek. on Pari. 15, The grammarians usually follow the वाक्यसंकारपक्ष.
vācakaexpressive, as contrasted with द्योतक्र, व्यञ्जक, सूचक and भेदक which ७ mean suggestive; the term is used in connection with words which directly convey their sense by denotation, as opposed to words which convey indirectly the sense or suggest it as the prefixes or Nipatas do.
vācikāexpressing directly, denoting: (feminine. of वाचक ): confer, compare तयेारभिसंबन्धस्य षष्ठी वाचिका भवति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.II. I.1 Vart. 4.
vājapyāyanaan ancient grammarian who holds the view that words denote always the jati i.e they always convey the generic sense and that the individual object or the case is understood in connection with the statement or the word,as a natural course,when the purpose is not served by taking the generic sense; confer, compare अाकृत्यभिधानाद्वा एकं शब्दं विभक्तौ वाजप्यायन अाचार्यो न्याय्यं मन्यते Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.2.64 Vart. 35.
vāmananame of one of the joint authors of the well-known gloss or वृति upon the Sutras of Panini, who lived in the seventh century A. D. It cannot be ascertained which portion of the Kasika was written by Vamana and which by his colleague जयादित्य, There was another famous scholar of Kashmir by name Vamana who flourished in the tenth century and who wrote an independent grammar treatise विश्रान्तविद्याधर, together with उणादसूत्रवृत्ति and लिङ्गानुशासन.
vārarucaa work attributed to वररुचि: confer, compare वाररुचे काव्यम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ).on P. IV.3.101 cf also वाररुनो ग्रन्थ: S.K.on P.IV.3. 101 This work possibly was not a grammar work and its author also was not the same as the Varttikakara Katyayana. See वरुरुचि a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. The name वाररुचव्याकरण was given possibly to Katyayana's Prakrit Grammar, the author of which was वररुचि surnamed Katyayana. For details see p.395 Vyakarana Mahabhasya Vol. VII. D. E. Society's Edition.
vārarucakārikāan ancient grammarwork in verse believed to have been written by an ancient scholar of grammar, who, if not the same as Katyayana who wrote the Varttikas, was his contemporary and to whom the authorship of the Unadi Sutras is ascribed by some scholars. See वररुचि.
vārttikakārabelieved to be Katyayana to whom the whole bulk of the Varttikas quoted in the Mahabhasya is attributed by later grammarians. Patafijali gives the word वार्तिककार in four places only (in the Mahabhasya on P.I.1.34, III.1.44: III.2.118 and VII.1.1) out of which his statement स्यादिविधिः पुरान्तः यद्यविशेषणं भवति किं वार्तिककारः प्रातिषेधेनं करोति in explanation of the Slokavarttika स्यादिविधिः...इति हुवता कात्यायनेनेहृ, shows that Patanjali gives कात्यायन as the Varttikakara (of Varttikas in small prose statements) and the Slokavarttika is not composed by Katyayana. As assertions similar to those made by other writers are quoted with the names of their authors ( भारद्वाजीयाः, सौनागाः, कोष्ट्रियाः et cetera, and others) in the Mahabhasya, it is evident that the Varttikas quoted in the Mahabhasya(even excluding the Slokavarttikas) did not all belong to Katyayana. For details see pp. 193-200, Vol. VII, Vyakarana Mahabhasya, D. E. Society's Edition.
vārtikapāṭhathe text of the Varttikas as traditionally handed over in the oral recital or in manuscripts As observed a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.(see वार्त्तिक),although a large number of Varttikas quoted in the Mahabhasya are ascribed to Katyayana, the genuine Varttikapatha giving such Varttikas only, as were definitely composed by him, has not been preserved and Nagesa has actually gone to the length of making a statement like " वार्तिकपाठ: भ्रष्टः" ; confer, compare . Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.on P.I.l.I2 Varttika 6.
vāvacanaciting an option not specifically by the particle वा, but by the terms विभाषा, अन्यतरस्याम् and the like; cf हृक्रोर्वावचने अभिवादिदृशेारात्मनेपद् उपसंख्यानम् P. I. 453 Vart. 1; confer, compare also M.Bh. on P.I.3.79, II.1.18 et cetera, and others
vāsarūpanyāyathe dictum of applying optionally any two or more krt affixes to a root if they become applicable at one and the same time, only provided that those affixes are not in the topic of स्त्रियाम् (P.III.3.94 et cetera, and others) and are not the same in appearance such as ण, अ, क etc , which are the same viz. अ; confer, compare वासरूपेSस्त्रियाम् P.III.1.94; confer, compare also वासरूपन्यायेन ण्वुलपि भावेष्यति M.Bh. on P.III.2.146 Vart.1;confer, comparealso M.Bh. on P.III.2.150 Vart. 1, The word वासरूप and वासरूपविधि are also used in the same sense: confer, compare ताच्छीलिका वासरूपेण न भवन्तीति M.Bh. on P.III. 2.150 Vart. 2, as also ताच्छीलिकेषु वासरूपविधिर्नास्ति Par. Sek. Pari. 67.
vāsudeva( शास्त्री)surnamed Abhyankar, who lived from 1863 to l942 and did vigorous and active work of teaching pupils and writing essays, articles, commentary works and original works on various Shastras with the same scholarship, zeal and acumen for fifty years in Poona. He wrote गूढार्थप्रकाश a commentary on the LaghuSabdendusekhara and तत्त्वादर्श a commentary on the Paribhasendusekhara in 1889. His edition of the Patanjala Mahabhasya with full translation and notes in Marathi can be called his magnum opus. See अभ्यंकर.
vikaraṇaan affix placed between a root and the personal ending, for showing the specific tense or mood or voice to convey which, the personal ending is applied; e. g. the conjugational signs शप् , श्यन् , श्रु, श, श्नम्, उ, श्ना and यक्, आम् , as also स्य, तास् , सिप् , अाम् and च्लि with its substitutes. Although the term विकरण is used by ancient grammarians and freely used by the Mahabhsyakara in connection with the affixes, mentioned in the sutras of Panini, such as शप् , श्यन् and others, the term is not found in the Sutras of Panini. The vikaranas are different from the major kinds of the regular affixes तिङ्, कृत्य and other similar ones. The vikaranas can be called कृत्; so also, as they are mentioned in the topic (अधिकार) of affixes or Pratyayas,they hold the designation ' pratyaya '. For the use of the word विकरण see M.Bh. on P. I.3. 12, III, 1.31 and VI. 1.5. The term विकरण is found . in the Yājñavalkya Siksa in the sense of change, ( confer, compare उपधारञ्जनं कुर्यान्मनोर्विकरणे सति ) and possibly the ancient grammarians used it in that very sense as they found the root कृ modified as करु or कुरु, or चि as चिनु, or भू as भव before the regular personal endings तिप् , तस् et cetera, and others
vikarṣa(1)a fault in the utterance of a vowel with its proper accent (acute,grave or circumflex) which results from the proper accent being mixed with another in the utterance: confer, compareविकर्षो नामाश्लिष्टता Uvvata ' on Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) III. 18: (2) protraction of the accent especially of the circumflex accent.
vikīrṇaa fault in the utterance of a vowel when one vowel appears, or is heard as another, confer, compareविकीर्णो वर्णान्तरे प्रसृतः । एकोप्यनेकनिभसीत्यपरे Pradipa on the Mahabhasya Ahn. 1 end.
vikliṣṭaa fault in the utterance of a letter when there does not take place the necessary contact with the proper place of the utterance of a word; confer, compare हन्वोः प्रकर्षेणे सर्वतश्चलने विक्लिष्टं नाम दोषो भवति | विक्लिष्टं नाम असंयुक्तम् R.Pr.XIV.3.
vigrahalit, separation of the two parts of a thing; the term is generally applied to the separation of the constituent words of a compound word: it is described to be of two kinds : ( a ) शास्त्रीयविग्रहृ or technical separation; e. g. राजपुरुष्: into राजन् ङस् पुरुष सु and ( 2 ) लौकिकविग्रहं or common or popular separation ; e. g. राजपुरूष: into राज्ञ: पुरुष:. It is also divided into two kinds according to the nature of the constituent words (a) स्वपदाविग्रह separation by means of the constituent words, exempli gratia, for example राजहितम् into राज्ञे हृितम्;(b) अस्वपदविग्रह, e. g. राजार्थम् into राज्ञे इदम् ;or exempli gratia, for example सुमुखीं into शोभनं मुखं अस्याः confer, compare M.Bh. on P.V.4.7. The compounds whose separation into constituent words cannot be shown by those words (viz. the constituent words) are popularly termed nityasamsa. The term नित्यसमास is explained as नित्यः समासो नित्यसमासः | यस्य विग्रहो नास्ति । M.Bh. on P.II.2.19 Vart. 4. The upapadasamsa is described as नित्यसमास. Sometimes especially in some Dvandva compounds each of the two separated words is capable of giving individually the senses of both the words exempli gratia, for example the words द्यावा and क्षामा of the compound द्यावाक्षामा. The word विग्रह is found used in the Pratisakhya works in the sense of the separate use of a word as contrasted with the use in a compound; cf अच्छेति विग्रहे प्लुतं भवति R.Pr.VII.1. विग्रहृ is defined as वृत्यर्थावबोधकं वाक्यं विग्रहः in the Siddhantakaumudi.
vighnakṛtimpediment to an operation caused by something preceding on account of its coming in the way: a vyavaya or vyavadhana or intervention which is not admissible just as the interruption of palatals, linguals, dentals and sibilants excepting हू for the change of न् into ण् : confer, compare अव्यवेतं विग्रहे विघ्नकृद्भिः R.Pr. V.25.
vipratiṣedhaconfict, opposition; opposition or conflict between two rules of equal strength, which become applicable simultaneously when Pāṇini's dictum विप्रतिषेधे परं कार्यम् applies and the rule mentioned later on, or subsequently, in the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. is allowed to apply: confer, compare विप्रतिषेधे परं कार्यम् P.I.4.2: confer, compare also यत्र द्वौ प्रसङ्गौ अन्यार्थौ एकस्मिन्युगपत् प्राप्नुतः स तुल्यबलविरोधी विप्रतिषेध: Kāś. on P.I. 4.2: confer, compare also विप्रतिषेध उत्तरं बलवदलोपे Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I.159. The dictum of the application of the subsequent rule is adopted only if the conflicting rules are of equal strength; hence, rules which are either nitya, antaraṅga or apavāda, among which each subsequent one is more powerful than the preceding one and which are all more powerful than the पर or the subsequent rule, set aside the पर rule. There is another dictum that when by the dictum about the subsequent rule being more powerful, an earlier rule is set aside by a later rule, the earlier rule does not apply again in that instance, barring a few exccptional cases; confer, compare सकृद्गतौ विप्रतिषेधे यद् वाधितं तद् बाधितमेव | पुनःप्रसङ्गविज्ञानात् सिद्वम् Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 40, 39.
vibhaktibalīyastvathe relative superior strength possessed by the कारकविभक्ति which takes place in supersession of the उपपदविभक्ति when both become applicable at one and the same time; exempli gratia, for example मुनित्रयं नमस्कृत्य and not मुनित्रयाय नमस्कृत्य: confer, compare उपपदविभक्तेः कारकविभक्तिर्बलीयसी Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 94.
vibhaktyarthanirṇayaa general term given to a chapter on case-affixes as also to treatises discussing the sense and relations of case-affixes. There is a treatise of this name written by Giridhara and another written by Jayakṛṣna Maunī.
vibhajyānvākhyānaa method of forming a word, or of arriving at the complete form of a word by putting all the constituent elements of the word such as the base, the affix, the augment, the modification, the . accent, et cetera, and others one after another and then arriving at the form instead of completing the formation stage by stage; e. g. in arriving at the form स्नौघ्नि the wording स्नौघ्न + अ +ई is to be considered as it stands and not स्नौघ्न + अ = स्नौघ्न and then स्नौघ्न +ई. The विभज्यान्वाख्यानपक्ष in connection with the formation of a word corresponds to the पदसंस्कारपक्ष in connection with the formation of a sentence.
vimalamatian old grammarian who is believed to have written a gloss named भागवृत्ति on Pāṇini's Sūtras to which the grammarians Purusottamadeva, Sīradeva's Paribhāṣāvṛttiand others of the twelfth century refer. Some scholars say that भागवृत्ति was written by भर्तृहरि; but it is not feasible, as there is a reference to Māghakāvya in भागवृति. In books on grammar,. especially of the Eastern School in the 11th and the 12th century, there are several quotations from the Bhāgavṛtti. See भागवृत्ति.
vimuktādia class of words headed by the word विमुक्त to which the taddhita affix अ ( अण् ) is added in the sense of 'possessed of', provided the word so formed, denotes a chapter or a lesson of a sacred work; confer, compareविमुक्तशब्दोस्मिन्नस्ति वैमुक्तकोध्यायः अनुवाको वा | दैवासुरः । Kāś. on P. V. 2.61.
virāgaomission of a consonant, sometimes when it is preceded and also followed by another consonant, as if it were squeezed between the two; this is no doubt looked upon as a fault; exempli gratia, for example the omission of the consonant द् in उपमा षट् द्रा द्वा uttered as उपमा षट् वा द्वा; confer, compareअन्योन्येन व्यञ्जनानां विरागः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.)XIV where Uvvaṭa's Bhāṣya on the Prātiśākhya works.explains विराग as लोप्.
virāmaan ancient term used in the Prātiśākhya works for a stop or : pause in general at the end of a word, or at the end of the first member of a compound, which is shown split up in the Padapāṭha, or inside a word, or at the end of a word, or at the end of a vowel when it is followed by another vowel. The duration of this virāma is different in different circumstances; but sometimes under the same circumstances, it is described differently in the different Prātiśākhyas. Generally,there is no pause between two consonants as also between a vowel and a consonant preceding or following it.The Taittirīya Prātiśākhya has given four kinds of विराम (a) ऋग्विराम,pause at the end of a foot or a verse of duration equal to three mātrās or moras, (b) पदविराम pause between two words of duration equal to two matras; e. g. इषे त्वा ऊर्जे त्वा, (c) pause between two words the preceding one of which ends in a vowel and the following begins with a vowel, the vowels being not euphonically combined; this pause has a duration of one matra e,g. स इधान:, त एनम् , (d) pause between two vowels inside a word which is a rare occurrence; this has a duration of half a mātrā;e.gप्रउगम्, तितउः; confer, compare ऋग्विरामः पदविरामो विवृत्तिविरामः समानपदविवृत्तिविरामस्त्रिमात्रो द्विमात्र एकमात्रोर्धमात्र इत्यानुपूर्व्येण Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XXII. 13. The word विवृत्ति is explained as स्वरयोरसंधिः. The vivṛttivirāma is further divided into वत्सानुसति which has the preceding vowel short and the succeeding long, वत्सानुसारिणी which has the preceding vowel a long one and the succeeding vowel a short one, पाकवती which has both the vowels short, and पिपीलिका which has got both , the vowels long. This fourfold division is given in the Śikṣā where their duration is given as one mātrā, one mātrā, three-fourths of a mātrā and one-fourth of a mātrā respectively. The duration between the two words of a compound word when split up in the पदपाठ is also equal to one mātrā; confer, compare R.Pr.I.16. The word विराम occurs in Pāṇini's rule विरामोs वसानम् P.I. 4.110 where commentators have explained it as absence; confer, compare वर्णानामभावोवसानसंज्ञः स्यात् S.K.on P. I.4.110: confer, compare also विरतिर्विरामः । विरम्यते अनेन इति वा विरामः Kāś. on P.I.4.110. According to Kāśikā even in the Saṁhitā text, there is a duration of half a mātrā between the various phonetic elements, even between two consonants or between a vowel and a consonant, which, however, is quite imperceptible; confer, compare परो यः संनिकर्षो वर्णानां अर्धमात्राकालव्यवधानं स संहितासंज्ञो भवति Kāś. on P. I.4.109 confer, compare also विरामे मात्रा R.T.35; confer, compare also R.Pr.I.16 and 17. For details see Mahābhāṣya on P.I.4.109 and I.4.110.
virodhaopposition or conflict between two rules where, the rule which is subsequen tly mentioned is regarded as stronger and given preference to, as far as its application is concerned; confer, compare तुल्यबलयोर्विरोधो विप्रतिषेधः । विप्रतिषेधे परं कार्यम् P.I.4.2: (2) contradiction where one thing prevents another confer, compare सर्वनामस्थाने इति अनुवर्तमानमपि विरोधादिह न संबध्यते Kāś.on P.VII.1.86.
viśeṣaṇaattribute: adjective; any word which qualifies another; hence, subordinate; confer, compare विशेषणानां चाजातेः । जातिर्यद्विशेषणम् , आहोस्वित् जातेर्यानि विशेषणानि । M.Bh. on P.I.2.52.
viṣayasaptamīlocative case denoting the domain or province of a particular suffix or a substitute or the like, which could be actually applied later on; this विषयसप्तमी is contrast ed with परसप्तमी when the thing mentioned in the locative case is required, to be present in front; confer, compareअसति पौर्वापर्ये विषयसप्तमी विज्ञास्यते Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II. 4.35; confer, compare also अार्धधातुके इति विषयसप्तमी Kāś, on P.II. 4.35; confer, compare also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. III. 1.26 and IV. 1.90.
visargaaspiration, leaving of the breath generally at the completion of the utterance of a word when there is a pause; the term विसर्जनीय was in use in ancient times. Although not mentioned in his alphabet by Pāṇini, this Phonetic element, visarga, is looked upon as a letter; it is mentioned as one of the letters in the Śikṣā and the Prātiśākhya works and Patañjali has advised its inclusion in the alphabet. As visarga cannot be found in use independently of another letter (which is any vowel after which it occurs) it is called अयोगवाह.
vihitaviśeṣaṇaan adjectival word generally in a different case from that of the word to which it is applied as an adjective, and hence, translated as 'prescribed after' and not as 'belonging to' confer, compare विहितविशेषणं धातुग्रहणम् । धातोर्यो विहित इति | Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.1.5 Vārt 3: confer, compare also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II.4.74. Vārt 1.
vugeneral term for the augment वुक् and the affixes वुक्, वुच्, वुञ् and वुन् After the indicatory letter has disappeared the remnant वु of the affixes and not of the augment, is always changed into अक; confer, compare युवो. P. VII.1.1.
vuñ(ID taddhita affix. affix अक causing vṛddhi to the vowel of the first syllable of that word to which it is added, as prescribed, (a) to the words denoting an offspring as also to the words उक्ष, उष्ट्र et cetera, and othersin the sense of 'a group'; e. g. अोपगवकम् , औष्ट्रकम् , कैदारकम् et cetera, and others: confer, compare P.IV.2.39, 40; (b) to the words राजन्य and others in the sense of 'inhabited country' ; e. g. राजन्यकः देवनायकः et cetera, and others, confer, compare P. IV.2.53, (c) to the words headed by अरीहण such as द्वुघण, खदिर्, मैत्रायण, काशकृत्स्न et cetera, and others in the quadruple senses; exempli gratia, for example अारीहणकम् , द्रौबणकम् , confer, compare P.IV.2.80, (d) to the word धन्व meaning a desert, to words with य् or र for their penultimate, to words ending in प्रस्थ, पुर and वह as also to words headed by धूम, नगर, अरण्य कुरु, युगन्धर et cetera, and others, under certain conditions in the miscellaneous senses; e. g. सांकाश्यकः,पाटलिपुत्रकः, माकन्दकः, आङ्गकः, वाङ्गकः, धौमकः, नागरकः, अारण्यकः et cetera, and others; confer, compare P.IV.2.121-130,134,135, 136; (e) to the words शरद् , आश्वयुजी, ग्रीष्म, वसन्त, संवत्सर,अाग्रहायणी and others in the specific senses given: confer, compare P. IV. 3.27, 45, 46, 49, 50; (f) to words denoting descendence or spiritual relation, words meaning families and warrior clans, words कुलाल and others, words meaning clans, and students learning a specific Vedic branch in specific senses prescribed : e. g. आचार्यक, मातामहक, ग्लौचुकायनक, कालालक, काठक, कालापक et cetera, and others; confer, compare P. IV. 3.77, 99, 118, 126; (g) to the words शाकल, उष्ट्र, उमा and ऊर्णा in the specially given senses; exempli gratia, for example शाकलः, संघः, औप्ट्रकः, औमम् और्णम्, confer, compareP.IV.3.188,157,158; (h) to words with य् as the penultimate, and a long vowel preceding the last one, to words in the dvandva compound, and to the words मनोज्ञ, कल्याण and others in the sense of 'nature' or 'profession';e.g रामणीयकम् गौपालपशुपालिका, गार्गिका, काठिका etc; confer, compare P. V.1.132,133,134: (2) kṛt affix अक added to the roots निन्द् हिंस् and others, and to the roots देव् and कृश् with a prefix before,in the sense of a habituated,professional or skilled agent; exempli gratia, for example. निन्दकः, परिक्षेपकः, असूयकः, परिदेवकः, आक्रोशकः et cetera, and others confer, compare P.III.2. 146, 147.
vṛta word signifying the end of a particular group of words; the word frequently occurs in the Dhātupāṭha of Pāṇini but not necessarily at the end of each class or group therein; exempli gratia, for example टुओश्चि गतिवृद्धयोः । वृत् | अयं वदतिश्च उदात्तौ परस्मैभाषौ | Dhātupāṭha at the end of the First Conjugation. Similarly वृत् is used at the end of the fourth, fifth, and sixth conjugations.
vṛtti(1)treatment, practice of pronunciation; (2) conversion of one phonetic element into another; confer, compare R.Pr.I.95;(3) position of the padas or words as they stand in the Saṁhhitā text, the word is often seen used in this way in the compound word पदवृत्ति; आन्पदा: पदवृत्तयः R.Pr. IV.17: (4) modes of recital of the Vedic text which are described to be three द्रुत, मध्य and विलम्बित based upon the time of the interval and the pronunciation which differs in each one; confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.4. 109, Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 4; also I.l.69 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).ll ; ( 5 ) nature confer, compare गुर्वक्षराणां गुरुवृत्ति सर्वम् R.Pr.XVIII.33; (6) interpretation of a word; (7) verbal or nominal form of a root; confer, compare अर्थनित्यः परीक्षेत केनचिद् वृत्तिसामान्येन Nirukta of Yāska.II.1; (8)mode or treatment followed by a scientific treatise; cf का पुनर्वृत्तिः । वृत्तिः शास्त्रप्रवृत्तिः | M.Bh. in Āhnika l on वृत्तिसमवायार्थ उपदेश: Vārttika 10; (9) manner of interpretation with the literal sense of the constituents present or absent, described usually as two-fold जहत्स्वार्था and अजहत्स्वार्था, | but with a third kind added by some grammarians viz. the जहदजहत्स्वार्था; (10) a compound word giving an aggregate sense different from the exact literal sense of the constituent words; there are mentioned five vṛittis of this kind; confer, compare परार्थाभिधानं वृत्तिः । कृत्तद्धितसमासैकदेशधातुरूपाः पञ्च वृत्तयः | वृत्त्यर्थावबोधकं वाक्यं विग्रहः S. K. at the end of the Ekaśeṣaprakaraṇa; ( 11 ) interpretation of a collection of statements; the word was originally applied to glosses or comments on the ancient works like the Sūtra works, in which the interpretation of the text was given with examples and counterexamples where necessary: confer, compare वृत्तौ भाष्ये तथा नामधातुपारायणादिषु; introductory stanza in the Kāśikā.Later on, when many commentary works were written,the word वृत्ति was diferentiated from भाष्य, वार्तिक, टीका,चूर्णि, निर्युक्ति, टिप्पणी, पञ्जिका and others, and made applicable to commentary works concerned with the explanation of the rules with examples and counter-examples and such statements or arguments as were necessary for the explanation of the rules or the examples and counter examples. In the Vyākaraṇa-Śāstra the word occurs almost exclusively used for the learned Vṛtti on Pāṇini-sūtras by Vāmana and Jayāditya which was given the name Kāśikā Vṛtti; confer, compare तथा च वृत्तिकृत् often occurring in works on Pāṇini's grammar.
vṛddha(1)a term used in Paninis grammar for such words or nouns ( प्रातिपदिक ) which have for their first vowel a vrddhi vowel, i. e. either अा or ऐ or अौ: exempli gratia, for example शाला, माला et cetera, and others; confer, compare वृद्धिर्यस्य अचामादिस्तद् वृद्धम् ; (2) a term applied to the eight pronouns headed by त्यत् for purposes of the addition of taddhita affix. affixes prescribed for the Vrddha words, such as छ by वृद्धाच्छ: P. IV.2.114: (3) a term applied to words having ए or ओ as the first vowel in them, provided such words denote districts of Eastern India, e. g. गोनर्द, भोजकट et cetera, and others confer, compare एङ् प्राचां देशे, P.I.1.73, 74 and 75; (4) a term used in the Pratisakhya works for a protracted vowel ( प्लत ) which has three matras; cf तिस्रॊ वृद्धम् Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya.44.
vṛddhi(1)a technical term used by Panini to denote the vowels अा, ऐ and औ: a vowel belonging to the third grade out of the three grades of vowels which are known as zero, normal and long grades; cf , वृद्धिरादैच् P I. 1.1: (2) lengthening completely of a vowel which is called प्लुति in grammar: the term is used in the Rk Tantra Pratisakhya in this sense.
vṛṣyaṇtaddhita affix.affix अण् prescribed by the sutra ऋष्यन्धकवृष्णिकुरुभ्यश्च after words denoting members of the Vrsni race; confer, compare वृष्ण्यणेाSवकाशः वासुदेवः। बलदेव: ॥
vedalanguage of the Vedic Literature as contrasted with the term लॊकः; confer, compare नैव लोके न च वेदे अकारो विवृतोस्ति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on Mahesvara Sutra; confer, compare also रक्षार्थं वेदानामध्येयं व्याकरणम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ).Ahnika 1. The term वैदिक referring to words found in Vedic language is also frequently used in the Mahabhasya. Panini, however, has used the term छन्दस्, मन्त्र and निगम, and not वेद, out of which the first term छन्दस् is often used; confer, compare बहुलं छन्दसि P. II. 4.39, 76: III, 2.88; V. 2.122; or छन्दसि च P. V. 1.67, V. 4.142, VI. 3.126. VI. l.34, VII. 1.8, et cetera, and others
vekalpika1it. optional, voluntary; the term is used in connection with a rule or operation prescribed alternatively with another, where there is an option to apply any one of the two and arrive at two forms in the same sense;.
vaikṛtaliterally subjected to modifications; which have undergone a change; the term, as contrasted with प्राकृत, refers to letters which are noticed in the Samhitpatha and not in the Padapatha. The change of अस् into ओ, or of the consonant त् into द् before soft letters, as also the insertion of त् between त् and स् et cetera, and others are given as instances. confer, compare वैकृताः ये पदपाठे अदृष्टाः | यथा प्रथमास्तृतीयभूता:, अन्त:पाता: इत्येवमादयः
vaidikīprakriyāname of that section of Bhattoji's Siddhantakaumudi which deals with Vedic peculiarities noticed by Panini in his sutras. There is a well-known commentary upon this section named सुबोधिनी written by Jayakrisna a famous grammar scholar of the Maunin family.
vaiyākaraṇasiddhāntamañjūṣāa well-known work on the syntax and denotation of words written by Nagesabhatta which is popular by the name Laghumanjusha. The Paramalaghumanjusha is an abridgment of this work by the author himselfeminine.
veṣāyika(1)pertaining to the word विषय in the sutra विषयो देशे P. IV.2. 52; the term refers to the taddhita affix. affixes prescribed in the sense of ’country' or ’district' (विषय) in P. IV. 2.52-54 as contrasted with नैवासिक affixes prescribed in the sense of 'inhabited district' by P. IV. 2.69-80 (2) one of the three senses of the locative case, viz. the sense 'substratum' of the locative case, which is not physical but which is a topical one, forming an object or aim of an , action as specified by the word 'about'; confer, compare अधिकरणं नाम त्रिप्रकारं व्यापकमौपश्लेषिकं वैषयिकमिति |
vyaktipadārthavādathe same as द्रव्यपदार्थवाद; the view that a word denotes the individual object and not the generic nature. The oldest grammarian referred to as holding this view, is व्याडि who preceded Patanjali.
vyaṅgya(1)suggested sense as contrasted with the denoted sense; (2) the supreme or ultimate suggested sense viz. Sphota which is the ultimate sense of every sentence.
vyañjanāvidyamānavadbhāvaconsideration of a consonant being not present as far as the accentuation of a vowel is concerned, the vowel being looked upon as the initial or the final, irrespective of the consonant .or consonants respectively preceding it, or following it; confer, compare स्वरविधौ व्यञ्जनमविद्यमानवद् भवति Par. Sek. Pari. 79.
vyatikara(1)confusion of one numberaffix for another number-affix (वचन), as noticed in the statements. e. g. अक्षीणि मे दर्शनीयानि; पादा मे सुकुमारंतरा: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I. 4. 21; (2) any confusion, say confusion of one grammatical element for another; confer, compare हृि: परस्मैपदानां यथा स्यात्, स्व आत्मनेपदानां, व्यतिकरो मा भूत् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. III.4.1 Vart, 2.
vyatyayaoccurrence of one for another transposition: confer, compare सुतिङुपग्रहृ ... व्यत्ययमिच्छति शास्त्रकृदेषां ... Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.III. 1.85. See विपर्यय.
vyapavarga(1)division of a single thing into its constituent elements; confer, compare स्थानिवद्भावाद् व्यपवर्ग: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VII. 2.36, VII.3.44 Vart. 3; (2) distinct comprehension as possessed of a specific quality: cf न हि गौरित्युक्ते व्यपवर्गौ गम्यते शुक्ला नीला कपिला कपॊतेति। M.Bh, on P. I.2.64 Vart 37 ; (3) separation into parts, confer, compare कश्चिदेकेनैव प्रहारेण व्यपवर्गे करोति, M.Bh.on V.I.119 Vart 5; (4) distinct notion as a separate unit after the things have been combined confer, compare एकादेशे कृते व्यपवर्गाभावः संबुद्धिलोपो न प्राप्नोति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. VI.1.69 Vart 3; confer, compare also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VII.1.80.
vyapavṛktadistinctly separated as two or more consonants joined together in a conjunct consonant, as contrasted with the two vowels in a diphthong which cannot be called व्यपवृक्त; confer, compare नाव्यपवृक्तस्यावयवे तद्विधिर्यथा द्रव्येषु. Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on Siva Sutra 3.4 Vart. 9. confer, compare also वर्णैकदेशा: के वर्णग्रहणेन गृह्यन्ते | ये व्यपवृक्ता अपि वर्णा भवन्ति, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on Siva Sutra 3,4 Vart. ll .
vyapekṣāmutual relationship in sense, as obtaining between two different words ( पद ) connected with each other in a sentence, as contrasted with compositeness of sense as seen in two words joined into a compound word ( समास ) ; व्यपेक्षा is given as an alternative definition of the word सामर्थ्य along with एकार्थीभाव as the other one, in the Mahabhasya: e. g. there is व्यपेक्षा between सर्पिः and पिब in the sentence सर्पिष्पिब, but not in तिष्ठतु सर्पिः पिब त्वमुद्कम्: confer, compare तथेदमपरं द्वैतं भवति एकार्थाभावो वा सामर्थ्यं स्याद् व्यपेक्षा वेति ! Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II,1.1 ; cf, also Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P, VIII.3 44.
vyabhicārindeviating, being irregular in application, not applying necessarily: cf अभ्रशब्दस्यांपूर्वनिपातस्य लक्षणस्य व्यभिचारित्वात्.
vyayavat(1)possessed of व्यय or inflectional change; a declinable word; cf यस्य पुनर्विभक्त्यादिभिर्विकारः क्रियते स व्ययवान् । आद्युदात्त: स च अन्त:शब्दॊ भवति | V: Pr. II.26; (2) characterized by a loss of accent id est, that is the loss of the original accent and the presence of another accent: confer, compare पदान्तस्य पदे दृष्टं स्वरितत्वं न दृश्यते | अदृष्टमनुदात्तत्वं च दृश्यते । Uvvata on R. Pr, XI.31.
vyartha(l)useless, serving no purpose, superfluous; the word is usually used in the sense of useless or futile in connection with a rule or its part, which serves no purpose, its purpose or object being served otherwise; such words or rules have never been condemned as futile by commentators, but an attempt is made invariably by them to deduce something from the futile wording and show its necessity; confer, compare व्यर्थे सज्ज्ञापयति a remark which is often found in the commentary literature; confer, compare अन्यथा अन्तरङ्गत्वाद्दीर्घे कृत एव प्रत्ययप्राप्त्या तद्यर्थता स्पष्टैव । Par. Sek. Pari. 56; (2) possessed of various senses such as the words अक्षा: माषा: et cetera, and others: confer, compare व्यर्थेषु च मुक्तसंशयम् । M.Bh.on P.I.2.64 Vart. 52. The word व्यर्थ possibly stands for विविधार्थ in such cases. It appears that the word व्यर्थ in the sense of futile was rarely used by ancient grammarians; the word अनर्थक appears to have been used in its placcusative case. See Mahabhasya in which the word व्यर्थ does not occur in this sense while the word अनर्थक occurs at several places.
vyavasthitavibhāṣāan option which does not apply universally in all the instances of a rule which prescribes an operation optionally, but applies necessarily in : some cases and does not apply at all in the other cases, the total result being an option regarding the conduct of the rule. The rules अजेर्व्यघञपॊ: P. II. 4.56, लट: शतृशानचावप्रथमासमानाधिकरणे III. 2.124 and वामि I. 4.5 are some of the rules which have got an option described as व्यवस्थितविभाषा. The standard instances of व्यवस्थितविभाषा are given in the ancient verse देवत्रातो गलो ग्राहः इतियोगे च सद्विधिः | मिथस्ते न विभाष्यन्ते गवाक्षः संशितव्रतः|| M. Bh, on P, III. 3.156; VII.4.41.
vyāghrādia class of words headed by व्याघ्र which, as standards of comparison, are compounded with words showing objects of comparison provided the common property is not mentioned: exempli gratia, for example पुरुषव्याघ्र:, नृसिंहः et cetera, and others, confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. onP.II. 1.56.
byāḍiname of an ancient grammarian with a sound scholarship in Vedic phonetics, accentuation,derivation of words and their interpretation. He is believed to have been a relative and contemporary of Panini and to have written a very scholarly vast volume on Sanskrit grammar named *Samgraha which is believed to have consisted of a lac of verses; confer, compare संग्रहो व्याडिकृतो लक्षसंख्ये ग्रन्थ: NageSa's Uddyota; confer, compare also इह पुरा पाणिनीये अस्मिन्व्याकरणे ब्याड्युपरचितं लक्षग्रन्थपरिमाणं निबन्धनमासीत् Vākyapadīya of Bhartṛhari. Tika. The work is not available at present. References to Vyadi or to his work are found in the Pratisakhya works, the Mahabhasya, the Varttikas, the Vakyapadiya and many subsequent treatises. A work on the Vyakarana Paribhasas, believed to have been written by Vyadi, is available by the name परिभाषासूचन which from its style and other peculiarities seems to have been written after the Varttikas, but before the Mahabhasya. Vyadi is well-known to have been the oldest exponent of the doctrine that words denote an individual object and not the genus. For details see pp. 136-8, Vol. 7 Vyakarana Mahabhasya DE. Society's Edition.
vyāpakacovering or applying to the whole in entirety, and not in parts; .confer, compare अधिकरणं नाम त्रिप्रकारं व्यापकमौपक्षेपिकं वैषयिकमिति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.VI.1.72;confer, compare इतरो व्यापकत्वाच्छास्त्रासिद्धत्वं प्रदशान्तर एव स्थापितं मन्यमान आह । Kaiyata on P. VI.4.22.
vyāpattiliterally loss or disappearance; the word is used in the sense of conversion of one thing into another in the Pratisakhya works; confer, compare अथाप्यन्तव्यापत्तिर्भवति Nirukta of Yāska.II. l ; cf also अन्यैरेकारान्नातिरत्र पूर्वा ततो व्यापत्तिर्भवतीति विद्यात् Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.)V.1.
vyāvṛtipushing aside; removal; the word is frequently used in connection with the setting aside or removal of the application of such rules, as also of the contingency of such rules as are not desired in the formation of a correct word, by means of applying another rule necessary for the correct formation; cf तद्वि इदं तिष्यपुनर्वसु इत्यत्र तद्वथावृत्त्यर्थम् Par. Sek. on Pari. 34; as also तद्धि असवर्णग्रहणं ईषतुरित्यादौ इयङादिव्यावृत्त्यर्थम् Par.Sek. on Pari.55: cf also the usual statement ब्यावृत्तिः क्रियते ।
vyāśrayaresting on, or applying to, different words or elements of words or parts of words; the word is used in connection with a grammatical operation which affects one part of the word, as distinguished from another operation which affects another part ;confer, compare आभीयं कार्यं समानाश्रयमासिद्धम्। व्याश्रयं सिद्धं भवति । M.Bh. on P.III.1. 44, VI. 4.22 Vart.12, VI.4.42 et cetera, and others
vyutpattipakṣathe view that every word is derived from a suitable root as contrasted with the other view viz. the अव्युत्पत्तिपक्ष. The grammarians hold that Panini held the अव्युत्पत्तिपक्ष,id est, that is the view that not all words in a language can be derived but only some of them can be so done, and contrast him (id est, that isPanini) with an equally great grammarian Sakatayana who stated that every word has to be derived: confer, compare न्यग्रोधयतीति न्यग्रोध इति व्युत्पत्तिपक्षे नियमार्थम् ! अव्युत्पत्तिपक्ष विध्यर्थम् Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana.on P.VII.3.6.
vyudāsasetting aside of a rule or operation by means of another more powerful rule, or by means of a conventional dictum.
śā(1)conjugational sign(विकरण) applied to the roots of the sixth conjugation ( तुदादिगण ) in all conjugational tenses and moods ( i, e. the present, the imperfect,the imperative and the potential ) before the personal-endings; confer, compare तुदादिभ्यः शः, P. III.1.77; this sign श ( अ ) has got the initial consonant श्， as an indicatory one, and hence this अ is a Sarvadhatuka affix, but, it is weak and does not cause गुण for the preceding vowel; ( 2 ) taddhita affix. affix श in the sense of possession applied to the words लोमन् and others; e. g. लोमश:, रोमशःconfer, compare P.V.2. 100; (3) krt affix (अ ) applied to the roots पा, घ्रा, ध्मा, धे and दृश् when preceded by a prefix,to the roots लिम्प्, विन्द् et cetera, and othersnot preceded by a prefix, and optionaily to दा and धा of the third conjugation in the sense of an agent'; exempli gratia, for example उत्पिबः, उत्पश्यः, लिम्प:, विन्दः दद:, दायः: confer, compare P.III.1.137-139.
śakandhukaname of a class of words in whose case the last vowel of the first word does not coalesce with the first vowel of the next word; e. g. शक अन्धुक ईश । अक्षपा असि | वपा इव त्मना | सुपथा अकृण्वन् [ confer, compare शकन्धुकादीनाम् R.T.87 which is explained by the commentator as शकन्धुकादीनां च न संनिकृष्यत.
śaktipotentiality of expressing the sense which is possessed by words permanently with them: denotative potentiality or denotation; this potentiality shows the senses,which are permanently possessed by the words, to the hearer and is described to be of one kind by ancient grammarian as contrasted with the two (अभिघा and लक्षणा) mentioned by the modern ones. It is described to be of two kinds-(a) स्मारिका शक्ति or recalling capacity which combines चैत्रत्व with पाक, and अनुभाविका शक्ति which is responsible for the actual meaning of a sentence. For details see Vakyapadiya III.
śabādeśathe Vikarana affixes श्यन् , श> श्रम्, उ and श्रा according to those who hold the view that these affixes do not form the exceptions of शप्, but they are substituted for शप् . confer, compare शबादेशाः शयन्नादय: करिष्यन्ते Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.1.27, II.2.3, III.1.33 and III.1.67.
śabdparavipratiṣedhacl,. comparatively superior strength possessed by a word, which in the text of a particular sutra is later than another word, which is put in earlier in the Sutra. This शब्दपरविप्रतिषेधे is contrasted with the standard शास्त्रपरविप्रतिषेध which is laid down by Panini in his rule विप्रतिषेधे परं कार्यम् and which lays down the superior strength of that rule which is put by Panini later on in his Astadhyayi: e. g. in the rule विभाषा गमहनविदविशाम्,it is not the word हन् although occuring earlier, but the word विश् occuring later in the rule, which helps us to decide which विद् should be taken confer, compareज्ञानार्तस्य सत्यपि विदरूपत्वे अर्थस्य भेदकत्वेन रूपवदाश्रयणात्प्रतिषेधाभावः | यद्यपि हन्तिना साहचर्ये विदेरस्ति तथापि शब्दपरविप्रतिषेधाद् विशिर्व्यवस्थाहेतुर्न हान्तिः ! Kaiyata on P. VII.2.18:confer, compare also, P.VI.1.158 V.12.
śabdapārāyaṇarecital or enumeration of one word after another in a language: cf ब्रुहस्पतरिन्द्राय दिव्यं वर्षसहस्रं प्रतिपदोक्तानां शब्दानां शब्दपारायणं प्रोवाच नान्तं जगाम M.Bh. Ahnika 1.
śābdabodhaprakriyāa grammar treatise on the denotation and relation of words written by a grammarian ramed Ramakrsna.
śabdarūpathe actual form of a word as a collection of letters or वर्णसमूह or वर्णानुपूर्वीं irrespective of the sense. In grammar it is the शब्दरूप that is mainly considered and not the meaning of the word; confer, compare स्व रूपं शब्दस्याशब्दसंज्ञा, P.I.1.68.
śabddhārthapratipattiशब्दार्थप्रत्यय knowledge of the meaning of a word from that word when heard, the word being either denotative ( वाचक ) or ind cative ( द्योतक ).
śābdabodhavādatheory of verbal import or congnition; the theories to be noted in this respect are those of the Grammarians, the Naiyayikas and the Mimamsakas, according to whom verb-activity, agent, and injunction stand respectively as the principal factors in a sentence.
śikṣāgeneral name given to a work on Phonetics. Although there are many such works which are all called शिक्षा, the work, which is often referred to, by the word, is the Siksa named पाणिनीयशिक्षा, about the authorship of which, however, there is a doubt whether it was the work of Panini or of somebody belonging to his school. The Siksa works are helpful, no doubt, for the study of grammar, but no topic belonging to Siksa is given by Panini which apparently means that these works do not come under the subject or province of Grammar. The reason why the Siksa topics are not given by Panini, is worth consideration. These Siksa works are not specifically related to a particular Veda and it cannot be said whether they preceded or succeeded the Pratisakhya works.
śitpossessed of, or characterized by, the indicatory letter श्; the krt affixes which are marked with the indicatory श् are termed Sarvadhatuka affixes (confer, compare P.III.4.113), while, the Adesas or substitutes, marked with the indicatory श्, are substituted for the whole of the Sthanin or the original and not for its final letter according to the rule अलोन्त्यस्य P. I.1.52; e. g. शि is substituted,not for the final स् of जस् and शस् but for the whole जस् and the whole शस्; confer, compare P.I.1.55.
śivādia big class of about ninety words headed by the word शिव which have the taddhita affix. affix अ ( अण् ) added to them in the sense of a descendant ( अपत्य ) in spite of other affixes such as इञ् , ण्यत् and others prescribed by other rules, which sometimes do not take place, or do so optionally; exempli gratia, for example शैवः: ताक्ष्ण:, ताक्षण्यः; गाङ्ग: गाङ्गेय:, गङ्गायनि:; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.IV.1.112. This class is looked upon as आकृतिगण and a word is supposed to be . included in this class, when the ; affix अ is noticed in spite of some other affix being applicable by some other rule.
śuddhapure, unmixed; the term is used (1) in connection with a vowel which is not nasalized ( अनुनासिक); confer, compare भाव्यमानेन सवर्णानां ग्रहणं नेतेि शुद्धोयमुच्चार्यते, Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. VII.1.85; as also, (2) in connection with words which are used in their primary sense and not in any secondary sense: confer, compare शुद्धानां पठितानां संज्ञा कर्तव्या ; संज्ञोपसर्जनीभूतानि न सर्वादीनि M.Bh. on P.I.1.27 Vart. 3.
śubhrādia class of words headed by the word शुभ्र to which the taddhita affix एय ( ढक् ) is added in the sense of a descendant in spite of other affixes being prescribed by some other rules which sometimes are added optionally with this एय; exempli gratia, for example शौभ्रेय:, वैधवेय: रौहिणेयः. This class is looked upon as अाकृतिगण and hence if this affix एय is seen applied although not prescribed actually as in the word गाङ्गेय, the word is supposed to have been included in this class; confer, compare P. IV. I.123.
śecase-ending seen in Vedic Literature substituted for any one of the 2l case-endings as found in Vedic Language; words ending in this शे ( ए ) are not coalesced with a vowel that follows; e.g अस्मे इन्द्रबृहस्पती; confer, compare P.VII.1.39 and I.1.13.
śeṣakṛṣṇaone of the prominent grammarians belonging to the Sesa family, who was the son of नरससिंहशेत्र. He wrote a gloss on the Prakriyakaumudi and two small works Prakrtacandrika and Padacandrika. Two other minor grammar works viz. the Yanlugantasiromani and Upapadamatinsutravyakhyana are ascribed to शेषकृष्ण who may be the same as शेषकृष्ण the son of नरसिंह, or another, as there were many persons who had the name Krsna in the big family.
śtip'the syllable ति applied to the Vikarana-ending form of a root to denote a root for a grammatical operation. The specific mention of a root with श्तिप् added, shows that the root of the particular class or conjugation shown, is to be taken and not the same root belonging to any other conjuga-tion; confer, compare इक्श्तिपौ धातुनिर्देशे; exempli gratia, for example अस्यतिवक्तिख्यातिभ्योऽङ् P.III. 1. 52. Although operations prescribed for a primary root are applicable to a frequentative root when the frequentative sign य has been omitted, operations prescribed for a root which is stated in a rule with ति ( श्तिप् ) added to it, do not take place in the frequentative roots;confer, compare श्तिपा शपानुबन्धेन ... पञ्चैतानि न यङ्लुकि.
śravaṇahearing of a phonetic element or a word in the actual speech; audition; confer, compare तस्य चोदात्तस्वरितपरत्वे श्रवणं स्पष्टम् S. K. on P.I.2.32. In many technical grammatical terms, affixes and substitutes, there is sometimes a portion of them which is not a vital part of the word, but it is for the sake of causing certain prescribed grammatical operations. The letters or syllables which form such a portion are called इत् and they are only for the sake of grammatical operations (कार्यार्थ ), as contrasted with the other ones which are actually heard (श्रुत्यर्थ or श्रवणार्थ ).
śreṇyādia class of words headed by the word श्रेणि, which are compounded with words like कृत if they stand in apposition, provided the word so compounded has got the sense of the affix च्वि i. e. having become what was not before: confer, compare अश्रेणयः श्रेणय: कृताः श्रेणिकृता:, एककृता: Kas, on P. II. 1. 59.
ṣ(l)a sibilant letter of the cerebral class of consonants possessed of the properties श्वास, अघोष, कण्ठविवार and महाप्राण ; (2) mute indicatory letter ष्, attached to nouns as also to affixes with which nouns are formed, such as ष्वुन्, ष्कन्, ष्टरच्, ष्ट्रन् et cetera, and others showing the addition of the feminine affix ई ( ङीष् ); confer, compare षिद्गौरादिभ्यश्च P. IV. 1.41 ; (3) changeable to स् when placed at the beginning of roots in the Dhatupatha except in the case of the roots formed from nouns and the roots ष्ठिव् and ष्वष्क्; (4) substitute for the last consonant of the roots ब्रश्च, भ्रस्ज्, सृज्, मृज्, यज्, राज्, भ्राज्, as also of the roots ending in छ् and श् before a consonant excepting a nasal and a semivowel, as also when the consonant is at the end of the word; e. g. भ्रष्टा, स्रष्टा, यष्टुम् सम्राट् et cetera, and others cf P. VIII.2.36 (5) substitute for a visarjaniya preceded by a vowel except अ and followed by a consonant of the guttural or the labial class which does not begin a different word, as also before the words पाश, कल्प, क, काभ्य et cetera, and others confer, compare P. VIII. 3.39: confer, compare also P. VIII 3.41, 43, 44, 45 and 48 for some specified cases; (6) substitute for स् when placed near a consonant of the cerebral class or near the consonant ष्; e. g. वृक्षष्षण्डे , वृक्षष्टकार: Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. VIII. 4.41.
ṣaṭkārakakhaṇḍanamaṇḍanaknown also as कारकखण्डनमण्डन a grammar-work on consonant is at the end of the word; e. g. भ्रष्टा, स्रष्टा, यष्टुम् सम्राट् et cetera, and others cf P. VIII.2.36 (5) substitute for a visarjaniya preceded by a vowel except अ and followed by a consonant of the guttural or the labial class which does not begin a different word, as also before the words पाश, कल्प, क, काभ्य et cetera, and others confer, compare P. VIII. 3.39: confer, compare also P. VIII 3.41, 43, 44, 45 and 48 for some specified cases; (6) substitute for स् when placed near a consonant of the cerebral class or near the consonant ष्; e. g. वृक्षष्षण्डे , वृक्षष्टकार: Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. VIII. 4.41.
ṣaṣṭhīthe sixth case; the genitive case. This case is generally an ordinary case or विभक्ति as contrasted with कारकविभक्ति. A noun in the genitive case shows a relation in general, with another noun connected with it in a sentence. Commentators have mentioned many kinds of relations denoted by the genitive case and the phrase एकशतं षष्ठ्यर्थाः (the genitive case hassenses a hundred and one in all),. is frequently used by grammarians confer, compare षष्ठी शेषे P. II. 3.50; confer, compare also बहवो हि षष्ठ्यर्थाः स्वस्वाम्यनन्तरसमीपसमूहविकारावयवाद्यास्तत्र यावन्त: शब्दे संभवन्ति तेषु सर्वेषु प्राप्तेषु नियमः क्रियते षष्ठी स्थानेयोगा इति । Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. I. 1.49. The genitive case is used in the sense of any karaka when that karaka ; is not to be considered as a karaka; confer, compare कारकत्वेन अविवक्षिते शेषे षष्ठी भविष्यति. A noun standing as a subject or object of an activity is put in the genitive case when that activity is expressed by a verbal derivative , and not by a verb itself; confer, compare कर्तृकर्मणोः कृति P. II. 3 .65. For the senses and use of the genitive case, confer, compare P. II. 3.50 to 73.
ṣaṣṭhīsamāsaa compound word formed by one noun with another in the genitive case; see षष्ठीतत्पुरुष a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.-
ṣoḍaśakārikāan anonymous work consisting of only 16 stanzas discussing the denotation of words and that of the case-relations with a commentary by the author himselfeminine.
saṃkrama(1)joining with a subsequent word after omitting a word or two occurring between; cf, गलत्पदमतिक्रम्य अगलता सह संधानं संक्रम:; e. g. शूद्रे अर्ये for शूर्द्रे यदर्ये where यत् is passed over in the krama and other recitals; cf Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.IV. 77, 165, 194; (2) a term used in ancient grammars for such affixes and others which do not allow the substitution of guna or vrddhi for the preceding vowel; the term is also used for the letters क्, ग् and ङ् when they are mute, serving only the purpose of preventing guna or vrddhi; confer, compare मृजेरजादौ संक्रमे विभाषा वृद्धिमारभन्ते Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.1.3. Vart. 10.
saṃgamacombination of things coming one after another; confer, compare उदात्तपूर्वोप्यनुदात्तसंगमः where the term is used with respect to a combination of grave syllables; confer, compare also व्यञ्जनसंगमं संयोगं विद्यात्, Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XVIII. 19.
saṃghātārthacollective sense given by a combination of letters called पदार्थ. When the collective sense is given by a combination of words it is called पदार्थ, and when the idea is complete it is called वाक्यार्थ. Sometimes the meaning of a compound word is taken individually and not. collectively; such a meaning is called संघातविगृहीतार्थ confer, compare नामाख्यातग्रहणं संघातविगृहीतार्थं द्रष्टव्यम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on IV. 3.72 Vart. 1.
saṃnidhāpanaputting together too close, so that the two phonetic elements which are so placed, coalesce together and result into a third, or one of the two merges into another.
saṃnipātaparibhāṣāthe maxim or canvention that an operation which is based upon, or is caused or occasioned by, a relationship between two things cannot break their relation : in short, such an operation as results in breaking the relationship between two things on which it is based, cannot take placcusative case. This dictum is many times followed in grammar in Preventing the application of such rules as are likely to spoil the formation of the correct word; many times, however, this dictum has to be ignored; For details see Pari. Sek. Pari. 86; also| Mahabhasya on P. I. 1.39.
saṃbaddhārthawith senses ( of the two words ) merely connected with each other and not completely mixed into ,each other; confer, compare संगतार्थं समर्थं संसृष्टार्थं समर्थं संप्रेक्षितार्थं समर्थं संबद्धार्थं समर्थमिति । ... कः पुनरिह बध्नात्यर्थः । संबद्ध इत्युच्यते यो रज्ज्वा अयसा वा कीले व्यतिषक्तो भवति, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II. 1,1. Vart,4, This संबद्धार्थत्व is connectcd with the definition व्यपेक्षा out of the two definitions एकांर्थीभाव and व्यपेक्षा cited with respect to the word सामर्थ्य.
saṃbuddhi(1)a term used in Panini's grammar for the case-affix of the vocative singular; confer, compare एकवचनं संबुद्धिः P. II. 3, 49; the vocative is, however, not looked upon as a separate case, but the designation संबोधन is given to the nominative case, having the sense of संबोधनः (2) the word is also used in the general sense of संबोधन i. e. addressing or calling: confer, compare एकश्रुति दूरात्संबुद्धौः किमिदं पारिभाषिक्याः संबुद्धेर्ग्रहणमेकवचनं संबुद्वि: (II. 3.49) आहोस्विदन्वर्थग्रहणं संबोधनं संबुद्वि: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 2.33.
saṃyogādilopathe elision of the first of the conjunct consonants if it is स् or क्, provided the conjunct consonants are at the end of a word or followed by a consonant which is not a semi-vowel nor a nasal; e. g. तक्, तष्टवान् from the root तक्ष्; confer, compare स्कोः संयोगाद्योरन्ते च P. VIII. 2.99.
saṃyogāntalopathe elision of the final of the conjunct consonants when they are at the end of a word provided they are not formed of र् as the first member and any consonant except स् as the second member: e.gगोमान्, ऊर्क् et cetera, and others; confer, compare संयोगान्तस्य लोपः,रात्सस्य P.VIII.2.23,24.
saṃsvādaa peculiar phonetic element described along with another one named निगार both of which have got no definite place of utterance in the mouth; confer, compare अविशेषस्थानौ संस्वादानगारौ । पकारनकारयकारा: वा संस्वादे । हकारमकारना. सिक्या वा निगारे I commentary on R.T.11.
saṃsvāraa combination or collection of the Svaras or musical notes for purposes of singing the Sama hymns.
saṃhataa tone in which two or more accents or tones are mixed up with one another, cf Bharadvaja Siksa.
sakṛdākhyātanirgrāhyācapable of being understood on being mentioned only once just as the notion of genus or generality which is so understood; the phrase सकृदाख्यातनिर्ग्राह्या is cited as a definition of जाति; confer, compare सकृदाख्यातनिर्ग्राह्या गोत्रं च चरणैः सह, M.Bh. on P.IV.1.63.
sakṛdgatior सकृद्गतिन्याय the maxim or convention of the non-application of a grammatical rule of Operaton any longer when, on conflict with another, it has been once set aside. The maxim is सकृद्वतौ विप्रतिषेधे यद्बाधितं तद्वाधितमेव Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ).on P. I. 1. 56, I.4. 2, VI.3.42 et cetera, and others cf also Par. Sek. Pari. 40.
sakṛdākhyātanirgrāhyācapable of being understood on being mentioned only once just as the notion of genus or generality which is so understood; the phrase सकृदाख्यातनिर्ग्राह्या is cited as a definition of जाति; confer, compare सकृदाख्यातनिर्ग्राह्या गोत्रं च चरणैः सह, M.Bh. on P.IV.1.63.
sakṛdgatior सकृद्गतिन्याय the maxim or convention of the non-application of a grammatical rule of Operaton any longer when, on conflict with another, it has been once set aside. The maxim is सकृद्वतौ विप्रतिषेधे यद्बाधितं तद्वाधितमेव Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ).on P. I. 1. 56, I.4. 2, VI.3.42 et cetera, and others cf also Par. Sek. Pari. 40.
sapūrvatogether with a word that is put before, and not with any suffix like बहुच् placed before; confer, compare सपूर्वायाः प्रथमाया विभाषा. P.VIII. 1 26; सपूर्वाच्च P. V. 2.87.
saptasvaralit, the seven accents; the term refers to the seven accents formed of the subdivisions of the three main Vedic accents उदात्त, अनुदात्त and स्वरित viz उदात्त, उदात्ततर, अनुदात्त, अनुदात्ततर, स्वरित, स्वरितोदात्त,and एकश्रुति: cf त एते तन्त्रे तरनिर्देशे सप्त स्वरा भवन्ति ( उदात: । उदात्ततरः । अनुदात्तः ! अनुदात्ततरः । स्वरित: । स्वरिते य उदात्तः सोन्येन विशिष्टः । एकश्रुतिः सप्तम: ॥ M. Bh on P. I. 2. 33. It is possible that these seven accents which were turned into the seven notes of the chantings of the samans developed into the seven musical notes which have traditionally come down to the present day known as सा रे ग म प ध नी; confer, compare उदात्ते निषादगान्धारौ अनुदात्ते ऋषभधैवतौ । स्वरितप्रभवा ह्येते षड्जमध्यमपञ्चमाः। Pāṇini. Siksa. The Vajasaneyi Pratisakhya mentions the seven accents differently; confer, compare उदात्तादयः परे सप्त । यथा-अभिनिहितक्षैप्र-प्राशश्लिष्ट-तैरोव्यञ्जन-तैरोविराम-पादवृत्तताथाभाव्याः Uvvata on V.Pr.I.l l4.
samartha(1)having an identical sense; cf प्रोपाभ्या समर्थाभ्याम् । ...तौ चेत् प्रोपौ समर्थौ तुल्यार्थौ भवतः । क्व चानयोस्तुल्यार्थता । आदिकर्मणि । Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. I. 3. 42: (2) mutually connected in meaning in such a way that the meanings are connected together or commixed together; समर्थः शक्वः । विग्रहवाक्यार्थाभिधाने यः शक्तः स समर्थो वेदितव्यः । अथवा समर्थपदाश्रयत्वात्समर्थः । समर्थानां पदानां संबद्धार्थानां संसृष्टार्थानां विधिर्वेदितव्यः । Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. II. 1. I; confer, compare also एकार्थीभावो व्यपेक्षा वा सामर्थ्यम्;। (3) connected with relationship of senses, as between the activity and the subject,object, instrument et cetera, and others, or as between the master and the servant or the Possessor and the possessed; confer, compare राज्ञः पुरुषः or ग्रामं गच्छति,or सर्पिः पिब, but not सर्पिः पिब in the sentence तिष्ठतु सर्पिः पिब त्वमुदकम् । ; (4) capable of expressing the sense e. g. a word with the sandhis well observed; confer, compare समर्थानां प्रथमाद्वा । सामर्थ्ये परिनिष्ठितत्वम् । कृतसन्धिकार्यत्वमिति यावत् । S. K. on IV. I. 82; cf also समर्थः पटुः शक्तः इति पर्यायाः। शक्तत्वं च कार्योत्पादनयोम्यत्वम् et cetera, and others Balamanorama on the a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
samānākṣarasimple vowels or monophthongs अ, इ and उ as contrasted with diphthongs ( संध्यक्षर ); cf अष्टौ समानाक्षराण्यादितस्ततश्चत्वारि संध्यक्षराण्युत्तराणि Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I. 11, confer, compare also अथ नवादितस्समानाक्षराणि Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.1. 2. Some writers of Pratisakhyas held ऋ as संध्यक्षर and not as समानाक्षर; cf अन्यत्तु मतम्-ऋकारादीनां त्रयाणां त्वरद्वयसंधिरूपत्वाभावेपि रूपद्वयसद्भावादेषा संज्ञा न युक्तेति नवानामेवाहेति। gloss on Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I. 2.
samāropitasuperimposed: secondary notion.
samāveśaplacing together at one place, simultaneous application,generally with a view that the two or more things so placed, should always go together although in a few instances they may not go together: confer, compare तदधीते तद्वेद । नैतयोरावश्यकः समावेशः । भवतेि हि कश्चित्सं पाठं पठति न च वेत्ति | कश्चिच्च वेत्ति न च सं पाठं पठति | Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.IV.2.59;confer, compare also व्याकरणेपि कर्तव्यं हर्तव्यमित्यत्र प्रत्ययकृत्कृत्यसंज्ञानां समावेशो भवति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.4.1.
samāhāracollection, collective notion which is one of the four senses of the indeclinable च. The collective notion by nature being single, the dvandva compound formed of words showing such a collection takes the neuter gender and singular number affixes confer, compareयदा तिरोहितावयवविवक्षा संहति: प्रधानं तदा समाहार: Siradeva Pari. 16: confer, compare also P. II.2.29 and II. 1. 51.
samuccayaaccumulation which is one of the four senses of the indeclinable च and which means the anticipation of an allied another by the express mention of one, in which sense the Dvandva compound prescribed by the rule चार्थे द्वन्द्वः does not take place; confer, compare समुच्चय: | प्लक्षश्च इत्युक्ते गम्यत एतन्न्यग्रोधश्चेति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II. 2.29 Vart. 15.
sarasvatīkaṇṭhābharaṇacalled also सरस्वतीसूत्र, name of a voluminous grammar work ascribed to king Bhoja in the eleventh century. The grammar is based very closely on Panini's Astadhyayi, consisting of eight chapters or books. Although the affixes, the augments and the substitutes are much the same, the order of the Sutras is considerably changedition By the anxiety of the author to bring together, the necessary portions of the Ganapatha, the Unadiptha and the Paribhasas, which the author' has included in his eight chapters, the book instead of being easy to understand, has lost the element of brevity and become tedious for reading. Hence it is that it is not studied widely. For details see pp. 392, 393 Vyakarana Mahabhasya Vol. VII. D. E. Society's edition.
sarvatraliterally at all places, on all occasions; the word is used in connection with an essential application of a rule and not optionally in some cases; confer, compare सर्वत्र लोहितादिकतन्तेभ्यः। पूर्वेण नित्ये प्राप्ते विकल्पार्थं वचनम् Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. IV. 1.18: confer, compare also प्रत्यये भाषायां नित्यवचनम् P. VIII.4.45 Vart. 1, सर्वत्र शाकल्यस्य VIII. 4.51. et cetera, and others
sarvanāmanpronoun: literally standing for any noun. There is no definition as such given, of the word pronoun, but the words, called pronouns, are enumerated in Panini's grammar one after another in the class or group headed by सर्व ( सर्व, विश्व, उभ, उभय, words ending in the affixes डतर and डतम, अन्य et cetera, and others)which appear to be pronouns primarily. Some words such as पूर्व, पर, अवर, दक्षिण, उत्तर, अपर, अधर, स्व, अन्तर etc are treated as pronouns under certain conditions. In any case, attention has to be paid to the literal sense of the term सर्वनामन् which is an ancient term and none of these words when standing as a proper noun, is to be treated as a pronoun: confer, compare सर्वादीनि सर्वनामानि P. I.1. 27, confer, compare also संज्ञोपसर्जनीभूतास्तु न सर्वादयः: M.Bh. on P. I. 1. 27 Vart. 2; ( 2 ) The word सर्वनामन् means also a common term, a general term; confer, compare एकश्रुतिः स्वरसर्वनाम, यथा नपुंसकं लिङ्गसर्वनाम Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. VI. 4.174 Vart 4.
sarvanāmasthānaa term used in Panini's grammar, for the first five case affixes सु, औ, अस्, अम् and औ as also for the nominative case. and acc. plural afix इ ( शि ) of the neuter gender. The term appears to be an old one, which was used, by a specific mention, for the first five case-affixes which caused a special change in the base before them in the case of many words; confer, compare शि सर्वनामस्थानम् । सुडनपुंसकस्य P.I.1.42-48. For details see Vyakaranamahabhasya Vol. VII. D. E. Society's edition p. 239 footnote.
sarvanighātagrave accent ( अनुदात्त ) for the whole word, generally for a verbal form or a word in the vocative case, if preceded by another word which is not a verb. The term is used in contrast with शेषनिघात the grave accent for the remaining vowels of a word when a particular vowel is definitely fixed as an acute or an independent Svarita or circumflex; confer, compare P.VIII. 1.28 to 74.
sarvapadādeśaa substitute for the entire word and not for a part of it. This doctrine of सर्वपदादेशं everywhere is advocated by grammarians in consonance with their doctrine of शब्दनित्यत्व; confer, compare सर्वे सर्वपदादेशा दाक्षीपुत्रस्य पाणिनेः | एकदेशविकारे हि नित्यत्वं नोपपद्यते ॥ M.Bh. on P. I. 1. 20, VII.;.27.
sarvānudāttathe grave accent for the entire word. See सर्वनिधात. सर्वान्त्य final of all those that are denoted or enumerated; confer, compare यदेव सर्वान्त्यमर्थादेशनं तस्यैव विषये स्यात् । M.Bh. on P. IV.2.67.
sarvopasarjanaall the constituent members of which (compound) are subordinated to quite a different word and not mutually in the manner of one member to another. The Bahuvrihi compound, as contrasted with other compounds, is described to be such an one, as all its members are subordinate in sense to another word; confer, compare यस्य सर्वे अवयवा उपसर्जनीभूताः स सर्वोपसर्जनो बहुव्रीहिर्गृह्यते ; Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.VI. 3.82.
sarvopādhivyabhicārārthaa term used by the authors of the Kasika in connection with the application of a rule irrespective of all limitations and not of any one limitation: confer, compare अन्येभ्योपि दृश्यते । अपिशब्दः सर्वोपाधिव्यभिचारार्थ: Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.III. 2.75;cf also Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.II.1.32, III.2.10l, VII. 1.38.
saliṅgainclusive of the notion of gender; the word is used in connection with the sense of a Pratipadika or a crude base as inclusive of the notion of gender | and number: confer, compare अर्थग्रहृणस्यैतत् प्रयेाजनं कृत्स्नः पदार्थो यथाभिधीयेत सद्रव्यः सलिङ्गः ससंख्यश्चेति | Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II. 2 24 Vart. 8.
savacanawith the notion of number included in the sense of the base itself; see सलिङ्ग. सवर्ग belonging to the same class of letters; confer, compare उता सवर्गः | उकारेण लक्षित आदिः सहृ वर्गेण ग्राह्यः | चो कु: | Candra I. I. 2.
savarṇacognate, homophonic: a letter belonging to the same technical category of letters possessing an identical place of utterance and internal effort confer, compare तुल्यास्यप्रयत्नं सवर्णम् P. 1, 1. 9. For example, the eighteen varieties of अ, due to its short, long and protracted nature as also due to its accents and nasalization, are savarna to each other. The vowels ऋ and लृ are prescribed to be considered as Savarna although their place of utterance differs. The consonants in each class of consonants are savarna to one another, but by the utterance of one, another cannot be taken except when the vowel उ has been applied to the first. Thus कु stands for क्, ख्, ग्, घ् and ङ्. confer, compare तुल्यास्यप्रयत्नं सवर्णम् P. 1, I. 9 and अणुदित्सवर्णस्य चाप्रत्यय: P. I. 1. 69.
savarṇagrahaṇataking or including the cognate letters; a convention of grammarians to understand by the utterance of a vowel like अ, इ or उ all the 18 types of it which are looked upon as cognate ( सवर्ण ), as also to understand all the five consonants of a class by the utterance of the first consonant with उ added to it: e. g. कु denoting all the five consonants क्, खू, ग्, घ् and ङ्; confer, compare अणुदित्सवर्णस्य चाप्रत्यय: P.I. 1.69.
sahacaritagoing together: occurring together; e. g. विपराभ्यां जेः ( where परा is taken as the preposition परा and not the pronoun परा which is the feminine. base of पर on account of the paribhasa सहचरितासहचरितयोः सहृचरितस्यैव ग्रहणम्): confer, compare Pari.Sek.Pari.103.
sāṃhitikaoriginal, as belonging to the Samhitapatha of the Sutras and not introduced for some additional purpose without forming a part of the actual affix; confer, compare अाकर्षात् ष्ठल् | इह केषां चित्सांहितिकं षत्वं केषांचित्षिदर्थम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. IV. 4.9.
sāgamakapossessed of the augment; confer, compare अनागमकानां सागमका अादेशाः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.20 Vart. 5, also on P. I. 1.46; cf also the verse सर्वे सर्वपदादेशा दाक्षीपुत्रस्य पाणिनेः । एकदेशविकारे हि नित्यत्वं नोपपद्यते । quoted in the Mahabhasya to support the view that augments are not inserted, but a word with an augment replaces a word without that augment; confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.1.20 Vart 5.
sāti(l)taddhita affix. affix in the sense of entirety with respect to the occurrence of a thing where it was not before e. g. उदकसाद्भवति लवणम्, अग्निसाद् भवति confer, compare P. V. 4.52, 53: (2) taddhita affix.affix in the sense of 'handing over' or 'entrusting'; exempli gratia, for exampleराजसाद् भवति, ब्राह्मणसात् करोति, confer, compare P. V. 4.55.
sādhāraṇacommon, conveying a common notion; confer, compare साधारणान्युत्तराणि षट् दिवश्चादित्यस्य च Nir II. 13.
sāmānyāpekṣarefering only to a general thing indicated, and not to any specific instances. The word is used in connection with a Jnapana or indication drawn from the wording of a rule, which is taken to apply in general to kindred things and rarely to specific things; confer, compare इदं च सामान्यापेक्षं ज्ञापकं भावतिङोपि पूर्वमुत्पत्तेः । Pari. sek. on Pari. 50.
sāmānyābhidhānadenotation of the genus factor of a word, as contrasted with द्रव्याभिधान denotation of the individual object; confer, compare तद्यदा द्रव्याभिधानं तदा बहुवचने भविष्यति, यदा सामान्याभिधानं तदैकवचनं भविष्यति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 2. 58 Vart. 7.
sārvakālikadenoting time, irrespective of its divisions such as the past, the present and the future; e. g. the krt affixes prescribed by rules before P. III 2.84; confer, compare अतः सार्वकालिका विधयो वेदितव्याः Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. III. 2. 83.
sitan affix marked with the mute letter स् signifying the designation पद for the preceding base to which that affix has been added; for examples where such affixes are noticed, see the words भवदीय:, ऊर्णायु:, ऋत्वियः, पाश्र्वमू: cf सिति च P. I. 4. 16.
siddhakāṇḍathe chapter or portion of Panini's grammar which is valid to the rules inside that portion, as also to the rules enumerated after it. The word is used in connection with the first seven chapters and a quarter of the eighth chapter of Panini's Astadhyayi, as contrasted with the last three guarters called त्रिपादी, the rules in which are not valid to any rule in the preceding portion, called by the name सपासप्ताध्यायी or सपादी as also to any preceding rule in the Tripadi itSelf confer, compare पूर्वत्रासिद्धम् P, VIII.2.1. सिद्धनन्दिन् an ancient Jain sage who is believed to have written an original work on grammar.
siddhāntakaumudīa critical and scholarly commentary on the Sutras of Panini, in which the several Sutras are arranged topicwise and fully explained with examples and counter examples. The work is exhaustive, yet not voluminous, difficult yet popular, and critical yet lucid. The work is next in importance to the Mahabhasya in the system of Panini, and its study prepares the way for understanding the Mahabhasya. It is prescribed for study in the courses of Vyakarana at every academy and Pathasala and is expected to be committed to memory by students who want to be thorough scholars of Vyakarana.By virtue of its methodical treatment it has thrown into the back-ground all kindred works and glosses or Vrttis on the Sutras of Panini. It is arranged into two halves, the first half dealing with seven topics ( 1 ) संज्ञापरिभाषा, ( 2 ) पञ्त्वसंधि, ( 3 ) षड्लिङ्ग, ( 4 ) स्त्रीप्रत्यय, ( 5 ) कारक, ( 6 ) समास, ( 7 ) तद्धित, and the latter half dealing with five topics, ( 1 ) दशगणी, ( 2 ) द्वादशप्राक्रिया ( 3 ) कृदन्त ( 4 ) वैदिकी and ( 5 ) स्वर. The author भट्टोजीदीक्षित has himself written a scholarly gloss on it called प्रौढमनेरमा on which, his grandson, Hari Diksita has written a learned commentary named लघुशब्दरत्न or simple शब्दरत्न. The Siddhāntakaumudi has got a large number of commentaries on it out of which, the commentaries प्रौढमनेरमा, बालमनोरमा, (by वासुदेवदीक्षित) तत्त्वबोधिनी and लघुशब्देन्दुशेखर are read by almost every true scholar of Vyakarana. Besides these four, there are a dozen or more commentaries some of which can be given below with their names and authors ( I ) सुबेाधिनी by जयकृष्णमौनि, ( 2 ) सुबोधिनी by रामकृष्णभट्ट ( 3 ) वृहृच्छब्देन्दुशेखर by नागेश, ( 4 ) बालमनेारमा by अनन्तपण्डित, ( 5 ) वैयाकरणसिद्धान्तरहृस्य by नीलकण्ठ, ( 6 ) रत्नार्णव, by कृष्णमिश्र ( 7 ) वैयाकरणसिद्धान्तरत्नाकर by रामकृष्ण, ( 8 ) सरला by तारानाथ,(9) सुमनोरमा by तिरुमल्ल,(10)सिद्वान्तकौमुदीव्याख्या by लक्ष्मीनृसिंह, (11 )सिद्धान्तकौमुदीव्याख्या by विश्वेश्वरतीर्थ, (12) रत्नाकर by शिवरामेन्द्रसरस्वती and (13) प्रकाश by तोलापदीक्षित. Although the real name of the work is वैयाकरणसिद्धान्ततकौमुदी, as given by the author, still popularly the work is well known by the name सिद्धान्तकौमुदी. The work has got two abridged forms, the Madhyakaumudi and the Laghukaumudi both written by Varadaraja, the pupil of Bhattoji Diksita.
supsupsamāsaa popular name given to a compound formed of two nouns, which cannot be ordinarily explained by the rules of grammar laid down in definite terms by Panini in II.1.5I to II. 2.29. The so called irregular compounds are explained as formed in accordance with the rule सह सुपा II. 1.4 wherein the word पद presents it self by अनुवृत्ति from सुबामन्त्रिते पराङ्गवत् स्वरे II. . 2, the rule सह सुपा as a result being explained as सुप् सुपा सह समस्यते. As these compounds cannot be put under the topics of अव्ययीभाव, तत्पुरुष and others mentioned by Panini in II. 1.5 to II. 2.29 they are called सुप्सुप्समास or केवलसमास.
sūtrapāṭhathe text of Panini's Sutras handed down by oral tradition from the preceptor to the pupil. Although it is said that the actual text of Panini was modified from time to time, still it can be said with certainty that it was fixed at the time of the Bhasyakara who has noted a few different readings only. The Sutra text approved by the Bhasyakara was followed by the authors of the Kasika excepting in a few cases. It is customary with learned Pandits and grammarians to say that the recital of the Sutras of Panini was originally a continuous one in the form of a Samhitatext and it was later on, that it was split up into the different Sutras, which explains according to them the variation in the number of Sutras which is due to the different ways of splitting the Sutrapatha.
seṭkaसेट् together with the augment 'iț' prescribed in general for being prefixed to an Ardhadhatuka affix beginning with any consonant except य्. The word is also used in the sense of a root which allows the augment इट् ( इ ) to be prefixed to valadi Ardhadhatuka affixes placed after it, in contrast with such roots which do not allow it and hence which are termed अनिट्.
sthānivadbhāvabehaviour of the substitute like the original in respect of holding the qualities of the original and causing grammatical operations by virtue of those qualities. By means of स्थानिवद्भाव,the substitute for a root is,for instance, looked upon as a root; similarly, a noun-base or an affix or so, is looked upon like the original and it can cause such operations or be a recipient of such operations as are due to its being a root or a noun or an affix or the like. This स्यानिवद्भाव cannot be, and is not made also, a universally applicable feature; and there are limitations or restrictions put upon it, the chief of them being अल्विधौ or in the matter of such operations as are caused by the 'property of being a single letter' (अल्विधौ). There are two views regarding this 'behaviour like the original' : (l) supposed behaviour which is only instrumental in causing operations or undergoing them which is called शास्त्रातिदेदा and (2) actual restoration to the form of the original under certain conditions only as prescribed which is called रूपातिदेश. The रूपातिदेश is actually resorted to by some grammarians in the case of the reduplication of roots; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on द्विवेचनेचि P.I.1.59 and M.Bh. on P.I.1.59.See the word रूपातिदेश also. For details see Vol. VII p.p. 241243, Vyākarana Mahabhasya D.E. Society's Edition.
sthāneyogāa variety of the genitive case when it is connected in sense with the Pratipadika by the relationship of स्थान or place, as contrasted with the relationships of the kind of विषयविषयिभाब, अवयवावयविभाव and others. As grammar is a Science of words,in those places where one word is mentioned for another by the use of the genitive case it should be understood that the word mentioned is to be substituted for the other;cf the rule of Panini for that purpose षष्ठी स्थानेयोगा explained by Bhattoji Diksita as अानिर्धारितसंबन्धविशेषा षष्ठी स्थानेयोगा बोध्या; confer, compare S.K. on P.I.1.49. In some grammars the sthanin and adesa are expressed in the same case, Viz. the nominative case.
sphoṭaname given to the radical Sabda which communicates the meaning to the hearers as different from ध्वनि or the sound in ordinary experience.The Vaiyakaranas,who followed Panini and who were headed by Bhartihari entered into discussions regarding the philosophy of Grammar, and introduced by way of deduction from Panini's grammar, an important theory that शब्द which communicates the meaning is different from the sound which is produced and heard and which is merely instrumental in the manifestation of an internal voice which is called Sphota.स्फुटयतेनेन अर्थः: इति स्फोटः or स्फोटः शब्दो ध्वनिस्तस्य व्यायमादुपजायते Vakyapadiya; confer, compare also अभिव्यक्तवादको मध्यमावस्थ आन्तर: शब्द: Kaiyata's Pradipa. For, details see Vakyapadiya I and Sabdakaustubha Ahnika 1. It is doubtful whether this Sphota theory was. advocated before Panini. The word स्फोटायन has been put by Panini in the rule अवङ् स्फोटायनस्य only incidentally and, in fact, nothing can be definitely deduced from it although Haradatta says that स्फोटायन was the originator of the स्फोटवाद. The word स्फोट is not actually found in the Pratisakhya works. However, commentators on the Pratisakhya works have introduced it in their explanations of the texts which describe वर्णोत्पत्ति or production of sound; confer, compare commentary on R.Pr.XIII.4, T.Pr. II.1. Grammarians have given various kinds of sphota; confer, compare स्फोटो द्विधा | व्यक्तिस्फोटो जातिस्फोटश्च। व्यक्तिस्पोटः सखण्ड अखण्डश्च । सखण्ड। वर्णपदवाक्यभेदेन त्रिधा। अखण्ड: पदवाक्यभेदेन द्विधा ! एवं पञ्च व्यक्तिस्फोटाः| जातिस्फोट: वर्णपदवाक्यभेदेन त्रिधा। इत्येवमष्टौ स्फोटः तत्र अखण्डवाक्यस्फोट एव मुख्य इति नव्याः । वाक्य जातिस्फोट इति तु प्राञ्चः॥; confer, compare also पदप्रकृतिः संहिता इति प्रातिशाख्यमत्र मानम् । पदानां प्रकृतिरिति षष्ठीतत्पुरुषे अखण्डवाक्यस्फोटपक्षः । बहुव्रीहौ सखण्डबाक्यस्फोट:||
svatantraliterally independent; independent in activity; the subject or agent of an action ( कर्ता ) is defined as स्वतन्त्र independent in his activity, i. e. not depending upon any one for the same; confer, compare स्वतन्त्र: कर्ता P. I. 4. 54.
svara(l)vowel, as contrasted with a consonant which never stands by itself independently. The word स्वर is defined generally :as स्वयं राजन्ते ते स्वराः ( Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on pan. The word स्वर is always used in the sense of a vowel in the Pratisakhya works; Panini however has got the word अच् (short term or Pratyahara formed of अ in 'अइउण्' and च् at the end of एऔच् Mahesvara sutra 4 ) always used for vowels, the term स्वर being relegated by him to denote accents which are also termed स्वर in the ancient Pratisakhyas and grammars. The number of vowels, although shown differently in diferent ancient works, is the same, viz. five simple vowels अ,इ,उ, ऋ, लृ, and four diphthongs ए, ऐ, ओ, and अौ. These nine, by the addition of the long varieties of the first four such as आ, ई, ऊ, and ऋ, are increased to thirteen and further to twentytwo by adding the pluta forms, there being no long variety for लृ and short on for the diphthongs. All these twentytwo varieties have further subdivisions, made on the criterion of each of them being further characterized by the properties उदात्त, अनुदIत्त and स्वरित and निरनुनासिक and सानुनासिक. (2) The word स्वर also means accent, a property possessed exclusively by vowels and not by consonants, as they are entirely dependent on vowels and can at the most be said to possess the same accent as the vowel with which they are uttered together. The accents are mentioned to be three; the acute ( उदात्त ), the grave अनुदात्त and the circumflex (स्वरित) defined respectively as उच्चैरुदात्तः, नीचैरनुदात्तः and समाहारः स्वरितः by Panini (P. I. 2.29, 30,3l). The point whether समाहार means a combination or coming together one after another of the two, or a commixture or blending of the two is critically discussed in the Mahabhasya. (vide Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 2.31). There are however two kinds of svarita mentioned by Panini and found actually in use : (a) the independent स्वरित as possessed by the word स्वर् (from which possibly the word स्वरित was formed) and a few other words as also many times by the resultant vowel out of two vowels ( उदात्त and अनुदात्त ) combined, and (b) the enclitic or secondary svarita by which name, one or more grave vowels occurring after the udatta, in a chain, are called cf P. VIII. 2.4 VIII. 2.6 and VIII 4.66 and 67. The topic of accents is fully discussed by the authors of the Pratisakhyas as also by Panini. For details, see Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) III. 1.19; T.Pr. 38-47 Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 108 to 132, II. I.65 Atharvaveda Prātiśākhya. Adhyaya l padas 1, 2, 3 and Rk. Tantra 51-66; see also Kaiyata on P. I. 2.29; (3) The word स्वर is used also in the sense of a musical tone. This meaning arose out of the second meaning ' accent ' which itself arose from the first viz. 'vowel', and it is fully discussed in works explanatory of the chanting of Samas. Patanjali has given Seven subdivisions of accents which may be at the origin of the seven musical notes. See सप्तस्वर a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
svaritakaraṇamarking or characterizing by.a svarita accent, as is supposed to have been done by Panini when he wrote down his sutras of grammar as also the Dhatupatha, the Ganapatha and other subsidiary appendixes. Although the rules of the Astadhyayi are not recited at present with the proper accents possessed by the various vowels as given by the Sutrakara, still, by convention and traditional explanation, certain words are to be believed as possessed of certain accents. In the Dhatupatha, by oral tradition the accents of the several roots are known by the phrases अथ स्वरितेतः, अथाद्युदाताः, अथान्तेादात्ताः, अथानुदात्तेत: put therein at different places. In the sutras, a major purpose is served by the circumflex accent with which such words, as are to continue to the next or next few or next many rules, have been markedition As the oral tradition, according to which the Sutras are recited at present, has preserevd no accents, it is only the authoritative word, described as 'pratijna' of the ancient grammarians, which now is available for knowing the svarita. The same holds good in the case of nasalization ( अानुनासिक्य ) which is used as a factor for determining the indicatory nature of vowels as stated by the rule उपदेशेजनुनासिक इत्; confer, compare प्रतिज्ञानुनासिक्याः पाणिनीयाः S. K. on P. I.3.2.
svaritapratijñāthe conventional dictum that a particular rule or part of a rule, is marked with the accent स्वरित which enables the grammarians to decide that that rule or that part of a rule is to occur in each of the subsequent Sutras, the limit of continuation being ascertained from convention. It is possible that Panini in his original recital of the Astadhyayi recited the words in the rules with the necessary accents; probably he recited every word, which was not to proceed further, with one acute or with one circumflex vowel, while, the words which were to proceed to the next rule or rules, were marked with an actual circumflex accent ( स्वरित ), or with a neutralization of the acute and the grave accents (स्वरितत्व), that is, probably without accents or by एकश्रुति or by प्रचय; cf स्वरितेनाधिकार: P. I.3.II and the Mahabhasya thereon.
svarūpagrahaṇamention by the verbal form, and not by the description of characteristics; e. g. मृजेर्वृद्धिः P VII. 2.114; सृजिदृशेIर्झल्यमाकिति VI. l. 58; confer, compareधातोः स्वरूपग्रहणे तत्प्रत्यये कार्यविज्ञानम् M.Bh. on P.VI.1.58.
svarūpavidhian operation prescribed for the verbal form of the word and not for such words as possess the meaning of the word; .cf अस्ति कश्चित्पुरुषारम्भः। क: | स्वरूपविधिर्नाम | हन्तेरात्मनेपदमुच्यमानं हृन्तेरेत्र स्यादूधेर्न स्यात् | M.Bh. on P.I.1.56 Vart. 1. In grammar there is a general dictum that in connection with words of a Sutra, unless they are technical terms, the word-forms are to be understood, and not those shown by the sense of the word: confer, compare स्वं रूपं शब्दस्याशब्दसंज्ञा P. I.1.68. This rule has some exceptions; for example in the rule नदीभिश्च P.II.1.20 the various rivers are to be understood and not the word नदी.
svānga(l)one's own limb, as contrasted with that of another person ; confer, compare स्वाङ्गकर्मकाच्वेति वक्तव्यम् | स्वान्गे चेह न पारिभाषिकं गृह्यते | किं तर्हि स्वमन्गं स्वान्गम् | Kas:, on P.I. 3.28; (2) forming a part, a portion; confer, compare स्वान्गाच्चोपसर्जनादसंयोगोपधात् | किं स्वान्गं नाम । अद्रवं मूर्तिमत्स्वान्गे प्राणिस्थमविकारजम् । अतत्स्थं तत्र दृष्ठे च तस्य चेत्तत्तथा युतम्॥ अप्राणीनोपि स्वान्गम् ) M.Bh on P. IV.1.54.
svābhāvikanatural, unartificial; the word is used frequently in connection with the capacity of denotation which words naturally possess; confer, compare अभिधानं पुनः स्वाभाविकम् P. I. 2.64 Vrt. 36.
svābhāvyainherence; natural capacity; the word is used many times in connection with the power of denotation: confer, compare शब्दशक्तिस्वाभाव्यात् | Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. on P. III.1. 112 or अभिधानशक्तिस्वाभाव्यात् Nyasa on P. IV. 4.60. स्वार a term used in the PratiSakhya works for स्वरित or the circumflex accent: स्वारः स्वरितः ( Com. on T.Pr. XVII.6: confer, compare also T.Pr.XX.20; XXIII.24. There are seven varieties of स्वार given in thc Pratisakhya works, viz. क्षैप्र, नित्य, प्रातिहत, अभिनिहत, प्रश्लिष्ट, पादवृत्त and तैरोव्यञ्जन, cf Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XX.1-7.
hṛradattaname of a reputed grammarian of Southern India who wrote a very learned and scholarly commentary, named पदमञ्जरी, on the Kasikavrtti which is held by grammarians as the standard vrtti or gloss on the Sutras of Panini,and studied especially in the schools of the southern grammarians. Haradatta was a Dravida Brahmana, residing in a village on the Bank of Kaveri. His scholarship in Grammar was very sound and he is believed to have commented on many grammarworks.The only fault of the scholar was a very keen sense of egotism which is found in his work, although it can certainly be said that the egotism was not ill-placed and could be justified: confer, compare एवं प्रकटितोस्माभिर्भाष्ये परिचय: पर:। तस्य निःशेषतो मन्ये प्रतिपत्तापि दुर्लभः॥ also प्रक्रियातर्कगहने प्रविष्टो हृष्टमानसः हरदत्तहरिः स्वैरं विहरन् ! केन वार्यते | Padamajari, on P. I-13, 4. The credit of popularising Panini's system of grammar in Southern India goes to Haradatta to a considerable extent.
haritādia class of words headed by the word इरित to which the taddhita affix फक् ( अायन ) is added in the sense of a descendant after the affix अ ( अञ् ) has already been added to them by P. IV. 1. 104, the word so formed possessing the sense of the great grandchild (युवापत्य) of the individuals denoted by इरित and others; e. g. हारितायनः; confer, compare इह् तु गोत्राधिकारेपि सामर्थ्याद् यूनि प्रत्ययोभिघीयते Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P, IV.1.100
haribhāskara( अग्निहोत्री )a grammarian of the Deccan who lived in the seventeenth century at Nasik and wrote commentaries on grammarworks out of which his treatise on Paribhasas ( परिभाषाभास्कर ) written independently but based upon Siradeva's Paribhasavrtti, deserves a special notice and mention.
halsvaraprāptia possibility of the application of an accent to the consonant by the literal interpretation of rules prescribing an accent for the first or the last letter of a word, to prevent which a ruling is laid down that a consonant is not to be accented; confer, compare हल्स्वरप्राप्तौ व्यञ्जनमविद्यमानवत् Par. Sek. Pari. 80.
hemacandraa Jain sage and scholar of remarkable erudition in the religious works of the Jainas as also in several Shastras. He was a resident of Dhandhuka in Gujarat, who, like Sankarācārya took संन्यासदीक्षा at a very early age and wrote a very large number of original books and commentaries, the total number of which may well nigh exceed fifty, during his long life of eighty-four years ( 1088 to ll 2 ). He stayed at AnhilavalaPattana in the North Gujarat and was patronised with extreme reverence by King Kumarapala who in fact, became his devoted pupil. Besides the well-known works on the various Shastras like Kavyanusasana, Abhidhanacintamani, Desinamamla, Yogasastra, Dvyasrayakavya, Trisastisalakapurusacarita and others which are well-known, he wrote a big work on grammar called सिद्धहेमचन्द्र by him,but popularly known by the name हेमव्याकरण or हैमशब्दानुशासन The , work consists of eight books or Adhyayas, out of which the eighth book is devoted to prakrit Grammar, and can be styled as a Grammar of all the Prakrit dialects. The Sanskrit Grammar of seven chapters is based practically upon Panini's Astadhyayi, the rules or sutras referring to Vedic words or Vedic affixes or accents being entirely omittedThe wording of the Sutras is much similar to that of Panini; at some places it is even identical. The order of the treatment of the subjects in the सिद्धहैम. शब्दानुशासनमृत्र is not, however, similar to that obtaining in the Astadhyayi of Panini. It is somewhat topicwise as in the Katantra Vyakarana. The first Adhyaya and a quarter of the second are devoted to Samjna, Paribhasa and declension; the second pada of the second Adhyaya is devoted to karaka, while the third pada of it is devoted to cerebralization and the fourth to the Stripratyayas.The first two Padas of the third Adhyaya are devoted to Samasas or compound words, while the last two Padas of the third Adhyaya and the fourth Adhyaya are devoted to conjugation The fifth Adhyaya is devoted to verbal derivatives or krdanta, while the sixth and the seventh Adhyayas are devoted to formations of nouns from nouns, or taddhita words. On this Sabda nusasana, which is just like Panini's Astadhyayi, the eighth adhyaya of Hemacandra being devoted to the grammar of the Arsa language similar to Vedic grammar of Panini, Hemacandra has himself written two glosses which are named लधुवृति and वृहृदवृत्ति and the famous commentary known as the Brhannyasa. Besides these works viz the हैमशब्दानुशासन, the two Vrttis on it and the Brhannyasa, he has given an appendix viz the Lingnusasana. The Grammar of Hemacandra, in short, introduced a new system of grammar different from, yet similar to, that of Panini, which by his followers was made completely similar to the Paniniya system by writing works similar to the Siddhantakaumudi, the Dhatuvrtti, the Manorama and the Paribhasendusekhara. हेमहंसगणि a grammarian belonging to the school of Hemacandra, who lived in the fifteenth century and wrote a work on Paribhasas named न्यायसंग्रह, on which he himself wrote a commentary called न्यायार्थमञ्जूषा and another one called by the name न्यास.
hyastanīimperfect tense; a term used by ancient grammarians for the affixes of the immediate past tense, but not comprising the present day, corresponding to the term लङ् of Panini. The term is found in the Katantra and Haimacandra grammars; confer, compare Kat. III. 1.23, 27; confer, compare Hema. III. 3.9.
Vedabase Search
8669 results
a notSB 10.87.32
a-bahu not having manySB 10.90.39
a-bahu not having manySB 10.90.39
a-sva-arthaiḥ not meant for self-interestSB 6.10.10
a-sva-arthaiḥ not meant for self-interestSB 6.10.10
a-sva-arthaiḥ not meant for self-interestSB 6.10.10
a-tat not like thatSB 4.13.10
a-tat not like thatSB 4.13.10
a-tat-arhaḥ not qualified for that positionSB 5.24.1
a-tat-arhaḥ not qualified for that positionSB 5.24.1
a-tat-arhaḥ not qualified for that positionSB 5.24.1
a-tat-arhaṇam not fit to be chastised (due to his noble character and tender age)SB 7.8.3-4
a-tat-arhaṇam not fit to be chastised (due to his noble character and tender age)SB 7.8.3-4
a-tat-arhaṇam not fit to be chastised (due to his noble character and tender age)SB 7.8.3-4
a-tat-arhaṇān not deserving such from themSB 3.15.30
a-tat-arhaṇān not deserving such from themSB 3.15.30
a-tat-arhaṇān not deserving such from themSB 3.15.30
a-tat-tattva-vidaḥ not knowing the secret (of the portents)SB 3.17.15
a-tat-tattva-vidaḥ not knowing the secret (of the portents)SB 3.17.15
a-tat-tattva-vidaḥ not knowing the secret (of the portents)SB 3.17.15
a-tat-tattva-vidaḥ not knowing the secret (of the portents)SB 3.17.15
a-tat-vidam not experienced at thatSB 4.9.4
a-tat-vidam not experienced at thatSB 4.9.4
a-tat-vidam not experienced at thatSB 4.9.4
abahiḥ not externallySB 10.87.20
abhakṣyamāṇāḥ not being eatenSB 7.2.38
abheda not differentCC Adi 2.28
abhedena not differentSB 11.18.21
abibhrat not maintainingSB 10.45.7
abrahmaṇyāḥ not devoted to the brahminical classSB 10.90.39
abṛṃhitam not increasingSB 6.4.20
abruvan not speakingSB 10.44.10
abruvānaḥ not speakingSB 10.81.34
abuddhimān not very intelligentSB 8.19.19
abudhaḥ not knowing sufficientlySB 8.19.18
abudham not conversantSB 6.18.40
abudhau not knowingSB 10.44.18
acakṣāṇāḥ not seeingSB 10.30.1
acakṣāṇaḥ not seeingSB 10.43.7
SB 10.89.43-44
acala brahma not moving BrahmanCC Madhya 10.163
acala brahma not moving BrahmanCC Madhya 10.163
acaram not movingBG 13.16
acarasya not movingSB 4.8.81
acaurāṇām not thieves by professionSB 7.11.30
acirataḥ not longSB 3.16.12
acit not livingSB 11.23.54
adaṇḍyam not punishableSB 4.16.13
adānta not brought under controlSB 10.87.33
adarśanam not seeingSB 10.42.28-31
adātā not being charitableSB 8.19.3
adattam not givenCC Madhya 23.1
SB 10.68.28
adeha not in the bodySB 11.11.8
adeyā not to be deliveredCC Madhya 24.172
adhama nahe not fallenCC Madhya 19.71
adhama nahe not fallenCC Madhya 19.71
adhanāḥ not very richSB 4.22.10
adhauta not washedSB 6.18.60
adhruvam not sureSB 7.13.6
adīrgheṇa not longSB 10.46.34
adogdhā not executingSB 3.29.32
adṛṣṭa not having seenSB 10.82.38
adṛṣṭa not seenSB 10.90.16
adṛṣṭa-ceṣṭam not exhibiting any movementSB 10.16.10
adṛṣṭa-ceṣṭam not exhibiting any movementSB 10.16.10
adṛṣṭa-rūpaḥ not seenSB 5.18.26
adṛṣṭa-rūpaḥ not seenSB 5.18.26
adṛṣṭam not seenSB 10.41.4
adṛṣṭām not seenSB 3.22.18
adṛṣṭvā not findingSB 10.3.41
adṛṣṭvā not seeingSB 10.56.33
SB 6.5.12
adṛṣṭvā not seeing at allSB 10.13.17
adṛṣṭvā not seeing there within the forestSB 10.13.16
adṛśya not to be seenCC Madhya 6.167
adurlabham not difficult to obtainBs 5.33
SB 10.85.40
aduṣṭāni not pollutedSB 4.13.27
adveṣṭā not envious or jealousCC Madhya 23.107
agaṇayan not regarding seriouslySB 10.51.48
agata not goneSB 3.32.10
agata not pastBG 2.11
agata not perceivableSB 4.30.22
aghaṭitam not occurredSB 6.16.44
agrāhyaḥ not confined in a body made of material natureSB 10.10.32
agrāhyaḥ not to be taken hold ofSB 10.86.47
agṛṇatsu not agreeingSB 10.70.45
aguhyam not secretSB 10.52.35
ahanyamānāḥ not being hitSB 3.17.25
ahata not cleansed or eliminatedSB 10.51.8
ahatvā not killingBG 2.5
ahetu-vit not understanding the reasonSB 10.13.35
ahetu-vit not understanding the reasonSB 10.13.35
ahiṃsan not harassingSB 11.8.9
ahitam not beneficialSB 7.5.37
ahīyamānaḥ not falling shortSB 10.52.31
ajānantaḥ not knowingBG 9.11
SB 10.88.25-26
ajānantyā not knowingSB 3.23.54
ajānatā not knowingSB 10.78.31-32
ajānataḥ not knowingSB 9.13.5
ajānatām not understandingSB 10.20.12
ajānatī not knowingSB 9.3.16
ajānatīm not knowingSB 10.65.29
ajāta not arisenSB 3.30.14
ajāta-viklavaḥ not afraidSB 6.12.3
ajāta-viklavaḥ not afraidSB 6.12.3
ajighratī not smellingSB 10.60.45
ajita-indriyaḥ not having learned to control his sensesSB 11.3.45
ajita-indriyaḥ not having learned to control his sensesSB 11.3.45
ajñātvā not knowingSB 11.11.33
ajñātvā not understandingSB 10.24.6
ajñāya not knowingSB 6.5.18
akarāla not fearfulSB 3.13.28
akāraṇam not fruitiveSB 1.5.12
akarmakam not fit to be used for offering in śrāddhaSB 9.6.8
akartum not to doCC Antya 9.44
akārya-vedinā not knowing his proper dutySB 10.28.7
akārya-vedinā not knowing his proper dutySB 10.28.7
akhaṇḍita not distractedSB 3.31.37
akhaṇḍitam not fragmentedSB 3.25.17
akṛśaḥ not thinSB 3.33.28
akṛṣṇa not blackCC Adi 3.57
akṛṣṇam not black (golden)CC Adi 3.52
CC Antya 20.10
CC Madhya 11.100
CC Madhya 20.342
SB 11.5.32
akṛṣṇam not blackishCC Madhya 6.103
akṛta not executedSB 3.2.17
akṛta not finishingSB 10.41.26
akṛta not performingSB 6.3.29
akṛta-droha not defiantCC Madhya 22.78-80
akṛta-droha not defiantCC Madhya 22.78-80
akṣamaḥ not being ableSB 3.4.5
akṣaṇikāḥ not having even a moment to reflectSB 11.5.16
akṣatān not injuredSB 6.10.27
akṣīṇa not eliminatedSB 10.51.60
akṣobhyaḥ not to be disturbedSB 11.8.5
akulīna not aristocraticCC Madhya 5.22
akurvan not doingSB 3.27.9
akurvatoḥ not executingSB 10.45.9
alabdha not achievedSB 3.31.28
alabdha not attainingSB 10.51.57
alabdha not being able to obtainSB 5.26.17
alabdha not experiencingSB 10.47.37
alabdha not findingSB 10.57.22
alabdha not obtainingSB 10.29.9
SB 10.90.17
SB 7.4.21
alabdha-bhogaḥ not getting any material comfort (practically starving for all material needs)SB 6.13.15
alabdha-bhogaḥ not getting any material comfort (practically starving for all material needs)SB 6.13.15
alabdha-kāmam not achieving your desired goalsSB 6.14.21
alabdha-kāmam not achieving your desired goalsSB 6.14.21
alabdha-pūrvaḥ not achieved previouslySB 8.23.2
alabdha-pūrvaḥ not achieved previouslySB 8.23.2
alabdhvā not having obtainedSB 10.81.14
alabdhvā not obtainingSB 10.63.24
SB 11.18.33
alabhyam not obtainableCC Madhya 25.283
alabhyayā not being achievedSB 3.9.12
alakṣamāṇau not knowingSB 3.16.12
alakṣayantaḥ not findingSB 4.13.49
alakṣayantyaḥ not identifyingSB 10.50.21
alakṣitaḥ not making himself prominent, thus unrecognizedSB 11.23.32
ālakṣya noticingSB 10.30.42
ālakṣya notingSB 10.53.29
alakṣyamāṇau not being seenSB 10.52.13
alam not more than thatSB 4.26.6
alampaṭaḥ not desirous of sense gratificationSB 10.86.13
aloka not acceptable to ordinary societySB 10.60.13
alpaka not very much grownSB 10.7.7
alupta not lostSB 3.23.38
amānī not expecting any respectCC Antya 6.237
amānya not deserving respectCC Antya 4.185
amatam not conclusiveCC Madhya 19.143
amatsaraḥ not considering oneself to be the doerSB 11.10.6
amīmāṃsita not consideringSB 6.5.37
amiśritāḥ not confused with the sounds vibrated by KṛṣṇaSB 10.33.9
amithyā not falseSB 6.2.38
amṛṣyamāṇāḥ not toleratingSB 10.54.6
anabhipretam not likedSB 9.18.23
anācāra not well behavedCC Adi 10.89
anadhigata-manorathaḥ not having fulfilled his desiresSB 5.9.6
anadhigata-manorathaḥ not having fulfilled his desiresSB 5.9.6
anadhigata-paśavaḥ not catching the man-animalSB 5.9.13
anadhigata-paśavaḥ not catching the man-animalSB 5.9.13
anadhiṣṭhitam not acquiredSB 4.8.37
anadhyāropita not interposedSB 5.10.6
anādṛtā not being receivedSB 4.4.9
anādṛtaḥ not being respectedSB 4.2.8
anādṛtaḥ not much appreciatedCC Madhya 25.38
anādṛtya not appreciatingSB 11.23.22
anādṛtya not caring forSB 7.5.26
anāgasam not at all sinfulSB 7.7.8
anāgatam not yet happenedSB 10.61.21
anagnam not nakedSB 1.4.5
anakṣa-jñaḥ not expert in gambling with diceSB 10.61.27-28
anakṣa-jñaḥ not expert in gambling with diceSB 10.61.27-28
ananubhūtaḥ not perceivedSB 4.29.65
ananugrahāḥ not mercifulSB 4.12.36
ananumatam not being sanctioned by lawSB 5.9.17
ananya not by othersSB 3.15.45
ananya-siddham not perfected by any other ornament (self-perfect)CC Adi 4.156
ananya-siddham not perfected by any other ornament (self-perfect)CC Adi 4.156
CC Madhya 21.112
ananya-siddham not perfected by any other ornament (self-perfect)CC Madhya 21.112
SB 10.44.14
ananya-siddham not perfected by any other ornament (self-perfect)SB 10.44.14
anāpadi not in a calamitySB 5.26.19
anapagata not gone awaySB 10.87.39
anapekṣāḥ not dependent on anything materialSB 11.26.27
anapekṣaḥ not interested (in creation)SB 6.15.6
anapekṣakaḥ not desiring even liberationSB 11.18.28
anarcatoḥ not honoringSB 10.45.8
anarcitaḥ not gratifiedSB 11.23.7
anarpita not bestowedCC Adi 1.4
CC Adi 3.4
CC Antya 1.132
anartha-dṛk not seeing one's real benefitSB 10.51.45
anartha-dṛk not seeing one's real benefitSB 10.51.45
anāryāḥ not belonging to the Āryans who strictly follow the Vedic principlesSB 5.15.1
anaśana-ādikam not take sufficient foodSB 7.12.23
anaśana-ādikam not take sufficient foodSB 7.12.23
anāsanna not taken shelterSB 3.20.27
anāśīḥ-kāmaḥ not desiring fruitive resultsSB 11.20.10
anāśīḥ-kāmaḥ not desiring fruitive resultsSB 11.20.10
anasūyaḥ not enviousBG 18.71
anasūyakaḥ not enviousSB 6.1.56-57
anasūyavaḥ not inimicalSB 10.23.34
anāśvāsya not consolingSB 10.39.26
anātanvatī not increasingCC Antya 1.150
anati-priyām not very palatableSB 1.16.10
anati-priyām not very palatableSB 1.16.10
anatirikta not muchSB 10.60.46
anātma not the real selfSB 10.40.25
anātmā not the spirit soulSB 8.16.19
anavagataḥ not obtainingSB 5.26.36
anavalokayan not lookingBG 6.13-14
anavamaḥ not inferiorSB 10.55.2
SB 4.30.12
anavamān not inferiorSB 10.61.1
anavasare not within the rangeSB 6.9.36
anavasthitam not situated on the spiritual platformSB 11.20.19
anāvṛta not coveredSB 5.3.14
anāvṛtaḥ not covered by material contaminationSB 7.7.19-20
anāvṛtam not coveredCC Madhya 19.167
anejat not movingSB 7.3.32
anevam-vidaḥ not knowing these factsSB 11.5.14
anevam-vidaḥ not knowing these factsSB 11.5.14
anicchan not desiringSB 4.2.13
anicchan not desiring to fallSB 11.10.26
anicchataḥ not wantedSB 10.47.48
anicchatām not desiringSB 4.30.43
anicchatīnām not desiringSB 7.2.35
aniḥ-daśam not yet ten days oldSB 10.55.13
aniḥ-daśam not yet ten days oldSB 10.55.13
SB 10.55.3
aniḥ-daśam not yet ten days oldSB 10.55.3
anīhaḥ not endeavoringSB 11.23.44
anilayane not dependent on anything elseSB 5.19.20
anindām not blasphemingSB 11.3.26
aninditau not abominable, not accused by anyoneSB 9.20.20
anipuṇaḥ not very expertCC Madhya 22.68
anirbhinna not being cutSB 4.5.23
anirdeśyaḥ not to be described (because of fine, subtle existence)SB 7.6.20-23
anirgatam not come outSB 10.56.34
anirīkṣan not looking atSB 10.63.21
anirmita not performingSB 5.26.18
anirviṇṇa not disgustedSB 11.20.7
anirvṛtam not satisfiedSB 5.1.36
anirvṛttam not achievedSB 10.80.44
anīśāḥ not being able to performSB 3.5.38
anīśaḥ not independent (completely under the control of material nature)SB 8.22.25
anīśe not being ableSB 10.13.57
aniṣiddham not forbiddenSB 7.15.66
anistīrṇa not having fulfilledSB 10.89.43-44
anistīrya not liquidatingSB 10.84.39
anitya not eternalSB 10.40.25
anityam not eternalSB 11.9.29
anivāraṇam not able to be counteractedSB 3.15.35
anivedita-tyāga not touching anything not offered to the LordCC Madhya 24.338
anivedita-tyāga not touching anything not offered to the LordCC Madhya 24.338
anivṛtta not ceasedSB 3.27.20
anivṛttāḥ not being afraid of fightingSB 8.20.9
anivṛttaḥ not turning backSB 6.10.33
antarhitaḥ not manifestedSB 3.15.46
anuditāḥ not mentionedSB 5.26.37
anudvega-karam not agitatingBG 17.15
anudvega-karam not agitatingBG 17.15
anugraḥ not ferociousCC Madhya 8.6
anuktvā not statingCC Adi 2.74
anupacite not proceededSB 3.20.47
anupalabhamānaḥ not findingSB 5.3.18
anutpādita-doṣa-dṛṣṭayaḥ not finding faultSB 4.3.16
anutpādita-doṣa-dṛṣṭayaḥ not finding faultSB 4.3.16
anutpādita-doṣa-dṛṣṭayaḥ not finding faultSB 4.3.16
anya nāi nothing elseCC Adi 8.68
anya nāi nothing elseCC Adi 8.68
apalāyanam not fleeingBG 18.43
apaṇḍitāḥ not very learned (having forgotten that you are working under eternal time)SB 8.11.8
apāpānām not sinfulSB 7.11.30
aparaḥ not foreignSB 10.87.29
aparaiḥ not superiorSB 5.13.21
aparājayaḥ not being conquered by othersSB 11.15.8-9
aparājitaḥ not conqueredSB 5.3.14
aparājitaḥ not defeated by anyone elseSB 9.23.29
aparājitam not to be conquered by anyoneSB 5.3.2
aparam not other (than her husband)SB 4.4.27
aparikalita not experiencedCC Adi 4.146
CC Madhya 20.182
aparikalita-pūrvaḥ not previously experiencedCC Madhya 8.149
aparikalita-pūrvaḥ not previously experiencedCC Madhya 8.149
aparikīrtanam not advertisingSB 11.11.34-41
apaśyamānaḥ not able to seeSB 7.9.34
apaśyamānaḥ not seeing Lord ViṣṇuSB 8.19.11
apaśyamānaḥ not to be foundSB 2.9.7
apaśyan not findingSB 3.17.23
apaśyan not seeingSB 10.56.15
SB 12.6.18
SB 9.14.32
apaśyan not seeing HimSB 8.19.12
apaśyantaḥ not seeingSB 10.19.3
SB 10.28.3
SB 10.29.20
SB 11.31.18
apaśyantī not seeingSB 10.53.22
SB 10.62.11
apaśyantyaḥ not having seenSB 10.45.50
apaśyantyaḥ not seeingSB 7.2.57
apātra not a candidateCC Adi 9.29
apātra not a recipientCC Adi 7.23
apeta not having undergoneSB 1.5.24
apeta not undergoing ceremoniesSB 1.2.2
apīḍayan not subjecting to discomfortSB 11.17.51
apippala-adaḥ not eating the fruits of the treeSB 11.11.7
apippala-adaḥ not eating the fruits of the treeSB 11.11.7
apramāṇa-vit not knowing the dimensionsSB 10.54.23
apramāṇa-vit not knowing the dimensionsSB 10.54.23
apramattaḥ not being covered by ignorance or illusion, very carefulSB 5.5.14
apramattaḥ not bewilderedSB 11.25.34
apramattaḥ not deludedSB 10.51.49
apramattena not agitated at any timeSB 5.9.20
aprāpta not obtainedCC Madhya 24.181
aprāpya not achieving the goalSB 6.16.21
aprāpya not obtainingSB 10.88.18-19
SB 10.90.23
aprataptam not heated (by fire)SB 6.16.24
apratihatam not being impededSB 4.16.14
apratikriyam not to be counteractedSB 1.8.15
apratilabdha not achievedSB 5.14.36
apratilabdha-kāmaḥ not getting his desires fulfilledSB 5.13.12
apratilabdha-kāmaḥ not getting his desires fulfilledSB 5.13.12
apratinanditā not being welcomedSB 4.4.8
apratiṣṭhaḥ not fixedCC Madhya 17.186
CC Madhya 25.57
aprattā not promised to anyone elseSB 3.22.15
aprattam not givenSB 9.11.6
apratyāmnātavyam not to be rejected for any reasonSB 5.1.6
aprauḍhām not very oldSB 4.25.21
aprauḍhām not very old (youthful)SB 6.1.65
apraviṣṭam not enteredSB 7.12.15
apraviṣṭāni not enteredSB 2.9.35
aprīṇataḥ not pleasingSB 7.9.53
apriya not pleasingSB 7.9.17
apriyaḥ not dearSB 10.46.37
SB 6.16.10
SB 6.17.33
apriyaḥ not very pleasingSB 4.27.12
apriyam not agreeableSB 3.32.24
apriyam not likedSB 9.6.41-42
apriyam not pleasingSB 4.29.30-31
apunaḥ not againSB 1.8.25
apūraṇīṣu not being fulfilled (five or six days before the completion of one year)SB 10.13.28
arakṣyamāṇāḥ not being protectedSB 8.7.19
ārāt not far awaySB 4.6.31
arocayan not being satisfied withSB 5.13.17
asabhyaḥ not fit to sit in an assemblySB 3.18.12
asādhakam not usefulSB 11.20.12
asadhrīcīnam iva not correct, as if he could not understand anythingSB 5.9.5
asadhrīcīnam iva not correct, as if he could not understand anythingSB 5.9.5
asādhu not goodSB 10.39.20
SB 10.61.39
SB 5.1.37
asādhu not very goodSB 7.8.26
asādhuḥ not at all gentleSB 8.4.10
asādhuṣu not saintlyCC Madhya 22.88-90
asahān not toleratingSB 10.58.33
asakta not attachedSB 11.19.40-45
asama-ūrdhvam not paralleled or surpassedCC Adi 4.156
asama-ūrdhvam not paralleled or surpassedCC Adi 4.156
CC Madhya 21.112
asama-ūrdhvam not paralleled or surpassedCC Madhya 21.112
SB 10.44.14
asama-ūrdhvam not paralleled or surpassedSB 10.44.14
asamañjasaḥ not trustworthySB 7.5.36
asambhāṣya not fit for discussionCC Madhya 9.48
asambhāvita-deha-abhimānaḥ not identified with the bodySB 5.9.9-10
asambhāvita-deha-abhimānaḥ not identified with the bodySB 5.9.9-10
asambhāvita-deha-abhimānaḥ not identified with the bodySB 5.9.9-10
asammata-vṛttīnām not being very much favoredSB 6.14.42
asammata-vṛttīnām not being very much favoredSB 6.14.42
asammatam not approved ofSB 4.14.2
asammatam not very attractiveSB 9.3.20
asamprāpta not properly receivedSB 1.18.28
asaṃskṛtāḥ not cleansedSB 10.20.16
asaṃskṛtāḥ not purified by Vedic ritualsSB 12.1.39-40
asaṃvibhajya not distributingSB 11.23.24
asaṃyacchan not controllingSB 11.16.43
asan not existingSB 7.15.60
asańgī not depending on the body (free to transmigrate from one body to another)SB 7.7.19-20
aśānta not peacefulCC Madhya 19.149
aśāntāḥ not peaceful (in the mode of passion)SB 10.16.50
asantyajan not giving upSB 11.9.23
asārān not realCC Adi 12.1
aśaraṇaḥ not dependent on any other supportSB 6.9.34
aśaraṇe not having a place to take shelterSB 4.7.28
aśāstra not in the scripturesBG 17.5-6
asat not realSB 5.12.9
asat-aviṣayam not understood by the atheistsSB 8.12.47
asat-aviṣayam not understood by the atheistsSB 8.12.47
asat-mataḥ not desired by themSB 9.6.41-42
asat-mataḥ not desired by themSB 9.6.41-42
asataḥ not existingSB 4.15.24
asiddha-artham not fulfilledSB 4.9.28
asiddha-artham not fulfilledSB 4.9.28
asitaḥ not boundSB 4.20.30
aśocyān not worthy of lamentationBG 2.11
aśoṣyaḥ not able to be driedBG 2.24
aspaṣṭa not distinctSB 4.15.22
asphuṭa not very distinctSB 8.12.22
asphuṭam not apparentSB 10.60.36
aspṛṣṭa not touchedSB 6.18.60
aspṛṣṭa-vahnim not even touched by fireSB 6.11.16
aspṛṣṭa-vahnim not even touched by fireSB 6.11.16
asṛṇyam not able to be checkedSB 3.17.22
aśuddhitaḥ not purifiedSB 5.14.30
aśūnyam not emptySB 11.4.8
aśūnyam not impersonal or voidSB 9.9.49
asustha not in a healthy conditionCC Antya 11.22
asva-rūpam not the form of the LordSB 2.6.43-45
asva-rūpam not the form of the LordSB 2.6.43-45
asvargyam not leading to heavenSB 10.29.26
asvarūpa-vidaḥ not knowing My actual situationSB 11.12.13
asvarūpa-vidaḥ not knowing My actual situationSB 11.12.13
asvastham not in tranquillitySB 8.16.10
asvatantraiḥ not independentSB 6.15.6
atapta not having undergoneSB 11.12.7
atarkayan not consideringSB 10.56.12
atat-arhaḥ not deserving itSB 10.64.8
atat-arhaḥ not deserving itSB 10.64.8
atat-arhām not deserving thatSB 10.60.27-28
atat-arhām not deserving thatSB 10.60.27-28
atat-mahi-jñaḥ not knowing His greatnessSB 11.4.7
atat-mahi-jñaḥ not knowing His greatnessSB 11.4.7
atat-mahi-jñaḥ not knowing His greatnessSB 11.4.7
atat-vidaḥ not knowing His opulencesSB 10.16.13-15
atat-vidaḥ not knowing His opulencesSB 10.16.13-15
atattva-vit not conversant with the truthSB 4.3.11
atattva-vit not conversant with the truthSB 4.3.11
atīndriyam not seen beforeSB 10.28.10
atīrthī-kṛtam not given to the proper recipientSB 11.11.19
atīrthī-kṛtam not given to the proper recipientSB 11.11.19
ātma-jayaḥ not being overwhelmed by bodily necessitiesSB 7.11.22
ātma-jayaḥ not being overwhelmed by bodily necessitiesSB 7.11.22
atṛpta not satisfiedSB 4.20.22
SB 4.30.43
atṛptaḥ not satisfiedSB 5.2.22
atyākṣīḥ not given shelterSB 1.14.41
avadhaḥ not killingSB 4.17.26
avadhyaḥ not to be killedSB 10.63.47
aveda-samāmnātām not enumerated in the VedasSB 5.15.1
aveda-samāmnātām not enumerated in the VedasSB 5.15.1
avidan not knowingSB 8.7.33
aviditāḥ not famousSB 4.15.26
avidūre not distantSB 10.23.16
avidūre not farSB 10.15.21
avidūre not far awaySB 10.23.7
avidūre not very far awaySB 7.5.46
avidūre not very far from the residential quarters of the VrajavāsīsSB 10.11.38
avidūritaḥ not far awaySB 10.30.40
aviduṣaḥ not knowingSB 10.27.8
SB 3.14.28
aviduṣaḥ not learnedSB 10.47.59
avidyamānaḥ not present in realitySB 11.2.38
avidyamānam not existing in realitySB 5.4.18
avidyamānāni not knownSB 12.6.66
avidyamānayā not existingSB 5.24.18
avidyamāne not being presentSB 4.29.73
avidyamāne not existingSB 11.22.56
SB 11.28.13
SB 3.27.4
SB 4.29.35
avigaṇayya not taking seriouslySB 10.60.42
avihitaḥ not affectedSB 11.10.22
avijñāya not knowingSB 10.60.16
avijñāya not understandingSB 11.21.26
avikriyaḥ not undergoing changes like the bodySB 7.7.19-20
avikriyāt not based on material differentiationsSB 10.14.6
avikṣatān not injuredSB 6.10.27
avilakṣya not seeingSB 10.7.24
avimucya not separating itselfSB 10.87.30
avimuhyamānaḥ not bewilderedSB 11.2.49
avinaśyantam not destroyedBG 13.28
avinītāḥ not humbleSB 11.1.13-15
avinītasya not humbleSB 10.78.25-26
avinītasya not very submissiveSB 4.8.36
avipadyata not troubled by disease and old ageSB 6.1.8
avipakva not yet dissolvedSB 11.18.40-41
avismitaḥ not perplexedSB 10.63.12
avismitāḥ not surprisedSB 10.74.13-15
avispaṣṭa not being distinctly visibleSB 5.10.5
avistṛtam not extendedSB 3.12.50
aviśuddhaḥ not pureSB 6.16.41
aviśvam not belonging to the destructible material worldCC Madhya 25.36
avitatha not futileSB 3.33.3
avitatham not unrealSB 10.87.19
avitṛptā not being satisfiedSB 7.9.40
avivekaḥ not discriminatingSB 5.13.22
avivikta not understandingSB 5.26.17
avyakta not apparentSB 12.6.39
avyaktaḥ not involved in material manifestationSB 11.22.17
avyaktaḥ not manifested through ordinary knowledgeSB 7.3.33
avyaktam not manifestedSB 8.5.29
avyaktam not perceivable by the material senses (ataḥ śrī-kṛṣṇa-nāmādi na bhaved grāhyam indriyaiḥ)SB 10.3.24
avyaktāya not manifested within the material worldSB 5.17.17
avyavadhīyamānaḥ not being coveredSB 12.6.67
avyavahitā not separatedSB 3.29.11-12
avyayaḥ not liable to changeSB 3.29.45
ayāta-yāmāni not deficientSB 4.13.27
ayāta-yāmāni not deficientSB 4.13.27
ayathā not as they areSB 10.87.15
ayogya not befittingCC Madhya 11.4
CC Madhya 12.19
ayogya kahite not fit to discloseCC Adi 5.159
ayogya kahite not fit to discloseCC Adi 5.159
ayukta not fitCC Madhya 9.48
ayuktaḥ not referring to the scriptural injunctionsBG 18.28
bhinna nahe not separateCC Madhya 16.66
bhinna nahe not separateCC Madhya 16.66
brahma-ṛṣi-varyaḥ not only a brāhmaṇa but the best of great sages, or brahmarṣisSB 9.9.30
brahma-ṛṣi-varyaḥ not only a brāhmaṇa but the best of great sages, or brahmarṣisSB 9.9.30
brahma-ṛṣi-varyaḥ not only a brāhmaṇa but the best of great sages, or brahmarṣisSB 9.9.30
bubudhe noticedSB 10.62.23-24
bujhite nā pāre not able to understandCC Madhya 20.385
bujhite nā pāre not able to understandCC Madhya 20.385
bujhite nā pāre not able to understandCC Madhya 20.385
cāpalāḥ not seriousSB 10.67.12
darśana nā pāñā not being able to seeCC Antya 9.11
darśana nā pāñā not being able to seeCC Antya 9.11
darśana nā pāñā not being able to seeCC Antya 9.11
dharma-aviruddhaḥ not against religious principlesBG 7.11
dharma-aviruddhaḥ not against religious principlesBG 7.11
dhṛti-mān not weak or miserable even in distressing circumstancesSB 11.11.29-32
dhṛti-mān not weak or miserable even in distressing circumstancesSB 11.11.29-32
duḥkha-hīna not under miserable material conditionsCC Madhya 24.182
duḥkha-hīna not under miserable material conditionsCC Madhya 24.182
duradhigamaḥ not obtainableSB 5.3.2
duranujñātam not given proper permissionSB 10.64.35
durbodhaḥ not understandableSB 4.22.58
durbodham not easily understoodSB 6.3.20-21
durdarśaḥ not easily seenSB 3.22.6
durlabha not attainableCC Antya 16.49
durlabhān not generally availableSB 7.4.2
durmadāḥ not very intelligentSB 6.7.18
durnirīkṣyam not able to be looked atSB 4.5.11
dvāra nāhi' pāñā not finding the doorCC Antya 19.64
dvāra nāhi' pāñā not finding the doorCC Antya 19.64
dvāra nāhi' pāñā not finding the doorCC Antya 19.64
ekayā not diverted to karma and jñānaCC Madhya 24.137
gabhīra-ātmā not superficial, and thus unchangingSB 11.11.29-32
gabhīra-ātmā not superficial, and thus unchangingSB 11.11.29-32
grāmya-īha-uparamaḥ not taking part in so-called philanthropic activitiesSB 7.11.8-12
grāmya-īha-uparamaḥ not taking part in so-called philanthropic activitiesSB 7.11.8-12
grāmya-īha-uparamaḥ not taking part in so-called philanthropic activitiesSB 7.11.8-12
gūḍhaḥ not exposedSB 1.4.4
hariḥ not different from the LordSB 4.29.51
he note of addressSB 1.15.18
he note of addressSB 1.15.18
jñāna notionCC Madhya 19.228
kahibāra kathā nahe not a subject matter to describe freelyCC Madhya 2.83
kahibāra kathā nahe not a subject matter to describe freelyCC Madhya 2.83
kahibāra kathā nahe not a subject matter to describe freelyCC Madhya 2.83
kahite nāre not able to describeCC Madhya 20.403
kahite nāre not able to describeCC Madhya 20.403
kim nothingSB 1.5.17
kiñcit nothingSB 2.6.33
kṛṣṇaḥ not different from KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 17.133
kṣatra-bandhavaḥ not kṣatriyas, but the most abominable sons of kṣatriyasSB 9.16.12
kṣatra-bandhavaḥ not kṣatriyas, but the most abominable sons of kṣatriyasSB 9.16.12
kṣīṇa-dhanaḥ not having sufficient moneySB 5.14.36
kṣīṇa-dhanaḥ not having sufficient moneySB 5.14.36
kuliśa-akṣata not cut even by the thunderbolt thrown by IndraSB 7.8.29
kuliśa-akṣata not cut even by the thunderbolt thrown by IndraSB 7.8.29
loka-bāhyaḥ not caring for outsidersCC Antya 3.179
loka-bāhyaḥ not caring for outsidersCC Antya 3.179
CC Madhya 23.41
loka-bāhyaḥ not caring for outsidersCC Madhya 23.41
lupta-kriyāya not observing rules and regulationsSB 4.2.13
lupta-kriyāya not observing rules and regulationsSB 4.2.13
mā notCC Madhya 22.44
SB 1.6.21
SB 1.8.10
SB 10.23.29
SB 10.29.31
SB 10.3.28
SB 10.4.4
SB 10.43.38
SB 10.71.6
SB 11.8.38
SB 3.15.36
SB 3.31.21
SB 4.6.47
SB 5.1.11
SB 5.18.10
SB 6.9.11
SB 7.2.20
SB 7.3.35
SB 9.15.11
mamatā-gandha-hīna not even the smallest quantity of intimacyCC Madhya 19.218
mamatā-gandha-hīna not even the smallest quantity of intimacyCC Madhya 19.218
mamatā-gandha-hīna not even the smallest quantity of intimacyCC Madhya 19.218
mandānām not very intelligentSB 5.3.15
māni noticeCC Madhya 15.177
manuṣya nahe not a human beingCC Madhya 19.100
manuṣya nahe not a human beingCC Madhya 19.100
mora prāṇa sama not different from My life and soulCC Madhya 15.157
mora prāṇa sama not different from My life and soulCC Madhya 15.157
mora prāṇa sama not different from My life and soulCC Madhya 15.157
mūrkha not educatedCC Madhya 5.67
na notBG 10.39
BG 11.24
BG 11.25
na notBG 11.25
BG 11.31
BG 11.37
BG 12.6-7
BG 12.9
BG 15.3-4
BG 15.6
BG 16.1-3
BG 18.12
BG 18.40
BG 18.60
BG 18.8
BG 2.12
na notBG 2.12
na notBG 2.12
BG 2.20
BG 2.66
na notBG 2.66
BG 2.70
BG 3.22
BG 3.24
BG 3.26
BG 3.29
BG 3.4
BG 4.40
BG 4.5
BG 5.13
BG 6.1
BG 6.11-12
BG 6.16
BG 6.25
BG 6.30
BG 6.38
BG 6.4
BG 7.12
BG 7.15
BG 7.2
BG 7.25
BG 7.26
BG 7.7
BG 8.5
BG 9.24
BG 9.4
Bs 5.23
Bs 5.45
Bs 5.56
Bs 5.6
Bs 5.60
Bs 5.7
nā notCC Adi 1.105
na notCC Adi 1.3
CC Adi 1.54
CC Adi 1.55
CC Adi 1.62
nā notCC Adi 10.121
CC Adi 10.50
CC Adi 10.83
CC Adi 12.24
CC Adi 12.50
CC Adi 12.68
CC Adi 13.26
CC Adi 13.51
CC Adi 13.53
na notCC Adi 13.77
nā notCC Adi 14.34
CC Adi 14.53
CC Adi 14.81
CC Adi 15.22
CC Adi 15.26
na notCC Adi 15.27
CC Adi 16.103
nā notCC Adi 16.11
CC Adi 16.18
na notCC Adi 16.58
na notCC Adi 16.58
CC Adi 16.82
nā notCC Adi 16.88
CC Adi 17.110
CC Adi 17.191
CC Adi 17.201-202
CC Adi 17.228
CC Adi 17.249
CC Adi 17.261
nā notCC Adi 17.261
CC Adi 17.27
CC Adi 17.278
CC Adi 17.28
CC Adi 17.29
na notCC Adi 17.293
nā notCC Adi 17.297
na notCC Adi 17.308
nā notCC Adi 17.54
na notCC Adi 2.30
na notCC Adi 2.30
nā notCC Adi 2.33
CC Adi 2.47
na notCC Adi 2.5
CC Adi 2.55
nā notCC Adi 2.60
CC Adi 2.73
na notCC Adi 2.74
na notCC Adi 2.74
nā notCC Adi 2.75
na notCC Adi 3.63
CC Adi 3.69
na notCC Adi 3.69
CC Adi 3.87
CC Adi 4.118
CC Adi 4.155
CC Adi 4.173
CC Adi 4.180
CC Adi 4.184
CC Adi 4.202
CC Adi 4.207
CC Adi 4.211
CC Adi 4.213
nā notCC Adi 4.231
nā notCC Adi 4.231
CC Adi 4.232
CC Adi 4.235
CC Adi 4.254
CC Adi 4.255
CC Adi 5.114
na notCC Adi 5.140
nā notCC Adi 5.169
CC Adi 5.170
CC Adi 5.176
CC Adi 5.177
CC Adi 5.195
CC Adi 5.208
CC Adi 5.89
na notCC Adi 6.23
na notCC Adi 6.23
nā notCC Adi 7.140
CC Adi 7.55
na notCC Adi 8.19
nā notCC Adi 8.21
CC Adi 9.29
CC Adi 9.35
CC Adi 9.5
na notCC Antya 1.108
na notCC Antya 1.108
CC Antya 1.139
CC Antya 1.152
CC Antya 1.153
CC Antya 1.154
CC Antya 1.188
nā notCC Antya 1.23
CC Antya 1.66
na notCC Antya 10.21
na notCC Antya 10.21
nā notCC Antya 12.150
CC Antya 13.132
CC Antya 13.98
CC Antya 14.60
CC Antya 15.18
nā notCC Antya 15.18
CC Antya 15.37
CC Antya 15.42
CC Antya 15.90
na notCC Antya 16.25
CC Antya 17.31
nā notCC Antya 17.34
CC Antya 17.58
CC Antya 18.11
CC Antya 19.108
CC Antya 19.20
na notCC Antya 19.45
nā notCC Antya 2.119
CC Antya 20.149
na notCC Antya 20.16
na notCC Antya 20.16
CC Antya 20.29
na notCC Antya 20.29
na notCC Antya 20.29
nā notCC Antya 20.40
CC Antya 20.52
CC Antya 3.113
CC Antya 3.114-115
CC Antya 3.202
CC Antya 3.221
CC Antya 3.241
CC Antya 3.260
CC Antya 3.47
na notCC Antya 3.60
CC Antya 3.84
nā notCC Antya 3.98
CC Antya 4.155
CC Antya 4.166
CC Antya 4.187
CC Antya 4.46
nā notCC Antya 4.46
CC Antya 4.62
CC Antya 4.77
na notCC Antya 5.10
nā notCC Antya 5.102
CC Antya 5.12
na notCC Antya 5.123
CC Antya 6.263
CC Antya 6.285
nā notCC Antya 7.151
na notCC Antya 7.27
CC Antya 7.29
CC Antya 7.40
CC Antya 7.44
CC Antya 8.67-68
na notCC Antya 8.67-68
na notCC Antya 8.67-68
na notCC Antya 8.67-68
CC Antya 8.78
na notCC Antya 8.78
nā notCC Madhya 1.122
CC Madhya 1.125
CC Madhya 1.161
CC Madhya 1.201
na notCC Madhya 1.203
nā notCC Madhya 1.229
CC Madhya 1.280
CC Madhya 1.63
CC Madhya 10.113
CC Madhya 10.14
CC Madhya 10.144
CC Madhya 10.150
CC Madhya 10.158
CC Madhya 10.162
CC Madhya 10.52
CC Madhya 11.12
CC Madhya 11.163
CC Madhya 11.19
CC Madhya 11.201
CC Madhya 11.202
na notCC Madhya 11.28
nā notCC Madhya 11.48
CC Madhya 11.49
CC Madhya 12.10
CC Madhya 12.116
CC Madhya 12.14
CC Madhya 12.162
CC Madhya 12.192
CC Madhya 12.25
CC Madhya 12.6
CC Madhya 13.138
CC Madhya 13.14
CC Madhya 13.146
CC Madhya 13.163
CC Madhya 13.183
CC Madhya 13.50
CC Madhya 13.61
na notCC Madhya 13.80
na notCC Madhya 13.80
na notCC Madhya 13.80
na notCC Madhya 13.80
na notCC Madhya 13.80
na notCC Madhya 13.80
nā notCC Madhya 13.99
CC Madhya 14.142
na notCC Madhya 14.181
nā notCC Madhya 14.20
CC Madhya 14.202
CC Madhya 14.223
CC Madhya 14.34
CC Madhya 14.40
CC Madhya 15.108
na notCC Madhya 15.110
na notCC Madhya 15.110
nā notCC Madhya 15.14
CC Madhya 15.178
CC Madhya 15.263
nā notCC Madhya 15.263
CC Madhya 16.181
CC Madhya 16.247
CC Madhya 16.267
CC Madhya 16.65
CC Madhya 17.13
CC Madhya 17.130
na notCC Madhya 17.136
CC Madhya 17.186
na notCC Madhya 17.186
nā notCC Madhya 18.119
CC Madhya 18.124
CC Madhya 18.194
CC Madhya 18.23
na notCC Madhya 18.65
nā notCC Madhya 19.111
CC Madhya 19.136
na notCC Madhya 19.143
na notCC Madhya 19.143
nā notCC Madhya 19.157
na notCC Madhya 19.173
nā notCC Madhya 19.175
na notCC Madhya 19.197
CC Madhya 19.216
nā notCC Madhya 19.49
na notCC Madhya 19.50
CC Madhya 19.74
CC Madhya 2.18
na notCC Madhya 2.18
na notCC Madhya 2.18
nā notCC Madhya 2.29
CC Madhya 2.37
CC Madhya 2.39
CC Madhya 2.43
CC Madhya 2.88
CC Madhya 20.10-11
CC Madhya 20.133
CC Madhya 20.14
na notCC Madhya 20.147-148
nā notCC Madhya 20.254
na notCC Madhya 20.270
na notCC Madhya 20.270
CC Madhya 20.310
CC Madhya 20.58
nā notCC Madhya 21.10
na notCC Madhya 21.123
CC Madhya 21.13
nā notCC Madhya 21.137
CC Madhya 21.14
CC Madhya 21.144
nā notCC Madhya 21.144
CC Madhya 21.16
na notCC Madhya 21.27
CC Madhya 21.45
CC Madhya 21.83
CC Madhya 22.112
CC Madhya 22.113
CC Madhya 22.137-139
CC Madhya 22.141
CC Madhya 22.146
na notCC Madhya 22.146
CC Madhya 22.147
na notCC Madhya 22.147
CC Madhya 22.155
na notCC Madhya 22.155
CC Madhya 22.16
na notCC Madhya 22.16
na notCC Madhya 22.16
na notCC Madhya 22.16
CC Madhya 22.162
CC Madhya 22.19
na notCC Madhya 22.19
CC Madhya 22.22
CC Madhya 22.28
CC Madhya 22.40
CC Madhya 22.53
CC Madhya 22.55
CC Madhya 22.61
CC Madhya 22.74
CC Madhya 22.88-90
na notCC Madhya 22.88-90
CC Madhya 22.91
CC Madhya 22.96
CC Madhya 23.108
na notCC Madhya 23.108
CC Madhya 23.110
na notCC Madhya 23.110
CC Madhya 23.114
na notCC Madhya 23.114
na notCC Madhya 23.114
CC Madhya 23.29
CC Madhya 23.65
CC Madhya 24.103
CC Madhya 24.140
CC Madhya 24.160
na notCC Madhya 24.160
CC Madhya 24.166
CC Madhya 24.169
nā notCC Madhya 24.171
na notCC Madhya 24.177
CC Madhya 24.199
CC Madhya 24.213
CC Madhya 24.273
na notCC Madhya 24.273
CC Madhya 24.313
nā notCC Madhya 24.325
na notCC Madhya 24.54
CC Madhya 24.56
CC Madhya 24.86
CC Madhya 24.98
CC Madhya 25.119
CC Madhya 25.126
CC Madhya 25.128
CC Madhya 25.31
CC Madhya 25.36
nā notCC Madhya 25.48
na notCC Madhya 25.57
na notCC Madhya 25.57
CC Madhya 25.85
nā notCC Madhya 3.122
CC Madhya 3.125
CC Madhya 3.141
CC Madhya 3.144
CC Madhya 3.146
CC Madhya 3.147
CC Madhya 3.176
CC Madhya 3.195
CC Madhya 3.54
CC Madhya 3.55
CC Madhya 3.80
CC Madhya 3.93
CC Madhya 4.122
CC Madhya 4.128
CC Madhya 4.186
CC Madhya 4.188
CC Madhya 4.201
CC Madhya 4.28
CC Madhya 4.32
CC Madhya 4.79
CC Madhya 4.9
CC Madhya 5.105
nā notCC Madhya 5.105
CC Madhya 5.107
CC Madhya 5.153
CC Madhya 5.154
CC Madhya 5.155
CC Madhya 5.156
CC Madhya 5.19
nā notCC Madhya 5.19
CC Madhya 5.20
CC Madhya 5.23
CC Madhya 5.25
CC Madhya 5.30
CC Madhya 5.38
CC Madhya 5.47
CC Madhya 5.55
CC Madhya 5.75
CC Madhya 5.80
CC Madhya 5.93
CC Madhya 5.98
CC Madhya 6.125
nā notCC Madhya 6.125
CC Madhya 6.127
CC Madhya 6.129
CC Madhya 6.132
CC Madhya 6.148
CC Madhya 6.16
CC Madhya 6.167
CC Madhya 6.168
CC Madhya 6.175
CC Madhya 6.183
CC Madhya 6.184
CC Madhya 6.193
CC Madhya 6.196
CC Madhya 6.200
CC Madhya 6.206
nā notCC Madhya 6.206
CC Madhya 6.223
na notCC Madhya 6.225
CC Madhya 6.226
na notCC Madhya 6.226
CC Madhya 6.235
nā notCC Madhya 6.237
na notCC Madhya 6.270
nā notCC Madhya 6.273
CC Madhya 6.274
CC Madhya 6.279
CC Madhya 6.62
CC Madhya 6.78
CC Madhya 6.91
CC Madhya 6.92
CC Madhya 6.93
nā notCC Madhya 6.93
CC Madhya 6.99
CC Madhya 7.109
CC Madhya 7.11
CC Madhya 7.111
CC Madhya 7.12
CC Madhya 7.120
CC Madhya 7.125
CC Madhya 7.129
CC Madhya 7.131-132
CC Madhya 7.147
CC Madhya 7.26
nā notCC Madhya 7.26
CC Madhya 7.27
CC Madhya 7.31
CC Madhya 7.33
CC Madhya 7.50
CC Madhya 7.92
CC Madhya 8.102
CC Madhya 8.115
CC Madhya 8.121
CC Madhya 8.123
na notCC Madhya 8.147
CC Madhya 8.182
na notCC Madhya 8.182
nā notCC Madhya 8.185
CC Madhya 8.192
CC Madhya 8.194
nā notCC Madhya 8.194
nā notCC Madhya 8.194
nā notCC Madhya 8.194
nā notCC Madhya 8.194
na notCC Madhya 8.206
CC Madhya 8.211
CC Madhya 8.219
CC Madhya 8.227
nā notCC Madhya 8.231
na notCC Madhya 8.232
nā notCC Madhya 8.274
CC Madhya 8.278
CC Madhya 8.283
CC Madhya 8.285
CC Madhya 8.287
CC Madhya 8.290
CC Madhya 8.293
CC Madhya 8.306
CC Madhya 8.308
CC Madhya 8.36
CC Madhya 8.43
CC Madhya 8.53
na notCC Madhya 8.58
CC Madhya 8.70
CC Madhya 8.78
na notCC Madhya 8.78
CC Madhya 8.80
nā notCC Madhya 8.92
na notCC Madhya 8.93
CC Madhya 9.114
CC Madhya 9.121
CC Madhya 9.132
nā notCC Madhya 9.137
CC Madhya 9.160
CC Madhya 9.189
CC Madhya 9.255
na notCC Madhya 9.266
nā notCC Madhya 9.356
CC Madhya 9.40
CC Madhya 9.49
na notIso 2
Iso 4
Iso 5
Iso 6
MM 10
na notMM 10
MM 35
MM 4
na notMM 4
MM 47
MM 5
MM 9
NBS 31-32
NBS 5
NBS 62
NBS 7
NBS 74
NoI 10
NoI 6
na notNoI 6
NoI 7
NoI 9
SB 1.1.16
SB 1.1.19
SB 1.10.19
SB 1.13.37
SB 1.14.42
na notSB 1.14.42
SB 1.14.43
SB 1.14.7
SB 1.15.16
SB 1.16.17
SB 1.16.8
SB 1.17.18
SB 1.17.30
SB 1.17.31
SB 1.17.33
SB 1.17.8
SB 1.18.41
SB 1.18.49
SB 1.19.2
SB 1.19.23
SB 1.19.3
SB 1.19.39
SB 1.19.4
SB 1.2.10
na notSB 1.2.10
SB 1.2.15
SB 1.2.8
SB 1.2.9
SB 1.3.36
SB 1.3.37
SB 1.4.25
SB 1.4.26
SB 1.4.27
SB 1.4.31
SB 1.4.5
na notSB 1.4.5
SB 1.5.10
na notSB 1.5.10
SB 1.5.12
SB 1.5.18
SB 1.5.5
SB 1.5.9
SB 1.6.17
SB 1.6.27
SB 1.6.4
SB 1.6.7
SB 1.7.26
SB 1.7.27
SB 1.7.28
SB 1.7.36
SB 1.7.45
SB 1.7.46
SB 1.7.51
SB 1.7.53-54
SB 1.7.57
SB 1.8.19
SB 1.8.39
SB 1.8.46
SB 1.8.9
SB 10.1.13
SB 10.1.44
SB 10.1.45
SB 10.1.48
na notSB 10.1.48
na notSB 10.1.48
SB 10.1.51
SB 10.1.54
SB 10.1.60
SB 10.10.14
na notSB 10.10.14
SB 10.10.20-22
na notSB 10.10.20-22
SB 10.10.6
SB 10.11.24
SB 10.11.27
SB 10.11.5
SB 10.11.56
SB 10.11.58
SB 10.12.38
SB 10.13.37
SB 10.13.39
na notSB 10.13.39
SB 10.13.41
SB 10.13.43
SB 10.14.13
SB 10.14.14
na notSB 10.14.14
SB 10.14.15
SB 10.14.18
SB 10.14.2
SB 10.14.26
SB 10.14.31
SB 10.14.38
SB 10.14.45
SB 10.14.51
SB 10.14.52
SB 10.14.53
SB 10.14.6
SB 10.15.35
SB 10.16.36
SB 10.16.37
na notSB 10.16.37
na notSB 10.16.37
na notSB 10.16.37
SB 10.16.60
SB 10.16.61
SB 10.17.12
SB 10.18.2
SB 10.18.6
SB 10.2.19
SB 10.2.28
SB 10.2.33
SB 10.2.35
SB 10.2.36
SB 10.2.37
SB 10.2.39
SB 10.20.37
SB 10.20.45
SB 10.20.8
SB 10.21.7
SB 10.22.10
SB 10.22.15
SB 10.22.16
SB 10.22.26
SB 10.23.12
na notSB 10.23.12
SB 10.23.30
na notSB 10.23.30
na notSB 10.23.30
SB 10.23.32
SB 10.23.33
SB 10.23.43-44
SB 10.23.52
SB 10.23.8
SB 10.24.14
SB 10.24.19
SB 10.24.24
na notSB 10.24.24
na notSB 10.24.24
SB 10.24.4
SB 10.24.6
SB 10.25.17
SB 10.25.21
SB 10.26.21
SB 10.28.6
SB 10.29.12
SB 10.29.19
SB 10.29.27
SB 10.3.14
SB 10.3.18
SB 10.3.44
SB 10.3.53
SB 10.30.43
SB 10.31.19
SB 10.31.2
SB 10.31.4
SB 10.32.17
na notSB 10.32.17
SB 10.32.19
SB 10.32.22
SB 10.33.17
SB 10.33.30
SB 10.38.18
SB 10.38.21
SB 10.4.17
SB 10.4.18
SB 10.4.19
SB 10.4.20
SB 10.4.30
SB 10.4.35
SB 10.4.38
na notSB 10.4.38
SB 10.41.7
SB 10.42.10
SB 10.42.28-31
SB 10.43.20
SB 10.43.39
na notSB 10.43.39
SB 10.44.10
SB 10.45.11
SB 10.45.3
SB 10.45.30-31
SB 10.45.4
SB 10.45.40
SB 10.45.5
SB 10.46.37
na notSB 10.46.37
na notSB 10.46.37
na notSB 10.46.37
SB 10.46.42
SB 10.47.35
SB 10.47.50
SB 10.47.60
SB 10.48.18
SB 10.48.22
SB 10.48.31
SB 10.49.20
SB 10.49.24
SB 10.5.25
SB 10.5.28
SB 10.5.30
SB 10.5.31
SB 10.50.17
SB 10.50.29
SB 10.51.18
SB 10.51.37
SB 10.51.38
SB 10.51.52
SB 10.51.58
SB 10.51.59
SB 10.51.8
SB 10.52.30
SB 10.52.40
SB 10.53.25
na notSB 10.53.25
SB 10.54.26
SB 10.54.38
SB 10.54.39
SB 10.54.46
SB 10.54.47
na notSB 10.54.47
SB 10.55.40
SB 10.55.9
SB 10.56.12
SB 10.56.22
SB 10.56.4
SB 10.56.40-42
SB 10.56.45
SB 10.56.9
SB 10.57.12-13
SB 10.57.34
SB 10.57.4
SB 10.58.10
SB 10.58.33
SB 10.58.40
SB 10.6.1
SB 10.6.3
SB 10.60.14
SB 10.60.15
SB 10.60.20
SB 10.60.37
na notSB 10.60.37
SB 10.60.38
SB 10.60.47
SB 10.60.51
SB 10.60.55
SB 10.60.56
SB 10.61.2
SB 10.61.3
SB 10.61.35
na notSB 10.61.35
SB 10.61.8-9
SB 10.62.13
SB 10.62.23-24
SB 10.63.53
SB 10.64.21
na notSB 10.64.21
SB 10.64.23
SB 10.64.25
SB 10.64.33
na notSB 10.64.33
SB 10.64.40
SB 10.64.41
SB 10.66.5
SB 10.66.6
SB 10.67.19-21
SB 10.68.34
SB 10.68.35
SB 10.68.47
SB 10.69.17
SB 10.7.10
na notSB 10.7.10
SB 10.7.13-15
SB 10.7.18
SB 10.7.23
SB 10.7.6
SB 10.70.36
SB 10.70.37
SB 10.72.11
SB 10.72.28
SB 10.72.31
SB 10.72.32
na notSB 10.72.32
SB 10.72.4
SB 10.72.6
na notSB 10.72.6
SB 10.73.14
SB 10.73.9
SB 10.74.4
SB 10.74.5
SB 10.75.27
SB 10.76.21
SB 10.76.29
SB 10.77.19
SB 10.77.29
SB 10.77.30
SB 10.78.31-32
SB 10.79.28
SB 10.8.18
SB 10.8.25
SB 10.8.29
SB 10.8.31
SB 10.8.35
SB 10.8.41
SB 10.8.47
SB 10.8.8-9
SB 10.80.11
SB 10.80.28
SB 10.80.29
SB 10.80.34
SB 10.81.14
SB 10.81.20
SB 10.81.3
SB 10.81.33
SB 10.81.38
SB 10.81.39
SB 10.81.6-7
SB 10.82.37
SB 10.82.38
SB 10.83.41-42
SB 10.84.11
na notSB 10.84.11
SB 10.84.12
na notSB 10.84.12
na notSB 10.84.12
na notSB 10.84.12
SB 10.84.23
SB 10.84.30
SB 10.84.32-33
SB 10.85.14
SB 10.85.18
SB 10.85.41-43
SB 10.86.2-3
SB 10.86.32
SB 10.86.44
SB 10.86.54
SB 10.86.57
SB 10.87.22
SB 10.87.25
SB 10.87.26
SB 10.87.27
SB 10.87.29
SB 10.87.30
na notSB 10.87.30
SB 10.87.36
SB 10.87.37
SB 10.88.1
SB 10.88.12
SB 10.88.32
SB 10.88.34
SB 10.89.3
SB 10.89.30-31
SB 10.89.32
na notSB 10.89.32
SB 10.89.40
na notSB 10.89.40
na notSB 10.89.40
na notSB 10.89.40
SB 10.9.13-14
SB 10.9.20
SB 10.9.21
SB 10.9.7
SB 10.9.9
SB 10.90.18
SB 10.90.39
SB 10.90.47
SB 11.1.4
SB 11.10.18
SB 11.10.19
na notSB 11.10.19
SB 11.10.25
SB 11.10.35
SB 11.10.4
SB 11.11.1
na notSB 11.11.1
SB 11.11.11
SB 11.11.15
SB 11.11.20
na notSB 11.11.20
SB 11.11.34-41
SB 11.11.48
SB 11.11.7
SB 11.11.8
SB 11.11.9
SB 11.12.10
SB 11.12.12
SB 11.12.7
na notSB 11.12.7
SB 11.12.9
SB 11.13.1
SB 11.13.12
SB 11.13.24
SB 11.13.35
SB 11.14.14
SB 11.14.15
SB 11.14.18
SB 11.14.20
na notSB 11.14.20
SB 11.14.22
SB 11.14.30
SB 11.14.43
SB 11.14.44
SB 11.15.29
SB 11.15.34
SB 11.16.38
SB 11.16.39
SB 11.16.4
SB 11.17.24
SB 11.17.25
SB 11.17.29
SB 11.17.3-4
SB 11.17.38
SB 11.17.42
SB 11.17.43
SB 11.17.47
SB 11.17.49
SB 11.17.5-6
SB 11.17.52
na notSB 11.17.52
SB 11.17.54
SB 11.18.17
SB 11.18.33
na notSB 11.18.33
SB 11.18.36
SB 11.18.37
SB 11.19.1
SB 11.19.15
SB 11.19.2
SB 11.19.4
SB 11.19.7
SB 11.2.47
SB 11.2.51
SB 11.20.20
SB 11.20.31
SB 11.20.36
SB 11.20.5
SB 11.20.8
na notSB 11.20.8
SB 11.20.9
SB 11.21.22
SB 11.22.28
SB 11.22.35-36
SB 11.22.39
SB 11.23.14
SB 11.23.3
SB 11.23.42
SB 11.23.52
SB 11.23.55
na notSB 11.23.55
SB 11.25.12
SB 11.25.36
SB 11.26.22
SB 11.28.13
SB 11.28.14
SB 11.28.15
SB 11.28.21
SB 11.28.30
SB 11.28.34
SB 11.28.42
SB 11.28.44
SB 11.29.28
SB 11.29.30
SB 11.29.32
SB 11.29.5
SB 11.3.43
SB 11.31.8
SB 11.5.11
SB 11.5.13
na notSB 11.5.13
SB 11.5.41
SB 11.6.8
SB 11.7.17
SB 11.7.39
SB 11.7.48
SB 11.7.5
SB 11.7.51
SB 11.7.52
SB 11.8.1
SB 11.8.11
na notSB 11.8.11
SB 11.8.12
SB 11.8.13
SB 11.8.15
na notSB 11.8.15
SB 11.8.17
SB 11.8.21
SB 11.8.4
SB 11.9.29
SB 11.9.3
SB 11.9.31
SB 11.9.8
SB 12.10.22
SB 12.10.23
na notSB 12.10.23
SB 12.10.30
SB 12.10.42
SB 12.10.6
SB 12.12.51
na notSB 12.12.51
SB 12.12.53
SB 12.13.14
SB 12.13.15
SB 12.2.30
SB 12.3.14
SB 12.3.43
SB 12.3.48
SB 12.3.8
SB 12.4.20-21
na notSB 12.4.20-21
na notSB 12.4.20-21
na notSB 12.4.20-21
na notSB 12.4.20-21
na notSB 12.4.20-21
na notSB 12.4.20-21
na notSB 12.4.20-21
SB 12.4.24
SB 12.4.29
SB 12.4.37
SB 12.4.39
SB 12.5.10
SB 12.5.2
SB 12.5.8
SB 12.6.19
SB 12.6.20
SB 12.6.24
SB 12.6.3
SB 12.6.30-31
na notSB 12.6.30-31
na notSB 12.6.30-31
SB 12.8.2-5
SB 12.8.30
SB 12.8.45
SB 12.8.46
SB 2.1.38
SB 2.10.44
SB 2.2.15
SB 2.2.17
na notSB 2.2.17
SB 2.2.5
na notSB 2.2.5
na notSB 2.2.5
SB 2.5.10
SB 2.5.5
SB 2.7.30
SB 2.7.41
SB 2.7.42
SB 2.7.47
SB 2.8.4
SB 2.9.34
SB 2.9.35
SB 2.9.9
SB 3.1.42
SB 3.12.5
SB 3.13.13
SB 3.14.17
SB 3.14.26
SB 3.14.34
SB 3.14.4
SB 3.15.20
SB 3.15.24
SB 3.15.3
SB 3.15.33
SB 3.15.42
SB 3.15.48
SB 3.15.7
SB 3.16.13
SB 3.16.14
SB 3.16.16
SB 3.16.21
SB 3.16.23
SB 3.16.24
SB 3.16.7
SB 3.16.8
SB 3.16.9
SB 3.17.30
SB 3.17.6
SB 3.18.10
SB 3.18.12
SB 3.18.3
SB 3.18.5
SB 3.19.36
SB 3.19.4
SB 3.2.1
SB 3.2.10
SB 3.2.2
SB 3.20.19
SB 3.20.36
SB 3.21.18
SB 3.21.20
SB 3.21.24
SB 3.21.45-47
SB 3.21.52-54
SB 3.22.12
SB 3.22.34
SB 3.23.45
SB 3.23.56
na notSB 3.23.56
na notSB 3.23.56
SB 3.23.6
SB 3.24.29
SB 3.25.19
SB 3.25.2
SB 3.25.38
SB 3.25.41
SB 3.26.62
SB 3.26.63
na notSB 3.26.63
SB 3.26.64
na notSB 3.26.64
SB 3.26.65
na notSB 3.26.65
SB 3.26.66
na notSB 3.26.66
SB 3.26.67
na notSB 3.26.67
SB 3.26.68
na notSB 3.26.68
SB 3.26.69
na notSB 3.26.69
SB 3.26.71
SB 3.27.1
SB 3.27.17
SB 3.27.24
SB 3.27.25
SB 3.27.26
SB 3.27.30
na notSB 3.27.30
SB 3.27.4
SB 3.28.18
SB 3.28.33
SB 3.28.37
SB 3.28.38
SB 3.29.13
SB 3.29.23
SB 3.29.24
SB 3.29.25
SB 3.29.33
SB 3.29.39
na notSB 3.29.39
na notSB 3.29.39
SB 3.29.42
na notSB 3.29.42
SB 3.3.15
SB 3.30.1
SB 3.30.13
SB 3.30.17
SB 3.30.4
SB 3.30.5
SB 3.31.10
SB 3.31.20
SB 3.31.25
SB 3.31.34
SB 3.31.35
SB 3.31.39
SB 3.31.47
na notSB 3.31.47
na notSB 3.31.47
SB 3.32.24
SB 3.32.38
SB 3.32.39
na notSB 3.32.39
na notSB 3.32.39